Cassius Dio — Roman History · urn:cts:greekLit:tlg0385.tlg001 · Greek: Ῥωμαϊκὴ Ἱστορία — Perseus tlg0385 (grc2), Bks 36–55 · English: Roman History — trans. Earnest Cary (Loeb, 1914–25) — ToposText / LacusCurtius (public domain)
— Book 36 —
§ 36.18
φείδεται. δυναστείας τε ἐρῶν καὶ τοῖς Κρησὶ τοῖς ὁμολογήσασιν αὐτῷ προσέβαλε, καὶ οὔτε τὰς σπονδὰς προτεινομένων σφῶν ἐφρόντιζε, κακῶσαί τε αὐτοὺς πρὶν τὸν Πομπήιον ἐπελθεῖν ἠπείγετο. ὅ τε γὰρ Ὀκτάουιος ἄνευ δυνάμεως παρών (οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδὲ ἐπὶ πολέμῳ τινὶ ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ παραλήψει τῶν πόλεων ἐπέπεμπτο) ἡσυχίαν ἦγε· καὶ Κορνήλιος Σισέννας ὁ τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἄρχων ἦλθε μὲν ἐς τὴν Κρήτην, ὡς ταῦτʼ ἐπύθετο, καὶ παρῄνεσε τῷ Μετέλλῳ φείσασθαι τῶν δήμων, οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἀντέπραξέ τι μὴ πείσας. ἄλλοις τε οὖν πολλοῖς ἐκεῖνος ἐλυμήνατο, καὶ Ἐλευθέραν τὴν πόλιν ἐκ προδοσίας ἑλὼν ἠργυρολόγησε· πύργον γάρ τινα οἱ προδιδόντες ἔκ τε πλίνθων πεποιημένον καὶ μέγιστον δυσμαχώτατόν τε ὄντα ὄξει συνεχῶς νυκτὸς διέβρεξαν, ὥστε θραυστὸν γενέσθαι. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο Λάππαν, καίτοι τοῦ Ὀκταουίου αὐτὴν κατέχοντος, ἐκ προσβολῆς εἷλε, καὶ ἐκεῖνον μὲν οὐδὲν κακὸν εἰργάσατο, τοὺς δὲ δὴ
. . . Metellus spared. In his eagerness for power he attacked even the Cretans who had come to terms with the other Pompey, and heedless of their claim that there was a truce, hastened to do them injury before Pompey should come up. Octavius, who was there, had no troops and so kept quiet; in fact he had not been sent to do any fighting, but to take over the cities. Cornelius Sisenna, the governor of Greece, did, to be sure, when he heard the news, come to Crete and advise Metellus to spare the towns, but on failing to persuade him offered no active opposition. 2 Metellus in addition to many other injuries captured the city of Eleuthera by treachery and extorted money from it; for those who had betrayed it had by night repeatedly saturated with vinegar a very large brick tower, most difficult of capture, so that it became brittle. Next he took Lappa by storm, in spite of Octavius' occupancy of the place, and while he did the latter no harm, he put to death the Cilicians who were with him.
§ 36.19
Κίλικας τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ ὄντας ἔφθειρεν. ἀγανακτήσας οὖν ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὁ Ὀκτάουιος οὐκέθʼ ἡσύχασεν, ἀλλὰ πρότερον μὲν τῷ τοῦ Σισέννου στρατῷ (νοσήσας γὰρ ἐκεῖνος ἐτεθνήκει) χρώμενος ἐπεβοήθει πῃ τοῖς κακουμένοις, ἔπειτα δʼ ἀνακομισθέντων αὐτῶν πρός τε τὸν Ἀριστίωνα ἐς Ἱεράπυδνα ἦλθε καὶ μετʼ αὐτοῦ ἐπολέμει· οὗτος γὰρ ὡς τότε ἐκ τῆς Κυδωνίας ἀπεχώρησε Λούκιόν τέ τινα Βάσσον ἀνταναχθέντα οἱ ἐνίκησε καὶ τὰ Ἱεράπυδνα κατέλαβε. καὶ χρόνον μέν τινα ἐκαρτέρησαν, τοῦ δὲ δὴ Μετέλλου ἐπιόντος σφίσι τό τε τεῖχος ἐξέλιπον, καὶ ἐξαναχθέντες χειμῶνί τε ἐχρήσαντο καὶ ἐς τὴν γῆν ἐκπεσόντες συχνοὺς ἀπέβαλον. κἀκ τούτου ὁ Μέτελλος πᾶσαν τὴν νῆσον ἐχειρώσατο. Κρῆτες μὲν οὖν οὕτως, ἐλεύθεροί τε πάντα τὸν ἔμπροσθεν χρόνον γενόμενοι καὶ δεσπότην ὀθνεῖον μηδένα κτησάμενοι, κατεδουλώθησαν· Μέτελλος δὲ τὴν μὲν ἐπίκλησιν ἀπʼ αὐτῶν ἔλαβε, τὸν δὲ δὴ Πανάρη τόν τε Λασθένη (καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνον εἷλεν) οὐκ ἠδυνήθη πέμψαι ἐν τοῖς ἐπινικίοις· ὁ γὰρ Πομπήιος ἀναπείσας τῶν δημάρχων τινὰ προαφείλετο αὐτοὺς ὡς καὶ ἑαυτῷ κατὰ τὴν ὁμολογίαν, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐκείνῳ προσχωρήσαντας.
Octavius, incensed at this, no longer remained quiet, but first used the army of Sisenna (that general had fallen sick and died) to aid here and there the victims of oppression, and then, when these troops had retired, proceeded to Aristion at Hierapydna and aided him in fighting. Aristion had just withdrawn from Cydonia, and after conquering one Lucius Bassus who sailed out to oppose him, had gained possession of Hierapydna. 2 They held out for a time, but at the approach of Metellus left the stronghold and put to sea; they encountered a storm, however, and were driven ashore, losing many men. After this Metellus conquered the entire island. In this way the Cretans, who had been free through all preceding ages and had never had a foreign master, became enslaved; and from their subjugation Metellus obtained his title. He was, however, unable to have Panares and Lasthenes, whom he had also captured, march in his triumph; for Pompey got them away beforehand by persuading one of the tribunes that it was to him that they had submitted in the settlement and not to Metellus.
§ 36.20
λέξω δὲ ἤδη καὶ τὰ κατὰ τοῦτον πῶς ἐγένετο. οἱ καταποντισταὶ ἐλύπουν μὲν ἀεὶ τοὺς πλέοντας, ὥσπερ καὶ τοὺς ἐν τῇ γῇ οἰκοῦντας οἱ τὰς λῃστείας ποιούμενοι· οὐ γὰρ ἔστιν ὅτε ταῦτʼ οὐκ ἐγένετο, οὐδʼ ἂν παύσαιτό ποτε ἕως δἂν ἡ αὐτὴ φύσις ἀνθρώπων ᾖ. ἀλλὰ πρότερον μὲν ἔν τε τόποις τισὶ κἀν τῇ ὡραίᾳ μόνῃ, κατʼ ὀλίγους, καὶ ἐν τῇ γῇ καὶ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ ἐλῄστευον· τότε δέ, ἐξ οὗ πολλαχῇ τε ἅμα καὶ συνεχῶς ἐπολεμήθη, καὶ πολλαὶ μὲν πόλεις ἀνάστατοι ἐγένοντο, πᾶσι δὲ καὶ τοῖς διαφεύγουσιν αὐτῶν αἱ τιμωρίαι ἐπηρτῶντο καὶ ἀδεὲς οὐδενὶ οὐδὲν ἦν, πάμπολλοι πρὸς λῃστείαν ἐτράποντο. καὶ τὰ μὲν ἐν ταῖς ἠπείροις λῃστικά, ἅτε καὶ ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς τῶν δήμων μᾶλλον ὄντα, καὶ τήν τε αἴσθησιν τῆς βλάβης ἐγγύθεν καὶ τὴν σύλληψιν οὐ πάνυ χαλεπὴν ἔχοντα, ῥᾷόν πως κατελύετο, τὰ δὲ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ ἐπὶ πλεῖστον ἐπηυξήθη. τῶν γὰρ Ῥωμαίων πρὸς τοὺς ἀντιπολέμους ἀσχολίαν ἀγόντων ἐπὶ πολὺ ἤκμασαν, πολλαχόσε τε περιπλέοντες καὶ πάντας τοὺς ὁμοίους σφίσι προστιθέμενοι, ὥστε τινὰς αὐτῶν καὶ ἐν συμμαχίας λόγῳ συχνοῖς ἐπικουρῆσαι.
I will now relate the progress of Pompey's career. Pirates always used to harass those who sailed the sea, even as brigands did those who dwelt on land. There was never a time when these practices were unknown, nor will they ever cease probably so long as human nature remains the same. 2 But formerly freebooting was limited to certain localities and small bands operating only during the summer on sea and on land; whereas at this time, ever since war had been carried on continuously in many different places at once, and many cities had been overthrown, while sentences hung over the heads of all the fugitives, and there was no freedom from fear for anyone anywhere, large numbers had turned to plundering. Now the operations of the bandits on land, being in better view of the towns, which could thus perceive the injury close at hand and capture the perpetrators with no great difficulty, would be broken up with a fair degree of ease; but those on the sea had grown to the greatest proportions. 4 For while the Romans were busy with their antagonists, the pirates had gained great headway, sailing about to many quarters, and adding to their band all of like condition, to such an extent that some of them, after the manner of allies, assisted many others.
§ 36.21
καὶ εἴρηται μὲν ὅσα μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἔπραξαν. ἐπεὶ δʼ οὖν καὶ ἐκεῖνα διελύθη, οὐκ ἐπαύσαντο, ἀλλʼ αὐτοὶ καθʼ ἑαυτοὺς πολλὰ καὶ δεινὰ τούς τε Ῥωμαίους καὶ τοὺς συμμάχους σφῶν ἐκακούργη- σαν. οὔτε γὰρ κατʼ ὀλίγους ἔτι ἀλλὰ στόλοις μεγάλοις ἔπλεον, καὶ στρατηγοὺς εἶχον, ὥστε καὶ ὄνομα αὐτοὺς μέγα κεκτήσθαι· ἦγόν τε καὶ ἔφερον πρώτους μὲν καὶ μάλιστα τοὺς πλέοντας (οὐδὲ γὰρ τὴν χειμερινὴν ὥραν ἀσφαλῆ αὐτοῖς παρεῖχον, ἀλλʼ ὑπό τε τῆς τόλμης καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἔθους τῆς τε εὐπραγίας καὶ τότʼ ἐπʼ ἀδείας ταῖς ναυτιλίαις ἐχρῶντο), ἔπειτα καὶ τοὺς ἐν τοῖς λιμέσιν ὄντας. καὶ γὰρ εἴ τις ἀνταναχθῆναί σφισιν ἐτόλμησε, μάλιστα μὲν ἡττηθεὶς ἀπώλετο, εἰ δὲ καὶ ἐνίκησεν, ἀλλʼ ἑλεῖν γε αὐτῶν οὐδένα ὑπὸ τοῦ ταχυναυτεῖν σφας ἐδύνατο, καὶ οὕτως ὑποστρέφοντες διὰ βραχέος ὡς καὶ κεκρατηκότες, τὰ μὲν ἔτεμνον καὶ κατεπίμπρων, οὐχ ὅτι χωρία καὶ ἀγρούς, ἀλλὰ καὶ πόλεις ὅλας, τὰ δὲ καὶ ᾠκειοῦντο, ὥστε καὶ χειμάδια καὶ ὁρμητήρια καθάπερ ἐν φιλίᾳ γῇ ποιεῖσθαι.
Indeed, I have already related how much they accomplished in connection with others. When those wars had been ended, the pirates, instead of desisting, did much serious injury alone by themselves both to the Romans and to their allies. They no longer sailed in small force, but in great fleets; and they had generals, so that they had acquired a great reputation. 2 First and foremost they robbed and pillaged those sailing the sea, no longer permitting them any safety even during the winter season, since as the result of their daring, practice, and success they made voyages in security even then; and next they despoiled even those in the harbours. For if any one ventured to put out against them, he would usually be defeated and perish; but even if he conquered, he would be unable to capture any of the enemy by reason of the speed of their ships. Accordingly, they would return after a little, as if victors, and would ravage and set in flames not only farms and fields, but also whole cities; some places, however, they conciliated, so as to gain naval stations and winter quarters in a friendly land as it were.
§ 36.22
προχωρούντων δὲ αὐτοῖς τούτων καὶ ἐς τὴν ἤπειρον ἀνέβαινον, καὶ πολλὰ καὶ ἐκείνους τοὺς μηδὲ χρωμένους τῇ θαλάσσῃ ἐλύπουν. καὶ ταῦτα οὐ τὴν ἔξω συμμαχίδα αὐτῶν μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν Ἰταλίαν αὐτὴν ἐποίουν· τά τε γὰρ κέρδη τὰ αὐτόθεν μείζω σχήσειν καὶ πάντας τοὺς λοιποὺς ἐπὶ πλέον ἐκφοβήσειν, ἂν μηδὲ ἐκείνης ἀπέχωνται, νομίζοντες, ἔς τε τὰς ἄλλας τὰς ταύτῃ πόλεις καὶ ἐς αὐτὰ τὰ Ὤστια ἐσέπλεον καὶ τάς τε ναῦς ἔκαιον καὶ πάνθʼ ἥρπαζον. καὶ τέλος, ὡς οὐδεμία σφῶν ἐπιστροφὴ ἐγίγνετο, τάς τε διατριβὰς ἐν τῇ γῇ ἐποιοῦντο, καὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ὅσους μὴ διώλλυσαν, τά τε σῦλα, ὅσα ἐλάμβανον, ἀδεῶς ὥς γε καὶ ἐν οἰκείᾳ διετίθεντο. καὶ ἐλῄστευον μὲν ἄλλοι ἄλλοθι (οὐ γάρ που ἐν πάσῃ ἅμα τῇ θαλάσσῃ οἱ αὐτοὶ κακουργεῖν ἐδύναντο), τοσαύτῃ μέντοι φιλίᾳ πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐχρῶντο ὥστε σφᾶς καὶ χρήματα καὶ ἐπικουρίας καὶ τοῖς πάνυ ἀγνῶσιν ὡς καὶ οἰκειοτάτοις πέμπειν. καὶ διὰ τοῦτό γε οὐχ ἥκιστα ἴσχυσαν, ὅτι τούς τε θεραπεύοντάς τινας αὐτῶν πάντες ἐτίμων καὶ τοὺς προσκρούσαντάς τισι πάντες ἐλεηλάτουν.
As these operations of theirs met with success it became customary for them to go into the interior, and they inflicted many injuries on those even who had nothing to do with the sea. This is the way they treated not only the distant allies of Rome, but even Italy itself. 2 For, believing that they would obtain greater gains in that quarter and also that they would terrify all the others still more if they did not keep their hands off that country, they sailed into the very harbour of Ostia as well as other cities in Italy, burning the ships and pillaging everything. Finally, as no attention was paid to them, they took up their abode on the land, disposing fearlessly of whatever men they did not kill, and of whatever spoils they took, just as if they were in their own land. 4 And though some plundered here and some there, since of course it was not possible for the same persons to do harm throughout the whole length of the sea at once, they nevertheless showed such friendship one for another as to send money and assistance even to those entirely unknown, as if to their nearest of kin. In fact, this was one of the chief sources of their strength, that those who paid court to any of them were honoured by all, and those who came into collision with any of them were despoiled by all.
§ 36.23
ἐς τοσοῦτον μὲν δὴ τὰ τῶν καταποντιστῶν ἤρθη ὥστε καὶ μέγαν καὶ συνεχῆ καὶ ἀπροφύλακτον καὶ ἄπιστον τὸν πόλεμον αὐτῶν γενέσθαι· οἱ δὲ δὴ Ῥωμαῖοι ἤκουον μέν που αὐτά, καί τινα καὶ ἑώρων (οὔτε γὰρ ἄλλο τι τῶν ἐπακτῶν ἐφοίτα σφίσι καὶ ἡ σιτοπομπία παντελῶς ἀπεκέκλειτο), οὐ μέντοι καὶ μεγάλην, ὅτε γε ἐχρῆν, φροντίδα αὐτῶν ἐποιήσαντο, ἀλλʼ ἐξέπεμπον μὲν καὶ ναυτικὰ καὶ στρατηγούς, ὥς που καθʼ ἕκαστον τῶν προσαγγελλομένων ἐκινοῦντο, ἔπραττον δʼ οὐδέν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πολὺ πλείω τοὺς συμμάχους διʼ αὐτῶν ἐκείνων ἐταλαιπώρουν, μέχρις οὗ ἐν παντὶ ἐγένοντο. τότε δὲ συνελθόντες ἐβουλεύσαντο ἐπὶ πολλὰς ἡμέρας ὅ τι καὶ χρὴ πρᾶξαι. τῇ τε γὰρ συνεχείᾳ τῶν κινδύνων τετρυχωμένοι, καὶ μέγαν καὶ πολὺν τὸν πρὸς αὐτοὺς πόλεμον ὁρῶντες ὄντα, καὶ οὔθʼ ἅμα πᾶσί σφισιν οὔτʼ αὖ καθʼ ἑκάστους προσπολεμῆσαι δυνατὸν εἶναι νομίζοντες (ἀλλήλοις τε γὰρ συνεβοήθουν, καὶ πανταχοῦ ἅμα ἀμήχανον ἦν αὐτοὺς ἀμύνασθαι) ἔν τε ἀπορίᾳ καὶ ἀνελπιστίᾳ τοῦ κατορθώσειν τι πολλῇ ἐγένοντο, πρὶν δὴ Αὖλός τις Γαβίνιος δήμαρχος γνώμην ἔδωκεν, εἴτʼ οὖν τοῦ Πομπηίου καθέντος αὐτόν, εἴτε καὶ ἄλλως χαρίσασθαί οἱ ἐθελήσας (οὐ γάρ που καὶ ὑπʼ εὐνοίας αὐτὸ τῆς τοῦ κοινοῦ ἐποίησε· κάκιστος γὰρ ἀνὴρ ἦν), στρατηγὸν ἕνα αὐτοκράτορα ἐφʼ ἅπαντας αὐτοὺς ἐκ τῶν ὑπατευκότων ἑλέσθαι, τρισί τε ἔτεσιν ἄρξοντα καὶ δυνάμει παμπληθεῖ μεθʼ ὑποστρατήγων πολλῶν χρησόμενον. ἄντικρυς μὲν γὰρ τὸ τοῦ Πομπηίου ὄνομα οὐκ εἶπεν· εὔδηλον δὲ ἦν ὅτι, ἂν ἅπαξ τι τοιοῦτον ὁ ὅμιλος ἀκούσῃ, ἐκεῖνον αἱρήσεται.
To such an extent did the power of the pirates grow that their hostility became a grave and constant menace, admitting of no precaution and knowing of no truce. The Romans, of course, heard of these deeds from time to time, and even saw a little of what was going on, inasmuch as imports in general ceased coming in and the corn supply was shut off entirely; 2 but they paid no serious attention to it at the proper time. Instead, they would send out fleets and generals only as they were stirred by individual reports, but accomplished nothing; on the contrary, they caused their allies all the greater distress by these very means, until they were finally reduced to the last extremity. Then at length they came together and deliberated for many days as to what really should be done. Wearied by the continued dangers and perceiving that the war against the pirates would be a great and expensive one, and believing, too, that it was impossible to assail them all at once or yet individually, inasmuch as they helped one another and there was no way of driving them back everywhere at once, the people fell into great perplexity and despair of making any successful move. 4 In the end, however, one Aulus Gabinius, a tribune, set forth his plan. He had either been prompted by Pompey or wished in any case to do him a favour; certainly he was not prompted by any love of the common welfare, for he was a most base fellow. His plan, then, was that they should choose from among the ex-consuls one general with full power against all the pirates, who should command for three years and have the use of a huge force, with many lieutenants. He did not directly utter Pompey's name, but it was easy to see that if once the populace should hear of any such proposition, they would choose him.
§ 36.24
καὶ ἔσχεν οὕτω· τήν τε γὰρ ἐσήγησιν αὐτοῦ ἀπεδέξαντο, καὶ πρὸς τὸν Πομπήιον παραχρῆμα πάντες πλὴν τῆς γερουσίας ἀπέκλιναν. αὕτη γὰρ πᾶν ὁτιοῦν ὑπὸ τῶν λῃστῶν παθεῖν μᾶλλον ἢ ἐκείνῳ τοσαύτην ἡγεμονίαν ἐγχειρίσαι ᾑρεῖτο· καὶ ὀλίγου καὶ ἀπέκτειναν τὸν Γαβίνιον ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ συνεδρίῳ. ὑπεκδράντος δʼ οὖν πῃ αὐτοῦ μαθόντες οἱ πολλοὶ τὴν τῶν βουλευτῶν γνώμην ἐθορύβησαν, ὥστε καὶ ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς συγκαθημένους ἐφορμῆσαι· καὶ εἴ γε μὴ ἐξεκεχωρήκεσαν, πάντως ἂν αὐτοὺς διεφθάρκεσαν. οἱ μὲν δὴ οὖν ἄλλοι σκεδασθέντες διέλαθον, Πίσωνα δὲ τὸν Γάιον τὸν ὕπατον (ἐπὶ γὰρ ἐκείνου τοῦ τε Ἀκιλίου ταῦτʼ ἐγίγνετο) συλληφθέντα καὶ μέλλοντα καὶ ἀντὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἀπόλλυσθαι ὁ Γαβίνιος ἐξῃτήσατο. ἐκ δὲ τούτου οἱ δυνατοὶ αὐτοὶ μὲν τὴν ἡσυχίαν ἦγον, ἀσμενίζοντες ἄν τίς σφας ζῆν ἐάσῃ, τοὺς δὲ δημάρχους τοὺς ἐννέα ἀνέπεισαν ἐναντιωθῆναι τῷ Γαβινίῳ. καὶ αὐτῶν οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι φοβηθέντες τὸ πλῆθος οὐδὲν ἀντεῖπον, Λούκιος δὲ δή τις Τρεβέλλιος καὶ Λούκιος Ῥώσκιος ἐτόλμησαν μέν, οὐκ ἠδυνήθησαν δὲ οὔτʼ εἰπεῖν τι ὧν ὑπέσχηντο οὔτε πρᾶξαι. ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἡ κυρία ἡμέρα, ἐν ᾗ τὴν γνώμην ἐπικυρωθῆναι ἔδει, ἐνέστη, τάδε ἐγένετο. ὁ Πομπήιος ἐπιθυμῶν μὲν πάνυ ἄρξαι, καὶ ἤδη γε ὑπό τε τῆς ἑαυτοῦ φιλοτιμίας καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς τοῦ δήμου σπουδῆς οὐδὲ τιμὴν ἔτι τοῦτο, ἀλλʼ ἀτιμίαν τὸ μὴ τυχεῖν αὐτοῦ νομίζων εἶναι, τὴν δὲ ἀντίταξιν τῶν δυνατῶν ὁρῶν, ἠβουλήθη δοκεῖν ἀναγκάζεσθαι. ἦν μὲν γὰρ καὶ ἄλλως ὡς ἥκιστα προσποιούμενος ἐπιθυμεῖν ὧν ἤθελε· τότε δὲ καὶ μᾶλλον, διά τε τὸ ἐπίφθονον ἄν γε ἑκὼν τῆς ἀρχῆς ἀντιποιήσηται, καὶ διὰ τὸ εὐκλεὲς ἄν γε καὶ ἄκων ὥς γε καὶ ἀξιοστρατηγητότατος ὢν ἀποδειχθῇ, ἐπλάττετο.
And so it came about. They adopted his motion and immediately all except the senate turned to Pompey. But that body preferred to suffer anything whatever at the hands of the freebooters rather than put so great command into Pompey's hands; in fact they came near slaying Gabinius in the very senate-house, but he eluded them somehow. 2 When the people learned the feeling of the senators, they raised an uproar, even going so far as to rush upon them as they sat assembled; and if the senators had not gotten out of the way, they would certainly have killed them. So they all scattered and secreted themselves, except Gaius Piso the consul — for it was in the year of Piso and Acilius that these events took place; he was arrested and was about to perish for the others when Gabinius begged him off. After this the optimates themselves held their peace, happy if only they might be allowed to live, but tried to persuade the nine tribunes to oppose Gabinius. 4 None of these, however, except one Lucius Trebellius and Lucius Roscius, would say a word in opposition, through fear of the multitude; and those two men, who had the courage, were unable to fulfil any of their promises by either word or deed. For when the appointed day came on which the measure was to be ratified, things went as follows. Pompey, who was very eager to command, and because of his own ambition and the zeal of the populace no longer now so much regarded this commission as an honour as the failure to win it a disgrace, when he saw the opposition of the optimates, desired to appear forced to accept. 6 He was always in the habit of pretending as far as possible not to desire the things he really wished, and on this occasion did so more than ever, because of the jealousy that would follow, should he of his own accord lay claim to the leadership, and because of the glory, if he should be appointed against his will as the one most worthy to command.
§ 36.25
καὶ παρελθὼν ἔφη “χαίρω μὲν τιμώμενος ὑφʼ ὑμῶν, ὦ Κυιρῖται· φύσει τε γὰρ πάντες ἄνθρωποι καὶ ἐγκαλλωπίζονται ταῖς παρὰ τῶν πολιτῶν εὐεργεσίαις, καὶ ἐγώ, ἅτε δὴ πολλάκις τῆς παρʼ ὑμῶν τιμῆς ἀπολελαυκώς, οὐκ ἔχω πῶς κατʼ ἀξίαν ἡσθῶ τοῖς παροῦσιν· οὐ μέντοι οὔθʼ ὑμῖν νομίζω προσήκειν ἀπλήστως οὕτω πρός με διακεῖσθαι, οὔτε ἐμοὶ διὰ παντὸς ἔν τινι ἡγεμονίᾳ εἶναι. αὐτός τε γὰρ ἐκ παίδων κέκμηκα, καὶ ὑμᾶς δεῖ καὶ περὶ τοὺς ἄλλους σπουδάζειν. ἢ οὐ μέμνησθε ὅσα μὲν ἐν τῷ πρὸς τὸν Κίνναν πολέμῳ ἐταλαιπώρησα, καίτοι κομιδῇ νέος ὤν, ὅσα δὲ ἔν τε τῇ Σικελίᾳ καὶ ἐν τῇ Ἀφρικῇ ἔκαμον, μηδέπω καθαρῶς ἐς ἐφήβους τελῶν, ὅσα δὲ ἐν τῇ Ἰβηρίᾳ ἐκινδύνευσα, μηδὲ βουλεύων πω; ἐφʼ οἷς ἅπασιν οὐχ ὅτι ἀχάριστοι πρός με ἐγένεσθε ἐρῶ. πόθεν; πολλοῦ γε καὶ δεῖ· πρὸς γὰρ τοῖς ἄλλοις ὧν πολλῶν καὶ μεγάλων παρʼ ὑμῶν ἠξιώθην, καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ πιστευθῆναί με τὴν ἐπὶ τὸν Σερτώριον στρατηγίαν, μηδενὸς ἄλλου μήτʼ ἐθελήσαντος μήτε δυνηθέντος αὐτὴν ὑποστῆναι, τό τε ἐπινίκια καὶ ἐπʼ ἐκείνῃ παρὰ τὸ νενομισμένον πέμψαι μεγίστην μοι τιμὴν ἤνεγκεν. ἀλλʼ ὅτι πολλὰς μὲν φροντίδας πολλοὺς δὲ κινδύνους ὑπέμεινα, κατατέτριμμαι μὲν τὸ σῶμα, πεπόνημαι δὲ τὴν γνώμην. μὴ γὰρ ὅτι νέος ἔτʼ εἰμὶ λογίζεσθε, μηδʼ ὅτι ἔτη τόσα καὶ τόσα γέγονα ἀριθμεῖσθε. ἂν γάρ τοι καὶ τὰς στρατείας ἃς ἐστράτευμαι καὶ τοὺς κινδύνους οὓς κεκινδύνευκα ἀναριθμήσητε, πολύ γε πλείους αὐτοὺς τῶν ἐτῶν εὑρήσετε, καὶ μᾶλλον οὕτω πιστεύσετε ὅτι οὔτε πρὸς τοὺς πόνους οὔτε πρὸς τὰς φροντίδας καρτερεῖν ἔτι δύναμαι.
He now came forward and said: "I rejoice, Quirites, in being honoured by you. All men naturally take pride in benefits conferred upon them by their fellow-citizens, and I, who have often enjoyed honours at your hands, scarcely know how to be properly pleased on the present occasion. Nevertheless, I do not think it fitting either that you should be so insatiable to my services or that I myself should continually be in some position of command. For I have toiled since boyhood, and, as for you, you ought to be favouring others as well. 2 Do you not recall how many hardships I underwent in the war against Cinna, though I was the veriest youth, and how many labours in Sicily and in Africa before I had as yet come fully of age, or how many dangers I encountered in Spain before I was even a senator? I will not say that you have shown yourselves ungrateful toward me for all these labours. How could I? On the contrary, in addition to the many other important favours of which you have deemed me worthy, the very fact that I was entrusted with the command against Sertorius, when no one else was either willing or able to undertake it, and that I celebrated a triumph, contrary to custom, upon resigning it, brought me the greatest honour. 4 But inasmuch as I have undergone many anxieties and many dangers, I am worn out in body and wearied in soul. Do not keep reckoning that I am still young, and do not calculate that I am so and so many years old. For if you will count up the campaigns that I have made as well as the dangers I have faced, you will find them far more in number than my years, and in this way you will more readily believe that I can no longer endure either the hardships or the anxieties.
§ 36.26
εἰ δʼ οὖν τις καὶ πρὸς ταῦτα ἀντέχοι, ἀλλʼ ὁρᾶτε ὅτι καὶ ἐπίφθονα καὶ μισητὰ πάντα τὰ τοιαῦτά ἐστιν· ἅπερ ὑμεῖς μὲν ἐν οὐδενὶ λόγῳ τίθεσθε (οὐδὲ γὰρ καλῶς ἔχει προσποιεῖσθαί τι ὑμᾶς αὐτῶν), ἐμοὶ μέντοι βαρύτατα ἂν γένοιτο, καὶ ὁμολογῶ γε μηδʼ ὑφʼ ἑνὸς οὕτω τῶν ἐν τοῖς πολέμοις δεινῶν μήτε ἐκταράττεσθαι μήτε λυπεῖσθαι ὡς ὑπὸ τῶν τοιούτων. τίς μὲν γὰρ ἂν εὖ φρονῶν ἡδέως παρʼ ἀνθρώποις φθονοῦσιν αὐτῷ ζῴη, τίς δʼ ἂν δημόσιόν τι διοικῆσαι προθυμηθείη μέλλων, ἂν μὲν ἀποτύχῃ, δίκην ὑφέξειν, ἂν δὲ κατορθώσῃ, ζηλοτυπηθήσεσθαι; ἀλλʼ ἐμοὶ μὲν καὶ διὰ ταῦτα καὶ διὰ τἆλλα συγχωρήσατε τήν τε ἡσυχίαν ἄγειν καὶ τὰ ἐμαυτοῦ πράττειν, ἵνʼ ἤδη ποτὲ καὶ τῶν οἰκείων ἐπιμεληθῶ καὶ μὴ κατατριφθεὶς ἀπόλωμαι· ἐπὶ δὲ δὴ τοὺς καταποντιστὰς ἄλλον χειροτονήσατε. συχνοὶ δέ εἰσι καὶ βουλόμενοι ναυαρχῆσαι καὶ δυνάμενοι, καὶ νεώτεροι καὶ πρεσβύτεροι, ὥστε τὴν αἵρεσιν ὑμῖν ῥᾳδίαν ἐκ πολλῶν γενέσθαι. οὐ γάρ που ἐγὼ μόνος ὑμᾶς φιλῶ ἢ καὶ μόνος ἐμπείρως τῶν πολεμικῶν ἔχω, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ δεῖνα καὶ ὁ δεῖνα, ἵνα μὴ καὶ χαρίζεσθαί τισι δόξω ὀνομαστὶ καταλέξας.”
“If any of you, now, should persist in your demand, in spite of all this, just observe that all such positions are causes of jealousy and hatred. This consideration you hold of no account — indeed, it is not fitting that you should pretend to regard it — but to me it would prove most grievous. 2 And I confess that I am not so much disturbed or troubled by any danger to be encountered in the midst of wars as by such a position. For what person in his right mind could take pleasure in living among men who are jealous of him? And who would be eager to carry out any public business if destined in case of failure to stand trial, and in case of success to incur jealousy? In view, then, of these and other considerations allow me to remain undisturbed and to attend to my own business, so that now at last I may bestow some care upon my private affairs and may not perish from exhaustion. Against the pirates elect somebody else. There are many who are at once willing and able to serve as admirals, both young men and old, so that your choice from so many becomes easy. 4 Surely I am not the only one who loves you, nor am I alone skilled in warfare; so also is this man, and the next man — not to seem to favour anybody by mentioning names.”
§ 36.27
ταῦτα αὐτοῦ δημηγορήσαντος ὁ Γαβίνιος ὑπολαβὼν εἶπεν “Πομπήιος μέν, ὦ Κυιρῖται, καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἄξιον τῶν ἑαυτοῦ ἠθῶν ποιεῖ, μήτε ἐφιέμενος τῆς ἀρχῆς μήτε διδομένην οἱ αὐτὴν ἐξ ἐπιδρομῆς δεχόμενος. οὔτε γὰρ ἄλλως ἀγαθοῦ ἀνδρός ἐστιν ἄρχειν ἐπιθυμεῖν καὶ τὰ πράγματʼ ἔχειν ἐθέλειν· κἀν τούτῳ προσήκει πάντα τὰ προσταττόμενα μετʼ ἐπισκέψεως ὑφίστασθαι, ἵνʼ αὐτὰ καὶ ἀσφαλῶς ὁμοίως πράξῃ. τὸ μὲν γὰρ προπετὲς ἐν ταῖς ὑποσχέσεσιν, ὀξύτερον καὶ ἐν ταῖς πράξεσι τοῦ καιροῦ γιγνόμενον, πολλοὺς σφάλλει, τὸ δʼ ἀκριβὲς ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις ὅμοιον διατελεῖ ὂν καὶ πάντας ὀνίνησιν. ὑμᾶς δὲ δὴ χρὴ μὴ τὸ τούτῳ κεχαρισμένον ἀλλὰ τὸ τῇ πόλει συμφέρον ἑλέσθαι. οὐ γάρ που τοὺς σπουδαρχοῦντας ἀλλὰ τοὺς ἐπιτηδείους προστάττειν τοῖς πράγμασι προσήκει· ἐκείνους μὲν γὰρ πάνυ πολλούς, τοιοῦτον δὲ δή τινα ἄλλον οὐδένα εὑρήσετε. μέμνησθε δὲ ὅσα καὶ οἷα ἐπάθομεν ἐν τῷ πρὸς τὸν Σερτώριον πολέμῳ στρατηγοῦ δεόμενοι, καὶ ὅτι οὐδένα ἕτερον οὔτε τῶν νεωτέρων οὔτε τῶν πρεσβυτέρων ἁρμόζοντα αὐτῷ εὕρομεν, ἀλλὰ τοῦτον καὶ τότε μηδέπω μήθʼ ἡλικίαν ἔχοντα μήτε βουλεύοντα καὶ ἀντὶ ἀμφοτέρων τῶν ὑπάτων ἐξεπέμψαμεν. βουλοίμην μὲν γὰρ ἂν πολλοὺς ὑμῖν ἀγαθοὺς ἄνδρας εἶναι, καὶ εἴγε καὶ εὔξασθαι δεῖ, εὐξαίμην ἄν· ἐπεὶ δʼ οὔτʼ εὐχῆς τὸ πρᾶγμα τοῦτό ἐστιν οὔτʼ αὐτόματόν τῳ παραγίγνεται, ἀλλὰ δεῖ καὶ φῦναί τινα πρὸς αὐτὸ ἐπιτηδείως, καὶ μαθεῖν τὰ πρόσφορα, καὶ ἀσκῆσαι τὰ προσήκοντα, καὶ παρὰ πάντα ἀγαθῇ τύχῃ χρῆσθαι, ἅπερ που σπανιώτατα ἂν τῷ αὐτῷ ἀνδρὶ συμβαίη, χρὴ πάντας ὑμᾶς ὁμοθυμαδόν, ὅταν τις τοιοῦτος εὑρεθῇ, καὶ σπουδάζειν αὐτὸν καὶ καταχρῆσθαι αὐτῷ, κἂν μὴ βούληται. καλλίστη γὰρ ἡ τοιαύτη βία καὶ τῷ ποιήσαντι καὶ τῷ παθόντι γίγνεται, τῷ μὲν ὅτι σωθείη ἂν ὑπʼ αὐτῆς, τῷ δὲ ὅτι σώσειεν ἂν τοὺς πολίτας, ὑπὲρ ὧν καὶ τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν ὅ γε χρηστὸς καὶ φιλόπολις ἑτοιμότατα ἂν ἐπιδοίη.
When he had delivered this speech, Gabinius answered him, saying: “Pompey's behaviour in this very matter, Quirites, is worthy of his character: he does not seek the leadership, nor does he accept it off-hand when offered to him. 2 For a good man has no business, in any case, to desire to hold office and to manage public affairs; and in the present instance it is fitting that one should undertake all the tasks imposed only after due consideration, in order that he may accomplish them with corresponding safety. Rashness in making promises, which leads to inopportune haste also in carrying them out, causes the downfall of many; but sureness at the outset remains the same in action, and is to the advantage of all. You, however, must choose not what is pleasing to Pompey, but what is of benefit to the state. Not the office-seekers, but those who are capable should be put in charge of affairs; the former are very numerous, but you will not find any other such man as Pompey. 4 Recall, furthermore, how many reverses and how serious we experienced in the war against Sertorius through lack of a general, and that we found no one else equal to the task, either among the young or the old, except this man, and that we actually sent him out in place of both consuls, although at that time he neither had reached the proper age as yet nor was a member of the senate. I should be glad, of course, if you had a great many able men, and if I ought to pray for such, I would so pray; but since this ability is not a matter of prayer and does not come of its own accord to any one, but a man must be born with a natural bent for it, must learn what is pertinent and practise what is fitting and above everything must enjoy good fortune throughout, — all which would very rarely fall to the lot of the same man, — 6 you must all with one accord, whenever such an one is found, both support him and make the fullest use of him, even if he does not wish it. Such compulsion proves most noble both in him who exerts it and in him who suffers it: to the former because he may be saved by it, and to the latter because he may thus save the citizens, in whose behalf the excellent and patriotic man would most readily give up both body and life.
§ 36.28
ἢ οἴεσθε ὅτι Πομπήιος οὗτος ἐν μὲν μειρακίῳ καὶ στρατεύεσθαι καὶ στρατηγεῖν καὶ τὰ ὑμέτερα αὔξειν καὶ τὰ τῶν συμμάχων σώζειν τά τε τῶν ἀνθισταμένων προσκτᾶσθαι ἐδύνατο, νῦν δὲ ἀκμάζων καὶ ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ ἡλικίᾳ ὢν ἐν ᾗ πᾶς τις ἄριστος αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ γίγνεται, καὶ ἐμπειρίαν ἐκ τῶν πολέμων πλείστην ὅσην προσειληφώς, οὐκ ἂν ὑμῖν χρησιμώτατος γένοιτο; ἀλλʼ ὃν ἔφηβον ὄντα ἄρχειν εἵλεσθε, τοῦτον ἄνδρα γεγονότα ἀποδοκιμάσετε; καὶ ᾧ ἱππεῖ ἔτʼ ὄντι τοὺς πολέμους ἐκείνους ἐνεχειρίσατε, τούτῳ βουλῆς γεγονότι τὴν στρατείαν ταύτην οὐ πιστεύσετε; καὶ οὗ καὶ πρὶν ἀκριβῶς πειραθῆναι, μόνου πρὸς τὰ τότε κατεπείξαντα ὑμᾶς ἐδεήθητε, τούτῳ νῦν, ἱκανώτατα αὐτοῦ πεπειραμένοι, τὰ παρόντα οὐδὲν ἧττον ἐκείνων ἀναγκαῖα ὄντα οὐκ ἐπιτρέψετε; καὶ ὃν οὐδὲ ἄρχειν ἔτι πω καὶ τότε δυνάμενον ἐπὶ τὸν Σερτώριον ἐχειροτονήσατε, τοῦτον ὑπατευκότα ἤδη ἐπὶ τοὺς καταποντιστὰς οὐκ ἐκπέμψετε; ἀλλὰ μήθʼ ὑμεῖς ἄλλως πως ποιήσητε, καὶ σύ, ὦ Πομπήιε, πείσθητι καὶ ἐμοὶ καὶ τῇ πατρίδι. ταύτῃ γὰρ γεγέννησαι καὶ ταύτῃ τέθραψαι· καὶ δεῖ σε τοῖς τε συμφέρουσιν αὐτῇ δουλεύειν, καὶ ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν μήτε πόνον τινὰ μήτε κίνδυνον ἐξίστασθαι, ἀλλὰ κἂν ἀποθανεῖν ἀνάγκη σοι γένηται, μὴ τὴν εἱμαρμένην ἀναμεῖναι ἀλλὰ τῷ προστυχόντι
”Or do you think that this Pompey who in his boyhood could make campaigns, lead armies, increase your possessions, preserve those of your allies, and acquire those of your adversaries, could not now, in the prime of life, when every man is at his best, and with a great fund of added experience gained from wars, prove most useful to you? 2 Will you reject, now that he has reached man's estate, him whom as a youth you chose as leader? Will you not confide this campaign to the man, now become a member of the senate, to whom while still a knight you committed those wars? Will you not, now that you have most amply tested him, entrust the present emergency, no less pressing than the former ones, to him for whom alone you asked in the face of those urgent dangers, even before you had carefully tested him? Will you not send out against the pirates one, now an ex-consul, whom, before he could yet properly hold office, you chose against Sertorius? 4 Nay, do not think of adopting any other course; and as for you, Pompey, do you heed me and your country. For her you were born, for her you were reared. You must serve her interests, shrinking from no hardship or danger to secure them; and should it become necessary for you to lose your life, you must in that case not await your appointed day but meet whatever death comes to you.
§ 36.29
θανάτῳ χρῆσθαι. γελοῖος δὲ δήπουθέν εἰμι ταῦτα ἐγὼ σοὶ παραινῶν, ὅστις ἐν τοσούτοις καὶ τηλικούτοις πολέμοις καὶ τὴν ἀνδρείαν καὶ τὴν πρὸς τὴν πατρίδα εὔνοιαν ἐπιδέδειξαι. πείσθητι οὖν καὶ ἐμοὶ καὶ τούτοις, μηδὲ ὅτι τινὲς φθονοῦσι φοβηθῇς, ἀλλὰ καὶ διʼ αὐτὸ τοῦτο μᾶλλον σπούδασον, ὥστε πρός τε τὴν παρὰ τῶν πλειόνων φιλίαν καὶ πρὸς τὰ κοινῇ πᾶσιν ἡμῖν συμφέροντα καὶ τῶν βασκαινόντων σε καταφρόνει. καὶ εἴγε καὶ λυπῆσαί τι αὐτοὺς ἐθέλεις, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἄρξον, ἵνα καὶ ἐκείνους ἀνιάσῃς παρὰ γνώμην αὐτῶν καὶ ἡγεμονεύσας καὶ εὐδοκιμήσας, καὶ αὐτὸς ἄξιον σεαυτοῦ τέλος τοῖς προκατειργασμένοις ἐπαγάγῃς, πολλῶν καὶ μεγάλων κακῶν ἡμᾶς ἀπαλλάξας.”
But truly it is absurd for me to offer this advice to you who have in so many and so great conflicts exhibited both your bravery and your love for your country. 2 Heed me, therefore, as well as these citizens here, and do not fear because some are envious. Rather press on all the more for this very reason, and in comparison with the friendship of the majority and the common advantage of us all, scorn your traducers. And, if you are willing even to grieve them a little, take command for this very reason, that you may vex them by conducting the war and winning applause contrary to their expectations, and that you may yourself set a crown worthy of yourself upon your former achievements, by ridding us of many great evils."
§ 36.30
τοιαῦτα δὴ τοῦ Γαβινίου εἰπόντος ὁ Τρεβέλλιος ἐπειράθη μὲν ἀντειπεῖν, ὡς δʼ οὐδενὸς λόγου ἔτυχεν, ἠναντιοῦτο μὴ τὴν ψῆφον δοθῆναι. ὁ οὖν Γαβίνιος ἀγανακτήσας τὴν μὲν περὶ τοῦ Πομπηίου διαψήφισιν ἐπέσχεν, ἑτέραν δὲ περὶ αὐτοῦ ἐκείνου ἀντεσῆγε· καὶ ἔδοξεν ἑπτακαίδεκα φυλαῖς ταῖς πρώταις χρηματισάσαις ἀδικεῖν τε αὐτὸν καὶ μηκέτι χρῆναι δημαρχεῖν. μελλούσης οὖν καὶ τῆς ὀκτωκαιδεκάτης τὰ αὐτὰ ψηφιεῖσθαι μόλις ποτὲ ὁ Τρεβέλλιος ἐσιώπησεν. ἰδὼν δὲ τοῦτο ὁ Ῥώσκιος φθέγξασθαι μὲν οὐδὲν ἐτόλμησε, τὴν δὲ δὴ χεῖρα ἀνατείνων δύο ἄνδρας ἐκέλευέ σφας ἑλέσθαι, ὅπως ἔν γε τούτῳ τῆς δυναστείας τι τῆς τοῦ Πομπηίου παρατέμοιτο. ταῦτʼ οὖν αὐτοῦ χειρονομοῦντος ὁ ὅμιλος μέγα καὶ ἀπειλητικὸν ἀνέκραγεν, ὥστε κόρακά τινα ὑπερπετόμενόν σφων ἐκπλαγῆναι καὶ πεσεῖν ὥσπερ ἐμβρόντητον. γενομένου δὲ τούτου ἐκεῖνος μὲν τὴν ἡσυχίαν οὐ τῇ γλώττῃ ἔτι μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ τῇ χειρὶ ἤγαγεν, ὁ δὲ δὴ Κάτουλος ἄλλως μὲν ἐσιώπα, τοῦ δὲ δὴ Γαβινίου προτρεψαμένου τι αὐτὸν εἰπεῖν, ὅτι τά τε πρῶτα τῆς βουλῆς ἦν καὶ ἐδόκει διʼ ἐκείνου καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ὁμογνωμονήσειν σφίσι (καὶ γὰρ ἤλπιζεν αὐτόν, ἐξ ὧν τοὺς δημάρχους πάσχοντας εἶδε, συνεπαινέσειν), λόγου τε ἔτυχεν, ἐπειδὴ καὶ ᾐδοῦντο πάντες αὐτὸν καὶ ἐτίμων ὡς τὰ συμφέροντά σφισι καὶ λέγοντα ἀεὶ καὶ πράττοντα, καὶ ἐδημηγόρησε τοιάδε.
When Gabinius had thus expressed himself, Trebellius attempted to speak in opposition; but failing to receive leave to speak, he proceeded to oppose the taking of a vote. 2 Gabinius was naturally incensed, and postponed the vote regarding Pompey, while he introduced a new motion concerning Trebellius himself. The first seventeen tribes to give their decision voted that Trebellius was at fault and ought no longer to be tribune. And not until the eighteenth was on the point of voting the same way was he with difficulty induced to maintain silence. Roscius, seeing this, did not dare to utter a word, but by a gesture of his raised hand urged them to choose two men, so that he might by so doing cut off a little of Pompey's power. At this gesture of his the crowd gave a great threatening shout, whereat a crow flying above their heads was so startled that it fell as if struck by lightning. 4 After that Roscius kept quiet not only with his tongue but with his hand as well. Catulus would have remained silent, but Gabinius urged him to make some speech, inasmuch as he was the foremost man in the senate and it seemed likely that through him the rest might be brought to the same way of thinking; for it was Gabinius' expectation that he would join in approving the proposal as a result of the plight in which he saw the tribunes. Accordingly Catulus received permission to speak, since all respected and honoured him as one who at all times spoke and acted for their advantage, and he addressed them somewhat as follows:
§ 36.31
“ὅτι μὲν ἐς ὑπερβολήν, ὦ Κυιρῖται, πρὸς τὸ πλῆθος ὑμῶν ἐσπούδακα, πάντες που σαφῶς ἐπίστασθε· τούτου δὲ δὴ οὕτως ἔχοντος ἐμοὶ μὲν ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι πάντα ἁπλῶς, ἃ γιγνώσκω συμφέρειν τῇ πόλει, μετὰ παρρησίας εἰπεῖν, καὶ ὑμῖν προσῆκον ἀκοῦσαί τε μεθʼ ἡσυχίας αὐτῶν καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο βουλεύσασθαι· θορυβήσαντες μὲν γὰρ ἴσως τι καὶ χρήσιμον δυνηθέντες ἂν μαθεῖν οὐχὶ λήψεσθε, προσέχοντες δὲ τοῖς λεγομένοις πάντως τι τῶν συμφερόντων ὑμῖν ἀκριβῶς εὑρήσετε. ἐγὼ τοίνυν πρῶτον μὲν καὶ μάλιστά φημι δεῖν μηδενὶ ἑνὶ ἀνδρὶ τοσαύτας κατὰ τὸ ἑξῆς ἀρχὰς ἐπιτρέπειν. τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ ἐν τοῖς νόμοις ἀπηγόρευται καὶ πείρᾳ σφαλερώτατον ὂν πεφώραται. οὔτε γὰρ τὸν Μάριον ἄλλο τι ὡς εἰπεῖν τοιοῦτον ἐποίησεν ἢ ὅτι τοσούτους τε ἐν ὀλιγίστῳ χρόνῳ πολέμους ἐνεχειρίσθη καὶ ὕπατος ἑξάκις ἐν βραχυτάτῳ ἐγένετο, οὔτε τὸν Σύλλαν ἢ ὅτι τοσούτοις ἐφεξῆς ἔτεσι τὴν ἀρχὴν τῶν στρατοπέδων ἔσχε καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο δικτάτωρ, εἶθʼ ὕπατος ἀπεδείχθη. οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἐν τῇ τῶν ἀνθρώπων φύσει ψυχήν, μὴ ὅτι νέαν ἀλλὰ καὶ πρεσβυτέραν, ἐν ἐξουσίαις ἐπὶ πολὺν χρόνον ἐνδιατρίψασαν τοῖς πατρίοις ἔθεσιν ἐθέλειν ἐμμένειν.
“That I have been exceedingly jealous, Quirites, in behalf of you, the people, you all, no doubt, clearly understand. This being so, it is incumbent upon me to set forth in simple fashion and with frankness what I know to be for the good of the state; and it is only fair for you to listen calmly and then deliberate afterwards. 2 For, if you raise an uproar, you will perhaps fail to receive some useful suggestion which you might have heard; but if you pay attention to what is said, you will be sure to discover something definitely to your advantage. I, for my part, assert first and foremost that it is not proper to entrust to any one man so many positions of command one after another. This has not only been forbidden by the laws, but has also been found by experience to be most perilous. What made Marius what he became was practically nothing else than being entrusted with so many wars in the shortest space of time and being made consul six times in the briefest period; 4 and similarly Sulla became what he was because he held command of the armies so many years in succession, and later was appointed dictator, then consul. For it does not lie in human nature for a person — I speak not alone of the young but of the mature as well — after holding positions of authority for a long period to be willing to abide by ancestral customs.
§ 36.32
καὶ τοῦτο μὲν οὐχ ὡς καὶ κατεγνωκώς τι τοῦ Πομπηίου λέγω, ἀλλʼ ὅτι μήτʼ ἄλλως συνενεγκόν ποτε ὑμῖν φαίνεται μήτε ἐκ τῶν νόμων ἐπιτέτραπται. καὶ γὰρ εἴτε τιμὴν τοῖς ἀξιουμένοις αὐτοῦ φέρει, πᾶσιν αὐτῆς, οἷς γε ἐπιβάλλει, προσήκει τυγχάνειν (τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν ἡ δημοκρατία), εἴτε κάματον, καὶ τούτου πρὸς τὸ μέρος πάντας μεταλαμβάνειν δεῖ (τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν ἡ ἰσομοιρία). ἔτι τοίνυν ἐν μὲν τῷ τοιούτῳ πολλούς τε ἐν ταῖς πράξεσιν ἐγγυμνάζεσθαι, καὶ ῥᾳδίαν ὑμῖν τὴν αἵρεσιν τῶν πιστευθῆναι δυναμένων πρὸς πάντα τὰ πρακτέα ἀπὸ τῆς πείρας ὑπάρχειν συμβαίνει, ἐκείνως δὲ δὴ πολλὴν τὴν σπάνιν καὶ τῶν ἀσκησόντων τὰ προσήκοντα καὶ τῶν ἐπιτραπησομένων ἀνάγκη πᾶσα γίγνεσθαι· καὶ διὰ τοῦτό γε οὐχ ἥκιστα ἐν τῷ πρὸς τὸν Σερτώριον πολέμῳ στρατηγοῦ ἠπορήσατε, ὅτι τὸν πρὸ τούτου χρόνον τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἐπὶ πολὺ ἐχρῆσθε. ὥστʼ εἰ καὶ κατὰ τὰ ἄλλα πάντα ἄξιός ἐστι Πομπήιος ἐπὶ τοὺς καταποντιστὰς χειροτονηθῆναι, ἀλλʼ ὅτι γε παρά τε τὰ διατεταγμένα ἐν τοῖς νόμοις καὶ παρὰ τὰ διεληλεγμένα ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις αἱρεθείη ἄν, ἥκιστα καὶ ὑμῖν καὶ τούτῳ προσήκει αὐτὸ πραχθῆναι.
Now I do not say this in any disparagement of Pompey, but because it does not appear ever to have been of advantage to you in any way, and in particular because it is not permitted by the laws. Indeed, if the command brings honour to those deemed worthy of it, all whom it concerns ought to obtain that honour, — this is democracy, — and if it brings labour, all ought to share that labour proportionately — this is equality. ”Now in such a course there is the further advantage that many individuals gain practical experience, so that your choice of those who can be entrusted with any needful business becomes easy as a result of your trial of them; but if you take the other course, it is quite inevitable that there should be a great scarcity of those who will give themselves the needful training and who will be entrusted with affairs. This is the chief reason why you were at a loss for a general in the war with Sertorius; for previous to that time you were accustomed to employ the same men for a long period. Consequently, even if in all other respects Pompey deserves to be elected against the pirates, still, inasmuch as he would be chosen contrary to the injunction of the laws and to the principles laid down by experience, it is anything but fitting for either you or him that this be done.
§ 36.33
πρῶτον μὲν οὖν τοῦτο καὶ μάλιστα λέγω, δεύτερον δὲ ἐκεῖνο, ὅτι τεταγμένως ἐκ τῶν νόμων τάς τε ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰς ἡγεμονίας λαμβανόντων καὶ ὑπάτων καὶ στρατηγῶν καὶ τῶν ἀντὶ τούτων ἀρχόντων, οὔτʼ ἄλλως καλῶς ὑμῖν ἔχει παριδόντας αὐτοὺς καινήν τινα ἀρχὴν ἐπεσαγαγέσθαι οὔτε συμφέρει. τίνος μὲν γὰρ ἕνεκα καὶ τοὺς ἐνιαυσίους ἄρχοντας χειροτονεῖτε, εἴγε μηδὲν αὐτοῖς πρὸς τὰ τοιαῦτα χρήσεσθε; οὐ γάρ που ἵνʼ ἐν τοῖς περιπορφύροις ἱματίοις περινοστῶσιν, οὐδʼ ἵνα τὸ ὄνομα μόνον τῆς ἀρχῆς περιβεβλημένοι τοῦ ἔργου αὐτῆς στέρωνται. πῶς δʼ οὐχὶ καὶ τούτοις καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἅπασι τοῖς τι πράττειν τῶν πολιτικῶν προαιρουμένοις ἀπεχθήσεσθε, ἂν τὰς μὲν πατρίους ἀρχὰς καταλύητε καὶ τοῖς ἐκ τῶν νόμων χειροτονουμένοις μηδὲν ἐπιτρέπητε, ξένην δέ τινα καὶ μηπώποτε γεγενημένην ἡγεμονίαν ἰδιώτῃ προστάξητε;
“This is the first and most important point I have to mention. Second, there is the consideration that so long as consuls and praetors and those serving in their places are receiving their offices and commands conformably to the laws it is in no wise fitting, nor yet advantageous, for you to overlook them and introduce some new office. 2 To what end, indeed, do you elect the annual officials, if you are going to make no use of them for such occasions? Surely not that they may stalk about in purple-bordered togas, nor that, clothed with the name alone of the office, they may be deprived of its duties. How can you fail to arouse the enmity of these and all the rest who have a purpose to enter public life at all, if you overthrow the ancient offices, and entrust nothing to those elected by law, but assign some strange and hitherto unheard-of command to a private individual?
§ 36.34
εἰ γάρ τοι καὶ παρὰ τὰς ἐπετησίους ἀρχὰς ἀνάγκη τις εἴη ἑτέραν ἑλέσθαι, ἔστι καὶ τούτου παράδειγμα ἀρχαῖον, λέγω δὲ τὸν δικτάτορα. καὶ τοῦτον μέντοι τοιοῦτον ὄντα οὔτε ἐπὶ πᾶσί ποτε τοῖς πράγμασιν οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν οὔτε ἐπὶ πλείω χρόνον ἑξαμήνου κατεστήσαντο. ὥστʼ εἰ μὲν τοιούτου τινὸς δεῖσθε, ἔξεστιν ὑμῖν, μήτε παρανομήσασι μήτʼ ὀλιγώρως ὑπὲρ τῶν κοινῶν βουλευσαμένοις, δικτάτορα εἴτε Πομπήιον εἴτε καὶ ἄλλον τινὰ προχειρίσασθαι, ἐφʼ ᾧ μήτε πλείω τοῦ τεταγμένου χρόνον μήτε ἔξω τῆς Ἰταλίας ἄρξῃ. οὐ γάρ που ἀγνοεῖτε ὅτι καὶ τοῦτο δεινῶς οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν ἐφυλάξαντο, καὶ οὐκ ἂν εὑρεθείη δικτάτωρ οὐδεὶς ἄλλοσε πλὴν ἑνὸς ἐς Σικελίαν, καὶ ταῦτα μηδὲν πράξαντος, αἱρεθείς. εἰ δʼ οὔτε δεῖται ἡ Ἰταλία τοιούτου τινός, οὔτʼ ἂν ὑμεῖς ὑπομείναιτε ἔτι οὐχ ὅτι τὸ ἔργον τοῦ δικτάτορος ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τὸ ὄνομα (δῆλον δὲ ἐξ ὧν πρὸς τὸν Σύλλαν ἠγανακτήσατε), πῶς δʼ ἂν ὀρθῶς ἔχοι καινὴν ἡγεμονίαν, καὶ ταύτην ἐς ἔτη τρία καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσιν ὡς εἰπεῖν καὶ τοῖς ἐν τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ καὶ τοῖς ἔξω πράγμασιν, ἀποδειχθῆναι; ὅσα γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ τοιούτου δεινὰ ταῖς πόλεσι συμβαίνει, καὶ ὅσοι διὰ τὰς παρανόμους φιλαρχίας τόν τε δῆμον ἡμῶν πολλάκις ἐτάραξαν καὶ αὐτοὶ αὑτοὺς μυρία κακὰ εἰργάσαντο, πάντες ὁμοίως ἐπίστασθε.
Yet if there should be any necessity of choosing another in addition to the annual officials, there is for this, too, an ancient precedent — I refer to the dictator. However, because this official held such power, our fathers did not appoint one on all occasions nor for a longer period than six months. 2 Accordingly, if you require any such official, you may, without either transgressing the laws or forming plans in disregard of the common welfare, elect Pompey himself or anyone else as dictator — on condition that he shall not hold office longer than the appointed time nor outside of Italy. For surely you are not unaware that this second limitation, too, was scrupulously observed by our forefathers, and no instance can be found of a dictator chosen for another country, except one who was sent to Sicily and who, moreover, accomplished nothing. But if Italy requires no such person, and you would no longer tolerate, I will not say the functions of the dictator, but even the name, — as is clear from your anger against Sulla, — how could it be right for a new position of command to be created, and that, too, for three years and embracing practically all interests both in Italy and outside? 4 For you all alike understand what disasters come to cities from such a course, and how many men on account of their lawless lust for rule have often disturbed our populace and brought upon themselves countless evils.
§ 36.35
ὥστε περὶ μὲν τούτων παύομαι λέγων· τίς γὰρ οὐκ οἶδεν ὅτι οὔτʼ ἄλλως καλῶς ἔχει οὔτε συμφέρει ἑνί τινι τὰ πράγματα προστάσσεσθαι καὶ ἕνα τινὰ πάντων τῶν ὑπαρχόντων ἡμῖν ἀγαθῶν κύριον γίγνεσθαι, κἂν τὰ μάλιστα ἄριστός τις ᾖ; αἵ τε γὰρ μεγάλαι τιμαὶ καὶ αἱ ὑπέρογκοι ἐξουσίαι καὶ τοὺς τοιούτους ἐπαίρουσι καὶ διαφθείρουσιν. ἐκεῖνο δὲ δὴ σκοπεῖν ὑμᾶς ἀξιῶ, ὅτι οὐδὲ οἷόν τέ ἐστιν ἕνα ἄνδρα πάσης τῆς θαλάσσης ἐπάρξαι καὶ πάντα τὸν πόλεμον τοῦτον ὀρθῶς διοικῆσαι. δεῖ μὲν γὰρ ὑμᾶς, εἴπερ τι τῶν δεόντων ποιήσετε, πανταχῇ ἅμα αὐτοῖς πολεμῆσαι, ἵνα μὴ συνιστάμενοι πρὸς ἀλλήλους, μηδʼ αὖ τὰς ἀναφυγὰς πρὸς τοὺς οὐ πολεμουμένους ἔχοντες, δύσληπτοι γένωνται. τοῦτο δὲ οὐδένα ἂν τρόπον εἷς τις ἄρξας πρᾶξαι δυνηθείη· πῶς γὰρ ἂν ὑπὸ τὰς αὐτὰς ἡμέρας ἔν τε τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ καὶ ἐν τῇ Κιλικίᾳ, τῇ τε Αἰγύπτῳ καὶ τῇ Συρίᾳ, τῇ τε Ἑλλάδι καὶ τῇ Ἰβηρίᾳ, τῷ τε Ἰονίῳ καὶ ταῖς νήσοις πολεμήσειε; πολλοὺς μὲν δὴ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ στρατιώτας καὶ στρατηγοὺς ἐπιστῆναι δεῖ τοῖς πράγμασιν,
”About this, then, I shall say no more. For who does not realize that it is in no wise fitting, nor yet advantageous, to entrust affairs to any one man, or for any one man to be put in control of all the blessings we have, however excellent he may be? Great honours and excessive powers excite and ruin even such persons. 2 And what is more, I ask you to consider this fact also, that it is not really possible for one man to hold sway over the whole sea and to manage the whole war properly. For you must, if you are going to accomplish any of the needful results, make war on them everywhere at once, so that they may not, either by uniting or by finding a refuge among those not involved in war, become hard to capture. But no one man in command could by any manner of means accomplish this. For how could he fight on the same days in Italy and in Cilicia, Egypt and Syria, Greece and Spain, in the Ionian Sea and the islands? Consequently it is necessary for many soldiers and generals also to be in command of affairs, if they are going to be of any use to you. 36 1 And in case any one urges that, even if you confide the entire war to some one man, he will in any case have many admirals and lieutenants, my reply would be: Is it not much more just and advantageous that these men destined to serve under him be chosen by you beforehand for this very purpose and receive independent authority from you? What prevents such a course? 2 By this plan they will pay better heed to the war, since each of them will be entrusted with his own particular part in it and cannot lay upon any one else the responsibility for neglect of it, and there will be keener rivalry among them because they are independent and will themselves get the glory for whatever they achieve. But by the other plan what man, do you think, subordinate to some one else, will show the same zeal, what man will perform any duty readily, when he is going to win victories not for himself but for another? “That one man, now, could not at one time carry on so great a war has been admitted on the part of Gabinius himself; at any rate he asks for many assistants to be given to the one who shall be elected. The question remains, then, whether actual commanders or assistants should be sent, whether generals or lieutenants, and whether they should be commissioned by the entire populace with full authority, or by the commander alone for his assistance. Surely every one of you will admit that my proposal is more in accordance with law and more advantageous with reference to the freebooters themselves as well as in all other respects. And apart from this, observe how it looks for all your offices to be overthrown on the pretext of the pirates, and for none of them either in Italy or in subject territory during this time . . .”
§ 36.36
εἴπερ τι ὄφελος αὐτῶν ἔσται· εἰ δὲ δή τις ἐκεῖνό φησιν, ὅτι κἂν ἑνί τῳ πάντα τὸν πόλεμον ἐπιτρέψητε, πάντως που καὶ ναυάρχους καὶ ὑπάρχους πολλοὺς ἕξει, πῶς οὐ πολὺ δικαιότερον καὶ συμφορώτερον (ἐγὼ γὰρ ἂν εἴποιμι) καὶ τί κωλύει τούτους αὖ τοὺς ὑπάρξειν ἐκείνῳ μέλλοντας καὶ προχειρισθῆναι ὑφʼ ὑμῶν ἐπʼ αὐτὸ τοῦτο καὶ τὴν ἡγεμονίαν παρʼ ὑμῶν αὐτοτελῆ λαβεῖν; οὕτω μὲν γὰρ καὶ φροντιοῦσι τοῦ πολέμου μᾶλλον, ἅτε καὶ ἰδίαν ἕκαστος αὐτῶν μερίδα πεπιστευμένος καὶ ἐς μηδένα ἕτερον τὴν ὑπὲρ αὐτῆς ἀμέλειαν ἀνενεγκεῖν δυνάμενος, καὶ φιλοτιμήσονται πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἀκριβέστερον, ἅτε καὶ αὐτοκρατεῖς ὄντες καὶ τὴν δόξαν ὧν ἂν ἐργάσωνται αὐτοὶ κτησόμενοι· ἐκείνως δὲ τίνα μὲν ὁμοίως οἴεσθε ἄλλῳ τῳ ὑποκείμενον, τίνα δʼ ἀπροφασίστως ὁτιοῦν ποιήσειν, μέλλοντα μὴ ἑαυτῷ ἀλλʼ ἑτέρῳ κρατήσειν; Ὥσθʼ ὅτι μὲν εἷς οὐδʼ ἂν δύναιτο τοσοῦτον ἅμα πόλεμον πολεμῆσαι, καὶ παρʼ αὐτοῦ Γαβινίου ὡμολόγηται· πολλοὺς γοῦν τῷ χειροτονηθησομένῳ συνεργοὺς ἀξιοῖ δοθῆναι. λοιπὴ δὲ δὴ σκέψις ἐστὶ πότερόν ποτε ἄρχοντας αὐτοὺς ἢ ὑπάρχοντας, καὶ στρατηγοὺς ἢ ὑποστρατήγους, καὶ πρὸς τοῦ δήμου παντὸς ἐπʼ αὐτοκράτορός τινος ἡγεμονίας ἢ πρὸς ἐκείνου μόνου ἐφʼ ὑπηρεσίᾳ αὐτοῦ, πεμφθῆναι δεῖ. οὐκοῦν ὅτι μὲν καὶ νομιμώτερον καὶ συμφορώτερον καὶ πρὸς τἆλλα πάντα καὶ πρὸς αὐτοὺς τοὺς λῃστὰς τοῦθʼ ὅπερ ἐγὼ λέγω ἐστί, πᾶς ἄν τις ὑμῶν ὁμολογήσειε. χωρὶς δὲ τούτου καὶ ἐκεῖνο ὁρᾶτε οἷόν ἐστι, τὸ πάσας ὑμῶν τὰς ἄλλας ἀρχὰς ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν καταποντιστῶν προφάσει καταλυθῆναι, καὶ μηδεμίαν αὐτῶν μήτε ἐν τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ μήτε ἐν τῇ ὑπηκόῳ τὸν χρόνον τοῦτον ”
Catulus, one of the aristocrats, had said to the people: “If he fails when sent out on this errand — as not infrequently happens in many contests, especially on the sea — what other man will you find to take his place for still more urgent tasks?” Thereupon the entire throng, as if by previous agreement, cried out and exclaimed: “You!” Thus Pompey secured command of the sea and of the islands and of the mainland for fifty miles inland from the sea.
§ 36.37
τῆς δὲ Ἰταλίας ἀντὶ ὑπάτου ἐπὶ τρία ἔτη, προσέταξαν αὐτῷ ὑποστρατήγους τε πεντεκαίδεκα καὶ τὰς ναῦς ἁπάσας, τά τε χρήματα καὶ τὰ στρατεύματα ὅσα ἂν ἐθελήσῃ λαβεῖν ἐψηφίσαντο. καὶ ἐκεῖνά τε καὶ ἡ γερουσία καὶ ἄκουσα ἐπεκύρωσε, καὶ τἆλλα ὅσα πρόσφορα ἐς αὐτὰ ἦν ἑκάστοτε ἐγίγνωσκεν, ἄλλως τε καὶ ἐπειδὴ τοῦ Πίσωνος μὴ ἐπιτρέψαντος τοῖς ὑπάρχοις καταλόγους ἐν τῇ Γαλατίᾳ τῇ Ναβωνησίᾳ, ἧς ἦρχε, ποιήσασθαι, δεινῶς ὁ ὅμιλος ἠγανάκτησε· καὶ εὐθύς γʼ ἂν αὐτὸν ἐκ τῆς ἀρχῆς ἐξήλασαν, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πομπήιος παρῃτήσατο. παρασκευασάμενος οὖν ὡς τό τε πρᾶγμα καὶ τὸ φρόνημα αὐτοῦ ἀπῄτει, πᾶσαν ἅμα τὴν θάλασσαν, ὅσην οἱ καταποντισταὶ ἐλύπουν, τὰ μὲν αὐτός, τὰ δὲ καὶ διὰ τῶν ὑποστρατήγων περιέπλευσε, καὶ τὰ πλείω αὐτῆς αὐτοετὲς ἡμέρωσε. πολλῇ μὲν γὰρ καὶ τῇ παρασκευῇ τῇ τε τοῦ ναυτικοῦ καὶ τῇ τῶν ὁπλιτῶν ἐχρῆτο, ὥστε καὶ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ καὶ ἐν τῇ γῇ ἀνυπόστατος εἶναι, πολλῇ δὲ καὶ τῇ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τῇ πρὸς τοὺς ὁμολογοῦντάς οἱ, ὥστε καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ τοιούτου παμπόλλους προσποιήσασθαι· οἱ γὰρ ἄνθρωποι ταῖς τε δυνάμεσιν ἡττώμενοι καὶ τῆς χρηστότητος αὐτοῦ πειρώμενοι προθυμότατα αὐτῷ προσεχώρουν. τά τε γὰρ ἄλλα αὐτῶν ἐπεμελεῖτο, καὶ ὅπως μηδʼ αὖθίς ποτε ἐς ἀνάγκην πονηρῶν ἔργων ὑπὸ πενίας ἀφίκωνται, καὶ χώρας σφίσιν ὅσας ἐρήμους ἑώρα, καὶ πόλεις ὅσαι ἐποίκων ἐδέοντο, ἐδίδου. καὶ ἄλλαι τε ἐκ τούτου συνῳκίσθησαν καὶ ἡ Πομπηιόπολις ἐπικληθεῖσα· ἔστι δὲ ἐν τῇ Κιλικίᾳ τῇ παραθαλασσίᾳ καὶ ἐπεπόρθητο ὑπὸ τοῦ Τιγράνου, Σόλοι πρότερον ὠνομασμένη.
. . . and of Italy in place of consul for three years; and they assigned to him fifteen lieutenants and voted all the ships, money and armaments that he might wish to take. The senate also, though quite reluctantly, ratified these measures and likewise passed such others from time to time as were necessary to their effectiveness. 2 Its action was prompted more particularly by the fact that when Piso refused to allow the under-officers to hold enlistments in Gallia Narbonensis, of which he was governor, the populace was furiously enraged and would straightway have removed him from office, had not Pompey begged him off. So, after making preparations as the situation and as his judgment demanded, Pompey patrolled at one time the whole stretch of sea that the pirates were troubling, partly by himself and partly through his lieutenants; and he subdued the greater part of it that very year. 4 For not alone was the force that he directed vast both in point of fleet and infantry, so that he was irresistible both on sea and on land, but his leniency toward those who made terms with him was equally great, so that he won over large numbers by such a course; for those who were defeated by his troops and experienced his clemency went over to his side very readily. Besides other ways in which he took care of them he would give them any lands he saw vacant and cities that needed more inhabitants, in order that they might never again through poverty fall under the necessity of criminal deeds. 6 Among the other cities settled at this time was the one called Pompeiopolis. It is on the coast of Cilicia and had been sacked by Tigranes; its former name was Soli.
§ 36.38
ἐπὶ μὲν δὴ τοῦ Ἀκιλίου τοῦ τε Πίσωνος ταῦτά τε οὕτως ἐγένετο, καὶ κατὰ τῶν δεκασμοῦ περὶ τὰς ἀρχὰς ἁλισκομένων ἐνομοθετήθη πρὸς αὐτῶν τῶν ὑπάτων μήτʼ ἄρχειν μήτε βουλεύειν σφῶν μηδένα, ἀλλὰ καὶ χρήματα προσοφλισκάνειν. ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἥ τε τῶν δημάρχων δυναστεία ἐς τὸ ἀρχαῖον ἐπανεληλύθει; καὶ πολλοὶ τῶν ὑπὸ τῶν τιμητῶν διαγεγραμμένων ἀναλαβεῖν τρόπον τινὰ τὴν βουλείαν ἐσπούδαζον, συστάσεις καὶ παρακελευσμοὶ παμπληθεῖς ἐφʼ ἁπάσαις ταῖς ἀρχαῖς ἐγίγνοντο. ἔπραξαν δὲ τοῦθʼ οἱ ὕπατοι οὐχ ὅτι καὶ ἤχθοντο τῷ πράγματι (αὐτοὶ γὰρ διασπουδάσαντες ἀπεδείχθησαν, καὶ ὅ γε Πίσων καὶ γραφεὶς ἐπὶ τούτῳ καὶ πρὸς ἑνὸς καὶ πρὸς ἑτέρου τινὸς ἐξεπρίατο τὸ μὴ κατηγορηθῆναι) ἀλλʼ ὅτι ἠναγκάσθησαν ὑπὸ τῆς γερουσίας. αἴτιον δὲ ὅτι Γάιός τις Κορνήλιος δημαρχῶν πικρότατα ἐπιτίμια τάξαι κατʼ αὐτῶν ἐπεχείρησε καὶ αὐτὰ καὶ ὁ ὅμιλος ᾑρεῖτο. ἡ γὰρ βουλὴ συνιδοῦσα ὅτι τὸ μὲν ὑπερβάλλον τῶν τιμωρημάτων ἐν μὲν ταῖς ἀπειλαῖς ἔκπληξίν τινα ἔχει, οὔτε δὲ τοὺς κατηγορήσοντας οὔτε τοὺς καταψηφιουμένους τῶν ὑπαιτίων, ἅτε καὶ ἀνηκέστων αὐτῶν ὄντων, ῥᾳδίως εὑρίσκει, τὸ δὲ δὴ μέτριον ἔς τε τὰς κατηγορίας συχνοὺς προάγει καὶ τὰς καταψηφίσεις οὐκ ἀποτρέπει, μεταρρυθμίσαι πῃ τὴν ἐσήγησιν αὐτοῦ καὶ τοῖς ὑπάτοις νομοθετῆσαι
Besides these events in the year of Acilius and Piso, a law directed at men convicted of bribery in seeking office was framed by the consuls themselves, to the effect that any such person should neither hold office nor be a senator, and should incur a fine besides. 2 For now that the power of the tribunes had been restored to its ancient status, and many of those whose names had been stricken off the list by the censors were aspiring to regain the rank of senator by one means or another, a great many factions and cliques were being formed aiming at all the offices. Now the consuls did not take this course because they were displeased at the practice; in fact they themselves were shown to have conducted a vigorous canvass, and Piso had actually been indicted on this charge, but had escaped being brought to trial by bribing one man after another; it was rather because they were forced to it by the senate. 4 The reason for this was that one Gaius Cornelius while tribune undertook to lay very severe penalties upon those guilty of bribery, and the populace adopted them. The senate, however, realizing that while excessive punishments have some deterrent force as threats, yet men are not then easily found to accuse or condemn those on trial, since the latter will be in desperate danger, whereas moderation encourages many to accusations and does not prevent condemnations, was desirous of modifying his proposition somehow, and bade the consuls frame it as a law.
§ 36.39
αὐτὴν ἐκέλευσεν. ἐπεὶ δὲ αἵ τε ἀρχαιρεσίαι προεπηγγελμέναι ἦσαν, καὶ κατὰ τοῦτʼ οὐδὲν προνομοθετηθῆναι πρὸ αὐτῶν ἐξῆν, καὶ οἱ σπουδαρχιῶντες πολλὰ καὶ κακὰ ἐν τῷ διακένῳ τούτῳ ἐποίουν, ὥστε καὶ σφαγὰς γίγνεσθαι, τόν τε νόμον ἐψηφίσαντο καὶ πρὸ ἐκείνων ἐσενεχθῆναι καὶ φρουρὰν τοῖς ὑπάτοις δοθῆναι. ἀγανακτήσας οὖν ἐπὶ τούτοις ὁ Κορνήλιος γνώμην ἐποιήσατο μὴ ἐξεῖναι τοῖς βουλευταῖς μήτε ἀρχήν τινι ἔξω τῶν νόμων αἰτήσαντι διδόναι μήτʼ ἄλλο μηδὲν τῶν τῷ δήμῳ προσηκόντων ψηφίζεσθαι· τοῦτο γὰρ ἐνενομοθέτητο μὲν ἐκ τοῦ πάνυ ἀρχαίου, οὐ μέντοι καὶ τῷ ἔργῳ ἐτηρεῖτο. θορύβου τε ἐπʼ αὐτῷ πολλοῦ συμβάντος (καὶ γὰρ ἀντέπρασσον τῶν τε ἄλλων τῶν ἐκ τῆς γερουσίας συχνοὶ καὶ ὁ Πίσων) τάς τε ῥάβδους αὐτοῦ ὁ ὄχλος συνέτριψε καὶ αὐτὸν διασπάσασθαι ἐπεχείρησεν. ἰδὼν οὖν τὴν ὁρμὴν αὐτῶν ὁ Κορνήλιος τότε μέν, πρὶν ἐπιψηφίσαι τι, διαφῆκε τὸν σύλλογον, ὕστερον δὲ προσέγραψε τῷ νόμῳ τήν τε βουλὴν πάντως περὶ αὐτῶν προβουλεύειν καὶ τὸν
But since the elections had already been announced, and accordingly no law could be enacted till they were held, and the canvassers were doing much mischief in the meanwhile, to such an extent even that assassinations occurred, the senators voted that the law should be introduced before the elections and that a body-guard should be given to the consuls. 2 Cornelius, angry at this, proposed that the senators should not be allowed to grant office to any one seeking it in a way not prescribed by law, nor to usurp the people's right of decision in any other matter. This, indeed, had been the law from very early times, but it was not being observed in practice. When a great uproar arose at this, since Piso and a number of the senators opposed him, the crowd broke the consul's fasces to pieces and threatened to tear him limb from limb. 4 Cornelius, accordingly, seeing their violence, dismissed the assembly for the time being before calling for any vote; later he added to the law a provision that the senate should invariably pass a preliminary decree concerning these matters and that it should be necessary for this decree to be ratified by the people. 40 1 So he secured the passage of both that law and another now to be explained.
§ 36.40
δῆμον ἐπάναγκες ἐπικυροῦν τὸ προβούλευμα. καὶ οὕτως ἐκεῖνόν τε διενομοθέτησε καὶ ἕτερον τοιόνδε. οἱ στρατηγοὶ πάντες τὰ δίκαια καθʼ ἃ δικάσειν ἔμελλον, αὐτοὶ συγγράφοντες ἐξετίθεσαν· οὐ γάρ πω πάντα τὰ δικαιώματα τὰ περὶ τὰ συμβόλαια διετέτακτο. ἐπεὶ οὖν οὔτε ἐσάπαξ τοῦτʼ ἐποίουν οὔτε τὰ γραφέντα ἐτήρουν, ἀλλὰ πολλάκις αὐτὰ μετέγραφον καὶ συχνὰ ἐν τούτῳ πρὸς χάριν ἢ καὶ κατʼ ἔχθραν τινῶν, ὥσπερ εἰκός, ἐγίγνετο, ἐσηγήσατο κατʼ ἀρχάς τε εὐθὺς αὐτοὺς τὰ δίκαια οἷς χρήσονται προλέγειν, καὶ μηδὲν ἀπʼ αὐτῶν παρατρέπειν. τό τε σύμπαν οὕτως ἐπιμελὲς τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις κατὰ τὸν χρόνον ἐκεῖνον τὸ μηδὲν δωροδοκεῖσθαι ἐγένετο ὥστε πρὸς τῷ τοὺς ἐλεγχομένους κολάζειν καὶ τοὺς κατηγοροῦντας αὐτῶν ἐτίμων. τοῦ γοῦν Κόττου τοῦ Μάρκου τὸν μὲν ταμίαν Πούπλιον Ὄππιον ἐπί τε δώροις καὶ ἐπὶ ὑποψίᾳ ἐπιβουλῆς ἀποπέμψαντος, αὐτοῦ δὲ πολλὰ ἐκ τῆς Βιθυνίας χρηματισαμένου, Γάιον Κάρβωνα τὸν κατηγορήσαντα αὐτοῦ τιμαῖς ὑπατικαῖς καίπερ δεδημαρχηκότα μόνον, ἐσέμνυναν. καὶ οὗτος μὲν τῆς τε Βιθυνίας καὶ αὐτὸς ὕστερον ἄρξας, καὶ μετριώτερον οὐδὲν τοῦ Κόττου πλημμελήσας, ἀντικατηγορήθη ὑπὸ τοῦ υἱέος αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀνθεάλω· πολλῷ γάρ που ῥᾷον ἄλλοις ἐπιτιμῶσί τινες ἢ ἑαυτοῖς παραινοῦσι, καὶ προχειρότατά γε ἐφʼ οἷς τιμωρίας ἀξίους τοὺς πέλας εἶναι νομίζουσιν αὐτοὶ ποιοῦσιν, ὥστε μηδεμίαν πίστιν ἐξ ὧν ἑτέροις ἐγκαλοῦσιν, ὅτι καὶ μισοῦσιν αὐτά, λαμβάνειν·
The praetors themselves had always compiled and published the principles of law according to which they intended to try cases; for the decrees regarding contracts had not all yet been laid down. 2 Now since they were not in the habit of doing this once for all and did not observe the rules as written, but often made changes in them, many of which were introduced out of favour or out of hatred of some one, he moved that they should at the very outset announce the principles they would follow, and not swerve from them at all. In fine, the Romans were so concerned at that time to prevent bribery, that in addition to punishing those convicted they even honoured the accusers. For instance, after Marcus Cotta had dismissed the quaestor Publius Oppius because of bribery and suspicion of conspiracy, though he himself had made great profit out of Bithynia, 4 they elevated Gaius Carbo, his accuser, to consular honours, although he had served only as tribune. But when Carbo himself later became governor of Bithynia and erred no less than Cotta, he was in turn accused by Cotta's son and convicted. Some persons, of course, can more easily censure others than admonish themselves, and when it comes to their own case do very readily the things for which they think their neighbours deserving of punishment. Hence they cannot, from the mere fact that they accuse others, inspire confidence in their own hatred of the acts in question.
§ 36.41
Λούκιος δὲ δὴ Λούκουλλος τὴν μὲν στρατηγίαν τὴν οἴκοι διῆρξε, τῆς δὲ δὴ Σαρδοῦς ἄρξαι μετʼ αὐτὴν λαχὼν οὐκ ἠθέλησε, μισήσας τὸ πρᾶγμα διὰ τοὺς πολλοὺς τοὺς οὐδὲν ὑγιὲς ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσι δρῶντας. ὅτι γὰρ ἐπιεικὴς ἦν, ἱκανώτατα διέδειξεν· τοῦ γὰρ Ἀκιλίου συντριβῆναι τὸν δίφρον αὐτοῦ, ἐφʼ οὗ ἐδίκαζε, κελεύσαντος ὅτι παριόντα ποτὲ αὐτὸν ἰδὼν οὐκ ἐξανέστη, οὔτʼ ὀργῇ ἐχρήσατο καὶ ὀρθοστάδην μετὰ τοῦτο καὶ αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ συνάρχοντες αὐτοῦ διʼ ἐκεῖνον διεδίκασαν.
Lucius Lucullus, on the other hand, after finishing his term of office as praetor urbanus, and being chosen by lot thereafter to serve as governor of Sardinia, declined the province, detesting the business because of the many whose administration of affairs in foreign lands was anything but honest. That he was of a mild disposition he had given the fullest proof. 2 For when Acilius once commanded that the chair on which he sat while hearing cases should be broken in pieces because Lucullus, on seeing Acilius pass by, had not risen, the praetor not only did not give way to rage, but thereupon both he himself and his colleagues on his account gave their decision standing.
§ 36.42
Ἐσήνεγκε μὲν οὖν καὶ ὁ Ῥώσκιος νόμον, ἐσήνεγκε δὲ καὶ ὁ Γάιος ὁ Μάλλιος, ὅτε ἐδημάρχησεν. ἀλλʼ ἐκεῖνος μέν (τὰς γὰρ τῶν ἱππέων τὰς ἐν τοῖς θεάτροις ἕδρας ἀκριβῶς ἀπὸ τῶν ἄλλων ἀφώρισε) καὶ ἔπαινον ἐπʼ αὐτῷ ἔλαβεν, ὁ δὲ δὴ Μάλλιος καὶ δίκην ὀλίγου ὑπέσχε· τῷ γὰρ ἔθνει τῷ τῶν ἀπελευθέρων ἔν τε τῇ ἐσχάτῃ τοῦ ἔτους ἡμέρᾳ καὶ πρὸς ἑσπέραν, παρασκευάσας τινὰς ἐκ τοῦ ὁμίλου, ψηφίσασθαι μετὰ τῶν ἐξελευθερωσάντων σφᾶς ἔδωκεν. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἡ βουλὴ εὐθὺς τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ, ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ νουμηνίᾳ ἐν ᾗ Λούκιός τε Τούλλιος καὶ Αἰμίλιος Λέπιδος ὑπατεύειν ἤρξαντο, τὸν νόμον αὐτοῦ ἀπεψηφίσατο, φοβηθείς, ἐπειδὴ τὸ πλῆθος δεινῶς ἠγανάκτει, τὰ μὲν πρῶτα ἔς τε τὸν Κράσσον καὶ ἐς ἄλλους τινὰς τὴν γνώμην ἀνῆγεν, ὡς δʼ οὐδεὶς ἐπίστευέν οἱ, τὸν Πομπήιον καὶ ἀπόντα ἐκολάκευσεν, ἄλλως τε καὶ ὅτι τὸν Γαβίνιον πλεῖστον παρʼ αὐτῷ δυνάμενον ᾔσθετο· τόν τε γὰρ τοῦ Τιγράνου καὶ τὸν τοῦ Μιθριδάτου πόλεμον, τήν τε Βιθυνίαν καὶ τὴν Κιλικίαν ἅμα
Roscius likewise introduced a law, and so did Gaius Manilius, at the time when the latter was tribune. The former received some praise for this, which marked off sharply the seats of the knights in the theatres from the other locations; 2 but Manilius came near having to stand trial. He had granted the class of freedmen the right to vote with those who had freed them; this he did on the very last day of the year toward evening, after suborning some of the populace. The senate learned of it immediately on the following day, the first of the month, the day on which Lucius Tullus and Aemilius Lepidus entered upon their consulship, and it rejected his law. He, then, in fear because the plebs were terribly angry, at first ascribed the idea to Crassus and some others; 4 but as no one believed him, he paid court to Pompey even in the latter's absence, especially because he knew that Gabinius had the greatest influence with him. He went so far as to offer him command of the war against Tigranes and that against Mithridates, and the governorship of Bithynia and Cilicia at the same time.
§ 36.43
ἀρχὴν αὐτῷ προσέταξεν. ἀγανάκτησις μὲν γὰρ καὶ ἀντιλογία καὶ τότε παρὰ τῶν δυνατῶν, διά τε τἆλλα καὶ διότι ὅ τε Μάρκιος καὶ ὁ Ἀκίλιος πρὶν τὸν χρόνον σφίσι τῆς ἀρχῆς ἐξήκειν κατελύοντο, ἐγένετο· ὁ δὲ ὅμιλος, καίτοι μικρὸν ἔμπροσθεν τοὺς ἄνδρας τοὺς καταστήσοντας τὰ ἑαλωκότα, ὡς καὶ διαπεπολεμηκὼς ἐξ ὧν σφίσιν ὁ Λούκουλλος ἐπεστάλκει, πέμψας, ὅμως ἐψηφίσατο αὐτά, ἐναγόντων σφᾶς ἐς τὰ μάλιστα τοῦ τε Καίσαρος καὶ τοῦ Κικέρωνος τοῦ Μάρκου. οὗτοι γὰρ αὐτοῖς συνηγωνίσαντο οὐχ ὅτι καὶ συμφέρειν αὐτὰ τῇ πόλει ἐνόμιζον, οὐδʼ ὅτι τῷ Πομπηίῳ χαρίσασθαι ἤθελον· ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ καὶ ὣς γενήσεσθαι ἔμελλε, Καῖσαρ μὲν τόν τε ὄχλον ἅμα ἐθεράπευσεν ἅτε καὶ ὁρῶν ὅσῳ τῆς βουλῆς ἐπικρατέστεροι ἦσαν, καὶ ἑαυτῷ τό τι τῶν ὁμοίων ψηφισθῆναί ποτε παρεσκεύασε, κἀν τούτῳ καὶ τὸν Πομπήιον καὶ ἐπιφθονώτερον καὶ ἐπαχθέστερον ἐκ τῶν διδομένων οἱ ποιῆσαι, ὅπως σφίσι πρὸς κόρου θᾶσσον γένηται, ἠθέλησε, Κικέρων δὲ τήν τε πολιτείαν ἄγειν ἠξίου, καὶ ἐνεδείκνυτο καὶ τῷ πλήθει καὶ τοῖς δυνατοῖς ὅτι, ὁποτέροις ἄν σφων πρόσθηται, πάντως αὐτοὺς ἐπαυξήσει. ἐπημφοτέριζέ τε γὰρ καὶ ποτὲ μὲν τὰ τούτων ἔστι δʼ ὅτε καὶ τὰ ἐκείνων, ἵνʼ ὑπʼ ἀμφοτέρων σπουδάζηται, ἔπραττε. τοὺς γοῦν βελτίους πρότερον προαιρεῖσθαι λέγων, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἀγορανομῆσαι μᾶλλον ἢ δημαρχῆσαι ἐθελήσας, τότε πρὸς τοὺς
Now indignation and opposition were manifest even then on the part of the optimates, particularly because Marcius and Acilius were being removed before the period of their command had expired. 2 But the populace, although a little earlier it had sent the proper officials to establish a government over the conquered territory, regarding the war as at an end from the letters which Lucullus sent them, nevertheless voted to do as Manilius proposed. They were urged to this course very strongly by Caesar and Marcus Cicero. These men supported the measure, not because they thought it advantageous to the state or because they wished to do Pompey a favour; but inasmuch as things were certain to turn out that way, Caesar not only courted the good-will of the multitude, observing how much stronger they were than the senate, 4 but also at the same time paved the way for a similar vote to be passed some day in his own interest. Incidentally, also, he wished to render Pompey more envied and odious as a result of the honours conferred upon him, so that the people might get their fill of him more quickly. Cicero, on his part, was aspiring to leadership in the state, and was endeavouring to make it clear to both the plebs and the optimates that he was sure to make whichever side he should join preponderate. He was accustomed to play a double role and would espouse now the cause of one party and again that of the other, to the end that he might be courted by both. For example, a little while before he had said that he chose the side of the optimates and for that reason wished to be aedile rather than tribune; but now he went over to the side of the rabble.
§ 36.44
συρφετώδεις μετέστη. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο δίκης τέ τινος τῷ Μαλλίῳ πρὸς τῶν δυνατῶν παρασκευασθείσης, καὶ ἐκείνου χρόνον τινὰ ἐμποιῆσαι αὐτῇ σπουδάζοντος, τά τε ἄλλα κατʼ αὐτοῦ ἔπραττε, καὶ μόλις αὐτόν (ἐστρατήγει γὰρ καὶ τὴν ἡγεμονίαν τοῦ δικαστηρίου εἶχεν) ἐς τὴν ὑστεραίαν ἀνεβάλετο, πρόφασιν ἐπʼ ἐξόδῳ τὸ ἔτος εἶναι ποιησάμενος. κἀν τούτῳ δυσχεράναντος τοῦ ὁμίλου ἐσῆλθέ τε ἐς τὸν σύλλογον αὐτῶν, ἀναγκασθεὶς δῆθεν ὑπὸ τῶν δημάρχων, καὶ κατά τε τῆς βουλῆς κατέδραμε καὶ συναγορεύσειν τῷ Μαλλίῳ ὑπέσχετο. καὶ ὁ μὲν ἐκ τούτου τά τε ἄλλα κακῶς ἤκουε καὶ αὐτόμολος ὠνομάζετο, τάραχος δέ τις εὐθὺς ἐπιγενόμενος ἐκώλυσε τὸ δικαστήριον συναχθῆναι. Πούπλιός τε γὰρ Παῖτος καὶ Κορνήλιος Σύλλας, ἀδελφιδοῦς ἐκείνου τοῦ πάνυ Σύλλου, ὕπατοί τε ἀποδειχθέντες καὶ δεκασμοῦ ἁλόντες ἐπεβούλευσαν τοὺς κατηγορήσαντάς σφων Κότταν τε καὶ Τορκουᾶτον Λουκίους, ἄλλως τε καὶ ἐπειδὴ αὐτοὶ ἀνθῃρέθησαν, ἀποκτεῖναι. καὶ παρεσκευάσθησαν μὲν ἄλλοι τε καὶ Γναῖος Πίσων καὶ Λούκιος Κατιλίνας ἀνὴρ θρασύτατος (ᾐτήκει δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς τὴν ἀρχήν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ὀργὴν ἐποιεῖτο), οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἠδυνήθησάν τι δρᾶσαι διὰ τὸ τήν τε ἐπιβουλὴν προμηνυθῆναι καὶ φρουρὰν τῷ τε Κόττᾳ καὶ τῷ Τορκουάτῳ παρὰ τῆς βουλῆς δοθῆναι· δόγμα τι κατʼ αὐτῶν γενέσθαι, εἰ μὴ δήμαρχός τις ἠναντιώθη. ἐπεὶ δʼ οὗν καὶ ὣς ὁ Πίσων ἐθρασύνετο, ἐφοβήθη τε ἡ γερουσία μή τι συνταράξῃ, καὶ εὐθὺς αὐτὸν ἐς Ἰβηρίαν, πρόφασιν ὡς καὶ ἐπʼ ἀρχήν τινα, ἔπεμψε. καὶ ὁ μὲν ἐνταῦθα ὑπὸ τῶν ἐπιχωρίων, ἀδικήσας
Soon after, when a suit was instituted by the optimates against Manilius and the latter was striving to gain some delay in the matter, Cicero tried in every way to thwart him, and only after obstinate objection did he put off his case till the following day, offering as an excuse that the year was drawing to a close. 2 He was enabled to do this by the fact that he was praetor and president of the court. Thereupon, when the crowd showed their displeasure, he entered their assembly, compelled to do so, as he claimed, but the tribunes, and after inveighing against the senate, promised to speak in support of Manilius. For this he fell into ill repute generally, and was called “turn-coat;” but a tumult that immediately arose prevented the court from being convened. Publius Paetus and Cornelius Sulla, a nephew of the great Sulla, who had been elected consuls and then convicted of bribery, had plotted to kill their accusers, Lucius Cotta and Lucius Torquatus, especially after the latter had also been convicted. 4 Among others who had been suborned were Gnaeus Piso and also Lucius Catiline, a man of great audacity, who had sought the office himself and was angry on this account. They were unable, however, to accomplish anything because the plot was revealed beforehand and a body-guard given to Cotta and Torquatus by the senate. Indeed, a decree would have been passed against them, had not one of the tribunes opposed it. And when Piso even then continued to display his audacity, the senate, fearing he would cause some riot, sent him at once to Spain, ostensibly to hold some command or other; there he met his death at the hands of the natives whom he had wronged.
§ 36.45
τι αὐτούς, ἐσφάγη· Πομπήιος δὲ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ὡς καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν Κρήτην τόν τε Μέτελλον πλευσούμενος ἡτοιμάζετο, μαθὼν δὲ τὰ δεδογμένα προσεποιεῖτο μὲν ἄχθεσθαι ὡς καὶ πρότερον, καὶ τοῖς ἀντιστασιώταις ὡς καὶ πράγματα ἀεί ποτε αὐτῷ, τοῦ καὶ πταῖσαί τι, παρέχουσιν ἐπεκάλει, ἀσμεναίτατα δὲ αὐτὰ ἀναδεξάμενος Κρήτην μὲν καὶ τἆλλα τὰ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ, εἴ πού τι ἀδιοίκητον κατελέλειπτο, παρʼ οὐδὲν ἔτʼ ἤγαγε, πρὸς δὲ δὴ τὸν τῶν βαρβάρων πόλεμον παρεσκευάζετο. κἀν τούτῳ βουληθεὶς τῆς τοῦ Μιθριδάτου διανοίας πειρᾶσθαι, πέμπει τὸν Μητροφάνη φιλίους αὐτῷ λόγους φέροντα. καὶ ὃς τότε μὲν ἐν ὀλιγωρίᾳ αὐτὸν ἐποιήσατο (τοῦ γὰρ Ἀρσάκου τοῦ τῶν Πάρθων βασιλέως ἀποθανόντος ἐν τῷ χρόνῳ τούτῳ Φραάτην τὸν διάδοχον αὐτοῦ προσεδόκησεν οἰκειώσεσθαι), ἐπεὶ δʼ ὁ Πομπήιος τὴν φιλίαν τῷ Φραάτῃ διὰ ταχέων ἐπὶ τοῖς αὐτοῖς προσυνέθετο καὶ ἐς τὴν Ἀρμενίαν αὐτὸν τὴν τοῦ Τιγράνου προεμβαλεῖν ἀνέπεισε, πυθόμενος τοῦτο κατέδεισε, καὶ πρεσβευσάμενος εὐθὺς σύμβασιν ἔπραττε. κελεύσαντος δὲ αὐτῷ τοῦ Πομπηίου τά τε ὅπλα καταθέσθαι καὶ τοὺς αὐτομόλους ἐκδοῦναι οὐκ ἔσχε καιρὸν βουλεύσασθαι· ἀκούσαντες γὰρ ταῦτα οἱ ἐν τῷ στρατοπέδῳ αὐτοῦ ὄντες, καὶ φοβηθέντες οἵ τε αὐτόμολοι (πολλοὶ δὲ ἦσαν) μὴ ἐκδοθῶσι, καὶ οἱ βάρβαροι μὴ ἄνευ ἐκείνων πολεμεῖν ἀναγκασθῶσιν, ἐθορύβησαν. κἂν ἐξειργάσαντό τι τὸν Μιθριδάτην, εἰ μὴ ψευσάμενος ὅτι οὐκ ἐπὶ σπονδαῖς ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ κατασκοπῇ τῆς τῶν Ῥωμαίων παρασκευῆς τοὺς πρέσβεις ἔπεμψε, μόλις αὐτοὺς κατέσχεν.
Pompey was at first making ready to sail to Crete against Metellus, and when he learned of the decree that had been passed, pretended to be annoyed as before, and charged the members of the opposite faction with always loading tasks upon him so that he might meet with some reverse. In reality he received the news with the greatest joy, 2 and no longer regarding as of any importance Crete or the other maritime points where things had been left unsettled, he made preparations for the war with the barbarians. Meanwhile, wishing to test the disposition of Mithridates, he sent Metrophanes to him with friendly proposals. Now Mithridates at that time held him in contempt; for as Arsaces, king of the Parthians, had recently died, he expected to conciliate Phraates, his successor. But Pompey anticipated him by quickly establishing friendship with Phraates on the same terms and persuading the latter to invade promptly the part of Armenia belonging to Tigranes. When Mithridates ascertained this, he was alarmed and straightway sent an embassy and tried to arrange a truce. 4 But when Pompey demanded that he lay down his arms and deliver up the deserters, he had no opportunity to deliberate; for the large number of deserters who were in his camp, hearing of it and fearing they should be delivered up, and likewise the barbarians, fearing that they should be compelled to fight without them, raised an uproar. And they would have done some harm to the king, had he not by pretending that he had sent the envoys, not for a truce, but to spy out the Roman strength, with difficulty held them in check.
§ 36.46
ὁ οὖν Πομπήιος ἐπειδὴ πολεμητέα οἱ ἔγνω εἶναι, τά τε ἄλλα παρεσκευάσατο καὶ τοὺς Οὐαλεριείους προσκατελέξατο. καὶ αὐτῷ ἐν τῇ Γαλατίᾳ ἤδη ὄντι ὁ Λούκουλλος ἀπαντήσας διαπεπολεμῆσθαί τε πάντα ἔφη καὶ μηδὲν ἔτι στρατείας δεῖσθαι, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τοὺς ἄνδρας τοὺς ὑπὸ τῆς βουλῆς πρὸς τὴν διοίκησιν αὐτῶν πεμφθέντας ἤδη παρεῖναι. ὡς δʼ οὐκ ἐπείσθη ἐπαναχωρῆσαι, πρὸς λοιδορίας ἐτράπετο, τά τε ἄλλα καὶ πολυπράγμονα καὶ φιλοπόλεμον καὶ φιλαρχοῦντα αὐτὸν ἀποκαλῶν. ὁ οὖν Πομπήιος βραχὺ αὐτοῦ φροντίσας ἀπεῖπε μηδένα ἔτʼ αὐτῷ πειθαρχῆσαι, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν Μιθριδάτην ἠπείχθη, σπουδὴν ἔχων ὅτι τάχιστά οἱ συμμῖξαι.
Pompey, therefore, having decided that he must needs fight, was busy with his various preparations; among other things he reenlisted the Valerians. When he was now in Galatia, Lucullus met him and declared the whole conflict over, claiming there was no further need of an expedition, and that for this reason, in fact, the men sent by the senate to arrange for the government of the districts had arrived. Failing to persuade him to retire, Lucullus turned to abuse, stigmatizing him as officious, greedy for war, greedy for office, and so on. Pompey, paying him but slight attention, forbade anybody longer to obey his commands and pressed on against Mithridates, being eager to join issue with him as quickly as possible.
§ 36.47
καὶ ὃς τέως μὲν ἔφευγε (ταῖς γὰρ δυνάμεσιν ἠλαττοῦτο) καὶ τήν τε ἐν ποσὶν ἀεὶ ἔκειρε, καὶ ἐπλάνα τε αὐτὸν ἅμα καὶ ἐπιδεῖσθαι τῶν ἐπιτηδείων ἐποίει· ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐκεῖνος ἐς τὴν Ἀρμενίαν διά τε τοῦτο καὶ ὡς ἐρήμην αὐτὴν αἱρήσων ἐνέβαλεν, οὕτω δὴ δείσας μὴ προκαταληφθῇ ἦλθέ τε ἐς αὐτήν, καὶ λόφον ἀντικαταλαβὼν ὀχυρὸν τῷ μὲν παντὶ στρατῷ ἡσύχαζεν, ἐλπίζων τοὺς μὲν Ῥωμαίους ἀπορίᾳ τῶν τροφῶν ἐκτρυχώσειν (αὐτὸς γὰρ ἅτε ἐν ὑπηκόῳ χώρᾳ πολλαχόθεν αὐτῶν εὐπόρει), τῶν δὲ δὴ ἱππέων ἀεί τινας ἐς τὸ πεδίον ψιλὸν ὂν καταπέμπων τούς τε προστυγχάνοντάς σφισιν ἐκάκου, καὶ ἐξαυτομολοῦντας ἐπὶ τούτῳ συχνοὺς ἐδέχετο. ὁ οὖν Πομπήιος ἐνταῦθα μὲν οὐκ ἐθάρσησεν αὐτοῖς συμβαλεῖν, μεταστρατοπεδευσάμενος δὲ ἑτέρωσε, ὅθεν ὑλώδους τοῦ πέριξ χωρίου ὄντος ἧττον ὑπό τε τοῦ ἱππικοῦ καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ τοξικοῦ τοῦ τῶν ἐναντίων λυπηθήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν, ἐλόχισεν ᾗ καιρὸς ἦν, καὶ ὀλίγοις τισὶν ἐκ τοῦ προφανοῦς τῷ στρατοπέδῳ τῶν βαρβάρων προσμίξας ἐτάραξέ τε αὐτούς, καὶ ὑπαγαγὼν ἐς ὃ ἐβούλετο πολλοὺς ἀπέκτεινε. θαρσήσας τε ἐκ τούτου καὶ κατὰ τὴν χώραν ἄλλους ἄλλῃ ἐπὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἔπεμπεν.
The king for a time kept fleeing, since his forces were inferior; he continually devastated the country before him, gave Pompey a long chase, and at the same time made him feel the want of provisions. But when his adversary invaded Armenia, both for this reason and because he expected to capture it while abandoned, 2 Mithridates, fearing it would be occupied before his arrival, also entered that country. He seized a strong hill opposite the Romans and there rested with his entire army, hoping to exhaust them by the failure of their provisions, while he could secure an abundance from many quarters, being among his own subjects. But he kept sending down some of his cavalry into the plain, which was bare, and attacking those who fell in with them, as a result of which he was receiving large numbers of deserters. Pompey did not dare to assail them in that position, but moved his camp to another spot where the surrounding country was wooded and where he would be troubled less by the foe's cavalry and archers, and there he set an ambuscade where an opportunity offered. 4 Then with a few troops he openly approached the camp of the barbarians, threw them into disorder, and luring them to the point he wished, killed a large number. Encouraged by this success, he also sent men out in various directions over the country after provisions.
§ 36.48
ὁ οὖν Μιθριδάτης, ἐπειδὴ ταῦτά τε ἀσφαλῶς ἐπορίζετο, καὶ τὴν Ἀναῖτιν χώραν τῆς τε Ἀρμενίας οὖσαν καὶ θεῷ τινι ἐπωνύμῳ ἀνακειμένην διά τινων ἐχειρώσατο, κἀκ τούτου καὶ ἄλλοι συχνοὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀπέκλινον, καὶ αὐτῷ καὶ οἱ τοῦ Μαρκίου στρατιῶται προσεγένοντο, ἐφοβήθη καὶ οὐκέτι κατὰ χώραν ἔμεινεν, ἀλλʼ αὐτίκα τε τῆς νυκτὸς ἄρας ἔλαθε, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα νυκτοπορῶν ἐς τὴν τοῦ Τιγάνου Ἀρμενίαν προῄει. καί οἱ ὁ Πομπήιος ἐπηκολούθει μὲν ἐπιθυμῶν διὰ μάχης ἐλθεῖν, οὐ μέντοι καὶ πρότερον οὔτε μεθʼ ἡμέραν (οὐ γὰρ ἐξῄεσαν ἐκ τοῦ στρατοπέδου) οὔτε νύκτωρ ἐτόλμησε τοῦτο ποιῆσαι (τὴν γὰρ ἀγνωσίαν τῶν χωρίων ἐδεδίει) πρίν σφας πρὸς τῇ μεθορίᾳ γενέσθαι· τότε γὰρ εἰδὼς αὐτοὺς διαφεύγειν μέλλοντας ἠναγκάσθη νυκτομαχῆσαι. γνοὺς οὖν τοῦτο προαπῆρε, μεσημβριάζοντας τοὺς βαρβάρους λαθών, ᾗ πορεύεσθαι ἔμελλον· καὶ ἐντυχών τινι χωρίῳ κοίλῳ μεταξὺ γηλόφων τινῶν ὄντι, ἐνταῦθα τό τε στράτευμα ἐπὶ τὰ μετέωρα ἀνεβίβασε καὶ τοὺς πολεμίους ὑπέμεινεν. ἐπειδή τε ἐκεῖνοι μετά τε ἀδείας καὶ ἄνευ προφυλακῆς, ἅτε μήτε ἔμπροσθε δεινόν τι πεπονθότες καὶ τότε ἐς τὸ ἀσφαλὲς ἤδη προχωροῦντες ὥστε μηδὲ ἐφέψεσθαί σφισιν ἔτι τοὺς Ῥωμαίους ἐλπίζειν, ἐς τὸ κοῖλον ἐσῆλθον, ἐπέθετο αὐτοῖς ἐν τῷ σκότῳ· οὔτε γὰρ ἄλλο τι φῶς εἶχον οὔτε ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τι ἔλαμπεν.
When Pompey continued to procure these in safety and through certain men's help had become master of the land of Anaitis, which belongs to Armenia and is dedicated to a certain goddess of the same name, a 2 and many others as a result of this kept revolting to him, while the soldiers of Marcius were added to his force, Mithridates became frightened and no longer kept his position, but immediately set out unobserved in the night, and thereafter by night marches advanced into the Armenia of Tigranes. Pompey followed after him, eager to engage in battle; yet he did not venture to do so either by day, for they would not come out of their camp, or by night, since he feared his ignorance of their country, until they got near the frontier. Then, knowing that they were about to escape, he was compelled to fight by night. 4 Having decided on this course, he eluded the barbarians while they were taking their noonday rest, and went on ahead by the road along which they were to march. And coming upon a defile between some hills, he stationed his army there on the higher ground and awaited the enemy. When the latter had entered the defile confidently and without any precaution, in view of the fact that they had suffered no injury previously and now at last were gaining safety, insomuch that they even expected the Romans would no longer follow them, he fell upon them in the darkness; for there was no illumination from the sky, and they had no kind of light with them.
§ 36.49
ἐγένετο δὲ ἡ μάχη τοιάδε. πρῶτον μὲν οἱ σαλπικταὶ πάντες ἅμα τὸ πολεμικὸν ἀπὸ συνθήματος ἐβόησαν, ἔπειτα δὲ οἵ τε στρατιῶται καὶ ὁ λοιπὸς ὄχλος πᾶς ἐπηλάλαξε, καὶ οἱ μὲν τὰ δόρατα πρὸς τὰς ἀσπίδας, οἱ δὲ καὶ λίθους πρὸς τὰ χαλκᾶ σκεύη προσεπέκρουσαν. καί σφων τὴν ἠχὴν τὰ ὄρη ἔγκοιλα ὄντα καὶ ὑπεδέξατο καὶ ἀνταπέδωκε φρικωδεστάτην, ὥστε τοὺς βαρβάρους ἐξαπιναίως ἔν τε τῇ νυκτὶ καὶ ἐν τῇ ἐρημίᾳ αὐτῶν ἀκούσαντας δεινῶς ἐκπλαγῆναι ὡς καὶ δαιμονίῳ τινὶ πάθει περιπεπτωκότας. κἀν τούτῳ οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι πανταχόθεν ἀπὸ τῶν μετεώρων λίθοις τοξεύμασιν ἀκοντίοις βάλλοντες πάντως γέ τινας ὑπὸ τοῦ πλήθους αὐτῶν ἐτίτρωσκον καὶ ἐς πᾶν κακοῦ σφας κατέστησαν· οὔτε γὰρ ἐς παράταξιν ἀλλʼ ἐς πορείαν ἐσταλμένοι, καὶ ἐν ταὐτῷ τοῖς τε ἵπποις καὶ ταῖς καμήλοις καὶ παντοδαποῖς σκεύεσι καὶ οἱ ἄνδρες καὶ αἱ γυναῖκες ἀναστρεφόμενοι, καὶ οἱ μὲν ἐπὶ κελήτων, οἱ δὲ ἐφʼ ἁρμάτων τῶν τε καμαρῶν καὶ τῶν ἁρμαμαξῶν ἀναμὶξ ὀχούμενοι, καὶ οἱ μὲν ἤδη τιτρωσκόμενοι, οἱ δὲ προσδεχόμενοι τρωθήσεσθαι, ἐταράσσοντο, κἀκ τούτου ῥᾷον, ἅτε καὶ ἀλλήλοις ἐμπελαζόμενοι, ἐφθείροντο. καὶ ταῦτα μέν, ἕως ἄπωθεν ἐβάλλοντο, ἔπασχον· ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐξαναλώσαντες οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι τὴν πόρρωθεν ἀλκὴν ἐπικατέδραμόν σφισιν, ἐφονεύετο μὲν τὰ περιέσχατα (καὶ ἐξήρκει πρὸς τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῖς μία πληγὴ ἅτε καὶ ψιλοῖς οὖσι τοῖς πλείοσι), συνεπιέζετο δὲ τὰ μέσα, πάντων ἐπʼ αὐτὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ πέριξ δέους χωρούντων. καὶ οὕτω καὶ ὑπʼ ἀλλήλων ὠθούμενοι καὶ συμπατούμενοι διώλλυντο, οὐδʼ εἶχον οὐδὲν οὔτε ἑαυτοῖς ἐπαρκέσαι οὔτε ἐς τοὺς πολεμίους τολμῆσαι· ἱππῆς γὰρ καὶ τοξόται τὸ πλεῖστον ὄντες ἄποροι μὲν ἐν τῷ σκότῳ προϊδέσθαι τι, ἄποροι δὲ ἐν τῇ στενοχωρίᾳ μηχανήσασθαι ἐγίγνοντο. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἡ σελήνη ἀνέτειλεν, οἱ μὲν ἔχαιρον ὡς καὶ ἐν τῷ φωτὶ πάντως τινὰς ἀμυνούμενοι. κἂν ὠφελήθησάν τι, εἰ μὴ οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι κατόπιν αὐτὴν ἔχοντες, πολλήν σφισι πλάνην, τοτὲ μὲν τῇ τοτὲ δὲ τῇ προσπίπτοντες, καὶ ἐν τῇ ὄψει καὶ ἐν τῷ ἔργῳ ἐνεποίουν. πάμπολλοί τε γὰρ ὄντες καὶ ἐπὶ βαθύτατον κοινῇ πάντες ἀποσκιάζοντες ἔσφαλλον αὐτούς, ἐν ᾧ γε οὔπω προσέμισγόν σφισιν· ἐς γὰρ τὸ κενὸν οἱ βάρβαροι, ὡς καὶ ἐγγὺς αὐτῶν ὄντων, μάτην ἔπαιον, καὶ ὁμόσε χωρήσαντες ἐν τῇ σκιᾷ μὴ προσδεχόμενοι ἐτιτρώσκοντο. καὶ οὕτως ἀπέθανον αὐτῶν πολλοὶ καὶ ἑάλωσαν οὐκ ἐλάττους. συχνοὶ δὲ καὶ διέφυγον, ἄλλοι τε καὶ ὁ Μιθριδάτης.
The course of the battle was as follows: First, all the trumpeters together at a signal sounded the attack, then the soldiers and all the multitude raised a shout, while some clashed their spears against their shields and others struck stones against the bronze implements. 2 The mountains surrounding the valley took up and gave back the din with most frightful effect, so that the barbarians, hearing them suddenly in the night and in the wilderness, were terribly alarmed, thinking they had encountered some supernatural phenomenon. Meanwhile the Romans from the heights were hurling stones, arrows, and javelins upon them from every side, inevitably wounding some by reason of their numbers; and they reduced them to the direst extremity. For the barbarians were not drawn up for battle, but for the march, and both men and women were moving about in the same place with horses and camels and all sorts of baggage; 4 some were riding on chargers, others in chariots or in the covered waggons and carriages, in indiscriminate confusion; and as some were being wounded already and others were expecting to be wounded they were thrown into confusion, and in consequence the more easily slain, since they kept huddling together. This was what they endured while they were still being assailed from a distance. But when the Romans, after exhausting their long-distance missiles, charged down upon them, the outermost of the enemy were slaughtered, one blow sufficing for their death, since the majority were unarmed, and the centre was crushed together, as all by reason of the danger round about them moved thither. 6 So they perished, pushed about and trampled upon by one another without being able to defend themselves or show any daring against the enemy. For they were horsemen and bowmen for the most part, and were unable to see before them in the darkness and unable to carry out any manoeuvre in the narrow space. When the moon rose, the barbarians rejoiced, thinking that in the light they would certainly beat back some of the foe. And they would have been benefited somewhat, if the Romans had not had the moon behind them and as they assailed them, now on this side and now on that, caused much confusion both to the eyes and hands of the others. For the assailants, being very numerous, and all of them together casting the deepest shadow, baffled their opponents before they had yet come into conflict with them. 8 The barbarians, thinking them near, would strike vainly into the air, and when they did come to close quarters in the shadow, they would be wounded when not expecting it. Thus many of them were killed and fewer taken captives. A considerable number also escaped, among them Mithridates.
§ 36.50
καὶ τότε μὲν πρὸς τὸν Τιγράνην ἠπείγετο· ἐπεὶ δὲ προπέμψας πρὸς αὐτὸν οὐδὲν φίλιον εὕρετο, ὅτι τοῦ υἱέος αὐτῷ Τιγράνου στασιάσαντος ἐκεῖνον μὲν πάππον αὐτοῦ ὄντα αἴτιον τῆς διαφορᾶς ὑπετόπησε γεγονέναι, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐχ ὅπως αὐτὸν ἐδέξατο, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς προπεμφθέντας ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ συνέλαβε καὶ κατέδησε, διαμαρτὼν ὧν ἤλπισεν ἔς τε τὴν Κολχίδα ἀπετράπετο, καὶ ἐκεῖθεν πεζῇ πρός τε τὴν Μαιῶτιν καὶ πρὸς τὸν Βόσπορον, τοὺς μὲν πείθων, τοὺς δὲ καὶ βιαζόμενος, ἀφίκετο, καὶ τήν τε χώραν ἐκομίσατο, τὸν Μαχάρην τὸν παῖδα τὸν τὰ τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἀνθελόμενον καὶ τότε αὐτῆς κρατοῦντα καταπλήξας ὥστε μηδὲ ἐς ὄψιν αὐτῷ ἐλθεῖν, καὶ ἐκεῖνον διὰ τῶν συνόντων οἱ, τήν τε ἄδειάν σφισι καὶ χρήματα δώσειν ὑπισχνούμενος, ἀπέκτεινεν. ἐν ᾧ δὲ ταῦτʼ ἐγίγνετο, ὁ Πομπήιος ἔπεμψε μὲν τοὺς ἐπιδιώξοντας αὐτόν, ἐπεὶ δὲ ἔφθη ὑπὲρ τὸν Φᾶσιν ἐκδράς, πόλιν ἐν τῷ χωρίῳ ἐν ᾧ ἐνενικήκει συνῴκισε, τοῖς τραυματίαις καὶ τοῖς ἀφηλικεστέροις τῶν στρατιωτῶν αὐτὴν δούς. καί σφισι καὶ τῶν περιχώρων ἐθελονταὶ πολλοὶ συνῴκησαν, καὶ εἰσὶ καὶ νῦν, Νικοπολῖταί τε ὠνομασμένοι καὶ ἐς τὸν Καππαδοκικὸν νομὸν συντελοῦντες.
The king then hastened toward Tigranes. But on sending courtiers to him he found no friendship awaiting him, because the young Tigranes had risen against his father, and the latter suspected that Mithridates, the youth's grandfather, had really been responsible for the quarrel. For this reason, far from receiving him, Tigranes even arrested and threw into prison the men sent ahead by him. Failing, therefore, of the expected refuge, he turned aside into Colchis, 2 and thence on foot reached Maeotis and the Bosporus, using persuasion with some and force with others. He also recovered that country, after so terrifying Machares, his son, who had espoused the cause of the Romans and was then ruling there, that he would not even come into his presence; and he likewise caused this son to be killed by his associates, to whom he promised to grant immunity and money. In the course of these events Pompey sent men to pursue him; but when he outstripped them by fleeing across the Phasis, the Roman leader colonized a city in the territory where he had been victorious, and gave it over to the wounded and superannuated soldiers. Many also of the neighbouring people voluntarily joined the settlement and later generations of them are in existence even now, being called Nicopolitans and belonging to the province of Cappadocia.
§ 36.51
καὶ ὁ μὲν ταῦτʼ ἐποίει· ὁ δὲ δὴ Τιγράνης ὁ τοῦ Τιγράνου παῖς παραλαβών τινας τῶν πρώτων, ἐπεὶ οὐ καθʼ ἡδονὴν αὐτοῖς ὁ γέρων ἦρχε, πρός τε τὸν Φραάτην κατέφυγε, καὶ περισκοποῦντα αὐτὸν διὰ τὰς συνθήκας τὰς πρὸς τὸν Πομπήιον γενομένας ὅ τι χρὴ πρᾶξαι, ἐς τὴν Ἀρμενίαν ἐμβαλεῖν ἀνέπεισε. καὶ ἦλθον μὲν μέχρι τῶν Ἀρταξάτων, πᾶσαν τὴν ἐν ποσὶ χειρούμενοι, καὶ αὐτοῖς ἐκείνοις προσέβαλον· ὁ γὰρ Τιγράνης ὁ γέρων ἐς τὰ ὄρη φοβηθείς σφας ἀνέφυγεν· ἐπεὶ μέντοι χρόνου τε τῇ προσεδρείᾳ δεῖν ἔδοξε, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ὁ Φραάτης μέρος τι τῆς δυνάμεως τῷ παιδὶ αὐτοῦ καταλιπὼν ἐς τὴν οἰκείαν ἀνεχώρησεν, ἀντεπῆλθέ τε ἐνταῦθα ὁ πατὴρ αὐτῷ μονωθέντι καὶ ἐνίκησε. φυγὼν οὖν ἐκεῖνος τὸ μὲν πρῶτον πρὸς τὸν Μιθριδάτην τὸν πάππον ὥρμησεν, ἐπεὶ δὲ ἔμαθεν αὐτὸν ἡττημένον καὶ βοηθείας μᾶλλον δεόμενον ἢ τινι ἐπικουρῆσαι δυνάμενον, προσεχώρησε τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις, καὶ αὐτῷ ὁ Πομπήιος ἡγεμόνι χρησάμενος ἔς τε τὴν Ἀρμενίαν καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ ἐστράτευσε.
While Pompey was thus engaged, Tigranes, the son of Tigranes, fled to Phraates, taking with him some of the foremost men, because his father was not ruling to suit them; and though Phraates, in view of the treaty made with Pompey, hesitated about what he ought to do, he was persuaded to invade Armenia. 2 So they came as far as Artaxata, subduing all the country before them, and even assailed that place too, for Tigranes the elder in fear of them had fled to the mountains. But when it appeared that time was required for the siege, Phraates left a part of the force with the young Tigranes and retired to his own land. Thereupon the father took the field against his son, who was now left alone, and conquered him. The latter, in his flight, set out at first to go to Mithridates, his grandfather; but when he learned that he had been defeated and was rather in need of aid than able so assist any one, he went over to the Romans. Pompey, employing him as a guide, made an expedition into Armenia against his father.
§ 36.52
καὶ ὃς μαθὼν τοῦτο καὶ καταδείσας ἐπεκηρυκεύσατό τε εὐθὺς αὐτῷ καὶ τοὺς πρέσβεις τοὺς τοῦ Μιθριδάτου ἐξέδωκεν. ἐπειδή τε, ἐναντιωθέντος οἱ τοῦ υἱέος, οὐδενὸς μετρίου ἔτυχεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὣς ὁ Πομπήιος τόν τε Ἀράξην διέβη καὶ τοῖς Ἀρταξάτοις ἐπλησίασεν, οὕτω δὴ τήν τε πόλιν αὐτῷ παρέδωκε καὶ ἐς τὸ στρατόπεδον αὐτοῦ ἐθελοντὴς ἧκεν, ἐν μέσῳ ἑαυτὸν ὅτι μάλιστα τοῦ τε προτέρου ἀξιώματος καὶ τῆς τότε ταπεινότητος σκευάσας, ὅπως αἰδέσεώς τε καὶ ἐλέου ἅμα ἄξιος αὐτῷ φανείη· τὸν μὲν γὰρ χιτῶνα τὸν μεσόλευκον καὶ τὸν κάνδυν τὸν ὁλοπόρφυρον ἐξέδυ, τὴν δὲ δὴ τιάραν τό τε ἀνάδημα εἶχε. Πομπήιος δὲ ἀπὸ μὲν τοῦ ἵππου κατεβίβασεν αὐτόν, ῥαβδοῦχόν τινα πέμψας (προσήλαυνε γὰρ ὡς καὶ ἐς αὐτὸ τὸ ἔρυμα κατὰ τὸ σφέτερον ἔθος ἱππεύσων), ἐσελθόντα δὲ αὐτοποδίᾳ καὶ τό τε διάδημα ἀπορρίψαντα καὶ ἐς τὴν γῆν πεσόντα προσκυνοῦντά τε ἰδὼν ἠλέησε, καὶ ἀναπηδήσας ἐξανέστησέ τε αὐτόν, καὶ ταινιώσας τῷ ἀναδήματι ἔς τε τὴν πλησίαν ἕδραν ἐκάθισε καὶ παρεμυθήσατο, εἰπὼν ἄλλα τε καὶ ὅτι οὐ τὴν τῶν Ἀρμενίων βασιλείαν ἀπολωλεκὼς ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν τῶν Ῥωμαίων φιλίαν προσειληφὼς εἴη. καὶ ὁ μὲν τούτοις τε αὐτὸν ἀνεκτήσατο καὶ ἐπὶ
Tigranes, learning of this, and becoming alarmed, immediately made overtures to him and delivered up the envoys of Mithridates. And when, on account of the opposition of his son, he could gain no moderate terms, but even as it was Pompey had crossed the Araxes and drawn near to Artaxata, 2 then at last Tigranes surrendered the city to him and came voluntarily into his camp. He had arrayed himself so far as possible in a manner midway between his former dignity and his present humbled state, in order that he might seem to him worthy both of respect and pity; for he had put off his tunic shot with white and the candys of pure purple, but wore his tiara and head-band. Pompey, however, sent a lictor and made him dismount from his horse, since the king was riding up as if to enter the very fortification on horseback according to the custom of his people. But when he saw him enter on foot, cast aside his head-dress and prostrate himself on the ground to do him obeisance, he felt an impulse of pity; 4 so springing up hastily, he raised him, bound on the head-band and seated him upon a chair close by, and spoke words of encouragement, telling him among other things that he had not lost the kingdom of Armenia, but had gained the friendship of the Romans. By these words Pompey restored his spirits, and then invited him to dinner.
§ 36.53
δεῖπνον ἐκάλεσεν· ὁ δὲ υἱός (ἐκάθητο δὲ ἐκ τοῦ ἐπὶ θάτερα τοῦ Πομπηίου) οὔθʼ ὑπανέστη τῷ πατρὶ οὔτʼ ἄλλο τι αὐτὸν ἐδεξιώσατο, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ δεῖπνον κληθεὶς οὐκ ἀπήντησεν. ὅθεν ὑπό γε τοῦ Πομπηίου μάλιστα ἐμισήθη. τῇ γοῦν ὑστεραίᾳ διακούσας αὐτῶν τῷ μὲν πρεσβυτέρῳ τὴν πατρῴαν πᾶσαν ἀρχὴν ἀπέδωκε· τὰ γὰρ προσκτηθέντα ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ (ἦν δὲ ἄλλα τε καὶ τῆς Καππαδοκίας τῆς τε Συρίας μέρη, ἥ τε Φοινίκη καὶ ἡ Σωφανηνὴ χώρα τοῖς Ἀρμενίοις πρόσορος οὐ σμικρά) παρείλετο αὐτοῦ, καὶ προσέτι καὶ χρήματα αὐτὸν ᾔτησεν· τῷ δὲ νεωτέρῳ τὴν Σωφανηνὴν μόνην ἀπένειμε. καὶ ἔτυχον γὰρ οἱ θησαυροὶ ἐν αὐτῇ ὄντες, ἠμφεσβήτησέ τε περὶ αὐτῶν ὁ νεανίσκος, καὶ ἁμαρτὼν (οὐ γὰρ εἶχεν ὁ Πομπήιος ὁπόθεν ἄλλοθεν τὰ ὡμολογημένα κομίσηται) ἠγανάκτησε καὶ δρασμὸν ἐβουλεύσατο. ὁ οὖν Πομπήιος προμαθὼν τοῦτο ἐκεῖνόν τε ἐν φυλακῇ ἀδέσμῳ ἐποιήσατο, καὶ πέμψας πρὸς τοὺς τὰ χρήματα φυλάττοντας τῷ πατρὶ αὐτοῦ πάντα σφᾶς δοῦναι ἐκέλευσεν. ἐπειδή τε μήθʼ ὑπήκουσαν, λέγοντες τὸν νεανίσκον, οὗπερ ἡ χώρα ἤδη ἐνομίζετο, χρῆναί σφισι τοῦτο προστάξαι, ἔπεμψεν αὐτὸν πρὸς τὰ φρούρια. καὶ ὁ μὲν κεκλειμένα αὐτὰ εὑρὼν προσῆλθέ τε ἐγγύς, καὶ ἐκέλευσε καὶ ἄκων αὐτὰ ἀνοιχθῆναι· ὡς δʼ οὐδὲν μᾶλλον ἐπείθοντο, προϊσχόμενοι ὅτι μὴ ἑκούσιος ἀλλʼ ἀναγκαστὸς τὴν πρόσταξιν ἐποιεῖτο, ἐχαλέπηνεν ὁ Πομπήιος καὶ ἔδησε τὸν Τιγράνην. καὶ οὕτως ὅ τε γέρων τοὺς θησαυροὺς παρέλαβε, καὶ αὐτὸς ἔν τε τῇ χώρᾳ τῇ Ἀναΐτιδι καὶ πρὸς τῷ ποταμῷ τῷ Κυρνῳ τριχῇ νείμας τὸν στρατὸν παρεχείμασε, τά τε ἄλλα παρὰ τοῦ Τιγράνου συχνὰ καὶ χρήματα πολλῷ πλείω τῶν ὁμολογηθέντων λαβών. ἀφʼ οὗπερ οὐχ ἥκιστα καὶ ἐκεῖνον ἔς τε τοὺς φίλους καὶ ἐς τοὺς συμμάχους οὐ πολλῷ ὕστερον ἐσέγραψε, καὶ τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐς τὴν Ῥώμην μετὰ φρουρᾶς ἐσήγαγεν.
But the son, who sat on the other side of Pompey, did not rise at the approach of his father nor greet him in any other way, and furthermore, though invited to dinner, did not present himself, whence he incurred Pompey's most cordial hatred. 2 Now on the following day, when Pompey had heard the claims of both, he restored to the elder all his hereditary domain; but what he had acquired later (chiefly portions of Cappadocia and Syria, as well as Phoenicia and the large district of Sophene bordering on Armenia) he took away, and demanded money of him besides. To the younger he assigned Sophene only. And inasmuch as this was where the treasures were, the young man began a dispute about them, and not gaining his point, since Pompey had no other source from which to obtain the sums agreed upon, he became angry and planned to escape. Pompey, being informed of this in season, kept the youth in honourable confinement and sent to those who were guarding the money, bidding them give it all to his father. 4 But they would not obey, stating that it was necessary for the young man, to whom the country was now held to belong, to give them this command. Then Pompey sent him to the forts. He, finding them all locked up, came near and reluctantly ordered that they be opened. When the keepers obeyed no more than before, claiming that he issued the command not of his own free will, but under compulsion, Pompey was vexed and put Tigranes in chains. Thus the old king secured the treasures, and Pompey passed the winter in the land of Anaitis and near the river Cyrnus, after making three divisions of his army. From Tigranes he received plenty of everything and far more money than had been agreed upon. 6 It was for this reason particularly that he shortly afterwards enrolled the king among the friends and allies of the Roman people and brought his son to Rome under guard.
§ 36.54
οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ διεχείμασεν. Ὀροίσης γὰρ Ἀλβανῶν τῶν ὑπὲρ τοῦ Κύρνου οἰκούντων βασιλεύς, τὸ μέν τι καὶ τῷ Τιγράνῃ τῷ νεωτέρῳ φίλῳ οἱ ὄντι χαρίσασθαι βουληθείς, τὸ δὲ δὴ πλεῖστον δείσας μὴ καὶ ἐς τὴν Ἀλβανίδα οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι ἐσβάλωσι, καὶ νομίσας ὅτι, ἂν ἐν τῷ χειμῶνι ἀδοκήτοις σφίσι καὶ μὴ καθʼ ἓν στρατοπεδευομένοις προσπέσῃ, πάντως τι ἐξεργάσεται, ἐστράτευσεν ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς παρʼ αὐτὰ τὰ Κρόνια, καὶ αὐτὸς μὲν ἐπὶ Μέτελλον Κέλερα, παρʼ ᾧ ὁ Τιγράνης ἦν, ἤλασεν, ἄλλους δὲ ἐπὶ τὸν Πομπήιον καὶ ἄλλους ἐπὶ Λούκιον Φλάκκον τὸν τῆς τριτημορίδος ἄρχοντα ἔπεμψεν, ὅπως πάντες ἅμα ταραχθέντες μὴ συμβοηθήσωσιν ἀλλήλοις. οὐ μὴν καὶ διεπράξατο οὐδαμόθι οὐδέν· ἐκεῖνόν τε γὰρ ὁ Κέλερ ἰσχυρῶς ἀπεκρούσατο, καὶ ὁ Φλάκκος ἐπειδὴ πολὺν τὸν περίβολον τῆς ταφρείας ὄντα ἀδύνατος ἦν ὑπὸ τοῦ μεγέθους σῶσαι, ἑτέραν ἔνδοθεν ἐποιήσατο, καὶ δόξαν ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ τοῖς ἐναντίοις ὡς καὶ φοβηθεὶς ἐμβαλών, ἐπεσπάσατο αὐτοὺς εἴσω τῆς ἔξωθεν τάφρου, κἀνταῦθα μὴ προσδεχομένοις σφίσιν ἐπεκδραμὼν πολλοὺς μὲν ἐν χερσί, πολλοὺς δὲ καὶ φεύγοντας ἐφόνευσε. κἀν τούτῳ ὁ Πομπήιος προμαθών τε τὴν πείρασιν τῶν βαρβάρων ἣν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἐπεποίηντο, προαπήντησε τοῖς ἐφʼ ἑαυτὸν ἐπιοῦσιν ἀπροσδόκητος, καὶ κρατήσας ἐπὶ τὸν Ὀροίσην εὐθὺς ὥσπερ εἶχεν ἠπείχθη. καὶ ἐκεῖνον μὲν οὐ κατέλαβεν (ἀπωσθείς τε γὰρ ὑπὸ τοῦ Κέλερος καὶ μαθὼν καὶ τὰ τῶν ἄλλων πταίσματα ἔφυγε), τῶν μέντοι Ἀλβανῶν συχνοὺς περὶ τὴν τοῦ Κύρνου διάβασιν συλλαβὼν ἔφθειρε. κἀκ τούτου δεηθεῖσιν αὐτοῖς ἐσπείσατο· ἄλλως μὲν γὰρ καὶ σφόδρα ἐπεθύμει ἐς τὴν χώραν αὐτῶν ἀντεμβαλεῖν, διὰ δὲ δὴ τὸν χειμῶνα ἡδέως τὸν πόλεμον ἀνεβάλετο.
The quiet of his winter quarters, however, was not unbroken. Oroeses, king of the Albanians dwelling beyond the Cyrnus, made an expedition against them just at the time of the Saturnalia. He was impelled partly by the desire to do a favour to Tigranes the younger, who was a friend of his, but chiefly by the fear that the Romans would invade Albania; and he cherished the idea that if he should fall upon them in the winter, when they were not expecting hostilities and were not encamped in one body, he would surely achieve some success. 2 Oroeses himself marched against Metellus Celer, in whose charge Tigranes was, and sent some against Pompey and others against Lucius Flaccus, the commander of a third of the army, in order that all might not assist one another. And yet, in spite of all, he accomplished nothing at any point. Celer vigorously repulsed Oroeses. Flaccus, being unable to save the whole circuit of his entrenchments by reason of their size, constructed another line inside. This fixed in his opponents' minds the impression that he was afraid, and so he was able to entice them inside of the outer trench, 4 where by making an unexpected charge upon them he slaughtered many in the conflict and many in flight. Meanwhile Pompey, having already learned of the attempt which the barbarians had made on the others, came, much to their surprise, to meet the detachment that was proceeding against him, conquered it, and at once hurried on just as he was against Oroeses. He did not overtake him, however, since Oroeses had fled after being repulsed by Celer and learning of the failures of the others; but he seized and destroyed many of the Albanians near the crossing of the Cyrnus. He then made a truce at their request; for although on other accounts he was extremely anxious to invade their country out of revenge, he was glad to postpone the war because of the winter.
— Book 37 —
§ 37.arg
τάδε ἔνεστιν ἐν τῷ τριακοστῷ ἑβδόμῳ τῶν Δίωνος Ῥωμαϊκῶν α. ὡς ὁ Πομπήιος πρὸς Ἴβηρας τοὺς ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ ἐπολέμησεν. β. ὡς Πομπήιος τὸν Πόντον τῇ Βιθυνίᾳ προσένειμεν. γ. ὡς Πομπήιος τήν τε Συρίαν καὶ τὴν Φοινίκην ὑπηγάγετο. δ. ὡς Μιθριδάτης ἀπέθανε. ε. περὶ τῶν Ἰουδαίων. ς. ὡς Πομπήιος καταστησάμενος τὰ ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ εἰς Ῥώμην ἐπανῆλθε. ς. περὶ Κικέρωνος καὶ Κατιλίνου καὶ τῶν ὑπʼ αὐτῶν πραχθέντων. η. περὶ Καίσαρος καὶ Πομπηίου καὶ Κράσσου καὶ τῆς συνωμοσίας αὐτῶν. χρόνου πλῆθος ἔτη ἕξ, ἐν οἷς ἄρχοντες οἱ ἀριθμούμενοι οἵδε ἐγένοντο λ. Αὐρήλιος Μ. υἱ. Κόττας λ. Μάλλιος Λ. υἱ. Τορκουᾶτος ὑπ. λ. Ἰούλιος Λ. υἱ. καῖσαρ γ. Μάρκιος Γ. υἱ. Φίγουλος ὑπ. μ. Τούλλιος Μ. υἱ. Κικέρων γ. Ἀντώνιος Μ. υἱ. ὑπ. Δέκιμος Ἰούνιος Μ. υἱ. Σιλανός λ. Λικίννιος Λ. υἱ. Μουρήνας ὑπ. μ. Πούπιος μ. υἱ. Πίσων μ. Οὐαλέριος μ. υἱ. Μεσσάλας Νιγρός ὑπ. λ. Ἀφράνιος Αὔλ. υἱ. κ. Καικίλιος Κ. υἱ. Μέτελλος Κέλερ ὑπ.
—
§ 37.1
τότε μὲν δὴ ταῦτʼ ἔπραξε, τῷ δʼ ἐπιγιγνομένῳ ἔτει, τοῦ τε Κόττου τοῦ Λουκίου καὶ τοῦ Τορκουάτου τοῦ Λουκίου ὑπατευόντων, ἐπολέμησε μὲν καὶ τοῖς Ἀλβανοῖς, ἐπολέμησε δὲ καὶ τοῖς Ἴβηρσι. καὶ προτέροις γε τούτοις καὶ παρὰ γνώμην ἠναγκάσθη συνενεχθῆναι· Ἀρτώκης γὰρ ὁ βασιλεὺς αὐτῶν (νέμονται δὲ ἐπʼ ἀμφότερα τοῦ Κύρνου, τῇ μὲν τοῖς Ἀλβανοῖς, τῇ δὲ τοῖς Ἀρμενίοις πρόσοροι) φοβηθεὶς μὴ καὶ ἐφʼ ἑαυτὸν τράπηται, πρέσβεις μὲν ὡς καὶ ἐπὶ φιλίᾳ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἔπεμψε, παρεσκευάζετο δὲ ὅπως ἐν τῷ θαρσοῦντι καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἀνελπίστῳ οἱ ἐπίθηται. προμαθὼν οὖν καὶ τοῦτο ὁ Πομπήιος ἔς τε τὴν χώραν αὐτοῦ προενέβαλε, πρὶν ἱκανῶς τε αὐτὸν ἑτοιμάσασθαι καὶ τὴν ἐσβολὴν δυσχερεστάτην οὖσαν προκατασχεῖν, καὶ ἔφθη καὶ πρὸς τὴν πόλιν τὴν Ἀκρόπολιν ὠνομασμένην προχωρήσας, πρὶν καὶ αἰσθέσθαι τὸν Ἀρτώκην ὅτι παρείη. ἦν δὲ ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς τοῖς στενοῖς, ἔνθεν μὲν τοῦ Καυκάσου παρατείνοντος, οὗ καὶ ἐπὶ τῇ φυλακῇ τῶν ἐσβολῶν ὠχύρωτο. ὅ τε οὖν Ἀρτώκης ἐκπλαγεὶς οὐδένα καιρὸν ὥστε συντάξασθαι ἔσχεν, ἀλλὰ διαβὰς τὸν ποταμὸν τὴν γέφυραν κατέπρησε, καὶ οἱ ἐν τῷ τείχει πρός τε τὴν φυγὴν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἅμα καὶ μάχῃ νικηθέντες, ἐνέδοσαν. κρατήσας οὖν τῶν διόδων ὁ Πομπήιος φρουράν τε ἐπʼ αὐταῖς κατεστήσατο, καὶ ἐκεῖθεν ὁρμώμενος πᾶσαν τὴν ἐντὸς τοῦ ποταμοῦ κατεστρέψατο.
Book XXXVII (65 BC) The year following these exploits, in the consulship of Lucius Cotta and Lucius Torquatus, Pompey engaged in warfare with both the Albanians and the Iberians. Now it was with the Iberians that he was compelled to fight first and quite contrary to his purpose. They dwell on both sides of the Cyrnus, adjoining the Albanians on the one hand and the Armenians on the other; 2 and Artoces, their king, fearing that Pompey would direct his course against him, too, sent envoys to him on a pretence of peace, but prepared to attack him at a time when he should be feeling secure and therefore be off his guard. Pompey, learning of this also in good season, invaded the territory of Artoces before the other had made sufficient preparations or had secured the pass on the frontier, which was well-nigh impregnable. In fact he had advanced as far as the city called Acropolis before Artoces became aware that he was at hand. 4 This fortress was right at the narrowest point, where the Cyrnus flows on the one side and the Caucasus extends on the other, and had been built there in order to guard the pass. Thus Artoces, panic-stricken, had no chance to array his forces, but crossed the river, burning down the bridge; and those within the fortress, in view of his flight and also of a defeat they sustained in battle, surrendered. Pompey, after making himself master of the pass, left a garrison in charge of it, and advancing from that point, subjugated all the territory this side of the river.
§ 37.2
μέλλοντος δʼ αὖ καὶ τὸν Κύρνον διαβήσεσθαι, πέμπει πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ Ἀρτώκης εἰρήνην τε αἰτῶν, καὶ γέφυραν τά τε ἐπιτήδεια ἑκών οἱ παρέξειν ὑπισχνούμενος. καὶ ἐποίησε μὲν ἑκάτερον ὡς καὶ συμβησόμενος, δείσας δέ, ἐπειδὴ εἶδεν αὐτὸν διαβεβηκότα, πρὸς τὸν Πέλωρον, ἐν τῇ ἀρχῇ καὶ ἐκεῖνον τῇ αὐτοῦ ῥέοντα, ἀπέφυγεν· ὃν γὰρ ἐξῆν αὐτῷ κωλῦσαι διαβῆναι, τοῦτον ἐπισπασάμενος ἀπεδίδρασκεν. ἰδὼν οὖν τοῦθʼ ὁ Πομπήιος ἐπεδίωξέ τε αὐτὸν καὶ καταλαβὼν ἐνίκησε· δρόμῳ γάρ, καὶ πρὶν τοὺς τοξότας αὐτοῦ τῇ σφετέρᾳ τέχνῃ χρήσασθαι, ὁμόσε σφίσιν ἐχώρησε καὶ διʼ ἐλαχίστου αὐτοὺς ἐτρέψατο. γενομένου δὲ τούτου Ἀρτώκης μὲν τόν τε Πέλωρον διαβὰς καὶ τὴν γέφυραν καὶ τὴν ἐκείνου καύσας ἔφυγε, τῶν δʼ ἄλλων οἱ μὲν ἐν χερσίν, οἱ δὲ καὶ τὸν ποταμὸν πεζῇ περαιούμενοι ἀπέθανον· συχνοὶ δὲ καὶ κατὰ τὰς ὕλας σκεδασθέντες ἡμέρας μέν τινας ἀπὸ τῶν δένδρων ὑπερυψήλων ὄντων ἀποτοξεύοντες διεγένοντο, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ ὑποτμηθέντων τῶν δένδρων ἐφθάρησαν. καὶ οὕτω καὶ ὁ Ἀρτώκης ἐπεκηρυκεύσατο μὲν αὖθις τῷ Πομπηίῳ καὶ δῶρα ἔπεμψεν· ἐκείνου δὲ δὴ ταῦτα μέν, ὅπως τὰς σπονδὰς ποιήσεσθαι ἐλπίσας μὴ περαιτέρω ποι προχωρήσῃ, λαβόντος, τὴν δʼ εἰρήνην οὐχ ὁμολογήσαντος δώσειν ἂν μὴ τοὺς παῖδάς οἱ ὁμήρους προαποστείλῃ, χρόνον τινὰ ἐπέσχε, μέχρις οὗ οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι καὶ τὸν Πέλωρον διαβατόν πῃ τοῦ θέρους γενόμενον οὐ χαλεπῶς, ἄλλως τε καὶ μηδενὸς κωλύοντος, ἐπεραιώθησαν. οὕτω δὲ δὴ τούς τε παῖδας αὐτῷ ἔπεμψε, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο καὶ συνηλλάγη.
But when he was on the point of crossing the Cyrnus also, Artoces sent to him requesting peace and promising to yield the bridge to him voluntarily and to furnish him with provisions. 2 Both of these promises the king fulfilled as if he intended to come to terms, but becoming afraid when he saw his enemy already across, he fled away to the Pelorus, another river that flowed through his domain. Thus he first drew on, and then ran away from, the enemy whom he might have hindered from crossing. Upon perceiving this Pompey pursued, overtook, and conquered him. By a charge he came to close quarters with the enemy's bowmen before they could show their skill, and very promptly routed them. 4 Thereupon Artoces crossed the Pelorus and fled, burning the bridge over that stream too; of the rest some were killed in conflict, and some while fording the river. Many others scattered through the woods and survived for a few days, while they shot their arrows from the trees, which were exceedingly tall; but soon the trees were cut down under them and they also were slain. So Artoces again made overtures to Pompey, and sent gifts. 6 These the other accepted, in order that the king in the hope of securing a truce might not proceed any farther; but he would not agree to grant peace till the petitioner should first send to him his children as hostages. Artoces, however, delayed for a time, until in the course of the summer the Pelorus became fordable in places, and the Romans crossed over without any difficulty, particularly since no one hindered them; then at last he sent his children to Pompey and concluded a treaty.
§ 37.3
κἀκ τούτου μαθὼν ὁ Πομπήιος οὐ πόρρω τὸν Φᾶσιν ὄντα, καὶ νομίσας ἔς τε τὴν Κολχίδα παρʼ αὐτὸν καταβήσεσθαι καὶ ἐκεῖθεν ἐπὶ τὸν Μιθριδάτην ἐς τὸν Βόσπορον πορεύσεσθαι, προῄει μὲν ᾗ διενοεῖτο, καὶ τούς τε Κόλχους καὶ τοὺς προσχώρους σφίσι, τὰ μὲν πείθων, τὰ δὲ καὶ ἐκφοβῶν, διῆλθε· αἰσθόμενος δὲ ἐνταῦθα ὅτι ἥ τε ἐπὶ τῆς ἠπείρου κομιδὴ διὰ πολλῶν καὶ ἀγνώστων καὶ πολεμικῶν ἐθνῶν, καὶ ἡ διὰ τῆς θαλάσσης χαλεπωτέρα διά τε τὸ ἀλίμενον τῆς χώρας καὶ διὰ τοὺς ἐνοικοῦντας αὐτὴν εἴη, τῷ μὲν Μιθριδάτῃ τὸ ναυτικὸν ἐφορμεῖν ἐκέλευσεν ὥστε ἐκεῖνόν τε τηρῆσαι μηδαμόσε ἐκπλεῦσαι καὶ τὴν ἐπαγωγὴν αὐτοῦ τῶν ἐπιτηδείων ἀφελέσθαι, αὐτὸς δὲ ἐπὶ τοὺς Ἀλβανοὺς οὐ τὴν συντομωτάτην, ὅπως σφᾶς καὶ ὑπὸ τούτου πρὸς ταῖς σπονδαῖς ἀνελπίστους καταλάβῃ, ἀλλʼ ἐς τὴν Ἀρμενίαν ἐπανελθὼν ἐτράπετο. καὶ τόν τε Κύρνον, ᾗ πορεύσιμος ὑπὸ τοῦ θέρους ἐγεγόνει, πεζῇ διέβη, τήν τε ἵππον κατὰ τὸν ῥοῦν καὶ τὰ σκευοφόρα ἑξῆς, εἶτα τοὺς πεζοὺς διιέναι κελεύσας, ἵνʼ οἵ τε ἵπποι τὸ σφοδρὸν αὐτοῦ τοῖς σώμασί σφων διαχέωσι, καὶ ἐκ τῶν σκευοφόρων εἴ πού τι καὶ ὣς περιτραπείη, ἔς τε τοὺς ἐπὶ θάτερα παρακολουθοῦντας ἐμπίπτῃ καὶ μὴ περαιτέρω καταφέρηται· κἀντεῦθεν πρὸς τὸν Καμβύσην πορευόμενος ὑπὸ μὲν τῶν πολεμίων οὐδὲν δεινὸν ἔπαθεν, ὑπὸ δὲ δὴ τοῦ καύματος καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τοῦ δίψους ἰσχυρῶς μετὰ παντὸς τοῦ στρατοῦ, καίτοι νυκτὸς τὸ πολὺ τῆς ὁδοῦ διελθών, ἐταλαιπώρησεν· οἱ γὰρ ἀγωγοί σφων, ἐκ τῶν αἰχμαλώτων ὄντες, οὐ τὴν ἐπιτηδειοτάτην αὐτοὺς ἤγαγον. οὐ μὴν οὐδʼ ὁ ποταμὸς ἐν δέοντί σφισιν ἐγένετο· ψυχρότατόν τε γὰρ τὸ ὕδωρ ὄν, καὶ ἀθρόον ὑπʼ αὐτῶν ποθέν, συχνοῖς ἐλυμήνατο. ὡς δʼ οὖν οὐδὲ ἐνταῦθα ἀντίπαλόν τι αὐτοῖς ὤφθη, πρὸς τὸν Ἄβαντα προσεχώρησαν, ὕδωρ μόνον ἐπιφερόμενοι· τὰ γὰρ ἄλλα παρʼ ἑκόντων τῶν ἐπιχωρίων ἐλάμβανον, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐδʼ ἐκακούργουν οὐδέν.
Pompey, learning now that the Phasis was not far distant, decided to descend along its course to Colchis and thence to march to Bosporus against Mithridates. 2 He advanced as he intended, traversing the territory of the Colchians and their neighbours, using persuasion in some quarters and fear in others. But, perceiving at this point that the route on land led through many unknown and hostile tribes, and that the voyage by sea was still more difficult on account of the lack of harbours in the country and on account of the people inhabiting the region, he ordered the fleet to blockade Mithridates so as to see that he did not sail away anywhere and to prevent his importing provisions, while he himself directed his course against the Albanians. He did not take the most direct route, but first turned back into Armenia, in order that by such a course, taken in connection with the truce, he might find them off their guard. 4 He forded the Cyrnus at a point where the summer had made it passable, ordering the cavalry to cross down stream, with the baggage animals next, and then the infantry. His object was that the horses should break the violence of the current with their bodies, and if even so any one of the pack-animals should be swept off its feet it might collide with the men crossing on the lower side and not be carried farther down. From there he marched to the Cambyses, without suffering any injury at the hands of the enemy; but as a result of the heat and consequent thirst both he and the whole army suffered severely, notwithstanding the greater part of the march was covered at night. For their guides, who were from among the captives, did not lead them by the most suitable route, 6 nor indeed was the river of any advantage to them; for the water, of which they drank great quantities, was very cold and proved injurious to many. When no resistance was offered to them at this place either, they marched on to the Abas river, carrying supplies of water only; for they received everything else by the free gift of the natives, and for this reason they committed no depredations.
§ 37.4
καί σφισι διαβεβηκόσιν ἤδη τὸν ποταμὸν ὁ Ὀροίσης προσιὼν ἠγγέλθη. ὁ οὖν Πομπήιος βουληθεὶς αὐτόν, πρὶν τὸ τῶν Ῥωμαίων πλῆθος γνῶναι, ἐς μάχην ὑπαγαγέσθαι, μὴ καὶ αἰσθόμενος αὐτοῦ ἀναχωρήσῃ, τούς τε ἱππέας προέταξε, προειπών σφισιν ἃ ποιήσουσι, καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς ὄπισθεν αὐτῶν ἔς τε τὰ γόνατα κεκλιμένους καὶ ταῖς ἀσπίσι συγκεκαλυμμένους ἔχων ἀτρεμεῖν ἐποίησεν, ὥστε τὸν Ὀροίσην μὴ πρότερον μαθεῖν αὐτοὺς παρόντας πρὶν ἐν χερσὶ γενέσθαι. κἀκ τούτου ἐκεῖνός τε τῶν ἱππέων ὡς καὶ μόνων ὄντων καταφρονήσας συνέμιξέ σφισι, καὶ διʼ ὀλίγου τραπέντας ἐξεπίτηδες ἀνὰ κράτος ἐπεδίωξε· καὶ οἱ πεζοὶ ἀναστάντες ἐξαίφνης καὶ διαστάντες τοῖς μὲν σφετέροις ἀσφαλῆ τὴν φυγὴν διὰ μέσου σφῶν παρέσχον, τοὺς δὲ πολεμίους ἀπερισκέπτως τῇ διώξει χρωμένους ἐσδεξάμενοι συχνοὺς ἐκυκλώσαντο. καὶ οὗτοί τε τοὺς ἔνδον ἔκοπτον, καὶ οἱ ἱππῆς, οἱ μὲν ἐπὶ δεξιά, οἱ δὲ ἐπὶ θάτερα αὐτῶν περιελθόντες, κατὰ νώτου τοῖς ἔξω τῆς κυκλώσεως προσέπεσον. καὶ ἐκεῖ τε πολλοὺς ἐφόνευσαν ἑκάτεροι, καὶ ἑτέρους ἐς τὰς ὕλας καταφυγόντας κατέπρησαν, “ἰὼ Κρόνια ” πρὸς τὴν ἐπίθεσίν σφων τὴν τότε γενομένην ἐπιλέγοντες.
After they had already got across the river it was announced that Oroeses was coming up. Now Pompey was anxious to lead him into conflict before he should find out the number of the Romans, for fear that when he learned it he might retreat. 2 Accordingly he marshalled his cavalry in front, giving them notice beforehand what they should do; and he kept the rest behind them in a kneeling position and covered with their shields, causing them to remain motionless, so that Oroeses should not ascertain their presence until he came to close quarters. Thereupon the barbarian, in contempt for the cavalry, whom he supposed to be alone, joined battle with them, and when after a little they purposely turned to flight, he pursued them at full speed. Then the foot-soldiers suddenly rose and by extending their front not only afforded their own men a safe means of escape through the ranks but also received within their lines the enemy, who were heedlessly bent on pursuit, and surrounded a number of them. 4 So these troops cut down those caught inside the circle; and the cavalry, some of whom went around on the right and some on the other side of them, assailed are the rear those who were on the outside. Each force slaughtered many there, and burned to death others who had fled into the woods, crying out the while, “Aha, the Saturnalia!” with reference to the attack made on that occasion by the Albanians. When Pompey gave him no conciliatory reply, Phraates immediately began a campaign in the spring against Tigranes, being accompanied by the latter's son, to whom he had given his daughter in marriage. This was in the consulship of Lucius Caesar and Gaius Figulus. In the first battle Phraates was beaten, but later was victorious. And when Tigranes invoked the assistance of Pompey, who was in Syria, Phraates again sent ambassadors to the Roman commander, bringing many charges against Tigranes, and making many insinuations against the Romans, so that Pompey was both ashamed and alarmed.
§ 37.5
πράξας δὲ ταῦθʼ ὁ Πομπήιος καὶ τὴν χώραν ἐπιδραμὼν τοῖς τε Ἀλβανοῖς εἰρήνην ἔδωκε, καὶ ἄλλοις τισὶ τῶν παρὰ τὸν Καύκασον μέχρι τῆς Κασπίας θαλάσσης, ἐς ἣν ἀπὸ τοῦ Πόντου τὸ ὄρος ἀρξάμενον τελευτᾷ, κατοικούντων ἐπικηρυκευσαμένοις ἐσπείσατο. Φραάτης δὲ ἔπεμψε μὲν πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀνανεώσασθαι τὰς συνθήκας ἐθέλων· ὡς γὰρ ἐκεῖνόν τε οὕτω φερόμενον ἑώρα, καὶ τῆς Ἀρμενίας τοῦ τε Πόντου τοῦ ταύτῃ οἱ ὑποστράτηγοι αὐτοῦ τὰ λοιπὰ προσκατεστρέφοντο, ὅ τε Γαβίνιος καὶ ὑπὲρ τὸν Εὐφράτην μέχρι τοῦ Τίγριδος προεχώρησεν, ἐφοβήθη τε αὐτοὺς καὶ τὴν σύμβασιν βεβαιώσασθαι ἐπεθύμησεν· οὐ μέντοι καὶ διεπράξατό τι. ὁ γὰρ Πομπήιος πρός τε τὰ παρόντα καὶ πρὸς τὰς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐλπίδας κατεφρόνησεν αὐτοῦ, καὶ τά τε ἄλλα ὑπερφρόνως τοῖς πρέσβεσιν ἐλάλησε, καὶ τὴν χώραν τὴν Κορδουηνήν, ὑπὲρ ἧς πρὸς τὸν Τιγράνην διεφέρετο, ἀπῄτησεν. ἐπειδή τε ἐκεῖνοι μηδέν, ἅτε μηδὲ ἐπεσταλμένοι τι περὶ αὐτῆς, ἀπεκρίναντο, ἔγραψε μέν τινα τῷ Φραάτῃ, οὐκ ἀνέμεινε δὲ ἀντιπεμφθῆναί τι, ἀλλʼ ἐς τὴν χώραν τὸν Ἀφράνιον παραχρῆμα ἔστειλε, καὶ κατασχὼν αὐτὴν ἀμαχεὶ τῷ Τιγράνῃ ἔδωκε. καὶ ὁ μὲν Ἀφράνιος διὰ τῆς Μεσοποταμίας ἐς τὴν Συρίαν παρὰ τὰ συγκείμενα πρὸς τὸν Πάρθον κομιζόμενος ἐπλανήθη, καὶ πολλὰ ὑπό τε τοῦ χειμῶνος καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς σπάνεως τῶν τροφῶν ἐκακώθη· κἂν ἀπώλοντο, εἰ μὴ Καρραῖοι, Μακεδόνων τε ἄποικοι ὄντες καὶ ἐνταῦθά που οἰκοῦντες, ὑπέλαβόν τε αὐτὸν καὶ παρέπεμψαν.
After accomplishing this and overrunning the country, Pompey granted peace to the Albanians, and on the arrival of heralds concluded a truce with some of the other tribes that dwell along the Caucasus as far as the Caspian Sea, where the mountains, which begin at Pontus, come to an end. 2 Phraates likewise sent to him, desiring to renew the treaty with him. For the sight of Pompey's success, and the fact that his lieutenants were also subjugating the rest of Armenia and that part of Pontus, and that Gabinius had even advanced across the Euphrates as far as the Tigris, filled him with fear of them, and he was anxious to have the truce confirmed. He accomplished nothing, however; for Pompey, in view of the present situation and the hopes which it inspired, held him in contempt and replied haughtily to the ambassadors, among other things demanding back the territory of Corduene, concerning which Phraates was quarrelling with Tigranes. 4 When the envoys made no answer, inasmuch as they had received no instructions on this point, he wrote a few words to Phraates, but instead of waiting for a reply sent Afranius into the territory at once, and having occupied it without a battle, gave it to Tigranes. Afranius, returning through Mesopotamia to Syria, contrary to the agreement made with the Parthian, wandered from the way and encountered many hardships by reason of the winter and the lack of supplies. Indeed, his troops would have perished, had not the Carrhaeans, Macedonian colonists who dwelt somewhere in that vicinity, received him and helped him forward.
§ 37.6
ταῦτά τε πρὸς τὸν Φραάτην ἀπὸ τῆς παρούσης οἱ δυνάμεως ἔπραξε, σαφέστατα τοῖς πλεονεκτεῖν βουλομένοις ἐπιδείξας ὅτι πάντα ἐκ τῶν ὅπλων ἤρτηται, καὶ ὁ ἐν αὐτοῖς κρατῶν νομοθέτης ὧν βούλεται ἀναγκαῖος γίγνεται, καὶ προσέτι καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἐπίκλησιν αὐτοῦ ὕβρισεν, ᾗπερ πρός τε τοὺς ἄλλους πάντας ἠγάλλετο καὶ πρὸς αὐτοὺς τοὺς Ῥωμαίους, οὗτοί τε αὖ πρὸς ἐκεῖνον ἀεί ποτε ἐκέχρηντο. βασιλέως γὰρ αὐτοῦ βασιλέων καλουμένου, τό τε τῶν βασιλέων ὄνομα περιέκοψε καὶ βασιλεῖ αὐτῷ μόνον ἐπιστέλλων ἔγραψε, καίτοι τῷ Τιγράνῃ τῷ αἰχμαλώτῳ καὶ τοῦτο παρὰ τὸ νομιζόμενον αὐτὸς δούς, ὅτε τὰ ἐπινίκια αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ ἔπεμψεν. ὁ οὖν Φραάτης καίπερ δεδιώς τε αὐτὸν καὶ θεραπεύων, ἠγανάκτησεν ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὡς καὶ τῆς βασιλείας ἐστερημένος, καὶ πέμψας πρέσβεις πάντα τε ὅσα ἠδίκητο ἐπεκάλει οἱ, καὶ τὸν Εὐφράτην ἀπηγόρευε μὴ διαβαίνειν. ἐπειδή τε οὐδὲν μέτριον ἀπεκρίνατο, εὐθὺς ἐπὶ τὸν Τιγράνην μετὰ τοῦ υἱέος αὐτοῦ, ᾧ τὴν θυγατέρα ἐδεδώκει, ἐστράτευσεν, ἐν τῷ ἦρι ἐν ᾧ Λούκιός τε Καῖσαρ καὶ Γάιος Φίγουλος ὑπάτευον· καὶ νικηθεὶς μάχῃ ἔπειθʼ ὕστερον ἀντεπεκράτησε. τοῦ τε Τιγράνου τὸν Πομπήιον ἐν Συρίᾳ ὄντα ἐπικαλεσαμένου, πρέσβεις τε αὖθις πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀπέστειλε, καὶ πολλὰ μὲν ἐκείνου κατηγόρησε, πολλὰ δὲ καὶ ἐς τοὺς Ῥωμαίους ὑπεσήμηνεν, ὥστε τὸν Πομπήιον καὶ αἰσχυνθῆναι καὶ καταπλαγῆναι.
This was the treatment which Pompey in the fulness of his power accorded to Phraates, thereby indicating very clearly to those desiring to indulge their greed that everything depends on armed force, and that he who is victorious by its aid wins inevitably the right to lay down whatever laws he pleases. Furthermore, he showed contempt for the title of Phraates, in which that ruler delighted before all the world and before the Romans themselves, and by which the latter had always addressed him. 2 For whereas he was called “King of Kings,” Pompey clipped off the phrase “of Kings” and addressed his demands merely “to the King” when writing; and yet he later, of his own accord and contrary to custom, gave this title to the captive Tigranes, when he celebrated his triumph over him in Rome. Phraates, consequently, although he feared and paid court to him, was vexed at this, feeling that he had actually been deprived of his kingdom; and he sent ambassadors, reproaching him with all the wrongs he had suffered, and forbidding him to cross the Euphrates.
§ 37.7
οὔκουν οὔτε τῷ Τιγράνῃ ἐπεκούρησεν οὔτε πρὸς τὸν Φραάτην πολέμιόν τι ἔτʼ ἔπραξε, πρόφασιν ποιησάμενος τὸ μήτε ἐκείνην οἱ τὴν στρατείαν προστετάχθαι καὶ τὸν Μιθριδάτην ἐν ὅπλοις ἔτʼ εἶναι. ἀρκεῖσθαί τε τοῖς κατειργασμένοις ἔφασκε, καὶ οὐκ ἐβούλετο. μὴ πλειόνων ὀρεγόμενος καὶ περὶ ἐκείνοις, ὥσπερ που καὶ ὁ Λούκουλλος, πταίσῃ. τοιαῦτα γὰρ ἐφιλοσόφει, καὶ τό τε πλεονεκτεῖν δεινὸν καὶ τὸ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων ἐφίεσθαι ἄδικον εἶναι τότε ἔλεγεν ὅτʼ οὐκέτʼ αὐτοῖς χρῆσθαι ἐδύνατο. τάς τε γὰρ τοῦ Πάρθου δυνάμεις δείσας, καὶ τὸ ἀστάθμητον τῶν πραγμάτων φοβηθείς, οὔτε τὸν πόλεμον καίτοι πολλῶν ἐναγόντων ἀνείλετο, καὶ τὰ ἐγκλήματα τοῦ βαρβάρου ἐφαύλισεν, ἀντειπὼν μὲν οὐδέν, φήσας δὲ ὑπὲρ ὁρίων τινῶν τὴν διαφορὰν αὐτῷ πρὸς τὸν Τιγράνην εἶναι, περὶ ὧν δικάσειν σφίσιν ἄνδρας τρεῖς. οὓς καὶ ἔπεμψεν· καὶ αὐτοὺς ὡς ἀληθῶς ἐκεῖνοι διαιτητὰς ἐπιγραψάμενοι πάντα τὰ πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐγκλήματα διελύσαντο, ὀργιζόμενος μὲν ὁ Τιγράνης ὅτι τῆς ἐπικουρίας οὐκ ἔτυχε, βουλόμενος δὲ ὁ Φραάτης περιεῖναι τὸν Ἀρμένιον, ὅπως καὶ συμμάχῳ ποτὲ αὐτῷ, εἰ δεηθείη, κατὰ τῶν Ῥωμαίων χρήσαιτο. καὶ γὰρ εὖ ἠπίσταντο ἀμφότεροι ὅτι, ὁπότερος ἂν αὐτῶν τοῦ ἑτέρου κρατήσῃ, τῶν τε πραγμάτων τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις προκόψει καὶ αὐτὸς εὐχειρωτότερός σφισι γενήσεται. ἐκεῖνοι μὲν δὴ διὰ ταῦτα κατηλλάγησαν, Πομπήιος δὲ ἔν τε τῇ Ἀσπίδι καὶ τότε ἐχείμασε, καὶ τά τε ἄλλα τὰ ἔτʼ ἀνθιστάμενα προσηγάγετο, καὶ Συμφόριον τεῖχος Στρατονίκης οἱ προδούσης ἔλαβεν. αὕτη δὲ γυνή τε τοῦ Μιθριδάτου οὖσα, καὶ ὀργὴν αὐτῷ ὅτι ἐγκατελείφθη ἔχουσα, τούς τε φρουροὺς ἐς παρασκευὴν δὴ τροφῆς ἐξέπεμψε καὶ τοὺς Ῥωμαίους ἐδέξατο, καίτοι παιδὸς αὐτῆς παρὰ
As a result he lent no aid to Tigranes and no longer took any hostile measures against Phraates, offering the excuse that no such expedition had been assigned to him and that Mithridates was still in arms. He declared himself satisfied with what had been accomplished and did not wish to undertake further risks, lest in striving for additional results he might impair the successes already won by some reverse, as Lucullus had done. 2 Such was his philosophy, and he maintained that covetousness was a dangerous thing, and to aim at the possessions of others unjust, — now that he was no longer able to make use of them. For he feared the forces of the Parthian and dreaded the uncertain issue of events, and so did not undertake this war, although many urged him to do so. As for the barbarian's complaints, he made light of them, offering no answer, but asserting that the dispute which the prince had with Tigranes concerned some boundaries, and that three men should decide the case for them. These he actually sent, and they were enrolled as bona fide arbitrators by the two kings, who then settled all their mutual complaints. For Tigranes was angry at not having obtained the desired aid, 4 and Phraates wishes the Armenian ruler to survive, so that in case of need he might some day have him as an ally against the Romans. For they both well understood that whichever of them should conquer the other would simply help along matters for the Romans and would himself become easier for them to subdue. For these reasons, then, they were reconciled. Pompey passed this winter likewise in Aspis, winning over the districts that were still resisting, and taking also Symphorion, a fort which Stratonice betrayed to him. She was the wife of Mithridates, and in her anger against him because she had been left there she sent out the garrison, ostensibly to collect supplies, and then let the Romans in, although her child was with . . . 7a Returning from Armenia Pompey arbitrated disputes and managed other business for kings and potentates who came to him. He confirmed some in possession of their kingdoms, added to the principalities of others, and curtailed and humbled the excessive powers of a few. Coele-Syria and Phoenicia, which had lately rid themselves of their kings and had been ravaged by the Arabians and Tigranes, were united by him. Antiochus had dared to ask them back, but did not secure them; instead, they were combined into one province and received laws so that they were governed in the Roman fashion.
§ 37.8
τοῦτο μόνον ἐν τῇ αγορανομίᾳ ἐπῃνέθη, ἀλλʼ ὅτι καὶ τὰ Ῥωμαῖα καὶ τὰ Μεγαλήσια πολυτελέστατα ἐποίησεν, ἔτι δὲ καὶ μονομάχων ἀγῶνας ἐπὶ τῷ πατρὶ μεγαλοφρονέστατα διέθηκεν. ἐγένετο μὲν γὰρ τῶν δαπανηθέντων ἐς αὐτὰ τὰ μὲν κοινῇ. αὐτῷ πρὸς τὸν συνάρχοντα Μᾶρκον Βίβουλον, τὰ δὲ καὶ ἰδίᾳ· τοσοῦτον δὲ δὴ ἐν τούτοις ὑπερῆρεν ὥστε καὶ τὴν ἐπʼ ἐκείνοις δόξαν σφετερίσασθαι καὶ δοκεῖν ἅπαντα αὐτὸς ἀνηλωκέναι. ὁ οὖν Βίβουλος αὐτὸς ἐπισκώπτων ἔλεγεν ὅτι τὸ αὐτὸ τῷ Πολυδεύκει πεπονθὼς εἴη· τοῦ γάρ τοι ναοῦ κοινοῦ οἱ πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν τὸν Κάστορα ὄντος, ἐπʼ ἐκείνου μόνου ἡ ἐπωνυμία αὐτοῦ γίγνεται.
. . . Not for this alone did Caesar receive praise during his aedileship, but also because he exhibited both the Ludi Romani and the Megalenses on the most expensive scale and furthermore arranged gladiatorial contests in his father's honour in the most magnificent manner. For, although the cost of these entertainments was in part shared jointly with his colleague Marcus Bibulus, and only in part borne by him individually, 2 yet he so far excelled in the funeral contests as to gain for himself the credit for the others too, and was thought to have borne the whole cost himself. Even Bibulus accordingly joked about it, saying that he had suffered the same fate as Pollux; for, although that hero possessed a temple in common with his brother Castor, it was named after the latter only.
§ 37.9
ἐπὶ μὲν οὖν τούτοις ἔχαιρον οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι, τὰ δὲ δὴ τέρατα καὶ πάνυ αὐτοὺς ἐθορύβει. ἐν γὰρ τῷ Καπιτωλίῳ ἀνδριάντες τε πολλοὶ ὑπὸ κεραυνῶν συνεχωνεύθησαν καὶ ἀγάλματα ἄλλα τε καὶ Διὸς ἐπὶ κίονος ἱδρυμένον, εἰκών τέ τις λυκαίνης σύν τε τῷ Ῥώμῳ καὶ σὺν τῷ Ῥωμύλῳ ἱδρυμένη ἔπεσε, τά τε γράμματα τῶν στηλῶν ἐς ἃς οἱ νόμοι ἐσεγράφοντο συνεχύθη καὶ ἀμυδρὰ ἐγένετο. τά τε οὖν ἄλλα ἐξεθύοντο τοῖς μάντεσι πειθόμενοι, καὶ τῷ Διὶ ἄγαλμα μεῖζον, πρός τε τὰς ἀνατολὰς καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἀγορὰν βλέπον, ὅπως αἱ συνωμοσίαι ὑφʼ ὧν ἐταράττοντο ἐκφανεῖεν, ἱδρυθῆναι ἐψηφίσαντο. ταῦτά τε ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ ἔτει συνέβη, καὶ οἱ τιμηταὶ περὶ τῶν ὑπὲρ τὸν Ἠριδανὸν οἰκούντων διενεχθέντες (τῷ μὲν γὰρ ἐς τὴν πολιτείαν αὐτοὺς ἐσάγειν ἐδόκει, τῷ δὲ οὔʼ οὐδὲν οὐδὲ τῶν ἄλλων ἔπραξαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἀπεῖπον. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ οἱ διάδοχοι αὐτῶν ἐν τῷ ὑστέρῳ ἔτει οὐδὲν ἐποίησαν, ἐμποδισάντων σφᾶς τῶν δημάρχων πρὸς τὸν τῆς βουλῆς κατάλογον, δέει τοῦ μὴ τῆς γερουσίας αὐτοὺς ἐκπεσεῖν. κἀν τούτῳ πάντες οἱ ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ διατρίβοντες, πλὴν τῶν τὴν νῦν Ἰταλίαν οἰκούντων, ἐξέπεσον Γαΐου τινὸς Παπίου δημάρχου γνώμῃ, ἐπειδὴ ἐπεπόλαζον καὶ οὐκ ἐδόκουν ἐπιτήδειοί σφισιν εἶναι συνοικεῖν.
Over these successes the Romans naturally rejoiced, but the portents that occurred thoroughly disquieted them. On the Capitol many statues and images were melted by thunderbolts, among others one of Jupiter, set upon a pillar; and a likeness of the she-wolf with Romulus and Remus, mounted on a pedestal, fell down; 2 also the letters of the columns on which the laws were inscribed became blurred and indistinct. Accordingly, on the advice of the soothsayers they offered many expiatory sacrifices and voted that a larger statue of Jupiter should be set up, looking toward the east and the Forum, in order that the conspiracies by which they were disturbed might come to light. Such were the occurrences of that year. The censors also became involved in a dispute about the people living beyond the Po, one believing it wise to admit them to citizenship, while the other did not; so they did not even perform any of their other duties, but resigned their office. 4 And for the same reason their successors, too, did nothing in the following year, inasmuch as the tribunes hindered them in regard to the senatorial list, fearing that they themselves might be expelled from that body. Meanwhile all those who were resident aliens in Rome, except inhabitants of what is now Italy, were banished on the motion of one Gaius Papius, a tribune, because they were coming to be too numerous and were not thought fit persons to dwell with the citizens.
§ 37.10
τῷ δὲ ἐχομένῳ ἔτει, τοῦ τε Φιγούλου καὶ τοῦ Καίσαρος τοῦ Λουκίου ἀρχόντων, βραχέα μέν, μνήμης δʼ οὖν ἄξια πρὸς τοὺς τῶν ἀνθρωπείων πραγμάτων παραλόγους συνηνέχθη. ὅ τε γὰρ τὸν Λουκρήτιον ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Σύλλου προστάξεως ἀποκτείνας, καὶ ἕτερός τις συχνοὺς τῶν ἐπικηρυχθέντων ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ φονεύσας, καὶ κατηγορήθησαν ἐπὶ ταῖς σφαγαῖς καὶ ἐκολάσθησαν, τοῦ Καίσαρος τοῦ Ἰουλίου τοῦθʼ ὅτι μάλιστα παρασκευάσαντος. οὕτω καὶ τοὺς πάνυ ποτὲ δυνηθέντας ἀσθενεστάτους αἱ μεταβολαὶ τῶν πραγμάτων πολλάκις ποιοῦσι. τοῦτό τε οὖν παρὰ δόξαν τοῖς πολλοῖς ἐχώρησε, καὶ ὅτι καὶ ὁ Κατιλίνας ἐπὶ τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἐκείνοις αἰτίαν (πολλοὺς γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸς τῶν ὁμοίων ἀπεκτόνει) λαβὼν ἀπελύθη. καὶ δὴ καὶ ἐκ τούτου χείρων τε πολὺ ἐγένετο, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἀπώλετο· τοῦ γὰρ δὴ Κικέρωνος τοῦ Μάρκου μετὰ Γαΐου Ἀντωνίου ὑπατεύσαντος, ὅτε Μιθριδάτης οὐδὲν ἔτι δεινὸν τοὺς Ῥωμαίους εἰργάσατο ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸς ἑαυτὸν διέφθειρεν, ἐπεχείρησεν ἐκεῖνος τήν τε πολιτείαν νεωτερίζειν καὶ τοὺς συμμάχους ἐπʼ αὐτῇ συνιστὰς ἐς φόβον σφᾶς οὐ σμικροῦ πολέμου ἐνέβαλεν. ἐπράχθη δὲ ὧδε ἑκάτερον.
In the following year, when Figulus and Lucius Caesar were in office, the events were few, but worthy of remembrance in view of the contradictions in human affairs. 2 For the man who had slain Lucretius at the instance of Sulla, and another who had slain many of the persons proscribed by him, were tried for the murders and punished, Julius Caesar being most instrumental in bringing this about. Thus changing circumstances often render very weak even those exceedingly powerful. This matter, then, turned out contrary to most people's expectation, as did also the case of Catiline, who, although charged with the same crimes as the others (for he, too, had killed many of the proscribed), was acquitted. And from this very circumstance he became far worse and even lost his life as a result. 4 For, when Marcus Cicero had become consul with Gaius Antonius, and Mithridates no longer caused any injury to the Romans, but had destroyed himself, Catiline undertook to set up a new government, and by banding together the allies against the state threw the people into fear of a mighty conflict. Now these two events came about as follows.
§ 37.11
ὁ Μιθριδάτης αὐτὸς μὲν οὐχ ὑπεῖκε ταῖς συμφοραῖς, ἀλλὰ τῇ βουλήσει πλέον ἢ τῇ δυνάμει νέμων ἐνενόει, ἄλλως τε καὶ ἐπειδὴ ὁ Πομπήιος ἐν τῇ Συρίᾳ διέτριβε, πρός τε τὸν Ἴστρον διὰ τῶν Σκυθῶν ἐλθεῖν, κἀντεῦθεν ἐς τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἐσβαλεῖν· φύσει τε γὰρ μεγαλοπράγμων ὤν, καὶ πολλῶν μὲν πταισμάτων, πολλῶν δὲ καὶ εὐτυχημάτων πεπειραμένος, οὐδὲν οὔτε ἀτόλμητον οὔτε ἀνέλπιστόν οἱ εἶναι ἐνόμιζεν. εἰ δὲ δὴ καὶ σφαλείη, συναπολέσθαι τῇ βασιλείᾳ μετὰ ἀκεραίου τοῦ φρονήματος μᾶλλον ἢ στερηθεὶς αὐτῆς ἔν τε ταπεινότητι καὶ ἐν ἀδοξίᾳ ζῆν ἤθελεν. αὐτὸς μὲν οὖν ἐπὶ τούτοις ἔρρωτο· ὅσῳ γὰρ τῇ τοῦ σώματος ἀσθενείᾳ ἀπεμαραίνετο, τοσούτῳ τῇ τῆς γνώμης ῥώμῃ ἰσχυρίζετο, ὥστε καὶ τὴν ἐκείνου ἀρρωστίαν τοῖς ταύτης λογισμοῖς ἀναλαμβάνειν· οἱ δʼ ἄλλοι οἱ συνόντες αὐτῷ, ὡς τά τε τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἰσχυρότερα καὶ τὰ τοῦ Μιθριδάτου ἀσθενέστερα ἀεὶ ἐγίγνετο (τά τε γὰρ ἄλλα καὶ ὁ σεισμὸς μέγιστος δὴ τῶν πώποτε συνενεχθεὶς αὐτοῖς πολλὰς τῶν πόλεων ἔφθειρενʼ, ἠλλοιοῦντο, καὶ τά τε στρατιωτικὰ ἐκινεῖτο, καὶ παῖδάς τινας αὐτοῦ συναρπάσαντές τινες πρὸς τὸν Πομπήιον ἐκόμισαν.
Mithridates did not give way himself under his misfortunes, but relying more on his will than on his power, he planned, especially as Pompey was now tarrying in Syria, to reach the Ister through Scythia, and from there to invade Italy. 2 For, inasmuch as he was by nature given to great projects and had met with many successes as well as many failures, he felt there was nothing which might not be ventured or hoped for. And if he was to fail, he preferred to perish along with his kingdom, with pride undiminished, rather than live deprived of it in humility and disgrace. On this idea, then, he himself grew strong; for in proportion as he wasted away through weakness of body, the more steadfast did he grow in strength of mind, so that he even offset the infirmity of the former by the reasonings of the latter. 4 But his associates, on the other hand, became estranged, as the position of the Romans was ever growing more secure and that of Mithridates weaker. Among other things the greatest earthquake ever experienced destroyed many of their cities; the soldiery also mutinied, and some of Mithridates' sons were kidnapped and conveyed to Pompey.
§ 37.12
Ἐπʼ οὖν τούτοις τοὺς μὲν ἐφώρα καὶ ἐκόλαζε, τοὺς δὲ καὶ ἐξ ὑποψίας ὀργῇ προκατελάμβανε, καὶ ἦν πρὸς οὐδένα ἔτι πιστός, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν τέκνων ὑποτοπήσας τινὰ ἀπέσφαξεν. ἰδὼν οὖν ταῦτα υἱός τις αὐτοῦ Φαρνάκης, καὶ ἐκεῖνόν τε ἅμα φοβηθεὶς καὶ παρὰ τῶν Ῥωμαίων τὴν βασιλείαν (καὶ γὰρ ἀνὴρ ἤδη ἦνʼ λήψεσθαι προσδοκήσας, ἐπεβούλευσεν αὐτῷ. φωραθεὶς δέ (πολλοὶ γὰρ καὶ φανερῶς καὶ λάθρᾳ πάντα τὰ πραττόμενα ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἐπολυπραγμόνουνʼ εὐθὺς ἄν, εἴπερ τι καὶ τὸ βραχύτατον εὐνοίας οἱ δορυφόροι τῷ γέροντι εἶχον, ἐδικαιώθη· νῦν δὲ καίτοι σοφώτατος ὁ Μιθριδάτης ἐς πάντα τὰ βασιλικὰ γενόμενος, οὐκ ἔγνω ὅτι οὐδὲν οὐδενὶ οὔτε τὰ ὅπλα οὔτε τὰ πλήθη τῶν ὑπηκόων ἄνευ τῆς παρʼ αὐτῶν φιλίας ἰσχύει, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅσῳ τις ἂν πλείω, μὴ μέντοι καὶ πιστὰ αὐτὰ ἔχῃ, χαλεπώτερα αὐτῷ γίγνεται. ὁ γοῦν Φαρνάκης μετά τε τῶν προπαρεσκευασμένων καὶ μετὰ τῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρὸς πρὸς τὴν σύλληψιν αὐτοῦ πεμφθέντων (ῥᾷστα γὰρ αὐτοὺς ᾠκειώσατὀ καὶ ἐπʼ αὐτὸν ἄντικρυς τὸν πατέρα ἠπείχθη. πυθόμενος δὲ τοῦτο ὁ γέρων (ἦν δὲ ἐν Παντικαπαίᾠ στρατιώτας τινὰς ἐπὶ τὸν υἱόν, ὡς καὶ αὐτὸς ἐφεψόμενός σφισι, προέπεμψε. καὶ τούτους τε ἐκεῖνος διὰ βραχέος, ἅτε μηδʼ αὐτοὺς φιλοῦντας τὸν Μιθριδάτην, ἀπετρέψατο, καὶ τὴν πόλιν ἑκουσίαν ἔλαβε, τόν τε πατέρα ἐς τὸ βασίλειον καταφυγόντα ἀπέκτεινεν.
Thereupon he detected and chastised some, while others he punished on mere suspicion, before they could accomplish anything; he no longer trusted anybody, but even put to death some of his remaining children who incurred his suspicion. Seeing this, one of his sons, Pharnaces, impelled at once by fear of the king and the expectation of receiving the kingdom from the Romans, as he had now reached manhood, plotted against him. 2 He was detected, for many both openly and secretly were concerning themselves with all that he was doing; and if the bodyguard had had even the slightest good-will toward their aged sovereign, the son would have been punished immediately. But as it was, Mithridates, who had proved himself most wise in all matters pertaining to his royal office, did not recognize the fact that neither arms nor a multitude of subjects is of any real strength to any one without their friendship; on the contrary, the more subjects a ruler has, the greater burden they are to him, unless he holds them faithful. At any rate, Pharnaces, followed both by the men he had made ready and by those whom his father had sent to arrest him, — for he won these over very easily, — hastened directly against his father himself. The old king was in Panticapaion when he learned this, and sent ahead some soldiers against his son intimating that he himself would soon follow them. 4 These also Pharnaces quickly diverted from their purpose, inasmuch as they too did not love Mithridates, and after receiving the voluntary submission of the city, he put to death his father, who had fled for refuge into the palace.
§ 37.13
ἐπεχείρησε μὲν γὰρ ἑαυτὸν διαχρήσασθαι, καὶ τάς τε γυναῖκας καὶ τοὺς παῖδας τοὺς λοιποὺς φαρμάκῳ προαπαλλάξας τὸ λοιπὸν ἐξέπιεν, οὐ μέντοι οὔτε διʼ ἐκείνου οὔτε διὰ ξίφους αὐτοχειρίᾳ ἀποφθαρῆναι ἠδυνήθη. τό τε γὰρ φάρμακον, καίτοι θανάσιμον ὄν, οὐ συνεῖλεν αὐτόν, ἐπειδὴ πολλῇ καθʼ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν προφυλακῇ ἀλεξιφαρμάκων ἐκεκράτυντο· καὶ ἡ τοῦ ξίφους πληγὴ διά τε τὴν τῆς χειρὸς αὐτοῦ ἀπό τε τῆς ἡλικίας καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν περιεστηκότων ἀσθένειαν καὶ διὰ τὴν φαρμάκου ὁποιουδηποτοῦν λῆψιν ἀπημβλύνθη. ὡς οὖν οὔτε διʼ ἑαυτοῦ ἀνηλίσκετο καὶ πέρα τοῦ καιροῦ χρονίζειν ἐδόκει, προσέπεσόν τε αὐτῷ ἐκεῖνοι οὓς ἐπὶ τὸν υἱὸν ἐπεπόμφει, καὶ συνετάχυναν τοῖς ξίφεσι καὶ ταῖς λόγχαις τὸν ὄλεθρον. Μιθριδάτης μὲν δὴ ποικιλωτάτῃ ἀεὶ καὶ μεγίστῃ τῇ τύχῃ χρησάμενος, οὐδὲ τὴν τελευτὴν τοῦ βίου ἁπλῆν ἔσχεν· ἐπεθύμησέ τε γὰρ ἀποθανεῖν μὴ βουλόμενος, καὶ αὐτὸς ἑαυτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι σπουδάσας οὐκ ἠδυνήθη, ἀλλὰ τοῦτο μὲν φαρμάκῳ τοῦτο δὲ καὶ ξίφει αὐθέντης τε ἅμα
Mithridates had tried to make away with himself, and after first removing his wives and remaining children by poison, he had swallowed all that was left; yet neither by that means nor by the sword was he able to perish by his own hands. 2 For the poison, although deadly, did not prevail over him, since he had inured his constitution to it, taking precautionary antidotes in large doses every day; and the force of the sword blow was lessened on account of the weakness of his hand, caused by his age and present misfortunes, and as a result of taking the poison, whatever it was. When, therefore, he failed to take his life through his own efforts and seemed to linger beyond the proper time, those whom he had sent against his son fell upon him and hastened his end with their swords and spears. 4 Thus Mithridates, who had experienced the most varied and remarkable fortune, had not even an ordinary end to his life. For he desired to die, albeit unwillingly, and though eager to kill himself was unable to do so; but partly by poison and partly by the sword he was at once self-slain and murdered by his foes.
§ 37.14
ἐγένετο καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἀπεσφάγη· Φαρνάκης δὲ τό τε σῶμα αὐτοῦ τῷ Πομπηίῳ ταριχεύσας, ἔλεγχον τοῦ πεπραγμένου, ἔπεμψε, καὶ ἑαυτὸν τήν τε ἀρχὴν παρέδωκε. καὶ ὃς τῷ μὲν Μιθριδάτῃ οὐδὲν ἐλυμήνατο, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τοῖς πατρῴοις ἠρίοις ταφῆναι αὐτὸν ἐκέλευσε· τὸ γὰρ πολέμιον αὐτοῦ συναποσβηκέναι τῇ ψυχῇ νομίζων οὐδὲν ἔτι τῷ νεκρῷ μάτην ὠργίζετο· τὴν μέντοι βασιλείαν τοῦ Βοσπόρου μισθὸν τῷ Φαρνάκῃ τῆς μιαιφονίας ἐχαρίσατο, καὶ ἔς γε τοὺς φίλους τούς τε συμμάχους αὐτὸν ἀνέγραψεν. ὡς οὖν ἐκεῖνός τε ἀπωλώλει καὶ τὰ τῆς ἀρχῆς αὐτοῦ πάντα πλὴν ὀλίγων κατέστραπτο (τείχη γάρ τινα φρουροὶ ἔξω τοῦ Βοσπόρου ἔτι καὶ τότε ἔχοντες οὐκ εὐθὺς ὡμολόγησαν, οὐχ ὅτι καὶ ἀνθίστασθαί οἱ διενοοῦντο, ἀλλʼ ὅτι ἐφοβοῦντο μὴ τὰ χρήματα, ἃ ἐφύλασσον, προδιαρπάσαντές τινες ἐκείνοις τὴν αἰτίαν προσθῶσι, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἀνέμενον, αὐτῷ βουλόμενοι τῷ Πομπηίῳ πάντα
Pharnaces embalmed his body and sent it to Pompey as a proof of what had been done, and surrendered himself and his dominions. The Roman showed Mithridates no indignity, but, on the contrary, commanded that he be buried among the tombs of his ancestors; for, feeling that his foe's enmity had been extinguished with his life, he now indulged in no vain rage against his dead body. 2 Nevertheless he granted the kingdom of Bosporus to Pharnaces as the wages of his bloody deed, and enrolled him as a friend and ally. After the death of Mithridates all portions of his dominion except a few were subjugated. A few garrisons which at that time were still holding forts outside of Bosporus, did not immediately come to terms, not so much because they were minded to resist Pompey as because they were afraid that others might seize the money which they were guarding and lay the blame upon them; hence they waited, wishing to show everything to Pompey himself.
§ 37.15
ἐπιδεῖξαἰ, ὡς οὖν τά τε ἐνταῦθα κατείργαστο καὶ ὁ Φραάτης ἡσυχίαν ἦγεν, ἥ τε Συρία καὶ ἡ Φοινίκη καθειστήκει, τρέπεται πρὸς Ἀρέταν. οὗτος δὲ Ἀραβίων μὲν τῶν νῦν τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις δουλευόντων μέχρι τῆς Ἐρυθρᾶς θαλάσσης ἐβασίλευε, πλεῖστα δὲ δὴ τὴν Συρίαν πρότερον λυπήσας, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μάχῃ πρὸς τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἀμυνόντων αὐτῇ νικηθείς, ὅμως καὶ τότε ἔτʼ ἐπολέμει. ἐπʼ οὖν τοῦτον τούς τε πλησιοχώρους αὐτῷ ὁ Πομπήιος ἐλάσας ἀκονιτί τε αὐτοὺς προσηγάγετο καὶ φρουρᾷ παρέδωκε. κἀντεῦθεν ἐπὶ τὴν Συρίαν τὴν Παλαιστίνην ὡς καὶ τὴν Φοινίκην κακώσαντας, ὥρμησεν. ἦρχον δὲ αὐτῶν Ὑρκανός τε καὶ Ἀριστόβουλος ἀδελφοί, καὶ ἐτύγχανον ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ σφετέρου θεοῦ, ὅστις ποτὲ οὗτός ἐστιν, ἱερωσύνης (οὕτω γὰρ τὴν βασιλείαν σφῶν ὠνόμαζονʼ αὐτοί τε διαφερόμενοι καὶ τὰς πόλεις στασιάζοντες. ὁ οὖν Πομπήιος Ὑρκανὸν μὲν οὐδεμίαν ἀξιόχρεων ἰσχὺν ἔχοντα ἀμαχεὶ εὐθὺς προσέθετο, Ἀριστόβουλον δὲ ἐς χωρίον τι κατακλείσας ὁμολογῆσαί οἱ ἠνάγκασε, καὶ ἐπειδὴ μήτε τὰ χρήματα μήτε τὸ φρούριον παρεδίδου, ἔδησεν αὐτόν. κἀκ τούτου τοὺς μὲν ἄλλους ῥᾷον προσεποιήσατο, τὰ δὲ Ἱεροσόλυμα
When, then, the regions in that quarter had been subdued, and Phraates remained quiet, while Syria and Phoenicia had become tranquil, Pompey turned against Aretas. The latter was king of the Arabians, now subjects of the Romans, as far as the Red Sea. Previously he had done the greatest injury to Syria and had on this account become involved in a battle with the Romans who were defending it; he was defeated by them, but nevertheless continued the war at that time. 2 Pompey accordingly marched against him and his neighbours, and, overcoming them without effort, left them in charge of a garrison. Thence he proceeded against Syria Palaestina, because its inhabitants had ravaged Phoenicia. Their rulers were two brothers, Hyrcanus and Aristobulus, who were quarrelling themselves, as it chanced, and were creating factions in the cities on account of the priesthood (for so they called their kingdom) of their god, whoever he is. Pompey immediately won over Hyrcanus without a battle, since the latter had no force worthy of note; and by shutting up Aristobulus in a certain place he compelled him to come to terms, and when he would surrender neither the money nor the garrison, he threw him into chains. After this he more easily overcame the rest, but had trouble in besieging Jerusalem.
§ 37.16
πολιορκῶν πράγματα ἔσχε. τὴν μὲν γὰρ ἄλλην πόλιν, ἐσδεξαμένων αὐτὸν τῶν τὰ τοῦ Ὑρκανοῦ φρονούντων, ἀπραγμόνως ἔλαβεν, αὐτὸ δὲ τὸ ἱερὸν προκατασχόντων τῶν ἑτέρων οὐκ ἀπόνως εἷλεν· ἐπί τε γὰρ μετεώρου ἦν καὶ περιβόλῳ ἰδίῳ ὠχύρωτο. καὶ εἴ γε ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἡμέραις ὁμοίως ἠμύνοντο, οὐκ ἂν αὐτὸ ἐχειρώσατο· νῦν δὲ τὰς τοῦ Κρόνου δὴ ὠνομασμένας διαλείποντες, καὶ οὐδὲν τὸ παράπαν ἐν αὐταῖς δρῶντες, παρέδωκαν τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις καιρὸν ἐν τῷ διακένῳ τούτῳ τὸ τεῖχος διασεῖσαι. μαθόντες γὰρ τὴν πτόησιν αὐτῶν ταύτην τὸν μὲν ἄλλον χρόνον οὐδὲν σπουδῇ ἔπραττον, ταῖς δὲ δὴ ἡμέραις ἐκείναις ὁπότε ἐκ τῆς περιτροπῆς ἐπέλθοιεν, ἐντονώτατά οἱ προσέβαλλον. καὶ οὕτως ἑάλωσάν τε ἐν τῇ τοῦ Κρόνου ἡμέρᾳ μηδʼ ἀμυνόμενοι, καὶ πάντα τὰ χρήματα διηρπάσθη. ἥ τε βασιλεία τῷ Ὑρκανῷ ἐδόθη, καὶ ὁ Ἀριστόβουλος ἀνηνέχθη. ταῦτα μὲν τότε ἐν τῇ Παλαιστίνῃ ἐγένετο· οὕτω γὰρ τὸ σύμπαν ἔθνος, ὅσον ἀπὸ τῆς Φοινίκης μέχρι τῆς Αἰγύπτου παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν τὴν ἔσω παρήκει, ἀπὸ παλαιοῦ κέκληται. ἔχουσι δὲ καὶ ἕτερον ὄνομα ἐπίκτητον· ἥ τε γὰρ χώρα
Most of the city, to be sure, he took without any trouble, as he was received by the party of Hyrcanus; but the temple itself, which the other party had occupied, he captured only with difficulty. 2 For it was on high ground and was fortified by a wall of its own, and if they had continued defending it on all days alike, he could not have got possession of it. As it was, they made an excavation of what are called the days of Saturn, and by doing no work at all on those days afforded the Romans an opportunity in this interval to batter down the wall. The latter, on learning of this superstitious awe of theirs, made no serious attempts the rest of the time, but on those days, when they came round in succession, assaulted most vigorously. 4 Thus the defenders were captured on the day of Saturn, without making any defence, and all the wealth was plundered. The kingdom was given to Hyrcanus, and Aristobulus was carried away. This was the course of events at that time in Palestine; for this is the name that has been given from of old to the whole country extending from Phoenicia to Egypt along the inner sea. They have also another name that they have acquired: the country has been named Judaea, and the people themselves Jews.
§ 37.17
Ἰουδαία καὶ αὐτοὶ Ἰουδαῖοι ὠνομάδαται· ἡ δὲ ἐπίκλησις αὕτη ἐκείνοις μὲν οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅθεν ἤρξατο γενέσθαι, φέρει δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους ὅσοι τὰ νόμιμα αὐτῶν, καίπερ ἀλλοεθνεῖς ὄντες, ζηλοῦσι. καὶ ἔστι καὶ παρὰ τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις τὸ γένος τοῦτο, κολουσθὲν μὲν πολλάκις, αὐξηθὲν δὲ ἐπὶ πλεῖστον, ὥστε καὶ ἐς παρρησίαν τῆς νομίσεως ἐκνικῆσαι. κεχωρίδαται δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν λοιπῶν ἀνθρώπων ἔς τε τἆλλα τὰ περὶ τὴν δίαιταν πάνθʼ ὡς εἰπεῖν, καὶ μάλισθʼ ὅτι τῶν μὲν ἄλλων θεῶν οὐδένα τιμῶσιν, ἕνα δέ τινα ἰσχυρῶς σέβουσιν. οὐδʼ ἄγαλμα οὐδὲν οὐδʼ ἐν αὐτοῖς ποτε τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις ἔσχον, ἄρρητον δὲ δὴ καὶ ἀειδῆ αὐτὸν νομίζοντες εἶναι περισσότατα ἀνθρώπων θρησκεύουσι. καὶ αὐτῷ νεών τε μέγιστον καὶ περικαλλέστατον, πλὴν καθʼ ὅσον ἀχανής τε καὶ ἀνώροφος ἦν, ἐξεποίησαν, καὶ τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν τοῦ Κρόνου καλουμένην ἀνέθεσαν, καὶ ἄλλα τε ἐν αὐτῇ ἰδιαίτατα πολλὰ ποιοῦσι, καὶ ἔργου οὐδενὸς σπουδαίου προσάπτονται. καὶ τὰ μὲν κατʼ ἐκεῖνον, τίς τε ἔστι καὶ ὅθεν οὕτως ἐτιμήθη, ὅπως τε περὶ αὐτὸν ἐπτόηνται, πολλοῖς τε εἴρηται καὶ οὐδὲν τῇδε τῇ ἱστορίᾳ
I do not know how this title came to be given to them, but it applies also to all the rest of mankind, although of alien race, who affect their customs. This class exists even among the Romans, and though often repressed has increased to a very great extent and has won its way to the right of freedom in its observances. 2 They are distinguished from the rest of mankind in practically every detail of life, and especially by the fact that they do not honour any of the usual gods, but show extreme reverence for one particular divinity. They never had any statue of him even in Jerusalem itself, but believing him to be unnamable and invisible, they worship him in the most extravagant fashion on earth. They built to him a temple that was extremely large and beautiful, except in so far as it was open and roofless, and likewise dedicated to him the day called the day of Saturn, on which, among many other most peculiar observances, they undertake no serious occupation. 4 Now as for him, who he is and why he has been so honoured, and how they got their superstitious awe of him, accounts have been given by many, and moreover these matters have naught to do with this history.
§ 37.18
προσήκει· τὸ δὲ δὴ ἐς τοὺς ἀστέρας τοὺς ἑπτὰ τοὺς πλάνητας ὠνομασμένους τὰς ἡμέρας ἀνακεῖσθαι κατέστη μὲν ὑπʼ Αἰγυπτίων, πάρεστι δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ πάντας ἀνθρώπους, οὐ πάλαι ποτὲ ὡς λόγῳ εἰπεῖν ἀρξάμενον· οἱ γοῦν ἀρχαῖοι Ἕλληνες οὐδαμῇ αὐτό, ὅσα γε ἐμὲ εἰδέναι, ἠπίσταντο. ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ καὶ πάνυ νῦν τοῖς τε ἄλλοις ἅπασι καὶ αὐτοῖς τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις ἐπιχωριάζει, καὶ ἤδη καὶ τοῦτό σφισι πάτριον τρόπον τινά ἐστι, βραχύ τι περὶ αὐτοῦ διαλεχθῆναι βούλομαι, πῶς τε καὶ τίνα τρόπον οὕτω τέτακται. ἤκουσα δὲ δύο λόγους, ἄλλως μὲν οὐ χαλεποὺς γνωσθῆναι, θεωρίας δέ τινος ἐχομένους. εἰ γάρ τις τὴν ἁρμονίαν τὴν διὰ τεσσάρων καλουμένην, ἥπερ που καὶ τὸ κῦρος τῆς μουσικῆς συνέχειν πεπίστευται, καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀστέρας τούτους, ὑφʼ ὧν ὁ πᾶς τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κόσμος διείληπται, κατὰ τὴν τάξιν καθʼ ἣν ἕκαστος αὐτῶν περιπορεύεται ἐπαγάγοι, καὶ ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῆς ἔξω περιφορᾶς τῆς τῷ Κρόνῳ δεδομένης, ἔπειτα διαλιπὼν δύο τὰς ἐχομένας τὸν τῆς τετάρτης δεσπότην ὀνομάσειε, καὶ μετʼ αὐτὴν δύο αὖ ἑτέρας ὑπερβὰς ἐπὶ τὴν ἑβδόμην ἀφίκοιτο, κἀν τῷ αὐτῷ τούτῳ τρόπῳ αὐτάς τε ἐπανιὼν καὶ τοὺς ἐφόρους σφῶν θεοὺς ἀνακυκλῶν ἐπιλέγοι ταῖς ἡμέραις, εὑρήσει πάσας αὐτὰς μουσικῶς πως
The custom, however, of referring the days to the seven stars called planets was instituted by the Egyptians, but is now found among all mankind, though its adoption has been comparatively recent; at any rate the ancient Greeks never understood it, so far as I am aware. 2 But since it is now quite the fashion with mankind generally and even with the Romans themselves, I wish to write briefly of it, telling how and in what way it has been so arranged. I have heard two explanations, which are not difficult of comprehension, it is true, though they involve certain theories. For if you apply the so-called “principle of the tetrachord” (which is believed to constitute the basis of music) to these stars, by which the whole universe of heaven is divided into regular intervals, in the order in which each of them revolves, and beginning at the outer orbit assigned to Saturn, 4 then omitting the next two name the lord of the fourth, and after this passing over two others reach the seventh, and you then go back and repeat the process with the orbits and their presiding divinities in this same manner, assigning them to the several days, you will find all the days to be in a kind of musical connection with the arrangement of the heavens.
§ 37.19
τῇ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ διακοσμήσει προσηκούσας. εἷς μὲν δὴ οὗτος λέγεται λόγος, ἕτερος δὲ ὅδε. τὰς ὥρας τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ τῆς νυκτὸς ἀπὸ τῆς πρώτης ἀρξάμενος ἀριθμεῖν, καὶ ἐκείνην μὲν τῷ Κρόνῳ διδούς, τὴν δὲ ἔπειτα τῷ Διί, καὶ τρίτην Ἄρει, τετάρτην ἡλίῳ, πέμπτην Ἀφροδίτῃ, ἕκτην Ἑρμῇ, καὶ ἑβδόμην σελήνῃ, κατὰ τὴν τάξιν τῶν κύκλων καθʼ ἣν οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι αὐτὴν νομίζουσι, καὶ τοῦτο καὶ αὖθις ποιήσας, πάσας τε οὕτω τὰς τέσσαρας καὶ εἴκοσιν ὥρας περιελθών, εὑρήσεις τὴν πρώτην τῆς ἐπιούσης ἡμέρας ὥραν ἐς τὸν ἥλιον ἀφικνουμένην. καὶ τοῦτο καὶ ἐπʼ ἐκείνων τῶν τεσσάρων καὶ εἴκοσιν ὡρῶν κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν τοῖς πρόσθε λόγον πράξας, τῇ σελήνῃ τὴν πρώτην τῆς τρίτης ἡμέρας ὥραν ἀναθήσεις, κἂν οὕτω καὶ διὰ τῶν λοιπῶν πορεύῃ, τὸν προσήκοντα ἑαυτῇ θεὸν ἑκάστη ἡμέρα λήψεται.
This is one of the explanations given; the other is as follows. If you begin at the first hour to count the hours of the day and of the night, assigning the first to Saturn, the next to Jupiter, the third to Mars, the fourth to the Sun, the fifth to Venus, the sixth to Mercury, and the seventh to the Moon, 2 according to the order of the cycles which the Egyptians observe, and if you repeat the process, you will find that the first hour of the following day comes to the Sun. And if you carry on the operation throughout the next twenty-four hours in the same manner as with the others, you will dedicate the first hour of the third day to the Moon, and if you proceed similarly through the rest, each day will receive its appropriate god. This, then, is the tradition.
§ 37.20
ταῦτα μὲν οὕτω παραδέδοται· Πομπήιος δὲ ἐπειδὴ καὶ ἐκεῖνα κατέπραξεν, πρός τε τὸν Πόντον αὖθις ἦλθε, καὶ παραλαβὼν τὰ τείχη ἔς τε τὴν Ἀσίαν κἀντεῦθεν ἐς τὴν Ἑλλάδα τήν τε Ἰταλίαν ἐκομίσθη. πολλὰς μὲν δὴ οὖν μάχας ἐνίκησε, πολλοὺς δὲ καὶ δυνάστας καὶ βασιλέας τοὺς μὲν προσεπολεμώσατο, τοὺς δὲ καὶ ὁμολογίᾳ προς1- εποιήσατο, πόλεις τε ὀκτὼ ἀπῴκισε, καὶ χώρας προσόδους τε συχνὰς τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις ἀπέδειξε, τά τε πλείω ἔθνη τῶν ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ τῇ ἠπείρῳ τότε αὐτοῖς ὄντων νόμοις τε ἰδίοις καὶ πολιτείαις κατεστήσατο καὶ διεκόσμησεν, ὥστε καὶ δεῦρο αὐτοὺς τοῖς ὑπʼ ἐκείνου νομισθεῖσι χρῆσθαι. ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μέν, καίπερ μεγάλα τε ὄντα καὶ μηδενὶ τῶν πρόσθε Ῥωμαίων πραχθέντα, καὶ τῇ τύχῃ καὶ τοῖς συστρατευσαμένοις οἱ ἀναθείη ἄν τις· ὃ δὲ δὴ μάλιστα αὐτοῦ τε τοῦ Πομπηίου ἔργον ἐγένετο καὶ θαυμάσαι διὰ πάντων ἄξιόν ἐστι, τοῦτο νῦν ἤδη φράσω. πλείστην μὲν γὰρ ἰσχὺν καὶ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ καὶ ἐν τῇ ἠπείρῳ ἔχων, πλεῖστα δὲ χρήματα ἐκ τῶν αἰχμαλώτων πεπορισμένος, δυνάσταις τε καὶ βασιλεῦσι συχνοῖς ᾠκειωμένος, τούς τε δήμους ὧν ἦρξε πάντας ὡς εἰπεῖν διʼ εὐνοίας εὐεργεσίαις κεκτημένος, δυνηθείς τʼ ἂν διʼ αὐτῶν τήν τε Ἰταλίαν κατασχεῖν καὶ τὸ τῶν Ῥωμαίων κράτος πᾶν περιποιήσασθαι, τῶν μὲν πλείστων ἐθελοντὶ ἂν αὐτὸν δεξαμένων, εἰ δὲ καὶ ἀντέστησάν τινες, ἀλλʼ ὑπʼ ἀσθενείας γε πάντως ἂν ὁμολογησάντων, οὐκ ἠβουλήθη τοῦτο ποιῆσαι, ἀλλʼ εὐθύς, ἐπειδὴ τάχιστα ἐς τὸ Βρεντέσιον ἐπεραιώθη, τὰς δυνάμεις πάσας αὐτεπάγγελτος, μήτε τῆς βουλῆς μήτε τοῦ δήμου ψηφισαμένου τι περὶ αὐτῶν, ἀφῆκεν, οὐδὲν οὐδὲ τοῦ ἐς τὰ νικητήρια αὐταῖς χρήσασθαι φροντίσας. ἐπειδὴ γὰρ τά τε τοῦ Μαρίου καὶ τὰ τοῦ Σύλλου ἐν μίσει τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἠπίστατο ὄντα, οὐκ ἠθέλησε φόβον τινὰ αὐτοῖς οὐδʼ ἐπʼ ὀλίγας ἡμέρας, ὅτι τι τῶν ὁμοίων πείσονται, παρασχεῖν.
Pompey, when he had accomplished what has been related, proceeded again to Pontus and after taking over the forts returned to Asia and thence to Greece and Italy. 2 Thus he had won many battles, had brought into subjection many potentates and kings, some by war and some by treaty, he had colonized eight cities, had opened up many lands and sources of revenue to the Romans, and had establish and organized most of the nations in the continent of Asia then belonging to them with their own laws and constitutions, so that even to this day they use the laws that he laid down. Yet, great as these achievements were and unrivalled by those of any earlier Roman, one might ascribe them both to his good fortune and to his troops; but the act for which credit particularly attaches to Pompey himself — a deed forever worthy of admiration — I will now relate. 4 He had enormous power both on sea and on land; he had supplied himself with vast wealth from the captives; he had made numerous potentates and kings his friends; and he had kept practically all the communities which he ruled well disposed through benefits conferred; and although by these means he might have occupied Italy and gained for himself the whole Roman power, since the majority would have accepted him voluntarily, and if any had resisted, they would certainly have capitulated through weakness, yet he did not choose to do this. 6 Instead, as soon as he had crossed to Brundisium, he dismissed all his forces on his own initiative, without waiting for any vote to be passed in the matter by the senate or the people, and without concerning himself at all even about their use in the triumph. For since he understood that men held the careers of Marius and Sulla in abomination, he did not wish to cause them any fear even for a few days that they should undergo any similar experiences.
§ 37.21
οὔκουν οὐδʼ ὄνομα οὐδέν, καίτοι πολλὰ ἀπὸ τῶν κατειργασμένων λαβεῖν ἂν δυνηθείς, προσεκτήσατο. τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἐπινίκια, λέγω δὴ τὰ μείζω νομιζόμενα, καίπερ οὐχ ὅσιον ὂν ἔκ γε τῶν πάνυ πατρίων ἄνευ τῶν συννικησάντων τινὶ πεμφθῆναι, ὅμως ψηφισθέντα ἐδέξατο. καὶ αὐτὰ μὲν ἅπαξ ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν πολέμων ἤγαγε, τρόπαια δὲ ἄλλα τε πολλὰ καὶ καλῶς κεκοσμημένα καθʼ ἕκαστον τῶν ἔργων καὶ τὸ βραχύτατον ἔπεμψε, καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσιν ἓν μέγα, πολυτελῶς τε κεκοσμημένον καὶ γραφὴν ἔχον ὅτι τῆς οἰκουμένης ἐστίν. οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἐπωνυμίαν τινὰ προσεπέθετο, ἀλλὰ καὶ μόνῃ τῇ τοῦ Μάγνου, ἥνπερ που καὶ πρὸ ἐκείνων τῶν ἔργων ἐκέκτητο, ἠρκέσθη. οὐ μὴν οὐδʼ ἄλλην τινὰ τιμὴν ὑπέρογκον λαβεῖν διεπράξατο, ἢ τοῖς γε ψηφισθεῖσιν ἀπόντι οἱ πλὴν ἅπαξ ἐχρήσατο. ἦν δὲ ταῦτα δαφνηφορεῖν τε αὐτὸν κατὰ πάσας ἀεὶ τὰς πανηγύρεις, καὶ τὴν στολὴν τὴν μὲν ἀρχικὴν ἐν πάσαις αὐταῖς, τὴν δὲ ἐπινίκιον ἐν τοῖς τῶν ἵππων ἀγῶσιν ἐνδύνειν. ταῦτα γὰρ αὐτῷ, συμπράσσοντος ἐς τὰ μάλιστα τοῦ Καίσαρος, καὶ παρὰ τὴν τοῦ Κάτωνος τοῦ Μάρκου γνώμην, ἐδόθη.
Consequently he did not so much as assume any additional name from his exploits, although he might have taken many. As for the triumph, — I refer to the one regarded as the great event, — although according to strict precedent it was not lawful for it to be held without the presence of those who aided in winning the victory, he nevertheless accepted it when voted to him. 2 He celebrated the triumph in honour of all his wars at once, including in it many trophies beautifully decked out to represent each of his achievements, even the smallest; and after them all came one huge one, decked out in costly fashion and bearing an inscription stating that it was a trophy of the inhabited world. He did not, however, add any other title to his name, but was satisfied with that of Magnus alone, which, of course, he had gained even before these achievements. Nor did he contrive to receive any other extravagant honour, or even accept such as had been voted him in his absence, except on a single occasion. 4 These consisted in the privilege of always wearing the laurel wreath at all public games, and arraying himself in the cloak of a general at all of them, as well as in the triumphal garb at the horse-races. They had been granted him chiefly through the cooperation of Caesar, and contrary to the advice of Marcus Cato.
§ 37.22
καὶ περὶ μὲν ἐκείνου, ὅστις τε ἦν καὶ ὅτι τοὺς πολλοὺς ἐθεράπευε, τόν τε Πομπήιον ἄλλως μὲν καθῄρει, διʼ ὧν δὲ δὴ τῷ τε ὁμίλῳ χαριεῖσθαι καὶ αὐτὸς ἰσχύσειν ἔμελλε προσεποιεῖτο, προείρηται· ὁ δὲ δὴ Κάτων οὗτος ἦν ἐκ τοῦ τῶν Πορκίων γένους καὶ τὸν Κάτωνα τὸν πάνυ ἐζήλου, πλὴν καθʼ ὅσον παιδείᾳ Ἑλληνικῇ μᾶλλον αὐτοῦ ἐκέχρητο. ἤσκει δὲ τὰ τοῦ πλήθους ἀκριβῶς, καὶ ἕνα μὲν ἀνθρώπων οὐδένα ἐθαύμαζε, τὸ δὲ δὴ κοινὸν ὑπερηγάπα, καὶ πᾶν μὲν τὸ ὑπὲρ τοὺς ἄλλους πεφυκὸς ὑποψίᾳ δυναστείας ἐμίσει, πᾶν δὲ τὸ δημοτικὸν ἐλέῳ τῆς ἀσθενείας ἐφίλει. καὶ δημεραστής τε ὡς οὐδεὶς ἄλλος ἐγίγνετο, καὶ τὴν ὑπὲρ τοῦ δικαίου παρρησίαν καὶ μετὰ κινδύνων ἐποιεῖτο. καὶ ταῦτα μέντοι πάντα οὔτε πρὸς ἰσχὺν οὔτε πρὸς δόξαν ἢ τιμήν τινα, ἀλλʼ αὐτῆς ἕνεκα τῆς τε αὐτονόμου καὶ τῆς ἀτυραννεύτου διαίτης ἔπραττε. τοιοῦτος οὖν δή τις ὢν ἔς τε τὸ κοινὸν τότε πρῶτον παρῆλθε καὶ πρὸς τὰ ψηφιζόμενα, καίπερ μηδεμίαν τῷ Πομπηίῳ ἔχθραν ἔχων, ἀλλʼ ὅτι γε ἔξω τῶν πατρίων ἦν, ἀντεῖπεν.
As regards the former, I have already stated who he was, and how, while paying court to the populace, and while generally striving to destroy Pompey's power, he nevertheless made a friend of him in cases where he would thereby please the populace and gain strength himself. But this Cato belonged to the family of the Porcii and emulated the great Cato, except that he had enjoyed a better Greek education than the former. 2 He diligently promoted the interests of the plebs, and admired no one man, but was thoroughly devoted to the common weal. Suspicious of unlimited power, he hated any one who had grown above his fellows, but loved any one of the common people through pity for his weakness. He was becoming the friend of the people such as no one else, and indulged in outspokenness in behalf of the right, even when it involved danger. Yet he did all this not with a view to power or glory or any honour, but solely for the sake of a life of independence, free from the dictation of tyrants. 4 Such was the nature of the man who now for the first time came forward and opposed the measures under consideration, not out of any hostility to Pompey, but because they were contrary to precedent.
§ 37.23
ἀπόντι μὲν δὴ οὖν αὐτῷ ταῦτʼ ἔδοσαν, ἐλθόντι δὲ οὐδέν, πάντως ἄν που καὶ ἕτερα προσθέντες, εἴπερ ἠθελήκει· ἄλλοις γοῦν τισιν ἐν ἐλάττονι αὐτοῦ κράτει γενομένοις πολλὰ καὶ ὑπέρογκα πολλάκις ἔνειμαν. καὶ ὅτι γε καὶ ἐκεῖνα ἄκοντες ἔπραξαν, δῆλόν ἐστιν. ὁ οὖν Πομπήιος εὖ εἰδὼς ὅτι πάνθʼ ὅσα ἐν ταῖς δυναστείαις τοῖς ἰσχύουσί τι παρὰ τῶν πολλῶν γίγνεται, τήν τε ὑπόνοιαν, κἂν τὰ μάλιστα ἐθελούσιοί τι ψηφίσωνται, ὡς καὶ κατὰ βίαν ἐκ τῆς τῶν κρατούντων παρασκευῆς διδόμενα ἔχει, καὶ δόξαν οὐδεμίαν τοῖς λαβοῦσιν αὐτά, ὡς καὶ μὴ παρʼ ἑκόντων ἀλλὰ ἀναγκασθέντων, μηδʼ ἀπʼ εὐνοίας ἀλλʼ ἐκ κολακείας ὑπάρξαντά σφισι φέρει, οὐκ ἐπέτρεψεν ἀρχὴν οὐδενὶ οὐδὲν ἐσηγήσασθαι. καὶ πολύ γε τοῦτο βέλτιον εἶναι ἔλεγεν ἢ ψηφισθέντα μὴ προσίεσθαι· ἐν μὲν γὰρ τῷ μῖσός τε ἐπὶ τῇ δυναστείᾳ ὑφʼ ἧς ἐγιγνώσκετο, καὶ ὑπερηφανίαν καὶ ὕβριν τῷ μὴ δέχεσθαι τὰ διδόμενα παρὰ τῶν κρειττόνων δῆθεν ἢ πάντως γε τῶν ὁμοίων ἐνεῖναι, ἐν δὲ τῷ ἑτέρῳ τὸ δημοτικὸν ὄντως καὶ ὄνομα καὶ ἔργον, οὐκ ἀπʼ ἐνδείξεως ἀλλʼ ἐξ ἀληθείας, ὑπάρχειν. τὰς γάρ τοι ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰς ἡγεμονίας ἔξω τῶν πατρίων ὀλίγου πάσας λαβών, τὰ γοῦν ἄλλα τοιαῦτα, ἐξ ὧν μήτε ὠφελῶν τινα μήτε ὠφελούμενος φθόνον ἄλλως καὶ μῖσος καὶ πρὸς αὐτῶν τῶν διδόντων αὐτὰ σχήσειν ἔμελλεν, οὐκ ἐδέχετο.
These honours, then, they granted Pompey in his absence, but none when he had come home, though they would certainly have added others, had he wished it. At any rate they had often bestowed many extravagant distinctions upon other men who had possessed less authority than he, but it is clear that they had done so unwillingly. 2 Now Pompey knew well that all the gifts granted by the multitude to the powerful who are in positions of authority contain the suggestion, no matter how willingly they are voted, of being forcibly granted at the instigation of the strong; and that they bring no glory to those who receive them, because it is believe that they have been obtained, not from willing donors, but under compulsion, and not from good will, but as a result of flattery. Hence he did not permit any one to propose any measure whatever. This course he declared to be far better than to reject what has once been voted you: the one course arouses hatred for the high position that led to such measures being passed, and argues arrogance and insolence in not accepting what is granted you by those who think themselves your superiors or at any rate your equals; whereas by the other course you are truly democratic both in name and in fact, not merely by way of display, but in very truth. 4 Thus Pompey, after having received practically all the offices and positions of command contrary to precedent, was now unwilling to accept any other such honours that were liable to bring him merely envy and hatred, even from the very givers, without enabling him to benefit any one or to be benefited.
§ 37.24
καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ἀνὰ χρόνον ἐγένετο, τότε δὲ οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι πολέμων ἀνάπαυσιν τὸν λοιπὸν τοῦ ἔτους χρόνον ἔσχον, ὥστε καὶ τὸ οἰώνισμα τὸ τῆς ὑγιείας ὠνομασμένον διὰ πάνυ πολλοῦ ποιῆσαι. τοῦτο δὲ δὴ μαντείας τις τρόπος ἐστί, πύστιν τινὰ ἔχων εἰ ἐπιτρέπει σφίσιν ὁ θεὸς ὑγίειαν τῷ δήμῳ αἰτῆσαι, ὡς οὐχ ὅσιον ὂν οὐδὲ αἴτησιν αὐτῆς, πρὶν συγχωρηθῆναι, γενέσθαι. καὶ ἐτελεῖτο κατʼ ἔτος ἡμέρᾳ, ἐν ᾗ μηδὲν στρατόπεδον μήτε ἐπὶ πόλεμον ἐξῄει μήτʼ ἀντιπαρετάττετό τισι μήτε ἐμάχετο. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐν τοῖς συνεχέσι κινδύνοις, καὶ μάλιστα τοῖς ἐμφυλίοις, οὐκ ἐποιεῖτο· ἄλλως τε γὰρ παγχάλεπόν σφισιν ἦν καθαρὰν ἀπὸ πάντων αὐτῶν ἡμέραν ἀκριβῶς τηρῆσαι, καὶ προσέτι καὶ ἀτοπώτατον, κακὰ αὐτοὺς ἐν ταῖς στάσεσιν ἑκουσίους ἀμύθητα ἀλλήλοις παρέχοντας, καὶ μέλλοντας, ἄν τε ἡττηθῶσιν ἄν τε καὶ νικήσωσι, κακοῦσθαι, ἔπειτα σωτηρίαν παρὰ τοῦ θείου προσαιτεῖν.
All of this took place in the course of time. Temporarily the Romans had a respite from war for the remainder of the year, so that they even held the so-called augurium salutis after a very long interval. This is a kind of augury, which is in the nature of an inquiry whether the god permits them to ask for prosperity for the people, as if it were unholy even to ask for it until permission is granted. 2 It was observed on that day of each year on which no army was going out to war, or was preparing itself against any foes, or was fighting a battle. For this reason, amid the constant perils, especially those of civil strife, it was not observed. For it was very difficult p141 for them in any case to determine accurately upon a day free from all such disturbances, and furthermore it would be most absurd, when they were voluntarily causing one another unspeakable woes through party strife and were destined to suffer ills whether they were defeated or victorious, that they should still ask Heaven for safety.
§ 37.25
ἀμέλει καὶ τότε ἠδυνήθη μέν πως τὸ οἰώνισμα ἐκεῖνο ποιηθῆναι, οὐ μέντοι καὶ καθαρὸν ἐγένετο. ἔξεδροι γάρ τινες ὄρνιθες ἐπέπταντο, καὶ διὰ τοῦτʼ ἀνεμαντεύσαντο. καὶ ἄλλα τε αὐτοῖς σημεῖα οὐκ αἴσια συνηνέχθη· κεραυνοί τε γὰρ ἐν αἰθρίᾳ πολλοὶ ἔπεσον, καὶ ἡ γῆ ἰσχυρῶς ἐσείσθη, εἴδωλά τε πολλαχόθι ἀνθρώπων ἐφαντάσθη, καὶ λαμπάδες ἀνεκὰς ἐς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀπὸ τῶν δυσμῶν ἀνέδραμον, ὥστε πάντα τινὰ καὶ ἰδιώτην τὰ σημαινόμενα ἀπʼ αὐτῶν προγνῶναι. οἱ γὰρ δήμαρχοι τὸν Ἀντώνιον τὸν ὕπατον ὁμοιοτροπώτατόν σφισιν ὄντα προσλαβόντες, ὁ μέν τις τοὺς παῖδας τῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ Σύλλου ἐκπεσόντων πρὸς τὰς ἀρχὰς ἦγεν, ὁ δὲ τῷ τε Παίτῳ τῷ Πουπλίῳ καὶ τῷ Σύλλᾳ τῷ Κορνηλίῳ τῷ μετʼ αὐτοῦ ἁλόντι τό τε βουλεύειν καὶ τὸ ἄρχειν ἐξεῖναι ἐδίδου. ἄλλος χρεῶν ἀποκοπάς, ἄλλος κληρουχίας καὶ ἐν τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ καὶ ἐν τῷ ὑπηκόῳ γενέσθαι ἐσηγεῖτο. καὶ ταῦτα μὲν πρός τε τοῦ Κικέρωνος καὶ πρὸς τῶν ἄλλων τῶν ὁμογνωμονούντων οἱ προκαταληφθέντα, πρὶν ἔργον τι ἀπʼ αὐτῶν συμβῆναι,
Nevertheless, it was in some way possible at that time for the divination to be held; but it did not prove to be regular, since some birds flew up from an unlucky quarter, and so it was repeated. Other unlucky omens, too, occurred. 2 Many thunderbolts fell from a clear sky, the earth was mightily shaken, and human apparitions were visible in many places, and in the west flashes of fire darted up into heaven, so that any one, even a layman, was bound to know in advance what was signified by them. For the tribunes united with Antonius, the consul, who was very much like themselves in character, and one of them supported for office the sons of those exiled by Sulla, while a second wished to grant to Publius Paetus and to Cornelius Sulla, who had been convicted with him, the right to be members of the senate and to hold office; 4 another made a motion for a cancelling of debts, and yet another for allotments of land to be made both in Italy and in the subject territory. These motions were taken in hand betimes by Cicero and those who were of the same mind as he, and were suppressed before any action resulted from them.
§ 37.26
ἐπαύθη· Τίτος δὲ δὴ Λαβιῆνος Γάιον Ῥαβίριον ἐπὶ τῷ τοῦ Σατουρνίνου φόνῳ γραψάμενος πλεῖστόν σφισι τάραχον παρέσχεν. ὅ τε γὰρ Σατουρνῖνος πρὸ ἕξ που καὶ τριάκοντα ἐτῶν ἐτεθνήκει, καὶ τὰ κατὰ τὸν πόλεμον τὸν πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ ὕπατοι τότε παρὰ τῆς βουλῆς προσετετάχατο, ὥστε ἡ γερουσία ἄκυρος ἐκ τοῦ δικαστηρίου ἐκείνου τῶν ψηφισμάτων ἐγίγνετο. κἀκ τούτου πᾶς ὁ κόσμος τῆς πολιτείας ἐταράττετο. ὁ μὲν γὰρ Ῥαβίριος οὐδʼ ὡμολόγει τὸν φόνον, ἀλλʼ ἄπαρνος ἦν· οἱ δὲ δήμαρχοι τήν τε ἰσχὺν καὶ τὴν ἀξίωσιν τῆς βουλῆς καταλῦσαι παντελῶς ἐσπούδαζον, καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἑαυτοῖς τοῦ πάνθʼ ὅσα βούλοιντο ποιεῖν προπαρεσκεύαζον· διὰ γὰρ δὴ τοῦ τά τε τῷ συνεδρίῳ δόξαντα καὶ τὰ πρὸ τοσούτων ἐτῶν πραχθέντα εὐθύνεσθαι τοῖς τέ τι τῶν ὁμοίων ἐπιχειροῦσι ἄδεια ἐδίδοτο καὶ αἱ τιμωρίαι αὐτῶν ἐκολούοντο. ἡ οὖν γερουσία δεινὸν μὲν καὶ ἄλλως ἐνόμιζεν εἶναι ἄνδρα βουλευτὴν μήτʼ ἀδικοῦντά τι καὶ ἐς γῆρας ἤδη προεληλυθότα ἀπολεῖσθαι, πολλῷ δὲ δὴ μᾶλλον ἠγανάκτει ὅτι τό τε πρόσχημα τῆς πολιτείας διεβάλλετο καὶ τὰ πράγματα
Titus Labienus, however, by indicting Gaius Rabirius for the murder of Saturninus caused the greatest disorder. Saturninus had been killed some p143 thirty-six years earlier, and the fight waged against him by the consuls of the period had been at the direction of the senate. Hence, as a result of the proposed trial, the senate would lose the authority to enforce its decrees. 2 In consequence the whole order of the state was being disturbed; for Rabirius did not even admit the murder, but denied it. The tribunes, however, were eager to overthrow completely the power and the dignity of the senate and were first preparing for themselves authority to do whatever they pleased. For the investigation of acts which had received the approval of the senate and had been committed so many years before tended to give immunity to those who might attempt to imitate Saturninus' conduct, and to render ineffective the punishments for such deeds. Now the senate thought it outrageous in any case that a man of senatorial rank, guilty of no crime and now well advanced in years, should perish, and was all the more enraged because the dignity of the state was being attacked and control of affairs was being entrusted to the vilest men.
§ 37.27
τοῖς φαυλοτάτοις ἐπετρέπετο. σπουδαί τε οὖν ταραχώδεις καὶ φιλονεικίαι ἀφʼ ἑκατέρων περί τε τοῦ δικαστηρίου, τῶν μὲν ὅπως μὴ συναχθῇ, τῶν δὲ ἵνα καθιζήσῃ δικαιούντων, καὶ ἐπειδὴ τοῦτο διά τε τὸν Καίσαρα καὶ διʼ ἄλλους τινὰς ἐνίκησε, περί γε τῆς κρίσεως αὖθις συνέβησαν. καὶ ἦν γὰρ αὐτὸς ἐκεῖνος καὶ μετὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος τοῦ Λουκίου δικάζων (οὐ γὰρ ἁπλῶς, ἀλλὰ τὸ δὴ λεγόμενον περδουελλίωνος ὁ Ῥαβίριος ἐκρίθἠ, κατεψηφίσαντο αὐτοῦ, καίτοι μὴ πρὸς τοῦ δήμου κατὰ τὰ πάτρια, ἀλλὰ πρὸς αὐτοῦ τοὺ στρατηγοῦ οὐκ ἐξὸν αἱρεθέντες. καὶ ἐφῆκε μὲν ὁ Ῥαβίριος, πάντως δʼ ἂν καὶ παρὰ τῷ δήμῳ ἑάλω, εἰ μὴ ὁ Μέτελλος ὁ Κέλερ οἰωνιστής τε ὢν καὶ στρατηγῶν ἐνεπόδισεν· ἐπειδὴ γὰρ οὔτε ἄλλως ἐπείθοντό οἱ, οὔθʼ ὅτι παρὰ τὰ νενομισμένα ἡ κρίσις ἐγεγόνει ἐνεθυμοῦντο, ἀνέδραμεν ἐς τὸ Ἰανίκουλον πρὶν καὶ ὁτιοῦν σφας ψηφίσασθαι, καὶ τὸ σημεῖον τὸ στρατιωτικὸν κατέσπασεν, ὥστε μηδὲν ἔτʼ αὐτοῖς ἐξεῖναι διαγνῶναι.
Hence there arose turbulent factions and contentions about the court, the one party demanding that it should not be convened and the other that it should. 2 When the latter party won, because of Caesar and some others, there was another clash regarding the character of the trial. Caesar himself was judge together with Lucius Caesar, for the charge against Rabirius was no ordinary one, but that of perduellio, as it was called; and they condemned him, although they had not been chosen according to precedent by the people, but by the praetor himself, which was not p145 lawful. Rabirius appealed, and would certainly have been convicted by the people also, had not Metellus Celer, who was an augur and praetor, prevented it. When nothing else would cause them to heed him and they were unconcerned by the fact that the trial had been held in a manner contrary to custom, he ran up to the Janiculum before they took any vote at all, and pulled down the military flag, so that it was no longer lawful for them to reach a decision.
§ 37.28
τοῦτο δέ, τὸ κατὰ τὸ σημεῖον, τοιόνδε τί ἐστι. πολλῶν τὸ ἀρχαῖον πολεμίων τῇ πόλει προσοικούντων, φοβούμενοι μή ποτε ἐκκλησιαζόντων σφῶν κατὰ τοὺς λόχους ἐπίθωνταί τινες τῇ πόλει τὸ Ἰανίκουλον καταλαβόντες, ἐνόμισαν μὴ πάντες ἅμα ψηφίζεσθαι, ἀλλά τινας ἀεὶ ἐνόπλους τὸ χωρίον ἐκεῖνο ἐκ διαδοχῆς φυλάττειν. καὶ αὐτό, ἕως μὲν ἡ ἐκκλησία ἦν, ἐφρούρουν, ὁπότε δὲ διαλυθήσεσθαι ἔμελλε, τό τε σημεῖον καθῃρεῖτο καὶ οἱ φύλακες ἀπηλλάσσοντο· οὐ γὰρ ἐξῆν μὴ φρουρουμένου τοῦ χωρίου ἐκείνου οὐδὲν ἔτι χρηματισθῆναι. τοῦτο δὲ ἐν μόναις ταῖς κατὰ τοὺς λόχους ἀθροιζομέναις ἐκκλησίαις ἐγίγνετο, ὅτι τε ἔξω τοῦ τείχους, καὶ ὅτι πάντες οἱ τὰ ὅπλα ἔχοντες ἀνάγκην εἶχον ἐς αὐτὰς συνιέναι· καὶ ἔτι καὶ νῦν ὁσίας ἕνεκα ποιεῖται. οὕτω μὲν δὴ τότε ἥ τε ἐκκλησία καθαιρεθέντος τοῦ σημείου διελύθη καὶ ὁ Ῥαβίριος ἐσώθη· ἐξῆν μὲν γὰρ τῷ Λαβιήνῳ καὶ αὖθις δικάσασθαι, οὐ
Now this matter of the flag is as follows. In ancient times there were many enemies dwelling near the city, and the Romans, fearing that while they were holding a centuriate assembly by centuries foes might occupy the Janiculum and attack the city, decided that not all should vote at once, but that some men under arms should by turns always guard that position. 2 So they guarded it as long as the assembly lasted, but when this was about to be adjourned, the flag was pulled down and the guards departed; for no further business could be transacted when the post was not guarded. This practice was observed only in the case of the centuriate assemblies, for these were held outside the wall and all who bore arms were obliged to attend them. Even to this day it is done as a matter of form. 4 So on that occasion, when the signal was pulled down, the assembly was adjourned and Rabirius was saved. Labienus, indeed, had the right to bring suit again, but he did not do so.
§ 37.29
μέντοι καὶ ἐποίησεν αὐτό· ὁ δὲ δὴ Κατιλίνας ὧδέ τε καὶ διὰ τάδε ἀπώλετο. ἔδοξε τῇ βουλῇ, τήν τε ὑπατείαν καὶ τότε αἰτήσαντος αὐτοῦ καὶ πᾶν ὁτιδήποτε ἐνεδέχετο ὅπως ἀποδειχθῇ μηχανωμένου, δέκα ἐτῶν φυγήν, τοῦ Κικέρωνος ἐς τὰ μάλιστα ἐνάγοντος, τοῖς ἐπιτιμίοις τοῖς ἐπὶ τῷ δεκασμῷ τεταγμένοις προσνομοθετῆσαι. τοῦτʼ οὖν καὶ ἐκεῖνος διʼ ἑαυτόν, ὅπερ που καὶ ἀληθὲς ἦν, ἐγνῶσθαι νομίσας ἐπεχείρησε μέν, χεῖρά τινα παρασκευάσας, τὸν Κικέρωνα καὶ ἄλλους τινὰς τῶν πρώτων ἐν αὐταῖς ταῖς ἀρχαιρεσίαις, ἵνʼ ὕπατος εὐθὺς χειροτονηθῇ, φονεῦσαι, οὐκ ἠδυνήθη δέ. ὁ γὰρ Κικέρων προμαθὼν τὸ ἐπιβούλευμα τῇ τε γερουσίᾳ ἐμήνυσεν αὐτὸ καὶ κατηγορίαν αὐτοῦ πολλὴν ἐποιήσατο· ἐπειδή τε οὐκ ἔπεισέ σφας ψηφίσασθαί τι ὧν ἠξίου (οὔτε γὰρ πιθανὰ ἐξηγγελκέναι καὶ διὰ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἔχθραν καταψεύδεσθαι τῶν ἀνδρῶν ὑπωπτεύθἠ, ἐφοβήθη ἅτε καὶ προσπαρωξυγκὼς τὸν Κατιλίναν, καὶ οὐκ ἐτόλμησεν ἁπλῶς ἐς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἐσελθεῖν ὥσπερ εἰώθει, ἀλλὰ τούς τε ἐπιτηδείους συνεπηγάγετο παρεσκευασμένους ἀμῦναί οἱ εἴ τι δεινὸν γένοιτο, καὶ θώρακα, τῆς τε ἑαυτοῦ ἀσφαλείας καὶ τῆς ἐκείνων διαβολῆς ἕνεκα, ὑπὸ μὲν τὴν ἐσθῆτα, παραφαίνων δʼ αὐτὸν ἐξεπίτηδες, ἐνεδύσατο. ἔκ τε οὖν τούτου, καὶ ὅτι καὶ ἄλλως φήμη τις ἐγένετο ὅτι ἐπιβουλεύεται, ὅ τε δῆμος δεινῶς ἠγανάκτησε καὶ οἱ συνομωμοκότες τῷ Κατιλίνᾳ φοβηθέντες αὐτὸν ἡσύχασαν.
As for Catiline, his ruin was brought about in the manner and for the reasons which I shall now narrate. When he was again seeking the consulship at this p147 time and contriving in every way possible to be elected, the senate decreed, chiefly at the instance of Cicero, that banishment for ten years should be added by law to the penalties established for bribery. 2 Catiline, accordingly, believed that this decree had been passed on his account, as was indeed the case; and so, after collecting a small band, he attempted to slay Cicero and some others of the foremost men on the very day of the election, in order that he might immediately be chosen as consul. But he was unable to carry out his plot; for Cicero learned of it in season, and informed the senate of it, delivering a severe arraignment of Catiline. Being unsuccessful, however, in persuading them to vote any of the measures he asked, since his announcement was not regarded as credible and he was suspected of having uttered false charges against the men because of personal enmity, Cicero became frightened, now that he had given Catiline additional provocation. 4 He did not venture to enter the assembly alone, as had been his custom, but took his friends along prepared to defend him if any danger threatened; and partly for his own safety and partly to arouse prejudice against his foes, he wore beneath his clothing a breastplate, which he was careful to allow people to see. For this reason and because in other ways, too, some report had spread of a plot against him, the people became very indignant and the fellow-conspirators of Catiline in their fear of Cicero kept quiet.
§ 37.30
καὶ οὕτως ὕπατοί τε ἕτεροι ᾑρέθησαν, καὶ ἐκεῖνος οὐκέτι λάθρᾳ, οὐδὲ ἐπὶ τὸν Κικέρωνα τούς τε σὺν αὐτῷ μόνους, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶν τὸ κοινὸν τὴν ἐπιβουλὴν συνίστη. ἐκ γὰρ τῆς Ῥώμης αὐτῆς τούς τε κακίστους καὶ καινῶν ἀεί ποτε πραγμάτων ἐπιθυμητάς, κἀκ τῶν συμμάχων ὡς ὅτι πλείστους, χρεῶν τε ἀποκοπὰς καὶ γῆς ἀναδασμούς, ἄλλα τε ἐξ ὧν μάλιστα δελεάσειν αὐτοὺς ἤμελλεν, ὑπισχνούμενός σφισι συνῆγε. καὶ τούς γε πρώτους αὐτῶν καὶ δυνατωτάτους (ἦσαν δὲ ἄλλοι τε καὶ Ἀντώνιος ὁ ὕπατοσʼ καὶ ἐς ἀθεμίτων ὁρκωμοσιῶν ἀνάγκην προήγαγε· παῖδα γάρ τινα καταθύσας, καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν σπλάγχνων αὐτοῦ τὰ ὅρκια ποιήσας, ἔπειτʼ ἐσπλάγχνευσεν αὐτὰ μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων. συνέπραττον δὲ αὐτῷ τὰ μάλιστα τὰ μὲν ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ ὅ τε ὕπατος καὶ ὁ Λέντουλος ὁ Πούπλιος ὁ μετὰ τὴν ὑπατείαν ἐκ τῆς γερουσίας ἐκπεσών (ἐστρατήγει γὰρ ὅπως τὴν βουλείαν ἀναλάβᾐ, τὰ δὲ ἐν ταῖς Φαισούλαις, ἐς ἃς οἱ στασιῶται αὐτοῦ συνελέγοντο, Γάιός τις Μάλλιος, τῶν τε πολεμικῶν ἐμπειρότατος (μετὰ γὰρ τῶν τοῦ Σύλλου λοχαγῶν ἐστράτευτο ) καὶ πολυδαπανώτατος ὤν· σύμπαντα γοῦν ὅσα τότε ἐκτήσατο, καίπερ πάμπολλα ὄντα, κακῶς καταναλώσας ἑτέρων ἔργων ὁμοίων ἐπεθύμει.
In this way new consuls were chosen, and Catiline no longer directed his plot in secret or against Cicero and his adherents only, but against the whole commonwealth. 2 He assembled from Rome itself p149 the lowest characters and such as were always eager for a revolution and as many as possible of the allies, by promising them the cancelling of debts, distribution of lands, and everything else by which he was most likely to tempt them. Upon the foremost and most powerful of them, including Antonius the consul, he imposed the obligation of taking a monstrous oath. For he sacrificed a boy, and after administering the oath over his vitals, ate these in company with the others. 4 Those who cooperated with him most closely were: in Rome, the consul and Publius Lentulus, who, after his consulship, had been expelled from the senate and was now serving as praetor, in order to gain senatorial rank again; at Faesulae, where the men of his party were collecting, one Gaius Manlius, who was well-versed in warfare, having served among Sulla's centurions, and also the greatest possible spendthrift. Certain it was that he had run through all that he had gained at that epoch, although a vast sum, by his evil practices, and was now eager for other similar exploits.
§ 37.31
παρασκευαζομένων οὖν ταῦτα αὐτῶν, μηνύεται τῷ Κικέρωνι πρότερα μὲν τὰ ἐν τῷ ἄστει γιγνόμενα διὰ γραμμάτων τινῶν, ἃ τὸν μὲν γράψαντα οὐκ ἐδήλου, τῷ δὲ δὴ Κράσσῳ καὶ ἄλλοις τισὶ τῶν δυνατῶν ἐδόθη, καὶ ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς δόγμα ἐκυρώθη, ταραχήν τε εἶναι καὶ ζήτησιν τῶν αἰτίων αὐτῆς γενέσθαι· δεύτερα δὲ τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς Τυρσηνίδος, καὶ προσεψηφίσαντο τοῖς ὑπάτοις τὴν φυλακὴν τῆς τε πόλεως καὶ τῶν ὅλων αὐτῆς πραγμάτων, καθάπερ εἰώθεσαν· καὶ γὰρ τούτῳ τῷ δόγματι προσεγράφη τὸ διὰ φροντίδος αὐτοὺς σχεῖν ὥστε μηδεμίαν ἀποτριβὴν τῷ δημοσίῳ συμβῆναι. γενομένου δὲ τούτου καὶ φρουρᾶς πολλαχόθι καταστάσης τὰ μὲν ἐν τῷ ἄστει οὐκέτʼ ἐνεωτερίσθη, ὥστε καὶ ἐπὶ συκοφαντίᾳ τὸν Κικέρωνα διαβληθῆναι, τὰ δὲ ἐκ τῶν Τυρσηνῶν ἀγγελλόμενα τήν τε αἰτίαν ἐπιστώσατο καὶ βίας ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς γραφὴν τῷ Κατιλίνᾳ παρεσκεύασε.
While they were making these preparations information came to Cicero, first, of what was occurring in the city, through some letters which did not indicate the writer but were given to Crassus and certain others of the optimates; and upon their publication a decree was passed that a state of disorder existed and that a search should be made for those responsible for it. 2 Next came the news from Etruria, whereupon they further voted to the consuls the custody of the p151 city and of all its interests, as was their custom; for to this decree was added the command that they should take care that no harm came to the state. When this had been done and garrisons had been stationed at many points, there was no further sign of revolution in the city, insomuch that Cicero was even falsely charged with blackmail; but the messages from the Etruscans confirmed the accusation, and led to the indictment of Catiline for violence.
§ 37.32
καὶ ὃς τὰ μὲν πρῶτα καὶ πάνυ αὐτὴν ἑτοίμως, ὡς καὶ ἀπὸ χρηστοῦ τοῦ συνειδότος, ἐδέξατο, καὶ πρός τε τὴν δίκην δῆθεν ἡτοιμάζετο, καὶ τῷ Κικέρωνι αὐτῷ τηρεῖν ἑαυτόν, ὅπως δὴ μὴ φύγῃ που, παρεδίδου. μὴ προσδεξαμένου δὲ ἐκείνου τὴν φρουρὰν αὐτοῦ, παρὰ τῷ Μετέλλῳ τῷ στρατηγῷ τὴν δίαιταν ἑκούσιος ἐποιεῖτο, ἵνʼ ὡς ἥκιστα ὑποπτευθῇ νεωτερίζειν τι, μέχρις ἂν καὶ ἐκ τῶν αὐτόθε συνωμοτῶν ἰσχυρόν τι προσλάβῃ. ὡς δʼ οὐδέν οἱ προεχώρει (ὅ τε γὰρ Ἀντώνιος φοβηθεὶς ὑπεστέλλετο καὶ ὁ Λέντουλος ἥκιστα δραστήριος ἦνʼ, προεῖπεν αὐτοῖς νυκτὸς ἐς οἰκίαν τινὰ συλλεγῆναι, καὶ λαθὼν τὸν Μέτελλον ἦλθέ τε πρὸς αὐτοὺς καὶ ἐπετίμησέ σφισιν ἐπί τε τῇ ἀτολμίᾳ καὶ ἐπὶ τῇ μαλακίᾳ. κἀκ τούτου διεξελθὼν ὅσα τε πείσοιντο φωραθέντες καὶ ὅσων τεύξοιντο κατορθώσαντες, οὕτως αὐτοὺς καὶ ἐπέρρωσε καὶ παρώξυνεν ὥσθʼ ὑποσχέσθαι δύο τινὰς ἔς τε τὴν τοῦ Κικέρωνος οἰκίαν ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐσᾴξειν
Catiline at first welcomed this heartily, as if supported by a good conscience, and pretended to make ready for the trial, even offering to surrender himself to Cicero, so that the latter, as he put it, could watch and see that he did not escape anywhere. 2 As Cicero, however, refused to take charge of him, he voluntarily took up his residence at the house of Metellus the praetor, in order that he might be as free as possible from the suspicion of promoting a revolution until he should gain some additional strength from the conspirators there in the city. But he made no headway at all, since Antonius shrank back through fear and Lentulus was anything but energetic. Accordingly, he gave them notice to assemble by night at a certain house, where he met them without Metellus' knowledge and upbraided them for their timidity and weakness. 4 Next he set forth in detail the many penalties they would suffer if they were detected and the many advantages they would obtain if successful, and by this means encouraged and incited them to such a point that two men promised to rush into Cicero's house at daybreak and murder him there.
§ 37.33
κἀνταῦθα αὐτὸν φονεύσειν. ὡς δὲ καὶ τοῦτο προεμηνύθη (ὁ γὰρ Κικέρων πολὺ δυνάμενος, συχνούς τε ἐκ τῶν συνηγορημάτων τοὺς μὲν οἰκειούμενος, τοὺς δὲ ἐκφοβῶν, πολλοὺς τοὺς διαγγέλλοντάς οἱ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἔσχἐ, μεταστῆναι ἡ γερουσία τὸν Κατιλίναν ἐψηφίσατο. καὶ ὃς ἀσμένως τε ἐπὶ τῇ προφάσει ταύτῃ ἐξεχώρησε, καὶ πρὸς τὰς Φαισούλας ἐλθὼν τόν τε πόλεμον ἄντικρυς ἀνείλετο, καὶ τὸ ὄνομα καὶ τὴν σκευὴν τῶν ὑπάτων λαβὼν καὶ τοὺς προσυνειλεγμένους ὑπὸ τοῦ Μαλλίου συνεκρότει, κἀν τούτῳ καὶ ἄλλους τινάς, πρῶτον μὲν ἐκ τῶν ἐλευθέρων, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ ἐκ τῶν δούλων, προσεποιεῖτο. ὅθενπερ καὶ οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι τήν τε βίαν αὐτοῦ κατεψηφίσαντο, καὶ τὸν Ἀντώνιον ἐς τὸν πόλεμον, ἀγνοοῦντές που τὴν συνωμοσίαν σφῶν, ἔστειλαν, αὐτοί τε τὴν ἐσθῆτα μετέβαλον. καὶ διὰ ταῦτα καὶ ὁ Κικέρων κατὰ χώραν ἔμεινεν· εἰλήχει γὰρ τῆς Μακεδονίας ἄρξαι, οὔτε δὲ ἐς ἐκείνην (τῷ γὰρ συνάρχοντι αὐτῆς διὰ τὴν περὶ τὰς δίκας σπουδὴν ἐξέστἠ οὔτε ἐς τὴν Γαλατίαν τὴν πλησίον, ἣν ἀντέλαβε, διὰ τὰ παρόντα ἐξήλασεν, ἀλλʼ αὐτὸς μὲν τὴν πόλιν διὰ φυλακῆς ἐποιήσατο, ἐς δὲ τὴν Γαλατίαν τὸν Μέτελλον, ὅπως μὴ καὶ ὁ Κατιλίνας αὐτὴν σφετερίσηται, ἔπεμψε.
This plot, too, was divulged, since Cicero, being a man of great influence, p153 and one who gained many followers through his speeches, either by conciliation or by intimidation, had many men to report such occurrences to him; and the senate voted that Catiline should leave the city. 2 He gladly withdrew on this excuse, and went to Faesulae, where he took up the war openly. Assuming the name and dress of the consuls, he proceeded to organize the men previously collected by Manlius, meanwhile gaining accession, first of freedmen, and then even of slaves. The Romans accordingly convicted him of violence, and sent Antonius to the war, — being ignorant, of course, of his part in the conspiracy, — while they themselves changed their apparel. Cicero, too, remained on the spot because of this crisis. 4 For although he had drawn the province of Macedonia, he neither set out for that country — retiring in favour of his colleague because of his interest in the prosecutions — nor yet for Hither Gaul, which he had obtained in its place, in view of the existing situation. Instead, he charged himself with the protection of the city, but sent Metellus to Gaul to prevent Catiline from securing it.
§ 37.34
καὶ ἐν καιρῷ γε ἐς τὰ μάλιστα τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις κατέμεινε. παρασκευαζομένου γὰρ τοῦ Λεντούλου καταπρῆσαί τέ τινας καὶ σφαγὰς ἐργάσασθαι μετά τε τῶν ἄλλων τῶν συνομωμοκότων καὶ μετὰ Ἀλλοβρίγων, οὓς κατὰ πρεσβείαν παρόντας ἀνέπεισε συμφρονῆσαί τε αὐτῷ καὶ συλλαβὼν τοὺς ἐπʼ αὐτὴν σταλέντας ἔς τε τὸ βουλευτήριον μετὰ τῶν γραμμάτων ἐσήγαγε, καὶ ἄδειαν αὐτοῖς δοὺς πᾶσαν οὕτω τὴν συνωμοσίαν ἤλεγξε. κἀκ τούτου ὁ Λέντουλος ἀπειπεῖν τὴν στρατηγίαν ὑπὸ τῆς γερουσίας ἀναγκασθεὶς ἐν φρουρᾷ μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν συλληφθέντων ἐγένετο, καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ ἀνεζητοῦντο. καὶ ταῦτα καὶ τῷ δήμῳ ὁμοίως ἤρεσε, καὶ μάλιστʼ ἐπειδή, τοῦ Κικέρωνος δημηγοροῦντός τι περὶ αὐτῶν, τὸ ἄγαλμα τὸ τοῦ Διὸς ἔς τε τὸ Καπιτώλιον παρʼ αὐτὸν τὸν καιρὸν τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἀνιδρύθη καὶ κατὰ τὴν ὑφήγησιν τῶν μάντεων πρός τε τὰς ἀνατολὰς καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἀγορὰν βλέπον ἀνετέθη. ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοί τε συνωμοσίαν τινὰ ἐξελεγχθήσεσθαι ἐκ τῆς τοῦ ἀγάλματος στάσεως εἰρήκεσαν, καὶ ἡ ἀνάθεσις αὐτοῦ τοῖς φωραθεῖσι συνέβαινε, τό τε θεῖον ἐμεγάλυνον καὶ τοὺς τὴν αἰτίαν λαβόντας διʼ ὀργῆς μᾶλλον ἐποιοῦντο.
It was extremely opportune for the Romans that he remained. For Lentulus made preparations to burn down the city? and commit murder with the aid of his fellow-conspirators and of Allobroges, who while present on an embassy were persuaded to join p155 him . . . 2 Cicero arrested the men sent to carry it out (?) and brought them with their letters into the senate-chamber, where, by granting them immunity, he showed up the whole conspiracy. As a consequence Lentulus was forced by the senate to resign the praetorship, and was kept under guard along with the others arrested while the other conspirators were being sought. These measures were equally pleasing to the people, especially so, because while Cicero was addressing them on the subject the statue of Jupiter was set up on the Capitol, at the very time of the assembly, and by instructions of the soothsayers was placed so as to face the east and the Forum. 4 For these seers had decided that some conspiracy would be brought to light by the erection of the statue, and when its setting up coincided with the discovery of the conspirators, the people magnified the divine power and were the more angry at the accused.
§ 37.35
διῆλθε μὲν οὖν λόγος ὅτι καὶ ὁ Κράσσος ἐν αὐτοῖς εἴη, καὶ τοῦτο καὶ τῶν συλληφθέντων τις ἐμήνυσεν, οὐ μέντοι πολλοὶ ἐπίστευσαν· οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἀρχὴν οὐδʼ ἠξίουν τοιοῦτό τι ἐς αὐτὸν ὑποπτεύειν, οἱ δὲ καὶ ἐκ τῶν ὑπαιτίων ὑπετόπουν αὐτό, ὅπως βοηθείας τινὸς διὰ τοῦτο παρʼ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι πλεῖστον ἐδύνατο, τύχωσι, λογοποιεῖσθαι. εἰ δʼ οὖν τισι καὶ πιστὸν ἐδόκει εἶναι, ἀλλʼ οὔτι γε ἐδικαίουν ἄνδρα τε ἐν τοῖς πρώτοις σφῶν ὄντα ἀπολέσαι καὶ τὴν πόλιν ἐπὶ πλεῖον ἐκταράξαι. ὥστε τοῦτο μὲν παντελῶς διέπεσε· παρασκευαζομένων δὲ δὴ πολλῶν καὶ δούλων καὶ ἐλευθέρων, τῶν μὲν ὑπὸ δέους, τῶν δὲ καὶ οἴκτῳ τοῦ τε Λεντούλου καὶ τῶν ἄλλων, ἐξαρπάσαι πάντας αὐτοὺς ὅπως μὴ ἀποθάνωσι, προπυθόμενος τοῦθʼ ὁ Κικέρων τό τε Καπιτώλιον καὶ τὴν ἀγορὰν τῆς νυκτὸς φρουρᾷ προκατέσχε, καί τινα παρὰ τοῦ δαιμονίου χρηστὴν ἐλπίδα ἅμα τῇ ἕῳ λαβών, ὅτι ἱερῶν ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀειπαρθένων ὑπὲρ τοῦ δήμου ποιηθέντων τὸ πῦρ ἐπὶ μακρότατον παρὰ τὸ εἰκὸς ἤρθη, τὸν μὲν δῆμον τοῖς στρατηγοῖς ὁρκῶσαι ἐς τὸν κατάλογον, εἰ δή τις χρεία στρατιωτῶν γένοιτο, ἐκέλευσεν, αὐτὸς δὲ ἐν τούτῳ τὴν βουλὴν ἤθροισε, καί σφας συνταράξας τε καὶ ἐκφοβήσας ἔπεισε θάνατον τῶν συνειλημμένων καταγνῶναι.
Now a report spread that Crassus was also among them, and even one of the men arrested gave this information; nevertheless, few believed it. Some thought they had no right to suspect him of such a thing for the moment; 2 others regarded it as a story trumped up by the accused, in order that they might thereby receive some aid from him, because he possessed the greatest influence. And if it did seem credible to some, at least they did not see fit to ruin one of their foremost men and to disquiet the city still further. Consequently this charge fell through utterly. Now many slaves and freemen as well, some p157 through fear and others out of pity for Lentulus and the rest, made preparations to deliver them all forcibly and rescue them from death. Cicero learned of this beforehand and occupied the Capitol and the Forum by night with a garrison. 4 At dawn he received some divine inspiration to hope for the best; for in the course of sacrifices conducted in his house by the Vestals in behalf of the populace, the fire, contrary to custom, shot up to a very great height. Accordingly, he ordered the praetors to administer the oath of enlistment to the populace, in case there should be any need of soldiers; meanwhile he himself convened the senate, and by exciting and terrifying the members, he persuaded them to condemn to death those who had been arrested.
§ 37.36
ἐγένοντο μὲν γὰρ ἀμφίβολοι, καὶ παρʼ ὀλίγον αὐτοὺς ἀπέλυσαν. ὁ γὰρ Καῖσαρ, πάντων τῶν πρὸ αὐτοῦ ψηφισαμένων ἀποθανεῖν σφας, γνώμην ἔδωκε δῆσαί τε αὐτοὺς καὶ ἐς πόλεις ἄλλους ἄλλῃ καταθέσθαι, τῶν οὐσιῶν ἐστερημένους, ἐπὶ τῷ μήτε περὶ ἀδείας ἔτι αὐτῶν χρηματισθῆναί τί ποτε, κἂν διαδρᾷ τις, ἐν πολεμίων μοίρᾳ τὴν πόλιν ἐξ ἧς ἂν φύγῃ εἶναι· καὶ τοῦτο πάντες οἱ μετὰ ταῦτα ἀποφηνάμενοι μέχρι τοῦ Κάτωνος ἐψηφίσαντο, ὥστε καὶ τῶν προτέρων τινὰς μεταγνῶναι. ἐπεὶ δὲ οὗτος αὐτός τε τὸν θάνατον αὐτῶν κατεδίκασε καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς πάντας ὁμοψήφους ἐποιήσατο, οὕτω δὴ ἐκεῖνοί τε ἐκ τῆς νικώσης ἐκολάσθησαν, καὶ ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς καὶ θυσία καὶ ἱερομηνία ἐψηφίσθη, ὃ μηπώποτε ἐπὶ τοιούτῳ τινὶ ἐγεγόνει· καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι οἱ μηνυθέντες ἐζητοῦντο, καί τινες καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ μελλῆσαι συμφρονήσειν αὐτοῖς ὑποπτευθέντες εὐθύνοντο. καὶ τὰ μὲν ἄλλα οἱ ὕπατοι διῴκουν, Αὖλον δὲ Φούλουιον ἄνδρα βουλευτὴν αὐτὸς ὁ πατὴρ ἀπέσφαξεν, οὔτι γε καὶ μόνος, ὥς γέ τισι δοκεῖ, τοῦτʼ ἐν ἰδιωτείᾳ ποιήσας· συχνοὶ γὰρ δὴ καὶ ἄλλοι, οὐχ ὅτι ὕπατοι ἀλλὰ καὶ ἰδιῶται, παῖδάς σφων ἀπέκτειναν.
Now the senators had been at variance, and had come near setting them free. For while all before Caesar had voted that they should be put to death, he expressed the opinion that they should be imprisoned and placed in various cities after having their property confiscated, 2 on the condition that there should never be any further deliberation concerning their pardon, and that if any one of them should escape, the city from which he fled should be considered in the light of an enemy. Then all who subsequently made known their views, until it came to Cato, voted this same way, so that some of the first also changed their minds. But the fact that Cato gave sentence of death against them caused all the rest to vote similarly. So the conspirators were punished by the decision of the majority, and a sacrifice and period of festival over p159 them was decreed — a thing that had never before happened from any such case. Others also against whom information was lodged were sought out, and some incurred suspicion and were called to account for merely intending to join the conspiracy. 4 The consuls conducted most of the investigations, but Aulus Fulvius, a senator, was slain by his own father; and the latter was not the only private individual, as some think, who ever acted thus. There were many others, that is to say, not only consuls, but private individuals as well, who slew their sons. This was the course of affairs at that time.
§ 37.37
τότε μὲν δὴ τόδε ἐγένετο, καὶ τὰς αἱρέσεις τῶν ἱερέων, γράψαντος μὲν τοῦ Λαβιήνου, σπουδάσαντος δὲ τοῦ Καίσαρος, ἐς τὸν δῆμον αὖθις ὁ ὅμιλος παρὰ τὸν τοῦ Σύλλου νόμον ἐπανήγαγεν, ἀνανεωσάμενος τὸν τοῦ Δομιτίου. ὁ γὰρ Καῖσαρ τοῦ Μετέλλου τοῦ Εὐσεβοῦς τελευτήσαντος τῆς τε ἱερωσύνης αὐτοῦ, καίτοι καὶ νέος καὶ μηδέπω ἐστρατηγηκώς, ἐπεθύμησε, καὶ ἐν τῷ πλήθει τὴν ἐλπίδα αὐτῆς, διά τε τἆλλα καὶ ὅτι τῷ τε Λαβιήνῳ κατὰ τοῦ Ῥαβιρίου συνηγώνιστο καὶ τὸν Λέντουλον ἀποθανεῖν οὐκ ἐψήφιστο, λαβὼν τοῦτό τε ἔπραξε, καὶ ἀρχιέρεως. τῶν ποντιφίκων, καίπερ ἄλλων τε τῆς τιμῆς πολλῶν καὶ τοῦ Κατούλου μάλιστα ἀντιποιουμένων, ἀπεδείχθη. καὶ γὰρ θεραπεῦσαι καὶ κολακεῦσαι πάντα τινὰ καὶ τῶν τυχόντων ἑτοιμότατος ἐγένετο, καὶ οὔτε λόγου οὔτε ἔργου οὐδενὸς ἐς τὸ κατατυχεῖν ὧν ἐσπούδαζεν ἐξίστατο· οὐδὲ ἔμελέν οἱ τῆς αὐτίκα ταπεινότητος πρὸς τὴν ἐκ τοῦ ἔπειτα ἰσχύν, ἀλλʼ ὧν ἐπεχείρει πρωτεῦσαι, τούτους ὡς καὶ κρείττονας ὑπήρχετο.
The priestly elections, on motion of Labienus supported by Caesar, were again referred by the plebs to the people, contrary to the law of Sulla, but by a renewal of the law of Domitius. For Caesar at the death of Metellus Pius was eager for his priesthood, although he was young and had not yet served as praetor. 2 Basing his hopes of it upon the multitude, therefore, especially because he had helped Labienus against Rabirius and had not voted for the death of Lentulus, he accomplished his purpose and was elected pontifex maximus, in spite of the fact that many others, and Catulus in particular, were his rivals for the honour. This was because he showed himself perfectly ready to serve and flatter everybody, even ordinary persons, and shrank from no speech or action in order to get possession of the objects for which he strove. He did not mind temporary grovelling when weighed against subsequent power, and he cringed as before superiors p161 to the very men whom he was endeavouring to dominate.
§ 37.38
τῷ μὲν οὖν Καίσαρι διὰ ταῦθʼ οἱ πολλοὶ προσφιλεῖς ἦσαν, τὸν δὲ δὴ Κικέρωνα ἐν ὀργῇ ἐπὶ τῷ τῶν πολιτῶν θανάτῳ ποιούμενοι τά τε ἄλλα ἤχθαιρον, καὶ τέλος ἀπολογεῖσθαί τε καὶ καταλέξαι πάνθʼ ὅσα ἐν τῇ ὑπατείᾳ ἐπεποιήκει τῇ τελευταίᾳ τῆς ἀρχῆς ἡμέρᾳ ἐθελήσαντα (πάνυ γάρ που ἡδέως οὐχ ὅπως ὑφʼ ἑτέρων ἐπῃνεῖτο, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸς ἑαυτὸν ἐνεκωμίαζενʼ ἐσίγασαν, οὐδὲ ἐπέτρεψαν αὐτῷ ἔξω τι τοῦ ὅρκου φθέγξασθαι, συναγωνιστῇ Μετέλλῳ Νέπωτι δημαρχοῦντι χρησάμενοι, πλὴν καθʼ ὅσον ἀντιφιλονεικήσας προσεπώμοσεν ὅτι σεσωκὼς τὴν πόλιν εἴη.
Toward Caesar, accordingly, the masses were well disposed, for the reasons given, but they were angry at Cicero for the death of the citizens, and displayed their enmity in many ways. Finally, when on the last day of his office he desired to present his account and defence of all that he had done in his consulship, — 2 for he certainly did take great pleasure not only in being praised by others but also in extolling himself, — they made him keep silent and did not allow him to utter a word outside of his oath; in this they had Metellus Nepos, the tribune, to aid them. Nevertheless, Cicero, doing his best to resist them, added to his oath the statement that he had saved the city; and for this he incurred much greater hatred.
§ 37.39
καὶ ὁ μὲν καὶ ἐκ τούτου πολὺ μᾶλλον ἐμισήθη, Κατιλίνας δὲ ἐν ἀρχῇ εὐθὺς τοῦ ἔτους ἐν ᾧ Ἰούνιός τε Σιλανὸς καὶ Λούκιος Λικίννιος ἦρξαν ἀπεφθάρη. τέως μὲν γὰρ καίπερ δύναμιν οὐκ ὀλίγην ἔχων ἐκαραδόκει τὰ τοῦ Λεντούλου καὶ διέμελλεν ἐλπίζων, ἂν φθάσωσιν ὅ τε Κικέρων καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ σφαγέντες, ῥᾳδίως τὰ λοιπὰ προσκατεργάσεσθαι· ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐκεῖνόν τε ἀπολωλότα ἐπύθετο καὶ τῶν συνόντων οἱ συχνοὺς μεθισταμένους διὰ τοῦτʼ ᾔσθετο, ὅ τε Ἀντώνιος καὶ ὁ Μέτελλος ὁ Κέλερ πρὸς ταῖς Φαισούλαις προσεδρεύοντες οὐδαμῇ προελθεῖν αὐτῷ ἐπέτρεπον, ἀποκινδυνεῦσαι ἠναγκάσθη, καί (ἦσαν γὰρ δίχα ἐστρατοπεδευμένοἰ πρὸς τὸν Ἀντώνιον ἐτράπετο, καίπερ τῷ ἀξιώματι προέχοντα τοῦ Μετέλλου καὶ δύναμιν πλείω περιβεβλημένον. αἴτιον δὲ ὅτι ἐλπίδα αὐτοῦ κατὰ τὸ συνώμοτον ἐθελοκακήσειν ἔσχεν. ὑποπτεύσας οὖν τοῦτʼ ἐκεῖνος, καὶ μήτε διʼ εὐνοίας ἔτʼ αὐτῷ ἅτε ἀσθενεῖ ὄντι ὤν (πρός τε γὰρ τὰς δυνάμεις τινῶν καὶ πρὸς τὰ ἑαυτῶν συμφέροντα καὶ τὰς ἔχθρας τάς τε φιλίας οἱ πολλοὶ ποιοῦνταἰ, καὶ προσκαταδείσας μή πως προθύμως σφᾶς ἀγωνιζομένους ἰδὼν ἐξονειδίσῃ τι καὶ προενέγκῃ οἱ τῶν ἀπορρήτων, αὐτὸς μὲν νοσεῖν προεφασίσατο, Μάρκῳ δὲ Πετρεΐῳ τὴν
Catiline perished at the very opening of the year in which Junius Silanus and Lucius Licinius held office [62 BCE]. For a while, although he had no small force, he had watched the movements of Lentulus and delayed, in the hope that if Cicero and his adherents should be slain in time he could easily carry out his remaining plans. 2 But when he ascertained that Lentulus had perished and that many of his followers had deserted for that reason, he was compelled to risk all on a battle, especially since Antonius and Metellus Celer, who were besieging Faesulae, did not allow him to advance anywhere. As the two were encamped separately, he proceeded against Antonius, p163 in spite of the fact that this leader was superior to Metellus in rank and was accompanied by a larger force. He did this because he had hopes that Antonius would let himself be beaten in view of his part in the conspiracy. The latter, who suspected this, no longer felt kindly toward Catiline, because he was weak; for most men form both friendships and enmities with reference to others' influence and their own advantage. 4 Furthermore, being afraid that Catiline, when he saw them fighting with a will, might utter some reproach and reveal some of their secrets, he pretended to be ill, and entrusted the conduct of the battle to Marcus Petreius. 40 This commander joined battle with the rebels and in a very bloody contest cut down Catiline and three thousand others as they fought most bravely; for not one of them fled, but every man fell at his post. Even the victors mourned the common loss, inasmuch as they had destroyed, however justly, so many and such brave men, who were citizens and allies in spite of all. 2 Antonius sent Catiline's head to the city in order that the people might be assured of his death and have no further fear. He himself was acclaimed imperator for the victory, although the slain fell below the required number. Sacrifices were also decreed, and the people changed their raiment to signify their deliverance from all dangers.16
§ 37.40
μάχην ἐπέτρεψε. συμβαλὼν οὖν οὗτός σφισι τὸν Κατιλίναν καὶ ἄλλους τρισχιλίους προθυμότατα ἀγωνιζομένους οὐκ ἀναιμωτὶ κατέκοψεν· οὔτε γὰρ ἔφυγεν αὐτῶν οὐδείς, καὶ ἐν χώρᾳ πάντες ἔπεσον, ὥστε καὶ αὐτοὺς τοὺς κρατήσαντας πολὺ τῶν κοινῶν ὀδύρασθαι, ὅτι καὶ τοιούτους καὶ τοσούτους, εἰ καὶ δικαίως, ἀλλὰ καὶ πολίτας τε καὶ συμμάχους ἀπωλωλέκεσαν. ὁ δʼ οὖν Ἀντώνιος τήν τε κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ ἐς τὸ ἄστυ, ὅπως πιστεύσαντες αὐτὸν τετελευτηκέναι μηδὲν ἔτι δεδίωσιν, ἔπεμψε, καὶ αὐτοκράτωρ ἐπὶ τῇ νίκῃ, καίτοι τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν πεφονευμένων ἐλάττονος παρὰ τὸ νενομισμένον ὄντος, ἐπεκλήθη. βουθυτηθῆναί τε ἐψηφίσθη, καὶ τὴν ἐσθῆτα ὡς καὶ πάντων τῶν δεινῶν ἀπηλλαγμένοι μετέβαλον.
—
§ 37.41
οὐ μὴν οἵ γε σύμμαχοι οἱ μετασχόντες τῷ Κατιλίνᾳ τῶν πραγμάτων καὶ τότε ἔτι περιόντες ἡσύχαζον, ἀλλὰ καὶ δέει τῆς τιμωρίας ἐταράττοντο. καὶ ἐκείνους μὲν στρατηγοὶ καθʼ ἑκάστους πεμφθέντες προκατέλαβον τρόπον τινὰ ἐσκεδασμένους καὶ ἐτιμωρήσαντο· ἕτεροι δὲ τῶν λανθανόντων μηνύσει Λουκίου Οὐεττίου ἀνδρὸς ἱππέως, συγκοινωνήσαντος μέν σφισι τῆς συνωμοσίας, τότε δὲ ἐπʼ ἀδείᾳ αὐτοὺς ἐκφαίνοντος, ἐλεγχόμενοι ἐδικαιοῦντο, μέχρις οὗ ἐσαγγείλας τινὰς τά τε ὀνόματα αὐτῶν ἐς δελτίον ἐγγράψας ὕστερον καὶ ἄλλους συχνοὺς προσεγγράψαι ἠθέλησεν. ὑποπτεύσαντες γὰρ αὐτὸν οἱ βουλευταὶ μηδὲν ὑγιὲς πράττειν, τὸ μὲν γραμματεῖον οὐκέτʼ αὐτῷ ἔδωκαν, μὴ καὶ ἀπαλείψῃ τινάς, εἰπεῖν δὲ ἀπὸ γλώσσης ἐκέλευσαν ὅσους παραλελοιπέναι ἔφασκε. καὶ οὕτως αἰδεσθεὶς καὶ φοβηθεὶς οὐκέτι πολλοὺς ἐνέδειξε. θορύβου δʼ οὖν καὶ ὣς ἔν τε τῇ πόλει καὶ παρὰ τοῖς συμμάχοις ἀγνοίᾳ τῶν ὠνομασμένων ὄντος, καὶ τῶν μὲν περὶ σφίσιν αὐτοῖς μάτην θορυβουμένων, τῶν δὲ καὶ ἐς ἑτέρους οὐκ ὀρθῶς ὑποπτευόντων, ἔδοξε τῇ γερουσίᾳ τὰ ὀνόματα αὐτῶν ἐκτεθῆναι. κἀκ τούτου οἵ τε ἀναίτιοι κατέστησαν καὶ τοῖς ὑπευθύνοις δίκαι ἐγένοντο. καὶ αὐτῶν οἱ μὲν παρόντες, οἱ δὲ καὶ ἐρήμην ὦφλον.
Nevertheless, the allies who had shared in the undertaking with Catiline and still survived did not remain quiet, but through fear of punishment proceeded to stir up rebellion. Against each division p165 of them praetors were sent, who overcame them promptly, while they were still more or less scattered, and punished them. 2 Others who had been avoiding observation were convicted and condemned on information furnished by Lucius Vettius, a knight, who had taken part in the conspiracy but now on promise of immunity revealed the participants. This went on until, after having accused some men and written their names on a tablet, he desired the privilege of adding various others. The senators suspected that he was up to some mischief and would not give him the document again for fear he should erase some of the names, but bade him mention orally all he claimed to have omitted. Then in shame and fear he named only a few others. 4 Since even then there was excitement in the city and among the allies through ignorance of the persons named, and some were needlessly troubled about themselves, while some incorrectly suspected others, the senate decreed that the names should be published. As a result the innocent regained their composure and the accused were brought to trial; the latter were condemned, some being present and others letting their cases go by default.
§ 37.42
Κατιλίνας μὲν ταῦτʼ ἐποίησε καὶ οὕτω κατελύθη, καὶ ἐπὶ πλεῖόν γε τῆς τῶν πραχθέντων ἀξίας ὄνομα πρὸς τὴν τοῦ Κικέρωνος δόξαν καὶ πρὸς τοὺς λόγους τοὺς κατʼ αὐτοῦ λεχθέντας ἔσχε· Κικέρων δὲ ὀλίγου μὲν καὶ παραχρῆμα ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ Λεντούλου τῶν τε ἄλλων τῶν δεθέντων σφαγῇ ἐκρίθη. τὸ δὲ ἔγκλημα τοῦτο λόγῳ μὲν ἐκείνῳ ἐπεφέρετο, ἔργῳ δὲ ἐπὶ τῇ βουλῇ κατεσκευάζετο· ὡς γὰρ οὐκ ἐξόν σφισιν ἄνευ τοῦ δήμου θάνατον πολίτου τινὸς καταψηφίσασθαι, πολλὴν καταβοὴν ἐν τῷ ὁμίλῳ πρὸς τοῦ Μετέλλου τοῦ Νέπωτος ὅτι μάλιστα εἶχον. οὐ μὴν καὶ ὦφλε τότε οὐδέν· τῆς γὰρ γερουσίας ἄδειαν πᾶσι τοῖς διαχειρίσασι τὰ τότε πραχθέντα δούσης, καὶ προσέτι καὶ προειπούσης ὅτι, κἂν αὖθίς τις εὐθῦναί τινα αὐτῶν τολμήσῃ, ἔν τε ἐχθροῦ καὶ ἐν πολεμίου μοίρᾳ ἔσται, ἐφοβήθη τε ὁ Νέπως καὶ οὐδὲν ἔτʼ ἐκίνησεν.
Such was the career of Catiline and such his downfall; but he gained a greater name than his deeds deserved, owing to the reputation of Cicero and the speeches he delivered against him. Cicero, on his side, came near being tried then and there for the killing of Lentulus and the other prisoners. 2 This charge, though technically brought against him, was p167 really directed against the senate. For its members were violently denounced before the populace, especially by Metellus Nepos, on the ground that they had no right to condemn any citizen to death without the consent of the people. Nevertheless, Cicero escaped on this occasion. For the senate granted immunity to all those who had administered affairs during that period, and further proclaimed that if any one should dare to call one of them to account later, he should be regarded as a personal and public enemy; so that Nepos was afraid and made no further trouble.
§ 37.43
ἔν τε οὖν τούτῳ ἡ βουλὴ ἐπεκράτησε, καὶ ἐν ἐκείνῳ ὅτι τὸν Πομπήιον τοῦ Νέπωτος μεταπεμφθῆναι σὺν τῷ στρατεύματι (ἐν γὰρ τῇ Ἀσίᾳ ἔτʼ ἦνʼ προφάσει μὲν τοῦ τὰ παρόντα κατασταθῆναι, ἐλπίδι δὲ τοῦ διʼ αὐτοῦ, ἅτε τὰ τοῦ πλήθους φρονοῦντος, ἰσχύσειν ἐν οἷς ἐτάρασσεν, ἐσηγησαμένου, διεκώλυσαν αὐτὸ κυρωθῆναι. τὰ μὲν γὰρ πρῶτα ὅ τε Κάτων καὶ Κύιντος Μινούκιος δημαρχοῦντες ἀντέλεγον τοῖς γραφεῖσι, καὶ τόν τε γραμματέα τὸν ἀναγιγνώσκοντα τὴν γνώμην ἐπέσχον, καὶ τοῦ Νέπωτος τὸ γραμματεῖον, ὅπως αὐτὸς ἀναλέξῃ, λαβόντος ἐξήρπασαν, ἐπειδή τε καὶ ὣς ἀπὸ γλώσσης τινὰ εἰπεῖν ἐπεχείρησε, τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ ἐπέλαβον. μάχης δὲ ἐκ τούτου καὶ ἐκείνων καὶ ἄλλων τινῶν ἑκατέροις βοηθησάντων ξύλοις καὶ λίθοις, ἔτι δὲ καὶ ξίφεσι γενομένης, οἱ βουλευταὶ συνῆλθον αὐθημερὸν ἐς τὸ συνέδριον, καὶ τά τε ἱμάτια ἠλλάξαντο καὶ τοῖς ὑπάτοις τὴν φυλακὴν τῆς πόλεως, ὥστε μηδὲν ἀπʼ αὐτῆς ἀποτριβῆναι, ἐπέτρεψαν. φοβηθεὶς οὖν καὶ τότε ὁ Νέπως ἔκ τε τοῦ μέσου εὐθὺς ἐξεχώρησε, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο γραφήν τινα κατὰ τῆς βουλῆς ἐκθεὶς πρὸς τὸν Πομπήιον ἀφώρμησε, καίτοι μηδεμίαν αὐτῷ νύκτα ἀπαυλισθῆναι ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ἐξόν.
This was not the senate's only victory. Nepos had moved that Pompey, who was still in Asia, be summoned with his army, ostensibly for the purpose of bringing order out of the existing confusion, but really in the hope that he himself might through him gain power amid the disturbances he was causing, because Pompey favoured the multitude; but the senators prevented this motion from being adopted. 2 In the first place, Cato and Quintus Minucius, the tribunes, vetoed the proposition and stopped the clerk who was reading the motion. Then when Nepos took the document to read it himself, they took it away, and when even then he undertook to speak extempore, they stopped his mouth. The result was that a battle waged with clubs and stones and even swords took place between them, in which some others joined, assisting one side or the other. Therefore the senators met in the senate-house that very day, changed their raiment and gave the consuls charge of the p169 city, that it might suffer no harm. 4 Then Nepos once more became afraid and immediately retired from their midst; subsequently, after publishing some piece of writing against the senate, he set out to join Pompey, although he had no right to be absent from the city for a single night.
§ 37.44
γενομένου δὲ τούτου οὐδʼ ὁ Καῖσαρ (ἐστρατήγει δέʼ οὐδὲν ἔτʼ ἐνεωτέρισεν. ἔπραττε μὲν γὰρ ὅπως τὸ μὲν τοῦ Κατούλου ὄνομα ἀπὸ τοῦ ναοῦ τοῦ Διὸς τοῦ Καπιτωλίου ἀφαιρεθείη (κλοπῆς τε γὰρ αὐτὸν ηὔθυνε, καὶ τὸν λογισμὸν τῶν ἀνηλωμένων χρημάτων ἀπῄτεἰ, τῷ δὲ δὴ Πομπηίῳ τὰ λοιπὰ προσεξεργάσασθαι ἐπιτραπείη. ἦν γάρ τινα, ὡς ἐν τηλικούτῳ καὶ τοιούτῳ ἔργῳ, ἡμιτέλεστα· ἢ ἐκεῖνός γε ἐπλάττετο εἶναι, ὅπως ὁ Πομπήιος τήν τε δόξαν τῆς ἐκποιήσεως αὐτοῦ λάβῃ καὶ τὸ αὑτοῦ ὄνομα ἀντεπιγράψῃ. οὐ μὴν οὕτω γε χαρίζεσθαι αὐτῷ ἤθελεν ὥστε καὶ ἐφʼ ἑαυτῷ διὰ τοῦτο ψηφισθῆναί τι τοιοῦτον, οἷον ἐπὶ τῷ Νέπωτι ἐδέδοκτο, ὑπομεῖναι. οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδὲ ἐκείνου ἕνεκα ταῦτʼ ἐποίει, ἀλλʼ ἵνα αὐτὸς καὶ διὰ τούτων τὸ πλῆθος σφετερίσηται· καίπερ οὕτω πάντες τὸν Πομπήιον ἐδέδισαν (οὐδέπω γὰρ τὰ στρατεύματα ἀφήσων δῆλος ἦνʼ ὥστε, ἐπειδὴ Μᾶρκον Πίσωνα ὑποστράτηγον πρὸς αἴτησιν ὑπατείας προύπεμψε, τάς τε ἀρχαιρεσίας, ὅπως ἀπαντήσῃ ἐς αὐτάς, ἀναβαλέσθαι, καὶ παρόντα αὐτὸν ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἀποδεῖξαι. καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνος οὐχ ὅτι τοῖς φίλοις ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς συνέστησεν αὐτόν.
After this occurrence not even Caesar, who was now praetor, ventured any further innovation. He had been endeavouring to secure the removal of the name of Catulus from the temple of Jupiter Capitolinus, charging him with embezzlement and demanding an account of the expenditures he had made, and to have Pompey entrusted with the construction of the remainder of the edifice; 2 for many parts, considering the size and character of the work, were but half finished, or at any rate Caesar pretended this was the case, in order that Pompey might gain the glory for its completion and inscribe his own name instead. Caesar was not so anxious, however, to do him a favour that he would run the risk of having passed against himself any such decree as that concerning Nepos. For it was not really for Pompey's sake that he was doing this, but in order that he himself might win over the populace even by this means. And yet all stood in such fear of Pompey, seeing that it was not yet clear whether he would give up his legions, that when he sent ahead Marcus Piso, his lieutenant, to seek the consulship, they postponed the elections so that he might attend them; and on his arrival they elected him unanimously. For Pompey had recommended the man not only to his friends, but also to his enemies.
§ 37.45
κἀν τούτῳ ὁ Καῖσαρ, τοῦ Κλωδίου τοῦ Πουπλίου τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ ἔν τε τῇ οἰκίᾳ καὶ παρὰ τὴν ποίησιν τῶν ἱερῶν, ἅπερ αἱ ἀειπαρθένοι παρά τε τοῖς ὑπάτοις καὶ παρὰ τοῖς στρατηγοῖς ἄγνωστα ἐκ τῶν πατρίων ἐς πᾶν τὸ ἄρρεν ἐπετέλουν, αἰσχύναντος, ἐκείνῳ μὲν οὐδὲν ἐνεκάλεσεν (καὶ γὰρ εὖ ἠπίστατο ὅτι οὐχ ἁλώσεται διὰ τὴν ἑταιρείανʼ, τὴν δὲ δὴ γυναῖκα ἀπεπέμψατο, εἰπὼν ἄλλως μὲν μὴ πιστεύειν τῷ λεγομένῳ, μὴ μέντοι καὶ συνοικῆσαι ἔτʼ αὐτῇ δύνασθαι, διότι καὶ ὑπωπτεύθη ἀρχὴν μεμοιχεῦσθαι· τὴν γὰρ σώφρονα χρῆναι μὴ μόνον μηδὲν ἁμαρτάνειν, ἀλλὰ μηδʼ ἐς ὑποψίαν αἰσχρὰν ἀφικνεῖσθαι. τότε μὲν ταῦτά τε ἐγένετο, καὶ ἡ γέφυρα ἡ λιθίνη ἡ ἐς τὸ νησίδιον τὸ ἐν τῷ Τιβέριδι ὂν φέρουσα
It was at this time that Publius Clodius debauched Caesar's wife in Caesar's own house and during the performance of the rites which according to ancestral custom the Vestals carried out at the residences of consuls and praetors out of sight of the whole male population. Caesar brought no charge against him, understanding well that on account of his associates he would not be convicted; 2 but he divorced his wife, telling her that he did not really believe the story, but that he could no longer live with her inasmuch as she had once been suspected of committing adultery; for a chaste wife not only must not err, but must not even incur any evil suspicion. Following these events the stone bridge, called the Fabrician, leading to the little island in the Tiber, was constructed.
§ 37.46
κατεσκευάσθη, Φαβρικία κληθεῖσα· τῷ δὲ ἑξῆς ἔτει ἐπί τε Πίσωνος καὶ ἐπὶ Μάρκου Μεσσάλου ὑπάτων μισοῦντές τε ἄλλως οἱ δυνατοὶ τὸν Κλώδιον, καὶ ἅμα καὶ τὸ μίασμα αὐτοῦ ἀποδιοπομπούμενοι, ἐπειδὴ οἱ ποντίφικες ἀνατυθῆναι τὰ ἱερὰ ὡς οὐχ ὁσίως διὰ τοῦτο τελεσθέντα ἔγνωσαν, δικαστηρίῳ αὐτὸν παρέδωκαν, καὶ κατηγορήθη μὲν τῆς τε μοιχείας, καίπερ τοῦ Καίσαρος σιωπῶντος, καὶ τῆς μεταστάσεως τῆς περὶ Νίσιβιν, καὶ προσέτι καὶ ὅτι τῇ ἀδελφῇ συγγίγνοιτο, ἀφείθη δέ, καίτοι τῶν δικαστῶν φρουρὰν παρὰ τῆς βουλῆς, ὅπως μηδὲν κακὸν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ πάθωσι, καὶ αἰτησάντων καὶ λαβόντων. ἐφʼ ᾧπερ καὶ ὁ Κάτουλος ἐπισκώπτων ἔλεγεν ὅτι τὴν φυλακὴν ᾔτησαν οὐχ ἵνα ἀσφαλῶς τοῦ Κλωδίου καταψηφίσωνται, ἀλλʼ ἵνα αὐτοὶ τὰ χρήματα ἃ ἐδεδωροδοκήκεσαν διασώσωνται. καὶ ὁ μὲν διαφανέστατα τῶν πώποτε τὸ δημόσιον ἀεὶ πρὸ παντὸς προτιμήσας ἐτελεύτησεν οὐ πολλῷ ὕστερον· ἐν δὲ δὴ τῷ ἔτει ἐκείνῳ οἵ τε τιμηταὶ πάντας τοὺς ἐν ταῖς ἀρχαῖς γενομένους ἐς τὸ βουλευτικὸν καὶ ὑπὲρ τὸν ἀριθμὸν ἐσέγραψαν, καὶ ὁ δῆμος ἀπαυστὶ μέχρι τότε τὰς ὁπλομαχίας θεώμενος ἐξανέστη τε μεταξὺ τοῦ ἔργου καὶ ἄριστον εἵλετο. καὶ τοῦτʼ ἐκεῖθεν ἀρξάμενον καὶ νῦν, ὁσάκις ἂν ὁ τὸ κράτος ἔχων ἀγωνοθετῇ, γίγνεται.
The next year, in the consulship of Piso and Marcus Messalla, the optimates showed their hatred of Clodius and at the same time made expiation for his crime by bringing him to trial, since the pontifices had decided that in view of his act the rites had not been duly performed and should be repeated. 2 He was accused of adultery, in spite of Caesar's silence, and of mutiny at Nisibis, and furthermore of holding guilty relations with his sister; yet he was acquitted, although the jurymen had requested and obtained of the senate a guard to prevent their suffering any harm at his hands. With reference to this Catulus jestingly remarked p173 that they had asked for the guard, not in order to condemn Clodius with safety, but in order to save for themselves the money which they had received in bribes. Now Catulus died shortly afterwards; he was a man who always, more conspicuously than any one who ever lived, preferred the common weal to everything else. 4 That year the censors enrolled in the senatorial body all who had attained office, even beyond the legal number. At this time, too, the populace, which hitherto had watched the gladiatorial contests without any intermission, went out for lunch in the course of the entertainment. This practice, which began at that time, is continued even now, whenever the person in charge exhibits games. This was the course of affairs in the city.
§ 37.47
ἐν μὲν οὖν τῇ πόλει ταῦθʼ οὕτως ἐπράχθη, τῶν δὲ Ἀλλοβρίγων τὴν Γαλατίαν τὴν περὶ Νάρβωνα πορθούντων Γάιος Πομπτῖνος ὁ ἄρχων αὐτῆς τοὺς μὲν ὑποστρατήγους ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους ἔπεμψεν, αὐτὸς δὲ ἐν ἐπιτηδείῳ ἱδρυθεὶς ἐπετήρει τὰ γιγνόμενα, ὅπως κατὰ καιρὸν πρὸς τὸ ἀεὶ χρήσιμον καὶ γνώμην σφίσι διδόναι καὶ ἐπαμύνειν δύνηται. καὶ Μάλλιος μὲν Λεντῖνος ἐπὶ Οὐαλεντίαν πόλιν στρατεύσας οὕτως αὐτοὺς κατέπληξεν ὥστε τοὺς πλείους ἐκδρᾶναι καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς ὑπὲρ εἰρήνης πρεσβεύσασθαι. κἀν τούτῳ συμβοηθησάντων τῶν ἐν τοῖς ἀγροῖς ὄντων καὶ προσπεσόντων αἰφνιδίως τοῦ μὲν τείχους ἀπεώσθη, τὴν δὲ δὴ χώραν ἀδεῶς ἐλεηλάτει, μέχρις οὗ ὅ τε Κατούγνατος ὁ τοῦ παντὸς αὐτῶν ἔθνους στρατηγὸς καί τινες καὶ ἄλλοι τῶν παρὰ τὸν Ἴσαρα οἰκούντων ἐπεκούρησάν σφισι. τότε γὰρ οὐκ ἐτόλμησε μὲν αὐτοὺς ὑπὸ τοῦ πλήθους τῶν πλοίων περαιωθῆναι κωλῦσαι, μὴ καὶ συστραφῶσιν ἰδόντες σφᾶς ἀντιπαρατεταγμένους, ὑλώδους δὲ τοῦ χωρίου μετὰ τὸν ποταμὸν εὐθὺς ὄντος, ἐνέδρας ἐν αὐτῷ ἐποιήσατο, καὶ τοὺς ἀεὶ διαβαίνοντας ὑπολαμβάνων ἔφθειρε. φεύγουσί τέ τισιν ἐπισπόμενος περιέπεσεν αὐτῷ Κατουγνάτῳ· κἂν πασσυδὶ διώλετο, εἰ μὴ χειμὼν σφοδρὸς ἐξαίφνης ἐπιγενόμενος ἐπέσχε τοὺς βαρβάρους
The Allobroges were devastating Gallia Narbonensis, and Gaius Pomptinus, the governor, sent his lieutenants against the enemy, while he himself took up his quarters at a convenient spot for keeping watch of what occurred, so that he might be able to give them opportune advice and assistance, as their advantage might from time to time dictate. 2 Manlius Lentinus made a campaign against the city of Valentia and so terrified the inhabitants that the majority ran away and the rest sent ambassadors regarding peace. Just then the country population coming to their aid suddenly fell upon him; and he was repulsed from the wall, but ravaged the land with impunity until Catugnatus, the leader of their whole tribe, with some of those dwelling along the p175 Isara came to their aid. For the time being he did not dare to hinder them from crossing, by reason of the number of their boats, for fear they might gather in a body on seeing the Romans arrayed against them. 4 As the country was wooded, however, right down to the river bank, he planted ambuscades there, and captured and destroyed the men as fast as they crossed. While following up some fugitives he fell in with Catugnatus himself, and would have perished with all his force, had not a violent storm suddenly come up and prevented the barbarians from pursuing.
§ 37.48
τῆς διώξεως. καὶ ὁ μὲν μετὰ τοῦτο, τοῦ Κατουγνάτου πόρρω ποι ἀφορμήσαντος, τήν τε χώραν αὖθις κατέδραμε καὶ τὸ τεῖχος παρʼ ᾧ ἐδυστύχησεν ἐξεῖλε· Λούκιος δὲ δὴ Μάριος καὶ Σέρουιος Γάλβας τόν τε Ῥοδανὸν ἐπεραιώθησαν, καὶ τὰ τῶν Ἀλλοβρίγων λυμηνάμενοι τέλος πρὸς Σολώνιον πόλιν ἦλθον, καὶ χωρίον μέν τι ὑπὲρ αὐτῆς ἰσχυρὸν κατέλαβον, μάχῃ τε τοὺς ἀντιστάντας σφίσιν ἐνίκησαν, καί τινα καὶ τοῦ πολίσματος ξυλίνου πῃ ὄντος ἐνέπρησαν, οὐ μέντοι καὶ εἷλον αὐτό· ὁ γὰρ Κατούγνατος ἐπελθὼν ἐκώλυσε. μαθὼν οὖν τοῦτο ὁ Πομ πτῖνος ἐπεστράτευσέ τε ἐπʼ αὐτὸ παντὶ τῷ στρατῷ, καὶ πολιορκήσας σφᾶς ἐχειρώσατο πλὴν τοῦ Κατουγνάτου.
Later, when Catugnatus had retired to some distant point, Lentinus overran the country again and destroyed the town before which he had met with his reverse. Lucius Marius and Servius Galba crossed the Rhone and after ravaging the possessions of the Allobroges finally reached the city of Solonium 2 and occupied a strong position commanding it. They conquered their opponents in battle and also set fire to portions of the town, which was partly constructed of wood; they did not capture it, however, being prevented by the arrival of Catugnatus. Pomptinus, on learning of this, proceeded against the place with his entire army, besieged it, and got possession of the defenders, with the exception of Catugnatus. After that he more easily subjugated the remaining districts.
§ 37.49
καὶ ὁ μὲν καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ ῥᾷον ἐκ τούτου προσκατεστρέψατο, Πομπήιος δὲ ἦλθε μὲν ἐς τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἐν τῷ χρόνῳ τούτῳ, καὶ τόν τε Ἀφράνιον τὸν Λούκιον καὶ τὸν Μέτελλον τὸν Κέλερα ὑπάτους ἀποδειχθῆναι ἐποίησεν, ἐλπίσας διʼ αὐτῶν μάτην πάνθʼ ὅσα ἐβούλετο καταπράξειν. ἤθελε μὲν γὰρ ἄλλα τε καὶ ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα χώραν τέ τινα τοῖς συνεστρατευμένοις οἱ δοθῆναι καὶ τὰ πεπραγμένα αὐτῷ πάντʼ ἐπικυρωθῆναι, διήμαρτε δέ σφων τότε. οἵ τε γὰρ δυνατοί, μηδὲ ἐκ τοῦ πρὶν αὐτῷ ἀρεσκόμενοι, διεκώλυσαν αὐτὰ ψηφισθῆναι· καὶ αὐτῶν τῶν ὑπάτων Ἀφράνιος μέν (ὀρχεῖσθαι γὰρ βέλτιον ἤ τι διαπράσσειν ἠπίστατὀ πρὸς οὐδὲν αὐτῷ συνήρατο, Μέτελλος δὲ ὀργῇ, ὅτι τὴν ἀδελφὴν αὐτοῦ, καίτοι παῖδας ἐξ αὐτῆς ἔχων, ἀπεπέπεμπτο, καὶ πάνυ πρὸς πάντα ἀντέπραξεν. ὅ τε Λούκουλλος ὁ Λούκιος, ᾧ ποτε ἐν τῇ Γαλατίᾳ ὁ Πομπήιος ἐντυχὼν ὑπερφρόνως ἐκέχρητο, πολύς τε αὐτῷ ἐνέκειτο, καὶ ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν ἰδίᾳ καὶ καθʼ ἕκαστον ὧν ἔπραξεν ἐπεξελθεῖν καὶ μὴ πᾶσιν ἅμα αὐτοῖς τὴν κύρωσιν αἰτεῖν. ἄλλως τε γὰρ δίκαιον εἶναι ἔλεγε μὴ πάντα ἁπλῶς ὅσα ἐπεποιήκει, καὶ ἃ μηδείς σφων ἠπίστατο ὁποῖα ἦν, βεβαιωθῆναι ὥσπερ ὑπὸ δεσπότου τινὸς γεγενημένα· καὶ ἐπειδὴ καὶ τῶν ἑαυτοῦ ἔργων κατελελύκει τινά, ἠξίου ἐξετασμὸν ἑκατέρων ἐν τῇ βουλῇ γενέσθαι, ἵνʼ ὁπότερʼ ἂν
At this time Pompey entered Italy and had Lucius Afranius and Metellus Celer appointed consuls, vainly hoping that through them he could effect whatever he desired. 2 He wished in particular to have some p177 land given to his soldiers and to have all his acts approved; but he failed of these objects at that time. For, in the first place, the optimates, who even before this had not been pleased with him, prevented the questions from being brought to vote. And as for the consuls themselves, Afranius, who understood how to dance better than to transact any business, did not assist him at all, and Metellus, in anger that Pompey had divorced his sister in spite of having had children by her, vigorously opposed him in everything. 4 Moreover, Lucius Lucullus, whom Pompey had once treated with contempt when he met him in Galatia, was very bitter against him, demanding that he render an account individually and separately of everything that he had done instead of asking for the approval of all his acts at once. He maintained that it was only fair, in any case, that Pompey's acts, as to the character of which no one knew anything, should not all be confirmed by a single vote, as if they were the acts of a master. And since Pompey had furthermore set aside some of Lucullus' own arrangements, he demanded that an investigation of the acts of each should be made in the senate, in order that they might ratify whichever suited them.
§ 37.50
αὐτοῖς ἀρέσῃ κυρώσωσι. καὶ αὐτῷ καὶ ὁ Κάτων ὅ τε Μέτελλος οἵ τε ἄλλοι οἱ τὰ αὐτά σφισι βουλόμενοι ἰσχυρῶς συνεμάχουν. τοῦ γοῦν δημάρχου, τοῦ τὴν γῆν τοῖς τῷ Πομπηίῳ συνεξητασμένοις κατανεῖμαι ἐσηγουμένου, προσγράψαντος τῇ γνώμῃ τὸ καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς πολίταις, ὅπως τοῦτό τε αὐτὸ ῥᾷον ψηφίσωνται καὶ τὰ πραχθέντα αὐτῷ βεβαιώσωσι, κλήρους τινὰς δοθῆναι, ἐπὶ πᾶν ὁ Μέτελλος ἀνθιστάμενος ἐπεξῆλθεν, ὥστε καὶ ἐς τὸ οἴκημα ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἐμβληθῆναι καὶ τὴν γερουσίαν ἐνταῦθα ἀθροῖσαι ἐθελῆσαι. ἐπεί τε ἐκεῖνος Λ̔ούκιος δὲ δὴ Φλάουιος ὠνομάζετὀ τό τε βάθρον τὸ δημαρχικὸν ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἐσόδῳ αὐτοῦ ἔθηκε, καὶ ἐπʼ αὐτῷ καθεζόμενος ἐμποδὼν ὥστε μηδένα ἐσιέναι ἐγίγνετο, τόν τε τοῖχον τοῦ δεσμωτηρίου διακοπῆναι ἐκέλευσεν ὅπως διʼ αὐτοῦ ἡ βουλὴ ἐσέλθῃ, καὶ ὡς νυκτερεύσων κατὰ χώραν παρεσκευάζετο. μαθὼν οὖν τοῦθʼ ὁ Πομπήιος, καὶ αἰσχυνθείς τε ἅμα καὶ δείσας μὴ καὶ ὁ δῆμος ἀγανακτήσῃ, προσέταξε τῷ Φλαουίῳ ἀπαναστῆναι. ἔλεγε μὲν γὰρ ὡς τοῦ Μετέλλου τοῦτʼ ἀξιώσαντος, οὐ μὴν ἐπιστεύετο· τὸ γὰρ φρόνημα αὐτοῦ κατάδηλον πᾶσιν ἦν. ἀμέλει τῶν ἄλλων δημάρχων ἐξελέσθαι αὐτὸν βουληθέντων οὐκ ἠθέλησεν. οὔκουν οὐδʼ αὖθις ἀπειλήσαντι τῷ Φλαουίῳ μηδὲ ἐς τὸ ἔθνος ὃ ἐπεκεκλήρωτο ἐπιτρέψειν αὐτῷ, εἰ μὴ συγχωρήσειέν οἱ διανομοθετῆσαι, ἐξελθεῖν, ὑπεῖξεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάνυ ἄσμενος ἐν τῇ πόλει κατέμεινεν. ὁ οὖν Πομπήιος ἐπειδὴ μηδὲν διά τε τὸν Μέτελλον καὶ διὰ τοὺς ἄλλους διεπράξατο, ἔφη μὲν φθονεῖσθαί τε ὑπʼ αὐτῶν καὶ τῷ πλήθει τοῦτο δηλώσειν, φοβηθεὶς δὲ μὴ καὶ ἐκείνου διαμαρτὼν μείζω αἰσχύνην ὄφλῃ, κατέβαλε τὴν ἀξίωσιν. καὶ ὁ μὲν οὕτω γνοὺς ὅτι μηδὲν ὄντως ἴσχυεν, ἀλλὰ τὸ μὲν ὄνομα καὶ τὸν φθόνον ἐφʼ οἷς ἠδυνήθη ποτὲ εἶχεν, ἔργῳ δὲ οὐδὲν ἀπʼ αὐτῶν ἀπώνητο, μετεμέλετο ὅτι τά τε στρατόπεδα προαφῆκε
He was strongly supported by Cato and Metellus and the rest, who were of the same mind with them. Accordingly, when the tribune who moved that land be assigned to the followers of Pompey added to the measure a provision that grants should be made to all the citizens likewise, in order that they might more readily accept this particular feature and also ratify Pompey's acts, Metellus contested every point p179 with him and attacked him so persistently that the latter had him put in prison. Then Metellus wished to assemble the whole senate there. 2 When the other, whose name was Lucius Flavius, set the tribune's bench at the very entrance of the cell, and sitting upon it, offered an obstacle to anyone's entrance, Metellus ordered the wall of the prison to be cut through so that the senate might gain entrance through it, made preparations to pass the night on the spot. When Pompey learned of this, he was ashamed as well as afraid that the people might take offence, and so directed Flavius to withdraw. He spoke as if this were a request from Metellus, but was not believed; for the latter's pride was well known to all. 4 Indeed, Metellus would not give his consent when the other tribunes wished to set him free. Nor would he yield even when Flavius later threatened that he would not allow him to go out to the province which he had drawn unless he would permit the law to be passed; on the contrary, he was very glad to remain in the city. Pompey, therefore, when he could accomplish nothing because of Metellus and the rest, declared that they were jealous of him and that he would make this clear to the plebs. Fearing, however, that he might fail of their support also, and so incur still greater shame, he abandoned his demands. 6 Thus he learned that he did not possess any real power, but merely the name and envy resulting from his former authority, while in point of fact he received no benefit from it; and he repented of having let his legions go so soon and of having put himself in the power of his enemies.
§ 37.51
καὶ ἑαυτὸν τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ἐξέδωκε· Κλώδιος δὲ ἐπεθύμησε μὲν διὰ τοὺς δυνατοὺς ἐπὶ τῇ δίκῃ δημαρχῆσαι, καί τινας τῶν δημαρχούντων προκαθῆκεν ἐσηγήσασθαι τὸ καὶ τοῖς εὐπατρίδαις τῆς ἀρχῆς μεταδίδοσθαι, ὡς δʼ οὐκ ἔπεισε, τήν τε εὐγένειαν ἐξωμόσατο καὶ πρὸς τὰ τοῦ πλήθους δικαιώματα, ἐς αὐτόν σφων τὸν σύλλογον ἐσελθών, μετέστη. καὶ ᾔτησε μὲν εὐθὺς τὴν δημαρχίαν, οὐκ ἀπεδείχθη δὲ ἐναντιωθέντος οἱ τοῦ Μετέλλου· ἐν γένει τε γὰρ αὐτῷ ἦν, καὶ τοῖς πραττομένοις ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἠρέσκετο. πρόφασιν δὲ ἐποιήσατο ὅτι μὴ κατὰ τὰ πάτρια ἡ ἐκποίησις αὐτοῦ ἐγεγόνει· ἐν γὰρ τῇ ἐσφορᾷ τοῦ φρατριατικοῦ νόμου μόνως ἐξῆν τοῦτο γίγνεσθαι. ταῦτά τε οὖν οὕτως ἐπράχθη, καὶ ἐπειδὴ τὰ τέλη δεινῶς τήν τε πόλιν καὶ τὴν ἄλλην Ἰταλίαν ἐλύπει, ὁ μὲν νόμος ὁ καταλύσας αὐτὰ πᾶσιν ἀρεστὸς ἐγένετο, τῷ δὲ στρατηγῷ τῷ ἐσενεγκόντι αὐτὸν ἀχθόμενοι οἱ βουλευταί (ὁ γὰρ Μέτελλος ὁ Νέπως ἦνʼ ἦθέλησαν τό τε ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἀπαλεῖψαι ἀπὸ τοῦ νόμου καὶ ἕτερον ἀντεγγράψαι. καὶ οὐκ ἐπράχθη μὲν τοῦτο, καταφανὲς μέντοι πᾶσιν ἐγένετο ὅτι μηδὲ τὰς εὐεργεσίας παρὰ τῶν φαύλων ἀνδρῶν ἡδέως ἐδέχοντο. κἀν τῷ αὐτῷ τούτῳ χρόνῳ Φαῦστος ὁ τοῦ Σύλλου παῖς ἀγῶνά τε μονομαχίας ἐπὶ τῷ πατρὶ ἐποίησε, καὶ τὸν δῆμον λαμπρῶς εἱστίασε, τά τε λουτρὰ καὶ τὸ ἔλαιον προῖκα αὐτοῖς παρέσχεν.
Clodius' hatred of the optimates led him after the trial to desire to be tribune, and he induced some of those who held that office to move that the patricians also be given a share in it. As he could not bring this about, he abjured his patrician rank and assumed instead the status of the plebs, and even entered their assembly. 2 He immediately sought the tribuneship, but was not elected, owing to the opposition of Metellus, who was related to him and did not like his actions. The excuse that Metellus gave was that the transfer of Clodius had not been in accordance with tradition; for this change might be made only after the introduction of a lex curiata. Thus ended this episode. Since the taxes were proving oppressive to the city and the rest of Italy, the law that abolished them was acceptable to all. The senators, however, were angry at the praetor who proposed it (Metellus Nepos) and wished to erase his name from the law, entering another one instead. 4 And although this plan was not carried out, it was still made clear to all that they received not even benefits gladly from base men. About this same time Faustus, the son of Sulla, gave a gladiatorial contest in memory of his father and entertained the people brilliantly, furnishing them with baths and oil gratis.
§ 37.52
ἐν μὲν δὴ τῇ πόλει ταῦτʼ ἐγίγνετο, ὁ δὲ δὴ Καῖσαρ τῆς τε Λυσιτανίας μετὰ τὴν στρατηγίαν ἦρξε, καὶ δυνηθεὶς ἂν τὰ λῃστικά, ἅπερ που ἀεὶ παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἦν, ἄνευ μεγάλου τινὸς πόνου καθήρας ἡσυχίαν ἔχειν, οὐκ ἠθέλησε· δόξης τε γὰρ ἐπιθυμῶν, καὶ τὸν Πομπήιον τούς τε ἄλλους τοὺς πρὸ αὐτοῦ μέγα ποτὲ δυνηθέντας ζηλῶν, οὐδὲν ὀλίγον ἐφρόνει, ἀλλʼ ἤλπιζεν, ἄν τι τότε κατεργάσηται, ὕπατός τε εὐθὺς αἱρεθήσεσθαι καὶ ὑπερφυᾶ ἔργα ἀποδείξεσθαι, διά τε τἆλλα καὶ ὅτι ἐν τοῖς Γαδείροις, ὅτε ἐταμίευε, τῇ μητρὶ συγγίγνεσθαι ὄναρ ἔδοξε, καὶ παρὰ τῶν μάντεων ἔμαθεν ὅτι ἐν μεγάλῃ δυνάμει ἔσται. ὅθενπερ καὶ εἰκόνα Ἀλεξάνδρου ἐνταῦθα ἐν τῷ Ἡρακλέους ἀνακειμένην ἰδὼν ἀνεστέναξε, καὶ κατωδύρατο ὅτι μηδέν πω μέγα ἔργον ἐπεποιήκει. Ἀπʼ οὖν τούτων, ἐξὸν αὐτῷ εἰρηνεῖν, ὥσπερ εἶπον, πρὸς τὸ ὄρος τὸ Ἑρμίνιον ἐτράπετο καὶ ἐκέλευσε τοὺς οἰκήτορας αὐτοῦ ἐς τὰ πεδινὰ μεταστῆναι, πρόφασιν μὲν ὅπως μὴ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐρυμνῶν ὁρμώμενοι λῃστεύωσιν, ἔργῳ δὲ εὖ εἰδὼς ὅτι οὐκ ἄν ποτε αὐτὸ ποιήσειαν, κἀκ τούτου πολέμου τινὰ ἀφορμὴν λήψεται. ὃ καὶ ἐγένετο. τούτους τε οὖν ἐς ὅπλα ἐλθόντας ὑπηγάγετο· καὶ ἐπειδὴ τῶν πλησιοχώρων τινές, δείσαντες μὴ καὶ ἐπὶ σφᾶς ὁρμήσῃ, τούς τε παῖδας καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας τά τε ἄλλα τὰ τιμιώτατα ὑπὲρ τὸν Δώριον ὑπεξέθεντο, τὰς πόλεις σφῶν ἐν ᾧ τοῦτʼ ἔπραττον προκατέσχε, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα καὶ ἐκείνοις προσέμιξε. προβαλλομένων τε τὰς ἀγέλας αὐτῶν, ὅπως σκεδασθεῖσι τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις πρὸς τὴν τῶν βοσκημάτων ἁρπαγὴν ἐπίθωνται, τὰ τετράποδα
While these things were happening in the city, Caesar had obtained the government of Lusitania after his praetorship; and though he might without any great labour have cleared the land of brigandage, which probably always existed there, and then p183 have kept quiet, he was unwilling to do so. He was eager for glory, emulating Pompey and his other predecessors who at one time or another had had great power, and his aspirations were anything but small; 2 in fact, he hoped, if he should at this time accomplish something, to be chosen consul immediately and to display mighty achievements. He was especially encouraged in this hope by the fact that while at Gades, when quaestor, he had dreamed of intercourse with his mother, and had learned from the seers that he should enjoy great power. Hence, on beholding there a likeness of Alexander dedicated in the temple of Hercules, he had groaned aloud, lamenting that he had performed no great deed as yet. Accordingly, though he might have been at peace, as I have said, he proceeded to the Herminian mountains and ordered the inhabitants to move into the plain, in order, as he claimed, that they might not use their fastnesses as a base for marauding expeditions, but really because well he knew that they would never do what he asked, and that as a result he should have some ground for war. 4 This was exactly what happened. After these men, then, had taken up arms, he overcame them. When some of their neighbours, fearing that he would march against them too, carried off their children and wives and most valuable possessions out of the way across the Durius, he first occupied their cities, while they were thus engaged, and next joined battle with the men themselves. They put their herds in front of them, with the intention of attacking the Romans when the latter should scatter to seize the cattle; but Caesar, neglecting the animals, attacked the men and conquered them.
§ 37.53
παρῆκε καὶ αὐτοὺς ὑπολαβὼν ἐνίκησε. κἀν τούτῳ μαθὼν τοὺς τὸ Ἑρμίνιον οἰκοῦντας ἀφεστηκέναι τε καὶ ἐπανιόντα αὐτὸν ἐνεδρεύειν μέλλειν, τότε μὲν ἑτέραν ἀνεχώρησεν, αὖθις δὲ ἐπεστράτευσέ σφισιν, καὶ κρατήσας πρὸς τὸν ὠκεανὸν φεύγοντας αὐτοὺς κατεδίωξεν. ἐπειδή τε τὴν ἤπειρον ἐκλιπόντες ἐς νῆσόν τινα ἐπεραιώθησαν, αὐτὸς μὲν (οὐ γάρ που πλοίων εὐπόρει) κατὰ χώραν ἔμεινε, σχεδίας δὲ συμπήξας μέρος τι τοῦ στρατοῦ δι’ αὐτῶν ἔπεμψε, καὶ συχνοὺς ἀπέβαλε· χηλῇ γάρ τινι πρὸς τῇ νήσῳ οὔσῃ προσσχὼν ὁ τὴν ἡγεμονίαν σφῶν ἔχων, καὶ ὡς καὶ πεζῇ διαβαδίσοντας αὐτοὺς ἐκβιβάσας, ἔπειτα αὐτός τε ὑπὸ τῆς ἀναρροίας ἐκβιασθεὶς ἐξανήχθη καὶ ἐκείνους ἐγκατέλιπε, καὶ αὐτῶν οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι γενναίως ἀμυνόμενοι ἔπεσον, Πούπλιος δὲ δὴ Σκαίουιος μόνος τε περιλειφθεὶς καὶ τῆς ἀσπίδος στερηθεὶς πολλά τε τραυματισθεὶς ἔς τε τὸ ὕδωρ ἐσεπήδησε καὶ διενήξατο. τότε μὲν δὴ ταῦτʼ ἐγένετο· ὕστερον δὲ ὁ Καῖσαρ πλοῖα ἀπὸ Γαδείρων μεταπεμψάμενος ἐς τὴν νῆσον παντὶ τῷ στρατῷ ἐπεραιώθη, καὶ ἀκονιτὶ αὐτούς, κακῶς ὑπὸ σιτοδείας ἔχοντας, παρεστήσατο. κἀντεῦθεν ἐς Βριγάντιον πόλιν Καλλαικίας παραπλεύσας τῷ τε ῥοθίῳ σφᾶς τοῦ πρόσπλου, οὐπώποτε ναυτικὸν ἑορακότας, ἐξεφόβησε καὶ κατεστρέψατο.
Meanwhile he learned p185 that the inhabitants of the Herminian Mountains had withdrawn and were intending to ambush him as he returned. So for the time being he withdrew by another road, but later marched against them and, being victorious, pursued them in flight to the ocean. 2 When, however, they abandoned the mainland and crossed over to an island, he stayed where he was, for his supply of boats was not large; but he put together some rafts, by means of which he sent on a part of his army, and lost a number of men. For the man in command of them landed at a breakwater near the island and disembarked the troops, thinking they could cross over on foot, when he was forced off by the returning tide and put out to sea, leaving them in the lurch. All but one of them died bravely defending themselves; Publius Scaevius, the only one to survive, after losing his shield and receiving many wounds, leaped into the water and escaped by swimming. 4 Such was the result of that attempt; later, Caesar sent for boats from Gades, crossed over to the island with his whole army, and reduced the people there without a blow, as they were hard pressed for want of food. Thence sailing along to Brigantium, a city of Callaecia, he alarmed the people, who had never before seen a fleet, by the breakers which his approach to land caused, and subjugated them.
§ 37.54
πράξας δὲ ταῦτα καὶ νομίσας ἱκανὴν ἀπʼ αὐτῶν ἐπιβασίαν πρὸς τὴν ὑπατείαν εἰληφέναι σπουδῇ πρὸς τὰς ἀρχαιρεσίας, καὶ πρὶν τὸν διάδοχον ἐλθεῖν, ὥρμησε, καὶ ἠξίου καὶ πρὸ τοῦ πέμψαι τὰ ἐπινίκια, ἐπειδὴ μὴ οἷά τε προδιεορτασθῆναι ἦν, αἰτῆσαι αὐτήν. μὴ τυχὼν δέ, τοῦ Κάτωνος ὅτι μάλιστα ἐναντιωθέντος, ἐκεῖνα μὲν εἴασε· καὶ γὰρ ἤλπιζε πολὺ πλείω καὶ μείζω ὕπατος ἀποδειχθεὶς καὶ ἔργα πράξειν καὶ ἐπινίκια πέμψειν. πρὸς γὰρ τοῖς εἰρημένοις, ἐφʼ οἷς μέγα ἀεί ποτε ἐφρόνει, ἵππος τις αὐτῷ διαφυὰς ἐν ταῖς τῶν προσθίων ποδῶν ὁπλαῖς ἔχων ἐγεννήθη, καὶ ἐκεῖνον μὲν γαυρούμενος ἔφερεν, ἄλλον δὲ ἀναβάτην οὐδένα ἀνεδέχετο. ὥστε καὶ ἐκ τούτου μικρὸν οὐδὲν προσδοκῶν τὰ μὲν νικητήρια ἑκὼν ἀφῆκεν, ἐς δὲ τὴν πόλιν ἐσελθὼν καὶ ἐπαγγειλάμενος τὴν ἀρχὴν οὕτω τούς τε ἄλλους καὶ τὸν Πομπήιον τόν τε Κράσσον ἐξεθεράπευσεν, ὥστε διʼ ἔχθρας ἀλλήλοις ἔτι καὶ τότε αὐτοὺς ὄντας καὶ τὰς ἑταιρείας ἔχοντας, καὶ πρὸς πάνθʼ ὅσα ὁ ἕτερος τὸν ἕτερον ἐθέλοντα αἴσθοιτο ἀντιστασιάζοντας, προσποιήσασθαι, καὶ ὑπὸ πάντων αὐτῶν ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἀποδειχθῆναι. καίτοι τοῦτο τὴν σοφίαν ἐς τὰ μάλιστα αὐτοῦ τεκμηριοῖ, ὅτι τόν τε καιρὸν καὶ τὸ μέτρον τῆς θεραπείας αὐτῶν καὶ ἔγνω καὶ διέθετο οὕτως ὥστʼ ἀμφοτέρους ἅμα καίπερ ἀντιπράττοντάς σφισι προσθέσθαι.
On accomplishing this he thought he had gained thereby a sufficient stepping-stone to the consulship and set out hastily for the elections even before his successor arrived. He decided to seek the office even before holding his triumph, since p187 it was not possible to celebrate this beforehand. 2 But being refused a triumph, since Cato opposed him with might and main, he let that pass, hoping to perform many more and greater exploits and celebrate corresponding triumphs, if elected consul. For besides the omens previously related, which always gave him great confidence, was the fact that a horse of his had been born with clefts in the hoofs of its fore feet, and carried him proudly, whereas it could not endure any other rider. Consequently his expectations were of no slight magnitude, so that he willingly gave up the triumph and entered the city to canvass for office. Here he courted Pompey and Crassus and the rest so skilfully that though they were still at enmity with each other, and had their political clubs, and though each opposed everything that he saw the other wished, he won them over and was unanimously elected by them all. 4 And yet this argues the greatest shrewdness on his part that he should have known and arranged the occasions and the amount of his services to them so well as to attach both to himself when they were working against each other.
§ 37.55
καὶ οὐδὲ τοῦτʼ αὐτῷ ἀπέχρησεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτοὺς ἐκείνους συνήλλαξεν, οὐχ ὅτι συνενεχθῆναί σφας ἤθελεν, ἀλλʼ ὅτι δυνατωτάτους τε ἑώρα ὄντας, καὶ εὖ ἠπίστατο ὅτι οὔτε χωρὶς τῆς παρʼ ἐκείνων ἀμφοτέρων ἢ καὶ θατέρου βοηθείας μέγα τι ἰσχύσει, κἂν τὸν ἕτερον ὁποτερονοῦν αὐτῶν προσεταιρίσηται, ἀνταγωνιστήν τε διὰ τοῦτο τὸν ἕτερον ἕξει καὶ πλέον ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ σφαλήσεται ἢ ὑπὸ τοῦ συναιρομένου οἱ κατεργάσεται. τοῦτο μὲν γὰρ προθυμότερον ἐδόκουν αὐτῷ πάντες ἄνθρωποι τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ἀντιπράττειν ἢ συναγωνίζεσθαι τοῖς ἐπιτηδείοις, οὐ κατʼ ἐκεῖνο μόνον ὅτι ἥ τε ὀργὴ καὶ τὸ μῖσος σφοδροτέρας τὰς σπουδὰς πάσης φιλίας ποιεῖ, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅτι ὁ μὲν ὑπὲρ ἑαυτοῦ ὁ δὲ ὑπὲρ ἑτέρου πράττων τήν τε ἡδονὴν κατορθώσας καὶ τὴν λύπην σφαλεὶς οὐχ ὁμοίας ἔχουσιν· τοῦτο δὲ προχειρότερον ἐμποδίζειν τέ τινας καὶ κωλύειν μηδεμίαν αὔξησιν λαβεῖν ἢ ἐπὶ μέγα προάγειν ἐθέλειν, διά τε τἆλλα καὶ μάλισθʼ ὅτι ὁ μὲν οὐκ ἐῶν τινα αὐξηθῆναι τοῖς τε ἄλλοις ἅμα καὶ ἑαυτῷ χαρίζεται, ὁ δὲ ἐξαίρων τινὰ ἐπαχθῆ αὐτὸν ἀμφοτέροις σφίσι ποιεῖ.
He was not even content with this, but actually reconciled the men themselves, not because he was desirous that they should agree, but because he saw that they were most powerful. He understood well that without the aid of both, or at least of one, he could never come to any great power; and if he made a friend of either one of them alone, he would by that very fact have the other as his opponent and p189 would meet with more failures through him than successes through the support of the other. 2 For, on the one hand, it seemed to him that all men work more zealously against their enemies than they coöperate with their friends, not merely on the principle that anger and hatred impel more earnest endeavours than any friendship, but also because, when one man is working for himself, and a second for another, success does not involve the same degree of pleasure, or failure of pain, in the two cases. On the other hand, he reflected that it was easier to stand in people's way and prevent their reaching any prominence than to be willing to lead them to great power, owing to the circumstance that he who keeps another from becoming great pleases others as well as himself, whereas he who exalts another renders him burdensome to both sides.
§ 37.56
τούτων δὴ οὖν ἕνεκα καὶ ὁ Καῖσαρ τότε τε αὐτοὺς ὑπῆλθε καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο ἀλλήλοις κατήλλαξεν. οὔτε γὰρ δίχα τούτων δυνήσεσθαί τι ἀεὶ καὶ οὐκ ἂν θατέρῳ ποτὲ αὐτῶν προσκροῦσαι ἐνόμιζεν, οὔτʼ αὖ ἐφοβήθη μὴ καὶ συμφρονήσαντες κρείττους αὑτοῦ γένωνται· πάνυ γὰρ εὖ ἠπίστατο ὅτι τῶν μὲν ἄλλων εὐθὺς διὰ τῆς ἐκείνων φιλίας, αὐτῶν δʼ οὐ πολλῷ ὕστερον διʼ ἀλλήλων κρατήσοι. καὶ ἔσχεν οὕτως. καὶ γὰρ ὁ Πομπήιος ὅ τε Κράσσος ὡς ἀπʼ οἰκείας καὶ αὐτοὶ αἰτίας πρός τε ἀλλήλους, ἐπειδὴ τάχιστα ὥρμησαν, κατελύσαντο καὶ ἐκεῖνον ἐς τὴν κοινωνίαν τῶν πραγμάτων προσέλαβον. Πομπήιος μὲν γὰρ οὔτʼ αὐτὸς ὅσον ἤλπισεν ἰσχύων, καὶ τὸν Κράσσον ἐν δυνάμει ὄντα τόν τε Καίσαρα αὐξανόμενον ὁρῶν, καὶ ἔδεισε μὴ παντάπασιν ὑπʼ αὐτῶν καταλυθῇ, καὶ ἐπήλπισε, προσκοινωνήσας σφίσι τῶν παρόντων, τὴν ἀρχαίαν διʼ αὐτῶν ἐξουσίαν ἀναλήψεσθαι· Κράσσος δὲ ἠξίου τε πάντων ἀπό τε τοῦ γένους καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ πλούτου περιεῖναι, καὶ ἐπειδὴ τοῦ τε Πομπηίου παρὰ πολὺ ἠλαττοῦτο καὶ τὸν Καίσαρα ἐπὶ μέγα ἀρθήσεσθαι ἐνόμιζεν, ἐς ἀντίπαλον αὐτοὺς ἀλλήλοις καταστῆσαι ἠθέλησεν, ὅπως μηδέτερός σφων ὑπέρσχῃ, προσδοκήσας ἐκείνους τε ἀνταγωνιστὰς ἰσοκρατεῖς ἔσεσθαι, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν τούτῳ τήν τε ἑκατέρου φιλίαν ἐκκαρπώσεσθαι καὶ ὑπὲρ ἀμφοτέρους τιμηθήσεσθαι. ἀκριβῶς μὲν γὰρ οὔτε τὰ τοῦ πλήθους οὔτε τὰ τῆς βουλῆς ἐπολίτευεν, τῆς δὲ ἰδίας αὐτοῦ δυναστείας ἕνεκα πάντʼ ἔπραττε, καὶ διὰ τοῦθʼ ὑπήρχετό τε ἀμφοτέρους σφᾶς ὁμοίως καὶ τὴν πρὸς ἑκατέρους ἔχθραν ἐξέκλινεν, ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἐν τῷ μέρει κεχαρισμένα ἀμφοῖν σπουδάζων ἐφʼ ὅσον ἤμελλε τοῦ μὲν καταθυμίου παντὸς ἑκατέροις αἰτιαθήσεσθαι, τῶν δὲ δυσχερεστέρων μὴ μεταλήψεσθαι.
These considerations led Caesar at that time to court their favour and later to reconcile them with each other. For he did not believe that without them he could ever gain any power or fail to offend one of them some time, nor did he have any fear, on the other hand, of their harmonizing their plans and so becoming stronger than he. For he understood perfectly that he would master others at once through their friendship, and a little later master them through each other. And so it came about. Pompey and Crassus, the moment they really set about it, made peace with each other, for reasons of their own, and they took Caesar into partnership in their plans. For Pompey, on his side, was not p191 so strong as he had hoped to be, and seeing that Crassus was in power and that Caesar's influence was growing, feared that he should be utterly overthrown by them; and he hoped that if he made them sharers in present advantages, he should win back his old authority through them. 4 Crassus thought he ought to surpass all by reason of his family as well as his wealth; and since he was far inferior to Pompey, and thought that Caesar was going to rise to great heights, he desired to set them in opposition to each other, in order that neither of them should get the upper hand. He expected that they would be well-matched antagonists, and that in this event he would get the benefit of the friendship of both and gain honours beyond either of them. For without supporting in all respects either the cause of the populace or that of the senate he did everything to advance his own power. Accordingly he paid court to both alike and avoided enmity with either, promoting in turn whatever measures pleased either one to such an extent as was likely to give him the credit for everything that went to the liking of one or the other, without any share in more unpleasant issues.
§ 37.57
οὕτω μὲν δὴ καὶ διὰ ταῦτα οἱ τρεῖς τήν τε φιλίαν συνέθεντο, καὶ ὅρκοις αὐτὴν πιστωσάμενοι τά τε κοινὰ διʼ ἑαυτῶν ἐποιήσαντο, κἀκ τούτου καὶ ἀντεδίδοσάν σφισι καὶ ἀντελάμβανον παρʼ ἀλλήλων ὅσα ἔν τε ἐπιθυμίᾳ εἶχον καὶ πρὸς τὰ παρόντα ἥρμοττεν αὐτοῖς πράττεσθαι. συμ- φρονησάντων δὲ ἐκείνων καὶ τὰ ἑταιρικά σφων ὡμολόγησαν, καὶ ἐποίουν καὶ οὗτοι μετὰ ἀδείας ὅσα ἤθελον, ἡγεμόσι πρὸς πάντα αὐτοῖς χρώμενοι, ὥστε τὸ σωφρονοῦν ὀλίγον ἔν τε τῷ Κάτωνι, καὶ εἰ δή τις ἄλλος τὰ αὐτὰ αὐτῷ φρονεῖν δοκεῖν ἐβούλετο, καταλειφθῆναι. καθαρῶς μὲν γὰρ καὶ ἄνευ τινὸς ἰδίας πλεονεξίας οὐδεὶς τῶν τότε τὰ κοινὰ πλὴν τοῦ Κάτωνος ἔπραττεν· αἰσχυνόμενοι δέ τινες τοῖς δρωμένοις, καὶ ἕτεροι καὶ ζηλοῦν αὐτὸν ἐφιέμενοι, προσήπτοντο μέν πῃ τῶν πραγμάτων καί τι τῶν ὁμοίων οἱ διεδείκνυντο, οὐ μὴν καὶ διαρκεῖς, ἅτε ἐξ ἐπιτηδεύσεως ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἀπʼ ἀρετῆς ἐμφύτου ὁρμώμενοι, ἦσαν.
Thus the three for these reasons formed their friendship and ratified it with oaths, and then managed public affairs among themselves. Next they gave to each other and received in turn one from another, whatever they set their hearts on and whatever it suited them to do in view of the circumstances. p193 2 Their harmony caused an agreement also on the part of their followers; these, too, did with impunity whatever they wished, following the leadership of their chiefs in everything, so that very little moderation was longer in evidence, and that only in Cato and a few others who desired to seem to hold the same opinions as he did. For no man of that day took part in public life from pure motives and free from any desire of personal gain except Cato. Some, to be sure, were ashamed of the things done, and others who strove to imitate him took a hand in affairs now and then, and displayed some deeds similar to his; but they did not persevere, since their efforts sprang from cultivation of an attitude and not from innate virtue.
§ 37.58
ἐς τοῦτο μὲν δὴ τότε τὰ τῶν Ῥωμαίων πράγματα οἱ ἄνδρες ἐκεῖνοι προήγαγον, ἐπὶ πλεῖστον ὅσον τὴν συνωμοσίαν σφῶν ἀποκρυψάμενοι. ἐποίουν μὲν γὰρ ὅσα ἐδέδοκτό σφισιν, ἐσχηματίζοντο δὲ καὶ προεβάλλοντο τὰ ἐναντιώτατα, ὅπως ἔτʼ ἐπὶ μακρότατον διαλάθωσι, μέχρις ἂν ἱκανῶς παρασκευάσωνται. οὐ μέντοι καὶ τὸ δαιμόνιον τὰ πραττόμενα ὑπʼ αὐτῶν ἠγνόει, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάνυ τοῖς τι συνεῖναι τῶν τοιούτων δυναμένοις εὐθὺς τότε πάντα τὰ ἔπειτα ἀπʼ αὐτῶν ἐσόμενα ἐξέφηνε· χειμών τε γὰρ τοιοῦτος ἐξαίφνης τήν τε πόλιν ὅλην καὶ τὴν χώραν ἅπασαν κατέσχεν ὥστε πάμπολλα μὲν δένδρα πρόρριζα ἀνατραπῆναι, πολλὰς δὲ οἰκίας καταρραγῆναι, τά τε πλοῖα τὰ ἐν τῷ Τιβέριδι καὶ πρὸς τὸ ἄστυ καὶ πρὸς τὰς ἐκβολὰς αὐτοῦ ναυλοχοῦντα βαπτισθῆναι, καὶ τὴν γέφυραν τὴν ξυλίνην διαφθαρῆναι, καί τι καὶ θέατρον πρὸς πανήγυρίν τινα ἐκ θυρῶν ᾠκοδομημένον ἀνετράπη, καὶ ἄνθρωποι παρὰ πάντα ταῦτα παμπληθεῖς ἀπώλοντο. ἐκεῖνα μὲν δὴ οὖν καθάπερ εἰκὼν τῶν μελλόντων σφίσι καὶ ἐν τῇ γῇ καὶ ἐν τῷ ὕδατι συμβήσεσθαι προεδείχθη.
This was the condition into which these men brought the affairs of Rome at that time, after concealing their alliance as long as possible. For they did whatever they had decided on, while feigning and putting forward utterly opposite motives, in order that they might still remain undiscovered for a long period, until they should have made sufficient preparations. 2 Yet Heaven was not ignorant of their doings, but then and there revealed very plainly to those who could understand any such signs all that was to result later because of them. For of a sudden such a storm descended upon the whole city and all the country that quantities of trees were torn up by the roots, many houses were shattered, the boats moored in the Tiber both near the city and at its mouth were sunk, and the wooden bridge destroyed, p195 4 and a theatre built of timbers for some festival collapsed, and in the midst of all this great numbers of human beings perished. These signs were revealed in advance, as an image of what should befall the people both on land and on water.
— Book 38 —
§ 38.arg
τάδε ἔνεστιν ἐν τῷ τριακοστῷ ὀγδόῳ τῶν Δίωνος Ῥωμαϊκῶν α. ὡς ἐστασίασαν Καῖσαρ καὶ Βίβουλος. β. ως Κικέρων ἔφυγεν. γ. ὡς Κικέρωνα ἐπὶ τῇ φυγῇ Φιλίσκος παρεμυθήσατο. δ. ὡς Καῖσαρ Ἐλουητίοις καὶ Ἀριοουίστῳ ἐπολέμησεν. χρόνου πλῆθος ἔτη δύο, ἐν οἷς ἄρχοντες οἱ ἀριθμούμενοι οἵδε ἐγένοντο Γ. Ἰούλιος Γ. υἱ. Καῖσαρ Μ. Καλπούρνιος Γ. υἱ. Βίβουλος ὑπ. λ. Καλπούρνιος λ. υἱ. Πίσων Αὖλ. Γαβίνιος Αὔλ. υἱ. ὑπ.
—
§ 38.1
τῷ δὲ ἑξῆς ἔτει ὁ Καῖσαρ τὸ σύμπαν θεραπεῦσαι πλῆθος ἠθέλησεν, ὅπως σφᾶς ἔτι καὶ μᾶλλον σφετερίσηται. βουληθεὶς δὲ καὶ τὰ τῶν δυνατῶν δοκεῖν, ἵνα μὴ καὶ διʼ ἀπεχθείας αὐτῷ ὦσι, πράττειν, εἶπέ σφισι πολλάκις ὅτι οὔτε γράψοι τι ὃ μὴ καὶ ἐκείνοις συνοίσει· καὶ δὴ γνώμην τινὰ περὶ τῆς χώρας, ἣν παντὶ τῷ ὁμίλῳ κατένειμεν, οὕτω συνέγραψεν ὥστε μηδὲ μικρόν τι αὐτῆς αἰτιαθῆναι· καὶ οὐδὲ ταύτην μέντοι ἐσοίσειν, εἰ μὴ βουλομένοις σφίσιν εἴη, ἐπλάττετο. τοῦ μὲν δὴ οὖν νόμου ἕνεκα οὐδεὶς αὐτῷ οὐδὲν ἐπικαλέσαι ἐδύνατο· τό τε γὰρ πλῆθος τῶν πολιτῶν ὑπέρογκον ὄν, ἀφʼ οὗπερ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα ἐστασίαζον, πρός τε τὰ ἔργα καὶ πρὸς γεωργίας ἐτρέπετο, καὶ τὰ πλεῖστα τῆς Ἰταλίας ἠρημωμένα αὖθις συνῳκίζετο, ὥστε μὴ μόνον τοὺς ἐν ταῖς στρατείαις τεταλαιπωρημένους ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἅπαντας διαρκῆ τὴν τροφὴν ἔχειν μήτε τῆς πόλεως οἴκοθέν τι δαπανωμένης μήτε τῶν δυνατῶν ζημιουμένων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τιμὴν καὶ ἀρχὴν πολλῶν προσλαμβανόντων. τὴν δὲ χώραν τήν τε κοινὴν ἅπασαν πλὴν τῆς Καμπανίδος ἔνεμε (ταύτην γὰρ ἐν τῷ δημοσίῳ ἐξαίρετον διὰ τὴν ἀρετὴν συνεβούλευσεν εἶναἰ, καὶ τὴν λοιπὴν οὔτε παρὰ ἄκοντός τινος οὔτʼ αὖ ὅσου ἂν οἱ γεωνόμοι βουληθῶσιν, ἀλλὰ πρῶτον μὲν παρʼ ἑκόντων, ἔπειτα δὲ τοσούτου ὅσου ἐν ταῖς ἀπογραφαῖς ἐτετίμητο, ἀγορασθῆναι ἐκέλευσε. χρήματά τε γὰρ πολλὰ ἀπό τε τῆς λείας ἣν ὁ Πομπήιος εἰλήφει καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν φόρων τῶν τε τελῶν τῶν προσκαταστάντων περιεῖναί σφισιν ἔλεγε, καὶ χρῆναι αὐτά, ἅτε καὶ τοῖς τῶν πολιτῶν κινδύνοις πεπορισμένα, ἐς αὐτοὺς ἐκείνους ἀναλωθῆναι. καὶ μέντοι καὶ τοὺς γεωνόμους οὔτʼ ὀλίγους, ὥστε καὶ δυναστείᾳ τινὶ ἐοικέναι, οὔτʼ ἐξ ὑπευθύνων, ὥστε τινὰ δυσχερᾶναι, καθίστη, ἀλλὰ πρῶτον μὲν τοῦ συχνοὺς τῆς τιμῆς μετασχεῖν εἴκοσιν, ἔπειτα δὲ τοὺς ἐπιτηδειοτάτους, πλὴν ἑαυτοῦ. πάνυ γάρ τι τοῦτο προδιωμολογήσατο, ὅπως μὴ διʼ ἑαυτόν τι γράφειν νομισθείη· αὐτὸς μὲν γὰρ τῇ τε εὑρήσει καὶ τῇ ἐσηγήσει τοῦ πράγματος ἠρκεῖτο, ὥς γε ἔλεγε, τῷ δὲ δὴ Πομπηίῳ καὶ τῷ Κράσσῳ τοῖς τε ἄλλοις φανερῶς ἐχαρίζετο.
The following year Caesar wished to gain the favour of the whole multitude, that he might make them his own to an even greater degree. But since he was anxious to seem to be advancing the interests also of the optimates, in order to avoid incurring their enmity, he often told them that he would propose no measure which should not also be to their advantage. 2 And, indeed, he so framed a certain measure concerning the land, which he wished to assign to the whole populace, as not to incur the least censure for it; yet he pretended he would not introduce even this measure, unless it should be according to their wishes. So far as this law went, therefore, no one could find any fault with him. The swollen population of the city, which was chiefly responsible for the frequent rioting, would thus be turned toward labour and agriculture; and the great part of Italy, now desolate, would be colonized afresh, so that not only those who had toiled in the campaigns, but all the rest as well, would have ample subsistence. And this would be accomplished without any expense on the part of the city itself or any loss to the optimates; on the contrary, many of them would gain both rank and office. 4 He not only wished to distribute all the public land except Campania (which he advised them to keep distinct as the property of the state, because of its excellence), but he also bade them purchase the remainder from no one who was unwilling to sell nor yet for whatever price the land commissioners might wish, but, in the first place, from people who were willing to sell, and secondly, for the same price at which it had been assessed in the tax-lists. For they had a great deal of surplus money, he asserted, as a result of the booty which Pompey had captured, as well as from the new tributes and taxes just established, and they ought, inasmuch as it had been provided by the dangers that citizens had incurred, to expend it upon those same persons. 6 Furthermore, he proposed that the land commission should not consist of a few members only, so as to seem like an oligarchy, or of men who were under indictment, lest somebody might be displeased, but that there should be, in the first place, twenty of them, so that many might share the honour, and secondly, that they should be the most suitable men. But he excepted himself from consideration, a point on which he strenuously insisted at the outset, in order that he might not be thought to be proposing a measure in his own interest. As for himself, he was satisfied with originating and proposing the matter; at least he said so, but clearly he was doing a favour to Pompey and Crassus and the rest.
§ 38.2
ἕνεκα μὲν οὖν τῶν γραφέντων ἀναίτιος ἦν, ὥστε μηδὲ διᾶραι τὸ στόμα ὑπεναντίον οἱ μηδένα τολμῆσαι· καὶ γὰρ προανέγνω αὐτὰ ἐν τῇ βουλῇ, καὶ ὀνομαστὶ ἕνα ἕκαστον αὐτῶν ἀνακαλῶν ἐπηρώτησε μή τί τις αἰτιᾶται, μεταγράψειν ἢ καὶ παντελῶς ἀπαλείψειν, εἴ γέ τῳ μὴ ἀρέσειέ τι, ὑποσχόμενος. τὸ δὲ δὴ σύμπαν καὶ πάνυ πάντες οἱ δυνατοὶ οἵ γε ἔξω τῆς συνωμοσίας ὄντες ἐδυσχέραινον. καὶ αὐτό γε τοῦτο αὐτοὺς ἐς τὰ μάλιστα ἐλύπει, ὅτι τοιαῦτα συγγεγραφὼς ἦν ὥστε μήτε τινὰ αἰτίαν δύνασθαι λαβεῖν καὶ πάντας σφᾶς βαρύνειν· ὑπώπτευον γὰρ αὐτόν, ἐφʼ ᾧπέρ που καὶ ἐγίγνετο, τό τε πλῆθος ἀπʼ αὐτῶν ἀναρτήσεσθαι καὶ ὄνομα καὶ ἰσχὺν καὶ ἐπὶ πάντας ἀνθρώπους ἕξειν. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο, εἰ καὶ μηδείς οἱ ἀντέλεγεν, ἀλλʼ οὔτι γε καὶ συνεπῄνουν. τοῖς μὲν δὴ οὖν ἄλλοις ἐξήρκει τοῦτο, καὶ ἐπηγγέλλοντο μὲν ἀεὶ αὐτῷ προβουλεύσειν, ἐποίουν δὲ οὐδέν, ἀλλὰ διατριβαὶ καὶ ἀναβολαὶ τὴν
So far as his measure went, then, he could not be censured, and, indeed, no one ventured to open his mouth in opposition; for he had read it beforehand in the senate, and calling upon each one of the senators by name, had inquired whether he had any criticism to offer; and he promised to alter or even to strike out entirely any clause which might displease anybody. 2 Nevertheless, practically all the optimates who were outside the league were greatly irritated; and they were grieved especially by the very fact that Caesar had drawn up such a measure as would admit of no censure, even while it embarrassed them all. For they suspected that by this measure he would attach the multitude to him and gain fame and power over all men; and this was, in fact, his very purpose. For this reason, even though no one spoke against him, no one expressed approval either. This sufficed for the majority, and while they kept promising him that they would pass the decree, they did nothing; on the contrary, fruitless delays and postponements kept arising.
§ 38.3
ἄλλως ἐγίγνοντο· ὁ δὲ δὴ Κάτων ὁ Μᾶρκος (ἦν δὲ ἄλλως μὲν ἐπιεικὴς καὶ οὐδενὶ νεοχμῷ ἀρεσκόμενος, οὐ μὴν καὶ ῥώμην τινὰ οὔτε ἐκ φύσεως οὔτε ἐκ παιδείας ἔχωνʼ τοῖς μὲν γεγραμμένοις οὐδὲν οὐδʼ αὐτὸς ἐπεκάλει, τὸ δʼ ὅλον ἠξίου τῇ τε παρούσῃ σφᾶς καταστάσει χρῆσθαι καὶ μηδὲν ἔξω αὐτῆς ποιεῖν. καὶ ἐμέλλησε μὲν ἐπὶ τούτοις ὁ Καῖσαρ ἐς τὸ δεσμωτήριον τὸν Κάτωνα ἐξ αὐτοῦ τοῦ συνεδρίου ἐξελκύσας ἐμβαλεῖν· ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐκεῖνός τε ἑτοιμότατα ἑαυτὸν ἀπάγεσθαι ἐπέδωκε, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων οὐκ ὀλίγοι οἱ ἐφέσποντο, καί τις αὐτῶν Μᾶρκος Πετρέιος ἐπιτιμηθεὶς ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ὅτι μηδέπω διαφειμένης τῆς βουλῆς ἀπαλλάττοιτο, ἔφη ὅτι μετὰ Κάτωνος ἐν τῷ οἰκήματι μᾶλλον ἢ μετὰ σοῦ ἐνταῦθα εἶναι βούλομαι, κατῃδέσθη, καὶ τόν τε Κάτωνα ἀφῆκε καὶ τὴν γερουσίαν ἀπήλλαξε, τοσοῦτον μόνον ὑπειπὼν ὅτι ἐγὼ μὲν ὑμᾶς καὶ δικαστὰς τοῦ νόμου καὶ κυρίους ἐποιησάμην, ὅπως, εἴ τι μὴ ἀρέσειεν ὑμᾶς, μηδʼ ἐς τὸν δῆμον ἐσενεχθείη· ἐπεὶ δʼ οὐκ ἐθέλετε προβουλεῦσαι, ἐκεῖνος αὐτὸς αἱρήσεται.
Marcus Cato, however, even though he had no fault to find with the measure, nevertheless urged them on general principles to abide by the existing system and to take no steps beyond it. He was a thoroughly upright man and disapproved of any innovation; yet he had no influence either as the result of natural gift or training. 2 At this Caesar was on the point of dragging Cato out of the very senate-house and casting him into prison. But the other offered himself with the greatest readiness to be led away, and not a few of the rest followed him; and one of them, Marcus Petreius, upon being rebuked by Caesar because he was taking his departure before the senate was yet dismissed, replied: “I prefer to be with Cato in prison rather than here with you.” Abashed at this reply, Caesar let Cato go and adjourned the senate, merely remarking: “I have made you judges and masters of this law, so that if anything did not suit you, it should not be brought before the people; but since you are not willing to pass a preliminary decree, they shall decide for themselves.”
§ 38.4
κἀκ τούτου οὐδʼ ἄλλο τι τῇ γερουσίᾳ ἐν τῇ ἀρχῇ ταύτῃ ἐπεκοινώνησεν, ἀλλʼ ἐς τὸν δῆμον ἄντικρυς πάνθʼ ὅσα ἐβούλετο ἐσέφερεν. ἐθελήσας δʼ οὖν καὶ ὣς ὁμογνώμονας τῶν πρώτων τινὰς ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ λαβεῖν (καὶ γὰρ ἤλπιζε μετεγνωκέναι τε αὐτοὺς καί πῃ καὶ τὸ πλῆθος φοβηθήσεσθαι) ἤρξατο ἀπὸ τοῦ συνάρχοντος, καὶ ἐπύθετο αὐτοῦ εἰ τὰ τοῦ νόμου μέμφοιτο. ἐπεί τʼ ἐκεῖνος οὐδὲν ἀπεκρίνατο πλὴν ὅτι οὐκ ἂν ἀνάσχοιτο ἐν τῇ ἑαυτοῦ ἀρχῇ νεωτερισθῆναί τι, αὐτός τε πρὸς ἱκετείαν αὐτοῦ ἐτράπετο καὶ τὸν ὅμιλον συνδεηθῆναί οἱ ἔπεισεν, εἰπὼν ὅτι ἕξετε τὸν νόμον ἂν οὗτος ἐθελήσῃ. ὁ οὖν Βίβουλος μέγα ἀναβοήσας “οὐχ ἕξετε,” ἔφη, “τὸν νόμον τοῦτον ἐν τῷ ἔτει τούτῳ, οὐδʼ ἂν πάντες ἐθελήσητε.” καὶ ὁ μὲν ταῦτʼ εἰπὼν ἀπηλλάγη· ὁ δὲ δὴ Καῖσαρ τῶν μὲν ἄλλων τῶν ἐν ταῖς ἀρχαῖς ὄντων οὐδένα ἔτι διήρετο, δείσας μὴ καὶ ἐκείνων τις ἐναντιωθῇ οἱ, τὸν δὲ δὴ Πομπήιον τόν τε Κράσσον καίπερ ἰδιωτεύοντας παραγαγὼν ἐκέλευσε γνώμην περὶ τῶν γεγραμμένων ἀποφήνασθαι, οὐχ ὅτι οὐκ ἠπίστατο τὴν διάνοιαν αὐτῶν (σύμπαντα γὰρ κοινῇ ἔπραττονʼ ἀλλʼ ἵνα αὐτοῖς τε ἐκείνοις τιμήν, ὅτι καίτοι μηδεμίαν ἀρχὴν ἔχουσιν συμβούλοις περὶ τοῦ νόμου χρῷτο, προσθείη, καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους προσκαταπλήξῃ, ὁμογνώμονας τοὺς πρώτους τε ὁμολογουμένως ἐν τῇ πόλει τότε ὄντας καὶ μέγιστον παρὰ πάντας δυναμένους λαβών, τῷ τε πλήθει καὶ κατʼ αὐτὸ τοῦτο χαρίσαιτο, τεκμηριῶν ὅτι μήτʼ ἀτόπου μήτʼ ἀδίκου τινὸς ὀρέγοιντο, ἀλλʼ ὧν καὶ ἐκεῖνοι καὶ δοκιμασταὶ καὶ ἐπαινέται γίγνοιντο.
After that he communicated nothing further to the senate during his year of office, but brought directly before the people whatever he desired. 2 However, as he wished even under these circumstances to secure some of the foremost men as supporters in the assembly, hoping that they had now changed their minds and would have some fear of the plebs, he made a beginning with his colleague and asked him if he disapproved of the provisions of the law. When the other gave him no answer beyond saying that he would tolerate no innovations during his year of office, Caesar proceeded to entreat him and persuaded the multitude to join him in his request, saying: “You shall have the law, if only he wishes it.” Bibulus in a loud voice replied: “You shall not have this law this year, not even if you all wish it.” And having spoken thus he took his departure. Caesar did not address his inquiries to any other magistrates, fearing that some one of them also might oppose him; but he brought forward Pompey and Crassus, though they were private citizens, and bade them express their views concerning the measure. This was not because he was not acquainted with their view, for all their undertakings were in common; but he purposed both to honour these men, by calling them in as advisers about the law although they were holding no office, and also to frighten the others by securing the adherence of men who were admittedly the foremost in the city at that time and had the greatest influence with all. 6 By this very move, also, he would please the populace, by giving proof that they were not striving for any unnatural or unjust end, but for objects which those leaders were willing both to approve and to praise.
§ 38.5
ὅ τε οὖν Πομπήιος μάλα ἀσμένως “οὐκ ἐγώ,” ἔφη, “μόνος, ὦ Κυιρῖται, τὰ γεγραμμένα δοκιμάζω, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡ ἄλλη βουλὴ πᾶσα, διʼ ὧν οὐχ ὅτι τοῖς μετʼ ἐμοῦ ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς μετὰ τοῦ Μετέλλου συστρατευσαμένοις ποτὲ γῆν δοθῆναι ἐψηφίσατο. τότε μὲν οὖν (οὐ γὰρ ηὐπόρει τὸ δημόσιονʼ εἰκότως ἡ δόσις αὐτῆς ἀνεβλήθη· ἐν δὲ δὴ τῷ παρόντι (παμπλούσιον γὰρ ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ γέγονἐ προσήκει καὶ ἐκείνοις τὴν ὑπόσχεσιν καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις τὴν ἐπικαρπίαν τῶν κοινῶν πόνων ἀποδοθῆναι.” ταῦτʼ εἰπὼν ἐπεξῆλθέ τε καθʼ ἕκαστον τῶν γεγραμμένων, καὶ πάντα αὐτὰ ἐπῄνεσεν, ὥστε τὸν ὅμιλον ἰσχυρῶς ἡσθῆναι. ὁ οὖν Καῖσαρ ἰδὼν τοῦτο ἐκεῖνόν τε ἐπήρετο εἰ βοηθήσοι οἱ προθύμως ἐπὶ τοὺς τἀναντία σφίσι πράττοντας, καὶ τῷ πλήθει παρῄνεσε προσδεηθῆναι πρὸς τοῦτο αὐτοῦ. γενομένου δὲ τούτου ἐπαρθεὶς ὁ Πομπήιος, ὅτι τῆς παρʼ ἑαυτοῦ ἐπικουρίας, καίπερ μηδεμίαν ἡγεμονίαν ἔχοντος, καὶ ὁ ὕπατος καὶ ὁ ὅμιλος ἔχρῃζεν, ἄλλα τε πολλὰ ἀνατιμῶν τε καὶ ἀποσεμνύνων ἑαυτὸν διελέξατο, καὶ τέλος εἶπεν ὅτι, ἄν τις τολμήσῃ ξίφος ἀνελέσθαι, καὶ ἐγὼ τὴν ἀσπίδα ἀναλήψομαι. ταῦθʼ οὕτως ὑπὸ τοῦ Πομπηίου λεχθέντα καὶ Κράσσος ἐπῄνεσεν. ὥστʼ εἰ καί τισι τῶν ἄλλων μὴ ἤρεσκεν, οι ἄλλως τε ἄνδρες ἀγαθοὶ νομιζόμενοι καὶ πρὸς τὸν Καίσαρα ἐχθρῶς, ὥς γε καὶ ἐδόκουν σφίσιν, ἔχοντες (οὐ γάρ πω ἡ καταλλαγὴ αὐτῶν ἔκδηλος ἦνʼ συνῄνουν οἷς ἐγεγράφει, πρόθυμοι πρὸς τὴν τοῦ νόμου κύρωσιν ἐγένοντο.
Pompey, accordingly, very gladly addressed them as follows: “It is not I alone, Quirites, who approve this measure, but the whole senate as well, inasmuch as it has voted for land to be given not only to my soldiers but to those also who once fought with Metellus. 2 On the former occasion, to be sure, since the treasury had no great means, the granting of the land was naturally postponed; but at present, since it has become exceedingly rich through my efforts, it is but right that the promise made to the soldiers be fulfilled and that the rest also reap the fruit of the common toils.” After this preamble he went over in detail every feature of the measure and approved them all, so that the crowd was mightily pleased. Seeing this, Caesar asked him if he would willingly assist him against those who were working in opposition, and he also urged the populace to join in asking his aid for this purpose. 4 When they had done so, Pompey felt elated over the fact that both the consul and the multitude had desired his help, although he was holding no position of command, and so, with an added opinion of his own worth, and assuming much dignity, he spoke at some length: “If any one dares to raise a sword, I also will snatch up my shield.” These words of Pompey were approved by Crassus too. Consequently, even if some of the rest were not pleased, they nevertheless favoured the passage of the law when these men, who were not only accounted good citizens in general but were also, as they supposed, hostile to Caesar, (for their reconciliation was not yet manifest), joined in approving his measure.
§ 38.6
οὐ μέντοι καὶ ὁ Βίβουλος ἐνεδίδου, ἀλλὰ τρεῖς δημάρχους συναγωνιστὰς προσθέμενος ἐκώλυσε τὸ νομοθέτημα, καὶ τέλος, ἐπειδὴ μηκέτʼ αὐτῷ μηδεμία ἄλλη σκῆψις ἀναβολῆς ὑπελείπετο, ἱερομηνίαν ἐς πάσας ὁμοίως τὰς λοιπὰς τοῦ ἔτους ἡμέρας, ἐν αἷς οὐδʼ ἐς ἐκκλησίαν ὁ δῆμος ἐκ τῶν νόμων συνελθεῖν ἐδύνατο, προηγόρευσε. καὶ ἐπειδὴ ὅ τε Καῖσαρ βραχὺ αὐτοῦ φροντίσας ῥητήν τινα ἡμέραν προεῖπεν ἵνʼ ἐν αὐτῇ νομοθετήσῃ, καὶ τὸ πλῆθος νυκτὸς τὴν ἀγορὰν προκατέλαβεν, ἐπῆλθε μετὰ τῶν παρεσκευασμένων, καὶ πρὸς μὲν τὸ Διοσκόρειον, ἀφʼ οὗπερ ἐκεῖνος ἐδημηγόρει, διέπεσεν, τὰ μὲν αἰδοῖ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὑπεικόντων οἱ, τὰ δὲ καὶ νομιζόντων αὐτὸν μὴ καὶ ἐναντιωθήσεσθαί σφισιν, ὡς δὲ ἄνω τε ἐγένετο καὶ ἀντιλέγειν ἐπειρᾶτο, αὐτός τε κατὰ τῶν ἀναβασμῶν ἐώσθη καὶ αἱ ῥάβδοι αὐτοῦ συνετρίβησαν, πληγάς τε καὶ τραύματα ἄλλοι τε καὶ οἱ δήμαρχοι ἔλαβον. καὶ ὁ μὲν νόμος οὕτως ἐκυρώθη, Βίβουλος δὲ τότε μὲν ἀγαπητῶς ἐσώθη, τῇ δʼ ὑστεραίᾳ ἐπείρασε μὲν ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ αὐτὸν λῦσαι, ἐπέρανε δʼ οὐδέν· τῇ γὰρ τοῦ πλήθους σπουδῇ δεδουλωμένοι πάντες ἡσύχαζον. ἀνεχώρησέ τε οὖν οἴκαδε, καὶ οὐκέτι τὸ παράπαν ἐς τὸ κοινὸν μέχρι τῆς τελευταίας τοῦ ἔτους ἡμέρας παρῆλθεν, ἀλλʼ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ καταμένων ἀεὶ τῷ Καίσαρι, ὁσάκις γε ἐνεωτέριζέ τι, ἐνετέλλετο διὰ τῶν ὑπηρετῶν ὅτι ἱερομηνία τε εἴη καὶ οὐδὲν ὁσίως ἐκ τῶν νόμων ἐν αὐτῇ δύναιτο δρᾶσθαι. ἐπεχείρησε μὲν γὰρ αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τούτοις Πούπλιός τις Οὐατίνιος δήμαρχος ἐς τὸ οἴκημα καταθέσθαι, τῶν δὲ συναρχόντων οἱ ἐναντιωθέντων οὐκ ἐνέβαλεν, ἀλλʼ ἐκεῖνός τε οὕτω τῶν πολιτικῶν ἐξέστη καὶ οἱ δήμαρχοι οἱ συνεξετασθέντες αὐτῷ οὐκέτʼ οὐδὲν δημόσιον ἔπραξαν.
Bibulus, however, would not yield, but having gained the support of three tribunes, hindered the enactment of the law. Finally, when no other excuse for delay was any longer left him, he proclaimed a sacred period for all the remaining days of the year alike, during which the people could not legally even meet in their assembly. 2 Caesar paid but slight attention to him and appointed a fixed day for the passage of the law. And when the populace had already occupied the Forum by night, Bibulus came up with the following he had got together and succeeded in forcing his way through to the temple of Castor, from which Caesar was delivering his speech. The men fell back before him, partly out of respect and partly because they thought he would not actually oppose them. But when he appeared above and attempted to speak in opposition to Caesar he was thrust down the steps, his fasces were broken to pieces, and the tribunes as well as others received blows and wounds. Thus the law was passed. Bibulus was for the moment satisfied to escape with his life, but on the next day tried in the senate to annul the act; nevertheless, he accomplished nothing, since all were under the spell of the multitude's enthusiasm and would do nothing. Accordingly he retired to his home and did not appear in public again at all up to the last day of the year. Instead, he remained in his house, and whenever Caesar proposed any innovation, he sent formal notice to him through his attendants that it was a sacred period and that by the laws he could rightfully take no action during it. 6 Publius Vatinius, a tribune, undertook to place Bibulus in prison for this, but was prevented from doing so by the opposition of his colleagues. Bibulus, however, held aloof from all business of state in the manner related, and the tribunes belonging to his party likewise no longer performed any public duty.
§ 38.7
ὁ δʼ οὖν Μέτελλος ὁ Κέλερ ὅ τε Κάτων, καὶ Μᾶρκός τις διʼ αὐτὸν Φαουώνιος, ζηλωτὴς ἐς τὰ μάλιστα αὐτοῦ ὤν, τέως μὲν οὔτʼ ὤμοσαν περὶ τοῦ νόμου (τοῦτο γὰρ ἀρξάμενόν ποτε, ὥσπερ εἶπον, καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν ἀτόπων ἐγίγνετὀ καὶ ἀπισχυρίζοντο, ἄλλως τε καὶ ὁ Μέτελλος ἐς τὸν Νουμιδικὸν ἀναφέρων, μηδέποτε αὐτὸν συνεπαινέσειν· ὡς μέντοι ἡμέρα ᾗ καὶ ἔμελλον τὰ τεταγμένα ἐπιτίμια ὀφλήσειν, ὤμοσαν, ἤτοι κατὰ τὸ ἀνθρώπειον, ὑφʼ οὗ πολλοὶ ὑπισχνοῦνταί τέ τι καὶ ἀπειλοῦσι ῥᾷον ἢ καὶ τῷ ἔργῳ ἐπεξίασιν, ἢ καὶ ὅτι μάτην ζημιωθήσεσθαι ἔμελλον, μηδὲν ἐκ τῆς ἰσχυρογνωμοσύνης σφῶν τὸ κοινὸν ὠφελήσαντες. ὅ τε οὖν νόμος οὕτως ἐκυρώθη, καὶ προσέτι καὶ ἡ τῶν Καμπανῶν γῆ τοῖς τρία τε πλείω τε ἔτι τέκνα ἔχουσιν ἐδόθη. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἄποικος τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἡ Καπύη τότε πρῶτον ἐνομίσθη. τὸ μὲν οὖν πλῆθος ἐκ τούτων ὁ Καῖσαρ ἀνηρτήσατο, τοὺς δʼ ἱππέας τὸ τριτημόριόν σφισι τῶν τελῶν ἃ ἐμεμίσθωντο ἀφείς· πᾶσαί τε γὰρ αἱ τελωνίαι διʼ αὐτῶν ἐγίγνοντο, καὶ πολλάκις τῆς βουλῆς δεηθέντες ὅπως ἐκδικίας τινὸς τύχωσιν οὐχ εὕροντο, ἄλλων τε καὶ τοῦ Κάτωνος ἀντιπραξάντων. ὡς δʼ οὖν καὶ τοῦτο τὸ ἔθνος μηδʼ ἀντειπόντος τινὸς ᾠκειώσατο, πρῶτον μὲν τὰ πραχθέντα ὑπὸ τοῦ Πομπηίου πάντα, μήτε τοῦ Λουκούλλου μήτʼ ἄλλου τινὸς ἀντιστάντος, ἐβεβαίωσεν, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ ἄλλα πολλὰ διενομοθέτησε μηδενὸς ἐναντιουμένου. οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδʼ ὁ Κάτων ἀντεῖπέ τι, καίπερ ἐν τῇ στρατηγίᾳ, ἣν μετὰ ταῦτα οὐ πολλῷ ὕστερον ἔσχε, μηδαμοῦ τῆς τῶν νόμων αὐτοῦ προσηγορίας, ὡς καὶ Ἰουλίων ἐπικαλουμένων, ἐπιμνησθείς· τὰ γὰρ δικαστήρια κατʼ αὐτοὺς ἀποκληρῶν τὸ ὄνομα αὐτῶν γελοιότατα ἀπεκρύπτετο. τούτους μὲν οὖν, ὅτι πάμπολλοί τέ εἰσι καὶ οὐδʼ ὁτιοῦν τῇδε τῇ συγγραφῇ συμβάλλονται,
Now Metellus Celer and Cato, and through him one Marcus Favonius, who imitated him in everything, for a time did not take the oath of obedience to the law (a custom which began, as I have stated, on an earlier occasion, and was then continued in the case of other preposterous measures) and stoutly refused to approve it, Metellus, for instance, referring to Numidicus as an example. 2 When, however, the day came on which they were to incur the established penalties, they took the oath, perhaps because it is but human nature for many persons to utter promises and threats more easily than they actually carry them out, or else because they were going to be punished to no purpose, without helping the state at all by their obstinacy. So the law was passed, and in addition the land of Campania was given to those having three or more children. For this reason Capua was then for the first time considered a Roman colony. 4 By this means Caesar attached the plebs to his cause; and he won over the knights by releasing them from a third part of the taxes for which they had contracted. For all collecting of taxes was done by them, and though they had often asked the senate for some satisfaction, they had not obtained it, because Cato, among others, had opposed it. When, then, he had conciliated this class also without any one's protest, he first ratified all the acts of Pompey, meeting with no opposition either from Lucullus or any one else, and later he put through many other measures without encountering any resistance. 6 Even Cato did not object, although during his praetorship a little later, he would never mention the title of the other's laws, since they were called Julian laws; for although he followed their provisions in allotting the courts, he most absurdly suppressed their name. As these laws, now, are very numerous and contribute nothing to this history, I will omit them; but one other I will mention.
§ 38.8
παραλείψω· Κύιντος δὲ δὴ Φούφιος Καλῆνος ἀναμὶξ πάντων τὰς ψήφους ἔν γε ταῖς φιλονεικίαις (τά τε κρείττω πρὸς σφᾶς ὡς ἑκάστου τῶν γενῶν ἄγοντος καὶ τὰ ἀτοπώτερα ἐς ἑτέρους ἀπωθοῦντοσʼ οὔσας εὑρών, ἐνομοθέτησε στρατηγῶν χωρὶς αὐτοὺς ὡς ἑκάστους ψηφίζεσθαι, ἵνʼ εἰ μὴ καὶ κατʼ ἄνδρα, τῷ κρύφα σφᾶς τοῦτο ποιεῖν, ἀλλὰ τά γε ἔθνη αὐτῶν ἔκδηλα ὅπως φρονοίη γίγνοιτο. τὰ μὲν οὖν ἄλλα αὐτὸς ὁ Καῖσαρ καὶ ἐσηγεῖτο καὶ συνεβούλευε καὶ διέταττε πάντα καθάπαξ τἀν τῇ πόλει, ὡς καὶ μόνος αὐτῆς ἄρχων· ὅθενπερ χαριεντιζόμενοί τινες τὸ μὲν τοῦ Βιβούλου ὄνομα παντάπασιν ἀπεσιώπων, τὸν δὲ δὴ Καίσαρα δὶς καὶ ὠνόμαζον καὶ ἔγραφον, Γάιόν τε Καίσαρα καὶ Ἰούλιον Καίσαρα ὑπατεύειν λέγοντες· τὰ δὲ δὴ καθʼ ἑαυτὸν διʼ ἑτέρων διῆγε. τοῦτο γὰρ δὴ καὶ πάνυ ἰσχυρῶς ἐφυλάξατο, μηδὲν αὐτὸς ἑαυτῷ δοῦναι· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ῥᾷον πάνθʼ ὅσων ἐπεθύμει κατειργάσατο. αὐτὸς μὲν γὰρ οὐδενὸς προσδεῖσθαι ἔλεγεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ σφόδρα τοῖς παροῦσιν ἀρκεῖσθαι ἐσκήπτετο· ἕτεροι δέ, ὡς καὶ ἀναγκαίου καὶ χρησίμου τοῖς πράγμασιν αὐτοῦ ὄντος, καὶ ἐσηγήσαντο ὅσα ἠθέλησε καὶ κυρωθῆναι ἐποίησαν, οὐκ ἐν τῷ πλήθει μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ γερουσίᾳ. ὅ τε γὰρ ὅμιλος τοῦ τε Ἰλλυρικοῦ καὶ τῆς Γαλατίας τῆς ἐντὸς τῶν Ἄλπεων ἄρξαι αὐτῷ μετὰ τριῶν στρατοπέδων ἐπὶ ἔτη πέντε ἔδωκε, καὶ ἡ βουλὴ τήν τε Γαλατίαν τὴν ἐπέκεινα τῶν ὀρῶν καὶ στρατόπεδον ἕτερον προσεπέτρεψε.
Quintus Fufius Calenus, finding that the votes of all were hopelessly confused, at least in party contests, since each of the orders attributed the good measures to itself and referred the preposterous ones to the others, proposed a law while praetor that each order should cast its vote separately. His purpose was that even if their individual opinions could not be revealed, by reason of their taking this vote secretly, yet it might become clear how the orders, at least, felt. In most matters Caesar himself proposed, advised, and arranged everything in the city once for all as if he were its sole ruler; hence some facetious persons totally suppressed the name of Bibulus, and in speaking or writing would name Caesar twice, stating that the consuls were Gaius Caesar and Julius Caesar. 3 But matters that concerned himself he managed through others, for he was extremely careful to offer nothing to himself; and thus he the more easily accomplished everything that he desired. On his own part, he would declare that he needed nothing more, and claimed to be thoroughly satisfied with what he had; 4 but others, believing him a necessary and useful factor in affairs, proposed whatever he wished and had it passed, not only by the populace but by the senate itself. Thus it was that the multitude granted him the government of Illyricum and of Cisalpine Gaul with three legions for five years, while the senate entrusted him in addition with Transalpine Gaul and another legion.
§ 38.9
φοβηθεὶς δʼ οὖν καὶ ὣς μή τι ὁ Πομπήιος ἐν τῇ ἀπουσίᾳ αὐτοῦ, ἐπειδὴ ὁ Γαβίνιος ὁ Αὖλος ὑπατεύσειν ἔμελλε, νεωτερίσῃ, ἐκεῖνόν τε ἅμα καὶ τὸν ἕτερον ὕπατον Λούκιον Πίσωνα συγγενείας ἀνάγκῃ προσηταιρίσατο· τῷ μὲν γὰρ Πομπηίῳ τὴν θυγατέρα καίπερ ἄλλῳ τινὶ ἠγγυηκὼς συνῴκισε, καὶ αὐτὸς τὴν τοῦ Πίσωνος ἔγημε. καὶ ὁ μὲν οὕτω πανταχόθεν ἐκρατύνθη, Κικέρων δὲ καὶ Λούκουλλος οὐκ ἀρεσκόμενοι τούτοις ἀποκτεῖναι τόν τε Καίσαρα καὶ τὸν Πομπήιον διὰ Λουκίου τινὸς Οὐεττίου ἐπεχείρησαν μέν, οὐκ ἠδυνήθησαν δέ, ἀλλʼ ὀλίγου καὶ αὐτοὶ προσαπώλοντο. προμηνυθεὶς γὰρ ἐκεῖνος καὶ συλληφθεὶς πρίν τι δρᾶσαι, κατεῖπεν αὐτῶν· καὶ εἴγε μὴ καὶ τὸν Βίβουλον ὡς καὶ συνεπιβουλεύοντά σφισιν ἐσηγγέλκει, πάντως ἄν τι δεινὸν ἐπεπόνθεσαν· νῦν δέ, ὅτι τοῦτον τῷ Πομπηίῳ τὸ πραττόμενον δηλώσαντα ἀμυνόμενος ᾐτιᾶτο, ὑπωπτεύθη μηδὲ ἐπὶ τῶν λοιπῶν ἀληθεύειν, ἀλλʼ ἐκ κατασκευασμοῦ τινος πρὸς συκοφαντίαν τῶν ἀντιστασιωτῶν σφων παρεσκευάσθαι. καὶ περὶ μὲν τούτων ἄλλοι ἄλλα διεθρύλουν· οὐ γάρ που καὶ διηλέγχθη τι, ἀλλὰ ἐς τὸ πλῆθος ὁ Οὐέττιος ἐσαχθείς, καὶ μόνους οὓς εἶπον ὀνομάσας, ἔς τε τὸ οἴκημα ἐσέπεσε, κἀνταῦθα οὐ πολλῷ ὕστερον ἐδολοφονήθη·
But fearing even then that Pompey might make some change during his absence, inasmuch as Aulus Gabinus was to be consul, he attached to himself both Pompey and the other consul, Lucius Piso, by ties of kinship: upon the former he bestowed his daughter, in spite of having betrothed her to another man, while he himself married Piso's daughter. 2 Thus he strengthened himself on all sides. Cicero and Lucullus, however, little pleased at this, undertook to kill both Caesar and Pompey through the help of a certain Lucius Vettius; but they failed of their attempt and all but lost their own lives as well. For Vettius, upon being exposed and arrested before he had accomplished anything, denounced them; and had he not charged Bibulus also with being in the plot against the two, it would certainly have gone hard with them. But as it was, owing to the fact that in his defence he accused this man who had revealed the plan to Pompey, it was suspected that he was not speaking the truth in the case of the others either, but had been prompted in the matter as a result of a plot of the other side to calumniate their opponents. 4 Concerning these matters various reports were current, since nothing was definitely proven. Vettius was brought before the populace, and after naming only those whom I have mentioned, was thrown into prison, where he was treacherously murdered a little later.
§ 38.10
ὕποπτός τε οὖν ἐκ τούτων ὁ Κικέρων τῷ τε Καίσαρι καὶ τῷ Πομπηίῳ γενόμενος ἐβεβαιώσατο τὴν ὑπόνοιαν ἐν τῇ ὑπὲρ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου ἀπολογίᾳ. Οὗτος γὰρ πολλὰ μὲν καὶ δεινὰ καὶ τὸ ὑπήκοον τὸ ἐν τῇ Μακεδονίᾳ, ἄρξας αὐτῆς, καὶ τὸ ἔνσπονδον εἰργάσατο, πολλὰ δὲ καὶ ἀντέπαθε. τά τε γὰρ τῶν Δαρδάνων καὶ τὰ τῶν πλησιοχώρων σφίσι πορθήσας οὐκ ἐτόλμησεν ἐπιόντας αὐτοὺς ὑπομεῖναι, ἀλλʼ ὡς καὶ ἐπʼ ἄλλο τι μετὰ τῶν ἱππέων ὑποχωρήσας ἔφυγεν, καὶ οὕτω τοὺς πεζοὺς ἐκεῖνοι περισχόντες ἔκ τε τῆς χώρας βιαίως ἐξήλασαν καὶ τὴν λείαν προσαφείλοντο. τὸ δʼ αὐτὸ τοῦτο καὶ περὶ τοὺς συμμάχους τοὺς ἐν τῇ Μυσίᾳ ποιήσας ἡττήθη πρὸς τῇ τῶν Ἰστριανῶν πόλει πρὸς τῶν Σκυθῶν τῶν Βασταρνῶν, ἐπιβοηθησάντων αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἀπέδρα. οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἐπὶ τούτοις αἰτίαν ἔσχεν, ἀλλʼ ἐγράφη μὲν ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ Κατιλίνου συνωμοσίᾳ, ἑάλω δὲ διʼ ἐκεῖνα, καὶ συνέβη αὐτῷ, ὧν μὲν ἐκρίνετο, μὴ ἐλεγχθῆναι, ὧν δʼ οὐκ ᾐτιάζετο, κολασθῆναι. καὶ ὁ μὲν οὕτως ἀπήλλαξεν, ὁ δὲ δὴ Κικέρων ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ τότε, ἅτε καὶ συνάρξαντός οἱ, ὑπερδικῶν, πλείστην κατὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος ὡς καὶ αἰτίου τῆς δίκης αὐτῷ γεγενημένου καταδρομὴν ἐποιήσατο, καί τινα αὐτὸν καὶ προσελοιδόρησεν.
In consequence of this affair, Cicero became suspected by Caesar and Pompey, and he confirmed their suspicion in his defence of Antonius. The latter, while governor of Macedonia, had inflicted many injuries upon the subject territory as well as upon that which was in alliance with Rome, and had suffered many disasters in return. 2 For after ravaging the possessions of the Dardanians and their neighbours, he did not dare to await their attack, but pretending to retire with his cavalry for some other purpose, took to flight; in this way the enemy surrounded his infantry and forcibly drove them out of the country, even taking away their plunder from them. When he tried the same tactics on the allies in Moesia, he was defeated near the city of the Istrians by the Bastarnian Scythians who came to their aid; and thereupon he ran away. It was not for this conduct, however, that he was accused, but he was indicted for complicity in Catiline's conspiracy; yet he was convicted on the former charge, so that it was his fate to be found not guilty of the crime for which he was being tried, but to be punished for something of which he was not accused. 4 That was the way he came off. But Cicero, who defended him at this time because Antonius had been his colleague, made a most bitter attack upon Caesar, whom he held responsible for the suit against him, and even went so far as to heap abuse upon him.
§ 38.11
ὁ δʼ ἤχθετο μὲν ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς ὥσπερ εἰκὸς ἦν, οὐ μὴν οὔτʼ εἶπεν οὔτʼ ἔπραξεν ὑβριστικὸν ἐς αὐτὸν οὐδέν, καίπερ ὑπατεύων. τοὺς γὰρ πολλοὺς ἔλεγε συχνὰ καὶ μάταια ἐξεπίτηδες ἐς τοὺς κρείττονάς σφων ἐς φιλονεικίαν αὐτοὺς ὑπάγοντας . ἵνʼ ἴσοι σφίσι καὶ ὅμοιοι, ἄν γέ τι ὁμοιότροπον ἀντακούσωσι, δόξωσιν εἶναι· καὶ οὐκ ἠξίου ἀντίπαλον ἐκ τούτου οὐδένα ἑαυτῷ ποιεῖν. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τοῖς τε ἄλλοις τοῖς τι προπηλακίζουσιν αὐτὸν οὕτω προσεφέρετο, καὶ τότε τὸν Κικέρωνα ὁρῶν οὐχ ἑαυτῷ τι τοσοῦτον λοιδορήσασθαι ἐθέλοντα ὅσον ἀντακοῦσαί τι τῶν ὁμοίων, ὥστε καὶ παρισωθῆναί οἱ, ἐπιθυμοῦντα, βραχύ τε αὐτοῦ ἐφρόντισε καὶ οὐδὲν ὧν ἔλεγε προσεποιήσατο, ἀλλʼ εἴα αὐτὸν ἀφθόνως, καθάπερ τισὶν ἐπαίνοις ἑαυτοῦ, ταῖς λοιδορίαις χρῆσθαι. οὐ μέντοι καὶ παντάπασιν ὀλιγώρως αὐτοῦ ἔσχεν. ἐπιεικεστέραν μὲν γὰρ ὄντως φύσιν εἰλήχει, καὶ οὐ πάνυ ῥᾳδίως ἐθυμοῦτο· συχνοὺς δʼ οὖν, ἅτε καὶ ἐν τοσούτοις πράγμασιν, ἐδικαίου, οὐ μὴν ὥστε καὶ διʼ ὀργῆς ἢ καὶ παραχρῆμα πάντως αὐτὸ ποιεῖν. θυμῷ μὲν δὴ οὐδὲν ἐχαρίζετο, τοῦ δὲ δὴ καιροῦ διεσκόπει, καὶ τούς γε πλείους οὐδὲ αἰσθανομένους μετῄει. οὐ γὰρ ὅπως δόξειεν ἀμύνεσθαί τινας ἔπρασσεν, ἀλλʼ ὅπως ὅτι ἀνεπιφθονώτατα πρὸς τὸ συμφέρον ἑαυτῷ πάντα διοικήσειε. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἀδήλως, καὶ ἐν οἷς ἥκιστα ἄν τις προσεδόκησε, τὰς τιμωρίας ἐπῆγε, τῆς τε φήμης ἕνεκα, τοῦ μὴ δοκεῖν ὀργίλως ἔχειν, καὶ τοῦ μή τινα προαισθανόμενον προφυλάξασθαι ἢ καὶ προποιῆσαί τι δεινὸν αὐτόν, πρὶν παθεῖν, ἐπιχειρῆσαι. οὐ γὰρ τῶν ἤδη γεγονότων μᾶλλόν τι αὐτῷ ἔμελεν ἢ ἵνα τὰ μέλλοντα κωλυθείη. κἀκ τούτου πολλοῖς μὲν καὶ τῶν μεγάλα αὐτὸν λυπησάντων συνεγίγνωσκεν ἢ καὶ ἐπὶ βραχὺ ἐπεξῄει, ὅτι οὐδὲν ἔτι κακουργήσειν αὐτοὺς ἐπίστευε· πολλοὺς δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ πλεῖον τοῦ καθήκοντος ἐς ἀσφάλειαν ἐτιμωρεῖτο, λέγων ὅτι τὸ μὲν οὐκ ἄν ποτε ἀγένητον τῆς κολάσεως ὑπερβολῇ πάντως τι δεινὸν πείσεται.
Caesar was naturally indignant at this, but, although consul, refused to be the author of any insolent speech or act against him. He said that the multitude often purposely cast many idle slurs upon their superiors, in the effort to draw them into strife, so that they might seem to be their equals and of like importance with them, in case they should get anything similar said of themselves; and he did not see fit to make anybody his rival in this manner. 2 This, then, was his attitude toward others who insulted him in any way, and so now, when he saw that Cicero was not so anxious to abuse him as to receive similar abuse in return, he paid little heed to his traducer, ignoring all he said; indeed, he allowed him to indulge in abuse without stint, as if it were so much praise showered upon him. Still, he did not disregard him entirely. For, although Caesar possessed in reality a rather mild nature, and was not at all easily moved to anger, he nevertheless punished many, since his interests were so numerous, 4 yet in such wise that it was not done in anger nor always immediately. He did not indulge in wrath at all, but watched for his opportunity, and his vengeance pursued the majority of his foes without their knowing it. For he did not act in such a way as to seem to be defending himself against anybody, but so as to arrange everything to his own advantage while arousing the least hatred. Therefore he visited his retribution secretly and in places where one would least have expected it, both for the sake of his reputation, in order to avoid seeming to be of a wrathful disposition, and also to the end that no one should learn of it beforehand and so be on his guard, or try to inflict some serious injury upon him before being injured. For he was not so much concerned about what had already occurred as he was to prevent future attacks. 6 As a result he would pardon many of those, even, who had vexed him greatly, or pursue them only to a limited extent, because he believed they would do no further injury; whereas upon many others he took vengeance, even beyond what was fitting, with an eye to his own safety. What was once done, he said, he could never make undone by any penalty, but because of the severity of the punishment he would for the future at least suffer no harm.
§ 38.12
ἐξ οὖν τούτων τῶν λογισμῶν καὶ τότε αὐτὸς μὲν τὴν ἡσυχίαν ἦγε, τὸν δὲ δὴ Κλώδιον ἀντιχαρίσασθαί τι αὐτῷ, ὅτι τῆς μοιχείας αὐτοῦ οὐ κατηγόρησε, βουλόμενον αἰσθόμενος παρεσκεύασε κρύφα κατὰ τοῦ Κικέρωνος. καὶ πρῶτον μὲν ἐς τὰ τοῦ πλήθους δικαιώματα αὖθις αὐτόν, ὅπως νομίμως ἐκποιηθῇ, συμπράττοντος αὐτῷ καὶ τοῦ Πομπηίου μετέστησεν, ἔπειτα δὲ δήμαρχον εὐθὺς ἀποδειχθῆναι διεπράξατο. οὗτος οὖν ὁ Κλώδιος ἐπεστόμισε μὲν καὶ τὸν Βίβουλον ἐσελθόντα τε ἐς τὴν ἀγορὰν ἐπʼ ἐξόδῳ τῆς ἀρχῆς, καὶ διανοούμενον μετὰ τῆς τοῦ ὅρκου πιστώσεως καὶ περὶ τῶν παρόντων δημηγορῆσαι, ἐπέθετο δὲ καὶ τῷ Κικέρωνι. καὶ ἐπειδὴ μὴ ἐδόκει οἱ ῥᾴδιον εἶναι ἄνδρα πάμπολυ ἐν τῇ πολιτείᾳ διὰ τὴν τῶν λόγων δεινότητα δυνάμενον καταλῦσαι, τρέπεται πρὸς οἰκείωσιν οὐχ ὅτι τοῦ πλήθους, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἱππέων τῆς τε βουλῆς, παρʼ οἷσπέρ που καὶ ὁ Κικέρων πλεῖστος ἐφέρετο, ἐλπίσας, ἂν τούτους σφετερίσηται, ῥᾳδίως αὐτόν, ἅτε καὶ διὰ φόβον μᾶλλον ἢ διʼ εὔνοιαν ἰσχύοντα, καθαιρήσειν. παμπληθεῖς γὰρ ἐκ τῶν λόγων ἐλύπει, καὶ οὐκ ἐς τοσοῦτον οἵ τι ὠφελούμενοι ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ᾠκειοῦντο ἐς ὅσον οἱ βλαπτόμενοι ἠλλοτριοῦντο. πρὸς γάρ τοι τῷ τοὺς πλείους τῶν ἀνθρώπων προχειρότερον ἐπὶ τοῖς δυσχερεστέροις ἀγανακτεῖν ἢ τῶν ἀμεινόνων χάριν τισὶν ἔχειν, καὶ τοῖς μὲν συναγορεύσασί σφισιν ἀποδεδωκέναι τὸν μισθὸν νομίζειν, τοὺς δʼ ἀντιδικήσαντας ἀμύνεσθαι τρόπον τινὰ προαιρεῖσθαι, πικροτάτους ἐχθροὺς ἑαυτῷ ἐποίει περιεῖναί τε καὶ τῶν κρατίστων ἀεί ποτε ἐπιχειρῶν καὶ τῇ παρρησίᾳ πρὸς πάντας ὁμοίως ἀκράτῳ καὶ κατακορεῖ χρώμενος, ἅτε καὶ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ δύνασθαι συνεῖναί τε καὶ εἰπεῖν ἃ μηδεὶς ἄλλος, καὶ πρὸ τοῦ χρηστὸς εἶναι δοκεῖν, θηρώμενος. ἔκ τε οὖν τούτου, καὶ διότι μέγιστόν τε ἀνθρώπων ηὔχει καὶ οὐδένα ἐξ ἴσου ἑαυτῷ ἦγεν, ἀλλὰ ἔν τε τοῖς λόγοις ὁμοίως καὶ ἐν τῷ βίῳ πάντας τε ὑπερεφρόνει καὶ ἰσοδίαιτος οὐδενὶ ἠξίου εἶναι, φορτικός τε καὶ ἐπαχθὴς ἦν, καὶ ἀπὸ τούτων καὶ ὑπʼ αὐτῶν ἐκείνων οἷς ἤρεσκε, καὶ ἐφθονεῖτο καὶ ἐμισεῖτο.
In view of these considerations he was inclined to do nothing on this occasion also; but when he ascertained that Clodius was willing to do him a favour in return for the fact that he had not accused him of adultery, he set this man secretly against Cicero. 2 In the first place, in order that he might be lawfully excluded from the patricians, he transferred him with Pompey's coöperation to the plebeian status once more, and then immediately had him appointed tribune. This Clodius, then, silenced Bibulus, when at the expiration of his office he entered the Forum and intended on connexion with taking the oath to deliver a speech about the existing state of affairs; and he attacked Cicero also. 4 But since he decided that it was not easy to overthrow a man who had very great influence in the state by reason of his skill in speaking, he proceeded to conciliate not only the populace, but also the knights and the senate, by whom Cicero was held in the highest regard. His hope was that if he could make these men his own, he might easily cause the downfall of the orator, whose strength lay rather in the fear than in the good-will which he inspired. For Cicero annoyed great numbers by his speeches, and those whom he aided were not so thoroughly won to his side as those whom he injured were alienated; for most men are more ready to feel irritation at what displeases them than to feel grateful to any one for kindnesses, and they think that they have paid their advocates in full with their fee, while their chief concern is to get even with their opponents in some way or other. 6 Cicero, moreover, made for himself very bitter enemies by always striving to get the better of even the most powerful men and by always employing an unbridled and excessive frankness of speech toward all alike; for he was in pursuit of a reputation for sagacity and eloquence such as no one else possessed, even in preference to being thought a good citizen. As a result of this and because he was the greatest boaster alive and regarded no one as equal to himself, but in his words and life alike looked down upon everybody and would not live as any one else did, he was wearisome and burdensome, and was consequently both disliked and hated even by those very persons whom he otherwise pleased.
§ 38.13
ὁ οὖν Κλώδιος ἐλπίσας αὐτὸν διὰ ταῦτα, ἂν τήν τε βουλὴν καὶ τοὺς ἱππέας τόν τε ὅμιλον προπαρασκευάσηται, ταχὺ κατεργάσεσθαι, τόν τε σῖτον προῖκα εὐθὺς διένειμε (τὸ γὰρ μετρεῖσθαι τοῖς ἀπόροις, τοῦ τε Γαβινίου ἤδη καὶ τοῦ Πίσωνος ὑπατευόντων, ἐσηγήσατὀ καὶ τὰ ἑταιρικά, κολλήγια ἐπιχωρίως καλούμενα, ὄντα μὲν ἐκ τοῦ ἀρχαίου, καταλυθέντα δὲ χρόνον τινά, ἀνενεώσατο· τοῖς τε τιμηταῖς ἀπηγόρευσε μήτʼ ἀπαλείφειν ἔκ τινος τέλους μήτʼ ἀτιμάζειν μηδένα, χωρὶς ἢ εἴ τις παρʼ ἀμφοτέροις σφίσι κριθεὶς ἁλοίη. τούτοις οὖν αὐτοὺς δελεάσας καὶ ἕτερόν τινα νόμον ἔγραψε, περὶ οὗ διὰ πλειόνων ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστιν εἰπεῖν, ὅπως σαφέστερος τοῖς πολλοῖς γένηται. τῆς γὰρ μαντείας τῆς δημοσίας ἔκ τε τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ ἐξ ἄλλων τινῶν, ὥσπερ εἶπον, ποιουμένης, τὸ μέγιστον κῦρος ἡ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ εἶχεν, οὕτως ὥστε τὰ μὲν ἄλλα οἰωνίσματα πολλὰ καὶ καθʼ ἑκάστην πρᾶξιν, ἐκεῖνο δὲ ἐσάπαξ ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ γίγνεσθαι. τοῦτό τε οὖν ἰδιώτατον ἐν αὐτῷ ἦν, καὶ ὅτι ἐπὶ μὲν τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων ἢ ἐπέτρεπε πραχθῆναί τινα, καὶ ἐγίγνετο μηδενὸς ἔτι καθʼ ἕκαστον οἰωνίσματος ἐπαγομένου, ἢ ἐκώλυε, καὶ ἀνεχειρίζετό τι, τὰς δὲ δὴ τοῦ δήμου διαψηφίσεις πάντως ἐπῖσχεν, καὶ ἦν πρὸς αὐτὰς ἀεὶ διοσημία, εἴτε ἐναίσιον εἴτε ἐξαίσιον ἐγένετο. καὶ τὸ μὲν αἴτιον τῆς νομίσεως ταύτης οὐκ ἔχω φράσαι, γράφω δὲ τὰ λεγόμενα. ἐπεὶ οὖν πολλοὶ ἐμποδίζειν ἢ νόμων ἐσφορὰς ἢ ἀρχόντων καταστάσεις ἐς τὸν δῆμον ἐσαγομένας βουλόμενοι προεπήγγελλον ὡς καὶ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην μαντευσόμενοι, ὥστε μηδεμίαν ἐν αὐτῇ κύρωσιν τὸν δῆμον σχεῖν, φοβηθεὶς ὁ Κλώδιος μὴ γραψαμένου αὐτοῦ τὸν Κικέρωνα ἀναβολήν τέ τινες ἐκ τοῦ τοιούτου καὶ τριβὴν τῇ δίκῃ ἐμποιήσωσιν, ἐσήνεγκε μηδένα τῶν ἀρχόντων ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐν αἷς ψηφίσασθαί τι τὸν δῆμον ἀναγκαῖον εἴη, τὰ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ γιγνόμενα παρατηρεῖν.
Clodius, therefore, hoped on this account that if he should first win over the senate and the knights and the populace he could quickly crush him. So he straightway went to distributing free corn; for when Gabinius and Piso had now become consuls, he had introduced his motion that it should be doled out to the needy; 2 and he revived the associations called collegia in the native language, which had existed of old but had been abolished for some time. He also forbade the censors to remove anybody from any order or to censure any one, except as he should be tried and convicted before them both. After offering them this lure he proposed another law, concerning which it is necessary to speak at some length, so that it may become clearer to the general public. Public divination was obtained from the sky and from certain other sources, as I have said, but that of the sky had the greatest authority — so much so, in fact, that while the other auguries were many in number and were taken for each action, this one was taken but once and for the whole day. 4 This was the most peculiar feature about it; but there was the further difference that whereas in reference to all other matters sky-divination either allowed things to be done, in which case they were carried out without consulting any individual augury further, or else would prevent and hinder something, yet it stopped the voting of the people altogether, serving always as a portent to check them, whether it was of a favourable or unfavourable nature. The cause of this custom I am unable to state, but I set down the common report. Accordingly, many persons who wished to obstruct the appointment of magistrates that came before the popular assembly were in the habit of announcing that they would look for omens from the sky that day, so that during it the people would have no power to pass any measure. 6 Clodius, now, was afraid that if he indicted Cicero some might adopt this means to secure the postponement or delay of the trial; and so he introduced a measure that none of the magistrates should observe the signs from heaven on the days when it was necessary for the people to vote on anything.
§ 38.14
τοιαῦτα μὲν τότε ἐπὶ τὸν Κικέρωνα συνέγραψε. καὶ ἐπειδὴ ἐκεῖνος, συνεὶς τὸ γιγνόμενον, Λούκιον Νίννιον Κουαδρᾶτον δημαρχοῦντα ἐναντιωθῆναι πᾶσί σφισιν ἀντιπαρεσκεύασεν, ἔδεισε μὴ καὶ θόρυβος ἐκ τούτου καὶ διατριβή τις γένηται, καὶ ὑπῆλθεν αὐτὸν ἀπατήσας. προδιομολογησάμενος γὰρ αὐτῷ μηδʼ ὁτιοῦν, ἂν μηδὲν τῶν νομοθετουμένων ἐμποδίσῃ, κατʼ αὐτοῦ γράψειν, ἔπειτα τὴν ἡσυχίαν καὶ ἐκείνου καὶ τοῦ Νιννίου ἄγοντος διενομοθέτησεν αὐτά, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο καὶ τῷ Κικέρωνι ἐπεχείρησεν. καὶ ὁ μὲν οὕτω, καίτοι φρονιμώτατος ἀξιῶν εἶναι, τότε ὑπὸ τοῦ Κλωδίου, εἴ γε ἐκεῖνον ἀλλὰ μὴ τὸν Καίσαρα τούς τε ἄλλους τοὺς μετʼ αὐτῶν συνεστηκότας δεῖ λέγειν, ἠπατήθη· ὁ δὲ δὴ νόμος ὃν μετὰ ταῦτα ὁ Κλώδιος ἐσήνεγκεν, ἄλλως μὲν οὐκ ἐδόκει ἐπʼ αὐτῷ τίθεσθαι (οὐδὲ γὰρ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ εἶχεν ἀλλὰ κατὰ πάντων ἁπλῶς τῶν πολίτην τινὰ ἄνευ τῆς τοῦ δήμου καταγνώσεως ἀποκτενούντων ἢ καὶ ἀπεκτονότων ἐσήγετὀ, ἔργῳ δὲ ἐπʼ αὐτὸν ὅτι μάλιστα συνεγράφετο. ἔφερε μὲν γὰρ καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν βουλήν, ὅτι τοῖς τε ὑπάτοις τὴν φυλακὴν τῆς πόλεως, διʼ ἧσπερ καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτά σφισι ποιεῖν ἐξὸν ἐγίγνετο, προσετετάχει, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο καὶ τοῦ Λεντούλου καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν τότε θανατωθέντων κατεψήφιστο· οὐ μέντοι ἀλλʼ ὁ Κικέρων, ἐπειδὴ καὶ ἐσηγγέλκει περὶ αὐτῶν καὶ ἐσήγητο ἀεὶ καὶ ἐπεψηφίκει καὶ τέλος καὶ τὴν τιμωρίαν σφῶν διά γε τῶν τὰ τοιαῦτα ὑπηρετούντων ἐπεποίητο, καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν μόνος ἢ καὶ μάλιστα ἔσχε. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τά τε ἄλλα ἰσχυρῶς αὐτῷ ἀντέπρασσε, καὶ τὴν βουλευτικὴν ἐσθῆτα ἀπορρίψας ἐν τῇ ἱππάδι περιενόστει, πάντας τε τούς τι δυναμένους, οὐχ ὅπως τῶν ἐπιτηδείων ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἀντιστασιωτῶν, καὶ μάλιστα τόν τε Πομπήιον καὶ τὸν Καίσαρα ἅτε μηδὲ τὴν ἔχθραν αὐτοῦ προσποιούμενον, καὶ ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς ὁμοίως περιιὼν ἐθεράπευε.
Such were the measures which he then drew up with reference to Cicero. The latter understood what was afoot and induced Lucius Ninnius Quadratus, a tribune, to oppose every move; so Clodius, fearing that some disturbance and delay might arise as a result, outwitted him by deceit. 2 He first made an agreement with Cicero to bring no indictment against him, if the other would not interfere with any of the measures he proposed; thereupon, while Cicero and Ninnius remained quiet, he secured the passage of the laws, and then made his attack upon the orator. And thus the latter, who thought himself extremely shrewd, was deceived on that occasion by Clodius — if, indeed, it is proper to speak here of Clodius and not rather of Caesar and the others who were in league with the two. 4 Now the law that Clodius next proposed was not on its face enacted against Cicero, since it did not contain his name, but was directed against all, without exception, who should put to death or even had put to death any citizens without the condemnation of the people; yet in reality it was drawn up with especial reference to the orator. It brought within its scope, indeed, the entire senate, because that body had charged the consuls with the protection of the city, by which act it was permitted them to take such steps, and afterwards had condemned Lentulus and the others who were put to death at that time. 6 Nevertheless, Cicero received the whole blame, or at least the greater part of it, since he had laid information against the men and had on each occasion made the motion and put the vote and finally had exacted the penalty of them through those entrusted with such business. For this reason he vigorously opposed Clodius' measure in every way; in particular, he discarded his senatorial dress and went about in the garb of the knights, paying court meanwhile, as he went the rounds, day and night alike, to all who had any influence, not only of his friends but also of his opponents, and especially to Pompey and even Caesar, inasmuch as the latter concealed his enmity toward him.
§ 38.15
καὶ ἐβούλοντο γὰρ καὶ ἐκεῖνοι μήτε τὸν Κλώδιον αὐτοὶ παρεσκευακέναι μήτε τοῖς γεγραμμένοις ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἀρέσκεσθαι δοκεῖν, τοιάνδε τινὰ ἐπὶ τὸν Κικέρωνα ἀπάτην, σφίσι μὲν εὐπρεπῆ ἐκείνῳ δὲ δὴ ἀφανῆ, προσεξεῦρον. ὁ μὲν γὰρ Καῖσαρ ὑπείκειν αὐτῷ συνεβούλευε, μὴ καὶ κατὰ χώραν μείνας ἀπόληται· καὶ ἵνα γε καὶ μᾶλλον ὑπʼ εὐνοίας τοῦτο ποιεῖν πιστευθῇ, ὑποστρατήγῳ οἱ χρήσεσθαι ὑπισχνεῖτο, ὅπως μὴ μετʼ ὀνείδους ὡς καὶ ὑπεύθυνος ὤν, ἀλλὰ ἐπί τε ἀρχῆς καὶ μετὰ τιμῆς ἐκποδὼν δὴ τῷ Κλωδίῳ γένηται. ὁ δὲ δὴ Πομπήιος τούτου μὲν αὐτόν, τό τε πρᾶγμα ἀπόδρασιν ἄντικρυς ὀνομάζων, καὶ ἐς τὸν Καίσαρα ὥστε καὶ κατʼ ἔχθραν οὐκ ἐπιτηδείως οἱ συμβουλεύοντα ὑποσημαίνων, ἀπέτρεπε, γνώμην δὲ ἐδίδου καταμεῖναι καὶ ἑαυτῷ τε ἅμα καὶ τῇ βουλῇ μετὰ παρρησίας βοηθῆσαι, τόν τε Κλώδιον εὐθὺς ἀμύνασθαι· οὔτε γὰρ διαπράξασθαί τι αὐτὸν παρόντος τε ἐκείνου καὶ ἐναντιουμένου δυνήσεσθαι ἔλεγε, καὶ προσέτι καὶ δίκην δώσειν καὶ ἑαυτοῦ τι πρὸς τοῦτο συμπράξαντος. τοιούτους αὐτῶν λόγους λεγόντων οὐχ ὅτι ἐναντία ἀλλήλοις ἐγίγνωσκον ἀλλʼ ἵνʼ ἐκεῖνον ἀνυπόπτως ἀπατήσωσι, τῷ Πομπηίῳ προσέθετο. οὔτε γὰρ προϋπώπτευέ τι ἐς αὐτόν, καὶ ἐπίστευε πάντως ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ σωθήσεσθαι. τῶν τε γὰρ ἄλλων πολλοὶ καὶ ᾐδοῦντο αὐτὸν καὶ ἐτίμων ὥστε καὶ κινδυνεύοντας συχνοὺς τοὺς μὲν παρὰ τῶν δικαστῶν τοὺς δὲ καὶ παρʼ αὐτῶν τῶν κατηγόρων ῥυόμενον· καὶ ὁ Κλώδιος, ἅτε καὶ ἐν γένει ποτὲ αὐτῷ γενόμενος καὶ συστρατεύσας ἐπὶ πολὺν χρόνον, οὐδὲν ὅ τι οὐ κατὰ γνώμην αὐτοῦ ἐδόκει ποιήσειν. τόν τε Γαβίνιον ἄντικρυς, ἅτε καὶ πάνυ φίλον αὐτῷ ὄντα, καὶ τὸν Πίσωνα ἀπό τε τῆς ἐπιεικείας καὶ διὰ τὴν τοῦ Καίσαρος συγγένειαν ὑπάρξειν οἱ προσεδόκησε.
Now these men, indeed, did not wish to appear to have instigated Clodius themselves, or even to be pleased with his measures, and so they devised the following plan, involving no discredit to themselves but obscure to Cicero, for deceiving him. 2 Caesar, for his part, advised him to yield, for fear he might lose his life if he remained in the city; and in order to have it believed the more readily that he was doing this through good-will, he promised to employ him as his lieutenant, so that he might retire out of Clodius' way, not in disgrace, as if under investigation, but in a position of command and with honour. Pompey, however, tried to turn him aside from this course, calling the act outright desertion, and uttering insinuations against Caesar to the effect that through enmity he was not giving sound advice; as for himself, he advised him to remain and boldly defend both himself and the senate and thus avenge himself at once upon Clodius. 4 The latter, he declared, would not be able to accomplish anything with Cicero present and confronting him, and would furthermore meet his deserts, since he, Pompey, would also coöperate to this end. Now when these two expressed themselves thus, not because their views were opposed, but for the purpose of deceiving their victim without arousing his suspicion, Cicero attached himself to Pompey. Of him he had no previous suspicion and was absolutely confident of being saved by his assistance. For in the first place, many respected and honoured him as one who saved numerous persons in grave peril, some from the judges and others from their very accusers; 6 and Clodius, in particular, had formerly been a relative of Pompey's and had long served under him, so that it seemed likely that he would do nothing that failed to accord with his wishes. As for Gabinius, Cicero supposed he could count on him absolutely as an adherent, since he was a good friend of his, and equally on Piso, because of his amiability as well as his kinship with Caesar.
§ 38.16
τούτοις τε οὖν τοῖς λογισμοῖς κρατήσειν ἐλπίσας (καὶ γὰρ ἐθάρσει παρὰ λόγον ὥσπερ ἀνεξετάστως ἐδεδίεἰ, καὶ φοβηθεὶς μὴ καὶ ἐκ πονηροῦ συνειδότος τὴν ἀποδημίαν πεποιῆσθαι δόξῃ, τῷ μὲν Καίσαρι χάριν δή τινα ἔχειν ἔλεγε, τῷ δὲ δὴ Πομπηίῳ ἐπείσθη. καὶ ὁ μὲν οὕτως ἀπατηθεὶς παρεσκευάζετο ὡς καὶ πολὺ τῶν ἐχθρῶν ὑπεροίσων. πρὸς γὰρ δὴ τοῖς εἰρημένοις, οἵ τε ἱππῆς συνελθόντες ἐς τὸ Καπιτώλιον πρέσβεις ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ πρός τε τοὺς ὑπάτους καὶ τὴν γερουσίαν, ἄλλους τέ τινας ἐκ σφῶν καὶ βουλευτὰς τόν τε Ὁρτήσιον τὸν Κύιντον καὶ Γάιον Κουρίωνα, ἔπεμψαν· καὶ ὁ Νίννιος τά τε ἄλλα αὐτῷ συνῄρετο, καὶ τὴν ἐσθῆτα τῷ πλήθει ὡς καὶ ἐπί τινι κοινῇ συμφορᾷ μεταβαλεῖν παρῄνεσε. καὶ πολλοὶ τοῦτο καὶ τῶν βουλευτῶν ἐποίησαν, καὶ οὐ πρότερόν γε μετεβάλοντο πρὶν τοὺς ὑπάτους σφίσι διὰ προγραφῆς ἐπιτιμῆσαι. Ἀλλʼ ἦν γὰρ τὰ τῶν ἀντιστασιωτῶν αὐτοῦ δυνατώτερα, οὔτε ὁ Κλώδιος χρηματίσασθαί τι ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ τῷ Νιννίῳ ἐπέτρεψεν, οὔτε Γαβίνιος τὴν πρόσοδον τοῖς ἱππεῦσιν ἐς τὴν βουλὴν ἔδωκεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἕνα τινὰ αὐτῶν, ὡς πολὺς ἐνέκειτο, καὶ ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ἐξήλασε, τῷ τε Ὁρτησίῳ καὶ τῷ Κουρίωνι, ὅτι καὶ ἀθροισθεῖσί σφισι συνεγένοντο καὶ τὴν πρεσβείαν ὑπέστησαν, ἐπεκάλει. καὶ αὐτοὺς ὁ Κλώδιος ἐς τὸ πλῆθος ἐσαγαγὼν πληγαῖς ἐπὶ τῇ πρεσβείᾳ διά τινων προπαρεσκευασμένων συνέκοψε. καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ὅ τε Πίσων, καίπερ εὐνοϊκῶς τῷ Κικέρωνι δοκῶν ἔχειν, καὶ συμβουλεύσας γε αὐτῷ, ὡς ἑώρα ἀδύνατον ὂν ἄλλως αὐτὸν σωθῆναι, προϋπεξέχειν, ὅμως ἐπειδὴ διὰ τοῦτο ἐκεῖνος ὠργίσθη, παρῆλθεν ἐς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ὅτε πρῶτον ἠδυνήθη (τὰ γὰρ πολλὰ ἠρρώστεἰ, καὶ πυθομένου τοῦ Κλωδίου τίνα γνώμην περὶ τῶν γεγραμμένων ἔχοι, εἶπεν ὅτι οὐδέν μοι οὔτʼ ὠμὸν οὔτε σκυθρωπὸν ἔργον ἀρέσκει· καὶ ὁ Γαβίνιος ἐρωτηθεὶς τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο οὐχ ὅπως ἐκεῖνον ἐπῄνεσεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἱππέων τῆς τε βουλῆς προσκατηγόρησεν.
On the basis of these calculations, then, he hoped to win, since he was now unreasonably confident, even as he had before been unduly terrified; and fearing that his withdrawal from the city would seem to have been occasioned by a bad conscience, he listened to Pompey, though he said that he was considerably obliged to Caesar. 2 And thus Cicero, deceived in this wise, was preparing as if for a great victory over his enemies. For, in addition to the grounds for hope already mentioned, the knights assembled on the Capitol and sent envoys in his behalf to the consuls and senate, some from their own number, and also the senators Quintus Hortensius and Gaius Curio. Ninnius, too, in addition to his assistance in other ways urged the populace to change their apparel, as if for a general calamity. And many of the senators also did this, and would not change back until the consuls rebuked them by an edict. 4 The forces of his adversaries were more powerful, however. Clodius would not allow Ninnius to take any action on his behalf, and Gabinius would not grant the knights access to the senate; on the contrary, he drove one of them, who was very insistent, out of the city, and rebuked Hortensius and Curio for having been present in the assembly of the knights and for having undertaken the mission. Moreover, Clodius brought them before the populace, where they were soundly belaboured for their mission by some appointed agents. After this Piso, though he seemed well-disposed towards Cicero and had advised him, on seeing that it was impossible for him to attain safety by any other means, to slip away in time, nevertheless, when the other took offence at this counsel, 6 came before the assembly at the first opportunity (he was too ill most of the time) and to the question of Clodius as to what opinion he held regarding the proposed measure said: “No deed of cruelty or sadness pleases me.” Gabinius, too, on being asked the same question, not only failed to praise Cicero but even accused both the knights and the senate.
§ 38.17
ὁ μέντοι Καῖσαρ (ἔξω γὰρ τοῦ τείχους ὁ Κλώδιος διʼ αὐτόν, ἐπειδήπερ ἐξεστράτευτο, τὸν ὅμιλον συναγαγὼν καὶ ἐκεῖνον ἐπιγνώμονα τῶν γεγραμμένων ἐποιήσατὀ τὴν μὲν παρανομίαν τῶν περὶ τὸν Λέντουλον πραχθέντων κατεψηφίσατο, τὴν μέντοι τιμωρίαν τὴν ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς γραφομένην οὐκ ἐδοκίμασεν· ὅσα μὲν γὰρ περὶ τῶν τότε γενομένων ἐφρόνησε, πάντας εἰδέναι ἔφη (τὴν γὰρ σώζουσάν σφας ψῆφον δεδωκὼς ἦνʼ, οὐ μὴν καὶ προσήκειν ἐπὶ τοῖς παρεληλυθόσι τοιοῦτόν τινα νόμον συγγράφεσθαι. Καῖσαρ μὲν ταῦτʼ εἶπε, Κράσσος δὲ διὰ μὲν τοῦ υἱέος βοήθειάν τινα τῷ Κικέρωνι ἐνεδείκνυτο, αὐτὸς δὲ τὰ τοῦ πλήθους ἔπρασσε. καὶ ὁ Πομπήιος ὑπισχνεῖτο μὲν αὐτῷ τὴν ἐπικουρίαν, σκήψεις δέ τινας ἄλλοτε ἄλλας ποιούμενος καὶ ἀποδημίας συχνὰς ἐπίτηδες στελλόμενος οὐκ ἐπήμυνε. ἰδὼν οὖν ταῦθʼ ὁ Κικέρων καὶ φοβηθεὶς αὖθις ἐπεχείρησε μὲν ὅπλα ἄρασθαι (τά τε γὰρ ἄλλα καὶ τὸν Πομπήιον φανερῶς προεπηλάκιζἐ, κωλυθεὶς δὲ ὑπό τε τοῦ Κάτωνος καὶ τοῦ Ὁρτησίου, μὴ καὶ ἐμφύλιος ἐκ τούτου πόλεμος γένηται, τότε δὴ καὶ ἄκων μετά τε αἰσχύνης καὶ μετὰ κακοδοξίας, ὡς καὶ ἐκ τοῦ συνειδότος ἐθελοντὴς πεφευγώς, μετέστη. πρὶν δὲ δὴ ἀφορμῆσαι, ἔς τε τὸ Καπιτώλιον ἀνέβη καὶ ἀγαλμάτιόν τι Ἀθηνᾶς ἀνέθηκε, Φυλακίδα αὐτὴν ὀνομάσας. ὑπεξῆλθε δὲ ἐς Σικελίαν· προστάτης τε γὰρ αὐτῶν ἐγεγόνει, καὶ ἐλπίδα πολλὴν ἔν τε τοῖς δήμοις καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἰδιώταις τῷ τε ἄρχοντι αὐτῶν εἶχε τιμηθήσεσθαι. φυγόντος δʼ αὐτοῦ ὁ νόμος τὸ κῦρος, οὐχ ὅπως οὐκ ἐναντιωθέντος τινός, ἀλλὰ καὶ σπουδασάντων ἄλλων τε καὶ αὐτῶν ἐκείνων οἵπερ τὰ τοῦ Κικέρωνος ἀνὰ πρώτους πράττειν ἐδόκουν, ἐπειδήπερ ἅπαξ ἐκποδὼν ἐγεγόνει, ἔλαβε· καὶ ἥ τε οὐσία αὐτοῦ ἐδημεύθη, καὶ ἡ οἰκία ὥσπερ τινὸς πολεμίου κατεσκάφη, τό τε ἔδαφος αὐτῆς ἐς νεὼν ἐλευθερίας ἀνέθηκαν. αὐτῷ τε ἐκείνῳ ἥ τε φυγὴ ἐπετιμήθη καὶ ἡ ἐν τῇ Σικελίᾳ διατριβὴ ἀπερρήθη· τρισχιλίους τε γὰρ καὶ ἑπτακοσίους καὶ πεντήκοντα σταδίους ὑπὲρ τὴν Ῥώμην ὑπερωρίσθη, καὶ προσεπεκηρύχθη ἵνʼ εἰ δή ποτε ἐντὸς αὐτῶν φανείη, καὶ αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ ὑποδεξάμενοι αὐτὸν ἀνατὶ διόλωνται.
Caesar, however, who had already taken the field, and whom Clodius could therefore make arbiter of the measure only by assembling the populace outside the walls, condemned the illegality of the action taken in regard to Lentulus, but still did not approve the punishment proposed for it. 2 Every one knew, he said, all that had been in his mind concerning the events of that time, as he had cast his vote in favour of sparing their lives, but it was not fitting for any such law to be drawn up with regard to events now past. This was Caesar's advice. Crassus showed some favour to Cicero through his son, but himself took the side of the multitude. Pompey kept promising him assistance, but by making various excuses at different times and purposely arranging many journeys out of town, failed to defend him. 4 Cicero, perceiving this, became afraid and again undertook to resort to arms, among other things even abusing Pompey openly; but he was stopped by Cato and Hortensius, for fear a civil war might result. Then at last he departed, against his will, and with the shame and ill-repute of having gone into exile voluntarily, as if conscience-stricken. But before leaving he ascended the Capitol and dedicated a little image of Minerva, whom he styled “Protectress.” And he set out secretly for Sicily; for he had once been governor there, and entertained a lively hope that he should be honoured among its towns and private citizens and by their governor. 6 On his departure the law took effect; so far from meeting with any opposition, it was supported, as soon as he was once out of the way, by those very persons, among others, who had seemed to be the most active workers in Cicero's behalf. His property was confiscated, his house was razed to the ground, as though it had been an enemy's, and its site was dedicated for a temple of Libertas. Against Cicero himself a decree of exile was passed, and he was forbidden to tarry in Sicily; for he was banished five hundred miles from Rome, and it was further proclaimed that if he should ever appear within those limits, both he and those who harboured him might be slain with impunity.
§ 38.18
καὶ ὁ μὲν ἐς τὴν Μακεδονίαν διὰ τοῦτο μετέστη καὶ ἐκεῖ διέτριβεν ὀδυρόμενος· ἐντυχὼν δʼ αὐτῷ Φιλίσκος τις ἀνὴρ ἔν τε ταῖς Ἀθήναις συγγεγονώς οἱ καὶ τότε κατὰ τύχην συντυχών, “οὐκ αἰσχύνῃ,” ἔφη, “ὦ Κικέρων, θρηνῶν καὶ γυναικείως διακείμενος ; ὡς ἔγωγε οὔποτʼ ἄν σε προσεδόκησα οὕτω μαλακισθήσεσθαι, πολλῆς μὲν παιδείας καὶ παντοδαπῆς μετεσχηκότα, πολλοῖς δὲ καὶ συνηγορηκότα.” καὶ ὃς ὑπολαβὼν εἶπεν, “ἀλλʼ οὐδέν τοι ὅμοιόν ἐστιν, ὦ Φιλίσκε, ὑπὲρ ἄλλων τέ τινα λέγειν καὶ ἑαυτῷ συμβουλεύειν. τὰ μὲν γὰρ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων λεγόμενα, ἀπὸ ὀρθῆς καὶ ἀδιαφθόρου τῆς γνώμης προϊόντα, καιρὸν ἐς τὰ μάλιστα λαμβάνει· ὅταν δὲ δὴ πάθημά τι τὴν ψυχὴν καταλάβῃ, θολοῦται καὶ σκοτοῦται καὶ οὐδὲν δύναται καίριον ἐννοῆσαι. ὅθεν που πάνυ καλῶς εἴρηται ὅτι ῥᾷον παραινέσαι ἑτέροις ἐστὶν ἢ αὐτὸν παθόντα καρτερῆσαι.” “λέγεις μέν τι,” ἔφη ὁ Φιλίσκος, “ἀνθρώπινον· οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἠξίουν σε, τοσαύτῃ μὲν φρονήσει κεχρημένον τοσαύτην δὲ σοφίαν ἠσκηκότα, μὴ οὐ προπαρεσκευάσθαι πρὸς πάντα τὰ ἀνθρώπινα, ἵνʼ εἴ τι καὶ παράλογόν σοι προσπέσοι, μήτι γε καὶ ἄφρακτόν σε εὕροι. ἐπεὶ δʼ οὖν ἐν τούτῳ καθέστηκας, καὶ γὰρ ἄν τι ὠφελήσαιμί σε διαλεξάμενός τι τῶν προσφόρων, ἵνʼ ὥσπερ οἱ τὰ φορτία συναιρόμενοί τισιν ἐπικουφίζουσιν αὐτούς, καὶ ἐγώ σοι τὸ πάθος τοῦτο ἐπελαφρύναιμι, τοσούτῳ ῥᾷον ἐκείνων ὅσῳ μηδὲ τὸ βραχύτατον αὐτοῦ μεταλήψομαι. οὐ γάρ που καὶ ἀπαξιώσεις παραμυθίου τινὸς παρʼ ἑτέρου τυχεῖν. εἰ μὲν γὰρ αὐτάρκης ἑαυτῷ ἦσθα, οὐδὲν ἂν ἡμῖν τῶν λόγων τούτων ἔδει· νῦν δʼ ὅμοιον πέπονθας ὥσπερ εἰ Ἱπποκράτης ἢ Δημοκήδης ἢ καὶ ἄλλος τις τῶν πάνυ ἰατρῶν νοσήματι δυσιάτῳ περιπεσὼν ἀλλοτρίας χειρὸς πρὸς τὴν ἄκεσιν αὐτοῦ προσεδεήθη. ”
He accordingly went over to Macedonia and spent his time there in lamentations. But there met him a man named Philiscus, who had made his acquaintance in Athens and now by chance fell in with him again. “Are you not ashamed, Cicero,” he said, “to be weeping and behaving like a woman? Really, I should never have expected that you, who have enjoyed such an excellent and varied education, and who have acted as advocate to many, would grow so faint-hearted.” 2 “But,” replied the other, “it is not at all the same thing, Philiscus, to speak for others as to advise one's self. The words spoken in others' behalf, proceeding from a mind that is firm and unshaken, are most opportune; but when some affliction overwhelms the spirit, it becomes turbid and darkened and cannot reason out anything that is opportune. For this reason, I suppose, it has been very well said that it is easier to counsel others than to be strong oneself under suffering.” “That is but human nature,” rejoined Philiscus. “I did not think, however, that you, who are gifted with so much sound sense and have practised so much wisdom, had failed to prepare yourself for all human possibilities, so that even if some unexpected accident should befall you, it would not find you unfortified at any point. 4 But since, now, you are in this plight, . . . for I might be of some little assistance to you by rehearsing a few appropriate arguments. And thus, just as men who put a hand to others' burdens relieve them, so I might lighten this misfortune of yours, and the more easily than they, inasmuch as I shall not take upon myself even the smallest part of it. Surely you will not deem it unbecoming, I trust, to receive some encouragement from another, since if you were sufficient for yourself, we should have no need of these words. As it is, you are in a like case to Hippocrates or Democedes or any of the other great physicians, if one of them had fallen ill of a disease hard to cure and had need of another's aid to bring about his own recovery.”
§ 38.19
“Ἀλλʼ εἴ γέ τινα,” ἔφη ὁ Κικέρων, “τοιοῦτον ἔχεις λόγον ὥστε τὴν ἀχλύν μου ταύτην ἀπὸ τῆς ψυχῆς ἀφελεῖν καὶ ἐς τὸ ἀρχαῖόν με φῶς ἐπαναγαγεῖν, ἑτοιμότατός εἰμι ἀκούειν. ὥσπερ γὰρ τῶν φαρμάκων, οὕτω δὴ καὶ τῶν λόγων καὶ διαφοραὶ πολλαὶ καὶ δυνάμεις ποικίλαι εἰσίν, ὥστʼ οὐδὲν θαυμαστὸν εἰ καὶ ἐμὲ τὸν λαμπρὸν ἔν τε τῇ γερουσίᾳ καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τοῖς τε δικαστηρίοις σοφίᾳ τινὶ καταιονήσειας.” “φέρε οὖν,” εἶπεν ὁ Φιλίσκος, “ἐπειδήπερ ἀκούειν ἕτοιμος εἶ, σκεψώμεθα πρῶτον μὲν εἰ κακὰ ὡς ἀληθῶς ἐστι ταῦτα τὰ περιεστηκότα σε, ἔπειτα δὲ τίνα τρόπον αὐτὰ ἀκεσόμεθα. ἐγὼ τοίνυν πρῶτον μὲν ἁπάντων ὁρῶ σε ὑγιαίνοντα τῷ σώματι καὶ εὖ μάλα ἐρρωμένον, ὅπερ που πρῶτον κατὰ φύσιν ἀγαθόν ἐστιν ἀνθρώποις, ἔπειτα δὲ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια αὐτάρκη κεκτημένον, ὥστε μήτε πεινῆν μήτε διψῆν ἢ ῥιγοῦν ἢ καὶ ἄλλο τι ἄτοπον ὑπʼ ἀπορίας ὑπομένειν, ὃ δὴ καὶ δεύτερον εἰκότως ἄν τις ἀγαθὸν ἀνθρώπῳ φύσει τιθείη. ὅταν γάρ τινι ἥ τε τοῦ σώματος σύστασις εὖ ἔχῃ καὶ διαρκεῖν ἀφροντιστῶν δύνηται, πάντα τὰ πρὸς εὐδαιμονίαν ἐπιβάλλοντα καρποῦται.”
“Indeed,” said Cicero, “if you have any arguments that will dispel this mist from my soul and restore me to the light of old, I am most ready to listen. For words, as drugs, are of many varieties, and divers potencies, so that it will not be surprising if you should be able to steep in some mixture of philosophy even me, for all my brilliant feats in the senate, the assemblies, and the law-courts.” 2 “Come then,” continued Philiscus, “since you are ready to listen, let us consider first whether these conditions that surround you are actually bad, and next in what way we may cure them. First of all, now, I see you are in excellent physical health and strength, which is surely man's chief natural blessing; and, next, that you have the necessities of life in sufficiency so as not to hunger or thirst or suffer cold or endure any other hardship through lack of means — which may appropriately be set down as the second natural blessing for man. For when one's physical condition is good and one can live without anxiety, all the factors essential to happiness are enjoyed.”
§ 38.20
ὁ οὖν Κικέρων ὑπολαβὼν ἔφη, “ἀλλʼ οὐδὲν τῶν τοιούτων ὄφελός ἐστιν, ὅταν του τὴν ψυχὴν λυπῇ τι καὶ δάκνῃ· πολλῷ γὰρ πλεῖον αἱ ἐκείνης φροντίδες ταλαιπωροῦσί τινα ἢ αἱ τοῦ σώματος εὐπάθειαι τέρπουσιν. ὥσπερ καὶ ἐγὼ νῦν οὐδὲν οὔτε τῆς τοῦ σώματος ὑγιείας προτιμῶ, νοσῶν γε τὴν γνώμην, οὔτε τῆς τῶν ἐπιτηδείων εὐπορίας· πολλῶν γὰρ ἀπεστέρημαι.” καὶ ὅς, “καὶ τοῦτό σε,” ἔφη, “λυπεῖ; εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἐνδεήσεσθαι τῶν ἀναγκαίων ἔμελλες, λόγον ἄν τινα εἶχεν ἄχθεσθαί σε τοῖς ἀπολωλόσιν· εἰ δὲ ἔκπλεα σοι πάντα τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ὑπάρχει, τί ἀνιᾷ ὅτι μὴ καὶ πλείω κέκτησαι; πᾶν γὰρ τὸ ὑπὲρ τὴν χρείαν τινὶ ὂν περιττόν ἐστι, καὶ ἐν τῷ ἴσῳ καὶ παρὸν καὶ ἀπὸν καθέστηκεν, ἐπεί τοι καὶ πρότερον οὐδὲν δήπου τοῖς μὴ ἀναγκαίοις ἐχρῶ, ὥστε καὶ τότε μὴ εἶναι ὧν μὴ ἔχρῃζες ἢ καὶ νῦν εἶναι ὧν μὴ δέῃ νόμιζε. καὶ γὰρ οὐδὲ πατρῷά σοι τὰ πολλὰ αὐτῶν γέγονεν, ὥστε σε σπουδὴν ἰδιωτέραν περὶ αὐτὰ ποιεῖσθαι, ἀλλὰ ὑπό τε τῆς γλώττης καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν λόγων σου πεπόρισται, διʼ οὓς καὶ ἀπόλωλεν. οὔκουν ἀγανακτεῖν προσήκει εἰ καθά- περ ἐκτήθη τινά, οὕτω καὶ ἀπεβλήθη. οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδʼ οἱ ναύκληροι πάνυ χαλεπῶς φέρουσι πολλὰ ζημιούμενοι· λογίζεσθαι γάρ, οἶμαι, φρονίμως ἐπίστανται ὅτι ἡ θάλαττα ἡ διδοῦσά σφισιν αὐτὰ καὶ ἀφαιρεῖται.
To this Cicero replied: “But not one of these things is of use when some grief is preying upon one's mind; for mental cares cause one far more distress than bodily comforts cause pleasure. Even so, I also at present set no value on my physical health, because I am suffering in mind, nor yet on the abundance of necessaries; for my loss is great indeed.” 2 “And does this grieve you?” replied the other. “Now if you were going to be in want of things needful, there would be some reason for your being annoyed at your loss. But since you have all necessaries in full measure, why do you distress yourself because you do not possess more? For all that one has beyond one's needs is superfluous, and amounts to the same thing whether present or absent; since surely you did not make use formerly of what was not necessary. Consider, therefore, either that then what you did not need you did not have, or else that you now have what you do not need. Most of these things, indeed, were not yours by inheritance, that you should be particularly exercised about them, but were acquired by your own tongue and by your own words — the very things which caused you to lose them. 4 You should not, therefore, be vexed if things have been lost in the same manner in which they were won. Ship-masters, for example, do not take it greatly to heart when they suffer great losses; for they understand, I suspect, how to take the sensible view of it, namely, that the sea which gives them wealth takes it away again.
§ 38.21
καὶ περὶ μὲν τούτων ἱκανά· ἀποχρῆν τε γὰρ ἀνθρώπῳ πρὸς εὐδαιμονίαν τὸ τὰ ἀρκοῦντα κεκτῆσθαι καὶ μηδενὸς ὧν τὸ σῶμα χρῄζει προσδεῖσθαι νομίζω, καὶ πᾶν τὸ περιττὸν καὶ φροντίδας καὶ πράγματα καὶ φθόνους ἔχειν ἡγοῦμαι. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἔφησθα ὅτι οὐδεμία ἀπόλαυσις τῶν τοῦ σώματος ἀγαθῶν ἐστιν, ἂν μὴ καὶ τὰ τῆς ψυχῆς προσυπάρχῃ τινί, ἔστι μὲν ἀληθὴς ὁ λόγος (ἀδύνατον γάρ, κακῶς αὐτῆς ἐχούσης, μὴ οὐ καὶ τοῦτʼ αὐτῇ συννοσεῖνʼ, ἐγὼ μέντοι πολλῷ ῥᾷον οἴομαι εἶναι τῆς εὐεξίας τῆς γνώμης ἐπιμεληθῆναί τινι ἢ τῆς τοῦ σώματος. τοῦτο μὲν γάρ, ἅτε καὶ σάρκινον ὄν, πολλὰ μὲν ἄτοπα ἐν ἑαυτῷ ἔχει, πολλῆς δὲ ἐπικουρίας παρὰ τοῦ δαιμονίου δεῖται· ἐκείνη δὲ δή, οἷα θειοτέρας φύσεως οὖσα, καὶ ῥυθμίζεσθαι καὶ νουθετεῖσθαι ῥᾳδίως δύναται. οὐκοῦν κἀνταῦθα ἴδωμεν τί τέ σοι τῶν τῆς ψυχῆς ἀγαθῶν ἀπέστη, καὶ τί τῶν κακῶν προσγενόμενον οὐκ ἂν ἀποτριψαίμεθα.
”So much for the present point; for I think it should be enough for a man's happiness to have a sufficiency and to lack nothing that the body requires, and I hold that everything in excess involves anxiety, trouble, and jealousy. 2 As for your saying, now, that there is no enjoyment of physical blessings unless those of the spirit are also present, that is indeed true, since it is impossible, if the spirit is in a poor state, that the body should fail to share in its ailment; nevertheless, I think it much easier for one to look after his mental health than his physical. For the body, being of flesh, contains in itself many dangers and requires much assistance from the divine power; whereas the spirit, of a nature more divine, can easily be trained and prompted. Let us see here also, then, what spiritual blessing has abandoned you and what evil had come upon you that we may not shake off.
§ 38.22
ὁρῶ τοίνυν ἔγωγε πρῶτον μὲν φρονιμώτατόν σε ἀνθρώπων ὄντα· τεκμήριον δὲ ὅτι πλεῖστα μὲν καὶ τὴν βουλὴν καὶ τὸν δῆμον, ἐν οἷς συνεβούλευσάς τι αὐτοῖς, ἔπεισας, πλεῖστα δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἰδιώτας, ἐν οἷς συνηγόρησάς σφισιν, ὠφέλησας· ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ δικαιότατον· πανταχοῦ γοῦν ὑπέρ τε τῆς πατρίδος καὶ τῶν φίλων ἀνταγωνιζόμενος τοῖς ἐπιβουλεύουσιν αὐτοῖς ἐξήτασαι· καὶ αὐτά γε ταῦτα ἃ νῦν πέπονθας, οὐ διʼ ἄλλο τι συμβέβηκέ σοι ἢ ὅτι πάνθʼ ὑπὲρ τῶν νόμων καὶ τῆς πολιτείας καὶ λέγων καὶ πράττων διετέλεις. καὶ μὴν ὅτι καὶ σωφροσύνης ἐς τὰ πρῶτα ἀνήκεις, αὐτὸ τὸ ἐπιτήδευμά σου δηλοῖ· οὐ γὰρ οἷόν τʼ ἐστὶ δουλεύοντά τινα ταῖς τοῦ σώματος ἡδοναῖς ἐν μέσῳ τε ἀεὶ φαίνεσθαι καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ ἀναστρέφεσθαι, μαρτύρια τὰ ἡμερινὰ ἔργα τῶν νυκτερινῶν ποιούμενον. οὕτω δὲ δὴ τούτων ἐχόντων ἐγὼ μέν σε καὶ ἀνδρειότατον ᾤμην εἶναι, τοσαύτῃ μὲν ῥώμῃ διανοίας τοσαύτῃ δὲ καὶ ἰσχύι λόγων χρώμενον· σὺ δέ, ὡς ἔοικας, αὐτὸς ἑαυτοῦ ἐκπλαγεὶς ὅτι παρά τε τὴν ἐλπίδα καὶ παρὰ τὴν ἀξίαν ἔπταισας, παρῄρησαί τι τοῦ σφόδρα ἀνδρείου. ἀλλὰ τοῦτο μὲν εὐθὺς ἀπολήψῃ· τοιούτων δὲ τῶν κατὰ σὲ ὄντων, καὶ εὖ μὲν ἥκοντος τοῦ σώματος εὖ δὲ καὶ τῆς ψυχῆς, οὐχ ὁρῶ τί τὸ λυποῦν ἐστί σε.”
“First, then, I see that you are a man of the greatest sagacity. The proof is that you so often persuaded both the senate and the people in cases where you gave them advice, and so often helped private citizens in cases where you acted as their advocate. And secondly, I see that you are a most just man. 2 Certainly you have always been found contending for your country and for your friends against those who plotted their ruin. Indeed, this very misfortune which you have now suffered has befallen you for no other reason than that you continued to say and do everything in behalf of the laws and of the constitution. Again, that you have attained the highest degree of self-mastery is shown by your very course of life, since it is not possible for a man who is a slave to sensual pleasures to appear constantly in public and to go to and fro in the Forum, making his deeds by day witnesses of those by night. 4 This being the case, I, for my part, supposed you were also very brave, enjoying, as you did, such force of intellect and such power of oratory. But it seems that, startled out of yourself through having failed contrary to your hopes and deserts, you have fallen a little short of true courage. But you will regain this immediately, and as you are thus equipped as I have pointed out, with a good physical endowment as well as mental, I cannot see what it is that is distressing you.”
§ 38.23
ταῦτα αὐτοῦ εἰπόντος ὁ Κικέρων ἔφη “οὐ δοκεῖ οὖν σοι μέγα κακὸν εἶναι ἀτιμία καὶ φυγή, καὶ τὸ μήτʼ οἴκοι διατρίβειν μήτε μετὰ τῶν φίλων εἶναι, ἀλλὰ ἐκ τῆς πατρίδος μεθʼ ὕβρεως ἐκπεπτωκότα ζῆν ἐν ἀλλοτρίᾳ γῇ καὶ ἀλᾶσθαι, φυγάδα προσαγορευόμενον, καὶ γέλωτα μὲν τοῖς ἐχθροῖς αἶσχος δὲ τοῖς οἰκείοις παρέχοντα;” “οὐδαμῇ ἔμοιγε” εἶπεν ὁ Φιλίσκος. “δύο γὰρ τούτων ὄντων ἐξ ὧν συνεστήκαμεν, ψυχῆς τε καὶ σώματος, καὶ ῥητῶν ἑκατέρῳ παρʼ αὐτῆς τῆς φύσεως καὶ ἀγαθῶν καὶ κακῶν δεδομένων, εἰ μέν τι περὶ ταῦθʼ ἁμαρτάνοιτο, καὶ βλαβερὸν ἂν εἰκότως καὶ αἰσχρὸν νομίζοιτο, εἰ δʼ ὀρθῶς ἔχοι, καὶ μᾶλλον ἂν ὠφέλιμον εἴη. ὃ καὶ σοὶ νῦν ὑπάρχει. τὰ γὰρ δὴ ἄλλʼ ἐκεῖνα, αἱ φυγαὶ καὶ αἱ ἀτιμίαι, καὶ εἰ δή τι τοιοῦτον ἕτερον, νόμῳ τε καὶ δοκήσει τινὶ καὶ αἰσχρὰ καὶ κακά ἐστι, καὶ οὐδὲν οὔτε τῷ σώματι οὔτε τῇ ψυχῇ λυμαίνεται. ποῖον μὲν γὰρ ἂν σῶμα εἰπεῖν ἔχοις νενοσηκὸς ἢ καὶ ἀπολωλός, ποίαν δὲ ψυχὴν ἀδικωτέραν ἢ καὶ ἀμαθεστέραν γεγονυῖαν ὑπʼ ἀτιμίας καὶ φυγῆς ἢ καὶ ἄλλου τινὸς τῶν τοιούτων; ἐγὼ μὲν γὰρ οὐχ ὁρῶ. τὸ δὲ αἴτιον ὅτι οὐδέν σφων φύσει κακόν ἐστιν, ὥσπερ οὐδʼ ἡ ἐπιτιμία οὐδʼ ἡ ἐν τῇ πατρίδι διατριβὴ φύσει χρηστή, ἀλλʼ ὁποῖά ποτʼ ἄν τις ἕκαστος ἡμῶν περὶ αὐτὰ δοξάσῃ, τοιαῦτα καὶ δοκεῖ εἶναι. αὐτίκα τὴν ἀτιμίαν οὐκ ἐπὶ τοῖς αὐτοῖς παντελῶς ἄνθρωποι νομίζουσιν, ἀλλʼ ἔστιν ἃ τῶν ἔργων ἐπαίτια παρὰ τισὶν ὄντα παρ ἄλλοις ἐπαινεῖται, καὶ ἕτερα πρὸς τινῶν τιμώμενα πρὸς ἑτέρων κολάζεται· εἰσὶ δὲ οἳ καὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν οὔτε τὸ ὄνομα οὔτε τὸ ἔργον αὐτῆς ἴσασι. καὶ πάνυ εἰκότως· ὅσα γὰρ μὴ προσάπτεται τῶν τῇ φύσει τοῦ ἀνθρώπου προσηκόντων, οὐδʼ ἀνήκειν ἐς αὐτὸν νομίζεται. ὥσπερ ἂν οὖν, εἰ κρίσις τις ἢ καὶ ψήφισμά τι ἐγένετο τὸν δεῖνα νοσεῖν ἢ τὸν δεῖνα αἰσχρὸν εἶναι, γελοιότατον ἂν δήπουθεν ἦν, οὕτω καὶ περὶ τῆς ἀτιμίας ἔχει.
At the end of this speech of his Cicero replied: “There seems to you, then, to be no great evil in disfranchisement and exile and in not living at home or being with your friends, but, instead, living in a foreign land, and wandering about with the name of exile, causing laughter to your enemies and disgrace to your friends?” 2 “Not in the least, so far as I can see,” declared Philiscus. “There are two elements of which we are constituted, soul and body, and definite blessings and evils are given to each of the two by Nature herself. Now if there should be any defect in these two, it would properly be considered injurious and disgraceful; but if all should be right with them, it would be useful instead. This is your condition at the present moment. Those things which you mentioned, banishment and disfranchisement, and anything else of the sort, are disgraceful and evil only by convention and a certain popular opinion, and work no injury on either body or soul. What body could you cite that has fallen ill or perished and what spirit that has grow more unjust or even more ignorant through disfranchisement or exile or anything of that sort? I see none. 4 And the reason is that no one of these things is by nature evil, just as neither citizenship nor residence in one's country is itself excellent, but whatever opinion each one of us holds about them, such they seem to be. For instance, men do not universally apply the penalty of disfranchisement to the same acts, but certain deeds which are reprehensible in some places are praised in others, and various actions honoured by one people are punished by another. Indeed, some do not so much as know the name, nor the thing which it implies. 6 And naturally enough; for whatever does not touch that which belong to man's nature is thought to have no bearing upon him. Precisely in the same way, therefore, as it would be most ridiculous, surely, if some judgment or decree were to be rendered that So-and-so is sick or So-and-so is base, so does the case stand regarding disfranchisement.
§ 38.24
τὸ δʼ αὐτὸ τοῦτο καὶ περὶ τὴν φυγὴν ἔγωγε ὁρῶ ὄν. ἀποδημία γάρ τις ἄτιμός ἐστιν, ὥστʼ εἴπερ αὐτὴ καθʼ αὑτὴν ἡ ἀτιμία μηδεμίαν κακίαν ἔχει, οὐδὲ τῇ φυγῇ δήπου προστρίψασθαί τι κακὸν δύναται, ἐπεὶ τήν γε ἄλλως συχνοὶ πλεῖστον ὅσον χρόνον οἱ μὲν ἄκοντες οἱ δὲ καὶ ἑκόντες ἀποδημοῦσι, καί τινες καὶ πάντα τὸν βίον καταναλίσκουσι περινοστοῦντες, ὥσπερ ἀεὶ πανταχόθεν ἐξελαυνόμενοι, καὶ οὐδὲν μέντοι παρὰ τοῦτο βλάπτεσθαι νομίζουσιν. οὐ μὴν οὐδὲ διαφέρει τι ἑκούσιόν τινα ἢ μὴ τοῦτο ποιεῖν· οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδʼ ὁ ἄκων σωμασκῶν ἧττόν τι ἔρρωται τοῦ ἐθελοντὶ αὐτὸ δρῶντος, οὐδʼ ὁ ἄκων ναυτιλλόμενος ἥττω τινὰ ὠφελίαν τοῦ ἑτέρου κτᾶται. καὶ αὐτό γε τοῦτο τὸ ἀκούσιον οὐχ ὁρῶ δυνάμενον ἀνδρὶ φρονίμῳ συμβῆναι. ὥστʼ εἴπερ ἐν τούτῳ τὸ διάφορον τοῦ τε εὖ καὶ τοῦ κακῶς πράττειν ἐστὶν ὅτι τὰ μὲν ἐθελονταὶ ἑτοίμως τὰ δʼ ἄκοντες χαλεπῶς ποιοῦμεν, εὐθεράπευτον· ἐὰν γάρ τοι πάντα τὰ ἀναγκαῖα ἑκούσιοι ὑπομένωμεν καὶ πρὸς μηδὲν αὐτῶν ἡττώμεθα, συνανῄρηται πάντα κἀκεῖνα, ὅσα ἂν ἐν τῷ ἀκουσίῳ θῇ τις εἶναι. καὶ γάρ που καὶ ἀρχαῖος λόγος καὶ μάλα εὖ ἔχων ἐστὶν ὅτι δεῖ ἡμᾶς μὴ ὅσα ἂν βουλώμεθα ἀξιοῦν γίγνεσθαι, ἀλλʼ ὅσα ἂν ἔκ τινος ἀνάγκης γίγνηται βούλεσθαι. οὔτε γὰρ αὐθαίρετον τὸν τοῦ βίου τρόπον ἔχομεν οὔθʼ αὑτῶν ἐσμέν· ἀλλʼ ὅπως ἂν τῇ τύχῃ δόξῃ, καὶ ὁποῖος ἂν ἑκάστῳ ἡμῶν δαίμων ἐκπληρωτὴς τοῦ τεταγμένου δοθῇ, τοιοῦτον ἀνάγκη καὶ ἐκεῖνον ἡμᾶς ποιεῖσθαι.
”The same thing I find to be true in regard to exile. It is a sojourn abroad involving disfranchisement; so that if disfranchisement in and of itself contains no evil, surely no evil can be attached to exile either. 2 In fact, many live abroad anyway for very long periods, some unwillingly, but others willingly; and some even spend their whole life travelling about, just as if they were expelled from every place in turn; and yet they do not regard themselves as being injured in doing so. Nor does it make any difference whether a man does it voluntarily or not; the man who trains his body unwillingly is no less strong than he who does it willingly, and one who goes on a voyage unwillingly obtains no less benefit than another. And as regards this unwillingness itself, I do not see how it can exist with a man of sense. 4 Accordingly, if the difference between being well and badly off is that we do some things readily and voluntarily, while we perform others unwillingly and grudgingly, the trouble can easily be remedied. For it we willingly endure all necessary things and allow none of them to conquer us, all those matters in which one might assume unwillingness have been done away with at a single stroke. There is, indeed, an old saying and a very good one, to the effect that we ought not to demand that whatever we wish should come to pass, but to wish for whatever does come to pass as the result of any necessity. For we neither have free choice in our manner of life nor are we our own masters; 6 but according as it may suit chance, and according to the character of the fortune granted each one of us for the fulfillment of what is ordained, we must also shape our life.
§ 38.25
ταῦτα μὲν δὴ τοιαῦτά ἐστιν, ἄν τʼ ἐθέλωμεν ἄν τε καὶ μή· εἰ δέ σε οὐχὶ ἡ ἀτιμία αὐτὴ οὐδʼ ἡ φυγὴ αὐτὴ λυπεῖ, ἀλλʼ ὅτι μὴ μόνον μηδὲν ἠδικηκὼς τὴν πατρίδα ἀλλὰ καὶ πολλὰ εὐηργετηκὼς ἠτίμωσαί τε καὶ ἐξελήλασαι, λόγισαι τοῦθʼ, ὅτι ἐπειδήπερ ἅπαξ ἐπέπρωτό σοι τοιοῦτό τι παθεῖν, κάλλιστον δήπου καὶ ἄριστον συμβέβηκε τὸ μηδὲν ἀδικήσαντά σε ἐπηρεάσθαι. σὺ μὲν γὰρ πάντα τὰ καθήκοντα τοῖς πολίταις συνεβούλευσας καὶ ἔπραξας, οὐκ ἰδιωτεύων ἀλλʼ ὑπατεύων, οὐδʼ ἰδίᾳ τι πολυπραγμονῶν ἀλλὰ τοῖς τῆς βουλῆς δόγμασι πειθόμενος, οὐ κατὰ στάσιν ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ τῷ βελτίστῳ γενομένοις· ὁ δεῖνα δὲ καὶ ὁ δεῖνα ἐκ δυναστείας καὶ ἐπηρείας πάντα κατὰ σοῦ συνεσκευάσαντο, ὥστʼ ἐκείνοις μὲν καὶ ἄχθεσθαι καὶ λυπεῖσθαι ἐπὶ τῇ ἀδικίᾳ προσήκει, σοὶ δὲ δὴ ἀνδρείως φέρειν τὰ δόξαντα τῷ δαίμονι καὶ καλὸν καὶ ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστιν. οὐ γάρ που μᾶλλον ἂν ἐθελήσαις τῷ τε Κατιλίνᾳ συμπράξας καὶ τῷ Λεντούλῳ συνομόσας, καὶ πάντα μὲν τἀναντία τῶν συμφερόντων τῇ πατρίδι παραινέσας, μηδὲν δὲ τῶν προσταχθέντων σοι ὑπʼ αὐτῆς ποιήσας, οἴκοι μένειν ἀδικήσας ἢ κατορθώσας φυγεῖν. οὐκοῦν εἰ καὶ τῆς δόξης σοι μέλει, πολλῷ που αἱρετώτερόν ἐστι μηδὲν ἀδικήσαντά σε ἐκπεπτωκέναι ἢ κακουργήσαντά τι οἴκοι μεμενηκέναι· τά τε γὰρ ἄλλα καὶ ἡ αἰσχύνη τοῖς ἀδίκως ἐκβαλοῦσί τινα, ἀλλʼ οὐ τῷ κατʼ ἐπήρειαν ἐξελαθέντι προσγίγνεται.
“Such is the nature of the case whether we like it or not. If, now, it is not disfranchisement in itself or exile in itself that troubles you, but the fact that you have not only done your country no injury but have actually benefited her greatly, and yet you have been disenfranchised and expelled, look at it in this way — that, when once it was destined for you to have such an experience, it has surely been the noblest and the best fortune that could befall you to be despitefully used without having committed any wrong. 2 For you advised and carried out all that was proper for the citizens, not as an individual but as consul, not meddling officiously in a private capacity but obeying the decrees of the senate, which were not passed as party measures but for the best ends. This and that person, on the contrary, out of their superior power and insolence devised everything against you; hence they ought to have trouble and sorrow for their injustice, but for you it is noble as well as necessary to bear bravely what Heaven has determined. 4 Surely you would not prefer to have joined with Catiline and conspired with Lentulus, to have given your country the exact opposite of useful counsel, to have performed none of the duties laid upon you by her, and thus remain at home as the reward of wickedness, instead of saving your country and being exiled. Accordingly, if you care at all about your reputation, it is far preferable, I am sure, for you to have been driven out, after doing no wrong, than to have remained at home by performing some base act; for, apart from other considerations, the shame attaches to those who have unjustly cast a man forth, rather than to the man who has been wantonly expelled.
§ 38.26
καίτοι ἔγωγε ἀκούω τοῦθʼ, ὅτι οὐκ ἄκων οὐδʼ ἁλοὺς μετέστης, ἀλλʼ ἐθελοντὴς ἐμίσησας τὸν μετʼ αὐτῶν βίον, ἅτε μήτε βελτίους σφᾶς ποιῆσαι δυνάμενος μήτε συναπολέσθαι σφίσιν ὑπομένων, καὶ ἔφυγες οὐ τὴν πατρίδα ἀλλὰ τοὺς ἐπιβουλεύοντας αὐτῇ. ὥστʼ ἐκεῖνοι μὲν καὶ ἄτιμοι καὶ ἐξόριστοι εἶεν ἄν, πάντα τἀγαθὰ ἐκ τῶν ψυχῶν ἐκβεβληκότες, σὺ δὲ ἐπίτιμος καὶ εὐδαίμων, μήτʼ ἀτόπως τινὶ δουλεύων καὶ πάντα τὰ προσήκοντα ἔχων, ἄν τε ἐν Σικελίᾳ ἄν τε ἐν Μακεδονίᾳ ἄν τε καὶ ἄλλοθί που τῆς οἰκουμένης ζῆν ἐθελήσῃς. οὐ γὰρ δήπου τὰ χωρία οὔτε εὐτυχίαν οὔτε κακοδαιμονίαν τινὰ δίδωσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸς ἕκαστος αὑτῷ καὶ πατρίδα καὶ εὐδαιμονίαν ἀεὶ καὶ πανταχοῦ ποιεῖ. καὶ ταῦθʼ ὁ Κάμιλλος ἐννοήσας ἡδέως ἐν Ἀρδέᾳ κατῴκησε, ταῦθʼ ὁ Σκιπίων λογισάμενος ἀλύπως ἐν Λιτέρνῳ κατεβίω. τί γὰρ δεῖ τὸν Ἀριστείδην, τί δὲ τὸν Θεμιστοκλέα λέγειν, οὓς ἐνδοξοτέρους ἡ φυγὴ ἐποίησεν, τί τὸν Ἀννι τί τὸν Σόλωνα, ὃς ἑκὼν ἔτη δέκα ἀπεξενώθη; μὴ οὖν μηδὲ σὺ μήτε χαλεπόν τι τῶν τοιούτων, ἃ μήτε τῇ τοῦ σώματος μήτε τῇ τῆς ψυχῆς ἡμῶν φύσει προσήκει, νόμιζε εἶναι, μήτʼ ἀγανάκτει τοῖς προσπεπτωκόσιν. οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδʼ αἵρεσίς τις ἔστιν ἡμῖν τοῦ ζῆν ὅπως ἂν ἐθελήσωμεν, ὥσπερ εἶπον, ἀλλὰ ἀνάγκη πᾶσα ὑπομένειν ἡμᾶς τὰ δοκοῦντα τῷ δαιμονίῳ. τοῦτο δὲ ἂν μὲν ἐθελονταὶ ποιῶμεν, οὐ λυπησόμεθα, ἂν δὲ ἀκόντως, οὔτε ἐκφευξόμεθά τι τῶν πεπρωμένων, καὶ τὸ μέγιστον τῶν κακῶν προσεπικτησόμεθα, τὸ μάτην ἀνιᾶσθαι. τεκμήριον δὲ ὅτι οἱ μὲν καὶ τὰ ἀτοπώτατα εὐκόλως φέροντες ἐν οὐδενὶ δεινῷ καθεστηκέναι νομίζουσιν, οἱ δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἐλαφροτάτοις βαρυνόμενοι πάντα τὰ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων κακὰ ἔχειν ὑποπτεύουσι· καὶ ἕτεροι, οἱ μὲν καὶ τὰ ἀμείνω κακῶς οἱ δὲ καὶ τὰ χείρω καλῶς μεταχειριζόμενοι, τοιαῦτα καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἑκάτερα δοκεῖν εἶναι ποιοῦσιν οἷα αὑτοῖς εἶναι παρασκευάζουσι.
”Moreover, the story, as I heard it, was that you did not depart unwillingly, nor after conviction, but of your own accord; that you hated to live with them, seeing that you could not make them better and would not endure to perish with them, and that you fled, not from your country, but from those who were plotting against her. Consequently it would be they who are dishonoured and banished, having cast out all that is good from their souls, 2 and it would be you who are honoured and fortunate, as being nobody's slave in unseemly fashion but possessing all that is needful, whether you choose to live in Sicily, or in Macedonia, or anywhere else in the world. For surely it is not places that give either success or misfortune of any sort, but each man creates his own country and his own happiness always and everywhere. This was the feeling of Camillus when he was fain to dwell in Ardea; this was the way Scipio reasoned when he spent his last days in Liternum without grieving. But why mention Aristides or Themistocles, men whom exile rendered more famous, or . . . or Solon, who of his own accord left home for ten years? 4 “Therefore, do you likewise cease to consider irksome any such thing as pertains neither to our physical nor to our spiritual nature, and do not vex yourself at what has happened. For to us belongs no choice, as I told you, of living as we please, but it is absolutely necessary for us to endure what Heaven determines. If we do this voluntarily, we shall not be grieved; but if involuntarily, we shall not escape at all what is fated, and we shall at the same time acquire the greatest of ills — the distressing of our hearts to no purpose. 6 The proof of this is that men who bear good-naturedly the most outrageous fortunes do not regard themselves as being in any very dreadful plight, while those who are disturbed at the lightest disappointments imagine that all human ills are theirs. And people in general, both those who manage favourable conditions badly and those who manage unfavourable conditions well, make their good or ill fortune appear to others to be just what they make it for themselves.
§ 38.27
καὶ σὺ οὖν ταῦτα λογιζόμενος μήτε τοῖς παροῦσιν ἄχθου, μήτʼ, ἂν τοὺς ἐκβαλόντας σε εὐτυχοῦντας πυνθάνῃ, λυποῦ. κουφαὶ μὲν γὰρ καὶ ἐφήμεροι καὶ ἄλλως αἱ τῶν ἀνθρώπων εὐπραγίαι εἰσί, καὶ ὅσῳ ἂν μᾶλλόν τις ἀπʼ αὐτῶν ἐπαύξῃ, ῥᾷον ὥσπερ πνεῦμα πίπτει, μάλιστα δὲ ἐν ταῖς στάσεσιν. ἅτε γὰρ ἐν τεταραγμένοις καὶ ἀκαταστάτοις πράγμασι φερόμενοι μικρόν, μᾶλλον δὲ οὐδέν, τῶν χειμαζομένων διαφέρουσιν, ἀλλʼ ἄνω τε καὶ κάτω, τοτὲ μὲν δεῦρο τοτὲ δὲ ἐκεῖσε, ᾅττουσι· κἂν ἄρα τι καὶ τὸ βραχύτατον σφαλῶσι, παντελῶς βαπτίζονται. καὶ ἵνα γε μήτε τὸν Δροῦσον μήτε τὸν Σκιπίωνα μήτε τοὺς Γράκχους ἢ καὶ ἄλλους τινὰς εἴπω, μέμνησο μὲν ὅπως ὁ Κάμιλλος ὁ φυγὰς ἄμεινον τοῦ Καπιτωλίνου μετὰ ταῦτα ἀπήλλαξε, μέμνησο δὲ ὅσον Ἀριστείδης τοῦ Θεμιστοκλέους ὕστερον διήνεγκεν. ὥστε καὶ σὺ μάλιστα μὲν ἔλπιζε καὶ καταχθήσεσθαι (οὔτε γὰρ ἐξ ἀδικίας ἐξελήλασαι, καὶ ἐπιζητήσουσι μέν σε, ὡς πυνθάνομαι, καὶ αὐτοὶ οἱ ἐκβεβληκότες, ποθήσουσι δὲ πάντεσʼ· ἂν δὲ δὴ καὶ ἐν τοῖς παροῦσιν ἐμμείνῃς, μήτι γε καὶ
Bear this in mind, then, and be not cast down by your present state, nor grieve if you learn that the men who exiled you are flourishing. For the successes of men are vain and ephemeral at best, and the higher a man climbs as a result of them, the more easily, like a breath, does he fall, especially in partisan strife. 2 Borne along in the midst of troubled and unstable conditions they differ little, if at all, from sailors in a storm, but are tossed up and down, now hither, now thither; and if they make the slightest mistake, they are sure to sink. Not to mention Drusus, or Scipio, or the Gracchi, or certain others, remember how Camillus, the exile, later came off better than Capitolinus, and remember how greatly Aristides afterwards surpassed Themistocles. 4 ”Do you also, then, hope, first and foremost, for your restoration; for you have not been expelled on account of wrong-doing, and the very ones who drove you forth will, as I learn, seek for you, while all will miss you. But even if you continue in your present state, do not distress yourself at all about it.
§ 38.28
ἀνιαθῇς παρὰ τοῦτο μηδέν. ἂν μὲν γάρ μοι πεισθῇς, καὶ πάνυ ἀγαπήσεις χωρίον τέ τι παραθαλασσίδιον ἔξω πάτου ἐκλεξάμενος, καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ γεωργῶν τε ἅμα καὶ συγγράφων τι, ὡς Ξενοφῶν, ὡς Θουκυδίδης. τό τε γὰρ εἶδος τοῦτο τῆς σοφίας διαρκέστατόν ἐστι καὶ παντὶ μὲν ἀνδρὶ πάσῃ δὲ πολιτείᾳ ἁρμοδιώτατον, καὶ ἡ φυγὴ φέρει τινὰ σχολὴν γονιμωτέραν. ὥστʼ εἴπερ ὄντως ἀθάνατος καθάπερ ἐκεῖνοι γενέσθαι ἐθέλεις, ζήλωσον αὐτούς. τά τε γὰρ ἐπιτήδεια ἀρκοῦντα ἔχεις καὶ οὔτʼ ἀξιώματός τινος προσδέῃ. εἰ γάρ τι καὶ ἐν τούτοις ἀγαθόν ἐστιν, ὑπάτευκας· καὶ πλέον οὐδὲν τοῖς καὶ δεύτερον καὶ τρίτον ἢ καὶ τέταρτον ἄρξασι, πλὴν γραμμάτων ἀριθμοῦ κενῶν, ὑπάρχει, ἃ μήτε ζῶντα μήτʼ ἀποθανόντα τινὰ ὠφελεῖ. οὔκουν ἂν ἕλοιο οὔτε Κορουῖνος οὔτε Μάριος ὁ ἑπτάκις ὑπατεύσας μᾶλλον ἢ Κικέρων εἶναι. οὔτʼ αὖ ἡγεμονίας τινὸς ἐπιθυμεῖς, ὅς γε καὶ τὴν δοθεῖσάν σοι ἐξέστης, καταφρονήσας μὲν τῶν ἀπʼ αὐτῆς κερδῶν, καταφρονήσας δὲ καὶ τῆς ὀλιγοχρονίου τε καὶ ὑπευθύνου πᾶσι τοῖς συκοφαντεῖν ἐθέλουσιν ἐξουσίας. καὶ ταῦτʼ εἶπον οὐχ ὅτι καὶ ἀναγκαῖόν τι αὐτῶν πρὸς εὐδαιμονίαν ἐστίν, ἀλλʼ ὅτι καὶ ἐν τοῖς πολιτικοῖς, ἐπείπερ ἐχρῆν, ἱκανῶς ἐξήτασαι, ἵνα καὶ ἐξ ἐκείνων τὸ διάφορον τῶν βίων μαθὼν τὰ μὲν ἕλῃ τὰ δὲ ἀπώσῃ καὶ τὰ μὲν διώξῃς τὰ δὲ φύγῃς. σμικρὸς γὰρ ὁ βίος ἡμῶν, καὶ δεῖ σε μὴ πάντα αὐτὸν ἄλλοις βιῶναι, ἀλλʼ ἤδη τι καὶ σεαυτῷ χαρίσασθαι. σκέψαι δὲ ὅσον ἥ τε ἡσυχία τῆς ταραχῆς καὶ ἡ εὔροια τῶν θορύβων ἥ τε ἐλευθερία τῆς δουλείας καὶ ἡ ἀσφάλεια τῶν κινδύνων διαφέρει, ἵνʼ ἐπιθυμήσῃς ζῆσαι ὡς ἐγώ σοι παραινῶ. οὕτω μὲν γὰρ εὐδαιμονήσεις, καί σου μέγα ὄνομα καὶ τοῦτο ἀεὶ καὶ ζῶντος ἐπὶ τούτῳ καὶ
For if you will take my advice, you will be quite satisfied to pick out a little estate in some retired spot on the coast and there carry on at the same time farming and some historical writing, like Xenophon and like Thucydides. 2 This form of learning is most enduring and best adapted to every man and to every state; and exile brings with it a kind of leisure that is more fruitful. If, then, you wish to become really immortal, like those historians, emulate them. You have the necessary means in sufficiency and you lack no distinction. For if there is any virtue in such honours, you have been consul; nothing more belongs to those who have held office a second, a third, or a fourth time, except an array of idle letters which benefit no man, living or dead. 4 Hence you would not choose to be Corvinus, or Marius, the man seven times consul, rather than Cicero. Nor, again, are you anxious for any position of command, seeing that you withdrew from the one bestowed upon you, because you scorned the gains to be had from it, scorned a brief authority that was object to the scrutiny of all who chose to practise blackmail. These matters I have mentioned, not because any one of them is requisite for happiness, but because, since it was necessary, you have occupied yourself sufficiently with public affairs to learn therefrom the difference in lives and to choose the one course and reject the other, to pursue the one and avoid the other. Our life is but short, and you ought not to live all yours for others, but by this time to grant a little to yourself. 6 Consider how much better quiet is than turmoil, and tranquillity than tumults, freedom than slavery, and safety than dangers, that you may feel a desire to live as I am urging you to do. In this way you will be happy, and your name shall be great because of it — and that for evermore, whether you are living or dead.
§ 38.29
τελευτήσαντος ἔσται· ἂν δὲ δὴ τήν τε κάθοδον σπουδάσῃς καὶ τὴν ἐν τῇ πολιτείᾳ λαμπρότητα ζηλώσῃς, δυσχερὲς μὲν οὐδὲν εἰπεῖν βούλομαι, φοβοῦμαι δέ, ἔς τε τὰ πράγματα ἀποβλέπων καὶ τὴν σὴν παρρησίαν ἐννοῶν, τήν τε δύναμιν καὶ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἀντιστασιωτῶν σου θεωρῶν, μήποτέ τι καὶ αὖθις σφαλῇς. καὶ εἰ μὲν ἐν φυγῇ γένοιο, μεταγνώσῃ μόνον, εἰ δέ τι ἕτερον ἀνήκεστον πάθοις, οὐδὲ μετανοῆσαι δυνήσῃ. καίτοι πῶς μὲν οὐ δεινόν, πῶς δʼ οὐκ αἰσχρὸν ἀποτμηθῆναί τέ τινος τὴν κεφαλὴν καὶ ἐς τὴν ἀγορὰν τεθῆναι, κἂν οὕτω τύχῃ, καὶ ἄνδρα τινὰ αὐτῇ καὶ γυναῖκα ἐνυβρίσαι; καί με μὴ ὡς φαῦλά σοι οἰωνιζόμενον μισήσῃς, ἀλλʼ ὡς διοσημίαν τινὰ προδεικνύντα φύλαξαι. μηδέ σε ἐξαπατάτω τοῦθʼ, ὅτι καὶ φίλους τινὰς τῶν δυνατῶν ἔχεις· οὐδὲν γάρ σε ὠφελήσουσιν οἱ δοκοῦντες φιλεῖν πρὸς τοὺς ἐχθρῶς διακειμένους, ὥσπερ που καὶ πεπείρασαι. οἱ γὰρ δυναστείας ἐρῶντες παρʼ οὐδὲν πάντα τἆλλα πρὸς τὸ τυχεῖν ὧν βούλονται τίθενται, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς φιλτάτους καὶ τοὺς συγγενεστάτους πολλάκις ἀντὶ τῶν ἐχθίστων ἀντικαταλλάσσονται.”
“If, however, you are eager for your restoration and aim at a brilliant political career, I do not wish to say anything unpleasant, but I fear, as I cast my eyes over the situation and call to mind your frankness of speech, and behold the power and numbers of your adversaries, that you may meet defeat once more. 2 If then you should encounter exile, you will have merely to experience a change of heart; but if you should incur some fatal punishment, you will not be able even to repent. And yet is it not a dreadful and disgraceful thing to have one's head cut off and set up in the Forum, for any man or woman, it may be, to insult? Do not hate me as one who prophesies evil to you, but pay heed to me as to one announcing a warning from Heaven. Do not let the fact that you have certain friends among the powerful deceive you. You will get no help against those who hate you from the men who seem to love you, as, indeed, you have learned by experience. 4 For those who have a passion for power regard everything else as nothing in comparison with obtaining what they desire, and often give up their dearest friends and closest kin in exchange for their bitterest foes.”
§ 38.30
καὶ Κικέρων μὲν ταῦτα ἀκούσας ῥᾴων πως ἐγένετο, οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἐπὶ πολὺ ἔφυγεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ τοῦ Πομπηίου τοῦ μάλιστα αὐτὸν ἐκβαλόντος κατήχθη. αἴτιον δὲ ὅτι ὁ Κλώδιος τόν τε Τιγράνην τὸν νεώτερον, ἐν δεσμοῖς ἔτι καὶ τότε παρὰ Λουκίῳ Φλαουίῳ ὄντα, πεισθεὶς ὑπὸ χρημάτων ἐξήρπασε καὶ ἀφῆκε, καὶ τὸν Πομπήιον τόν τε Γαβίνιον ἀγανακτήσαντας ἐπὶ τούτῳ περιύβρισε, τοῖς τε ἀμφʼ αὐτοὺς οὖσι καὶ πληγὰς καὶ τραύματα ἔδωκε, καὶ τοῦ ὑπάτου τάς τε ῥάβδους συνέτριψε καὶ τὴν οὐσίαν καθιέρωσεν. ὀργισθεὶς γὰρ διὰ ταῦθʼ ὁ Πομπήιος, ἄλλως τε καὶ ὅτι τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ, ἣν αὐτὸς τοῖς δημάρχοις ἀπεδεδώκει, κατʼ αὐτοῦ ὁ Κλώδιος ἐκέχρητο, ἀνακαλέσασθαι τὸν Κικέρωνα ἠθέλησε, καὶ αὐτῷ τὴν κάθοδον εὐθὺς διὰ τοῦ Νιννίου πράττειν ἤρξατο. καὶ ὃς ἐσήνεγκε μὲν ἐς τὸ βουλευτήριον τὴν ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ γνώμην, ἀπόντα τὸν Κλώδιον τηρήσας· ἀντιστάντος δέ οἱ ἑτέρου τινὸς δημάρχου, ἐκείνην τε ὡς καὶ τῷ πλήθει κοινώσων ἐξέθηκε, καὶ τῷ Κλωδίῳ πρὸς πάντα καθάπαξ ἠναντιοῦτο. κἀκ τούτου καὶ φιλονεικίαι καὶ τραύματα ἀπʼ αὐτῶν πολλὰ ἑκατέροις ἐγίγνετο. πρὶν δὲ ἢ ἐς τοῦτο ἀφικέσθαι, βουληθεὶς ὁ Κλώδιος τόν τε Κάτωνα ἐκποδών, ὅπως ῥᾷον ὅσα ἔπραττε κατορθώσῃ, ποιήσασθαι, καὶ τὸν Πτολεμαῖον τὸν τότε τὴν Κύπρον ἔχοντα ἀμύνασθαι ὅτι αὐτὸν παρὰ τῶν καταποντιστῶν οὐκ ἐλύσατο, τήν τε νῆσον ἐδήμοσίωσε καὶ πρὸς τὴν διοίκησιν αὐτῆς τὸν Κάτωνα καὶ μάλα ἄκοντα ἀπέστειλε.
On hearing this Cicero grew somewhat easier in mind. His exile, however, did not last long, but he was recalled by Pompey himself, who had been chiefly responsible for his expulsion. The reason was this. Clodius had taken a bribe to deliver Tigranes the younger, who was still at that time in confinement at the house of Lucius Flavius, and had let him go; 2 and when Pompey and Gabinius became indignant at this, he wantonly insulted them, inflicted blows and wounds upon their followers, broke to pieces the consul's fasces, and devoted his property to the gods. Pompey, enraged at this, particularly because the authority which he himself had restored to the tribunes had been used against him by Clodius, desired to recall Cicero, and immediately began through Ninnius to work for his restoration. 4 The latter waited for Clodius to be absent, and then introduced in the senate the motion in Cicero's behalf. When another one of the tribunes opposed him, he not only posted up his measure, indicating that he would communicate it also to the people, but he furthermore set himself in unqualified opposition to Clodius at every point. From this there arose contentions and many wounds in consequence for both sides. But before matters reached that point Clodius wished to get Cato out of the way, so that he might more easily succeed with his schemes, and likewise to avenge himself upon Ptolemy, who then held Cyprus, because the latter had failed to ransom him from the pirates. Hence he declared the island the property of the state and despatched Cato, very much against the latter's will, to attend to its administration.
§ 38.31
ταῦτα μὲν ἐν τῇ πόλει ἐγίγνετο· Καῖσαρ δὲ εὗρε μὲν οὐδὲν ἐν τῇ Γαλατίᾳ πολέμιον, ἀλλὰ ἀκριβῶς πάντα ἡσύχαζεν, οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἐν εἰρήνῃ διεγένετο, ἀλλὰ αὐτομάτου τὸ πρῶτον πολέμου τινὸς αὐτῷ συμβάντος ἕτερος συνηνέχθη, ὥστʼ αὐτόν, ὅπερ ἐς τὰ μάλιστα ἐπεθύμει, πάντα καὶ πολεμῆσαι καὶ κατορθῶσαι. Ἐλουήτιοι γὰρ πλήθει τε ἀκμάζοντες καὶ χώραν οὐκ αὐτάρκη τῇ πολυανθρωπίᾳ σφῶν ἔχοντες, μέρος μέν τι ἐκπέμψαι ἐς ἀποικίαν οὐκ ἠθέλησαν, μὴ καὶ διασπασθέντες εὐεπιβουλευτότεροι τοῖς λυπηθεῖσί ποτε ὑπʼ αὐτῶν γένωνται, πάντες δὲ δὴ ἀπαναστῆναι βουληθέντες, ὡς καὶ ἐς ἑτέραν τινὰ καὶ πλείω καὶ βελτίω χώραν μετοικισθησόμενοι, τάς τε κώμας καὶ τὰς πόλεις σφῶν ἁπάσας ἔκαυσαν ὥστε μηδένα μετάμελον τῆς ἀναστάσεως ποιήσασθαι. καί τινας καὶ ἑτέρους τῶν αὐτῶν δεομένους προσλαβόντες ἀπῆραν, Ὀρκετόριγός σφισιν ἡγουμένου, ἐν νῷ ἔχοντες τόν τε Ῥοδανὸν διαβῆναι καὶ πρὸς ταῖς Ἄλπεσί που κατοικισθῆναι. καὶ ἐπειδὴ ὁ Καῖσαρ τήν τε γέφυραν διέκοψε καὶ τἆλλα ὡς κωλύσων αὐτοὺς διαβῆναι ἡτοιμάζετο, ἔπεμψαν πρὸς αὐτὸν δίοδόν τε αἰτούμενοι καὶ προσυπισχνούμενοι μηδὲν τὴν τῶν Ῥωμαίων γῆν κακώσειν. καὶ ὅς, εἰ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα μήτε ἐπίστευεν αὐτοῖς μήτε προχωρῆσαί ποι ἐπιτρέψειν ἔμελλεν, ἀλλʼ ὅτι γε οὐδέπω καλῶς παρεσκεύαστο, βουλεύσεσθαί τε ὑπὲρ ὧν ἠξίουν μετὰ τῶν ὑποστρατήγων ἔφη καὶ τὴν ἀπόκρισιν ἐν ῥητῇ τινι ἡμέρᾳ δώσειν. καί τι καὶ ἐλπίδος, ὡς καὶ ἐπιτρέψων σφίσι τὴν δίοδον, ὑπετείνατο. κἀν τούτῳ τὰ ἐπικαιρότατα διετάφρευσε καὶ ἀπετείχισεν, ὥστʼ ἄπορον αὐτοῖς τὴν ὁδὸν γενέσθαι.
While this was going on in the city, Caesar found no hostility in Gaul, but everything was absolutely quiet. The state of peace, however, did not continue, but first one war broke out against him of its own accord, and then another was added, so that his greatest wish was fulfilled of waging war and winning success for the whole period of his command (?). 2 The Helvetii, who were strong in numbers and had not sufficient land for their large population, were unwilling to send out a part to form a colony for fear that if separated they might be more exposed to plots on the part of the tribes whom they had once injured; instead, they decided to migrate all together, with the intention of settling in some larger and better country, and they burned all their villages and cities, so that none should regret the migration. After adding to their numbers some others who felt the same needs, they set out with Orgetorix as their leader, intending to cross the Rhone and settle somewhere near the Alps. When Caesar destroyed the bridge and made other preparations to hinder them from crossing, they sent to him asking permission to cross and also promising to do no injury to the Roman territory. 4 And though he had the greatest distrust of them and had not the slightest idea of allowing them to proceed, nevertheless, because he was not yet well prepared he answered that he wished to consult his lieutenants about their requests and would give them their reply on a stated day; in fact he held out some little hope that he would grant them the passage. Meanwhile he dug ditches and erected walls in the most commanding positions, so as to make the road impassable for them.
§ 38.32
οἱ οὖν βάρβαροι χρόνον μέν τινα ἐπέσχον, ἔπειτʼ ἐπειδὴ μηδὲν ἤκουσαν κατὰ τὸ συγκείμενον, ἄραντες τὸ μὲν πρῶτον διὰ τῶν Ἀλλοβρίγων ἐπορεύοντο ᾗπερ ὥρμηντο, ἔπειτʼ ἐντυχόντες τοῖς κωλύμασιν ἐς Σηκουανοὺς ἀπετράποντο, καὶ διά τε τούτων καὶ διὰ τῶν Αἰδούων ἐθελοντί σφισι τὴν δίοδον, ἐφʼ ᾧ μηδὲν ἀδικηθῶσι, παρεχόντων διιόντες οὐκ ἐνέμειναν τοῖς ὡμολογημένοις, ἀλλὰ τὴν χώραν αὐτῶν ἐλεηλάτουν. πέμψαντες οὖν οἵ τε Σηκουανοὶ καὶ οἱ Αἴδουοι πρὸς τὸν Καίσαρα ἐπικουρίαν τε παρʼ αὐτοῦ ᾔτουν, καὶ ἐδέοντο μή σφας περιιδεῖν ἀπολομένους. καὶ ἔλεγον μὲν οὐδὲν ὅμοια οἷς ἔπραξαν, ἔτυχον δʼ οὖν ὅμως ὧν ἠξίουν· ὁ γὰρ Καῖσαρ φοβηθεὶς μὴ καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν Τόλοσαν οἱ Ἐλουήτιοι τράπωνται, εἵλετο μετʼ ἐκείνων αὐτοὺς ἀμύνασθαι μᾶλλον ἢ συμφρονήσασί σφισιν, ὅπερ εὔδηλον ἦν ἐσόμενον, πολεμῆσαι. προσπεσὼν οὖν διὰ ταῦτα τοῖς Ἐλουητίοις τὸν Ἄραριν διαβαίνουσι, τοὺς μὲν τελευταίους ἐπακολουθοῦντας ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ πόρῳ διέφθειρε, τοὺς δὲ προκεχωρηκότας ἐς τοσοῦτον ἐκ τοῦ αἰφνιδίου καὶ ἐκ τοῦ τάχους τῆς διώξεως καὶ ἐκ τῆς πύστεως τῶν ἀπολωλότων ἐξέπληξεν ὥστε ἐς ὁμολογίαν
Accordingly the barbarians waited for a time, and then, when they heard nothing as agreed, they set out and proceeded first through the country of the Allobroges, as they had begun. Then, encountering the obstacles, they turned aside into the territory of the Sequani 2 and passed through their land as well as that of the Aedui, who gave them a free passage on condition that they should do no harm; but instead of abiding by the agreement, they went to plundering their country. Then the Sequani and Aedui sent to Caesar asking for assistance and begging him not to let them be ruined. Although their statements did not correspond at all with their past deeds, they nevertheless obtained their request. For Caesar was afraid the Helvetii might turn also against Tolosa, and chose to drive them back with the help of the other tribes, rather than to fight them all after they had come to an understanding, which it was clear they would otherwise do. 4 Consequently he fell upon the Helvetii as they were crossing the Arar, annihilating at the very ford those who were bringing up the rear, and so alarming those who had gone ahead by the suddenness and swiftness of his pursuit and the report of their losses, that they desired to come to terms, on condition of receiving some land.
§ 38.33
ἐπὶ χώρᾳ τινὶ ἐθελῆσαι ἐλθεῖν. οὐ μέντοι καὶ συνέβησαν· ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ὁμήρους ᾐτήθησαν, ἠγανάκτησαν οὐχ ὅτι ἠπιστοῦντο, ἀλλʼ ὅτι ἀπηξίουν ὁμήρους τισὶ δοῦναι. καὶ τῶν μὲν σπονδῶν κατεφρόνησαν, προχωροῦντες δὲ αὖθις τήν τε ἵππον τοῦ Καίσαρος, ἀπό τε τοῦ πεζοῦ πολὺ προδραμοῦσαν καὶ τοὺς ὀπισθοφύλακας αὐτῶν παραλυποῦσαν, ὑποστάντες τῷ ἱππικῷ ἐνίκησαν, κἀκ τούτου αὐτοί τε φρόνημα λαβόντες καὶ ἐκεῖνον φυγεῖν διά τε τὴν ἐλάττωσιν, καὶ ὅτι σπανίσας τῶν ἐπιτηδείων πρὸς πόλιν τινὰ ἔξω τῆς ὁδοῦ οὖσαν ἐξετράπετο, νομίσαντες, τοῦ τε πρόσω ἀφεῖντο καὶ ἐπεδίωξαν αὐτόν. ἰδὼν οὖν τοῦτο ὁ Καῖσαρ, καὶ φοβηθεὶς τήν τε ὁρμὴν αὐτῶν καὶ τὸ πλῆθος, τῷ μὲν πεζῷ πρὸς μετέωρόν τι ὥρμησε, τοὺς δὲ ἱππέας προεβάλετο προκινδυνεῦσαί σφισιν, ἕως ἐν ἐπιτηδείῳ παρατάξῃ. τρεψαμένων τε αὖθις αὐτοὺς ἐκείνων, καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸ τὸ ὄρθιον θυμῷ φερομένων, ἐπικατέδραμέ σφισιν ἐξαίφνης, καὶ ἅτε συντεταγμένος σποράδας ἐξ ὑπερδεξίων οὐ χαλεπῶς ἀπεώσατο. τραπομένων δὲ τούτων, ἄλλοι τινὲς τῶν μὴ μαχομένων (ὑπό τε γὰρ τοῦ πλήθους καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς σπουδῆς οὐ πάντες ἅμα παρεγένοντὀ προσέμιξαν ἐξαίφνης κατὰ νώτου τοῖς ἐπιδιώκουσί σφας, καὶ ἐθορύβησαν μὲν αὐτούς, πλεῖον δὲ οὐδὲν ἔσχον· ὁ γὰρ Καῖσαρ τοῖς ἱππεῦσι τοὺς φεύγοντας προστάξας αὐτὸς τῷ ὁπλιτικῷ πρὸς ἐκείνους ἐτράπετο, καὶ κρατήσας πρός τε τὰς ἁμάξας ἀμφοτέροις σφίσι συγκαταφυγοῦσιν ἐφέσπετο, κἀνταῦθα αὖθις ἰσχυρῶς ἐπʼ αὐτῶν ἀμυνομένους σφᾶς ἐνίκησε. παθόντες δὲ ταῦθʼ οἱ βάρβαροι δίχα διῃρέθησαν. οἱ μὲν γὰρ ὡμολόγησαν αὐτῷ καὶ ἔς τε τὴν οἰκείαν ὅθεν ἐξανέστησαν ἐπανῆλθον, κἀνταῦθα τὰς πόλεις ἀνορθώσαντες ᾤκησαν· οἱ δὲ οὐκ ἐθελήσαντες τὰ ὁπλα παραδοῦναι πρὸς τὸν Ῥῆνον, ὡς καὶ ἐς τὴν ἀρχαίαν σφῶν γῆν ἐπανελθεῖν δυνάμενοι, ὥρμησαν, καὶ αὐτοὺς οἱ σύμμαχοι τῶν Ῥωμαίων διʼ ὧν διῄεσαν ῥᾳδίως, ἅτε καὶ ὀλίγους καὶ νενικημένους, ἔφθειραν.
They did not, however, reach any agreement; for when they were asked for hostages, they became offended, not because they were distrusted, but because they thought it unworthy of them to give hostages to anyone. So they disdained a truce and went forward again. When Caesar's cavalry galloped far ahead of the infantry and proceeded to harass their rear-guard, the enemy withstood them with their own cavalry and conquered them. 2 Filled with pride in consequence, and thinking that he, too, had fled, both because of the defeat and because, owing to lack of provisions, he turned aside to a city that was off the road, they abandoned further progress and pursued after him. Caesar, seeing this and fearing the violence of their attack as well as their numbers, hurried with his infantry to some higher ground, but first threw forward his horsemen to bear the brunt of the fighting until he could marshal his forces in a suitable place. The barbarians routed them a second time and were making a spirited charge straight up the hill, when Caesar with his forces in battle-array dashed down upon them suddenly from his superior position, while they were scattered, and so repulsed them without difficulty. 4 After these had been routed, some others who had not joined in the conflict — for owing to their multitude and their haste not all had arrived at the same time — attacked the pursuers in the rear and threw them into some confusion, but gained no advantage. For Caesar, leaving the fugitives to his cavalry, and turning himself with his heavy-armed troops to the others, defeated them and followed both bodies as they fled together to the waggons; and there, though from these vehicles they made a vigorous defence, he vanquished them again. After this reverse the barbarians divided into two parties. 6 The one came to terms with him, and going back again to their native land, whence they had set out, they rebuilt and occupied their cities there. The others refused to surrender their arms, and, with the idea that they could get back again to their old home, set out for the Rhine; but being few in numbers and labouring under a defeat, they were easily annihilated by the allies of the Romans through whose territory they passed.
§ 38.34
οὕτω μὲν δὴ τὸν πρῶτον πόλεμον ὁ Καῖσαρ ἐπολέμησεν, ἀρξάμενος δὲ ἐκεῖθεν οὐχ ἡσύχασεν, ἀλλʼ αὐτός τε τὸ ἑαυτοῦ βούλημα ἅμα ἀπεπλήρωσε καὶ τοῖς συμμάχοις ἐχαρίσατο. οἵ τε γὰρ Σηκουανοὶ καὶ οἱ Αἴδουοι τήν τε ἐπιθυμίαν αὐτοῦ ἰδόντες καὶ τὰ ἔργα ὁμολογοῦντα ταῖς ἐλπίσιν αἰσθόμενοι, ἐκείνῳ τε εὐεργεσίαν ἅμα καταθέσθαι καὶ τοὺς Κελτοὺς τοὺς ὁμοχώρους σφίσι τιμωρήσασθαι ἠθέλησαν· τὸν γὰρ Ῥῆνον πάλαι ποτὲ διαβάντες τῆς τε χώρας αὐτῶν τινα παρετέτμηντο καὶ αὐτοὺς ὑποτελεῖς ἐπεποίηντο, ὁμήρους σφῶν ἔχοντες. καὶ ἐτύγχανον γὰρ δεόμενοι ὧν ὠρέγετο, ῥᾳδίως αὐτὸν ἀνέπεισαν ἐπικουρῆσαί σφισιν. ἦρχε μὲν γὰρ Ἀριόουιστος τῶν Κελτῶν ἐκείνων, καὶ τήν τε κύρωσιν τῆς βασιλείας παρὰ τῶν Ῥωμαίων εἰλήφει, καὶ ἐς τοὺς φίλους τούς τε συμμάχους αὐτῶν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ τοῦ Καίσαρος ὑπατεύοντος ἐσεγέγραπτο· πρὸς δὲ δὴ τὴν ἐκ τοῦ πολέμου δόξαν καὶ τὴν ἀπʼ αὐτῆς ἰσχὺν οὐδὲν τούτων ἐφρόντισε, πλὴν καθʼ ὅσον παρὰ τοῦ βαρβάρου πρόφασιν τῆς διαφορᾶς, μὴ καὶ προϋπάρχειν τι ἐς αὐτὸν νομισθῇ, λαβεῖν ἠθέλησε. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μετεπέμψατο αὐτὸν ὡς καὶ διαλεχθῆναί τι αὐτῷ δεόμενος. ἐπειδή τε οὐχ ὑπήκουσεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἔφη ὅτι “εἴ τί μοι βούλεται Καῖσαρ εἰπεῖν, αὐτὸς πρὸς ἐμὲ ἐλθέτω· οὔτε γὰρ ἄλλως καταδεέστερος αὐτοῦ εἰμι, καὶ τὸν χρείαν τινὸς ἔχοντα αὐτὸν πρὸς ἐκεῖνον ἀφικνεῖσθαι δεῖ,” ὀργήν τε ὡς καὶ πάντας τοὺς Ῥωμαίους προπεπηλακικότος αὐτοῦ ἐν τούτῳ ἐποιήσατο, καὶ παραχρῆμα τούς τε ὁμήρους τῶν συμμάχων ἀπῄτησεν αὐτόν, καὶ προσαπηγόρευσεν αὐτῷ μήτε τῆς χώρας σφῶν ἐπιβαίνειν μήτʼ ἐπικουρίας οἴκοθεν ἐπάγεσθαι. ταῦτα δὲ ἔπραξεν οὐχ ὅτι καὶ καταπλήξειν αὐτόν, ἀλλʼ ὅτι ἐξοργιεῖν κἀκ τούτου πρόφασιν τοῦ πολέμου καὶ μεγάλην καὶ εὐπρεπῆ λήψεσθαι ἤλπισεν. ὅπερ ἐγένετο· ἀχθεσθεὶς γὰρ ὁ βάρβαρος τοῖς ἐπιτάγμασι πολλὰ καὶ δεινὰ ἀπεκρίνατο, ὥστε τὸν Καίσαρα λόγους μὲν μηκέτʼ αὐτῷ ἀντιπέμψαι, τὸν δὲ δὴ Οὐεσοντίωνα, τὴν τῶν Σηκουανῶν πόλιν, εὐθύς, καὶ πρὶν αἰσθέσθαι τινά, προκατασχεῖν.
Such was the first war that Caesar fought, and he did not remain quiet after this beginning; instead, he at the same time satisfied his own desire and did the allies a favour. For the Sequani and Aedui, who had marked his desire and had noticed that his deeds corresponded with his hopes, were willing at one stroke to bestow a benefit upon him and to take vengeance upon the Germans, who were their neighbours. 2 The latter had at some time in the remote past crossed the Rhine, cut off portions of their territory, and rendered them tributaries, taking hostages from them. And because they happened to be asking what Caesar was anxious for, they easily persuaded him to assist them. Now Ariovistus was the ruler of those Germans; his authority had been confirmed by the Romans and he had been enrolled among their friends and allies by Caesar himself during his consulship. In comparison, however, with the glory to be derived from the war and the power which that glory would bring, the Roman general heeded none of these considerations, except in so far as he wished to get some excuse for the quarrel from the barbarian, so that he should not appear to be in any way the aggressor against Ariovistus. 4 Therefore he sent for him, pretending that he wished to have a conference with him. Ariovistus, instead of obeying, replied: “If Caesar wishes to say anything to me, let him come to me himself. I am not inferior to him, anyway, and the man who has need of another should himself go to that person.” Thereupon Caesar became angry on the ground that he had thereby insulted all the Romans, and he immediately demanded of him the hostages of the allies and forbade him either to set foot on their land or to bring any reinforcements from home. 6 This he did, not with the idea of scaring him, but because he hoped to enrage him and by that means to gain a good and plausible pretext for the war. And this was what happened. The barbarian, angered by these demands, made a long and harsh reply, so that Caesar no longer bandied words with him, but straightway, before any one was aware of his intentions, seized on Vesontio, the city of the Sequani.
§ 38.35
κἀν τούτῳ οἱ στρατιῶται, ἀγγελίας ἐλθούσης ὅτι τε ὁ Ἀριόουιστος ἰσχυρῶς παρασκευάζεται, καὶ ὅτι καὶ ἕτεροι τῶν Κελτῶν πολλοὶ οἱ μὲν διαβεβήκασιν ἤδη τὸν Ῥῆνον ὡς ἐπὶ βοήθειαν αὐτοῦ, οἱ δὲ καὶ ἐπʼ αὐτῷ τῷ ποταμῷ συνειλέχαται ὅπως ἐξαίφνης σφίσιν ἐπίθωνται, δεινῶς ἠθύμησαν· τά τε γὰρ μεγέθη αὐτῶν καὶ τὸ πλῆθος τό τε θράσος καὶ τὰς ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ προχείρους ἀπειλὰς ἐκπλαγέντες οὕτω διετέθησαν ὡς μηδὲ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους τινὰς ἀλλὰ πρὸς θηρία ἄπορα καὶ ἄγρια προσοισόμενοι. καὶ ἐθρύλουν ὅτι πόλεμον οὔτε προσήκοντα οὔτε ἐψηφισμένον διὰ τὴν ἰδίαν τοῦ Καίσαρος φιλοτιμίαν ἀναιροῖντο, καὶ προσεπηπείλουν ἐγκαταλείψειν αὐτόν, ἂν μὴ μεταβάληται. μαθὼν οὖν ταῦτʼ ἐκεῖνος τῷ μὲν πλήθει τῶν στρατιωτῶν οὐδὲν διελέξατο (οὔτε γὰρ καλὸν ἐνόμιζεν εἶναι τοιαῦτα πρὸς πολλοὺς λέγειν, καὶ ταῦτʼ ἐς τοὺς πολεμίους μέλλοντα ἐκφοιτήσειν, καὶ ἔδεισε μή πως ἀπειθήσαντες θορυβήσωσι καὶ κακόν τι ἐξεργάσωνταἰ, τοὺς δὲ δὴ ὑπάρχους καὶ τοὺς ὑπομείονας ἀθροίσας τοιάδε ἐν αὐτοῖς ἔλεξεν.
Meanwhile reports reached the soldiers that Ariovistus was making vigorous preparations, and also that many other Germans had either already crossed the Rhine to assist him or had collected on the very bank of the river to attack the Romans suddenly; hence they fell into deep dejection. 2 Alarmed by the stature of their enemies, by their numbers, their boldness, and consequent ready threats, they were in such a mood as to feel that they were going to contend not against men, but against uncanny ferocious wild beasts. And the talk was that they were undertaking a war which was none of their business and had not been decreed, merely on account of Caesar's personal ambition; and they threatened also to desert him if he did not change his course. So he, when he heard of it, did not make any address to the common soldiers, since he thought it was not a good plan to discuss such matters before a crowd, and that if he did, these things would get out and reach the enemy, and since he feared his soldiers might perchance refuse obedience, raise a tumult, and do some harm, but he assembled his lieutenants and subalterns and spoke before them as follows:
§ 38.36
“οὐ τὸν αὐτόν, ὦ ἄνδρες φίλοι, τρόπον ἡγοῦμαι δεῖν ἡμᾶς περί τε τῶν ἰδίων καὶ περὶ τῶν κοινῶν βουλεύεσθαι. οὐδὲ γὰρ τὸν αὐτὸν ὁρῶ σκοπὸν ἰδίᾳ τε ἑκάστῳ καὶ δημοσίᾳ ἅπασιν ὄντα. ἡμῖν μὲν γὰρ τὰ ἐπιεικέστατα καὶ ἀσφαλέστατα, τῷ δὲ δήμῳ τὰ κράτιστα καὶ προαιρεῖσθαι καὶ πράττειν προσήκει. δεῖ μὲν γὰρ καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἰδίοις δραστηρίους εἶναι· τὸ γὰρ ἐπιεικὲς οὐκ ἐθέλει εἰ μὴ καὶ ἐκ τούτου σώζεσθαι· οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ ἀνὴρ μὲν ὅστις ἀπραγμονέστατός ἐστι, καὶ ἀσφαλέστατος εἶναι δοκεῖ, πόλις δέ, ἄλλως τε καὶ ἀρχὴν ἔχουσα, τάχιστʼ ἂν ὑπὸ τοῦ τοιούτου καταλυθείη. ταῦτα γὰρ οὕτως οὐχ ὑπʼ ἀνθρώπων ταχθέντα ἀλλʼ ὑπʼ αὐτῆς τῆς φύσεως νομοθετηθέντα καὶ ἦν ἀεὶ καὶ ἔστι, καὶ ἔσται μέχριπερ ἂν καὶ τὸ θνητὸν γένος συνεστήκῃ. τούτων οὖν οὕτως ἐχόντων, οὐδʼ ὑμῶν οὐδένα χρὴ τὸ ἴδιον ἡδὺ καὶ ἀσφαλὲς ἐν τῷ παρόντι μᾶλλον ἢ τὸ τοῖς πᾶσι Ῥωμαίοις καὶ εὐπρεπὲς καὶ συμφέρον προσκοπεῖν. λογίζεσθε γὰρ τά τε ἄλλα ὅσα εἰκός ἐστι, καὶ μάλισθʼ ὅτι δεῦρο ἤλθομεν αὐτοί τε τοσοῦτοι καὶ τοιοῦτοι ἔκ τε τῆς βουλῆς καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἱππέων ὄντες, καὶ πλῆθος πολὺ στρατιωτῶν χρήματά τε ἄφθονα λαβόντες, οὐχ ἵνα ῥᾳθυμῶμεν, οὐδʼ ἵνα ἀμελῶμεν, ἀλλʼ ὅπως τά τε τῶν ὑπηκόων ὀρθῶς διοικήσωμεν καὶ τὰ τῶν ἐνσπόνδων ἀσφαλῶς διασώσωμεν, τούς τε ἀδικεῖν ἐπιχειροῦντάς σφας ἀμυνώμεθα, καὶ τὰ ἡμέτερα ἐπαυξήσωμεν. ὡς εἴ γε μὴ ταῦθʼ οὕτω φρονοῦντες ἤλθομεν, τί ποτε καὶ ἀρχὴν ἐξεστρατεύσαμεν, ἀλλʼ οὐ τρόπον γέ τινα οἴκοι καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἰδίοις κατεμείναμεν; καὶ γάρ που καὶ ἄμεινον ἦν μηδʼ ὑποστῆναι τὴν στρατείαν ἢ προσταχθέντας αὐτὴν προδοῦναι. εἰ δʼ οἱ μὲν ὑπὸ τῶν νόμων ἀναγκαζόμενοι τὸ προσταττόμενον ὑπὸ τῆς πατρίδος πράττειν, οἱ δὲ δὴ πλείους ἐθελονταὶ διά τε τὰς τιμὰς καὶ διὰ τὰς ὠφελίας τὰς ἀπὸ τῶν πολέμων περιγιγνομένας πάρεσμεν, πῶς ἂν ἢ καλῶς ἢ ὁσίως ἡμῖν ἔχοι ψεύσασθαι καὶ τὰς τῶν ἐκπεμψάντων ἡμᾶς ἅμα καὶ τὰς ἡμετέρας αὐτῶν ἐλπίδας; ἰδίᾳ μὲν γὰρ οὐδʼ ἂν εἷς οὕτως εὖ πράξειεν ὥστε μὴ οὐ τῷ κοινῷ πταίσαντι συναπολέσθαι· τὸ δὲ δημόσιον εὐτυχοῦν πάσας καὶ τὰς ἑκάστου συμφορὰς ἀναφέρει.
“My friends, we ought not, I think, to deliberate about public interests in the same way as about private. In fact, I do not see that the same goal is set for each men privately as for all together publicly. For though we may for ourselves take the course that is most expedient and safe, yet for the people we should both adopt and carry out only the measures that are best. 2 Even in private matters it is necessary to be energetic; so only can a respectable position be maintained. Still, a man who is least occupied with affairs is thought to be also safest. But a state, especially if it holds sway over others, would be very quickly overthrown by such a course. These laws, not drawn up by man but exacted by Nature herself, always have existed, do exist, and will exist so long as the race of mortals endures. ”This being the case, no one of you at this juncture should have an eye to what is privately agreeable and safe so much as to what is creditable and advantageous to all the Romans. 4 For, apart from the other considerations that may naturally arise, reflect in particular that we who are so many and of such rank — members of the senate and knights — have come here accompanied by a great multitude of soldiers and with money in abundance, not that we may take our ease or neglect our duties, but for the purpose of managing rightly the affairs of our subjects, preserving in safety the property of those bound to us by treaty, repelling any who undertake to do them wrong, and increasing our own possessions. 6 For if it was not in this spirit that we came, why in the world did we take the field at all instead of contriving in some manner or other to stay at home attending to our own affairs? Surely it were better not to have undertaken the campaign than to give it up after being assigned to it. If, however, some of use are here because compelled by the laws to do what our country ordains, and the majority of us voluntarily, on account of the honours and rewards that come from the wars we wage, how could we either honourably or rightly cheat not only the hopes of the men who sent us forth but also our own? 8 For no one can fare so well individually as not to be ruined with the republic, if it should fall; but if the state prospers, it sustains all the misfortunes of each individual citizen.
§ 38.37
λέγω δὲ ταῦτα οὐ πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ἄνδρες ἑταῖροί τε καὶ φίλοι, τοὺς ἐνταῦθα ὄντας (οὔτε γὰρ ἄλλως ἀγνοεῖτε αὐτὰ ὥστε καὶ μαθεῖν δεῖσθαι, οὔτʼ ὀλιγώρως αὐτῶν ἔχετε ὥστε καὶ προτροπῆς χρῄζεινʼ, ἀλλʼ ὅτι τινὰς τῶν στρατιωτῶν ᾔσθημαι αὐτούς τε θρυλοῦντας ὡς οὐ προσήκοντα τόνδε τὸν πόλεμον ἀνῃρήμεθα, καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους προσστασιάζοντας, ἵνʼ αὐτοί τε βεβαιοτέραν ἐκ τῶν παρʼ ἐμοῦ λόγων τὴν ὑπὲρ τῆς πατρίδος προθυμίαν ποιήσησθε, καὶ ἐκείνους πάνθʼ ἃ προσήκει διδάξητε· πλείω γὰρ ἂν παρʼ ὑμῶν ἰδίᾳ καὶ πολλάκις ἀκούοντες αὐτὰ ὠφεληθεῖεν ἢ παρʼ ἐμοῦ ἅπαξ πυθόμενοι. λέγετε τοίνυν αὐτοῖς ὅτι οἱ πρόγονοι ἡμῶν οὐκ οἴκοι μένοντες, οὐδὲ τὰς στρατείας ὀκνοῦντες, οὐδὲ τοὺς πολέμους φεύγοντες, οὐδὲ τὰς ῥᾳθυμίας διώκοντες τηλικαύτην τὴν πόλιν ἐποίησαν, ἀλλὰ ταῖς γνώμαις πάντα τὰ προσήκοντα προχείρως τολμῶντες καὶ τοῖς σώμασι πάντα τὰ ἀρέσαντα προθύμως ἐκπονοῦντες, καὶ τὰ μὲν ἴδια ὡς ἀλλότρια ἀεί ποτε παραβαλλόμενοι, τὰ δὲ δὴ τῶν πέλας ὡς καὶ οἰκεῖα ἑτοίμως κτώμενοι, καὶ μήτε εὐδαιμονίαν ἄλλο τι ἢ τὸ τὰ δέοντα πράττειν νομίζοντες, μήτε δυστυχίαν ἄλλο τι ἢ τὸ μετʼ ἀπραξίας ἡσυχάζειν ἡγούμενοι. τοιγαροῦν ἐκ τούτων τῶν πολιτευμάτων αὐτοί τε, ὀλίγιστοι τὸ κατʼ ἀρχὰς γενόμενοι καὶ πόλιν οὐδεμίαν ἧς οὐκ ἐλάττω τὸ πρῶτον νεμόμενοι, Λατίνους ἐκράτησαν, Σαβίνους ἐνίκησαν, Τυρσηνοὺς Οὐόλσκους Ὀπικοὺς Λευκανοὺς Σαυνίτας ἐχειρώσαντο, πᾶσαν ἑνὶ λόγῳ τὴν ἐντὸς τῶν Ἄλπεων γῆν κατεστρέψαντο, πάντας τοὺς ἀλλοφύλους
"I do not say this with reference to you who are here, my comrades and friends; for you are not ignorant of these things, that you need to be instructed in them, nor are you indifferent toward them, that you require exhortation. I say it because I have ascertained that some of the soldiers are themselves noisily talking to the effect that this war we have undertaken is none of our business, and are stirring up the rest to sedition. 2 My purpose is that you yourselves may as a result of my words make more unswerving the zeal you have for your country and may also teach the others their whole duty. For they will be benefited more by hearing it from you individually and repeatedly than they would from learning it but once from my lips. Tell them, then, that it was not by staying at home or shirking their campaigns or avoiding their wars or pursuing their ease that our ancestors made the city so great, but it was by bringing their minds to venture readily all that they ought to do and their bodies to work out eagerly all the plans they had determined upon; 4 by risking their own possessions as if they belonged to others, but acquiring readily the possessions of their neighbours as their own, while they thought that happiness was nothing else than doing their duty, and held that misfortune was nothing else than resting inactive. “It was in consequence of these principles, therefore, that those men, who were in the beginning very few and dwelt in a city as small as any at first, conquered the Latins, subdued the Sabines, mastered the Etruscans, Volscians, Oscans, Lucanians and Samnites, in a word, subjugated the whole land south of the Alps, and repulsed all the foreign tribes that came against them.
§ 38.38
τοὺς ἐπελθόντας σφίσιν ἀπεώσαντο, καὶ αὐτοὺς καὶ οἱ μετὰ ταῦτα Ῥωμαῖοι οἵ τε πατέρες ἡμῶν ζηλώσαντες οὐκ ἠρκέσθησαν τοῖς παροῦσιν, οὐδʼ ἠγάπησαν οἷς παρέλαβον, ἀλλʼ ὄλεθρον μὲν αὑτῶν σαφῆ τὴν ῥᾳστώνην, σωτηρίαν δὲ ἀκριβῆ τὴν ταλαιπωρίαν νομίσαντες εἶναι, καὶ φοβηθέντες μὲν μὴ μείναντα αὐτὰ ἐφʼ ἑαυτῶν κατατριφθείη καὶ καταγηράσειεν, αἰσχυνθέντες δὲ εἰ τοσαῦτα παραδεξάμενοι μηδὲν ἐπικτήσαιντο, πολλῷ πλείω καὶ μείζω προσκατειργάσαντο. τί γὰρ ἄν τις καθʼ ἕκαστον λέγοι τὴν Σαρδώ, τὴν Σικελίαν, τοὺς Μακεδόνας, τοὺς Ἰλλυριούς, τὴν Ἑλλάδα, τὴν Ἀσίαν τὴν περὶ τὴν Ἰωνίαν, Βιθυνούς, Ἴβηρας, Ἄφρους; καίτοι συχνὰ μὲν ἂν χρήματα ἔδοσαν αὐτοῖς Καρχηδόνιοι ὥστε μὴ ἐκεῖσε ἐκπλεῦσαι, συχνὰ δὲ Φίλιππος καὶ Περσεὺς ὥστε μὴ ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς στρατεῦσαι, πολλὰ Ἀντίοχος, πολλὰ οἱ παῖδες αὐτοῦ καὶ ἔγγονοι ὥστε ἐπὶ τῆς Εὐρώπης καταμεῖναι. ἀλλʼ οὔτε ἐκεῖνοι πρό τε τῆς δόξης καὶ πρὸ τοῦ μεγέθους τῆς ἀρχῆς ἀργεῖν τε ἀκλεῶς καὶ πλουτεῖν ἀδεῶς εἵλοντο, οὔτʼ αὐτῶν ἡμῶν οἱ πρεσβύτεροι οἱ καὶ νῦν ἔτʼ ὄντες, ἀλλʼ ἅτε εὖ εἰδότες ὅτι διὰ τῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων καὶ κτᾶται τὰ ἀγαθὰ καὶ σώζεται, πολλὰ μὲν ἐβεβαιώσαντο τῶν προϋπαρχόντων, πολλὰ δὲ καὶ προσεκτήσαντο. τί γὰρ δεῖ κἀνταῦθα καθʼ ἕκαστον ἐπεξιέναι τὴν Κρήτην, τὸν Πόντον, τὴν Κύπρον, τὴν Ἰβηρίαν τὴν Ἀσιανήν, τὴν Ἀλβανίαν τὴν ἐκεῖ, Σύρους ἀμφοτέρους, Ἀρμενίους ἑκατέρους, Ἀραβίους, Παλαιστίνους; ὧν οὐδὲ τὰ ὀνόματα πρότερον ἀκριβῶς εἰδότες νῦν τῶν μὲν αὐτοὶ δεσπόζομεν, τὰ δὲ ἑτέροις ἐχαρισάμεθα, ὥστε ἐξ αὐτῶν καὶ προσόδους καὶ δυνάμεις καὶ τιμὰς καὶ συμμαχίας προσειληφέναι.
The later Romans, likewise, and our own fathers imitated them, not being satisfied with what they had inherited, but regarding sloth as their sure destruction and hardship as their certain safety. They feared that if their treasures remained unaugmented they would waste away of themselves and wear out with age, and were ashamed after receiving so rich a heritage to add nothing to it; accordingly they effected much greater and more numerous conquests. 2 But why mention individually Sardinia, Sicily, Macedonia, Illyria, Greece, Ionian Asia, Bithynia, Spain, and Africa? And yet the Carthaginians would have given them much money not to extend their voyages thither, and much would Philip and Perseus have given to keep them from making campaigns against them; Antiochus would have given much, his sons and grandsons would have given much, to have them remain in Europe. But those men in view of the glory and the greatness of the empire did not choose to be ignobly idle or to enjoy their wealth in security, nor did the older men of our generation who even now are still alive; nay, as men who well knew that advantages are preserved by the same methods by which they are acquired, they made sure of many of their original possessions and also acquired many new ones. 4 But here again, why catalogue in detail Crete, Pontus, Cyprus, Asiatic Iberia, Farther Albania, both Syrias, the two Armenias, Arabia, and Palestine? Countries whose very names we did not know precisely in former times we now rule, lording it over some ourselves and having bestowed others upon various persons, so that we have gained from them revenues and troops and honour and alliances.
§ 38.39
τοιαῦτα γοῦν ἔχοντες παραδείγματα, μήτε τὰ τῶν πατέρων ἔργα καταισχύνητε μήτε τὴν ἀρχὴν μεγίστην ἤδη οὖσαν προῆσθε. οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδʼ ἀπʼ ἴσης ἡμῖν τε καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις τοῖς μηδὲν τῶν ὁμοίων κεκτημένοις βουλευτέον ἐστίν. ἐκείνοις μὲν γὰρ ἐξαρκεῖ ῥᾳστωνεύειν καὶ μετὰ ἀσφαλείας ἄλλοις ὑποπεπτωκέναι, ἡμῖν δʼ ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι καὶ πονεῖν καὶ στρατεύεσθαι καὶ μετὰ κινδύνων τὴν παροῦσαν εὐδαιμονίαν φυλάττειν. πολλοὶ γὰρ ἐπιβουλεύουσιν αὐτῇ· πᾶν γὰρ τὸ ὑπεραῖρόν τινας καὶ ζηλοῦται καὶ φθονεῖται, κἀκ τούτου πόλεμος ἀίδιός ἐστιν ἅπασι τοῖς καταδεεστέροις πρὸς τοὺς ἔν τινι αὐτῶν ὑπερέχοντας. ἢ οὖν ἀπὸ πρώτης ἐχρῆν μηδὲν διαφερόντως ἡμᾶς τῶν ἄλλων ἀνθρώπων ηὐξῆσθαι, ἤ, ἐπείπερ τηλικοῦτοι γεγόναμεν καὶ τοσαῦτα κεκτήμεθα, πέπρωταί τε ἢ ἄρχειν τῶν ἄλλων ἐγκρατῶς ἢ καὶ αὐτοὺς παντελῶς ἀπολέσθαι (τοῖς γὰρ ἔς τε ἀξίωμα τοσοῦτον καὶ ἐς δύναμιν τηλικαύτην προκεχωρηκόσιν ἀδύνατόν ἐστιν ἀκινδύνως ἰδιωτεῦσαἰ, πειθώμεθα τῇ τύχῃ, μηδὲ ἑκοῦσαν αὐτὴν καὶ αὐτεπάγγελτον τοῖς τε πατράσιν ἡμῶν ὑπάρξασαν καὶ ἡμῖν παραμένουσαν ἀπωσώμεθα. ἔσται δὲ τοῦτο οὐκ ἂν τὰ ὅπλα ῥίψωμεν, οὐδʼ ἂν τὰς τάξεις ἐκλίπω- μεν, οὐδʼ ἂν διὰ κενῆς οἴκοι καθώμεθα ἢ καὶ παρὰ τοῖς συμμάχοις πλανώμεθα, ἀλλὰ ἂν τά τε ὅπλα διὰ χειρὸς ἀεὶ ἔχωμεν (οὕτω γὰρ μόνως εἰρήνη σώζεται) καὶ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πολέμου διὰ κινδύνων ἀσκῶμεν (οὕτω γὰρ μόνως οὐκ ἀεὶ πολεμήσομενʼ, τοῖς τε δεομένοις τῶν συμμάχων ἀπροφασίστως ἐπικουρῶμεν (οὕτω γὰρ πολὺ πλείους ἕξομενʼ καὶ τοῖς ἀεί τι παρακινοῦσι τῶν πολεμίων μὴ ἐπιτρέπωμεν (οὕτω γὰρ οὐδεὶς ἔθʼ ἡμᾶς ἀδικεῖν ἐθελήσεἰ.
”With such examples before you, now, do not bring shame upon the deeds of the fathers nor let slip the empire which is already the greatest. We cannot even deliberate in like manner with the rest of mankind who have no possessions like ours. 2 For them it suffices to live in ease and, with safety guaranteed, to be subject to others, but for us it is necessary to toil, to make campaigns, and to incur danger in guarding our existing property. Against this prosperity many are plotting, since everything that lifts people above their fellows arouses both emulation and jealousy; and consequently an eternal warfare is waged by all inferiors against those who excel them in any way. Hence either we ought not in the first place to have grown powerful beyond other men, or else, since we have become so great and have gained so many possessions, it is fated for us either to rule our subjects firmly or to perish utterly ourselves. For it is impossible for men who have advanced to such distinction and to power so vast to live to themselves without danger. Let us therefore obey Fortune and not repel her, seeing that she voluntarily and at her own behest was present with our fathers and now abides with us. 4 But this result will not be attained if we cast away our arms or desert or sit idly at home or even wander about visiting our allies; it will be attained if we keep our arms constantly in hand (this is the only way to preserve peace), practise the deeds of war by actual fighting (this is the only way we shall not be forever having war), aid unhesitatingly those of our allies who ask for aid (in this way we shall get many more), and do not indulge those of our enemies who are always turbulent (in this way no one will any longer care to wrong us).
§ 38.40
εἰ μὲν γάρ τις τῶν θεῶν ἐγγυητὴς ἡμῖν ἐγένετο ὅτι, κἂν ταῦτα μὴ ποιῶμεν, οὔτε τις ἡμῖν ἐπιβουλεύσει καὶ πάνθʼ ὅσα κεκτήμεθα ἀσφαλῶς ἀεὶ καρπωσόμεθα, αἰσχρὸν μὲν ἂν ἦν εἰπεῖν ὅτι τὴν ἡσυχίαν ἄγειν ἐχρῆν, ὅμως δʼ οὖν εἶχον ἄν τινα σκῆψιν εὐπρεπῆ οἱ μηδὲν τῶν δεόντων πράττειν βουλόμενοι. εἰ δʼ ἀνάγκη τε τοὺς κεκτημένους τινὰ ὑπὸ πολλῶν ἐπιβουλεύεσθαι, καὶ προσήκει τὰς ἐπιθέσεις αὐτῶν προκαταλαμβάνεσθαι, καὶ οἱ μὲν ἐπὶ τοῖς οἰκείοις ἡσυχάζοντες καὶ περὶ τούτοις κινδυνεύουσιν, οἱ δὲ ἐκ περιουσίας τῷ πολέμῳ καὶ κατὰ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων χρώμενοι καὶ ἐκεῖνα φυλάσσουσιν (οὐδεὶς γὰρ περὶ τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ δεδιὼς τῶν τοῦ πέλας ἐφίεται· ὁ γὰρ περὶ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων οἱ φόβος ἰσχυρῶς τοῦ πολυπραγμονεῖν τὰ μὴ προσήκοντα αὐτὸν ἀποτρέπεἰ, τί τοῦτο λέγει τις, ὡς οὐ χρὴ ἡμᾶς ἀεί τι προσκτᾶσθαι; οὐ μέμνησθε, τὰ μὲν ἀκηκοότες τὰ δὲ ἑορακότες, ὅτι οὔτε τῶν ἐν τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ γενῶν οὐδὲν πρότερον ἀπέσχετο τοῦ τῇ πατρίδι ἡμῶν ἐπιβουλεύειν πρὶν τοὺς πολέμους ἐν τῇ ἐκείνων χώρᾳ τοὺς προγόνους ἡμῶν ποιήσασθαι, οὔτε οἱ Ἠπειρῶται πρὶν ἐς τὴν Ἑλλάδα αὐτοὺς περαιωθῆναι; οὐ Φίλιππος μελλήσας καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν Ἰταλίαν στρατεύσειν, πρὶν φθάσαντας τὴν ἐκείνου κακῶς ποιῆσαι· οὐ Περσεύς, οὐκ Ἀντίοχος, οὐ Μιθριδάτης, πρὶν τὰ αὐτὰ αὐτοὺς ἐργάσασθαι. καὶ τί τἆλλα λέγοι τις ἄν; ἀλλʼ οἱ Καρχηδόνιοι, τέως μὲν οὐδὲν δεινὸν ἀφʼ ἡμῶν ἐν τῇ Ἀφρικῇ εἶχον, ἔς τε τὴν Ἰταλίαν διέπλεον καὶ τὴν χώραν κατέτρεχον τάς τε πόλεις ἐπόρθουν καὶ παρʼ ὀλίγον καὶ τὸ ἄστυ αὐτὸ εἷλον, ἐπειδὴ δʼ ἀντιπολεμεῖσθαι ἤρξαντο, παντάπασιν ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἡμῶν ἐξέδρασαν. τὰ δʼ αὐτὰ ταῦτα καὶ περὶ τῶν Γαλατῶν καὶ Κελτῶν ἄν τις εἰπεῖν ἔχοι. καὶ γὰρ οὗτοι, μέχρι μὲν ἐντὸς τῶν Ἄλπεων ἐμένομεν, πολλάκις αὐτὰς ὑπερέβησαν καὶ πολλὰ τῆς Ἰταλίας ἐπόρθησαν· ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐτολμήσαμέν ποτε ἔξω τε τῶν ὅρων ἐκστρατεῦσαι καὶ τὸν πόλεμόν σφισι περιστῆσαι, καί τινα καὶ τῆς χώρας αὐτῶν ἀπετεμόμεθα, οὐκέτʼ οὐδένα πόλεμον ἀπʼ αὐτῶν ἐν τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ, πλὴν ἅπαξ, εἴδομεν. ὅταν οὖν τούτων οὕτως ἐχόντων λέγῃ τις ὅτι οὐ χρὴ πολεμεῖν ἡμᾶς, οὐδὲν ἄλλο φησὶν ἢ ὅτι οὐ χρὴ πλουτεῖν, οὐ χρὴ ἑτέρων ἄρχειν, οὐκ ἐλευθέρους, οὐ Ῥωμαίους εἶναι. ὥσπερ οὖν ἄν, εἴπερ τι τούτων εἶπέ τις, οὐκ ἂν ἠνέσχεσθε ἀλλὰ κἂν ἐν χερσὶν αὐτὸν ἀπεκτείνατε, οὕτω καὶ νῦν, ὦ ἄνδρες ἑταῖροι, πρὸς τοὺς ἐκεῖνα λέγοντας διατίθεσθε, μὴ τοῖς ῥήμασί σφων ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἔργοις τὸν νοῦν τεκμαιρόμενοι. οὐκοῦν ὅτι μὲν οὕτω χρὴ φρονεῖν, οὐδένʼ ἂν
“What though some god had become our surety that even if we should fail to do all this, no one would plot against us and we should forever enjoy in safety all that we have won, it would still be disgraceful to say that we ought to keep quiet; yet those who are willing to do nothing that is requisite would then have some show of excuse. 2 But if, as a matter of fact, it is inevitable that men who possess anything should be plotted against by many, and if it behooves them to anticipate their attacks; if those who hold quietly to their own possessions risk losing even these, while those who without any compulsion employ war to acquire the possessions also of others are protecting their own as well, — for no one who fears for his own goods covets those of his neighbour, since his fear concerning what he already has effectually deters him from meddling in what does not belong to him, — if all this be true, why, then, does any one say that we ought not always to be acquiring something more? 4 ”Do you not recall, partly from hearsay and partly from observation, that none of the Italian races stopped plotting against our country until our ancestors carried the wars into their territory, nor yet the Epirots until our fathers crossed over into Greece? Nor Philip, who intended to make a campaign even against Italy, until they harried his land first; nor Perseus, or Antiochus, or Mithridates, until they treated them in the same way? And why mention the other instances? 6 But take the Carthaginians; so long as they suffered no disaster at our hands in Africa, they kept crossing into Italy, overrunning the country, sacking the towns, and almost captured the city itself; but when they began to have war made upon them, they fled altogether from our land. One might instance the same results in the case of the Gauls and Germans. For these peoples, while we remained on our side of the Alps, often crossed them and ravaged a large part of Italy; but when we ventured at last to make a campaign beyond our own borders and to bring the war home to them, and also took away a part of their territory, we never again saw any war begun by them in Italy, except once. 8 When, accordingly, in the face of these facts, anybody declares that we ought not to make war, he simply says that we ought not to be rich, ought not to rule others, ought not to be free, ought not to be Romans. Therefore, just as you would not endure it if a man should say any of these things, but would kill him even as he stood before you, so now also, comrades, you must feel the same way toward those who make these other statements, judging their disposition not by their words but by their deeds. “Therefore none of you will contend, I think, that this is not the right point of view to take.
§ 38.41
ἀντειπεῖν ὑμῶν νομίζω· εἰ δʼ ὅτι μήτε ἐξήτασται περὶ τοῦ πολέμου τούτου παρὰ τῇ βουλῇ καὶ παρὰ τῷ δήμῳ μὴ ἐψήφισται, διὰ τοῦτό τις ἧττον οἴεται δεῖν ἡμᾶς προθυμηθῆναι, λογισάσθω τοῦθʼ, ὅτι πάντες οἱ πόλεμοι ὅσοι πώποτε γεγόνασιν ἡμῖν, οἱ μὲν ἐκ παρασκευῆς καὶ προεπαγγέλσεως οἱ δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ καιροῦ συμβεβήκασι. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ὅσα μὲν ἂν οἴκοι τε μενόντων ἡμῶν καὶ τὴν ἡσυχίαν ἀγόντων κινηθῇ καὶ ἐκ πρεσβείας τινὸς τὴν ἀρχὴν τῶν ἐγκλημάτων λάβῃ, καὶ σκέψιν ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν καὶ δεῖ καὶ ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι γίγνεσθαι καὶ ψῆφον ἐπάγεσθαι, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο τούς τε ὑπάτους ἢ καὶ στρατηγοὺς προστάττεσθαί σφισι καὶ τὰς δυνάμεις ἐκπέμπεσθαι· ὅσα δʼ ἂν ἐξεληλυθότων ἤδη καὶ ἐξεστρατευμένων τινῶν ἐκφανῇ, ταῦτʼ οὐκέτʼ ἐς διαγνώμην ἄγεσθαι χρή, ἀλλʼ ὡς καὶ δεδογμένα καὶ κεκυρωμένα ὑπʼ αὐτῆς τῆς χρείας προκαταλαμβάνεσθαι πρὶν αὐξηθῆναι. ἢ τίνος μὲν ἕνεκα ὑμᾶς ἐνταῦθʼ ὁ δῆμος ἐξέπεμψεν, τίνος δʼ ἕνεκα ἐμὲ μετὰ τὴν ὑπατείαν εὐθὺς ἔστειλε, τοῦτο μὲν ἐπὶ πέντε ἔτη καθάπαξ, ὃ μήπω πρότερον ἐγεγόνει, ἄρχειν ἑλόμενος, τοῦτο δὲ τέσσαρσι στρατοπέδοις ὁπλίσας, εἰ μὴ καὶ πολεμῆσαι πάντως ἡμᾶς δεήσειν ἐνόμιζεν; οὐ γάρ που ἵνα μάτην τρεφώμεθα, οὐδʼ ἵνα τάς τε πόλεις τὰς συμμαχίδας καὶ τὴν χώραν τὴν ὑπήκοον περιιόντες χαλεπώτεροι καὶ τῶν πολεμίων αὐτοῖς γιγνώμεθα, — οὐδʼ ἂν εἷς ταῦτα φήσειεν, — ἀλλʼ ἵνα τὴν οἰκείαν φυλάξωμεν, ἵνα τὴν τῶν πολεμίων πορθήσωμεν, ἵνʼ ἄξιόν τι καὶ τοῦ πλήθους καὶ τῶν ἀναλωμάτων ἐργασώμεθα. οὐκοῦν ἐν τούτῳ καὶ οὗτος ὁ πόλεμος καὶ πᾶς ὁστισοῦν ἄλλος καὶ ἐπιτέτραπται ἡμῖν καὶ ἐγκεχείρισται. καὶ πάνυ γε φρονίμως ἐποίησαν ἐφʼ ἡμῖν τὸ τίσι πολεμητέον εἶναι διαγνῶναι καταλιπόντες καὶ μὴ αὐτοὶ τὸν πόλεμον ψηφισάμενοι. οἱ μὲν γὰρ οὔτʼ ἀκριβῶσαι τὰ τῶν συμμάχων τοσοῦτον αὐτῶν ἀφεστηκότες ἠδυνήθησαν ἄν, καὶ πρὸς εἰδότας καὶ προπαρεσκευασμένους τοὺς πολεμίους οὐκ ἂν ὁμοίως ἐπιτηδείως προσηνέχθησαν· ἡμεῖς δὲ δὴ κριταὶ ἅμα καὶ λειτουργοὶ τοῦ πολέμου γιγνόμενοι, καὶ προσέτι καὶ ἐπʼ αὐτοφώρους τοὺς ἐχθροὺς τὰ ὅπλα εὐθὺς ἐπιφέροντες, οὔτʼ ἀνεξετάστως οὔτʼ ἀδίκως οὔτʼ ἀπροφυλάκτως αὐτὸν ποιησόμεθα.
If, however, any one thinks that because no investigation has been made of this war in the senate and no vote has been passed in the assembly we need be less eager, let him reflect that while some, to be sure, of the many wars which have fallen to our lot, have come about as a result of preparation and previous announcement, yet others have occurred on the spur of the moment. 2 For this reason all uprisings that are made while we are staying at home and keeping quiet, in which the beginning of the complaints arises from some embassy, both call for and demand an inquiry into their nature and the taking of a vote, after which the consuls and praetors must be assigned to them and the forces sent out; but all that come to light after commanders have already gone forth and taken the field are no longer to be brought up for decision, but to be taken in hand promptly, before they increase, as matters decreed ratified by the very urgency of the crisis. ”Else for what reason did the people send you hither, for what reason did they send me immediately after my consulship? Why did they, on the one hand, elect me to hold command for five years at one time, as had never been done before, and on the other hand equip me with four legions, unless they believed that we should certainly be required to fight? Surely it was not that we might be supported in idleness, or that making visits to the allied cities and our subject territory, we should prove a worse bane to them even than their enemies. Nobody would make this assertion. It was rather that we might protect our own land, ravage that of the enemy, and accomplish something worthy both of our numbers and our expenditures. 6 With this understanding, therefore, both this war and every other whatsoever have been assigned and entrusted to us. They acted very sensibly in leaving in our hands the decision as to whom we should fight, instead of voting for the war themselves. For they would not have been able to understand thoroughly the affairs of our allies, being at such a distance from them, and would not have taken measures with equal opportuneness against enemies who were already informed and prepared. So we, on whom has devolved at once the decision and the carrying out of the war, and who are turning our weapons promptly against foes actually in the field, shall not be waging the war without investigation or unjustly or incautiously.
§ 38.42
καί μοι εἴ τις ὑμῶν ἐκεῖνο ὑπολαμβάνει, τί δὴ τηλικοῦτον ὁ Ἀριόουιστος πεπλημμέληκεν ὥστʼ ἀντὶ φίλου καὶ συμμάχου πολέμιος ἡμῖν γενέσθαι, σκοπείτω τοῦθʼ, ὅτι τοὺς ἀδικεῖν τι ἐπιχειροῦντας οὐκ ἐφʼ οἷς ποιοῦσι μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐφʼ οἷς φρονοῦσιν ἀμύνασθαι δεῖ, καὶ τήν τε αὔξησιν αὐτῶν πρὶν καὶ βλαβῆναί τι προκαταλαμβάνειν, καὶ μὴ περιμείναντας κακῶς ἔργῳ παθεῖν, τότε τιμωρεῖσθαι. ὅτι τοίνυν καὶ ἐχθρὸς καὶ ἔχθιστός ἐστιν ἡμῖν, πῶς ἂν ἄλλως μᾶλλον ἐλεγχθείη ἢ ἐξ ὧν ἐποίησεν; πέμψαντος γάρ μου πρὸς αὐτὸν φιλικῶς ὅπως ἔλθῃ τε πρὸς ἡμᾶς καὶ κοινῇ μεθʼ ἡμῶν βουλεύσηται περὶ τῶν παρόντων, οὔτʼ ἦλθεν οὔθʼ ἥξειν ὑπέσχετο. καίτοι τί μὲν ἐγὼ ἄδικον ἢ ἀνεπιεικὲς ἢ φορτικὸν ἐποίησα μεταπεμψάμενος αὐτὸν ὡς φίλον καὶ σύμμαχον; τί δὲ ἐκεῖνος ὕβρεως καὶ ἀσελγείας, οὐκ ἐθελήσας ἐλθεῖν, ἐκλέλοιπεν; ἆρʼ οὐ δυοῖν ἀνάγκη θάτερον, ἤτοι ὑπωπτευκότα αὐτόν τι κακὸν πείσεσθαι ἢ ὑπερπεφρονηκότα ἡμᾶς τοῦτο πεποιηκέναι; οὐκοῦν εἴτε τι ὑποτετόπηκεν, σαφέστατα αὐτὸς ἑαυτὸν ἐξελέγχει ἐπιβουλεύοντα ἡμῖν· οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἡμῖν μηδὲν δεινὸν παθὼν ὕποπτός ἐστιν, οὐδʼ ἀπʼ ὀρθῆς καὶ ἀδόλου τῆς γνώμης γίγνεται, ἀλλʼ οἱ προπαρεσκευασμένοι τινὰς ἀδικῆσαι ἑτοίμην τὴν ὑποψίαν κατʼ αὐτῶν ἐκ τοῦ συνειδότος σφῶν ἔχουσιν· εἴτʼ αὖ μηδενὸς τοιούτου ὑπόντος ὑπερεόρακέ τε ἡμᾶς καὶ λόγοις ὑπερηφάνοις ὕβρικε, τί χρὴ τοῦτον, ἐπειδὰν ἔργου τινὸς ἐπιλάβηται, προσδοκῆσαι πράξειν; ὁ γὰρ ἐν οἷς μηδὲν κερδανεῖν ἔμελλε τοσαύτῃ ὑπεροψίᾳ κεχρημένος πῶς οὐ πόρρωθεν ἐξελήλεγκται μηδὲν δίκαιον μήτε φρονῶν μήτε πράσσων; οὐ τοίνυν ἀπέχρησεν αὐτῷ τοῦτο, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐμὲ ἐλθεῖν πρὸς αὑτὸν ἐκέλευσεν, εἴπερ τι αὐτοῦ
“But suppose, now, some one of you should answer me with this objection: 'What wrong has Ariovistus done so great that he should have become an enemy of ours in place of a friend and ally?' Let any such man consider the fact that one has to defend one's self against those who are undertaking to do a wrong not merely on the basis of what they do, but also on the basis of what they intend, and has to check their growth promptly, before suffering any injury, instead of waiting until the wrong is actually done and then taking vengeance. 2 Now how could it better be proved that he is hostile, nay, most hostile toward us than by what he has done? I sent to him in a friendly way to bid him come to us and consult with us about present conditions, and he neither came nor promised that he would appear. And yet what did I do that was unfair or unseemly or arrogant in summoning him as a friend or ally? What insolence and wantonness, on the other hand, has he failed to show in refusing to come! Is it not inevitable that he did this for one of two reasons — either that he suspected he should suffer some harm or that he felt contempt for us? 4 Now if he felt any suspicion, he convicts himself most clearly of conspiring against us; for no one, when he has suffered no injury, is suspicious towards us, nor does one become so with an upright and guileless mind; rather, it is those who have prepared themselves to wrong others because of their own conscience that harbour suspicion against them. If, on the other hand, nothing of this sort was at the bottom of his action, but he merely looked down on us and insulted us with overweening words, what must we expect him to do when he lays hold of some real project? For when a man has shown such disdain in matters where he was not going to gain anything, does he not stand convicted from afar off of utter injustice both in thought and in deed? ”Not content, now, with this, he further bade me come to him, if I wanted anything of him.
§ 38.43
δεοίμην. καὶ μή μοι μικρὰν τὴν προσθήκην ταύτην εἶναι νομίσητε· μεγάλη γάρ ἐστιν ἐπίδειξις τῆς διανοίας αὐτοῦ. τὸ μὲν γὰρ αὐτὸν μὴ ἐθελῆσαι πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἀφικέσθαι τάχʼ ἄν τις καὶ ὄκνῳ καὶ ἀρρωστίᾳ καὶ φόβῳ, ἀπολογούμενος ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ, ἀνέθηκε· τὸ δὲ δὴ καὶ ἐμὲ μεταπέμψασθαι οὔτε σκῆψιν οὐδεμίαν ἐνδέχεται, καὶ προσεξελέγχει καὶ ἐκεῖνο αὐτὸν οὐ κατʼ ἄλλο τι πεποιηκότα ἢ ὅτι οὔθʼ ὑπακούειν ἐς οὐδὲν ἡμῖν καὶ προσέτι καὶ προσαντεπιτάττειν πάντα παρεσκεύασται. καίτοι καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πόσης ὕβρεως καὶ πόσου προπηλακισμοῦ μεστόν ἐστιν; μεταπέμπεταί τινα ὁ ἀνθύπατος ὁ Ῥωμαίων, καὶ ἐκεῖνος οὐκ ἔρχεται· μεταπέμπεταί τις τὸν ἀνθύπατον τὸν Ῥωμαίων Ἀλλόβριξ ὤν. μὴ γὰρ ὅτι ἐμοῦ τοῦ Καίσαρος οὐκ ἐπείσθη, μηδʼ ὅτι ἐμὲ τὸν Καίσαρα ἐκάλεσε, σμικρόν τι τοῦτο καὶ φαῦλον εἶναι νομίσητε. οὔτε γὰρ ἐγὼ αὐτὸν μετεπεμψάμην, ἀλλʼ ὁ Ῥωμαῖος, ὁ ἀνθύπατος, αἱ ῥάβδοι, τὸ ἀξίωμα, τὰ στρατόπεδα, οὔτε ἐγὼ μετεπέμφθην ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ ταῦτα πάντα. ἰδίᾳ μὲν γὰρ ἐμοὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν οὐδέν ἐστι συμβόλαιον· κοινῇ δὲ δὴ πάντες καὶ εἴπομέν τι καὶ ἐποιήσαμεν καὶ ἀντηκούσαμεν καὶ ἀντεπάθομεν.
Do not, I beg of you, regard this addition as any light matter; for it is weighty as an indication of his disposition. As for his refusing to come to us, one speaking in his defence might ascribe this to hesitation, or infirmity, or fear; 2 but his summoning me admits of no excuse, and furthermore proves that he acted in the first instance from no other motive than a determination to yield us obedience in nothing and furthermore to make corresponding demands in every case. And yet with what insolence and contumely does this very course of his teem! The proconsul of the Romans summons a man and he does not come; then some one summons the proconsul of the Romans — an Allobrogian! Do not regard it as a slight matter and of little moment that he failed to obey me, Caesar, or that he summoned me, Caesar. 4 For it was not I who summoned him, but the Roman, the proconsul, the fasces, the authority, the legions; it was not I who was summoned by him, but all these. Privately I have no relations with him, but in common we have all spoken and acted, received his retort and suffered his scorn.
§ 38.44
Ὥσθʼ ὅσῳ τις ἂν αὐτὸν ἔν τε τοῖς φίλοις καὶ ἐν τοῖς συμμάχοις ἡμῶν ἀναγεγράφθαι φήσῃ, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον ἀξιομίσητον ὄντα ἀποδείξει. διὰ τί; ὅτι οἷα μηδὲ τῶν ἐχθίστων τις ὁμολογούντων ἡμῖν εἶναι ἐτόλμησέ ποτε ποιῆσαι, ταῦτʼ ἐκεῖνος ἔν τε τοῖς τῆς φιλίας καὶ ἐν τοῖς τῆς συμμαχίας ὀνόμασιν ἐξείργασται, καθάπερ ἐπʼ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πεποιημένος αὐτάς, ἵνʼ ἡμᾶς ἀδικεῖν ἀδεῶς ἔχῃ. ἀλλʼ οὔτε τότε ἐπὶ τῷ προπηλακίζεσθαι καὶ ἐπιβουλεύεσθαι ἐσπεισάμεθα αὐτῷ, οὔτε νῦν αὐτοὶ τὰς σπονδὰς λύσομεν· ἡμεῖς μὲν γὰρ ὡς πρὸς φίλον καὶ σύμμαχον ἔτʼ αὐτὸν ὄντα ἐπρεσβευσάμεθα, ὁ δʼ ὁρᾶτε ὅπως ἡμῖν κέχρηται· ὥσπερ οὖν. ἡνίκα εὐεργετεῖν τε ἡμᾶς ἐβούλετο κἀντʼ εὖ πάσχειν ἠξίου, δικαίως ἐκείνων ἐτύγχανεν, οὕτω καὶ νῦν, ἐπειδὴ τἀναντία αὐτῶν πάντα ποιεῖ, δικαιότατα ἂν ἐν ἐχθροῦ μέρει νομισθείη. καὶ μὴ θαυμάσητε εἰ αὐτὸς ἐγὼ πρότερόν ποτε καὶ ἐν τῇ βουλῇ καὶ ἐν τῷ δήμῳ χρηματίσας τινὰ ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ, εἶτα ταυτὶ νυνὶ λέγω. ἐγὼ μὲν γὰρ καὶ τότε καὶ νῦν τὴν αὐτὴν γνώμην ἔχω καὶ οὐ μεταβάλλομαι. τίς δέ ἐστιν αὕτη; τοὺς μὲν ἀγαθοὺς καὶ πιστοὺς καὶ τιμᾶν καὶ ἀμείβεσθαι, τοὺς δὲ κακοὺς καὶ ἀπίστους καὶ ἀτιμάζειν καὶ ἀμύνεσθαι. ἐκεῖνος δέ ἐστιν ὁ μεταβαλλόμενος, ὁ μήτε καλῶς μήτε δεόντως τοῖς δοθεῖσιν αὐτῷ παρʼ ἡμῶν χρώμενος.
“Therefore the more anybody asserts that he has been enrolled among our friends and among our allies, the more he will prove him to deserve our hatred. Why? Because deeds such as not even any of those who are avowedly our bitterest foes has ever ventured to do have been committed by Ariovistus under the names of friendship and of alliance, as if he had secured these for the very purpose of having a chance to wrong us with impunity. 2 But it was not to be insulted and plotted against that we made our treaty with him at the time, nor will it be ourselves who now break the truce. For we sent envoys to him as to one who was still a friend and ally, but as to him — see how he has treated us! Accordingly, just as when he chose to benefit us and desired to be well treated in return, he justly obtained his wishes, so now, likewise, when he pursues the opposite course in everything, he would most justly be regarded in the light of a foe. Do not be surprised that I, who myself once looked after some of his interests both in the senate and in the assembly, now speak in this way. 4 So far as I am concerned, I am of the same mind now as then, and am not changing. And what is that? To honour and reward the good and faithful, but to dishonour and punish the evil and unfaithful. It is he that is changing front, in that he does not make a fair and proper use of the privileges bestowed by us.
§ 38.45
Ὥσθʼ ὅτι μὲν δικαιότατα ἂν αὐτῷ πολεμήσαιμεν, οὐδένα ἀμφισβητήσειν οἴομαι· ὅτι δὲ οὔτε ἄμαχος οὔτε δυσπολέμητός ἐστιν, ὁρᾶτε μὲν καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν ὁμοφύλων αὐτῷ, οὓς πολλάκις μὲν καὶ πρότερον, ῥᾷστα δὲ καὶ νῦν ἐνικήσαμεν, λογίζεσθε δὲ καὶ ἐξ ὧν περὶ αὐτοῦ ἐκείνου πυνθανόμεθα. οὔτε γὰρ ἄλλως δύναμίν τινα οἰκείαν συνεστηκυῖαν καὶ συγκεκροτημένην ἔχει· νῦν τε, ἅτε μηδὲν δεινὸν προσδοκῶν, καὶ παντελῶς ἀπαράσκευός ἐστιν. οὐ τοίνυν οὐδὲ ἐκ τῶν ὁμοχώρων ἄν τις αὐτῷ προθύμως, οὐδʼ εἰ πάνυ ἐπαγγέλλεται, βοηθήσειε· τίς μὲν γὰρ ἂν ἕλοιτο ἐκείνῳ συμμαχήσας πολεμῆσαι ἡμῖν, μηδὲν ὑφʼ ἡμῶν λελυπημένος; πῶς δʼ οὐκ ἂν μᾶλλον ἡμῖν πάντες ἢ ἐκείνῳ συναράμενοι τήν τε τυραννίδα αὐτοῦ ὅμορόν σφισιν οὖσαν καταλῦσαι καὶ τῆς χώρας μέρος τι παρʼ ἡμῶν προσλαβεῖν ἐθελήσειαν; εἰ δὲ δὴ καὶ συσταῖέν τινες, οὔτι γε καὶ κρείττους ἂν ἡμῶν γένοιντο. ἵνα γὰρ τἆλλα ἐάσω, τὸ πλῆθος ἡμῶν, τὴν ἡλικίαν, τὴν ἐμπειρίαν, τὰ ἔργα, ἐκεῖνό γε τίς οὐκ οἶδεν, ὅτι ἡμεῖς μὲν κατὰ πᾶν ὁμοίως τὸ σῶμα ὡπλίσμεθα, ἐκεῖνοι δὲ δὴ γυμνοὶ τὸ πλεῖστόν εἰσι, καὶ ἡμεῖς μὲν καὶ λογισμῷ καὶ τάξει χρώμεθα, ἐκεῖνοι δὲ δὴ θυμῷ πρὸς πάντα ἀσύντακτοι φέρονται; μὴ γάρ τοι μήτε τὴν ὁρμὴν αὐτῶν μήτε τὸ μέγεθος ἢ τῶν σωμάτων ἢ τῆς βοῆς φοβηθῆτε. φωνή τε γὰρ οὐδένα πώποτε ἀνθρώπων ἀπέκτεινε, καὶ τὰ σώματα αὐτῶν δρᾶν μὲν οὐδὲν πλέον, ἅτε τὰς αὐτὰς ἡμῖν χεῖρας ἔχοντα, πάσχειν δὲ πολὺ πλείω, ἅτε καὶ μεγάλα καὶ γυμνὰ ὄντα, δυνήσεται· ἥ τε ὁρμὴ ἄμετρος καὶ προπετὴς τὸ κατʼ ἀρχὰς οὖσα καὶ
”Therefore, that we should go to war with him most justly, no one I think will dispute. And that he is neither invincible nor even a difficult adversary, you can see both from the other members of his race, whom we have often conquered before and have recently conquered very easily, and you can reason further from what we learn about the man himself. 2 For he has no force of his own at any time that is united and welded together, and at present, since he is looking for nothing serious, he is utterly unprepared. Hence, no one of his countrymen even would readily aid him, not even if he makes most tempting offers; for who would choose to be his ally and fight against us, if he had not received any injury at our hands? Would they not all, rather coöperate with us, instead of with him, in the desire of overthrowing his despotic rule on their very borders, and of obtaining from us some share of his territory? 4 And even if some should band together, they would not prove superior to us in any way. For, to omit other considerations, — our numbers, our age, our experience, our deeds, — who does not know that we have armour over all our body alike, whereas they are for the most part unprotected, and that we employ both reason and organization, whereas they are unorganized and rush at everything impulsively? Do not, then, fear their violence nor yet the magnitude either of their bodies or their shouting. For voice never yet killed any man, and their bodies, having the same hands as ours, can accomplish no more, but will be capable of much greater injury through being both large and unprotected. And though their charge is tremendous and headlong at first, it easily exhausts itself and is effective for but a short while.
§ 38.46
ἐκκενοῦται ῥᾳδίως καὶ ἐπʼ ὀλίγον ἀνθεῖ. πεπειραμένοις δέ που ὧν λέγω καὶ νενικηκόσιν ὑμῖν τοὺς ὁμοίους αὐτοῖς ταυτὶ παραινῶ, ὥσθʼ ὑμᾶς μήτε τῷ λόγῳ δοκεῖν ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ παράγεσθαι, καὶ τῷ ἔργῳ ἐχυρωτάτην τὴν ἐλπίδα τῆς νίκης ἐκ τῶν προκατειργασμένων ποιεῖσθαι. καὶ μέντοι καὶ τῶν Γαλατῶν αὐτῶν τῶν ὁμοίων σφίσι συχνοὶ ἡμῖν συμμαχήσουσιν, ὥστʼ εἰ καί τι φοβερὸν τὰ ἔθνη ταῦτα εἶχε, τοῦτο καὶ ἡμῖν καὶ ἐκείνοις ὑπάρξει. Ταῦτʼ οὖν αὐτοί τε οὕτω λογίζεσθε καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους διδάσκετε· ὡς εἴ γε καὶ ὑμῶν τινες ἄλλως πως φρονοῦσιν, ἀλλʼ ἔγωγε καὶ ὣς πολεμήσω, οὐδὲ ἐγκαταλείψω ποτὲ τὴν τάξιν ἣν ἐτάχθην ὑπὸ τῆς πατρίδος. καί μοι τὸ δέκατον στρατόπεδον ἀρκέσει· καὶ γὰρ εὖ οἶδʼ ὅτι κἂν διὰ πυρὸς δέῃ καὶ γυμνοὶ χωρήσουσι προθύμως. οἱ δὲ δὴ ἄλλοι τὴν ταχίστην ἀπαγάγετε, μηδέ μοι μάτην ἐνταῦθα τρύχεσθε, τά τε κοινὰ εἰκῇ ἀναλίσκοντες καὶ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων πόνων μεταποιούμενοι, τήν τε λείαν τὴν ὑφʼ ἑτέρων κτωμένην σφετεριζόμενοι.”
To you who have of course experienced what I mention and have conquered men like them I make these suggestions, so that you may not seem to have been misled by my words, but may really feel a most steadfast hope of victory as a result of your former exploits. 2 However, a great many of the very Gauls who are like them will be our allies, so that even if these nations did have anything terrible about them, we shall possess that advantage in common with them. “Do you, then, look at matters in this light yourselves, and also instruct the rest. For that matter, even if some of you do feel differently, I, for my part, will fight just the same and will never abandon the post to which I have been assigned by my country. The tenth legion will be enough for me; I am sure that, if there should be any need of it, they would readily go through fire naked. 4 The rest of you be off, the quicker the better, and let me not see you wearing yourselves out here to no purpose, recklessly spending the public money, laying claim to other men's labours, and appropriating the plunder gathered by others.”
§ 38.47
ταῦτα τοῦ Καίσαρος εἰπόντος οὐ μόνον οὐδεὶς ἀντεῖπεν, εἰ καὶ τὰ μάλιστά τινες τἀναντία σφίσιν ἐγίγνωσκον, ἀλλὰ καὶ συνῄνεσαν πάντες, καὶ οὐχ ἥκιστα οἱ διʼ ὑποψίας αὐτῷ ὄντες, λογοποιεῖν ἃ ἤκουσαν. καὶ τούς γε στρατιώτας οὐ χαλεπῶς ἔπεισαν πειθαρχῆσαι, τοὺς μὲν ἐκ τοῦ προκεκρίσθαι προθυμουμένους, τοὺς δʼ ἄλλους διʼ ἐκείνους φιλοτιμουμένους. ἐξαίρετον δὲ δὴ τὸ δέκατον στράτευμα ἐποιήσατο, ὅτι εὔνοιάν πως ἀεὶ αὐτοῦ εἶχεν. οὕτω δὲ δὴ τὰ πολιτικὰ στρατόπεδα πρὸς τὴν τῶν καταλόγων τάξιν ὠνομάζετο· ὅθενπερ καὶ νῦν ὁμοίως τὰ νῦν ὄντα τὰς ἐπικλήσεις ἔχει. ὡρμημένων οὖν αὐτῶν ὁ Καῖσαρ οὐκέτι κατὰ χώραν ἔμεινε, μὴ καὶ χρονίσαντες ἀμβλύτεροι αὖθις γένωνται, ἀλλʼ εὐθὺς ἄρας ἐπὶ τὸν Ἀριόουιστον ἤλασε. καὶ οὕτω γε αὐτὸν τῷ αἰφνιδίῳ τῆς ἐφόδου κατέπληξεν ὥστε καὶ ἐς λόγους οἱ ὑπὲρ εἰρήνης ἐλθεῖν κατηνάγκασεν. οὐ μέντοι καὶ συνέβησαν· αὐτός τε γὰρ πάντα προστάξαι καὶ ἐκεῖνος οὐδὲν ὑπακοῦσαι ἠθέλησεν. ὅ τε οὖν πόλεμος συνερρώγει, καὶ μετέωροι οὐ μόνον αὐτοὶ ἑκάτεροι ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ σύμμαχοι οἵ τε πολέμιοί σφων οἱ ἐκείνῃ πάντες ἦσαν, τήν τε μάχην αὐτῶν ὅτι τάχιστα ἔσεσθαι καὶ τοῖς ἅπαξ κρατήσασι καὶ τἆλλα δουλεύσειν νομίζοντες. προεῖχον δὲ οἱ μὲν βάρβαροι τῷ τε πλήθει καὶ τοῖς μεγέθεσιν, οἱ δὲ δὴ Ῥωμαῖοι τῇ τε ἐμπειρίᾳ καὶ ταῖς ὁπλίσεσι· καί πως καὶ πρὸς τὸν θυμὸν τῶν Κελτῶν, τήν τε ἄκριτον καὶ προπετῆ αὐτῶν ὁρμήν, ἀντίρροπον τὸ τοῦ Καίσαρος φρόνημα εὑρίσκετο, ὥστε ἰσοπαλεῖς ἐκ τούτων ὄντες καὶ τὰς ἐλπίδας τήν τε ἐπʼ αὐταῖς προθυμίαν ἰσοστασίας ἐποιοῦντο.
At the end of this speech of Caesar's not only did no one raise an objection, even if some thought altogether the opposite, but they all agreed, especially those who were suspected by him, to spread the ideas they had heard. They had no difficulty in persuading the soldiers to yield obedience; some were eager to do so as a result of having been chosen in preference to others, and the rest were led to do the same through emulation of these. 2 He had specially singled out the tenth legion because for some reason he always felt kindly toward it. This was the way the legions of the republic were named, according to the order of their enrolment; whence those of the present day have similar titles. When their enthusiasm had been thus aroused, Caesar, in order that they might not grow indifferent again through delay, no long remained stationary, but immediately set out and marched against Ariovistus. By the suddenness of his approach he so alarmed the latter that he forced him to hold a conference with him regarding peace. 4 They did not come to terms, however, since Caesar wished to make all the demands and Ariovistus refused to obey any of them. The war consequently broke out; and not only were the two sides themselves in anxious suspense, but likewise all the allies and enemies of both sides in that region, since they felt sure that the battle between them would take place in the shortest possible time and that all would have to serve those who once conquered. The barbarians were superior in numbers and in physical size, the Romans in experience and in armour. To some extent also Caesar's prudence was found to counterbalance the fiery spirit of the Germans and their reckless and impetuous attack. As a result, then, of their being evenly matched in these respects, their hopes and their zeal based on these hopes were likewise in perfect balance.
§ 38.48
ἀντικαθημένων δὲ αὐτῶν ἀλλήλοις, αἱ γυναῖκες αἱ τῶν βαρβάρων ἀπηγόρευσάν σφισι θειάσασαι μηδεμίαν πρὸ τῆς νέας σελήνης μάχην συνάψαι. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ὁ Ἀριόουιστος (πάνυ γὰρ αὐταῖς προσεῖχεν ὁπότε τοιοῦτό τι ποιήσειανʼ οὐχ ἁπάσῃ εὐθὺς τῇ δυνάμει, καίτοι τῶν Ῥωμαίων προκαλουμένων σφᾶς, συνέμιξεν, ἀλλὰ τοὺς ἱππέας μετὰ τῶν συντεταγμένων σφίσι πεζῶν μόνους ἐκπέμπων ἰσχυρῶς αὐτοὺς ἐλύπει. κἀκ τούτου καταφρονήσας χωρίον τι ὑπὲρ τοῦ ταφρεύματός σφων καταλαβεῖν ἐπεχείρησε. καὶ κατέσχε μὲν αὐτό, ἀντικαταλαβόντων δὲ καὶ ἐκείνων ἕτερον, ἐς μὲν μάχην, καίπερ καὶ μέχρι τῆς μεσημβρίας τὸν στρατὸν ἔξω τοῦ Καίσαρος παρατάξαντος, οὐχ ὥρμησεν, ἐπαναχωρήσαντος δὲ αὐτοῦ πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐπῆλθέ τε ἐξαπιναίως σφίσι καὶ ὀλίγου καὶ τὸ χαράκωμα αὐτῶν εἷλε. προχωρούντων οὖν οὕτως οἱ τῶν πραγμάτων σμικρόν τε ἔτι τῶν γυναικῶν ἐφρόντισε, καὶ τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ παραταξα μένων τῶν Ῥωμαίων, ὅπερ που καθʼ ἡμέραν ἐποιοῦντο, ἀντεπεξήγαγε.
While they were encamped opposite each other, the women of the barbarians as the result of their divinations, forbade the men to engage in any battle before the new moon. 2 For this reason Ariovistus, who always paid great heed to them whenever they took any such action, did not immediately join in conflict with his entire force, although the Romans were challenging them to battle. Instead, he sent out the cavalry alone, with only the foot-soldiers assigned to them, and did the other side severe injury. Then, becoming contemptuous of them, he undertook to occupy a position above the Romans' entrenchments; this he seized, and his opponents occupied another in their turn. Then, although Caesar kept his army drawn up outside until noon, Ariovistus would not proceed to battle, but when, toward evening, the Romans retired, he suddenly attacked them and all but captured their rampart. 4 Therefore, since affairs were turning out so well for him he paid little heed any longer to the women; and on the following day, when the Romans had been drawn up in battle array, according to their daily custom, he led out his forces against them.
§ 38.49
καὶ αὐτοὺς ἐκεῖνοι προϊόντας ἐκ τῶν σκηνωμάτων ἰδόντες οὐχ ἡσύχασαν, ἀλλʼ ἐξᾴξαντες οὔτε συντάξασθαί σφισιν ἀκριβῶς ἐπέτρεψαν, καὶ τὴν ἀκόντισιν αὐτῶν, ἐφʼ ᾗ ἐς τὰ μάλιστα ἐθάρσουν, δρόμῳ μετὰ βοῆς προσπεσόντες ὑπετέμοντο, καὶ οὕτω γε ὁμόσε αὐτοῖς ἐχώρησαν ὥστε σφᾶς μήτε τοῖς κοντοῖς μήτε τοῖς ξίφεσι τοῖς μακροτέροις χρήσασθαι. ὠθίζοντό τε οὖν, καὶ τοῖς σώμασι τὸ πλεῖον ἢ τοῖς ὅπλοις ἐμάχοντο, ἀνατρέψαι τε τὸν προσκείμενον καὶ καταβαλεῖν τὸν ἀνθεστηκότα ἀγῶνα ποιούμενοι. καὶ πολλοὶ καὶ τῆς τῶν βραχυτέρων ξιφῶν χρήσεως στερηθέντες ταῖς τε χερσὶ καὶ τοῖς στόμασιν ἀντʼ ἐκείνων ἠγωνίζοντο, κατασπῶντες τοὺς ἀντιπάλους, δάκνοντες, σπαράττοντες, ἅτε καὶ τῷ μεγέθει τῶν σωμάτων πολὺ αὐτῶν ὑπερέχοντες. οὐ μέντοι καὶ μεγάλα τινὰ ἐκ τούτου σφᾶς ἔβλαψαν· συμπλεκόμενοι γὰρ αὐτοῖς οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι ἰσόρροποί πως τῇ τε ὁπλίσει καὶ τῇ τέχνῃ ἐγίγνοντο. καὶ τέλος ἐπὶ μακρότατον τοιουτοτρόπῳ μάχῃ χρησάμενοι ὀψέ ποτε ἐπεκράτησαν· τά τε γὰρ ξιφίδια καὶ σμικρότερα τῶν Γαλατικῶν ὄντα καὶ τὰς προσβολὰς χαλυβδικὰς ἔχοντα χρησιμώτατά σφισιν ἐγένετο, καὶ αὐτοὶ τῷ αὐτῷ πόνῳ ἐπὶ πλεῖον συσχεθέντες μᾶλλον τῶν βαρβάρων ἀντήρκεσαν, ἅτε οὐχ ὅμοιον ταῖς ὀξύτησι τῶν ἐφόδων τὸ διαρκές σφων ἐχόντων. διὰ μὲν οὖν ταῦτα ἡττήθησαν ἐκεῖνοι, οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἐτράποντο, οὐχ ὅτι οὐκ ἠθέλησαν ἀλλʼ ὅτι οὐκ ἠδυνήθησαν φυγεῖν ὑπʼ ἀπορίας τε ἅμα καὶ ἐκλύσεως. συστρεφόμενοι οὖν κατὰ τριακοσίους καὶ πλείους καὶ ἐλάττους, τάς τε ἀσπίδας ἁπανταχόθεν σφῶν προεβάλλοντο, καὶ ὀρθοὶ ἱστάμενοι ἀπρόσμικτοι μὲν ὑπὸ τῆς συγκλείσεως δυσκίνητοι δὲ ὑπὸ τῆς πυκνότητος ἐγίγνοντο, καὶ οὔτε ἔδρων οὐδὲν οὔτε ἔπασχον.
The Romans on seeing them advancing from their tents did not remain quiet, but rushing forward, gave them no chance to form strictly in line, and by attacking with a charge and shout prevented them from hurling their javelins, in which they had especial confidence; 2 in fact, they came to so close quarters with them that the enemy could not employ either their pikes or long swords. So the barbarians pushed and shoved, fighting more with their bodies than with their weapons, and struggled to overturn whomever they encountered and to knock down whoever withstood them. Many, deprived even of the use of their short swords, fought with hands and teeth instead, dragging down their opponents, and biting and tearing them, since they had a great advantage in the size of their bodies. 4 The Romans, however, did not suffer any great injuries in consequence of this; they closed with their foes, and thanks to their armour and skill, somehow proved a match for them. At length, after carrying on that sort of battle for a very long time, they prevailed late in the day. For their daggers, which were smaller than the Gallic daggers and had steel points, proved most serviceable to them; moreover, the men themselves, accustomed to hold out for a long time with the same sustained effort lasted better than the barbarians, because the endurance of the latter was not of like quality with the vehemence of their attacks. The Germans were accordingly defeated, though they did not turn to flight — not that they lacked the wish, but simply because they were unable to flee through helplessness and exhaustion. 6 Gathering, therefore, in groups of three hundred, more or less, they would hold their shields before them on all sides, and standing erect, they proved unassailable by reason of their solid front and difficult to dislodge on account of their denseness; thus they neither inflicted nor suffered any harm.
§ 38.50
οἱ οὖν Ῥωμαῖοι, ἐπειδὴ μήτε ἐκεῖνοι ἀντεπῄεσάν σφισιν ἢ καὶ ἔφευγον, ἀλλʼ ἐν ταὐτῷ μένοντες ὥσπερ ἐν πύργοις εἱστήκεσαν, καὶ αὐτοὶ τά τε δοράτια κατὰ πρώτας εὐθὺς ἅτε μηδεμίαν χρῆσιν ἔχοντα ἀπετέθειντο, καὶ τοῖς ξίφεσιν οὐκ ἐδύναντο οὔτε συστάδην μάχεσθαι οὔτε τῶν κεφαλῶν αὐτῶν, ᾗπερ καὶ μόνον ἁλωτοὶ οἷά που γυμναῖς αὐταῖς μαχόμενοι ἦσαν, ἐφικνεῖσθαι, τάς τε ἀσπίδας ἀπέρριψαν, καὶ προσπίπτοντές σφισιν, οἱ μὲν ἐξ ἐπιδρομῆς οἱ δὲ καὶ ἐγγύθεν, ἐνήλλοντο τρόπον τινὰ καὶ ἔκοπτον αὐτούς. κἀκ τούτου πολλοὶ μὲν εὐθὺς ἅτε καὶ μιᾶς ἐπικοπῆς ὄντες ἔπιπτον, πολλοὶ δὲ καὶ πρὶν πεσεῖν ἀπέθνησκον· ὑπὸ γὰρ τῆς πυκνότητος τῆς συστάσεως καὶ τεθνηκότες ὀρθοὶ ἀνείχοντο. τοῦ μὲν οὖν πεζοῦ τὸ πλεῖστον οὕτω καὶ ἐκεῖ καὶ πρὸς ταῖς ἁμάξαις, ὅσον γε καὶ ἐξωσθὲν ἐς αὐτὰς ἐτύγχανε, σύν τε ταῖς γυναιξὶ καὶ σὺν τοῖς παισὶν αὐτῶν ἐφθάρησαν· ὁ δὲ Ἀριόουιστος μεθʼ ἱππέων τήν τε χώραν παραχρῆμα ἐξέλιπε, καὶ πρὸς τὸν Ῥῆνον ὁρμήσας ἐπεδιώχθη μέν, οὐ κατελήφθη δέ. ἀλλʼ ὁ μὲν ἐπὶ πλοίου προεξέφυγε, τῶν δʼ ἄλλων τοὺς μὲν οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι ἐς τὸν ποταμὸν ἐσβαίνοντες ἀπέκτειναν, τοὺς δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς ἐκεῖνος ὑπολαβὼν ἀπήνεγκεν.
The Romans, when their foes neither advanced against them nor yet fled, but stood immovable in the same spot, as if in towers, had likewise put aside their spears at the very outset, since these were of no use; 2 and as they could not with their swords either fight in close combat or reach the others' heads, where alone they were vulnerable, since they fought with their heads unprotected, they threw aside their shields and rushed upon the foe. Some by taking a running start and others from close at hand leaped up as it were upon the tower-like groups and rained blows upon them. Thereupon many fell immediately, victims of a single blow, and many died even before they fell; for they were kept upright even when dead by the closeness of their formation. 4 In this way most of the infantry perished either there or near the waggons, back to which some had been driven; and with them perished their wives and children. Ariovistus with a few horsemen straightway left the country and set out for the Rhine. He was pursued, but not overtaken, and escaped on a boat ahead of his followers; of the rest some were killed by the Romans who advanced into the river, while others were seized and borne away by the river itself.
— Book 39 —
§ 39.arg
τάδε ἔνεστιν ἐν τῷ τριακοστῷ ἐνάτῳ τῶν Δίωνος Ῥωμαϊκῶν. α. ὡς Καῖσαρ Βελγικοῖς ἐπολέμησεν. β. ὡς Κικέρων κατῆλθεν. γ. ὡς Πτολεμαῖος ἐκπεσὼν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου ἐς Ῥώμην ἀνῆλθεν. δ. ὡς Κάτων τὰ ἐν Κύπρῳ κατεστήσατο. ε. ὡς Πομπήιος καὶ Κράσσος ὕπατοι ᾑρέθησαν. ζ. ὡς τὸ θέατρον τὸ Πομπηίου καθιερώθη. η. ὡς Δέκιμος Βροῦτος Καίσαρος ὑποστράτηγος Οὐενετοὺς ναυμαχίᾳ ἐνίκησεν. θ. ὡς Πούπλιος Κράσσος Καίσαρος ὑποστράτηγος Ἀκυϊτανοῖς ἐπολέμησεν. ι. ὡς Καῖσαρ Κελτῶν τισι πολεμήσας τὸν Ῥῆνον διέβη· καὶ περὶ τοῦ Ῥήνου. κ. ὡς Καῖσαρ ἐς Βρεττανίαν ἐπεραιώθη· καὶ περὶ τῆς νήσου. λ. ὡς Πτολεμαῖος ὑπὸ Γαβινίου ἐς Αἴγυπτον κατήχθη, καὶ ὡς ὁ Γαβίνιος ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἐκρίθη. χρόνου πλῆθος ἔτη τέτταρα ἐν οἷς ἄρχοντες οἱ ἀριθμούμενοι οἵδε ἐγένοντο π. Κορνήλιος Π. υἱ. Λεντοῦλος Σπινθήρ κ. Καικίλιος Κ. υἱ Μέτελλος Νέπως ὑπ. Γν. Κορνήλιος Π. υἱ. Λεντοῦλος Μαρκελλῖνος λ. Μάρκιος λ. υἱ. Φίλιππος ὑπ. Γν. Πομπήιος Γν. υἱ. Μάγνος τὸ Β μ. Λικίννιος Π. υἱ. Κράσσος τὸ Β ὑπ. λ. Δομίτιος Γν. υἱ. Ἀηνόβαρβος Ἀππ. Κλαύδιος Ἀππ. υἱ. Ποῦλχρος ὑπ.
—
§ 39.1
οὕτω μὲν δὴ καὶ ἐκεῖνα διεπολεμήθη· μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα, τοῦ χειμῶνος ἐν ᾧ Κορνήλιός τε Σπινθὴρ καὶ ὁ Μέτελλος ὁ Νέπως ὑπατεύειν ἤρξαντο διελθόντος, τρίτος τις πόλεμος αὐτοῖς ἐγένετο. οἱ γὰρ Βελγικοὶ τῷ τε Ῥήνῳ πολλοῖς καὶ συμμίκτοις γένεσι προσοικοῦντες, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν ὠκεανὸν τὸν κατὰ Βρεττανίαν καθήκοντες, ἐν μὲν τῷ πρὶν οἱ μὲν ἔνσπονδοι τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις ἦσαν οἱ δὲ ἐφρόντιζον αὐτῶν οὐδέν, τότε δὲ τὸν Καίσαρα εὖ φερόμενον ἰδόντες, καὶ δείσαντες μὴ καὶ ἐπὶ σφᾶς ὁρμήσῃ, συνεστράφησαν, καὶ κοινῷ πλὴν Ῥημῶν λόγῳ χρησάμενοι συνεβουλεύσαντό τε ἐπὶ τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις καὶ συνώμοσαν, Γάλβαν προστησάμενοι. Ταῦτʼ οὖν ὁ Καῖσαρ παρὰ τῶν Ῥημῶν μαθὼν ἐν φρουρᾷ τε αὐτοὺς ἐποιήσατο, κἀνταῦθα πρὸς τῷ Αὐξούννῳ ποταμῷ στρατοπεδευσάμενος ἤθροιζέ τε ἅμα τοὺς στρατιώτας καὶ ἐξήσκει. οὐδὲ ἐτόλμησε πρότερον τοῖς πολεμίοις, καίτοι τὴν χώραν σφῶν κατατρέχουσιν, ἐς χεῖρας ἐλθεῖν, πρὶν ὡς καὶ δεδιότος αὐτοῦ καταφρονήσαντες ἐπεχείρησαν τήν τε γέφυραν καταλαβεῖν καὶ τὴν σιτοπομπίαν, ἣν διʼ αὐτῆς παρὰ τῶν συμμάχων ἐποιεῖτο, ἀφελέσθαι. τοῦτο γὰρ ἐξ αὐτομόλων προγνοὺς ἐσόμενον, ἔπεμψεν ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς νυκτὸς
Book XXXIX Such was the end of this war. Later, at the end of the winter in which Cornelius Spinther and Metellus Nepos began their consulship, a third war arose. The Belgae, who dwelt near the Rhine in many mixed tribes 2 and extended even to the ocean opposite Britain, though they had previously been at peace with the Romans, or, in the case of some, had paid no heed to them, observing now Caesar's success and fearing that he might advance against them also, came together and by common agreement, except on the part of the Remi, devised plans against the Romans and formed a league, placing Galba at their head. Caesar learned this from the Remi and stationed outposts to watch them; later he encamped besides the river Axona, where he concentrated his troops and drilled them. Yet he did not venture to come close quarters with the enemy, though they were overrunning Roman territory, 4 until in their contempt for him, believing him to be afraid, they undertook to occupy the bridge and to put a stop to the conveyance of grain, which the allies brought across it. He was apprised beforehand by deserters that this was to be done, and so at night sent against the foe the light-armed troops and the cavalry.
§ 39.2
τούς τε ψιλοὺς καὶ τοὺς ἱππέας. καὶ οἱ μὲν προσπεσόντες τοῖς βαρβάροις ἀπροσδόκητοι πολλοὺς ἀπέκτειναν, ὥστε πάντας τῆς ἐπιούσης νυκτὸς ἐς τὴν οἰκείαν, ἄλλως τε καὶ ἐπειδὴ οἱ Αἴδουοι ἐσβεβληκότες ἐς αὐτὴν ἠγγέλλοντο, ἀπαναστῆναι· Καῖσαρ δὲ ᾔσθετο μὲν τὸ γιγνόμενον, οὐκ ἐτόλμησε δέ σφας εὐθύς, ἀγνοίᾳ τῶν χωρίων, ἐπιδιῶξαι. ἀλλʼ ἅμα ἕῳ τήν τε ἵππον λαβὼν καὶ τοὺς πεζοὺς ἐπακολουθεῖν κελεύσας κατέλαβεν αὐτούς, καὶ ὑποστάντας ἐς μάχην (ἐνομίζετο γὰρ σὺν μόνῃ τῇ ἵππῳ εἶναι) διέτριψε μέχρις οὗ καὶ ὁ πεζὸς ἦλθε, καὶ οὕτω παντὶ τῷ στρατῷ περισχὼν τούς τε πλείους κατέκοψε καὶ τοὺς περιλοίπους ὁμολογίᾳ παρεστήσατο. κἀκ τούτου καὶ τῶν δήμων τοὺς μὲν ἀμαχεὶ προσηγάγετο τοὺς δὲ πολέμῳ.
These fell upon the barbarians, taking them by surprise, and killed many of them, so that the following night they all withdrew to their own land, especially since the Aedui were reported to have invaded it. Caesar perceived what was going on, but through ignorance of the country did not venture to pursue them immediately. At daybreak, however, taking the cavalry, and bidding the infantry follow on behind, he came up with the fugitives; and when they offered battle, supposing he had come with his cavalry alone, he delayed them until his infantry arrived. In this way, having his whole army, he surrounded them, cut down the larger part, and received the surrender of the remainder. Thereupon he won over a number of their towns, some without fighting and some by war.
§ 39.3
Νέρουιοι οὖν τῆς μὲν πεδιάδος (οὐ γὰρ ἦσαν ἀξιόμαχοι) ἑκόντες αὐτῷ ἐξέστησαν, ἐς δὲ δὴ τὰ ὄρη τὰ ὑλωδέστατα ἀνακομισθέντες, ἔπειτʼ ἐπειδὴ καὶ ἐκεῖθεν ἐπικατέδραμον ἀνέλπιστοι, καὶ καθʼ ὃ μὲν αὐτὸς ὁ Καῖσαρ ἦν ἐτράποντο καὶ ἔφυγον, τῷ δὲ δὴ πλείονι τοῦ στρατοῦ καθυπέρτεροί τε ἐγένοντο καὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον αὐτοβοεὶ εἷλον. αἰσθόμενος δὲ τοῦτʼ ἐκεῖνος (προεκεχωρήκει γὰρ ἐπί τι τοὺς τετραμμένους διώκωνʼ ἀνέστρεψε, καὶ καταλαβὼν αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ἐρύματι ἁρπαγὴν ποιουμένους περιεστοιχίσατο καὶ κατεφόνευσε. πράξας δὲ ταῦτα, οὐδὲν ἔτι μέγα ἔργον τοὺς λοιποὺς Νερουίους χειρούμενος ἔσχε.
The Nervii voluntarily retired before him from the level country, as they were no match for his forces, and betook themselves into the most densely wooded mountains; then, when . . . . they charged down upon them unexpectedly. In the part of the battle where Caesar himself was they soon turned and fled, but with the larger part of their army they proved superior and captured the camp without a blow. 2 When Caesar, who had advanced a little way in pursuit of those he had routed, became aware of this, he turned back and came upon them as they were engaged in pillage within the entrenchments, where he surrounded and slaughtered them. After this success he found it no great task to subdue the rest of the Nervii.
§ 39.4
κἀν τούτῳ Ἀτουατικοί, πλησιόχωροί τε αὐτοῖς ὄντες καὶ τὸ γένος τό τε φρόνημα τὸ τῶν Κίμβρων ἔχοντες, ὥρμησαν μὲν ὡς καὶ βοηθήσοντές σφισιν, ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἔφθησαν προαλόντες, ἀνεχώρησαν, καὶ πάντα τἆλλα χωρία ἐκλιπόντες ἐς ἓν τεῖχος τὸ κράτιστον ἀνεσκευάσαντο. καὶ αὐτῷ τὸν Καίσαρα προσβαλόντα ἐπὶ πολλὰς ἡμέρας ἀπεκρούσαντο, μέχρις οὗ πρὸς μηχανῶν ποίησιν ἐτράπετο. τότε γάρ, τέως μὲν τήν τε ὕλην τέμνοντας καὶ τὰ μηχανήματα συμπηγνύντας τοὺς Ῥωμαίους ἑώρων, γέλωτα τῇ ἀπειρίᾳ τῶν γιγνομένων ἐποιοῦντο, ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐκεῖνά τε ἐξειργάσθη καὶ ὁπλῖταί σφισι πανταχόθεν ἅμα ἐπʼ αὐτῶν προσήγοντο, κατεπλάγησαν ἅτε μηπώποτε τοιοῦτό τι ἑορακότες, καὶ διεκηρυκεύσαντο, τά τε ἐπιτήδεια τοῖς στρατιώταις πέμψαντες καὶ ὅπλα τινὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ τείχους ῥίψαντες. ὡς μέντοι τά τε μηχανήματα τῶν ἀνδρῶν γυμνωθέντα αὖθις εἶδον καὶ ἐκείνους πρὸς θυμηδίαν οἷα ἐπὶ νίκῃ τετραμμένους ᾔσθοντο, μετέγνωσαν, καὶ ἀναθαρσήσαντες τῆς νυκτὸς ἐπέξοδον ὡς καὶ ἀνελπίστους σφᾶς κατακόψοντες ἐποιήσαντο. περιπεσόντες δὲ τοῖς προφύλαξιν (ὁ γὰρ Καῖσαρ ἀκριβῶς πάντα ἀεὶ διῴκει) ἐσφάλησαν. καὶ οὐδὲ τῶν λοιπῶν οὐδεὶς ἔτι συγγνώμης ἔτυχεν, ἀλλὰ πάντες ἐπράθησαν.
Meanwhile the Aduatuci, near neighbours of theirs, who belonged to the Cimbri by race and temperament, set out to assist them, but were overpowered before they accomplished anything, whereupon they withdrew, and leaving all their other sites, established themselves in one fortified town, the strongest they had. Caesar assaulted it, but was for many days repulsed, until he turned to the construction of engines. Then for a time they gazed at the Romans cutting wood and constructing the machines and in their ignorance of what was taking place, scoffed at them. But when the machines were finished and heavy-armed soldiers upon them were advanced from all sides at once, they became panic-stricken, since they never before had seen anything of the kind; so they made overtures, supplied some of the soldiers with provisions, and threw some of their arms from the wall. 4 When, however, they saw the machines stripped of men again and noticed that the latter had given themselves over to pleasure, as after a victory, they changed their minds, and recovering courage, made a sortie by night, thinking to cut them down unawares. But Caesar was carefully managing everything all the while, and when they fell on the outposts from every side, they were beaten back. Not one of the survivors could any longer obtain pardon, and they were all sold.
§ 39.5
ἐπειδὴ δὲ οὗτοί τε κατεστράφατο, καὶ ἄλλοι οἱ μὲν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ οἱ δὲ καὶ διὰ τῶν ὑποστρατήγων συχνοὶ ἐκεχείρωντο, ὅ τε χειμὼν ἐνέστη, ἀνεχώρησεν ἐς τὰ χειμάδια. μαθόντες δὲ ταῦθʼ οἱ οἴκοι Ῥωμαῖοι ἐθαύμασαν ὅτι ἔθνη τοσαῦτα, ὧν οὐδὲ τὰ ὀνόματα πρότερον ἠκρίβουν, ᾑρήκει, καὶ ἐψηφίσαντο πεντεκαίδεκα ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς ἡμέρας θῦσαι, ὅπερ οὔπω πρότερον ἐγεγόνει. κἀν τῷ αὐτῷ τούτῳ χρόνῳ Γάλβας ὁ Σέρουιος ὑποστρατηγῶν αὐτῷ, μέχρι μὲν ἥ τε ὡραία ἦν καὶ τὸ στράτευμα συνεστὸς εἶχεν, Οὐαράγρους παρά τε τῇ Λεμμάνῳ λίμνῃ καὶ πρὸς τοῖς Ἀλλόβριξι μέχρι τῶν Ἄλπεων οἰκοῦντας, τοὺς μὲν βίᾳ τοὺς δὲ καὶ ὁμολογίᾳ παρεστήσατο, ὥστε καὶ χειμάσαι κατὰ χώραν παρασκευάσασθαι. ἐπεὶ μέντοι οἱ πλείους τῶν στρατιωτῶν οἱ μὲν παρέμενοι οἷα μὴ πόρρω τῆς Ἰταλίας ὄντες, οἱ δὲ καὶ ἐφʼ ἑαυτῶν ἄλλοσε ἀπεχώρησαν, καὶ αὐτῷ ἀπροσδόκητοι κατὰ τοῦτο οἱ ἐπιχώριοι ἐπέθεντο, πρὸς ἀπόνοιαν ὑπʼ ἀπογνώσεως προήχθη, καὶ ἐκπηδήσας ἐκ τοῦ χειμαδίου ἄφνω τούς τε προσκειμένους οἱ τῷ παραδόξῳ τοῦ τολμήματος ἐξέπληξε, καὶ διʼ αὐτῶν πρὸς τὰ μετέωρα διέπεσε. γενόμενος δὲ ἐν τῷ ἀσφαλεῖ ἠμύνατο μὲν αὐτοὺς μετὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἐδουλώσατο, οὐ μὴν καὶ ἐχείμασεν αὐτόθι, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐς τὴν τῶν Ἀλλοβρίγων μετέστη.
When these had been subjugated and others, too, some by him and many by his lieutenants, and winter had now set in, he retired to winter-quarters. The Romans at home when they learned of these achievements, were astonished that he had seized so many nations, whose names they had known but imperfectly before, and voted a thanksgiving of fifteen days because of his achievements — a thing that had never before occurred. 2 During the same period Servius Galba, who was serving as his lieutenant, had, while the season lasted and his army employed a unit, brought to terms the Veragri, who dwelt along Lake Lemannus and besides the Allobroges as far as the Alps; some he had gained by force and others through surrender, and he was even preparing to winter where he was. When, however, the majority of the soldiers had departed, some on furlough because they were not far from Italy, and others elsewhere for reasons of their own, the natives took advantage of this situation and unexpectedly attacked him. 4 Then Galba, driven mad by despair, suddenly dashed out of the winter camp, astounding the besiegers by the incredible boldness of his move, and passing through them, gained the heights. On reaching safety he fought them off and later subjugated them; he did not winter there, however, but transferred his quarters to the territory of the Allobroges. These were the events in Gaul.
§ 39.6
ταῦτα μὲν ἐν τῇ Γαλατίᾳ ἐγένετο, Πομπήιος δὲ ἐν τούτῳ τὴν κάθοδον τῷ Κικέρωνι ψηφισθῆναι διεπράξατο. ὃν γὰρ διὰ τοῦ Κλωδίου ἐξεληλάκει, τοῦτον ἐπʼ αὐτὸν ἐκεῖνον ἐπανήγαγεν· οὕτω που τὸ ἀνθρώπειον διʼ ὀλίγου τε ἔστιν ὅτε μεταβάλλεται, καὶ ἀφʼ ὧν ὠφελήσεσθαί τινες ἢ καὶ βλαβήσεσθαι νομίζουσι, τὰ ἐναντιώτατα ἀντιλαμβάνουσι. συνέπραττον δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν στρατηγῶν καὶ τῶν δημάρχων ἄλλοι τε καὶ Τίτος Ἄννιος Μίλων, οἵπερ που καὶ τὴν γνώμην ἐς τὸ πλῆθος ἐσήνεγκαν· ὁ γὰρ Σπινθὴρ ὁ ὕπατος τὸ μέν τι καὶ τῷ Πομπηίῳ χαριζόμενος, τὸ δὲ καὶ ἐξ ἰδίας ἔχθρας τὸν Κλώδιον ἀμυνόμενος, ὑφʼ ἧς καὶ τὴν μοιχείαν αὐτοῦ δικάζων κατεγνώκει, καὶ . ἐκείνῳ δὲ ἄλλοι τε τῶν ἐν ταῖς ἀρχαῖς ὄντων ὑπῆρχον καὶ ὁ ἀδελφὸς Ἄππιος Κλαύδιος στρατηγῶν, ὅ τε Νέπως ὁ ὕπατος ἀπʼ οἰκείας τινὸς
Pompey meanwhile had brought about a vote for the recall of Cicero. Thus, the man whom he had expelled through Clodius, he now brought back to help him against that very individual. So quickly does human nature sometimes change, and from the persons by whom people are expecting to be helped or injured, as the case may be, they receive the very opposite treatment. 2 Assisting him were Titus Annius Milo and others of the praetors and tribunes, who also brought the measure before the populace. Spinther, the consul, aided Cicero's cause in the senate (?), partly as a favour to Pompey and partly to avenge himself upon Clodius, by reason of a private enmity which had led him as a juror to vote to condemn Clodius for adultery. Clodius, on the other hand, was supported by various magistrates, including Appius Claudius, his brother, who was praetor, and Nepos, the consul, who had a private grudge against Cicero.
§ 39.7
ἔχθρας τὸν Κικέρωνα μισῶν. οὗτοί τε οὖν ἐπὶ πλέον ἢ πρίν, ἅτε καὶ ἡγεμόνας τοὺς ὑπάτους ἔχοντες, καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι οἱ ἐν τῇ πόλει διαστάντες πρὸς ἑκατέρους ἐθορύβουν. καὶ ἄλλα τε ἐκ τούτου οὐκ ἐν κόσμῳ πολλὰ ἐγίγνετο, καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ διαψηφίσει ὁ Κλώδιος γνοὺς τὸ πλῆθος πρὸς τοῦ Κικέρωνος ἐσόμενον, τοὺς μονομάχους οὓς ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ πρὸς ἀγῶνας ἐπιταφίους ἐπὶ τῷ Μάρκῳ τῷ συγγενεῖ προπαρεσκεύαστο λαβὼν ἐσεπήδησεν ἐς τὸν σύλλογον καὶ πολλοὺς μὲν ἔτρωσε πολλοὺς δὲ καὶ ἔκτεινεν. οὔτʼ οὖν ἡ γνώμη ἐκυρώθη, καὶ ἐκείνοις ὡς δορυφόροις συνὼν φοβερὸς καὶ ἐς τἆλλα πᾶσιν ἦν, ἀγορανομίαν τε ᾔτει ὡς καὶ τὴν δίκην τῆς βίας, ἂν ἀποδειχθῇ, διαφευξόμενος. ἐγράψατο γὰρ αὐτὸν ὁ Μίλων καὶ οὐκ ἐσήγαγε μέν (οὔτε γὰρ οἱ ταμίαι, διʼ ὧν τὴν ἀποκλήρωσιν τῶν δικαστῶν γενέσθαι ἐχρῆν, ᾕρηντο, καὶ ὁ Νέπως ἀπεῖπε τῷ στρατηγῷ μηδεμίαν πρὸ τῆς κληρώσεως αὐτῶν δίκην προσέσθαι· ἔδει δὲ ἄρα τοὺς ἀγορανόμους πρὸ τῶν ταμιῶν καταστῆναι, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ὅτι μάλιστα
These men, accordingly, now that they had the consuls as leaders, made more disturbance than before, and the same was true of the others in the city, as they championed one side or the other. Many disorderly proceedings were the result, 2 chief of which was that during the very taking of the vote on the measure Clodius, knowing that the multitude would be on Cicero's side, took the gladiators that his brother held in readiness for the funeral games in honour of Marcus, his relative, and rushing into the assemblage, wounded many and killed many others. Consequently the measure was not passed, and Clodius, both as the companion of those armed champions and otherwise, was dreaded by all. He then stood for the aedileship, thinking he would escape the penalty of his violence if he were elected. 4 Milo did, indeed, indict him, but did not succeed in bringing him to trial, since the quaestors, by whom the allotment of jurors had to be made, had not been elected, and Nepos forbade the praetor to allow any trial before their allotment. Now it was necessary for the aediles to be chosen before the quaestors, and this proved to be the principal cause of delay.
§ 39.8
ἡ διατριβὴ ἐγένετὀ, μαχόμενος δὲ καὶ περὶ αὐτοῦ τούτου πολλὰ ἐτάραττε, καὶ τέλος μονομάχους τινὰς καὶ αὐτὸς καὶ ἄλλους τῶν τὰ αὐτά οἱ βουλομένων ἀθροίσας ἐς χεῖρας τῷ Κλωδίῳ συνεχῶς ᾔει, καὶ σφαγαὶ κατὰ πᾶσαν ὡς εἰπεῖν τὴν πόλιν ἐγίγνοντο. ὁ οὖν Νέπως φοβηθεὶς πρός τε τοῦ συνάρχοντος καὶ πρὸς τοῦ Πομπηίου τῶν τε ἄλλων τῶν πρώτων μετεβάλετο, καὶ οὕτως ἥ τε γερουσία κατελθεῖν τὸν Κικέρωνα τοῦ Σπινθῆρος ἐσηγησαμένου προεβούλευσε, καὶ ὁ δῆμος ἀμφοτέρων τῶν ὑπάτων ἐσενεγκόντων ἐψηφίσατο. ἀντέλεγε μὲν γὰρ πρὸς αὐτοὺς Κλώδιος, ἀλλʼ ἐκείνῳ τε ὁ Μίλων ἀντέκειτο ὥστε μηδὲν βίαιον δρᾶσαι, καὶ τῷ νόμῳ ἄλλοι τε καὶ ὁ Πομπήιος συνεῖπον ὥστε πολὺ κρείττους αὐτοὺς γενέσθαι.
While contesting this very point Milo caused much disturbance, and at last himself collected some gladiators and others like-minded with himself and kept continually coming to blows with Clodius, so that bloodshed occurred throughout practically the whole city. 2 Nepos, accordingly, inspired with fear by his colleague and by Pompey and by the other leading men, changed his attitude; and thus the senate decreed, on the motion of Spinther, that Cicero should be restored, and the populace, on the motion of both consuls, passed the measure. Clodius, to be sure, spoke in opposition to the others, but he had Milo as an opponent, so that he could commit no violence, and Pompey, among others, spoke in favour of the enactment, so that that side proved much the stronger.
§ 39.9
κατῆλθέ τε οὖν ὁ Κικέρων καὶ χάριν τῇ τε βουλῇ καὶ τῷ δήμῳ, παρασχόντων αὐτῷ τῶν ὑπάτων καὶ τὸ συνέδριον καὶ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, ἔγνω. τῷ τε Πομπηίῳ τὴν ἔχθραν τὴν ἐπὶ τῇ φυγῇ μεθεὶς συνηλλάγη, καὶ τήν γε εὐεργεσίαν παραχρῆμα ἀπέδωκε· λιμοῦ γὰρ ἐν τῇ πόλει ἰσχυροῦ γενομένου, καὶ τοῦ ὁμίλου παντὸς ἔς τε τὸ θέατρον (% οἵῳ δὲ δὴ καὶ τότε ἔτι θεάτρῳ ἐς τὰς πανηγύρεις ἐχρῶντὀ καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἐς τὸ Καπιτώλιον ἐπὶ τοὺς βουλευτὰς συνεδρεύοντας ἐσπηδήσαντος, καὶ τοτὲ μὲν ἐν χερσὶν αὐτοὺς ἀποσφάξειν τοτὲ δὲ καὶ καταπρήσειν αὐτοῖς τοῖς ναοῖς ἀπειλοῦντος, ἔπεισέ σφας ἐπιμελητὴν τοῦ σίτου τὸν Πομπήιον προχειρίσασθαι, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἀρχὴν αὐτῷ ἀνθυπάτου καὶ ἐν τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ καὶ ἔξω ἐπὶ πέντε ἔτη δοῦναι. καὶ ὁ μέν, ὥσπερ ἐπὶ τοῖς καταποντισταῖς πρότερον οὕτω καὶ τότε ἐπὶ τῷ σίτῳ πάσης αὖθις τῆς οἰκουμένης τῆς ὑπὸ τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις τότε οὔσης ἄρξειν ἔμελλε·
Cicero accordingly came home from exile and expressed his gratitude to both the senate and the people, the consuls having given him the opportunity of appearing before both bodies. He put aside the hatred he bore Pompey on account of his banishment, became reconciled with him, and immediately repaid his kindness. 2 A sore famine had arisen in the city and the entire populace rushed into the theatre (they were then still using a temporary (?) theatre for public games) and afterwards to the Capitol where the senators were in session, threatening at first to slay them with their own hands, and later to burn them alive, temples and all. Cicero now persuaded them to elect Pompey as commissioner of the grain supply and to give him also on this account the office of proconsul for five years both in Italy and outside. So now in the case of the grain supply, as previously in the case of the pirates, he was once more to hold sway over the entire world then under Roman power.
§ 39.10
Καῖσαρ δὲ καὶ Κράσσος ἄλλως μὲν ἤχθοντο τῷ Κικέρωνι, σπουδὴν δʼ οὖν τινα αὐτοῦ ἔσχον, ἐπειδὴ πάντως καθήξοντα αὐτὸν ᾔσθοντο (καὶ γὰρ ὁ Καῖσαρ καὶ ἀπὼν εὔνοιάν τινα αὐτῷ ἐνεδείξατὀ, οὐ μέντοι καὶ χάριν οὐδεμίαν ἀντέλαβον. ἐκεῖνος γὰρ τοῦτό τε οὐκ ἀπὸ γνώμης σφᾶς πεποιηκότας εἰδώς, καὶ τῆς φυγῆς αἰτιωτάτους γεγονέναι νομίζων, ἐκ μὲν τοῦ προφανοῦς οὐ πάνυ πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἐθρασύνετο, ἅτε καὶ τῶν τῆς ἀκράτου παρρησίας ἐπικαρπιῶν νεωστὶ πεπειραμένος, βιβλίον μέντοι τι ἀπόρρητον συνέθηκε, καὶ ἐπέγραψεν αὐτῷ ὡς καὶ περὶ τῶν ἑαυτοῦ βουλευμάτων ἀπολογισμόν τινα ἔχοντι, πολλὰ δὲ δὴ καὶ δεινὰ ἐς αὐτὸ καὶ περὶ ἐκείνων καὶ περὶ ἄλλων τινῶν συνένησε, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο φοβηθεὶς μὴ καὶ ζῶντος αὐτοῦ ἐκφοιτήσῃ, κατεσημήνατό τε αὐτὸ καὶ παρέδωκε τῷ παιδί, προστάξας οἱ μήτʼ ἀναγνῶναι μήτε δημοσιεῦσαι τὰ γεγραμμένα πρὶν ἂν μεταλλάξῃ.
Caesar and Crassus really disliked Cicero, but showed some interest in him when they perceived that he would return in any case, Caesar even while absent displaying some good-will toward him; but they received no thanks for their pains. 2 For Cicero knew that they had done this in accordance with their real inclination, and he regarded them as having been most to blame for his banishment. And though he did not openly act toward them with marked insolence, since he had recently tasted the fruits of unrestrained free speech, nevertheless he secretly composed a little book to which he gave a title indicating that it contained a defence of his policies, and in it he heaped together many denunciations against them and certain other men. Fearing, therefore, that these statements might get out during his lifetime, he sealed up the volume and delivered it to his son with the injunction not to read or publish what was written until his death.
§ 39.11
Κικέρων μὲν οὖν αὖθις ἀνεβλάστανε, καὶ τήν τε ἄλλην οὐσίαν καὶ τὸ ἔδαφος τῆς οἰκίας, καίτοι τῇ Ἐλευθερίᾳ ἀνειμένον, καὶ τοῦ Κλωδίου καὶ ἐπιθειάζοντος καὶ ἐς ἐνθυμίαν αὐτῷ προβάλλοντος, ἐκομίσατο. τὴν γὰρ ἐσφορὰν τοῦ φρατριατικοῦ νόμου, παρʼ ἣν ἐκ τῶν εὐπατριδῶν ἐς τὸ πλῆθος ἐπεποίητο, διαβάλλων ὡς οὐκ ἐν τοῖς ὡρισμένοις ἐκ τῶν πατρίων χρόνοις ἐκτεθέντος αὐτοῦ, τήν τε δημαρχίαν τοῦ Κλωδίου πᾶσαν, ἐν ᾗ καὶ τὰ κατὰ τὴν οἰκίαν ἐδέδοκτο, κατέλυε, λέγων οὐχ οἷόν τʼ εἶναι, τῆς μεταστάσεως αὐτοῦ τῆς ἐς τὸν ὅμιλον παρανόμως γεγενημένης, ὑγιές τι τῶν ἐν αὐτῇ πραχθέντων νομίζεσθαι, καὶ ἔπεισε διὰ τούτου τοὺς ποντίφικας τὸ ἔδαφός οἱ ὡς καὶ ὅσιον καὶ βέβηλον ὂν ἀποδοῦναι. καὶ οὕτω καὶ ἐκεῖνο καὶ χρήματα ἔς τε τὴν τῆς οἰκίας κατασκευήν, καὶ εἰ δή τι ἄλλο τῆς οὐσίας αὐτοῦ ἐλελύμαντο, ἔλαβε.
Cicero, accordingly, was thriving once more; and he recovered his property and likewise the site of his house, although the latter had been dedicated to Liberty, and though Clodius both called the gods to witness and placed religious scruples in his way. But Cicero attacked the lex curiata by which the other had been transferred from the patricians to the plebs, on the ground that it had not been proposed at the time established by ancestral custom. Thus he tried to render null and void the entire tribuneship of Clodius, during which the decree regarding his house had been passed, claiming that inasmuch as his transfer to the common people had taken place unlawfully, it was not possible for any one of his acts while in office to be considered binding. By this means he persuaded the pontifices to give back to him the site, on the ground that it was profane and unconsecrated. Thus he obtained not only that but also money for restoring his house and any other property of his that had been injured.
§ 39.12
μετὰ δὲ δὴ τοῦτο Πτολεμαίου τοῦ βασιλέως ἕνεκα αὖθις ἐκινήθησαν. ἐπειδὴ γὰρ πολλά τισι τῶν Ῥωμαίων χρήματα, τὰ μὲν οἴκοθεν τὰ δὲ καὶ δανεισάμενος, ὅπως τήν τε ἀρχὴν βεβαιώσηται καὶ φίλος καὶ σύμμαχος ὀνομασθῇ, καταναλώκει, καὶ αὐτὰ παρὰ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων βιαίως ἠργυρολόγει, καὶ διά τε τοῦτο ἐχαλεπαίνετο καὶ ὅτι τὴν Κύπρον ἀπαιτῆσαι παρὰ τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἢ καὶ τὴν φιλίαν τὴν πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἀπειπεῖν κελευόντων αὐτῶν οὐκ ἠθέλησε, καὶ οὔτε πεῖσαί σφας ἡσυχάζειν οὔτʼ αὖ βιάσασθαι (ξενικὸν γὰρ οὐκ εἶχενʼ ἠδυνήθη, διέδρα τε ἐκ τῆς Αἰγύπτου, καὶ ἐς τὴν Ῥώμην ἐλθὼν κατηγόρησέ τε αὐτῶν ὡς καὶ ἐκ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτὸν ἐκβεβληκότων, καὶ ἔτυχεν ὥστε ὑπὸ τοῦ Σπινθῆρος, ᾧ ἡ Κιλικία
After this there was further disturbance on account of King Ptolemy. He had spent large amounts upon some of the Romans, part of it out of his own purse and part borrowed, in order to have his rule confirmed and to receive the name of friend and ally; and he was now collecting this sum forcibly from the Egyptians. 2 They were accordingly very angry at him both on this account and also because when they had bidden him demand back Cyprus from the Romans or else renounce his friendship for them, he had been unwilling to do so. And since he could neither persuade nor yet compel them to be quiet, as he had no foreign troops, he fled from Egypt, and coming to Rome, accused his countrymen of having expelled him from his kingdom. He was successful in having his restoration entrusted to Spinther, to whom Cilicia had been assigned.
§ 39.13
ἐπετέτραπτο, καταχθῆναι. ἐν ᾧ δὲ ταῦτα ἐγένετο, οἱ Ἀλεξανδρεῖς τέως μὲν ἀγνοήσαντες ὅτι ἐς τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἀπηρκὼς ἦν, ἢ τεθνηκέναι αὐτὸν νομίσαντες, Βερενίκην τὴν θυγατέρα αὐτοῦ ἐς τὴν βασιλείαν ἀντικατέστησαν, ἔπειτα δὲ τἀληθὲς μαθόντες ἄνδρας ἑκατὸν ἐς τὴν Ῥώμην ἔπεμψαν πρός τε τὰ ἐγκλήματα αὐτοῦ ἀπολογησομένους καὶ ἀντικατηγορήσοντας ὅσα ἠδίκηντο. προμαθὼν οὖν ταῦτʼ ἐκεῖνος (ἔτι δὲ ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ ἦνʼ ἐνήδρευσε τοὺς πρέσβεις, πρὶν ἐλθεῖν, ἄλλους ἄλλῃ διαπέμψας, καὶ τοὺς μὲν πλείους αὐτῶν κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν ἔφθειρε, τῶν δὲ δὴ λοιπῶν τοὺς μὲν ἐν τῷ ἄστει αὐτῷ ἀπέκτεινε, τοὺς δὲ καὶ καταφοβήσας ἐκ τούτων ἢ χρήμασι διαφθείρας ἔπεισε μήτε ταῖς ἀρχαῖς ὑπὲρ ὧν ἐστάλατο ἐντυχεῖν μήθʼ ὅλως μνείαν τινὰ περὶ
While this was going on, the people of Alexandria, who for a while did not know that he had departed for Italy, or supposed he was dead, placed Berenice, his daughter, on the throne in his place. Then, learning the truth, they sent a hundred men to Rome to defend them against his charges and to bring counter-complaints of all the wrongs they had suffered. 2 Now he heard of it in season, while still in Rome, and sent men out in various directions to lie in wait for the envoys before they could arrive. Thus he caused the majority of them to perish by the way, while of the survivors he had some slain in the city itself, and others he either terrified by what had happened or by administering bribes persuaded them neither to consult the magistrates touching the matters for which they had been sent nor to make any mention at all of those who had been killed.
§ 39.14
τῶν ἀπολωλότων ποιήσασθαι. καίτοι τὸ πρᾶγμα οὕτω περιβόητον ἐγένετο ὥστε καὶ τὴν βουλὴν ἀγανακτῆσαι δεινῶς, ἐνάγοντός σφας ὅτι μάλιστα Φαουωνίου τοῦ Μάρκου καθʼ ἑκάτερον, ὅτι τε πολλοὶ παρὰ τῶν συμμάχων πρέσβεις πεμφθέντες βιαίως ἀπωλώλεσαν, καὶ ὅτι συχνοὶ καὶ τότε τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἐδεδωροδοκήκεσαν. καὶ οἱ μὲν τὸν Δίωνα τὸν τῆς πρεσβείας αὐτοκράτορα (περιῆν γάρʼ μετεπέμψαντο ὡς καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν παρʼ αὐτοῦ μαθησόμενοι· οὕτω δὲ ἄρα καὶ τότε ἔθʼ ὁ Πτολεμαῖος τοῖς χρήμασι κατεκράτει ὥστε μήτε τὸν Δίωνα ἐς τὸ συνέδριον ἐσελθεῖν μήτε μνήμην τινὰ τοῦ φόνου τῶν τεθνηκότων, ἕως γε καὶ αὐτὸς παρῆν, γενέσθαι. καὶ μέντοι τοῦ Δίωνος μετὰ ταῦτα δολοφονηθέντος οὐδεμίαν οὐδʼ ἐπʼ ἐκείνῳ δίκην ἔδωκε· τά τε γὰρ ἄλλα καὶ ὁ Πομπήιος τῇ τε οἰκίᾳ αὐτὸν ὑπεδέδεκτο καὶ ἰσχυρῶς οἱ συνῄρετο. τῶν γε μὴν ἄλλων τῶν αὐτόθεν ἐνεκλήθησαν μὲν ἐν ὑστέρῳ συχνοί, ἑάλωσαν δὲ ὀλίγοι· τό τε γὰρ δεδωροδοκηκὸς πολὺ ἦν, καὶ ἀλλήλοις διὰ τὸ ἴδιον ἕκαστος δέος συνεμάχουν.
The affair, however, became so noised abroad that even the senate was mightily displeased; it was urged to action chiefly by Marcus Favonius, on the double ground that many envoys sent by their allies had perished by violence and that numerous Romans had again on this occasion taken bribes. 2 So they summoned Dio, the leader of the envoys, who survived, in order to learn the truth from him. But this time, too, Ptolemy had such influence with his money that not only did Dio fail to enter the senate-house, but there was not even any mention made of the murder of the dead men, so long at least as Ptolemy was there. Furthermore, even after Dio had later been assassinated, he suffered no punishment for that deed either, largely owing to the fact that Pompey had entertained him in his house and continued to render him powerful assistance. 4 Of the other Alexandrines, however, many were accused at a later time, yet few were convicted; for those who had taken bribes were many, and each coöperated with the others because of his own fear.
§ 39.15
οἱ μὲν οὖν ἄνθρωποι τοιαῦτα ὑπὸ τῶν χρημάτων ἐποίουν, τὸ δὲ δὴ θεῖον κεραυνῷ κατʼ ἀρχὰς εὐθὺς τοῦ ἐχομένου ἔτους τὸ ἄγαλμα τοῦ Διὸς τοῦ ἐν τῷ Ἀλβανῷ ἱδρυμένου βαλὸν τὴν κάθοδον τοῦ Πτολεμαίου χρόνον τινὰ ἐπέσχε. τοῖς γὰρ Σιβυλλείοις ἔπεσιν ἐντυχόντες εὗρον ἐν αὐτοῖς ἐγγεγραμμένον αὐτὸ τοῦτο “ἂν ὁ τῆς Αἰγύπτου βασιλεὺς βοηθείας τινὸς δεόμενος ἔλθῃ, τὴν μὲν φιλίαν οἱ μὴ ἀπαρνήσασθαι, μὴ μέντοι καὶ πλήθει τινὶ ἐπικουρήσητε· εἰ δὲ μή, καὶ πόνους καὶ κινδύνους ἕξετε.” κἀκ τούτου τὴν συντυχίαν τῶν ἐπῶν πρὸς τὰ τότε γενόμενα θαυμάσαντες ἀπεψηφίσαντο πάντα τὰ περὶ αὐτοῦ ἐγνωσμένα, Γαΐῳ Κάτωνι πεισθέντες δημάρχῳ. ταῦτα δὲ ἐχρήσθη μὲν οὕτως, ἐδημοσιεύθη δέ (οὐ γὰρ ἐξῆν οὐδὲν τῶν Σιβυλλείων, εἰ μὴ ἡ βουλὴ ψηφίσαιτο, ἐς τὸ πλῆθος ἐξαγγέλλεσθαι) διὰ τοῦ Κάτωνος. ἐπειδὴ γὰρ τάχιστα ὁ νοῦς τῶν ἐπῶν διεθρυλήθη, ὥσπερ εἴωθε γίγνεσθαι, ἔδεισε μὴ συγκρυφθείη, καὶ ἔς τε τὸν ὅμιλον τοὺς ἱερέας ἐσήγαγε, κἀνταῦθα, πρὶν ὁτιοῦν τὴν γερουσίαν ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς χρηματίσαι, ἐξεβιάσατό σφας ἐκλαλῆσαι τὸ λόγιον· ὅσῳ γάρ τοι μᾶλλον οὐκ ἐδόκει σφίσιν
While mortals were acting thus under the influence of money, Heaven at the very beginning of the next year struck with a thunderbolt the statue of Jupiter erected on the Alban Mount, and so delayed the return of Ptolemy for some time. 2 For when they read the Sibylline verses, they found written in them this very passage: “If the king of Egypt come requesting any aid, refuse him not friendship, nor yet succour him with any great force; else you shall have both toils and dangers.” Thereupon, amazed at the coincidence between the verses and the events of the time, they rescinded all their action in his case, following the advice of Gaius Cato, a tribune. Such was the nature of the oracle; and it was made public through Cato. 4 Now it was unlawful to announce to the populace any of the Sibylline verses, unless the senate voted it; yet as soon as the sense of the verses, as usually happens, began to be talked about, he became afraid that it might be suppressed, and so brought the priests before the populace and there compelled them to utter the oracle before the senate had taken any action at all in the matter. The more scruples they had against doing so, the more insistent was the multitude.
§ 39.16
ἐξεῖναι τοῦτο,...τὸ πλῆθος ἔσχε. καὶ ἐκεῖνο μὲν ἔσχεν οὕτως, καὶ ἐς τὴν τῶν Λατίνων γλῶσσαν μεταγραφὲν ἀνεκηρύχθη· γνώμας δὲ αὐτῶν μετὰ τοῦτο ποιουμένων, καὶ τῶν μὲν ἄνευ στρατοῦ τῷ Σπινθῆρι τὴν τοῦ Πτολεμαίου κάθοδον προσταττόντων, τῶν δὲ δὴ καὶ τὸν Πομπήιον μετὰ ῥαβδούχων δύο καταγαγεῖν αὐτὸν κελευόντων (ὅ τε γὰρ Πτολεμαῖος μαθὼν τὸ χρησθὲν ἠξίωσε τούτου τυχεῖν, καὶ τὰ γράμματα αὐτοῦ Αὖλος Πλαύτιος ἐς τὸ κοινὸν δημαρχῶν ἀνέγνὠ, δείσαντες οἱ βουλευταὶ μὴ μείζων ἔθʼ ὁ Πομπήιος καὶ ἀπʼ ἐκείνου γένηται, ἀντέπραξαν αὐτῷ τῇ τοῦ σίτου προφάσει χρησάμενοι. ταῦτα μὲν ἐπί τε Λουκίου Φιλίππου καὶ ἐπὶ Γναίου Μαρκελλίνου ὑπάτων ἐγένετο· καὶ αὐτὰ ὁ Πτολεμαῖος μαθὼν τήν τε κάθοδον ἀπέγνω, καὶ ἐς Ἔφεσον ἐλθὼν παρὰ τῇ θεῷ διῃτᾶτο.
Such, then, was the oracle, and it was translated into the Latin tongue and proclaimed. When later the senate discussed the matter, some were for assigning to Spinther the restoration of Ptolemy without an army, and others argued that Pompey with two lictors should escort him home. 2 Ptolemy, on learning of the oracle, had asked for the latter arrangement, and his letter was read in public by Aulus Plautius, a tribune. But the senators, fearing that Pompey would by this means obtain still greater power, opposed it, using his connection with the corn-supply as an excuse. All this happened in the consulship of Lucius Philippus and Gnaeus Marcellinus. Ptolemy, when he heard of it, despaired of his restoration, and going to Ephesus, passed his time in the temple of the goddess.
§ 39.17
τῷ δὲ δὴ προτέρῳ ἔτει καὶ τοιόνδε τι, ἴδιον μέν, φέρον δέ πως ἐς τὴν συγγραφήν, ἐπράχθη. τοῦ γὰρ νόμου διαρρήδην ἀπαγορεύοντος μηδένας δύο ἅμα ἐκ τῆς αὐτῆς συγγενείας τὴν αὐτὴν ἱερατείαν ἔχειν, ὁ Σπινθὴρ ὁ ὕπατος ἐπιθυμήσας Κορνήλιον Σπινθῆρα τὸν υἱὸν ἐς τοὺς οἰωνιστὰς ἐσαγαγεῖν, ἔπειτʼ ἐπειδὴ ὁ Φαῦστος ὁ τοῦ Σύλλου παῖς ἐκ τοῦ τῶν Κορνηλίων φύλου ὢν προενεγέγραπτο, ἐξεποίησεν αὐτὸν ἐς τὸ Μαλλίου Τορκουάτου γένος, καὶ οὕτως ὁ νόμος ἐν τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ ῥήμασι μείνας ἔργῳ κατελύθη.
The year before there had occurred an incident of a private nature which, however, has some bearing upon our history. It was this. Although the law expressly forbade any two persons of the same gens to hold the same priesthood at the same time, Spinther, the consul, was anxious to place his son Cornelius Spinther among the augurs, 2 and since Faustus, the son of Sulla, of the Cornelian gens, had been enrolled before him, he transferred his son to the gens of Manlius Torquatus; thus, though the letter of the law was observed, its spirit was broken.
§ 39.18
μετὰ δὲ δὴ τοῦτο ὁ Κλώδιος ἐπειδὴ τάχιστα ἐς τὴν ἀγορανομίαν ἐπί τε τοῦ Φιλίππου καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ Μαρκελλίνου παρεληλύθει (πρὸς γὰρ τὴν ἀπόδρασιν τῆς δίκης παρακελευστὸς ᾑρέθἠ, γραφὴν κατὰ τοῦ Μίλωνος τῆς τῶν μονομάχων παρασκευῆς ἀπήνεγκε· ἃ γὰρ αὐτὸς ἔπραττε καὶ ἐφʼ οἷς ἐκρίνετο, ταῦτʼ ἐκείνῳ ἀντενεκάλει. ἐποίει δὲ τοῦτο οὐχ ὅτι τὸν Μίλωνα προσεδόκα αἱρήσειν ἅτε καὶ συναγωνιστὰς ἰσχυροὺς ἄλλους τε καὶ τὸν Κικέρωνα τόν τε Πομπήιον ἔχοντα, ἀλλʼ ἵνα ἐπὶ τῇ προφάσει ταύτῃ τῷ τε Μίλωνι προσπολεμοίη
After this Clodius attained the aedileship in the year of Philippus and Marcellinus; for, being anxious to avoid the lawsuit, he had got himself elected by a political combination. He immediately instituted proceedings against Milo for providing himself with gladiators, actually charging him with the very thing he was doing himself and for which he was likely to be brought to trial. 2 He did this, not in the expectation of convicting Milo, inasmuch as the latter had many strong champions, among them Cicero and Pompey, but in order that under this pretext he might not only carry on a campaign against Milo but also insult his backers.
§ 39.19
καὶ ἐκείνους ὑβρίζοι. πρὸς γοῦν τοῖς ἄλλοις τοιόνδε τι ἐμεμηχάνητο· παρασκευάσας τοὺς ἑταίρους ἵνʼ, ὁπότε πύθοιτο αὐτῶν ἐν τοῖς συλλόγοις “τίς ὁ ποιῶν ἢ καὶ λέγων τοιόνδε τι ἦν, ” συνεκβοῷεν ὅτι Πομπήιος, ἐπηρώτα πολλάκις ἐξαίφνης πάνθʼ ὅσα ἐπαίτια περὶ αὐτὸν ἢ κατὰ τὸ σῶμα ἢ κατʼ ἄλλο τι ἦν, ἰδίᾳ καὶ καθʼ ἕκαστον, ὡς οὐ περὶ ἐκείνου δὴ λέγων· κἀκ τούτου τῶν μὲν ἐξαρχόντων τῶν δὲ συνεπηχούντων σφίσιν, οἷα φιλεῖ ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις γίγνεσθαι, καὶ λεγόντων ὅτι Πομπήιος, χλευασία πολλὴ συνέβαινεν, ὥστε ἐκεῖνον μήτε τὴν ἡσυχίαν ἄγειν καρτεροῦντα μήθʼ ὅμοιόν τι ποιεῖν αὐτῷ ὑπομένοντα περιοργῆ τε γίγνεσθαι καὶ ἐν ἀμηχανίᾳ καθίστασθαι, καὶ λόγῳ μὲν τὸν Μίλωνα κατακρίνεσθαι, ἔργῳ δὲ αὐτὸν μηδʼ ἀπολογούμενον ἁλίσκεσθαι. ὁ γὰρ Κλώδιος, ὅπως ἐπὶ πλεῖον ἀποροίη, οὐκ εἴα τὸν φρατριατικὸν νόμον ἐσενεχθῆναι· πρὶν γὰρ ἐκεῖνον τεθῆναι οὔτʼ ἄλλο τι τῶν σπουδαίων ἐν τῷ κοινῷ πραχθῆναι οὔτε δίκην οὐδεμίαν ἐσαχθῆναι ἐξῆν.
For example, the following was one of his devices. He had instructed his clique that whenever he should ask them in assemblies: “Who was it that did or said so-and-so?” they should all cry out: “Pompey!” Then on several occasions he would suddenly ask about everything that could be taken amiss in Pompey, either in the way of physical peculiarities or any other respect, touching upon such topics individually, one at a time, as if he were not speaking of him particularly. 2 Thereupon, as usually happens in such cases, some would start up and others would join in with them, crying “Pompey!” and there was much jeering. Now Pompey could not control himself and keep quiet, nor would he stoop to a trick like that of Clodius, and so he grew exceedingly angry, yet could not stir; thus nominally Milo was the defendant, but in reality Pompey was being convicted without even offering a defence. For Clodius, in order to embarrass him the more, would not allow the lex curiata to be introduced; and until that was enacted no other serious business could be transacted in the state or any suit instituted.
§ 39.20
τέως μὲν οὖν ὁ Μίλων τῶν λοιδοριῶν καὶ τῶν σφαγῶν πρόσχημα αὐτοῖς ἦν· τεράτων τέ τινων ἐν τούτῳ γενομένων (ἔν τε γὰρ τῷ Ἀλβανῷ νεὼς Ἥρας βραχὺς ἐπὶ τραπέζης τινὸς πρὸς ἀνατολῶν ἱδρυμένος πρὸς τὴν ἄρκτον μετεστράφη, καὶ λαμπὰς ἀπὸ τῆς μεσημβρίας ὁρμηθεῖσα πρὸς βορέαν διῇξε, λύκος τε ἐς τὴν πόλιν ἐσῆλθε, καὶ σεισμὸς ἐγένετο, τῶν τε πολιτῶν τινες κεραυνοῖς ἐφθάρησαν, καὶ θόρυβος ἐν τῷ Λατίνῳ ὑπὸ γῆς ἐξηκούσθη· καὶ αὐτὰ οἱ μάντεις ἀκέσασθαι ἐθελήσαντες ὀργίζεσθαί σφισι δαιμόνιόν τι ὡς καὶ ἱερῶν τινων ἢ χωρίων οὐχ ὁσίων ἐποικουμένων ἔφασανʼ ἐνταῦθα ὁ Κλώδιος τὸν Κικέρωνα μεταλαβὼν τῷ τε λόγῳ πολὺς ἐνέκειτο, ὅτι τὸ ἔδαφος τῆς οἰκίας ἱερωμένον τῇ Ἐλευθερίᾳ κατῳκοδόμησε, καὶ ἐπῆλθέ ποτε ἐπʼ αὐτὸ ὡς καὶ ἐκ θεμελίων αὖθις αὐτὴν ἀναιρήσων. καὶ οὐκ ἐποίησε μὲν
For a season, then, Milo served as an excuse for their taunts and assassinations. But about this time some portents occurred: on the Alban Mount a small temple of Juno, set on a kind of table facing the east, was turned around toward the north; a blaze of light darted from the south across to the north; 2 a wolf entered the city; an earthquake occurred; some of the citizens were killed by thunderbolts; in the Latin territory a subterranean tumult was heard; and the soothsayers, being anxious to find a remedy, said that some divinity was angry with them because some temples or consecrated sites were being used for residence. Then Clodius substituted Cicero for Milo and not only attacked him vigorously in a speech because the site of the house he had built upon was dedicated to Liberty, but even went to it once, with the intention of razing it to the ground; but he did not do so, as he was prevented by Milo.
§ 39.21
τοῦτο, ὁ γὰρ Μίλων ἐκώλυσεν· ὁ δʼ οὖν Κικέρων ὡς καὶ παθὼν αὐτὸ ὀργήν τε εἶχε καὶ κατηγορίας ἐποιεῖτο, καὶ τέλος τόν τε Μίλωνα καὶ δημάρχους τινὰς παραλαβὼν ἀνῆλθέ τε ἐς τὸ Καπιτώλιον καὶ τὰς στήλας τὰς ἐπὶ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ φυγῃ ὑπὸ τοῦ Κλωδίου σταθείσας καθεῖλε. καὶ τότε μὲν αὐτὰς ἐκείνου σὺν Γαΐῳ τῷ ἀδελφῷ στρατηγοῦντι ἐπελθόντος ἀφῃρέθη, μετὰ δὲ τοῦτο φυλάξας ἐκδημοῦντα τὸν Κλώδιον ἀνέβη τε αὖθις ἐς τὸ Καπιτώλιον, καὶ λαβὼν αὐτὰς οἴκαδε ἀπεκόμισε. γενομένου δὲ τούτου οὐδὲν ἔτʼ ἀπώμοτον οὐδετέρῳ αὐτῶν ἦν, ἀλλὰ ἐλοιδόρουν ἀλλήλους καὶ διέβαλλον ἄλλα τε ὅσα ἐδύναντο, μηδενὸς τῶν αἰσχίστων ἀπεχόμενοι, καὶ ὁ μὲν τήν τε δημαρχίαν τὴν τοῦ Κλωδίου ὡς καὶ παρὰ τοὺς νόμους γενομένην καὶ τὰ πραχθέντα ἐν αὐτῇ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ὡς καὶ ἄκυρα ὄντα, ὁ δὲ τήν τε φυγὴν τὴν τοῦ Κικέρωνος ὡς καὶ δικαίως ἐγνωσμένην καὶ τὴν κάθοδον αὐτοῦ ὡς καὶ παρανόμως ἐψηφισμένην.
Cicero, however, was as angry with him as if he had actually accomplished his purpose, and kept making accusations. Finally, taking with him Milo and some tribunes, he ascended the Capitol and took down the tablets set up by Clodius to commemorate his exile. 2 This time Clodius came up with his brother Gaius, a praetor, and took them away from him, but later he watched for a time when Clodius was out of town, and going up to the Capitol again, took them and carried them home. After this occurrence no quarter was shown on either side, but they abused and slandered each other as much as they could, without refraining from the basest means. 4 The one declared that the tribuneship of Clodius had been contrary to the laws and that therefore his official acts were invalid, and the other that Cicero's exile had been justly decreed and his return unlawfully voted.
§ 39.22
μαχομένων δὲ αὐτῶν, καὶ τοῦ Κλωδίου πολὺ τῇ στάσει ἐλαττουμένου, ὁ Κάτων ὁ Μᾶρκος ἐπελθὼν ἀνίσωσεν αὐτούς· τῷ τε γὰρ Κικέρωνι ἀχθόμενος, καὶ φοβηθεὶς ἅμα μὴ καὶ ὅσα αὐτὸς ἐν τῇ Κύπρῳ ἐπεποιήκει καταλυθείη, ὅτι πρὸς τοῦ Κλωδίου δημαρχοῦντος ἐπέπεμπτο, προθύμως αὐτῷ συνήρατο. μέγα γὰρ ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς ἐφρόνει, καὶ περὶ παντὸς τὸ βεβαιωθῆναι αὐτὰ ἐποιεῖτο. ὁ μὲν γὰρ Πτολεμαῖος ὁ τὴν νῆσον τότε κατέχων, ἐπειδὴ τά τε ἐψηφισμένα ᾔσθετο καὶ μήτʼ ἀντᾶραι τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις ἐτόλμησε μήτʼ αὖ στερηθεὶς τῆς ἀρχῆς ζῆν ὑπέμεινε, φάρμακον πιὼν ἀπέθανε, καὶ οἱ Κύπριοι τὸν Κάτωνα οὐκ ἀκουσίως, ἅτε καὶ φίλοι καὶ σύμμαχοι τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἀντὶ δούλων ἔσεσθαι προσδοκήσαντες, ἐσεδέξαντο· ὁ δὲ Κάτων ἐπὶ μὲν τούτοις οὐδὲν εἶχε σεμνύνεσθαι, ὅτι δὲ δὴ τά τε ἄλλα ἄριστα διῴκησε, καὶ δούλους καὶ χρήματα πολλὰ ἐκ τῶν βασιλικῶν ἀθροίσας οὐδὲν ᾐτιάθη ἀλλὰ ἀνεπικλήτως πάντα ἀπέδειξεν, ἀνδραγαθίας οὐδὲν ἧττον ἢ εἰ πολέμῳ τινὶ ἐνενικήκει μετεποιεῖτο· ὑπὸ γὰρ τοῦ πολλοὺς δωροδοκεῖν σπανιώτερον τὸ τῶν χρημάτων καταφρονεῖν τινα τοῦ τῶν πολεμίων κρατεῖν ἐνόμιζε.
While they were contending, and Clodius was getting much the worst of it, Marcus Cato came upon the scene and restored their balance. He had a grudge against Cicero and was likewise afraid that all his acts in Cyprus would be annulled, because he had been sent out under Clodius as tribune; hence he eagerly took the latter's side. 2 For he was very proud of his deeds and anxious above all things that they should be confirmed. For Ptolemy, who at the time had been master of the island, when he learned of the vote that had been passed, and neither dared to rise against the Romans nor could endure to live deprived of his kingdom, had taken his life by drinking poison. Then the Cypriotes readily received Cato, expecting to be friends and allies of the Romans instead of slaves. 4 Over this fact, however, Cato had no reason to vaunt himself; but because he had administered everything in the best possible manner, and after collecting slaves and large amounts of money from the royal treasury, had incurred no reproach but had turned over everything unchallenged, for these reasons he laid claim to valour no less than if he had conquered in some war. So many men were accepting bribes that he thought it more unusual for a man to despise money than to conquer the enemy.
§ 39.23
τότε οὖν ὁ Κάτων ἐν δόξῃ τινὶ ἐπινικίων διὰ ταῦτʼ αἰσίων ἐγένετο, καὶ οἱ ὕπατοι γνώμην ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ ἐποιήσαντο στρατηγίαν αὐτῷ δοθῆναι καίπερ μηδέπω ἐκ τῶν νόμων προσήκουσαν. καὶ οὐκ ἀπεδείχθη μέν (αὐτὸς γὰρ ἀντεῖπἐ, τὴν δὲ δὴ εὔκλειαν καὶ ἐκ τούτου μείζονα ἔσχε. Κλώδιος δὲ ἐπεχείρησε μὲν τοὺς οἰκέτας τοὺς ἐκ τῆς Κύπρου ἀχθέντας Κλωδίους, ὅτι αὐτὸς τὸν Κάτωνα ἐκεῖσε ἐπεπόμφει, ὀνομόσαι, οὐκ ἠδυνήθη δὲ ἐναντιωθέντος αὐτοῦ. καὶ οἱ μὲν Κύπριοι ἐπεκλήθησαν, καίτοι τινῶν Πορκίους σφᾶς προσειπεῖν ἐθελησάντων (ὁ γὰρ Κάτων καὶ τοῦτʼ ἐκώλυσενʼ· ὀργῇ δʼ οὖν ὁ Κλώδιος τὴν ἐναντίωσιν αὐτοῦ φέρων, τά τε διοικηθέντα ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ διέβαλλε καὶ τοὺς λογισμοὺς τῶν πεπραγμένων ἀπῄτει, οὐχ ὅτι καὶ διελέγξαι τι αὐτὸν ἀδικοῦντα ἐδύνατο, ἀλλʼ ὅτι ὑπὸ ναυαγίας τὰ γράμματα σχεδόν τι πάντα διέφθαρτο, καὶ ἐδόκει κατὰ τοῦτό τι ἰσχύσειν. ἐβοήθει δὲ καὶ τότε τῷ Κλωδίῳ ὁ Καῖσαρ καίτοι μὴ παρών, καὶ τάς γε κατηγορίας αὐτῷ τὰς κατὰ τοῦ Κάτωνος ἐπιστολιμαίους, ὥς γέ τινές φασιν, ἔπεμπεν. ἐπεφέρετο δὲ τῷ Κάτωνι ἄλλα τε καὶ ὅτι τὴν στρατηγίαν οἱ αὐτὸς τοὺς ὑπάτους πείσας, ὥς γε ἔλεγον, ἐσηγήσασθαι, προσεποιήσατο ἐθελοντής, ἵνα καὶ μὴ ἄκων ἀποτετυχηκέναι αὐτῆς δόξῃ, παρεῖσθαι.
So at that time Cato for these reasons had created some expectation that he would receive a regular triumph, and the consuls proposed in the senate that he be given the praetorship, although by law he could not yet hold it. And though he was not appointed, for he spoke against the measure himself, yet he obtained greater renown from this very circumstance. 2 Clodius undertook to name the slaves brought from Cyprus Clodians, because he himself had sent Cato there; but he failed because the latter opposed it. So they received the title of Cyprinas, although some wished to call them Porcians; but Cato prevented this too. So Clodius became angry at his opposition and proceeded to attack his administration; he demanded the accounts of the transactions, not because he could prove him guilty of any wrongdoing, but because nearly all of the documents had been destroyed by shipwreck and he expected to gain some advantage from this circumstance. 4 And Caesar, although not present, was again aiding Clodius at this time, and according to some was sending him in letters the accusations brought against Cato. One of the attacks upon Cato consisted in the charge that he himself had persuaded the consuls (so they affirmed) to propose the praetorship for him, and that he had then pretended to give it up voluntarily, in order not to appear to have lost it unwillingly.
§ 39.24
οὗτοί τε οὖν ἐμάχοντο, καὶ ὁ Πομπήιος ἔσχε μὲν καὶ ἐν τῇ τοῦ σίτου διαδόσει τριβήν τινα· πολλῶν γὰρ πρὸς τὰς ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ ἐλπίδας ἐλευθερωθέντων, ἀπογραφήν σφων, ὅπως ἔν τε κόσμῳ καὶ ἐν τάξει τινὶ σιτοδοτηθῶσιν, ἠθέλησε ποιήσασθαι· οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ τοῦτο μὲν τῇ τε ἑαυτοῦ σοφίᾳ καὶ ἐκ τοῦ πλήθους τοῦ σίτου ῥᾷόν πως διῴκησε, τὴν δὲ δὴ ὑπατείαν αἰτῶν πράγματα ἔσχε καὶ αἰτίαν ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ ἔλαβεν. ἐλύπει μὲν γὰρ αὐτὸν καὶ τὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ Κλωδίου γιγνόμενα, καὶ μάλισθʼ ὅτι καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ἄλλων ὑπερεωρᾶτο ὧν διέφερε, διά τε τὸ ἀξίωμα καὶ διὰ τὰς ἐλπίδας ἀφʼ ὧν καὶ ἰδιωτεύων ὑπὲρ πάντας αὐτοὺς τιμηθήσεσθαι προσεδόκησεν ὑβριζόμενος. ἀλλὰ τούτων μὲν ἔσθʼ ὅτε καὶ κατεφρόνει· παραχρῆμα μὲν γὰρ κακῶς ἀκούων ἐδυσχέραινεν, διαλιπὼν δὲ καὶ ἐς ἀναλογισμὸν τῆς τε ἑαυτοῦ ἀρετῆς καὶ τῆς τῶν ἐναντίων κακίας ἀφικνούμενος
While these men kept up their conflict, Pompey, too, encountered some delay in the distribution of the grain. For since many slaves had been freed in anticipation of the event, he wished to take a census of them in order that the grain might be supplied to them with some order and system. 2 This, to be sure, he managed fairly easily through his own wisdom and because of the large supply of grain; but in seeking the consulship he met with annoyances and incurred some censure. Clodius' behaviour, for one thing, irritated him, but especially the fact that he was treated slightingly by the others, whose superior he was; and he felt outraged both on account of his reputation and on account of the hopes by reason of which while still a private citizen he had thought to be honoured above them all. 4 Yet sometimes he could bring himself to scorn these; at the moment when people were speaking ill of him he was vexed, but after a time, when he came to consider carefully his own excellence and their baseness, he paid no further attention to them.
§ 39.25
οὐκέτʼ αὐτῶν προετίμα· ὁ δὲ δὴ Καῖσαρ αὐξανόμενος, καὶ ὁ δῆμος τά τε κατειργασμένα αὐτῷ θαυμάζων ὥστε καὶ ἐκ ἀποστεῖλαι, καὶ πρὸς τὰς ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ ἐλπίδας ἐπαιρόμενος ὥστε καὶ χρήματά οἱ πολλὰ ψηφίσασθαι, δεινῶς αὐτὸν ἠνία. ἐπεχείρησε μὲν γὰρ τοὺς ὑπάτους ἀναπεῖσαι μήτε τὰς ἐπιστολὰς αὐτοῦ εὐθὺς ἀναγιγνώσκειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ πλεῖστον, μέχρις ἂν αὐτόματος ἡ δόξα τῶν πραττομένων ἐκνικήσῃ, συγκρύπτειν, καὶ διάδοχόν τινα αὐτῷ καὶ πρὸ τοῦ καθήκοντος καιροῦ πέμψαι. τοσαύτῃ γὰρ φιλοτιμίᾳ ἐχρῆτο ὥσθʼ ὅσα αὐτὸς τῷ Καίσαρι συνέπραξε καὶ βασκαίνειν καὶ καταλύειν, καὶ ἐκείνῳ τε ἄλλως τε μεγάλως ἐπαινουμένῳ καὶ τὰ ἑαυτοῦ συσκιάζοντι ἄχθεσθαι, καὶ τῷ δήμῳ ἐγκαλεῖν ὅτι αὐτόν τε ἐν ὀλιγωρίᾳ ἐποιεῖτο καὶ τὸν Καίσαρα ὑπερεσπούδαζε. τά τε γὰρ ἄλλα καὶ ἠγανάκτει ὁρῶν αὐτοὺς τῶν τε προποιηθέντων τινὶ ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον μνημονεύοντας ἐφʼ ὅσον μηδὲν ἄλλο ἐπιγένοιτο, καὶ πρὸς τὸ ἀεὶ καθιστάμενον, κἂν ἔλαττον τοῦ προτέρου ᾖ, προχειρότατα τῷ τε τοῦ συνήθους κόρῳ καὶ τῇ τοῦ ξένου ἡδονῇ φερομένους, καὶ τὸ μὲν προευδοκιμοῦν πᾶν καταλύοντας ὑπὸ τοῦ φθόνου, τὸ δʼ ἄρτι προφαινόμενον συνεπαύξοντας
The fact, however, that Caesar's influence was increasing and the people admired his achievements so much that they dispatched men from the senate, on the supposition that the Gauls had been completely subjugated, and that they were so elated by their hopes based on him as to vote him large sums of money, was a cruel thorn in Pompey's side. 2 He attempted to persuade the consuls not to read Caesar's letters immediately but to conceal the facts as long as possible, until the glory of his deeds should win its own way abroad, and furthermore to send some one to relieve him even before the regular time. So jealous was he that undertook to disparage and undo all that he himself had helped to gain for Caesar, and that he was displeased with him both because he was greatly praised and because he was overshadowing his own exploits, and he blamed the people because they slighted him and were excessively enthusiastic over Caesar. 4 Especially was he vexed to see that they remembered the former achievements of a man just so long as nothing new occurred, that they rushed with the greatest haste to each new achievement, even if it were inferior to that which had preceded, because they became tired of the usual and liked the novel, and that, actuated by envy, they overthrew everyone who had once been in high repute, but, urged on by their hopes, helped to exalt one who was just emerging.
§ 39.26
ὑπὸ τῶν ἐλπίδων. διʼ οὖν ταῦτα δυσχεραίνων, καὶ μήτε τι διὰ τῶν ὑπάτων διαπράξασθαι δυνηθεὶς καὶ τὸν Καίσαρα μείζω τῆς πρὸς ἑαυτὸν πίστεως γιγνόμενον ὁρῶν, οὐκ ἐν ἐλαφρῷ τὸ πρᾶγμα ἐποιήσατο. καὶ γὰρ ἐνόμιζε δύο τε εἶναι τὰ τὰς φιλίας τινῶν συγχέοντα, τό τε δέος καὶ τὸν φθόνον, καὶ ταῦτα ἀπʼ ἀντιπάλου καὶ τῆς δόξης καὶ τῆς ἰσχύος μόνως μὴ συμβαίνειν· ἕως μὲν γὰρ ἂν ἰσομοιρῶσί τινες αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐκείνας ἐρρῶσθαι, ἐπειδὰν δʼ ὑπεράρωσί τι οἱ ἕτεροι, ἐνταῦθα τό τε ἐλαττούμενον φθονῆσαν μισεῖν τὸν κρείττονα καὶ τὸ κρατοῦν καταφρονῆσαν ἐξυβρίζειν ἐς τὸν χείρονα, καὶ οὕτως ἀπʼ ἀμφοτέρων τὸν μὲν τῇ ἐλαττώσει ἀγανακτοῦντα τὸν δὲ τῇ πλεονεξίᾳ ἐπαιρόμενον, πρός τε διαφορὰς καὶ πρὸς πολέμους ἐκ τῆς πρὶν φιλίας ἀφικνεῖσθαι. τοιούτοις οὖν δή τισι λογισμοῖς ὁ Πομπήιος ἐπὶ τὸν Καίσαρα ὡπλίζετο. καὶ ἐδόκει γὰρ οὐκ ἂν ῥᾳδίως μόνος αὐτὸν καταλῦσαι, τὸν Κράσσον, ὡς καὶ μετʼ αὐτοῦ τοῦτο ποιήσων, ἔτι καὶ μᾶλλον ἀνηρτήσατο.
Because of this he was vexed, and being unable to accomplish anything through the consuls and seeing that Caesar had passed beyond the need of keeping faith with him, he regarded the situation as grave. For he held that there were two things which destroy people's friendship, fear and envy, and that these can be prevented by nothing except an equality in fame and strength. 2 For as long as persons possess these last in equal shares, their friendship is firm, but when one or the other excels at all, then the inferior party becomes jealous and hates the superior, while the stronger despises and insults the weaker; and thus, with such feelings on both sides, the one being vexed by his inferiority, the other elated by his advantage, they come to strife and war in place of their former friendship. On the basis of some such reasoning Pompey began to arm himself against Caesar. And because he thought he alone could not easily overthrow him, he attached Crassus to himself even more than before, that he might accomplish his purpose with his aid.
§ 39.27
συμφρονήσαντες οὖν ἄλλως μὲν οὐδὲν ἰδιωτεύοντες πράξειν ἤλπισαν, ἂν δʼ ὑπατεύσωσι κἀκ τούτου καὶ αὐτοὶ τὰ πράγματα τῇ ἐκείνου ζηλώσει διαλάβωσι, καὶ ἀντίρροποί οἱ ἔσεσθαι καὶ ταχὺ αὐτοῦ, ἅτε καὶ δύο ἑνός, περιγενήσεσθαι προσεδόκησαν. καὶ οὕτω πᾶσαν τὴν προσποίησιν ἀφʼ ἧς, εἰ καί τις τῶν ἑταίρων σφῶν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν αὐτοὺς προῆγεν, ἀπηρνοῦντο μηκέτι βούλεσθαι ὑπατεῦσαι, ἀποθέμενοι, ἄντικρυς αὐτῆς, καίπερ ἑτέροις τισὶ πρότερον συναγωνιζόμενοι, μετεποιήσαντο. ἐπειδή τε ἔξω τῶν χρόνων τῶν ἐν τοῖς νόμοις διειρημένων ἐπήγγειλαν αὐτήν, καὶ δῆλοι ἦσαν ἄλλοι τε καὶ αὐτοὶ οἱ ὕπατοι (καὶ γάρ τι καὶ ῥώμης ὁ Μαρκελλῖνος εἶχενʼ οὐκ ἐπιτρέψοντές σφισιν ἀποδειχθῆναι, διεπράσσοντο τὰς ἀρχαιρεσίας ἐν τῷ ἐνιαυτῷ ἐκείνῳ μὴ γενέσθαι, ἄλλους τε καὶ τὸν Κάτωνα τὸν Γάιον ἐνιέντες, ἵνα μεσοβασιλέως αἱρεθέντος καὶ αἰτήσωσι κατὰ τοὺς νόμους τὴν ἀρχὴν καὶ λάβωσι.
After reaching an understanding, they decided that they could not hope to accomplish anything as private citizens, but that if they should become consuls and devote themselves to public affairs, in imitation of Caesar, they would not only be a match for him but would quickly triumph over him, being two against one. 2 So they gave up all their dissimulation, whereby, whenever any of their associates urged them to seek the consulship, they had been claiming that they no longer cared to take the office; and they now openly sought it, in spite of the fact that they had previously been assisting some of the other candidates. When they began to canvass for the office outside of the period specified by law, and, among others the consuls themselves (for Marcellinus had some little influence) made it plain that they would not allow them to be elected, they tried to bring it about, through the agency of Gaius Cato and others, that the elections should not be held that year, in order that an interrex might be chosen and they might then seek and secure the office in accordance with the laws.
§ 39.28
καὶ ἐγίγνετο γὰρ τοῦτο λόγῳ μὲν ὑπὸ τῶν παρεσκευασμένων ἄλλοτε κατʼ ἄλλην πρόφασιν, ἔργῳ δὲ ὑπʼ αὐτῶν ἐκείνων (τοῖς γοῦν ἐναντιουμένοις σφίσι φανερῶς ἤχθοντὀ, δεινῶς ἡ γερουσία ἠγανάκτησεν, ὥστε ποτὲ μεταξὺ μαχομένων αὐτῶν ἐξαναστῆναι. καὶ τότε μὲν οὕτω διελύθησαν, αὖθις δὲ ἐπειδὴ τὰ αὐτὰ ἐγίγνετο, τὰς στολὰς καθάπερ ἐν συμφορᾷ τινι μετεκδῦναι ἐψηφίσαντο, καίτοι τοῦ Κάτωνος ἔκ τε τοῦ συνεδρίου, ἐπειδήπερ ἀντιλέγων οὐδὲν ἤνυσεν, ἐκπηδήσαντος . ὅπως μηδὲν τελεσθείη· εἰ γάρ τις τῶν μὴ βουλευόντων ἔνδον ἦν, οὐδεμία ψῆφος αὐτοῖς ἐδίδοτο. ἐκείνους τε γὰρ προαπαντήσαντες ἕτεροι δήμαρχοι ἐκώλυσαν ἐσελθεῖν, καὶ οὕτω τοῦτό τε τὸ δόγμα ἐκυρώθη, καὶ ἐχρηματίζετο ὅπως καὶ ἐς τὴν πανήγυριν τὴν τότε οὖσαν οἱ βουλευταὶ μὴ θεωρήσωσιν. ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ πρὸς ἐκεῖνο ὁ Κάτων ἀνθίστατο, ἐξεπήδησαν ἀθρόοι, καὶ τὰ ἐσθήματα ἀλλαξάμενοι ἐπανῆλθον ὡς καὶ διὰ τοῦτʼ αὐτὸν καταπλήξοντες. καὶ ἐπειδὴ μηδʼ ὣς ἐμετρίαζεν, προῆλθον ἐς τὴν ἀγορὰν ἅμα πάντες, καὶ συνδραμόντος ἐπὶ τούτῳ τοῦ πλήθους ἐς πᾶν κατηφείας αὐτοὺς κατέστησαν, δημηγορῶν μὲν ὁ Μαρκελλῖνος καὶ τὰ παρόντα σφίσιν ὀδυρόμενος, ἐπιδακρύοντες δὲ οἱ ἄλλοι καὶ ἐπιστένοντες, ὥστε μηδένα μηδὲν ἀντιφθέγξασθαι. καὶ οἱ μὲν τοῦτο πράξαντες ἐς τὸ βουλευτήριον εὐθὺς ἐσῆλθον, γνώμην ἔχοντες ἐς τοὺς ὑπαιτίους τὴν ὀργὴν
This result, now, was being achieved, to all appearances, by the men employed on different pretexts, but in reality by these candidates themselves; at all events they openly showed dislike of those who opposed them. The senators, therefore, became highly indignant and once rose up and departed while these men were wrangling. 2 Thus their strife was stopped for the time being; but when the same disturbance happened again, the senators voted to change their dress, as if for some calamity, in spite of the fact that Cato, when he gained nothing by speaking against the proposed step, rushed out of the gathering and called in any one he met in the market-place (?) in order that no decision might be reached; for, if any person not a senator were inside, they might not give their vote. But other tribunes were ahead of him and prevented the outsiders from entering; and so this decree was passed, and it was also decided that the senators would not be spectators at the games then going on. 4 When Cato opposed this measure, too, they rushed out in a body, and after changing their dress returned, hoping thus to frighten him. When even then he would not moderate his behaviour, they all proceeded to the Forum together and brought the multitude, which had thereupon rushed together, to a state of extreme sorrow; for Marcellinus addressed them, lamenting their present situation, while the rest wept and groaned, so that no one had a word to say against him. After doing this the senators entered the senate-house immediately, intending to vent their wrath upon those who were responsible.
§ 39.29
ἀφεῖναι· Κλώδιος δὲ ἐν τούτῳ μεταπηδήσας αὖθις πρὸς τὸν Πομπήιον, καὶ τὰ ἐκείνου πάλιν ἀνθελόμενος ἐλπίδι τοῦ, εἴ τί οἱ τῶν τότε πραττομένων συγκατεργάσαιτο, πάνυ αὐτὸν ἰδιώσεσθαι, παρῆλθέ τε ἐς τὸν ὅμιλον ἐν τῇ καθηκούσῃ στολῇ, μηδὲν αὐτῆς πρὸς τὸ δόγμα μεταλλάξας, καὶ κατά τε τοῦ Μαρκελλίνου καὶ κατὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἐδημηγόρει. πολλῆς οὖν καὶ ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἀγανακτήσεως ὑπὸ τῶν βουλευτῶν γενομένης τὸ μὲν πλῆθος μεταξὺ λέγων ἐγκατέλιπε, πρὸς δὲ δὴ τὸ συνέδριον ᾅξας ὀλίγου διεφθάρη· τῆς γὰρ γερουσίας ἀπαντησάσης αὐτῷ εἴσω τε ἐσελθεῖν ἐκωλύθη, κἀν τούτῳ ὑπὸ ἱππέων περιστοιχισθεὶς διεσπάσθη ἄν, εἰ μὴ ἀνακραγόντος αὐτοῦ καὶ τὸν ὅμιλον ἐπιβοησαμένου προσέδραμον πολλοὶ πῦρ φέροντες, ὡς καὶ μετὰ τοῦ βουλευτηρίου σφᾶς καταπρήσοντες εἴ τι αὐτὸν ἐξεργάσαιντο. καὶ ὁ μὲν παρὰ τοσοῦτον ἐλθὼν ἀπολέσθαι
But Clodius had meanwhile leaped over to the side of Pompey and espoused his cause again, in the hope that if he should give him any help in securing his present objects, he would make him thoroughly his friend. So he came before the populace in his ordinary garb, without having made any change as the decree required, and went to inveighing against Marcellinus and the rest. 2 As great indignation was shown by the senators at this, he left the people in the midst of his speech and rushed to the senate-house, where he came near perishing. For the senate confronted him and prevented his going in, while at that moment he was surrounded by the knights and would have been torn limb from limb, had he not raised an outcry, calling upon the people for aid; whereupon many ran to the scene bringing fire and threatening to burn his oppressors along with the senate-house if they should do him any violence. Thus Clodius was saved after coming so near perishing.
§ 39.30
οὕτως ἐσώθη· Πομπήιος δὲ οὐδὲν τούτοις ἐκπλαγεὶς ἔς τε τὸ συνέδριόν ποτε ἐσεπήδησεν, ὑπεναντιούμενος αὐτῷ ψηφιεῖσθαι μέλλοντι, καὶ ἐκεῖνό τε κυρωθῆναι ἐκώλυσε, καὶ τοῦ Μαρκελλ- λίνου μετὰ τοῦτο πυθομένου δημοσίᾳ αὐτοῦ εἰ ὄντως ἐπιθυμεῖ ὑπατεῦσαι, ἐλπίδι τοῦ κατοκνήσειν αὐτὸν σπουδαρχεῖν ὁμολογῆσαι, τῶν μὲν δικαίων ἀνδρῶν ἕνεκα οὐδὲν τῆς ἀρχῆς δεῖσθαι ἔφη, διὰ δὲ δὴ τοὺς ταραχώδεις καὶ σφόδρα αὐτῆς ἀντιποιεῖσθαι. ὡς οὖν τούτῳ φανερῶς ἐνέκειτο, καὶ ὁ Κράσσος ἐρωτηθεὶς καὶ αὐτὸς τὰ αὐτὰ οὐχ ὡμολόγησε μέν, οὐ μὴν οὐδʼ ἀπηρνήσατο, ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ εἰώθει διὰ μέσου ἐχώρησεν, εἰπὼν ὅτι πάνθʼ ὅσα τῷ κοινῷ συμφέροι πράξοι, κατέδεισαν ὅ τε Μαρκελλῖνος καὶ ἄλλοι πολλοὶ τήν τε παρασκευὴν αὐτῶν καὶ τὴν ἀντίταξιν, καὶ οὐδὲ ἀπήντων ἔτι ἐς τὸ βουλευτήριον. μὴ συλλεγομένου δὲ τοῦ καθήκοντος ἐκ τῶν νομίμων ἀριθμοῦ πρὸς τὸ ψηφισθῆναί τι περὶ τῶν ἀρχαιρεσιῶν, οὐδὲ χρηματισθῆναί τι ἀρχὴν περὶ αὐτῶν ἠδυνήθη, ἀλλὰ ὁ ἐνιαυτὸς οὕτω διέβη. οὐ μέντοι οὔτε τὴν ἐσθῆτα μετημπίσχοντο οὔτε ἐς τὰς πανηγύρεις ἐφοίτων, οὐκ ἐν τῷ Καπιτωλίῳ τῇ τοῦ Διὸς ἑορτῇ εἱστιάθησαν, οὐκ ἐπὶ τὰς ἀνοχὰς τὰς Λατίνας, δεύτερον τότε ὑπό τινος οὐκ ὀρθῶς πραχθέντος ποιουμένας, ἐς τὸ Ἀλβανὸν ἀφίκοντο, ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ δεδουλωμένοι, καὶ μήτʼ ἀρχὰς ἑλέσθαι μήτʼ ἄλλο τι πολιτικὸν πρᾶξαι ἐξουσίαν ἔχοντες, τὸ λοιπὸν τοῦ ἔτους διήγαγον.
But Pompey, not alarmed at all by this, on one occasion rushed into the senate, thwarting them as they were just about to vote, and prevented the measure from being carried. When Marcellinus after that publicly asked him whether he really desired to become consul, in the hope that he would shrink from admitting that he was a candidate, Pompey declared that he did not want the office because of the just men, but that on account of the seditious he was trying very hard to gain it. 2 So Pompey now openly strove for the office, and Crassus on being interrogated gave the same impression himself, not admitting the fact, to be sure, but not denying it, either; instead, he took, as usual, a middle course and said that he would do whatever was advantageous for the republic. Consequently Marcellinus and many others were terrified, as they observed the preparations and opposing array of these men, and would no longer frequent the senate-house. And since the number required by law for passing any vote concerning the elections did not assemble, it was impossible to have any business at all about them brought forward, and the year thus passed away. 4 The senators, however, did not change back to their usual attire nor attend the games nor celebrate the feast of Jupiter on the Capitol nor go out to the Alban Mount for the Feriae Latinae, held there for the second time by reason of something not rightly done. Instead, they spent the rest of the year as if they were in bondage and possessed no authority to choose officials or carry on any other public business.
§ 39.31
καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο ὅ τε Πομπήιος καὶ ὁ Κράσσος ὕπατοι ἐκ μεσοβασιλείας ἀπεδείχθησαν, οὔτʼ ἄλλου τινὸς τῶν προεπηγγελκότων ἀπαντήσαντος, καὶ Λουκίου Δομιτίου, ὃς μέχρι τῆς τελευταίας ἡμέρας ἐσπουδάρχησεν, ὁρμήσαντος μὲν πρὸς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν οἴκοθεν ὑπὸ νύκτα, ἐπεὶ δʼ ὁ παῖς ὁ τὸν λύχνον οἱ προφέρων ἐσφάγη, δείσαντος καὶ μηκέτι περαιτέρω προχωρήσαντος. οὔτʼ οὖν ἀντιστάντος τινὸς τὴν ἀρχήν, καὶ προσέτι τοῦ Πουπλίου Κράσσου, ὃς υἱός τε τοῦ Μάρκου ἦν καὶ τότε τῷ Καίσαρι ὑπεστρατήγει, στρατιώτας ἐπʼ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἐς τὴν Ῥώμην ἀγαγόντος, οὐ χαλεπῶς ᾑρέθησαν.
Later Crassus and Pompey were appointed consuls after an interregnum, as no one else of the earlier candidates opposed them. To be sure, Lucius Domitius, who canvassed for the office up to the very last day of the year, set out from his house for the assembly just after dark, but when the slave who carried the torch in front of him was slain, he became frightened and went no farther. 2 Hence, since no one at all opposed them, and furthermore since Publius Crassus, who was a son of Marcus and at that time lieutenant under Caesar, brought soldiers to Rome for this very purpose, they were easily chosen.
§ 39.32
παραλαβόντες δʼ οὕτω τὴν ἡγεμονίαν τὰς λοιπὰς ἀρχὰς τοῖς ἐπιτηδείως σφίσιν ἔχουσι δοθῆναι ἐποίησαν, τὸν Κάτωνα τὸν Μᾶρκον κωλύσαντες στρατηγὸν ἀποδειχθῆναι· ὑπώπτευόν τε γὰρ αὐτὸν οὐκ ἀνέξεσθαι τὰ γιγνόμενα, καὶ οὐκ ἠθέλησαν ἰσχὺν αὐτῷ ἔννομον πρὸς τὰς ἀντιλογίας προσθεῖναι. καὶ ἡ μὲν τῶν στρατηγῶν κατάστασις (ὁ γὰρ Κάτων οὐδὲν βίαιον πρᾶξαι ἠξίωσενʼ εἰρηναία ἐγένετο, περὶ δὲ τοὺς ἀγορανόμους τοὺς κουρουλίους σφαγαὶ συνέβησαν, ὥστε καὶ τὸν Πομπήιον πολλοῦ αἵματος ἀναπλησθῆναι. οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ἐκείνους μέν, τούς τε ἄλλους τοὺς ὑπὸ τοῦ δήμου αἱρουμένους, πρὸς τρόπου σφίσιν (αὐτοὶ γὰρ τὰς ἀρχαιρεσίας ἐποίουνʼ ἀπέδειξαν, τούς τε ἀγορανόμους τοὺς ἑτέρους καὶ τῶν δημάρχων τοὺς πλείους προσηταιρίσαντο· δύο δὲ δήμαρχοι, γάιός τε Ἀτέιος Καπίτων καὶ Πούπλιος Ἀκύλιος Γάλλος, οὐχ ὡμολόγησαν αὐτοῖς.
When they had thus assumed the leadership of the state, they had the other offices given to such as were well disposed toward them and prevented Marcus Cato from being appointed praetor; for they suspected that he would not submit to their regime and were unwilling to add any legal power to his protests. 2 The election of the praetors, now, was made in peace, for Cato did not see fit to offer any violence; in the matter of the curule aediles, however, there was some bloodshed, so that even Pompey was much bespattered with blood. Nevertheless, in the case of both these and the other officials elected by the people, they made appointments to please themselves, since they personally held the elections, and they made friends with the other aediles and most of the tribunes; but two tribunes, Gaius Ateius Capito and Publius Aquilius Gallus, did not come to terms with them.
§ 39.33
ὡς οὖν αἱ ἀρχαὶ κατέστησαν, εἴχοντο ὧν ἐφιεντο. καὶ αὐτοὶ μὲν οὐδένα οὔτε ἐν τῇ βουλῇ οὔτε ἐν τῷ δήμῳ λόγον ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἐποιήσαντο, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάνυ ἐπλάττοντο μηδενός σφων προσδεῖσθαι· Γάιος δὲ δὴ Τρεβώνιος δημαρχῶν ἔγραψε τῷ μὲν τήν τε Συρίαν καὶ τὰ πλησιόχωρα αὐτῆς, τῷ δὲ τὰς Ἰβηρίας (καὶ γάρ τι καὶ ἔναγχος ἐκεκίνηντο ) ἄρχειν ἐπὶ πέντε ἔτη δοθῆναι, στρατιώταις τε ὅσοις ἂν ἐθελήσωσι καὶ τῶν πολιτῶν καὶ τῶν συμμάχων χρωμένοις, καὶ πόλεμον καὶ εἰρήνην πρὸς οὓς ἂν βουληθῶσι ποιουμένοις. χαλεπῶς οὖν ἐπὶ τούτῳ πολλῶν, καὶ μάλιστα τῶν τοῦ Καίσαρος φίλων, ἐχόντων, ὅτι ἤμελλον ἐκεῖνοι, τυχόντες ὧν διῳκοῦντο, τὸν Καίσαρα μηκέτʼ ἐπὶ πολὺ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἕξοντα καθείρξειν, καὶ παρασκευαζομένων διὰ τοῦτο ἀντειπεῖν τινων τοῖς γεγραμμένοις, φοβηθέντες οἱ ὕπατοι μὴ διαμάρτωσιν ὧν ἔπραττον, προσεποιήσαντο αὐτοὺς ὥστε τὴν ἡγεμονίαν καὶ ἐκείνῳ τρία ἔτη πλείω, ὥς γε τἀληθὲς εὑρίσκεται, μηκῦναι. οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἐς τὸν δῆμόν τι ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ πρότερον ἐσήνεγκαν πρὶν τὰ σφέτερα βεβαιώσασθαι. οἵ τε γὰρ τοῦ Καίσαρος ἐπιτήδειοι προκαταληφθέντες οὕτως ἡσύχασαν, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τὸ μὲν πολὺ δουλωθὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ φόβου ἡσυχίαν ἤγαγον, ἀγαπῶντες εἰ καὶ
Accordingly, when the magistrates had been appointed, they proceeded to lay hold on the objects of their striving. They made no mention of these matters themselves before either the senate or the people, but gravely pretended that they wanted nothing further. 2 Gaius Trebonius, however, a tribune, presented a measure, that to the one Syria and the neighbouring lands should be given as a province for five years, and to the other the two Spains, where there had recently been disturbances, for the same period; they should employ as many soldiers as they wished, both citizens and allies, and should make peace and war with whomsoever they pleased. Many took offence at this, especially the friends of Caesar, because these men were bound after gaining their present ends to restrict Caesar's power and keep him from holding his position much longer, and therefore some prepared to speak against the measure. Then the consuls, fearing that they might fail utterly of the projects they had in hand, won over their opponents on the condition of extending Caesar's command also for three years more — to state the actual fact. 4 However, they submitted nothing to the people in regard to him until their own arrangements had been confirmed. For Caesar's friends, having been gained over in the manner stated, remained quiet, and the majority of the others, in bondage to fear and satisfied if even so they might save their lives, kept still.
§ 39.34
ὣς περισωθεῖεν, ὁ δὲ δὴ Κάτων καὶ ὁ Φαουώνιος ἠναντιοῦντο μὲν πᾶσι τοῖς πρασσομένοις ὑπʼ αὐτῶν, συνεργοὺς ἄλλους τέ τινας καὶ τοὺς δύο δημάρχους ἔχοντες, ἅτε δὲ ὀλίγοι πρὸς πολλοὺς ἀγωνιζόμενοι μάτην ἐπαρρησιάζοντο. καὶ ὁ μὲν Φαουώνιος μίαν ὥραν μόνην παρὰ τοῦ Τρεβωνίου πρὸς τὴν ἀντιλογίαν λαβών, κατέτριψεν αὐτὴν ὑπὲρ αὐτῆς τῆς τοῦ καιροῦ στενοχωρίας εἰκῇ βοῶν· ὁ δὲ δὴ Κάτων ἔτυχε μὲν ἐν δύο ὥραις δημηγορῆσαι, τραπόμενος δὲ πρὸς κατηγορίαν τῶν τε ἐν χερσὶ καὶ τῆς ὅλης καταστάσεως, ὥσπερ εἰώθει, κατανάλωσε τὸν καιρὸν πρὶν καὶ ὁτιοῦν τῶν προκειμένων εἰπεῖν, οὐχ ὅτι οὐκ ἐνεδέχετό τι καὶ περὶ ἐκείνων λεχθῆναι, ἀλλʼ ἵνʼ ἔτι τι δημηγορῆσαι δοκῶν ἔχειν ὑπό τε τοῦ Τρεβωνίου σιγασθῇ καὶ αὐτῷ καὶ τοῦτʼ αὐτὸ ἐγκαλῇ, ἐπεὶ εὖ γε ἠπίστατο ὅτι οὐδʼ εἰ πάσῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκέχρητο, πεῖσαί τι ὧν ἐβούλετο ψηφίσασθαί σφας ἐδύνατο. οὐκοῦν οὔτε παραχρῆμα σιωπῆσαι κελευσθεὶς ἐπαύσατο, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐξωσθεὶς καὶ ἑλκυσθεὶς ἐκ τοῦ συλλόγου ἐπανῆλθε, καὶ τὸ τελευταῖον καὶ ἐς τὸ οἴκημα ἐσαχθῆναι προσταχθεὶς οὐκ ἐμετρίασεν.
On the other hand, Cato and Favonius resisted all their schemes, having the two tribunes and others to help them; but since they were fighting a few against many, their outspokenness was of no avail. 2 Favonius, who obtained from Trebonius only one hour for his speech in opposition, used it up in uttering vain protests against this very limitation of his time. Cato, for his part, received the privilege of speaking for two hours, but devoted his efforts to criticizing present conditions and the general state of affairs, as was his wont, and so exhausted his time before he had touched upon any of the matters before them. He took this course, not because he had not the privilege of speaking on those matters as well, but in order that he might be silenced by Trebonius while still appearing to have something more to say and might thus obtain this additional grievance to bring against him. For he well understood that even if he employed the whole day, he could not persuade them to vote anything that he wished. 4 Hence, when bidden to be silent, he did not stop immediately, but had to be pushed and dragged from the assembly, whereupon he came back, and though finally ordered to be taken to prison, he did not moderate his behaviour.
§ 39.35
καὶ ἐκείνη μὲν ἡ ἡμέρα οὕτω κατετρίβη ὥστε μηδʼ εἰπεῖν ἀρχὴν μηδὲν τοὺς δημάρχους δυνηθῆναι· ἐν γάρ τοι ταῖς συνόδοις ταῖς τοῦ δήμου, ἐν αἷς γε καὶ ἐβουλεύοντο, πάσαις τοῖς ἰδιώταις πρὸ τῶν τὰς ἀρχὰς ἐχόντων ὁ λόγος ἐδίδοτο, τοῦ μηδένα αὐτῶν, ὡς ἔοικε, τῇ τοῦ κρείττονος γνώμῃ προκαταλαμβανόμενον ὑποστέλλεσθαί τι ὧν φρονοίη, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ πάσης παρρησίας τὰ δοκοῦντα αὐτῷ λέγειν. φοβηθεὶς οὖν ὁ Γάλλος μή τις αὐτὸν ἐκ τῆς ἀγορᾶς τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ἐξείρξῃ ἢ καὶ δεινότερόν τι ἐργάσηται, ἔς τε τὸ συνέδριον ἀφʼ ἑσπέρας ἐσῆλθε καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ ἐνυκτέρευσε, τῆς τε ἀσφαλείας ἕνεκα τῆς παρὰ τοῦ χωρίου, καὶ ὅπως ἐκεῖθεν ἅμα ἕῳ πρὸς τὸ πλῆθος ἐξέλθῃ. καὶ τοῦτον μὲν ὁ Τρεβώνιος μάτην ἐνταῦθα καὶ τὴν νύκτα καὶ τῆς ἡμέρας τὸ πλεῖον ἐνδιατρῖψαι ἐποίησε, πάσας τὰς θύρας τοῦ βουλευτηρίου κλείσας· τὸν δὲ Ἀτέιον τόν τε Κάτωνα καὶ τὸν Φαουώνιον καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους τοὺς μετʼ αὐτῶν ὄντας ἕτεροι, προκαταλαβόντες τῆς νυκτὸς τὸ τοῦ συλλόγου χωρίον, ἐξεῖργον. καὶ ἐπειδὴ ὁ μὲν Φαουώνιος καὶ ὁ Νίννιος διαλαθόντες πως ἔνδον ἐγένοντο, ὁ δὲ δὴ Κάτων καὶ ὁ Ἀτέιος ἐπαναβάντες τισὶ τῶν περιεστηκότων καὶ μετεωρισθέντες ὑπʼ αὐτῶν διοσημίαν, ὡς καὶ διαλύσοντές σφας, ἐπεφήμιζον, τούτους μὲν ἑκατέρους οἱ ὑπηρέται τῶν δημάρχων ἐξήλασαν, τοὺς δʼ ἄλλους τοὺς σὺν αὐτοῖς ὄντας κατετραυμάτισαν, καί τινας καὶ ἀπέκτειναν.
That day was used up in such wise that the tribunes could not speak at all. For in all the meetings of the people in which they deliberated, the right to speak was given to the private citizens ahead of the magistrates, 2 to the end apparently that none of them, captivated beforehand by the opinion of a superior, should conceal any of his own ideas, but should speak out his mind with entire frankness. Hence Gallus, fearing that some one might on the next day keep him from the Forum or do something worse still, went into the senate-house in the evening and passed the night there, both for the sake of the safety afforded by the place, and for the purpose of leaving there at dawn to join the populace outside. 4 But Trebonius, by locking all the doors of the senate-house, caused him to spend not only the night there but most of the day as well, all in vain. Others occupied the meeting-place of the assembly by night and barred out Ateius, Cato, Favonius, and the others with them. When Favonius and Ninnius got in somehow unobserved, and Cato and Ateius climbed upon the shoulders of some of those standing around, the attendants of the tribunes drove them both out, wounded the rest who were with them, and actually killed a few.
§ 39.36
κυρωθέντος δὲ οὕτω τοῦ νόμου, καὶ τοῦ πλήθους ἀπαλλαττομένου ἤδη ἐκ τοῦ συλλόγου, παραλαβὼν ὁ Ατέιος τὸν Γάλλον αἵματος ἀνάπλεων (ἐκβιαζόμενος γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ συνεδρίου ἐπλήγἠ παρήγαγέ τε ἐς τοὺς ἔτι παρόντας, καὶ ἐπιδείξας αὐτόν, καὶ ἐπειπὼν ὅσα εἰκὸς ἦν, δεινῶς σφας ἐξετάραξεν. αἰσθόμενοι οὖν τοῦθʼ οἱ ὕπατοι ἦλθόν τε διὰ ταχέων (ἐγγύθεν γάρ ποθεν τοῖς πραττομένοις ἐφήδρευονʼ καὶ καταφοβήσαντες αὐτούς, ἅτε καὶ χεῖρα οὐκ ὀλίγην ἔχοντες, εὐθύς τε ἐκκλησίαν συνήγαγον καὶ τὰ κατὰ τὸν Καίσαρα ἐπεψήφισαν, ἀντειπεῖν μὲν καὶ πρὸς ἐκεῖνα τῶν αὐτῶν πειραθέντων, οὐ μέντοι καὶ δυνηθέντων τι πρᾶξαι.
After the law had been passed in this way and the crowd was already departing from the assembly, Ateius took Gallus, who had been struck in being forced out of the gathering, and led him, all covered with blood, into the presence of those still on the spot, showed him to them, and by making such remarks as might be expected, stirred them mightily. 2 The consuls quickly arrived upon becoming aware of this; for they had been watching developments from somewhere near at hand. And as they had a considerable bodyguard they intimidated the men, immediately called a meeting, and put to vote the additional measures relating to Caesar. The same persons tried to speak in opposition to these, too, but were unable to accomplish anything.
§ 39.37
ταῦτά τε οὖν κυρωθῆναι ἐποίησαν, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο πικρότερα ἐπιτίμια τοῖς δεκάζουσί τινας ἐπέταξαν, ὥσπερ τι αὐτοὶ ἔλαττον, ὅτι οὐ χρήμασιν ἀλλὰ βίᾳ τὴν ἀρχὴν εἰλήφεσαν, ἁμαρτόντες. ἐπεχείρησαν μὲν γὰρ καὶ τὰ ἀναλώματα τὰ κατὰ τὴν δίαιταν ἐπὶ μακρότατον προηγμένα συστεῖλαι, καίπερ ἐς πᾶν αὐτοὶ καὶ τρυφῆς καὶ ἁβρότητος προκεχωρηκότες, ἐκωλύθησαν δὲ ὑπὸ αὐτοῦ τούτου διανομοθετῆσαι. ὁ γὰρ Ὁρτήσιος φιλαναλωτὴς ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα ὢν ἔπεισεν αὐτούς, τό τε μέγεθος τῆς πόλεως ἐπεξιών, καὶ αὐτοὺς ἐπί τε τῇ οἴκοι πολυτελείᾳ καὶ ἐπὶ τῇ ἐς τοὺς ἄλλους μεγαλοφροσύνῃ ἐπαινῶν, καταβαλεῖν τὴν γνώμην, ἅτε καὶ συναγωνιστῇ τῶν λόγων τῷ βίῳ σφῶν χρώμενος. τήν τε γὰρ ἐναντίωσιν αἰδεσθέντες, καὶ προσέτι καὶ κατοκνήσαντες φθόνῳ τινὶ τοὺς ἄλλους, ὧν αὐτοὶ ἐποίουν, δοκεῖν ἀπείργειν, ἑκόντες ἀφῆκαν τὴν ἐσήγησιν.
The consuls, accordingly, had these measures passed, and next they laid heavier penalties upon those offering bribes, as if their own offence were any less because they had secured their office by force instead of money. 2 They even undertook to curtail personal expenditures, which had increased to an enormous extent, although they themselves went to every length of luxury and indulgence; but they were prevented by this very circumstance from enacting the law. For Hortensius, one of the men fondest of expensive living, by reviewing the great size of the city and praising the costliness of their homes as well as their generosity toward others, thus making use of their own mode of life to support his arguments, persuaded them to give up their intention. 4 They were brought to shame by his opposition and also shrank from appearing to debar others through jealousy from privileges that they themselves enjoyed; and so they voluntarily withdrew their motion.
§ 39.38
κἀν ταῖς αὐταῖς ἡμέραις ὁ Πομπήιος τὸ θέατρον, ᾧ καὶ νῦν λαμπρυνόμεθα, καθιέρωσε, καὶ ἔν τε ἐκείνῳ θέαν καὶ μουσικῆς καὶ ἀγῶνος γυμνικοῦ κἀν τῷ ἱπποδρόμῳ καὶ ἵππων ἅμιλλαν καὶ θηρίων πολλῶν καὶ παντοδαπῶν σφαγὰς ἐποίησεν. λέοντές τε γὰρ πεντακόσιοι ἐν πέντε ἡμέραις ἀναλώθησαν, καὶ ἐλέφαντες ὀκτωκαίδεκα πρὸς ὁπλίτας ἐμαχέσαντο. καὶ αὐτῶν οἱ μὲν παραχρῆμα ἀπέθανον, οἱ δὲ οὐ πολλῷ ὕστερον. ἠλεήθησαν γάρ τινες ὑπὸ τοῦ δήμου παρὰ τὴν τοῦ Πομπηίου γνώμην, ἐπειδὴ τραυματισθέντες τῆς μάχης ἐπαύσαντο, καὶ περιιόντες τάς τε προβοσκίδας ἐς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνέτεινον καὶ ὠλοφύροντο οὕτως ὥστε καὶ λόγον παρασχεῖν ὅτι οὐκ ἄλλως ἐκ συντυχίας αὐτὸ ἐποίησαν, ἀλλὰ τούς τε ὅρκους οἷς πιστεύσαντες ἐκ τῆς Λιβύης ἐπεπεραίωντο ἐπιβοώμενοι καὶ τὸ δαιμόνιον πρὸς τιμωρίαν σφῶν ἐπικαλούμενοι. λέγεται γὰρ ὅτι οὐ πρότερον τῶν νεῶν ἐπέβησαν πρὶν πίστιν παρὰ τῶν ἀγόντων σφᾶς ἔνορκον λαβεῖν, ἦ μὴν μηδὲν κακὸν πείσεσθαι. καὶ τοῦτο μὲν εἴτʼ ὄντως οὕτως εἴτε καὶ ἄλλως πως ἔχει, οὐκ οἶδα· ἤδη γάρ τινες καὶ ἐκεῖνο εἶπον, ὅτι πρὸς τῷ τῆς φωνῆς τῆς πατριώτιδος αὐτοὺς ἐπαΐειν καὶ τῶν ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ γιγνομένων συνιᾶσιν, ὥστε καὶ ἐν ταῖς νουμηνίαις, πρὶν ἐς ὄψιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὴν σελήνην ἐλθεῖν, πρός τε ὕδωρ ἀείνων ἀφικνεῖσθαι κἀνταῦθα καθαρμόν τινά σφων ποιεῖσθαι. ἤκουσα μὲν δὴ ταῦτα, ἤκουσα δὲ καὶ ἐκεῖνο, ὅτι τὸ θέατρον τοῦτο οὐχ ὁ Πομπήιος ἐποίησεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ Δημήτριός τις ἀπελεύθερος αὐτοῦ, ἐκ τῶν χρημάτων ὧν συστρατευόμενός οἱ ἐπεπόριστο. ὅθενπερ καὶ τὴν ἐπωνυμίαν τοῦ ἔργου δικαιότατα αὐτῷ ἀνέθηκεν, ἵνα μὴ μάτην κακῶς ἀκούῃ ὅτι ἐξελεύθερος αὐτοῦ ἠργυρολόγησεν ὥστε καὶ ἐς τηλικοῦτον ἀνάλωμα ἐξικέσθαι.
During these same days Pompey dedicated the theatre in which we take pride even at the present time. In it he provided an entertainment consisting of music and gymnastic contests, and in the Circus a horse-race and the slaughter of many wild beasts of all kinds. 2 Indeed, five hundred lions were used up in five days, and eighteen elephants fought against men in heavy armour. Some of these beasts were killed at the time and others a little later. For some of them, contrary to Pompey's wish, were pitied by the people when, after being wounded and ceasing to fight, they walked about with their trunks raised toward heaven, lamenting so bitterly as to give rise to the report that they did so not by mere chance, but were crying out against the oaths in which they had trusted when they crossed over from Africa, and were calling upon Heaven to avenge them. 4 For it is said that they would not set foot upon the ships before they received a pledge under oath from their drivers that they should suffer no harm. Whether this is really so or not I do not know; for some in time past have further declared that in addition to understanding the language of their native country they also comprehend what is going on in the sky, so that at the time of the new moon, before that luminary comes within the gaze of men, they reach running water and there perform a kind of purification of themselves. 6 These things I have heard; I have heard also that this theatre was not erected by Pompey, but by one Demetrius, a freedman of his, with the money he had gained while making campaigns with the general. Most justly, therefore, did he give his master's name to the structure, so that Pompey might not incur needless reproach because of the fact that his freedman had collected money enough for so huge an expenditure.
§ 39.39
οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ἐν μὲν τούτοις οὐ σμικρὰ τῷ δήμῳ ὁ Πομπήιος ἐχαρίσατο, τοὺς δὲ δὴ καταλόγους μετὰ τοῦ Κράσσου πρὸς τὰ ἐψηφισμένα σφίσι ποιούμενος πλεῖστον αὐτοὺς ἐλύπησε. καὶ τότε δὴ οἱ πολλοὶ μετεμέλοντο καὶ τόν τε Κάτωνα καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἐπῄνουν, ὥστε καὶ ἐκείνους διά τε τοῦτο, καὶ ὅτι δίκη τις λόγῳ μὲν τοῖς ὑποστρατήγοις σφῶν, ἔργῳ δὲ αὐτοῖς πρὸς τὰ γιγνόμενα παρὰ δημάρχων τινῶν ἐπήχθη, βίαιον μὲν μηδὲν τολμῆσαι, τὴν δὲ ἐσθῆτα ὡς ἐπὶ συμφορᾷ μετὰ τῶν ἐκ τῆς βουλῆς στασιωτῶν ἀλλάξασθαι. καὶ ταύτην μὲν εὐθὺς μεταγνόντες καὶ μηδὲ προφάσεώς τινος ἐπιλαβόμενοι μετεσκευάσαντο· τῶν δὲ δημάρχων τούς τε καταλόγους διαλῦσαι καὶ τὰς στρατείας αὐτῶν ἀναψηφίσαι ἐπιχειρούντων ὁ μὲν Πομπήιος οὐκ ἠγανάκτει (τούς τε γὰρ ὑπάρχους παραχρῆμα ἐξεπεπόμφει, καὶ αὐτὸς κατὰ χώραν, ὡς καὶ κωλυόμενος ἐξελθεῖν, ἄλλως διὰ τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν τοῦ σίτου παρεῖναι ὀφείλων, ἡδέως ἔμενεν, ἵνα τάς τʼ Ἰβηρίας ἅμα διʼ ἐκείνων κατάσχῃ καὶ τὰ ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ τῇ τε ἄλλῃ Ἰταλίᾳ διʼ ἑαυτοῦ ποιήσηταἰ, ὁ δὲ δὴ Κράσσος, ἐπειδὴ μηδέτερον αὐτῷ τούτων ὑπῆρχεν, ἐπὶ τὴν ἐκ τῶν ὅπλων ἰσχὺν ἐτράπετο. οἱ οὖν δήμαρχοι ἰδόντες ὅτι ἡ παρρησία αὐτῶν ἄοπλος οὖσα ἀσθενὴς πρὸς τὸ κωλῦσαί τι πραχθῆναι ἦν, ἄλλως μὲν ἐσιώπων, ἐπεφήμιζον δὲ αὐτῷ πολλὰ καὶ ἄτοπα, ὥσπερ οὐ καὶ τῷ δημοσίῳ διʼ ἐκείνου καταρώμενοι, καὶ τοῦτο μὲν ἐν τῷ Καπιτωλίῳ τὰς εὐχὰς αὐτοῦ τὰς νομιζομένας ἐπὶ τῇ στρατείᾳ ποιουμένου καὶ διοσημίας τινὰς καὶ τέρατα διεθρόουν, τοῦτο δὲ ἐξορμωμένῳ οἱ πολλὰ καὶ δεινὰ ἐπηράσαντο. ἐπεχείρησε μὲν γὰρ ὁ Ἀτέιος καὶ ἐς τὸ δεσμωτήριον αὐτὸν ἐμβαλεῖν· ἀντιστάντων δὲ ἑτέρων δημάρχων μάχη τε αὐτῶν καὶ διατριβὴ ἐγένετο, κἀν τούτῳ ὁ Κράσσος ἔξω τοῦ πωμηρίου ἐξῆλθε. καὶ ὁ μέν, εἴτε ἐκ συντυχίας εἴτε καὶ ἐκ τῶν
At all events Pompey in these matters afforded the populace no little delight; but in making with Crassus the levies for the campaigns assigned to them he displeased them exceedingly. Then, indeed, the majority repented of their course and praised Cato and the rest. Both on this account, therefore, 2 and because of a suit instituted by some of the tribunes, nominally against the lieutenants of the consuls, but really against these themselves and their acts, the consuls, although they did not dare to use any violence, did, however, along with their partisans in the senate, change their clothing as if for a calamity. They immediately repented, and without offering any excuse went back to their accustomed dress; but the tribunes endeavoured to annul the levies and rescind the vote for the proposed campaigns. 4 At this, Pompey, for his part, showed no anger, as he had sent out his lieutenants promptly and was glad to remain himself where he was on the plea that he was prevented from leaving the city, and ought in any case to be in Rome on account of his superintendence of the corn-supply; his plan was to let his officers subdue the Spains while he took in his own hands the affairs at Rome and in the rest of Italy. Crassus, however, since neither of these considerations applied to his case, looked to the force of arms. The tribunes, then, seeing that their boldness, unsupported by arms, was too weak to hinder any of his undertakings, held their peace for the most part, but they uttered many dire imprecations against him, as if, indeed, they were not cursing the state through him. 6 At one time as he was offering on the Capitol the customary prayers for his campaign, they spread a report of omens and portents, and again when he was setting out they called down many terrible curses upon him. Ateius even attempted to cast him into prison, but other tribunes resisted, and there was a conflict among them and a delay, in the midst of which Crassus went outside the pomerium. Now he, whether by chance or as a result of these very curses, before long met with defeat.
§ 39.40
ἀρῶν αὐτῶν, οὐκ ἐς μακρὰν ἐσφάλη, ὁ δὲ δὴ Καῖσαρ ἐν τῇ τοῦ Μαρκελλίνου τῇ τε Φιλίππου ὑπατείᾳ ἐπὶ Οὐενέτους ἐστράτευσεν. οἰκοῦσι δὲ πρὸς τῷ ὠκεανῷ, καὶ στρατιώτας τινὰς Ῥωμαίους πεμφθέντας ἐπὶ σῖτον συνέλαβον, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο τοὺς πρέσβεις τοὺς ὑπὲρ ἐκείνων ἐλθόντας κατέσχον, ὅπως ἀντʼ αὐτῶν τοὺς ὁμήρους σφῶν ἀπολάβωσιν. ὁ οὖν Καῖσαρ τούτους μὲν οὐκ ἀπέδωκε, διαπέμψας δὲ ἄλλους ἄλλῃ, τοὺς μὲν τὰ τῶν συναφεστηκότων αὐτοῖς πορθεῖν, ἵνα μὴ συμβοηθήσωσιν ἀλλήλοις, τοὺς δὲ καὶ τὰ τῶν ἐνσπόνδων, μὴ καὶ αὐτοί τι παρακινήσωσι, φρουρεῖν, αὐτὸς ἐπὶ τοὺς Οὐενέτους ἤλασε, καὶ πλοῖα ἐν τῇ μεσογείᾳ, ἃ ἤκουεν ἐπιτήδεια πρὸς τὴν τοῦ ὠκεανοῦ παλίρροιαν εἶναι, κατασκευάσας διά τε τοῦ Λίγρου ποταμοῦ κατεκόμισε, καὶ πᾶσαν ὀλίγου τὴν ὡραίαν μάτην ἀνάλωσεν. αἵ τε γὰρ πόλεις ἐπʼ ἐρυμνῶν χωρίων ἱδρυμέναι ἀπρόσιτοι ἦσαν, καὶ ὁ ὠκεανὸς πάσας ὡς εἰπεῖν αὐτὰς περικλύζων ἄπορον μὲν τῷ πεζῷ ἄπορον δὲ καὶ τῷ ναυτικῷ τὴν προσβολήν, καὶ πλημμύρων καὶ ἀναρρέων, ἔν τε τῇ ἀμπώτιδι καὶ ἐν τῇ ῥαχίᾳ ἐποίει, ὥστε ἐν παντὶ τὸν Καίσαρα γενέσθαι, μέχρις οὗ Δέκιμος Βροῦτος ταχείαις οἱ ναυσὶν ἐκ τῆς ἔνδοθε θαλάσσης ἦλθεν. αὐτὸς μὲν γὰρ ὡς οὐδὲ ἐκείναις τι πράξων γνώμην εἶχεν, οἱ δὲ δὴ βάρβαροι κατα- φρονήσαντες τῆς τε σμικρότητος καὶ τῆς ἀσθενείας
Caesar in the consulship of Marcellinus and Philippus made an expedition against the Veneti, who live near the ocean. They had seized some Roman soldiers sent out for grain and afterward detained the envoys who came in their behalf, in order that in exchange for these they might get back their own hostages. 2 Caesar, instead of giving these back, sent out different bodies of troops in various directions, some to waste the possessions of those who had joined the revolt and thus to prevent the two bands from aiding each other, and others to guard the possessions of those who were under treaty, for fear they too might cause some disturbance; he himself proceeded against the Veneti. He constructed in the interior the kind of boats which he heard were of advantage for the tides of the ocean, and conveyed them down the river Liger, but in so doing used up almost the entire summer to no purpose. 4 For their cities, established in strong positions, were inaccessible, and the ocean surging around practically all of them rendered an infantry attack out of the question, and a naval attack equally so in the midst of the ebb and flow of the tide. Consequently Caesar was in despair until Decimus Brutus came to him with swift ships from the Mediterranean. And he was inclined to believe he would be unable to accomplish anything with those either, but the barbarians through their contempt for the small size and frailty of the boats incurred defeat.
§ 39.41
τῶν σκαφῶν ἡττήθησαν. ταῦτα μὲν γὰρ πρὸς τὸ κουφότερον ὑπὲρ τοῦ ταχυναυτεῖν ἐς τὸν τῆς παρʼ ἡμῖν ναυτιλίας τρόπον ἐσκεύαστο, τὰ δὲ δὴ τῶν βαρβάρων, ἅτε ἐν τῇ συνεχείᾳ τῆς τοῦ ὠκεανοῦ παλιρροίας ἐπί τε τοῦ ξηροῦ πολλάκις ἵστασθαι καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἄνω τε καὶ κάτω αὐτοῦ διαρροὴν ἀντικαρτερεῖν ὀφείλοντα, πλεῖστόν σφων καὶ τῷ μεγέθει καὶ τῇ παχύτητι προεῖχεν. διʼ οὖν ταῦθʼ οἱ βάρβαροι, οἷα μήπω πρότερον τοιούτου ναυτικοῦ πεπειραμένοι, πρός τε τὴν ὄψιν τῶν νεῶν καὶ τὸ ἔργον αὐτῶν ἐν οὐδενὶ λόγῳ ἐποιήσαντο, καὶ εὐθὺς ναυλοχούσαις σφίσιν ἐπανήχθησαν ὡς καὶ διʼ ἐλαχίστου τοῖς κοντοῖς αὐτὰς καταποντώσοντες. ἐφέροντο δὲ ἀνέμῳ καὶ πολλῷ καὶ σφοδρῷ· καὶ γὰρ ἱστία δερμάτινα εἶχον, ὥστε πᾶσαν τὴν
For these boats had been built rather light in the interest of speed, after the manner of our naval construction, whereas those of the barbarians surpassed them very greatly both in size and stoutness, since amid the ever-shifting tides of the ocean they often needed to rest on dry ground and to hold out against the succession of ebb and flow. 2 Accordingly, the barbarians, who had never had any experience of such a fleet, despised the ships as useless in view of their appearance; and as soon as they were lying in the harbour they set sail against them, thinking to sink them speedily by means of their boat-hooks. They were swept on by a great and violent wind, for their sails were of leather and so carried easily the full force of the wind.
§ 39.42
τοῦ πνεύματος ἰσχὺν ἀπλήστως ἐσδέχεσθαι. ὁ οὖν Βροῦτος, τέως μὲν ἐκεῖνο ἐπέσπερχεν, οὐδʼ ἀνταναχθῆναι αὐτοῖς διά τε τὸ πλῆθος καὶ διὰ τὸ μέγεθος τῶν νεῶν τήν τε ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος φορὰν καὶ τὴν ἐπιβολήν σφων ἐτόλμησεν, ἀλλὰ παρεσκευάζετο ὡς καὶ πρὸς τῇ γῇ τὰς προσβολὰς αὐτῶν ἀμυνούμενος καὶ τὰ σκάφη παντελῶς ἐκλείψων. ἐπεὶ δʼ ὅ τε ἄνεμος ἐξαπιναίως ἔπεσε καὶ τὸ κῦμα ἐστορέσθη, τά τε πλοῖα οὐκέθʼ ὁμοίως ὑπὸ τῶν κωπῶν ἐκινεῖτο, ἀλλʼ ἅτε καὶ καταβαρῆ ὄντα κατὰ χώραν τρόπον τινὰ εἱστήκει, τότε δὴ θαρσήσας ἀντανήχθη, καὶ προσπεσὼν αὐτοῖς πολλά σφας καὶ δεινὰ ἀδεῶς καὶ περιπλέων καὶ διεκπλέων, καὶ τοτὲ μὲν ἐμβάλλων τινὶ τοτὲ δὲ ἀνακρουόμενος, ὅπῃ τε καὶ ἐφʼ ὅσον ἤθελεν, εἰργάσατο, πολλαῖς τε πρὸς μίαν καὶ ἑτέρωθι ἴσαις πρὸς ἴσας, ἔστι δʼ ᾗ καὶ ἐλάσσοσι πρὸς πλείονας ἀσφαλῶς προσφερόμενος. ὅπου μὲν γὰρ κρείοττων αὐτῶν ἐν τῇ προσηρτᾶτό σφισι, καὶ τὰς μὲν κατέδυεν ἀναρρηγνύς, ἐς δὲ τὰς πολλαχόθεν μετεκβαίνων ἔς τε χεῖρας τοῖς ἐπιβάταις ᾔει καὶ πολλοὺς ἐφόνευεν· εἰ δὲ καὶ καθʼ ὁτιοῦν ἐλαττοῖτο, ῥᾷστα ἀνεχώρει, ὥστε ἐπʼ αὐτῷ τὴν πλεονεξίαν
Now Brutus, as long as the wind raged, dared not sail out against them because of the number and size of the ships, the force with which they were driven by the wind, and their own attack, but he prepared to repel their attack near the land and to abandon the boats altogether. 2 When, however, the wind suddenly fell, the waves were stilled, and the boats could no longer be propelled as they had been with the oars but because of their great bulk stopped motionless, as it were, then he took courage and sailed out to meet them. And falling upon them, he caused them many serious injuries with impunity, delivering both broadside and rear attacks, now ramming one of them, now backing water, in whatever way and as often as he liked, sometimes with many vessels against one and again with equal numbers opposed, occasionally even approaching safely with a few against many. 4 At whatever point he was superior to them in . . . he stuck to them closely; he sank some by ripping them open, and boarding others from all sides, he engaged in a hand-to-hand conflict with the crews and slew many. If he found himself inferior anywhere, he very easily retired, so that the advantage rested with him in any case.
§ 39.43
ἀεὶ εἶναι. οἱ γὰρ βάρβαροι μήτε τοξείᾳ χρώμενοι, μήτε λίθους, ὡς οὐδὲν αὐτῶν δεησόμενοι, προπαρασκευάσαντες, εἰ μέν τίς σφισιν ὁμόσε ἐχώρησε, τρόπον τινὰ ἀπεμάχοντο, τοὺς δʼ ὀλίγον σφῶν ἀφεστηκότας οὐκ εἶχον ὅ τι ποιήσωσιν. αὐτοί τε οὖν ἐτιτρώσκοντο καὶ ἀπέθνησκον καὶ οἱ μηδὲ ἀμύνασθαί τινα δυνάμενοι, καὶ τὰ σκάφη τὰ μὲν ἀνερρήγνυτο ἐμβαλλόμενα τὰ δὲ κατεπίμπρατο ὑφαπτόμενα· ἄλλα ἀναδούμενα ὥσπερ κενὰ ἀνδρῶν εἵλκετο. ὁρῶντες δὲ ταῦθʼ οἱ λοιποὶ ἐπιβάται οἱ μὲν ἀπεκτίννυσάν σφας, μὴ καὶ ζῶντες ἁλῶσιν, οἱ δὲ ἐς τὴν θάλασσαν ἐξεπήδων, ὡς καὶ δι’ ἐκείνης ἤτοι τῶν πολεμίων νεῶν ἐπιβησόμενοι ἢ πάντως γε οὐχ ὑπὸ τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἀπολούμενοι. προθυμίᾳ μὲν γὰρ καὶ τόλμῃ οὐδὲν αὐτῶν διέφερον, τῷ δὲ δὴ σταδίῳ τῶν σκαφῶν προδιδόμενοι δεινῶς ἤσχαλλον. ὅπως γὰρ δὴ μηδʼ αὖθίς ποτε πνεῦμα τι ταῖς ναυσὶν ἐπιγενόμενον κινήσειεν αὐτάς, δορυδρέπανα πόρρωθέν σφισιν οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι ἐπέφερον, καὶ τά τε σχοινία αὐτῶν διέτεμνον καὶ τὰ ἱστία διέσχιζον. πεζομαχεῖν δὲ τρόπον τινὰ ἐν πλοίοις πρὸς ναυμαχοῦντας ἀναγκαζόμενοι πάμπολλοι μὲν αὐτοῦ ταύτῃ ἐφθάρησαν, πάντες δὲ οἱ περιλιπεῖς ἑάλωσαν· καὶ αὐτῶν τοὺς λογιμωτάτους ὁ Καῖσαρ ἀποσφάξας τοὺς ἄλλους ἐπώλησε.
For the barbarians did not use archery and had not provided themselves beforehand with stones, not expecting to have any need of them; hence, if any one came into close quarters with them, they fought him off after a fashion, but with those who stood at a little distance from them they knew not how to cope. 2 So the men were being wounded and killed, even those who were unable to repel any one, while the boats were in some cases rammed and ripped open, in other cases were set on fire and burned; still others were towed away, as if empty of men. When the remaining crews saw this, some killed themselves to avoid being captured alive and others leapt into the sea with the idea that they would thus either board the hostile ships or in any event not perish at the hands of the Romans. 4 For in zeal and daring they were not at all behind their opponents, but they were terribly angry at finding themselves betrayed by the sluggishness of their vessels. The Romans, to make sure that the wind when it sprang up again should not move the ships, employed from a distance long poles fitted with knives, by means of which they cut the ropes and split the sails. And since the barbarians were compelled to fight in their boats as if on land, while the foes could use his ships as at sea, great numbers perished then and there, and all the remainder were captured. Of these Caesar slew the most prominent and sold the rest.
§ 39.44
καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο ἐπί τε Μωρίνους καὶ ἐπὶ Μεναπίους ὁμόρους σφίσιν ὄντας ἐστράτευσε, προσκαταπλήξειν τε αὐτοὺς ἐκ τῶν προκατειργασμένων καὶ ῥᾳδίως αἱρήσειν ἐλπίσας. οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἐχειρώσατό τινας· οὔτε γὰρ πόλεις ἔχοντες ἀλλʼ ἐν καλύβαις διαιτώμενοι, καὶ τὰ τιμιώτατα ἐς τὰ λασιώτατα τῶν ὀρῶν ἀνασκευασάμενοι, πολὺ πλείω τοὺς προσμίξαντάς σφισι τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἐκάκωσαν ἢ αὐτοὶ ἔπαθον. ἐπεχείρησε μὲν γὰρ ὁ Καῖσαρ καὶ ἐς αὐτὰ τὰ ὄρη τὴν ὕλην τέμνων προχωρῆσαι, ἀπειπὼν δὲ διά τε τὸ μέγεθος αὐτῶν καὶ διὰ τὸ πρὸς χειμῶνα εἶναι ἀπανέστη.
Next he made a campaign against the Morini and Menapii, their neighbours, hoping to terrify them by what he had already accomplished and capture them easily. He failed, however, to subdue any of them; 2 for having no cities, and living only in huts, they conveyed their chief treasures to the most densely wooded parts of the mountains, so that they did the attacking parties of the Romans much more harm than they themselves suffered. Caesar attempted by cutting down the forests to make his way into the mountains themselves, but renounced his plan on account of their size and the nearness of winter, and retired.
§ 39.45
ἔτι δʼ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ Οὐενετίᾳ ὄντος Κύιντος Τιτούριος Σαβῖνος ὑποστράτηγός τε ἐστάλη ἐπὶ Οὐενέλλους, ὧν ἡγεῖτο Οὐιριδοῦιξ, καὶ τὰ μὲν πρῶτα καὶ πάνυ τὸ πλῆθος αὐτῶν κατεπλάγη, ὥστʼ ἀγαπᾶν ἂν τό γε ἔρυμα διασώσηται, ἔπειτα δὲ αἰσθόμενός σφας θρασύτερον μὲν ἀπὸ τούτου διακειμένους, οὐ μὴν καὶ τῷ ἔργῳ δεινοὺς ὄντας, οἷά που οἱ πολλοὶ τῶν βαρβάρων ἐν ταῖς ἀπειλαῖς πᾶν τὸ φοβερὸν διὰ κενῆς ἐπικομποῦσιν, ἀνεθάρσησε. καὶ ἐκ μὲν τοῦ προφανοῦς οὐδʼ οὕτως ἐτόλμησέ σφισι συνενεχθῆναι (τῷ γὰρ πλήθει πολὺ κατείργετὀ, πρὸς δὲ δὴ τὸ τάφρευμα τὸ ἑαυτοῦ μετεώρου τοῦ χωρίου ὄντος ὑπηγάγετο αὐτοὺς ἀπερισκέπτως προσβαλεῖν· τῶν γὰρ συμμάχων τινὰ ὁμοφωνοῦντά σφισιν ὑπὸ τὴν ἐσπέραν ὡς αὐτόμολον πέμψας, ἔπεισεν αὐτοὺς ὅτι ὅ τε Καῖσαρ ἐπταικὼς εἴη καὶ οὕτω πιστεύσαντες ἀπερισκέπτως ἐκεῖνοι (πάνυ γάρ τι διακορεῖς καὶ τῆς τροφῆς καὶ τοῦ ποτοῦ ἦσανʼ εὐθὺς ἐπὶ τοὺς Ῥωμαίους, μὴ καὶ φθάσωσί σφας φυγόντες, ὥρμησαν, καὶ ἔδει γὰρ μηδὲ πυρφόρον τῷ λόγῳ αὐτῶν σωθῆναι, φρύγανα καὶ ξύλα τὰ μὲν ἀράμενοι τὰ δὲ ἐφελκόμενοι ὡς καὶ καταπρήσοντες αὐτούς, πρός τε τὸ ὄρθιον προσέβαλον καὶ σπουδῇ προσανέβαινον, μηδενός σφισιν ἐναντιουμένου· ὁ γὰρ Σαβῖνος οὐκ ἐκινήθη πρὶν ἐντὸς τῆς ἐπικρατείας αὐτοῦ τοὺς πλείους αὐτῶν γενέσθαι. τότε δὲ ἐπικατέδραμέ σφισιν ἁπανταχόθεν ἅμα ἀπροσδόκητος, καὶ τοὺς πρώτους ἐκπλήξας κατήραξε κατὰ τοῦ πρανοῦς ἅπαντας, κἀνταῦθα αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ ἀναστροφῇ περί τε ἀλλήλοις καὶ περὶ τοῖς ξύλοις σφαλλομένους κατέκοψεν οὕτως ὥστε μηδένα αὐτῶν μηδὲ τῶν ἄλλων ἔτʼ ἀντᾶραι. ἄπληστοι γὰρ ἀλογίστως οἱ Γαλάται ἐς πάνθʼ ὁμοίως ὄντες οὔτε τὸ θαρσοῦν σφων οὔτε τὸ δεδιὸς μετριάζουσιν, ἀλλὰ ἔκ τε τούτου πρὸς δειλίαν ἀνέλ- πιστον καὶ ἐξ ἐκείνου πρὸς θάρσος προπετὲς ἐκπίπτουσιν.
While he was still among the Veneti, Quintus Titurius Sabinus, his lieutenant, was dispatched against the Venelli [Unelli], whose leader was Viridovix. At first he was greatly terrified at their numbers and would have been satisfied if only he could save the camp, 2 but later he perceived that though this advantage made them bolder, they were not really dangerous, and he accordingly took courage. Most barbarians, in fact, in their threats make all sorts of terrible boasts that are without foundation. Nevertheless he did not venture to fight openly with them even then, as he was seriously hampered by their great numbers; but he induced them to make a reckless assault upon his camp, although it was on high ground. He did this by sending out towards evening, in the guise of a deserter, one of his allies who spoke their language, and thus persuaded them that Caesar had met with reverses . . . 4 Trusting this report, they straightway started out heedlessly against the Romans, being gorged with food and drink, in the fear that they might flee before their arrival. Moreover, since it was their avowed purpose that not a single soul should escape, they carried along fagots and dragged logs after them with the intention of burning the enemy alive. Thus they made their attack up-hill and came climbing up eagerly, meeting with no resistance. Sabinus did not move until the most of them were within his reach. Then he charged down upon them unexpectedly from all sides at once, and terrifying those in front, he dashed them all headlong down the hill, 6 and while they were tumbling over one another and the logs in their retreat, he cut them to pieces so thoroughly that none of them or even of the others rose against him again. For the Gauls, who are unreasonably insatiate in all their passions, know no moderation in either courage or fear, but plunge from the one into hopeless cowardice and from the other into headstrong audacity.
§ 39.46
ὑπὸ δὲ δὴ τὰς αὐτὰς ἡμέρας καὶ ὁ Κράσσος ὁ Πούπλιος, τοῦ Κράσσου τοῦ Μάρκου παῖς, τὴν Ἀκυϊτανίαν ὀλίγου πᾶσαν κατεστρέψατο· Γαλάται γὰρ καὶ αὐτοὶ ὄντες τῇ τε Κελτικῇ προσοικοῦσι καὶ παρʼ αὐτὸ τὸ Πυρηναῖον ἐς τὸν ὠκεανὸν καθήκουσιν. ἐπʼ οὖν τούτους ὁ Κράσσος στρατεύσας Σωτιάτας τε μάχῃ ἐκράτησε καὶ πολιορκίᾳ εἷλεν, ὀλίγους μὲν ἐν ὁμολογίᾳ τινὶ ἐξ ἀπάτης ἀποβαλών, ἰσχυρῶς δέ σφας καὶ περὶ αὐτοῦ τούτου ἀμυνάμενος· καὶ ἑτέρους τινὰς ἰδὼν ἠθροισμένους τε καὶ στρατιώτας ἐκ τῆς Ἰβηρίας Σερτωριείους ἔχοντας, καὶ μετʼ αὐτῶν στρατηγικώτερον ἢ προπετέστερον τῷ πολέμῳ χρωμένους, ὡς καὶ τῇ ἀπορίᾳ τῶν τροφῶν διʼ ὀλίγου σφῶν ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐκχωρησόντων, προσεποιήσατό τε αὐτοὺς δεδιέναι, καὶ καταφρονηθεὶς οὐχ ὑπηγάγετο μὲν οὐδʼ ὣς ἐς χεῖράς οἱ ἐλθεῖν, ἀδεῶς δʼ ἐς ὕστερον ἔχουσί σφισι προσέβαλεν ἐξαίφνης ἀνέλπιστος. καὶ ταύτῃ μὲν ᾗ προσέμιξεν οὐδὲν εἰργάσατο (ἐπεκδραμόντες γὰρ οἱ βάρβαροι ἰσχυρῶς ἠμύνοντὀ, ἐνταῦθα δὲ δὴ τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῖς οὔσης περιέπεμψέ τινας ἐς τὰ ἐπὶ θάτερα τοῦ στρατοπέδου σφῶν, καὶ τοῦτό τε ἔρημον ἀνδρῶν κατέσχεν, καὶ τοῖς μαχομένοις διʼ αὐτοῦ κατὰ νώτου ἐπεγένετο. καὶ οὕτως ἐκεῖνοί τε πάντες ἐφθάρησαν, καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ πλὴν ὀλίγων ἀκονιτὶ ὡμολόγησαν.
About the same time Publius Crassus, the son of Marcus Crassus, subjugated nearly all of Aquitania. The people are themselves Gauls, and dwell next to Celtica, and the territory extends right along the Pyrenees to the ocean. 2 Making a campaign, now, against these, Crassus conquered the Sotiates in battle and captured them by siege. He lost a few men, to be sure, by treachery in the course of a parley, but punished the enemy severely for this. On seeing some others who had banded together along with soldiers of Sertorius from Spain and were carrying on the war with skill, and not recklessly, since they believed that the Romans through lack of supplies would soon abandon the country, he pretended to be afraid of them. But although he incurred their contempt, he did not even then draw them into a conflict with him; and so, while they were feeling secure with regard to the future, he attacked them suddenly and unexpectedly. 4 At the point where he met them he accomplished nothing, because the barbarians rushed out and repelled him vigorously; but while their main force was there, he sent some men around to the other side of their camp, got possession of this, which was destitute of men, and passing through it took the fighters in the rear. In this way they were all annihilated, and the rest with the exception of a few made terms without any contest.
§ 39.47
ταῦτα μὲν ἐν τῷ θέρει ἐπράχθη, χειμαζόντων δὲ τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἐν τῇ φιλίᾳ Τέγκτηροί τε καὶ Οὐσιπέται, Κελτικὰ γένη, τὸ μέν τι καὶ πρὸς Σουήβων ἐκβιασθέντες τὸ δὲ καὶ πρὸς τῶν Γαλατῶν ἐπικληθέντες, τόν τε Ῥῆνον διέβησαν καὶ ἐς τὴν τῶν Τρηουήρων ἐνέβαλον. κἀνταῦθα τὸν Καίσαρα εὑρόντες καὶ φοβηθέντες ἔπεμψαν πρὸς αὐτὸν σπονδάς τε ποιούμενοι καὶ χώραν αἰτοῦντες, ἢ σφίσι γε ἐπιτραπῆναί τινα ἀξιοῦντες λαβεῖν. ὡς δʼ οὐδενὸς ἔτυχον, τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἐθελονταὶ οἴκαδε ἐπανήξειν ὑπέσχοντο καὶ διοκωχὴν ᾐτήσαντο· ἔπειτα δὲ ἱππέας αὐτοῦ ὀλίγους προσιόντας ἰδόντες οἱ ἐν τῇ ἡλικίᾳ σφῶν ὄντες κατεφρόνησάν τε αὐτῶν καὶ μετέγνωσαν, κἀκ τούτου ἐπισχόντες τῆς πορείας ἐκείνους τε μὴ προσδεχομένους ἐκακωσαν, καὶ ἐπαρθέντες ἐπὶ
This was the work of the summer. But when the Romans were in winter quarters in friendly territory, the Tencteri and Usipetes, German tribes, partly because they were forced out from their homes by the Suebi and partly because they were invited over by the Gauls, crossed the Rhine and invaded the country of the Treveri. 2 Finding Caesar there, they became afraid and sent to him to make a truce, and to ask for land or at least the permission to take some. When they could obtain nothing, they at first promised voluntarily to return to their homes and requested an armistice. Later their young men, seeing a few horsemen of his approaching, despised them and changed their mind; thereupon they stopped their journey, harassed the small detachment, which was not expecting anything of the sort, and elated over this success, entered upon war.
§ 39.48
τούτῳ εἴχοντο τοῦ πολέμου. καὶ αὐτῶν οἱ πρεσβύτεροι καταγνόντες πρός τε τὸν Καίσαρα καὶ παρὰ τὴν γνώμην σφῶν ἦλθον, καὶ ἐδέοντο αὐτοῦ συγγνῶναί σφισι, τὴν αἰτίαν ἐς ὀλίγους τρέποντες. ὁ δὲ τούτους μὲν ὡς καὶ ἀπόκρισίν τινα αὐτοῖς οὐκ ἐς μακρὰν δώσων κατέσχεν, ὁρμήσας δὲ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἐν ταῖς σκηναῖς ὄντας ἐπέστη τέ σφισι μεσημβριάζουσι καὶ μηδὲν πολέμιον, ἅτε ἐκείνων παρʼ αὐτῷ ὄντων, ὑποτοπουμένοις, καὶ ἐσπηδήσας ἐς αὐτὰς παμπληθεῖς τῶν πεζῶν, οὐδὲ τὰ ὅπλα ἀνελέσθαι φθάσαντας, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ ταῖς ἁμάξαις ὑπό τε τῶν γυναικῶν καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν παίδων ἀναμὶξ ὄντων ταραττομένους, κατεφόνευσε. τούς τε ἱππέας ἀπόντας τότε, καὶ παραχρῆμα, ὡς ἐπύθοντο τὸ γεγονός, πρός τε τὰ οἰκεῖα ἤθη ὁρμήσαντας καὶ πρὸς Συγάμβρους ἀποχωρήσαντας, πέμψας ἐξῄτησεν, οὐχ ὅτι καὶ ἐκδοθήσεσθαί σφας προσεδόκησεν (οὐ γάρ που οὕτως οἱ πέραν τοῦ Ῥήνου τοὺς Ῥωμαίους ἐφοβοῦντο ὥστε καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα αὐτῶν ἀκούεινʼ, ἀλλʼ ὅπως ἐπὶ τῇ προφάσει ταύτῃ καὶ ἐκεῖνον διαβαίη. αὐτός τε γὰρ ὃ μηδείς πω πρότερον τῶν ὁμοίων οἱ ἐπεποιήκει, δεινῶς πρᾶξαι ἐγλίχετο, καὶ τοὺς Κελτοὺς πόρρωθεν ἐκ τῆς Γαλατίας ἀνείρξειν, ἅτε καὶ ἐς τὴν οἰκείαν αὐτῶν ἐσβαλών, προσεδόκησεν. ὡς οὖν οὔτε οἱ ἱππῆς ἐξεδίδοντο, καὶ οἱ Οὔβιοι ὅμοροί τε τοῖς Συγάμβροις οἰκοῦντες καὶ διάφοροι αὐτοῖς ὄντες ἐπεκαλέσαντο αὐτόν, διέβη μὲν τὸν ποταμὸν γεφυρώσας, εὑρὼν δὲ τούς τε Συγάμβρους ἐς τὰ ἐρυμνὰ ἀνακεκομισμένους καὶ τοὺς Σουήβους συστρεφομένους ὡς καὶ βοηθήσοντάς σφισιν ἀνεχώρησεν ἐντὸς ἡμερῶν εἴκοσιν.
Their elders, condemning their action, came to Caesar contrary to their advice and asked him to pardon them, laying the responsibility upon a few. He detained these emissaries with the assurance that he would give them an answer before long, 2 and setting out against the other members of the tribe, who were in their tents, he came upon them as they were taking their noonday rest and expecting no hostile move, inasmuch as their elders were with him. Rushing into the tents, he found great numbers of infantrymen who had not time even to pick up their weapons, and he cut them down amid the waggons where they were embarrassed by the presence of the women and the children scattered promiscuously about. The cavalry was absent at the time, but as soon as they learned of the occurrence, they immediately set out for their homes and retired among the Sugambri. He sent and demanded their surrender, not because he expected them to be given up, since the people beyond the Rhine were not so afraid of the Romans as to listen to anything of the sort, but in order that on this excuse he might cross that river also. 4 For he was exceedingly anxious on his own part to do something that no one of his predecessors had ever equalled, and he also expected to keep the Germans at a distance from Gaul by invading their territory. When, therefore, the horsemen were not given up, and the Ubii, who dwelt alongside the Sugambri and who were at variance with them, invoked his aid, he crossed the river by bridging it. But on finding that the Sugambri had betaken themselves into their strongholds and that the Suebi were gathering to come to their aid, he retired within twenty days.
§ 39.49
ὁ δὲ δὴ Ῥῆνος ἀναδίδωσι μὲν ἐκ τῶν Ἄλπεων τῶν Κελτικῶν, ὀλίγον ἔξω τῆς Ῥαιτίας, προχωρῶν δὲ ἐπὶ δυσμῶν ἐν ἀριστερᾷ μὲν τήν τε Γαλατίαν καὶ τοὺς ἐποικοῦντας αὐτήν, ἐν δεξιᾷ δὲ τοὺς Κελτοὺς ἀποτέμνεται, καὶ τελευτῶν ἐς τὸν ὠκεανὸν ἐμβάλλει. οὗτος γὰρ ὁ ὅρος, ἀφʼ οὗ γε καὶ ἐς τὸ διάφορον τῶν ἐπικλήσεων ἀφίκοντο, δεῦρο ἀεὶ νομίζεται, ἐπεὶ τὸ γε πάνυ ἀρχαῖον Κελτοὶ ἑκάτεροι οἱ ἐπʼ ἀμφότερα τοῦ ποταμοῦ οἰκοῦντες ὠνομάζοντο.
The Rhine issues from the Celtic Alps, a little outside of Rhaetia, and proceeding westward, bounds Gaul and its inhabitants on the left, and the Germans on the right, and finally empties into the ocean. 2 This river has always down to the present time been considered the boundary, ever since these tribes gained their different names; for very anciently both peoples dwelling on either side of the river were called Celts.
§ 39.50
ὁ οὖν Καῖσαρ τόν τε Ῥῆνον πρῶτος τότε Ῥωμαίων διέβη, καὶ ἐς Βρεττανίαν μετὰ ταῦτα, τοῦ τε Πομπηίου καὶ τοῦ Κράσσου ὑπατευόντων, ἐπεραιώθη. ἡ δὲ δὴ χώρα αὕτη ἀπέχει μὲν τῆς ἠπείρου τῆς Βελγικῆς κατὰ Μωρίνους σταδίους πεντήκοντα καὶ τετρακοσίους τὸ συντομώτατον, παρήκει δὲ παρά τε τὴν λοιπὴν Γαλατίαν καὶ παρὰ τὴν Ἰβηρίαν ὀλίγου πᾶσαν, ἐς τὸ πέλαγος ἀνατείνουσα. καὶ τοῖς μὲν πάνυ πρώτοις καὶ Ἑλλήνων καὶ Ῥωμαίων οὐδʼ ὅτι ἔστιν ἐγιγνώσκετο, τοῖς δὲ ἔπειτα ἐς ἀμφισβήτησιν εἴτε ἤπειρος εἴτε καὶ νῆσος εἴη ἀφίκετο· καὶ πολλοῖς ἐφʼ ἑκάτερον, εἰδόσι μὲν οὐδὲν ἅτε μήτʼ αὐτόπταις μήτʼ αὐτηκόοις τῶν ἐπιχωρίων γενομένοις, τεκμαιρομένοις δὲ ὡς ἕκαστοι σχολῆς ἢ καὶ φιλολογίας εἶχον, συγγέγραπται. προϊόντος δὲ δὴ τοῦ χρόνου πρότερόν τε ἐπʼ Ἀγρικόλου ἀντιστρατήγου καὶ νῦν ἐπὶ Σεουήρου αὐτοκράτορος νῆσος οὖσα σαφῶς ἐλήλεγκται.
Caesar, then, at this time was the first of the Romans to cross the Rhine, and later, in the consulship of Pompey and Crassus, he crossed over to Britain. 2 This country is sixty miles distant, by the shortest way, from the Belgic mainland, where the Murini dwell, and extends alongside the rest of Gaul and nearly all of Spain, reaching out into the sea. To the very earliest of the Greeks and Romans it was not even known to exist, while to their descendants it was a matter of dispute whether it was a continent or an island; and accounts of it have been written from both points of view by many who knew nothing about it, because they had not seen it with their own eyes nor heard about it from the natives with their own ears, but indulged in surmises according to the scholarly sect or the branch of learning to which they severally belonged. 4 In the lapse of time, however, it has been clearly proved to be an island, first under Agricola, the propraetor, and now under the emperor Severus.
§ 39.51
ἐς ταύτην οὖν τότε ὁ Καῖσαρ, ἐπειδὴ τά τε ἄλλα τὰ τῶν Γαλατῶν ἡσύχαζε καὶ τοὺς Μωρίνους προσεποιήσατο, ἐπεθύμησε διαβῆναι. καὶ τὸν μὲν διάπλουν καθʼ ὃ μάλιστα ἐχρῆν μετὰ τῶν πεζῶν ἐποιήσατο, οὐ μέντοι καὶ ᾗ ἔδει προσέσχεν· οἱ γὰρ Βρεττανοὶ τὸν ἐπίπλουν αὐτοῦ προπυθόμενοι τὰς κατάρσεις ἁπάσας τὰς πρὸς τῆς ἠπείρου οὔσας προκατέλαβον. ἄκραν οὖν τινα προέχουσαν περιπλεύσας ἑτέρωσε παρεκομίσθη· κἀνταῦθα τοὺς προσμίξαντάς οἱ ἐς τὰ τενάγη ἀποβαίνοντι νικήσας, ἔφθη τῆς γῆς κρατήσας πρὶν τὴν πλείω συμβοήθειαν ἐλθεῖν, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα καὶ ἐκείνους προσβαλόντας ἀπεώσατο. καὶ ἔπιπτον μὲν οὐ πολλοὶ τῶν βαρβάρων (ἁρματηλάται τε γὰρ ὄντες καὶ ἱππῆς ῥᾳδίως τοὺς Ῥωμαίους, μηδέπω τοῦ ἱππικοῦ αὐτοῖς παρόντος, διέφυγονʼ, ἐκπλαγέντες δὲ πρός τε τὰ ἐκ τῆς ἠπείρου περὶ αὐτῶν ἀγγελλόμενα, καὶ ὅτι περαιωθῆναί τε ὅλως ἐτόλμησαν καὶ ἐπιβῆναι τῆς χώρας ἠδυνήθησαν, πέμπουσι πρὸς τὸν Καίσαρα τῶν Μωρίνων τινάς, φίλων σφίσιν ὄντων, ἐπικηρυκευόμενοι. καὶ τότε μὲν
To this land, then, Caesar desired to cross, now that he had won over the Morini and the rest of Gaul was quiet. He made the passage with the infantry by the most desirable course, but did not select the best landing-place; for the Britons, apprised beforehand of his voyage, had secured all the landings on the coast facing the mainland. 2 Accordingly, he sailed around a certain projecting headland, coasted along on the other side of it, and disembarking there in the shoals, conquered those who joined battle with him and gained a footing on dry land before more numerous assistance could come, afterwards he repulsed this attack also. Not many of the barbarians fell, for their forces consisted of chariot-drivers and cavalry and so easily escaped the Romans whose cavalry had not yet arrived; but alarmed at the reports about them from the mainland and because they had dared to cross at all and had managed to set foot upon the land, they sent to Caesar some of the Morini, who were friends of theirs, to see about terms of peace. Upon his demanding hostages, they were willing at the time to give them;
§ 39.52
ὁμήρους αἰτήσαντι αὐτῷ δοῦναι ἠθέλησαν, πονησάντων δὲ ἐν τούτῳ τῶν Ῥωμαίων ὑπὸ χειμῶνος καὶ τῷ παρόντι ναυτικῷ καὶ τῷ ἀφικνουμένῳ καὶ μετέγνωσαν, καὶ ἐκ μὲν τοῦ προφανοῦς οὐκ ἐπέθεντο αὐτοῖς (τὸ γὰρ στρατόπεδον ἰσχυρῶς ἐφυλάσσετὀ, δεξάμενοι δέ τινας ὡς καὶ ἐς φιλίαν τὴν χώραν σφῶν πρὸς κομιδὴν τῶν ἐπιτηδείων πεμφθέντας, αὐτούς τε πλὴν ὀλίγων ἔφθειραν (ὁ γὰρ Καῖσαρ διὰ ταχέων τοῖς λοιποῖς ἐπήμυνἐ καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸ τὸ ἔρυμα αὐτῶν προσέβαλον. καὶ ἔπραξαν μὲν οὐδέν, ἀλλὰ καὶ κακῶς ἀπήλλαξαν· οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἐς ὁμολογίαν ἦλθον πρὶν πολλάκις σφαλῆναι. καὶ γὰρ ὁ Καῖσαρ ἄλλως μὲν οὐκ εἶχε γνώμην σπείσασθαι σφίσιν· ἐπεὶ δὲ ὅ τε χειμὼν προσῄει, καὶ οὐχ ἱκανὴν τὴν παροῦσαν δύναμιν περιεβέβλητο ὥστε καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ πολεμῆσαι, ἥ τε κομιζομένη ἔσφαλτο, καὶ οἱ Γαλάται πρὸς τὴν ἀπουσίαν αὐτοῦ ἐνεωτέρισαν, καὶ ἄκων αὐτοῖς συνηλλάγη, ὁμήρους καὶ τότε πλείους αἰτήσας μέν, λαβὼν δὲ ὀλίγους.
but when the Romans in the meantime began to encounter difficulties by reason of a storm which damaged both the fleet that was present and also the one on the way, they changed their minds, and though not attacking the invaders openly, since their camp was strongly guarded, 2 they took some men who had been sent out to forage for provisions on the assumption that the country was friendly, and destroyed them all, save a few, to whose rescue Caesar came in haste. After that they assaulted the camp itself of the Romans. Here they accomplished nothing, but fared badly; they would not make terms, however, until they had been defeated many times. Indeed, Caesar would have had no thought of making peace with them at all, except that the winter was approaching and that he was not equipped with a sufficient force to continue fighting at that season, since the additional force coming to his aid had met with mishap, and also that the Gauls in view of his absence had begun an uprising; so he reluctantly concluded a truce with them, demanding many hostages this time also, but obtaining only a few.
§ 39.53
καὶ ὁ μὲν ἐς τὴν ἤπειρον ἀναπλεύσας τὰ ταραχθέντα καθίστατο, μηδὲν ἐκ τῆς Βρεττανίας μήτε ἑαυτῷ μήτε τῇ πόλει προσκτησάμενος πλὴν τοῦ ἐστρατευκέναι ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς δόξαι. τούτῳ γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸς ἰσχυρῶς ἐσεμνύνετο καὶ οἱ οἴκοι Ῥωμαῖοι θαυμαστῶς ἐμεγαλύνοντο· ἐμφανῆ τε γὰρ τὰ πρὶν ἄγνωστα καὶ ἐπιβατὰ τὰ πρόσθεν ἀνήκουστα ὁρῶντές σφισι γεγονότα, τήν τε μέλλουσαν ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐλπίδα ὡς καὶ παροῦσαν ἔργῳ ἐλάμβανον, καὶ πάνθʼ ὅσα καταπράξειν προσεδέχοντο ὡς καὶ ἔχοντες ἤδη ἠγάλλοντο. καὶ οἱ μὲν διὰ ταῦτα ἱερομηνίας ἐπὶ εἴκοσιν
So he sailed back to the mainland and put an end to the disturbances. From Britain he had won nothing for himself or for the state except the glory of having conducted an expedition against its inhabitants; but on this he prided himself greatly and the Romans at home likewise magnified it to a remarkable degree. 2 For seeing that the formerly unknown had become certain and the previously unheard-of accessible, they regarded the hope for the future inspired by these facts as already realized and exulted over their expected acquisitions as if they were already within their grasp; hence they voted to celebrate a thanksgiving for twenty days.
§ 39.54
ἡμέρας ἀγαγεῖν ἐψηφίσαντο· ἐν ᾧ δὲ ἐκεῖνα ἐγίγνετο, καὶ ἡ Ἰβηρία ἐκινήθη, διὸ καὶ τῷ Πομπηίῳ προσετάχθη. ἐπαναστάντες γάρ τινες καὶ Οὐακκαίους προστησάμενοι μάχῃ μὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ Νέπωτος τοῦ Μετέλλου, ἀπαράσκευοι ἔτʼ ὄντες, ἡττήθησαν, πολιορκοῦντι δʼ αὐτῷ Κλουνίαν ἐπελθόντες ἀμείνους ἐγένοντο, καὶ ἐκείνην μὲν περιεποιήσαντο, ἑτέρωθι δὲ ἐσφάλησαν, οὐ μὴν ὥστε καὶ διʼ ὀλίγου δουλωθῆναι. τῷ γὰρ πλήθει πολὺ τῶν ἐναντίων περιῆσαν, ὥστε τὸν Νέπωτα ἀγαπᾶν ἂν τὴν ἡσυχίαν ἀκινδύνως ἄγῃ.
While this was taking place there was an uprising in Spain, which was consequently assigned to Pompey's care. Some tribes had revolted and put themselves under the leadership of the Vaccaei. While still unprepared they were conquered by Metellus Nepos, 2 but as he was besieging Clunia they assailed him, proved themselves his superiors, and won back the city; elsewhere they were defeated, though not sufficiently to cause their early enslavement. In fact, they so far surpassed their opponents in numbers that Nepos was glad to remain quiet and not run any risks.
§ 39.55
κατὰ δὲ δὴ τὸν αὐτὸν τοῦτον χρόνον καὶ ὁ Πτολεμαῖος, καίτοι τῶν Ῥωμαίων τήν τε ἐπικουρίαν ἀπεψηφισμένων καὶ πρὸς τὰς δωροδοκίας τὰς ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ γενομένας δεινῶς ἔτι καὶ τότε διακειμένων, κατήχθη καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν ἐκομίσατο. ἔπραξαν δὲ τοῦτο ὅ τε Πομπήιος καὶ ὁ Γαβίνιος· τοσοῦτον γὰρ αἵ τε δυναστεῖαι καὶ αἱ τῶν χρημάτων περιουσίαι καὶ παρὰ τὰ ψηφίσματα τά τε τοῦ δήμου καὶ τὰ τῆς βουλῆς ἴσχυσαν, ὥστε ἐπιστείλας μὲν ὁ Πομπήιος τῷ Γαβινίῳ τῆς Συρίας τότε ἄρχοντι, στρατεύσας δὲ ἐκεῖνος, ὁ μὲν τῇ χάριτι ὁ δὲ τῇ δωροληψίᾳ καὶ ἄκοντος αὐτὸν τοῦ κοινοῦ κατήγαγον, μηδὲν μήτε ἐκείνου μήτε τῶν τῆς Σιβύλλης χρησμῶν φροντίσαντες. καὶ ἐκρίθη μὲν ὕστερον ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὁ Γαβίνιος, οὐχ ἐάλω δὲ διά τε τὸν Πομπήιον καὶ διὰ τὰ χρήματα· οὕτω γάρ που τὰ πράγματα τοῖς τότε Ῥωμαίοις συνεκέχυτο ὥστε ἀπὸ πολλῶν ὧν ἐδωροδόκησε σμικρὰ ἄττα τῶν τε ἀρχόντων τινὲς καὶ τῶν δικαστῶν παρʼ αὐτοῦ λαβόντες οὔτε τοῦ προσήκοντός τι προετίμησαν, καὶ προσέτι καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους κακουργεῖν ὑπὲρ χρημάτων ἐξεδίδαξαν ὡς καὶ τὴν τιμωρίαν ῥᾳδίως ἐξωνεῖσθαι δυναμένους. τότε μὲν οὖν διὰ ταῦτα ἀφείθη, αὖθις δὲ ἐπί τε ἑτέροις τισί, καὶ ὅτι πλέον ἢ μυρίας ἐκ τῆς ἀρχῆς μυριάδας ἥρπασε, κριθεὶς ἑάλω. καὶ ἐκείνῳ τε τοῦτο παραδοξότατον συνέβη (τῆς τε γὰρ προτέρας δίκης διὰ τὰ χρήματα ἀπελύθη, καὶ ἐπὶ τούτοις διʼ ἐκείνην ὅτι μάλιστα κατεδικάσθη ) καὶ τῷ Πομπηίῳ, ὅτι τὸ μὲν πρότερον, καίτοι πόρρω που ὤν, ἐρρύσατο τὸν Γαβίνιον διὰ τῶν ἑταίρων, τότε δὲ ἔν τε τῷ προαστείῳ ὢν καὶ τρόπον τινὰ καὶ ἐν τῷ δικαστηρίῳ αὐτῷ παρὼν οὐδὲν ἤνυσεν.
About this time Ptolemy, although the Romans had voted not to assist him and were even now highly indignant at the bribery he had employed, was nevertheless restored and got back his kingdom. 2 Pompey and Gabinius accomplished this. So much power had official authority and abundant wealth as against the decrees of both the people and the senate, that when Pompey sent orders to Gabinius, then governor of Syria, and the latter made a campaign, the one acting out of kindness and the other as the result of a bribe, they restored the king contrary to the wish of the state, paying no heed either to it or to the oracles of the Sibyl. 4 Gabinius was later brought to trial for this, but on account of Pompey's influence and the money at his command was not convicted. To such a state of confusion had affairs come with the Romans of that day, that when some of the magistrates and jurymen received from him but a very small part of the large bribes that he had received, they took no thought for their duty, and furthermore taught others to commit crimes for money, showing them that they could easily buy immunity from punishment. At this time, consequently, Gabinius was acquitted; but he was again brought to trial on some other charges — chiefly that he had plundered more than a hundred million denarii from the province — and was convicted. This was a matter of great surprise to him, seeing that by his wealth he had freed himself from the former suit, whereas he was now condemned for his wealth chiefly because of that suit. 6 It was also a surprise to Pompey, because previously he had, through his friends, rescued Gabinius even at a distance, but now while in the suburbs of the city and, as you might say, in the very court-room, he accomplished nothing.
§ 39.56
ἔσχε δὲ ὧδε. ὁ Γαβίνιος πολλὰ μὲν καὶ τὴν Συρίαν ἐκάκωσεν, ὥστε καὶ τῶν λῃστικῶν, ἃ καὶ τότε ἤκμαζε, πολὺ πλείω σφίσι λυμήνασθαι, πάντα δὲ δὴ τὰ αὐτόθεν λήμματα ἐλάχιστα εἶναι νομίσας τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἐνόει καὶ παρεσκευάζετο ὡς καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς Πάρθους τόν τε πλοῦτον αὐτῶν στρατεύσων. τοῦ γὰρ Φραάτου ὑπὸ τῶν παίδων δολοφονηθέντος Ὀρώδης τήν τε βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ διεδέξατο, καὶ Μιθριδάτην τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἐκ τῆς Μηδίας, ἧς ἦρχεν, ἐξέβαλε. καὶ ὃς καταφυγὼν πρὸς τὸν Γαβίνιον ἀνέπεισεν αὐτὸν συμπρᾶξαί οἱ τὴν κάθοδον. ἐπεὶ μέντοι ὁ Πτολεμαῖος μετὰ τῶν τοῦ Πομπηίου γραμμάτων ἦλθε, καὶ πολλὰ μὲν αὐτῷ πολλὰ δὲ καὶ τῷ στρατῷ χρήματα τὰ μὲν ἤδη παρέξειν, τὰ δʼ ἂν καταχθῇ δώσειν ὑπέσχετο, τά τε τῶν Πάρθων εἴασε καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν Αἴγυπτον ἠπείχθη, καίπερ ἀπαγορεύοντος μὲν τοῦ νόμου μήτε ἐς τὴν ὑπερορίαν τοὺς ἄρχοντάς τινων ἀποδημεῖν μήτε πολέμους ἀφʼ ἑαυτῶν ἀναιρεῖσθαι, ἀπειρηκότος δὲ καὶ τοῦ δήμου τῆς τε Σιβύλλης μὴ καταχθῆναι τὸν ἄνδρα. ἀλλʼ ὅσῳ γὰρ ἐκεκώλυτο ταῦτα, τόσῳ πλείονος αὐτὰ ἀπημπόλησε. καταλιπὼν οὖν ἐν τῇ Συρίᾳ Σισένναν τε τὸν υἱὸν κομιδῇ νέον ὄντα καὶ στρατιώτας μετʼ αὐτοῦ πάνυ ὀλίγους, τὴν μὲν ἀρχὴν ἐφʼ ἧς ἐτέτακτο τοῖς λῃσταῖς ἔτι καὶ μᾶλλον ἐξέδωκεν, αὐτὸς δὲ ἐς τὴν Παλαιστίνην ἐλθὼν τόν τε Ἀριστόβουλον (διαδρὰς γὰρ ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης ὑπετάραττέ τἰ συνέλαβε καὶ τῷ Πομπηίῳ ἔπεμψε, καὶ φόρον τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις ἐπέταξε, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἐς τὴν Αἴγυπτον ἐνέβαλε.
This was the way of it. Gabinius had harried Syria in many ways, even to the point of inflicting far more injury upon the people than did the pirates, who were flourishing even then. Still, he regarded all his gains from that source as mere trifles and was at first planning and preparing to make a campaign against the Parthians and their wealth. 2 Phraates, it seems, had been treacherously murdered by his sons, and Orodes after succeeding to the kingdom had expelled Mithridates, his brother, from Media, which he was governing. The latter took refuge with Gabinius and persuaded him to assist in his restoration. However, when Ptolemy came with Pompey's letter and promised that he would furnish large sums both to him and the army, some to be paid at once, and the rest when he should be restored, Gabinius abandoned the Parthian project and hastened to Egypt. 4 This he did notwithstanding the law forbade governors to enter territory outside their own borders or to begin wars on their own responsibility, and although the people and the Sibyl had declared that the man should not be restored. But the only restraint these considerations imposed was to lead him to sell his assistance for a higher price. He left in Syria his son Sisenna, a mere boy, and a very few soldiers with him, thus exposing the province to which he had been assigned more than ever to the pirates. 6 He himself then reached Palestine, arrested Aristobulus, who had escaped from Rome and was causing some disturbance, sent him to Pompey, imposed tribute upon the Jews, and after this invaded Egypt.
§ 39.57
ἦρχε δὲ τότε τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ἡ Βερενίκη, καὶ ἐπιεικὲς μὲν οὐδὲν πρὸς τὸν. καίτοι φοβουμένη τοὺς Ῥωμαίους, ἔπραξε, Σέλευκον δέ τινα, ὡς καὶ ἐκ τοῦ βασιλείου γένους τοῦ ποτε ἐν τῇ Συρίᾳ ἀνθήσαντος ὄντα, μεταπέμψασα ἄνδρα τε ἐπεγράψατο καὶ κοινωνὸν τῆς τε βασιλείας καὶ τοῦ πολέμου ἐποιήσατο. ὡς δὲ ἐκεῖνος ἐν οὐδενὸς μοίρᾳ ὢν ἑωρᾶτο, τοῦτον μὲν ἀπέκτεινεν, Ἀρχέλαον δὲ τὸν τοῦ Ἀρχελάου τοῦ πρὸς τὸν Σύλλαν αὐτομολήσαντος, δραστήριόν τε ὄντα καὶ ἐν τῇ Συρίᾳ τὴν δίαιταν ἔχοντα, ἐπὶ τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἐπηγάγετο. ὁ γὰρ Γαβίνιος ἐδύνατο μὲν ἀρχόμενον τὸ δεινὸν παῦσαι (τὸν γὰρ Ἀρχέλαον προϋποτοπήσας συνέλαβε, καὶ ἔμελλεν ἐκ τούτου μηδὲν ἔτʼ ἔργον ἕξεινʼ, φοβηθεὶς δὲ μὴ καὶ ἐλάττω διὰ τοῦτο παρὰ τοῦ Πτολεμαίου τῶν ὡμολογημένων οἱ χρημάτων, ὡς οὐδὲν ἀξιόλογον πεποιηκώς, λάβοι, καὶ ἐλπίσας ἔτι καὶ πλείω πρός τε τὴν δεινότητα καὶ πρὸς τὴν δόξαν τὴν τοῦ Ἀρχελάου χρηματιεῖσθαι, καὶ προσέτι καὶ ἄλλα παρʼ αὐτοῦ ἐκείνου συχνὰ λαβών, ἐθελοντὴς αὐτὸν ὡς καὶ διαδράντα
Berenice was at this time ruling the Egyptians, and though she feared the Romans, she took no steps suitable to emergency?; instead, she sent for one Seleucus who claimed to belong to the royal race that once had flourished in Syria, formally recognized him as her husband, and made him a partner in the kingdom and in the war. 2 When he was seen to be held in no esteem, she had him killed and joined to herself on the same terms Archelaus, son of that Archelaus who had deserted to Sulla; he was an energetic man, living in Syria. Now Gabinius could have stopped the mischief in its beginning; for he had arrested Archelaus, who had already aroused his suspicion, and he seemed likely to have no further trouble from him. He was afraid, however, that this course might cause him to receive from Ptolemy less money than had been stipulated, on the ground that he had done nothing of importance, and he hoped that he could exact even a larger amount in view of the cleverness and renown of Archelaus; moreover he received much money besides from the prisoner himself, and so voluntarily released him, pretending that he had escaped.
§ 39.58
ἀφῆκε. καὶ οὕτως ἐς μὲν τὸ Πηλούσιον ἀφίκετο μηδενὸς ἐναντιουμένου, προϊὼν δὲ ἐντεῦθεν δίχα διῃρημένῳ τῷ στρατῷ τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους ἀπαντήσαντάς οἱ τῇ αὐτῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐνίκησε, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτʼ αὖθις ἔν τε τῷ ποταμῷ ναυσὶ κἀν τῇ γῇ ἐκράτησεν· οἱ γὰρ Ἀλεξανδρεῖς θρασύνασθαι μὲν πρὸς πάντα ἱκανώτατοι καὶ ἐκλαλῆσαι πᾶν ὅ τι ποτʼ ἂν ἐπέλθῃ σφίσι προπετέστατοι πεφύκασι, πρὸς δὲ δὴ πόλεμον τά τε δεινὰ αὐτοῦ φλαυρότα- τοί εἰσι, καίπερ ἐν ταῖς στάσεσι, πλείσταις δὴ καὶ μεγίσταις παρʼ αὐτοῖς γιγνομέναις, διὰ φόνων τε ἀεὶ χωροῦντες καὶ τὸ ζῆν παρʼ οὐδὲν πρὸς τὴν αὐτίκα φιλονεικίαν τιθέμενοι, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὥσπερ τι τῶν ἀρίστων ἢ ἀναγκαιοτάτων τὸν ἐν αὐταῖς ὄλεθρον διώκοντες. νικήσας οὖν αὐτοὺς ὁ Γαβίνιος, καὶ ἄλλους τε πολλοὺς καὶ τὸν Ἀρχέλαον φονεύσας, ἐγκρατής τε τῆς Αἰγύπτου πάσης παραχρῆμα ἐγένετο καὶ τῷ Πτολεμαίῳ αὐτὴν παρέδωκε. καὶ ὁ μὲν τήν τε θυγατέρα καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τοὺς πρώτους καὶ πλουσιωτάτους, ἅτε καὶ χρημάτων
Thus he reached Pelusium without encountering any opposition; and while advancing from there with his army in two divisions he encountered and conquered the Egyptians on the same day, and after this vanquished them again on the river with his ships and also on land. For the Alexandrines are most ready to assume a bold front everywhere and to speak out whatever may occur to them, 2 but for war and its terrors they are utterly useless. This is true in spite of the fact that in seditions, which with them are very numerous and very serious, they always become involved in slaughter, setting no value upon life as compared with the rivalry of the moment, but pursuing destruction in such quarrels as if it were one of the best and dearest prizes. So Gabinius conquered them, and after slaying Archelaus and many others he promptly gained control of all Egypt and handed it over to Ptolemy. The latter put to death his daughter and also the foremost and richest of the citizens, because he had need of much money.
§ 39.59
πολλῶν δεόμενος, ἀπέκτεινε· Γαβίνιος δὲ ἐκεῖνον μὲν οὕτω κατήγαγεν, οὐ μέντοι καὶ οἴκαδε περὶ τῶν πραχθέντων ἐπέστειλεν, ἵνα μὴ καὶ αὐτάγγελός σφισιν ὧν παρηνομήκει γένηται. ἀλλʼ οὐ γὰρ οἷόν τε ἦν τηλικοῦτο πρᾶγμα κρυφθῆναι, εὐθύς τε αὐτὸ ὁ δῆμος ἐπύθετο, καὶ ἐπειδὴ καὶ οἱ Σύροι πολλὰ τοῦ Γαβινίου, ἄλλως τε καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀπουσίᾳ αὐτοῦ δεινῶς ὑπὸ τῶν λῃστῶν κακωθέντες, κατεβόησαν, οἵ τε τελῶναι μὴ δυνηθέντες τὰ τέλη διʼ αὐτοὺς ἐσπρᾶξαι συχνὰ ἐπωφείλησαν, ὠργίζοντο καὶ γνώμας τε ἐποιοῦντο καὶ ἑτοίμως εἶχον καταψηφίσασθαι αὐτοῦ. καὶ γὰρ ὁ Κικέρων τά τε ἄλλα ἰσχυρῶς ἐνῆγε, καὶ συνεβούλευέ σφισι τὰ Σιβύλλεια ἔπη αὖθις ἀναγνῶναι, προσδοκῶν ἐγγεγράφθαι τινὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς τιμωρίαν ἄν τι παραβαθῇ.
Gabinius after restoring him in this fashion sent no message home concerning what he had done, in order that he might not be the one to announce his own illegal acts. But it was not possible for an affair of such magnitude to be concealed, and the people straightway learned of it; for the Syrians cried out loudly against Gabinius, 2 especially since in his absence they had been terribly abused by the pirates, and the tax-gatherers, being unable to collect the taxes on account of the marauders, were owing numerous sums. Angered at this, the people expressed their views and were ready to condemn him. For Cicero attacked him vigorously and advised them to read again the Sibylline verses, expecting that there was contained in them some punishment in case any of their injunctions should be violated.
§ 39.60
ὁ οὖν Πομπήιος ὅ τε Κράσσος ὑπάτευόν τε ἔτι, καὶ ὁ μὲν ἑαυτῷ βοηθῶν, ὁ δὲ τήν τε ἐκείνου χάριν καὶ ἅμα καὶ χρήματα παρὰ τοῦ Γαβινίου πεμφθέντα οἱ λαβών, ἔκ τε τοῦ προφανοῦς ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ διεδικαίουν, καὶ ἄλλα τε καὶ φυγάδα τὸν Κικέρωνα ἀποκαλοῦντες οὐδὲν ἐπεψήφισαν. ὡς μέντοι ἐκεῖνοί τε ἐκ τῆς ἀρχῆς ἀπηλλάγησαν καὶ αὐτοὺς ὅ τε Δομίτιος ὁ Λούκιος καὶ Ἄππιος Κλαύδιος διεδέξαντο, γνῶμαι αὖθις πολλαὶ ἐλέχθησαν, καὶ κατὰ τοῦ Γαβινίου αἱ πλείους ἐγένοντο· ὅ τε γὰρ Δομίτιος ἐχθρὸς τῷ Πομπηίῳ διά τε τὸ σπουδαρχῆσαι καὶ διὰ τὸ παρὰ γνώμην αὐτοῦ ἀποδειχθῆναι ὤν, καὶ ὁ Κλαύδιος, καίπερ προσήκων οἱ, ὅμως τοῖς τε πολλοῖς χαρίσασθαί τι ὑπὸ δημαγωγίας ἐθελήσας, καὶ παρὰ τοῦ Γαβινίου δωροδοκήσειν, ἄν γέ τι συνταράξῃ, προσδοκήσας, πάντα ἐπʼ αὐτῷ ἔπραξαν. καὶ αὐτὸν καὶ ἐκεῖνο δεινῶς ἐπίεσεν, ὅτι προπεμφθέντα τινὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ Κράσσου ὑποστράτηγον ἐπὶ τῇ τῆς ἀρχῆς αὐτοῦ διαδοχῇ οὐκ ἐδέξατο, ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ ἀθάνατον τὴν ἡγεμονίαν εἰληφὼς κατεῖχεν αὐτήν. ἔδοξεν οὖν σφισι τὰ τῆς Σιβύλλης ἔπη ἀναγνωσθῆναι, καίπερ ἀντειπόντος τοῦ Πομπηίου.
Pompey and Crassus, now, were still consuls, and the former acted as his own interests dictated, while the latter was for pleasing his colleague and also soon received money sent him by Gabinius. Thus they openly justified his conduct, calling Cicero “exile” among other names, and would not put the question to a vote. 2 When, however, they had laid down their office, and Lucius Domitius and Appius Claudius became their successors, once more many opinions were expressed and the majority proved to be against Gabinius. Domitius was hostile to Pompey on account of the latter's canvass and because he had been appointed consul contrary to his wish; and Claudius, although a relative of Pompey's, still wished to play the game of politics and indulge the people, and furthermore he expected to get bribes from Gabinius, if he should cause any disturbance. 4 There was a further fact that weighed strongly against him: he had not received a certain lieutenant sent ahead by Crassus to succeed him in the office, but held on to the position as if he had received it for all time. They decided, therefore, that the verses of the Sibyl should be read, in spite of Pompey's opposition.
§ 39.61
κἀν τούτῳ ὁ Τίβερις, εἴτʼ οὖν ὄμβρων ἄνω που ὑπὲρ τὴν πόλιν ἐξαισίων γενομένων, εἴτε καὶ σφοδροῦ πνεύματος ἐκ τῆς θαλάσσης τὴν ἐκροὴν αὐτοῦ ἀνακόψαντος, εἴτε καὶ μᾶλλον, ὡς ὑπωπτεύετο, ἐκ παρασκευῆς δαιμονίου τινός, τοσοῦτος ἐξαπιναίως ἐρρύη ὥστʼ ἐν πᾶσι μὲν τοῖς πεδίοις τοῖς ἐν τῷ ἄστει οὖσι πελαγίσαι, πολλὰ δὲ καὶ τῶν μετεωροτέρων καταλαβεῖν. αἵ τε οὖν οἰκίαι (ἐκ πλίνθων γὰρ συνῳκοδομημέναι ἦσανʼ διάβροχοί τε ἐγένοντο καὶ κατερράγησαν, καὶ τὰ ὑποζύγια πάντα ὑποβρύχια ἐφθάρη. τῶν τε ἀνθρώπων ὅσοι μὴ ἔφθησαν πρὸς τὰ πάνυ ὑψηλὰ ἀναφυγόντες, οἱ μὲν ἐν ταῖς τέγαις οἱ δὲ καὶ ἐν ὁδοῖς ἐγκαταληφθέντες ἐξώλοντο. καὶ γὰρ αἱ λοιπαὶ οἰκίαι, ἅτε ἐπὶ πολλὰς ἡμέρας τοῦ δεινοῦ συμβάντος, σαθραί τε ἐγένοντο καὶ πολλοῖς τοῖς μὲν εὐθὺς τοῖς δὲ μετὰ τοῦτʼ ἐλυμήναντο. οἱ οὖν Ῥωμαῖοι ἐπί τʼ ἐκείνοις τοῖς παθήμασι λυπούμενοι, καὶ ἕτερα χαλεπώτερα ὡς καὶ διὰ τὴν τοῦ Πτολεμαίου κάθοδον ὀργήν σφισι τοῦ δαιμονίου πεποιημένου προσδεχόμενοι, ἠπείγοντο καὶ ἀπόντα τὸν Γαβίνιον, ὡς καὶ ἧττόν τι, ἂν φθάσωσιν αὐτὸν ἀπολέσαντες, κακωθησόμενοι, θανατῶσαι. καὶ οὕτω γε ἐντόνως ἔσχον ὥστε, καίτοι μηδενὸς τοιούτου ἐν τοῖς Σιβυλλείοις χρησμοῖς εὑρεθέντος, ὅμως τὴν γερουσίαν πικρότατα καὶ τραχύτατα τούς τε ἄρχοντας καὶ τὸν δῆμον αὐτῷ χρήσασθαι προβουλεῦσαι.
Meantime the Tiber, either because excessive rains had occurred somewhere up the stream above the city, or because a violent wind from the sea had driven back its outgoing tide, or still more probably, as was surmised, by the act of some divinity, suddenly rose so high as to inundate all the lower levels in the city and to overwhelm many even of the higher portions. 2 The houses, therefore, being constructed of brick, became soaked through and collapsed, while all the animals perished in the flood. And of the people all who did not take refuge in time on the highest points were caught, either in their dwellings, or in the streets, and lost their lives. The remaining houses, too, became weakened, since the mischief lasted for many days, and they caused injuries to many, either at the time or later. The Romans, distressed at these calamities and expecting others yet worse, because, as they thought, Heaven had become angry with them for the restoration of Ptolemy, were in haste to put Gabinius to death even while absent, believing that they would be harmed less if they should destroy him before his return. 4 So insistent were they that although nothing about punishment was found in the Sibylline oracles, still the senate passed a decree that the magistrates and populace should accord him the bitterest and harshest treatment.
§ 39.62
ἐν ᾧ δὲ ταῦτʼ ἐγίγνετο, χρήματα ὑπὸ τοῦ Γαβινίου προπεμφθέντα οὐχ ὅπως ἀπόντα ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἐπανελθόντα δεινόν τι παθεῖν αὐτὸν ἐπί γε ἐκείνοις ἐποίησε. καίτοι οὕτω καὶ αὐτὸς αἰσχρῶς καὶ κακῶς ὑπὸ τοῦ συνειδότος διετέθη ὥστε καὶ χρόνιος ἐς τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἀφικέσθαι καὶ νυκτὸς ἐς τὴν πόλιν ἐσκομισθῆναι, ἔξω τε τῆς οἰκίας συχναῖς πάνυ ἡμέραις μὴ τολμῆσαι φανῆναι. τὰ μὲν οὖν ἐγκλήματα πολλὰ ἦν, καὶ κατηγόρους οὐκ ὀλίγους εἶχε. πρῶτον δʼ οὖν περὶ τῆς τοῦ Πτολεμαίου καθόδου, ἅτε καὶ μεγίστου, ἐδικάσθη. καὶ ὅ γε δῆμος σύμπας ὡς εἰπεῖν πρός τε τὸ δικαστήριον συνερρύη καὶ διασπάσασθαι πολλάκις αὐτὸν ἠθέλησεν, ἄλλως τε καὶ ὅτι οὔθʼ ὁ Πομπήιος παρῆν καὶ ὁ Κικέρων δεινότατα αὐτοῦ κατηγόρησεν. οὕτω δὲ αὐτῶν διακειμένων ὅμως ἀφείθη· αὐτός τε γάρ, ἅτε ἐπὶ τηλικούτοις κρινόμενος, παμπληθῆ χρήματα ἀνάλωσε, καὶ οἱ τοῦ Πομπηίου τοῦ τε Καίσαρος ἑταῖροι προθυμότατα αὐτῷ συνήραντο, λέγοντες ἄλλον τέ τινα καιρὸν καὶ ἄλλον βασιλέα πρὸς τῆς Σιβύλλης εἰρῆσθαι, καὶ τὸ μέγιστον ὅτι μηδεμία τῶν πραχθέντων τιμωρία ἐν τοῖς ἔπεσιν αὐτῆς ἐνεγέγραπτο.
While this was going on, money sent ahead by Gabinius caused him to suffer no serious penalty either while absent or upon his return, at least for this affair. And yet he was brought by his own conscience to such a wretched and miserable state that he long delayed coming to Italy, and entered the city by night, and for a considerable number of days did not dare to appear outside of his house. 2 For the complaints were many and he had an abundance of accusers. First, then, he was tried for the restoration of Ptolemy, as his greatest offence. Practically the whole populace surged into the court-house and often wished to tear him to pieces, particularly because Pompey was not present and Cicero accused him with all the force of his oratory. And yet, though this was their attitude, he was acquitted. For not only he himself, appreciating the gravity of the charges on which he was being tried, spent vast sums of money, but the associates of Pompey and Caesar also very willingly aided him, declaring that a different time and different king were meant by the Sibyl, and, most important of all, that no punishment for his deeds was contained in her verses.
§ 39.63
ὁ δʼ οὖν δῆμος ὀλίγου μὲν καὶ τοὺς δικαστὰς ἀπέκτεινε, διαφυγόντων δὲ αὐτῶν ἐπετήρει τὰ λοιπὰ αὐτοῦ ἐγκλήματα, καὶ ἐποίησεν ἐπʼ ἐκείνοις γοῦν αὐτὸν ἁλῶναι. οἱ γὰρ λαχόντες περὶ αὐτῶν κρῖναι, τό τε πλῆθος ἅμα φοβηθέντες καὶ μηδὲν μέγα παρὰ τοῦ Γαβινίου εὑρόμενοι (ὡς γὰρ ἐπί τε βραχυτέροις εὐθυνόμενος καὶ προσδοκῶν καὶ τότε κρατήσειν οὐ πολλὰ ἐδαπάνησἐ κατεψηφίσαντο αὐτοῦ, καίτοι τοῦ τε Πομπηίου πλησίον ὄντος καὶ τοῦ Κικέρωνος συναγορεύοντος αὐτῷ. ὁ γὰρ Πομπήιος κατὰ τὴν τοῦ σίτου πρόνοιαν, ἐπειδὴ πολὺς ὑπὸ τοῦ ποταμοῦ διέφθαρτο, ἐκδημήσας ὥρμησε μὲν ὡς καὶ ἐς τὸ πρότερον δικα- στήριον ἀπαντήσων (ἐν γὰρ τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ ἦνʼ, ὑστερήσας δὲ αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἀπεχώρησεν ἐκ τοῦ προαστείου πρὶν καὶ ἐκεῖνο τελεσθῆναι. καὶ μέντοι καὶ τοῦ δήμου ἔξω τοῦ πωμηρίου (τὴν γὰρ ἀρχὴν ἤδη τὴν τοῦ ἀνθυπάτου ἔχων οὐκ ἠδυνήθη ἐς τὴν πόλιν ἐσελθεῖνʼ ἀθροισθέντος πολλὰ ὑπὲρ τοῦ Γαβινίου ἐδημηγόρησε, καὶ γράμματά τέ τινα παρὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ πεμφθέντα ἀνέγνω, καὶ τοὺς δικαστὰς ἱκέτευσε, τόν τε Κικέρωνα οὐχ ὅπως κατηγορῆσαι ἔτʼ αὐτοῦ ἐκώλυσεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὑπερδικῆσαι ἔπεισεν, ὥστε καὶ ἐκ τούτου τὸ τοῦ αὐτομόλου ἔγκλημα καὶ ὄνομα ἐπὶ πλεῖόν οἱ αὐξηθῆναι. οὐ μέντοι καὶ ὠφέλησέ τι τὸν Γαβίνιον, ἀλλὰ τότε μὲν ἔφυγεν ἁλούς, ὥσπερ εἶπον, ὕστερον δʼ ὑπὸ τοῦ Καίσαρος κατήχθη.
The people accordingly were almost for putting the jurymen to death also, but, when they escaped, turned their attention to the remaining charges against him and caused him to be convicted on those at any rate. 2 For the men who were chosen by lot to pass judgment on the charges both feared the people and likewise obtained but little from Gabinius; for he felt that he was being brought to book for minor matters only, and expecting to win this time also, he did not spend much. Hence they condemned him, even though Pompey was near at hand and Cicero acted as his counsel. For Pompey had been away from the city to provide for a supply of corn, since much had been ruined by the river, but hastened back to be present at the first trial (for he was in Italy); and when he missed that, he did not retire from the suburbs until the other also was finished. 4 In fact when the people assembled outside the pomerium (since, as he already held the office of proconsul, he was not allowed to enter the city), he addressed them at length in behalf of Gabinius, and not only read to them a letter sent to him by Caesar in the man's behalf, but also besought the jurymen, and not only prevented Cicero from accusing him again but actually persuaded him to plead for him; as a result the charge and epithet of “turn-coat” was applied to the orator more than ever. Gabinius, however, was not helped at all by Cicero, but was now convicted and exiled, as I have stated, though he was later restored by Caesar.
§ 39.64
ἐν δὲ τῷ αὐτῷ τούτῳ χρόνῳ καὶ ἡ τοῦ Πομπηίου γυνὴ θυγάτριόν τι τεκοῦσα ἀπέθανε· καὶ αὐτήν, εἴτε διαπραξαμένων τῶν τε ἐκείνου καὶ τῶν τοῦ Καίσαρος φίλων, ἢ καὶ ἄλλως πως χαρίσασθαί τινες αὐτοῖς ἐθελήσαντες συνήρπασαν, ἐπειδὴ τάχιστα τῶν ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ ἐπαίνων ἔτυχε, καὶ ἐν τῷ Ἀρείῳ πεδίῳ ἔθαψαν, καίτοι τοῦ Δομιτίου ἀνθισταμένου καὶ λέγοντος ἄλλα τε καὶ ὅτι οὐχ ὁσίως ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τόπῳ ἄνευ τινὸς ψηφίσματος θάπτοιτο.
At this same time the wife of Pompey died, after giving birth to a baby girl. And whether by the arrangement of his friends and Caesar's or because there were some who wished in any case to do them a favour, they caught up the body, as soon as she had received proper eulogies in the Forum, and buried it in the Campus Martius. It was in vain that Domitius opposed them and declared among other things that it was sacrilegious for her to be buried in the sacred spot without a special decree.
§ 39.65
κἀν τούτῳ καὶ ὁ Πομπτῖνος ὁ Γάιος τὰ ἐπινίκια τὰ τῶν Γαλατῶν ἔπεμψεν· ἐς γὰρ ἐκεῖνο τοῦ χρόνου, μηδενός οἱ διδόντος αὐτά, ἔξω τοῦ πωμηρίου διέμεινε. καὶ τότε δʼ ἂν αὐτῶν ἥμαρτεν, εἰ μὴ ὁ Γάλβας ὁ Σέρουιος συστρατευσάμενος αὐτῷ, κρύφα καὶ ὑπὸ τὴν ἕω στρατηγῶν τὴν ψῆφόν τισι (καίπερ οὐκ ἐξὸν ἐκ τῶν νόμων πρὶν πρώτην ὥραν γενέσθαι ἐν τῷ δήμῳ τι χρηματισθῆναι) ἔδωκε. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τῶν δημάρχων τινὲς ἀπολειφθέντες τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἐν γοῦν τῇ πομπῇ πράγματα αὐτῷ παρέσχον, ὥστε καὶ σφαγὰς συμβῆναι.
At this time Gaius Pomptinus celebrated a triumph over the Gauls for as no one granted him the right to hold it, he had up to that time remained outside the pomerium. 2 And he would have missed it then, too, had not Servius Galba, a praetor, who had made the campaign with him, granted as praetor to certain persons secretly and just before dawn the privilege of voting — this, in spite of the fact that it is not permitted by law for any business to be brought before the people before the first hour. For this reason some of the tribunes, who had been left out of the assembly, caused him trouble in the procession, at any rate, so that there was some bloodshed.
— Book 40 —
§ 40.arg
τάδε ἔνεστιν ἐν τῷ τετταρακοστῷ τῶν Δίωνος Ῥωμαϊκῶν α. ὡς Καῖσαρ τὸ δεύτερον ἐς Βρεττανίαν διέπλευσεν. β. ὡς Καῖσαρ ὑποστρέψας ἀπὸ Βρεττανίας τοῖς Γαλάταις αὖθις ἐπολέμησεν. γ. ὡς Κράσσος Πάρθοις πολεμεῖν ἤρξατο. δ. περὶ Πάρθων. ε. ὡς Κράσσος ἡττηθεὶς ὑπʼ αὐτῶν ἀπώλετο. ζ. ὡς Καῖσαρ τὴν Γαλατίαν τὴν ὑπὲρ τὰς Ἄλπεις πᾶσαν κατεστρέψατο. η. ὡς Μίλων Κλώδιον ἀποκτείνας κατεδικάσθη. θ. ὡς Καῖσαρ καὶ Πομπήιος στασιάζειν ἤρξαντο. χρόνου πλῆθος τὰ λοιπὰ τῆς Δομιτίου καὶ Ἀππίου Κλαυδίου ὑπατείας καὶ ἄλλα ἔτη τέτταρα, ἐν οἷς ἄρχοντες οἱ ἀριθμούμενοι οἵδε ἐγένοντο Γν. Δομίτιος Μ. υἱ. Καλουῖνος μ. Οὐαλέριος Μεσσάλας ὑπ. Γν. Πομπήιος Γν. υἱ. Μάγνος τὸ γ κ. Καικίλιος Μέτελλος Σκιπίων Νασικοῦ υἱ. ὑπ. Σέρουιος Σουλπίκιος Κ. υἱ. Ῥοῦφος μ. Κλαύδιος Μ. υἱ. Μάρκελλος ὑπ. λ. Αἰμίλιος μ. υἱ. Παῦλος γ. Κλαύδιος Γ. υἱ. Μάρκελλος ὑπ.
—
§ 40.1
ἐν μὲν δὴ τῇ Ῥώμῃ ταῦτα, τότε ἑπτακόσια ἔτη ἀγούσῃ, ἐγένετο· ἐν δὲ δὴ τῇ Γαλατίᾳ ὁ Καῖσαρ ἐπὶ τῶν αὐτῶν ἐκείνων τοῦ Δομιτίου τοῦ Λουκίου καὶ τοῦ Κλαυδίου τοῦ Ἀππίου ὑπάτων τά τε ἄλλα καὶ ναῦς ἐν μέσῳ τῶν τε σφετέρων τῶν ταχειῶν καὶ τῶν αὐτόθεν τῶν φορτίδων, ὅπως ὡς μάλιστα καὶ κουφίζωσι καὶ πρὸς τὸ κῦμα ἀντέχωσιν, ἐπί τε τοῦ ξηροῦ ἱστάμεναι μὴ λυμαίνωνται, παρεσκευάσατο. καὶ ἐπειδὴ πλόιμα ἐγένετο, ἐς τὴν Βρεττανίαν αὖθις ἐπεραιώθη, πρόφασιν μὲν ὅτι μὴ πάντας τοὺς ὁμήρους οὓς ὑπέσχοντό οἱ ἐπεπόμφεσαν, νομίζοντες αὐτόν, ὅτι διὰ κενῆς τότε ἀνεχώρησε, μηκέτʼ αὖθίς σφων πειράσειν, ποιησάμενος, ἔργῳ δὲ δεινῶς τῆς νήσου ἐφιέμενος, ὥστε εἰ μὴ καὶ τοῦτο ἦν, πάντως ἂν ἄλλην τινὰ σκῆψιν εὑρεῖν. κατῆρέ τε οὖν ἔνθα καὶ πρότερον, μηδενὸς ὑπό τε τοῦ πλήθους τῶν νεῶν καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ πολλαχόσε ἅμα αὐτὰς κατασχεῖν τολμήσαντος ἀντιστῆναι, καὶ τὸ ναύσταθμον
Book XL These were the occurrences in Rome while the city was passing through its seven-hundredth year. In Gaul during the year of these same consuls, Lucius Domitius and Appius Claudius, Caesar among other undertakings constructed ships of a style half-way between his own swift vessels and the native ships of burden, endeavouring to make them at once as light and as seaworthy as possible and capable of being left high and dry without injury. 2 When the weather became fit for sailing, he crossed over again to Britain, giving as his excuse that the people of that country, thinking that he would never make trial of them again because he had once retired empty-handed, had not sent all the hostages they had promised; but the truth of the matter was that he mightily coveted the island, so that he would certainly have found some other pretext, if this had not offered itself. He came to land at the same place as before, no one daring to oppose him because of the number of his ships and the fact that they approached many points on the shore at the same time; and he straightway got possession of the harbour.
§ 40.2
εὐθὺς ἐκρατύνατο. οἱ οὖν βάρβαροι τὸν μὲν πρόσπλουν αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἠδυνήθησαν διὰ ταῦτα κωλῦσαι, δείσαντες δὲ μᾶλλον ἢ πρότερον, ἅτε καὶ στρατῷ πλείονι αὐτοῦ ἐλθόντος, ἐς τὸ λασιώτατον καὶ ἐς τὸ λοχμωδέστατον τῶν ἐγγὺς χωρίων πάντα τὰ τιμιώτατα συνεφόρησαν, καὶ αὐτὰ ἐν ἀσφαλεῖ ποιησάμενοι (τά τε γὰρ πέριξ ξύλα ἔκοψαν, καὶ ἕτερα ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς στοιχηδὸν ἐπισυνένησαν, ὥστε ἐν χαρακώματι τρόπον τινὰ εἶναι) ἔπειτα τοὺς προνομεύοντας τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἐλύπουν. καὶ δὴ καὶ μάχῃ τινὶ ἐν τῷ ψιλῷ ἡττηθέντες ὑπήγαγόν σφας ἐκεῖσε κατὰ τὴν δίωξιν, καὶ συχνοὺς ἀνταπέκτειναν. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο χειμῶνος αὖθις τὰς ναῦς αὐτῶν λυμηναμένου συμμάχους τε προσμετεπέμψαντο καὶ ἐπʼ αὐτὸ τὸ νεώριόν σφων ὥρμησαν, Κασουελλανὸν τὸν τὰ πρῶτα τῶν ἐν τῇ νήσῳ δυναστῶν φερόμενον προστησάμενοι. καὶ αὐτοῖς ἀπαντήσαντες οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἐταράχθησαν τῇ τῶν ἁρμάτων σφῶν προσμίξει, ἔπειτα δὲ διιστάμενοι, καὶ ἐκεῖνά τε παρεξιέντες καὶ τοὺς παραθέοντας ἐς τὰ πλάγια βάλλοντες,
The barbarians, then, for the reason stated were unable to hinder his approach, and being more afraid than before, because he had come with a larger army, they carried away all their most valuable things into the most wooded and overgrown portions of the neighbouring country. 2 After they had put them in safety by cutting down the surrounding wood and piling more upon it row after row until their goods were in a sort of stockade, they proceeded to annoy the Romans' foraging parties. Indeed, after being defeated in a certain battle on open ground they drew the invaders in pursuit to their retreat, and killed many in their turn. Soon after, when a storm had once more damaged the Romans' ships, the natives sent for allies and set out against their naval arsenal itself, with Cassivellaunus, regarded as the foremost of the chiefs in the island, at their head. 4 The Romans upon meeting them were at first thrown into confusion by the attack of their chariots, but later opened ranks, and by letting them pass through and then from the side hurling their weapons at the men as they rushed past, made the battle equal.
§ 40.3
ἀνίσωσαν τὴν μάχην. καὶ τότε μὲν κατὰ χώραν ἀμφότεροι ἔμειναν· αὖθις δὲ οἱ βάρβαροι τοῦ μὲν πεζοῦ κρείττους γενόμενοι, ὑπὸ δὲ τῆς ἵππου κακωθέντες, πρός τε τὸν Ταμέσαν ἀνεχώρησαν, καὶ τὸν πόρον αὐτοῦ σταυροῖς, τοῖς μὲν ἐμφανέσι τοῖς δὲ καὶ ὑφύδροις, διαλαβόντες ηὐλίσαντο. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐκείνους τε ὁ Καῖσαρ τό τε σταύρωμα προσβολῇ βιαίᾳ ἐκλιπεῖν ἠνάγκασε καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ἐρύματος προσεδρείᾳ ἐξήλασε, καὶ τοὺς προσβάλλοντάς σφων τῷ ναυστάθμῳ ἕτεροι ἀπεώσαντο, κατέδεισαν καὶ κατελύσαντο ὁμήρους τε δόντες καὶ φόρον ἐτήσιον ταξάμενοι.
For the time being both parties remained where they were. Later, however, the barbarians, after proving victorious over the infantry but being defeated by the cavalry, withdrew to the Thames, where they encamped after cutting off the ford by means of stakes, some visible and some under water. 2 But Caesar by a powerful assault forced them to leave the stockade and later on by siege drove them from their fortress, while others repulsed a party of theirs that attacked the ships in the harbour. They then became terrified and made terms, giving hostages and agreeing to pay a yearly tribute.
§ 40.4
καὶ οὕτως ὁ Καῖσαρ ἀπῆρε παντάπασιν ἐκ τῆς νήσου, καὶ οὐδὲν ἐγκατέλιπε στράτευμα ἐν αὐτῇ· ἐκεῖνό τε γὰρ κινδυνεύσειν ἐν ἀλλοτρίᾳ πῃ χειμάζον, καὶ αὐτὸς οὐκ ἂν ἐν καλῷ ἐπὶ πλεῖον ἀπὸ τῆς Γαλατίας ἀποδημῆσαι νομίζων, ἠγάπησε τοῖς παροῦσι, μὴ καὶ μειζόνων ὀριγνώμενος καὶ περὶ ἐκείνοις σφαλῇ. καὶ ἔδοξε καὶ τοῦτο ὀρθῶς πεποιηκέναι, ὥσπερ που καὶ τῷ ἔργῳ διεδείχθη· ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἐς τὴν Ἰταλίαν ὥρμησεν ὡς καὶ ἐκεῖ παραχειμάσων, οἱ Γαλάται, καίτοι φρουροὺς ὡς ἕκαστοι πολλοὺς ἔχοντες, ὅμως ἐνεόχμωσαν, καί τινες αὐτῶν καὶ φανερῶς ἐπανέστησαν. ὅπερ εἰ ἐν τῇ Βρεττανίᾳ καταμείναντος αὐτοῦ παρὰ τὸν χειμῶνα ἐγεγόνει, πάντα ἂν τὰ τῇδε ἐτετάρακτο.
Thus Caesar departed entirely from the island and left no body of troops behind in it; for he believed that such a force would be in danger while passing the winter in a foreign land and that it might be inadvisable for him to remain away from Gaul for any considerable period; hence he was satisfied with his present achievements, in the fear that if he reached out for more, he might be deprived even of these. 2 It seemed that here again he had done right, as was, indeed, proved by the event. For when he had gone to Italy, intending to winter there, the Gauls, though each nation contained many garrisons, nevertheless became restless and some of them openly revolted. Now if this had happened while he was staying in Britain through the winter season, all Gaul would have been in a turmoil.
§ 40.5
ἦρξαν δὲ τοῦ πολέμου τούτου Ἐβουρωνοί, ἡγουμένου σφίσιν Ἀμβιόριγος. καὶ ἔλεγον μὲν τῇ παρουσίᾳ τῶν Ῥωμαίων, ὧν ὅ τε Σαβῖνος καὶ Λούκιος Κόττας ὑποστράτηγοι ἦρχον, ἀχθόμενοι κεκινῆσθαι· τὸ δʼ ἀληθὲς ἐκείνων τε κατεφρόνησαν ὡς οὐχ ἱκανῶν ἀμῦναι σφᾶς ἐσομένων, καὶ τὸν Καίσαρα οὐκ ἤλπισαν διὰ ταχέων σφίσιν ἐπιστρατεύσειν. ἐπῆλθόν τε οὖν αὐτοῖς μὴ προσδεχομένοις ὡς καὶ αὐτοβοεὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον αἱρήσοντες, καὶ ἐπειδὴ διήμαρτον αὐτοῦ, πρὸς ἀπάτην ἐτράποντο. τῶν γὰρ χωρίων τὰ ἐπιτηδειότατα ὁ Ἀμβιόριξ προλοχίσας ἦλθεν ἐξ ἐπικηρυκείας πρὸς τοὺς Ῥωμαίους ὡς οὐχ ἑκὼν δὴ πολεμήσας, καὶ αὐτὸς μὲν μεταγιγνώσκειν ἔφη, τοὺς δʼ ἄλλους φυλάττεσθαί σφισι παρῄνεσεν· οὔτε γὰρ αὐτῷ πειθαρχεῖν αὐτοὺς καὶ ἐκείνοις μέλλειν τῆς νυκτὸς ἐπιθήσεσθαι. κἀκ τούτου καὶ γνώμην αὐτοῖς ἔδωκε τὴν μὲν Ἐβουρωνίαν, ὡς καὶ κινδυνεύσουσιν ἂν καταμείνωσι, καταλιπεῖν, πρὸς δὲ συστρατιώτας τινὰς πέλας που χειμάζοντας ὡς
This war was begun by the Eburones, under Ambiorix as chief. They claimed they had been roused to action because they were annoyed at the presence of the Romans, who were commanded by Sabinus and Lucius Cotta, lieutenants. The truth was, however, that they scorned those officers, thinking that they would not prove competent to defend their men and not expecting that Caesar would quickly make an expedition against their tribe. 2 They accordingly came upon the soldiers unawares, expecting to take the camp without striking a blow, and, when they failed of this, had recourse to deceit. For Ambiorix, after planting ambuscades in the most suitable spots, came to the Romans after sending a herald to arrange for a parley, and represented that he had taken part in the war against his will and was himself sorry; but against the others he advised them to be on their guard, for his countrymen would not obey him and were intending to attack the garrison at night. Consequently he made the suggestion to them that they should abandon Eburonia, since they would be in danger if they remained, and should move on as quickly as possible to some of their comrades who were wintering near by.
§ 40.6
τάχιστα μεταστῆναι. ἀκούσαντες δὲ ταῦτα οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι ἐπείσθησαν, ἄλλως τε καὶ ὅτι εὐηργέτητο πολλὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ Καίσαρος καὶ χάριν αὐτῷ ταύτην ἀντιδιδόναι ἐδόκει. συσκευασάμενοί τε σπουδῇ εὐθὺς ἀφʼ ἑσπέρας ἀφώρμησαν, καὶ ἐμπεσόντες ἐς τὰ λελοχισμένα δεινῶς ἐσφάλησαν· ὅ τε γὰρ Κόττας παραχρῆμα μετὰ πολλῶν ἀπώλετο, καὶ τὸν Σαβῖνον ὁ Ἀμβιόριξ μετεπέμψατο μὲν ὡς καὶ σώσων (οὔτε γὰρ τοῖς γιγνομένοις παρῆν, καὶ πιστὸς αὐτῷ καὶ τότε ἔτʼ ἐδόκει εἶναἰ, συλλαβὼν δὲ δή, καὶ ἀποδύσας καὶ τὰ ὅπλα καὶ τὴν ἐσθῆτα, κατηκόντισεν, ἐπιλέγων ἄλλα τε καὶ ὅτι τοιοίδε μέντοι ὄντες πῶς τηλικούτων ἡμῶν ὄντων ἄρχειν ἐθέλετε ; οὗτοι μὲν δὴ ταῦτʼ ἔπαθον· οἱ δὲ λοιποὶ διέπεσον μὲν ἐς τὸ τάφρευμα ὅθεν ἀπανειστήκεσαν, ἐπεὶ δὲ οἵ τε βάρβαροι καὶ ἐκεῖ προσέμιξαν καὶ οὔτʼ ἀμύνασθαι αὐτοὺς οὔτε διαφυγεῖν ἠδυνήθησαν, ἀλλήλους ἀπέκτειναν.
Upon hearing this the Romans believed him, especially as Ambiorix had received many favours from Caesar and seemed to be repaying his kindness in this way. They hastily packed up their belongings, and setting out just after nightfall, fell into the ambush, where they suffered a terrible reverse. 2 Cotta with many others perished immediately. Sabinus was sent for by Ambiorix under the pretext of saving him, for the Gallic leader was not present at the ambush and at that time was still thought to be trustworthy; on his arrival, however, Ambiorix seized him, stripped him of his arms and clothing, and then struck him down with his javelin, uttering boastful words over him, such as these: “How can such creatures as you wish to rule us who are so great?” This was the fate that these men suffered. The rest managed to break through to the camp from which they had set out, but when the barbarians assailed that, too, and they could neither repel them nor escape, they killed one another.
§ 40.7
γενομένου δὲ τούτου ἄλλοι τέ τινες τῶν πλησιοχώρων ἀπέστησαν καὶ Νέρουιοι, καίτοι Κυίντου Κικέρωνος παρʼ αὐτοῖς χειμάζοντος· ἀδελφὸς δὲ τοῦ Κικέρωνος τοῦ Μάρκου ἦν, ὑποστρατηγῶν τῷ Καίσαρι. καὶ αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἀμβιόριξ προσλαβὼν συνέβαλε τῷ Κικέρωνι· καὶ ἀγχώμαλα ἀγωνισάμενος, καί τινας καὶ ζῶντας ἑλών, ἀπατῆσαι μέν πῃ καὶ ἐκεῖνον ἐπεχείρησε, μὴ δυνηθεὶς δὲ ἔς τε πολιορκίαν αὐτὸν κατέστησε, καὶ διὰ ταχέων ὑπό τε τῆς πολυχειρίας καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς ἐμπειρίας, ἣν ἐκ τῆς συστρατείας ἣν μετὰ τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἐπεποίητο ἐκέκτητο, καί τινα καὶ παρὰ τῶν αἰχμαλώτων ἑκάστων μαθών, καὶ ἀπεσταύρωσε καὶ ἀπετάφρευσεν. ἐγίγνοντο μὲν γὰρ καὶ μάχαι, οἷα ἐν τῷ τοιούτῳ εἰκὸς ἦν, συχναί, καὶ ἀπώλλυντο πολὺ πλείους τῶν βαρβάρων ἅτε καὶ πλείους ὄντες· οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ αὐτοὶ μὲν ὑπὸ τῆς περιουσίας τοῦ στρατοῦ οὐδὲ ἐν αἰσθήσει τοῦ φθειρομένου σφῶν ἦσαν, οἱ δὲ δὴ Ῥωμαῖοι μήτε ἄλλως πολλοὶ ὄντες καὶ ἐλάττους ἀεὶ γιγνόμενοι ῥᾳδίως περιεστοιχίσθησαν.
After this event some others of the neighbouring tribes revolted, among them the Nervii, though Quintus Cicero, a brother of Marcus Cicero and lieutenant of Caesar, was wintering in their territory. Ambiorix added them to his force and engaged in battle with Cicero. 2 The contest was close, and after capturing some prisoners alive the chieftain tried to deceive him also in some manner, but being unable to do so, besieged him. Thanks to his large force and the experience which he had gained from his service with the Romans, together with information that he obtained from the individual captives, he quickly managed to enclose him with a palisade and ditch. There were numerous battles, as was natural in such a situation, and far larger numbers of the barbarians perished, because there were more of them. They, however, by reason of the multitude of their army did not feel their loss at all, whereas the Romans, who were not numerous in the first place, kept continually growing fewer and were hemmed in without difficulty.
§ 40.8
κινδυνευόντων οὖν αὐτῶν ἁλῶναι (οὔτε γὰρ τὰ τραύματα θεραπεύειν ἀπορίᾳ τῶν ἐπιτηδείων ἐδύναντο, οὔτε τὴν τροφὴν ἀφθόνως, ἅτε ἐν ἀδοκήτῳ πολιορκίᾳ, εἶχον· οὐδʼ ἐπήμυνέ τις αὐτοῖς, καίτοι πολλῶν οὐκ ἄπωθεν χειμαζόντων· οἱ γὰρ βάρβαροι τὰς ὁδοὺς ἀκριβῶς φυλάσσοντες πάντας τοὺς ἐκπεμπομένους σφῶν συνελάμβανον κἀν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς αὐτῶν ἐφόνευονʼ Νέρουιός τις εὐνοϊκῶς σφισιν ἐξ εὐεργεσίας ἔχων, καὶ τότε σὺν τῷ Κικέρωνι πολιορκούμενος, δοῦλόν τινα ἑαυτοῦ διάγγελον αὐτῷ παρέσχεν· ἔκ τε γὰρ τῆς σκευῆς καὶ ἐκ τῆς φωνῆς τῆς ἐπιχωρίας ἠδυνήθη λαθεῖν συγγενόμενος τοῖς πολεμίοις ὡς καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν ὢν καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο ἀποχωρήσας.
They were unable to care for their wounds through lack of the necessary appliances, and did not have a large supply of food, because they had been besieged unexpectedly. No one came to their aid, though many were wintering at no great distance; for the barbarians guarded the roads with care and caught all who were sent out and slaughtered them before the eyes of their friends. 2 Now when they were in danger of being captured, a Nervian who was friendly to them as the result of kindness shown him and was at this time besieged with Cicero, furnished a slave of his to send as a messenger through the lines. Because of his dress and his speech, which was that of the natives, he was able to mingle with the enemy as one of their number without attracting notice, and afterwards went his way.
§ 40.9
μαθὼν οὖν ὁ Καῖσαρ τὸ γιγνόμενον (οὐδέπω δὲ ἐς τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἀπεληλύθει, ἀλλʼ ἔτʼ ἐν ὁδῷ ἦνʼ ἀνέστρεψε, καὶ τοὺς ἐν τοῖς χειμαδίοις, διʼ ὧν διῄει, στρατιώτας παραλαμβάνων ἠπείγετο. κἀν τούτῳ φοβηθεὶς μὴ καὶ φθάσῃ ὁ Κικέρων ἀπογνώσει τῆς βοηθείας δεινόν τι παθὼν ἢ καὶ συνθέμενος, προέπεμψεν ἱππέα. τῷ μὲν γὰρ οἰκέτῃ τῷ τοῦ Νερουίου, καίτοι πεῖραν ἔργῳ τῆς εὐνοίας αὐτοῦ λαβών, οὐκ ἐπίστευσε, μὴ καὶ τοὺς πατριώτας ἐλεήσας μέγα τι κακόν σφας ἐξεργάσηται· ἐκ δὲ δὴ τῶν συμμάχων ἱππέα τήν τε διάλεκτον αὐτῶν εἰδότα καὶ τῇ στολῇ τῇ ἐκείνων σκευασθέντα ἔπεμψε. καὶ ὅπως γε μηδʼ αὐτός τι μήτʼ οὖν ἐθελοντὴς μήτʼ ἄκων ἐξείπῃ, οὔτε τι αὐτῷ ἐξελάλησε, καὶ τῷ Κικέρωνι πάνθʼ ὅσα ἠβουλήθη ἑλληνιστὶ ἐπέστειλεν, ἵνα ἂν καὶ τὰ γράμματα ἁλῷ, ἀλλʼ ἀσύνετά γε καὶ τότε τοῖς βαρβάροις ὄντα μηδέν σφας ἐκδιδάξῃ. εἰώθει δὲ καὶ ἄλλως, ὁπότε τι διʼ ἀπορρήτων τινὶ ἐπέστελλε, τὸ τέταρτον ἀεὶ στοιχεῖον ἀντὶ τοῦ καθήκοντος ἀντεγγράφειν, ὅπως ἂν ἄγνωστα τοῖς πολλοῖς ᾖ τὰ γραφόμενα. ὁ δʼ οὖν ἱππεὺς ἦλθε μὲν πρὸς τὸ τῶν Ῥωμαίων στρατόπεδον, μὴ δυνηθεὶς δʼ ἐγγύθεν αὐτῷ προσμῖξαι συνέδησε τὰ γράμματα ἀκοντίῳ, καὶ ὡς ἱεὶς αὐτὸ ἐς τοὺς πολεμίους πρὸς πύργον ἐξεπίτηδες προσέπηξε. καὶ ὁ μὲν Κικέρων οὕτω τὴν πρόσοδον τοῦ Καίσαρος μαθὼν ἀνεθάρσησε καὶ προθυμότερον
In this way Caesar, who had not yet returned to Italy but was still on the way, learned of what was taking place, and turning back, he took with him the soldiers in the winter establishments through which he passed, and pressed rapidly on. Meanwhile, being afraid that Cicero, in despair of assistance, might suffer disaster or even capitulate, he sent a horseman on ahead. 2 For he did not trust the servant of the Nervian, in spite of having received an actual proof of his actual good will, fearing that he might pity his countrymen and work the Romans some great evil; so he sent a horseman of the allies who knew the dialect of Eburones and was dressed in their garb. And in order that even he might not reveal anything, voluntarily or involuntarily, he gave him no verbal message and wrote to Cicero in Greek all that he wished to say, in order that even if the letter were captured, it should even so be meaningless to the barbarians and afford them no information. In fact, it was his usual practice, whenever he was sending a secret message to any one, to substitute in every case for the proper letter of the alphabet the fourth letter beyond, so that the writing might be unintelligible to most persons. 4 Now the horseman reached the camp of the Romans, but not being able to come close up to it, he fastened the letter to a javelin, and acting as if he were hurling it against the enemy, fixed it purposely in a tower. Thus Cicero learned of the approach of Caesar, and so took courage and held out more zealously.
§ 40.10
διεκαρτέρησεν· οἱ δὲ δὴ βάρβαροι ἐπὶ πολὺ μὲν τὴν ἐπικουρίαν αὐτοῦ ἠγνόησαν (νυκτοπορῶν γὰρ ἔπειτα τὰς ἡμέρας ἐν ἀφανεστάτοις χωρίοις ηὐλίζετο, ὅπως ἀπροσδοκήτοις ὅτι μάλιστα αὐτοῖς προσμίξᾐ, ὀψὲ δέ ποτε ἐκ τῆς τῶν πολιορκουμένων περιχαρείας ὑποτοπήσαντες αὐτὴν προσκόπους ἔπεμψαν, καὶ μαθόντες παρʼ αὐτῶν πλησιάζοντα ἤδη τὸν Καίσαρα ὥρμησαν ἐπʼ αὐτὸν ὡς καὶ ἀνελπίστῳ οἱ προσπεσούμενοι. προμαθὼν οὖν τοῦτʼ ἐκεῖνος τήν τε νύκτα κατὰ χώραν ἔμεινε, καὶ ὑπὸ τὴν ἕω χωρίον τι ἐρυμνὸν προκαταλαβὼν ἐνταῦθα ὡς ἐν βραχυτάτῳ ἐστρατοπεδεύσατο τοῦ καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγων εἶναι δοκεῖν καὶ ἐκ τῆς πορείας πεπονῆσθαι τήν τε ἔφοδόν σφων δεδιέναι, κἀκ τούτου καὶ ἐς αὐτὸ τὸ μετέωρον αὐτοὺς ὑπαγαγέσθαι. καὶ ἔσχεν οὕτως· καταφρονήσαντες γὰρ αὐτοῦ διὰ ταῦτα πρός τε τὸ ὄρθιον προσέβαλον καὶ μεγάλως ἔπταισαν, ὥστε μηκέτʼ ἀντιπολεμῆσαι.
But the barbarians for a long time knew nothing of the assistance Caesar was bringing; for he journeyed by night, bivouacking by day in very obscure places, in order that he might fall upon them as unexpectedly as possible. But they finally grew suspicious because of the excessive cheerfulness of the besieged and sent out scouts; and learning from them that Caesar was already drawing near, they set out against him, thinking to attack him while off his guard. 2 He learned of it in time and remained where he was that night, for the purpose of appearing to have only a few followers, to have suffered from the journey, and to fear an attack from them, and so in this manner to draw them to the higher ground. And thus it turned out; for in their contempt of him because of this move they charged up the hill, and met with so severe a defeat that they carried on the war against him no longer.
§ 40.11
οὕτω μὲν οὖν τότε καὶ ἐκεῖνοι καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι πάντες ἐχειρώθησαν, οὐ μέντοι καὶ διʼ εὐνοίας τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις ἦσαν. οἱ γοῦν Τρήουηροι φοβηθέντες, ἐπειδήπερ τοὺς παρʼ ἑκάστοις πρώτους ὁ Καῖσαρ μεταπέμπων ἐκόλαζε, μὴ καὶ αὐτοὶ δίκην δῶσιν, ἐξεπολεμώθησαν αὖθις αὐτοῖς, Ἰνδουτιομάρου σφᾶς ἀναπείσαντος, καὶ συναποστήσαντες καὶ ἄλλους τινὰς τῶν τὰ αὐτὰ δεδιότων ἐπεστράτευσαν ἐπὶ τὸν Λαβιῆνον τὸν Τίτον ἐν Ῥημοῖς ὄντα, καὶ ἐπεξελθόντων σφίσι παρὰ δόξαν τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἐφθάρησαν. ταῦτα μὲν ἐν τῇ Γαλατίᾳ ἐγένετο, καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ καὶ ὁ Καῖσαρ ἐχείμασεν ὡς καὶ ἀκριβῶς σφας
In this way both they and all the rest were at that time subdued; but they did not feel kindly toward the Romans. At any rate, the Treveri, when Caesar was sending for the principal men of each tribe and punishing them, became afraid that they, too, might have to pay the penalty; 2 and upon the advice of Indutiomarus, they began war against the Romans once more; and they led some others who feared the same treatment to revolt and made an expedition against Titus Labienus, who was among the Remi, but they were destroyed when the Romans made an unexpected sally. These were the events that took place in Gaul, and Caesar wintered there, thinking that he would be able to bring the Gauls under strict control.
§ 40.12
καταστήσασθαι δυνησόμενος. ὁ δὲ δὴ Κράσσος ἐπιθυμήσας τι καὶ αὐτὸς δόξης τε ἅμα καὶ κέρδους ἐχόμενον πρᾶξαι, ἔπειτʼ ἐπειδὴ μηδὲν ἐν τῇ Συρίᾳ τοιοῦτό τι εἶδεν ὄν (αὐτοί τε γὰρ ἡσύχαζον, καὶ οἱ πρόσθε προσπολεμήσαντές σφισιν οὐδὲν ὑπʼ ἀδυνασίας παρεκίνουνʼ, ἐπὶ τοὺς Πάρθους ἐπεστράτευσε, μήτε ἔγκλημά τι αὐτοῖς ἐπιφέρων μήτε τοῦ πολέμου οἱ ἐψηφισμένου· αὐτούς τε γὰρ παμπλουσίους ἤκουεν ὄντας, καὶ τὸν Ὀρώδην εὐάλωτον ἅτε καὶ νεοκατάστατον εἶναι προσεδόκησε. τόν τε οὖν Εὐφράτην ἐπεραιώθη, καὶ προῆλθεν ἐπὶ πολὺ τῆς Μεσοποταμίας, φέρων τε αὐτὴν καὶ πορθῶν· τῆς γὰρ διαβάσεως αὐτοῦ ἀδοκήτου τοῖς βαρβάροις γενομένης οὐδεμία ἀκριβὴς φυλακὴ αὐτῆς καθειστήκει, ὥστε ταχὺ μὲν ὁ Σιλάκης ὁ τότε τῆς χώρας ἐκείνης σατραπεύων ἡττήθη τε περὶ Ἰχνίας, τεῖχός τι οὕτω καλούμενον, ἱππεῦσιν ὀλίγοις μαχεσάμενος, καὶ τρωθεὶς ἀπεχώρησεν αὐτάγγελος τῷ βασιλεῖ τῆς ἐπιστρατείας αὐτοῦ
But Crassus, desiring for his part to accomplish something that involved glory and at the same time profit, and seeing that no such thing was possible in Syria, where the people themselves were quiet, and those who had formerly warred against the Romans were by reason of their powerlessness causing no disturbance, made a campaign against the Parthians. He had no complaint to bring against them nor had the war been assigned to him; but he heard that they were exceedingly wealthy and expected that Orodes would be easy to capture, because he was but newly established. 2 Therefore he crossed the Euphrates and advanced far into Mesopotamia, devastating and ravaging the country. For since his crossing was unexpected by the barbarians no careful guard of the ford had been kept. Consequently Silaces, then satrap of that region, was quickly defeated near Ichnae, a fortress so named, after contending with a few horsemen; and being wounded, he retired to report personally to the king the Romans' invasion.
§ 40.13
γενησόμενος, ταχὺ δὲ καὶ ὁ Κράσσος τά τε φρούρια καὶ τὰς πόλεις τὰς Ἑλληνίδας μάλιστα, τάς τε ἄλλας καὶ τὸ Νικηφόριον ὠνομασμένον, προσεποιήσατο· τῶν γὰρ Μακεδόνων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν συστρατευσάντων σφίσιν Ἑλλήνων ἄποικοι πολλοί, βίᾳ ἀχθόμενοι καὶ ἐς τοὺς Ῥωμαίους ὡς καὶ φιλέλληνας πολλὰ ἐλπίζοντες, οὐκ ἀκουσίως μεθίσταντο· πλήν τε ὅτι οἱ Ζηνοδοτίου οἰκήτορες μετέπεμψάν τινας αὐτῶν ὡς καὶ μεταστησόμενοι, ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἔνδον ἐγένοντο, ἀπέλαβόν τε αὐτοὺς καὶ διέφθειραν καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἀνέστησαν, οὐδὲν ἄλλο δεινὸν οὔτε ἔπραξε τότε Κράσσος οὔτε ἔπαθε. πάντως δὲ κἂν τὰ λοιπὰ χωρία τὰ ἐντὸς τοῦ Τίγριδος ὄντα ἐκεχείρωτο, εἰ τῇ τε ἑαυτοῦ ὁρμῇ καὶ τῇ τῶν βαρβάρων ἐκπλήξει πρὸς πάντα ὁμοίως ἐκέχρητο, καὶ προσέτι καὶ κατὰ χώραν χειμάσας ἐν φρουρᾷ αὐτὰ ἀκριβεῖ ἐπεποίητο. νῦν δὲ ἑλὼν ὅσα ἐξ ἐπιδρομῆς ἠδυνήθη λαβεῖν, οὔτε τι τῶν λοιπῶν οὔτʼ αὐτῶν ἐκείνων ἐφρόντισεν, ἀλλὰ τῇ τε ἐν τῇ Μεσοποταμίᾳ διατριβῇ ἀχθεσεὶς καὶ τῆς ἐν τῇ Συρίᾳ ῥᾳστώνης ἐπιθυμήσας παρέσχετο τοῖς Πάρθοις καιρὸν παρασκευάσασθαι καὶ τοὺς ἐγκαταλειφθέντας ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ στρατιώτας κακῶσαι.
Crassus, on his side, quietly won over the garrisons and especially the Greek cities, among them one named Nicephorium. For colonists in great numbers, descendants of the Macedonians and of the other Greeks who had campaigned in Asia with them, readily transferred their allegiance to the Romans, since they were oppressed by the violence of the barbarians (?), and placed strong hopes in the invaders, whom they regarded as friends of the Greeks. 2 The inhabitants of Zenodotium, however, on the pretence that they also were going to revolt, sent for some of the invaders, and then, when they were within the town, arrested and killed them, for which act they were driven from their homes. Apart from this Crassus neither inflicted nor received any serious harm at that time. He certainly would have subdued also the other regions this side of the Tigris, if he had followed up the advantage of his own quiet attack and the barbarians' panic consistently in all respects, and also if he had wintered where he was, keeping strict watch of affairs. 4 As it was, he captured only such places as he could seize by sudden assault and paid no heed to the rest nor even to the places conquered, but vexed by the delay in Mesopotamia, and longing for the indolence of Syria, he afforded the Parthians time to prepare themselves and to harass the soldiers left behind in their country.
§ 40.14
αὕτη μὲν ἡ ἀρχὴ τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις τοῦ πρὸς αὐτοὺς πολέμου ἐγένετο· οἰκοῦσι δὲ ὑπὲρ τοῦ Τίγριδος τὸ μὲν πολὺ τείχη καὶ φρούρια, ἤδη δὲ καὶ πόλεις, ἄλλας τε καὶ Κτησιφῶντα, ἐν ᾗ καὶ βασίλεια ἔχουσι. τὸ γὰρ γένος σφῶν ἦν μέν που καὶ παρὰ τοῖς πάλαι βαρβάροις, καὶ τό γε ὄνομα τοῦτο καὶ ὑπὸ τὴν Περσικὴν βασιλείαν εἶχον· ἀλλὰ τότε μὲν αὐτοί τε ἐν μέρει χώρας βραχεῖ ᾤκουν καὶ δυναστείαν ὑπερόριον οὐκ ἐκέκτηντο, ἐπεὶ δὲ ἥ τε τῶν Περσῶν ἀρχὴ κατελύθη καὶ τὰ τῶν Μακεδόνων ἤκμασεν, οἵ τε τοῦ Ἀλεξάνδρου διάδοχοι στασιάσαντες ἄλλοι ἄλλα ἀπετέμοντο καὶ βασιλείας ἰδίας κατεσκευάσαντο, ἔς τε τὸ μέσον τότε πρῶτον ὑπʼ Ἀρσάκου τινὸς ἀφίκοντο, ὅθενπερ καὶ οἱ ἔπειτα βασιλεύσαντες αὐτῶν Ἀρσακίδαι ἐπωνομάσθησαν, καὶ εὐτυχήσαντες τήν τε πλησιόχωρον ἐκτήσαντο πᾶσαν καὶ τὴν Μεσοποταμίαν σατραπείαις κατέσχον, τελευτῶντες δὲ ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον καὶ τῆς δόξης καὶ τῆς δυνάμεως ἐχώρησαν ὥστε καὶ τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις τότε τε ἀντιπολεμῆσαι καὶ δεῦρο ἀεὶ ἀντίπαλοι νομίζεσθαι. εἰσὶ μὲν γὰρ καὶ ἄλλως ἰσχυροὶ τὰ πολέμια, μεῖζον δʼ ὅμως ὄνομα, καίτοι μήτε τῶν Ῥωμαίων τι παρῃρημένοι καὶ προσέτι καὶ τῆς ἑαυτῶν ἔστιν ἃ προέμενοι, ἔχουσιν, ὅτι μηδέπω δεδούλωνται, ἀλλὰ καὶ νῦν ἔτι τοὺς πολέμους τοὺς πρὸς ἡμᾶς,
This was the beginning of the war of the Romans against the Parthians. These people dwell beyond the Tigris, for the most part in forts and garrisons, but also in a few cities, among them Ctesiphon, in which they have a royal residence. Their race was in existence among the ancient barbarians 2 and they had this same name even under the Persian kingdom; but at that time they inhabited only a small portion of the country and had acquired no dominion beyond their own borders. But when the Persian rule had been overthrown and that of the Macedonians was at its height, and when the successors of Alexander had quarrelled with one another, cutting off separate portions for themselves and setting up individual monarchies, the Parthians then first attained prominence under a certain Arsaces, from whom their succeeding rulers received the title of Arsacidae. By good fortune they acquired all the neighbouring territory, occupied Mesopotamia by means of satrapies, and finally advanced to so great glory and power as to wage war even against the Romans at that time, and ever afterward down to the present day to be considered a match for them. 4 They are really formidable in warfare, but nevertheless they have a reputation greater than their achievements, because, in spite of their not having gained anything from the Romans, and having, besides, given up certain portions of their own domain, they have not yet been enslaved, but even to this day hold their own in the wars they wage against us, whenever they become involved in them.
§ 40.15
ὁσάκις ἂν συνενεχθῶσι, διαφέρουσι. περὶ μὲν οὖν τοῦ τε γένους καὶ τῆς χώρας τῆς τε ἰδιότητος τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων αὐτῶν πολλοῖς τε εἴρηται καὶ ἐγὼ οὐκ ἐν γνώμῃ ποιοῦμαι συγγράψαι· τῇ δὲ δὴ ὁπλίσει καὶ τῇ τῶν πολέμων διαχειρίσει (τούτων γὰρ ὁ ἐξετασμὸς τῷδε τῷ λόγῳ, ὅτι καὶ ἐς χρείαν αὐτῶν ἀφικνεῖται, προσήκει) τοιᾷδε χρῶνται. ἀσπίδι μὲν οὐδὲν νομίζουσιν, ἱπποτοξόται δὲ καὶ κοντοφόροι, τὰ πολλὰ κατάφρακτοι, στρατεύονται. πεζοί τε ὀλίγοι μὲν καὶ οἱ ἀσθενέστεροι, τοξόται δʼ οὖν καὶ ἐκεῖνοι πάντες εἰσίν. ἔκ τε γὰρ παίδων ἀσκοῦνται, καὶ ὁ οὐρανὸς ἥ τε χώρα αὐτοῖς συναίρεται πρὸς ἀμφότερα. αὕτη τε γὰρ πεδιὰς ὡς πλήθει οὖσα ἀρίστη τε ἵππους τρέφειν ἐστὶ καὶ ἐπιτηδειοτάτη καθιππεύεσθαι· ἀγέλας γοῦν ὅλας καὶ ἐν τοῖς πολέμοις, ὥστʼ ἄλλοτε ἄλλοις ἵπποις χρῆσθαι καὶ πόρρωθέν τε ἐξαπιναίως ἐπελαύνειν καὶ μακράν ποι ἐξ αἰφνιδίου ἀποχωρεῖν, ἐπάγονται· καὶ ὁ οὐρανὸς ὁ ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν, ξηρότατός τε ὢν καὶ ἰκμάδα οὐδὲ ἐλαχίστην ἔχων, ἐντονωτάτας σφίσι τὰς τοξείας πλὴν τοῦ πάνυ χειμῶνος παρέχεται. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τὴν ὥραν ἐκείνην οὐδαμῇ στρατεύονται. τῷ δὲ δὴ λοιπῷ ἔτει δυσμαχώτατοι ἔν τε τῇ σφετέρᾳ καὶ ἐν τῇ ὁμοιοτρόπῳ εἰσί· τόν τε γὰρ ἥλιον φλογωδέστατον ὄντα ἀνέχονται τῇ συνηθείᾳ, καὶ τῆς ὀλιγότητος τῆς τε δυσχερείας τοῦ ποτοῦ πολλὰ ἀλεξιφάρμακα ἀνευρήκασιν, ὥστε καὶ ἐκ τούτου μὴ χαλεπῶς τοὺς ἐς τὴν χώραν αὐτῶν ἐσβάλλοντας ἀμύνεσθαι. ἔξω γὰρ ἐκείνης ὑπὲρ τὸν Εὐφράτην μάχαις μέν τισι καὶ καταδρομαῖς αἰφνιδίοις ἤδη ποτὲ ἴσχυσάν τι, πολεμῆσαι δέ τισιν ἀπαυστὶ καὶ διαρκῶς οὐ δύνανται, καὶ ἐς ἀλλοτριωτάτην σφίσι καὶ τῆς γῆς καὶ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατάστασιν ἀπαρτῶντες, καὶ μήτε σίτου μήτε μισθοφορᾶς παρασκευὴν ποιούμενοι.
Now about their race and their country and their peculiar customs many have written, and I have no intention of describing them. But I will describe their equipment of arms and their method of warfare; for the examination of these details properly concerns the present narrative, since it has come to a point where this knowledge is needed. 2 The Parthians make no use of a shield, but their forces consist of mounted archers and pikesmen, mostly in full armour. Their infantry is small, made up of the weaker men; but even these are all archers. They practise from boyhood, and the climate and the land combine to aid both horsemanship and archery. The land, being for the most part level, is excellent for raising horses and very suitable for riding about on horse-back; at any rate, even in war they lead about whole droves of horses, so that they can use different ones at different times, can ride up suddenly from a distance and also retire to a distance speedily; 4 and the atmosphere there, which is very dry and does not contain the least moisture, keeps their bowstrings tense, except in the dead of winter. For that reason they make no campaigns anywhere during that season but the rest of the year they are almost invincible in their own country and in any that has similar characteristics. For by long experience they can endure the sun's heat, which is very scorching, and they have discovered many remedies for the dearth of drinking-water and the difficulty of securing it, so that for this reason also they can easily repel the invaders of their land. Outside of this district beyond the Euphrates they have once or twice gained some success in pitched battles and in sudden incursions, 6 but they cannot wage an offensive war with any nation continuously and without pause, both because they encounter an entirely different condition of land and sky and because they do not lay in supplies of food or pay. Such is the Parthian state.
§ 40.16
τοιαῦτα μὲν τὰ τῶν Πάρθων ἐστίν, ἐσβαλόντος δὲ ἐς τὴν Μεσοποταμίαν τοῦ Κράσσου ὥσπερ εἴρηται, ὁ Ὀρώδης ἔπεμψε μὲν καὶ πρὸς ἐκεῖνον ἐς τὴν Συρίαν πρέσβεις, τῆς τε ἐσβολῆς αἰτιώμενος καὶ τὰς αἰτίας τοῦ πολέμου πυνθανόμενος, ἔπεμψε δὲ πρός τε τὰ ἑαλωκότα τά τε μεθεστηκότα Σουρήναν σὺν στρατῷ· αὐτὸς γὰρ τῇ Ἀρμενίᾳ τῇ τοῦ Τιγράνου ποτὲ γενομένῃ διενοεῖτο ἐπιστρατεῦσαι, ὅπως ὁ Ἀρταβάζης ὁ τοῦ Τιγράνου παῖς ὁ τότε αὐτῆς βασιλεύων μηδεμίαν τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις, ἅτε καὶ περὶ τῇ οἰκείᾳ δεδιώς, βοήθειαν πέμψῃ. ὁ οὖν Κράσσος ἐκείνῳ τε ἐν Σελευκείᾳ (ἔστι δὲ πόλις ἐν τῇ Μεσοποταμίᾳ, πλεῖστον τὸ Ἑλληνικὸν καὶ νῦν ἔχουσἀ τὰς αἰτίας τοῦ πολέμου ἐρεῖν ἔφη· καὶ αὐτῷ τῶν Πάρθων τις ἐς τὴν χεῖρα τὴν ἀριστερὰν τοῖς τῆς ἑτέρας δακτύλοις κρούσας εἶπεν ὅτι “θᾶσσον ἐντεῦθεν τρίχες ἀναφύσονται ἢ σὺ ἐν Σελευκείᾳ γενήσῃ.”
When Crassus had invaded Mesopotamia, as has been stated, Orodes sent envoys to him in Syria to censure him for the invasion and to ask the causes of the war; at the same time he sent Surenas with an army to the captured and revolted districts. 2 For he had it in mind to lead an expedition in person against that part of Armenia which had once belonged to Tigranes, in order that Artabazes, the son of Tigranes, the king of the land at that time, should send no assistance to the Romans through fear for his own land. Now Crassus said that he would tell him in Seleucia the causes of the war; this is a city in Mesopotamia which even at the present day has a very large Greek population. And one of the Parthians, striking the palm of his left hand with the fingers of the other, exclaimed: “Sooner will hair grow here than you shall reach Seleucia.”
§ 40.17
καὶ ἐπειδὴ ὁ χειμὼν ἐν ᾧ Γναῖός τε Καλουῖνος καὶ Οὐαλέριος Μεσσάλας ὑπάτευσαν ἐνέστη, πολλὰ μὲν καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ Ῥώμῃ τέρατα τότε ἐγένετο· καὶ γὰρ βύαι καὶ λύκοι ὤφθησαν, οἵ τε κύνες περιφοιτῶντες ὠρύοντο, καὶ ἀγάλματα τὰ μὲν ἵδρωσε τὰ δὲ ἐκεραυνώθη, τάς τε ἀρχὰς τὸ μέν τι φιλονεικίᾳ, τὸ δὲ δὴ πλεῖστον ὑπό τε τῶν ὀρνίθων καὶ ὑπὸ διοσημιῶν μόλις ποτὲ τῷ ἑβδόμῳ μηνὶ ἀπέδειξαν· ἀλλʼ ἐκεῖνα μὲν οὐδὲν σαφὲς διεδήλου ἐς ὅ τι τελευτήσει· τά τε γὰρ ἐν τῷ ἄστει ἐταράττετο καὶ οἱ Γαλάται ἐκινήθησαν αὖθις, πρός τε τοὺς Πάρθους οὐδʼ εἰδότες πω ὅπως συνερρώγεσαν· τῷ δὲ δὴ Κράσσῳ τὸν Εὐφράτην κατὰ τὸ Ζεῦγμα (οὕτω γὰρ ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ Ἀλεξάνδρου στρατείας τὸ χωρίον ἐκεῖνο, ὅτι ταύτῃ ἐπεραιώθη, κέκληται) διαβαίνοντι καὶ προφανῆ καὶ εὐσύμβολα
And when the winter set in, in which Gnaeus Calvinus and Valerius Messalla became consuls, many portents occurred even in Rome itself. Owls and wolves were seen, the dogs prowled about and whined, some sacred statues exuded sweat and others were struck by lightning. 2 The offices, partly through rivalry but chiefly by reason of the omens and portents, were with difficulty filled at last in the seventh month. Those signs, however, gave no clear indication as to what the event would be; for affairs in the city were in a turmoil, the Gauls had risen again, and, though the Romans knew not how as yet, they had become involved in war with the Parthians. But to Crassus signs that were both evident and easy to interpret appeared as he was crossing the Euphrates at Zeugma, a place so called from the campaign of Alexander, because he crossed at this point.
§ 40.18
συνηνέχθη. ὁ γὰρ ἀετὸς ὠνομασμένος (ἔστι δὲ νεὼς μικρός, καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ ἀετὸς χρυσοῦς ἐνίδρυται· καθίσταταί τε ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἐκ τοῦ καταλόγου στρατοπέδοις, καὶ οὐδαμόσε ἐκ τῶν χειμαδίων, πλὴν εἴ ποι σύμπας ὁ στρατὸς ἐξίοι, κινεῖται· καὶ αὐτὸν εἷς ἀνὴρ ἐπὶ δόρατος μακροῦ, ἐς ὀξὺ τὸν στύρακα ἀπηγμένου ὥστε καὶ ἐς τὸ δάπεδον καταπήγνυσθαι, φέρει) — τούτων οὖν τῶν ἀετῶν εἷς οὐκ ἠθέλησε τὸν Εὐφράτην αὐτῷ τότε συνδιαβῆναι, ἀλλὰ ἐν τῇ γῇ ἐνέσχετο ὥσπερ ἐμπεφυκώς, πρὶν δὴ πολλοὶ περιστάντες βίᾳ αὐτὸν ἀνέσπασαν. καὶ ὁ μὲν καὶ ἄκων ἐπηκολούθησε, σημεῖον δέ τι τῶν μεγάλων, τῶν τοῖς ἱστίοις ἐοικότων καὶ φοινικᾶ γράμματα ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς πρὸς δήλωσιν τοῦ τε στρατοῦ καὶ τοῦ στρατηγοῦ σφων τοῦ αὐτοκράτορος ἐχόντων, ἐς τὸν ποταμὸν ἀπὸ τῆς γεφύρας περιτραπὲν ἐνέπεσε. καὶ τοῦτο μὲν ὑπὸ πνεύματος ὄντος σφοδροῦ ἐγένετο· ὁ δὲ δὴ Κράσσος καὶ τἆλλα τὰ ἰσομήκη οἱ συντεμών, ὅπως βραχύτερα καὶ ἐκ τούτου καὶ βεβαιότερα φέρειν εἴη, προσεπηύξησε τὰ τέρατα. καὶ γὰρ ὁμίχλη ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ τοῦ ποταμοῦ διαβάσει τοσαύτη τοῖς στρατιώταις περιεχύθη ὥστε περί τε ἀλλήλοις αὐτοὺς σφαλῆναι καὶ μηδὲν τῆς πολεμίας, πρὶν ἐπιβῆναι αὐτῆς, ἰδεῖν· καὶ τὰ διαβατήρια τά τε ἀπόβαθρά σφισι δυσχερέστατα ἐγένετο. κἀν τούτῳ ἄνεμός τε πολὺς ἐπέπεσε καὶ κεραυνοὶ κατέσκηψαν, ἥ τε γέφυρα, πρὶν πάντας αὐτοὺς διελθεῖν, διελύθη. καὶ ἦν γὰρ τὰ γιγνόμενα οἷα πάντα τινὰ καὶ τῶν πάνυ ἀγνωμόνων τε καὶ ἀσυνέτων ἐκδιδάξαι ὅτι κακῶς ἀπαλλάξουσι καὶ οὐκ ἀνακομισθήσονται, φόβος καὶ κατήφεια ἐν τῷ
One portent had to do with the so-called “eagle” of the army. It is a small shrine and in it perches a golden eagle. It is found in all the enrolled legions, and it is never moved from the winter-quarters unless the whole army takes the field; 2 one man carries it on a long shaft, which ends in a sharp spike so that it can be set firmly in the ground. Now one of these eagles was unwilling to join him in his passage of the Euphrates at that time, but stuck fast in the earth as if rooted there, until many took their places around it and pulled it out by force, so that it accompanied them quite reluctantly. But one of the large flags, that resemble sails, with purple letters upon them to distinguish the army and its commander-in-chief, was overturned and fell from the bridge into the river. This happened in the midst of a violent wind. 4 Then Crassus had the others of equal length cut down, so they might be shorter and hence steadier to carry; but he only increased the prodigies. For at the very time of crossing the river so great a fog enveloped the soldiers that they fell over one another and could see nothing of the enemy's country until they set foot upon it; and the sacrifices both for crossing and for landing proved most unfavourable. Meanwhile a great wind burst upon them, bolts of lightning fell, and the bridge collapsed before they had all passed over. The occurrences were such that any one, even the most indifferent and uninstructed, would interpret them to mean that they would fare badly and not return; hence there was great fear and dejection in the army.
§ 40.19
στρατοπέδῳ ἐγένετο δεινή. ὁ οὖν Κράσσος παραμυθούμενος αὐτούς εἶπεν ὅτι “μὴ καταπλήττεσθε, ἄνδρες στρατιῶται, εἰ ἡ γέφυρα διέφθαρται, μηδὲ οἴεσθε ἐκ τούτου χαλεπόν τι ἐπισημαίνεσθαι· ἐγὼ γὰρ ὑμῖν αὐτὸς ἐπομνὺς λέγω ὅτι διʼ Ἀρμενίας τὴν ἐπάνοδον ποιήσασθαι ἔγνωκα.” ἐκ μὲν δὴ οὖν τούτου ἐθάρσυνε, νῦν δὲ προσεπειπών τινα ἔφη, μέγα ἀναβοήσας, “θαρσεῖτε· οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἡμῶν ἐντεῦθεν ἐπανήξει.” ἀκούσαντες γὰρ τοῦθʼ οἱ στρατιῶται οἰωνόν τέ σφισιν οὐδενὸς τῶν ἄλλων ἥττω γεγονέναι ἐνόμισαν καὶ ἐς ἀθυμίαν πλείω κατέπεσον, ὥστε μηδὲν ἔτι μηδὲ τῶν λοιπῶν αὐτοῦ παραινέσεων φροντίσαι, διʼ ὧν τόν τε βάρβαρον ἐφαύλιζε καὶ τὰ τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἐνεκωμίαζε, χρήματά τε αὐτοῖς ἐδίδου καὶ γέρα ἐπηγγέλλετο. ἀλλὰ καὶ ὣς εἵποντο, καὶ οὔτε ἀντεῖπέν οἱ οὐδεὶς οὔτʼ ἀντέπραξε, τάχα μὲν καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ νόμου, ἤδη δὲ καὶ ἐκπεπληγμένοι καὶ μήτε τι βουλεῦσαι μήτε πρᾶξαι σωτήριον δυνάμενοι. πάντα γοῦν καὶ τὰ ἄλλα, καθάπερ ὑπὸ δαιμονίου τινὸς κατακεκριμένοι, καὶ ταῖς γνώμαις καὶ τοῖς σώμασιν ἐσφάλλοντο.
Now Crassus, trying to encourage them, said: “Be not alarmed, soldiers, because the bridge has been destroyed nor think because of this that any disaster is portended. 2 For I declare to you upon oath that I have decided to make my return march through Armenia.” By this he would have emboldened them, had he not added in a loud voice the words: “Be of good cheer; for none of us shall come back this way.” When they heard this, the soldiers deemed that it had been an omen for them as great as the others, and they fell into greater discouragement; and so it was that they paid no heed to the remainder of his exhortation, in which he belittled the barbarian and glorified the Roman state, offered them money and announced prizes for valour. 4 Still, even as it was, they followed and no one said a word or did anything to oppose him, partly, perhaps, out of regard for the law, but also because by this time they were terrified and could neither plan nor carry out any measures of safety. At any rate, in all else that they did also, as if predestined to ruin by some divinity, they were helpless in both mind and body.
§ 40.20
μέγιστον δὲ ὅμως αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἄβγαρος ὁ Ὀρροηνὸς ἐλυμήνατο· ἔνσπονδος γὰρ τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις ἐπὶ τοῦ Πομπηίου γενόμενος ἀνθείλετο τὰ τοῦ βαρβάρου. καὶ τοῦτο μὲν καὶ ὁ Ἀλχαυδόνιος ὁ Ἀράβιος ἐποίησε· πρὸς γὰρ τὸ ἰσχυρὸν ἀεὶ μεθίστατο. ἀλλʼ ἐκεῖνος μὲν ἐκ τοῦ προφανοῦς ἀπέστη, καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο οὐ δυσφύλακτος ἦν· ὁ δʼ Ἄβγαρος ἐφρόνει μὲν τὰ τοῦ Πάρθου, ἐπλάττετο δὲ τῷ Κράσσῳ φιλικῶς ἔχειν, καὶ χρήματά τε ἀφειδῶς αὐτῷ ἀνήλισκε, καὶ τά τε βουλεύματα αὐτοῦ πάντα καὶ ἐμάνθανε καὶ ἐκείνῳ διήγγελλε, καὶ προσέτι εἰ μέν τι χρηστόν σφων ἦν, ἀπέτρεπεν αὐτόν, εἰ δʼ ἀσύμφορον, ἐπέσπερχε. καὶ δὴ καὶ τοιόνδε τι τελευτῶν ἔπραξε. τοῦ γὰρ Κράσσου πρὸς Σελεύκειαν ὁρμῆσαι διανοουμένου, ὥστε ἐκεῖσέ τε ἀσφαλῶς παρά τε τὸν Εὐφράτην καὶ δι’ αὐτοῦ τῷ τε στρατῷ καὶ τοῖς ἐπιτηδείοις κομισθῆναι, καὶ μετʼ αὐτῶν (προσποιήσεσθαι γάρ σφας ἅτε καὶ Ἕλληνας ῥᾳδίως ἤλπιζενʼ ἐπὶ Κτησιφῶντα μὴ χαλεπῶς περαιωθῆναι, τούτου μὲν ὡς καὶ χρονίου ἐσομένου ἀμελῆσαι αὐτὸν ἐποίησε, τῷ δὲ δὴ Σουρήνᾳ ὡς καὶ ἐγγὺς καὶ μετʼ
Nevertheless, the greatest injury was done them by Abgarus of Osroene. For he had pledged himself to peace with the Romans in the time of Pompey, but now chose the side of the barbarians. The same was done by Alchaudonius, the Arabian, who always attached himself to the stronger party. 2 The latter, however, revolted openly, and hence was not hard to guard against; but Abgarus, while favouring the Parthian cause, pretended to be well disposed toward Crassus. He spent money for him unsparingly, learned all his plans and reported them to the foe, and further, if any of them was advantageous for the Romans, he tried to divert him from it, but if disadvantageous, urged him forward. At last he was responsible for the following occurrence. Crassus was intending to advance to Seleucia so as to reach there safely with his army and provisions by proceeding along the banks of the Euphrates and on its stream; accompanied then by the people of that city, whom he hoped to win over easily, because they were Greeks, he would cross without difficulty to Ctesiphon. 4 Abgarus caused him to give up this course, on the ground that it would take a long time, and persuaded him to assail Surenas, because the latter was near by and had only a few men.
§ 40.21
ὀλίγων ὄντι συμμῖξαι ἔπεισε. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο παρασκευάσας τὸν μὲν ὅπως ἀπόληται τὸν δʼ ὅπως κρατήσῃ (συνεχῶς γὰρ προφάσει κατασκοπῆς τῷ Σουρήνᾳ συνεγίγνετὀ, ἐξήγαγε τοὺς Ῥωμαίους ἀφροντιστοῦντας ὡς ἐπὶ νίκην ἕτοιμον, καὶ αὐτοῖς ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ ἔργῳ συνεπέθετο. ἐπράχθη δὲ ὧδε. οἱ Πάρθοι τὸ πλεῖον τοῦ στρατοῦ σφων ἀποκρύψαντες (ἡ γὰρ χώρα ἀνώμαλός τέ πῃ ἦν καὶ δένδρα εἶχενʼ ἀπήντησαν τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις. ἰδὼν οὖν αὐτοὺς ὁ Κράσσος, οὐκ ἐκεῖνος ἀλλʼ ὁ νεώτερος (πρὸς γὰρ τὸν πατέρα ἐκ τῆς Γαλατίας παρῆνʼ, καὶ καταφρονήσας σφῶν ὡς καὶ μόνων, ἀντεξήγαγε τῷ ἱππικῷ, καὶ τραπομένους ἐξεπίτηδες αὐτοὺς ἐπιδιώκων ὡς καὶ κρατῶν ἀπήχθη πολὺ ἀπὸ τῆς φάλαγγος, κἀνταῦθα
Then, when he had arranged matters so that the invader should perish and the other should conquer (for he was continually in the company of Surenas, on the pretext of spying), he led out the Romans in their heedlessness to what he represented as a victory in their very hands, and in the midst of the action joined in the attack against them. 2 It came about in this way. The Parthians confronted the Romans with most of their army hidden; for the ground was uneven in spots and wooded. Upon seeing them Crassus — not the commander, but the younger Crassus, who had come to his father from Gaul — felt scornful of them, since he supposed them to be alone, and so led out his cavalry against them, and when they turned purposely to flight, pursued them, thinking the victory was his; thus he was drawn far away from the main army, and was then surrounded and cut down.
§ 40.22
περιστοιχισθεὶς κατεκόπη. γενομένου δὲ τούτου οἱ πεζοὶ τῶν Ῥωμαίων οὐκ ἀπετράποντο μέν, ἀλλὰ καὶ προθύμως τοῖς Πάρθοις, ὡς καὶ τιμωρήσοντες αὐτῷ, συνέμιξαν· οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἄξιόν σφων οὐδὲν ἔκ τε τοῦ πλήθους καὶ ἐκ τοῦ τρόπου τῆς μάχης αὐτῶν, ἄλλως τε καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀβγάρου ἐπιβουλευθέντες, ἐποίησαν. εἴτε γὰρ συνασπίσαι γνοίησαν ὡς καὶ τῇ πυκνότητι τῆς τάξεώς σφων τὰ τοξεύματα αὐτῶν ἐκφευξόμενοι, προσπίπτοντές σφισιν οἱ κοντοφόροι ῥύμῃ τοὺς μὲν κατέβαλλον, τοὺς δὲ πάντως γοῦν ἐσκεδάννυσαν· εἴτε καὶ διασταῖεν ὅπως τοῦτό γε ἐκκλίνοιεν, ἐτοξεύοντο. κἀν τούτῳ πολλοὶ μὲν καὶ ἐξ αὐτῆς τῆς προσελάσεως τῶν κοντοφόρων ἐκπληττόμενοι ἔθνησκον, πολλοὶ δὲ καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ἱππέων ἐγκαταλαμβανόμενοι ἐφθείροντο· ἄλλοι τοῖς κοντοῖς ἀνετρέποντο ἢ καὶ ἀναπειρόμενοι ἐφέροντο. τά τε βέλη καὶ πυκνὰ καὶ πανταχόθεν ἅμα αὐτοῖς ἐμπίπτοντα συχνοὺς μὲν καιρίᾳ πληγῇ κατέβαλλε, συχνοὺς δὲ ἀπομάχους εἰργάζετο, πᾶσι δʼ ἀσχολίαν ἐνεποίει· ἔς τε γὰρ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς σφων ἐσπετόμενα καὶ πρὸς τὰς χεῖρας τό τε ἄλλο σῶμα πᾶν καὶ διὰ τῶν ὅπλων χωροῦντα τήν τε προφυλακὴν αὐτῶν ἀφῃρεῖτο, καὶ γυμνοῦσθαί σφας πρὸς τὸ ἀεὶ τιτρῶσκον ἠνάγκαζεν, ὥστε ἐν ᾧ τις τόξευμα ἐφυλάττετο ἢ καὶ ἐμπαγὲν ἐξῃρεῖτο, πλείω τραύματα ἄλλα ἐπʼ ἄλλοις ἐλάμβανε. κἀκ τούτου ἄπορον μέν σφισι κινηθῆναι, ἄπορον δὲ καὶ ἀτρεμίζειν ἦν· οὔτε γὰρ ἀσφάλειαν οὐδέτερον αὐτοῖς εἶχε, καὶ τὸν ὄλεθρον ἀμφότερα ἐπέφερε, τὸ μὲν ὅτι οὐκ ἐδύναντο, τὸ δὲ ὅτι ῥᾷον ἐτιτρώσκοντο.
When this had taken place, the Roman infantry did not turn back, but valiantly joined battle with the Parthians to avenge his death. Yet they accomplished nothing worthy of themselves because of the enemy's numbers and tactics, and particularly because Abgarus was plotting against them. 2 For if they decided to lock shields for the purpose of avoiding the arrows by the closeness of their array, the pikemen were upon them with a rush, striking down some, and at least scattering the others; and if they extended their ranks to avoid this, they would be struck with the arrows. Hereupon many died from fright at the very charge of the pikemen, and many perished hemmed in by the horsemen. Others were knocked over by the pikes or were carried off transfixed. 4 The missiles falling thick upon them from all sides at once struck down many by a mortal blow, rendered many useless for battle, and caused distress to all. They flew into their eyes and pierced their hands and all the other parts of their body and, penetrating their armour, deprived them of their protection and compelled them to expose themselves to each new missile. Thus, while a man was guarding against arrows or pulling out one that had stuck fast he received more wounds, one after another. Consequently it was impracticable for them to move, and impracticable to remain at rest. Neither course afforded them safety but each was fraught with destruction, the one because it was out of their power, and the other because they were then more easily wounded.
§ 40.23
καὶ ταῦτα μέν, ἕως ἔτι πρὸς μόνους τοὺς ἐμφανεῖς πολεμίους ἐμάχοντο, ἔπασχον· ὁ γὰρ Ἄβγαρος οὐκ εὐθὺς αὐτοῖς ἐπεχείρησεν· ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ ἐκεῖνος ἐπέθετο, ἐνταῦθα οἱ Ὀρροηνοὶ αὐτοί τε ὄπισθεν ἐς τὰ γυμνὰ ἀπεστραμμένους σφᾶς ἔπαιον καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ῥᾷον φονεύειν παρεῖχον. τὴν γὰρ τάξιν, ὅπως ἀντιπρόσωποι αὐτοῖς γένωνται, ἐξελίξαντες ὄπισθέν σφων τοὺς Πάρθους ἐποιήσαντο. αὖθίς τε οὖν πρὸς αὐτοὺς μετεστράφησαν, καὶ πάλιν αὖθις πρὸς ἐκείνους, εἶτα πρὸς τούτους. κἀκ τοῦ τοιούτου μᾶλλον ἐπιταραχθέντες, ἅτε καὶ συνεχῶς δεῦρο κἀκεῖσε μεθιστάμενοι καὶ πρὸς τὸ ἀεὶ τιτρῶσκον ἀποβλέπειν ἀναγκαζόμενοι, τοῖς τε ξίφεσι τοῖς σφετέροις περιέπιπτον καὶ πολλοὶ καὶ ὑπʼ ἀλλήλων ἀπώλοντο. τέλος δὲ ἐς στενὸν οὕτω κατεκλείσθησαν, ἀναγκαζόμενοι, τῶν πολεμίων ἀεί σφισι πανταχόθεν ἅμα προσπιπτόντων, ταῖς τῶν παραστατῶν ἀσπίσι τὰς γυμνώσεις σφῶν προστέλλειν, ὥστε μηδὲ κινηθῆναι ἔτι δυνηθῆναι. οὐ μὴν οὐδὲ τὴν στάσιν βεβαίαν ὑπὸ τοῦ πλήθους τῶν νεκρῶν εἶχον, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ ἐκείνοις ἀνετρέποντο. τό τε καῦμα καὶ τὸ δίψος (μεσοῦντός τε γὰρ τοῦ θέρους καὶ ἐν μεσημβρίᾳ ταῦτʼ ἐγίγνετὀ καὶ ὁ κονιορτός (ὅπως γὰρ ὅτι πλεῖστος αἴροιτο, πάντες σφᾶς οἱ βάρβαροι περιίππευονʼ δεινῶς τοὺς λοιποὺς συνῄρει, καὶ συχνοὶ καὶ ὑπὸ
This was what they suffered while they were fighting only against the enemies in sight; for Abgarus did not immediately make his attempt upon them. But when he, too, attacked, thereupon the Osroeni themselves assailed the Romans on their exposed rear, since they were facing the other way, and also rendered them easier for the others to slaughter. For the Romans, in altering their formation, so as to be facing them, put the Parthians behind them. 2 Again they wheeled round to face the Parthians, then back again to face the Osroeni, then to face the Parthians once more. Thrown into still greater confusion by this course, because they were continually turning this way and that and were forced to face the enemy that was wounding them at the time, they fell upon their own swords and many were even killed by their comrades. Finally, as the enemy continually assaulted them from all sides at once, and they were compelled to protect their exposed parts by the shields of those who stood beside them, they were shut up in so narrow a place that they could no longer move. Indeed, they could not even get a sure footing by reason of the number of corpses, but kept falling over them. 4 The heat and thirst (it was midsummer and this action took place at noon) and the dust, of which the barbarians raised as much as possible by all riding around them, told fearfully upon the survivors, and many succumbed from these causes, even though unwounded.
§ 40.24
τούτων ἄτρωτοι ἔπεσον. κἂν πασσυδὶ ἀπώλοντο, εἰ μὴ οἵ τε κοντοὶ τῶν βαρβάρων οἱ μὲν ἀπεστράφησαν οἱ δὲ ἐκλάσθησαν, καὶ αἱ νευραὶ τῇ συνεχείᾳ τῆς βολῆς ἐρράγησαν, τά τε βέλη ἐξετοξεύθη, καὶ τὰ ξίφη πάντα ἀπημβλύνθη, τό τε μέγιστον οἱ ἄνδρες αὐτοὶ φονεύοντες ἐξέκαμον. οὕτω γὰρ δή (καὶ γὰρ νὺξ ἐγίγνετο καὶ πόρρω ποι ἀφιππεῦσαι αὐτοὺς ἐχρῆνʼ ἀπεχώρησαν· οὐδέποτε γὰρ πλησίοι οὐδὲ τοῖς ἀσθενεστάτοις στρατοπεδεύονται διὰ τὸ μηδεμιᾷ ταφρείᾳ χρῆσθαι καὶ διὰ τό, ἄν τις ἐπέλθῃ σφίσιν ἐν τῷ σκότῳ, ἀδύνατοι μὲν τῇ ἵππῳ ἀδύνατοι δὲ καὶ τῇ τοξείᾳ ἰσχυρίσασθαι εἶναι. οὐ μέντοι καὶ ζῶντά τινα τῶν Ῥωμαίων τόθʼ εἷλον· ἑστῶτάς τε γὰρ αὐτοὺς ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις ὁρῶντες, καὶ μήτε τινὰ ἐκεῖνα ἀπορριπτοῦντα μήτʼ αὐτὸν φεύγοντα αἰσθανόμενοι, ἰσχύειν τε ἔτι σφᾶς ἐνόμισαν καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν αὐτῶν ἐπιλαβέσθαι.
And the Romans would have perished utterly, but for the fact that some of the pikes of the barbarians were bent and others were broken, while the bowstrings snapped under the constant shooting, the missiles were exhausted, the swords all blunted, and, most of all, that the men themselves grew weary of the slaughter. 2 Under these conditions, then, the assailants retired, for night was coming and they were obliged to ride off to a distance. For they never encamp near even the weakest forces, because they use no intrenchments, and because, if any one attacks them in the darkness, they are unable to employ their cavalry or their archery to advantage. However, they captured no Roman alive at that time; for seeing them standing upright in their armour and perceiving that no one either threw away his weapons or fled, they supposed they still had some strength, and feared to lay hold of them.
§ 40.25
οὕτως ὅ τε Κράσσος καὶ ἄλλοι ὅσοι γε ἠδυνήθησαν ἐς τὰς Κάρρας ὥρμησαν, βεβαίους σφίσιν ὑπὸ τῶν καταμεινάντων ἔνδον Ῥωμαίων τηρηθείσας· πολλοὶ γὰρ δὴ τῶν τετρωμένων μήτε βαδίσαι οἷοί τε ὄντες μήτʼ ὀχημάτων εὐποροῦντες ἢ καὶ ποδηγέτας ἔχοντες (ἀγαπητῶς γὰρ οἱ λοιποὶ ἑαυτοὺς ἀνέφερονʼ κατὰ χώραν ἔμειναν. καὶ ἐκείνων τε οἱ μὲν ἀπέθανον ἐκ τῶν τραυμάτων ἢ καὶ ἑαυτοὺς καταχρησάμενοι, οἱ δὲ ἑάλωσαν τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ· καὶ τῶν διαδεδρακότων συχνοὶ μὲν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ προλιπόντων σφᾶς τῶν σωμάτων, συχνοὶ δὲ καὶ μετὰ τοῦτʼ ἐφθάρησαν, θεραπείας παραχρῆμα ἀκριβοῦς μὴ δυνηθέντες τυχεῖν. ὁ γὰρ Κράσσος ἀθυμήσας οὐδὲ ἐν τῇ πόλει ἀσφαλῶς ἔθʼ ὑπομεῖναι δυνήσεσθαι ἐνόμισεν, ἀλλὰ δρασμὸν εὐθὺς ἐβουλεύσατο. καὶ ἐπειδὴ οὐχ οἷόν τε ἦν αὐτῷ μεθʼ ἡμέραν ἐξιόντι μὴ οὐ καταφώρῳ γενέσθαι, ἐπεχείρησε μὲν νυκτὸς ἀποδρᾶναι, προδοθεὶς δὲ ὑπὸ τῆς σελήνης, πανσελήνου οὔσης, οὐκ ἔλαθεν. προσέμεινάν τε οὖν μέχρι τῶν ἀσελήνων νυκτῶν, καὶ οὕτως ἄραντες δή, οἷα ἐν σκότῳ καὶ ἐν ἀλλοτρίᾳ καὶ προσέτι καὶ πολεμίᾳ γῇ φόβῳ τε ἰσχυρῷ, ἐσκεδάσθησαν, καὶ αὐτῶν οἱ μὲν ἁλόντες ἡμέρας γενομένης ἀπώλοντο, οἱ δὲ ἐς τὴν Συρίαν μετὰ Κασσίου Λογγίνου τοῦ ταμίου διεσώθησαν· ἄλλοι τῶν ὀρῶν μετʼ αὐτοῦ τοῦ Κράσσου λαβόμενοι παρεσκευάζοντο ὡς καὶ διʼ ἐκείνων ἐς τὴν Ἀρμενίαν φευξόμενοι.
So Crassus and all the rest who could set out for Carrhae, which had been kept loyal to them by the Romans who remained behind within the walls. But many of the wounded remained on the field, being unable to walk and lacking vehicles or even guides, since the others had been glad enough merely to drag themselves away. 2 Some of them died of their wounds or by making away with themselves, and others were captured the next day. And of those who had escaped many perished on the road, as their strength gave out, and many later because they were unable to obtain proper care immediately. For Crassus, in his discouragement, believed he could not hold out safely even in the city any longer, but planned flight at once. And since it was impossible for him to go out by day without being detected, he undertook to escape by night, but failed to secure secrecy, being betrayed by the moon, which was at its full. 4 The Romans accordingly waited for moonless nights, and setting out thus, in darkness and in a land at once strange and hostile, and in overpowering fear, they became scattered. And some were caught when it became day and lost their lives, others got safely away to Syria in the company of Cassius Longinus, the quaestor, and still others, with Crassus himself, gained the mountains and prepared to escape through them into Armenia.
§ 40.26
γνοὺς δὲ τοῦτο ὁ Σουρήνας, καὶ φοβηθεὶς μὴ μεταστάντες ποι αὖθίς σφισι προσπολεμῶσι, προσβαλεῖν μὲν πρὸς τὰ μετέωρα ἄφιππα ὄντα οὐκ ἠθέλησεν (ὁπλῖταί τε γὰρ ὄντες καὶ ἐξ ὑπερδεξίων μαχόμενοι, καί τι καὶ ἀπονοίας ὑπʼ ἀπογνώσεως ἔχοντες, οὐ ῥᾴδιοι προσμῖξαί οἱ ἐγένοντὀ, πέμπει δὲ πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἐς σπονδὰς δῆθέν σφας προκαλούμενος, ἐφʼ ᾧ τὴν ἐντὸς τοῦ Εὐφράτου πᾶσαν ἐκλίπωσι. καὶ αὐτῷ ὁ Κράσσος οὐδὲν ἐνδοιάσας ἐπίστευσεν· ἔν τε γὰρ ἀκμῇ τοῦ δέους ὢν καὶ ὑπʼ ἐκπλήξεως τῆς τε ἰδίας ἅμα καὶ τῆς δημοσίας συμφορᾶς τεθολωμένος, καὶ προσέτι καὶ τοὺς στρατιώτας τήν τε ὁδὸν ὡς πολλὴν καὶ τραχεῖαν ὀκνοῦντας καὶ τὸν Ὀρώδην φοβουμένους ὁρῶν, οὐδὲν τῶν δεόντων προϊδέσθαι ἠδυνήθη. ἑτοίμου οὖν αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὰς σπονδὰς γενομένου ὁ Σουρήνας οὐκ ἠθέλησε διʼ ἑτέρων σπείσασθαι, ἀλλʼ ὅπως αὐτὸν μετʼ ὀλίγων ἀπολαβὼν συλλάβῃ, αὐτῷ ἐκείνῳ ἔφη βούλεσθαι ἐς λόγους ἐλθεῖν. κἀκ τούτου δόξαν σφίσιν ἐν τῷ μεταιχμίῳ μετʼ ἴσων ἀνδρῶν ἑκατέρωθεν συμβαλεῖν ἀλλήλοις, ὅ τε Κράσσος ἐς τὸ ὁμαλὸν ὑποκατέβη, καὶ ὁ Σουρήνας ἵππον αὐτῷ δῶρον, ἵνα δὴ θᾶσσον πρὸς αὐτὸν
Surenas, learning this, was afraid that if they should escape anywhere they might make war on them again, but still he was unwilling to assail them on the higher ground, which was inaccessible to horses; for as they were heavy-armed men, fighting from higher ground, and felt also a touch of frenzy because of despair, contending with them was not easy. So he sent to them, inviting them to agree to a truce on condition of their abandoning all territory east of the Euphrates; 2 and Crassus, without hesitation, trusted him. For he was in the very extremity of fear, and was distraught by the terror of the calamity that had befallen both himself and the state; and seeing, moreover, that the soldiers shrank from the journey, which they thought long and arduous, and that they feared Orodes, he was unable to foresee anything that he ought. Now when he declared himself ready for the truce, Surenas refused to negotiate it through others, but in order to get him off with only a few followers and seize him, he said that he wished to hold a conference with the commander personally. 4 Thereupon they decided to meet each other in the space between the two armies with an equal number of men from each side. So Crassus descended to the level ground and Surenas sent him a present of a horse, to make sure of his coming to him more quietly;
§ 40.27
ἀφίκηται, ἔπεμψε. καὶ οὕτω διαμέλλοντα τὸν Κράσσον, καὶ βουλευόμενον ὅ τι ποιήσῃ, συναρπάσαντες οἱ βάρβαροι βίᾳ ἐπὶ τὸν ἵππον ἀνέβαλον. κἀν τούτῳ ἀντιλαμβανομένων αὐτοῦ τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἔς τε χεῖράς σφισιν ἦλθον, καὶ τέως μὲν ἰσοπαλεῖς ἐγίγνοντο, ἔπειτα δὲ προσβοηθησάντων τινῶν αὐτοῖς ἐπεκράτησαν· οἱ γὰρ βάρβαροι ἔν τε τῷ πεδίῳ ὄντες καὶ προπαρεσκευασμένοι ἔφθησαν τοὺς ἄνω Ῥωμαίους ἀμύναντες σφίσι. καὶ οἵ τε ἄλλοι ἔπεσον καὶ ὁ Κράσσος, εἴτʼ οὖν ὑπὸ τῶν σφετέρων τινὸς ὅπως μὴ ζωγρηθῇ, εἴτε καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν πολεμίων ἐπειδὴ κακῶς ἐτέτρωτο, ἐσφάγη. καὶ ἐκείνῳ μὲν τοῦτο τὸ τέλος ἐγένετο, καὶ αὐτοῦ χρυσὸν ἐς τὸ στόμα οἱ Πάρθοι, ὥς γέ τινες λέγουσιν, ἐνέτηξαν ἐπισκώπτοντες· οὕτω γὰρ δὴ περὶ τὰ χρήματα, καίτοι πολυχρήματος ὤν, ἐσπουδάκει ὥστε καὶ ὡς πένητας οἰκτείρειν τοὺς μὴ δυναμένους στρατόπεδον ἐκ καταλόγου οἴκοθεν θρέψαι· τῶν δὲ δὴ στρατιωτῶν τὸ μὲν πλεῖον διὰ τῶν ὀρῶν ἐς τὴν φιλίαν ἀπέφυγε, τὸ δέ τι καὶ ἐς τοὺς πολεμίους ἑάλω.
and while Crassus even then delayed and considered what he should do, the barbarians took him forcibly and threw him on the horse. Meanwhile the Romans also laid hold of him, came to blows with the others, and for a time held their own; then aid came to the barbarians, and they prevailed; 2 for their forces, which were in the plain and had been made ready beforehand brought help to their men before the Romans on the high ground could to theirs. And not only the others fell, but Crassus also was slain, either by one of his own men to prevent his capture alive, or by the enemy because he was badly wounded. This was his end. And the Parthians, as some say, poured molten gold into his mouth in mockery; for though a man of vast wealth, he had set so great store by money as to pity those who could not support an enrolled legion from their own means, regarding them as poor men. 4 Of the soldiers the majority escaped through the mountains to friendly territory, but a part fell into the hands of the enemy.
§ 40.28
οἱ δὲ δὴ Πάρθοι τότε μὲν οὐ περαιτέρω τοῦ Εὐφράτου προεχώρησαν, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἐντὸς αὐτοῦ πᾶσαν ἀνεκτήσαντο· μετὰ δὲ τοῦτο καὶ ἐς τὴν Συρίαν, οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἐν πλήθει τινί, ὡς μήτε στρατηγὸν μήτε στρατιώτας ἔχουσαν, ἐνέβαλον· ἀφʼ οὗπερ Κάσσιος ῥᾳδίως αὐτούς, ἅτε μὴ πολλοὺς ὄντας, ἀπεώσατο. οὗτος γὰρ ἐν μὲν ταῖς Κάρραις τῶν τε στρατιωτῶν τὴν αὐτοκράτορα αὐτῶν ἡγεμονίαν μίσει τοῦ Κράσσου διδόντων, καὶ προσέτι καὶ αὐτοῦ ἐκείνου ἐθελοντὶ διὰ τὸ τῆς συμφορᾶς μέγεθος ἐπιτρέποντος, οὐκ ἐδέξατο, τότε δὲ καὶ ἀνάγκῃ τῆς Συρίας ἔν τε τῷ παρόντι καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα προέστη. οἱ γὰρ βάρβαροι οὐκ ἀπέσχοντο αὐτῆς, ἀλλὰ χειρὶ αὖθις μείζονι, Πακόρου μὲν ὀνόματι, τοῦ υἱέος τοῦ Ὀρώδου, ἔργῳ δέ (παῖς γὰρ ἔτι ἐκεῖνος ἦνʼ Ὠσάκου ἡγουμένου σφίσιν, ἐστράτευσαν, καὶ μέχρι τῆς Ἀντιοχείας ἦλθον, πᾶσαν τὴν ἐν ποσὶ χειρούμενοι. καὶ ἐλπίδα εἶχον καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ καταστρέψεσθαι, μήτε τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἀξιομάχῳ τινὶ δυνάμει παρόντων, καὶ τῶν δήμων τῇ τε ἐκείνων δεσποτείᾳ ἀχθομένων καὶ πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἅτε καὶ γείτονας καὶ συνήθεις σφίσιν ὄντας
The Parthians at this time did not advance behind the Euphrates, but won back the whole country east of it. Later they also invaded Syria, though not in great numbers, because the province had neither general nor soldiers; and for this reason Cassius easily thrust them out, since they were not many in number. 2 For when at Carrhae the soldiers through hatred of Crassus had offered him the supreme command over themselves, and Crassus himself on account of the greatness of the disaster had voluntarily allowed it, he had not accepted the command; now, however, he took charge of Syria perforce, both for the time being and subsequently. For the barbarians would not keep away from it, but made another campaign with a larger band, nominally under the leadership of Pacorus, the son of Orodes, though actually under that of Osaces, since the other was just a child. They came as far as Antioch, subduing the whole country before them. 4 And they had hopes also of subjugating what remained, since the Romans were not at hand with a force fit to cope with them, and the districts were fretting under Roman rule and were ready to turn to the invaders, as to neighbours and people of kindred ways.
§ 40.29
ἀποκλινόντων. ἁμαρτόντες δὲ τῆς Ἀντιοχείας (ὅ τε γὰρ Κάσσιος ἰσχυρῶς αὐτοὺς ἀπεκρούσατο, καὶ ἐκεῖνοι ἀδύνατοι πολιορκῆσαί τι ἦσανʼ ἐπʼ Ἀντιγόνιαν ἐτράποντο. καὶ ἐπειδὴ τό τε προάστειον αὐτῆς σύμφυτον ἦν, καὶ οὐκ ἐθάρσησαν, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἠδυνήθησαν ἐς αὐτὸ ἐσελάσαι, ἐνενόησαν μὲν τά τε δένδρα κόψαι καὶ τὸ χωρίον πᾶν ψιλῶσαι, ὅπως καὶ θαρσούντως καὶ ἀσφαλῶς τῇ πόλει προσμίξωσι, μὴ δυνηθέντες δέ (ὅ τε γὰρ πόνος πολὺς ἐγίγνετο καὶ ὁ χρόνος ἄλλως ἀναλοῦτο, ὅ τε Κάσσιος τοὺς ἀποσκεδαννυμένους σφῶν ἐλύπει) ἀπανέστησαν ὡς καὶ ἐπʼ ἄλλο τι ἐπιστρατεύσοντες. κἀν τούτῳ ὁ Κάσσιος ἔς τε τὴν ὁδὸν διʼ ἧς ἀποπορεύεσθαι ἔμελλον ἐλόχισε, κἀνταῦθα ἐπιφανείς σφισι μετʼ ὀλίγων ἔς τε δίωξιν αὐτοὺς ὑπηγάγετο, καὶ περιστοιχισάμενος ἄλλους τε καὶ τὸν Ὠσάκην ἀπέκτεινε. τελευτήσαντος δʼ ἐκείνου πᾶσαν τὴν Συρίαν ὁ Πάκορος ἐξέλιπε, καὶ οὐδʼ αὖθίς ποτε ἐς αὐτὴν ἐσέβαλεν.
But when they failed to take Antioch, since Cassius effectively repulsed them and they were unable to carry on a siege, they turned to Antigonia. And since the neighbourhood of this city was overgrown with timber, and they did not dare, nay were not even able to penetrate this with cavalry, 2 they formed a plan to cut down the trees and lay bare the whole place, so that they might approach the town with confidence and safety. But finding themselves unable to do this, because the task was a great one and their time was spent in vain, while Cassius harassed those of them who scattered abroad, they retired with the intention of proceeding against some other place. Meanwhile Cassius set an ambush on the road along which they were to depart, and confronting them there with a few men, he induced them to pursue, and then surrounding them, killed a number, including Osaces. Upon the latter's death Pacorus abandoned all Syria and never invaded it again.
§ 40.30
ἅμα δὲ οὗτος ἀνεκεχωρήκει καὶ ὁ Βίβουλος ἄρξων τῆς Συρίας ἀφίκετο, καίπερ ἐψηφισμένου μηδένα μήτε στρατηγὸν μήθʼ ὕπατον μήτε εὐθὺς μήτε πρὸ πέμπτου ἔτους ἐς τὰς ἔξω ἡγεμονίας ἐξιέναι, ἵνα μὴ διὰ τοῦτο σπουδαρχοῦντες στασιάζωσι. καὶ αὐτὸς μὲν ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ τὸ ὑπήκοον διήγαγε, τοὺς δὲ δὴ Πάρθους ἐπʼ ἀλλήλους ἔτρεψε· Ὀρνοδαπάτην γάρ τινα σατράπην ἀχθόμενον τῷ Ὀρώδῃ προσποιησάμενος, ἀνέπεισε διʼ ἀγγέλων τόν τε Πάκορον βασιλέα στήσασθαι καὶ ἐπʼ ἐκεῖνον μετʼ αὐτοῦ στρατεῦσαι. ὁ μὲν οὖν πόλεμος οὗτος, ὅ τε τῶν Ῥωμαίων καὶ ὁ τῶν Πάρθων, τετάρτῳ ἔτει ἀφʼ οὗ ἤρξατο, ἐπί τε Μάρκου Μαρκέλλου καὶ ἐπὶ Σουλπικίου
He had scarcely retired when Bibulus arrived to govern Syria. His coming, to be sure, was in violation of a decree, intended to prevent rivalry for office with its consequent strife, that no praetor or consul should either immediately or at any time within five years go abroad to govern a province. 2 He administered the subject territory in peace, and turned the Parthians against one another. For after winning the friendship of Ornodapates, a satrap, who had a grudge against Orodes, he persuaded him through messengers to set up Pacorus as king, and with him to conduct a campaign against the other. So this war between the Romans and Parthians came to an end in the fourth year after it had begun, and while Marcus Marcellus and Sulpicius Rufus were consuls.
§ 40.31
Ῥούφου ὑπάτων, ἐπαύσατο· ἐν δὲ τῷ αὐτῷ ἐκείνῳ χρόνῳ καὶ ὁ Καῖσαρ τὰ ἐν τῇ Γαλατίᾳ ταραχθέντα αὖθις μάχαις κατέλαβε, πολλὰ πάνυ τὰ μὲν αὐτὸς τὰ δὲ καὶ διὰ τῶν ὑποστρατήγων πράξας, ὧν ἐγὼ τὰ ἀξιολογώτατα διηγήσομαι μόνα. ὁ γὰρ Ἀμβιόριξ τοὺς Τρηουήρους χαλεπῶς ἔτι καὶ τότε τῷ τοῦ Ἰνδουτιομάρου θανάτῳ ἔχοντας παραλαβὼν τά τε αὐτόθεν ἐπὶ πλεῖον συνέστησε, καὶ παρὰ τῶν Κελτῶν μισθοφορικὸν μετεπέμψατο. βουληθεὶς οὖν ὁ Λαβιῆνος, πρὶν ἐκείνους ἐπελθεῖν, συμμῖξαί σφισι, προενέβαλεν ἐς τὴν τῶν Τρηουήρων χώραν. καὶ ἐπειδὴ μὴ ἠμύνοντο τὴν ἐπικουρίαν ἀναμένοντες, ἀλλὰ ποταμόν τινα διὰ μέσου ποιησάμενοι ἡσύχαζον, συνεκάλεσε τοὺς στρατιώτας, καὶ ἐδημηγόρησε τοιάδε ἀφʼ ὧν τούς τε σφετέρους καταπλήξειν καὶ ἐκείνους ἔμελλε, χρῆναί τέ σφας ἔλεγε, πρὶν τοὺς Κελτοὺς αὐτοῖς ἐπαμῦναι, πρός τε τὸν Καίσαρα καὶ ἐς τὸ ἀσφαλὲς ἀποχωρῆσαι, ἐσήμηνέ τε εὐθὺς συσκευάσασθαι. καὶ ἐξανέστη οὐ πολλῷ ὕστερον, προσδοκήσας ἔσεσθαι τοῦτο ὃ καὶ ἐγένετο. οἱ γὰρ βάρβαροι ἀκούσαντες ταῦτα (ἦν γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἐπιμελές, καὶ δι’ αὐτό γε τοῦτο καὶ φανερῶς ἐλέχθἠ δεδιέναι τε αὐτὸν ὄντως καὶ φυγὴν ὡς ἀληθῶς ποιεῖσθαι ἐπίστευσαν, καὶ τὸν ποταμὸν σπουδῇ διαβάντες θυμῷ ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς ἐχώρουν, ὡς τάχους ἕκαστος εἶχε. καὶ οὕτως ὁ Λαβιῆνος ὑπέστη τέ σφας ἐσκεδασμένους, καὶ τοὺς πρώτους ἐκπλήξας ῥᾳδίως καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς διʼ αὐτῶν ἐκείνων ἐτρέψατο. κἀκ τούτου φευγόντων τέ σφων τεταραγμένως καὶ ἀλλήλοις ἐμπιπτόντων καὶ πρὸς τὸν ποταμὸν ὠθουμένων πολλοὺς ἀπέκτεινε.
In that same period Caesar by battle again gained control of Gallic affairs, which had become disturbed. Of the numerous exploits performed either by himself alone or through his lieutenants I will relate only the most important. 2 Ambiorix, after joining to himself the Treveri, who at this time were still angry over Indutiomarus' death, had formed a greater conspiracy in that quarter and sent for a mercenary force from the Germans. Now Labienus, wishing to join battle with them before these recruits should arrive, promptly invaded the country of the Treveri. And when the latter did not defend themselves, as they were awaiting the reinforcements, but put a river between the two armies and remained quiet, Labienus assembled his soldiers and addressed them in such words as were likely to alarm his own men and encourage the foe, 4 declaring that they must withdraw to Caesar and safety before the Germans should come to the aid of the enemy; and he immediately gave the signal to pack up the baggage. Not much later he actually set out on the march, expecting the very result that occurred. For the barbarians heard of his speech, for they were very diligent in such matters and it was for just that reason, indeed, that it had been delivered publicly, and they thought he was really afraid and truly taking to flight. Hence they hastily crossed the river and eagerly advanced against the Romans, as fast as each one could. 6 Thus Labienus met their attack while they were scattered, and after terrifying the foremost easily routed the rest by means of these first fugitives. Then, as they were fleeing in disorder, falling over one another and crowding toward the river, he killed many of them.
§ 40.32
διαφυγόντων τε καὶ ὣς συχνῶν, ὁ Καῖσαρ τῶν μὲν ἄλλων οὐδένα λόγον ἐποιεῖτο, τὸν δὲ Ἀμβιόριγα διαδιδράσκοντα ἄλλοτε ἄλλῃ καὶ πολλὰ κακουργοῦντα καὶ ζητῶν καὶ διώκων πράγματα ἔσχε. καὶ ἐκεῖνον μὲν οὐδένα τρόπον λαβεῖν ἠδυνήθη, ἐπὶ δὲ δὴ τοὺς Κελτοὺς ὡς καὶ τοῖς Τρηουήροις βοηθῆσαι ἐθελήσαντας ἐστράτευσε. καὶ ἔπραξε μὲν οὐδὲ τότε οὐδέν, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ ταχέων φόβῳ τῶν Σουήβων ἐπανεχώρησεν, ἔδοξε δʼ οὖν αὖθις τὸν Ῥῆνον διαβεβηκέναι, καὶ τῆς τε γεφύρας μόνα τὰ προσεχῆ τοῖς βαρβάροις ἔλυσε, καὶ φρούριον ἐπʼ αὐτῆς ὡς καὶ ἀεὶ διαβησείων ᾠκοδόμησε. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο ὀργῇ τὴν τοῦ Ἀμβιόριγος διάφευξιν φέρων, τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ καίτοι μηδὲν νεωτερίσασαν διαρπάσαι τοῖς βουλομένοις ἐπέτρεψε, προεπαγγείλας σφίσιν αὐτὸ τοῦθʼ, ὅπως ὅτι πλεῖστοι συνέλθωσιν· ὅθενπερ πολλοὶ μὲν Γαλάται πολλοὶ δὲ καὶ Σύγαμβροι πρὸς τὰς ἁρπαγὰς ἦλθον. οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἀπέχρησε τοῖς Συγάμβροις τὰ ἐκείνων λῄσασθαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτοῖς τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις ἐπέθεντο· τηρήσαντες γάρ σφας πρὸς σίτου κομιδὴν ἀπιόντας ἐπεχείρησαν τῷ στρατοπέδῳ αὐτῶν, κἀν τούτῳ προσβοηθησάντων σφῶν, ἐπείπερ ᾔσθοντο, συχνοὺς ἐφόνευσαν. καὶ οἱ μὲν φοβηθέντες διὰ τοῦτο τὸν Καίσαρα οἴκαδε σπουδῇ ἀνεχώρησαν· ἐκεῖνος δὲ τούτων μὲν οὐδενός, διά τε τὸν χειμῶνα καὶ διὰ τὸ τὰ ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ στασιάζεσθαι, οὐδεμίαν τιμωρίαν ἐποιήσατο, τοὺς δὲ δὴ στρατιώτας πρὸς τὰ χειμάδια διαπέμψας αὐτός τε ἐς τὴν Ἰταλίαν, πρόφασιν μὲν τῆς ἐκεῖ Γαλατίας ἕνεκα, τὸ δʼ ἀληθὲς ὅπως ἐγγύθεν τοῖς ἐν τῇ πόλει δρωμένοις ἐφεδρεύῃ, ἀπῆλθεν.
Many escaped even as it was, but Caesar took no account of these, except in the case of Ambiorix. This man, by escaping now to one place and now to another and doing much injury, caused Caesar trouble in seeking and pursuing him. When he was unable to catch him in any way, he made an expedition against the Germans, alleging that they had wished to help the Treveri. 2 On this occasion likewise he accomplished nothing, but retired rapidly through fear of the Suebi; yet he gained the reputation of having crossed the Rhine again, and of the bridge he destroyed only the portions near the barbarians, constructing upon it a guard-house, as if he might at any time have a desire to cross. Then, in anger at the successful flight of Ambiorix, he permitted that chieftain's country, although it had been guilty of no rebellion, to be plundered by any who wished. He gave public notice of this in advance, so that as many as possible might assemble hence many Gauls and many Sugambri came for the plunder. 4 Now it did not suffice the Sugambri to make spoil of Gallic territory, but they even attacked the Romans themselves. They watched until the Romans were absent securing provisions and then made an attempt upon their camp; and when the soldiers, perceiving it, came to the rescue, they killed a good many of these. Then, becoming afraid of Caesar as a result of this affair, they hurriedly withdrew homeward; but he inflicted no punishment upon any of them because of the winter and the turmoil in Rome, but after dismissing the soldiers to their winter-quarters, went himself to Italy on the plea of looking after Cisalpine Gaul, but really in order that he might watch from close at hand the events that were taking place in the city.
§ 40.33
κἀν τούτῳ οἱ Γαλάται αὖθις ἐνεόχμωσαν. Ἀρουερνοὶ γὰρ ἡγουμένου σφῶν Οὐερκιγγετόριγος ἀπέστησαν, καὶ τούς τε Ῥωμαίους, ὅσους ἔν τε ταῖς πόλεσιν ἔν τε τῇ χώρᾳ σφῶν εὗρον, πάντας ἀπέκτειναν, καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν συμμαχίδα αὐτῶν χωρήσαντες τοὺς μὲν συναποστῆναί σφισιν ἐθελήσαντας περιεῖπον, τοὺς δὲ λοιποὺς ἐκακούργουν. μαθὼν οὖν ταῦθʼ ὁ Καῖσαρ ἀνεκομίσθη, καὶ καταλαβὼν αὐτοὺς ἐς Βιτούριγας ἐσβεβληκότας ἐκείνοις μέν (οὐ γάρ πω πάντες οἱ στρατιῶται αὐτοῦ παρῆσανʼ οὐκ ἐπήμυνεν, ἐς δὲ δὴ τὴν Ἀρουερνίδα ἀντεμβαλὼν ἐπανήγαγεν οἴκαδε τοὺς πολεμίους καὶ (οὐ γὰρ ἐδόκει πω ἀξιόμαχος αὐτοῖς εἶναι)
Meantime the Gauls rebelled again. The Arverni under the leadership of Vercingetorix revolted, killed all the Romans they found in their cities and their country, and proceeding against the tribes in alliance with the foreigner, bestowed favours upon such as had been willing to join their revolt, and injured the rest. 2 Caesar on learning this returned and found that they had invaded the territory of the Bituriges. He made no attempt to help the latter, since not all his soldiers were at hand as yet, but by invading the Arvernian country in his turn drew the enemy home again, whereupon he retired in good season, not deeming himself yet a match for them.
§ 40.34
προαπεχώρησεν. αὖθις οὖν ἐκεῖνοι πρός τε τοὺς Βιτούριγας ἐπανῆλθον, καὶ πόλιν αὐτῶν Ἀουαρικὸν ἑλόντες ἐπὶ πλεῖστον ἐν αὐτῇ ἀντέσχον. ὕστερον δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν Ῥωμαίων πολιορκούμενοι — τό τε γὰρ τεῖχος δυσπρόσιτον ἦν, τῇ μὲν ἑλῶν δυσδιαβάτων τῇ δὲ ποταμοῦ ῥοώδους αὐτὸ περιέχοντος, καὶ αὐτοὶ παμπληθεῖς ὄντες τάς τε προσβολάς σφων ῥᾳδίως ἀπεκρούοντο, καὶ ἐπεξιόντες πολλὰ αὐτοὺς ἐλύπουν. καὶ τέλος τά τε πέριξ πάντα, οὐχ ὅπως ἀγροὺς ἢ κώμας, ἀλλὰ καὶ πόλεις ἀφʼ ὧν ὠφελίαν τινὰ ἔσεσθαί σφισι προσεδόκων, κατέφλεξαν, εἴ τέ τι παρὰ τῶν πόρρωθεν συμμάχων ἐκομίζετο αὐτοῖς, ἥρπαζον, ὥστε πολιορκεῖν τὴν πόλιν τοὺς Ῥωμαίους δοκοῦντας τὰ τῶν πολιορκουμένων πάσχειν, πρὶν δὴ ὑετός τε λάβρος καὶ πνεῦμα μέγα προσβάλλουσί πῃ αὐτοῖς ἐπιγενόμενον (ὁ γὰρ χειμὼν ἐνειστήκει) πρώτους μὲν ἐκείνους ἀπήλασε καὶ ἐς τὰς σκηνὰς ἐπανήγαγεν, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τοὺς βαρβάρους ἐς τὰς οἰκίας κατέκλεισεν. ἀπελθόντων γὰρ αὐτῶν ἀπὸ τῶν ἐπάλξεων οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι προσέβαλον ἐξαίφνης αὖθις αὐταῖς ἐρήμοις ἀνδρῶν οὔσαις· καὶ πύργον τινὰ παραχρῆμα, πρὶν καὶ αἰσθέσθαι τοὺς πολεμίους τῆς παρουσίας σφῶν, ἑλόντες ἔπειτα καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ οὐ χαλεπῶς ἐχειρώσαντο, καὶ τήν τε πόλιν πᾶσαν διήρπασαν, καὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους πάντας ὀργῇ τῆς τε προσεδρείας καὶ τῆς ταλαιπωρίας ἔσφαξαν.
They accordingly went back to the Bituriges, captured Avaricum, a city of theirs, and held out in it for a long time; for the wall was hard to approach, being bordered on one side by almost trackless swamps and on the other by a river with a swift current. When, therefore, they were later besieged by the Romans, their great numbers made it easy for them to repel the assaults, and they also made sallies, inflicting many injuries. 2 Finally they burned up everything in the vicinity, not only fields and villages, but also cities from which they thought assistance could come to their enemies, and if anything was being brought to these from allies at a distance, they seized it for booty. Therefore the Romans, while appearing to besiege the city, were really suffering the fate of the besieged; this continued until a furious rain and great wind sprang up (the winter having now set in) during their attack on a point in the wall, which first drove the assailants back, making them seek shelter in their tents, and then shut up the barbarians also in their houses. When they had retired from the battlements, the Romans suddenly attacked again, while there were no men there; 4 and capturing a tower forthwith, before ever the enemy became aware of their presence, they then without difficulty got possession of the remaining works, plundered the whole city, and in anger at the siege and their hardships slew all the people.
§ 40.35
πράξας δὲ ταῦτα ὁ Καῖσαρ ἐπὶ τὴν χώραν αὐτῶν ἐπεστράτευσε. καὶ ἐπειδὴ πολεμούμενοι τὰς γεφύρας οἱ λοιποὶ Ἀρουερνοὶ προεκεκρατήκεσαν δι’ ὧν διαβῆναι αὐτὸν ἐχρῆν, ἀπορήσας ὅπως περαιωθῇ, ἐπιπαρῆλθεν ἐπὶ πολὺ παρὰ τὴν ὄχθην, εἴ πως ἐπιτηδείου τινὸς χωρίου ὥστε πεζῇ διʼ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ὕδατος διελθεῖν λάβοιτο. κἀκ τούτου ἔν τε ὑλώδει τινὶ καὶ ἐν συσκίῳ τόπῳ γενόμενος τὰ μὲν σκευοφόρα καὶ τοῦ στρατοῦ τὸ πλεῖον προέπεμψε, μακρὰν ἐκτεταμένῃ τάξει κελεύσας αὐτοὺς προϊέναι, ὥστε καὶ πάντας σφᾶς ἐνταῦθα εἶναι δοκεῖν· αὐτὸς δὲ μετὰ τῶν ἐρρωμενεστάτων ὑπέμεινε, καὶ ξύλα τε ἔτεμε καὶ σχεδίας ἐποίησε καὶ ἐπʼ αὐτῶν διέβη τὸ ῥεῦμα, τῶν βαρβάρων πρός τε τοὺς ἐν τῷ πρόσθεν πορευομένους τὸν νοῦν ἐχόντων καὶ τὸν Καίσαρα μετʼ αὐτῶν εἶναι λογιζομένων. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο τούς τε προεληλυθότας νυκτὸς ἀνεκαλέσατο, καὶ διαβιβάσας αὐτοὺς ὁμοίως τῆς μὲν χώρας ἐκράτησε, τῶν δʼ ἀνθρώπων ἐς Γεργοουίαν συγκαταφυγόντων καὶ ἐκεῖσε πάντα τὰ τιμιώτατά σφισι συγκομισάντων πλεῖστον
After accomplishing this Caesar made an expedition into their territory. Now the rest of the Arverni, in view of the war being made upon them, had already secured possession of the bridges which he must cross; and he, being in doubt how he should get across, proceeded a considerable distance along the bank to see if he could find any place suitable for crossing on foot through the stream itself. 2 At length he reached a wooded and shady place, from which he sent ahead the baggage and most of his army, bidding them go forward with their line extended over a great distance, so that all his troops might appear to be in that one division. He himself with the best troops remained behind, and cutting down timber and constructing rafts, he crossed the stream by means of these while the barbarians still had their attention fixed on those marching on ahead, supposing that Caesar was among them. 4 The people fled in a body to Gergovia, carrying thither all their most valued possessions, and Caesar had a great deal of toil to no purpose in besieging them.
§ 40.36
πόνον μάτην αὐτοῖς προσεδρεύων ἔσχε. τό τε γὰρ φρούριον ἐπί τε λόφου καρτεροῦ ἦν καὶ τείχεσιν ἰσχυρῶς ἐκεκράτυντο, καὶ οἱ βάρβαροι πέριξ αὐτὸ πάντα τὰ μετέωρα κατειληφότες περιεφρούρουν, ὥστε καὶ μένειν αὐτοῖς κατὰ χώραν ἀσφαλῶς ὑπάρχειν καὶ ἐπικαταθέουσι πλεονεκτεῖν τὰ πλείω. ἔν τε γὰρ πεδίῳ ὁ Καῖσαρ ηὐλίζετο (οὐ γὰρ εὐπόρησεν ἐχυροῦ χωρίοὐ, καὶ αὐτὸς μὲν οὔτε προεγίγνωσκεν . οἱ δὲ δὴ βάρβαροι, ὡς καὶ ὑπερδεξίων κρατοῦντες, τό τε στρατόπεδον αὐτοῦ κατεθεῶντο καὶ ταῖς καταδρομαῖς ἐπικαίροις ἐχρῶντο. εἴ τέ πῃ περαιτέρω τοῦ καιροῦ προχωρήσαντες ἀνεκόπτοντο, διʼ ὀλίγου αὖθις ἐντὸς τῆς ἐπικρατείας σφῶν ἐγίγνοντο· οἱ γὰρ Ῥωμαῖοι οὐδένα τρόπον, ἐφʼ ὅσον οἵ τε λίθοι καὶ τὰ ἀκόντια ἐξικνεῖτο, πελάσαι τοῖς χωρίοις ἐδύναντο. ὁ οὖν Καῖσαρ, ἐπειδὴ ὅ τε χρόνος ἄλλως ἀναλοῦτο, καὶ πολλάκις καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸ τὸ ὄρθιον, ἐφʼ οὗ τὸ πόλισμα ἦν, προσβαλὼν μέρους μέν τινος ἐκράτησεν αὐτοῦ ὥστε καὶ ἐντειχίσασθαί τι ῥᾴω τε ἐκεῖθεν τὴν ἐπὶ τἆλλα ἔφοδον ποιεῖσθαι, τὸ δʼ ὅλον ἀπεκρούετο, καὶ τῶν τε στρατιωτῶν συχνοὺς ἀπέβαλε καὶ ἐκείνους ἀλήπτους ἑώρα ὄντας, τά τε τῶν Αἰδούων ἐν τούτῳ ἐκινήθη, καὶ προσέτι καὶ πρὸς τούτους ἀπελθόντος αὐτοῦ κακῶς οἱ καταλειφθέντες ἀπήλλαξαν, ἀνέστη.
For their fort was on a strong hill and was protected by mighty walls; and the barbarians were keeping guard over it, after seizing all the high ground around, so that they could both safely remain in position, and, if they charged down, would usually have the advantage. 2 For Caesar, in default of a strong position, was encamped in the plain, and never knew beforehand . . . ; but the barbarians, in possession of the heights, could look down upon his camp and kept making opportune charges. And if they ever advanced farther than was fitting and were beaten back, they quietly got within their own lines again; for the Romans could not in any way come near enough to the places for their stones and javelins to reach their mark. 4 So Caesar's time was being spent to no purpose; to be sure, after frequent assaults against the very height upon which the fortress was located, he did capture a certain portion of it, so that he could wall it in and advance more easily from there against the rest of it, yet on the whole he was being repulsed. He lost a number of his soldiers and saw that the enemy could not be captured; moreover, there was at this time an uprising among the Aedui, and while he was absent attending to them, the men left behind fared badly. All these considerations led Caesar to raise the siege.
§ 40.37
οἱ γὰρ Αἴδουοι κατʼ ἀρχὰς μὲν ταῖς τε ὁμολογίαις ἐνέμειναν καὶ ἐπικουρίας αὐτῷ ἔπεμπον, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ ἄκοντες ἐπολέμησαν, ἀπατησάντων σφᾶς ἄλλων τε καὶ Λιταουίκου. ἐπειδὴ γὰρ οὐκ ἔπειθεν αὐτοὺς ἄλλως τοῦτο ποιῆσαι, διεπράξατο προσταχθῆναί οἱ πρὸς τὸν Καίσαρα ἀπαγαγεῖν τινας ἐπὶ συμμαχίᾳ δῆθεν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὥρμησε μὲν ὡς καὶ τοῦτο ποιήσων, προπέμψας δὲ ἱππέας, καὶ κελεύσας τισὶν αὐτῶν ἐπανελθοῦσιν εἰπεῖν ὅτι οἵ τε συμπεμφθέντες σφίσι καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι οἱ παρὰ τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις σφῶν ὄντες συνειλημμένοι τε ὑπʼ αὐτῶν εἰσι καὶ ἀπολώλασι, προσπαρώξυνε τοὺς στρατιώτας δημηγορήσας ἀκόλουθα τοῖς ἀγγέλοις. καὶ οὕτως αὐτοί τε ἐπανέστησαν καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους συμμετέστησαν. καὶ τότε μέν (ὁ γὰρ Καῖσαρ ὡς τάχιστα τοῦτʼ ᾔσθετο, τούς τε Αἰδούους οὓς εἶχε καὶ ἐδόκει πεφονευκέναι ἔπεμψεν αὐτοῖς, ὥστε φανεροὺς πᾶσι ζῶντας γενέσθαι, καὶ τῷ ἱππικῷ
The Aedui at first lived up to their agreement and sent him assistance, but later they went to war, although reluctantly, being deceived by Litaviccus and others. This man, being unable in any other way to persuade them to adopt this course, managed to get himself appointed to convey some men to Caesar ostensibly to serve as the latter's allies. 2 He did, indeed, set out as if to fulfill this mission, but sent ahead some horsemen bidding some of them return and say that their companions and the rest of their men in the camp of the Romans had been arrested by the latter and put to death. He then further excited the wrath of the soldiers by delivering a speech in keeping with the messengers' report. In this way the Aedui themselves rose and induced the others to revolt with them. As soon as Caesar became aware of this, he sent to them the Aedui whom he had and was thought to have slain, so that they might be seen by all to be alive, and followed on with his cavalry. On this occasion, then, they repented and became reconciled;
§ 40.38
ἐφέσπετὀ μετενόησαν καὶ συνηλλάγησαν· αὖθις δὲ τῶν Ῥωμαίων πρός τε τῇ Γεργοουίᾳ τῇ τοῦ Καίσαρος ἀπουσίᾳ πταισάντων, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο παντάπασιν ἀπʼ αὐτῆς ἀποχωρησάντων, ἐφοβήθησαν οἱ τήν τε ἐπανάστασιν πράξαντες καὶ νεωτέρων ἀεὶ πραγμάτων ἐφιέμενοι μὴ σχολάζοντες ποιήσωνται, καὶ ἐνεόχμωσαν. μαθόντες δὲ τοῦθʼ οἱ συστρατεύοντες αὐτῶν τῷ Καίσαρι ᾐτήσαντο ἐπιτραπῆναί σφισιν οἴκαδε ἀπελθεῖν, ὑποσχόμενοι πάντα καταστήσειν. καὶ οὕτως ἀφεθέντες πρός τε Νοουιοδουνόν, ἔνθα τά τε χρήματα καὶ τὸν σῖτον ὁμήρους τε πολλοὺς οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι κατετέθειντο, ἦλθον, καὶ τούς τε φρουροὺς αὐτῶν, συναιρομένων σφίσι τῶν ἐπιχωρίων, μὴ προσδεχομένους ἔφθειραν, καὶ ἐν κράτει πάντων αὐτῶν ἐγένοντο. καὶ ἐκείνην τε τὴν πόλιν ἐπίκαιρον οὖσαν κατέπρησαν, ὅπως μὴ οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι ὁρμητήριον αὐτὴν τοῦ πολέμου ποιήσωνται, καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ τῶν Αἰδούων προσαπέστησαν. ὁ οὖν Καῖσαρ ἐπεχείρησε μὲν παραχρῆμα ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς στρατεῦσαι, μὴ δυνηθεὶς δὲ διὰ τὸν ποταμὸν τὸν Λίγρον ἐπὶ Λίγγονας ἐτράπετο. καὶ ὁ μὲν οὐδʼ ἐκεῖ κατώρθωσεν, ὁ δὲ δὴ Λαβιῆνος τὴν νῆσον τὴν ἐν τῷ Σηκουανῷ ποταμῷ οὖσαν, τούς τε προκινδυνεύσαντας ἐν τῇ ἠπείρῳ κρατήσας καὶ τὴν διάβασιν πολλαχῇ ἅμα κατά τε τὸν ῥοῦν καὶ ἀνάπαλιν, ὅπως μὴ καθʼ ἓν περαιούμενος κωλυθῇ, ποιησάμενος, κατέσχε.
but when later the Romans, by reason of Caesar's absence, were defeated at Gergovia and entirely withdrew from that place, those who had caused the uprising and were ever eager for revolution feared that the Romans might take vengeance upon them, now that they were free to do so, and consequently they rebelled. 2 And members of their tribe who were campaigning with Caesar, when they learned of this, asked him to allow them to return home, promising that they would put everything in order. Released on these conditions, they came to Noviodunum, where the Romans had deposited their money and grain and many hostages, and with the aid of the natives destroyed the garrisons, which were looking for no hostile act, and gained possession of everything there. And they burned down the city, because of its advantageous situation, to prevent the Romans from making it a base for war, and next they caused the remainder of the Aedui to revolt. Caesar, therefore, attempted to march against them at once, but being unable to do so, on account of the river Liger, he turned his attention to the Lingones; 4 and he did not meet with success there either. Labienus, however, occupied the island in the river Sequana after conquering its defenders on the nearer bank and sending his troops across at many points at once, both down and up stream, in order that he might not be hindered if he attempted the crossing at one spot.
§ 40.39
πρὶν δὲ τοῦτο γενέσθαι, καταφρονήσας ὁ Οὐερκιγγετόριξ τοῦ Καίσαρος ἐξ ὧν ἐπταίκει ἐπʼ Ἀλλόβριγας ἐστράτευσε. κἀν τούτῳ ὁρμήσαντα αὐτὸν ὡς καὶ βοηθήσοντά σφισιν, ἀπέλαβεν ἐν Σηκουανοῖς γενόμενον καὶ ἐνεκυκλώσατο, οὐ μέντοι κακόν τι εἰργάσατο, ἀλλὰ καὶ πᾶν τοὐναντίον τούς τε Ῥωμαίους ἠνάγκασεν ἀγαθοὺς εἶναι ἀπογνώσει τῆς σωτηρίας, καὶ αὐτὸς ὑπό τε τοῦ πλήθους καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ θράσους ἔπταισε, καί τι καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν Κελτῶν τῶν τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις συμμαχούντων ἐσφάλη· ταῖς τε γὰρ ὁρμαῖς ἄπληστοι ὄντες καὶ τοῖς σώμασι τὴν τόλμαν προσεπισχυρίσαντες διέρρηξαν τὴν περίσχεσιν. εὑρὼν δὲ δὴ τὸ εὕρημα τοῦτο ὁ Καῖσαρ οὐκ ἀνῆκεν, ἀλλʼ ἐς Ἀλεσίαν τοὺς διαφυγόντας αὐτῶν κατακλείσας ἐπολιόρκει.
But before this happened, Vercingetorix, filled with contempt for Caesar because of the latter's reverses, had marched against the Allobroges. And intercepting the Roman general, who had thereupon set out to aid them, when he was among the Sequani, he surrounded him, 2 but did him no harm; on the contrary, he compelled the Romans to be brave through despair of safety, whereas he himself failed by reason of his numbers and audacity. His defeat was due in part to the Germans who were acting as allies of the Romans; for with their unquenchable enthusiasm and their mighty bodies which added strength to their daring they succeeded in breaking through the enclosing ranks. Having met with this good fortune, Caesar did not give ground, but shut up and besieged in Alesia such of the foe as escaped.
§ 40.40
κἀν τούτῳ ὁ Οὐερκιγγετόριξ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον τοὺς ἱππέας, πρὶν παντελῶς ἀποτειχισθῆναι, ἐξέπεμψε, τῆς τε τροφῆς τῶν ἵππων ἕνεκα (οὐ γὰρ ἦνʼ καὶ ὅπως ἐς τὰς πατρίδας ἕκαστοί σφων κομισθέντες τά τε ἐπιτήδεια καὶ ἐπικουρίαν αὐτῷ ἀγάγωσιν. ἐπεὶ δʼ οὗτοί τε ἐχρόνιζον καὶ τὰ σιτία σφᾶς ἐπιλείπειν ἤρξατο, τούς τε παῖδας καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τοὺς ἀχρειοτάτους ἐξέβαλεν, ἐλπίσας μάτην ὅτι ἢ καὶ ἐκεῖνοι πρὸς τῶν Ῥωμαίων τῆς λείας ἕνεκα σωθήσονται, ἢ οἵ γε λοιποὶ ταῖς τροφαῖς αὐτῶν ἐπὶ πλεῖον χρησάμενοι περιγενήσονται. ὁ γὰρ Καῖσαρ ἄλλως μὲν οὐδʼ αὐτὸς τῶν ἐπιτηδείων, ὥστε καὶ ἑτέρους τρέφειν, εὐπόρει· τοῖς δʼ οὖν πολεμίοις ἰσχυροτέραν τὴν σιτοδείαν ἐπανελθόντων αὐτῶν, ἐλπίδι τοῦ πάντως σφᾶς καταδεχθήσεσθαι, ποιήσειν νομίσας πάντας αὐτοὺς ἀπεώσατο. καὶ οἱ μὲν οὕτως ἐν τῷ μέσῳ τῆς πόλεως καὶ τοῦ στρατοπέδου, μηδετέρων σφᾶς δεχομένων, οἰκτρότατα ἀπώλοντο· ἡ δὲ ἐπικουρία τῶν τε ἱππέων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν ὑπʼ αὐτῶν ἀχθέντων ἐπῆλθε μὲν οὐκ ἐς μακρὰν τοῖς βαρβάροις, ἱππομαχίᾳ δὲ δὴ τῶν Ῥωμαίων τῇ βοηθείᾳ. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο πειράσαντες νυκτὸς διὰ τῶν περιτειχισμάτων ἐς τὴν πόλιν ἐσελθεῖν ἰσχυρῶς ἐπόνησαν· τάφρους τε γὰρ οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι κρυπτὰς ἐν τοῖς ἱππασίμοις ἐπεποιήκεσαν καὶ σκόλοπας ἐς αὐτὰς ἐνεπεπήχεσαν, πάντα ἐπιπολῆς τῷ ἄλλῳ τῷ πέριξ χωρίῳ ὁμοιώσαντες, ὥστε καὶ τοὺς ἄνδρας καὶ τοὺς ἵππους ὅτι μάλιστα ἀπερισκέπτως ἐς αὐτὰ ἐμπεσόντας σφαλῆναι. οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἐνέδοσαν πρὶν ἐκ παρατάξεως αὖθις πρὸς αὐτοῖς τοῖς τειχίσμασιν αὐτοί τε ἅμα καὶ οἱ ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ἐπεξελθόντες πταῖσαι.
Now Vercingetorix had at first, before he had been entirely cut off by the wall, sent out the cavalry to get fodder for the horses, as there was none on hand, and in order to let them disperse, each to his native land, and bring thence provisions and assistance. 2 But as these delayed and food supplies began to fail the besieged, he thrust out the children and the women and the most useless among the rest, hoping either that the outcasts would be saved as booty by the Romans or else that those left in the town might survive by enjoying for a longer time the supplies that would have belonged to their companions. But he hoped in vain, for Caesar did not have sufficient food himself to feed others; and believing, moreover, that by returning the expelled he could make the enemy's lack of food more severely felt (for he expected that they would of course be received again), he forced them all back. 4 Now these perished most miserably between the city and the camp, because neither party would receive them. As for the relief looked for, the horsemen and the others they were bringing reached the barbarians before long, but these were then defeated (?) in a cavalry battle, as the Romans with the aid of the Germans (?) . . . Thereupon they tried to enter the city by night through the wall of circumvallation, but met with dire disaster; for the Romans had dug secret pits in the places which were passable for horses and had fixed stakes in them, afterward making the whole resemble on the surface the surrounding ground; 6 thus horse and man, falling into them absolutely without warning, came to grief. The men did not give up, however, until they had arrayed themselves once more beside the very walls and had been defeated along with the people from the city who came out to fight.
§ 40.41
ὁ δʼ οὖν Οὐερκιγγετόριξ ἠδυνήθη μὲν ἐκφυγεῖν (οὔτε γὰρ ἑάλω καὶ ἄτρωτος ἦνʼ, ἐλπίσας δʼ, ὅτι ἐν φιλίᾳ ποτὲ τῷ Καίσαρι ἐγεγόνει, συγγνώμης παρʼ αὐτοῦ τεύξεσθαι, ἦλθε πρὸς αὐτὸν μὴ ἐπικηρυκευσάμενος, καὶ καθημένῳ οἱ ἐπὶ βήματος ἐξαίφνης ὤφθη, ὥστε καὶ ταραχθῆναί τινας· ἄλλως τε γὰρ περιμήκης ἦν καὶ ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις δεινῶς ἐνέπρεπεν· ἡσυχίας δʼ οὖν γενομένης εἶπε μὲν οὐδέν, πεσὼν δὲ ἐς γόνυ τώ τε χεῖρε πιέσας ἐδεῖτο. ταῦτα τοῖς μὲν ἄλλοις οἶκτον τῇ τε τῆς προτέρας αὐτοῦ τύχης ἀναμνήσει καὶ τῷ τῆς παρούσης ὄψεως περιπαθεῖ ἐνέβαλεν· ὁ δὲ δὴ Καῖσαρ αὐτό τε αὐτῷ τοῦτο, διʼ ὃ μάλιστα σωθήσεσθαι προσεδόκησεν, ἐπεκάλεσε (τῆς γὰρ φιλίας τὴν ἀντίταξιν ἀντιθεὶς χαλεπωτέραν τὴν ἀδικίαν αὐτοῦ ἀπέφηνἐ, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὔτε ἐν τῷ παραχρῆμα αὐτὸν ἠλέησεν ἀλλʼ εὐθὺς ἐν δεσμοῖς ἔδησε, καὶ ἐς τὰ ἐπινίκια μετὰ τοῦτο πέμψας ἀπέκτεινε.
Now Vercingetorix might have escaped, for he had not been captured and was unwounded; but he hoped, since he had once been on friendly terms with Caesar, that he might obtain pardon from him. So he came to him without any announcement by herald, but appeared before him suddenly, as Caesar was seated on the tribunal, and threw some who were present into alarm; for he was very tall to begin with, and in his armour he made an extremely imposing figure. 2 When quiet had been restored, he uttered not a word, but fell upon his knees, with hands clasped in an attitude of supplication. This inspired many with pity at remembrance of his former fortune and at the distressing state in which he now appeared. But Caesar reproached him in this very matter on which he most relied for his safety, and by setting over against his claim of former friendship his recent opposition, showed his offence to have been the more grievous. Therefore he did not pity him even at the time, but immediately confined him in bonds, and later, after sending him to his triumph, put him to death.
§ 40.42
τοῦτο μὲν οὖν ὕστερον ἐγένετο, τότε δὲ τοὺς μὲν ὁμολογίᾳ τῶν λοιπῶν προσέθετο, τοὺς δὲ καὶ μάχῃ κρατήσας ἐδουλώσατο. οἵ τε γὰρ Βελγικοὶ οἱ πλησιόχωροι, Κόμμιόν τινα Ἀτρέβαν προστησάμενοί σφων, ἐπὶ πλεῖστον ἀντέσχον, καὶ δύο τε ἱππομαχίαις ἀγχώμαλά πῃ ἠγωνίσαντο, καὶ τρίτῃ πεζομαχίᾳ ἰσοπαλεῖ τὸ πρῶτον συνενεχθέντες ἔπειτα ὑπὸ τοῦ ἱππικοῦ κατὰ νώτου σφίσιν ἀνελπίστως προσπεσόντος ἐτράπησαν. κἀκ τούτου τό τε στρατόπεδον τῆς νυκτὸς οἱ περιλιπεῖς ἐξέλιπον, καὶ διελθόντες ὕλην τινὰ ἐκείνην τε ἐνέπρησαν καὶ τὰς ἁμάξας μόνας ὑπελίποντο, ὅπως τῶν πολεμίων διά τε ταύτας καὶ διὰ τὸ πῦρ χρονισάντων φθάσωσιν ἐς τὸ ἀσφαλὲς ἀποχωρήσαντες. οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἐπιτυχεῖς τῆς ἐλπίδος ἐγένοντο· οἱ γὰρ Ῥωμαῖοι ὡς τάχιστα τῆς φυγῆς αὐτῶν ᾔσθοντο, ἐπεδίωξάν σφας, καὶ ἐντυχόντες τῷ πυρὶ τὰ μὲν κατέσβεσαν τὰ δὲ καὶ διέκοψαν, καὶ τινες καὶ διὰ μέσης τῆς φλογὸς δραμόντες κατέλαβον αὐτοὺς ἀπροσδόκητοι καὶ παμπληθεῖς
This, however, was a later occurrence. At the time mentioned he gained some of the remaining foes by capitulation and enslaved others after conquering them in battle. The Belgae who lived near by had put at their head Commius, an Atrebatian, and resisted for a long time. They fought two indecisive cavalry battles and the third time in an infantry battle, although at first they held their own, they were later turned to flight when attacked unexpectedly in the rear by the cavalry. 2 After this the remainder abandoned the camp by night, and as they were passing through a wood set fire to it, leaving behind only their waggons, in order that the enemy might be delayed by these and by their fire, and they themselves might thus reach safety. Their hope, however, was not realized. For the Romans, as soon as they were aware of their flight, pursued them and on encountering the fire they extinguished it in places or hewed their way through the trees, and some even ran through the midst of the flames; thus they came upon the fugitives without warning and slaughtered great numbers.
§ 40.43
ἐφόνευσαν. ἐκ δὲ τούτου τῶν μὲν ἄλλων τινὲς ὡμολόγησαν, ὁ δὲ Ἀτρέβας διαφυγὼν οὐδʼ ὣς ἡσύχασεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν Λαβιῆνον ἐπεχείρησεν ἐνεδρεῦσαί ποτε. ἡττηθεὶς δὲ τῇ μάχῃ ἀνεπείσθη μὲν ἐς λόγους αὐτῷ ἐλθεῖν, πρὶν δὲ ἢ ὁτιοῦν συμβῆναι τρωθεὶς ὑπό τινος τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἀπιστίᾳ τοῦ μὴ ἂν ἀκριβῶς εἰρηνῆσαι διέφυγε, καὶ χαλεπὸς αὖθις αὐτοῖς ἐγένετο, μέχρις οὗ ἀπογνοὺς τὰ πράγματα τοῖς μὲν ἄλλοις τοῖς συνοῦσίν οἱ ἀκέραιον τὴν ἄδειαν ἐπὶ πᾶσι τοῖς σφετέροις ἔπραξεν, αὐτὸς δὲ ἑαυτῷ τὸ μηδέποτε, ὥς γέ τινές φασιν, ἐς ὄψιν μηδενὸς Ῥωμαίου ἐλθεῖν. ἐκεῖνοί τε οὖν οὕτω κατελύσαντο, καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ μετὰ τοῦτο, οἱ μὲν ἑκούσιοι οἱ δὲ καὶ καταπολεμηθέντες, ἐχειρώθησαν, καὶ αὐτοὺς ὁ Καῖσαρ καὶ φρουραῖς καὶ δικαιώσεσι χρημάτων τε ἐσπράξεσι καὶ φόρων ἐπιτάξεσι τοὺς μὲν ἐταπείνωσε τοὺς δὲ ἡμέρωσε.
Thereupon some of the others came to terms, but the Atrebatian, who escaped, would not remain quiet even then. He undertook at one time to ambush Labienus, but after being defeated in battle was persuaded to hold a conference with him. 2 Before any terms were made, however, he was wounded by one of the Romans, who surmised that it was not his real intention to make peace; but he escaped and again proved troublesome to them. At last, despairing of his project, he secured for his associates unconditional amnesty for all their acts, and pardon for himself, as some say, on the condition of his never appearing again within sight of any Roman. So these foes became reconciled on these terms, and later the rest were subdued, some voluntarily and some when conquered in war; and Caesar by means of garrisons and levies of money and assessments of tribute humbled some of them and tamed others.
§ 40.44
ταῦτα μὲν οὕτως ἐπί τε Λουκίου Παύλου καὶ ἐπὶ Γαΐου Μαρκέλλου ὑπάτων ἐτελευτήθη, ὁ δὲ δὴ Καῖσαρ τῶν μὲν Γαλατῶν ἕνεκα καὶ τοῦ χρόνου τοῦ πρὸς τὴν ἡγεμονίαν αὐτοῦ δοθέντος ἔκ τε τῆς Γαλατίας ἀπαλλαγῆναι καὶ ἐς τὴν Ῥώμην ἐπανακομισθῆναι ὤφειλεν· ἐκεῖνός τε γὰρ ἐπʼ ἐξόδῳ ἦν καὶ ὁ πόλεμος ἐπέπαυτο, καὶ οὐδεμίαν ἔτʼ εὐπρεπῆ σκῆψιν πρὸς τὸ μὴ οὐ τά τε στρατόπεδα ἀφεῖναι καὶ ἰδιωτεῦσαι εἶχεν· ἐπεὶ δὲ τά τε ἐν τῷ ἄστει ἐστασιάζετο, καὶ ὁ Κράσσος ἐτεθνήκει, ὅ τε Πομπήιος ἔν τε δυνάμει αὖθις, ἅτε τρίτον ὑπατευκὼς καὶ τὴν ἐν τῇ Ἰβηρίᾳ ἀρχὴν ἐπὶ πέντε ἄλλα ἔτη δοθῆναί οἱ διαπεπραγμένος, ἐγένετο, καὶ αὐτῷ οὐκέτʼ οἰκείως, ἄλλως τε καὶ τοῦ παιδίου, ὅπερ που καὶ μόνον ἐν τῇ φιλίᾳ αὐτοὺς κατεῖχε, τετελευτηκότος, διέκειτο, ἐφοβήθη μὴ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ψιλωθεὶς ἐπί τε ἐκείνῳ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐχθροῖς γένηται, καὶ οὐ διῆκεν αὐτούς.
Thus these wars came to an end in the consulship of Lucius Paulus and Gaius Marcellus. It was now time for Caesar, in view of the subjugation of the Gauls and the period for which his command had been assigned him, to leave Gaul and return to Rome. For his term was about to expire, the war had ceased, and he had no longer any plausible excuse for not disbanding his troops and returning to private life. 2 But affairs in the city at this time were in a state of turmoil, Crassus was dead, and Pompey had again come to power, since he had been consul for the third time and had managed to have the government of Spain granted to him for five years longer; moreover, he no longer was on intimate terms with Caesar, especially now that the child, who alone had kept them on friendly terms, had died. Caesar was therefore afraid that if he were deprived of his soldiers he might fall into the power of Pompey of his other enemies, and so did not dismiss them.
§ 40.45
ἐν γὰρ δὴ τοῖς αὐτοῖς τούτοις ἔτεσιν ἄλλα τε ἐν τῇ πόλει στασιώδη πολλὰ κἀν ταῖς ἀρχαιρεσίαις μάλιστα ἐγένετο, ὥστε μόλις ἑβδόμῳ μηνὶ τόν τε Καλουῖνον καὶ τὸν Μεσσάλαν ὑπάτους ἀποδειχθῆναι· καὶ οὐδʼ ἂν τότε ᾑρέθησαν, εἰ μὴ Κύιντός τε Πομπήιος ὁ Ῥοῦφος ἐς τὸ δεσμωτήριον ὑπὸ τῆς βουλῆς, καίτοι τοῦ τε Σύλλου θυγατριδοῦς ὢν καὶ δημαρχῶν, ἐνεβλήθη, καὶ τοῦτο καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις τοῖς κακουργῆσαί τι ἐθελήσασιν ἐψηφίσθη, τῷ τε Πομπηίῳ ἡ πρὸς αὐτοὺς βοήθεια ἐνεχειρίσθη. ἔστι μὲν γὰρ ὅτε καὶ οἱ ὄρνιθες τὰς ἀρχαιρεσίας ἐπέσχον, οὐ βουλόμενοι τοῖς μεσοβασιλεῦσι γενέσθαι· μάλιστα δὲ οἱ δήμαρχοι, τὰ πράγματα τὰ ἐν τῇ πόλει διέποντες ὥστε καὶ τὰς πανηγύρεις καὶ ἀντὶ τῶν στρατηγῶν ποιεῖν, ἐκώλυον τὰς λοιπὰς ἀρχὰς αἱρεθῆναι. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ Ῥοῦφος ἐς τὸ οἴκημα ἐσέπεσε. καὶ οὗτος μὲν τὸν Φαουώνιον ἀγορανομοῦντα ἐς αὐτὸ ὕστερον ἀπό τινος οὐ μεγάλης αἰτίας, ἵνα δὴ κοινωνὸν τῆς ἀτιμίας λάβῃ, κατέθετο· πάντες δὲ οἱ δήμαρχοι ἄλλας τε σκήψεις ἐμποδίους ἐσέφερον, καὶ χιλιάρχους ἀντὶ τῶν ὑπάτων, ὅπως πλείους ἄρχοντες ὥσπερ ποτὲ ἀποδεικνύωνται, καθίστασθαι ἐσηγοῦντο. ἐπειδή τʼ οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν ἐπείσθη, δικτάτορα γοῦν τὸν Πομπήιον λεχθῆναι δεῖν ἔφασκον. καὶ ἐπὶ πλεῖστον ἐπὶ τῇ προφάσει ταύτῃ διέτριψαν· ἐκεῖνός τε γὰρ ἀπεδήμει, καὶ ἐκ τῶν παρόντων οὔτε ψηφίσασθαί τις αὐτό (πρὸς γὰρ τὴν τοῦ Σύλλου ὠμότητα ἐμίσουν πάντες τὸ πολίτευμἀ οὔτʼ αὖ μὴ ἑλέσθαι διὰ
During these same years many tumults had occurred in the city, especially in conjunction with the elections, so that it was not until the seventh month that Calvinus and Messalla were appointed consuls. 2 And not even then would they have been chosen, had not Quintus Pompeius Rufus, though he was the grandson of Sulla and was serving as tribune, been cast into prison by the senate; and the same penalty was voted in the case of the others who had desired to commit some outrage, while the task of proceeding against them was entrusted to Pompey. Sometimes the omens had checked the elections by refusing to favour the interreges; above all else the tribunes, by managing affairs in the city so that they instead of the praetors should conduct the games, prevented the remaining magistrates from being chosen. This also was the reason why Rufus was put in jail. 4 He later brought Favonius, the aedile, to the same fate on some trifling charge, in order that he might have a companion in his disgrace. All the tribunes offered various objections, and proposed, among other things, that consular tribunes should replace the consuls, so that more magistrates might be elected, as formerly. And when no one would heed them, they declared that in any case Pompey must be chosen dictator. By this pretext they secured a very long delay; for he was out of town, and of those on the spot there was no one who would venture to vote for the demand, since in remembrance of Sulla's cruelty they all hated that institution, nor yet would venture to refuse to choose Pompey, on account of their fear for him.
§ 40.46
τὸν τοῦ Πομπηίου φόβον ὑπέμεινε. τέλος δὲ ὀψέ ποτε αὐτὸς ἐλθὼν τὴν μὲν δικτατορίαν διδομένην οἱ δῆθεν οὐκ ἐδέξατο, τοὺς δὲ ὑπάτους ἀποδειχθῆναι παρεσκεύασεν. οὐ μέντοι οὐδὲ ἐκεῖνοι διαδόχους σφίσι διὰ τὸν ἐκ τῶν σφαγῶν τάραχον κατέστησαν, καίπερ καὶ τὴν βουλευτικὴν ἐσθῆτα καταθέμενοι κἀν τῇ ἱππάδι τὴν γερουσίαν ὥσπερ ἐπὶ μεγάλῳ τινὶ πένθει συνάγοντες. δόγμα τε ἐποιήσαντο μηδένα μήτε στρατηγήσαντα μήθʼ ὑπατεύσαντα τὰς ἔξω ἡγεμονίας, πρὶν ἂν πέντε ἔτη διέλθῃ, λαμβάνειν, εἴ πως ὑπὸ τοῦ μὴ παραυτίκα ἐν δυνάμει τινὶ αὐτοὺς γίγνεσθαι παύσαιντο σπουδαρχοῦντες. οὔτε γὰρ ἐμετρίαζον οὔθʼ ὑγιὲς οὐδὲν ἐποίουν, ἀλλʼ ἐπʼ ἀλλήλους παρώρμηντο πολλὰ μὲν δαπανώμενοι πολλῷ δʼ ἔτι πλείω μαχόμενοι, ὥστε καὶ τὸν ὕπατόν ποτε τὸν Καλουῖνον τρωθῆναι. οὔκουν οὔθʼ ὕπατος οὔτε στρατηγὸς οὔτε πολίαρχός τίς σφας διεδέξατο, ἀλλὰ ἄναρκτοι κατὰ τοῦτο παντελῶς οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι τὰ πρῶτα τοῦ ἔτους ἐγένοντο.
At last, very late, he came himself, refused the dictatorship offered to him, and took measures to have the consuls named. These, likewise, on account of the turmoil arising from murders, did not appoint any successors, though they laid aside their senatorial garb and in the dress of knights, as on the occasion of some great calamity, convened the senate. 2 They also passed a decree that no one, either an ex-praetor or an ex-consul, should assume a command abroad until five years had elapsed; they hoped that such men, by not being in a position of power immediately after holding office, would cease their craze for office. For there was no moderation and no decency at all being observed, but they vied with one another in expending great sums and, going still further, in fighting, so that once even the consul Calvinus was wounded. Hence no consul or prefect of the city had any successor, but at the beginning of the year the Romans were absolutely without a government in these branches.
§ 40.47
κἀκ τούτου οὔτε τι ἄλλο χρηστὸν συνέβη, καὶ ἡ ἀγορὰ ἡ διὰ τῶν ἐννέα ἀεὶ ἡμερῶν ἀγομένη ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ τοῦ Ἰανουαρίου νουμηνίᾳ ἤχθη. καὶ τοῦτό τε αὐτούς, ὡς οὐκ ἀπὸ ταὐτομάτου συμβὰν ἀλλʼ ἐν τέρατος λόγῳ γενόμενον, ἐθορύβει, καὶ ὅτι βύας ἐν τῇ πόλει καὶ ὤφθη καὶ συνελήφθη, ἄγαλμά τέ τι ἐπὶ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἵδρωσε, καὶ λαμπὰς ἐκ τῶν νοτίων πρὸς ἀνατολὰς διέδραμε, καὶ πολλοὶ μὲν κεραυνοὶ πολλοὶ δὲ καὶ βῶλοι λίθοι τε καὶ ὄστρακα καὶ αἷμα διὰ τοῦ ἀέρος ἠνέχθη. δοκεῖ δὲ ἔμοιγε καὶ ἐκεῖνο τὸ τῷ προτέρῳ ἔτει, ἐπʼ ἐξόδῳ αὐτοῦ, περί τε τὸν Σάραπιν καὶ περὶ τὴν Ἶσιν ψηφισθὲν τέρας οὐδενὸς ἧττον γενέσθαι· τοὺς γὰρ ναοὺς αὐτῶν, οὓς ἰδίᾳ τινὲς ἐπεποίηντο, καθελεῖν τῇ βουλῇ ἔδοξεν. οὐ γὰρ δὴ τοὺς θεοὺς τούτους ἐπὶ πολὺ ἐνόμισαν, καὶ ὅτε γε καὶ ἐξενίκησεν ὥστε καὶ δημοσίᾳ αὐτοὺς σέβεσθαι, ἔξω τοῦ πωμηρίου σφᾶς ἱδρύσαντο.
No good came of all this, and among other things the market that was held every ninth day, came on the first day of January. 2 This seemed to the Romans to be no mere coincidence but rather in the nature of a portent, and it accordingly caused them trepidation. The same feeling was increased when an owl was both seen and caught in the city, a statue exuded perspiration for three days, a meteor darted from the south to the east, and many thunderbolts, many clods, stones, shards and blood went flying through the air. But it seems to me that that decree passed the previous year, near its close, with regard to Serapis and Isis, was a portent equal to any; for the senate had decided to tear down their temples, which some individuals had built on their own account. Indeed, for a long time they did not believe in these gods, and even when the rendering of public worship to them gained the day, they settled them outside the pomerium.
§ 40.48
τοιαύτης οὖν τότε τῆς ἐν τῷ ἄστει καταστάσεως οὔσης, καὶ μηδενὸς τοῖς πράγμασιν ἐπιτεταγμένου, σφαγαὶ καθʼ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ὡς εἰπεῖν ἐγίγνοντο, τάς τε ἀρχαιρεσίας, καίτοι σπεύδοντες ἐπὶ τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ δεκασμοῖς καὶ φόνοις διʼ αὐτὰς χρώμενοι, οὐκ ἐπετέλουν. ὁ γοῦν Μίλων ὑπατείαν αἰτῶν τὸν Κλώδιον ἐν τῇ Ἀππίᾳ ὁδῷ συντυχόντα οἱ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἁπλῶς πως ἔτρωσεν, ἔπειτα δὲ φοβηθεὶς μὴ ἐπεξέλθῃ τῷ γεγονότι κατέσφαξεν, ἐλπίσας, ἐπειδὴ πάντας τοὺς οἰκέτας τοὺς τοῦτο ποιήσαντας εὐθὺς ἠλευθέρωσε, ῥᾷον τοῦ φόνου τελευτήσαντος αὐτοῦ ἢ τοῦ τραύματος εἰ περιγίγνοιτο ἀφεθήσεσθαι. ἀκούσαντες οὖν τοῦθʼ οἱ ἐν τῇ πόλει πρὸς ἑσπέραν δεινῶς ἐταράχθησαν· ταῖς τε γὰρ στάσεσιν ἀφορμὴ πολέμου καὶ κακῶν ἐγίγνετο, καὶ οἱ διὰ μέσου, εἰ καὶ ἐμίσουν τὸν Κλώδιον, ὅμως διά τε τὸ ἀνθρώπινον καὶ ὅτι καὶ τοῦ Μίλωνος στερηθῆναι ἐπὶ τῇ προφάσει ταύτῃ
Such being the state of things in the city at that time, with no one in charge of affairs, murders occurred practically every day, and they could not hold the elections, although men were eager to win the offices and employed bribery and assassination to secure them. 2 Milo, for instance, who was seeking the consulship, met Clodius on the Appian Way and at first simply wounded him; then, fearing he would avenge the deed, he slew him, hoping that after he had immediately freed all the servants concerned in the affair, he would be more easily acquitted of the murder, once the man was dead, than he would be of assault, in case he should survive. The people in the city heard of this toward evening and were thrown into a terrible uproar; to the factions it served as an incentive to war and misdeeds, while those who were neutrals, even though they hated Clodius, yet on account of humanity and because on this excuse they hoped to get rid of Milo also, showed indignation.
§ 40.49
ἤθελον, ἠγανάκτουν. παραλαβόντες δὲ αὐτοὺς οὕτως ἔχοντας ὅ τε Ῥοῦφος καὶ Τίτος Μουνάτιος Πλάγκος προσπαρώξυναν· δημαρχοῦντες γὰρ ἔς τε τὴν ἀγορὰν τὸν νεκρὸν ὑπὸ τὴν ἕω ἐσεκόμισαν καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ βῆμα ἐπέθεσαν πᾶσί τε ἐπεδείκνυσαν, καὶ ἐπέλεγον οἷα εἰκὸς ἦν ὀδυρόμενοι, ὥστε τὸν ὅμιλον καὶ ἐξ ὧν ἑώρων καὶ ἐξ ὧν ἤκουον συνταραχθῆναι, καὶ μήτε τοῦ ὁσίου μήτε τοῦ θείου ἔτι φροντίσαι, ἀλλὰ πάντα μὲν τὰ περὶ τὰς ταφὰς νόμιμα συγχέαι, πᾶσαν δὲ ὀλίγου τὴν πόλιν καταπρῆσαι. τὸ γὰρ σῶμα τοῦ Κλωδίου ἀράμενοι ἔς τε τὸ βουλευτήριον ἐσήνεγκαν, καὶ εὐθέτησαν, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο πυρὰν ἐκ τῶν βάθρων συννήσαντες ἔκαυσαν καὶ ἐκεῖνο καὶ τὸ συνέδριον. οὕτω τε οὐχ ὁρμῇ τινι, οἵα που τοὺς ὄχλους ἐξαπιναία καταλαμβάνει, ἀλλὰ ἐκ προαιρέσεως αὐτὸ ἔπραξαν ὥστε καὶ τὴν ἐνάτην τὸ περίδειπνον ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ἀγορᾷ, τυφομένου ἔτι τοῦ βουλευτηρίου, ποιῆσαι, καὶ προσέτι καὶ τὴν οἰκίαν τὴν τοῦ Μίλωνος καταφλέξαι ἐπιχειρῆσαι. ἐκείνη μὲν οὖν πολλῶν αὐτῇ ἀμυνάντων οὐκ ἐκαύθη· ὁ δὲ δὴ Μίλων τέως μὲν περίφοβος ἐπὶ τῷ φόνῳ ὢν ἐκρύπτετο, οὐχ ὑπὸ ἰδιωτῶν μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ ἱππέων βουλευτῶν τέ τινων φρουρούμενος· ἐπεὶ δὲ τοῦτό τε ἐγένετο καὶ τὴν ὀργὴν τῆς γερουσίας ἐς τὸ τῶν ἀντιστασιωτῶν μίασμα περιχωρήσειν ἤλπισεν (εὐθὺς γοῦν τῆς δείλης ἐς τὸ Παλάτιον διʼ αὐτὸ τοῦτο συλλεγέντες τόν τε μεσοβασιλέα προχειρισθῆναι, καὶ τῆς φυλακῆς τῆς πόλεως καὶ ἐκεῖνον καὶ τοὺς δημάρχους καὶ προσέτι καὶ τὸν Πομπήιον ἐπιμεληθῆναι ὥστε μηδὲν ἀπʼ αὐτῆς ἀποτριβῆναι, ἐψηφίσαντὀ, προῄει τε ἐς τὸ μέσον καὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς ὁμοίως ἢ καὶ μᾶλλον ἀντεποιεῖτο.
While they were in this frame of mind Rufus and Titus Munatius Plancus took them in hand and excited them to greater wrath. As tribunes they conveyed the body into the Forum just before dawn, placed it on the Rostra, exhibited it to all, and spoke appropriate words over it with lamentations. 2 So the populace, as a result of what it both saw and heard, was deeply stirred and no longer showed any regard for things sacred or profane, but overthrew all the customs of burial and burned down nearly the whole city. They took up the body of Clodius and carried it into the senate-house, laid it out properly, and then after heaping up a pyre out of the benches burned both the corpse and the building. They did not do this under the stress of such an impulse as often takes sudden hold of crowds, but with such deliberate purpose that at the ninth hour they held the funeral feast in the Forum itself, with the senate-house still smouldering; and they furthermore undertook to apply the torch to Milo's house. 4 It was not burned, however, because many defended it. But Milo, in great terror because of the murder, was meanwhile in hiding, being guarded not only by ordinary citizens but also by knights and some senators; and when this other deed occurred, he hoped that the wrath of the senate would shift to the outrage of the opposing faction. The senators, indeed, did at once assemble on the Palatine for this very purpose, and they voted that an interrex should be chosen, and that he and the tribunes and Pompey should look after the guarding of the city, so that it should suffer no harm. Milo, accordingly, made his appearance in public, and pressed his claims to the office as strongly as before, if not more strongly.
§ 40.50
μάχαι τε οὖν ἐκ τούτου πολλαὶ καὶ σφαγαὶ αὖθις ἐγίγνοντο, ὥστε τὴν βουλὴν τά τε προειρημένα ἐπικυρῶσαι, καὶ τὸν Πομπήιον μεταπέμψασθαι, καταλόγους τε αὐτῷ καινοὺς ποιήσασθαι ἐπιτρέψαι, καὶ τὰ ἐσθήματα ἀλλάξασθαι. ἐλθόντος τε αὐτοῦ οὐ πολλῷ ὕστερον ἔξω τε τοῦ πωμηρίου πρὸς τῷ θεάτρῳ αὐτοῦ σὺν φρουρᾷ ἠθροίσθησαν καὶ τὰ τοῦ Κλωδίου ὀστᾶ ἀνελέσθαι ἔγνωσαν, τό τε βουλευτήριον τῷ Φαύστῳ τῷ τοῦ Σύλλου υἱεῖ ἀνοικοδομῆσαι προσέταξαν. ἦν μὲν γὰρ τὸ Ὁστίλιον, μετεσκεύαστο δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ Σύλλου· διὸ τοῦτό τε περὶ αὐτοῦ ἔδοξε, καὶ ὅπως ἐξοικοδομηθὲν τὸ ἐκείνου ὄνομα ἀπολάβῃ. μετεώρου δὲ τῆς πόλεως οὔσης ἐπὶ τοῖς ἄρξουσί σφων, καὶ διαθροούντων τῶν μὲν ὡς δικτάτορα τὸν Πομπήιον, τῶν δὲ ὡς ὕπατον τὸν Καίσαρα αἱρεθῆναι δεῖ (οὕτω γάρ που ἐκ προαιρέσεως ἐπὶ τοῖς κατειργασμένοις αὐτὸν ἐτίμων ὥστε καὶ ἑξήκονθʼ ἡμέρας θῦσαι ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς ψηφίσασθαἰ, φοβηθέντες ἑκάτερον οἵ τε ἄλλοι βουλευταὶ καὶ Βίβουλος, ὅσπερ που τὴν γνώμην πρῶτος ἐρωτηθεὶς ποιήσεσθαι ἔμελλε, προκατέλαβον τὴν τοῦ πλήθους ὁρμήν, τῷ Πομπηίῳ τὴν ὑπατείαν, ὥστε μὴ δικτάτορα αὐτὸν λεχθῆναι, καὶ μόνῳ γε, ἵνα μὴ ὁ Καῖσαρ αὐτῷ συνάρξῃ, δόντες. ξένον μὲν δὴ τοῦτο καὶ ἐπὶ μηδενὸς ἄλλου γενόμενον ἔπραξαν, καίτοι ὀρθῶς αὐτὸ πεποιηκέναι ἔδοξαν· ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἧττον τοῦ Καίσαρος τῷ ὁμίλῳ προσέκειτο, ἀπορρήξειν τε αὐτὸν ἀπʼ ἐκείνου παντάπασι καὶ σφετεριεῖσθαι ἤλπισαν. καὶ ἔσχεν οὕτως· τῷ τε γὰρ καινῷ καὶ τῷ παραδόξῳ τῆς τιμῆς ἐπαρθεὶς οὐκέτʼ οὐδὲν ἐς τὴν τῶν πολλῶν χάριν ἐβούλευσεν, ἀλλʼ ἀκριβῶς πάντα τὰ τῇ βουλῇ ἀρέσκοντα ἔπραξεν.
Thereupon conflicts and much bloodshed occurred once more, so that the senate adopted the aforementioned measures, summoned Pompey, allowed him to make fresh levies, and changed their garments. 2 Upon his arrival not long afterward they assembled under guard near his theatre outside the pomerium, and resolved to take up the bones of Clodius, and also assigned the rebuilding of the senate-house to Faustus, the son of Sulla. It was the Curia Hostilia, which had been remodelled by Sulla; hence they came to this decision about it and ordered that when restored it should receive again the name of the same man. The city was in a fever of excitement about the magistrates who should rule it, some talking to the effect that Pompey should be chosen dictator and others that Caesar should be made consul. 4 They were so determined to honour the latter for his achievements that they voted a thanksgiving of sixty days because of them. Fearing both of the men, the rest of the senate and Bibulus, who was first to be asked and to declare his opinion, forestalled the enthusiasm of the populace by giving the consulship to Pompey, so as to prevent his being named dictator, and to him alone, in order that he might not have Caesar as his colleague. This action of theirs was novel, having been taken in no other case; and yet they seemed to have acted with good judgment. For since Pompey favoured the populace less than Caesar, they hoped to detach him from them altogether and to make him their own. And this expectation was fulfilled. Elated by the novelty and unexpectedness of the honour, he no longer formed any plan to gratify the populace, but was careful to do everything that pleased the senate.
§ 40.51
οὐ μέντοι καὶ μόνος ἄρξαι ἠθέλησεν· τὴν γὰρ εὔκλειαν ἐν τῷ δεδόχθαι τοῦτʼ ἔχων, τὸν φθόνον τὸν ἐπʼ αὐτῇ ἐξέκλινε. καὶ φοβηθεὶς μήποτε κενῆς τῆς χώρας οὔσης ὁ Καῖσαρ ἔκ τε τῆς τῶν δυνάμεων καὶ ἐκ τῆς τοῦ πλήθους σπουδῆς συνάρχων αὐτῷ δοθῇ, ἐκείνῳ μέν, ἵνα μὴ καὶ παντελῶς παρημελῆσθαι νομίσῃ κἀκ τούτου τινὰ ὀργὴν δικαίαν ποιήσηται, παρεσκεύασε διὰ τῶν δημάρχων ἐπιτραπῆναι καὶ ἀπόντι τὴν ἀρχήν, ὅταν ἐκ τῶν νόμων καθήκῃ, αἰτῆσαι, αὐτὸς δὲ Κύιντον Σκιπίωνα πενθερόν τέ οἱ ὄντα καὶ δεκασμοῦ αἰτίαν ἔχοντα προσείλετο. οὗτος γὰρ γόνῳ μὲν υἱὸς τοῦ Νασικοῦ ὤν, ἐκ δὲ δὴ κλήρου διαδοχῆς ἐς τὸ τοῦ Μετέλλου τοῦ Εὐσεβοῦς γένος ποιηθεὶς καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὴν ἐπίκλησιν αὐτοῦ φέρων, τήν τε θυγατέρα τῷ Πομπηίῳ ἐξέδωκε, καὶ παρʼ αὐτοῦ τήν τε ὑπατείαν καὶ τὸ μὴ κατηγορηθῆναι ἀντέλαβε.
He did not, however, wish to hold office alone. For now that he had the glory that lay in the passing of such a vote, he wished to avoid the envy attaching to it. He also feared that, if the place were vacant, Caesar might be given him as colleague through the enthusiasm of his troops and the populace alike. 2 First of all, therefore, in order that his rival might not think he had been entirely neglected and therefore show some just displeasure, he arranged through the tribunes that Caesar should be permitted even in his absence to be a candidate for the office, when the proper time came according to law; he then chose as his colleague Quintus Scipio, who was his father-in-law and was under a charge of bribery. This man, by birth the son of Nasica, had been adopted into the family of Metellus Pius as the latter's heir, and for that reason also bore his name. He had given his daughter in marriage to Pompey, and now received in turn from him the consulship and immunity from accusation.
§ 40.52
πάνυ γὰρ πολλοὶ ἐπὶ τῷ ἐγκλήματι τούτῳ εὐθύνθησαν, καὶ μάλισθʼ ὅτι τὰ δικαστήρια ἀκριβέστερον ἐκ τῶν τοῦ Πομπηίου νόμων συνήγετο. πάντας τε γὰρ τοὺς ἄνδρας ἐξ ὧν τοὺς δικάσοντας ἀποκληροῦσθαι ἔδει αὐτὸς ἐπελέγετο, καὶ τὸν τῶν συναγορευσόντων ἑκατέρῳ τῷ μέρει ἀριθμὸν ὥρισεν, ὥστε μὴ ὑπὸ τοῦ πλήθους αὐτῶν τοὺς δικαστὰς θορυβουμένους ἐκταράττεσθαι. χρόνον τε τῷ μὲν διώκοντι δύο ὥρας, τῷ δὲ φεύγοντι τρεῖς δίδοσθαι ἐκέλευσε. καὶ ὃ δὴ μάλιστα πλείστοις ἐλυμαίνετο, τό τινας ἐπαινέτας ὑπὸ τῶν κρινομένων δίδοσθαι (πάμπολλοι γὰρ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀξιοπίστων ἐπαινούμενοι ἐξηρπάζοντὀ, ἐπηνώρθωσε, νομοθετήσας μηδένα ἔτι τὸ παράπαν ἐπαινέτην τοῖς τοιούτοις γίγνεσθαι. καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ἄλλα τέ τινα κατὰ πάντων ὁμοίως τῶν δικαστηρίων ἐτάχθη, τοῖς δὲ δὴ περὶ τὰς ἀρχὰς δεκάζουσι καὶ τοὺς προεαλωκότας ἐπὶ τοιούτῳ τινὶ κατηγόρους ἐπέστησεν, ἆθλόν σφισιν οὐκ ἐλάχιστον προθείς· εἰ γάρ τις ἤτοι δύο τῶν ὁμοίων τῶν τε ἐλαττόνων ἢ καὶ ἕνα τῶν μειζόνων τῆς καθʼ ἑαυτὸν αἰτίας εἷλεν, ἄδειαν εὑρίσκετο.
Very many had been called to account on the charge mentioned, especially because the trials, by Pompey's laws, were more carefully conducted. He himself selected the entire list of names from which drawings for jurors must be made, and he limited the number of advocates on each side, in order that the jurymen might not be confused and embarrassed by their number. 2 And he ordered that the time allotted to the plaintiff should be only two hours, and to the defendant three. But what grieved a great many most was his reform of the custom whereby character-witnesses were brought forward by those on trial, with the result that great numbers were snatched from justice because they were commended by credible witnesses; he had a measure passed that no character-witnesses at all should henceforth be allowed to such persons. These and other reforms he applied to all the courts alike; and against those who practised bribery for office he raised up as accusers those who had formerly been convicted of some such offence, setting before the latter no small prize. For if any one secured the conviction of two men on charges similar to the one against himself, or even on slighter charges, or of one man on a greater charge, he gained pardon himself.
§ 40.53
ἄλλοι τε οὖν ἐκ τούτου πολλοὶ ἑάλωσαν καὶ Πλαύτιος Ὑψαῖος ἀνταιτήσας τῷ τε Μίλωνι καὶ τῷ Σκιπίωνι τὴν ὑπατείαν. τῶν γὰρ δὴ τριῶν δωροφορησάντων μόνος ἐκεῖνος κατεδικάσθη. ὅ τε γὰρ Σκιπίων ἐγράφη μὲν καὶ ὑπὸ δυοῖν γε, οὐκ ἐκρίθη δὲ διὰ τὸν Πομπήιον· καὶ ὁ Μίλων ἐπὶ μὲν τούτῳ οὐκ ἐσήχθη (τὸ γὰρ τοῦ φόνου ἔγκλημα μεῖζον εἶχενʼ, ὑπαχθεὶς δὲ ἐπʼ ἐκείνῳ ἑάλω, μηδὲν δυνηθεὶς βίαιον δρᾶσαι. ὁ γὰρ Πομπήιος τήν τε ἄλλην πόλιν διὰ φυλακῆς ἐποιήσατο, καὶ ἐς τὸ δικαστήριον σὺν ὁπλίταις ἐσῆλθε, θορυβησάντων τε ἐπὶ τούτῳ τινῶν προσέταξε τοῖς στρατιώταις ἐκδιῶξαι αὐτοὺς ἐκ τῆς ἀγορᾶς πλαγίοις καὶ πλατέσι τοῖς ξίφεσι παίοντας. ἐπειδή τε οὐχ ὑπεῖκον ἀλλὰ καὶ καθάπερ ἐν παιδιᾷ τινι πλαγιαζόμενοι ὕβριζον, καὶ ἐτρώθησάν τινες αὐτῶν καὶ ἀπέθανον.
Among many others who were thus convicted was Plautius Hypsaeus, who had been a rival of Milo and of Scipio for the consulship. Though all three had been guilty of bribery, he alone was convicted. 2 Scipio was indicted, and by two persons at that, but had not been tried, thanks to Pompey's influence; and Milo was not charged with this crime, since he had the more serious charge of murder against him, but when he was brought to trial on this latter charge, he was convicted, as he was unable to use any violence. For Pompey kept the rest of the city well under guard and entered the court himself with armed soldiers. When some raised an outcry at this, he ordered the soldiers to drive them out of the Forum by striking them with the side or the flat of their swords; and when they still would not yield, but jeered as if they were being struck in sport, some of them were wounded and killed.
§ 40.54
τά τε οὖν δικαστήρια ἡσύχως ἐκ τούτων συνήγετο, καὶ ἐδικαιώθησαν ἐπί τε ἑτέροις τισὶ πολλοὶ καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ τοῦ Κλωδίου φόνῳ ἄλλοι τε καὶ ὁ Μίλων, καίτοι τὸν Κικέρωνα συναγωνιστὴν ἔχων. ὁ γὰρ ῥήτωρ ἐκεῖνος τόν τε Πομπήιον καὶ τοὺς στρατιώτας ἐν τῷ δικαστηρίῳ παρὰ τὸ καθεστηκὸς ἰδὼν ἐξεπλάγη καὶ κατέδεισεν, ὥστε τῶν μὲν παρεσκευασμένων μηδὲν εἰπεῖν, βραχὺ δέ τι καὶ τεθνηκὸς χαλεπῶς φθεγξάμενος ἀγαπητῶς μεταστῆναι. τοῦτον γὰρ τὸν λόγον τὸν νῦν φερόμενον ὡς καὶ ὑπὲρ τοῦ Μίλωνος τότε λεχθέντα χρόνῳ ποθʼ ὕστερον καὶ κατὰ σχολὴν ἀναθαρσήσας ἔγραψε· καὶ δὴ καὶ τοιόνδε τι περὶ αὐτοῦ παραδέδοται. ὁ Μίλων τῷ λόγῳ πεμφθέντι οἱ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἐντυχών (ἐπεφυγάδευτο γὰρʼ ἀντεπέστειλε λέγων ὅτι ἐν τύχῃ αὐτῷ ἐγένετο τὸ μὴ ταῦθʼ οὕτω καὶ ἐν τῷ δικαστηρίῳ λεχθῆναι· οὐ γὰρ ἂν τοιαύτας ἐν τῇ Μασσαλίᾳ (ἐν ᾗ κατὰ τὴν φυγὴν ἦνʼ τρίγλας ἐσθίειν, εἴπερ τι τοιοῦτον ἀπελελόγητο. τοῦτο δὲ ἔγραψεν οὐχ ὅτι τοῖς παροῦσιν ἠρέσκετο (πολλὰ γὰρ ἐπὶ τῇ καθόδῳ ἐπετόλμησενʼ ἀλλʼ ἐς τὸν Κικέρωνα ἀποσκώπτων, ὅτι μηδὲν χρηστὸν ἐν τῷ τῆς ἀπολογίας καιρῷ εἰπὼν ἔπειτα ἀκάρπους λόγους καὶ ἐμελέτα καὶ ἔπεμπεν αὐτῷ, ὥσπερ τι ὠφελῆσαι τότε αὐτὸν δυναμένους.
The courts convened in quiet in consequence of these reforms, and many were convicted on various charges, among others, Milo for the murder of Clodius, though he had Cicero to defend him. 2 That orator, seeing Pompey and the soldiers in the court, contrary to custom, was alarmed and overwhelmed with dread, so that he did not deliver the speech he had prepared at all, but after uttering with difficulty a few words that all but died on his lips, was glad to retire. The speech which is now extant, purporting to have been delivered at that time in behalf of Milo, he wrote some time later and at leisure, when he had recovered his courage. Indeed, the following story has come down about it. When Milo, in banishment, had read the speech sent to him by Cicero, he wrote back that it was lucky for him those words had not been spoken in that form in the court; for he should not be eating such mullets in Massilia (where he was passing his exile), if any such defence had been made. 4 This he wrote, not because he was pleased with his condition, — indeed, he made many efforts to secure his return, — but as a joke on Cicero, because the orator, after saying nothing useful at the time of the defence, had later composed and sent to him these fruitless words, as if they could then be of any service to him.
§ 40.55
ὅ τε οὖν Μίλων οὕτως ἑάλω, καὶ ὁ Ῥοῦφος ὅ τε Πλάγκος ἐπειδὴ πρῶτον ἐκ τῆς ἀρχῆς ἐξῆλθον, ἄλλοι τε σὺν αὐτοῖς συχνοὶ διὰ τὴν τοῦ βουλευτηρίου ἔμπρησιν, καίτοι τῷ Πλάγκῳ καὶ τοῦ Πομπηίου συσπουδάσαντος, ὥστε καὶ βιβλίον ἔπαινόν τε ἅμα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἱκετείαν ἔχον ἐς τὸ δικαστήριον ἔπεμψεν· ὁ γὰρ Κάτων ὁ Μᾶρκος (δικάζειν δὲ ἔμελλενʼ οὐκ ἔφη τὸν ἐπαινέτην ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν ἑαυτοῦ νόμων καταλύσει προσίεσθαι. καὶ ὁ μὲν οὐκέτι τὴν ψῆφον ἔδωκεν· ὁ γὰρ Πλάγκος ὡς καὶ τὴν καθαιρήσουσαν αὐτὸν οἴσοντα ἐξέκρινεν (ἐξῆν γάρ, ἐκ τῶν Πομπηίων νόμων, πέντε ἑκατέρῳ τῶν διαδικούντων ἐκ τῶν δικάσειν σφίσι μελλόντων ἀπολέγεινʼ· οἱ μέντοι ἄλλοι δικασταὶ κατεψηφίσαντο αὐτοῦ. οὔτε γὰρ ἄλλως ὀρθῶς ἔχειν ἔδοξέ σφισι, τοῦ Ῥούφου κατεγνωκόσιν, ἐκεῖνον ἐπὶ τοῖς αὐτοῖς κρινόμενον ἀφεῖναι· καὶ ἐπειδὴ τὸν Πομπήιον συναιρόμενόν οἱ εἶδον, ἀντεσπούδασαν αὐτῷ, μὴ καὶ δοῦλοί τινες ἄντικρυς αὐτοῦ μᾶλλον ἢ δικασταὶ νομισθῶσιν εἶναι. καίπερ καὶ τότε ὁ Κικέρων οὐδὲν βέλτιον τοῦ Πλάγκου κατηγόρησεν ἢ ὑπὲρ τοῦ Μίλωνος ἀπελογήσατο· ἥ τε γὰρ τοῦ δικαστηρίου ὄψις ἡ αὐτὴ ἦν, καὶ ὁ Πομπήιος ἐν ἑκατέρῳ τἀναντία οἱ καὶ ἐβουλεύετο καὶ ἔπραττεν, ὅθεν οὐχ ἥκιστα αὗθις αὐτῷ προσέκρουσε.
In this way Milo was convicted; and so were Rufus and Plancus, as soon as they had finished their terms of office, together with numerous others, on account of the burning of the senate-house. Plancus was not saved even by the efforts of Pompey, who was so zealous in his behalf that he sent to the court a pamphlet containing both a eulogy of Milo and an entreaty in his behalf. 2 But Marcus Cato, who was to be a juryman, said he would not allow the character-witness to appear to the destruction of his own laws; however, he got no opportunity to cast his vote, since he was rejected by Plancus, who felt sure he would vote for his condemnation. By the laws of Pompey, it should be explained, each of the parties to a suit was allowed to set aside five of the men who were to be on the jury. The other jurors, however, voted against Milo, since it did not seem right to them after they had condemned Rufus to acquit Plancus, who was on trial on the same charge; and particularly when they saw Pompey coöperating with him, they became zealous in opposing him, for fear they might be thought to be absolute slaves of his rather than jurymen. 4 It should be said that on this occasion, too, Cicero accused Plancus no more successfully than he had defended Milo; for the appearance of the courtroom was the same, and Pompey in each case was advising and acting against him — a circumstance that was important in bringing about another collision between them.
§ 40.56
ταῦτά τε οὖν ἅμα διῴκει, καὶ τὸν περὶ τῶν ἀρχαιρεσιῶν νόμον τὸν κελεύοντα τοὺς ἀρχήν τινα ἐπαγγέλλοντας ἐς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν πάντως ἀπαντᾶν, ὥστε μηδένα ἀπόντα αἱρεῖσθαι, παρημελημένον πως ἀνενεώσατο· τό τε δόγμα τὸ μικρὸν ἔμπροσθε γενόμενον, ὥστε τοὺς ἄρξαντας ἐν τῇ πόλει μὴ πρότερον ἐς τὰς ἔξω ἡγεμονίας, πρὶν πέντε ἔτη παρελθεῖν, κληροῦσθαι, ἐπεκύρωσεν. οὐδʼ ᾐσχύνθη τότε μὲν τοιαῦτα γράψας, ὕστερον δὲ οὐ πολλῷ αὐτός τε τὴν Ἰβηρίαν ἐς πέντε ἄλλα ἔτη λαβών, καὶ τῷ Καίσαρι καὶ ἀπόντι (οἱ γὰρ φίλοι αὐτοῦ δεινῶς ἠγανάκτουνʼ αἰτῆσαι τὴν ὑπατείαν, ὥσπερ ἐψήφιστο, δούς. προσέγραψε μὲν γὰρ τῷ νόμῳ τὸ μόνοις αὐτὸ ἐξεῖναι ποιεῖν οἷς ἂν ὀνομαστί τε καὶ ἄντικρυς ἐπιτραπῇ, διέφερε δʼ οὐδὲν τοῦτο τοῦ μηδʼ ἀρχὴν κεκωλῦσθαι· πάντως γὰρ οἵ τι δυνάμενοι καὶ ἐκεῖνο ψηφισθῆναί σφισι διαπράξασθαι ἔμελλον.
Besides attending to these matters Pompey revived the law about elections that commanded those who seek an office to present themselves without fail before the assembly, so that no one who was absent might be chosen; this law had somehow fallen into disuse. He also confirmed the decree, passed a short time previously, that those who had held office in the city should not be assigned to command abroad until five years had passed. 2 And yet, after proposing these measures at this time, he was not ashamed a little later to take Spain himself for five years more and to grant to Caesar, whose friends were in a terrible state of indignation, the right to canvass for the consulship even in his absence, as had been decreed. For he had amended the law to read that only those should be permitted to do it who were granted the privilege by name and without disguise; but this was no different from its not having been prohibited at all, for men who had any influence were certainly going to manage to get the right voted to them. Such were the political acts of Pompey.
§ 40.57
ὁ μὲν οὖν Πομπήιος τοιαῦτʼ ἐπολιτεύετο, ὁ δὲ δὴ Σκιπίων οὔτε ἐνομοθέτησέ τι, καὶ τὰ πρὸς τοῦ Κλωδίου περὶ τῶν τιμητῶν γραφέντα κατέλυσε. καὶ ἔδοξε μὲν τὴν ἐκείνων χάριν τοῦτο πεποιηκέναι, ἐπειδὴ τὴν ἐξουσίαν αὐτοῖς ἣν καὶ πρὶν εἶχον ἀπέδωκε, περιέστη δὲ ἐς τοὐναντίον. ὑπὸ γὰρ τοῦ πολλοὺς ἔν τε τῇ ἱππάδι καὶ ἐν τῷ βουλευτικῷ φλαύρους ἄνδρας εἶναι, τέως μὲν μηδένα μήτε κατηγορηθέντα μήθʼ ἁλόντα διαγράψαι σφίσιν ἐξῆν, οὐδεμίαν τῶν οὐκ ἀπαλειφομένων αἰτίαν εἶχον· ἀπολαβόντες δὲ τὴν ἀρχαίαν ἰσχύν, ὑφʼ ἧς αὐτοῖς καὶ καθʼ ἑαυτοὺς τὸν ἑκάστου βίον ἐξετάζουσι τοῦτο ποιεῖν ἐδέδοτο, οὔτε πολλοῖς προσκρούειν ὑπέμενον, οὔτʼ αὖ ἐν μέμψει τινὶ ὡς μὴ διαγράφοντες τοὺς οὐκ ἐπιτηδείους γίγνεσθαι ἤθελον, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐδὲ ἐφίετο ἔτι τῆς ἀρχῆς τῶν ἐμφρόνων οὐδὲ εἷς.
Scipio, without enacting any new laws, abolished the laws emanating from Clodius with regard to the censors. It looked as though he had done this out of favour to them, since he had restored to them the authority which they formerly had; but it turned out to be the opposite. 2 For in view of the fact that there were many unworthy men both in the equestrian and in the senatorial orders, so long as it had not been permitted them to expel any one who had been either accused or convicted, no fault was found with them on account of those whose names were not expunged. But when they got back their old power and were allowed to do this on their own authority after examining into the life of each man, they had not the hardihood to come to an open break with many, nor had they, on the other hand, any desire to incur censure for failing to expel men who were unfit to retain their rank, and for this reason no sensible person had any desire for the office any longer.
§ 40.58
περὶ μὲν δὴ τοὺς τιμητὰς ταῦτʼ ἐψηφίσθη, ὁ δὲ δὴ Κάτων ἄλλως μὲν οὐδεμιᾶς ἀρχῆς ἐδεῖτο, ἰδὼν δὲ τόν τε Καίσαρα καὶ τὸν Πομπήιον ὑπὲρ τὴν κατάστασιν τῆς πολιτείας αὐξανομένους, καὶ ὑποτοπήσας ἤτοι καὶ ἀμφοτέρους σφᾶς τὰ πράγματα ἕξειν, ἢ καὶ διενεχθέντας ἀλλήλοις στάσιν τε μεγίστην ποιήσειν καὶ τὸν κρατήσαντα αὐτῶν μοναρχήσειν, ἠθέλησε μέν σφας πρὶν ἀνταγωνιστὰς γενέσθαι καταλῦσαι, καὶ τὴν ὑπατείαν ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς ᾔτησεν, ἐπειδήπερ ἰδιωτεύων οὐδὲν ἰσχύσειν ἔμελλεν, ὑποπτευθεὶς δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν τὰ ἐκείνων πραττόντων τοιοῦτόν τι δράσειν οὐκ ἀπεδείχθη, ἀλλʼ ὅ τε Μάρκελλος ὁ Μᾶρκος καὶ ὁ Ῥοῦφος ὁ Σουλπίκιος, ὁ μὲν διὰ τὴν τῶν νόμων ἐμπειρίαν ὁ δὲ διὰ τὴν τῶν λόγων δύναμιν, ᾑρέθησαν, ἄλλως τε καὶ ὅτι αὐτοὶ μέν, εἰ καὶ μὴ χρήμασιν ἢ βιαίῳ τινὶ ἔργῳ, ἀλλὰ τῇ γε θεραπείᾳ καὶ τῇ παρακλήσει πολλῇ πρὸς πάντας ἐχρήσαντο, ὁ δὲ δὴ Κάτων οὐδένα αὐτῶν ἐθεράπευσε. καὶ ὁ μὲν οὐκέτʼ αὖθις τῆς ἀρχῆς ἀντεποιήσατο, λέγων ἀγαθοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἔργον εἶναι μήτʼ ἀποδιδράσκειν τὴν προστασίαν τῶν κοινῶν, ἄν γέ τινες χρῆσθαι αὐτῷ ἐθελήσωσι, μήθʼ ὑπὲρ
This was the vote passed with regard to the censors. Cato did not really want the office, but seeing Caesar and Pompey outgrowing the constitution, and surmising that they would either get control of affairs together or would quarrel with each other and cause a great civil war, the victor in which would be sole ruler, he wished to overthrow them before they became antagonists, and sought the consulship to use it against them, because as a private citizen he would have no influence. 2 His designs were guessed, however, by the adherent of the two men and he was not appointed, but instead Marcus Marcellus and Sulpicius Rufus were chosen, the one on account of his acquaintance with the law and the other for his ability as an orator. One special reason was that they, even if they did not employ money or violence, yet showed great deference to all and were wont to appeal frequently to the people, whereas Cato was deferential to none of them. 4 He never again became a candidate for the office, saying that it was the duty of an upright man not to shirk the leadership of the state if any wished to use his services in that way, nor yet to pursue it beyond the limits of propriety.
§ 40.59
τὸ προσῆκον αὐτῆς ἐφίεσθαι· Μάρκελλος δὲ πάντʼ εὐθὺς ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ Καίσαρος καταλύσει (τῆς γὰρ τοῦ Πομπηίου μερίδος ἦνʼ ἔπραττε, καὶ ἄλλα τε ἐπʼ αὐτῷ πολλά, καὶ ὥστε καὶ διάδοχόν οἱ ἤδη καὶ πρὸ τοῦ καθήκοντος χρόνου πεμφθῆναι, ἐσηγήσατο. καὶ αὐτῷ ὅ τε Σουλπίκιος καὶ τῶν δημάρχων τινὲς ἀντέπραξαν, οὗτοι μὲν τῇ πρὸς τὸν Καίσαρα χάριτι· ἐκεῖνος δʼ αὐτοῖς ἐκοινώσατο καὶ τοῖς πολλοῖς ὅτι οὐκ ἤρεσκε τό τινα μεταξὺ ἄρχοντα μηδὲν ἠδικηκότα παυθῆναι. μαθὼν οὖν ταῦθʼ ὁ Πομπήιος (ἀπῆρε μὲν γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ ἄστεως ὡς καὶ ἐς τὴν Ἰβηρίαν στρατεύσων, οὐ μὴν οὐδὲ τότε ἐκ τῆς Ἰταλίας ἐξεχώρησεν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ὑποστρατήγοις πάντα τὰ ἐκεῖ προστάξας αὐτὸς τῇ πόλει ἐφήδρευἐ τὸ μὲν δὴ τὸν Καίσαρα τῆς ἡγεμονίας παραλυθῆναι οὐδὲ ἑαυτῷ ἀρέσκειν ἐπλάττετο, ἔπραττε δʼ ὅπως, ὅταν τὸν δεδομένον οἱ χρόνον διάρξῃ (τοῦτο δὲ οὐκ ἐς μακρὰν ἀλλʼ εὐθὺς τῷ ὑστέρῳ ἔτει γενήσεσθαι ἔμελλἐ, τά τε ὅπλα κατάθηται καὶ ἰδιωτεύσων οἴκαδε ἐπανέλθῃ. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο Γάιόν τε Μάρκελλον τὸν τοῦ Μάρκου ἀνεψιὸν ἢ καὶ ἀδελφόν (λέγεται γὰρ ἑκάτερονʼ ὑπατεῦσαι, ἐπειδὴ τῷ Καίσαρι καίπερ ἐξ ἐπιγαμίας προσήκων ἐχθρὸς ἦν, καὶ τὸν Κουρίωνα τὸν Γάιον, διʼ ἔχθρας καὶ αὐτὸν ἐκ παλαιοῦ οἱ ὄντα, δημαρχῆσαι ἐποίησεν.
Marcellus at once directed all his efforts towards compassing the downfall of Caesar, inasmuch as he was of Pompey's party; among the many measures against him that he proposed was one to the effect that a successor to him should be sent out even before the appointed time. He was resisted by Sulpicius and some of the tribunes; the latter acted out of good-will toward Caesar, and Sulpicius made common cause with them and with the multitude, because he did not like the idea of a magistrate who had done no wrong being removed in the middle of his term. 2 Pompey had set out from the city as if he were going to make an expedition into Spain, but he did not even at this time leave the bounds of Italy; instead, he assigned the entire business in Spain to his lieutenants and himself kept close watch on the city. Now when he heard how things were going, he pretended that the plan of having Caesar relieved of his command did not please him, either, but he arranged matters so that when Caesar should have served out the time allowed him, — an event not of the distant future, but due to occur the very next year, — he should lay down his arms and return home to private life. 4 It was in pursuance of this object that he caused Gaius Marcellus, a cousin of Marcus, or a brother (both traditions are current), to obtain the consulship, because, although allied to Caesar by marriage, he was hostile to him; and he caused Gaius Curio, who was also an old-time foe of his rival, to become tribune.
§ 40.60
ὁ οὖν Καῖσαρ μήτʼ ἄλλως ὑπομένων ἔκ τε τηλικαύτης καὶ ἐκ χρονίου ἡγεμονίας ἰδιωτεῦσαι, καὶ φοβηθεὶς μὴ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς γένηται, παρεσκευάζετο ὡς καὶ ἀκόντων αὐτῶν ἐν τῇ ἀρχῇ ἐμμενῶν, καὶ στρατιώτας προσκατελέγετο καὶ χρήματα ἤθροιζεν ὅπλα τε ἐποίει, καὶ καθʼ ἡδονὴν πᾶσιν ἡγεῖτο. κἀν τούτῳ καὶ τὰ οἴκοι τρόπον τινά, τοῦ μὴ πάντα βίᾳ ἀλλὰ καὶ πειθοῖ πράττειν δοκεῖν, προδιοικήσασθαι ἐθελήσας ἔγνω συναλλαγῆναι τῷ Κουρίωνι· τοῦ τε γὰρ τῶν Κουριώνων γένους ἦν, καὶ τὴν γνώμην ὀξύς, εἰπεῖν τε δεινός, τῷ τε πλήθει πιθανώτατος, καὶ χρήματων ἐς πάντα ἁπλῶς ἐξ ὧν ἢ αὐτός τι πλεονεκτήσειν ἢ καὶ ἑτέρῳ διαπράξειν ἤλπιζεν ἀφειδέστατος. καὶ αὐτὸν πολλὰ μὲν ἐπελπίσας, πάντων δὲ τῶν ὀφειλημάτων, συχνῶν διὰ τὸ πολλὰ δαπανᾶσθαι ὄντων, ἀπαλλάξας ἀνηρτήσατο. πρὸς γὰρ τὴν παροῦσαν ὧν ἔπραττε σπουδὴν οὔτε ἀργυρίου, ἅτε καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐκείνων ἀργυρολογῶν, ἐφείδετο, καὶ προσυπισχνεῖτό τισι παμπληθῆ ὧν οὐδὲ πολλοστὸν μέρος δώσειν ἔμελλε. καὶ οὐ μόνον γε τοὺς ἐλευθέρους ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς δούλους τούς τι καὶ ὁπωσοῦν παρὰ τοῖς δεσπόταις σφῶν δυναμένους ἐθεράπευσε· καὶ συχνοὶ αὐτῷ καὶ ἐκ τούτου καὶ τῶν ἱππέων καὶ τῶν βουλευτῶν ὑπῆρξαν.
Caesar was on no account inclined to become a private citizen after holding so important a command and for such a long time, and in particular he was afraid of falling into the power of his enemies. Therefore he made preparations to stay in office in spite of them, collected additional soldiers, gathered money, provided arms, and administered affairs in such a manner as to please all. 2 Meanwhile, desiring to arrange matters at home beforehand in some fashion, so as not to seem to be using violence in all things, but also persuasion to gain his ends, he decided to effect a reconciliation with Curio. For the latter belonged to the family of the Curiones, had a keen intellect, was eloquent, was greatly trusted by the populace, and most lavish of money for all objects by which he hoped either to gain advantage for himself or benefit others. So, by buoying him up with many hopes and relieving him of all his debts, which on account of his extravagance were numerous, Caesar attached him to himself. In view of the present importance of the objects for which he was working Caesar did not spare money, since the attainment of these ends would afford him an abundance, and he also promised various persons large sums, of which he had no intention of giving them even the smallest fraction. 4 He courted not only the free but the slaves who had any influence whatever with their masters, and as a result a number of the knights and of the senators joined his side.
§ 40.61
ὁ δʼ οὖν Κουρίων ἐφρόνησε μὲν τὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος, οὐ μέντοι καὶ παραχρῆμα φανερῶς αὐτὰ πράττειν ἤρξατο· πρόφασίν τε γὰρ εὐπρεπῆ τοῦ μὴ καὶ ἑκὼν ἀλλὰ ἀναγκασθεὶς δὴ μεθεστηκέναι δόξαι ἐζήτει, καὶ ἐνόμισεν, ὅσῳ ἂν ἐπὶ πλεῖον τοῖς ἐχθροῖς αὐτοῦ ὡς καὶ φίλος σφῶν συγγένηται, καὶ πλείω καὶ μείζω τῶν ἀπορρήτων αὐτῶν μαθήσεσθαι. διʼ οὖν ταῦτα ἐπὶ μακρότατόν τε ἐπεκρύψατο, καὶ ὅπως μηδένα τρόπον ὑποπτευθῇ μεταβεβλῆσθαί τε καὶ οὐκ ἀνὰ πρώτους καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐναντία τῷ Καίσαρι καὶ τότε ἔτι καὶ φρονεῖν καὶ λέγειν, καὶ ἐδημηγόρει κατʼ αὐτοῦ ἀφʼ οὗ γε καὶ δημαρχεῖν ἤρξατο, καὶ ἐσηγεῖτο πολλὰ καὶ ἄτοπα. καί τινα καὶ ἐπὶ τῇ βουλῇ τοῖς τε δυνατωτάτοις σφῶν, οἵπερ που καὶ τὰ τοῦ Πομπηίου μάλιστʼ ἔπραττον, ἔγραφεν, οὐχ ὅτι καὶ ἤθελεν ἢ καὶ ἤλπιζέ τι αὐτῶν γενήσεσθαι, ἀλλʼ ἵνα μὴ προσδεχομένων μήτε κατὰ τοῦ Καίσαρός τι ψηφισθείη (πολλὰ γὰρ ἐπʼ αὐτῷ ὑπὸ πολλῶν ἐγράφετὀ καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπὶ τῇ προφάσει ταύτῃ
Thus Curio espoused Caesar's cause; but he did not immediately begin to serve him openly, since he was seeking a plausible excuse, so as to appear not to have transferred his allegiance willingly, but under compulsion. He also took into consideration that the more he should associate with Caesar's enemies in the guise of their friend, the more and the greater would be the secrets of theirs he should learn. 2 For these reasons he dissembled for a long time, and to prevent any suspicion of the fact that he had changed sides and was not still at this time among the foremost in feeling and expressing unqualified opposition to Caesar, he even delivered public speeches against him, as soon as he had entered upon the tribuneship, and introduced many strange measures. Some bills he offered against the senate and its most powerful members, men who were especially active in Pompey's behalf, not because he either wished or expected that any one of them would be passed, but in order that, if they did not accept them, no measure might be passed against Caesar (for many motions directed against him were being offered by various persons), and that he might himself use this as an excuse for changing sides.
§ 40.62
μετασταίη. συχνὸν οὖν ἐκ τούτου χρόνον ἄλλοτε ἄλλαις σκήψεσιν, ὥστε μηδὲν αὐτῶν τὸ παράπαν κυρωθῆναι, κατατρίψας ἀγανακτεῖν τε προσεποιεῖτο, καὶ ἠξίου μῆνα ἄλλον πρὸς τὰς ὑπʼ αὐτῶν δὴ νομοθεσίας ἐπεμβληθῆναι. τοῦτο δὲ ἐγίγνετο μὲν ὁσάκις γε καὶ καθῆκον ἦν, οὐ μέντοι καὶ κατʼ ἐκεῖνο συνέβαινεν, ὥσπερ που καὶ αὐτὸς ἅτε ποντίφιξ ὢν ἠπίστατο. ὅμως δʼ οὖν δεῖν τε αὐτὸ γενέσθαι ἔλεγε, καὶ τοὺς συνιερέας ὅσον ἀπὸ βοῆς ἐξεβιάζετο· καὶ τέλος μὴ δυνηθεὶς αὐτοὺς πεῖσαι συγκαταθέσθαι οἱ, ὥσπερ οὐδὲ ἐβούλετο, οὐδʼ ἄλλο τι διὰ τοῦτο ψηφισθῆναι ἐπέτρεψεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐκ τοῦ φανεροῦ ἤδη τὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος διαδικαιῶν, ἐπειδὴ μηδὲν κατʼ αὐτοῦ δῆθεν ἠδυνήθη ποιῆσαι, πᾶν ὅ τι ποτὲ ἐνεδέχετο οὐ δεχθῆναι προΐσχετο, καὶ μάλισθʼ ὅτι πάντας τοὺς τὰ ὅπλα ἔχοντας ταῦτά τε καταθέσθαι καὶ τὰ στρατόπεδα διαλῦσαι χρή, ἢ μηδʼ ἐκεῖνον ψιλώσαντας αὐτῶν ταῖς δυνάμεσι ταῖς τῶν ἀντιστασιωτῶν ἐκδοῦναι. ἔλεγε δὲ τοῦτο οὐχ ὅτι καὶ τὸν Καίσαρα ποιῆσαι αὐτὸ ἤθελεν, ἀλλʼ ὅτι τὸν Πομπήιον εὖ ἠπίστατο μὴ πειθαρχήσοντα αὐτῷ· καὶ ἐκ τούτου καὶ ἐκείνῳ πρόφασις εὔλογος τοῦ μὴ διιέναι τοὺς στρατιώτας ἐδίδοτο.
Thus, after having used up considerable time on different occasions on various pretexts, so that not a single one of his measures was adopted, he pretended to be vexed and asked that an extra month be intercalated for the enactment of the senate's measures. This practice used to be followed as often as occasion demanded, but not for any such reason as his, and he himself, being pontifex, understood that fact. 2 Nevertheless he declared that it ought to be done and made a fine show of using compulsion on his fellow-priests. At last, not being able to persuade them by assent to his proposal, he would not permit any other matter to be voted upon on this account. On the contrary, he already began openly to justify Caesar's actions, since, as he claimed, he was unable to accomplish anything against him, and he brought forward every possible proposition which was sure of not being accepted. The chief of these was that all persons in arms must lay down and disband their legions, or else they should not strip Caesar of his weapons and expose him to the force of his rivals. 4 This he said, not because he wished Caesar to do it, but because he well understood that Pompey would not yield obedience to it, and thus a plausible excuse was offered the other also for not dismissing his soldiers.
§ 40.63
ὁ οὖν Πομπήιος ἐπεὶ μηδὲν ἄλλως πράττων ἤνυτε, πρός τε τὸ τραχὺ ἀπαρακαλύπτως ὥρμησε, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ προφανοῦς πάντα καὶ ἔλεγε καὶ ἐποίει κατὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος. οὐ μέντοι καὶ κατέπραξέ τι. ἄλλοι τε γὰρ ἐκείνῳ πολλοὶ καὶ Λούκιος Παῦλος ὁ τοῦ Μαρκέλλου συνάρχων, ὁ τε Πίσων ὁ Λούκιος ὁ πενθερὸς αὐτοῦ τιμητὴς ὢν συνηγωνίζοντο· καὶ γὰρ τιμηταὶ τὸν χρόνον τοῦτον ὅ τε Κλαύδιος ὁ Ἄππιος καὶ ὁ Πίσων, καίτοι μὴ βουληθείς, ἐγένοντο. καὶ οὗτος μὲν διὰ τὴν συγγένειαν ὑπῆρχε τῷ Καίσαρι, ὁ δὲ δὴ Κλαύδιος ἠναντιοῦτο μὲν αὐτῷ (τὰ γὰρ τοῦ Πομπηίου ᾑρεῖτὀ, οὐκ ἐλάχιστα δὲ καὶ ἄκων ὠφέλησε· πλείστους γὰρ καὶ τῶν ἱππέων καὶ τῶν βουλευτῶν διέγραψεν, ἐκβιασάμενος τὸν συνάρχοντα, κἀκ τούτου πάντας αὐτοὺς τὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος φρονεῖν ἐποίησεν. ὁ γὰρ Πίσων οὔτʼ ἄλλως πράγματʼ ἔχειν ἐθέλων καὶ πρὸς τὴν τοῦ γαμβροῦ φιλίαν πολλοὺς θεραπεύων αὐτὸς μὲν οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον ἐποίησεν, ἐκείνῳ δὲ οὐκ ἀντέπραξε πάντας μὲν τοὺς ἐκ τῶν ἀπελευθέρων συχνοὺς δὲ καὶ τῶν πάνυ γενναίων, ἄλλους τε καὶ τὸν Κρίσπον τὸν Σαλούστιον τὸν τὴν ἱστορίαν γράψαντα, ἀπελάσαντι ἐκ τοῦ συνεδρίου. τὸν μέντοι Κουρίωνα μελλήσαντα καὶ αὐτὸν ἀπαλειφθήσεσθαι ἐξῃτήσατο μετὰ τοῦ Παύλου, οὗπερ
Pompey, accordingly, as he could effect nothing in any other way, proceeded without any further disguise to harsh measures and openly said and did everything against Caesar; yet he failed to accomplish anything. 2 Caesar had many supporters, among them Lucius Paulus, the colleague of Marcellus, and Lucius Piso, his father-in-law, who was censor; for at this time Appius Claudius and Piso were made censors, the latter against his will. So Piso on account of his relationship belonged to Caesar, while Claudius, though opposing him, since he favoured Pompey's cause, yet quite involuntarily rendered Caesar very efficient aid. For he expelled a great many both of the knights and senators, overruling his colleague, and in this way made them all favour Caesar's cause. 4 Piso, who was in any case disposed to avoid trouble, and for the sake of maintaining friendship with his son-in-law paid court to many people, was himself responsible for none of the above acts, but he did not resist Claudius when he drove from the senate all the freedmen and numbers even of the exclusive nobility, among them Sallustius Crispus, who wrote the history. When, however, Curio's name also was about to be expunged, Piso, with the help of Paulus, whose kinsman he was, did beg him off.
§ 40.64
συγγενὴς ἦν· καὶ ὃς οὐκ ἀπήλλαξε μὲν αὐτὸν διὰ τοῦτο, τὴν μέντοι γνώμην ἣν περὶ αὐτοῦ εἶχεν ἐδημοσίευσεν ἐν τῷ βουλευτηρίῳ, ὥστε ἐκεῖνον ἀγανακτήσαντα τὴν ἐσθῆτα αὐτοῦ περιρρῆξαι. παραλαβὼν οὖν τοῦτον ὁ Μάρκελλος, καὶ νομίσας ἐπί τε τῷ Κουρίωνι καὶ διʼ αὐτὸν καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ Καίσαρι δεινόν τι τὴν γερουσίαν ψηφιεῖσθαι, γνώμας περὶ αὐτοῦ προέθηκεν. ὁ οὖν Κουρίων τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἠναντιοῦτο μηδεμίαν περὶ αὑτοῦ γνώμην δοθῆναι· γνοὺς δὲ τὸ πολὺ τῶν βουλευτῶν τῶν τότε παρόντων τοὺς μὲν καὶ φρονοῦντας ὄντως τὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος τοὺς δὲ πάνυ αὐτὸν δεδιότας, ἐπέτρεψέ σφισι διαγνῶναι, τοσοῦτον ὑπειπὼν ὅτι σύνοιδα μὲν ἐμαυτῷ τά τε ἄριστα καὶ τὰ συμφορώτατα τῇ πατρίδι πράττοντι, ὑμῖν μέντοι καὶ τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν παραδίδωμι χρήσασθαι ὅ τι βούλεσθε. κατηγορήσας οὖν αὐτοῦ ὁ Μάρκελλος ὡς καὶ πάντως ἁλωσομένου, ἔπειτʼ ἐπειδὴ πρὸς τῶν πλειόνων ἀφείθη, δεινόν τε ἐποιήσατο καὶ ἐκπηδήσας ἐκ τοῦ συνεδρίου πρὸς τὸν Πομπήιον ἐν τῷ προαστείῳ ὄντα ἦλθε, καὶ τήν τε φυλακὴν αὐτῷ τῆς πόλεως καὶ δύο στρατόπεδα πολιτικά αὐτὸς καθʼ ἑαυτόν, μηδενὸς ἐψηφισμένου, ἔδωκεν. οἱ δὲ δὴ στρατιῶται οὗτοι ὧδέ τε καὶ ἐπὶ τῷδε
Consequently Claudius did not expel him, but made public in the senate the opinion that he had of him, so that the other, indignant, tore Claudius' clothes. So Marcellus seized him, and thinking that the senate would pass some severe vote against Curio and, because of him, against Caesar, brought forward motions about him. 2 Curio at first opposed the rendering of any decision regarding himself; but on coming to realize that the majority of the senators then present were either actually attached to Caesar's cause or else thoroughly feared him, he allowed them to decide, merely remarking: “I am conscious of doing what is best and most advantageous for my country; to you, however, I surrender both my body and life to do with as you please.” Marcellus accordingly accused him, thinking that he would certainly be convicted; but when he was acquitted by the majority, 4 the accuser took it greatly to heart, and rushing out of the senate, he came to Pompey, who was in the suburbs, and on his own responsibility, without the formality of a vote, entrusted him with the protection of the city and likewise with two legions of citizens.
§ 40.65
συνειλεγμένοι καὶ παρόντες τότε ἦσαν. ὁ Πομπήιος πρότερον μέν, ἕως ἔτι τὸν Καίσαρα διὰ φιλίας εἶχε, στράτευμα ἓν τῶν ἐκ τοῦ καταλόγου αὐτῷ στρατευομένῳ ἐδεδώκει (οὔτε γὰρ οὗτος πόλεμόν τινα διεχείριζε, καὶ ἐκείνῳ χρεία στρατιωτῶν ἐγένετὀ, ἐπεὶ δὲ διηνέχθησαν, ἐθελήσας τοῦτό τε ἀπολαβεῖν παρʼ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἔτι καὶ ἄλλο αὐτὸν προσαφελέσθαι ἐλογοποίησεν ὡς τοῦ Βιβούλου στρατιωτῶν πρὸς τοὺς Πάρθους δεομένου, καὶ ἵνα γε μὴ καινοὶ δή τινες κατάλογοι γένωνται (τό τε γὰρ πρᾶγμα κατεπείγειν καὶ περιουσίαν σφίσι στρατοπέδων εἶναι ἔλεγἐ, ψηφισθῆναι ἐποίησεν ὥστε ἑκάτερόν σφων, ἑαυτόν τε καὶ τὸν Καίσαρα, ἓν δεῖν αὐτῷ πέμψαι. κἀκ τούτου τῶν μὲν συστρατευομένων οἱ οὐδένα ἀπέστειλε, τὸ δὲ δὴ στράτευμα ἐκεῖνο ὅπερ τῷ Καίσαρι ἐδεδώκει ἐκέλευσε τοῖς ἐπὶ τοῦτο ταχθεῖσιν αἰτῆσαι. καὶ οὕτω τῷ μὲν λόγῳ ἀμφότεροι, τὸ δʼ ἀληθὲς ὁ Καῖσαρ μόνος τὰ δύο ἔπεμψεν· ᾔδει μὲν γὰρ τὸ γιγνόμενον, ἐπειθάρχησε δὲ μὴ βουληθεὶς αἰτίαν ὡς καὶ ἀνηκουστηκὼς λαβεῖν, ἄλλως τε καὶ μέλλων ἐπὶ τῇ προφάσει ταύτῃ πολλῷ πλείους στρατιώτας ἀντικαταλέξειν.
These soldiers were then present, having been collected in the following way and for the following purpose. Pompey had previously, while still on friendly terms with Caesar, given him one of the enrolled legions for use in his campaign, inasmuch as he was not conducting any war himself and Caesar had need of soldiers. 2 But when they fell out with each other, in his desire to get this one back from him and to deprive him of yet another he represented that Bibulus required soldiers against the Parthians; and in order that no new levies should be made, since the matter was urgent, as he claimed, and they had an abundance of legions, he got it voted that each of them, himself and Caesar, must send one to him. Thereupon he failed to send any of his own soldiers, but ordered those whose business it was to demand that legion which he had given to Caesar. So nominally both of them contributed, but in reality Caesar alone sent the two. 4 For though he knew what was being done, he complied with the demand, not wishing to incur the charge of disobedience, particularly because on this excuse he intended to collect many more troops in place of these.
§ 40.66
ταῦτα οὖν τὰ στρατόπεδα παρεσκευάσθη μὲν ὡς καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς Πάρθους πεμφθησόμενα, ἐπεὶ δʼ οὐδὲν αὐτῶν ἐδέησε (οὐδὲ γὰρ χρεία σφῶν ἦνʼ, ὁ Μάρκελλος πρότερον μέν, φοβηθεὶς μὴ τῷ Καίσαρι ἀποδοθῇ, ἐν τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ δεῖν εἶναι ἔλεγεν, τότε δὲ τῷ Πομπηίῳ, ὥσπερ εἶπον, ἐνεχείρισε. καὶ ἦν γὰρ ἐπʼ ἐξόδῳ τοῦ ἔτους τὰ γιγνόμενα, καὶ ἔμελλεν οὐκ ἐπὶ πολύ, ἅτε μήτε τῇ βουλῇ μήτε τῷ δήμῳ δόξαντα, ἰσχύσειν, ἐπήγετο πρὸς τὸν Πομπήιον Κορνήλιόν τε Λέντουλον καὶ Γάιον Κλαύδιον τοὺς τῷ ὑστέρῳ ἔτει ὑπατεύσειν μέλλοντας, καὶ ἐποίησε καὶ ἐκείνους τὰ αὐτὰ προστάξαι· ἐπειδὴ γὰρ καὶ γράμματα τοῖς ἀποδεδειγμένοις ἐς τὰς ἀρχὰς ἐκτιθέναι καὶ ἄλλα τινὰ τῶν τῇ ἡγεμονίᾳ σφῶν προσηκόντων, καὶ πρὶν ἐνίστασθαι αὐτήν, πράττειν ἔτι καὶ τότε ἐξῆν, καὶ τούτου κύριοι ἐνόμιζον εἶναι. καὶ ὅ γε Πομπήιος, καίπερ ἐς πάντα τἆλλα ἀκριβὴς ὤν, ὅμως οὐδὲν διὰ τὴν στρατιωτῶν χρείαν ἐπολυπραγμόνησεν, οὔτε ἀφʼ ὧν οὔθʼ ὅπως αὐτοὺς λαμβάνει, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάνυ ἄσμενός σφας ἐδέξατο. οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἐπράχθη τι οἷον ἄν τις ἐπὶ τηλικούτῳ τολμήματι γενήσεσθαι προσεδόκησεν, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἔχθραν μόνον τὴν πρὸς τὸν Καίσαρα ἐνδειξάμενοι αὐτοὶ μὲν οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἰσχυρὸν παρεσκευάσαντο, ἐκείνῳ δὲ καὶ ἐκ τούτου πρόφασιν εὔλογον ἐς τὸ τὰ στρατόπεδα τὰ συνόντα οἱ κατασχεῖν παρέσχον. ὁ γὰρ Κουρίων ἐπί τε τούτοις πολλὴν ἐν τῷ πλήθει κατηγορίαν κατά τε τῶν ὑπάτων καὶ κατὰ τοῦ Πομπηίου ἐποιήσατο, καὶ ἐπειδὴ διῆρξε, πρὸς τὸν Καίσαρα εὐθὺς ἀφωρμήθη.
These legions, therefore, were apparently made ready to be sent against the Parthians, but when there proved to be no need of them, there being really no use to which they could be put, Marcellus, fearing that they might be restored to Caesar, at first declared that they must remain in Italy, and then, as I have said, gave them into Pompey's charge. 2 These proceedings took place near the close of the year and were destined not to remain long in force, since they had been approved neither by the senate nor by the people. Accordingly he won over to Pompey's side Cornelius Lentulus and Gaius Claudius, who were to hold the consulship the next year, and caused them to issue the same commands. For since magistrates-elect were still allowed to issue proclamations and to perform some other functions pertaining to their office even before they entered upon it, they believed that they had authority also in this matter. And Pompey, although he was very scrupulous in all other matters, nevertheless on account of his need of soldiers did not either enquire at all from what sources he was getting them, or in what way, but accepted them very gratefully. 4 Yet no such result was accomplished as one would have expected to come from such a bold move; they merely displayed their enmity toward Caesar, and then made no further preparations themselves to strengthen their position, while they had furnished to him a plausible excuse for retaining the legions that were with him. For Curio, taking these acts as his text, delivered before the populace a violent arraignment both of the consuls and of Pompey, and when he had finished his term of office, he at once set out to join Caesar.
— Book 41 —
§ 41.arg
τάδε ἔνεστιν ἐν τῷ τετταρακοστῷ πρώτῳ τῶν Δίωνος Ῥωμαϊκῶν α. ὡς Καῖσαρ ἐς τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἦλθε καὶ Πομπήιος ἐκλιπὼν αὐτὴν ἐς Μακεδονίαν διέπλευσεν. β. ὡς Καῖσαρ Ἰβηρίαν παρεστήσατο. γ. ὡς Καῖσαρ ἐς Μακεδονίαν ἐπὶ Πομπήιον διέπλευσεν. δ. ὡς Καῖσαρ καὶ Πομπήιος περὶ Δυρράχιον ἐπολέμησαν. ε. ὡς Καῖσαρ Πομπήιον περὶ Φάρσαλον ἐνίκησεν. χρόνου πλῆθος ἔτη δύο, ἐν οἷς ἄρχοντες οἱ ἀριθμούμενοι οἵδε ἐγένοντο λ. Κορνήλιος Π. υἱ. Λεντοῦλος γ. Κλαύδιος Μ. υἱ. Μάρκελλος ὕπ. γ. Ἰούλιος γ. υἱ. Καῖσαρ τὸ β π. Σερουίλιος Π. υἱ. Ἰσαυρικός ὕπ.
—
§ 41.1
τότε μὲν δὴ ταῦτʼ ἔπραξε, μετὰ δὲ τοῦτο γράμματα παρὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος πρὸς τὴν βουλὴν λαβὼν ἦλθέ τε ἐς τὴν Ῥώμην ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ νουμηνίᾳ ἐν ᾗ ὅ τε Λέντουλος ὁ Κορνήλιος καὶ ὁ Κλαύδιος ὁ Γάιος τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐνεστήσαντο, καὶ οὐ πρότερον τοῖς ὑπάτοις αὐτὰ ἀπέδωκε πρὶν ἐς τὸ συνέδριόν σφας ἀφικέσθαι, μὴ καὶ ἔξω που λαβόντες αὐτὰ ἀποκρύψωνται. ἐπὶ πολὺ μὲν γὰρ καὶ ὣς ἀνέσχον, οὐκ ἐθέλοντές σφας ἀναλέξασθαι· τέλος δὲ ὑπό τε Κυΐντου Κασσίου Λογγίνου καὶ ὑπὸ Μάρκου Ἀντωνίου δημαρχούντων ἠναγκάσθησαν αὐτὰ δημοσιεῦσαι. Ἀντώνιος μὲν οὖν ἐν τούτῳ τότε τὸν Καίσαρα εὐεργετήσας ἀντιλήψεσθαί τε πολλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ μεγάλων καὶ αὐτὸς αἰωρηθήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν. ἐν δὲ τῇ ἐπιστολῇ τά τε ἄλλα ὅσα ποτὲ καλῶς τὸ κοινὸν ὁ Καῖσαρ ἐπεποιήκει ἐνεγέγραπτο, καὶ ἀπολογισμὸς ὑπὲρ ὧν ᾐτιάζετο. καταλύσειν τε τὰ στρατόπεδα καὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς ἐκστήσεσθαι ὑπισχνεῖτο, ἂν καὶ ὁ Πομπήιος τὰ αὐτά οἱ ποιήσῃ· ἐκείνου γὰρ τὰ ὅπλα ἔχοντος οὐδὲ ἑαυτὸν δίκαιον εἶναι ἀναγκασθῆναι αὐτὰ ἀφεῖναι ἔλεγεν, ἵνα μὴ καὶ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ἐκδοθῇ.
After taking this course at that time, Curio later came to Rome on the very first day of the month on which Cornelius Lentulus and Gaius Claudius entered upon office, bringing a letter from Caesar to the senate; and he did not give it to the consuls until they reached the senate-house, for fear that if they received it outside they might suppress it. 2 Even as it was, they waited a long time, in their unwillingness to read it, but at last they were compelled by Quintus Cassius Longinus and Mark Antony, who were tribunes, to make it public.3 Now Antony for the service he then rendered Caesar in this matter was destined to be well repaid and to be raised himself to great honours. As to the letter, it contained a list of all the benefits which Caesar had ever conferred upon the state and a defence of the charges which were brought against him. 4 He promised to disband his legions and give up his office if Pompey would also do the same; for while the latter bore arms it was not right, he claimed, that he should be compelled to give up his and so be exposed to his enemies.
§ 41.2
διαψηφίσεως δὲ ἐπὶ τούτοις οὐ κατʼ ἄνδρα, μὴ καὶ διʼ αἰδῶ ἢ καὶ φόβον τινὰ παρὰ τὰ δοκοῦντά σφισιν ἀποφήνωνται, ἀλλʼ ἐν τῇ ἐπὶ τάδε καὶ ἐπʼ ἐκεῖνα τοῦ βουλευτηρίου μεταστάσει γενομένης, τὸν μὲν Πομπήιον οὐδεὶς ἀπαλλαγῆναι ἐκ τῶν ὅπλων ἐψηφίσατο (ἐν γὰρ τῷ προαστείῳ τὰς δυνάμεις εἶχἐ, τὸν δὲ δὴ Καίσαρα πάντες πλὴν Μάρκου τέ τινος Καιλίου καὶ τοῦ Κουρίωνος τοῦ τὰ γράμματα αὐτοῦ κομίσαντος. περὶ γὰρ τῶν δημάρχων οὐδὲν λέγω, ὅτι μηδὲ ἐν ἀνάγκῃ τινὶ μεταστῆναι ἐποιήσαντο, ἅτε καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἔχοντες εἴτε ἐβούλοντό τινα γνώμην συμβαλέσθαι εἴτε καὶ μή. ἔδοξε μὲν οὖν ταῦτα, οὐ μὴν καὶ κυρωθῆναί τι αὐτῶν οὔτε ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ οὔτε ἐν τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ὅ τε Ἀντώνιος καὶ ὁ Λογγῖνος ἐπέτρεψαν.
The vote on this proposition was not taken individually, lest the senators through some sense of shame or fear should vote contrary to their true opinions; but it was done by their taking their stand on this or on that side of the senate-chamber. No one voted that Pompey should give up his arms, since he had his troops in the suburbs; but all, except one Marcus Caelius and Curio, who had brought his letter, voted that Caesar must do so. 2 Of the tribunes I make no mention, since they did not consider it at all necessary to take part in the division; for they had the privilege of offering an opinion or not, as they saw fit. This, then, was the decision reached; but Antony and Longinus did not allow any part of it to be ratified either on that day or the next.
§ 41.3
ἀγανακτησάντων δὲ ἐπὶ τούτῳ τῶν ἄλλων καὶ ψηφισαμένων τὴν ἐσθῆτα ἀλλάξασθαι, κῦρος μὲν οὐδὲ τοῦθʼ ὑπὸ τῶν αὐτῶν ἔλαβεν, ἡ μέντοι γνώμη συνεγράφη καὶ τὸ ἔργον τὸ ἀπʼ αὐτῆς ἐγένετο· πάντες γὰρ παραχρῆμα ἐξελθόντες ἐκ τοῦ συνεδρίου καὶ τὴν στολὴν μεταβαλόντες ἐσῆλθον αὖθις καὶ περὶ τιμωρίας αὐτῶν ἐβουλεύοντο. ἰδόντες δὲ τοῦτʼ ἐκεῖνοι τὰ μὲν πρῶτα ἀντέπραττον, ἔπειτα δὲ φοβηθέντες, ἄλλως τε καὶ ἐπειδὴ ὁ Λέντουλος ὑπεξελθεῖν σφισι πρὶν τὰς ψήφους διενεχθῆναι παρῄνεσεν, εἶπόν τε πολλὰ καὶ ἐμαρτύραντο, κἀκ τούτου μετὰ τοῦ Κουρίωνος καὶ μετὰ τοῦ Καιλίου ἀπῆραν πρὸς τὸν Καίσαρα, βραχὺ φροντίσαντες ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ βουλευτικοῦ διεγράφησαν. τότε μὲν οὖν τοῦτʼ ἐγνώσθη, καὶ τοῖς ὑπάτοις ταῖς τε ἄλλαις ἀρχαῖς ἡ φυλακὴ τῆς πόλεως, ὥσπερ που εἰώθει γίγνεσθαι, ἐπετράπη· ὕστερον δὲ ἔξω τοῦ πωμηρίου πρὸς αὐτὸν τὸν Πομπήιον ἐλθόντες ταραχήν τε εἶναι ἔγνωσαν, καὶ ἐκείνῳ μὲν καὶ τὰ χρήματα καὶ στρατιώτας ἔδωκαν, τὸν δὲ δὴ Καίσαρα τήν τε ἀρχὴν τοῖς διαδόχοις παραδοῦναι καὶ τὰ στρατεύματα ἐντὸς ῥητῆς ἡμέρας ἀφεῖναι, ἢ πολέμιον ὡς καὶ τἀναντία τῇ πατρίδι ποιοῦντα εἶναι ἐψηφίσαντο.
The rest, indignant at this, voted to change their apparel, but this measure, also, through the opposition of the same men, failed to be ratified. The senate's decision, however, was recorded and put into effect; for all straightway left the senate-house, and changed their dress, then came in again and proceeded to deliberate about punishing the tribunes. 2 The latter, observing this, at first resisted, but later became afraid, especially when Lentulus advised them to get out of the way before the vote should be taken. They offered many remarks and protestations and then set out with Curio and with Caelius to go to Caesar, little concerned at being expelled from the senate. This, then, was the decision reached at that time; and the care of the city was committed to the consuls and to the other magistrates, as was the custom. Afterward the senators went outside the pomerium to Pompey himself, declared that there was a state of disorder, 4 and delivered to him both the funds and the troops. And they voted that Caesar should surrender his office to his successors and dismiss his legions by a given day, or else be considered an enemy, because acting contrary to the interests of the country.
§ 41.4
πυθόμενος οὖν ταῦτα ἐκεῖνος ἔς τε Ἀρίμινον ἦλθεν, ἔξω τῆς ἑαυτοῦ ἀρχῆς τότε πρῶτον προχωρήσας, καὶ συναγαγὼν τοὺς στρατιώτας ἐκέλευσε τόν τε Κουρίωνα καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους τοὺς μετʼ αὐτοῦ ἐλθόντας σφίσι τὰ πραχθέντα διηγήσασθαι. γενομένου δὲ τούτου προσπαρώξυνεν αὐτούς, ἐπειπὼν ὅσα ὁ καιρὸς ἀπῄτει. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο ἄρας ἐπʼ αὐτὴν ἄντικρυς τὴν Ῥώμην ἤλασε, πάσας τὰς ἐν ποσὶ πόλεις ἀμαχεὶ προστιθέμενος, τῶν φρουρῶν τῶν μὲν ἐκλειπόντων αὐτὰς ἀσθενείᾳ, τῶν δὲ τὰ ἐκείνου ἀνθαιρουμένων. αἰσθόμενος δὲ τοῦτο ὁ Πομπήιος, καὶ ἅμα καὶ τὴν διάνοιαν αὐτοῦ πᾶσαν παρὰ τοῦ Λαβιήνου μαθών, ἔδεισεν. οὗτος γὰρ ἐγκαταλιπὼν τὸν Καίσαρα ἐξηυτομόλησε καὶ πάντα οἱ τὰ ἀπόρρητα αὐτοῦ ἐξήγγειλε. θαυμάσειε μὲν οὖν ἄν τις ὅτι ἐς τὰ πρῶτα ὑπὸ τοῦ Καίσαρος ἀεί ποτε τιμηθείς, ὥστε καὶ πάντων τῶν ὑπὲρ τὰς Ἄλπεις στρατοπέδων, ὁπότε ἐκεῖνος ἐν τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ εἴη, ἄρχειν, ἐποίησε τοῦτο· αἴτιον δὲ ὅτι αὐτός τε καὶ πλοῦτον καὶ δόξαν περιβαλόμενος ὀγκηρότερον τῆς ἡγεμονίας διάγειν ἤρξατο, καὶ ὁ Καῖσαρ παρισούμενόν οἱ αὐτὸν ἰδὼν οὐκέθʼ ὁμοίως ἠγάπα. τήν τε οὖν μεταβολὴν μὴ φέρων, καὶ φοβηθεὶς ἅμα μὴ πάθῃ τι, μετέστη.
When Caesar was informed of this, he came to Ariminum, then for the first time overstepping the confines of his own province, and after assembling his soldiers he ordered Curio and the others who had come with him to relate to them what had been done. After this was over he further aroused them by adding such words as the occasion demanded. 2 Next he set out and marched straight upon Rome itself, winning over all the cities on the way without any conflict, since the garrisons either abandoned them, because they were powerless to resist, or preferred his cause. Pompey, perceiving this, became afraid, especially when he learned all his rival's intentions from Labienus; for this officer had abandoned Caesar and deserted to the other side, and he announced all Caesar's secrets to Pompey. One might feel surprise, now, that after having always been most highly honoured by Caesar to the extent even of commanding all the legions beyond the Alps whenever the proconsul was in Italy, he should have done this. 4 The reason was that when he had acquired wealth and fame he began to conduct himself more haughtily than his rank warranted, and Caesar, seeing that he put himself on the same level with his superior, ceased to be so fond of him. And so, as Labienus could not endure this change and was at the same time afraid of coming to some harm, he transferred his allegiance.
§ 41.5
ὁ οὖν Πομπήιος ἔκ τε τῶν περὶ τοῦ Καίσαρος αὐτῷ λεχθέντων, καὶ ὅτι ἰσχὺν ἀξιόμαχον οὔπω παρεσκεύαστο, καὶ τοὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει, τούς τε ἄλλους καὶ αὐτοὺς μάλιστα τοὺς στασιώτας, τόν τε πόλεμον ὀκνοῦντας μνήμῃ τῶν τε τοῦ Μαρίου καὶ τῶν τοῦ Σύλλου ἔργων καὶ ἀπαλλαγῆναι ἀσφαλῶς αὐτοῦ βουλομένους εἶδε, μετεβάλετο, καὶ πρέσβεις πρὸς τὸν Καίσαρα Λούκιόν τε Καίσαρα συγγενῆ αὐτῷ ὄντα καὶ Λούκιον Ῥώσκιον στρατηγοῦντα αὐτεπαγγέλτους ἀπέστειλεν, εἴ πως τὴν ὁρμὴν αὐτοῦ ἐκφυγὼν ἔπειτʼ ἐπὶ μετρίοις τισὶ συμβαίη. ἀποκριναμένου δὲ ἐκείνου τά τε ἄλλα ἅπερ ἐπεστάλκει, καὶ ὅτι αὐτὸς τῷ Πομπηίῳ διαλεχθῆναι ἐθέλοι, τοῦτο μὲν οὐχ ἡδέως οἱ πολλοὶ ἤκουσαν, δείσαντες μὴ καὶ κατὰ σφῶν τι σύνθωνται· ἐπεὶ μέντοι οἱ πρέσβεις ἄλλα τε πολλὰ ἐπαινοῦντες τὸν Καίσαρα ἔλεγον, καὶ τέλος οὔτε τι κακὸν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ πείσεσθαί τινα καὶ τὰ στρατεύματα αὐτίκα ἀφεθήσεσθαι προσυπισχνοῦντο, ἥσθησαν, καὶ πρός τε ἐκεῖνον τοὺς αὐτοὺς αὖθις πρέσβεις ἔπεμψαν, καὶ ἠξίουν ἐπιβοῶντες ἀεὶ καὶ πανταχοῦ καὶ ἀμφοτέρους ἅμα αὐτοὺς τὰ ὅπλα καταθέσθαι.
Pompey, because of what was told him about Caesar and because he had not yet prepared a force sufficient to cope with him, changed his plans; for he saw that the people in the city, in fact the very members of his party, even more than the rest, shrank from the war through remembrance of the deeds of Marius and Sulla and wished to be delivered from it. 2 Therefore he sent to Caesar, as envoys, Lucius Caesar, a relative of his, and Lucius Roscius, a praetor, both of whom volunteered for the service, to see if he could avoid his attack in some way and then reach an agreement with him on reasonable terms. The other replied to the same effect as in the letter which he had sent, and said that he, too, wished to have a conference with Pompey; but the multitude was not pleased to hear this, fearing that some measures might be concerted against them. 4 When, however, the envoys said many things in praise of Caesar, and ended up by promising that no one should suffer any harm at his hands and that the legions should immediately be disbanded, they were pleased and sent the same envoys to him again, and they kept shouting out everywhere and always their demand that both leaders should lay down their arms at the same time.
§ 41.6
φοβηθεὶς οὖν διὰ ταῦθʼ ὁ Πομπήιος (καὶ γὰρ εὖ ἠπίστατο ὅτι πολὺ τοῦ Καίσαρος, ἄν γε ἐπὶ τῷ δήμῳ γένωνται, ἐλαττωθήσεται) αὐτός τε ἐς Καμπανίαν πρὶν τοὺς πρέσβεις ἐπανελθεῖν, ὡς καὶ ῥᾷον ἐκεῖ πολεμήσων, προαπῆρε, καὶ τὴν βουλὴν ἅπασαν μετὰ τῶν τὰς ἀρχὰς ἐχόντων ἀκολουθῆσαί οἱ ἐκέλευσεν, ἄδειάν τέ σφισι δόγματι τῆς ἐκδημίας δούς, καὶ προειπὼν ὅτι τὸν ὑπομείναντα ἔν τε τῷ ἴσῳ καὶ ἐν τῷ ὁμοίῳ τοῖς τὰ ἐναντία σφίσι πράττουσιν ἕξοι. πρὸς δʼ ἔτι καὶ τὰ χρήματα τὰ δημόσια τά τε ἀναθήματα τὰ ἐν τῇ πόλει πάντα ἀναιρεθῆναι προσέταξεν αὐτοῖς ψηφίσασθαι, ἐλπίζων παμπληθεῖς ἀπʼ αὐτῶν στρατιώτας ἀθροίσειν. τοσαύτην γὰρ εὔνοιαν αὐτοῦ πᾶσαι ὡς εἰπεῖν αἱ ἐν τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ πόλεις εἶχον ὥστε, ἐπειδὴ ἤκουσαν αὐτὸν ὀλίγον ἔμπροσθεν ἐπικινδύνως νοσοῦντα, σωτήρια αὐτοῦ δημοσίᾳ θύσειν εὔξασθαι. καὶ ὅτι μὲν μέγα καὶ λαμπρὸν τοῦτʼ αὐτῷ ἔδοσαν, οὐδʼ ἂν εἷς ἀντιλέξειεν· οὐ γὰρ ἔστιν ὅτῳ ποτὲ ἄλλῳ, ἔξω τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα τὸ πᾶν κράτος λαβόντων, τοιοῦτόν τι ἐψηφίσθη· οὐ μὴν καὶ ἀκριβῆ πίστιν τοῦ μὴ οὐκ ἐγκαταλείψειν αὐτὸν πρὸς τὸν ἐκ τοῦ κρείττονος φόβον παρεῖχον. ἐγνώσθη μὲν δὴ ταῦτα περί τε τῶν χρημάτων καὶ περὶ τῶν ἀναθημάτων, οὐκ ἐκινήθη δὲ οὐδέτερα· πυθόμενοι γὰρ ἐν τούτῳ τόν τε Καίσαρα μήτε τι εἰρηναῖον τοῖς πρέσβεσιν ἀποκεκρίσθαι καὶ προσεγκαλεῖν σφισιν ὡς καὶ καταψευσαμένοις τινὰ αὐτοῦ, καὶ τοὺς στρατιώτας πολλούς τε καὶ θρασεῖς εἶναι καὶ πᾶν ὁτιοῦν, οἷά που φιλεῖ περὶ τῶν τοιούτων ἐπὶ τὸ φοβερώτερον ἀγγέλλεσθαι, κακουργήσειν, ἐφοβήθησαν, καὶ σπουδῇ τὴν ἔξοδον, πρὶν ἅψασθαί τινος αὐτῶν, ἐποιήσαντο.
Pompey was frightened at this, knowing well that he would be far inferior to Caesar if they should both put themselves in the power of the people, and accordingly set out for Campania before the envoys returned, 2 with the idea that he could more easily carry on war there. He also commanded the whole senate together with the magistrates to accompany him, granting them permission for their absence by a decree, and announcing to them that he would regard anyone who remained behind in exactly the same light as those who were working against him. Furthermore he ordered them to decree that public moneys and the votive offering in the city should all be seized, hoping that by using them he could get together a vast number of soldiers. For practically all the cities of Italy felt such friendliness for him that when, a short time before, they had heard he was dangerously ill, they had vowed to offer public sacrifices for his safety. 4 That this was a great and brilliant honour which they bestowed upon him no one would deny, since there has been no one else in whose behalf such a vote was ever passed, except those who in after times received absolute power; still they inspired him with no sure confidence that they would not abandon him through fear of one stronger. The recommendation about the moneys and the votive offerings was granted, but neither of them was touched; for, having ascertained meanwhile that Caesar's answer to the envoys had not been at all conciliatory and that he had furthermore reproached them with having made some false statements about him, 6 also that his soldiers were many and bold and liable to do any kind of mischief, — just the sort of reports, exaggerating the danger, as are usually made about such matters, — the senators became frightened and hastily took their departure before they could lay hands on any of the treasures.
§ 41.7
κἀκ τούτου καὶ ἐς τὰ ἄλλα ὁμοίως πάντα θορυβώδης σφῶν καὶ ταραχώδης ἡ ἀνάστασις ἐγένετο. οἵ τε γὰρ ἐξιόντες (ἦσαν δὲ πάντες ὡς εἰπεῖν οἱ πρῶτοι καὶ τῆς βουλῆς καὶ τῆς ἱππάδος καὶ προσέτι καὶ τοῦ ὁμίλοὐ λόγῳ μὲν ἐπὶ πολέμῳ ἀφωρμῶντο, ἔργῳ δὲ τὰ τῶν ἑαλωκότων ἔπασχον· τήν τε γὰρ πατρίδα καὶ τὰς ἐν αὐτῇ διατριβὰς ἐκλιπεῖν καὶ τὰ ἀλλότρια τείχη οἰκειότερα τῶν σφετέρων νομίζειν ἀναγκαζόμενοι δεινῶς ἐλυποῦντο. οἵ τε γὰρ πανοικησίᾳ ἀνιστάμενοι τὰ ἱερὰ καὶ τοὺς οἴκους τό τε ἔδαφος τὸ πατρῷον ὡς καὶ τῶν ἀντιστασιωτῶν εὐθὺς ἐσόμενα ἀπέλειπον, καὶ αὐτοὶ οὕτω τὴν γνώμην, ἄν γε καὶ περισωθῶσιν, εἶχον ὡς κἀν τῇ Μακεδονίᾳ τῇ τε Θρᾴκῃ κατοικήσοντες· τὴν γὰρ τοῦ Πομπηίου διάνοιαν οὐκ ἠγνόουν. καὶ οἱ κατὰ χώραν τούς τε παῖδας καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας τά τε ἄλλα τὰ τιμιώτατα καταλείποντες ἔχειν μέν τινα ἐλπίδα τῆς πατρίδος ἐδόκουν, πολὺ δὲ δὴ τῶν ἑτέρων, ἅτε καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν φιλτάτων ἀπαρτώμενοι, διττῇ τε τύχῃ καὶ ἐναντιωτάτῃ παραβαλλόμενοι, χαλεπωτέρως ἀπήλλασσον· τὰ γὰρ οἰκειότατα τῷ πολεμιωτάτῳ σφῶν ἐκδόντες ἔμελλον ἐθελοκακοῦντες μὲν αὐτοὶ κινδυνεύσειν, προθυμούμενοι δὲ ἐκείνων στερηθήσεσθαι, καὶ προσέτι φίλον μὲν μηδέτερον ἐχθροὺς δὲ ἀμφοτέρους ἕξειν, Καίσαρα μὲν ὅτι μὴ καὶ αὐτοὶ κατέμειναν, Πομπήιον δὲ ὅτι μὴ καὶ ἐκεῖνα συνεπηγάγοντο. ὥστε καὶ ἐς ἀμφίβολον καὶ ταῖς γνώμαις καὶ ταῖς εὐχαῖς ταῖς τε ἐλπίσι καθιστάμενοι τοῖς τε σώμασιν ἅμα ἀπὸ τῶν οἰκειοτάτων σφίσιν ἀπεσπῶντο καὶ τὰς ψυχὰς δίχα διῃροῦντο.
Accordingly their removal was equally tumultuous and confused in all other respects. For the departing citizens, practically all of whom were the foremost men of the senate and of the knights, to say nothing of the populace, 2 while nominally setting out for war, were in reality undergoing the experiences of captives. For they were compelled to abandon their country and their pursuits there, and to consider foreign walls more friendly than their own, and consequently they were terribly distressed. Such as were removing with their entire households said farewell to the temples and to their homes and to the soil of their ancestors, with the feeling that these would straightway become the property of their opponents; and as for themselves, not being ignorant of Pompey's purpose, they had the intention, if they really survived, of establishing themselves in Macedonia and Thrace. 4 Those who were leaving behind on the spot their children and wives and all their other dearest treasures gave the impression, indeed, of having some little hope of their country, but in reality were in a much worse plight than the others, since they were being separated from all that was dearest to them and were exposing themselves to a double and most contradictory fate. For in delivering their nearest interests to the power of their bitterest foes they were destined, in case they played the coward, to be in danger themselves, and in case they showed zeal, to be deprived of those left behind; moreover, they would find a friend in neither rival, but an enemy in both — in Caesar because they themselves had not remained behind, and in Pompey because they had not taken everything with them. 6 Hence they were divided in their minds, in their prayers, and in their hopes; in body they were being sundered from those nearest to them, and their souls were cleft in twain.
§ 41.8
ταῦτα μὲν οὖν οἱ ἐξορμώμενοι ἔπασχον, οἱ δʼ ὑπολειπόμενοι διαφόροις μὲν ἀντιπάλοις δέ τισι καὶ αὐτοὶ παθήμασι συνεφέροντο. οἵ τε γὰρ ἀπὸ τῶν προσηκόντων σφίσιν ἀποζευγνύμενοι, οἷα τῶν τε προστατῶν στερισκόμενοι καὶ ἐπαμῦναι αὑτοῖς ἥκιστα δυνάμενοι, τῷ τε πολέμῳ ἐκδιδόμενοι καὶ ἐν τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ τοῦ τῆς πόλεως κρατήσοντος ἐσόμενοι, αὐτοί τε ὑπὸ τοῦ φόβου καὶ τῶν ὕβρεων καὶ τῶν σφαγῶν ὡς καὶ γιγνομένων ἤδη ἐταλαιπώρουν, καὶ περὶ ἐκείνων οἵ τε ὀργήν σφισιν ὅτι ἐγκατελείφθησαν ἔχοντες τὰ αὐτὰ ἐπηρῶντο καὶ οἱ συγγνώμην τῆς ἀνάγκης ποιούμενοι τὰ αὐτὰ ἐδέδισαν. καὶ τὸ λοιπὸν πλῆθος σύμπαν, εἰ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα μηδεμία αὐτοῖς συγγένεια πρὸς τοὺς ἀφορμωμένους ἦν, ὅμως ἐλυποῦντο μὲν καὶ ἐπʼ ἐκείνοις, οἱ μὲν γείτονας οἱ δὲ ἑταίρους πολύ τε ἀπὸ σφῶν ἀφήξειν καὶ πολλὰ καὶ ἄτοπα καὶ δράσειν καὶ πείσεσθαι ἐλπίζοντες, πολλῷ δὲ δὴ μάλιστα ἑαυτοὺς ὠλοφύροντο· τάς τε γὰρ ἀρχὰς καὶ τὴν βουλὴν τούς τε ἄλλους τούς τι δυναμένους πάντας (οὐ γάρ που εἴ γέ τις αὐτῶν ὑπολειφθήσεται ᾔδεσανʼ τῆς τε πατρίδος ἅμα καὶ σφῶν ἐξισταμένους ὁρῶντες, καὶ μήτʼ ἂν ἐκείνους, εἰ μὴ πάνυ πολλὰ καὶ δεινὰ αὐτῇ ἐπήρτητο, φυγεῖν ποτε ἐθελῆσαι λογιζόμενοι, καὶ αὐτοὶ ἔρημοι μὲν ἀρχόντων ἔρημοι δὲ συμμάχων γιγνόμενοι, πρός τε τὰ ἄλλα πάντα παισί τέ τισιν ὀρφανοῖς καὶ γυναιξὶ χήραις ἐῴκεσαν, καὶ τὰς ὀργὰς τάς τε ἐπιθυμίας τῶν ἐπιόντων καὶ πρῶτοι τῆς τῶν προτέρων παθημάτων μνήμης, οἱ μὲν αὐτοὶ πειραθέντες, οἱ δὲ καὶ ἐκείνων ἀκούοντες ὅσα καὶ οἷα ὅ τε Μάριος καὶ ὁ Σύλλας ἐξειργάσαντο, μέτριον οὐδὲν οὐδὲ ἐς τὸν Καίσαρα ὑπώπτευον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πολὺ πλείω καὶ δεινότερα, ἅτε καὶ βαρβαρικοῦ τὸ πλεῖστον τοῦ στρατοῦ αὐτοῦ ὄντος, πείσεσθαι προσεδόκων.
These were the feelings of the departing throng. The ones left behind were experiencing different, but equally painful emotions. Those who were being sundered from their relatives, being thus deprived of their guardians and quite unable to defend themselves, 2 exposed to the war and about to be in the power of him who should make himself master of the city, not only were distressed themselves by the fear of outrages and of murders, as if these were already taking place, but they also either invoked the same fate against those departing, through anger at being deserted, or, condoning their action because of their necessity, feared that the same fate would befall them. All the rest of the populace, even if they did not have the least kinship with those departing, were nevertheless grieved at their fate, some expecting that their neighbours, and others that their comrades, would go far away from them and do and suffer many dreadful things. 4 But most of all they bewailed their own lot as they beheld the magistrates and the senate and all the others who had any power — they were not sure, indeed, whether any of them would be left behind — quitting their country and them. They reflected how those men would never have wished to flee, had not many altogether dreadful calamities fastened themselves upon the state; and as for themselves, being now bereft of rulers and bereft of allies, they seemed in all respects like orphaned children and widowed wives. Expecting to be the first to experience the wrath and the lust of the approaching foes, and remembering their former sufferings, some by experience and others by hearing from the victims all the outrages that Marius and Sulla had committed, 6 they did not look for any moderate treatment from Caesar, either. On the contrary, inasmuch as the larger part of his army consisted of barbarians, they expected that their misfortunes would be far greater in neighbour and more terrible than the former ones.
§ 41.9
οὕτως οὖν δὴ πάντων αὐτῶν διακειμένων, καὶ μηδενός, ἔξω τῶν προσφιλῶν πῃ τῷ Καίσαρι δοκούντων εἶναι, ἐν ἐλαφρῷ τὸ πρᾶγμα ποιουμένου, καὶ ἐκείνων δὲ πρὸς τὰς μεταβολὰς τῶν τρόπων, ἃς οἱ πλείους πρὸς τὰ παρόντα σφίσι λαμβάνουσιν, οὐ φερεγγύῳ πίστει θαρσούντων, οὐδʼ ἐπινοῆσαι ῥᾴδιον ὅση μὲν ταραχὴ ὅσον δὲ καὶ πένθος ἐν τῇ τῶν τε ὑπάτων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν συνεξορμωμένων σφίσιν ἐξόδῳ ἐγένετο. τήν τε γὰρ νύκτα πᾶσαν ἀνασκευαζόμενοι καὶ περιφοιτῶντες ἐθορύβουν, καὶ ὑπὸ τὴν ἕω πολὺς μὲν πρὸς τοῖς ἱεροῖς οἶκτος (καὶ γὰρ ἑκασταχόθι περιιόντες εὐχὰς ἐποιοῦντὀ πάντας αὐτοὺς ἐλάμβανε· τούς τε γὰρ θεοὺς ἀνεκάλουν καὶ τὰ δάπεδα κατεφίλουν, ὁσάκις τε ἐξ οἵων περιεγένοντο ἀνηριθμοῦντο, καὶ ὅτι τὴν πατρίδα, ὃ μηπώποτε ἐτετόλμητό σφισιν, ἐξέλειπον, ὠδύροντο· πολὺς δὲ καὶ περὶ τὰς πύλας θρῆνος ἦν· οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἀλλήλους τε ἅμα καὶ ἐκείνην ὡς καὶ τελευταῖον ὁρῶντες ἠσπάζοντο, οἱ δὲ ἑαυτούς τε ἐθρήνουν καὶ τοῖς ἐξιοῦσι συνηύχοντο, καὶ οἵ γε πλείους ὡς καὶ προδιδόμενοι κατηρῶντο· πάντες γὰρ καὶ οἱ ὑπομένοντες παμπαιδὶ καὶ παγγυναικὶ παρῆσαν. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο οἱ μὲν ἐξωρμῶντο, οἱ δὲ προέπεμπόν σφας· ἄλλοι τε ἐνεχρόνιζον καὶ πρὸς τῶν γνωρίμων κατείχοντο, καί τινες περιβάλλοντες ἀλλήλους ἐπὶ πλεῖστον συνηρτῶντο. ἀκολουθοῦντές τε τοῖς ἐξορμωμένοις οἱ ὑπομένοντες ἐπὶ μακρότατον ἐπεβοῶντό τε ἅμα αὐτοὺς καὶ κατῴκτιζον, ἄγειν τέ σφας ἢ καὶ ἐκείνους οἴκοι μένειν ἀξιοῦντες ἐπεθείαζον. κἀν τούτῳ ὀλολυγὴ ἐφʼ ἑκάστῳ αὐτῶν πολλὴ καὶ παρὰ τῶν ἄλλων καὶ δάκρυα ἄπλετα ἐγίγνετο· τὴν μὲν γὰρ τοῦ κρείττονος ἐλπίδα ἥκιστα, ἅτε ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις ὄντες, τὰ δὲ δὴ πάθη πρότερον μὲν οἱ καταλειπόμενοι ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ οἱ ἀφορμώμενοι προσεδέχοντο. εἴκασε δʼ ἄν τις αὐτοὺς ἰδὼν δύο τε δήμους καὶ δύο πόλεις ἐκ μιᾶς γίγνεσθαι, καὶ τὴν μὲν ἀνίστασθαί τε καὶ φεύγειν, τὴν δὲ ἐγκαταλείπεσθαί τε καὶ ἁλίσκεσθαι. Πομπήιος μὲν οὖν οὕτω τὸ ἄστυ ἐξέλιπεν, συχνοὺς τῶν βουλευτῶν ἐπαγόμενος (ὑπελείφθησαν γάρ τινες, οἱ μὲν τὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος φρονοῦντες, οἱ δὲ καὶ ἐκ μέσου ἀμφοῖν ἱστάμενοἰ, καὶ καταλόγους τε ἐκ τῶν πόλεων σπουδῇ ἐποιεῖτο καὶ χρήματα ἐξέλεγε, φρουράς τε ὡς ἑκασταχόσε
Since, then, all of them were in this state, and no one except those who thought they were good friends of Caesar made light of the situation, and even they, in view of the change of character which most men undergo according to their circumstances, had not the courage of confident assurance, it is not easy to conceive what confusion and what grief prevailed at the departure of the consuls and those who set out with them. 2 All night they made an uproar with their packing and running to and fro, and toward dawn great sadness came upon them all at the various temples, as they went about offering prayer on every side. They invoked the gods, kissed the ground, and lamented as often as they enumerated the perils which they had survived, and recalled that they were leaving their country, a thing they had never brought themselves to do before. Around the gates, too, there was much lamenting. Some took fond leave at once of each other and of the city, as if they were beholding them for the last time; others bewailed their own lot and joined their prayer to those of the departing, while the majority uttered curses, on the ground that they were being betrayed. For all who were to remain behind were there, too, with all the women and children. 4 Then the one group set out on their way and the other escorted them. Some interposed delays and were detained by their acquaintances; others embraced and clung to each other for a long time. Those who were to remain accompanied those who set out, calling after them and expressing their sympathy, while with appeals to Heaven they besought them to take them, too, or to remain at home themselves. Meanwhile there was much wailing over each other of the exiles, even from outsiders, and tears without restraint. For they were anything but hopeful, in such circumstances, of a change for the better; it was rather suffering that was expected, first by those who were left, and later by those who were departing. 6 Any one who saw them would have supposed that two peoples and two cities were being made from one and that the one group was being driven out and was going into exile, while the other was being left to its fate and taken captive. Pompey thus left the city, taking many of the senators with him, although some remained behind, either being attached to Caesar's cause or maintaining a neutral attitude toward the two. He hastily raised levies from the cities, collected money, and sent garrisons to each point.
§ 41.10
ἔπεμπε· Καῖσαρ δὲ ἐπειδὴ ταῦτα ἔμαθε, πρὸς μὲν τὴν Ῥώμην οὐκ ἠπείχθη (ἆθλόν τε γὰρ αὐτὴν ᾔδει τοῖς κρατήσουσι προκειμένην, καὶ οὐκ ἐπʼ ἐκείνην ὡς καὶ πολεμίαν οἱ οὖσαν, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀντιστασιώτας ὑπὲρ αὐτῆς δῆθεν ἐπιστρατεύειν ἔλεγἐ, γράμματα δὲ ἐς πᾶσαν τὴν Ἰταλίαν πέμψας, διʼ ὧν τόν τε Πομπήιον ἐς δίκην τινὰ προεκαλεῖτο καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις θαρσεῖν παρῄνει, κατὰ χώραν τε αὐτοῖς μένειν ἐκέλευε, καὶ ὑπισχνεῖτο πολλὰ αὐτοῖς. καὶ ἐπὶ Κορφίνιον, ἐπειδή οἱ ὑπὸ Λουκίου Δομιτίου κατεχόμενον οὐ προσεχώρει, ὥρμησε, καί τινας ἀπαντήσαντας μάχῃ κρατήσας ἐς πολιορκίαν τοὺς λοιποὺς κατέκλεισεν. ὁ οὖν Πομπήιος, ἐπειδὴ οὗτοί τε ἐπολιορκοῦντο καὶ τῶν ἄλλων πολλοὶ πρὸς τὸν Καίσαρα ἀπέκλινον, τῆς μὲν Ἰταλίας οὐδεμίαν ἔτʼ ἐλπίδα ἔσχεν, ἐς δὲ δὴ τὴν Μακεδονίαν τήν τε Ἑλλάδα καὶ τὴν Ἀσίαν περαιωθῆναι ἔγνω· τῇ τε γὰρ μνήμῃ ὧν ἐκεῖ ἐπεπράχει, καὶ τῇ τῶν δήμων τῇ τε τῶν βασιλέων φιλίᾳ πολὺ ἐθάρσει. ἦν μὲν γὰρ καὶ ἡ Ἰβηρία αὐτῷ πᾶσα οἰκεία, οὐκ ἐδύνατο δὲ ἐς αὐτὴν ἀσφαλῶς, ἅτε καὶ τοῦ Καίσαρος τὰς Γαλατίας ἔχοντος, κομισθῆναι. πρὸς δʼ ἔτι καὶ ἐλογίζετο ὅτι, ἂν ἀποπλεύσῃ, οὔτε ἐπιδιώξει τις αὐτὸν διά τε τὴν τῶν πλοίων ἀπορίαν καὶ διὰ τὸν χειμῶνα (ἤδη γὰρ ἐκ μετοπώρου ἦνʼ, κἀν τούτῳ κατὰ σχολὴν πολλὰ μὲν ἐκ τοῦ ὑπηκόου πολλὰ δὲ καὶ ἐκ τοῦ συμμαχικοῦ καὶ χρήματα καὶ
Caesar, when he learned of these moves, did not hurry to Rome; for the capital, he knew, lay as a prize before the victors, and he claimed to be marching, not against that place as hostile to him, but rather against his political opponents in its defence.2 And he sent letters throughout all Italy in which he challenged Pompey to some kind of trial, and encouraged the others to be of good cheer, bade them remain in their places, and made them many promises. He set out next against Corfinium, because this place, being occupied by Lucius Domitius, would not join his cause, and after conquering in battle a few who met him he shut up the rest and besieged them.3 Now Pompey, inasmuch as these followers were being besieged and many of the others were falling away to Caesar, had no further hope of Italy, and resolved to cross over into Macedonia, Greece, and Asia. For he derived much encouragement from the remembrance of what he had achieved there and from the friendship of the peoples and the kings. 4 Spain, to be sure, was likewise wholly devoted to him, but he could not reach it safely, since Caesar held both the Gauls. Moreover he calculated that if he should sail away, no one would pursue him on account of the lack of ships and on account of the winter, as the autumn was now far advanced; and meanwhile he would be amassing at leisure both money and troops, partly from the Roman subjects and partly from their allies.
§ 41.11
στρατεύματα ἀθροίσει. αὐτός τε οὖν ἐπὶ τούτοις ἐς τὸ Βρεντέσιον ἀφωρμήθη, καὶ τὸν Δομίτιον ἐκλιπόντα τὸ Κορφίνιον ἀκολουθεῖν οἱ ἐκέλευσε. καὶ ὅς, εἰ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα ἰσχύν τέ τινα εἶχε καὶ ἐπʼ αὐτῇ ἐπήλπιζε (καὶ γὰρ τοὺς στρατιώτας τά τε ἄλλα ἐτεθεραπεύκει καὶ χώρας ὑποσχέσει ὑπῆκτο· τῶν τε γὰρ Συλλείων ἐγεγόνει καὶ πολλὴν ἐκ τῆς δυναστείας ἐκείνης ἐκέκτητὀ, ὅμως ἐπειθάρχησε. καὶ ὁ μὲν παρεσκευάζετο ὅπως διʼ ἀσφαλείας τινὸς ἐκχωρήσῃ· μαθόντες δὲ τοῦθʼ οἱ συνόντες οἱ, καὶ κατοκνήσαντες τὴν ἄφοδον ὡς καὶ φυγὴν οὖσαν, προσέθεντο τῷ Καίσαρι. καὶ οἱ μὲν συνεστρατεύοντο αὐτῷ, Δομίτιος δὲ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι βουλευταὶ ᾐτιάθησαν μὲν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τῇ ἀντιτάξει, ἀπελύθησαν δὲ καὶ πρὸς τὸν Πομπήιον ἀπῆλθον.
With this purpose, therefore, he himself set out for Brundisium and bade Domitius abandon Corfinium and accompany him. And Domitius, in spite of the large force that he had and the hopes he reposed in it, inasmuch as he had courted the favour of the soldiers in every way and had won them over by promises of land (as one of Sulla's veterans he had acquired a large amount under that regime), nevertheless obeyed orders. He, accordingly, was making preparations to evacuate the town with some degree of safety; but his associates, when they learned of it, shrank from the journey abroad, and they attached themselves to Caesar. So these joined the invader's army, but Domitius and the other senators, after being censured by Caesar for arraying themselves against him, were allowed to go and came to Pompey.
§ 41.12
ὁ δʼ οὖν Καῖσαρ σπουδὴν μὲν εἶχε συμμῖξαί τε αὐτῷ πρὶν ἐκπλεῦσαι, κἀν τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ διαπολεμῆσαι, καταλαβεῖν τε αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ Βρεντεσίῳ ἔτʼ ὄντα· ἐπειδὴ γὰρ τὰ πλοῖα οὐκ ἐξήρκεσέ σφισι, προέπεμψεν ἄλλους τε καὶ τοὺς ὑπάτους, μὴ καὶ νεοχμώσωσί τι κατὰ χώραν ὑπομείναντες· ἰδὼν δὲ τὸ δυσάλωτον τοῦ χωρίου προεκαλέσατο αὐτὸν ἐς συνθήκας ὡς καὶ τὴν εἰρήνην τήν τε φιλίαν ἀποληψόμενον. ἀποκριναμένου τε αὐτοῦ οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἢ ὅτι τοῖς ὑπάτοις ἃ λέγει κοινώσεται, ἐπειδὴ ἐδέδοκτό σφισι μηδένα τῶν πολιτῶν τῶν ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις ὄντων ἐς λόγους δέχεσθαι, προσέβαλε τῇ πόλει. καὶ αὐτὸν ὁ Πομπήιος ἡμέρας μέν τινας ἠμύνατο, μέχρις οὗ τὰ πλοῖα ἐπανῆλθε· διοικοδομήσας δὲ ἐν τούτῳ καὶ ἀποφράξας τὰς ἐς τὸν λιμένα ὁδούς, μὴ καὶ ἐπίθηταί τις αὐτῷ ἐκπλέοντι, ἔπειτα νυκτὸς ἐξανήχθη. καὶ ὁ μὲν ἀσφαλῶς ἐς τὴν Μακεδονίαν ἐπεραιώθη, τὸ δὲ δὴ Βρεντέσιον δύο τε ἐν αὐτῷ πλοῖα μεστὰ ἀνδρῶν ἑάλω.
Caesar, accordingly, was anxious to join issue with Pompey before he could sail away and to fight out the war in Italy, if he could but overtake his adversary while he was still at Brundisium; for since there were not sufficient ships for all, Pompey had sent ahead the consuls and others, fearing that they might begin some rebellion if they remained there. Caesar, seeing the difficulty of capturing the place, urged his opponent to come to some agreement, assuring him that he should obtain both peace and friendship again. When Pompey replied merely that he would communicate to the consuls what Caesar said, the latter, inasmuch as those officials had decided to receive no citizen in arms for a conference, assaulted the city.3 Pompey repelled him for some days until the ships returned; and having meanwhile barricaded and obstructed the streets leading to the harbour, so that no one should attack him as he was sailing forth, he then put out by night. Thus he crossed over to Macedonia in safety, and Brundisium was captured along with two ships full of men.
§ 41.13
Πομπήιος μὲν οὖν τήν τε πατρίδα καὶ τὴν ἄλλην Ἰταλίαν οὕτως ἐξέλιπε πάντα τὰ ἐναντιώτατα τοῖς πρόσθεν, ὅτε ἐς αὐτὴν ἐκ τῆς Ἀσίας κατέπλευσε, καὶ ἑλόμενος καὶ πράξας· ἀφʼ ὧνπερ καὶ τὴν τύχην καὶ τὴν δόξαν ἀντίπαλον ἐκτήσατο. τά τε γὰρ στρατόπεδα πρότερον εὐθὺς ἐν τῷ Βρεντεσίῳ, ἵνα μή τι τοὺς πολίτας λυπήσῃ, ἀφείς, ἕτερα διʼ αὐτοῦ τότε ἐκ τῆς Ἰταλίας ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς ἐξήγαγε· καὶ τοὺς πλούτους τῶν βαρβάρων ἐς τὴν Ῥώμην ἀγαγών, πάνθʼ ὅσα ἠδυνήθη τότε ἐξ αὐτῆς ἑτέρωσε ἐκόμισε· καὶ τῶν μὲν οἴκοι πάντων ἀπέγνω, τοῖς δʼ ἀλλοτρίοις καὶ τοῖς γε ὑφʼ ἑαυτοῦ ποτε δουλωθεῖσι συμμάχοις κατὰ τῆς πατρίδος χρήσασθαι ἐνόει, καὶ ἐν αὐτοῖς πολὺ πλείω ἐλπίδα καὶ τῆς σωτηρίας καὶ τῆς δυναστείας ἢ ἐν τοῖς εὐεργετηθεῖσιν ἐποιεῖτο. καὶ διὰ ταῦτα ἀντὶ μὲν τῆς λαμπρότητος ἣν ἐκ τῶν πολέμων ἐκείνων κτησάμενος ἀφίκετο, ταπεινότητα πρὸς τὸν παρὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος φόβον ἀντιλαβὼν ἀπῆρεν, ἀντὶ δὲ τῆς εὐκλείας ἣν ἐκ τοῦ τὴν πατρίδα αὐξῆσαι ἔσχεν, δυσκλεέστατος ἐπὶ τῇ τότε ἐκλείψει αὐτῆς ἐγένετο.
So Pompey in this way deserted his country and the rest of Italy, choosing and carrying out quite the opposite of his former course, when he had sailed back to it from Asia; hence he gained the opposite fortune and reputation. 2 For, whereas formerly he had at once dismissed his legions at Brundisium, so as not to cause the citizens any anxiety, he was now leading away through that town other forces gathered from Italy to fight against them; and whereas he had brought the wealth of the barbarians to Rome, he now carried away from it all that he could to other places. Of all the citizens at home he despaired, but proposed to use against his country foreigners and the allies once enslaved by him; and he placed in them far more hope both of safety and of power than in those whom he had benefited. 4 Instead of the brilliance, therefore, acquired in those wars, which had marked his arrival, he departed with humiliation as his portion because of his fear of Caesar; and instead of the fame which he had gained for exalting his country, he became most infamous for his desertion of her.
§ 41.14
καὶ εὐθύς γε καταίρων ἐς τὸ Δυρράχιον ἔμαθεν ὅτι οὐ καλῶς ἀπαλλάξει· στρατιώτας τε γὰρ κεραυνοὶ ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ πρόσπλῳ ἔφθειραν, καὶ τὰ σημεῖα τὰ στρατιωτικὰ ἀράχναι κατέσχον, ἐκβάντος τε ἐκ τῆς νεὼς αὐτοῦ ὄφεις τὸν στίβον ἐπισπόμενοι συνέχεον. ἐκείνῳ μὲν δὴ ταῦτα τὰ τέρατα ἐγένετο, συνεβεβήκει δὲ καὶ πάσῃ τῇ πόλει τούτῳ τε τῷ ἔτει καὶ ὀλίγον ἔμπροσθεν ἕτερα. ὄντως γάρ που ἀμφοτέρωθεν ἐν ταῖς στάσεσι τὸ κοινὸν βλάπτεται· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο λύκοι τε καὶ βύαι πολλοὶ ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ ἄστει ὤφθησαν, καὶ σεισμοὶ συνεχεῖς μετὰ μυκηθμῶν ἐγένοντο, πῦρ τε ἀπὸ δυσμῶν πρὸς ἀνατολὰς διῇξε, καὶ ἕτερον ἄλλα τε καὶ τὸν τοῦ Κυρίνου ναὸν κατέφλεξεν. ὅ τε ἥλιος σύμπας ἐξέλιπε, καὶ κεραυνοὶ σκῆπτρόν τε Διὸς καὶ ἀσπίδα κράνος τε Ἄρεως, ἐν τῷ Καπιτωλίῳ ἀνακείμενα, καὶ προσέτι καὶ τὰς στήλας τὰς τοὺς νόμους ἐχούσας ἐλυμήναντο. ζῷά τε πολλὰ ἔξω τῆς ἑαυτῶν φύσεως ἐγέννησέ τινα, καὶ λόγιά τινα ὡς καὶ τῆς Σιβύλλης ὄντα ᾔδετο, κάτοχοί τέ τινες γιγνόμενοι συχνὰ ἐθείαζον. καὶ πολίαρχος οὐδεὶς ἐς τὰς ἀνοχάς, ὥσπερ εἴθιστο, ᾑρέθη, ἀλλʼ οἱ στρατηγοὶ πάντα τὰ ἐπιβάλλοντα αὐτῷ, ὥς γέ τισι δοκεῖ, διῴκησαν· ἕτεροι γὰρ ἐν τῷ ὑστέρῳ ἔτει φασὶν αὐτοὺς τοῦτο ποιῆσαι. καὶ ἐκεῖνο μὲν καὶ αὖθις ἐγένετο, τότε δὲ καὶ ὁ Περπέρνας ὁ μετὰ τοῦ Φιλίππου ποτὲ τιμητεύσας ἀπέθανεν, ὡς ἔφην, τελευταῖος πάντων τῶν ἐν τῇ τιμητείᾳ αὐτοῦ βουλευσάντων, καὶ ἐδόκει καὶ τοῦτό τι νεοχμώσειν. ἐταράττοντο μὲν οὖν ἐπὶ τοῖς τέρασιν ὥσπερ εἰκὸς ἦν, οἰόμενοι δὲ δὴ καὶ ἐλπίζοντες ἑκάτεροι ἐς τοὺς ἀντιστασιώτας σφῶν πάντα αὐτὰ ἀποσκήψειν οὐδὲν ἐξεθύσαντο.
Now at the very moment of coming to land at Dyrrachium he learned that he should not obtain a prosperous outcome. For thunderbolts destroyed some soldiers even as the ships were approaching; spiders occupied the army standards; and after he had left the vessel serpents followed and obliterated his footprints.2 These were the portents which came to him personally, but for the whole capital others had occurred both that year and a short time previously; for there is no doubt that in civil wars the state is injured by both parties. Hence many wolves and owls were seen in the city itself and continual earthquakes with bellowings took place, fire darted across from the west to the east, and another fire consumed the temple of Quirinus as well as of the buildings. The sun, too, suffered a total eclipse, and thunderbolts damaged a sceptre of Jupiter and a shield and a helmet of Mars that were votive offerings on the Capitol, and likewise the tables which contained the laws. 4 Many animals brought forth creatures outside of their own species, some oracles purporting to be those of the Sibyl were made known, and some men became inspired and uttered numerous divinations. No prefect of the city was chosen for the Feriae, as had been the custom, but the praetors, at least according to some accounts, performed all his duties; others, however, say they did this in the following year. That, to be sure, was an occurrence that happened again; but at this time Perperna, who had once been censor with Philippus, died, being the last, as I have stated, of all the senators who had been alive in his censorship. This event, too, seemed to portend some political change. 6 Now the people were naturally disturbed at the portents, but as both sides thought and hoped that the calamities would all light on their opponents, they offered no expiatory sacrifices.
§ 41.15
ὁ οὖν Καῖσαρ ἐς μὲν τὴν Μακεδονίαν οὐδὲ ἐπείρασε τότε πλεῦσαι (πλοίων τε γὰρ ἠπόρει ἅμα καὶ περὶ τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ ἐδεδίει, μὴ αὐτὴν ἐκ τῆς Ἰβηρίας οἱ τοῦ Πομπηίου ὑποστράτηγοι ἐπελθόντες κατάσχωσἰ, τὸ δὲ δὴ Βρεντέσιον διὰ φυλακῆς, τοῦ μή τινα τῶν ἀπηρκότων ἀναπλεῦσαι, ποιησάμενος πρός τε τὴν Ῥώμην ἦλθε, καὶ τῆς γερουσίας οἱ ἔξω τοῦ πωμηρίου ὑπό τε τοῦ Ἀντωνίου καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ Λογγίνου παρασκευασθείσης (ἐκπεσόντες γὰρ ἐξ αὐτῆς τότε αὐτὴν ἤθροισανʼ ἐδημηγόρησε πολλὰ καὶ ἐπιεικῆ, ὅπως πρός τε τὸ παρὸν εὔνοιαν αὐτοῦ καὶ πρὸς τὸ μέλλον ἐλπίδα χρηστὴν λάβωσιν. ἐπειδὴ γὰρ τοῖς τε γιγνομένοις ἀχθομένους καὶ ἐς τὸ στρατιωτικὸν πλῆθος ὑποπτεύοντας αὐτοὺς ἑώρα, παραμυθήσασθαι καὶ τιθασεῦσαί σφας τρόπον τινὰ ἠθέλησεν, ἵνα τά γε ἐκείνων, ἕως ἂν διαπολεμήσῃ, ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ μείνῃ. καὶ διὰ τοῦτʼ οὔτʼ ᾐτιάσατό τινα οὔτʼ ἠπείλησέ τινι οὐδέν, ἀλλὰ καὶ καταδρομὴν κατὰ τῶν πολεμεῖν πολίταις ἐθελόντων οὐκ ἄνευ ἀρῶν ἐποιήσατο, καὶ τὸ τελευταῖον πρέσβεις ὑπέρ τε τῆς εἰρήνης καὶ ὑπὲρ τῆς ὁμονοίας σφῶν παραχρῆμα πρός τε τοὺς ὑπάτους καὶ πρὸς τὸν Πομπήιον πεμφθῆναι ἐσηγήσατο.
Caesar did not even attempt to sail to Macedonia at this time, because he was short of ships and was anxious about Italy, fearing that the lieutenants of Pompey might assail it from Spain and occupy it; but putting Brundisium under guard, so that no one of those who had departed should sail back again, 2 he then proceeded to Rome. There the senate had been assembled for him outside the pomerium by Antony and Longinus; for though they had once been expelled from that body they now convened it. He accordingly delivered a speech of some length and of a temperate character, so that they might feel good-will toward him for the time being and also excellent hope for the future. For as soon as he saw that they were displeased at what was going on and suspicious of the multitude of soldiers, he wished to encourage and tame them, so to speak, in order that quiet might prevail at least in their quarter until he should bring the war to an end. 4 He therefore censured no one and made no threat against anyone, but delivered an attack, not without imprecations, upon those who chose to war upon citizens, and at last proposed that envoys be sent immediately to the consuls and to Pompey to treat for peace and harmony.
§ 41.16
τὰ δʼ αὐτὰ ταῦτα καὶ πρὸς τὸν δῆμον, καὶ αὐτὸν ἔξω τοῦ πωμηρίου συνελθόντα, εἰπών, σῖτόν τε ἐκ τῶν νήσων μετεπέμψατο καὶ πέντε καὶ ἑβδομήκοντα δραχμὰς ἑκάστῳ δώσειν ὑπέσχετο. καὶ ὁ μὲν τούτοις αὐτοὺς δελεάσειν ἤλπιζεν, οἱ δʼ ἄνθρωποι λογιζόμενοι ὅτι οὔτε φρονοῦσιν οὔτε πράττουσι τὰ αὐτὰ οἵ τε ἐφιέμενοί τινων καὶ οἱ τυχόντες, ἀλλʼ ἐν μὲν ταῖς ἀρχαῖς τῶν ἔργων πάντα τὰ ἥδιστα προβάλλουσι τοῖς ἀντιπρᾶξαί τι δυναμένοις, ἐπειδὰν δὲ κατορθώσωσιν ὅσα βούλονται, οὔτε τινὸς αὐτῶν μνημονεύουσι καὶ ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς ἐκείνους ταῖς δυνάμεσιν ἃς παρʼ αὐτῶν ἔλαβον χρῶνται, μεμνημένοι δὲ καὶ τὸν Μάριον τόν τε Σύλλαν, ὡς πολλὰ καὶ φιλάνθρωπα πολλάκις σφίσιν εἰπόντες οἷα ἀνθʼ οἵων ἔδρασαν, καὶ προσέτι καὶ τὴν τοῦ Καίσαρος χρείαν αἰσθόμενοι, τά τε ὅπλα αὐτοῦ πολλὰ καὶ πανταχοῦ τῆς πόλεως ὁρῶντες ὄντα, οὔτε πιστεύειν τοῖς λεγομένοις οὔτε θαρρεῖν ἐδύναντο, ἀλλʼ ἔναυλον τὸν ἐκ τοῦ πρὶν φόβον ἔχοντες κἁ??ʼ ἐκεῖνον ὑπετόπουν, καὶ μάλισθʼ ὅτι οἱ πρέσβεις ὁ??ʼ τὰς καταλλαγὰς δῆθεν πρυτανεύσοντες ᾑρέθησαν μέν, οὐκ ἐξῆλθον δέ, ἀλλʼ ὅτι καὶ ἐμνήσθη ποτε περὶ αὐτῶν ὁ Πίσων ὁ πενθερὸς αὐτοῦ αἰτίαν ἔσχε
He made these same statements also to the populace, when that body had likewise assembled outside the pomerium; and he sent for grain from the islands, and promised to give each citizen three hundred sesterces. He hoped to tempt them with this bait; but the men reflected that those who are pursuing certain ends and those who have attained them do not think or act alike, 2 but at the beginning of their undertakings they offer every conceivable gratification to such as are in a position to work against them in any way, whereas, when they succeed in what they wish, they remember none of their promises and use against those very persons the power which they have received from them. Recalling also the behaviour of Marius and Sulla, — how many benevolent phrases they had often addressed to them and then what treatment they had accorded them in return for their services, — and furthermore perceiving Caesar's need and seeing that his armed forces were many and were everywhere in the city, they were unable either to trust his words or to be cheered by them. On the contrary, as they had fresh in their memory the fear caused by former events, they suspected him also, particularly since the envoys who were to effect the “reconciliation,” as he termed it, did not set out after being chosen; indeed, Piso, his father-in law, was once called to account for so much as referring to them.
§ 41.17
τοσούτου τε ἐδέησαν τὰ χρήματα ἃ ὑπέσχετο σφισι τότε γε λαβεῖν, ὥστε καὶ τἆλλά οἱ πάνθ ὅσα ἐν τῷ δημοσίῳ ἦν πρὸς τὴν τῶν στρατιωτῶν οὓς ἐφοβοῦντο, τροφὴν ἔδοσαν. καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσιν τούτοις ὡς καὶ ἀγαθοῖς οὖσι τὴν ἐσθῆτα τὴν εἰρηνικὴν μετημπίσχοντο· οὐδέπω γὰρ αὐτὴν μετειλήφεσαν. ἀντεῖπε μὲν οὖν πρὸς τὴν περὶ τῶν χρημάτων ἐσήγησιν Λούκιός τις Μέτελλος δήμαρχος, καὶ ἐπειδὴ μηδὲν ἐπέρανε, πρός τε τοὺς θησαυροὺς ἦλθε καὶ τὰς θύρας αὐτῶν ἐν τηρήσει ἐποιήσατο· σμικρὸν δὲ δὴ καὶ τῆς φυλακῆς αὐτοῦ, ὥσπερ που καὶ τῆς παρρησίας, οἱ στρατιῶται φροντίσαντες τήν τε βαλανάγραν διέκοψαν (τὴν γὰρ κλεῖν οἱ ὕπατοι εἶχον, ὥσπερ οὐκ ἐξόν τισι πελέκεσιν ἀντʼ αὐτῆς χρήσασθαι) καὶ πάντα τὰ χρήματα ἐξεφόρησαν. καὶ μέντοι καὶ τὰ ἄλλα τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον, ὥς μοι πολλαχόθι εἴρηται, ὀνόματι μὲν ἰσονομίας (καὶ γὰρ διὰ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου τὰ πλείω αὐτῶν ἐσεφέρετὀ ἔργῳ δὲ δυναστείας καὶ ἐψηφίζετο καὶ ἐπράττετο. τούς τε γὰρ ἀντιστασιάζοντάς σφισι πολεμίους ἑκάτεροι τῆς πατρίδος ὀνομάζοντες, καὶ ἑαυτοὺς ὑπὲρ τῶν κοινῶν πολεμεῖν λέγοντες, τά τε ἴδια μόνα ηὖξον, κἀκεῖνα ὁμοίως ἀμφότεροι ἔφθειρον.
And far from receiving at that time the money which he had promised them, the people had to give him all the rest that remained in the treasury for the support of his soldiers, whom they feared. In honour of all these things, as if they were propitious events, the citizens changed back to the garb of peace, which up to this time they had not resumed. 2 Now Lucius Metellus, a tribune, opposed the proposition about the money, and when his efforts proved unavailing, he went to the treasury and kept guard at the doors. But the soldiers, paying little heed to the guard he kept or, I imagine, to his outspokenness either, cut the bolt in two (for the consuls had the key, just as if it were not possible for persons to use axes in place of it!) and carried off all the money. In the case of Caesar's other projects also, as I have often stated, he both brought them to vote and carried them out in the same fashion, under the name of democracy, inasmuch as the majority of them were introduced by Antony, but with the substance of despotism. Both Caesar and Pompey called their opponents enemies of their country and declared that they themselves were fighting for the public interests, whereas each alike was really ruining those interests and advancing merely his own private needs.
§ 41.18
ὁ δʼ οὖν Καῖσαρ ταῦτά τε οὕτως ἐποίησε, καὶ τὴν Σαρδὼ τήν τε Σικελίαν ἀμαχεὶ κατέσχἑ??ʼ ἐκχωρησάντων τῶν τότε ἐν αὐταῖς ἀρχόντὡ??ʼ τόν τε Ἀριστόβουλον οἴκαδε ἐς τὴν Παλαιστίνἡ??ʼ ὅπως τῷ Πομπηίῳ τι ἀντιπράξῃ, ἔστειλε· κ̔??ʼ τοῖς παισὶ τῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ Σύλλου ἐπικηρυχθέντὡ??ʼ ἀρχὰς αἰτεῖν ἐφῆκε, τά τε ἄλλα πάντα, καὶ τ̔??ʼ ἐν τῇ πόλει καὶ τὰ ἐν τῇ λοιπῇ Ἰταλίᾳ, πρὃ??ʼ τὸ ἐπιτηδειότατον ἑαυτῷ ὡς ἐκ τῶν παρόντὡ??ʼ κατέστησε. καὶ ἐκεῖνα μὲν τῷ Ἀντωνίῳ ἐπ̔??ʼ έτρεψεν, αὐτὸς δὲ ἐς τὴν Ἰβηρίαν, τά τε τὁ??ʼ Πομπηίου ἰσχυρῶς αἱρουμένην καὶ ἐς δέος αὐτόν μὴ καὶ τὰς Γαλατίας προσαποστήσῃ, καθιστάν̔??ʼ τας, ὥρμησε. κὰν τούτῳ ἄλλοι τε βουλευτἁ??ʼ καὶ ὁ Κικέρων, μηδὲ ἐς ὄψιν τῷ Καίσαρι ἐλθών πρὸς τὸν Πομπήιον ὥς γε τά τε δικαιότεῥ??ʼ πράττοντα καὶ τῷ πολέμῳ κρατήσοντα ἀπεχὥ??ʼ ρησεν. οἵ τε γὰρ ὕπατοι, πρὶν ἐκπλεῖν, κἁ??ʼ ἐκεῖνος, ἅτε ἀντὶ ὑπάτου ἄρχων, πάντας αὐτοὓ??ʼ ἐκέλευσαν ἐς Θεσσαλονίκην ἀκολουθῆσαι, ὡς τὁ??ʼ μὲν ἄστεως πρὸς πολεμίων τινῶν ἐχομένου, αὐτὁ??ʼ δὲ ἅτε γερουσία ὄντες καὶ τὸ τῆς πολιτείἁ??ʼ πρόσχημα, ὅπου ποτʼ ἂν ὦσιν, ἕξοντες. κἁ??ʼ σφισι διὰ ταῦτα τῶν τε βουλευτῶν καὶ τῶν ἱππέων οἱ πλείους, οἱ μὲν εὐθὺς τότε οἱ δὲ κἁ??ʼ ὕστερον, καὶ αἱ πόλεις πᾶσαι, ὅσαι μὴ ὑπὸ τῶν τοῦ Καίσαρος ὅπλων κατείργοντο, προσεχώρησαν.
After taking these steps Caesar occupied Sardinia and Sicily without a contest, as the governors who were there at the time withdrew. Aristobulus he sent home to Palestine to accomplish something against Pompey. 2 He also allowed the sons of those who had been proscribed by Sulla to canvass for office, and arranged everything else both in the city and in the rest of Italy to his own best advantage, so far as circumstances permitted. Affairs at home he now committed to Antony's care, while he himself set out for Spain, which was strongly favouring the side of Pompey and causing Caesar some fear that it might induce the Gauls also to revolt. 4 Meanwhile Cicero and other senators, without even appearing before Caesar, retired to join Pompey, since they believed he had more justice on his side and would conquer in the war.5 For not only the consuls, before they had set sail, but Pompey also, under the authority he had as proconsul, had ordered them all to accompany him to Thessalonica, on the ground that the capital was held by enemies and that they themselves were the senate and would maintain the form of the government wherever they should be. 6 For this reason most of the senators and the knights joined them, some of them at once, and others later, and likewise all the cities that were not coerced by Caesar's armed forces.
§ 41.19
οἱ μέντοι Μασσαλιῶται μόνοι τῶν ἐν τ̔??ʼ Γαλατίᾳ οἰκούντων οὔτε συνήραντο τῷ Καίσαῥ??ʼ οὔτε ἐς τὴν πόλιν ἐσεδέξαντο, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀπόκρισιν αὐτῷ ἀξιομνημόνευτον ἔδοσαν· τῷ τε γὰρ δήμῳ τῶν Ῥωμαίων συμμαχεῖν καὶ ἐκείνοις ἐπιτηδείως ἀμφοτέροις ἔχειν, καὶ μήτε πολυπραγμονεῖν τ̔??ʼ μήθʼ ἱκανοὶ διακρῖναι πότερος αὐτῶν ἀδικεῖ εἶνἁ??ʼ ἔφασαν, ὥστε εἰ μέν τις ὡς φίλος ἐθέλοι πρὸς σφᾶς ἐλθεῖν, κἂν ἀμφοτέρους αὐτοὺς ἄνευ τῶν ὅπλων δέξασθαι ἔλεγον, ἐπὶ πολέμῳ δὲ οὐδέτερον. καταστάντες τε ἐς πολιορκίαν αὐτόν τε ἐκεῖνον ἀπεκρούσαντο, καὶ τῷ Τρεβωνίῳ τῷ τε Βρούτῳ τῷ Δεκίμῳ μετὰ τοῦτο προσεδρεύσασί σφισιν ἐπὶ πλεῖστον ἀντέσχον. ὁ γὰρ Καῖσαρ χρόνον μέν τινα, ὡς καὶ ῥᾳδίως αὐτοὺς αἱρήσων, προσεκαρτέρησε (καὶ γὰρ αὐτῷ δεινὸν ἐδόκει εἶναι ὅτι καὶ τῆς Ῥώμης ἀμαχεὶ κρατήσας ὑπὸ Μασσαλιωτῶν οὐκ ἐδέχετὀ, ἔπειτʼ ἐπειδὴ ἀντήρκουν, ἐκείνους μὲν ἑτέροις προσέταξεν, αὐτὸς δὲ ἐς τὴν Ἰβηρίαν ἠπείχθη.
Now the Massaliots, alone of the peoples living in Gaul, did not cooperate with Caesar, and did not receive him into their city, but gave him a noteworthy answer. 2 They said that they were allies of the Roman people and felt friendly towards both sides, and that they were neither intermeddling at all nor in a position to decide which of the two was in the wrong; consequently, in case they were approached in a friendly manner, they would receive them both, they said, without their arms, but if it were a question of making war, neither of them. On being subjected to a siege they not only repulsed Caesar himself but held out for a very long time against Trebonius and Decimus Brutus, who besieged them later. For Caesar had persisted in his attempt for some time, thinking to capture them easily, and regarding it as absurd that after vanquishing Rome without a battle he was not received by the Massaliots; 4 but when they continued to hold out, he left them to care of others and himself hastened into Spain.
§ 41.20
ἐπεπόμφει μὲν γὰρ ἐς αὐτὴν Γάιον Φάβιον, δείσας δὲ μὴ καθʼ ἑαυτὸν ἀγωνισάμενος πταίσῃ, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐστράτευσεν. εἶχον δὲ τότε τὰ πράγματα τὰ περὶ τὸν Ἴβηρα ὅ τε Ἀφράνιος καὶ ὁ Πετρέιος, καὶ φυλακὴν μὲν καὶ τῆς ὑπερβολῆς τῶν ὀρῶν ἐπεποίηντο, τὸ δʼ ὅλον ἐς Ἰλέρδαν τὰς δυνάμεις ἀθροίσαντες ἐνταῦθα τοὺς ἐπιόντας ὑπέμενον. καὶ τῷ μὲν Φαβίῳ τήν τε ἐπὶ τοῦ Πυρηναίου φρουρὰν βιασαμένῳ καὶ τὸν ποταμὸν τὸν Σίκοριν διαβαίνοντι προσπεσόντες ἐξαίφνης πολλοὺς ἀπέκτειναν ἀποληφθέντας· ἡ γὰρ γέφυρα πρὶν διελθεῖν αὐτοὺς καταρραγεῖσα πλεῖστόν σφισι συνήρατο· τῷ δὲ δὴ Καίσαρι ἐπελθόντι τε οὐ πολλῷ ὕστερον καὶ τὸν ποταμὸν καθʼ ἑτέραν γέφυραν διαβάντι, προκαλουμένῳ τε αὐτοὺς ἐς μάχην οὐκ ἐτόλμησαν ἐπὶ πάνυ πολλὰς ἡμέρας συμβαλεῖν, ἀλλʼ ἀντιστρατοπεδευσάμενοι αὐτῷ ἡσύχαζον. θαρσήσας οὖν ἐκ τούτου καταλαβεῖν τὸ χωρίον τὸ μεταξὺ τοῦ τε ταφρεύματός σφων καὶ τῆς πόλεως καρτερὸν ὂν ἐπεχείρησεν, ὡς καὶ τῶν τειχῶν αὐτοὺς ἀποκλείσων. αἰσθόμενοι δὲ τοῦτο οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἀφράνιον προκατέσχον αὐτό, καὶ τούς τε προσβάλλοντάς σφισιν ἀπεώσαντο, καὶ φεύγουσιν αὐτοῖς ἐπισπόμενοι τοὺς ἀντεπεξελθόντας ἐκ τοῦ ἐρύματος ὑπέστησαν, ἐνδόντες τε ἐξεπίτηδες ὑπήγαγόν σφας ἐς χωρία ἑαυτοῖς ἐπιτήδεια, κἀνταῦθα πολλῷ πλείους ἐφόνευσαν. κἀκ τούτων ἐπιθαρσήσαντες τοῖς τε προνομεύουσιν αὐτῶν ἐπετίθεντο καὶ τοὺς ἀποσκεδαννυμένους ἐλύπουν· καί ποτε διαβάντων τινῶν ἐς τὰ ἐπέκεινα τοῦ ποταμοῦ, κἀν τούτῳ χειμῶνός τε πολλοῦ γενομένου καὶ τῆς γεφύρας ᾗ ἐκέχρηντο διαφθαρείσης, ἐπιδιέβησαν κατὰ τὴν ἑτέραν γέφυραν τὴν πρὸς τῇ πόλει οὖσαν καὶ πάντας αὐτοὺς ἀνάλωσαν, μηδενός σφισιν ἐπαμῦναι δυνηθέντος.
He had sent Gaius Fabius thither, but fearing the other would fail while contending by himself, he, too, made a campaign. Afranius and Petreius at this time had charge of affairs in the vicinity of the Iberus and had even posted a guard over the pass in the mountains, but in the main they had gathered their forces at Ilerda and there awaited the invaders. 2 Fabius overcame the garrison upon the Pyrenees, but as he was crossing the river Sicoris the enemy fell upon him suddenly and killed many of his men who were cut off; for the bridge collapsed before all had crossed and thus proved of the greatest assistance to the foes. When Caesar came up, not long afterward, he crossed the river by another bridge and challenged them to battle; but for a great many days they did not dare to try conclusions with him, but remained quietly encamped opposite him. 4 Encouraged thereby, he undertook to seize the ground between their entrenchments and the city, as it was a strong position, with the intention of shutting them off from the walls. Afranius and his followers, on perceiving this, occupied the place first, repulsed their assailants, and pursued them when they fled. Then, when others came out against them from the camp, they at first withstood them, then yielded purposely, and so lured them into positions which were favourable to themselves, where they slew many more of them. In consequence of this they took courage, attacked their opponents' foraging parties and harassed those who were scattered. 6 And on one occasion when some soldiers had crossed to the other side of the river and meanwhile a great storm had come up and destroyed the bridge which they had used, they crossed over after them by the other bridge, which was near the city, and destroyed them all, since no one was able to come to their assistance.
§ 41.21
ὁ οὖν Καῖσαρ, ὡς ταῦτʼ ἐγίγνετο καὶ οὔτε τῶν συμμάχων τις ἐπεκούρει οἱ (ἐκδεχόμενοι γὰρ αὐτοὺς οἱ ἐναντίοι, ὡς ἑκάστους αἴσθοιντο προσιόντας, ) τά τʼ ἐπιτήδεια, ἅτε ἔν τε ἀλλοτρίᾳ ὢν καὶ πταίων, χαλεπῶς ἐπορίζετο, ἐν παντὶ ἐγένετο. πυνθανόμενοι δὲ ταῦθʼ οὶ ἐν οἴκῳ Ῥωμαῖοι ἐκείνου τε ὡς οὐκέτι πλείω χρόνον περιοίσοντος ἀπέγνωσαν καὶ πρὸς τὸν Πομπήιον ἀπέκλινον· καί τινες καὶ τότε πρὸς αὐτὸν ἄλλοι τε καὶ βουλευταὶ ἀπῆραν. καὶ εἴγε μὴ οἱ Μασσαλιῶται ἐν τούτῳ ναυμαχίᾳ πρὸς τοῦ Βρούτου τῷ τε μεγέθει τῶν νεῶν αὐτοῦ καὶ τῇ ῥώμῃ τῶν ἐπιβατῶν, καίπερ καὶ τῷ Δομιτίῳ συμμάχῳ χρώμενοι καὶ τῇ ἐμπειρίᾳ τῶν ναυτικῶν προέχοντες, ἡττήθησαν κἀκ τούτου παντελῶς ἀπεκλείσθησαν, οὐδὲν ἂν ἐκώλυσε πάντα τὰ πράγματα αὐτοῦ φθαρῆναι. νῦν δὲ ἐπὶ τὸ μεῖζον ἐκ παρασκευῆς τοῖς Ἴβηρσιν ἀγγελθέντα ταῦτα οὕτως ἠλλοίωσέ τινας αὐτῶν ὥστε καὶ τὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος φρονῆσαι. καὶ αὐτοὺς παραλαβὼν τῆς τε τροφῆς ηὐπόρησε καὶ γεφύρας κατεσκεύασε, τοὺς τε ἐναντίους ἐλύπει, καί ποτε συχνοὺς αὐτῶν αἰφνίδιον ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ πλανωμένους ἀπολαβὼν ἀπώλεσεν.
Caesar, when things were taking this course, fell into desperate straits; for none of his allies rendered him assistance, since his opponents met and annihilated the separate forces as often as they heard that any were approaching, and it was with difficulty that he managed to obtain provisions, inasmuch as he was in a hostile territory and unsuccessful in his operations. 2 The Romans at home, when they learned of this, renounced all hope of him, believing that he could hold out but a short time longer, and began to fall away to Pompey; and some few senators and others set out to join the latter even then. But just at this time the Massaliots were defeated in a naval battle by Brutus owing to the size of his ships and the strength of his marines, although they had Domitius as an ally and surpassed in their experience of naval affairs; and after this they were shut off completely. But for this nothing would have prevented Caesar's projects from being ruined. 4 As it was, however, the victory was announced to the Spaniards with so much intentional exaggeration that it led some of them to change and take the side of Caesar. When he had obtained these adherents, he secured plenty of food, constructed bridges, harassed his opponents, and on one occasion intercepted suddenly a large number of them who were wandering about the country and destroyed them.
§ 41.22
ὁ οὖν Ἀφράνιος ἀθυμήσας ἐπὶ τούτοις, καὶ τὰ ἐν Ἰλέρδᾳ οὔτε ἀσφαλῆ οὔτε ἐπιτήδεια πρὸς χρόνιον διατριβὴν ἰδὼν ὄντα, ἀναχωρῆσαι πρός τε τὸν Ἴβηρα καὶ πρὸς τὰς ἐκεῖ πόλεις ἔγνω, καὶ νυκτός, ὡς λήσων ἢ φθάσων τοὺς ἐναντίους, ἄρας ἐπορεύετο. καὶ οὐκ ἔλαθε μὲν ἀνιστάμενος, οὐ μέντοι καὶ εὐθὺς ἐπεδιώχθη· ὁ γὰρ Καῖσαρ οὐχ ἡγήσατο ἀσφαλὲς εἶναι ἐν σκότῳ πολεμίοις ἐμπείροις τῆς χώρας μετὰ ἀπείρων ἐπακολουθῆσαι. ὡς μέντοι ἡ ἡμέρα διέλαμψεν, ἠπείχθη, καὶ αὐτοὺς ἐν μέσῃ τῇ ὁδῷ καταλαβὼν πανταχόθεν ἐξαπίνης πόρρωθεν περιεστοιχίσατο· τῷ τε γὰρ πλήθει πολὺ περιῆν, καὶ τὸ χωρίον κοῖλον ὂν συμμαχοῦν ἔσχεν. ὁμόσε γὰρ οὐκ ἠθέλησέ σφισι χωρῆσαι, τὸ μέν τι φοβηθεὶς μὴ καὶ ἐς ἀπόνοιαν καταστάντες ἐξεργάσωνταί τι δεινόν, τὸ δὲ καὶ ἄλλως ἀκονιτί σφας παραστήσεσθαι ἐλπίσας. ὅ καὶ ἐγένετο· ὡς γὰρ πολλαχῇ πειράσαντες οὐδαμῇ διαπεσεῖν ἠδυνήθησαν, καὶ ἔκ τε τούτου καὶ ἐκ τῆς ἀγρυπνίας τῆς τε πορείας ἐκεκμήκεσαν, καὶ προσέτι οὔτε τροφὴν εἶχον (αὐθημερὸν γὰρ τὸν σταθμὸν διατελέσειν προσδοκήσαντες οὐδὲν ἐπηνέγκαντὀ οὔθʼ ὕδατος εὐπόρουν (τὰ γὰρ χωρία ἐκεῖνα δεινῶς ἐστιν ἄνυδρἀ, παρέδοσάν σφας, ἐφʼ ᾧ μήτε τι δεινὸν πάθωσι μήτε ἐπὶ τὸν Πομπήιον
Afranius was disheartened at these reverses, and seeing that affairs in Ilerda were not safe or satisfactory for a prolonged stay, he determined to retire to the Iberus and to the cities there. He set out on the journey by night, intending to elude the enemy's notice or at least get the start of them. 2 And though his departure did not remain undiscovered, yet he was not immediately pursued, for Caesar did not think it safe in the darkness and with men ignorant of the country to follow up an enemy that was well acquainted with it. When day dawned, however, he hastened forward, and, overtaking them in the middle of their journey, he suddenly surrounded them on all sides at a distance; for he was much superior in numbers and found the bowl-shaped character of the region a help. For he did not wish to come to close quarters with the enemy, partly because he was afraid that they might become desperate and carry out some rash undertaking, and partly because he hoped to win them over anyway without a conflict. This actually happened. They first tried to break through at many points, but were unable to do so anywhere, and became exhausted from this attempt as well as from loss of sleep and from their march; furthermore, they had no food, 4 since, expecting to finish their journey the same day, they had brought none along, and they were also without sufficient water, inasmuch as that region is terribly dry. They accordingly surrendered, on condition that they should not be harshly treated nor compelled to join his expedition against Pompey.
§ 41.23
ἀναγκασθῶσίν οἱ συστρατεῦσαι. καὶ αὐτοῖς ἀκριβῶς ἑκάτερον ὁ Καῖσαρ ἐφύλαξεν· οὔτε γὰρ ἀπέκτεινε τὸ παράπαν τῶν ἐν τούτῳ τῷ πολέμῳ ἁλόντων οὐδένα, καίτοι ἐκείνων ποτὲ ἐν ἀνοχῇ τινι ἀφυλάκτως τινὰς τῶν ἑαυτοῦ ἔχοντας φθειράντων, οὔτε τῷ Πομπηίῳ ἀντιπολεμῆσαι ἐξεβιάσατο, ἀλλὰ τοὺς μὲν λογιμωτάτους ἠφίει, τοῖς δʼ ἄλλοις ἐθελονταῖς· συμμάχοις διά τε τὰ κέρδη καὶ διὰ τὰς τιμὰς ἐχρῆτο. καὶ οὐκ ἐλάχιστά γε ἐκ τούτων οὔτε ἐς τὴν δόξαν οὔτε ἐς τὰ πράγματα ἀπώνητο· τάς τε γὰρ πόλεις τὰς ἐν τῇ Ἰβηρίᾳ πάσας καὶ τοὺς στρατιώτας τοὺς ἐκεῖ πάντας (ἦσαν δὲ ἄλλοι τε ἐν τῇ Βαιτικῇ καὶ μετὰ Μάρκου Τερεντίου Οὐάρρωνος ὑποστρατήγου συχνοίʼ προσεποιήσατο.
Caesar kept each of his promises to them scrupulously. He did not put to death a single man captured in this war, in spite of the fact that his foes had once, during a truce, destroyed some of his own men who were caught off their guard; and he did not force them to fight against Pompey, but released the most prominent and employed the rest as allies who were willing to serve for the gains and honours in prospect. 2 By this course both his reputation and his cause profited not a little; for he won over all the cities in Spain and all the soldiers there, a considerable number of whom were with Marcus Terentius Varro, the lieutenant, besides others in Baetica.
§ 41.24
παραλαμβάνων τε οὖν ἅμα αὐτοὺς καὶ καθιστάμενος διέδραμε μέχρι Γαδείρων. καὶ ἐλύπησε μὲν οὐδένα οὐδὲν πλὴν χρημάτων ἐκλογῆς (ταῦτα γὰρ παμπληθῆ ἐσέπραξενʼ, ἐτίμησε δὲ καὶ ἰδίᾳ καὶ κοινῇ πολλούς· καὶ τοῖς γε Γαδειρεῦσι πολιτείαν ἅπασιν ἔδωκεν, ἣν καὶ ὁ δῆμός σφισιν ὕστερον ἐπεκύρωσε. τοῦτο δὲ ἐποίησεν ἀμειβόμενός σφας τῆς τοῦ ὀνείρου ὄψεως, διʼ ἧς ἐνταῦθα, ὅτε ἐταμίευσε, συγγεγονέναι τῇ μητρὶ ἔδοξε, καὶ ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν ἐλπίδα τῆς μοναρχίας, ὥσπερ εἶπον, ἔλαβεν. πράξας δὲ ταῦτα τὸ μὲν ἔθνος ἐκεῖνο τῷ Λογγίνῳ τῷ Κασσίῳ προσέταξεν, ἐπειδὴ συνήθης αὐτοῖς ἐκ τῆς ταμιείας ἣν ὑπὸ τῷ Πομπηίῳ ἐτεταμιεύκει ἦν· αὐτὸς δὲ μέχρι Ταρράκωνος πλοίοις ἐκομίσθη. ἐντεῦθεν δὲ διὰ τοῦ Πυρηναίου προχωρῶν τρόπαιον μὲν οὐδὲν ἐπʼ αὐτοῦ ἔστησεν, ὅτι μηδὲ τὸν Πομπήιον καλῶς ἀκούσαντα ἐπὶ τούτῳ ᾔσθετο, βωμὸν δὲ δὴ ἐκ λίθων ξεστῶν συνῳκοδομημένον μέγαν οὐ πόρρω τῶν ἐκείνου τροπαίων ἱδρύσατο.
So, taking charge of these and arranging their affairs, he advanced as far as Gades, injuring no one at all except in so far as the exacting of money was concerned; for of this he levied very large sums. Many of the natives he honoured both privately and publicly, and to all the people of Gades he granted citizenship, which the people of Rome later confirmed to them. 2 This kindness he did them in return for the dream he had seen at the time he was quaestor there, wherein he had seemed to have intercourse with his mother; it was this dream that had given him the hope of sole rulership, as I have stated. Having done this, he assigned that nation to Cassius Longinus, because the latter was familiar with the inhabitants from his quaestorship which he had served under Pompey; and he himself proceeded by ship to Tarraco. Thence he advanced across the Pyrenees, but did not set up any trophy on their summits, because he understood that Pompey had gained no good name for so doing; but he erected a great altar constructed of polished stones not far from his rival's trophies.
§ 41.25
ἐν ᾧ δὲ ταῦτʼ ἐγίγνετο, οἱ Μασσαλιῶται νεῶν σφισι παρὰ τοῦ Πομπηίου αὖθις πεμφθεισῶν ἀνεκινδύνευσαν. καὶ ἡττήθησαν μὲν καὶ τότε, διεκαρτέρουν δέ, καίτοι καὶ τὴν Ἰβηρίαν ἤδη τὸν Καίσαρα ἔχοντα πυνθανόμενοι, καὶ τάς τε προσβολὰς ἰσχυρῶς ἀπεκρούοντο, καὶ διοκωχήν τινα ὡς καὶ τῷ Καίσαρι, ἐπειδὰν ἔλθῃ, προσχωρήσοντες ποιησάμενοι, τόν τε Δομίτιον ὑπεξέπεμψαν, καὶ τοὺς στρατιώτας ἐπιθεμένους σφίσιν ἐν ταῖς σπονδαῖς νυκτὸς οὕτω διέθεσαν ὥστε μηδὲν ἔτι τολμῆσαι. τῷ μέντοι Καίσαρι αὐτῷ ἐλθόντι ὡμολόγησαν· καὶ ὃς ἐκείνων τότε μὲν τά τε ὅπλα καὶ τὰς ναῦς τά τε χρήματα ἀφείλετο, ὕστερον δὲ καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ πάντα πλὴν τοῦ τῆς ἐλευθερίας ὀνόματος. ἀνθʼ ὧν ἡ Φώκαια ἡ μητρόπολίς σφων ἐλευθέρα ὑπὸ τοῦ Πομπηίου ἀφείθη.
While this was going on, the Massaliots hazarded another conflict after ships had again been sent them by Pompey. They were defeated on this occasion also, and yet held out, even though they learned that Caesar was already master of Spain. 2 They not only vigorously repulsed all attacks but also, after arranging a kind of armistice, on the plea that they were going over to Caesar, when he should come, sent Domitius out of the harbour secretly and caused such injuries to the soldiers who had attacked them by night in the midst of the truce, that these ventured to make no further attempts. With Caesar himself, however, they made terms upon his arrival; and he at that time deprived them of their arms, ships, and money, and later of everything else except the name of freedom. To offset this misfortune Phocaea, their mother city, was made free by Pompey.
§ 41.26
καὶ στρατιωτῶν τινων ἐν Πλακεντίᾳ στασιασάντων καὶ μηκέτʼ ἀκολουθῆσαί οἱ ἐθελόντων, πρόφασιν μὲν ὡς τεταλαιπωρημένων, τὸ δʼ ἀληθὲς ὅτι μήτε τὴν χώραν διαρπάζειν μήτε τἆλλα ὅσα ἐπεθύμουν ποιεῖν αὐτοῖς ἐπέτρεπε (καὶ γὰρ ἤλπιζον οὐδενὸς ὅτου οὐ τεύξεσθαι παρʼ αὐτοῦ ἅτε καὶ ἐν χρείᾳ τοσαύτῃ σφῶν ὄντοσʼ, οὐχ ὑπεῖξεν, ἀλλὰ συγκαλέσας καὶ ἐκείνους καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους, τῆς τε παρʼ αὐτῶν ἀσφαλείας ἕνεκα, καὶ ἵνα τῶν τε λεγομένων ἀκούσαντες καὶ τοὺς κολαζομένους ἰδόντες μηδὲν ἔξω τῶν καθηκόντων ἐθελήσωσι πρᾶξαι, ἔλεξε τάδε.
At Placentia some soldiers mutinied and refused to accompany Caesar longer, on the pretext that they were exhausted, but really because he did not allow them to plunder the country nor to do all the other things on which their minds were set; for their hope was to obtain from him anything and everything, inasmuch as he stood in so great need of them. 2 Yet he did not yield, but, with a view to being safe from them and in order that after listening to his words and seeing the guilty punished they should feel no desire to transgress the established rules, he called together both the mutinous men and the others, and spoke as follows:
§ 41.27
“ἐγώ, ὦ ἄνδρες στρατιῶται, βούλομαι μὲν φιλεῖσθαι ὑφʼ ὑμῶν, οὐ μέντοι καὶ συνεξαμαρτάνειν ἂν ὑμῖν διὰ τοῦθʼ ἑλοίμην· ἀγαπῶ τε γὰρ ὑμᾶς, καὶ ἐθέλοιμʼ ἄν, ὡς πατὴρ παῖδας, καὶ σώζεσθαι καὶ εὐθενεῖν καὶ εὐδοξεῖν. μὴ γάρ τοι νομίσητε φιλοῦντος ἔργον εἶναι τὸ συγχωρεῖν τισιν ἃ μὴ προσήκει πράττειν, ἐξ ὧν καὶ κινδύνους καὶ ἀδοξίας ἀνάγκη πᾶσα αὐτοῖς συμβαίνειν, ἀλλὰ τό τε τὰ ἀμείνω αὐτοὺς διδάσκειν καὶ τὸ τῶν χειρόνων ἀπείργειν καὶ νουθετοῦντα καὶ σωφρονίζοντα. γνώσεσθε δὲ ὅτι τἀληθῆ λέγω, ἂν μήτε πρὸς τὸ αὐτίκα ἡδὺ τὸ συμφέρον κρίνητε μᾶλλον ἢ πρὸς τὸ ἀεὶ ὠφέλιμον, μήτε τὸ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας ἐκπιμπλάναι γενναῖον μᾶλλον ἢ τὸ κρατεῖν αὐτῶν νομίσητε εἶναι. αἰσχρὸν μὲν γὰρ παραχρῆμά τι ἡσθέντας ὕστερον μεταγνῶναι, δεινὸν δὲ τὸ τῶν πολεμίων κρατοῦντας ἡδονῶν τινων ἡττᾶσθαι.
“Soldiers, I desire to have your affection, and still I should not choose on that account to share in your errors. I am fond of you and could wish, as a father might for his children, that you may be safe, prosperous, and have a good reputation. 2 For do not suppose it is the duty of one who loves to acquiesce in things which ought not to be done and for which it is quite inevitable that dangers and ill-repute should fall to the lot of those who do them, but rather to teach them the better way and keep them from the worse, both by admonishing and by correcting them. You will recognize that I speak the truth, if you will not estimate advantage with reference to the pleasure of the moment but rather with reference to what is permanently beneficial, and if you will avoid thinking that gratifying your desires is more noble than restraining them. For it is disgraceful to take a momentary gratification of which you must later repent, and it is absurd after conquering the enemy to be overcome yourselves by pleasures.
§ 41.28
πρὸς οὖν τί ταῦτα λέγω; ὅτι τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἀφθόνως ἔχοντες (λέξω γὰρ μετὰ παρρησίας, μηδὲν ὑποστειλάμενος· τήν τε γὰρ μισθοφορὰν ἐντελῆ καὶ κατὰ καιρὸν λαμβάνετε, καὶ τῆς τροφῆς ἀεὶ καὶ πανταχοῦ πολλῆς ἐμπίμπλασθἐ καὶ μήτε πόνον τινὰ ἄδοξον μήτε κίνδυνον ἀνωφελῆ ὑπομένοντες, καὶ προσέτι τῆς μὲν ἀνδραγαθίας πολλὰ καὶ μεγάλα γέρα καρπούμενοι, τῶν δʼ ἁμαρτημάτων σμικρὸν ἢ οὐδὲν ἐπιτιμώμενοι, οὐκ ἀξιοῦτε τούτοις ἀρκεῖσθαι. λέγω δὲ ταῦτα οὐ πρὸς πάντας ὑμᾶς (οὐδὲ γὰρ τοιοῦτοί ἐστἐ, ἀλλὰ πρὸς ἐκείνους μόνους οἵτινες τῇ ἑαυτῶν πλεονεξίᾳ καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους διαβάλλουσιν. ὑμεῖς μὲν γὰρ οἱ πολλοὶ καὶ πάνυ ἀκριβῶς καὶ καλῶς τοῖς τε παραγγέλμασι τοῖς ἐμοῖς πείθεσθε καὶ τοῖς ἤθεσι τοῖς πατρίοις ἐμμένετε, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ χώραν τοσαύτην καὶ πλοῦτον καὶ δόξαν ἐκτήσασθε· ὀλίγοι δὲ δή τινες πολλὴν αἰσχύνην καὶ ἀδοξίαν ἅπασιν ἡμῖν προστρίβονται. καίτὁ??ʼ ἔγωγε πρότερον σαφῶς ἐπιστάμενος τοιούτους αὐτοὺς ὄντας (οὐδὲν γάρ μοι τῶν ὑμετέρων ἀμελές ἐστινʼ οὐ προσεποιούμην εἰδέναι, νομίζων ἀμείνους σφᾶς ἐκ τοῦ λαθεῖν ἂν δοκεῖν ἁμαρτόντας τινὰ γενήσεσθαι, τοῦ μὴ πλεονάσαντάς ποτε καὶ ἐφʼ οἷς συνεγνώσθησαν κολασθῆναι· ἐπεὶ μέντοι αὐτοί τε ὡς καὶ ἐξόν σφισι πάνθʼ ὅσα βούλονται πράττειν, ὅτι μὴ κατὰ πρώτας εὐθὺς ἐδικαιώθησαν, ὑπερθρασύνονται, καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους τοὺς μηδὲν πλημμελοῦντας προσστασιάζειν ἐπιχειροῦσιν, ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστί μοι θεραπείαν τέ τινα καὶ
”Why now do I say this? Because although you have provisions in abundance, — I am going to speak frankly and without disguise: you get your pay in full and in season and you are always and everywhere supplied with food in plenty, — and although you endure no inglorious toil nor useless danger, and furthermore reap many great rewards for your bravery and are rebuked little, if at all, for your errors, yet you do not see fit to be satisfied with these things. 2 I say this, now, not to all of you, for you are not all like this, but only to those who by their own greed are casting reproach on the rest. Most of you obey my orders very scrupulously and satisfactorily and abide by your ancestral customs, and in that way have acquired so much land as well as wealth and glory; but some few are bringing much disgrace and dishonour upon us.3 And yet, though I understood clearly before this that they were that sort of persons, — for there is none of your concerns that I fail to notice, — still I pretended not to know it, thinking that they would reform if they believed they would not be observed in some of their evil deeds, through the fear that if ever they presumed too far they might be punished also for the deeds which had been pardoned them. 4 Since, however, they themselves, assuming that they may do whatever they wish because they were not brought to book at the very outset, wax overbold, and are trying to make the rest of you, who are guilty of no irregularity, mutinous likewise, it becomes necessary for me to devote some care to them and to give them my attention.
§ 41.29
ἐπιστροφὴν αὐτῶν ποιήσασθαι. οὔτε γὰρ ἄλλα τι σύστημα ἀνθρώπων συμμεῖναι καὶ σωθῆναι δύναται, ἂν μὴ τὸ κακουργοῦν σωφρονίζηται· τὸ γάρ τοι νοσῆσαν ἂν μὴ τὴν προσήκουσαν ἴασιν λάβῃ, συγκάμνειν καὶ τὸ λοιπὸν πᾶν ὥσπερ ἐν τοῖς σώμασι ποιεῖ· ἐν δὲ δὴ ταῖς στρατιαῖς ἥκιστα διότι αὐτοί τε ἰσχὺν ἔχοντες τολμηρότεροι γίγνονται, καὶ τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς προσδιαφθείρουσιν, ἀθυμοτέρους ποιοῦντες ὡς οὐδὲν ὄφελος ἐκ τοί δικαιοπραγεῖν ἕξοντας. παρʼ οἷς γὰρ ἂν τὸ θρασυνόμενον πλεονεκτῇ, παρὰ τούτοις ἀνάγκη τὸ ἐπιεικὲς ἐλαττοῦσθαι· καὶ ἐν οἷς ἂν ἀδικία ἀτιμώρητος ᾖ, καὶ τὸ σωφρονοῦν ἀγέραστον γίγνεται τί μὲν γὰρ ἂν ὑμεῖς ἀγαθὸν ποιεῖν φήσαιτε, εἰ μηδὲν οὗτοι κακὸν δρῶσιν; πῶς δʼ ἂν εἰκότως τιμᾶσθαι ἐθελήσαιτε, ἂν μὴ τὴν δικαίαν οὗτοι τιμωρίαν ὑπόσχωσιν; ἢ ἀγνοεῖτε τοῦθʼ, ὅτι ἂν τὸ μὲν τῶν φόβων τῆς δίκης ἐλευθερωθῇ, τὸ δὲ τῆς ἐλπίδος τῶν ἄθλων στερηθῇ, ἀγαθὸν μὲν οὐδὲν κακὰ δὲ μυρία ἀπεργάζεται; ὥστʼ εἴπερ ἀρετὴν ὄντως ἀσκεῖτε, μισήσατε μὲν τούτους ὡς πολεμίους (οὐ γάρ που φύσει τινὶ τὸ φίλιον ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐχθροῦ διακέκριται, ἀλλὰ τοῖς τε τρόποις καὶ ταῖς πράξεσι διορίζεται, ὧν ἀγαθῶν μὲν ὄντων πᾶν καὶ τὸ ἀλλότριον οἰκειοῦται, πονηρῶν δὲ πᾶν καὶ τὸ
For no society of men whatever can preserve its unity and continue to exist, if the criminal element is not punished, since, if the diseased member does not receive proper treatment, it causes all the rest, even as in our physical bodies, to share in its affliction. 2 And least of all in armies can discipline be relaxed, because when the wrong-doers have power they become more daring, and corrupt the excellent also by causing them to grow dejected and to believe that they will obtain no benefit from right behaviour. For wherever the insolent element has the advantage, there inevitably the decent element has the worst of it; and wherever wrong-doing is unpunished, there self-restraint also goes unrewarded. What merit, indeed, could you claim, if these men are doing no wrong? And how could you reasonably desire to be honoured, if these men do not meet with their just punishment? Or are you not aware that if the one class is freed from the fear of retribution and the other is deprived of the hope of reward, no good is accomplished, but only countless ills? Hence, if you are really cultivating excellence, you should detest these men as enemies. For it is not by any characteristic of birth that what is friendly is distinguished from what is hostile, but it is determined by men's habits and actions, which, if they are good, can make that which is alien like unto itself, but if bad, can alienate everything, even that which is akin.
§ 41.30
συγγενὲς ἀλλοτριοῦταἰ, ἀπολογήσασθε δὲ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν αὐτῶν. ἀνάγκη γὰρ καὶ ἡμᾶς διʼ αὐτοὺς πάντας κακῶς ἀκούειν, καὶ εἰ μηδὲν ἀδικοῦμεν· πᾶς γάρ τις πυνθανόμενος τό τε πλῆθος. ἡμῶν καὶ τὴν ὁρμήν, ἐς πάντας ἡμᾶς καὶ τὰ τοῖς ὀλίγοις πλημμελούμενα ἀναφέρει, καὶ οὕτω τῶν πλεονεξιῶν οὐ συμμετέχοντες αὐτοῖς τῶν ἐγκλημάτων τὸ ἴσον φερόμεθα. τίς γὰρ ἂν οὐκ ἀγανακτήσειεν ἀκούων ὄνομα μὲν ἡμᾶς Ῥωμαίων ἔχοντας, ἔργα δὲ Κελτῶν δρῶντας; τίς δʼ οὐκ ἂν ὁρῶν ὀδύραιτο τὴν Ἰταλίαν ὁμοίως τῇ Βρεττανίᾳ πορθουμένην; πῶς δʼ οὐ δεινὸν τὰ μὲν τῶν Γαλατῶν τῶν καταπολεμηθέντων μηκέθʼ ἡμᾶς λυπεῖν, τὰ δὲ ἐντὸς τῶν Ἄλπεων ὥς τινας Ἠπειρώτας ἢ Καρχηδονίους ἢ Κίμβρους πορθεῖν; πῶς δʼ οὐκ αἰσχρὸν σεμνύνεσθαι μὲν ἡμᾶς καὶ λέγειν ὅτι ἡμεῖς πρῶτοι Ῥωμαίων καὶ τὸν Ῥῆνον διέβημεν καὶ τὸν ὠκεανὸν ἐπλεύσαμεν, τὴν δὲ οἰκείαν ἀπαθῆ κακῶν ἀπὸ τῶν πολεμίων οὖσαν διαρπάσαι, καὶ ἀντὶ μὲν ἐπαίνου μέμψιν, ἀντὶ δὲ τιμῆς ἀτιμίαν, ἀντὶ δὲ κερδῶν ζημίας, ἀντὶ δὲ ἄθλων τιμωρίας λαβεῖν;
And you should speak in your own defence, because by the behaviour of these few we must all gain a bad name, even if we have done no wrong. For every one who learns of our numbers and impetuosity refers the errors of the few to us all; and thus, though we do not share in their gains, we bear an equal share of the reproach. 2 Who would not be indignant at hearing that while we have the name of Romans we do the deeds of Germans? Who would not lament the sight of Italy ravaged like Britain? Is it not outrageous that we are no longer harrying the possessions of the Gauls whom we have subdued, but are devastating the lands south of the Alps, as if we were hordes of Epirots or Carthaginians or Cimbri? Is it not disgraceful for us to give ourselves airs and say that we were the first of the Romans to cross the Rhine and to sail the ocean, and then to plunder our native land, which is safe from harm at the hands of our foes, and to receive blame instead of praise, dishonour in place of honour, loss instead of gain, punishment instead of prizes?
§ 41.31
μὴ γάρ τοι νομίσητε μήθʼ, ὅτι στρατεύεσθε, κρείττους παρὰ τοῦτο τῶν οἴκοι πολιτῶν εἶναι· Ῥωμαῖοι γάρ ἐστε ἀμφότεροι, καὶ ὁμοίως ὑμῖν καὶ ἐκεῖνοι καὶ ἐστρατεύσαντο καὶ στρατεύσονται· μήθʼ, ὅτι ὅπλα ἔχετε, ἐξεῖναι ὑμῖν κακουργεῖν· οἵ τε γὰρ νόμοι κυριώτεροι ὑμῶν εἰσιν, καὶ πάντως ποτὲ καὶ ταῦτα καταθήσεσθε. μὴ μέντοι μηδὲ τῷ πλήθει θαρσεῖτε· πολὺ γὰρ πλείους ὑμῶν οἱ ἀδικούμενοι, ἄν γε καὶ συστραφῶσιν, εἰσί. συστραφήσονται δέ, ἂν τοιαῦτα ποιῆτε. μηδʼ ὅτι τοὺς βαρβάρους ἐνικήσατε, καὶ τούτων καταφρονεῖτε ὧν οὐδὲν οὔτε κατὰ γένος οὔτε κατὰ παιδείαν, οὐκ ἐκ τῆς τροφῆς, οὐκ ἐκ τῶν ἐπιτηδευμάτων, διαφέρετε· ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ που καὶ προσῆκον καὶ συμφέρον ἐστὶν ὑμῖν, μήτε βιάζεσθέ τινα αὐτῶν μήτʼ ἀδικεῖτε, ἀλλὰ τά τε ἐπιτήδεια παρʼ ἑκουσίων σφῶν λαμβάνετε καὶ τὰ γέρα παρʼ ἑκόντων προσδέχεσθε.
“Do not think, now, that, because you are soldiers, that makes you better than the citizens at home; for you and they alike are Romans, and they, as well as you, both have been and will be soldiers. Nor think, again, that because you have arms, it is permitted you to injure others; for the laws have more authority than you, and some day you will certainly lay down these weapons. 2 Do not rely on your numbers, either; for the injured are, if they but unite, far more numerous than you. And they will unite, if you go on doing such deeds. Do not, because you have conquered the barbarians, despise the citizens also, over whom you have not the slightest superiority either in birth or in education, in training or in customs. Instead, as is proper and advantageous for you, do no violence or wrong to any of them, but receive your provisions from them of their own free will and accept your rewards from their willing hands.
§ 41.32
πρὸς γὰρ δὴ τοῖς εἰρημένοις, τοῖς τε ἄλλοις ὅσα ἄν τις μηκύνων περὶ τῶν τοιούτων διεξέλθοι, καὶ ἐκεῖνο δεῖ ὑμᾶς προσλογίζεσθαι, ὅτι νῦν ἡμεῖς ἐνταῦθʼ ἥκομεν ἵνα τῇ τε πατρίδι ἀδικουμένῃ βοηθήσωμεν καὶ τοὺς κακουργοῦντας αὐτὴν ἀμυνώμεθα, ἐπεὶ εἴγε ἐν μηδενὶ δεινῷ ἦν, οὔτʼ ἂν ἐς τὴν Ἰταλίαν μετὰ τῶν ὅπλων ἤλθομεν (οὐ γὰρ ἔξεστιν ) οὔτʼ ἂν τά τε τῶν Κελτῶν καὶ τὰ τῶν Βρεττανῶν ἀτέλεστα κατελίπομεν, δυνηθέντες ἂν καὶ ἐκεῖνα προσκατεργάσασθαι. οὐκοῦν πῶς μὲν οὐκ ἄτοπον ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν ἀδικούντων τιμωρίᾳ παρόντας ἡμᾶς μηδὲν ἧττον ἐκείνων πλεονεκτοῦντας φανῆναι; πῶς δʼ οὐ σχέτλιον πρὸς ἐπικουρίαν τῆς πατρίδος ἀφιγμένους συμμάχων αὐτὴν ἑτέρων ἀναγκάσαι καθʼ ἡμῶν δεηθῆναι; καίτοι ἔγωγε τοσοῦτον περιεῖναι τοῖς δικαιώμασι τοῦ Πομπηίου νομίζω ὥστε καὶ ἐς δίκην πολλάκις αὐτὸν προκαλέσασθαι, καὶ ἐπειδή γε μὴ ἠθέλησεν εἰρηνικῶς ὑπὸ τοῦ συνειδότος διακριθῆναι, πάντα μὲν τὸν δῆμον πάντας δὲ τοὺς συμμάχους ἐλπίσαι διὰ τοῦτο προσθήσεσθαι. ἀλλὰ νῦν, ἄν γε καὶ τοιαῦτα ποιῶμεν, οὔτʼ αὐτὸς ἐπιτήδειόν τι ἕξω προΐσχεσθαι οὔτε ἐκείνοις ἀνεπιεικὲς ἐγκαλέσαι. δεῖ δὲ δὴ καὶ τοῦ δικαίου πᾶσαν ἡμᾶς πρόνοιαν ποιεῖσθαι· μετὰ μὲν γὰρ τούτου καὶ ἡ παρὰ τῶν ὅπλων ἰσχὺς εὔελπίς ἐστιν, ἄνευ δʼ ἐκείνου βέβαιον οὐδέν, κἂν παραυτίκα τις κατορθώσῃ τι, ἔχει.
”In addition to what I have just said and other considerations that might be mentioned if one chose to enlarge upon such matters, you must also bear in mind the fact that we have now come here to assist our outraged country and to defend her against her oppressors. 2 For, of course, if she were in no danger, we should neither have come into Italy under arms, since this is unlawful, nor should we have left unfinished our business with the Germans and the Britons, when we might have subjugated those regions also. Would it not be absurd, then, if we who are here for vengeance upon the wrong-doers should show ourselves no less greedy of gain than they? Would it not be outrageous if we who have arrived to aid our country should force her to require other allies against us? 4 And yet I think my claims so much better justified than Pompey's that I have often challenged him to a judicial trial; and since he by reason of his guilty conscience has refused to have the matter decided peaceably, I hope by this act of his to attach the whole people and all the allies to my cause. But now, if we are going to act in this manner, I shall not have any decent excuse to offer nor be able to charge my opponents with any unbecoming conduct. We must also pay all heed to the justice of our case; for with this the strength afforded by arms is full of hope, but without it that strength, even though for the moment it wins a success, has nothing enduring about it.
§ 41.33
καὶ ὅτι ταῦθʼ οὕτω πέφυκε, καὶ ὑμῶν οἱ πλείους ἐπίστανται· πάντα γοῦν τὰ προσήκοντα ἀπαράκλητοι πράττετε. ὅθεν που καὶ ἐγὼ συνεκάλεσα ὑμᾶς, ἵνα καὶ μάρτυρας καὶ ἐπόπτας τῶν τε λεγομένων καὶ τῶν πραττομένων ποιήσωμαι. ἀλλʼ ὑμεῖς μὲν οὐ τοιοῦτοί ἐστε, καὶ διὰ ταῦτα καὶ ἐπαινεῖσθε· ὀλίγοι δὲ δή τινες ὁρᾶτε ὅπως, πρὸς τῷ πολλὰ κεκακουργηκέναι καὶ μηδεμίαν αὐτῶν δίκην δεδωκέναι, καὶ προσεπαπειλοῦσιν ἡμῖν. οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἐγὼ οὔτʼ ἄλλως καλὸν εἶναι νομίζω ἄρχοντά τινα τῶν ἀρχομένων ἡττᾶσθαι, οὔτʼ ἂν σωτήριόν τι γενέσθαι ποτέ, εἰ τὸ ταχθὲν ὑπηρετεῖν τινι κρατεῖν αὐτοῦ ἐπιχειρήσειεν. σκέψασθε δέ, ποῖος μὲν ἂν κόσμος οἰκίας γένοιτο, ἂν οἱ ἐν τῇ ἡλικίᾳ ὄντες τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καταφρονήσωσι, ποῖος δὲ διδασκαλείων, ἂν οἱ φοιτῶντες τῶν παιδευτῶν ἀμελήσωσι; τίς ὑγίεια νοσοῦσιν, ἂν μὴ πάντα τοῖς ἰατροῖς οἱ κάμνοντες πειθαρχῶσι, τίς δὲ ἀσφάλεια ναυτιλλομένοις, ἂν οἱ ναῦται τῶν κυβερνητῶν ἀνηκουστῶσι; φύσει τε γὰρ ἀναγκαίᾳ τινὶ καὶ σωτηρίᾳ τὸ μὲν ἄρχειν ἐν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὸ δὲ ἄρχεσθαι τέτακται, καὶ ἀδύνατόν ἐστιν ἄνευ αὐτῶν καὶ ὁτιοῦν καὶ ἐφʼ ὁποσονοῦν διαγενέσθαι. προσήκει τε τῷ μὲν ἐπιστατοῦντί τινος ἐκφροντίζειν τε τὰ δέοντα καὶ ἐπιτάττειν, τῷ δὲ ὑποτεταγμένῳ πειθαρχεῖν τε ἀπροφασίστως καὶ ἐκπονεῖν τὸ κελευόμενον· ἐξ οὗ καὶ μάλιστα τό τε ἔμφρον τοῦ ἄφρονος καὶ τὸ ἐπιστῆμον τοῦ ἀνεπιστήμονος ἐν παντὶ προτετίμηται.
“That this is true in the nature of things most of you understand; at any rate you fulfil all your duties without urging. That is precisely why I have called you together, to make you witnesses as well as spectators of my words and deeds. 2 But you are not the sort of men I have been mentioning, and it is for this very reason that you receive praise; yet you observe how some few of you, in addition to having worked many injuries without suffering any penalty at all for them, are also threatening us. Now I do not believe it a good thing in any case for a ruler to be overridden by his subjects, nor do I believe there could ever be any safety if those appointed to obey a person attempted to get the better of him. Consider what sort of order would exist in a household if the young should despise their elders, or what order in schools if the scholars should pay no heed to their instructors! What health would there be for the sick if the afflicted should not obey their physicians in all points, or what safety for voyagers if the sailors should turn a deaf ear to their captains? Indeed, it is in accordance with a natural law, both necessary and salutary, that the principle of ruling and of being ruled have been placed among men, and without them it is impossible for anything at all to continue to exist for even the shortest time. Now it is the duty of the one stationed over another both to discover and to command what is requisite, and it is the duty of the one subject to authority to obey without questioning and to carry out his orders. It is for this reason in particular that prudence is everywhere honoured above folly and understanding above ignorance.
§ 41.34
οὕτω δὴ οὖν τούτων ἐχόντων οὐκ ἄν ποτε οὔτε συγχωρήσαιμί τι τούτοις τοῖς θορυβήσασιν ἀναγκασθεὶς οὔτʼ ἂν ἐπιτρέψαιμι βιασθείς. ἢ τί μὲν ἀπό τε τοῦ Αἰνείου καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἰούλου γέγονα, τί δὲ ἐστρατήγησα, τί ὑπάτευσα, ἐπὶ τί δὲ ὑμᾶς τοὺς μὲν οἴκοθεν ἐξήγαγον τοὺς δʼ ὕστερον προσκατέλεξα, ἐπὶ τί τοσοῦτον ἤδη χρόνον τὴν ἐξουσίαν τὴν ἀνθύπατον ἔχω λαβών, ἄν γε δουλεύσω τινὶ ὑμῶν καὶ νικηθῶ τινος ὑμῶν ἐνταῦθα ἐν τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ, πρὸς τὴν Ῥώμην, διʼ οὗ καὶ Γαλάτας ἐχειρώσασθε καὶ Βρεττανῶν ἐκρατήσατε; τί δείσας καὶ τί φοβηθείς; μή μέ τις ὑμῶν ἀποκτείνῃ; ἀλλʼ εἰ μέν πάντες ταῦτʼ ἐφρονεῖτε, ἑκὼν ἂν ἀποθανεῖν εἱλόμην ἢ τό τε ἀξίωμα τῆς ἡγεμονίας καταλῦσαι καὶ τὸ φρόνημα τὸ τῇ προστατείᾳ προσῆκον ἀπολέσαι· πολὺ γάρ που πλείω πόλει κινδυνεύεται τοῦ ἕνα ἄνδρα ἀδίκως ἀποθανεῖν, ἂν ἐθισθῶσιν οἱ στρατιῶται τοῖς τε στρατηγοῖς σφων προστάττειν τινὰ καὶ τὰ δίκαια
”Since these things are so, I will never yield aught to these brawlers under compulsion nor give them a free rein perforce. 2 Why am I sprung from Aeneas and Iulus, why have I been praetor, why consul, for what end have I brought some of you out from home and levied others of you later, for what end have I received and held the proconsular power now for so long a time, if I am to be a slave to some one of you and to be worsted by some one of you here in Italy, close to Rome, I, to whom you owe your subjugation of the Gauls and your conquest of Britain? 4 In fear or dread of what should I do so? That some one of you will kill me? Nay, but if you were all of this mind, I would voluntarily choose to die rather than destroy the dignity of my position as commander or lose the self-respect befitting my leadership. For a far greater danger than the unjust death of one man confronts the city, if the soldiers are to become accustomed to issue orders to their generals and to take the prerogatives of the law into their own hands.
§ 41.35
τὰ τῶν νόμων ἐν ταῖς χερσὶ ποιεῖσθαι. ἀλλὰ τοῦτο μὲν οὐδὲ ἐπηπείληκέ τις αὐτῶν (καὶ γὰρ ἂν καὶ παραχρῆμα εὖ οἶδʼ ὅτι πρὸς ὑμῶν τῶν ἄλλων ἀπέσφακτὀ, τὴν δὲ δὴ στρατείαν ὡς κεκμηκότες ἐξίστανται καὶ τὰ ὅπλα ὡς καὶ πεπονημένοι κατατίθενται, καὶ πάντως, ἄν γε μὴ παρʼ ἑκόντος μου τούτου τύχωσι, καὶ τὴν τάξιν ἐκλείψουσι καὶ πρὸς τὸν Πομπήιον μεταστήσονται· ἅπερ που καὶ παραδηλοῦσί τινες. καὶ τίς μὲν οὐκ ἂν ἐθελήσειε τοιούτων ἀνθρώπων στερηθῆναι, τίς δʼ οὐκ ἂν εὔξαιτο τοιούτους ἐκείνῳ στρατιώτας ὑπάρξαι, οἵτινες μήτε τοῖς διδομένοις ἀρκοῦνται μήτε τοῖς προσταττομένοις πείθονται, ἀλλʼ ἐν ἡλικίᾳ γῆρας καὶ ἐν ἰσχύι ἀσθένειαν προβαλλόμενοι δεσπόζειν τε τῶν ἀρχόντων καὶ τυραννεῖν τῶν ἡγουμένων σφῶν ἀξιοῦσιν; ἐγὼ γὰρ μυριάκις ἂν καὶ πρὸς τὸν Πομπήιον ὁπωσδήποτε καταλλαγῆναι καὶ ἄλλο ὁτιοῦν παθεῖν ἑλοίμην ἤ τι ἀνάξιον τοῦ τε πατρίου φρονήματος καὶ τῆς ἐμαυτοῦ προαιρέσεως πρᾶξαι. ἢ ἀγνοεῖτε ὅτι οὔτε δυναστείας οὔτε πλεονεξίας ἐπιθυμῶ, οὐδέ μοι πρόκειται πάντως τι καὶ ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου καταπρᾶξαι, ὥστε τι ἐπὶ τούτῳ καὶ ψεύσασθαι καὶ θωπεῦσαι καὶ κολακεῦσαί τινας; παύσασθε μὲν δὴ διὰ ταῦτα τῆς στρατείας, ὦ τί ἂν ὑμᾶς ὀνομάσαιμι; οὐ μέντοι ὡς καὶ αὐτοὶ καὶ βούλεσθε καὶ φατέ, ἀλλʼ ὡς τῷ κοινῷ καὶ ἐμοὶ συμφέρει.” Ταῦτʼ εἰπὼν ἐκλήρωσεν αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ θανάτῳ, καὶ τοὺς μὲν θρασυτάτους (οὗτοι γὰρ ἐκ παρασκευῆς ἔλαχονʼ ἐδικαίωσε, τοὺς δʼ ἄλλους ὡς οὐδέν σφων δεόμενος διῆκε. καὶ ἐκεῖνοι μὲν μετανοήσαντες ἐφʼ οἷς ἔπραξαν
No one of them, however, has so much as made this threat; if any had, I am sure he would have been slain forthwith by the rest of you. But they are for withdrawing from the campaign on the pretence of being wearied, and are for laying down their arms on the pretence of being worn out; and certainly, if they do not obtain my consent to this wish of theirs, they will leave the ranks and go over to Pompey, a fact which some of them make perfectly evident.2 And yet who would not be glad to be rid of such men, and who would not pray that such soldiers might belong to Pompey, seeing that they are not content with what is given them and are not obedient to orders, but simulating old age in the midst of youth and in strength simulating weakness, they claim the right to lord it over their rulers and to tyrannize over their leaders? Why, I had a thousand times rather be reconciled with Pompey on any terms whatever or suffer any other conceivable fate than do anything unworthy of the proud traditions of my fathers, or of my own principles. 4 Or are you not aware that it is not sovereignty or gain that I desire, and that I am not so bent upon accomplishing any thing by every means at whatever cost and that I would lie and flatter and fawn upon people to this end? Give up your service, therefore, you — O what can I call you? Yet it shall be, not as you yourselves desire and say, but as is profitable for the republic and for myself." After this speech he distributed lots among them for the infliction of the death penalty, and executed the most audacious; for these, as he had arranged should be the case, drew the lots. The rest he dismissed, saying he had no further need of them. So they repented of what they had done and were ready to renew the campaign.
§ 41.36
ἀναστρατεύεσθαι ἔμελλον· ἐν ὁδῷ δὲ ἔτʼ ὄντος αὐτοῦ Μᾶρκος Αἰμίλιος Λέπιδος, οὗτος ὁ καὶ ἐν τῇ τριαρχίᾳ ὕστερον γενόμενος, τῷ τε δήμῳ συνεβούλευσε στρατηγῶν δικτατορα τὸν Καίσαρα προχειρίσασθαι καὶ εὐθὺς εἶπεν αὐτὸν παρὰ τὰ πάτρια. καὶ ὃς ὑπέστη μὲν τὴν ἀρχήν, ἐπειδὴ πρῶτον ἐς τὴν πόλιν ἐσῆλθεν, οὐ μέντοι καὶ φοβερὸν οὐδὲν ἐν αὐτῇ ἔπραξεν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς τε ἐκπεπτωκόσι κάθοδον πᾶσι πλὴν τοῦ Μίλωνος ἔδωκε, καὶ τὰς ἐς νέωτα ἀρχὰς ἀπέδειξεν (ἐς γὰρ τὸ παρὸν τότε οὐδένα ἀντὶ τῶν ἀπόντων ἀνθείλοντο· καίτοι μηδενὸς ἀγορανόμου ἐπιδημοῦντος οἱ δήμαρχοι πάντα τὰ ἐπιβάλλοντα αὐτοῖς διήγαγονʼ, ἱερέας τε ἀντὶ τῶν ἀπολωλότων ἀντικατέστησεν, οὐ πάντα τὰ κατʼ αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ τοιούτῳ νενομισμένα τηρήσας, καὶ τοῖς Γαλάταις τοῖς ἐντὸς τῶν Ἄλπεων ὑπὲρ τὸν Ἠριδανὸν οἰκοῦσι τὴν πολιτείαν, ἅτε καὶ ἄρξας αὐτῶν, ἀπέδωκε. ποιήσας δὲ ταῦτα καὶ τὸ ὄνομα τῆς δικτατορίας ἀπεῖπε· τὴν γὰρ δὴ δύναμιν τό τε ἔργον αὐτῆς καὶ πάνυ ἀεὶ διὰ χειρὸς ἔσχε. τῇ τε γὰρ παρὰ τῶν ὅπλων ἰσχύι ἐχρῆτο, καὶ προσέτι καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἔννομον δή τινα παρὰ τῆς ἐκεῖ βουλῆς προσέλαβε· πάντα γὰρ μετὰ ἀδείας ὅσα ἂν βουληθῇ πράττειν οἱ ἐπετράπη.
While he was still on the way Marcus Aemilius Lepidus, the man who later became a member of the triumvirate, advised the people in his capacity of praetor to elect Caesar dictator, and immediately named him, contrary to ancestral custom. 2 The latter accepted the office as soon as he entered the city, but committed no act of terror while holding it. On the contrary, he granted a return to all the exiles except Milo, and filled the offices for the ensuing year; for up to that time they had chosen no one temporarily in place of the absentees, and since there was no aedile in the city, the tribunes were performing all the duties devolving upon those officials. Moreover he appointed priests in place of those who had perished, though he did not observe all the ceremonies that were customary in their case at such a juncture; and to the Gauls living south of the Alps and beyond the Po he gave citizenship because he had once governed them. 4 After accomplishing these things he resigned the title of dictator, since he had quite all the authority and functions of the position constantly in his grasp. For he exercised the power afforded by arms, and also received in addition a quasi-legal authority from the senate that was on the spot, in that he was granted permission to do with impunity whatever he might wish.
§ 41.37
τυχὼν δὲ τούτου μέγα εὐθὺς καὶ ἀναγκαῖον πρᾶγμα διώρθωσεν. ἐπειδὴ γὰρ οἵ τε δεδανεικότες τισὶ πικροτάτας τὰς ἐσπράξεις, ἅτε καὶ πολλῶν χρημάτων διά τε τὰς στάσεις καὶ διὰ τοὺς πολέμους προσδεόμενοι, ἐποιοῦντο, καὶ τῶν ὀφειλόντων συχνοὶ οὐδέ ἐθέλοντες ἀποδοῦναί τι ὑπὸ τῶν αὐτῶν ἐδύναντο (οὔτε γὰρ ἀποδόσθαι τι οὔτε ἐπιδανείσασθαι ῥᾴδιον αὐτοῖς ἐγίγνετὀ, κἀκ τούτου πολλὰ μὲν ἄπιστα πολλὰ δὲ καὶ δολερὰ πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἔπραττον, καὶ δέος ἦν μὴ καὶ ἐς ἀνήκεστόν τι κακὸν προχωρήσωσιν, ἐμετριάσθη μὲν καὶ πρὸ τούτου πρὸς δημάρχων τινῶν τὰ κατὰ τοὺς τόκους, ἐπεὶ δʼ οὐδʼ ὣς ἀπεδίδοντο, ἀλλʼ οἱ μὲν τῶν ἐνεχύρων ἐξίσταντο οἱ δὲ καὶ τὸ ἀρχαῖον ἐν ἀργυρίῳ ἀπῄτουν, ἀμφοτέροις τότε ὁ Καῖσαρ ὡς οἷόν τε ἦν ἐπεκούρησε· τά τε γὰρ ἐνέχυρα πρὸς τὴν ἀξίαν ἐναποτιμηθῆναι ἐκέλευσε, καὶ δικαστὰς αὐτῆς τοῖς ἀμφισβητοῦσί τι ἀποκληροῦσθαι προσέταξεν.
Having obtained this, he at once instituted an important and necessary reform. Those who had lent money, it seems, being now in need of large sums because of the civil strife and the wars, were collecting their loans most relentlessly, and many of the debtors for the same reasons were unable to pay back anything, even if they wished to do so, 2 since they did not find it easy to sell anything or to borrow more. Hence their dealing with each other were marked by much deceit and fraud, and there was fear that they might go to the point of accomplishing some fatal mischief. To be sure, the rate of interest had been lowered even before this time by some of the tribunes; but since payment was not secured even thus, but instead the one class was ready to forfeit its securities, while the other demanded back its principal in cash, Caesar now came to the aid of both so far as he could. He ordered that securities should have a fixed valuation according to their worth, and he provided that arbiters for this purpose should be allotted to persons involved in such a dispute.
§ 41.38
ἐπειδή τε συχνοὶ πολλά τε χρήματα ἔχειν καὶ πάντα αὐτὰ ἀποκρύπτειν ἐλέγοντο, ἀπηγόρευσε μηδένα πλεῖον πεντακισχιλίων καὶ μυρίων δραχμῶν ἐν ἀργυρίῳ ἢ καὶ χρυσίῳ κεκτῆσθαι, οὐχ ὡς καὶ αὐτὸς τὸν νόμον τοῦτον τιθείς, ἀλλʼ ὡς καὶ πρότερόν ποτε ἐσενεχθέντα ἀνανεούμενος, εἴτʼ οὖν ἵνα τοῖς τε δανεισταῖς οἱ ὀφείλοντές τι ἐκτίνωσι καὶ τοῖς δεομένοις οἱ ἄλλοι δανείζωσιν, εἴτε καὶ ὅπως οἵ τε εὐποροῦντες ἔκδηλοι γένωνται καὶ χρήματα μηδεὶς αὐτῶν ἀθρόα ἔχῃ, μὴ καὶ ἀπόντος τι νεωτερισθῇ. ἐπαρθέντος δὲ ἐπὶ τούτῳ τοῦ πλήθους, καὶ ἀξιοῦντος καὶ τοῖς οἰκέταις μήνυτρα ἐπʼ αὐτῷ κατὰ τῶν δεσποτῶν προτεθῆναι, οὔτε προσέγραψεν αὐτὸ τῷ νόμῳ, καὶ προσέτι καὶ ἐξώλειαν ἑαυτῷ προσεπηράσατο, ἄν ποτέ τι δούλῳ κατὰ τοῦ δεσπότου εἰπόντι πιστεύσῃ.
Since also many were said to possess much wealth but to be concealing it all, he forbade any one to possess more than sixty thousand sesterces in silver or gold; and he claimed he was not enacting this law himself, but was simply renewing a measure introduced on some previous occasion. 2 His object was either that those who were owing money should pay back a part of their debt to the lenders and the latter should lend to such as needed, or else that the well-to do might become known and none of them should keep his wealth all together, for fear some rebellion might be set afoot during his absence. When the populace, elated at this, demanded also that rewards should be offered to slaves for information against their masters, he refused to add such a clause to the law, and furthermore invoked dire destruction upon himself if he should ever trust a slave when speaking against his master.
§ 41.39
Καῖσαρ μὲν δὴ ταῦτά τε πράξας καὶ τὰ ἀναθήματα, τά τε ἄλλα καὶ τὰ ἐκ τοῦ Καπιτωλίου πάντα, ἀνελόμενος ἐς τὸ Βρεντέσιον ἐπʼ ἐξόδῳ τοῦ ἔτους, καὶ πρὶν ἐς τὴν ὑπατείαν ἐς ἣν ἐκεχειροτόνητο ἐσελθεῖν, ἐξώρμησε. καὶ αὐτοῦ τὰ τῆς ἐκστρατείας ποιοῦντος ἴκτινος ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ κλωνίον δάφνης ἑνὶ τῶν συμπαρόντων οἱ ἐπέρριψε· καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο τῇ Τύχῃ θύοντος ὁ ταῦρος ἐκφυγὼν πρὶν τιτρώσκεσθαι, ἔξω τε τῆς πόλεως ἐξεχώρησε καὶ πρὸς λίμνην τινὰ ἐλθὼν διενήξατο αὐτήν. κἀκ τούτων ἐπὶ πλέον θαρσήσας ἠπείχθη, καὶ μάλισθʼ ὅτι οἱ μάντεις μένοντι μὲν αὐτῷ οἴκοι ὄλεθρον, περαιωθέντι δὲ τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ σωτηρίαν καὶ νίκην ἔσεσθαι ἔφασαν. ἀφορμηθέντος δὲ αὐτοῦ οἱ παῖδες οἱ ἐν τῇ πόλει ὄντες διχῇ τε ἐνεμήθησαν αὐτοκέλευστοι, καὶ οἱ μὲν Πομπηιείους σφᾶς οἱ δὲ Καισαρείους ὀνομάσαντες ἐμαχέσαντο τρόπον τινὰ ἄνευ ὅπλων ἀλλήλοις, καὶ ἐπεκράτησαν οἱ τῇ τοῦ Καίσαρος προσωνυμίᾳ χρώμενοι.
After accomplishing this and removing all the offerings in the Capitol, as well as the others, Caesar hastened to Brundisium toward the close of the year, before entering upon the consulship to which he had been elected. 2 And as he was attending to the details of his departure, a kite in the Forum let fall a sprig of laurel upon one of his companions. Later, while he was sacrificing to Fortune, the bull escaped before being wounded, rushed out of the city, and coming to a certain lake, swam across it. Consequently he took greater courage and hastened his preparations, especially as the soothsayers declared that destruction should be his portion if he remained at home, but safety and victory if he crossed the sea. 4 After his departure the boys in the city divided of their own accord into two groups, one side calling themselves Pompeians and the other Caesarians, and, fighting with each other in some fashion or other without arms, those conquered who used Caesar's name.
§ 41.40
ἐν ᾧ δὲ ταῦτʼ ἔν τε τῇ Ῥώμῃ καὶ ἐν τῇ Ἰβηρίᾳ ἐγίγνετο, Μᾶρκος μὲν Ὀκτάουιος καὶ Λούκιος Σκριβώνιος Λίβων Πούπλιον Κορνήλιον Δολοβέλλαν, τά τε τοῦ Καίσαρος πράττοντα καὶ ἐν τῇ Δελματίᾳ ὄντα, ἐξήλασαν ἐξ αὐτῆς τῷ τοῦ Πομπηίου ναυτικῷ χρώμενοι. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο Γάιον Ἀντώνιον ἐπαμῦναί οἱ ἐθελήσαντα ἔς τε νησίδιόν τι κατέκλεισαν, κἀνταῦθα πρός τε τῶν ἐπιχωρίων ἐγκαταλειφθέντα καὶ λιμῷ πιεσθέντα πασσυδὶ πλὴν ὀλίγων εἷλον· ἔς τε γὰρ τὴν ἤπειρον ἔφθησάν τινες αὐτῶν διαφυγόντες, καὶ ἕτεροι ἐν σχεδίαις διαπλέοντες καὶ ἁλισκόμενοι σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἀπεχρήσαντο.
While these events were occurring in Rome and in Spain, Marcus Octavius and Lucius Scribonius Libo, with the aid of Pompey's fleet drove out of Dalmatia Publius Cornelius Dolabella, who was there attending to Caesar's interests. 2 After this they shut up Gaius Antonius, who had been desirous of aiding him, on a small island, and there, after he had been abandoned by the natives and was oppressed by hunger, they captured him with all his troops save a few; for some had escaped in season to the mainland, and others, who were sailing across on rafts and were overtaken, made away with themselves.
§ 41.41
Κουρίων δὲ Σικελίαν μὲν ἀμαχεὶ παρεστήσατο (ὁ γὰρ Κάτων ἄρχων αὐτῆς, ὡς οὔτε ἀξιόμαχός οἱ ἦν οὔτε τὰς πόλεις ἐς κίνδυνον μάτην ἐμβαλεῖν ἠθέλησε, προεξεχώρησε πρὸς τὸν Πομπήιονʼ, ἐς δὲ δὴ τὴν Ἀφρικὴν περαιωθεὶς ἀπώλετο. ὁ μὲν γὰρ Καῖσαρ ὁ Λούκιος τὴν Ἀσπίδα τὴν πόλιν, ἐν ᾗ κατὰ τύχην ἄλλως ἦν, πρὸς τὸν ἐπίπλουν αὐτοῦ ἐξέλιπε, καὶ Πούπλιος Ἄττιος Οὐᾶρος ὁ τὰ ἐκεῖ πράγματα τότε ἔχων καὶ στρατιώτας συχνοὺς καὶ πλοῖα συχνὰ ἡττηθεὶς ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἀπέβαλεν· ὁ δὲ δὴ Ἰόβας Ἰεμψοῦ τε παῖς ὢν καὶ τῶν Νομάδων βασιλεύων, τά τε τοῦ Πομπηίου ὡς καὶ τὰ τοῦ δήμου τῆς τε βουλῆς προτιμῶν, καὶ τὸν Κουρίωνα διά τε τοῦτο, καὶ ὅτι τήν τε βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ δημαρχῶν ἀφελέσθαι καὶ τὴν χώραν δημοσιῶσαι ἐπεχείρησε, μισῶν, ἰσχυρῶς αὐτῷ προσεπολέμησεν. οἴκαδε μὲν γὰρ ἐς τὴν Νουμιδίαν οὐκ ἀνέμεινεν αὐτὸν ἐσβαλεῖν, πολιορκοῦντι δέ οἱ Οὐτικὴν παντὶ μὲν ἅμα τῷ στρατῷ οὐ προσέμιξε, φοβηθεὶς μὴ καὶ προπυθόμενος ἐξαναχθείη (οὐ γάρ που ἀπώσασθαι αὐτὸν μᾶλλόν τι ἢ τιμωρήσασθαι ἐπεθύμεἰ, ὀλίγους δέ τινας προπέμψας, καὶ προφημίσας ὡς αὐτὸς ἄλλοσέ ποι καὶ πόρρω γε ἀπεληλυθὼς εἴη, ἐφέσπετό τέ σφισι καὶ οὐ διήμαρτεν ὧν
Curio had meanwhile reduced Sicily without a battle, since Cato, the governor of the island, being no match for him and not wishing to expose the cities to danger needlessly, had already withdrawn to join Pompey; later, however, he crossed over to Africa and there perished. 2 Upon Curio's approach Lucius Caesar abandoned the city of Aspis where he happened to be by mere chance, and Publius Attius Varus, then in charge of the affairs of that region, was defeated by him and lost many troops and many ships.3 Juba, however, the son of Hiempsal and king of the Numidians, preferred the cause of Pompey as that of the people and the senate, and hated Curio both on this account and because the latter when tribune had attempted to take away his kingdom from him and to confiscate the land; accordingly he carried on a vigorous war against him. 4 For he did not wait for him to invade his home country of Numidia, but went to meet him while he was besieging Utica. He did not attack him, however, with his whole army, since he feared that Curio might put out to sea if he learned in advance of his approach; for he was evidently not so eager to repulse him as to take vengeance on him. Instead, he sent forward a few men and spread the report that he himself had gone far away in another direction; then he followed after this force and did not fail of the results he had hoped for.
§ 41.42
ἤλπισεν. ὁ γὰρ Κουρίων πρότερον μέν, ὡς καὶ αὐτοῦ ἐκείνου προσιόντος, ἔς τε τὸ στρατόπεδον τὸ πρὸς τῇ θαλάσσῃ ὂν μετέστη, καὶ γνώμην ἐποιεῖτο τῶν τε νεῶν, ἂν βιάζηται, ἐπιβῆναι καὶ τὴν Ἀφρικὴν παντελῶς ἐκλιπεῖν· ἐπεὶ δὲ ὀλίγους τέ τινας καὶ τούτους ἄνευ τοῦ Ἰόβου ἀφικνεῖσθαι ἐπύθετο, ἐθάρσησε, καὶ εὐθὺς τῆς νυκτὸς ὡς καὶ ἐφʼ ἕτοιμον νίκην, μὴ καὶ διαφύγωσιν αὐτόν, ἄρας ἐπορεύετο, καί τινας τῶν προδρόμων καθεύδοντας ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ φθείρας πολὺ προθυμότερος ἐγένετο. κἀκ τούτου τοῖς λοιποῖς ὑπὸ τὴν ἕω προκεχωρηκόσιν ἐκ τοῦ στρατοπέδου ἐντυχὼν οὐδεμίαν ἀναβολὴν ἐποιήσατο, ἀλλὰ καίτοι τῶν στρατιωτῶν καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς πορείας καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς ἀγρυπνίας τεταλαιπωρημένων ἐς χεῖράς σφισι παραχρῆμα ἦλθε. κἀν τούτῳ ἑστώτων τε αὐτῶν καὶ ἀντιρρόπως ἀγωνιζομένων, ὁ Ἰόβας αἰφνιδίως οἱ ἐπιφανεὶς τῷ τε ἀδοκήτῳ ἅμα αὐτὸν καὶ τῷ πλήθει κατειργάσατο, καὶ ἐκεῖνον μὲν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τοὺς πλείστους αὐτοῦ ταύτῃ ἀπέκτεινεν, τοὺς δὲ λοιποὺς μέχρι τε τῆς ταφρείας ἐπεδίωξε καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο ἐς τὰς ναῦς καθεῖρξε, κἀν τῷ ταράχῳ τούτῳ πολλῶν μὲν χρημάτων ἐκράτησε πολλοὺς δὲ ἄνδρας ἔφθειρε. συχνοὶ δὲ δὴ καὶ διαφυγόντες αὐτῶν ἀπώλοντο, οἱ μὲν ἐν τῇ ἐς τὰ πλοῖα ἐσβάσει ὑπὸ τοῦ ὠθισμοῦ σφαλέντες, οἱ δὲ καὶ ἐν αὐτοῖς τοῖς σκάφεσιν ὑπὸ τοῦ βάρους αὐτῶν βαπτισθέντες. γιγνομένων δὲ τούτων, φοβηθέντες τινὲς μὴ τὰ αὐτὰ αὐτοῖς πάθωσι, προσεχώρησαν μὲν τῷ Οὐάρῳ ὡς καὶ σωθησόμενοι, εὕροντο δʼ οὐδὲν ἐπιεικές· ὁ γὰρ Ἰόβας προϊσχόμενος ὅτι αὐτός σφας ἐνενικήκει, καὶ ἐκείνους πλὴν ὀλίγων ἐφόνευσεν. Κουρίων μὲν δὴ πλεῖστά τε τῷ Καίσαρι συναράμενος καὶ πάμπολλα αὐτὸν ἐπελπίσας οὕτως ἀπώλετο· Ἰόβας δὲ πρὸς μὲν τοῦ Πομπηίου τῶν τε ἄλλων τῶν ἐν τῇ Μακεδονίᾳ βουλευτῶν τιμάς τε εὕρετο καὶ βασιλεὺς προσηγορεύθη, πρὸς δὲ δὴ τοῦ Καίσαρος τῶν τε ἐν τῇ πόλει αἰτίαν εἶχε καὶ πολέμιος ἀπεδείχθη, ὅ τε Βόκχος καὶ ὁ Βογούας βασιλῆς, ὅτι ἐχθροὶ αὐτῷ ἦσαν, ὠνομάσθησαν.
For, though Curio, under the impression that his enemy was approaching, had previously transferred his men to the camp near the sea and had formed the plan, in case he were hard pressed, of embarking on the ships and leaving Africa altogether, 2 he now, when he ascertained that only a few men were coming, and these without Juba, took courage and set out on the march that very night as if to a victory lying ready to hand, fearing that they might otherwise escape him; and after destroying some of the enemy's vanguard who were sleeping on the road he became much more emboldened. Then, about dawn, he encountered the rest who had gone on ahead from the camp; and without any delay, in spite of the fact that his soldiers were exhausted both by the march and by want of sleep, he at once joined battle with them. 4 Thereupon, when the others stood their ground and were holding their own, Juba suddenly appeared and by the unexpectedness of his arrival as well as by his numbers overwhelmed them. Curio and most of the others he killed on the spot, and the rest he pursued up to their entrenchments, later confining them to the ships; and in the midst of this rout he got possession of large amounts of treasure and destroyed many men. Indeed, many of them perished after escaping his grasp, some losing their footing while boarding their ships because of the crowding, and others going down with the vessels themselves when these became overloaded. 6 While this was occurring still others, out of fear that they might suffer the same fate, went over to Varus, expecting that their lives would be spared; but they received no considerate treatment. For Juba asserted that it was he who had conquered them, and so slew nearly all of these, too. Thus Curio died after rendering most valuable assistance to Caesar and inspiring in him many hopes. And Juba received honours at the hands of Pompey and the senators who were in Macedonia, and was saluted as king; but by Caesar and those in the city he was called to account and declared an enemy, while Bocchus and Bogud were named kings, because they were hostile to him.
§ 41.43
τῷ δὲ ἐχομένῳ ἔτει διττοί τε τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις ἄρχοντες παρὰ τὸ καθεστηκὸς ἐγένοντο καὶ μάχη μεγίστη δὴ συνηνέχθη. οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἐν τῷ ἄστει καὶ ὑπάτους τόν τε Καίσαρα καὶ Πούπλιον Σερουίλιον καὶ στρατηγοὺς τά τε ἄλλα τέλη τὰ ἐκ τῶν νόμων ᾕρηντο, οἱ δὲ ἐν τῇ Θεσσαλονίκῃ τοιοῦτο μὲν οὐδὲν προπαρεσκευάσαντο, καίτοι τῆς τε ἄλλης βουλῆς ἐς διακοσίους, ὥς φασί τινες, καὶ τοὺς ὑπάτους ἔχοντες, καί τι καὶ χωρίον ἐς τὰ οἰωνίσματα, τοῦ δὴ καὶ ἐν νόμῳ δή τινι αὐτὰ δοκεῖν γίγνεσθαι, δημοσιώσαντες, ὥστε καὶ τὸν δῆμον διʼ αὐτῶν τήν τε πόλιν ἅπασαν ἐνταῦθα εἶναι νομίζεσθαι (αἴτιον δὲ ὅτι τὸν νόμον οἱ ὕπατοι τὸν φρατριατικὸν οὐκ ἐσενηνόχεσανʼ, τοῖς δὲ δὴ αὐτοῖς ἐκείνοις οἷσπερ καὶ πρόσθεν ἐχρήσαντο, τὰς ἐπωνυμίας σφῶν μόνας μεταβαλόντες καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἀνθυπάτους τοὺς δὲ ἀντιστρατήγους τοὺς δὲ ἀντιταμίας ὀνομάσαντες. πάνυ γάρ που τῶν πατρίων αὐτοῖς ἔμελε τά τε ὅπλα ἀνταιρομένοις καὶ τὴν πατρίδα ἐκλελοιπόσιν, ὥστε μὴ πάντα τὰ ἀναγκαῖα πρὸς τὴν τῶν παρόντων ἀπαίτησιν καὶ παρὰ τὴν τῶν τεταγμένων ἀκρίβειαν ποιεῖν. οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ τῷ μὲν ὀνόματι οὗτοί σφισιν ἑκατέροις ἦρχον, ἔργῳ δὲ ὁ Πομπήιος καὶ ὁ Καῖσαρ, τῆς μὲν φήμης ἕνεκα τὰς ἐννόμους ἐπικλήσεις, ὁ μὲν τὴν τοῦ ὑπάτου ὁ δὲ τὴν τοῦ ἀνθυπάτου, ἔχοντες, πράττοντες δὲ οὐκ ὅσα ἐκεῖναι ἐπέτρεπον ἀλλʼ ὅσα αὐτοὶ ἤθελον.
The ensuing year the Romans had two sets of magistrates, contrary to custom, and a mighty battle was fought. The people of the city had chosen as consuls Caesar and Publius Servius, along with praetors and all the other officers required by law. Those in Thessalonica had made no such appointments, 2 although they had by some accounts about two hundred of the senate and also the consuls with them and had appropriated a small piece of land for the auguries, in order that these might seem to take place under some form of law, so that they regarded the people and the whole city as present there. They had not appointed new magistrates for the reason that the consuls had not proposed the lex curiata; but instead they employed the same officials as before, merely changing their names and calling some proconsuls, others propraetors, and others proquaestors. 4 For they were very careful about precedents, even though they had taken up arms against their country and abandoned it, and they were anxious that the acts rendered necessary by the exigencies of the situation should not all be in violation of the strict requirement of the ordinances.5 Nevertheless, these men mentioned were the magistrates of the two parties in name only, while in reality it was Pompey and Caesar who were supreme; for the sake of good repute they bore the legal titles of proconsul and consul respectively, yet their acts were not those which these offices permitted, but whatever they themselves pleased.
§ 41.44
τοιούτων δὲ δὴ τούτων ὄντων καὶ δίχα τῆς ἀρχῆς μεμερισμένης, Πομπήιος μὲν δὴ ἔν τε τῇ Θεσσαλονίκῃ ἐχείμαζε καὶ φυλακὴν οὐκ ἀκριβῆ τῶν παραθαλασσίων ἐποιεῖτο (οὔτε γὰρ ἐς τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἤδη τὸν Καίσαρα ἐκ τῆς Ἰβηρίας ἀφῖχθαι ἐνόμιζε, εἴ τε καὶ παρείη, ἀλλʼ ἔν γε τῷ χειμῶνι οὐχ ὑπώπτευσεν αὐτὸν τολμήσειν τὸν Ἰόνιον διαβαλεῖνʼ, Καῖσαρ δὲ ἦν μὲν ἐν Βρεντεσίῳ τὸ ἔαρ ἀναμένων, πυθόμενος δὲ ἐκεῖνόν τε πόρρω ὄντα καὶ τὴν καταντιπέρας ἤπειρον ἀμελῶς τηρουμένην, τό τε καινὸν τοῦ πολέμου ἥρπασε καὶ τῷ ἀνειμένῳ αὐτοῦ ἐπέθετο. μεσοῦντος γοῦν τοῦ χειμῶνος μέρει τοῦ στρατοῦ ἀπῆρεν (οὐ γὰρ ἦσαν ἱκαναὶ νῆες ὥστε πάντας ἅμα αὐτοὺς περᾶσαἰ, καὶ λαθὼν τὸν Βίβουλον τὸν Μᾶρκον, ᾧ ἡ θάλασσα φρουρεῖσθαι προσετέτακτο, ἐπεραιώθη πρὸς τὰ ἄκρα τὰ Κεραύνια ὠνομασμένα· ἔστι δὲ ἔσχατα τῆς Ἠπείρου, πρὸς τῷ στόματι τοῦ Ἰονίου κόλπου. καὶ ἐλθὼν ἐνταῦθα πρὶν ἔκπυστος ὅτι καὶ πλευσεῖται γενέσθαι, τὰς ναῦς ἐς τὸ Βρεντέσιον ἐπὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς ἔστειλε· καὶ αὐτὰς ὁ Βίβουλος ἀνακομιζομένας ἐκάκωσε, καί τινας καὶ ἀνεδήσατο, ὥστε τὸν Καίσαρα ἔργῳ μαθεῖν ὅτι εὐτυχέστερον τὸν πλοῦν ἢ εὐβουλότερον ἐπεποίητο.
Under these conditions, with the government divided in twain, Pompey was wintering in Thessalonica and not keeping a very careful watch upon the coast; for he did not suppose that Caesar had yet arrived in Italy from Spain, and even if he were there, he did not suspect that he would venture to cross the Ionian Sea in the winter, at any rate. 2 But Caesar was in Brundisium, waiting for spring, and when he ascertained that Pompey was some distance off and that the mainland opposite was rather carelessly guarded, he seized upon the “chance of war” and attacked him while his attention was relaxed. At any rate, when the winter was about half gone, he set out with a portion of his army, as there were not enough ships to carry them all across at once, and eluding Marcus Bibulus, to whom the guarding of the sea had been committed, he crossed to the Ceraunian Headlands, as they are called, the outermost point of Epirus, near the mouth of the Ionian Sea. Arriving there before it became noised abroad that he would sail at all, he sent the ships to Brundisium for the others; 4 but Bibulus damaged them on the return voyage and actually took some in tow, so that Caesar learned by experience that the voyage he had made was more fortunate than prudent.
§ 41.45
ἐν δʼ οὖν τῇ διατριβῇ ταύτῃ τό τε Ὠρικὸν καὶ τὴν Ἀπολλωνίαν ἄλλα τε τῶν ἐκείνῃ χωρίων ἐκλειφθέντα ὑπὸ τῶν τοῦ Πομπηίου φρουρῶν παρεστήσατο. ἡ δὲ Ἀπολλωνία αὕτη ἡ Κορινθία ἐν καλῷ μὲν τῆς γῆς ἐν καλῷ δὲ καὶ τῆς θαλάσσης ποταμῶν τε ἄριστα κεῖται. ὅ τε μάλιστα διὰ πάντων ἐθαύμασα, πῦρ πολὺ πρὸς τῷ Ἀώῳ ποταμῷ ἀναδίδοται, καὶ οὔτε ἐπὶ πλεῖον τῆς πέριξ γῆς ἐπεξέρχεται, οὔτʼ αὐτὴν ἐκείνην ἐν ᾗ ἐνδιαιτᾶται ἐκπυροῖ ἢ καὶ κραυροτέραν πῃ ποιεῖ, ἀλλὰ καὶ πόας καὶ δένδρα καὶ πάνυ πλησία θάλλοντα ἔχει· πρός τε τὰς ἐπιχύσεις τῶν ὄμβρων ἐπαύξει καὶ ἐς ὕψος ἐξαίρεται. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο αὐτό τε Νυμφαῖον ὀνομάζεται καὶ δὴ καὶ μαντεῖον τοιόνδε τι παρέχεται. λιβανωτὸν δὴ λαβών, καὶ προσευξάμενος ὅ τι ποτὲ καὶ βούλει, ῥίπτεις αὐτὸν τὴν εὐχὴν φέροντα. κἀν τούτῳ τὸ πῦρ, ἂν μέν τι ἐπιτελὲς ᾖ ἐσόμενον, δέχεται αὐτὸν ἑτοιμότατα, κἂν ἄρα καὶ ἔξω που προπέσῃ, προσδραμὸν ἥρπασε καὶ κατανάλωσεν· ἂν δὲ ἀτέλεστον ᾖ, οὔτʼ ἄλλως αὐτῷ προσέρχεται, κἂν ἐς αὐτὴν τὴν φλόγα φέρηται, ἐξαναχωρεῖ τε καὶ ἐκφεύγει. καὶ ταῦθʼ οὕτως ἑκάτερα περὶ πάντων ὁμοίως, πλὴν θανάτου τε καὶ γάμου, ποιεῖ· περὶ γὰρ τούτων οὐδὲ ἔξεστί τινι ἀρχὴν αὐτοῦ πυθέσθαι τι.
During this delay, then, he won over Oricum and Apollonia and other points there which had been abandoned by Pompey's garrisons. This Corinthian Apollonia is well situated as regards the land and as regards the sea, and most excellently in respect to rivers. 2 What I have marvelled at, however, above all else, is that a huge fire issues from the ground near the Aous river and neither spreads to any extent over the surrounding land nor sets on fire even the place where it abides nor makes it at all dry, but has grass and trees flourishing very near it. In pouring rains it increases and towers aloft. For this reason it is called Nymphaeum, and in fact it furnishes an oracle, of this kind. You take incense and after making whatever prayer you wish cast it in the fire as the vehicle of the prayer. 4 At this the fire, if your wish is to be fulfilled, receives it very readily, and even if the incense falls somewhat outside, darts forward, snatches it up, and consumes it. But if the wish is not to be fulfilled, the fire not only does not go to it, but, even if it falls into the very flames, recedes and flees before it. It acts in these two ways in all matters save those of death and marriage; for concerning these two one may not make any inquiry of it at all. Such is the nature of this marvel.
§ 41.46
τοῦτο μὲν τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν, ὁ δὲ δὴ Καῖσαρ βραδύνοντος τοῦ Ἀντωνίου, ᾧ τοὺς ὑπομείναντας ἐν τῷ Βρεντεσίῳ κομίσαι ἐπετέτακτο, καὶ οὐδὲ ἀγγελίας τινὸς περὶ αὐτῶν διά τε τὸν χειμῶνα καὶ διὰ τὸν Βίβουλον φοιτώσης, ὑπώπτευσέ σφας μεσεύειν τε καὶ ἐφεδρεύειν τοῖς πράγμασιν, οἷά που ἐν ταῖς στάσεσι φιλεῖ γίγνεσθαι. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο βουληθεὶς αὐτὸς καὶ μόνος γε ἐς τὴν Ἰταλίαν πλεῦσαι, ἐπέβη μὲν ἀκατίου τινὸς ὥς τις ἄλλος, λέγων ὑπὸ τοῦ Καίσαρος πεπέμφθαι, καὶ τὸν κυβερνήτην αὐτοῦ καίπερ πνεύματος ὄντος ἐξεβιάσατο ἀναχθῆναι· ὡς μέντοι ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἐγένοντο καὶ ὅ τε ἄνεμος ἰσχυρῶς κατέσπερχε καὶ ὁ κλύδων δεινῶς σφας ἐξετάραττεν, ὥστε τὸν κυβερνήτην μηδʼ ἀναγκαζόμενον ἔτι τολμῆσαι περαιτέρω πλεῦσαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἄκοντος αὐτοῦ ἐπανιέναι ἐπιχειρῆσαι, ἐξέφηνεν ἑαυτὸν καθάπερ ἐκ τούτου καὶ τὸν χειμῶνα παύσων, καὶ ἔφη “θάρσει· Καίσαρα γὰρ ἄγεις.” τοιοῦτον μὲν δὴ φρόνημα καὶ τοιαύτην ἐλπίδα ἤτοι τὴν ἄλλως ἢ καὶ ἐκ μαντείας τινὸς εἶχεν ὥστε καὶ παρὰ τὰ φαινόμενα πίστιν τῆς σωτηρίας ἐχέγγυον ποιεῖσθαι· οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἐπεραιώθη, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ πολὺ μάτην πονήσας ἀνέπλευσεν.
Now as Antony, to whom had been assigned the duty of conveying across those who remained at Brundisium, continued to tarry, and no message even came about them because of the winter and because of Bibulus, Caesar suspected that they had adopted a neutral attitude and were watching the course of events, as often happens in civil strife. 2 Wishing, therefore, to sail to Italy in person and unattended, he embarked on a small boat in disguise, saying that he had been sent by Caesar; and forced the captain to set sail, although there was a wind. When, however, they had got away from land, and the gale swept violently down upon them and the waves buffeted them terribly, so that the captain did not longer dare even under compulsion to sail farther, but undertook to return even without his passenger's consent, than Caesar revealed himself, as if by this act he could stop the storm, and said, “Be of good cheer: you carry Caesar.”4 Such spirit and such hope had he, either naturally or as the result of some oracle, that he felt firm confidence in his safety even contrary to the appearance of things. Nevertheless, he did not get across, but after struggling for a long time in vain sailed back.
§ 41.47
καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο τῷ Πομπηίῳ περὶ τὸν Ἄψον ἀντεστρατοπεδεύσατο. ἐκεῖνος γὰρ ἐπειδὴ πρῶτον τῆς ἀφίξεως αὐτοῦ ᾔσθετο, οὐκ ἀνεβάλετο, ἀλλὰ ἐλπίσας ῥᾳδίως αὐτόν, πρὶν καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους τοὺς μετὰ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου ὄντας προσλαβεῖν, κατεργάσεσθαι, σπουδῇ πρὸς τὴν Ἀπολλωνίαν δυνάμει τινὶ ἤλασεν. ὁ οὖν Καῖσαρ μέχρι μὲν τοῦ ποταμοῦ ἀπήντησέν οἱ, νομίσας ἀξιόμαχος καὶ ὣς τοῖς τότε προσιοῦσι γενήσεσθαι· ἐπεὶ δὲ ἔμαθεν ὅτι πολὺ τῷ πλήθει ἠλαττοῦτο, ἡσύχασε. καὶ ὅπως γε μήθʼ ὑπὸ δέους τοῦτο ποιεῖν μήτε ἐξάρχειν τοῦ πολέμου νομισθείη, λόγους τέ τινας συμβατηρίους σφίσι καθίει καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο διῆγε. γνοὺς δὲ ταῦθʼ ὁ Πομπήιος συμβαλεῖν μὲν αὐτῷ ὡς ὅτι τάχιστα ἠθέλησε, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὸν ποταμὸν ἐπιδιαβῆναι ἐπεχείρησεν· ὡς δὲ ἡ γέφυρα βάρος λαβοῦσα διελύθη καί τινες τῶν προδιαβεβηκότων μονωθέντες ἀπώλοντο, ἐπέσχεν ἀθυμήσας ὅτι πρῶτον τῶν τοῦ πολέμου ἔργων ἁπτόμενος ἐπταίκει. κἀν τούτῳ καὶ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου ἐπελθόντος
After this he encamped opposite Pompey, near Apsus. For Pompey, as soon as he had learned of his arrival, had made no delay, but hoping to crush him easily before he should receive the others who were with Antony, hastily marched with a considerable force toward Apollonia. 2 Caesar advanced to meet him as far as the river, thinking that even as he was he would prove a match for the troops then approaching; but when he learned that he was inferior in numbers, he halted. And in order that it might not be thought either that he was halting through fear or that he was making the first move in the war, he submitted some conciliatory proposals to the other side and delayed on this pretext. Pompey, perceiving his motive, wished to try conclusions with him as soon as possible and for this reason undertook to cross the river. But the bridge broke down under the weight and some of the advance guard, thus isolated, perished. Then he desisted, discouraged because he had failed in the first action of the war. Meanwhile Antony also had arrived, and Pompey in fear retired to Dyrrachium.
§ 41.48
φοβηθεὶς ἀπεχώρησε πρὸς τὸ Δυρράχιον. τέως μὲν γὰρ ὁ Βίβουλος ἔζη, οὐδʼ ἀπᾶραι ἐκεῖνος ἐκ τοῦ Βρεντεσίου ἐτόλμησεν· τοσαύτη που φυλακὴ αὐτοῦ ἐγίγνετο· ἐπεὶ δὲ αὐτός τε ἐκκαμὼν ὑπὸ τῆς ταλαιπωρίας ἐτελεύτησε καὶ τὴν ναυαρχίαν ὁ Λίβων διεδέξατο, κατεφρόνησεν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀνηγάγετο ὡς καὶ βιασόμενος τὸν ἔκπλουν. καταραχθείς τε ἐς τὴν γῆν ἠμύνατό τε αὐτὸν ἰσχυρῶς προσβαλόντα οἱ, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο ἐπεκβῆναί ποι βουληθέντα οὐδαμῇ τῆς ταύτῃ ἠπείρου προσορμισθῆναι εἴασεν. ἀπορήσας οὖν ὁ Λίβων καὶ ὅρμου καὶ ὕδατος (τὸ γὰρ νησίδιον τὸ πρὸς τοῦ λιμένος ὄν, ἐς ὅπερ μόνον προσέχειν ἐδύνατο, καὶ ἄνυδρον καὶ ἀλίμενόν ἐστινʼ ἀπέπλευσε πόρρω ποι, ὅπου ἀμφοτέρων εὐπορήσειν ἔμελλε. καὶ οὕτως ὁ Ἀντώνιος ἐξαναχθεὶς ὕστερον πρὸς μὲν ἐκείνου, καίπερ μετεώροις σφίσιν ἐπιχειρῆσαι ἐθελήσαντος, οὐδὲν ἔπαθε· χειμὼν γὰρ σφοδρὸς ἐπιγενόμενος ἐκώλυσε τὴν ἐπίθεσιν· πρὸς δὲ δὴ αὐτοῦ τούτου ἀμφότεροι ἐκακοπάθησαν.
As long as Bibulus was alive, Antony had not dared even to set out from Brundisium, so close guard did the other keep over it; but when Bibulus, succumbing to the hardships, died, and Libo succeeded him as admiral, Antony scorned him and set sail with the intention of forcing the passage. 2 When driven back to land, he repelled the other's vigorous attack upon him and later, when Libo was anxious to disembark somewhere, he allowed him to find anchorage nowhere along that part of the mainland. So the admiral, being in need of anchorage and water, since the little island in front of the harbour, which was the only place he could approach, is destitute of water and harbour alike, sailed off to some distant point where he was likely to find both in abundance.4 In this way Antony was enabled to set sail, but later, although he met with no harm at Libo's hands, even when the other attempted to attack them on the high seas (for a violent storm came up which prevented the attack), both he and Libo suffered injuries from the storm itself.
§ 41.49
διασωθέντων δʼ οὖν τῶν στρατιωτῶν ὅ τε Πομπήιος ἐς τὸ Δυρράχιον, ὥσπερ εἶπον, ἀνεχώρησε, καὶ ὁ Καῖσαρ ἐπηκολούθησεν αὐτῷ θαρσήσας, ὅτι τῷ πλήθει τῶν τότε συνόντων οἱ περιῆν ἐκ τῶν προσγεγενημένων. τὸ δὲ Δυρράχιον ἐν τῇ γῇ τῇ πρότερον μὲν Ἰλλυριῶν τῶν Παρθινῶν, νῦν δὲ καὶ τότε γε ἤδη Μακεδονίας νενομισμένῃ κεῖται, καὶ ἔστιν ἐπικαιρότατον, εἴτʼ οὖν ἡ Ἐπίδαμνος ἡ τῶν Κερκυραίων εἴτε καὶ ἑτέρα τις οὖσα. καὶ οἱ μὲν τοῦτο γράψαντες τήν τε κτίσιν αὐτῆς καὶ τὸ ὄνομα ἐς Δυρράχιον ἥρωα ἀναφέρουσιν· οἱ δʼ ἕτεροι Δυρράχιον ἀντονομασθῆναι τὸ χωρίον ὑπὸ τῶν Ῥωμαίων πρὸς τὴν τῆς ῥαχίας δυσχέρειαν ἔφασαν, ὅτι ἡ τῆς Ἐπιδάμνου πρόσρησις ζημιώδη δήλωσιν ἐν τῇ τῶν Λατίνων γλώσσῃ ἔχουσα δυσοιώνιστός σφισιν ἐς τὸ περαιοῦσθαι ἐς αὐτὴν ἔδοξεν εἶναι.
When the soldiers had got safely across, Pompey, as I have said, retired to Dyrrachium, and Caesar followed him, encouraged by the fact that, with the reinforcements that had arrived, he was superior to the adversary in the number of troops then at his disposal. 2 Dyrrachium is situated in the land formerly regarded as belonging to the tribe of Illyrians called Parthini, but now and even at that time regarded as part of Macedonia; and it is very favourably placed, whether it be the Epidamnus of the Corcyraeans or another city. Those who record this fact refer both its founding and its name to a hero Dyrrachius; but the other authorities have declared that the place was renamed by the Romans with reference to the difficulties of the rocky shore, because the term Epidamnus has in the Latin tongue the meaning of “loss,” and so seemed to be of ill-omen for their voyages thither.
§ 41.50
πρὸς οὖν τοῦτο τὸ Δυρράχιον ὁ Πομπήιος καταφυγὼν στρατόπεδόν τε ἔξω τῆς πόλεως ἐποιήσατο, καὶ τάφρους βαθείας σταυρώματά τε ἰσχυρὰ περιεβάλετο. καὶ αὐτῷ ὁ Καῖσαρ ἐπιστρατοπεδεύσας προσέμιξε μὲν ὡς καὶ διʼ ὀλίγου τὸ χαράκωμα τῷ πλήθει τῶν στρατιωτῶν αἱρήσων, ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀπεκρούσθη, ἐπεχείρησεν αὐτὸ ἀποτειχίσαι. καὶ ἐκεῖνός τε ἅμα τοῦτʼ εἰργάζετο, καὶ ὁ Πομπήιος τὰ μὲν διεσταύρου τὰ δὲ ὑπετείχιζε καὶ διετάφρευε, πύργους τε ἐπὶ τῶν μετεώρων καὶ φυλακὰς ἐπικαθίστη, ὡς τήν τε περίοδον τοῦ περιτειχίσματος ἀπέραντον καὶ τὴν ἔφοδον καὶ κρατοῦσι τοῖς ἐναντίοις ἄπορον ποιῆσαι. πολλαὶ μὲν οὖν καὶ ἐν τούτῳ μάχαι αὐτῶν, βραχεῖαι δʼ οὖν ἐγίγνοντο· καὶ ἐν ταύταις τοτὲ μὲν οὗτοι τοτὲ δὲ ἐκεῖνοι καὶ ἐνίκων καὶ ἐνικῶντο, ὥστε καὶ θνήσκειν τινὰς ἀμφοτέρων ὁμοίως. αὐτοῦ δὲ δὴ τοῦ Δυρραχίου ὁ Καῖσαρ μεταξὺ τῶν τε ἑλῶν καὶ τῆς θαλάσσης νυκτός, ὡς καὶ προδοθησομένου ὑπὸ τῶν ἀμυνομένων, πειράσας εἴσω μὲν τῶν στενῶν παρῆλθε, προσπεσόντων δέ οἱ ἐνταῦθα πολλῶν μὲν κατὰ πρόσωπον πολλῶν δὲ καὶ κατόπιν, οἳ πλοίοις παρακομισθέντες ἐξαίφνης αὐτῷ ἐπέθεντο, καὶ συχνοὺς ἀπέβαλε καὶ ὀλίγου καὶ αὐτὸς ἐφθάρη. γενομένου δὲ τούτου ὁ Πομπήιος ἐπιθαρσήσας ἐπεβούλευσε νυκτὸς τῷ περιτειχίσματι, καὶ ἐκείνου τέ τι ἀπροσδόκητος προσπεσὼν εἷλε, καὶ φόνον τῶν αὐλιζομένων πρὸς αὐτῷ πολὺν εἰργάσατο.
Pompey after taking refuge in this town of Dyrrachium built a camp outside the city and surrounded it with deep moats and a stout palisade. Caesar encamped over against him and made assaults, in the hope of quietly capturing the palisades by the superior number of his troops; and when he was repulsed, he attempted to wall it in. 2 While he was engaged in this task, Pompey was constructing palisades, cross-walls and ditches, and placing towers on the elevations and guards in them, so as to make the circuit of the encompassing wall complete and to make an attack impracticable for the foe, even if they conquered.3 There were meanwhile many, though slight, encounters between them, in which now one party, now the other, was victorious or beaten, so that a few were killed on both sides alike. Upon Dyrrachium itself Caesar made an attempt by night, between the marshes and the sea, in the expectation that it would be betrayed by its defenders. He got inside the narrows, 4 but at that point was attacked both in front and in the rear by large forces which had been conveyed along the shore in boats and very nearly perished himself. After this occurrence Pompey took courage and planned a night assault upon the enclosing wall; and attacking it unexpectedly, he captured a portion of it by storm and caused great slaughter among the men encamped near it.
§ 41.51
ὁ οὖν Καῖσαρ, ὡς ταῦτά τε συνεβεβήκει καὶ ὁ σῖτος αὐτὸν ἐπελελοίπει (ἥ τε γὰρ θάλασσα καὶ ἡ γῆ πᾶσα ἡ πλησία ἀλλοτρία αὐτῷ ἦν, καί τινες διὰ ταῦτα καὶ ἀπηυτομολήκεσανʼ, δείσας μὴ ἤτοι προσεδρεύων καταπολεμηθῇ ἢ καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ἄλλων ἐγκαταλειφθῇ, πάντα μὲν τὰ ᾠκοδομημένα κατέστρεψε, πάντα δὲ τὰ παραβεβλημένα προσδιέφθειρε, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο ἐξαίφνης ἄρας ἐς Θεσσαλίαν ὥρμησεν. ἐν γὰρ τῷ αὐτῷ τούτῳ χρόνῳ ᾧ τὸ Δυρράχιον ἐπολιορκεῖτο, Λούκιός τε Κάσσιος Λογγῖνος καὶ Γναῖος Δομίτιος Καλουῖνος ἔς τε τὴν Μακεδονίαν καὶ ἐς τὴν Θεσσαλίαν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ πεμφθέντες, Λογγῖνος μὲν ἐνταῦθα ὑπό τε τοῦ Σκιπίωνος καὶ ὑπὸ Σαδάλου Θρᾳκὸς ἰσχυρῶς ἐσφάλη, Καλουῖνος δὲ τῆς μὲν Μακεδονίας ὑπὸ τοῦ Φαύστου ἀπεώσθη, Λοκρῶν δὲ δὴ καὶ Αἰτωλῶν προσχωρησάντων οἱ ἔς τε τὴν Θεσσαλίαν μετʼ αὐτῶν ἐσέβαλε, καὶ τὸν Σκιπίωνα μάχαις, τῇ μὲν λοχισθεὶς τῇ δʼ ἀντενεδρεύσας, ἐνίκησε, καὶ ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ καὶ πόλεις τινὰς προσεποιήσατο. ἐνταῦθʼ οὖν ὁ Καῖσαρ, ὡς καὶ ῥᾷον σὺν ἐκείνοις τῆς τε τροφῆς εὐπορήσων καὶ τὸν πόλεμον διοίσων, ἠπείχθη. καὶ ἐπειδὴ οὐδεὶς αὐτὸν ἅτε κακῶς πεπραγότα ἐδέχετο, τῶν μὲν ἄλλων καὶ ἄκων ἀπείχετο, Γόμφοις δὲ δὴ πολίχνῃ τινὶ Θεσσαλικῇ προσπεσὼν καὶ κρατήσας πολλούς τε ἔκτεινε καὶ πάντα διήρπασεν, ὅπως καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἐκ τούτου καταφοβήσῃ. αὐτίκα γοῦν Μητρόπολις, ἕτερόν τι πόλισμα, οὐδὲ ἐς χεῖρας αὐτῷ ἦλθεν, ἀλλʼ ἀμαχεὶ ὡμολόγησε· καί σφας κακὸν οὐδὲν δράσας ῥᾷον καὶ ἄλλους τινὰς ἀφʼ ἑκατέρου προσεποιήσατο.
Caesar, in view of this occurrence and because his grain had failed, inasmuch as the whole sea and land in the vicinity were hostile, and because for this reason some had actually deserted, feared that he might either be defeated while watching his adversary or be abandoned by his other followers. Therefore he levelled all the works that had been constructed, destroyed also all the parallel walls, and thereupon set out suddenly and hastened into Thessaly. 2 During this same time, it seems, while Dyrrachium was being besieged, Lucius Cassius Longinus and Gnaeus Domitius Calvinus had been sent by him into Macedonia and Thessaly. Longinus had been disastrously defeated in Thessaly by Scipio and by Sadalus, a Thracian; 3 and Calvinus had been repulsed from Macedonia by Faustus, but on receiving accessions from the Locrians and Aetolians had invaded Thessaly with these troops, and after being ambushed had afterwards set ambuscades himself and conquered Scipio in battle, thereby winning over a few cities. 4 Thither, accordingly, Caesar hastened, thinking that by uniting with these officers he could more easily secure an abundance of provisions and thus continue the war. When no one would receive him, because of his reverses, he reluctantly held aloof from the larger settlements, but assaulted Gomphi, a little town in Thessaly; and upon taking it he put many to death and plundered everything, in order that by this act he might inspire the rest with terror. Metropolis, another town, for example, did not even contend with him but forthwith capitulated without a struggle; and as he did no harm to its citizens he more easily won over some other places by his course in these two instances.
§ 41.52
καὶ ὁ μὲν ἰσχυρὸς αὖθις ἐγίγνετο, Πομπήιος δὲ οὐκ ἐπεδίωξε μὲν αὐτόν (νυκτός τε γὰρ ἐξαπιναίως ἀπανέστη, καὶ τὸν ποταμὸν τὸν Γενουσὸν σπουδῇ διέβἠ, οὕτω μέντοι τὴν γνώμην εἶχεν ὡς καὶ διαπεπολεμηκώς. κἀκ τούτου τὸ μὲν τοῦ αὐτοκράτορος ὄνομα ἔλαβεν, οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἐμεγαληγόρει τι ἢ καὶ δάφνην τινὰ ταῖς ῥάβδοις περιῆψεν, δυσχεραίνων ἐπὶ πολίταις τοιοῦτό τι ποιῆσαι. ἐκ δὲ δὴ τῆς αὐτῆς ταύτης διανοίας οὐδὲ ἐς τὴν Ἰταλίαν οὔτʼ αὐτὸς ἔπλευσεν οὔτʼ ἄλλους τινὰς ἔπεμψε, καίτοι ῥᾳδίως ἂν πᾶσαν αὐτὴν κατασχών· τῷ τε γὰρ ναυτικῷ πολὺ ἐκράτει ἅτε πεντακοσίας ναῦς ταχείας ἔχων, ὥστε πανταχόσε ἅμα κατᾶραι, καὶ τὰ ἐκεῖ οὔτʼ ἄλλως αὐτῷ ἤχθετο, οὔτε, εἰ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα ἠλλοτρίωτο, ἀξιόμαχά γε ἀντιπολεμῆσαι ἦν. πόρρω τε γὰρ τοῦ περὶ αὐτῆς δόξαι πολεμεῖν ἀφεστηκέναι ἐβούλετο, καὶ φόβον οὐδένα τοῖς ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ τότε οὖσι παρασχεῖν ἠξίου. τῆς μὲν οὖν Ἰταλίας διὰ ταῦτʼ οὐκ ἐπείρασεν, οὐ μὴν οὐδὲ ἐπέστειλε τῷ κοινῷ περὶ τῶν πραχθέντων οὐδέν· ἐπὶ δὲ δὴ τὸν Καίσαρα μετὰ τοῦθʼ ὁρμήσας ἐς τὴν Θεσσαλίαν ἀφίκετο.
So he was once more becoming powerful. Pompey did not pursue him, for he had withdrawn suddenly by night and had hastily crossed the Genusus river; however, he was of the opinion that he had brought the war to an end. Consequently he assumed the title of imperator, though he uttered no boastful words about it and did not even wind laurel about his fasces, disliking to show such exultation over the downfall of citizens.2 From this same motive he neither sailed to Italy himself nor sent any others there, though he might easily have taken possession of it all. For with his fleet he was far superior, as he had five hundred swift ships and could land at all points at the same time; moreover, the sentiment of that country was not opposed to him in any case, and, even if it had been ever so hostile, the people were no match for him in war. But he wished to be far from giving the impression that Italy was the stake for which he was fighting, and did not think he ought to cause any fear to the people who were then in Rome. Hence he made no attempt on Italy, nor even sent to the government any despatch about his successes; but after this he set out against Caesar and came into Thessaly.
§ 41.53
ἀντικαθημένων δὲ αὐτῶν ἀλλήλοις ἡ μὲν ὄψις τῶν στρατοπέδων πολέμου τινὰ εἰκόνα ἔφερεν, ἡ δὲ δὴ χρεία τῶν ὅπλων ὡς καὶ ἐν εἰρήνῃ ἡσύχαζε. τό τε γὰρ μέγεθος τοῦ κινδύνου διασκοποῦντες, καὶ τὸ ἄδηλον τό τε ἀστάθμητον τῶν πραγμάτων προορώμενοι, καί τινα καὶ αἰδῶ τοῦ τε ὁμοφύλου καὶ τῆς συγγενείας ἔτι ποιούμενοι διέμελλον, κἀν τούτῳ καὶ λόγους περὶ φιλίας σφίσιν ἀντέπεμπον, καί τισι καὶ συναλλαγήσεσθαι διὰ κενῆς ἔδοξαν. αἴτιον δὲ ὅτι τοῦ τε παντὸς κράτους ἀμφότεροι ἐφιέμενοι, καὶ πολλῇ μὲν φιλοτιμίᾳ ἐμφύτῳ πολλῇ δὲ καὶ φιλονεικίᾳ ἐπικτήτῳ χρώμενοι (πρός τε γὰρ τῶν ἴσων καὶ πρὸς τῶν οἰκειοτάτων ἥκιστά τινες ἐλαττούμενοι φέρουσινʼ οὔτε τι συγχωρῆσαι ἀλλήλοις ἤθελον, ὥσπερ ἀμφότεροι κρατῆσα δυνάμενοι, οὔτε πιστεῦσαι, κἂν συμβαθῇ τι ἐδύναντο μὴ οὐ τοῦ πλείονός τε ἀεί σφας ὀριγνήσεσθαι καὶ ὑπὲρ τοῦ παντὸς αὖθις στασιάσειν
As they lay opposite each other the appearance of the camps bore, indeed, some semblance of war, but their arms were idle as in time of peace. As they considered the greatness of the danger and foresaw the obscurity and uncertainty of the issue, and still felt some regard for their common ancestry and their kinship, they continued to delay. 2 Meanwhile they exchanged propositions looking toward friendship and appeared to some likely even to effect an empty reconciliation. The reason was that they were both reaching out after the supreme power and were influenced greatly by native ambition and greatly also by acquired rivalry, — since men can least endure to be outdone by their equals and intimates; hence they were not willing to make any concessions to each other, since each felt that he might win, nor could they feel confident, if they did reach some agreement, that they would not be always striving to gain the upper hand and would not fall to quarrelling again over the supreme issue.
§ 41.54
γνώμῃ μὲν γὰρ τοσοῦτον ἀλλήλων διέφερον ὅσον Πομπήιος μὲν οὐδενὸς ἀνθρώπων δεύτερος, Καῖσαρ δὲ καὶ πρῶτος πάντων εἶναι ἐπεθύμει, καὶ ὁ μὲν παρʼ ἑκόντων τε τιμᾶσθαι καὶ ἐθελόντων προστατεῖν φιλεῖσθαί τε ἐσπούδαζε, τῷ δὲ οὐδὲν ἔμελεν εἰ καὶ ἀκόντων ἄρχοι καὶ μισοῦσιν ἐπιτάσσοι, τάς τε τιμὰς αὐτὸς ἑαυτῷ διδοίη. τὰ μέντοι ἔργα, δι’ ὧν ἤλπιζον πάνθʼ ὅσα ἐβούλοντο καταπράξειν, ἀμφότεροι ὁμοίως καὶ ἀνάγκῃ ἐποίουν· ἀδύνατον γὰρ ἦν αὐτῶν κατατυχεῖν τινι μὴ οὐ τοῖς τε οἰκείοις πολεμοῦντι καὶ τοὺς ὀθνείους ἐπὶ τοὺς ὁμοφύλους ἄγοντι, καὶ πολλὰ μὲν χρήματα ἀδίκως συλῶντι, πολλοὺς δὲ καὶ τῶν φιλτάτων ἀνόμως κτείνοντι. ὥστε εἰ καὶ ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις διήλλαττον, ἀλλὰ ταῖς γε πράξεσι, διʼ ὧν ἀποπληρώσειν αὐτὰς ἤλπιζον, ὡμοιοῦντο. καὶ διὰ τοῦτʼ οὔθʼ ὑφίεντό τινος ἀλλήλοις, καίπερ πολλὰς δικαιώσεις προτεινάμενοι, καὶ ἐς χεῖρας τελευτῶντες ἦλθον.
In temper they differed from each other to this extent, that Pompey desired to be second to no man and Caesar to be first of all, and the former was anxious to be honoured by a willing people and to preside over and be loved by men who fully consent, whereas the latter cared not at all if he ruled over even an unwilling people, issued orders to men who hated him, and bestowed the honours with his own hand upon himself. 2 The deeds, however, through which they hoped to accomplish all that they wished, were perforce common to both alike. For it was impossible for any one successfully to gain these ends without fighting against his countrymen, leading foreigners against kindred, obtaining vast sums by unjust pillage, and killing unlawfully many of his dearest associates.3 Hence, even though they differed in their desires, yet in their acts, by which they hoped to realise those desires, they were alike. Consequently they would not yield to each other on any point, in spite of the many claims they put forward, and finally came to blows.
§ 41.55
ἐγένετο δὲ ὁ ἀγὼν μέγας καὶ οἷος οὐχ ἕτερος. αὐτοί τε γὰρ ἄριστοι πρὸς πάντα τὰ πολέμια καὶ εὐδοκιμώτατοι διαφανῶς οὐχ ὅτι τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν τότε ἀνθρώπων ἠξιοῦντο εἶναι· οἷα γὰρ ἐκ παίδων τε ἐν αὐτοῖς ἠσκημένοι καὶ διὰ παντὸς αὐτοῖς ὡμιληκότες, ἔργα τε ἀξιόλογα ἀποδεδειγμένοι, καὶ πολλῇ μὲν ἀρετῇ πολλῇ δὲ καὶ τύχῃ κεχρημένοι, καὶ ἀξιοστρατηγητότατοι καὶ ἀξιονικότατοι ἦσαν· καὶ δυνάμεις Καῖσαρ μὲν τοῦ τε πολιτικοῦ τὸ πλεῖστον καὶ καθαρώτατον, καὶ ἐκ τῆς ἄλλης Ἰταλίας τῆς τε Ἰβηρίας καὶ τῆς Γαλατίας πάσης τῶν τε νήσων ὧν ἐκράτει τοὺς μαχιμωτάτους εἶχε, Πομπήιος δὲ συχνοὺς μὲν καὶ ἐκ τῆς βουλῆς τῆς τε ἱππάδος κἀκ τῶν καταλόγων ἐπῆκτο, παμπληθεῖς δὲ παρά τε τῶν λοιπῶν ὑπηκόων καὶ παρὰ τῶν ἐνσπόνδων καὶ δήμων καὶ βασιλέων ἠθροίκει. ἄνευ γὰρ δὴ τοῦ τε Φαρνάκου καὶ τοῦ Ὀρώδου (καὶ γὰρ τοῦτον, καίτοι πολέμιον ἀφʼ οὗ τοὺς Κράσσους ἀπέκτεινεν ὄντα, προσεταιρίσασθαι ἐπεχείρησἐ πάντες οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ καὶ ἐφʼ ὁσονοῦν οἰκειωθέντες ποτὲ αὐτῷ, καὶ χρήματά οἱ ἔδωκαν, καὶ βοηθείας οἱ μὲν ἔπεμψαν οἱ δὲ ἤγαγον. ὁ δὲ δὴ Πάρθος ὑπέσχετο μὲν αὐτῷ, ἂν τὴν Συρίαν λάβῃ, συμμαχήσειν, μὴ τυχὼν δὲ αὐτῆς οὐκ ἐπήμυνε. προύχοντος δʼ οὖν πολὺ τοῦ Πομπηίου τῷ πλήθει, ἐξισοῦντό σφισιν οἱ τοῦ Καίσαρος τῇ ῥώμῃ· καὶ οὕτως ἀπʼ ἀντιπάλου πλεονεξίας καὶ ἰσόρροποι ἀλλήλοις καὶ ἰσοκίνδυνοι ἐγίγνοντο.
The struggle proved a mighty one and unparalleled by any other. In the first place, the leaders themselves had the name of being the most skilled in all matters of warfare and clearly the most distinguished not only of the Romans but also of all other men then living. They had been trained in arms from boyhood, had constantly been occupied with them, had performed deeds worthy of note, had been conspicuous for great valour and also for great fortune, and were therefore most worthy of commanding and most worthy of victory. 2 As to their forces, Caesar had the largest and the most genuinely Roman portion of the state legions and the most warlike men from the rest of Italy, from Spain, and the whole of Gaul and the islands that he had conquered; Pompey had brought along many from the senatorial and the equestrian order and from the regularly enrolled troops, and had gathered vast numbers from the subject and allied peoples and kings. With the exception of Pharnaces and Orodes (for he tried to win over even the latter, although an enemy since the time he had killed the Crassi), all the rest who had ever been befriended at all by Pompey gave him money and either sent or brought auxiliaries. 4 Indeed, the Parthian had promised to be his ally if he should receive Syria; but as he did not get it, he lent him no help. While Pompey, then, greatly excelled in numbers, Caesar's followers were their equals in strength; and so, the advantages being even, they were an equal match for each other and the risks they incurred were equal.
§ 41.56
ἔκ τε οὖν τούτων καὶ ἐξ αὐτῆς τῆς αἰτίας τῆς τε ὑποθέσεως τοῦ πολέμου ἀξιολογώτατος ἀγὼν συνηνέχθη. ἥ τε γὰρ πόλις ἡ τῶν Ῥωμαίων καὶ ἡ ἀρχὴ αὐτῆς ἅπασα, καὶ πολλὴ καὶ μεγάλη ἤδη οὖσα, ἆθλόν σφισι προύκειτο· εὔδηλον γάρ που πᾶσιν ἦν ὅτι τῷ τότε κρατήσαντι δουλωθήσεται. τοῦτό τε οὖν ἐκλογιζόμενοι, καὶ προσέτι καὶ τῶν προτέρων ἔργων, Πομπήιος μὲν τῆς τε Ἀφρικῆς καὶ τοῦ Σερτωρίου τοῦ τε Μιθριδάτου καὶ τοῦ Τιγράνου καὶ τῆς θαλάσσης, Καῖσαρ δὲ τῆς τε Γαλατίας καὶ τῆς Ἰβηρίας τοῦ τε Ῥήνου καὶ τῆς Βρεττανίας, ἀναμιμνησκόμενοι, καὶ κινδυνεύειν τε καὶ περὶ ἐκείνοις ἡγούμενοι καὶ προσκτήσασθαι τὴν ἀλλήλων δόξαν σπουδὴν ποιούμενοι, ὤργων. τά τε γὰρ ἄλλα τῶν ἡττημένων τοῖς κρατοῦσι προσγίγνεται καὶ ἡ εὔκλεια ὅτι μάλιστα· ὅσῳ γὰρ ἂν μείζω καὶ δυνατώτερόν τις ἀνταγωνιστὴν καθέλῃ, τόσῳ καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπὶ
As a result of these circumstances and of the very cause and purpose of the war a most notable struggle took place. For the city of Rome and its entire empire, even then great and mighty, lay before them as the prize, since it was clear to all that it would be the slave of him who then conquered. 2 When they reflected on this fact and furthermore thought of their former deeds, — Pompey of Africa, Sertorius, Mithridates, Tigranes, and the sea, and Caesar of Gaul, Spain, the Rhine, and Britain, — they were wrought up to the highest pitch of excitement, believing that those conquests, too, were at stake, and each being eager to acquire the other's glory. For the renown of the vanquished, far more than his other possessions, becomes the property of the victor, since, the greater and more powerful the antagonist that a man overthrows, the greater is the height to which he himself is raised.
§ 41.57
μεῖζον αἴρεται. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τοῖς στρατιώταις πολλὰ μὲν παραπλήσια δʼ οὖν ἀλλήλοις παρῄνεσαν, εἰπόντες πάνθʼ ὅσα ἐν τῷ τοιούτῳ πρός τε τὸ αὐτίκα τοῦ κινδύνου καὶ πρὸς τὸ ἔπειτα πρέπει λέγεσθαι. ἔκ τε γὰρ τῆς αὐτῆς πολιτείας ὁρμώμενοι καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν αὐτῶν λόγους ποιούμενοι, καὶ ἀλλήλους τε τυράννους καὶ αὑτοὺς ἐλευθερωτὰς αὐτῶν ὀνομάζοντες, οὐδέν σφισι διάφορον εἰπεῖν ἔσχον, ἀλλʼ ὅτι τοῖς μὲν ἀποθανεῖν τοῖς δὲ σωθῆναι, καὶ τοῖς μὲν αἰχμαλώτους τοῖς δὲ ἐν δεσπότου μοίρᾳ πάντα τε ἔχειν ἢ πάντων στερηθῆναι καὶ παθεῖν ἢ ποιῆσαι δεινότατα ὑπάρξει. τοιαύτας οὖν δή τινας παραινέσεις τοῖς πολίταις ποιησάμενοι, καὶ προσέτι καὶ τὰ τῶν ὑπηκόων τῶν τε συμμάχων πρός τε τὰς ἐλπίδας τῶν κρεισσόνων καὶ πρὸς τοὺς φόβους τῶν χειρόνων προαγαγόντες, συνέβαλον ἀλλήλοις τοὺς ὁμοφύλους, τοὺς συσκήνους, τοὺς συσσίτους, τοὺς ὁμοσπόνδους. καὶ τί ἄν τις τὰ τῶν ἄλλων ὀδύραιτο, ὁπότε καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐκεῖνοι πάντα τε ταῦτα ἀλλήλοις ὄντες, καὶ προσέτι πολλῶν μὲν λόγων ἀπορρήτων πολλῶν δὲ καὶ ἔργων ὁμοίων κεκοινωνηκότες, κῆδός τέ ποτε συναψάμενοι καὶ τὸ αὐτὸ παιδίον, ὁ μὲν ὡς πατὴρ ὁ δὲ ὡς πάππος, ἀγαπήσαντες, ὅμως ἐμάχοντο; ὅσα γὰρ ἡ φύσις τὸ αἷμα αὐτῶν μίξασα συνέδησε, τότε ταῦτα τῇ ἀπλήστῳ τῆς δυναστείας ἐπιθυμίᾳ διέλυον καὶ διέσπων καὶ διερρήγνυσαν. καὶ διʼ ἐκείνους καὶ ἡ Ῥώμη περί τε ἑαυτῇ καὶ πρὸς ἑαυτὴν ἅμα κινδυνεύειν ἠναγκάζετο, ὥστε καὶ νικήσασα ἡττηθῆναι.
Therefore they delivered to their soldiers also many exhortations, but very much alike on both sides, saying all that is fitting to be said on such an occasion with reference both to the immediate results of the struggle and to the subsequent results. As they both came from the same state and were talking about the same matters 2 and called each other tyrants and themselves liberators from tyranny of the men they addressed, they had nothing different to say on either side, but stated that it would be the lot of one side to die, of the other to be saved, of the one side to be captives, of the other to enjoy the master's lot, to possess everything or to be deprived of everything, to suffer or to inflict a most terrible fate. After addressing some such exhortations to the citizens and furthermore trying to inspire the subject and allied contingents with hopes of a better lot and fears of a worse, they hurled at each other kinsmen, sharers of the same tent, of the same table, of the same libations. 4 Yet why should any one, then, lament the fate of the others involved, when those very leaders, who were all these things to each other, and had, moreover, shared many secret plans and many exploits of like character, who had once been joined by domestic ties and had loved the same child, one as a father, the other as grandfather, nevertheless fought? All the ties with which nature, by mingling their blood, had bound them together, they now, led by their insatiable lust of power, hastened to break, tear, and rend asunder. Because of them Rome was being compelled to fight both in her own defence and against herself, so that even if victorious she would be vanquished.
§ 41.58
τοιούτῳ μὲν ἀγῶνι συνηνέχθησαν· οὐ μέντοι καὶ εὐθὺς συνέμιξαν, ἀλλʼ οἷα ἔκ τε τῆς αὐτῆς πατρίδος καὶ ἐκ τῆς αὐτῆς ἐστίας ὁρμώμενοι, καὶ τά τε ὅπλα παραπλήσια καὶ τὰς τάξεις ὁμοίας ἔχοντες, ὤκνουν μὲν ἄρξαι τῆς μάχης, ὤκνουν δὲ καὶ φονεῦσαί τινας ἑκάτεροι. σιγή τε οὖν ἀμφοτέρων καὶ κατήφεια πολλὴ ἦν, καὶ οὔτε τις αὐτῶν ἐς τὰ πρόσω προῄει οὔθʼ ὅλως ἐκινεῖτο, ἀλλʼ ἐγκύψαντες ἠτρέμιζον ὥσπερ ἄψυχοι. φοβηθέντες οὖν ὅ τε Καῖσαρ καὶ ὁ Πομπήιος μὴ καὶ ἐπὶ πλεῖον ἡσυχάσαντες ἀμβλύτεροί πως γένωνται ἢ καὶ συναλλαγῶσι, προσέταξαν σπουδῇ τοῖς τε σαλπικταῖς σημῆναι καὶ ἐκείνοις συμβοῆσαι τὸ πολεμικόν. καὶ ἐπράχθη μὲν ἑκάτερον, τοσούτου δὲ ἐδέησαν ἐπιρρωσθῆναι ὥστε καὶ ἐπὶ μᾶλλον ἔκ τε τῆς τῶν σαλπικτῶν ἠχῆς ὁμοφωνούσης καὶ ἐκ τῆς ἑαυτῶν βοῆς ὁμογλωσσούσης τό τε ὁμόφυλόν σφων ἐξέφηναν καὶ τὸ ὁμογενὲς ἐξήλεγξαν, κἀκ τούτου καὶ ἐς δάκρυα καὶ θρῆνον ἔπεσον. ὀψὲ δʼ οὖν ποτε τῶν συμμαχικῶν προκαταρξάντων καὶ ἐκεῖνοι συνέμιξαν, ἔκφρονες ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς γενόμενοι.
Such was the struggle in which they joined; yet they did not immediately come to close quarters. Sprung from the same country and from the same hearth, with almost identical weapons and similar formation, each side shrank from beginning the battle, and shrank from slaying any one. 2 So there was great silence and dejection on both sides; no one went forward or moved at all, but with heads bowed they stood motionless, as if devoid of life. Caesar and Pompey, therefore, fearing that if they remained quiet any longer their animosity might become lessened or they might even become reconciled, hurriedly commanded the trumpeters to give the signal and the men to raise the war cry in unison. Both orders were obeyed, but the combatants were so far from being imbued with courage, that at the sound of the trumpeters' call, uttering the same notes, and at their own shout, raised in the same language, they showed their sense of relationship and betrayed their kinship more than ever, and so fell to weeping and lamenting. But after a long time, when the allied troops began the battle, the rest also joined in, fairly beside themselves at what they were doing.
§ 41.59
καὶ τοῖς μὲν ἄλλοις, οἷς πόρρωθεν ἡ ἀλκὴ ἦν, ἧττον τὸ δεινὸν συνέβαινεν, οὐδὲ γὰρ εἰδότες οὓς ἔβαλλον, ἐτόξευον ἠκόντιζον ἐσφενδόνων· οἱ δὲ δὴ ὁπλῖται οἵ τε ἱππῆς χαλεπώτατα ἀπήλλασσον, ἅτε γὰρ ἐγγὺς ἀλλήλων ὄντες καί τι καὶ λαλεῖν σφισι δυνάμενοι ἐγνώριζόν τε ἅμα τοὺς ἀντιπαρατεταγμένους καὶ ἐτίτρωσκον, ἀνεκάλουν καὶ ἐφόνευον, τῶν πατρίδων ἐμέμνηντο καὶ ἐσκύλευον. ταῦτα μὲν οἵ τε Ῥωμαῖοι καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι οἱ ἐκ τῆς Ἰταλίας συστρατευόμενοί σφισιν, ὅπου ποτὲ προστύχοιεν ἀλλήλοις, καὶ ἔπραττον καὶ ἔπασχον· καὶ πολλοὶ πολλὰ καὶ οἴκαδε διʼ αὐτῶν τῶν σφαγέων ἐνετέλλοντο. τὸ δὲ ὑπήκοον καὶ προθύμως καὶ ἀφειδῶς ἐμάχετο, πολλὴν σπουδήν, ὥσπερ ποτὲ ὑπὲρ τῆς σφετέρας ἐλευθερίας, οὕτω τότε κατὰ τῆς τῶν Ῥωμαίων δουλείας ποιούμενοι, ἐπιθυμίᾳ, ἅτε ἐν πᾶσιν αὐτῶν ἐλαττούμενοι, ὁμοδούλους σφᾶς ἔχειν.
Those who fought at long range were less sensible of the horrors, as they shot their arrows, hurled their javelins, discharged their slings without knowing whom they hit; 2 but the heavy-armed troops and the cavalry had a very hard time of it, as they were close to each other and could even talk a little back and forth; at one and the same moment they would recognize those who confront them and would wound them, would call them by name and would slaughter them, would recall the towns they had come from and would despoil them. Such were the deeds both done and suffered by the Romans and by the others from Italy who were with them on the campaign, wherever they met each other. Many sent messages home through their very slayers. But the subject force fought both zealously and relentlessly, showing great zeal, as once to win their own freedom, so now to secure the slavery of the Romans; they wanted, since they were reduced to inferiority to them in all things, to have them as fellow-slaves.
§ 41.60
μεγίστη τε οὖν ἡ μάχη καὶ πολυτροπωτάτη διά τε ταῦτα καὶ διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τό τε πολυειδὲς τῆς παρασκευῆς ἐγένετο. πάμπολλοι μὲν γὰρ ὁπλῖται πάμπολλοι δὲ καὶ ἱππῆς, τοξόται τε ἕτεροι καὶ σφενδονῆται ἄλλοι ὄντες, τό τε πεδίον πᾶν κατέλαβον, καὶ σκεδασθέντες πολλαχῇ μὲν ἀλλήλοις οἷα ὁμόσκευοι, πολλαχῇ δὲ καὶ ἑτέροις ἀναμὶξ ἐμάχοντο. προεῖχον δὲ οἱ Πομπηίειοι τῇ τε ἱππείᾳ καὶ τῇ τοξείᾳ, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο πόρρωθέν τε ἐγκυκλούμενοί τινας προσβολαῖς αἰφνιδίοις ἐχρῶντο, καὶ συνταράξαντες αὐτοὺς ἐξανεχώρουν, εἶτʼ αὖθις καὶ μάλʼ αὖθις ἐπετίθεντό σφισι, τοτὲ μὲν ἐνταῦθα τοτὲ δὲ ἐκεῖσε μεθιστάμενοι. οἱ οὖν Καισάρειοι ταῦτά τε ἐφυλάσσοντο, καὶ τὰς τάξεις σφῶν ἐξελίσσοντες ἀντιπρόσωποί τε ἀεὶ τοῖς προσβάλλουσιν ἐγίγνοντο καὶ ὁμόσε αὐτοῖς χωροῦντες τῶν τε ἀνδρῶν καὶ τῶν ἵππων ἀντελαμβάνοντο, προθύμως ἀγωνιζόμενοι· καὶ γὰρ πεζοὶ τοῖς ἱππεῦσιν αὐτῶν κοῦφοι ἐπʼ αὐτὸ τοῦτο συνετετάχατο. καὶ ταῦτα οὐ καθʼ ἕν, ὥσπερ εἶπον, ἀλλὰ πολλαχῇ ἅμα σποράδην ἐγίγνετο, ὥστε τῶν μὲν πόρρωθεν μαχομένων τῶν δὲ συσταδὸν ἀγωνιζομένων, καὶ τῶν μὲν παιόντων τινὰς τῶν δὲ πατασσομένων, φευγόντων ἑτέρων, διωκόντων ἄλλων, πολλὰς μὲν πεζομαχίας πολλὰς δὲ καὶ ἱππομαχίας ὁρᾶσθαι. κἀν τούτῳ καὶ παρὰ δόξαν συχνὰ συνέβαινε. καὶ γὰρ τρέψας τίς τινα ἐτρέπετο, καὶ ἄλλος ἐκκλίνας τινὰ ἀντεπετίθετο αὐτῷ· πλήξας τις ἕτερον αὐτὸς ἐτιτρώσκετο, καὶ πεπτωκὼς ἄλλος τὸν ἑστηκότα ἀπεκτίννυε. καὶ πολλοὶ μὲν καὶ ἄτρωτοι ἔθνησκον, πολλοὶ δὲ καὶ ἡμιθνῆτες ἐφόνευον. καὶ οἱ μὲν ἔχαιρον καὶ ἐπαιώνιζον, οἱ δὲ ἐλυποῦντο καὶ ὠλοφύροντο, ὥστε βοῆς καὶ στεναγμῶν πάντα πληρωθῆναι, καὶ τοῖς μὲν πλείοσι καὶ ἐκ τούτου ταραχὴν ἐγγενέσθαι (τὰ γὰρ λεγόμενα ἄσημά σφισι διά τε τὸ ἀλλοεθνὲς καὶ διὰ τὸ ἀλλόθροον ὄντα δεινῶς αὐτοὺς ἐξέπλησσἐ, τοῖς δὲ δὴ συνιεῖσιν ἀλλήλων πολλαπλάσιον τὸ κακὸν συμβῆναι· πρὸς γὰρ τοῖς ἰδίοις σφῶν παθήμασι καὶ τὰ τῶν πέλας καὶ ἑώρων ἅμα καὶ ἤκουον.
Thus it was a very great battle and full of diverse incidents, partly for the reasons mentioned and partly on account of the numbers and the variety of the armaments. There were vast bodies of heavy-armed soldiers, vast bodies of cavalry, in another group archers and still others that were slingers, so that they occupied the whole plain, and scattered over it, they fought often with each other, since they belonged to the same arms, but often with men of the other arms indiscriminately. 2 The Pompeians surpassed in cavalry and archers; hence they would surround troops at a distance, employ sudden assaults, and retired after throwing their opponents into confusion; then they would attack them again and again, turning now to this side and now to that. The Caesarians, therefore, were on their guard against this, and by wheeling round always managed to face their assailants, and when they came to close quarters with them, would seize hold of both men and horses in the eagerness of the struggle; for light-armed cavalry had been drawn up with their cavalry for this very purpose. 4 And all this took place, as I said, not in one spot, but in many places at once, scattered all about, so that with some contending at a distance and others fighting at close quarters, this body smiting its opponents and that group being struck, one detachment fleeing and another pursuing, many infantry battles and many cavalry battles as well were to be seen. Meanwhile many incredible things were taking place. One man after routing another would himself be turned to flight, and another who had avoided an opponent would in turn attack him. One soldier who had struck another would be wounded himself, and a second, who had fallen, would kill the enemy who stood over him. Many died without being wounded, and many when half dead kept on slaying. 6 Some were glad and sang paeans, while the others were distressed and uttered lamentations, so that all places were filled with shouts and groans. The majority were thrown into confusion by this fact, for what was said was unintelligible to them, because of the confusion of nations and languages, and alarmed them greatly, and those who could understand one another suffered a calamity many times worse; for in addition to their own misfortunes they could hear and at the same time see those of their neighbours.
§ 41.61
τέλος δέ, ἰσορρόπως αὐτῶν ἐπὶ μακρότατον ἀγωνισαμένων, καὶ πολλῶν ἀμφοτέρωθεν ὁμοίως καὶ πεσόντων καὶ τρωθέντων, ὁ Πομπήιος ἅτε καὶ Ἀσιανὸν καὶ ἀγύμναστον τὸ πλεῖον τοῦ στρατοῦ ἔχων ἡττήθη, ὥσπερ που καὶ πρὸ τοῦ ἔργου οἱ ἐδεδήλωτο· κεραυνοί τε γὰρ ἐς τὸ στρατόπεδον αὐτοῦ ἐσέπεσον, καὶ πῦρ ἀέριον ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ Καίσαρος ταφρείας φανὲν ἐς τὴν ἐκείνου κατέσκηψε, τά τε σημεῖα αὐτοῦ τὰ στρατιωτικὰ μέλισσαι περιέσχον, καὶ πολλὰ τῶν ἱερείων αὐτοῖς ἤδη τοῖς βωμοῖς προσαγόμενα ἐξέδρα. καὶ οὕτω γε καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους ὁ ἀγὼν ἐκεῖνος ἔτεινεν ὥστε πολλαχόθι ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ τῆς μάχης ἡμέρᾳ καὶ στρατοπέδων συνόδους καὶ ὅπλων κτύπους συμβῆναι, ἔν τε Περγάμῳ τυμπάνων τέ τινα καὶ κυμβάλων ψόφον ἐκ τοῦ Διονυσίου ἀρθέντα διὰ πάσης τῆς πόλεως χωρῆσαι, καὶ ἐν Τράλλεσι φοίνικά τε ἐν τῷ τῆς Νίκης ναῷ ἀναφῦναι καὶ τὴν θεὸν αὐτὴν πρὸς εἰκόνα τοῦ Καίσαρος ἐν πλαγίῳ που κειμένην μεταστραφῆναι, τοῖς τε Σύροις δύο τινὰς νεανίσκους τὸ τέλος τῆς μάχης ἀγγείλαντας ἀφανεῖς γενέσθαι, καὶ ἐν Παταουίῳ τῆς νῦν Ἰταλίας τότε δὲ ἔτι Γαλατίας ὄρνιθάς τινας οὐχ ὅτι διαγγεῖλαι αὐτὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ δεῖξαι τρόπον τινά· Γάιος γάρ τις Κορνήλιος πάντα τὰ γενόμενα ἀκριβῶς τε ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐτεκμήρατο καὶ τοῖς παροῦσιν ἐξηγήσατο. ταῦτα μὲν ἐν αὐτῇ ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ὡς ἕκαστα συνηνέχθη, καὶ παραχρῆμα μὲν ἠπιστεῖτο, ὥσπερ εἰκὸς ἦν, ἀγγελθέντων δὲ τῶν πραχθέντων ἐθαυμάζετο.
At last, after they had carried on an evenly-balanced struggle for a very long time and many on both sides alike had fallen or been wounded, Pompey, since the larger part of his army was Asiatic and untrained, was defeated, even as had been made clear to him before the action. 2 For thunderbolts had fallen upon his camp, a fire had appeared in the air over Caesar's camp and had then fallen upon his own, bees had swarmed about his military standards, and many of the victims after being led up close to the very altar had run away. And so far did the effects of that contest extend to the rest of mankind that on the very day of the battle collisions of armies and the clash of arms occurred in many places. In Pergamum a noise of drums and cymbals rose from the temple of Dionysus and spread throughout the city; 4 in Tralles a palm tree grew up in the temple of Victory and the goddess herself turned about toward an image of Caesar that stood beside her; in Syria two young men announced the result of the battle and vanished; and in Patavium, which now belongs to Italy but was then still a part of Gaul, some birds not only brought news of it but even acted it out to some extent, for one Gaius Cornelius drew from their actions accurate information of all that had taken place, and narrated it to the bystanders. These several things happened on that very same day and though they were, not unnaturally, distrusted at the time, yet when news of the actual facts was brought, they were marvelled at.
§ 41.62
τῶν δὲ δὴ Πομπηιείων τῶν μὴ ἐν χερσὶ φθαρέντων οἱ μὲν ἔφυγον ὅπῃ ποτὲ ἠδυνήθησαν, οἱ δὲ καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο ...· καὶ αὐτῶν ὁ Καῖσαρ τοὺς μὲν ἐν τῷ τεταγμένῳ στρατευομένους ἐς τὰ ἑαυτοῦ στρατόπεδα ἐσέγραψε, μηδέν σφισι μνησικακήσας, τῶν δὲ δὴ βουλευτῶν τῶν τε ἱππέων ὅσους μὲν καὶ πρότερόν ποτε ᾑρηκὼς ἠλεήκει ἀπέκτεινε, πλὴν εἴ τινας οἱ φίλοι αὐτοῦ ἐξῃτήσαντο (τούτοις γὰρ ἕνα ἑκάστῳ τότε σῶσαι συνεχώρησἐ, τοὺς δὲ λοιποὺς τοὺς τότε πρῶτον ἀντιπολεμήσαντας αὐτῷ ἀφῆκεν, εἰπὼν ὅτι “οὐδέν με ἠδικήκασιν οἳ τὰ τοῦ Πομπηίου φίλου σφίσιν ὄντος ἐσπούδασαν, μηδεμίαν εὐεργεσίαν παρʼ ἐμοῦ ἔχοντες.” τὸ δʼ αὐτὸ τοῦτο καὶ πρὸς τοὺς δυνάστας τούς τε δήμους τοὺς συναραμένους οἱ ἐποίησε· πᾶσι γὰρ αὐτοῖς συνέγνω, ἐννοῶν ὅτι αὐτὸς μὲν ἤ τινα ἢ οὐδένα αὐτῶν ἠπίστατο, παρʼ ἐκείνου δὲ δὴ πολλὰ καὶ ἀγαθὰ προεπεπόνθεσαν. καὶ πολύ γε τούτους μᾶλλον ἐπῄνει τῶν εὐεργεσίαν μέν τινα παρὰ τοῦ Πομπηίου προλαβόντων, ἐν δὲ δὴ τοῖς κινδύνοις αὐτὸν ἐγκαταλιπόντων· τοὺς μὲν γὰρ καὶ ἑαυτῷ διʼ εὐνοίας ἔσεσθαι ἤλπιζε, τοὺς δέ, εἰ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα ἔδοξάν τί οἱ καὶ χαρίσασθαι, ἀλλὰ προδότας γε τοῦ νῦν φίλου γενομένους οὐδὲ ἑαυτοῦ ποτε φείσεσθαι
Of Pompey's followers who were not destroyed on the spot some fled whithersoever they could, and others who were captured later on. Those of them who were soldiers of the line Caesar enrolled in his own legions, exhibiting no resentment. 2 Of the senators and knights, however, he put to death all whom he had previously captured and spared, except some whom his friends begged off; for he allowed each friend on this occasion to save one man. The rest who had then for the first time fought against him he released, remarking: “Those have not wronged me who supported the cause of Pompey, their friend, without having received any benefit from me.” 4 This same attitude he adopted toward the princes and the peoples who had assisted Pompey. He pardoned them all, bearing in mind that he himself was acquainted with none or almost none of them, whereas from his rival they had previously obtained many favours. Indeed, he praised these far more than he did those who, after receiving favours from Pompey, had deserted him in the midst of dangers; 6 the former he could reasonably expect would be favourably disposed to him also, but as to the latter, no matter how anxious they seemed to be to please him in anything, he believed that, inasmuch as they had betrayed their friend in this crisis they would, on occasion, not spare him either.
§ 41.63
ἐνόμιζε. τεκμήριον δὲ ὅτι Σαδάλου μὲν τοῦ Θρᾳκὸς καὶ Δηιοτάρου τοῦ Γαλάτου, καίτοι καὶ ἐν τῇ μάχῃ γενομένων, Ταρκονδιμότου τε ἐν μέρει μέν τινι τῆς Κιλικίας δυναστεύοντος, πλεῖστον δὲ αὐτῷ πρὸς τὰ ναυτικὰ βοηθήσαντος, ἐφείσατο. τί γὰρ δεῖ τοὺς ἄλλους τοὺς τὰς συμμαχίας πέμψαντας καταλέγειν, οἷς καὶ αὐτοῖς συγγνώμην ἔνειμε, χρήματα μόνον παρʼ αὐτῶν λαβών; ἄλλο γὰρ οὐδὲν οὔτε ἔδρασέ σφας οὔτʼ ἀφείλετο, καίπερ πολλῶν πολλὰ καὶ μεγάλα, τὰ μὲν πάλαι τὰ δὲ καὶ τότε, παρὰ τοῦ Πομπηίου εἰληφότων. μέρος μὲν γάρ τι τῆς Ἀρμενίας τῆς τοῦ Δηιοτάρου γενομένης Ἀριοβαρζάνει τῷ τῆς Καππαδοκίας βασιλεῖ ἔδωκεν, οὐ μέντοι καὶ τὸν Δηιόταρον ἐν τούτῳ τι ἔβλαψεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ προσευηργέτησεν· οὐ γὰρ ἐκείνου τὴν χώραν ἀπετέμετο, ἀλλʼ ὑπὸ τοῦ Φαρνάκου πᾶσαν τὴν Ἀρμενίαν καταληφθεῖσαν καταλαβὼν τὸ μέν τι αὐτῆς τῷ Ἀριοβαρζάνει τὸ δὲ δὴ τῷ Δηιοτάρῳ ἐχαρίσατο. καὶ τούτοις μὲν οὕτως ἐχρήσατο· τῷ δὲ δὴ Φαρνάκῃ προβαλλομένῳ ὅτι μὴ προσαμύναι τῷ Πομπηίῳ, κἀκ τούτου συγγνώμης ἐφʼ οἷς ἐπεποιήκει τυχεῖν ἀξιοῦντι, οὔτε ἔνειμεν ἐπιεικὲς οὐδέν, καὶ προσέτι καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτʼ ἐπεκάλεσεν, ὅτι καὶ πονηρὸς καὶ ἀνόσιος περὶ τὸν εὐεργέτην ἐγένετο. τοσαύτῃ μὲν καὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ καὶ ἀρετῇ πρὸς ἅπαντας τοὺς ἀντιπολεμήσαντας αὐτῷ ἐπίπαν ἐχρῆτο· ἀμέλει καὶ τὰ γράμματα τὰ ἀπόθετα τὰ ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Πομπηίου κιβωτίοις εὑρεθέντα, ὅσα τινῶν τήν τε πρὸς ἐκεῖνον εὔνοιαν καὶ τὴν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν δύσνοιαν ἤλεγχεν, οὔτʼ ἀνέγνω οὔτʼ ἐξεγράψατο ἀλλʼ εὐθὺς κατέφλεξεν, ὅπως μηδὲν ἀπʼ αὐτῶν δεινὸν ἀναγκασθῇ δρᾶσαι, ὥστε τινὰ καὶ διὰ ταῦτα τοὺς ἐπιβουλεύσαντας αὐτῷ μισῆσαι. τοῦτο δὲ οὐκ ἄλλως εἶπον, ἀλλʼ ὅτι καὶ ὁ Καιπίων ὁ Βροῦτος ὁ Μᾶρκος, ὁ μετὰ τοῦτο αὐτὸν ἀποκτείνας, καὶ ἑάλω ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐσώθη.
A proof of his feeling is that he spared Sadalus the Thracian and Deiotarus the Galatian, who had been in the battle, and Tarcondimotus, who was ruler of a portion of Cilicia and had been of the greatest assistance to Pompey in the matter of ships. 2 But what need is there to enumerate the rest who had sent auxiliaries, to whom also he granted pardon, merely exacting money from them? He did nothing else to them and took from them nothing else, though many had received numerous large gifts from Pompey, some long ago and some just at that time. He did give a certain portion of Armenia that had belonged to Deiotarus, to Ariobarzanes, king of Cappadocia, yet in this he did not injure Deiotarus at all, but rather conferred an additional favour upon him. For he did not curtail his territory, but after occupying all of Armenia previously occupied by Pharnaces, he bestowed one part of it upon Ariobarzanes and another part upon Deiotarus. 4 These men, then, he treated in this wise. Pharnaces, on his side, made a plea that he had not assisted Pompey and therefore, in view of his behaviour, deserved to obtain pardon; but Caesar showed him no consideration, and furthermore reproached him for this very thing, that he had proved himself base and impious toward his benefactor. Such humanity and uprightness did he show throughout to all those who had fought against him. At any rate, all the letters that were found filed away in Pompey's chests which convicted any persons of good-will toward the latter or ill-will toward himself he neither read nor had copied, but burned them immediately, 6 in order not to be forced by what was in them to take several measures; and for this reason, if no other, one ought to hate the men who plotted against him. I make this statement with a particular purpose, since Marcus Brutus Caepio, who afterwards killed him, was not only captured by him but also spared.
— Book 42 —
§ 42.arg
τάδε ἔνεστιν ἐν τῷ τετταρακοστῷ δευτέρῳ τῶν Δίωνος Ῥωμαϊκῶν α. ὡς Πομπήιος ἡττηθεὶς ἐν Θεσσαλίᾳ ἔφυγεν εἰς Αἴγυπτον καὶ ἀπέθανεν. β. ὡς Καῖσαρ Πομπήιον ἐπιδιώκων εἰς Αἴγυπτον ἦλθεν. γ. ὡς ἠγγέλθη τὰ κατὰ Καίσαρα καὶ Πομπήιον εἰς Ῥώμην καὶ ἃ ἐψηφίσαντο τῷ Καίσαρι. δ. ὡς ἐστασίασαν οἱ ἐν Ῥώμῃ παρὰ τὴν τοῦ Καίσαρος ἀποδημίαν. ε. ὡς Καῖσαρ Αἰγυπτίοις πολεμήσας κατεστρέψατο αὐτοὺς καὶ τῇ Κλεοπάτρᾳ ἐχαρίσατο. ζ. ὡς Καῖσαρ Φαρνάκην ἐνίκησεν. η. ὡς Καῖσαρ ἐς Ῥώμην ἐπανῆλθε καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ κατεστήσατο. θ. ὡς Καῖσαρ ἐς Ἀφρικὴν ἐστράτευσεν. χρόνου πλῆθος τὰ λοιπὰ τῆς Γ. Ἰουλίου Καίσαρος τὸ β καὶ Πουπλίου Σερουιλίου Ἰσαυρικοῦ ὑπατείας καὶ ἄλλο ἔτος ἕν, ἐν ᾧ ἄρχοντες οἱ ἀριθμούμενοι οἵδε ἐγένοντο γ. Ἰούλιος Γ. υἱ. Καῖσαρ δικτάτωρ τὸ β μ. Ἀντώνιος Μ. υἱ. ἵππαρχος ὑπάτω δὲ κ. Φούφιος Κ. υἱ. Καλῆνος π. Οὐατίνιος π. υἱ.
—
§ 42.1
ἡ μὲν οὖν μάχη τοιαύτη δή τις ἐγένετο, καὶ ἀπʼ αὐτῆς ὁ Πομπήιος πάντων τῶν ἑαυτοῦ πραγμάτων παραχρῆμα ἀπέγνω, καὶ οὐκέτʼ οὔτε τῆς ἰδίας ἀρετῆς οὔτε τοῦ τῶν λοιπῶν στρατιωτῶν πλήθους οὔθʼ ὅτι πολλάκις ἡ τύχη διʼ ἐλαχίστου τοὺς πταίσαντας ἀναλαμβάνει λογισμόν τινα ἐποιήσατο, καίπερ ἐν τῷ πρόσθεν χρόνῳ πλεῖστον μὲν τὸ εὔθυμον πλεῖστον δὲ τὸ εὔελπι παρὰ πάντα ὅσα ἐσφάλη ἀεί ποτε σχών. αἴτιον δὲ ὅτι ἐν μὲν ἐκείνοις ἀντίπαλος ὡς πλήθει τοῖς ἐναντίοις ὢν οὐ προελάμβανε τῇ γνώμῃ τὴν νίκην, ἀλλʼ ἐπʼ ἀμφότερα τὴν ἔκβασιν τῶν πραγμάτων, ἔν τε τῷ θαρσοῦντι καὶ πρὶν ἐς κατάπληξίν τινα ἀφικέσθαι, προσκοπῶν οὐκ ἠμέλει τῆς τοῦ χείρονος θεραπείας, καὶ διὰ τοῦτʼ οὔθʼ ὑπείκειν ταῖς συμφοραῖς ἠναγκάζετο καὶ ἀναμάχεσθαι ῥᾳδίως ἐδύνατο, τότε δὲ πολλῷ τοῦ Καίσαρος περισχήσειν ἐλπίσας οὐδὲν προείδετο. οὔκουν οὐδὲ τὸ στρατόπεδον ἐν ἐπιτηδείῳ ἐποιήσατο, οὐδʼ ἀναφυγὴν οὐδεμίαν ἡττηθέντι οἱ παρεσκεύασε· τρῖψαί τε δυνηθεὶς ἂν τὰ πράγματα, κἀκ τούτου ἀμαχεὶ κρατῆσαι (στρατός τε γὰρ καθʼ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν αὐτῷ προσεγίγνετο, καὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ἄφθονα ἅτε ἔν τε φιλίᾳ τῇ πλείστῃ χώρᾳ ὢν καὶ ναυκρατῶν εἶχενʼ, ὅμως, εἴτε ἐθελοντὴς ὡς καὶ πάντως νικήσων, εἴτε καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν συνόντων ἐκβιασθείς, συνέβαλε. καὶ διὰ ταῦτʼ, ἐπειδὴ τάχιστα ἐνικήθη, δεινῶς ἐξεπλάγη καὶ οὔτε τι βούλευμα καίριον οὔτʼ ἐλπίδα βεβαίαν ἐς τὸ ἀνακινδυνεῦσαι ἔσχεν. ὅταν γάρ τι ἀπροσδοκήτως τέ τινι καὶ μετὰ πλείστου παραλόγου προσπέσῃ, τό τε φρόνημα αὐτοῦ ταπεινοῖ καὶ τὸ λογιζόμενον ἐκπλήσσει, ὥστʼ αὐτὸν κάκιστόν τε καὶ ἀσθενέστατον τῶν πρακτέων κριτὴν γενέσθαι· οὐ γὰρ ἐθέλουσιν οἱ λογισμοὶ τοῖς φόβοις συνεῖναι, ἀλλὰ ἂν μὲν προκατάσχωσί τινα, καὶ μάλα γενναίως αὐτοὺς ἀπωθοῦνται, ἂν δʼ ὑστερήσωσιν, ἡττῶνται.
Book 42 Such was the general character of the battle. As a result of it Pompey straightway despaired of all his projects and no longer took any account of his own valour or of the multitude of troops remaining to him or of the fact that Fortune often restores the fallen in a moment of time; yet previously he had always possessed the greatest cheerfulness and the greatest hopefulness on all occasions of failure. 2 The reason for this was that on those occasions he had usually been evenly matched with his foe and hence had not taken his victory for granted; but by reflecting beforehand on the two possible issues of events while he was still cool-headed and was not yet involved in any alarm he had not neglected to prepare for the worst. In this way he had not been compelled to yield to disasters and had always been able easily to renew the conflict; but this time, as he had expected to prove greatly superior to Caesar, he had taken no precautions. For instance, he had not placed his camp in a suitable position, nor had he provided a refuge for himself in case of defeat. And whereas he might have delayed action and so have prevailed without a battle, — since his army kept increasing every day and he had abundant provisions, being in a country for the most part friendly and being also master of the sea, — nevertheless, whether of his own accord, because he expected to conquer in any event, or because his hand was forced by associates, he joined issue. Consequently, as soon as he was defeated, he became greatly terrified and had no opportune plan or sure hope to enable him to face the danger anew. Thus it is that whenever an event befalls a man unexpectedly and contrary to all calculation, it humbles his spirit and strikes his reason with panic, so that he becomes the poorest and weakest judge of what must be done. For reason cannot dwell with fear; if it occupies the ground first, it boldly thrusts the other out, but if it be last on the field, it gets the worst of the encounter.
§ 42.2
διὰ μὲν δὴ ταῦτα καὶ ὁ Πομπήιος, ὡς οὐδὲν αὐτῶν προενόησε, καὶ γυμνὸς καὶ ἄφρακτος εὑρέθη, τάχʼ ἂν μὴ χαλεπῶς, εἴπερ τι προεώρατο, πάντα διὰ ταχέων ἀνακτησάμενος. τῶν τε γὰρ μεμαχημένων συχνοὶ περιεγεγόνεσαν, καὶ ἑτέρας δυνάμεις οὐ σμικρὰς εἶχε· τό τε μέγιστον καὶ χρήματα πολλὰ ἐκέκτητο καὶ τῆς θαλάσσης ἁπάσης ἐκράτει, αἵ τε πόλεις καὶ αἱ αὐτοῦ καὶ αἱ ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ καὶ δυστυχήσαντα αὐτὸν ἠγάπων. νῦν δʼ ἐπειδήπερ ἐφʼ ᾧ μάλιστα ἐθάρσει κακῶς ἀπήλλαξεν, οὐδὲ ἐκείνων οὐδενὶ ὑπὸ τῆς αὐτίκα τοῦ φόβου προσβολῆς ἐχρήσατο, ἀλλὰ τό τε ἔρυμα εὐθὺς ἐξέλιπε καὶ πρὸς Λάρισσαν μετʼ ὀλίγων ἔφυγε. καὶ ἐς μὲν τὴν πόλιν οὐκ ἐσῆλθε καίτοι τῶν Λαρισσαίων ἐσκαλούντων, φοβηθεὶς μή τινα αἰτίαν ἐκ τούτου ὄφλωσιν· ἀλλʼ ἐκείνους μὲν τῷ κρατοῦντι προσχωρῆσαι ἐκέλευσεν, αὐτὸς δὲ τά τε ἐπιτήδεια λαβὼν καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν καταβὰς ἐς Λέσβον ὁλκάδι πρός τε τὴν γυναῖκα τὴν Κορνηλίαν καὶ πρὸς τὸν υἱὸν τὸν Σέξτον ἔπλευσε. καὶ αὐτοὺς παραλαβὼν καὶ μηδὲ ἐς τὴν Μυτιλήνην ἐσελθὼν ἐς Αἴγυπτον ἀπῆρε, συμμαχίαν παρὰ τοῦ Πτολεμαίου τοῦ βασιλεύοντος αὐτῆς σχήσειν ἐλπίσας· τοῦ τε γὰρ Πτολεμαίου τοῦ διὰ τοῦ Γαβινίου τὴν βασιλείαν παρʼ αὐτοῦ ἀπολαβόντος υἱὸς ἦν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὸ ναυτικὸν ἐς ἐπικουρίαν οἱ ἐπεπόμφει. ἤκουσα μὲν γὰρ ὅτι καὶ ἐς Πάρθους φυγεῖν ἐβουλεύσατο, οὐ μέντοι καὶ πιστεύειν ἔχω. ἐκεῖνοί τε γὰρ τούς τε Ῥωμαίους πάντας, ἀφʼ οὗ σφισιν ὁ Κράσσος ἐπεστράτευσε, καὶ τὸν Πομπήιον μάλιστα ἅτε καὶ προσήκοντα αὐτῷ, οὕτως ἐμίσουν ὥστε καὶ τὸν πρεσβευτὴν αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὴν αἴτησιν τῆς βοηθείας ἐλθόντα δῆσαι καίπερ βουλευτὴν ὄντα· καὶ ὁ Πομπήιος οὐκ ἄν ποτε τοῦ πολεμιωτάτου, οὗ γε εὖ πράττων οὐκ ἐτετυχήκει, ἱκέτης ὑπέμεινε δυστυχήσας γενέσθαι.
Hence Pompey, also, having considered none of the chances beforehand, was found naked and defenceless, whereas, if he had taken any precautions, he might, perhaps, without trouble have quietly recovered everything. For large numbers of the combatants on his side had survived and he had other forces of no small importance. Above all, he possessed large sums of money and was master of the whole sea, and the cities both there and in Asia were devoted to him even in his misfortune. 2 But, as it was, since he had fared ill where he felt most confident, through the fear that seized him at the moment he made no use of any one of these resources, but left the camp at once and fled with a few companions toward Larissa. He did not enter the city, because he feared that they might incur some blame in consequence; but bidding them go over to the victor, he himself took provisions, went down to the sea, and sailed away on a merchantman to Lesbos, to his wife Cornelia and his son Sextus. 4 After taking them on board, he did not enter Mitylene either, but departed for Egypt, hoping to secure an auxiliary force from Ptolemy, the king of that country. This was the son of that Ptolemy who had received back the kingdom at his hands, through the agency of Gabinius, and in return for that service he had sent a fleet to Pompey's assistance. I have heard, indeed, that Pompey even thought of fleeing to the Parthians, but I cannot credit the report. For that race so hated the Romans as a people ever since Crassus had made his expedition against them, and Pompey especially, because he was related to Crassus, that they had even imprisoned his envoy who came with a request for aid, though he was a senator. 6 And Pompey would never have endured in his misfortune to become a suppliant of his bitterest foe for what he had failed to obtain while enjoying success.
§ 42.3
Ἀλλʼ ἐς τὴν Αἴγυπτον διʼ ἅπερ εἶπον ὥρμησε, καὶ παρὰ τὴν ἤπειρον μέχρι Κιλικίας κομισθεὶς ἐκεῖθεν πρὸς τὸ Πηλούσιον ἐπεραιώθη, ὅπου ὁ Πτολεμαῖος Κλεοπάτρᾳ τῇ ἀδελφῇ πολεμῶν ἐστρατοπεδεύετο. τάς τε ναῦς ἀνοκωχεύσας ἔπεμψέ τινας, τῆς τε πατρῴας αὐτὸν εὐεργεσίας ἀναμιμνήσκων καὶ δεόμενος ἐπὶ ῥητοῖς τέ τισι καὶ βεβαίοις καταχθῆναι· ἐκβῆναι γὰρ πρὶν ἀσφάλειάν τινα λαβεῖν οὐκ ἐθάρσησε. καὶ αὐτῷ ὁ μὲν Πτολεμαῖος οὐδέν (παῖς γὰρ ἔτι κομιδῇ ἦνʼ ἀπεκρίνατο, τῶν δὲ δὴ Αἰγυπτίων τινὲς καὶ Λούκιος Σεπτίμιος ἀνὴρ Ῥωμαῖος, συνεστρατευκὼς μέν ποτε τῷ Πομπηίῳ, συγγεγονὼς δὲ τῷ Γαβινίῳ καὶ πρὸς ἐκείνου τῷ Πτολεμαίῳ μετὰ στρατιωτῶν ἐς φυλακὴν αὐτοῦ καταλελειμμένος, ἦλθον μὲν ὡς φίλοι, ἐπεβούλευσαν δὲ ἀνοσίως, καὶ ἐκ τούτου προστρόπαιον καὶ ἑαυτοῖς καὶ τῇ Αἰγύπτῳ πάσῃ προσέθεντο· αὐτοί τε γὰρ οὐκ ἐς μακρὰν ἀπώλοντο, καὶ οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι τὸ μὲν πρῶτον τῇ Κλεοπάτρᾳ δουλεύειν, ὅπερ ἥκιστα ἐβούλοντο, παρεδόθησαν, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ ἐς τὸ τῶν Ῥωμαίων ὑπήκοον ἐσεγράφησαν.
He set out, then, for Egypt, for the reasons mentioned, and after coasting along the shore as far as Cilicia crossed from there to Pelusium, where Ptolemy was encamped while making war upon his sister Cleopatra.2 Bringing the ships to anchor, he sent some men to remind the prince of the favour shown his father and to ask that he be permitted to land under certain definite guarantees; for he did not venture to disembark before obtaining some guarantee of safety. Ptolemy gave him no answer, for he was still a mere boy, but some of the Egyptians and Lucius Septimius, a Roman who had once served with Pompey and after becoming associated with Gabinius had been left behind by him with some troops to guard Ptolemy, 4 came in the guise of friends; but they impiously plotted against him and by their act brought a curse upon themselves and all Egypt. For not only did they themselves perish not long afterward, but the Egyptians for their part were first delivered to be slaves of Cleopatra, which they particularly disliked, and later were enrolled among the subjects of Rome. 4 At this time, then, Septimius and Achillas, the commander-in chief, and others who were with them declared they would readily receive Pompey, their purpose being that he might be the more easily deceived and ensnared. So they sent his messengers on ahead, after some had bidden them be of good cheer, and afterwards the conspirators themselves embarked on some small boats and sailed out to him. 2 After many friendly greetings they begged him to come over to their boats, declaring that by reason of its size and the shallow water a ship could not come close to land and that Ptolemy was very eager to see him promptly. Accordingly, though all his fellow-voyagers urged him not to do so, he changed boats, trusting in his hosts and saying merely: “Whoever to a tyrant wends his way, His slave is he, e'en though his steps be free.”
§ 42.4
ἐν δʼ οὖν τῷ τότε Σεπτίμιος καὶ Ἀχιλλᾶς ὁ στρατίαρχος, ἄλλοι τε μετʼ αὐτῶν ὄντες, ἑτοίμως ἔφασαν ἐσδέξεσθαι τὸν Πομπήιον, ὅπως ὡς ῥᾷστα ἀπατηθεὶς ἁλοίη· καὶ τούς τε ἐλθόντας παρʼ αὐτοῦ προέπεμψαν, θαρσεῖν σφας ἔνιοι κελεύσαντες, καὶ αὐτοὶ μετὰ τοῦτο ἀκατίων ἐπιβάντες προσέπλευσαν αὐτῷ, καὶ τά τε ἄλλα ἐφιλοφρονήσαντο αὐτὸν καὶ ἠξίωσαν πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς μετεκβῆναι, λέγοντες μήτε τινὰ ναῦν δύνασθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ μεγέθους διὰ τὰ βράχη πρὸς τὴν γῆν προσσχεῖν, καὶ τὸν Πτολεμαῖον ἐν πολλῇ ἐπιθυμίᾳ εἶναι θᾶσσον αὐτὸν ἰδεῖν. καὶ ὁ μὲν οὕτω, καίτοι πάντων οἱ τῶν σύμπλων ἀπαγορευόντων, πιστεύσας αὐτοῖς τοσοῦτον μόνον εἰπών, ὅστις γὰρ ὡς τύραννον ἐμπορεύεται, κείνου ʼστὶ δοῦλος, κἂν ἐλεύθερος μόλῃ· οἱ δὲ ἐπειδὴ ἐγγὺς τῆς γῆς ἐγένοντο, φοβηθέντες μὴ καὶ ἐντυχὼν τῷ Πτολεμαίῳ σωθῇ εἴτε ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἐκείνου ἢ καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν Ῥωμαίων τῶν συνόντων αὐτῷ ἢ καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων (καὶ γὰρ εὔνοιαν αὐτοῦ μεγάλην εἶχονʼ, ἀπέκτειναν αὐτὸν πρὶν καταπλεῦσαι, μηδὲν μήτʼ εἰπόντα μήτʼ ὀδυράμενον. ὡς γὰρ τάχιστα τῆς τε ἐπιβουλῆς ᾔσθετο, καὶ ἔγνω ὅτι οὔτʼ ἀμύνασθαί σφας οὔτε διαφυγεῖν δυνήσεται, συνεκαλύψατο.
Now when they drew near the land, fearing that if he met Ptolemy he might be saved, either by the king himself or by the Romans who were with him or by the Egyptians, who regarded him with very kindly feelings, they killed him before sailing into the harbour. He uttered not a word and made no complaint, but as soon as he perceived their plot and recognized that he would not be able to ward them off or escape, he veiled his face.
§ 42.5
τοιοῦτον μὲν τὸ τέλος τῷ Πομπηίῳ ἐκείνῳ τῷ μεγάλῳ ἐγένετο, ὥστε καὶ διὰ τούτου τήν τε ἀσθένειαν καὶ τὴν ἀτοπίαν τοῦ ἀνθρωπείου γένους ἐλεγχθῆναι. προμηθείας τε γὰρ οὐδὲν ἐλλείπων, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸ κακουργῆσαί τε δυνάμενον ἀσφαλέστατος ἀεί ποτε γενόμενος ἠπατήθη, καὶ νίκας πολλὰς μὲν ἐν τῇ Ἀφρικῇ πολλὰς δὲ καὶ ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ τῇ τε Εὐρώπῃ παραδόξους καὶ κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλασσαν ἐκ μειρακίου ἀνελόμενος ἡττήθη παραλόγως ὀκτώ τε καὶ πεντηκοντούτης ὤν, τήν τε θάλασσαν τὴν τῶν Ῥωμαίων πᾶσαν ἡμερώσας ἐν αὐτῇ ἐκείνῃ διώλετο, καὶ χιλίων ποτὲ νεῶν, ὡς ὁ λόγος ἔχει, ἄρξας ἐν πλοιαρίῳ τινί, πρός τε τῇ Αἰγύπτῳ καὶ πρὸς τοῦ Πτολεμαίου τρόπον τινὰ οὗ ποτε τὸν πατέρα ἔς τε ἐκείνην ἅμα καὶ ἐς τὴν βασιλείαν κατήγαγε, διεφθάρη· ὃν γάρ τοι καὶ τότε ἔτι στρατιῶται Ῥωμαῖοι διὰ τὴν τοῦ Πομπηίου χάριν ὑπὸ τοῦ Γαβινίου, διὰ τὸ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ἐς τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ μῖσος, καταλειφθέντες ἐφρούρουν, οὗτος αὐτὸν διʼ αὐτῶν ἐκείνων ἑκατέρων ἀπεκτονέναι ἔδοξε. Πομπήιος μὲν δὴ κράτιστος πρότερον Ῥωμαίων νομισθείς, ὥστε καὶ Ἀγαμέμνονα αὐτὸν ἐπικαλεῖσθαι, τότε καθάπερ τις καὶ αὐτῶν τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ἔσχατος, πρός τε τῷ Κασίῳ ὄρει καὶ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐν ᾗ ποτε τά τε τοῦ Μιθριδάτου καὶ τὰ τῶν καταποντιστῶν ἐπινίκια ἤγαγεν, ἐσφάγη, ὥστε μηδὲν μηδὲ ἐν τούτῳ ὁμολογηθῆναι· ἔν τε γὰρ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ τὰ λαμπρότατα πρὶν πράξας τότε τὰ ἀλγεινότατα ἔπαθε, καὶ ἐς πάντας τοὺς πολίτας τοὺς Κασσίους ἐκ χρησμοῦ τινος ὑποπτεύων πρὸς μὲν ἀνδρὸς Κασσίου οὐδενὸς ἐπεβουλεύθη, παρὰ δὲ δὴ τῷ ὄρει τῷ τὴν ἐπίκλησιν ταύτην ἔχοντι καὶ ἀπέθανε καὶ ἐτάφη. τῶν δὲ δὴ συμπλεόντων αὐτῷ οἱ μὲν αὐτίκα ἑάλωσαν οἱ δὲ καὶ ἔφυγον, ἄλλοι τε καὶ ὁ παῖς ἥ τε γυνὴ αὐτοῦ. καὶ ἡ μὲν καὶ ἐς τὴν Ῥώμην μετὰ ταῦτα ἀδείας τυχοῦσα ἀνεσώθη, ὁ δὲ δὴ Σέξτος ἐς τὴν Ἀφρικὴν πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν τὸν Γναῖον ἐκομίσθη· τούτοις γὰρ δὴ τοῖς ὀνόμασι διακεκρίδαται, ἐπειδὴ τὴν τοῦ Πομπηίου πρόσρησιν ἀμφότεροι εἶχον.
Such was the end of Pompey the Great, whereby was proved once more the weakness and the strange fortune of the human race. 2 For, although he was not at all deficient in foresight, but had always been absolutely secure against any force able to do him harm, yet he was deceived; and although he had won many unexpected victories in Africa, and many, too, in Asia and Europe, both by land and sea, ever since boyhood, yet now in his fifty-eighth year he was defeated without apparent reason. Although he had subdued the entire Roman sea, he perished on it; and although he had once been, as the saying is, “master of a thousand ships,” he was destroyed in a tiny boat near Egypt and in a sense by Ptolemy, whose father he had once restored from exile to that land and to his kingdom. The man whom Roman soldiers were then still guarding, — soldiers left behind by Gabinius as a favour from Pompey and on account of the hatred felt by the Egyptians for the young prince's father, — this very man seemed to have put him to death by the hands of both Egyptians and Romans. Thus Pompey, who previously had been considered the most powerful of the Romans, so that he even received the nickname of Agamemnon, was now butchered like one of the lowest of the Egyptians themselves, not only near Mount Casius but on the anniversary of the day on which he had once celebrated a triumph over Mithridates and the pirates. 6 So even in this respect the two parts of his career were utterly contradictory: on that day of yore he had gained the most brilliant success, whereas he now suffered the most grievous fate; again, following a certain oracle, he had been suspicious of all the citizens named Cassius, but instead of being the object of a plot by any man called Cassius he died and was buried beside the mountain that had this name. Of his fellow-voyagers some were captured at once, while others escaped, among them his wife and son. His wife later obtained pardon and came back safely to Rome, while Sextus proceeded to Africa to his brother Gnaeus; these are the names by which they were distinguished, since they both bore the name of Pompey.
§ 42.6
Καῖσαρ δὲ ὡς τότε μετὰ τὴν μάχην τὰ κατεπείγοντα διῳκήσατο, τὴν μὲν Ἑλλάδα τά τε λοιπὰ τὰ ταύτῃ ἄλλοις τισὶ καὶ προσποιεῖσθαι καὶ καθίστασθαι προσέταξεν, αὐτὸς δὲ τὸν Πομπήιον ἐπεδίωξε. καὶ μέχρι μὲν τῆς Ἀσίας κατὰ πύστιν αὐτοῦ προϊὼν ἠπείχθη, ἐνταῦθα δέ, ἐπειδὴ μηδεὶς ὅπῃ πεπλευκὼς ἦν ἠπίστατο, ἐνδιέτριψεν. οὕτω δʼ οὖν ἐν τύχῃ πάντα αὐτῷ προεχώρει ὥστε καὶ τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον ἐν πορθμείῳ τινὶ περαιούμενος ἐνέτυχε μὲν τῷ τοῦ Πομπηίου ναυτικῷ μετὰ τοῦ Κασσίου τοῦ Λουκίου πλέοντι, οὐ μόνον δὲ οὐδὲν δεινὸν ὑπʼ αὐτῶν ἔπαθεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ προσκαταπλήξας σφᾶς προσεποιήσατο. κἀκ τούτου καὶ τὰ ἄλλα τὰ ἐκείνῃ, μηδενὸς ἔτʼ ἀνταίροντος, παρελάμβανε καὶ διῴκει, χρημάτων μὲν ἐκλογήν, ὥσπερ εἶπον, ποιούμενος, ἄλλο δὲ μηδὲν μηδένα λυπῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ εὐεργετῶν πάντας ὅσα ἐνεδέχετο. τοὺς γοῦν τελώνας πικρότατά σφισι χρωμένους ἀπαλλάξας, ἐς φόρου συντέλειαν τὸ συμβαῖνον ἐκ τῶν τελῶν κατεστήσατο.
Caesar, when he had attended to pressing demands after the battle and had assigned Greece and the rest of that region to certain others to win over and reduce, set out himself in pursuit of Pompey. He hurried forward as far as Asia following information received about him, and there waited for a time, since no one knew which way he had sailed. Everything turned out favourably for him; for instance, while crossing the Hellespont in a kind of ferry-boat, he met Pompey's fleet sailing with Lucius Cassius in command, but so far from suffering any harm at their hands, he terrified them and won them over to his side. Thereupon, meeting with no further resistance, he proceeded to take possession of the rest of that region and to regulate its affairs, levying a money contribution, as I have said, but otherwise doing no one any harm and even conferring benefits on all, so far as was possible. In any case he did away with the tax-gatherers, who had been abusing the people most cruelly, and he converted the amount accruing from the taxes into a joint payment of tribute.
§ 42.7
κἀν τούτῳ πυθόμενος τὸν Πομπήιον πρὸς τὴν Αἴγυπτον πλέοντα, καὶ δείσας μὴ προκατασχὼν αὐτὴν αὖθις ἰσχύσῃ, ἀφωρμήθη κατὰ τάχος. καὶ ἐκεῖνον μὲν οὐκέτι περιόντα κατέλαβε, τῇ δʼ Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ αὐτῇ μετʼ ὀλίγων πολὺ πρὸ τῶν ἄλλων, πρὶν τὸν Πτολεμαῖον ἐκ τοῦ Πηλουσίου ἐλθεῖν, προσπλεύσας, καὶ τοὺς Ἀλεξανδρέας θορυβουμένους ἐπὶ τῷ τοῦ Πομπηίου θανάτῳ εὑρών, οὐκ ἐθάρσησεν εὐθὺς ἐς τὴν γῆν ἐκβῆναι, ἀλλʼ ἀνορμισάμενος ἀνεῖχε μέχρις οὗ τήν τε κεφαλὴν καὶ τὸν δακτύλιον αὐτοῦ πεμφθέντα οἱ ὑπὸ τοῦ Πτολεμαίου εἶδεν. οὕτω δὴ ἐς μὲν τὴν ἤπειρον θαρσούντως προσέσχεν, ἀγανακτήσεως δὲ ἐπὶ τοῖς ῥαβδούχοις αὐτοῦ παρὰ τοῦ πλήθους γενομένης αὐτὸς μὲν ἀγαπητῶς ἐς τὰ βασίλεια προκατέφυγε, τῶν δὲ δὴ στρατιωτῶν τινες τὰ ὅπλα ἀφῃρέθησαν, καὶ διὰ τοῦθʼ οἱ λοιποὶ ἀνωρμίσαντο αὖθις, ἕως πᾶσαι αἱ νῆες ἐπικατήχθησαν.
Meanwhile he learned that Pompey was sailing to Egypt, and fearing that the other by occupying that country first might again become strong, he set out with all speed. 2 And finding him no longer alive, with a few followers he sailed far in advance of the others to Alexandria itself before Ptolemy came from Pelusium. On discovering that the people of the city were in a tumult over Pompey's death he did not at once venture to go ashore, but put out to sea and waited till he saw the head and finger-ring of the murdered man, sent him by Ptolemy. Thereupon he confidently put in to land; the multitude, however, showed irritation at the sight of his lictors and he was glad to make his escape into the palace. Some of his soldiers had their weapons taken from them, and the rest accordingly put to sea again until all the ships had reached port. 8 Now Caesar at the sight of Pompey's head wept and lamented bitterly, calling him countryman and son-in law, and enumerating all the kindnesses they had shown each other. As for the murderers, far from admitting that he owed them any reward, he actually heaped reproaches upon them; and he commanded that the head should be adorned, properly prepared, and buried. 2 For this he received praise, but for his hypocrisy he incurred ridicule. He had, of course, from the outset been very eager for dominion; he had always hated Pompey as his antagonist and rival, and besides all his other measures against him 3 he had brought on this war with no other purpose than to secure this rival's ruin and his own supremacy; he had but now been hurrying to Egypt with no other end in view than to overthrow him completely if he should still be alive; yet he feigned to mourn his loss and made a show of vexation over his murder.
§ 42.8
ὁ δʼ οὖν Καῖσαρ τὴν τοῦ Πομπηίου κεφαλὴν ἰδὼν κατεδάκρυσε καὶ κατωλοφύρατο, πολίτην τε αὐτὸν καὶ γαμβρὸν ὀνομάζων, καὶ πάνθʼ ὅσα ποτὲ ἀλλήλοις ἀνθυπουργήκεσαν ἀναριθμούμενος. τοῖς τε ἀποκτείνασιν αὐτὸν οὐχ ὅπως εὐεργεσίαν τινὰ ὀφείλειν ἔφη, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπεκάλει, καὶ ἐκείνην κοσμῆσαί τε καὶ εὐθετῆσαι καὶ θάψαι τισὶν ἐκέλευσε. καὶ ἐπὶ μὲν τούτῳ ἔπαινον ἔσχεν, ἐπὶ δὲ δὴ τῇ προσποιήσει γέλωτα ὠφλίσκανε· τῆς γὰρ δυναστείας δεινῶς ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς ἐφιέμενος, καὶ ἐκεῖνον καὶ ὡς ἀνταγωνιστὴν καὶ ὡς ἀντίπαλον ἀεί ποτε μισήσας, καὶ τά τε ἄλλα ἐπʼ αὐτῷ πάντα πράξας καὶ τὸν πόλεμον τόνδε οὐκ ἐπʼ ἄλλο τι παρασκευάσας ἢ ἵνα ἀπολομένου αὐτοῦ πρωτεύσῃ, τότε τε ἐς τὴν Αἴγυπτον οὐ διʼ ἄλλο τι ἐπειχθεὶς ἢ ἵνα αὐτόν, εἰ περιείη, προσκατεργάσαιτο, ποθεῖν τε αὐτὸν ἐπλάττετο καὶ ἀγανακτεῖν τῷ ὀλέθρῳ αὐτοῦ ἐσκήπτετο.
—
§ 42.9
καὶ ὁ μὲν μηδὲν ἔτι πολέμιον ὑπεξῃρημένου οἱ ἐκείνου καταλείπεσθαι νομίζων, ἐν τῇ Αἰγύπτῳ ἐνεχρόνισεν ἀργυρολογῶν καὶ τὰ τοῦ Πτολεμαίου καὶ τὰ τῆς Κλεοπάτρας διάφορα διακρίνων· πόλεμοι δὲ ἐν τούτῳ ἕτεροι αὐτῷ παρεσκευάσθησαν. ἥ τε γὰρ Αἴγυπτος ἐνεόχμωσε, καὶ ὁ Φαρνάκης ἤρξατο μὲν εὐθύς, ἐπειδὴ πρῶτον τόν τε Πομπήιον καὶ τὸν Καίσαρα ἐκπεπολεμῶσθαι ἔμαθε, τῆς πατρῴας ἀρχῆς ἀντιποιεῖσθαι (χρονιεῖν τε γὰρ αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ στάσει καὶ τὰς δυνάμεις τῶν Ῥωμαίων αὐτὰς περὶ αὑταῖς ἀναλώσειν ἤλπισενʼ, εἴχετο δὲ καὶ τότε τῶν προκειμένων, ὅτι τε ἅπαξ ἐκεκίνητο καὶ ὅτι πόρρω τὸν Καίσαρα ὄντα ἐπύθετο, καὶ πολλά γε χωρία προκατέλαβε. κἀν τούτῳ καὶ ὁ Κάτων καὶ ὁ Σκιπίων, οἵ τε ἄλλοι οἱ τὴν αὐτήν σφισι γνώμην ἔχοντες, καὶ ἐμφύλιον καὶ ὀθνεῖον ἐν τῇ Ἀφρικῇ πόλεμον ἤγειραν.
In the belief that now that Pompey was out of his way there was no longer any hostility left against him, he spent some time in Egypt levying money and deciding the differences between Ptolemy and Cleopatra. Meanwhile other wars were being prepared against him. 2 Egypt revolted, and Pharnaces, just as soon as he had learned that Pompey and Caesar were at variance, had began to lay claim to his ancestral domain, since he hoped that they would waste a lot of time in their quarrel and use up the Roman forces upon each other; 3 and he now still went ahead with his plans, partly because he had once made a beginning and partly because he learned that Caesar was far away, and he actually seized many points before the other's arrival. Meanwhile Cato and Scipio and the others who were of the same mind with them set foot in Africa a struggle that was at once a civil and a foreign war.
§ 42.10
ἔσχε γὰρ οὕτως. ὁ Κάτων ἐν τῷ Δυρραχίῳ πρὸς τοῦ Πομπηίου τά τε ἐκ τῆς Ἰταλίας ἐπιτηρεῖν, ἄν τις διαβαίνῃ, καὶ τοὺς Παρθινοὺς κατείργειν, ἄν τι παρακινῶσι, καταλειφθεὶς τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἐκείνοις ἐπολέμει, ἡττηθέντος δὲ τοῦ Πομπηίου τὴν μὲν Ἤπειρον ἐξέλιπεν, ἐς δὲ Κέρκυραν μετὰ τῶν ὁμογνωμονούντων οἱ κομισθεὶς ἐνταῦθα τούς τε ἐκ τῆς μάχης διαφυγόντας καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους τοὺς τὰ αὐτὰ φρονοῦντας ἐδέχετο. Κικέρων μὲν γὰρ καὶ ἄλλοι τινὲς τῶν βουλευτῶν ἐς τὴν Ῥώμην παραχρῆμα ἀπῆραν· οἱ δὲ δὴ πλείους μετά τε τοῦ Λαβιήνου καὶ μετὰ τοῦ Ἀφρανίου, ἅτε μηδεμίαν ἐν τῷ Καίσαρι ἐλπίδα, ὁ μὲν ὅτι ηὐτομολήκει, ὁ δὲ ὅτι σωθεὶς ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ αὖθίς οἱ ἐπεπολεμήκει, ἐχόντων, πρός τε τὸν Κάτωνα ἦλθον καὶ ἐκεῖνον προστησάμενοι ἐπολέμουν.
It came about in this way. Cato had been left behind at Dyrrachium by Pompey to keep an eye out for any forces from Italy which might try to cross over, and to repress the Parthini, in case they should begin any disturbance. 2 At first he carried on war with the latter, but after Pompey's defeat he abandoned Epirus, and proceeding to Corcyra with those of the same mind as himself, he there received the men who had escaped from the battle and the rest who had the same sympathies. Cicero and a few other senators had set out for Rome at once, but the majority, including Labienus and Afranius, who had no hope in Caesar, — the one because he had deserted him, and the other because after having been pardoned by him he had again made war on him, — went to Cato, put him at their head, and continued the war.
§ 42.11
καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ Ὀκτάουιός σφισι προσεγένετο. ὡς γὰρ τότε τὸν Ἰόνιον ἐσέπλευσε καὶ τὸν Ἀντώνιον τὸν Γάιον συνέλαβεν, ἄλλων μέν τινων χωρίων ἐκράτησε, τὴν δὲ δὴ Σάλωνα, καίπερ ἐπὶ πλεῖστον αὐτὴν πολιορκήσας, οὐχ εἷλε. τά τε γὰρ ἄλλα ἰσχυρῶς αὐτὸν ἀπεκρούοντο, βοηθοῦντά σφισι τὸν Γαβίνιον ἔχοντες, καὶ τέλος μετὰ τῶν γυναικῶν ἐπεκδραμόντες μέγα ἔργον εἰργάσαντο· ἐκεῖναί τε γὰρ τάς τε κόμας καθεῖσαι καὶ στολὰς μελαίνας ἐνδυσάμεναι λαμπάδας τε λαβοῦσαι, καὶ τὸ σύμπαν πρὸς τὸ φοβερώτατον σχηματισάμεναι, τῷ τε στρατοπέδῳ τῷ πολιορκοῦντί σφας νυκτὸς μέσης προσέμιξαν, καὶ τοὺς προφύλακας ὡς καὶ δαίμονές τινες ἐκ- πλήξασαι τὸ πῦρ ἐς τὸ χαράκωμα ἁπανταχόθεν ἅμα ἐνέβαλον, καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐπισπόμενοί σφισι πολλοὺς μὲν ταραττομένους πολλοὺς δὲ καὶ καθεύδοντας ἐφόνευσαν, καὶ ἐκεῖνό τε εὐθὺς κατέσχον, καὶ τὸ ναύσταθμον ἐν ᾧ ὁ Ὀκτάουιος ηὐλίζετο αὐτοβοεὶ εἷλον. οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἐν ῥᾳστώνῃ τινὶ ἐγένοντο· διαφυγὼν γάρ πως αὐτοὺς δύναμίν τε αὖθις ἤθροισε, καὶ μάχῃ νικήσας προσήδρευε σφίσι. κἀν τούτῳ τοῦ Γαβινίου νόσῳ τελευτήσαντος τῆς τε θαλάσσης τῆς ἐκεῖ πάσης ἐκράτησε, καὶ ἐς τὴν γῆν ἐκβαίνων πολλὰ αὐτῆς ἐκακούργει, μέχρις οὗ ἥ τε πρὸς Φαρσάλῳ μάχη ἐγένετο, καὶ οἱ στρατιῶται αὐτοῦ ἐπιπλευσάντων τινῶν ἐκ τοῦ Βρεντεσίου σφίσι μετέστησαν, μηδὲ ἐς χεῖρας αὐτοῖς ἐλθόντες. τότε γὰρ ἐρημωθεὶς τῶν συμμάχων ἐς τὴν Κέρκυραν ἀπεχώρησε.
Later Octavius also joined them. After sailing into the Ionian Sea and arresting Gaius Antonius, he had conquered several places, but could not take Salonae, though he besieged it a very long time. 2 For the inhabitants, having Gabinius to assist them, vigorously repulsed him and finally along with the women made a sortie and performed a remarkable deed. The women let down their hair and robed themselves in black garments, then taking torches and otherwise making their appearance as terrifying as possible, they assaulted the camp of the besiegers at midnight. They threw the outposts, who thought they were spirits, into a panic, and then from all sides at once hurled the fire within the palisade, and the men, following them, slew many while they were in confusion and many who were still asleep, promptly gained possession of the camp, and captured without a blow the harbour in which Octavius was lying. 4 They were not, however, left in peace. For he escaped them somehow, gathered a force again, and after defeating them in battle besieged them. Meanwhile, as Gabinius had died of some disease, he gained control of the whole sea in that vicinity, and by making descents upon the land ravaged many districts. This lasted until the battle at Pharsalus, after which his soldiers, as soon as a force sailed against them from Brundisium, changed sides without even coming to blows with them. Then, destitute of allies, Octavius retired to Corcyra.
§ 42.12
καὶ ὁ Πομπήιος δὲ ὁ Γναῖος πρότερον μὲν τῷ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ναυτικῷ περιπλέων τήν τε Ἤπειρον καλουμένην κατέτρεχε καὶ Ὠρικὸν ὀλίγου εἷλε, Μάρκου Ἀκιλίου αὐτὸ κατέχοντος, καὶ τόν τε ἔσπλουν τὸν ἐς τὸν λιμένα πλοίοις λίθων γέμουσι χώσαντος, καὶ περὶ τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ πύργους ἑκατέρωθεν ἐπί τε τῆς ἠπείρου καὶ ἐφʼ ὁλκάδων ἐγείραντος. τούς τε γὰρ λίθους τοὺς ἐν τοῖς σκάφεσιν ἐγκειμένους κολυμβηταῖς ὑφύδροις διασκεδάσας, καὶ αὐτὰ ἐκεῖνα κουφισθέντα ἑλκύσας, τόν τε ἔσπλουν ἠλευθέρωσε, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο ὁπλίτας ἐφʼ ἑκάτερα τῆς χηλῆς ἐκβιβάσας ἐπεσέπλευσε, καὶ τά τε πλοῖα πάντα καὶ τῆς πόλεως τὸ πολὺ κατέκαυσεν. εἷλε δʼ ἂν καὶ τὴν λοιπήν, εἰ μὴ τρωθεὶς δέος τοῖς Αἰγυπτίοις μὴ καὶ ἀποθάνῃ παρέσχε. θεραπευθεὶς δʼ οὖν Ὠρικῷ μὲν οὐκέτι προσέβαλε, τὰ δʼ ἄλλα περιφοιτῶν ἐπόρθει, καί ποτε καὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ Βρεντεσίου μάτην, ὥσπερ που καὶ ἄλλοι τινές, ἐπείρασε. τέως μὲν δὴ ταῦτʼ ἐποίει· ἐπεὶ δὲ ὅ τε πατὴρ αὐτοῦ ἡττήθη καὶ οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι πυθόμενοι τοῦτο οἴκαδε ἀπέπλευσαν, οὕτω δὴ πρὸς τὸν Κάτωνα ἀφίκετο.
Gnaeus Pompey first sailed about with the Egyptian fleet and overran the district called Epirus, almost capturing Oricum. The commander of the place, Marcus Acilius, had blocked up the entrance to the harbour by means of boats loaded with stones and about the mouth of it had raised towers on either side, both on the land and on freight-ships. Pompey, however, had divers scatter the stones that were in the vessels, and when the latter had been lightened, he dragged them out of the way, freed the passage, and then, after putting heavy-armed troops ashore on each half of the breakwater, he sailed in. He burned all the boats and most of the city, and would have captured the rest of it, had he not been wounded and caused the Egyptians to fear that he might die. When, now, his wound had been cured, he did not continue to assail Oricum, but journeyed about pillaging various places and once vainly made an attempt upon Brundisium itself, as did some others. He was thus occupied for a time; but when his father had been defeated and the Egyptians on receipt of the news sailed home, he betook himself to Cato.
§ 42.13
καὶ αὐτὸν Κάσσιος ὁ Γάιος ἐμιμήσατο, πλεῖστα μὲν καὶ τῆς Σικελίας καὶ τῆς Ἰταλίας λυπήσας, πολλαῖς δὲ μάχαις ἔν τε τῇ θαλάσσῃ καὶ ἐν τῇ ἠπείρῳ συχνοὺς νικήσας. προύχοντα μὲν δὴ τὸν Κάτωνα ἀρετῇ σφῶν ἰδόντες πολλοὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν συγκατέφυγον, καὶ αὐτοῖς ἐκεῖνος συναγωνισταῖς καὶ συμβούλοις πρὸς πάντα χρώμενος ἐς Πελοπόννησον, ὡς καὶ καταληψόμενος αὐτήν, ἔπλευσεν· οὐ γάρ πω τὸν Πομπήιον τεθνεῶτα ἠκηκόει. καὶ Πάτρας μὲν κατέσχον, κἀνταῦθα ἄλλους τε πολλοὺς καὶ τὸν Πετρέιον τόν τε Πομπηίου γαμβρὸν τὸν Φαῦστον προσέλαβον· Κυίντου δὲ δὴ Φουφίου Καλήνου μετὰ τοῦτο ἐπιστρατεύσαντός σφισιν ἐξανήχθησαν, καὶ ἐς Κυρήνην ἐλθόντες καὶ ἐκεῖ τὸν τοῦ Πομπηίου θάνατον μαθόντες οὐκέτι συνεφρόνησαν, ἀλλʼ ὁ μὲν Κάτων διʼ ἀχθηδόνα τῆς τοῦ Καίσαρος δυναστείας, καὶ ἄλλοι τινὲς διʼ ἀπόγνωσιν τῆς παρʼ αὐτοῦ συγγνώμης, ἔς τε τὴν Ἀφρικὴν μετὰ τοῦ στρατοῦ ἔπλευσαν καὶ τὸν Σκιπίωνα προσλαβόντες πάντα ἐπὶ τῷ Καίσαρι ἔπραττον, οἱ δὲ δὴ πλείους ἐσκεδάσθησαν, καὶ αὐτῶν οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι ἀποχωρήσαντες ἀπήλλαξαν ὥς που καὶ συνέτυχε σφίσιν, οἱ δὲ καὶ πρὸς τὸν Καίσαρα παραχρῆμα ἐλθόντες, ἄλλοι τε καὶ Γάιος Κάσσιος, ἀδείας ἔτυχον.
And his example was followed by Gaius Cassius, who had done very great mischief both in Italy and in Sicily and had overcome a number of opponents in many battles both on sea and on land. Many, indeed, fled to Cato for refuge, since they saw that he excelled them in uprightness; and he, using them as helpers and counsellors in all matters, sailed to the Peloponnesus with the intention of occupying it, for he had not yet heard that Pompey was dead. 3 They seized Patrae and there received among other accessions Petreius and Pompey's son-in law, Faustus. Subsequently Quintus Fufius Calenus marched against them, whereupon they set sail, and coming to Cyrene, learned there of the death of Pompey. Their views were now no longer harmonious: 4 Cato, through hatred of Caesar's domination, and some others in despair of receiving pardon from him, sailed to Africa with the army, added Scipio to their number, and were as active as possible against Caesar; but the majority scattered, some of them retiring and escaping wherever they could, while the rest, among them Gaius Cassius, went to Caesar at once and received pardon.
§ 42.14
ὁ δὲ δὴ Καλῆνος ἐπέμφθη τε ἐς τὴν Ἑλλάδα πρὸ τῆς μάχης ὑπὸ τοῦ Καίσαρος, καὶ εἷλεν ἄλλα τε καὶ τὸν Πειραιᾶ ἅτε καὶ ἀτείχιστον ὄντα. τὰς γὰρ Ἀθήνας, καίπερ πλεῖστα τὴν χώραν αὐτῶν κακώσας, οὐκ ἠδυνήθη πρὸ τῆς τοῦ Πομπηίου ἥττης λαβεῖν· τότε γὰρ ἐθελονταὶ αὐτῷ προσεχώρησαν, καὶ αὐτοὺς ὁ Καῖσαρ μηδὲν μνησικακήσας ἀθῴους ἀφῆκε, τοσοῦτον μόνον εἰπών, ὅτι πολλὰ ἁμαρτάνοντες ὑπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν σώζοιντο. τὸ δὲ δὴ ἔπος τοῦτο ἐδήλου ὅτι σφῶν διά τε τοὺς προγόνους καὶ διὰ τὴν δόξαν τήν τε ἀρετὴν αὐτῶν ἐφείσατο. Ἀθῆναι μὲν οὖν καὶ τὰ ἄλλα τὰ πλείω τῆς Ἑλλάδος εὐθὺς τότε ὡμολόγησαν αὐτῷ, Μεγαρεῖς δὲ καὶ ὣς ἀντέσχον· πολλῷ τε ὕστερον χρόνῳ τὰ μὲν βίᾳ τὰ δὲ καὶ προδοσίᾳ ἥλωσαν. ὅθενπερ φόνος τε αὐτῶν πολὺς ἐγένετο καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ ἐπράθησαν. ὁ μέντοι Καλῆνος τοῦτο μέν, ἵνα δὴ καὶ κατʼ ἀξίαν αὐτοὺς τετιμωρῆσθαι δόξῃ, ἐποίησε· φοβηθεὶς δὲ μὴ καὶ παντελῶς ἡ πόλις ἀπόληται, πρῶτα μὲν τοῖς ἐπιτηδείοις σφᾶς, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ ἐλαχίστου ἀπέδοτο, ἵνʼ ἐλευθερωθῶσι. καὶ ὁ μὲν ταῦτα πράξας ἐπί τε τὰς Πάτρας ἐπεστράτευσε, καὶ ἀμαχεὶ αὐτάς, τόν τε Κάτωνα καὶ τοὺς μετʼ αὐτοῦ προεκφοβήσας, κατέσχεν·
Calenus had been sent by Caesar into Greece before the battle, and he captured among other places the Piraeus, owing to its being unwalled. Athens he had been unable to take, in spite of a great deal of damage he did to its territory, until the defeat of Pompey. 2 The inhabitants then came over to him voluntarily, and Caesar, cherishing no resentment, let them go unharmed, merely remarking that in spite of their many offences they were saved by the dead. This remark signified that it was on account of their ancestor and on account of their glory and excellence that he spared them. Accordingly Athens and most of the rest of Greece then at once made terms with him; but the Megarians in spite of this resisted and were captured only at a considerably later date, partly by force and partly by treachery. Therefore many of the inhabitants were slain and the survivors sold. 4 Calenus took this course so that men might think that he had punished them according to their deserts; but since he feared that the city might perish utterly, he sold the captives in the first place to their relatives, and in the second place for a very small sum, so that they might regain their freedom. After these achievements he marched upon Patrae and occupied it easily, as he had already frightened Cato and his followers away.
§ 42.15
ἐν ᾧ δὲ ταῦτα ὡς ἕκαστα ἐπράττετο, καὶ ἡ Ἰβηρία καίπερ εἰρηνεύσασα ἐκινήθη. ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ὁ Λογγῖνος ὁ Κύιντος πολλὰ καὶ τότε αὐτοὺς ἐλυμαίνετο, τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ὀλίγοι τινὲς συνέστησαν ὡς καὶ ἀποκτενοῦντες αὐτόν· ἐπεὶ δὲ δὴ τρωθεὶς διέφυγε κἀκ τούτου πολλῷ μείζω σφᾶς ἠδίκει, συχνοὶ μὲν Κορδουβήσιοι συχνοὶ δὲ καὶ στρατιῶται, ἅτε καὶ τοῦ Πομπηίου γεγονότες, ἐπανέστησαν αὐτῷ, Μᾶρκον Μάρκελλον Αἰσερνῖνον τὸν ταμίαν προστησάμενοι. οὐ μὴν καὶ ὅλῃ τῇ γνώμῃ αὐτοὺς προσεδέξατο, ἀλλὰ τό τε ἀστάθμητον τῶν πραγμάτων ὁρῶν καὶ τὴν ἔκβασίν σφων ἐφʼ ἑκάτερα προσδεχόμενος ἐπημφοτέριζε καὶ διὰ μέσου πάντα καὶ ἔλεγε καὶ ἔπραττεν, ὥστε, ἄν τε ὁ Καῖσαρ ἄν τε καὶ ὁ Πομπήιος κρατήσῃ, ἀμφοτέροις σφίσι συνηγωνίσθαι δόξαι. Πομπηίῳ μὲν γάρ, ὅτι τούς τε μεταστάντας πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐδέξατο καὶ τῷ Λογγίνῳ τὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος πράττειν λέγοντι ἀντεπολέμησεν, ἐχαρίσατο, Καίσαρι δὲ ὅτι καὶ τοὺς στρατιώτας, ὡς καὶ τοῦ Λογγίνου νεωτερίζοντός τι, παραλαβὼν τούτους τε αὐτῷ ἐτήρησε καὶ ἐκεῖνον οὐκ εἴασε πολεμωθῆναι. καὶ τό γε ὄνομα τὸ τοῦ Πομπηίου τῶν στρατιωτῶν ταῖς ἀσπίσιν ἐπιγραψάντων ἀπήλειψεν, ὅπως καὶ ἐκ τοῦ τοιούτου τῷ μὲν τὰ ἔργα τῶν ὅπλων τῷ δὲ τὴν δόκησιν προβάλλων, καὶ τῶν μὲν ὑπὲρ τοῦ κρατήσαντος γεγονότων προσποιούμενος, τὰ δὲ ἐναντία ἔς τε τὴν ἀνάγκην καὶ ἐς ἄλλους τινὰς ἀναφέρων, ἀσφαλὴς εἴη·
Now while these various operations were being carried on, there was an uprising in Spain, although the country had been at peace. For the Spaniards were at the time being subjected to many abuses by Quintus Longinus, and at first some few banded together to kill him; he was wounded but escaped, and after that proceeded to injure them a great deal more. 2 Then a number of Cordubans and a number of soldiers who had formerly belonged to the Pompeian party rose against him, putting at their head Marcus Marcellus Aeserninus, the quaestor. The latter, however, did not accept their appointment with his whole heart, but seeing the uncertainty of events and looking for them to turn out either way, he played a double game, taking a neutral attitude in all that he said and did, so that whether Caesar or Pompey should prevail he might seem to have fought for the victor in either case. 4 He favoured Pompey, on the one hand, but receiving those who had transferred their allegiance to him and by fighting against Longinus, who declared he was on Caesar's side; on the other hand, he did a kindness to Caesar in taking charge of the soldiers when, as he would say, Longinus was beginning a rebellion, and in keeping these men for him and not allowing their commander to become hostile. And when the soldiers inscribed the name of Pompey on their shields, he erased it, so that he might thereby plead with the one man the deeds done by the arms and with the other their apparent ownership, and by laying claim to the deeds that turned out to be in behalf of the victor and by laying upon necessity or upon other persons the blame for the contrary events he might be on the safe side.
§ 42.16
καὶ διὰ τοῦτο, καίτοι παρασχὸν αὐτῷ παντελῶς τοῦ Λογγίνου τῷ πλήθει κρατῆσαι, οὐκ ἠθέλησεν, ἀλλʼ ἔς τε ἔνδειξιν καὶ ἐς παρασκευὴν ὧν ἐβούλετο προάγων τὰ πράγματα, ἐπʼ ἄλλοις τισὶ τὰ ἀμφίλογα αὐτῶν ἐποιήσατο, ὥστε καὶ ἐν οἷς ἠλαττώθη καὶ ἐν οἷς ἐπλεονέκτησέ τι, ὑπὲρ τοῦ αὐτοῦ ὁμοίως τὰ μὲν ὡς αὐτὸς καὶ ἐποίησε καὶ οὐκ ἐποίησε, τὰ δὲ ὡς ἕτεροι, προτείνασθαι δυνηθῆναι. καὶ ὁ μὲν οὕτω διαγαγὼν μέχρις οὗ καὶ ὁ Καῖσαρ ἐνίκησε, παραχρῆμα μὲν ἐς ὀργὴν αὐτῷ ἦλθε καὶ ὑπερωρίσθη, ἔπειτα δὲ κατῆλθε καὶ ἐτιμήθη· Λογγῖνος δέ, καταβοησάντων αὐτοῦ διὰ πρεσβείας τῶν Ἰβήρων, τῆς τε ἀρχῆς ἐξέπεσε, καὶ οἴκαδε ἀνακομιζόμενος ἐφθάρη πρὸς ταῖς τοῦ Ἴβηρος ἐκβολαῖς.
Consequently, although he had the opportunity of utterly defeating Longinus by his superior numbers, he refused, but by managing his affairs so as to create appearances and to carry out his designs, he put the responsibility for his questionable acts upon others. Thus both in his reverses and in his successes he could make the plea that he was acting equally in behalf of the same person: in the one case he would urge that he had, or had not, done the thing himself, and in the other case that others had or had not been responsible. 2 He went on in this way until Caesar actually conquered, and though at the moment he incurred his anger and was banished, yet later he was restored and honoured. Longinus, however, being denounced by the Spaniards through an embassy, was deprived of his office, and while on his way home perished near the mouths of the Iberus.
§ 42.17
ταῦτα μὲν ἔξω ἐγίγνετο· οἱ δὲ ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ, τέως μὲν ἔν τε ἀμφιλόγῳ καὶ ἐν μετεώρῳ τά τε τοῦ Καίσαρος καὶ τὰ τοῦ Πομπηίου πράγματα ἦν, ἐκ μὲν τοῦ προφανοῦς πάντες τὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος ὑπό τε τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ τῆς συνούσης σφίσι καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ Σερουιλίου τοῦ συνάρχοντος ἐσπούδαζον, καὶ εἴτε που κρατήσας ἠγγέλθη, ἔχαιρον, εἴτε καὶ πταίσας, ἐλυποῦντο, οἱ μὲν ἀληθῶς οἱ δὲ πλαστῶς ἑκάτερον· καὶ γὰρ κατάσκοποί σφων καὶ κατήκοοι, πάνθʼ ὅσα ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς καὶ ἐλέγετο καὶ ἐγίγνετο παρατηροῦντες, πολλοὶ περιενόστουν· ἰδίᾳ δὲ τὰ ἐναντιώτατα τῶν φανερῶν οἱ τῷ τε Καίσαρι ἀχθόμενοι καὶ τὰ τοῦ Πομπηίου προαιρούμενοι καὶ ἔλεγον καὶ ἐποίουν, κἀκ τούτου τα τε ἀγγελλόμενα κατὰ τὸ πρόσφορόν σφισιν ἀμφότεροι λαμβάνοντες τοῖς μὲν δεδιότως τοῖς δὲ θαρσούντως ἐχρῶντο, καὶ οἷα πολλῶν καὶ ποικίλων ἔν τε τῇ αὐτῇ ἡμέρᾳ καὶ ἐν τῇ αὐτῇ ὥρᾳ πολλάκις λογοποιουμένων χαλεπώτατα διετίθεντο· καὶ γὰρ ἥδοντο καὶ ἐλυποῦντο καὶ ἐθάρσουν
These events were occurring abroad. In Rome, as long as the issue between Caesar and Pompey was doubtful and unsettled, the people all ostensibly favoured Caesar, because of his troops that were in their midst and because of his colleague Servilius. 2 Whenever a victory of his was reported, they rejoiced, and whenever a reverse, they grieved, some sincerely and some feignedly in each case; for there were many spies and eavesdroppers prowling about, observing all that was said and done on such occasions. But privately the talk and actions of those who detested Caesar and preferred Pompey's side were the very opposite of their public expressions. Hence, as both sides received the various reports in the light of their own advantage, they were inspired sometimes with fear and sometimes with boldness, and inasmuch as many diverse rumours would often be going about on the same day and at the same hour, their position was a most trying one; for they were pleased and distressed, bold and fearful, all within the briefest space of time.
§ 42.18
καὶ ἐφοβοῦντο διὰ βραχυτάτου. ἀγγελθείσης δὲ τῆς Φαρσαλικῆς μάχης ἐπὶ πολὺ μὲν ἠπίστουν· οὔτε γὰρ ὁ Καῖσαρ τῷ κοινῷ τι ἐπέστειλεν, ὀκνήσας δημοσίᾳ χαίρων ἐπὶ τοιαύτῃ νίκῃ φανῆναι (διόπερ οὐδὲ ἐπινίκια αὐτῆς ἔπεμψἐ, καὶ ὁ παράλογος πρός τε τὴν παρασκευὴν αὐτῶν καὶ πρὸς τὰ ἐλπιζόμενα πολὺς ἐφαίνετο. ὡς δʼ οὖν ἐπίστευσάν ποτε, τὰς μὲν εἰκόνας τοῦ τε Πομπηίου καὶ τοῦ Σύλλου τὰς ἐπὶ τῷ βήματι ἑστώσας ἀνεῖλον, ἄλλο δὲ οὐδὲν τότε ἔπραξαν· συχνοὶ μὲν γὰρ οὐδὲ τοῦτο βουλόμενοι ποιῆσαι, συχνοὶ δὲ καὶ τὸν Πομπήιον, μή πως ἀναμαχέσηται, φοβούμενοι, τῷ τε Καίσαρι καὶ ἐκεῖνο ἱκανῶς ἔχειν ἐνόμιζον, καὶ τὸν Πομπήιον εὐπαραίτητον ἐπʼ αὐτῷ γενήσεσθαί σφισι προσεδόκων. ἐπεὶ μέντοι καὶ ἀπέθανεν, ὀψὲ μὲν καὶ τοῦτο, καὶ οὐ πρότερον πρὶν τὸν δακτύλιον αὐτοῦ πεμφθέντα ἰδεῖν, ἐπίστευσαν (ἐνεγέγλυπτο δὲ ἐν αὐτῷ τρόπαια
When the battle of Pharsalus was announced, they were long incredulous. For Caesar sent no despatch to the government, hesitating to appear to rejoice publicly over such a victory, for which reason also he celebrated no triumph; and furthermore the event was clearly very improbable in view of the relative equipment of the two forces and the hopes entertained. 2 But when at last they gave the story credence, they removed the images of Pompey and of Sulla that stood upon the Rostra, but did nothing further at the time. Many, indeed, did not wish to do even this, and many also, fearing that Pompey might renew the strife, regarded this as quite enough for Caesar and expected that it would be a fairly simple matter to placate Pompey on account of it. Even when he had died, they did not believe it for a long time, not, in fact, until they saw his seal-ring that had been sent; it had three trophies carved on it, as had that of Sulla.
§ 42.19
τρία, ὥσπερ καὶ ἐν τῷ τοῦ Σύλλοὐ, ὡς δʼ οὖν ἐτεθνήκει, φανερῶς τε ἤδη τὸν μὲν ἐπῄνουν τὸν δὲ ἐλοιδόρουν, καὶ πᾶν ὅ τι ποτὲ ἐξευρεῖν ἐδύναντο ἐσηγοῦντο δοθῆναι τῷ Καίσαρι. καὶ ἔν τε τούτῳ πολλὴ ἦν παρὰ πάντων ὡς εἰπεῖν τῶν πρώτων ἅμιλλα, ὑπερβάλλειν σφῶν ἀλλήλους τῇ κολακείᾳ σπουδαζόντων, καὶ ἐν τῇ ἐπιχειροτονίᾳ αὐτῶν· τοῖς τε γὰρ ἐπιβοήμασι καὶ τοῖς σχήμασι πάντες, ὡς καὶ παρόντος καὶ ὁρῶντος τοῦ Καίσαρος, πολὺ πλείστην σπουδὴν ἐνεδείκνυντο, καὶ ἐνόμιζον εὐθὺς ἀντʼ αὐτῶν, ὥσπερ τι αὐτῷ χαριζόμενοι ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐξ ἀνάγκης αὐτὸ ποιοῦντες, ὁ μὲν ἀρχὴν ὁ δὲ ἱερωσύνην ὁ δὲ καὶ χρήματα ἀντιλήψεσθαι. ἐγὼ οὖν τὰ μὲν ἄλλα, ὅσα ἤτοι καὶ ἑτέροις τισὶ πρότερον ἐψήφισται, εἰκόνας τε καὶ στεφάνους καὶ προεδρίας τά τε τοιουτότροπα, ἢ καινὰ μὲν καὶ τότε ἐσενεχθέντα πρῶτον ἦν, οὐ μέντοι καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ Καίσαρος ἐβεβαιώθη, παραλείψω, μὴ καὶ διʼ ὄχλου γένωμαι εἰ πάντα αὐτὰ ἐπεξίοιμι· τὸ δʼ αὐτὸ τοῦτο καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἔπειτα, καὶ μᾶλλόν γε ὅσῳ καὶ πλείω καὶ ἀτοπώτερα ἀεὶ ἐσήγετο, ποιήσω· μόνα δὲ δὴ ὅσα ἴδιόν τέ τι καὶ ἐξαίρετον ἔχοντα ἐκυροῦτο καταλέξω.
So when he was really dead, at last they openly praised the victor and abused the vanquished, and proposed that everything in the world which they could devise should be given to Caesar. And not only in this respect was there great rivalry among practically all the foremost men, who were eager to outdo one another in fawning upon him, but also in voting such measures. 2 By their shouts and by their gestures they all, as if Caesar were present and looking on, showed the very greatest zeal and thought that in return for it they would get immediately — as if they were doing it to please him at all and not from necessity — one an office, another a priesthood, and a third some pecuniary reward. I shall omit those honours which had either been voted to some others previously — images, crowns, front seats, and things of that kind — or which, while novel and proposed now for the first time, were not confirmed by Caesar, for fear that I might become wearisome, were I to enumerate them all. 4 This same plan I shall follow in my subsequent account, adhering the more strictly to it, as the honours proposed continually grew more numerous and more absurd. Only such as had some special and extraordinary importance and were confirmed will be related.
§ 42.20
τούς τε γὰρ τὰ τοῦ Πομπηίου φρονήσαντας ἐπέτρεψαν αὐτῷ πᾶν ὅ τι ποτʼ ἂν ἐθελήσῃ δρᾶσαι, οὐχ ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸς παρʼ ἑαυτοῦ οὐ τοῦτʼ ἤδη λαβὼν εἶχεν, ἀλλʼ ἵνα καὶ ἐν νόμῳ δή τινι αὐτὸ ποιεῖν δόξῃ· καὶ πολέμων καὶ εἰρήνης κύριον, προφάσει τῶν ἐν τῇ Ἀφρικῇ συνισταμένων, πρὸς πάντας ἀνθρώπους ἀπέδειξαν αὐτόν, κἂν μηδὲν μήτε τῷ δήμῳ μήτε τῇ βουλῇ περὶ αὐτῶν κοινώσηται. καὶ ἦν μέν που καὶ τοῦτο καὶ πρὶν ἐπʼ ἐκείνῳ ἅτε καὶ δύναμιν τηλικαύτην ἔχοντι· τοὺς γοῦν πολέμους οὓς ἐπολέμησε πάντας ὀλίγου καθʼ ἑαυτὸν ἀνείλετο· ὅμως δʼ οὖν αὐτῷ (πολῖταί τε γὰρ καὶ αὐτοτελεῖς ἔτι δοκεῖν εἶναι ἤθελονʼ ταῦτά τε οὕτως ἐψηφίσαντο καὶ τἆλλα πάντα ἃ καὶ ἀκόντων αὐτῶν ἔχειν ἐδύνατο. ὕπατός τε γὰρ ἔτη πέντε ἐφεξῆς γενέσθαι καὶ δικτάτωρ οὐκ ἐς ἕκμηνον ἀλλʼ ἐς ἐνιαυτὸν ὅλον λεχθῆναι ἔλαβεν, τήν τε ἐξουσίαν τῶν δημάρχων διὰ βίου ὡς εἰπεῖν προσέθετο· συγκαθέζεσθαί τε γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν αὐτῶν βάθρων καὶ ἐς τἆλλα συνεξετάζεσθαί σφισιν, ὃ μηδενὶ ἐξῆν, εὕρετο. αἵ τε ἀρχαιρεσίαι πᾶσαι, πλὴν τῶν τοῦ πλήθους, ἐπʼ αὐτῷ ἐγένοντο, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐς τὴν παρουσίαν αὐτοῦ ἀναβληθεῖσαι ἐπʼ ἐξόδῳ τοῦ ἔτους ἐτελέσθησαν. τάς τε ἡγεμονίας τὰς ἐν τῷ ὑπηκόῳ τοῖς μὲν ὑπάτοις αὐτοὶ δῆθεν ἐκλήρωσαν, τοῖς δὲ δὴ στρατηγοῖς τὸν Καίσαρα ἀκληρωτὶ δοῦναι ἐψηφίσαντο· ἔς τε γὰρ τοὺς ὑπάτους καὶ ἐς τοὺς στρατηγοὺς αὖθις παρὰ τὰ δεδογμένα σφίσιν ἐπανῆλθον. καὶ ἕτερον δέ τι, εἰθισμένον μὲν γίγνεσθαι, ἐν δὲ δὴ τῇ τοῦ καιροῦ διαφθορᾷ καὶ ἐπίφθονον καὶ νεμεσητὸν ὄν, ἔγνωσαν· τοῦ γὰρ πολέμου τοῦ πρός τε τὸν Ἰόβαν καὶ πρὸς τοὺς Ῥωμαίους τοὺς μετʼ αὐτοῦ πολεμήσαντας, ὃν ὁ Καῖσαρ οὐδέπω τότε οὐδʼ ὅτι γενήσοιτο ἠπίστατο, πέμψαι τινὰ αὐτῷ νικητήρια ὡς κεκρατηκότι προσέταξαν.
They granted him, then, permission to do whatever he wished to those who had favoured Pompey's cause, not that he had not already received this right from himself, but in order that he might seem to be acting with some show of legal authority. They appointed him arbiter of war and peace with all mankind — using the conspirators in Africa as a pretext — without the obligation even of making any communication on the subject to the people or the senate. 2 This, of course, also lay in his power before, inasmuch as he had so large an armed force; at any rate the wars he had fought he had undertaken on his own authority in nearly every case. Nevertheless, because they wished still to appear to be free and independent citizens, they voted him these rights and everything else which it was in his power to have even against their will. Thus he received the privilege of being consul for five consecutive years and of being chosen dictator, not for six months, but for an entire year, and he assumed the tribunician authority practically for life; for he secured the right of sitting with the tribunes upon the same benches and of being reckoned with them for other purposes — a privilege which was permitted to no one. 4 All the elections except those of the plebs now passed into his hands, and for this reason they were delayed till after his arrival and were held toward the close of the year. In the case of the governorships in subject territory the citizens pretended to allot themselves those which fell to the consuls, but voted that Caesar should give the others to the praetors without the casting of lots; for they had gone back to consuls and praetors again contrary to their decree.5 And they also granted another privilege, which was customary, to be sure, but in the corruption of the times might cause hatred and resentment: they decreed that Caesar should hold a triumph for the war against Juba and the Romans who fought with him, just as if had been the victor, although, as a matter of fact, he had not then so much as heard that there was to be such a war.
§ 42.21
Ταῦτʼ οὖν οὕτω καὶ ἐψηφίσθη καὶ ἐκυρώθη· καὶ ὅ τε Καῖσαρ τὴν δικτατορίαν παραχρῆμα, καίπερ ἔξω τῆς Ἰταλίας ὤν, ὑπέστη, καὶ τὸν Ἀντώνιον μηδὲ ἐστρατηγηκότα ἵππαρχον προελόμενος, καὶ εἶπε καὶ τοῦτον ὁ ὕπατος, καίτοι τῶν οἰωνιστῶν σφοδρότατα ἀντειπόντων μηδενὶ ἐξεῖναι πλείω τοῦ ἑξαμήνου χρόνον ἱππαρχῆσαι. ἀλλʼ ἐκεῖνοι μὲν γέλωτα ἐπὶ τούτῳ πολὺν ὠφλίσκανον, αὐτὸν μὲν τὸν δικτάτορα ἐς ἐνιαυτὸν παρὰ πάντα τὰ πάτρια λεχθῆναι γνόντες, περὶ
In this way these measures were voted and ratified. Caesar entered upon the dictatorship at once, although he was outside of Italy, and chose Antony, although he had not yet been praetor, as his master of horse; and the consuls proposed the latter's name also, although the augurs very strongly opposed him, declaring that no one might be master of the horses for more than six months. 2 But for this course they brought upon themselves a great deal of ridicule, because, after having decided that the dictator himself should be chosen for a year, contrary to all precedent, they were now splitting hairs about the master of the horse.
§ 42.22
δὲ δὴ τοῦ ἱππάρχου ἀκριβολογούμενοι· ὁ δὲ δὴ Καίλιος ὁ Μᾶρκος καὶ ἀπώλετο τολμήσας τὰ περὶ τῶν δανεισμάτων ὑπὸ τοῦ Καίσαρος ὁρισθέντα, καθάπερ ἡττημένου τε αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐφθαρμένου, λῦσαι, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὴν Ῥώμην καὶ τὴν Καμπανίαν ἐκταράξας. οὗτος γὰρ ἔπραξε μὲν ἀνὰ πρώτους τὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος, διὸ καὶ στρατηγὸς ἀπεδείχθη· ὀργισθεὶς δὲ ὅτι τε μὴ ἠστυνόμησεν καὶ ὅτι καὶ ὁ Τρεβώνιος ὁ συνάρχων αὐτοῦ οὐ κληρωτός, ὥσπερ εἴθιστο, ἀλλʼ αἱρετὸς ὑπὸ τοῦ Καίσαρος ἐς τὴν ἀστυνομίαν προεκρίθη, ἠναντιοῦτο πρὸς πάντα τῷ συνάρχοντι καὶ οὔτʼ ἄλλο τι τῶν ἐπιβαλλόντων οἱ ποιεῖσθαι ἐπέτρεπεν, οὔτε τὰς δίκας κατὰ τοὺς τοῦ Καίσαρος νόμους τελεῖσθαι συνεχώρει, καὶ προσέτι τοῖς ὀφείλουσί τι βοηθήσειν ἐπὶ τοὺς δεδανεικότας καὶ τοῖς ἐν ἀλλοτρίων οἰκοῦσι τὸ ἐνοίκιον ἀφήσειν ἐπηγγέλλετο. προσθέμενος δὲ ἐκ τούτου συχνοὺς ἐπῆλθε μετʼ αὐτῶν τῷ Τρεβωνίῳ, κἂν ἀπέκτεινεν αὐτὸν εἰ μὴ τήν τε ἐσθῆτα ἠλλάξατο καὶ διέφυγέ σφας ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ. διαμαρτὼν δὲ τούτου νόμον ἰδίᾳ ἐξέθηκε, προῖκά τε πᾶσιν οἰκεῖν διδοὺς καὶ τὰ χρέα ἀποκόπτων.
Marcus Caelius actually lost his life because he dared to set aside the laws established by Caesar regarding loans, assuming that their author had been defeated and had perished, and because as a result he stirred up Rome and Campania. 2 He had been among the foremost in carrying out Caesar's wishes, for which reason he had been appointed praetor; but he became angry because he had not been made praetor urbanus, and because his colleague Trebonius had been preferred before him for this office, not by lot, as had been the custom, but by Caesar's choice. Hence he opposed his colleague in everything and would not let him perform any of the duties devolving upon him. He not only would not consent to his pronouncing judgments according to Caesar's laws, but he also gave notice to such as owed anything that he would assist them against their creditors, and to all who dwelt in other people's houses that he would release them from payment of the rent. 4 Having by this course gained a considerable following, he set upon Trebonius with their aid and would have slain him, had the other not managed to change his dress and escape in the crowd. After this failure Caelius privately issued a law in which he granted everybody the use of houses free of rent and annulled all debts.
§ 42.23
ὁ οὖν Σερουίλιος στρατιώτας τέ τινας ἐς Γαλατίαν κατὰ τύχην παριόντας μετεπέμψατο, καὶ τὴν βουλὴν τῇ παρʼ αὐτῶν φρουρᾷ συναγαγὼν προέθηκε γνώμην περὶ τῶν παρόντων, καὶ κυρωθέντος μὲν μηδενὸς (δήμαρχοι γὰρ ἐκώλυσανʼ συγγραφέντος δὲ τοῦ δόξαντος ἐκέλευσε τοῖς ὑπηρέταις καθελεῖν τὰ πινάκια. ἐπειδή τε ὁ Καίλιος ἐκείνους τε ἀπήλασε καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν ὕπατον ἐς θόρυβον κατέστησε, συνῆλθον αὖθις φραξάμενοι τοῖς στρατιώταις, καὶ τὴν φυλακὴν τῆς πόλεως τῷ Σερουιλίῳ, ὥσπερ ἄνω μοι πολλάκις περὶ αὐτῆς εἴρηται, παρέδοσαν. καὶ ὁ μὲν οὐδὲν ἐκ τούτου τῷ Καιλίῳ ὡς καὶ στρατηγοῦντι πρᾶξαι ἐφῆκεν, ἀλλὰ τά τε προσήκοντα τῇ ἀρχῇ αὐτοῦ ἄλλῳ τῳ τῶν στρατηγῶν προσέταξε, καὶ αὐτὸν ἐκεῖνον τοῦ τε συνεδρίου εἶρξε καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ βήματος καταβοῶντά τι κατέσπασε, τόν τε
Servilius consequently sent for some soldiers who chanced to be going by on the way to Gaul, and after convening the senate under their protection he proposed a measure in regard to the situation. No action was taken, since the tribunes prevented it, but the sense of the meeting was recorded and Servilius then ordered the court officers to take down the offending tablets. 2 When Caelius drove these men away and even involved the consul himself in a tumult, they convened again, still protected by the soldiers, and entrusted to Servilius the guarding of the city, a procedure concerning which I have often spoken before. After this he would not permit Caelius to do anything in his capacity as praetor, but assigned the duties pertaining to his office to another praetor, debarred him from the senate, dragged him from the Rostra while he was delivering some tirade or other, and broke his chair in pieces.
§ 42.24
δίφρον αὐτοῦ συνέτριψεν· ὁ δὲ ὀργὴν μὲν πολλὴν καθʼ ἕκαστον αὐτῶν ἐποιεῖτο, δεδιὼς δὲ μὴ καὶ κολασθῇ (δύναμιν γὰρ ἀξιόμαχον ἐν τῇ πόλει εἶχενʼ ἐς Καμπανίαν πρὸς Μίλωνα νεωτερίζοντά τι ἀπᾶραι ἔγνω. ἐκεῖνος γὰρ ἐπειδὴ μόνος τῶν φευγόντων οὐ κατήχθη πρὸς τοῦ Καίσαρος, ἔς τε τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἀφίκετο, καὶ πολλοὺς ἀνθρώπους, τοὺς μὲν βίου δεομένους τοὺς δὲ καὶ τιμωρίαν τινὰ δεδιότας, συλλέξας τήν τε χώραν ἐκακούργει καὶ ταῖς πόλεσι ταῖς τε ἄλλαις καὶ τῇ Καπύῃ προσέβαλλε. πρὸς οὖν τοῦτον ὁ Καίλιος ἀφορμῆσαι ἐθελήσας ὡς μετʼ αὐτοῦ πᾶν ὅ τι δύναιτο τὸν Καίσαρα λυπήσῃ, ἔπειτʼ ἐπειδὴ μήτε ἐκ τοῦ προφανοῦς ἐκδημῆσαι ἐδύνατο (παρετηρεῖτο γάρʼ μήτʼ αὖ ἐκδρᾶναι ἐτόλμα διά τε τἆλλα καὶ ὅτι πολλῷ πλείω ἔν τε τῷ σχήματι καὶ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ τῆς στρατηγίας ὢν καταπράξειν ἤλπιζε, τῷ τε ὑπάτῳ προσῆλθε καὶ παρῃτεῖτο αὐτόν, λέγων καὶ πρὸς τὸν Καίσαρα ἀπελθεῖν βούλεσθαι. ὑποτοπήσας οὖν ἐκεῖνος τὴν διάνοιαν αὐτοῦ ἐπέτρεψε μέν οἱ τοῦτο ποιῆσαι, ἄλλως τε καὶ ὅτι πολὺς ἐνέκειτο τό τε τοῦ Καίσαρος ὄνομα ἐπικαλούμενος καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἀπολογίαν δὴ ἐπείγεσθαι σκηπτόμενος, συνέπεμψε δὲ αὐτῷ δήμαρχόν τινα, ἵνʼ εἴ τι νεοχμῶσαι τολμήσειε
Caelius was very angry with him for each of these acts, but since Servilius had a body of troops in town that matched his own, he was afraid that he might be punished, and so decided to set out for Campania to join Milo, who was beginning a rebellion.2 For Milo, when he alone of the exiles was not restored by Caesar, had come to Italy, where he gathered a large crowd of men, some in want of a livelihood and others who feared some punishment, and proceeded to ravage the country, assailing Capua and other cities. To him, then, Caelius wished to betake himself, in order that with his aid he might do Caesar all possible harm. He was watched, however, and could not leave the city openly; and he did not venture to escape secretly because, among other reasons, he expected to accomplish a great deal more by using the dress and the title of his praetorship. At last, therefore, he approached the consul and asked him for leave of absence, even saying that he wished to proceed to Caesar.4 The other, though he suspected his intention, still allowed him to do this, particularly because he was very insistent, invoking Caesar's name and pretending that he was eager to submit his defence; but he sent a tribune with him, so that if he should attempt any rebellious act he might be held in check.
§ 42.25
κωλυθείη. ὡς δὲ ἐν τῇ Καμπανίᾳ ἐγένοντο, καὶ ὅ τε Μίλων πταίσας πρὸς τῇ Καπύῃ ἐς τὰ Τιφατῖνα ὄρη κατεπεφεύγει καὶ ὁ Καίλιος οὐκέτι περαιτέρω προυχώρει, δείσας ὁ δήμαρχος οἴκαδε ἐπαναγαγεῖν αὐτὸν ἠθέλησε. προπυθόμενος οὖν ταῦθʼ ὁ Σερουίλιος τῷ μὲν Μίλωνι πόλεμον ἐν τῇ βουλῇ ἐπήγγειλε, τὸν δὲ δὴ Καίλιον ὑπομεῖναι μὲν ἐν τῷ προαστείῳ, μὴ καὶ ταράξῃ τι, ἐκέλευσεν, οὐ μέντοι διὰ φυλακῆς ἀκριβοῦς ἅτε καὶ στρατηγοῦντα ἐποιήσατο. ἀπέδρα τε οὖν καὶ πρὸς τὸν Μίλωνα ἠπείγετο. κἂν ἔπραξέ τι ταραχῶδες, εἰ ζῶντα αὐτὸν εὑρήκει. νῦν δὲ ἐκ τῆς Καμπανίας ἐκπεσόντος αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐν Ἀπουλίᾳ φθαρέντος, ἔς τε τὴν Βρεττίαν ἦλθεν ὡς ἐνταῦθά γέ τι συστήσων, καὶ ἐκεῖ πρὶν ποιῆσαί τι λόγου ἄξιον ἀπώλετο· συστραφέντες γὰρ οἱ τὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος πράττοντες ἀπέκτειναν αὐτόν.
When they reached Campania, and found that Milo, after a defeat near Capua, had taken refuge on Mount Tifata, and Caelius gave up his plan of going farther, the tribune was alarmed and wished to bring him back home.2 Servilius, learning of this in time, declared war upon Milo in the senate and gave orders that Caelius should remain in the suburbs, so that he might not stir up any trouble; nevertheless, he did not keep him under strict surveillance, because the man was a praetor. Thus Caelius made his escape and hastened to Milo, and he would certainly have created some disturbance had he found him alive; but as it was, Milo had been driven from Campania and had perished in Apulia. Caelius, therefore, went to Bruttium, hoping to form some league in that district at any rate, and there he perished before accomplishing anything of importance; for those who favoured Caesar banded together and killed him.
§ 42.26
καὶ οἱ μὲν οὕτως ἀπέθανον, οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἡσυχία παρὰ τοῦτο ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ ἐγένετο, ἀλλὰ πολλὰ καὶ δεινὰ συνηνέχθη, ὥσπερ που καὶ τὰ τέρατα προεδήλωσεν. ἐκείνῳ τε γὰρ τῷ ἔτει τελευτῶντι ἄλλα τέ τινα συνέβη, καὶ μέλισσαι ἐν τῷ Καπιτωλίῳ παρὰ τὸν Ἡρακλέα ἱδρύθησαν. καὶ (ἐτύγχανε γὰρ ἱερὰ Ἴσιδι ἐνταῦθα τότε γιγνόμενἀ ἔδοξε γνώμῃ τῶν μάντεων πάντα αὖθις τά τε ἐκείνης καὶ τὰ τοῦ Σαράπιδος τεμενίσματα κατασκάψαι· γενομένου δὲ τούτου καὶ Ἐνυεῖόν τι λαθόν σφας προσκαθῃρέθη, καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ κεράμια ἀνθρωπείων σαρκῶν μεστὰ εὑρέθη. τῷ τε ἐχομένῳ σεισμός τε ἰσχυρὸς ἐγένετο καὶ βύας ὤφθη, κεραυνοί τε ἔς τε τὸ Καπιτώλιον καὶ ἐς τὸν τῆς Τύχης τῆς δημοσίας καλουμένης ναὸν ἔς τε τοὺς τοῦ Καίσαρος κήπους κατέσκηψαν, κἀνταῦθα ἵππος τις τῶν οὐκ ἠμελημένων ἀπέθανεν ὑπʼ αὐτῶν, καὶ τὸ Τυχαῖον αὐτόματον ἀνεῴχθη. πρὸς δὲ τούτοις αἷμά τε ἐξ ἐργαστηρίου σιτοποιοῦ προχυθὲν ἀφίκετο πρὸς νεὼν ἕτερον Τύχης, ἣν ἐκ τοῦ πάντα τά τε ἐν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς καὶ τὰ κατόπιν καὶ ἐφορᾶν καὶ ἐκλογίζεσθαι χρῆναί τινα, μηδὲ ἐπιλανθάνεσθαι ἐξ οἵων οἷος ἐγένετο, καὶ ἱδρύσαντο καὶ ἐπεκάλεσαν τρόπον τινὰ οὐκ εὐαφήγητον Ἕλλησι· καὶ βρέφη τινὰ τὰς ἀριστερὰς ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς χεῖρας ἔχοντα ἐγεννήθη, ὥστε ἔκ τε τῶν ἄλλων μηδὲν ὑγιὲς ὑποπτεύεσθαι, καὶ ἐκ τούτων μάλιστα τὴν τῶν ὑποδεεστέρων κατὰ τῶν προτετιμημένων ἐπανάστασιν τούς τε μάντεις προειπεῖν καὶ τὸν δῆμον προσδέχεσθαι.
So these men died, but that did not bring quiet to Rome. On the contrary, many dreadful events took place, as, indeed, omens had indicated beforehand. Among other things that happened toward the end of that year bees settled on the Capitol beside the statue of Hercules. 2 Sacrifices to Isis chanced to be going on there at the time, and the soothsayers gave their opinion to the effect that all precincts of that goddess and of Serapis should be razed to the ground once more. In the course of their demolition a shrine of Bellona was unwittingly destroyed and in it were found jars full of human flesh. The following year a violent earthquake occurred, an owl was seen, thunderbolts descended upon the Capitol and upon the temple of the Public Fortune, as it was called, and into the gardens of Caesar, where a horse of no small value was destroyed by them, 4 and the temple of Fortune opened of its own accord. In addition to this, blood issued from a bake-shop and flowed to another temple of Fortune — that Fortune whose statue, on account of the fact that a man must needs observe and consider everything that lies before his eyes as well as behind him and must not forget from what beginnings he has become what he is, they had set up and named in a way not easy to describe to Greeks. Also some infants were born holding their left hands to their heads, so that while no good was looked for from the other signs, from this especially an uprising of inferiors against superiors was both foretold by the soothsayers and expected by the people.
§ 42.27
ταῦτα μὲν οὕτως ὑπὸ τοῦ δαιμονίου προδειχθέντα ἐτάραττεν αὐτούς· συνεπελάβετο δέ σφισι τοῦ φόβου καὶ ἡ ὄψις αὐτὴ τῆς πόλεως καὶ δεινὴ καὶ ἀήθης ἔν τε τῇ νουμηνίᾳ καὶ ἔπειτα ἐπὶ πολὺ γενομένη. ὕπατος μὲν γὰρ οὐδεὶς οὐδὲ στρατηγὸς οὐδέπω ἦν, ὁ δὲ δὴ Ἀντώνιος τῆς μὲν ἐσθῆτος ἕνεκα (τῇ γὰρ περιπορφύρῳ ἐχρῆτὀ καὶ ῥαβδούχων (τοὺς γὰρ ἓξ μόνους εἶχἐ τοῦ τε τὴν βουλὴν ἀθροίζειν εἰκόνα τινὰ τῆς δημοκρατίας παρείχετο, τῷ δὲ δὴ ξίφει ὃ παρέζωστο καὶ τῷ πλήθει τῶν συνόντων οἱ στρατιωτῶν τοῖς τε ἔργοις αὐτοῖς ὅτι μάλιστα τὴν μοναρχίαν ἐνεδείκνυτο· καὶ γὰρ ἁρπαγαὶ καὶ ὕβρεις καὶ σφαγαὶ πολλαὶ ἐγίγνοντο. καὶ ἦν οὐ τὸ παρὸν μόνον τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις χαλεπώτατον, ἀλλʼ ὅτι καὶ ἐς τὸν Καίσαρα πολὺ πλείω καὶ δεινότερα ὑπωπτεύετο· ὅπου γὰρ ὁ ἵππαρχος οὐδὲ ἐν ταῖς πανηγύρεσι τὸ ξίφος κατετίθετο (τὰς γὰρ πλείους ταῖς τοῦ Καίσαρος παρασκευαῖς ἐπετέλεσεν· ὀλίγας γάρ τινας καὶ οἱ δήμαρχοι ἐποίησανʼ, τίς οὐκ ἂν αὐτὸν τὸν δικτάτορα ὑπετόπησεν; εἰ γάρ τις καὶ τὴν χρηστότητα αὐτοῦ, ὑφʼ ἧς πολλῶν καὶ ἀντιπολεμησάντων οἱ ἐπέφειστο, ἐνενόει, ἀλλʼ οὔτοι καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ὁμοίων τούς τε ἐφιεμένους ἀρχῆς καὶ τοὺς καταπράξαντας αὐτὴν μένοντας ἰδόντες καὶ ἐκεῖνον ἀλλοιωθήσεσθαι
These portents, thus revealed by Heaven, disturbed them; and their fear was augmented by the very appearance of the city, which had become strange and unfamiliar at the beginning of the year and continued so for a long time. 2 For there was as yet no consul or praetor, and while Antony, in so far as his costume went, which was the purple-bordered toga, and his lictors, of whom he had only the usual six, and his convening of the senate, furnished some semblance of the republic, yet the sword with which he was girded, and the throng of soldiers that accompanied him, and his very actions in particular indicated the existence of a monarchy. In fact many robberies, outrages, and murders took place. And not only was the existing situation most distressing to the Romans, but they suspected Caesar of intending far more and greater deeds of violence. For when the master of the horse never laid aside his sword even at the festivals, who would not have been suspicious of the dictator himself? Most of these festivals, by the way, Antony gave at Caesar's expense, 4 although the tribunes also gave a few. Even if any one stopped to think of Caesar's goodness, which had led him to spare many enemies, even such as had opposed him in battle, nevertheless, seeing that men who have gained an office do not stick to the principles that guided them when striving for it, they expected that he, too, would change his course.
§ 42.28
προσεδόκων. ἐλυποῦντό τε οὖν, καὶ πολλὰ πρὸς ἀλλήλους, οἷς γε καὶ ἀσφάλειά τις ἦν, διελάλουν. οὐ γάρ που καὶ πᾶσιν ἀδεῶς συγγίγνεσθαι ἐδύναντο· καὶ γὰρ οἱ πάνυ φίλοι δοκοῦντές τινων εἶναι, συγγενεῖς τε ἕτεροι, διέβαλλόν σφας, τὰ μὲν παρατρέποντες τὰ δὲ καὶ παντάπασι καταψευδόμενοι. ὅθεν οἱ λοιποὶ καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο οὐχ ἥκιστα ἐκακοπάθουν, ὅτι μήτε προσολοφύρασθαι μήτʼ ἐπικοινῶσαι ἔχοντες οὐδʼ ἀπαλλαγῆναί ποτε αὐτοῦ ἐδύναντο. ἡ μὲν γὰρ πρὸς τοὺς ὁμοπαθεῖς συνουσία ἔφερέ τινα αὐτοῖς κούφισιν, καί τις ἀσφαλῶς ἐκλαλήσας τέ τι καὶ ἀντακούσας οἷα ἔπασχον ῥᾴων ἐγίγνετο· ἡ δὲ δὴ πρὸς τοὺς οὐχ ὁμοήθεις ἀπιστία καθείργνυ τε ἐν ταῖς ψυχαῖς αὐτῶν τὴν ἀνίαν καὶ ἐπὶ πλεῖον αὐτὰς ἐξέκαε, μήτʼ ἀποφυγὴν μήτʼ ἀνάπαυσίν τινα λαμβανούσας. πρὸς γὰρ τῷ κατεχόμενα ἔνδον τὰ παθήματά σφας τηρεῖν, καὶ εὐλογεῖν αὐτὰ καὶ θαυμάζειν, ἑορτάζειν τε καὶ βουθυτεῖν εὐθυμεῖσθαί τε ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς ἠναγκάζοντο.
They were distressed, therefore, and discussed the matter with one another at length, at least those who were safe in so doing, for they could not be intimate with any and every one with impunity. For those who seemed to be one's very good friends and others who were relatives would slander one, perverting some statements and telling downright lies on other points. 2 And so it was that the rest found herein the chief cause of their distress, that, since they were unable either to lament or to share their views with others, they could not so much as give their feelings vent. For, while it is true that intercourse with those similarly afflicted lightened their burden somewhat, and the man who could safely utter and hear in return something of what the citizens were undergoing felt easier, yet their distrust of such as were not of like habits with themselves confined their vexation within their own hearts and inflamed them the more, as they could obtain neither escape nor relief. 4 Indeed, in addition to having to keep their sufferings shut up within their own breasts, they were compelled to praise and admire their treatment, as also to celebrate festivals, perform sacrifices, and appear happy over it all.
§ 42.29
οὕτω μὲν οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι οἱ ἐν τῇ πόλει τότε ὄντες διετίθεντο· ὥσπερ δὲ οὐκ ἀποχρῶν αὐτοῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου κακοῦσθαι, Λούκιός τέ τις Τρεβέλλιος καὶ Πούπλιος Κορνήλιος Δολοβέλλας δήμαρχοι ἐστασίασαν. οὗτος μὲν γὰρ τοῖς ὀφείλουσιν, ἐξ ὧν καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν, διὸ καὶ ἐκ τῶν εὐπατριδῶν ἐς τὸ πλῆθος ἐπὶ τῇ δημαρχίᾳ μετέστη, συνηγωνίζετο· ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔλεγε μὲν τῶν ἀμεινόνων προΐστασθαι, ἐκ δὲ δὴ τοῦ ὁμοίου αὐτῷ καὶ γράμματα ἐξετίθει καὶ σφαγαῖς ἐχρῆτο. ταραχή τε οὖν καὶ ἐκ τούτων πολλὴ ἐγίγνετο, καὶ ὅπλα πολλὰ καὶ πανταχοῦ ἑωρᾶτο, καίτοι τῶν τε βουλευτῶν ἀπαγορευσάντων μηδὲν πρὸ τῆς τοῦ Καίσαρος ἀφίξεως καινοτομηθῆναι, καὶ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου μηδένα ἐν τῷ ἄστει ἰδιώτην ὁπλοφορεῖν. καὶ οὐ γὰρ ἐσήκουον, ἀλλὰ πάντα δὴ πάντως καὶ ἐπʼ ἀλλήλοις καὶ ἐπʼ ἐκείνοις ἐποίουν, τρίτη στάσις τοῦ τε Ἀντωνίου καὶ τῆς γερουσίας ἐγένετο· ἵνα γὰρ καὶ παρʼ αὐτῆς τά τε ὅπλα καὶ τὴν ἐξουσίαν τὴν ἀπʼ αὐτῶν, ᾗ φθάσας ἐχρῆτο, προστεθεῖσθαι νομισθείη, στρατιώτας τε ἐντὸς τοῦ τείχους τρέφειν καὶ τὴν πόλιν διὰ φυλακῆς μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων δημάρχων ποιεῖσθαι ἔλαβε. κἀκ τούτου Ἀντώνιος μὲν ἐν νόμῳ δή τινι πάνθʼ ὅσα ἐπεθύμει ἔδρα, Δολοβέλλας δὲ καὶ Τρεβέλλιος ὄνομα μὲν βιαίου πράξεως εἶχον, ἀντηγωνίζοντο δὲ ὑπό τε τῆς θρασύτητος καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς παρασκευῆς καὶ ἀλλήλοις καὶ ἐκείνῳ, ὥσπερ τινὰ καὶ αὐτοὶ ἡγεμονίαν παρὰ τῆς βουλῆς εἰληφότες.
This was the condition of the Romans in the city at that time. And, as if it were not sufficient for them to be abused by Antony, one Lucius Trebellius and Publius Cornelius Dolabella, tribunes, fell to quarrelling. The latter championed the cause of the debtors, to which class he belonged, and had therefore changed from the ranks of the patricians to the plebs, in order to secure the tribuneship. 2 The former claimed to represent the nobles, but issued edicts and had recourse to murders no less than the other. This, too, naturally resulted in great turmoil and many weapons were everywhere to be seen, although the senators had commanded that no changes should be made before Caesar's arrival, and Antony that no private individual in the city should carry arms. As the tribunes, however, paid no attention to these orders, but resorted to absolutely every sort of measure against each other and against the men just mentioned, a third party arose, consisting of Antony and the senate. For in order to let it be thought that his weapons and the authority that resulted from their possession, an authority which he had already usurped, had been granted by that body, he got the privilege of keeping soldiers within the walls and of helping the other tribunes to guard the city. After this Antony did whatever he desired with a kind of legal right, while Dolabella and Trebellius were nominally guilty of violence; but their effrontery and resources led them to resist both each other and him, as if they too had received some position of command from the senate.
§ 42.30
κἀν τούτῳ Ἀντώνιος πυθόμενος τὰ στρατόπεδα, ἃ μετὰ τὴν μάχην ὁ Καῖσαρ ἐς τὴν Ἰταλίαν ὡς καὶ ἐφεψόμενός σφισι προέπεμψε, μηδὲν ὑγιὲς δρᾶν, καὶ φοβηθεὶς μή τι νεωτερίσωσι, τὸ μὲν ἄστυ τῷ Καίσαρι τῷ Λουκίῳ ἐπέτρεψε, πολίαρχον αὐτὸν ἀποδείξας, ὃ μηπώποτε πρὸς ἱππάρχου ἐγεγόνει, αὐτὸς δὲ πρὸς τοὺς στρατιώτας ἐξώρμησεν. οἱ οὖν δήμαρχοι οἱ ἀντιστασιάζοντές σφισι τοῦ τε Λουκίου διὰ τὸ γῆρας κατεφρόνησαν, καὶ πολλὰ καὶ δεινά, μέχρις οὗ τὸν Καίσαρα τά τε ἐν τῇ Αἰγύπτῳ διῳκηκότα καὶ ἐς τὴν Ῥώμην ὡρμηκότα ἐπύθοντο, καὶ ἑαυτοὺς καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἐξειργάσαντο. ὡς γὰρ οὐκέτʼ αὐτοῦ ἐπανήξοντος, ἀλλʼ ἐκεῖ που πρὸς τῶν Αἰγυπτίων, ὥσπερ που ἤκουον, ἀπολουμένου, διεφέροντο. τότε δὲ χρόνον μέν τινα ἐμετρίασαν, ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐπὶ τὸν Φαρνάκην ἐκεῖνος πρότερον ἐπεστράτευσεν, ἐστασίασαν αὖθις.
Meanwhile Antony learned that the legions which Caesar after the battle had sent ahead into Italy, with the intention of following them later, were engaged in questionable proceedings; and fearing that they might begin some rebellion, he turned over the charge of the city to Lucius Caesar, appointing him city prefect, an office never before conferred by a master of the horse, and then set out himself to join the soldiers. The tribunes who were at variance with each other despised Lucius because of his advanced age and inflicted many outrages upon one another and upon the rest, until they learned that Caesar having settled affairs in Egypt, had set out for Rome. For they were carrying on their quarrel upon the assumption that he would never return again but would of course perish there at the hands of the Egyptians, as, indeed, they kept hearing was the case. When, however, his coming was reported, they moderated their conduct for a time; but as soon as he set out against Pharnaces first, they fell to quarrelling once more.
§ 42.31
ὁ οὖν Ἀντώνιος μήτε ἐπισχεῖν αὐτοὺς δυνάμενος, καὶ τῷ πλήθει διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸν Δολοβέλλαν ἐναντίωσιν προσκρούων, τὰ μὲν πρῶτα τούτῳ προσέθετο, καὶ τὸν Τρεβέλλιον ἄλλα τε ἐπῃτιᾶτο καὶ ὅτι τοὺς στρατιώτας σφετερίζοιτο· ἔπειτα δὲ αἰσθόμενος τὸν ὅμιλον ἑαυτοῦ μὲν μηδὲν προτιμῶντα τῷ δὲ Δολοβέλλᾳ μόνῳ προσκείμενον, ἠχθέσθη καὶ μετεβάλετο, ἄλλως τε καὶ ὅτι τῆς μὲν παρὰ τοῦ πλήθους χάριτος οὐκ ἐκοινώνει οἱ, τῆς δὲ παρὰ τῶν βουλευτῶν αἰτίας τὸ πλεῖστον μετελάμβανε. καὶ τῷ μὲν λόγῳ ἐν μέσῳ ἀμφοῖν ἔστη, τῷ δὲ ἔργῳ τὸν Τρεβέλλιον κρύφα ἀνθείλετο, καὶ τά τε ἄλλα αὐτῷ συνηγωνίζετο καὶ στρατιώτας λαβεῖν ἐπέτρεψεν. καὶ ὁ μὲν θεατὴς ἐκ τούτου καὶ ἀγωνοθέτης αὐτῶν ἐγίγνετο, ἐκεῖνοι δὲ ἐμάχοντο, καὶ τῆς τε πόλεως τὰ ἐπικαιρότατα ἀντικατελάμβανον καὶ φόνους τε καὶ ἐμπρήσεις ἐποίουν, ὥστε καὶ τὰ ἱερά ποτε ἐκ τοῦ Ἑστιαίου ὑπὸ τῶν
Accordingly Antony, seeing that he was unable to restrain them and that his opposition to Dolabella was obnoxious to the populace, at first joined himself to that tribune and brought various charges against Trebellius, among them one to the effect that he was appropriating the soldiers to his own use. 2 Later, when he perceived that he himself was not held in any esteem by the multitude, which was attached only to Dolabella, he became vexed and changed sides, the more so because, while not sharing with the plebeian leader the favour of the people, he nevertheless received the greatest share of blame from the senators. So nominally he adopted a neutral attitude toward the two, but in fact secretly preferred the cause of Trebellius, and cooperated with him in various ways, particularly by allowing him to obtain soldiers. Thenceforward he became merely a spectator and director of their contest, while they fought, seized in turn the most advantageous points in the city, and entered upon a career of murder and arson, to such an extent that on one occasion the holy vessels were carried by the virgins out of the temple of Vesta.
§ 42.32
ἀειπαρθένων ἐκκομισθῆναι. αὖθίς τε οὖν φυλακὴν οἱ βουλευταὶ τῆς πόλεως ἀκριβεστέραν τῷ ἱππάρχῳ ἐψηφίσαντο, καὶ στρατιωτῶν ἅπασα ὡς εἰπεῖν ἡ πόλις ἐπληρώθη. οὐ μέντοι καὶ παῦλά τις ἐγένετο. ὁ γὰρ Δολοβέλλας ἀπογνοὺς συγγνώμης τινὸς παρὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος τεύξεσθαι, μέγα τι κακὸν ἐπεθύμει δράσας ἀπολέσθαι ὡς καὶ ὄνομα ἐκ τούτου ἐς ἀεὶ σχήσων· ἤδη γάρ τινες καὶ τῶν κακίστων ἔργων ἐρασταὶ ἐπὶ τῇ φήμῃ γίγνονται. ὑφʼ οὗπερ καὶ ἐκεῖνος τά τε ἄλλα ἐτάραττε, καὶ τοὺς νόμους, τόν τε περὶ τῶν χρεῶν καὶ τὸν περὶ τῶν ἐνοικίων, ἐν ῥητῇ τινι ἡμέρᾳ θήσειν ὑπέσχετο. ὡς οὖν τοῦτό τε προεπήγγελτο καὶ ὁ ὄχλος τά τε περὶ τὴν ἀγορὰν ἀποφράξας καὶ πύργους ἔστιν ᾗ ξυλίνους ἐπικαταστήσας ἕτοιμος παντὶ τῷ ἐναντιωθησομένῳ σφίσιν ἐπιχειρῆσαι ἐγένετο, ἐνταῦθʼ ὁ Ἀντώνιος στρατιώτας ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ πολλοὺς ἐκ τοῦ Καπιτωλίου καταγαγὼν τάς τε σανίδας τῶν νόμων κατέκοψε, καί τινας καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο ταραχώδεις ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ τοῦ Καπιτωλίου κατεκρήμνισεν.
So the senators once more voted that the master of the horses should keep the city under stricter guard, and practically the whole city was filled with soldiers.2 Yet there was no respite. For Dolabella, in despair of obtaining any pardon from Caesar, desired to accomplish some terrible deed before perishing, hoping thus to gain lasting renown; thus there are actually some men who become infatuated with the basest deeds for the sake of fame! From this motive he, too, caused confusion generally, even promising that on a certain specified day he would enact his laws in regard to debts and house-rents. On receipt of these announcements the crowd erected barricades around the Forum, setting up wooden towers at some points, and put itself in readiness to cope with any force that might oppose it. At that, Antony led down from the Capitol at dawn a large body of soldiers, cut down the tablets containing Dolabella's laws and afterwards hurled some of the disturbers from the very cliffs of the Capitoline.
§ 42.33
οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἐπαύσαντο διὰ τοῦτο στασιάζοντες, ἀλλʼ ὅσῳ πλείους αὐτῶν ἀπώλλυντο, τόσῳ μᾶλλον οἱ περιλιπεῖς ἐθορύβουν, νομίζοντες τὸν Καίσαρα μεγίστῳ τε καὶ δυσχερεστάτῳ πολέμῳ συμπεπλέχθαι. οὐδὲ ἐπέσχον πρὶν αὐτὸν ἐκεῖνον ἐξαπιναίως σφίσιν ὀφθῆναι. οὕτω δὲ καὶ ἄκοντες ἡσύχασαν. καὶ οἱ μὲν πᾶν ὅ τι ποτὲ ἐνεδέχετο πείσεσθαι προσεδόκων, λόγος τε ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς κατὰ πᾶσαν ὁμοίως τὴν πόλιν ἦν, τῶν μὲν τά, τῶν δὲ τὰ δικαιούντων· ὁ δὲ δὴ Καῖσαρ τῷ συνήθει οἱ τρόπῳ καὶ τότε ἐχρήσατο. τῇ τε γὰρ παρούσῃ αὐτῶν καταστάσει ἠρκέσθη, καὶ οὐδὲν τῶν προγενομένων ἐπολυπραγμόνησεν, ἀλλὰ πάντων τε ἐφείσατο καί τινας αὐτῶν καὶ ἐτίμησεν, ἄλλους τε καὶ τὸν Δολοβέλλαν. εὐεργεσίαν γάρ τινα αὐτῷ ὀφείλων οὐκ ἠξίωσεν αὐτῆς ἐκλαθέσθαι· οὐ γὰρ ὅτι ἠδικήθη, διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἐκείνης ὠλιγώρησεν, ἀλλʼ ἐξ ὧν εὖ ἐπεπόνθει, καὶ ἐπὶ τούτῳ οἱ συνέγνω, καὶ τά τε ἄλλα αὐτὸν ἐν τιμῇ ἤγαγεν, καὶ ὕπατον οὐ πολλῷ ὕστερον μηδὲ στρατηγήσαντα ἀπέδειξε.
However, even this did not stop their quarrelling. Instead, the greater the number of those who perished, the greater disturbance did the survivors make, thinking that Caesar had become involved in a very great and difficult war. 2 And they did not cease until he himself suddenly appeared before them; then they reluctantly quieted down. They were expecting to suffer every conceivable ill fate, and there was talk about them all through the city, some judging one way and others another; but Caesar even at this juncture followed his usual practice. Accepting their attitude of the moment as satisfactory and not concerning himself with their past conduct, he spared them all, and even honoured some of them, including Dolabella.3 For he owed the latter some kindness, which he did not see fit to forget; in other words, in place of overlooking that favour because he had been wronged, he pardoned him in consideration of the benefit he had received, and besides honouring him in other ways he not long afterward appointed him consul, though he had not even served as praetor.
§ 42.34
ταῦτα μὲν ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ παρὰ τὴν τοῦ Καίσαρος ἀπουσίαν ἐγένετο· χρόνιος δὲ ἐπʼ αὐτήν, καὶ οὐκ εὐθὺς ἐπὶ τῷ τοῦ Πομπηίου θανάτῳ, ἦλθε διὰ τάδε. οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι ταῖς τῶν χρημάτων ἐσπράξεσι βαρυνόμενοι, καὶ δεινῶς φέροντες ὅτι μηδὲ τῶν ιερῶν τις ἀπείχετο (θρησκεύουσί τε γὰρ πολλὰ περισσότατα ἀνθρώπων, καὶ πολέμους ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν καὶ πρὸς ἀλλήλους, ἅτε μὴ καθʼ ἓν ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντιωτάτου καὶ αὑτοῖς τιμῶντές τινα, ἀναιροῦνταἰ, τούτοις τε οὖν ἀγανακτήσαντες, καὶ προσέτι φοβηθέντες μὴ τῇ Κλεοπάτρᾳ ἅτε μέγα παρὰ τῷ Καίσαρι δυναμένῃ παραδοθῶσιν, ἐταράχθησαν. ἐκείνη τε γὰρ τέως μὲν διʼ ἑτέρων παρʼ αὐτῷ διὰ τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἐδικάζετο, ἔπειτα δὲ ὡς τάχιστα τὴν φύσιν αὐτοῦ κατέμαθεν (ἦν γὰρ ἐρωτικώτατος, καὶ πλείσταις καὶ ἄλλαις, ὅσαις που περιτύχοι, συνεγίγνετὀ, πέμπει πρὸς αὐτὸν προδίδοσθαί τε ὑπὸ τῶν φίλων λέγουσα καὶ ἀξιοῦσα αὐτὴ διʼ ἑαυτῆς ἀγωνίσασθαι. ἄλλως τε γὰρ περικαλλεστάτη γυναικῶν ἐγένετο, καὶ τότε τῇ τῆς ὥρας ἀκμῇ πολὺ διέπρεπε, τό τε φθέγμα ἀστειότατον εἶχε, καὶ προσομιλῆσαι παντί τῳ διὰ χαρίτων ἠπίστατο, ὥστε λαμπρά τε ἰδεῖν καὶ ἀκουσθῆναι οὖσα, κἀκ τούτου πάντα τινὰ καὶ δυσέρωτα καὶ ἀφηλικέστερον ἐξεργάσασθαι δυναμένη, πρὸς τρόπου τε ἐνόμισε τῷ Καίσαρι ἐντεύξεσθαι, καὶ πάντα ἐν τῷ κάλλει τὰ δικαιώματα ἔθετο. ᾐτήσατό τε οὖν ἐς ὄψιν αὐτοῦ ἐλθεῖν, καὶ τυχοῦσα κατεκόσμησέ τε ἑαυτὴν καὶ ἐξήσκησεν ὥστε σεμνοπρεπεστάτη καὶ οἰκτροτάτη αὐτῷ ὀφθῆναι. καὶ ἡ μὲν ταῦτα μηχανησαμένη ἔς τε τὴν πόλιν ἅμα (ἔξω γὰρ καὶ ἐκείνης ἦνʼ καὶ ἐς τὰ βασίλεια
These were the events which occurred in Rome during Caesar's absence. Now the reasons why he was so long in coming there and did not arrive immediately after Pompey's death were as follows. The Egyptians were discontented at the levies of money and indignant because not even their temples were left untouched.2 For they are the most religious people on earth in many respects and wage wars even against one another on account of their beliefs, since they are not all agreed in their worship, but are diametrically opposed to each other in some matters. As a result, then, of their vexation at this and, further, of their fear that they might be surrendered to Cleopatra, who had great influence with Caesar, they began a disturbance.3 Cleopatra, it seems, had at first urged with Caesar her claim against her brother by means of agents, but as soon as she discovered his disposition (which was very susceptible, to such an extent that he had his intrigues with ever so many other women — with all, doubtless, who chanced to come in his way) she sent word to him that she was being betrayed by her friends and asked that she be allowed to plead her case in person.4 For she was a woman of surpassing beauty, and at that time, when she was in the prime of her youth, she was most striking; she also possessed a most charming voice and a knowledge of how to make herself agreeable to every one. Being brilliant to look upon and to listen to, with the power to subjugate every one, even a love-sated man already past his prime, she thought that it would be in keeping with her role to meet Caesar, and she reposed in her beauty all her claims to the throne. 6 She asked therefore for admission to his presence, and on obtaining permission adorned and beautified herself so as to appear before him in the most majestic and at the same time pity-inspiring guise. When she had perfected her schemes she entered the city (for she had been living outside of it), and by night without Ptolemy's knowledge went into the palace.
§ 42.35
λάθρᾳ τοῦ Πτολεμαίου νυκτὸς ἐσῆλθεν· ὁ δὲ δὴ Καῖσαρ ἰδών τε αὐτὴν καί τι φθεγξαμένης ἀκούσας οὕτως εὐθὺς ἐδουλώθη ὥστε αὐτίκα ὑπό τε τὴν ἕω τόν τε Πτολεμαῖον μεταπέμψασθαι καὶ συναλλάξαι σφᾶς ἐπιχειρῆσαι· ἧς γὰρ δικαστὴς πρότερον ἠξιοῦτο εἶναι, τότε ταύτῃ συνεδίκει. ὁ οὖν παῖς, διά τε τοῦτο καὶ ὅτι τὴν ἀδελφὴν αἰφνιδίως εἶδεν ἔνδον οὖσαν, ὀργῆς τε ἐπληρώθη, καὶ ἐκπηδήσας ἐς τὸ πλῆθος ἐβόα λέγων προδίδοσθαι, καὶ τέλος τὸ διάδημα ἀπὸ τῆς κεφαλῆς περισπάσας ἔρριψε. θορύβου δὲ ἐπὶ τούτῳ μεγάλου συμβάντος ἐκεῖνον μὲν οἱ Καισάρειοι στρατιῶται συνήρπασαν, τὸ δὲ δὴ Αἰγύπτιον ἐταράττετο· κἂν αὐτοβοεὶ τὰ βασίλεια καὶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς καὶ ἐκ τῆς θαλάσσης ἅμα προσβαλόντες εἷλον (τοῖς γὰρ Ῥωμαίοις οὐδὲν ἀξιόμαχον, ἅτε καὶ φίλων σφῶν δοκούντων εἶναι, παρῆνʼ, εἰ μὴ φοβηθεὶς ὁ Καῖσαρ προῆλθέ τε ἐς αὐτούς, καὶ ἐν τῷ ἀσφαλεῖ στὰς πάντα σφίσιν, ὅσα ἂν ἐθελήσωσι, πράξειν ὑπέσχετο. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο ἐς ἐκκλησίαν ἐσελθὼν τόν τε Πτολεμαῖον καὶ τὴν Κλεοπάτραν παρεστήσατο, καὶ τὰς διαθήκας τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῶν ἀνέγνω, ἐν αἷς ἐκείνους μὲν συνοικῆσαί τε ἀλλήλοις κατὰ τὰ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων πάτρια καὶ βασιλεύειν ἅμα, τὸν δὲ δὴ τῶν Ῥωμαίων δῆμον τὴν ἐπιτροπείαν σφῶν ἔχειν ἐγέγραπτο. πράξας δὲ τοῦτο, καὶ ἐπειπὼν ὅτι ἑαυτῷ, δικτάτορι ὄντι καὶ πᾶν τὸ τοῦ δήμου κράτος ἔχοντι, τήν τε ἐπιμέλειαν τῶν παίδων ποιεῖσθαι καὶ τὰ δόξαντα τῷ πατρὶ αὐτῶν ἐπιτελεῖν προσήκει, ἐκείνοις τε τὴν βασιλείαν ἀμφοτέροις ἔδωκε, καὶ τῇ Ἀρσινόῃ τῷ τε Πτολεμαίῳ τῷ νεωτέρῳ, τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς σφων, Κύπρον ἐχαρίσατο. τοσοῦτον γάρ που δέος αὐτὸν ἔσχεν ὥστε μὴ μόνον μηδὲν τῶν τῆς Αἰγύπτου προσλαβεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν οἰκείων τι αὐτοῖς προσδοῦναι.
Caesar, upon seeing her and hearing her speak a few words was forthwith so completely captivated that he at once, before dawn, sent for Ptolemy and tried to reconcile them, thus acting as advocate for the very woman whose judge he had previously assumed to be. 2 For this reason, and because the sight of his sister within the palace was so unexpected, the boy was filled with wrath and rushed out among the people crying out that he was being betrayed, and at last he tore the diadem from his head and cast it away. In the great tumult which thereupon arose Caesar's troops seized the person of the prince and the Egyptian populace continued to be in an uproar. They assaulted the palace by land and sea at the same time and might have taken it without a blow, since the Romans had no adequate force present, owing to the apparent friendship of the natives; but Caesar in alarm came out before them, and standing in a safe place, promised to do for them whatever they wished. 4 Afterward he entered an assembly of theirs, and producing Ptolemy and Cleopatra, read their father's will, in which it was directed that they should live together according to the custom of the Egyptians and rule in common, and that the Roman people should exercise a guardianship over them. When he had done this and had added that it belonged to him as dictator, holding all the power of the people, to have an oversight of the children and to fulfill their father's wishes, he bestowed the kingdom upon them both and granted Cyprus to Arsinoe and Ptolemy the Younger, a sister and a brother of theirs. 6 For so great fear possessed him, it would seem, that he not only laid hold on none of the Egyptian domain, but actually gave them some of his own besides.
§ 42.36
τότε μὲν οὕτως ἐπαύσαντο, αὖθις δὲ οὐ πολλῷ ὕστερον ἐκινήθησαν ὥστε καὶ πολεμῆσαι. ὁ γὰρ Ποθεινὸς ὁ τὴν διοίκησιν τῶν τοῦ Πτολεμαίου χρημάτων προστεταγμένος (εὐνοῦχος δὲ ἦν καὶ τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα συνετεταράχεἰ, δείσας μὴ καὶ δίκην ποτὲ ἐπὶ τούτῳ δῷ, πέμπει κρύφα πρὸς τὸν Ἀχιλλᾶν περὶ τὸ Πηλούσιον ἔτι καὶ τότε ὄντα, καὶ αὐτὸν ἐκφοβήσας τε ἅμα καὶ ἐπελπίσας προσηταιρἵ??ʼ σατο, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους τοὺς τὰ ὅπλα ἔχοντας ᾠκειώσατο. πᾶσί τε γὰρ ὁμοίως δεινὸν ἐδόκει εἶναι ὑπὸ γυναικὸς ἄρχεσθαι, ὑποψίᾳ τοῦ τὸν Καίσαρα τότε μὲν ἐπὶ τῇ καταστάσει σφῶν ἀμφοτέροις δῆθεν αὐτοῖς τὴν βασιλείαν δεδωκέναι, προϊόντος δὲ δὴ τοῦ χρόνου μόνῃ τῇ Κλεοπάτρᾳ αὐτὴν προσθήσειν· καὶ ἀντίπαλοι τῷ τότε παρόντι αὐτοῦ στρατῷ ἐνόμιζον εἶναι. καὶ οἱ μὲν ἐπὶ τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν
By this action they were temporarily calmed, but not long afterward were roused even to the point of making war. For Pothinus, a eunuch who was charged with the management of Ptolemy's funds and who had taken a leading part in stirring up the Egyptians, 2 became afraid that he might some time have to pay the penalty for his conduct, and he accordingly sent secretly to Achillas, who was still at this time near Pelusium, and by frightening him and at the same time inspiring him with hopes he made him his associate, and next won over also all the rest who bore arms. To all of them alike it seemed a shame to be ruled by a woman — for they suspected that Caesar on the occasion mentioned had given the kingdom ostensibly to both the children merely to quiet the people, and that in the course of time he would offer it to Cleopatra alone — 4 and they thought themselves a match for the army he then had present. So they set out at once and proceeded toward Alexandria.
§ 42.37
εὐθὺς ἄραντες ἤλασαν· πυθόμενος δὲ τοῦτο ὁ Καῖσαρ, καὶ καταδείσας τό τε πλῆθος αὐτῶν καὶ τὰς τόλμας, ἔπεμψέ τινας πρὸς τὸν Ἀχιλλᾶν, οὔτι γε τῷ αὑτοῦ ἀλλὰ τῷ τοῦ Πτολεμαίου ὀνόματι, κελεύοντος αὐτῷ τὴν ἡσυχίαν ἄγειν. καὶ ὃς συνιεὶς ὅτι οὐ τοῦ παιδὸς ἀλλʼ ἐκείνου ἡ πρόσταξις ἦν, οὐχ ὅπως οὐκ ἐπήκουσεν αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ προσκαταφρονήσας ὡς καὶ φοβουμένου τούς τε στρατιώτας συνήγαγε, καὶ πολλὰ μὲν ὑπὲρ τοῦ Πτολεμαίου πολλὰ δὲ καὶ κατὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος τῆς τε Κλεοπάτρας εἰπών, τέλος καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς πεμφθέντας καίπερ Αἰγυπτίους ὄντας παρώξυνεν αὐτούς, ὅπως τοῦ τε φόνου σφῶν ἀναπλησθῶσι καὶ ἐς ἀνάγκην ἀσπείστου πολέμου καταστῶσι. μαθὼν οὖν ταῦτα ὁ Καῖσαρ τούς τε ἐκ τῆς Συρίας στρατιώτας μετεπέμψατο, καὶ τὰ βασίλεια τά τε ἄλλα τὰ πλησίον αὐτῶν οἰκοδομήματα διετάφρευσε
Caesar, learning of this and feeling afraid of their numbers and daring, sent some men to Achillas, not his own, but in Ptolemy's name, bidding him keep the peace. Achillas, however, realizing that this was not the boy's command, but Caesar's, so far from giving it any attention, 2 was filled with contempt for the sender, believing him afraid. So he called his soldiers together and by haranguing them at length in favour of Ptolemy and against Caesar and Cleopatra he finally roused their anger against the messengers, though these were Egyptians, so that they should defile themselves with their murder and thus be forced into a relentless war. Caesar, apprised of this, summoned his soldiers from Syria and fortified the palace and the other buildings near it by a moat and wall reaching to the sea.
§ 42.38
καὶ ἀπετείχισε μέχρι τῆς θαλάσσης. κἀν τούτῳ καὶ ὁ Ἀχιλλᾶς μετά τε τῶν Ῥωμαίων καὶ μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ Γαβινίου σὺν τῷ Σεπτιμίῳ πρὸς τὴν τοῦ Πτολεμαίου φρουρὰν καταλειφθέντων ἐπελθών (ἐκ γὰρ δὴ τῆς ἐκεῖ διατριβῆς καὶ τοὺς τρόπους ἐς τὸ ἐπιχώριον μετεβεβλήκεσανʼ τῶν τε Ἀλεξανδρέων τὸ πλεῖστον εὐθὺς προσεποιήσατο καὶ τὰ ἐπικαιρότατα ἐκρατύνατο. κἀκ τούτου πολλαὶ μὲν μάχαι καὶ μεθʼ ἡμέραν καὶ νύκτωρ αὐτοῖς ἐγίγνοντο, πολλὰ δὲ καὶ κατεπίμπρατο, ὥστε ἄλλα τε καὶ τὸ νεώριον τάς τε ἀποθήκας καὶ τοῦ σίτου καὶ τῶν βίβλων, πλείστων δὴ καὶ ἀρίστων, ὥς φασι, γενομένων, καυθῆναι. ἐκράτει δὲ τῆς μὲν ἠπείρου ὁ Ἀχιλλᾶς, χωρὶς ὧν ὁ Καῖσαρ ἐνετετείχιστο, τῆς δὲ δὴ θαλάσσης ἐκεῖνος, ἄνευ τοῦ λιμένος. καὶ ναυμαχίᾳ τε ἐνίκησε, καὶ ἐπειδὴ διὰ τοῦτο φοβηθέντες οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι μὴ ἐς τὸν λιμένα σφῶν ἐπεσπλεύσῃ, τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ πλὴν βραχέος ἔχωσαν, καὶ ἐκεῖνο προσαπέφραξεν, ὁλκάδας λίθων πλήρεις καταποντώσας, ὥστʼ αὐτοὺς μηδʼ εἰ πάνυ τι βούλοιντο ἐκπλεῦσαι, δυνηθῆναί ποι ἀπᾶραι. ποιήσας δὲ τοῦτο ῥᾷον τὰ ἐπιτήδεια τά τε ἄλλα καὶ ὕδωρ ἐπήγετο· τὴν γὰρ αὐτόθεν ὑδρείαν ὁ Ἀχιλλᾶς σφας ἀφῄρητο, τοὺς ὀχετοὺς διακόψας.
Meanwhile Achillas arrived with the Romans and the others who had been left behind with Septimius by Gabinius to keep guard over Ptolemy; for these troops as a result of their stay there had changed their habits and had adopted those of the natives. And he immediately won over the larger part of the Alexandrines and made himself master of the most advantageous positions. 2 After this many battles occurred between the two forces both by day and by night, and many places were set on fire, with the result that the docks and the storehouses of grain among other buildings were burned, and also the library, whose volumes, it is said, were of the greatest number and excellence. Achillas was in possession of the mainland, with the exception of what Caesar had walled off, and the latter of the sea except the harbour. Caesar, indeed, was victorious in a sea-fight, and when the Egyptians, consequently, fearing that he would sail into their harbour, had blocked up the entrance with the exception of a narrow passage, he cut off that outlet also by sinking freight ships loaded with stones; so they were unable to stir, no matter how much they might desire to sail out. 4 After this achievement provisions, and water in particular, were brought in more easily; for Achillas had deprived them of the local water-supply by cutting the pipes.
§ 42.39
τούτων δὲ οὕτω πραττομένων Γανυμήδης τις εὐνοῦχος τὴν Ἀρσινόην οὐ πάνυ φρουρουμένην ἐς τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους ὑπεξήγαγε· καὶ ταύτην ἐκεῖνοι βασιλίδα ἀποδείξαντες προθυμότερον τοῦ πολέμου, ὡς καὶ προστάτιν τινὰ ἐκ τοῦ τῶν Πτολεμαίων γένους ἔχοντες, ἀντελάβοντο. ὁ οὖν Καῖσαρ φοβηθεὶς μὴ καὶ ὁ Ποθεινὸς τὸν Πτολεμαῖον ἐκκλέψῃ, τὸν μὲν ἀπέκτεινε, τὸν δὲ οὐκέτʼ ἐπικρυπτόμενος ἀκριβῶς ἐφρούρει. παροξυνθέντων δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τούτοις τῶν Αἰγυπτίων, καὶ ἐκείνοις μὲν πλειόνων ἀεὶ προσγιγνομένων, τοῖς δὲ δὴ Ῥωμαίοις μηδέπω τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἐκ τῆς Συρίας παρόντων, ἐς φιλίαν αὐτοὺς ὑπαγαγέσθαι ἠθέλησε, καὶ τὸν Πτολεμαῖον ἀναβιβάσας που, ὅθεν ἐξακουσθήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν, εἰπεῖν σφισιν ἐκέλευσεν ὅτι οὔτε τι κακὸν ἔχοι οὔτε πολεμεῖν δέοιτο· πρός τε τὰς σπονδὰς αὐτοὺς παρεκάλει, καὶ προσυπισχνεῖτο διαπράξειν αὐτάς. καὶ εἴγε ἑκὼν ταῦτα οὕτω διείλεκτο, ἔπεισεν ἄν σφας καταλύσασθαι· νῦν δʼ ὑποτοπήσαντες αὐτὰ ὑπὸ τοῦ Καίσαρος κατεσκευάσθαι οὐκ ἐνέδοσαν.
While these events were taking place, one Ganymedes, a eunuch, secretly brought Arsinoe to the Egyptians, as she was not very well guarded. They declared her queen and proceeded to prosecute the war more vigorously, inasmuch as they now had as leader a representative of the family of the Ptolemies.2 Caesar, therefore, in fear that Pothinus might kidnap Ptolemy, put the former to death and guarded the latter strictly without any further dissimulation. This served still more to incense the Egyptians, to whose party numbers were being added continually, whereas the Roman soldiers from Syria were not yet present. Caesar was therefore anxious to win the people's friendship, and so he led Ptolemy up to a place from which they could hear his voice, and then bade him say to them that he was unharmed and did not desire war; and he urged them toward peace, and moreover promised to arrange it for them. 4 Now if he had talked to them thus of his own accord, he might have persuaded them to become reconciled; but as it was, they suspected that it was all prearranged by Caesar, and so did not yield.
§ 42.40
προϊόντος δὲ τοῦ χρόνου στάσις τοῖς περὶ τὴν Ἀρσινόην οὖσιν ἐνέπεσε, καὶ αὐτὴν ὁ Γανυμήδης ἔπεισε τὸν Ἀχιλλᾶν ὡς καὶ τὸ ναυτικὸν προδώσοντα ἀποκτεῖναι. γενομένου δὲ τούτου τήν τε ἡγεμονίαν τῶν στρατιωτῶν παρέλαβε, καὶ τὰ πλοῖα ὅσα ἐν τῷ ποταμῷ καὶ ἐν τῇ λίμνῃ ἦν συνήγαγεν, ἄλλα τε προσκατεσκεύασε, καὶ πάντα αὐτὰ ἐς τὴν θάλασσαν διὰ τῶν διωρύχων κομίσας τοῖς τε Ῥωμαίοις μὴ προσδεχομένοις προσέβαλε, καὶ τὰς μὲν κατέπρησε τῶν ὁλκάδων αὐτῶν τὰς δὲ ἀνεδήσατο, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο τόν τε ἔσπλουν τοῦ λιμένος ἐξεκάθηρε, κἀνταῦθα ναυλοχῶν πολλά σφας ἐλύπει. τηρήσας οὖν ποτε αὐτοὺς ὁ Καῖσαρ ἀμελῶς ὑπὸ τοῦ κρατεῖν ἔχοντας ἔς τε τὸν λιμένα αἰφνιδίως ἐπεσέπλευσε, καὶ συχνὰ πλοῖα καύσας ἔς τε τὴν Φάρον ἀπέβη καὶ τοὺς ἐνοικοῦντας ἐν αὐτῇ ἐφόνευσεν. ἰδόντες δὲ τοῦτο οἱ ἐν τῇ ἠπείρῳ Αἰγύπτιοι κατά τε τὰς γεφύρας ἐπεβοήθησαν αὐτοῖς, καὶ συχνοὺς τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἀνταποκτείναντες τοὺς λοιποὺς ἐς τὰς ναῦς ἐσήραξαν. καὶ αὐτῶν ὁπουδήποτε καὶ ἀθρόως ἐσβιαζομένων ἐς αὐτὰς ἄλλοι τε πολλοὶ ἐς τὴν θάλασσαν ἐξέπεσον καὶ ὁ Καῖσαρ. κἂν διέφθαρτο κακῶς, ὑπό τε τῶν ἱματίων βαρυνόμενος καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων βαλλόμενος (ἁλουργῶν γὰρ αὐτῶν ὄντων ἐστοχάζοντὀ, εἰ μὴ καὶ ἐκεῖνα ἀπερρίφει καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο διανεύσας πῃ ἐς ἀκάτιον ἐσεβεβήκει. καὶ ὁ μὲν οὕτως ἐσώθη, μηδὲν τῶν γραμμάτων βρέξας ἃ πολλὰ ἐν τῇ ἀριστερᾷ χειρὶ ἀνέχων ἐνήξατο· τὴν δὲ δὴ ἐσθῆτα αὐτοῦ οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι λαβόντες πρὸς τὸ τρόπαιον, ὃ ἔστησαν τῆς τροπῆς ταύτης, ἀνεκρέμασαν ὡς καὶ αὐτὸν ἐκεῖνον ᾑρηκότες. καὶ ἤδη γὰρ καὶ τὰ στρατεύματα ἃ ἀπὸ τῆς Συρίας μετεπέπεμπτο ἐπλησίασε, τάς τε κατάρσεις ἐτήρουν καὶ πολλὰ αὐτοὺς ἔβλαπτον. τοῖς μὲν γὰρ πρὸς τὴν Λιβύην σφῶν προσπίπτουσιν ὁ Καῖσαρ τρόπον τινὰ ἤμυνε· συχνοὺς δὲ δὴ περὶ τὰς τοῦ Νείλου ἐκβολὰς πυρσοῖς ὡς καὶ Ῥωμαῖοι ὄντες ἠπάτων τε καὶ συνελάμβανον, ὥστε τοὺς λοιποὺς μηκέτι τολμᾶν παρακομίζεσθαι, μέχρις οὗ Τιβέριος Κλαύδιος Νέρων ἐς αὐτὸν τότε τὸν ποταμὸν ἀναπλεύσας ἐκείνους τε μάχῃ ἐκράτησε καὶ τοῖς σφετέροις ἀδεέστερον τὸν πρόσπλουν ἐποίησε.
As time went on a dispute arose among the followers of Arsinoe, and Ganymedes prevailed upon her to put Achillas to death, on the ground that he was going to betray the fleet. When this had been done, he assumed command of the soldiers and gathered all the boats that were in the river and lake, besides constructing others; 2 and he conveyed them all through the canals to the sea, where he attacked the Romans while off their guard, burned some of their freight ships to the water's edge and towed others away. Then he cleared out the entrance to the harbour and by lying in wait for vessels there he caused the Romans great annoyance. So Caesar, having waited for a time when they were acting carelessly by reason of their success, suddenly sailed into the harbour, burned a large number of vessels, and disembarking on Pharos, slew the inhabitants of the island. When the Egyptians on the mainland saw this, they rushed over the bridges to the aid of their friends, and after killing many of the Romans in turn drove the remainder back to the ships. 4 While the fugitives were forcing their way into these in crowds anywhere they could, Caesar and many others fell into the sea. He would have perished miserably, being weighted down by his robes and pelted by the Egyptians (for his garments, being of purple, offered a good mark), had he not thrown off his clothing and then succeeded in swimming out to where a skiff lay, which he boarded. In this way he was saved, and that, too, without wetting one of the documents of which he held up a large number in his left hand as he swam. The Egyptians took his clothing and hung it upon the trophy which they set up to commemorate this rout, just as if they had captured him himself. They also kept a close watch upon the landings, since the legions which had been sent for from Syria were already drawing near, and were doing the Romans much injury. 6 For while Caesar could defend in a fashion those of them who came ashore on the Libyan side, yet near the mouth of the Nile the Egyptians deceived many of his men by means of signal fires, as if they too were Romans, and thus captured them, so that the rest no longer ventured to come to land, until Tiberius Claudius Nero at this time sailed up the river itself, conquered the foe in battle, and made it safer for his followers to come to land.
§ 42.41
κἀν τούτῳ Μιθριδάτης ὁ Περγαμηνὸς ἐπικληθεὶς ἐπεχείρησε μὲν ἐς τὸ στόμα τοῦ Νείλου τὸ κατὰ Πηλούσιον ταῖς ναυσὶν ἀναβῆναι, ἀποφραξάντων δὲ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων τοῖς πλοίοις τὸν ἔσπλουν προσεκομίσθη νυκτὸς ἐπὶ τὴν διώρυχα, καὶ ναῦς ἐς αὐτὴν ὑπερενεγκών (οὐ γὰρ ἐξίησιν ἐς τὴν θάλασσανʼ οὕτω διὰ ταύτης ἐς τὸν Νεῖλον ἀνέπλευσε, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο αἰφνίδιον ἔκ τε τῆς θαλάσσης καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ποταμοῦ ἅμα τοῖς φρουροῦσι τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ προσμίξας τήν τε ἀπόκλεισίν σφων ἔλυσε, καὶ τὸ Πηλούσιον τῷ τε πεζῷ ἅμα καὶ τῷ ναυτικῷ προσβαλὼν εἷλε. προχωρῶν τε ἐπὶ τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν, καὶ πυθόμενος Διοσκουρίδην τινὰ ἀπαντήσειν σφίσιν, ἐνήδρευσέ τε αὐτὸν καὶ κατειργάσατο.
Thereupon Mithridates, called the Pergamenian, undertook to go up with his ships into the mouth of the Nile opposite Pelusium; but when the Egyptians barred his entrance with their vessels, he betook himself by night to the canal, 2 hauled the ships over into it, since it does not empty into the sea, and through it sailed up into the Nile. After that he suddenly attacked, from both sea and river at once, those who were guarding the mouth of the river, and thus breaking up their blockade, he assaulted Pelusium with his infantry and his fleet simultaneously and captured it. Advancing then toward Alexandria, and learning that a certain Dioscorides was coming to confront him, he ambushed and destroyed him.
§ 42.42
αἰσθόμενοι δὲ ταῦθʼ οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι τὸν μὲν πόλεμον οὐδʼ ὣς κατελύσαντο, ἀχθεσθέντες δὲ τῇ τοῦ εὐνούχου καὶ τῆς γυναικὸς ἀρχῇ, καὶ νομίσαντες, ἂν τὸν Πτολεμαῖον προστήσωνται, καθυπέρτεροι τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἔσεσθαι, ἔπειτʼ ἐπειδὴ οὐδένα τρόπον ἐξαρπάσαι αὐτὸν ἠδυνήθησαν (δεινῶς γὰρ ἐφυλάσσετὀ, ἐπλάσαντο ταῖς τε συμφοραῖς πεπονῆσθαι καὶ τῆς εἰρήνης ἐπιθυμεῖν, καὶ ἔπεμψαν πρὸς τὸν Καίσαρα ἐπικηρυκευόμενοί τε καὶ τὸν Πτολεμαῖον αἰτοῦντες, ὅπως δὴ σὺν αὐτῷ περὶ τῶν σπονδῶν, ἐφʼ οἷς γενήσοιντο, βουλεύσωνται. ὁ οὖν Καῖσαρ ἐνόμισε μὲν καὶ ὡς ἀληθῶς αὐτοὺς μεταβεβλῆσθαι (ἄλλως τε γὰρ καὶ δειλοὺς καὶ ὀξυρρόπους ὄντας ἤκουε, καὶ τότε πρὸς τὰ πταίσματα καταπεπληγμένους ᾔσθετὀ εἰ δὲ δὴ καὶ τεχνάζοιντό τι, ἀλλʼ ὅπως μὴ διὰ τοῦτʼ ἐμποδίζων τὴν εἰρήνην νομισθῇ, συνεπαινεῖν τέ σφισιν ἔφη καὶ τὸν Πτολεμαῖον ἔπεμψεν. οὔτε γὰρ ἐν ἐκείνῳ τι ἰσχυρὸν ἔκ τε τῆς ἡλικίας καὶ ἐκ τῆς ἀπαιδευσίας ἐνεώρα ὄν, καὶ τοὺς Αἰγυπτίους ἤτοι συναλλαγήσεσθαί οἱ ἐφʼ οἷς ἐβούλετο ἢ δικαιότερον καὶ καταπολεμηθήσεσθαι καὶ καταστραφήσεσθαι ἤλπισεν, ὥστε ἀπʼ εὐλόγου δή τινος προφάσεως τῇ Κλεοπάτρᾳ παραδοθῆναι· οὐ γάρ που καὶ ἡττηθήσεσθαί ποτε ὑπʼ αὐτῶν, ἄλλως τε καὶ τῆς δυνάμεώς οἱ προσγεγενημένης,
But the Egyptians on receiving the news would not end the war even then; yet they were irritated at the rule of the eunuch and of the woman and thought that if they could put Ptolemy at their head they would be superior to the Romans. 2 So then, finding themselves unable to seize him in any way, inasmuch as he was skilfully guarded, they pretended that they were worn out by their disasters and desired peace; and they sent to Caesar, making overtures and asking for Ptolemy, in order, as they claimed, that they might consult with him about the terms on which a truce could be effected. Now Caesar believed that they had in very truth changed their mind, since he heard that they were cowardly and fickle in general and perceived that at this time they were terrified in the face of their defeats; but even in case they should be planning some trick, in order that he might not be regarded as hindering peace, he said that he approved their request, and sent them Ptolemy. 4 For he saw no source of strength in the lad, in view of his youth and lack of education, and hoped that the Egyptians would either become reconciled with him on the terms he wished or else would more justly deserve to be warred upon and subjugated, so that there might be some reasonable excuse for delivering them over to Cleopatra; for of course he had no idea that he would be defeated by them, particularly now that his troops had joined him.
§ 42.43
προσεδόκησε. παραλαβόντες δὲ τὸ παιδάριον οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι τῶν μὲν σπονδῶν οὐδὲν ἐφρόντισαν, ἐπὶ δὲ τὸν Μιθριδάτην παραχρῆμα ὥρμησαν ὡς δὴ καὶ μέγα τι ἔν τε τῷ ὀνόματι καὶ ἐν τῷ γένει τῷ τοῦ Πτολεμαίου κατορθώσοντες· καὶ αὐτὸν πρὸς τῇ λίμνῃ ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ τε ποταμοῦ καὶ τῶν ἑλῶν ἀπολαβόντες ἐθορύβουν. ὁ οὖν Καῖσαρ ἐκείνους μὲν οὐκ ἐπεδίωξεν, δεδιὼς μὴ λοχισθείη· ἀναχθεὶς δὲ νυκτὸς ὡς πρὸς ἐκβολήν τινα τοῦ Νείλου ἐπειγόμενος, καὶ φῶς, ὅπως ἐπὶ πλεῖστον ταύτῃ προϊέναι νομισθῇ, πάμπολυ καθʼ ἑκάστην ναῦν ἀνάψας, τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἐπιπλεῖν ὥρμητο, ἔπειτα δὲ ἀποσβέσας αὐτὸ ἀνεκομίσθη, καὶ παραπλεύσας τὴν πόλιν πρός τε τὴν χερρόνησον τὴν πρὸς τῇ Λιβύῃ οὖσαν κατῆρε, κἀνταῦθα τοὺς στρατιώτας ἐκβιβάσας περιῆλθέ τε τὴν λίμνην, καὶ τοῖς Αἰγυπτίοις ἀπροσδόκητος ὑπὸ τὴν ἕω πῥ??ʼπεσὼν εὐθύς τε αὐτοὺς κατέπληξεν ὥστε καὶ ἐπικηρυκεύσασθαι, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο (τὴν γὰρ ἱκετείαν αὐτῶν οὐκ ἐδέξατὀ μάχῃ τε ὀξείᾳ κατεκράτησε καὶ παμπληθεῖς ἐφόνευσε· καί τινες καὶ ἐν τῷ ποταμῷ μετὰ τοῦ Πτολεμαίου, σπουδῇ διʼ αὐτοῦ φυγόντες, ἐφθάρησαν.
But the Egyptians, when they secured the lad, took not a thought for peace, but straightway set out against Mithridates, as if they were sure to accomplish some great achievement by the name and by the family of Ptolemy; and they surrounded Mithridates near the lake, between the river and the marshes, and routed his forces. 2 Now Caesar did not pursue them, through fear of being ambushed, but at night he set sail as if he were hurrying to some outlet of the Nile, and kindled an enormous fire on each vessel, so that it might be widely believed that he was going thither. He started at first, then, to sail away, but afterwards extinguished the fires, returned, passed alongside the city to the peninsula on the Libyan side, where he came to land; and there he disembarked the soldiers, went around the lake, and fell upon the Egyptians unexpectedly about dawn. They were immediately so dismayed that they made overtures for peace, but since he would not listen to their entreaty, a fierce battle later took place in which he was victorious and slew great numbers of the enemy. Ptolemy and some others tried in their haste to escape across the river, and perished in it.
§ 42.44
οὕτω μὲν τὴν Αἴγυπτον ὁ Καῖσαρ ἐχειρώσατο, οὐ μέντοι καὶ ὑπήκοον αὐτὴν τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἐποιήσατο, ἀλλὰ τῇ Κλεοπάτρᾳ, ἧσπερ ἕνεκα καὶ ἐπεπολεμήκει, ἐχαρίσατο. φοβηθεὶς μέντοι μὴ οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι νεωτερίσωσιν αὖθις γυναικὶ ἄρχειν παραδοθέντες, καὶ οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι διά τε τοῦτο καὶ ὅτι καὶ συνῆν αὐτῷ χαλεπήνωσι, τῷ τε ἑτέρῳ ἀδελφῷ συνοικῆσαι δῆθεν αὐτὴν ἐκέλευσε, καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν ἀμφοτέροις σφίσιν, ὥς γε καὶ λόγῳ εἰπεῖν, ἔδωκε. τῷ γὰρ ἔργῳ ἡ Κλεοπάτρα μόνη πᾶν τὸ κράτος σχήσειν ἔμελλεν· ὅ τε γὰρ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς παιδίον ἔτι ἦν, καὶ ἐκείνη πρὸς τὴν παρὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος εὔνοιαν οὐδὲν ὅ τι οὐκ ἐδύνατο, ὥστε πρόσχημα μὲν ὡς καὶ τῷ ἀδελφῷ συνοικοῦσα καὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐπίκοινον αὐτῷ ἔχουσα ἐκέκτητο, τὸ δʼ ἀληθὲς μόνη τε ἐβασίλευε καὶ τῷ Καίσαρι συνδιῃτᾶτο.
In this way Caesar overcame Egypt. He did not, however, make it subject to the Romans, but bestowed it upon Cleopatra, for whose sake he had waged the conflict. 2 Yet, being afraid that the Egyptians might rebel again, because they were delivered over to a woman to rule, and that the Romans might be angry, both on this account and because he was living with the woman, he commanded her to “marry” her other brother, and gave the kingdom to both of them, at least nominally. For in reality Cleopatra was to hold all the power alone, since her husband was still a boy, and in view of Caesar's favour there was nothing that she could not do. 4 Hence her living with her brother and sharing the rule with him was a mere pretence which she accepted, whereas in truth she ruled alone and spent her time in Caesar's company.
§ 42.45
καὶ αὐτὸν ἐπὶ πλεῖον ἂν ἐν τῇ Αἰγύπτῳ κατέσχεν, ἢ καὶ ἐς τὴν Ῥώμην εὐθὺς αὐτῷ συναπῆρεν, εἰ μήπερ ὁ Φαρνάκης καὶ ἐκεῖθεν πάνυ ἄκοντα τὸν Καίσαρα ἐξήγαγε καὶ ἐς τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἐπειχθῆναι ἐκώλυσεν. οὗτος γὰρ παῖς μὲν τοῦ Μιθριδάτου ἦν καὶ τοῦ Βοσπόρου τοῦ Κιμμερίου ἦρχεν, ὥσπερ εἴρηται, ἐπιθυμήσας δὲ πᾶσαν τὴν πατρῴαν βασιλείαν ἀνακτήσασθαι ἐπανέστη κατʼ αὐτὴν τήν τε τοῦ Καίσαρος καὶ τὴν τοῦ Πομπηίου στάσιν, καὶ οἷα τῶν Ῥωμαίων τότε μὲν πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἀσχόλων γενομένων, αὖθις δὲ ἐν τῇ Αἰγύπτῳ κατασχεθέντων, τήν τε Κολχίδα ἀκονιτὶ προσηγάγετο καὶ τὴν Ἀρμενίαν ἀπόντος τοῦ Δηιοτάρου πᾶσαν, τῆς τε Καππαδοκίας καὶ τῶν τοῦ Πόντου πόλεών τινας, αἳ τῷ τῆς Βιθυνίας νομῷ
She would have detained him even longer in Egypt or else would have set out with him at once for Rome, had not Pharnaces not only drawn Caesar away from Egypt, very much against his will, but also hindered him from hurrying to Italy. 2 This king was a son of Mithridates and ruled the Cimmerian Bosporus, as has been stated; he conceived the desire to win back again the entire kingdom of his ancestors, and so he revolted just at the time of the quarrel between Caesar and Pompey, and, as the Romans were at that time occupied with one another and after were detained in Egypt, he got possession of Colchis without any difficulty, and in the absence of Deiotarus subjugated all Armenia, and part? of Cappadocia, and some cities of Pontus that had been assigned to the district of Bithynia.
§ 42.46
προσετετάχατο, κατεστρέψατο. πράσσοντος δὲ αὐτοῦ ταῦτα ὁ Καῖσαρ αὐτὸς μὲν οὐκ ἐκινήθη (οὔτε γὰρ ἡ Αἴγυπτός πω καθειστήκει, καὶ ἐλπίδος τι εἶχε διʼ ἑτέρων αὐτὸν χειρώσεσθαἰ, Γναῖον δὲ Δομίτιον Καλουῖνον ἔπεμψε, τήν τε Ἀσίαν οἱ καὶ στρατόπεδα προστάξας. καὶ ὃς τὸν Δηιόταρον καὶ τὸν Ἀριοβαρζάνην προσλαβὼν ἤλασεν εὐθὺς ἐπὶ τὸν Φαρνάκην ἐν τῇ Νικοπόλει ὄντα (καὶ γὰρ ταύτην προκατειλήφεἰ, καὶ καταφρονήσας, ἐπειδὴ ἐκεῖνος τὴν παρουσίαν αὐτοῦ φοβηθεὶς ἀνοχὴν ἐπὶ πρεσβεύσει ἑτοίμως ἔσχε ποιήσασθαι, οὔτε ἐσπείσατο αὐτῷ καὶ συμβαλὼν ἡττήθη. καὶ ὁ μὲν ἐκ τούτου ἐς τὴν Ἀσίαν, ἐπειδὴ μήτε ἀξιόμαχός οἱ ἦν καὶ ὁ χειμὼν προσῄει, ἀνεχώρησεν· Φαρνάκης δὲ μεγάλα δὴ φρονῶν τά τε ἄλλα τὰ ἐν τῷ Πόντῳ προσκατεκτήσατο, καὶ Ἀμισὸν καίπερ ἐπὶ πλεῖον ἀντισχοῦσαν εἷλέ τε καὶ διήρπασε, τούς τε ἡβῶντας ἐν αὐτῇ πάντας ἀπέκτεινε, καὶ ἐς τὴν Βιθυνίαν τήν τε Ἀσίαν ἐπὶ ταῖς αὐταῖς τῷ πατρὶ ἐλπίσιν ἠπείγετο. κἀν τούτῳ μαθὼν τὸν Ἄσανδρον, ὃν ἐπίτροπον τοῦ Βοσπόρου κατελελοίπει, νενεοχμωκότα, οὐκέτι περαιτέρω προεχώρησεν· ἐκεῖνος γάρ, ἐπειδὴ τάχιστα πόρρω τε ὁ Φαρνάκης ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ προϊὼν ἠγγέλθη, καὶ ἐδόκει, εἰ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα ἔν γε τῷ παρόντι ἀνθοῖ, ἀλλʼ οὔτι γε καὶ ἔπειτα καλῶς ἀπαλλάξειν, ἐπανέστη αὐτῷ ὡς καὶ τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις τι χαριούμενος τήν τε δυναστείαν τοῦ Βοσπόρου παρʼ αὐτῶν ληψόμενος.
While he was thus engaged, Caesar himself did not stir, inasmuch as Egypt was not yet in a settled state and he had some hope of overcoming Pharnaces through others; but he sent Gnaeus Domitius Calvinus, assigning him charge of Asia and of . . legions. 2 This officer added to his forces Deiotarus and Ariobarzanes and marched straight against Pharnaces, who was at Nicopolis, which he had already seized; and feeling contempt for his enemy, because the latter in dread of his arrival was ready through an embassy to agree to an armistice, he did not conclude a truce with him, but attacked him and was defeated. After that he retired to Asia, since he was no match for his conqueror and winter was approaching. Pharnaces was greatly elated, and after acquiring all the rest of Pontus, captured Amisus also, though it long held out against him; and he plundered the city and put to the sword all the men of military age there. He then hastened into Bithynia and Asia with the same hopes as his father had cherished. 4 Meanwhile, learning that Asander, whom he had left as governor of Bosporus, had revolted, he gave up advancing any farther. For Asander, as soon as word was brought that Pharnaces was moving far away from him, and it seemed likely that however prosperous he might be temporarily, he would not fare well later on, rose against him, thinking thus to do a favour to the Romans and to receive the sovereignty of Bosporus from them.
§ 42.47
Τοῦτʼ οὖν ὁ Φαρνάκης ἀκούσας ὥρμησεν ἐπʼ αὐτὸν μάτην· τὸν γὰρ Καίσαρα ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ εἶναι καὶ ἐς τὴν Ἀρμενίαν ἐπείγεσθαι πυθόμενος ἀνέστρεψε, κἀνταῦθα αὐτῷ περὶ Ζέλαν συνέτυχεν. ὁ γὰρ Καῖσαρ τοῦ τε Πτολεμαίου τελευτήσαντος καὶ τοῦ Δομιτίου νικηθέντος οὔτε εὐπρεπῆ οὔτε λυσιτελῆ οἱ τὴν ἐν τῇ Αἰγύπτῳ διατριβὴν ἐνόμισεν εἶναι, ἀλλὰ ἀφωρμήθη, καὶ τάχει πολλῷ χρησάμενος ἐς τὴν Ἀρμενίαν ἀφίκετο. ἐκπλαγεὶς οὖν ὁ βάρβαρος, καὶ πολὺ μᾶλλον τὴν ὁρμὴν ἢ τὸν στρατὸν αὐτοῦ καταδείσας, προσέπεμψεν αὐτῷ πρὶν πλησιάσαι πολλάκις προκηρυκευόμενος, εἴ πως τὸ παρὸν ἐφʼ ὁτῳδὴ συνθέμενος ἐκφύγοι. προΐσχετο δὲ ἄλλα τε καὶ ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα ὅτι οὐ συνήρατο τῷ Πομπηίῳ· καὶ ἤλπιζεν ὑπάξεσθαί τε αὐτὸν ἐς σπονδὰς ἅτε καὶ ἐς τὴν Ἰταλίαν τήν τε Ἀφρικὴν ἐπειγόμενον, καὶ ἀπελθόντος αὐτοῦ ῥᾳδίως αὖθις πολεμήσειν. ὑποπτεύσας οὖν τοῦτο ὁ Καῖσαρ τοὺς μὲν πρώτους καὶ τοὺς δευτέρους πρέσβεις ἐφιλοφρονήσατο, ὅπως ὅτι μάλιστα ἀπροσδοκήτῳ οἱ τῇ τῆς εἰρήνης ἐλπίδι προσπέσῃ, τῶν δὲ τρίτων ἐλθόντων τά τε ἄλλα ἐπεκάλεσεν αὐτῷ καὶ ὅτι τὸν Πομπήιον τὸν εὐεργέτην ἐγκατέλιπεν. καὶ οὐκ ἀνεβάλετο, ἀλλʼ εὐθὺς αὐθημερόν, ὥσπερ εἶχεν ἐκ τῆς ὁδοῦ, συνέμιξε, καί τινα χρόνον ὑπό τε τῆς ἵππου καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν δρεπανηφόρων ἐκταραχθεὶς ἔπειτα τοῖς ὁπλίταις ἐκράτησε. καὶ ἐκεῖνον μὲν ἐκφυγόντα ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ ἐς τὸν Βόσπορον μετὰ τοῦτο ἐσβιαζόμενον, ὁ Ἄσανδρος εἶρξέ τε καὶ
It was at the news of this that Pharnaces set out against him, but all in vain; for on ascertaining that Caesar was on the way and was hurrying into Armenia, he turned back and met him there near Zela. For now that Ptolemy was dead and Domitius vanquished, Caesar had decided that his delay in Egypt was neither creditable nor profitable to him, and had set out from there and had come with great speed into Armenia. 2 And so the barbarian, alarmed and fearing Caesar's rapidity much more than his army, sent messengers to him before he drew near, making frequent proposals to see if he might on some terms or other escape the present danger. One of the principal pleas that he presented was that he had not cooperated with Pompey, and he hoped to induce Caesar to grant a truce, particularly since the latter was anxious to hasten to Italy and Africa; and once Caesar was gone, he hoped to wage war again at his ease. 4 Caesar suspected this, and so treated the first and second embassies with great kindness, in order that he might fall upon his foes as unexpectedly as possible because of his hopes of peace; but when the third deputation came, he uttered various reproaches against him one being that he had deserted Pompey, his benefactor. Then he no longer delayed, but immediately, that very day and just as he came from the march, joined battle. For a little while some confusion was caused him by the enemy's cavalry and scythe-bearing chariots, but after that he conquered with his heavy-armed troops. Pharnaces escaped into the sea and later tried to force his way into Bosporus, but Asander repulsed and killed him.
§ 42.48
ἀπέκτεινε· Καῖσαρ δὲ ἐπὶ τῇ νίκῃ, καίπερ οὐ πάνυ διαπρεπεῖ γενομένῃ, πολὺ καὶ ὅσον ἐπʼ οὐδεμιᾷ ἄλλῃ ἐφρόνησεν, ὅτι ἔν τε τῇ αὐτῇ ἡμέρᾳ καὶ ἐν τῇ αὐτῇ ὥρᾳ καὶ ἦλθε πρὸς τὸν πολέμιον καὶ εἶδεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐνίκησε. καὶ τά τε λάφυρα πάντα, καίτοι πλεῖστα γενόμενα, τοῖς στρατιώταις ἐδωρήσατο, καὶ τρόπαιον, ἐπειδήπερ ὁ Μιθριδάτης ἀπὸ τοῦ Τριαρίου ἐνταῦθά που ἐγηγέρκει, ἀντανέστησε· καθελεῖν μὲν γὰρ τὸ τοῦ βαρβάρου οὐκ ἐτόλμησεν ὡς καὶ τοῖς ἐμπολεμίοις θεοῖς ἱερωμένον, τῇ δὲ δὴ τοῦ ἰδίου παραστάσει καὶ ἐκεῖνο συνεσκίασε καὶ τρόπον τινὰ καὶ κατέστρεψε. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο τὴν χώραν ὅσην τῶν τε Ῥωμαίων καὶ τῶν ἐνόρκων σφίσιν ἀποτετμημένος ὁ Φαρνάκης ἦν ἐκομίσατο, καὶ αὐτὴν πᾶσαν ὡς ἑκάστοις τοῖς ἀπολέσασιν ἔδωκε, πλὴν μέρους τινὸς τῆς Ἀρμενίας, ὃ τῷ Ἀριοβαρζάνει ἐχαρίσατο. τούς τε Ἀμισηνοὺς ἐλευθερίᾳ ἠμείψατο, καὶ τῷ Μιθριδάτῃ τῷ Περγαμηνῷ τετραρχίαν τε ἐν Γαλατίᾳ καὶ βασιλείας ὄνομα ἔδωκε, πρός τε τὸν Ἄσανδρον πολεμῆσαι ἐπέτρεψεν, ὅπως καὶ τὸν Βόσπορον κρατήσας αὐτοῦ λάβῃ, ὅτι πονηρὸς ἐς τὸν φίλον ἐγένετο.
Caesar took great pride in this victory, — more in fact, than in any other, even though it had not been very brilliant, — because on the same day and in the same hour, he had come to the enemy, had seen him, and had conquered him. 2 All the spoils, though of great magnitude, he bestowed upon the soldiers, and he set up a trophy to offset one which Mithridates had raised somewhat in that region to commemorate the defeat of Triarius. He did not dare to take down that of the barbarians, because it had been dedicated to the gods of war, but by the erection of his own near it he overshadowed and in a sense overthrew the other. Next he recovered all the territory belonging to the Romans and those under treaty with them which Pharnaces had taken, and restored it all to the persons who had been dispossessed, except a portion of Armenia, which he granted to Ariobarzanes.4 The people of Amisus he rewarded with freedom, and to Mithridates the Pergamenian he gave a tetrarchy in Galatia and the title of king and allowed him to wage war against Asander, so that by conquering him, he might get Bosporus also, since Asander had proved base toward his friend.
§ 42.49
πράξας δὲ ταῦτα, καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ τῷ Δομιτίῳ καταστήσασθαι κελεύσας, ἐς τὴν Βιθυνίαν ἦλθε, κἀντεῦθεν ἔς τε τὴν Ἑλλάδα καὶ ἐς τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἔπλευσε, πολλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ πάσῃ προφάσει χρήματα παρὰ πάντων, ὥσπερ καὶ πρίν, ἐκλέγων. τοῦτο μὲν γάρ, ὅσα τινὲς τῷ Πομπηίῳ προϋπέσχηντο, ἐπράξατο, τοῦτο δὲ καὶ ἄλλα ἔξωθεν, προσεπικαλῶν τινα, ᾔτει. τά τε ἀναθήματα τοῦ ἐν τῇ Τύρῳ Ἡρακλέους πάντα ἀνείλετο, ὅτι τήν τε γυναῖκα καὶ τὸν παῖδα τοῦ Πομπηίου ὑπεδέξαντο ὅτε ἔφυγον. καὶ στεφάνους ἐπὶ ταῖς νίκαις συχνοὺς καὶ παρὰ τῶν δυναστῶν τῶν τε βασιλέων χρυσοῦς ἔλαβε. ταῦτα δὲ οὐχ ὑπὸ κακίας ἐποίει, ἀλλʼ ὅτι καὶ ἐδαπάνα παμπληθῆ, καὶ ἀνάλωσιν πολὺ πλείω ἔς τε τὰ στρατόπεδα καὶ ἐς τὰ ἐπινίκια, τά τε ἄλλα ὅσα ἐλαμπρύνετο, ποιήσειν ἔμελλε. τό τε σύμπαν εἰπεῖν, χρηματοποιὸς ἀνὴρ ἐγένετο, δύο τε εἶναι λέγων τὰ τὰς δυναστείας παρασκευάζοντα καὶ φυλάσσοντα καὶ ἐπαύξοντα, στρατιώτας καὶ χρήματα, καὶ ταῦτα διʼ ἀλλήλων συνεστηκέναι· τῇ τε γὰρ τροφῇ τὰ στρατεύματα συνέχεσθαι, καὶ ἐκείνην ἐκ τῶν ὅπλων συλλέγεσθαι· κἂν θάτερον ὁποτερονοῦν αὐτῶν ἐνδεὲς ᾖ, καὶ τὸ ἕτερον συγκαταλυθήσεσθαι.
After accomplishing this and ordering Domitius to arrange other matters he came to Bithynia and from there to Greece, whence he sailed for Italy, collecting along the way great sums of money from everybody, and upon every pretext, just as before. 2 In the first place, he exacted all that any had previously promised to Pompey, and again, he asked for still more from other sources, bringing various accusations to justify his action. He removed all the votive offerings of Heracles at Tyre, because the inhabitants had received the wife and son of Pompey when they fled. He also got many golden crowns for potentates and kings in honour of his victories. All this he did, not out of malice, but because his expenditures were on a vast scale and because he was intending to lay out still more upon his legions, his triumph, and everything else that gratified his pride. 4 In short, he showed himself a money-getter, declaring that there were two things which created, protected, and increased sovereignties, — soldiers and money, — and that these two were dependent of each other. For it was by proper maintenance, he said, that armies were kept together, and this maintenance was secured by arms; and in case either one of them were lacking, the other also would be overthrown at the same time.
§ 42.50
περὶ μὲν οὖν τούτων οὕτω καὶ ἐφρόνει ἀεὶ καὶ ἔλεγεν· ἐς δὲ δὴ τὴν Ἰταλίαν, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐς τὴν Ἀφρικὴν καίπερ πεπολεμωμένην οἱ, ἠπείχθη ὅτι ταραττόμενα τὰ ἐν τῷ ἄστει πυθόμενος ἐφοβήθη μὴ καὶ ἐς ἀνήκεστον προχωρήσῃ. οὐ μέντοι καὶ κακὸν οὐδένα οὐδέν, ὥσπερ εἶπον, εἰργάσατο, πλὴν ὅτι κἀνταῦθα πολλὰ ἠργυρολόγησε, τὰ μέν τινα ἐν δωρεᾶς μέρει, στεφάνους καὶ ἀγάλματα καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα τοιαῦτα, λαμβάνων, τὰ δὲ καὶ δανειζόμενος δῆθεν, οὐχ ὅτι παρὰ τῶν ἰδιωτῶν ἀλλὰ καὶ παρὰ τῶν πόλεων. τοῦτο γὰρ τὸ ὄνομα ταῖς ἐκλογαῖς τῶν χρημάτων, ἐφʼ αἷς μηδεμία ἄλλη πρόφασις εὔλογος ἦν, ἐτίθετο, ἐπεὶ τήν γε ἄλλως καὶ βιαίως, οὐδὲν ἧττον τῶν ὀφειλομένων, καὶ ἐκεῖνα ἐπράττετο, καὶ ἔμελλε μηδέποτε ἀποδοθήσεσθαι. ἔλεγε μὲν γὰρ ὑπὲρ τοῦ δημοσίου τὰ οἰκεῖα δεδαπανηκέναι, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ δανείζεσθαι· ὅθενπερ καὶ χρεῶν ἀποκοπὰς ἀξιοῦντος τοῦ πλήθους γενέσθαι οὐκ ἐποίησεν, εἰπὼν ὅτι “καὶ αὐτὸς πολλὰ ὀφείλω·” εὔδηλος δὲ ἐγίγνετο καὶ τὰ ἀλλότρια τῇ δυναστείᾳ παρασπώμενος. οἵ τε οὖν ἄλλοι διὰ τοῦτο ἤχθοντο αὐτῷ καὶ οἱ ἑταῖροι· τῶν γὰρ δεδημευμένων συχνά, καὶ ὑπὲρ τὴν ἀξίαν γε ἔστιν ἅ, ἐλπίδι τοῦ προῖκα αὐτὰ ἕξειν ἀγοράσαντες, πᾶσαν τὴν τιμὴν ἀποτίνειν ἠναγκάζοντο.
About these matters he ever thought and spoke thus. Now it was to Italy that he hurried and not to Africa, although the latter region had become hostile to him, because he learned of the disturbances in the capital and feared that they might be carried to dangerous heights. 2 Nevertheless, as I have said, he did no harm to any one, except that there, too, he collected large amounts, partly in the shape of crowns and statues and the like which he received as gifts, and partly by “borrowing,” as he styled it, not only from individual citizens but also from cities. This term “borrowing” he applied to those levies of money for which there was no other reasonable excuse; for he exacted these sums also in a high-handed way and no less by force than he collected money actually due him, and it was his intention never to repay them. He claimed, indeed, that he had spent his private possessions for the public good and that indeed it was for that reason he was borrowing. 4 Accordingly, when the multitude demanded an annulment of debts, he would not grant this, saying: “I, too, owe large amounts.” It was easy to see that he was wresting away others' property also by his position of supremacy, and for this his associates as well as others disliked him. For these men, who had bought a great deal of the confiscated property, in some cases for more than its real value, in the hope of retaining it without paying for it, now found themselves compelled to pay the full price.
§ 42.51
ἀλλὰ τούτους μὲν ἐν οὐδενὶ λόγῳ ἐποιεῖτο. καίτοι καὶ ἐκείνους τρόπον τινὰ ὡς ἑκάστους ἐθεράπευσε. τοῖς τε γὰρ πολλοῖς ἐχαρίσατο τόν τε τόκον τὸν ἐποφειλόμενόν σφισιν ἐξ οὗ πρὸς τὸν Πομπήιον ἐξεπολεμώθη πάντα, καὶ τὸ ἐνοίκιον ὅσον ἐς πεντακοσίας δραχμὰς ἦν ἐνιαυτοῦ ἑνὸς ἀφείς, καὶ προσέτι καὶ τὰς τιμήσεις τῶν κτημάτων, ἐν οἷς τὴν ἀπόδοσιν τῶν δανεισμάτων κατὰ τοὺς νόμους γίγνεσθαι ἔδει, πρὸς τὴν ἐν τῷ χρόνῳ ἀξίαν ἐπαναγαγών, ἐπειδὴ τῷ πλήθει τῶν δεδημοσιωμένων πολὺ πάντα ἐπευώνιστο. τούτους τε οὖν ταῦτα πράξας ἀνηρτήσατο, καὶ τῶν προσεταιριστῶν τῶν τε συναγωνιστῶν τοὺς μὲν βουλευτὰς ἱερωσύναις τε καὶ ἀρχαῖς ταῖς τε ἐς τὸν λοιπὸν τοῦ ἔτους ἐκείνου χρόνον καὶ ταῖς ἐς νέωτα (ἵνα γὰρ πλείους αὐτῶν ἀμείψηται, στρατηγούς τε δέκα ἐς τὸ ἐπιὸν ἔτος ἀπέδειξε καὶ ἱερέας ὑπὲρ τὸ νενομισμένον· τοῖς τε γὰρ ποντίφιξι καὶ τοῖς οἰωνισταῖς, ὧν καὶ αὐτὸς ἦν, τοῖς τε πεντεκαίδεκα καλουμένοις ἕνα ἑκάστοις προσένειμε, καίπερ αὐτὸς βουληθεὶς πάσας τὰς ἱερωσύνας λαβεῖν ὥσπερ ἐψήφιστὀ, τοὺς δὲ ἱππέας τοῦ τέλους τούς τε ἑκατοντάρχους καὶ τοὺς ὑπομείονας ἄλλοις τέ τισι καὶ τῷ καὶ ἐς τὸ συνέδριόν τινας ἀπʼ αὐτῶν ἀντὶ τῶν ἀπολωλότων καταλέξαι.
But to such persons he paid no attention. Nevertheless, to a certain extent he did court them, too, as individuals. For he made a present to the multitude of all the interest they were owing from the time he had gone to war with Pompey, and he released them from all rent for one year, up to the sum of two thousand sesterces; 2 furthermore he raised the valuation on the goods, in terms of which it was required by law for loans to be paid to their worth at the time the loan had been made, in view of the fact that everything had become much cheaper as a result of the great amount of confiscated property. By these acts he attached the people to himself; and he attached the members of his party and those who had fought for him in the following manner. Upon the senators he bestowed priesthoods and offices, some of them for the rest of that year and some for the next. 4 Indeed, in order to reward a larger number, he appointed ten praetors for the next year and more than the customary number of priests; for he added one member each to the pontificesand to the augurs, of whom he was one, and also to the Quindecemviri, as they were called, although he had desired to take all the priesthoods himself, as had been decreed. The knights in the army and the centurions and subordinate officers he conciliated in various ways, especially by appointing some of them to the senate to fill the places of those who had perished.
§ 42.52
τὰ δὲ δὴ στρατόπεδα οὐχ ἡσυχῇ αὐτὸν ἐτάραξε· πολλὰ γὰρ λήψεσθαι ἐλπίσαντες, καὶ εὑρόμενοι τῆς μὲν ἀξίας οὐκ ἐλάττω τῆς δὲ προσδοκίας καταδεέστερα, ἐθορύβησαν. ἐν Καμπανίᾳ δὲ οἱ πλείους αὐτῶν, ὡς καὶ ἐς τὴν Ἀφρικὴν προπλευσόμενοι, ἦσαν. οὗτοι οὖν τόν τε Σαλούστιον παρʼ ὀλίγον ἀπέκτειναν (στρατηγὸς γὰρ ἐπὶ τῷ τὴν βουλείαν ἀναλαβεῖν ἀπεδέδεικτὀ, καὶ ἐπειδὴ καὶ ἐκεῖνος διαφυγὼν αὐτοὺς ἐς τὴν Ῥώμην πρὸς τὸν Καίσαρα ὥρμησε, τὰ γιγνόμενά οἱ δηλώσων, ἐφέσποντό τε αὐτῷ συχνοὶ μηδενὸς φειδόμενοι, καὶ ἄλλους τε τῶν ἐντυχόντων σφίσι καὶ βουλευτὰς δύο ἔσφαξαν. ὁ οὖν Καῖσαρ ὡς τάχιστα τῆς προσόδου αὐτῶν ᾔσθετο, ἠθέλησε μὲν τὸ δορυφορικὸν ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς ἀντιπέμψαι, φοβηθεὶς δὲ μὴ καὶ ἐκεῖνοι συστασιάσωσί σφισιν ἡσύχασε, μέχρις οὗ ἐς τὸ προάστειον ἀφίκοντο. ἐνταῦθα δὲ δὴ οὖσιν αὐτοῖς προσέπεμψε, καὶ ἐπύθετο τί βουλόμενοι καὶ τίνος χρῄζοντες ἥκοιεν. ἀποκριναμένων τέ σφων ὅτι αὐτῷ ἐκείνῳ ἐροῦσιν, ἐπέτρεψε μὲν αὐτοῖς ἐς τὴν πόλιν ἄνευ τῶν ὅπλων, πλὴν τῶν ξιφῶν, ἐσελθεῖν· ταῦτα γὰρ καὶ ἄλλως καὶ ἐν τῷ ἄστει φορεῖν εἰώθεσαν, καὶ
The legions, however, caused him no slight trouble; for they had expected to receive a great deal, and when they found their rewards inferior to their expectation, though not less, to be sure, than their deserts, they made a disturbance. The most of them were in Campania, being destined to sail on ahead to Africa.2 These nearly killed Sallust, who had been appointed praetor in order to recover his senatorial rank; and when, after escaping them, he set out for Rome to inform Caesar of what was going on, many followed him, sparing no one on their way, but killing, among others whom they met, two senators. Caesar, as soon as he heard of their approach, wished to send his body-guard against them, but fearing that it, too, might join in the mutiny, he remained quiet until they reached the suburbs. While they waited there he sent to them and inquired what wish or what need had brought them. 4 Upon their replying that they would tell him personally he allowed them to enter the city unarmed, except for their swords; for they were regularly accustomed to wear these in the city, and they would not have submitted to laying them aside at that time.
§ 42.53
τότε οὐκ ἂν ὑπέμειναν καταθέσθαι· εἰπόντων δὲ αὐτῶν πολλὰ μὲν περὶ ὧν καὶ ἐπόνησαν καὶ ἐκινδύνευσαν, πολλὰ δὲ καὶ περὶ ὧν ἤλπισαν ἀξίους τέ σφας τυχεῖν ἔφασκον εἶναι, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο ἀφεθῆναί τε τῆς στρατείας ἀξιούντων καὶ δεινῶς διὰ τοῦτʼ αὐτῷ ἐγκειμένων, οὐχ ὅτι καὶ ἰδιωτεῦσαι ἐβούλοντο (ἥκιστα γάρ, ἅτε καὶ συνήθεις ταῖς πλεονεξίαις ἐκ πολλοῦ γεγονότες, τοῦτʼ ἤθελονʼ ἀλλʼ ὅτι καταπλήξειν τε ἐξ αὐτοῦ τὸν Καίσαρα καὶ πᾶν ὁτιοῦν καταπράξειν, ἅτε καὶ ὑπογύου οἱ τῆς ἐς τὴν Ἀφρικὴν στρατείας οὔσης, ἐνόμιζον, περὶ μὲν τῶν ἄλλων οὐδέν σφισι τὸ παράπαν ἀπεκρίνατο, αὐτὰ δὲ ταῦτα εἰπὼν μονα “ἀλλʼ ὀρθῶς γε, ὦ Κυιρῖται, λέγετε· καὶ γὰρ κεκμήκατε καὶ κατατέτρωσθε” πάντας αὐτοὺς παραχρῆμα ὡς μηδὲν δῆθεν αὐτῶν δεόμενος διῆκε, καὶ τοῖς τὸν τεταγμένον χρόνον ἐστρατευμένοις καὶ τὰ γέρα ἐντελῆ δώσειν ὑπέσχετο. λεχθέντων δὲ τούτων κατεπλάγησαν ἔκ τε τῆς ἄλλης αὐτοῦ διανοίας, καὶ μάλιστα ὅτι Κυιρίτας ἀλλʼ οὐ στρατιώτας σφᾶς ὠνόμασε, καὶ ταπεινωθέντες φοβηθέντες τε μὴ πάθωσί τι δεινὸν μετεβάλοντο, καὶ πολλὰ μὲν ἱκετεύοντες αὐτὸν εἶπον, πολλὰ δὲ καὶ ἐπαγγελλόμενοι καὶ συστρατεύσειν οἱ ἐθελονταὶ καὶ τὸν πόλεμον μόνοι διαπολεμήσειν ὑπέσχοντο. ὡς οὖν ἐνταῦθα ἦσαν, καί τις καὶ τῶν στρατιαρχῶν ἐν τοσούτῳ, ἢ καὶ ἀφʼ ἑαυτοῦ γνώμης ἢ χαριζόμενος τῷ Καίσαρι, διελέχθη τέ τινα ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν καὶ ἐδεήθη, “ἀφίημι μέν” ἔφη “καὶ ὑμᾶς τοὺς παρόντας καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους πάντας, ὅσοις τὰ τῆς στρατείας ἔτη ἐξήκει· οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδὲ δέομαί τι ὑμῶν· τὰ μέντοι γέρα καὶ ὣς ὑμῖν ἀποδώσω, ἵνα μήποτέ τις εἴπῃ ὅτι ἐγὼ χρησάμενος ὑμῖν ἐν τοῖς κινδύνοις ἔπειτα ἀχάριστος ἐγενόμην, εἰ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα καὶ τοῖς σώμασιν ἐρρωμένοι καὶ πάντα καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ προσδιαπολεμῆσαι δυνάμενοι οὐκ ἠθελήσατέ μοι συστρατεῦσαι.”
They had much to say about the toils and dangers they had undergone and much about what they had hoped for and what they declared they deserved to obtain. Next they asked to be released from service and were very insistent with him upon this point, 2 not that they wished to return to private life, — indeed they were far from anxious for this, since they had long been accustomed to the gains of war, — but because they thought they would scare Caesar in this way and accomplish anything they pleased, since his projected invasion of Africa was close at hand. He, however, made no reply to their first statements, but said merely: “Why, of course, Quirites, what you say is right; you are naturally weary and worn out with wounds,” and then at once disbanded them all as if he had no further need of them, promising that he would give the rewards in full to such as had served the appointed time. 4 At these words they were struck with alarm both at his intention in general and particularly because he had called them Quirites instead of soldiers; and so, humiliated and fearing they should meet with some severe penalty, they changed front and addressed him with many entreaties and offers, promising that they would join his expedition as volunteers and would carry the war through for him by themselves. When they had reached this stage and one of their leaders also, either on his own impulse or as a favour to Caesar, had said a few words and presented a few petitions in their behalf, he replied: “I discharge both you who are present here and all the rest whose years of service have expired; for I really have no further need of you. Yet even so I will pay you the rewards, that no one may say that after using you in dangers I later showed myself ungrateful, even though you were unwilling to join my campaign while perfectly strong in body and able to carry through all the wars that remain.”
§ 42.54
καὶ ὁ μὲν ταῦτά τε σοφιζόμενος εἶπε (πάνυ γὰρ αὐτῶν ἔχρῃζἐ καὶ χώραν ἔκ τε τῆς δημοσίας καὶ ἐκ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ δὴ πᾶσί σφισιν ἔνειμεν, ἄλλους ἄλλῃ, καὶ πάνυ πόρρω ἀπʼ ἀλλήλων, ἀπαρτήσας, ὥστε μήτε τοῖς ὁμοχώροις σφᾶς φοβεροὺς μήτʼ αὖ πρὸς νεωτερισμὸν ἑτοίμους, καθʼ ἕν που συνοικοῦντας, γενέσθαι. τῶν τε ἐποφειλομένων σφίσι χρημάτων, ἃ πολλὰ καὶ καθʼ ἑκάστην ὡς εἰπεῖν πρᾶξιν ὑπέσχητο δώσειν, τὰ μὲν εὐθὺς ἀπαλλάξειν, τὰ δὲ οὐκ ἐς μακρὰν καὶ σὺν τόκῳ γε διαλύσειν ἐπηγγείλατο. εἰπὼν δὲ ταῦτα, καὶ δουλωσάμενος αὐτοὺς ὥστε μήτε τι θρασύνεσθαι καὶ προσέτι καὶ χάριν εἰδέναι, προσεπεῖπεν “ἀπέχετε μὲν παρʼ ἐμοῦ πάντα, καὶ οὐδένα ἔθʼ ὑμῶν ἀναγκάσω στρατεύσασθαι· εἰ μέντοι τις ἑκούσιος ἐθέλοι καὶ τὰ λοιπά μοι συγκατεργάσασθαι, ἡδέως αὐτὸν δέξομαι.” ἀκούσαντες δὲ τοῦτο ἐκεῖνοι ὑπερήσθησαν καὶ πάντες ὁμοίως
This he said for effect, for they were quite indispensable to him. He then assigned them all land from the public holdings and from his own, settling them in different places, and separating them far from one another, so that they should not, by living somewhere together, either be a source of terror to their neighbours or, again, be ready for rebellion. 2 As to the money that he owed them, — and on the eve of practically every action he had promised to give them large amounts, — he offered to pay part immediately and to settle for the remainder with interest in the near future. When he had said this and had so enthralled them that they showed no sign of boldness but even went so far as to express their gratitude, he added: 3 “You have all that is due to you from me, and I will compel no one of you to make campaigns any longer. If, however, any one wishes of his own accord to help me accomplish what remains, I will gladly receive him.” Hearing this, they were overjoyed, and all alike volunteered to serve again.
§ 42.55
ἀναστρατεύσασθαι ἠθέλησαν. ὁ οὖν Καῖσαρ τοὺς ταραχώδεις αὐτῶν, οὐ πάντας ἀλλʼ ὅσοι μετρίως πως συνόντες γεωργίαις ζῆν ἐδύναντο, ἀπολέξας τοῖς λοιποῖς ἐχρήσατο. καὶ τοῦτο καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἄλλων στρατιωτῶν ἐποίησεν· τοὺς γὰρ πάνυ τε θρασεῖς καὶ ἱκανοὺς μέγα τι κακὸν δρᾶσαι ἐκ μὲν τῆς Ἰταλίας ἐξήγαγεν, ὅπως μηδὲν ἐκεῖ καταλειφθέντες νεοχμώσωσιν, ἐν δὲ δὴ τῇ Ἀφρικῇ καὶ μάλα ἡδέως, ἄλλους κατʼ ἄλλην πρόφασιν, ἀνάλωσε· τούς τε γὰρ ἐναντίους ἅμα δι’ αὐτῶν κατειργάζετο καὶ ἐκείνων ἀπηλλάττετο. φιλανθρωπότατός τε γὰρ ἀνδρῶν ὤν, καὶ πολλὰ κεχαρισμένα τοῖς τε ἄλλοις καὶ τοῖς στρατιώταις μάλιστα ποιῶν, δεινῶς τοὺς στασιάζοντάς σφων ἐμίσει καὶ ἰσχυρότατα αὐτοὺς ἐκόλαζε. ταῦτά τε ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ ἔτει, ἐν ᾧ δικτάτωρ μὲν ὄντως αὐτὸς τὸ δεύτερον ἦρξεν, ὕπατοι δὲ ἐπʼ ἐξόδῳ αὐτοῦ ἀποδειχθέντες ὅ τε Καλῆνος
Caesar put aside the turbulent spirits among them, — not all to be sure, but as many as were moderately well acquainted with farming and so could make a living, — and the others he used. He did the same also in the case of the rest of his soldiers: 2 those who were overbold and able to cause serious trouble he took away from Italy, in order that they might not be left behind there and begin an insurrection; and he took great satisfaction in using them up in Africa on various pretexts, since at the same time he was destroying his foes through their efforts he was also ridding himself of them. For although he was the kindliest of men and showed many favours not only to the citizens in general but particularly to his soldiers, he bitterly hated those of them who were mutinous and punished them with extreme severity. These were the things he did in that year in which he really ruled alone as dictator for the second time, though Calenus and Vatinius, appointed near the close of the year, were said to be the consuls.
§ 42.56
καὶ ὁ Οὐατίνιος ἐλέγοντο εἶναι, ἐποίησε, καὶ ἐς τὴν Ἀφρικὴν καίτοι τοῦ χειμῶνος ἐνεστηκότος ἐπεραιώθη. καὶ οὐκ ὀλίγα δὲ ἐκ τούτου, ἀνέλπιστος τοῖς ἐναντίοις προσπεσών, κατώρθωσε· πλεῖστον γὰρ παρὰ πάντα καὶ τῷ τάχει καὶ ταῖς ἐκ τοῦ ἀπροσδοκήτου στρατείαις κατέπραττεν, ὥστʼ εἴ τις ἐκλογίζοιτο ὅτῳ τοσοῦτον τῶν καθʼ ἑαυτὸν ἐν τοῖς πολεμίοις ὑπερήνεγκεν, οὐδὲν ἂν ἄλλο τούτου μᾶλλον ὂν ἔμπροσθε παραβαλὼν εὕροι. ἡ δὲ δὴ Ἀφρικὴ ἦν μὲν οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ πρόσθεν χρόνῳ φίλη τῷ Καίσαρι, μετὰ δὲ δὴ τὸν τοῦ Κουρίωνος θάνατον καὶ πάνυ ἐχθρὰ ἐγένετο. ὅ τε γὰρ Οὐᾶρος καὶ ὁ Ἰόβας τὰ πράγματα εἶχον, καὶ προσέτι καὶ ὁ Κάτων καὶ ὁ Σκιπίων οἵ τε ἄλλοι οἱ μετʼ αὐτῶν ὄντες ἐκεῖσε, ὥσπερ εἶπον, συγκατέφυγον, κἀκ τούτου κοινωσάμενοι τὸν πόλεμον τά τε ἐν τῇ ἠπείρῳ ἐξηρτύσαντο καὶ τῇ τε Σικελίᾳ καὶ τῇ Σαρδοῖ ἐπίπλους ἐποιοῦντο, καὶ τάς τε πόλεις ἐλύπουν καὶ τὰ πλοῖα κατῆγον, καὶ ἀπʼ αὐτῶν καὶ ὅπλα τόν τε σίδηρον τὸν ἄλλον, οὗπέρ που καὶ μόνου ἔχρῃζον, ἐπόριζον, τελευτῶντές τε ἐς τοῦτο καὶ τῆς παρασκευῆς καὶ τῆς διανοίας, οἷα μήτε στρατοῦ σφίσιν ἐναντιουμένου καὶ τοῦ Καίσαρος ἔν τε τῇ Αἰγύπτῳ καὶ ἐν τῷ ἄστει χρονίσαντος, ἀφίκοντο ὥστε καὶ ἐς τὴν Ἰβηρίαν τὸν Πομπήιον ἀποστεῖλαι. στασιάζειν τε γὰρ αὐτὴν πυνθανόμενοι, καὶ ἐκεῖνον ἑτοίμως ἅτε τοῦ Πομπηίου τοῦ Μάγνου παῖδα ὄντα δέξεσθαι νομίσαντες, παρεσκευάζοντο ὁ μὲν ὡς τήν τε Ἰβηρίαν διὰ βραχέων κατασχήσων καὶ πρὸς τὸ ἄστυ ἐκεῖθεν ὁρμήσων, οἱ δὲ ὡς τὸν πλοῦν
He also crossed over to Africa, although winter had set in. And he met with no little success from this very circumstance, by attacking his opponents unexpectedly. On all occasions, indeed, he accomplished a great deal by his rapidity and by the unexpectedness of his movements, so that if any one should try to find out what it was that made him so superior in the art of war to his contemporaries, he would find by careful comparison that there was nothing more striking than this very characteristic. 2 Now Africa had not been friendly to Caesar in the first place, and after Curio's death it became thoroughly hostile. For Varus and Juba were in charge of affairs, and furthermore Cato, Scipio and their followers had all taken refuge there, as I have stated. After this they made common cause in the war, carried on their preparations by land, and also made descents by sea upon Sicily and Sardinia, harrying their cities and taking back their ships, from which they obtained a plentiful supply of arms and of iron in other forms, which alone they lacked. 4 Finally they reached a state of preparedness and courage that, when no army opposed them and Caesar delayed in Egypt and the capital, they sent Pompey to Spain. For on learning that the country was in revolt they thought that the people would readily receive him as the son of Pompey the Great; and while he was making preparations to occupy Spain in a short time and to set out from there to the capital, the others were getting ready to make the voyage to Italy.
§ 42.57
ἅμα τὸν ἐς τὴν Ἰταλίαν ποιησόμενοι. κατʼ ἀρχὰς μὲν γὰρ διατριβή τις αὐτοῖς ἐγένετο, τοῦ τε Οὐάρου τῷ Σκιπίωνι τῆς ἡγεμονίας ἀμφισβητήσαντος, ἐπειδὴ αὐτὸς ἐκ πλείονος ἐν τοῖς ταύτῃ χωρίοις ἦρχε, καὶ τοῦ Ἰόβου τῇ νίκῃ ἐπαιρομένου καὶ τὰ πρῶτα διʼ αὐτὴν ἀξιοῦντος φέρεσθαι· συμφρονήσαντες δὲ ὅ τε Σκιπίων καὶ ὁ Κάτων, οἷα ὁ μὲν τῇ ἀξιώσει ὁ δὲ τῇ συνέσει πολὺ πάντων σφῶν προήκοντες, τούς τε ἄλλους προσεποιήσαντο καὶ ἐκείνους ἔπεισαν τῷ Σκιπίωνι πάντα ἐπιτρέψαι. ὁ γὰρ Κάτων δυνηθεὶς ἂν ἐξ ἴσου αὐτῷ ἢ καὶ μόνος ἄρξαι οὐκ ἠθέλησε, τὸ μὲν ὅτι βλαβερώτατον τοῖς τοιούτοις ἡγεῖτο εἶναι, τὸ δὲ ὅτι τῷ πολιτικῷ ἀξιώματι ἠλαττοῦτο αὐτοῦ· πολὺ γὰρ ἄλλως τε καὶ ἐν τοῖς στρατιωτικοῖς ἑώρα δυνάμενον τὸ τὸν ἄρχοντα καὶ νόμῳ δή τινι τῶν ἄλλων προκεκρίσθαι, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τῆς τε ἀρχῆς ἑκὼν αὐτῷ παρεχώρησε, καὶ προσέτι καὶ τὰ στρατεύματα ἃ ἐπηγάγετο παρέδωκε. καὶ ὁ μὲν ἐκ τούτου τήν τε Οὐτικήν, ὑποπτευθεῖσαν τὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος φρονεῖν καὶ ὀλίγου καὶ ἀνάστατον ὑπὸ τῶν ἄλλων ἐπὶ τούτῳ γενομένην, ἐξαιτησάμενος ἐς φυλακὴν ὑπεδέξατο, καὶ τὴν χώραν τήν τε θάλασσαν τὴν ταύτῃ πᾶσαν φρουρεῖν ἐπετράπη· τῶν δὲ ἄλλων ὁ Σκιπίων αὐτοκράτωρ ἦρχε. καὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ τὸ ὄνομα πολὺ πάντας τοὺς ὁμογνωμονοῦντάς οἱ ἐπερρώννυε, νομίζοντας οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως ἀλόγῳ τινὶ πίστει μηδένα ἂν Σκιπίωνα ἐν τῇ Ἀφρικῇ κακῶς πρᾶξαι.
At first they experienced a slight delay, due to a dispute between Varus and Scipio about the leadership, inasmuch as the former had held sway for a longer time in these regions, and Juba also, elated by his victory, demanded that he should have first place because of it. 2 But Scipio and Cato, who far excelled them all in rank and in shrewdness respectively, reached an agreement and won the rest over to it, persuading them to entrust everything to Scipio. For Cato, who might have commanded on equal terms with him, or even alone, refused, first, because he thought it a most injurious course in such circumstances, and second, because he was inferior to the other in official rank. He saw that in military matters even more than elsewhere it was very important that the commander should have some legal precedence over the others, and therefore he willingly yielded him the command and furthermore delivered to him the armies that he had brought there. 4 After this Cato interceded on behalf of Utica, which was suspected of favouring Caesar's cause and had come near being destroyed by the others on this account, and thus he received it to guard, and the whole country and sea in that vicinity were entrusted to his protection. The other districts were governed by Scipio as commander-in chief. His very name was a source of strength to all those who sided with him, since by some strange, unreasonable hope they believed that no Scipio could meet with misfortune in Africa.
§ 42.58
μαθὼν οὖν τοῦτο ὁ Καῖσαρ, καὶ ἰδὼν ὅτι καὶ οἱ μεθʼ ἑαυτοῦ στρατευόμενοι πεπεισμένοι τε αὐτὸ οὕτως ἔχειν εἰσὶ καὶ φοβοῦνται, προσπαρέλαβέ τινα ἔκ τε τοῦ γένους τοῦ τῶν Σκιπιώνων ὄντα καὶ τὴν προσηγορίαν ταύτην φέροντα (ἐπεκαλεῖτο δὲ Σαλουτίων ʼ,ʼ καὶ οὕτω τόν τε πλοῦν πρὸς Ἀδρύμητον ἐποιήσατο (τὰ γὰρ ἐν τῇ Οὐτικῇ ἰσχυρῶς ἐφρουρεῖτὀ, καὶ ἔλαθεν αὐτοὺς ἀνέλπιστος ὑπὸ τοῦ χειμῶνος περαιωθείς. ἐκβάντι δὲ αὐτῷ τῆς νεὼς συντυχία τοιάδε ἐγένετο, ὑφʼ ἧς εἰ καί τι φοβερὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ δαιμονίου σφίσιν ἐσημαίνετο, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτό γε ἐκεῖνο ἐς ἀγαθὸν ἔτρεψεν· ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἅμα τῷ τῆς γῆς ἐπιβῆναι προσέπταισε, καὶ αὐτὸν πεσόντα ἐπὶ στόμα οἱ στρατιῶται ἰδόντες ἠθύμησαν καὶ δυσανασχετήσαντες ἐθορύβησαν, οὐ διηπορήθη, ἀλλʼ ἐκτείνας τὼ χεῖρε τήν τε γῆν, ὡς καὶ ἑκὼν δὴ πεσών, περιέλαβε καὶ κατεφίλησε, καὶ ἀναβοήσας εἶπεν “ἔχω σε, Ἀφρική.” ἐκ δὲ τούτου προσέβαλε μὲν τῷ Ἁδρυμήτῳ, ἀποκρουσθεὶς δὲ καὶ προσέτι καὶ ἐκ τοῦ στρατοπέδου βιαίως ἐκβληθεὶς μετέστη πρὸς πόλιν ἑτέραν Ῥούσπινα, καὶ δεχθεὶς ὑπʼ αὐτῶν χειμάδιόν τε ἐν αὐτῇ κατεσκευάσατο. καὶ ἐκεῖθεν ὁρμώμενος ἐπολέμει.
When Caesar learned of this and saw that his own soldiers also were persuaded that it was so and were consequently afraid, he added to his retinue a man of the family of the Scipios who bore that name (he was otherwise known as Salutio), 2 and then made the voyage to Hadrumetum, since the neighbourhood of Utica was strictly guarded; and since his crossing in the winter was unexpected, he escaped the enemy's notice. When he had left his ship, an accident happened to him which, even if some disaster was portended to his expedition by Heaven, he nevertheless turned to a good omen. Just as he was setting foot on land he slipped, and the soldiers, seeing him fall on his face, were disheartened and in their chagrin raised an outcry; Caesar, however, did not lose his presence of mind, but stretching out his hands as if he had fallen on purpose, he embraced and kissed the ground, crying out: “I have thee, Africa!” 4 Thereupon he made an assault of Hadrumetum, but was repulsed and actually driven out of his camp by main force. Then he transferred his position to another city called Ruspina, and being received by the inhabitants, established his winter quarters there and proceeded to carry on the war from that base.
— Book 43 —
§ 43.arg
τάδε ἔνεστιν ἐν τῷ τετταρακοστῷ τρίτῳ τῶν Δίωνος Ῥωμαϊκῶν α. ὡς Καῖσαρ Σκιπἱωνα καὶ Ἰόβαν ἐνίκησεν. β. ὡς Νουμιδίαν οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι ἔσχον. γ. ὡς Κάτων ἑαυτὸν ἀπέκτεινεν. δ. ὡς Καῖσαρ ἐς Ῥώμην ἐπανῆλθε καὶ τὰ ἐπινίκια ἔπεμψε καὶ τἆλλα κατεστήσατο. ε. ὡς ἥ τε ἀγορὰ Καίσαρος καὶ ὁ ναὸς ὁ τῆς Ἀφροδίτης καθιερώθη. ζ. ὡς Καῖσαρ τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν ἐς τὸν νῦν τρόπον κατεστήσατο. η. ὡς Καῖσαρ Γναῖον Πομπήιον τὸν τοῦ Πομπηίου υἱὸν ἐν Ἰβηρίᾳ ἐνίκησεν. θ. ὡς πρῶτον ὕπατοι ἐς οὐχ ὅλον τὸ ἔτος ἀπεδείχθησαν. ι. ὡς Καρχηδὼν καὶ Κόρινθος ἀπῳκίσθη. ια. ὡς οἱ Κερεάλιοι ἀγορανόμοι κατεστάθησαν. χρόνου πλῆθος ἔτη τρία, ἐν οἷς ἄρχοντες οἱ ἀριθμούμενοι οἵδε ἐγένοντο γ. Ἰούλιος Γ. υἱ. Καῖσαρ δικτάτωρ τὸ γ μετὰ Αἰμιλίου Λεπίδου ἱππάρχου καὶ ὕπατος τὸ γ μετὰ Αἰμιλίου Λεπίδου γ. Ἰούλιος Καῖσαρ δικτάτωρ τὸ δ μετὰ Αἰμιλίου Λεπίδου ἱππάρχου καὶ ὕπατος τὸ δ μόνος γ. Ἰούλιος Καῖσαρ δικτάτωρ τὸ ε μετὰ Αἰμιλίου Λεπίδου ἱππάρχου καὶ ὕπατος τὸ ε μετὰ Μ. Ἀντωνίου.
—
§ 43.1
τότε μὲν ταῦτʼ ἔπραξε, τῷ δὲ ἐχομένῳ ἔτει καὶ ἐδικτατόρευσεν ἅμα καὶ ὑπάτευσε, τρίτον ἑκάτερον, τοῦ Λεπίδου οἱ ἀμφοτέρωθι συνάρξαντος. ἐπειδὴ γὰρ δικτάτωρ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ τὸ πρῶτον ἐλέχθη, παραχρῆμά τε αὐτὸν μετὰ τὴν στρατηγίαν ἐς τὴν Ἰβηρίαν τὴν πλησιαιτέραν ἔστειλε, καὶ ἐπανελθόντα ἐπινικίοις, μήτε τινὰς νικήσαντα μήτʼ ἀρχὴν μαχεσάμενόν τισιν, ἐτίμησε, πρόφασιν ὅτι τοῖς ὑπό τε τοῦ Λογγίνου καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ Μαρκέλλου πραχθεῖσι παρεγένετο. οὔκουν οὐδὲ ἔπεμψέ τι ἐπʼ ἀληθείας, πλὴν τῶν χρημάτων ἃ τοὺς συμμάχους ἐσεσυλήκει. τούτοις τε οὖν αὐτὸν ἤγηλε, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο καὶ συνάρχοντα ἑκατέρωθι προσείλετο.
Book XLIII Such were Caesar's experiences at that time. The following year he became both dictator and consul at once, holding each of the offices for the third time, and with Lepidus as his colleague in both instances. For when he had been named dictator by Lepidus the first time, he had sent him immediately after his praetorship into Hither Spain; 2 and upon his return he had honoured him with a triumph, although Lepidus had conquered no foes nor so much as fought with any, the pretext being that he had been present at the exploits of Longinus and of Marcellus. Accordingly, he sent home nothing, as a matter of fact, except the money he had plundered from the allies. Caesar besides exalting Lepidus with these honours chose him later as his colleague in both the positions mentioned.
§ 43.2
καὶ αὐτῶν ἀρχόντων ἤδη οἵ τε ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ ἐταράχθησαν ὑπὸ σημείων· λύκος τε γὰρ ἐν αὐτῇ ὤφθη, καὶ χοῖρος ἐλέφαντι πλὴν τῶν ποδῶν ὅμοιος ἐγεννήθη· κἀν τῇ Ἀφρικῇ ὅ τε Πετρεΐος καὶ ὁ Λαβιῆνος τηρήσαντες τὸν Καίσαρα πρὸς κώμας ἐπὶ σῖτον ἐξεληλυθότα. τήν τε ἵππον αὐτοῦ μηδέπω καλῶς ἐκ τῆς θαλάσσης ἐρρωμένην ἐς τοὺς πεζοὺς τοῖς Νομάσι κατήραξαν, καὶ συνταραχθείσης πρὸς τοῦτο τῆς ἀσπίδος πολλοὺς μὲν αὐτῶν ἐν χερσὶν ἀπέκτειναν, πάντας δʼ ἂν καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς ἀνειληθέντας ἐπὶ μετέωρόν τι ἐξέκοψαν, εἰ μὴ ἰσχυρῶς ἐτρώθησαν. ἐπὶ πλεῖον δʼ οὖν καὶ ὥς, τούτου συμβεβηκότος, τὸν Καίσαρα κατέπληξαν. λογιζόμενος μὲν γὰρ ὡς ὑπὸ ὀλίγων ἔπταισε, προσδεχόμενος δὲ καὶ τὸν Σκιπίωνα τόν τε Ἰόβαν πάσαις, ὥσπερ ἠγγέλλοντο, ταῖς δυνάμεσιν εὐθὺς ἀφίξεσθαι, διηπόρει καὶ οὐκ εἶχεν ὅ τι πράξῃ· τόν τε γὰρ πόλεμον μηδέπω καλῶς διενεγκεῖν δυνάμενος, καὶ τὴν ἐν ταὐτῷ μονὴν χαλεπήν, κἂν οἱ πολέμιοί σφων ἀπέχωνται, διὰ τὴν τῆς τροφῆς ἀπορίαν, τήν τε ἀνάστασιν ἀδύνατον τῶν πολεμίων καὶ ἐκ τῆς ἠπείρου καὶ ἐκ τῆς θαλάσσης ἐπικειμένων οἱ ὁρῶν οὖσαν, ἠθύμει.
When now they were in office, the people of Rome were disturbed by prodigies; for a wolf was seen in the city, and a pig was born resembling an elephant save its feet. In Africa, Petreius and Labienus, after waiting until Caesar had gone out to villages after grain, 2 drove his cavalry, which had not yet thoroughly recovered its strength after the sea-voyage, back upon the infantry with the aid of the Numidians; and while the latter as a result was in great confusion, they killed many of the soldiers in hand-to-hand fighting. Indeed, they would also have cut down all the others, who had crowded together on some high ground, had they not received grievous wounds themselves. Even so, they alarmed Caesar not a little by this deed. For considering how he had been checked by a few, and expecting, too, that Scipio and Juba would arrive directly with all their forces, as it was reported they would, he was greatly embarrassed and did not know what course to adopt. 4 For he was not yet able to carry through the war to a satisfactory conclusion; and he saw that to stay in the same place was difficult because of the lack of substance, even if the foe should leave his troops alone, and that to retire was impossible, with the enemy pressing upon him both by land and by sea. Consequently he was dispirited.
§ 43.3
Ἐνταῦθʼ οὖν αὐτῷ ὄντι Πούπλιός τις Σίττιος, εἴγε ἐκεῖνον ἀλλὰ μὴ τὸ δαιμόνιον δεῖ λέγειν, τήν τε σωτηρίαν ἅμα καὶ τὴν ἐπικράτησιν ἔδωκεν. οὗτος γὰρ ἐξέπεσε μὲν ἐκ τῆς Ἰταλίας, παραλαβὼν δὲ συμφυγάδας τινὰς καὶ περαιωθεὶς ἐς Μαυριτανίαν χεῖρά τε ἤθροισε, καὶ παρὰ τῷ Βόκχῳ στρατηγήσας ἐπεχείρησε τῷ Καίσαρι, μήτε τινὰ εὐεργεσίαν αὐτοῦ προέχων μήτʼ ἄλλως ἐν γνώσει οἱ ὤν, τοῦ τε πολέμου συναείρασθαι καὶ τὰ παρόντα συγκατεργάσασθαι. κἀκ τούτου αὐτῷ μὲν ἐκείνῳ οὐκ ἐπήμυνε· πόρρω τε γὰρ αὐτὸν ἤκουεν ὄντα, καὶ βραχύ τι ὑφʼ ἑαυτοῦ (οὐ γάρ πω μεγάλην ἰσχὺν εἶχενʼ ὠφελήσεσθαι ἐνόμιζε· τὸν δὲ δὴ Ἰόβαν ἐκστρατεύσαντα τηρησας ἔς τε τὴν Νουμιδίαν ἐνέβαλε, καὶ ταύτην τε καὶ τὴν Γαιτουλίαν μέρος τῆς ἀρχῆς αὐτοῦ οὖσαν ἐλυμήνατο, ὥστε τὸν βασιλέα τῶν τε ἐν χερσὶν ἀφέσθαι καὶ ἐκ μέσης τῆς ὁδοῦ μετὰ τοῦ πλείονος στρατοῦ ἀναστρέψαι· ἔστι γὰρ ὅ τι καὶ τῷ Σκιπίωνι ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ συνέπεμψεν. ἐξ οὗπερ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα διεφάνη ὅτι εἰ καὶ ἐκεῖνος ἐληλύθει, οὐκ ἄν ποτε αὐτοῖς ὁ Καῖσαρ ἀντέσχεν. οὔκουν οὐδὲ μόνῳ τῷ Σκιπίωνι συμβαλεῖν εὐθὺς ἐτόλμησε· τά τε γὰρ ἄλλα καὶ τοὺς ἐλέφαντας, τὸ μέν τι καὶ ἐπὶ τῇ μάχῃ, τὸ δὲ δὴ πλεῖον ὅτι τὸ
He was still in this position when one Publius Sittius (if, indeed, we ought to say it was he, and not rather Providence) brought to him at one stroke salvation and victory. This man had been exiled from Italy, and taking with him some fellow-exiles and crossing over into Mauretania, 2 he had collected a force and served as general under Bocchus; and although he had previously received no benefit from Caesar, and was not known to him at all, in fact, he undertook to assist him in the war and help him overcome his present difficulties. In pursuance of this plan he did not go to the aid of Caesar himself, for he heard that he was at a distance and thought that his own assistance would prove of small value to him, since he had as yet no large body of troops, but waited, instead, until Juba set out on his expedition, 4 and then he invaded Numidia, harrying it and Gaetulia (a part of Juba's dominion) so completely that the king gave up the matter in hand and turned back in the midst of his march with most of his army; for he also sent a part of it to Scipio at the same time. This fact made it very clear that if Juba had also come up, Caesar could never have withstood the two. Indeed, he did not so much as venture to join issue with Scipio alone at first, because he stood in great dread of the elephants, among other things, partly on account of their fighting abilities, but still more because they kept throwing his cavalry into confusion.
§ 43.4
ἱππικὸν αὐτοῦ ἐτάρασσον, δεινῶς ἐδεδίει. ἐν φυλακῇ οὖν τὸ στρατόπεδον ἐς ὅσον ἐδύνατο ποιῶν ὁ Καῖσαρ στρατιώτας τε ἐκ τῆς Ἰταλίας καὶ ἐλέφαντας μετεπέμπετο, οὐχ ὡς καὶ ἀξιόμαχόν τι διʼ αὐτῶν δράσων (οὐδὲ γὰρ πολλοὶ ἦσανʼ, ἀλλʼ ἵνα οἱ ἵπποι πρός τε τὴν ὄψιν καὶ πρὸς τὴν φωνὴν αὐτῶν ἐκμελετήσωσιν οὐδὲν ἔτι τοὺς τῶν πολεμίων φοβεῖσθαι. κἀν τούτῳ οἵ τε Γαίτουλοι προσεχώρησαν αὐτῷ καὶ ἕτεροί τινες τῶν πλησιοχώρων, τὰ μὲν δι’ ἐκείνους, ἐπειδή σφας μεγάλως τιμηθέντας ἤκουσαν, τὰ δὲ καὶ τῇ τοῦ Μαρίου μνήμῃ, ὅτι προσήκων αὐτοῦ ἦν. ὡς δὲ ταῦτά τε ἐγένετο, καὶ οἱ ἐκ τῆς Ἰταλίας βραδέως μὲν καὶ ἐπικινδύνως ὑπό τε τοῦ χειμῶνος καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν πολεμίων περαιωθέντες, ὅμως δʼ οὖν ἦλθόν ποτε, οὐκέθʼ ἡσύχασεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὐναντίον ἠπείχθη πρὸς τὴν μάχην, ὅπως πρὶν τὸν Ἰόβαν ἐπελθεῖν φθάσῃ τὸν Σκιπίωνα προκατεργασάμενος. καὶ προχωρήσας ἐπʼ αὐτὸν πρὸς πόλιν Οὐζζίττα ἐπὶ λόφου τινός, ὑπέρ τε ἐκείνης καὶ ὑπὲρ τοῦ στρατοπέδου ἅμα αὐτῶν ὄντος, ἱδρύθη, προεκκρούσας τοὺς κατέχοντας αὐτόν, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο προσπεσόντα οἱ τὸν Σκιπίωνα ἀπό τε τοῦ μετεώρου ἀπεδίωξε καὶ τοῖς ἱππεῦσιν ἐπικαταδραμὼν ἐκάκωσε. τοῦτό τε οὖν τὸ χωρίον κατέσχε καὶ ἐνετειχίσατο, καὶ ἕτερον ἐπὶ θάτερα τῆς πόλεως, τὸν Λαβιῆνον ἐπʼ αὐτοῦ κρατήσας, ἔλαβε· κἀκ τούτου καὶ πᾶσαν αὐτὴν ἀπετείχισεν. ὁ γὰρ Σκιπίων δείσας μὴ προαναλωθῇ, ἐς μάχην μὲν οὐκέτʼ αὐτῷ ᾔει, τὸν δὲ Ἰόβαν μετεπέμπετο, καὶ αὐτῷ, ἐπειδὴ μὴ ὑπήκουέν οἱ, πάντα τὰ ἐν τῇ Ἀφρικῇ τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις ὄντα χαρίσασθαι ὑπέσχετο. καὶ ὁ μὲν ἐκ τούτου τῷ μὲν Σιττίῳ ἄλλους ἀντέταξεν, αὐτὸς δὲ ἐπὶ τὸν Καίσαρα αὖθις ὥρμησεν.
Therefore, while keeping as strict guard over the camp as he could, he sent to Italy for soldiers and elephants. He did not count on the latter, to be sure, for any considerable military achievement, but desired that the horses, by becoming accustomed to the sight and sound of them, should learn to have no further fear of those belonging to the enemy. 2 Meanwhile the Gaetulians came over to his side, and also some of their neighbours, partly on account of the Gaetulians, since they heard these had been highly honoured, and partly through remembrance of Marius, since Caesar was a relative of his. When this had occurred, and his reinforcements from Italy, in spite of delay and danger due to the winter and the enemy, had at length crossed over, he no longer remained quiet, but, on the contrary, hastened forward to battle, in order to overpower Scipio before Juba's arrival. 4 He moved forward against him in the direction of a city called Uzitta, where he took up his quarters on a crest overlooking both the city and the enemy's camp, having first dislodged those who were holding it. Later, when Scipio attacked him, he drove him away also from the higher ground, and by charging down after him with his cavalry did him some injury. So he held this position and fortified it; and he also took another hill on the other side of the city by defeating Labienus on it, after which he walled off the entire place. For Scipio, fearing his own power might be spent too soon, would no longer risk a battle with Caesar, 6 but kept sending for Juba; when the latter would not obey his summons, Scipio promised to make him a present of all the territory that the Romans had in Africa. Juba then appointed others to take charge of the operations against Sittius and in person once more set out against Caesar.
§ 43.5
ἐν ᾧ δὲ ταῦτʼ ἐγίγνετο, ὁ Καῖσαρ ἐπείρασε μὲν πάντα τρόπον ἐς χεῖρας τὸν Σκιπίωνα ὑπαγαγέσθαι, μὴ δυνηθεὶς δὲ λόγους τε φιλίους ἐς τοὺς στρατιώτας αὐτοῦ καθῆκε καὶ βιβλία βραχέα διέρριψεν, ὑπισχνούμενος διʼ αὐτῶν τῷ μὲν ἐπιχωρίῳ τά τε οἰκεῖα ἀκέραια τηρήσειν καὶ αὐτοὺς ἐλευθέρους ἀφήσειν, τῷ δὲ Ῥωμαίῳ τήν τε ἄδειαν καὶ τὰ γέρα ἃ καὶ τοῖς συνοῦσίν οἱ ὤφειλε δώσειν· καὶ συχνούς γε ἐκ τούτου προσεποιήσατο. Σκιπίων δὲ ἐπεχείρησε μὲν καὶ αὐτὸς καὶ βιβλία καὶ λόγους ἐς τοὺς ἐναντίους ἐσβαλεῖν ὡς καὶ σφετερισόμενός τινας, οὐ μέντοι καὶ μεταστῆσαι αὐτοὺς ἠδυνήθη, οὐχ ὅτι οὐκ ἂν καὶ τὰ ἐκείνου τινὲς ἀνθείλοντο, εἴπερ τι τῶν ὁμοίων ἐπηγγέλλετο, ἀλλʼ ὅτι ἆθλον μέν σφισιν οὐδὲν ὑπισχνεῖτο, τὸν δὲ δὴ δῆμον τὸν τῶν Ῥωμαίων τήν τε γερουσίαν ἄλλως ἐλευθερῶσαι αὐτοὺς παρεκάλει. καὶ οὕτως, ἐν ᾧ δὴ τὰ εὐπρεπέστερα τῷ λόγῳ μᾶλλον ἢ τὰ χρησιμώτερα τοῖς παροῦσιν ᾑρεῖτο, οὐδένα αὐτῶν ᾠκειώσατο.
While this was going on Caesar tried in every way to draw Scipio into conflict. Baffled in this, he made friendly overtures to the latter's soldiers, and distributed among them pamphlets, 2 in which he promised to the native that he would preserve his possessions unharmed and to the Roman that he would grant him pardon and the same prizes that he had offered to his followers. In this way he gained over a goodly number. Scipio in like manner undertook to circulate both pamphlets and verbal offers among his opponents, with a view to winning some to himself; but he was unable to induce them to change sides. This was not because some of them would not have chosen his cause by preference, if any offers similar to Caesar's had been made; 4 it was due rather to the fact that he did not promise them any prize, but merely urged them to liberate the Roman people and the senate. And so, inasmuch as he chose the course that was more becoming to acknowledge rather than the one that was more expedient for the situation in which he found himself, he failed to gain over any of them.
§ 43.6
μέχρι μὲν οὖν μόνος ὁ Σκιπίων ἐν τῷ στρατοπέδῳ ἦν, ταῦθʼ οὕτως ἐγίγνετο, ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ ὁ Ἰόβας ἐπῆλθεν, ἠλλοιώθη. ἐκεῖνοι μὲν γὰρ καὶ προεκαλοῦντο τοὺς ἐναντίους ἐς μάχην, καὶ μὴ βουλομένους συμβαλεῖν ἐλύπουν, τῷ τε ἱππικῷ τοὺς ἀποσκεδαννυμένους σφῶν ἰσχυρῶς ἔβλαπτον· ὁ δὲ δὴ Καῖσαρ οὔτε ἐς χεῖρας αὐτοῖς ἑκὼν ᾔει, καὶ τὴν περιτείχισιν ἐπέσχε, καὶ τὴν τροφὴν ἀγαπητῶς ἥρπαζε, καὶ δυνάμεις ἄλλας οἴκοθεν προσμετεπέμπετο. καὶ ὀψὲ μὲν καὶ χαλεπῶς ἐλθούσας αὐτάς (οὔτε γὰρ ἀθρόαι ἦσαν ἀλλὰ κατὰ βραχὺ συνελέγοντο, καὶ πλοίων ὥσθʼ ἅμα περαιωθῆναι ἠπόρουνʼ — ἐλθούσας δʼ οὖν ποτε προσλαβὼν ἀνεθάρσησεν αὖθις, καὶ ἐπεξαγαγὼν παρετάξατο πρὸ τῆς ταφρείας. ἰδόντες δὲ τοῦτο οἱ ἐναντίοι ἀντιπαρετάξαντο μέν, οὐ μὴν καὶ συνέβαλόν σφισιν. καὶ τοῦτο ἐπὶ πλείους ἡμέρας ἐγένετο· πλὴν γὰρ ὅτι τοῖς ἱππεῦσιν ἐπὶ βραχὺ συμμιγνύντες ἀνεχώρουν, οὐδὲν οὐδέτεροι μέγα παρέβαλον.
So long, then, as Scipio alone was in his camp, matters went on thus, but when Juba also came up, the situation was changed. For they both tried to provoke their opponents to battle and harassed them when they were unwilling to contend; 2 moreover with their cavalry they inflicted serious injuries upon any of them who were scattered to a distance. But Caesar was not disposed to come to close quarters with them if he could help it. He prevented their walling him in, secured a bare subsistence for his troops, and kept sending for other forces from home. These reached him only after much delay and difficulty, for they had not all been together, but were collected gradually and lacked boats in which to cross in a body. When at length they did reach him and he had added them to his army, he took courage once more and leading out his forces against the foe, arrayed them in front of the intrenchments. 4 Seeing this, his opponents marshalled themselves in turn, but did not join issue with them. This continued for several days. For apart from brief cavalry skirmishes, after which they would retire, neither side risked any movement worth speaking of.
§ 43.7
ὁ οὖν Καῖσαρ ἐννοήσας ὅτι οὐκ ἂν δύναιτο ἄκοντας αὐτοὺς ὑπὸ τῶν χωρίων ἐς χεῖρας ἐλθεῖν ἀναγκάσαι, πρὸς Θάψον ὥρμησεν, ἵνʼ ἢ προσβοηθησάντων αὐτῶν τῇ πόλει συμβάλῃ σφίσιν, ἢ περιιδόντων ἐκείνην γε ἕλῃ. ἡ δὲ δὴ Θάψος κεῖται μὲν ἐν χερρονήσῳ τρόπον τινά, ἔνθεν μὲν τῆς θαλάσσης ἔνθεν δὲ λίμνης παρηκούσης, στενὸν δὲ δὴ τὸν ἰσθμὸν καὶ ἑλώδη διὰ μέσου οὕτως ἔχει ὥστε διχῇ μὲν διʼ ἐλαχίστου δὲ ἐφʼ ἑκάτερα τοῦ ἕλους παρʼ αὐτὴν τὴν ῥαχίαν ἀμφοτέρωθεν παριέναι. πρὸς ταύτην οὖν τὴν πόλιν ὁ Καῖσαρ εἴσω τῶν στενῶν χωρήσας ἐτάφρευε καὶ ἐσταύρου. καὶ ἐκεῖνοι μὲν οὐδὲν πρᾶγμα αὐτῷ παρεῖχον (οὐ γὰρ ἦσαν ἀξιόμαχοἰ, ὁ δὲ δὴ Σκιπίων καὶ ὁ Ἰόβας ἐπεχείρησαν τὸ στόμα τοῦ ἰσθμοῦ, καθʼ ὃ πρὸς τὴν ἤπειρον τελευτᾷ, σταυρώμασι καὶ ταφρεύμασι διχῇ διαλαβόντες
Accordingly, when Caesar perceived that because of the nature of the land he could not force them to engage in conflict unless they chose, he set out for Thapsus, in order that he might either engage them, if they came to the help of the city, or might at least capture the place, if they left it to its fate. 2 Now Thapsus is situated on a kind of peninsula, with the sea stretching along on one side and a lake on the other; the isthmus between them is so narrow and marshy that one reaches the town by two roads, only a little way apart, running along either side of the marsh close to the shore. On his way toward this city Caesar, when he had got inside the narrowest point, proceeded to dig a ditch and to erect a palisade. The townspeople caused him no trouble, as they were no match for him; but Scipio and Juba undertook in their turn to wall off the neck of the isthmus, where it comes to an end at the mainland, by running palisades and ditches across from both sides.
§ 43.8
ἀνταποτειχίσαι. ἐν ἔργῳ δὲ αὐτῶν ὄντων καὶ πολὺ καθʼ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἀνυόντων (ὅπως γάρ τοι θᾶσσον διατειχίσωσι, τούς τε ἐλέφαντας καθʼ ὃ μηδέπω διετετάφρευτο ἀλλʼ εὐέφοδόν τι τοῖς πολεμίοις ἦν προσέταξαν, καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ πάντες εἰργάζοντὀ ἐπέθετο ὁ Καῖσαρ αἰφνίδιον τοῖς ἐτέροις τοῖς περὶ τὸν Σκιπίωνα, καὶ τοὺς ἐλέφαντας πόρρωθεν σφενδόναις καὶ τοξεύμασιν ἐκταράξας ἐφέσπετό τε αὐτοῖς ἀναχωρήσασι, καὶ παρὰ δόξαν τοῖς ἐργαζομένοις προσμίξας καὶ ἐκείνους ἐτρέψατο, καί σφισι φυγοῦσιν ἐς τὸ ἔρυμα συνεσπεσὼν αὐτοβοεὶ αὐτὸ εἷλεν. ἰδὼν δὲ ταῦτα ὁ Ἰόβας οὕτως ἐξεπλάγη καὶ ἔδεισεν ὡς μήτε ἐς χεῖράς τινι ὑπομεῖναι ἐλθεῖν μήτε τὸ στρατόπεδον διὰ φυλακῆς ποιήσασθαι. ἐκεῖνος μὲν οὖν φυγὼν καὶ οἴκαδε ἐπειχθείς, ἔπειτʼ ἐπειδὴ μηδεὶς αὐτόν, ἄλλως τε καὶ τοῦ Σιττίου τοὺς ἀντικαταστάντας οἱ προνενικηκότος, ἐδέξατο, ἀπέγνω τε τὴν σωτηρίαν, καὶ τῷ Πετρεΐῳ μηδεμίαν μηδʼ αὐτῷ ἐλπίδα ἀδείας ἔχοντι ἐμονομάχησε
They were engaged in this work and were making great progress every day (for in order that they might build the walls across more quietly they had stationed the elephants along the portion not yet protected by a ditch and hence easy for the enemy to attack, while on the remaining portions all were working), 2 when Caesar suddenly attacked the men who were with Scipio, and by using slings and arrows from a distance threw the elephants into great confusion. Then as they retreated he not only followed them up, but fell upon the workers unexpectedly and routed them, too; and when they fled into their camp, he dashed in with them and captured it without a blow. Juba, upon seeing this, was so startled and terrified that he ventured neither to come to close quarters with any one nor even to keep the camp under guard; 4 so he fled and hastened homeward. And then, when no one received him, especially since Sittius had already overpowered all opposition, Juba, despairing of safety, fought in single combat with Petreius, who likewise had no hope of pardon, and together they died.
§ 43.9
καὶ συναπέθανε. Καῖσαρ δὲ τό τε σταύρωμα εὐθὺς μετὰ τὴν φυγὴν αὐτοῦ ἔλαβε, καὶ φόνον πλεῖστον τῶν προστυχόντων ἁπάντων σφίσιν ἐποίησεν· οὐδὲ γὰρ τῶν μεταστάντων ἐφείσατο. κἀκ τούτου τάς τε ἄλλας πόλεις μηδενὸς ἀνθισταμένου παρεστήσατο, καὶ τοὺς Νομάδας λαβὼν ἔς τε τὸ ὑπήκοον ἐπήγαγε καὶ τῷ Σαλουστίῳ λόγῳ μὲν ἄρχειν ἔργῳ δὲ ἄγειν τε καὶ φέρειν ἐπέτρεψεν. ἀμέλει καὶ ἐδωροδόκησε πολλὰ καὶ ἥρπασεν, ὥστε καὶ κατηγορηθῆναι καὶ αἰσχύνην αἰσχίστην ὀφλεῖν, ὅτι τοιαῦτα συγγράμματα συγγράψας καὶ πολλὰ καὶ πικρὰ περὶ τῶν ἐκκαρπουμένων τινὰς εἰπὼν οὐκ ἐμιμήσατο τῷ ἔργῳ τοὺς λόγους. ὅθεν εἰ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα ἀφείθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Καίσαρος, ἀλλʼ αὐτός γε ἑαυτὸν καὶ πάνυ τῇ συγγραφῇ ἐστηλοκόπησε. τοῦτό τε οὖν οὕτως ἐγένετο, καὶ τὰ ἔθνη τὰ ἐν τῇ Λιβύῃ ταῦτα τὸ μὲν περὶ τὴν Καρχηδόνα, ὃ δὴ καὶ Ἀφρικὴν καλοῦμεν, παλαιόν, ὅτι ἐκ πολλοῦ κατείργαστο, τὸ δὲ δὴ τῶν Νομάδων νέον, ὅτι νεωστὶ εἴληπτο, ἐπωνομάσθη. Σκιπίων δὲ ἐκ μὲν τῆς μάχης ἔφυγε, καὶ πλοίου ἐπιτυχὼν ἐς τὴν Ἰβηρίαν πρός τε τὸν Πομπήιον ἀπῆρεν, ἐκπεσὼν δὲ ἐς τὴν Μαυριτανίαν καὶ τὸν Σίττιον φοβηθεὶς ἑαυτὸν διεχρήσατο.
Caesar, immediately after Juba's flight, captured the palisade and caused great slaughter among all who came in the way of his troops, sparing not even those who came over to his side. Next he brought the rest of the cities to terms, meeting with no opposition; 2 and taking over the Numidians, he reduced them to the status of subjects, and delivered them to Sallust, nominally to rule, but really to harry and plunder. At all events this officer took many bribes and confiscated much property, so that he was not only accused but incurred the deepest disgrace, inasmuch as after writing such treatises as he had, and making many bitter remarks about those who fleeced others, he did not practice what he preached. Therefore, even if he was completely exonerated by Caesar, yet in his history, as upon a tablet, the man himself has chiselled his own condemnation all too well. 4 This affair, then, turned out thus. As for these districts in Libya, the region surrounding Carthage, which we also call Africa, was called the old province, because it had long ago been subjugated, whereas the region of the Numidians was called the new province, because it had been newly captured. Scipio, who had fled from the battle, chanced upon a ship and set sail for Spain to go to Pompey. But he was cast ashore in Mauretania, and through fear of Sittius made away with himself.
§ 43.10
ὅ τε Κάτων τὸ μὲν πρῶτον συγκαταφυγόντων πρὸς αὐτὸν πολλῶν παρεσκευάζετο τῶν τε πραγμάτων ἀντιλαβέσθαι καὶ τὸν Καίσαρα τρόπον τινὰ ἀμύνασθαι· ὡς δὲ οἵ τε Οὐτικήσιοι, ἄτε μηδὲ ἐν τῷ πρὶν ἐχθρωδῶς τῷ Καίσαρι ἔχοντες καὶ τότε νενικηκότα αὐτὸν ὁρῶντες, οὐκ ἐπείθοντο αὐτῷ, καὶ οἱ ἐκ τῆς γερουσίας τῶν τε ἱππέων παρόντες ἐφοβήθησαν μὴ συλληφθῶσιν ὑπʼ αὐτῶν καὶ δρασμὸν ἐβουλεύσαντο, αὐτὸς μὲν οὔτʼ ἀντιπολεμῆσαι (οὐδὲ γὰρ οἷός τε ἦνʼ οὔτʼ αὖ προσχωρῆσαι τῷ Καίσαρι ἔγνω, οὐχ ὅτι τι ἐδεδίει (καὶ γὰρ εὖ ἠπίστατο καὶ πάνυ ἂν σπουδάσαντα αὐτὸν ἑαυτοῦ, τῆς ἐπὶ φιλανθρωπίᾳ δόξης ἕνεκα, φείσασθαἰ, ἀλλʼ ὅτι τῆς τε ἐλευθερίας ἰσχυρῶς ἤρα, καὶ ἡττᾶσθαι οὐδενὸς ἐς οὐδὲν ἐβούλετο, τοῦ τε θανάτου πολὺ τὸν παρὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος ἔλεον χαλεπώτερον ἡγεῖτο εἶναι. συγκαλέσας δὲ τοὺς παρόντας τῶν πολιτῶν, καὶ διερωτήσας ὅποι ἕκαστος αὐτῶν ὥρμηται, ἐκείνους μὲν μετʼ ἐφοδίων ἐξέπεμψε, τῷ δὲ υἱεῖ πρὸς τὸν Καίσαρα ἐλθεῖν ἐκέλευσε. πυθομένου τε τοῦ νεανίσκου “διὰ τί οὖν οὐχὶ καὶ σὺ τοῦτο ποιεῖς;” ἀπεκρίνατο αὐτῷ ὅτι “ἐγὼ μὲν ἔν τε ἐλευθερίᾳ καὶ ἐν παρρησίᾳ τραφεὶς οὐ δύναμαι τὴν δουλείαν ἐκ μεταβολῆς ἐπὶ γήρως μεταμαθεῖν· σοὶ δʼ ἐν τοιαύτῃ καταστάσει καὶ γεννηθέντι καὶ τραφέντι τὸν δαίμονα τὸν λαχόντα σε θεραπεύειν προσήκει.”
Cato, since many had sought refuge with him, was at first preparing to take a hand in affairs and to resist Caesar as best he might. But the people of Utica 2 had not been hostile to Caesar in the first place, and now, seeing him victorious, would not listen to Cato; and the members of the senate and the knights who were present were afraid of being arrested by them, and so meditated flight. Cato himself, therefore, decided neither to war against Caesar, being unable to do so anyhow, nor yet to go over to his side. This was not because of any fear, since he understood well enough that Caesar would be very eager to spare him for the sake of his reputation for humanity; but it was because he passionately loved freedom, and would not brook defeat at the hands of anybody, and regarded Caesar's pity as far more hateful than death. 4 So he called together the citizens who were present, enquired where each one of them was intending to go, sent them forth with supplies for their journey, and bade his son go to Caesar. To the youth's inquiry, “Why, then, do you also not do so?” he replied: “I, who have been brought up in freedom, with the right of free speech, cannot in my old age change and learn slavery instead; but for you, who were both born and brought up amid such a condition, it is proper to serve the divinity that presides over your fortunes.”
§ 43.11
Ταῦτʼ οὖν πράξας, καὶ τοῖς Οὐτικησίοις τήν τε διοίκησιν ἀπολογισάμενος καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ χρήματα τά τε ἄλλα ὅσα αὐτῶν εἶχεν ἀποδούς, προαπαλλαγῆναι πρὸ τῆς τοῦ Καίσαρος ἀφίξεως ἠθέλησε. καὶ μεθʼ ἡμέραν μὲν οὐκ ἐπεχείρησε τοῦτο ποιῆσαι· ὅ τε γὰρ υἱὸς καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι οἱ περὶ αὐτὸν ὄντες φυλακὴν αὐτοῦ εἶχον· ἐπεὶ δὲ ἑσπέρα ἐγένετο, ξιφίδιόν τέ τι κρύφα ὑπὸ τὸ προσκεφάλαιον ὑπέθηκε, καὶ τὸ τοῦ Πλάτωνος βιβλίον τὸ περὶ τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτῷ γεγραμμένον ᾔτησε, εἴτʼ οὖν πόρρω τῆς ὑποψίας τοῦ τι τοιοῦτο βουλεύσασθαι τοὺς παρόντας ἀπαγαγεῖν σπουδάσας, ὅπως ὡς ἥκιστα παρατηρηθῇ, εἴτε καὶ παραμύθιόν τι πρὸς τὸν θάνατον ἐκ τῆς ἀναγνώσεως αὐτοῦ λαβεῖν ἐπιθυμήσας. ὡς δὲ ἐκεῖνό τε ἀνελέξατο καὶ ἡ νὺξ ἐμέσου, τό τε ἐγχειρίδιον ὑφείλκυσε, καὶ ἑαυτὸν ἐπὶ τὴν γαστέρα παίσας εὐθὺς ἂν ἐτελεύτησεν ἔξαιμος γενόμενος, εἰ μὴ καταπεσὼν ἐκ τοῦ σκιμποδίου ψόφον τε ἐποίησε καὶ τοὺς προκοιτοῦντας ἐξήγειρε. καὶ οὕτως ὅ τε υἱὸς καὶ ἄλλοι τινὲς ἐσπεσόντες τά τε ἔντερα αὐτοῦ ἐς τῆν γαστέρα αὖθις κατέσαξαν καὶ θεραπείαν αὐτῷ προσήγαγον. καὶ οἱ μὲν τό τε ξιφίδιον ἦραν καὶ τὰς θύρας ἔκλεισαν, ὅπως ὕπνου λάχῃ (οὐ γὰρ δὴ καὶ ἄλλως πως ἀποθανεῖν αὐτὸν προσεδόκησανʼ· ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔς τε τὸ τραῦμα τὰς χεῖρας ἐνέβαλε καὶ τὰς ῥαφὰς αὐτοῦ διαρρήξας ἀπέψυξεν. ὁ μὲν οὖν Κάτων καὶ δημοτικώτατος καὶ ἰσχυρογνωμονέστατος πάντων τῶν καθʼ ἑαυτὸν ἀνθρώπων γενόμενος μεγάλην δόξαν καὶ ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ τοῦ θανάτου ἔλαβεν, ὥστε καὶ ἐπωνυμίαν Οὐτικήσιος, ὅτι τε ἐν τῇ Οὐτικῇ οὕτως ἐτελεύτησε καὶ
When he had done this and had given to the people of Utica an account of his administration and returned to them the surplus funds, as well as whatever else of theirs he had, he wished to be rid of life before Caesar's arrival. 2 He did not undertake to do this by day, inasmuch as his son and others surrounding him kept him under surveillance; but when evening was come, he secretly slipped a dagger under his pillow, and asked for Plato's book on the Soul. This was either in the endeavour to divert those present from the suspicion that he had any such purpose in mind, in order to be observed as little as possible, or else in the desire to obtain some consolation in respect to death from the reading of it. When he had read the work through and it was now near midnight, 4 he drew forth the dagger, and smote himself upon the belly. He would have died immediately from loss of blood, had he not in falling from the low couch made a noise and roused those who were keeping guard before his door. Thereupon his son and some others who rushed in put his bowels back into his belly again, and brought medical attendance for him. Then they took away the dagger and locked the doors, that he might obtain sleep; for they had no idea of his perishing in any other way. But he thrust his hands into the wound and broke the stitches of it, and so expired. 6 Thus Cato, who had proved himself at once the most democratic and the strongest-minded of all the men of his time, acquired great glory even from his very death and obtained the title of Uticensis, both because he had died in Utica, as described, and because he was publicly buried by the inhabitants.
§ 43.12
ὅτι δημοσίᾳ ὑπʼ αὐτῶν ἐτάφη, κτήσασθαι· ὁ δὲ δὴ Καῖσαρ ἐκείνῳ μὲν ὀργίζεσθαι ἔφη ὅτι οἱ τῆς ἐπὶ (??ʼ σωτηρίᾳ αὐτοῦ εὐκλείας ἐφθόνησε, τὸν δὲ υἱὸν καὶ (??ʼν (??ʼλλων (??ʼοὺς πλείους ἀφῆκεν, ὥσπερ εἴθιστο· οἱ μὲν γὰρ εὐθὺς οἱ δὲ καὶ (??ʼερον ὅπως ἀμβλυτέρῳ αὐτῷ ὑπὸ τοῦ χρόνου γενομένῳ προσέλθωσιν, ἐθελονταὶ προσεχώρησαν. καὶ οἱ μὲν ἐσώθησαν, Ἀφράνιος δὲ καὶ Φαῦστος ἑκόντες μὲν οὐκ ἦλθον πρὸς αὐτόν (καὶ γὰρ εὖ ᾔδεσαν ἀπολούμενοἰ, φυγόντες δὲ ἐς Μαυριτανίαν συνελήφθησαν ὑπὸ τοῦ Σιττίου. καὶ ἐκείνους μὲν ἀκρίτους ὁ Καῖσαρ ὡς καὶ αἰχμαλώτους ἀπέσφαξεν· τὸν δὲ δὴ Καίσαρα τὸν Λούκιον, καίπερ ἐν γένει οἱ ὄντα καὶ ἐθελούσιον ἱκετεύσαντα, ὅμως ἐπειδὴ διὰ παντὸς αὐτῷ προσεπεπολεμήκει, τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἀποδικῆσαι ἐκέλευσεν ὥστε ἐν δίκῃ τινὶ κατεψηφίσθαι αὐτοῦ δόξαι, ἔπειτα δὲ ὀκνήσας αὐτὸν τῇ ἑαυτοῦ φωνῇ θανατῶσαι τότε μὲν ἀνεβάλετο,
Caesar declared that he was angry with him, because Cato had begrudged him the distinction of saving such a man, and he released his son and most of the others, as was his custom; for they came over to him of their own accord, some at once, and others later, so as to approach him after time should have blunted his anger. 2 So these were spared; but Afranius and Faustus would not come to him of their own free will, feeling sure of being put to death, but fled to Mauretania, where they were captured by Sittius. Caesar put them to death, as captives, without a trial; but in the case of Lucius Caesar, though the man was related to him and came as a voluntary suppliant, nevertheless, since he had fought against him throughout, he at first bade him stand trial, so that he might seem to have condemned him with some show of legality, and then, as he shrank from putting him to death by his own vote, he postponed the trial for the time being, but afterward killed him secretly.
§ 43.13
ὕστερον δὲ καὶ κρύφα ἀπέκτεινε. καὶ γὰρ τῶν συνόντων οἱ τοὺς οὐκ ἐπιτηδείους τοὺς μὲν πρὸς τῶν ἐναντίων οὐκ ἀκουσίως ἀπέβαλλε, τοὺς δὲ καὶ διʼ αὐτῶν τῶν σφετέρων ἐξ ἐπιβουλῆς ἐν αὐταῖς ταῖς μάχαις ἀπόλλυσθαι ἐποίει. οὐ γάρ τοι καὶ φανερῶς πᾶσι τοῖς λυπήσασί τι αὐτόν, ὥσπερ εἶπον, ἐπεξῄει, ἀλλʼ ὅσους μηδενὶ ἀξιόχρεῳ ἐγκλήματι μετελθεῖν ἐδύνατο, ἐν τρόπῳ δή τινι ἀφανεῖ ὑπεξῄρει, καίτοι τότε τὰ γράμματα, ὅσα ἐν τοῖς ἀπορρήτοις τοῦ Σκιπίωνος κιβωτίοις εὑρέθη, πάντα καύσας πρὶν ἀναγνῶναι, καὶ τῶν ἀντιπολεμησάντων οἱ πολλοὺς μὲν διʼ αὐτοὺς ἐκείνους πολλοὺς δὲ καὶ διὰ τοὺς φίλους σώσας· τῶν τε γὰρ συναγωνιστῶν καὶ τῶν ἑταίρων ἑκάστῳ ἕνα ἐξαιτεῖσθαι, ὥσπερ εἴρηται, ἐπέτρεπε. καὶ δὴ καὶ τὸν Κάτωνα ἔσωσεν ἄν· οὕτω γὰρ αὐτὸν ἐτεθαυμάκει ὥστε τοῦ Κικέρωνος ἐγκώμιον μετὰ ταῦτα αὐτοῦ γράψαντος ἀγανακτῆσαι μὲν μηδέν, καίπερ καὶ ἐκείνου οἱ προσπολεμήσαντος, βιβλίον δέ τι γράψαι ὃ Ἀντικάτωνα ἐπεκάλεσε.
Indeed, even in the case of those of his own followers who did not suit him he willingly lost some at the hands of the enemy and deliberately caused others to perish in the midst of the fighting at the hands of their own comrades. 2 For, as I have said, he did not attack openly all who had injured him, but any whom he could not prosecute on a plausible charge he quietly put out of the way in some obscure fashion. And yet on this occasion he burned unread all the papers that were found in the private chests of Scipio, while of the men who had fought against him he spared many for their own sake, and many also for the sake of their friends. For, as I have stated, he always allowed each of his soldiers and companions to ask the life of one man. 4 In fact he would have spared Cato, too; for he had conceived such an admiration for him that when Cicero subsequently wrote an encomium of Cato he was not at all vexed, although Cicero had likewise warred against him, but merely wrote a short treatise which he entitled “Anticato.”
§ 43.14
Καῖσαρ μὲν ταῦτά τε πράξας, καὶ τοὺς ἀφηλικεστέρους τῶν στρατιωτῶν παραχρῆμα καὶ πρὶν ἐς τὴν Ἰταλίαν περαιωθῆναι, μὴ καὶ στασιάσωσιν αὖθις, ἀπαλλάξας, τά τε ἄλλα τὰ ἐν τῇ Ἀφρικῇ διὰ βραχέος, ὡς ἐνῆν μάλιστα, καταστήσας, μέχρι μὲν τῆς Σαρδοῦς παντὶ τῷ ναυτικῷ ἔπλευσεν, ἐντεῦθεν δὲ ἐκείνους μὲν ἔς τε τὴν Ἰβηρίαν καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν Πομπήιον μετὰ Γαΐου Διδίου ἔπεμψεν, αὐτὸς δὲ ἐς τὴν Ῥώμην ἐκομίσθη, τὸ μὲν πλεῖστον ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν ἔργων λαμπρότητι, ἤδη δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς τῇ βουλῇ δόξασι μεγαλοφρονούμενος. τεσσαράκοντά τε γὰρ ἡμέρας ἐπὶ τῇ νίκῃ αὐτοῦ θύειν ἔγνωσαν, καὶ τὰ ἐπινίκια τὰ προεψηφισμένα ἐπί τε λευκῶν ἵππων καὶ μετὰ ῥαβδούχων τῶν τε τότε αὐτῷ συνόντων καὶ ἑτέρων ὅσοις ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ δικτατορίᾳ ἐκέχρητο, ἄλλων τε αὖ ὅσους ἐν τῇ δευτέρᾳ ἐσχήκει, πέμψαι οἱ ἔδοσαν. τῶν τε τρόπων τῶν ἑκάστου ἐπιστάτην (οὕτω γάρ πως ὠνομάσθη ὥσπερ οὐκ ἀξίας αὐτοῦ τῆς τοῦ τιμητοῦ προσρήσεως οὔσησʼ ἐς τρία αὐτὸν ἔτη καὶ δικτάτορα ἐς δέκα ἐφεξῆς εἵλοντο. καὶ προσέτι ἐπί τε ἀρχικοῦ δίφρου μετὰ τῶν ἀεὶ ὑπάτων ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ καθίζειν καὶ γνώμην ἀεὶ πρῶτον ἀποφαίνεσθαι, ἔν τε ταῖς ἱπποδρομίαις ἁπάσαις ἀποσημαίνειν, καὶ τὰς ἀρχὰς τά τε ἄλλα ὅσα τισὶν ὁ δῆμος πρότερον ἔνεμεν ἀποδεικνύναι ἐψηφίσαντο. ἅρμα τέ τι αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ Καπιτωλίῳ ἀντιπρόσωπον τῷ Διὶ ἱδρυθῆναι, καὶ ἐπὶ εἰκόνα αὐτὸν τῆς οἰκουμένης χαλκοῦν ἐπιβιβασθῆναι, γραφὴν ἔχοντα ὅτι ἡμίθεός ἐστι, τό τε ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ Καπιτώλιον ἀντὶ τοῦ Κατούλου, ὡς καὶ τὸν νεών, ἐφʼ οὗ τῇ ἐκποιήσει εὐθύνειν ἐκεῖνον ἐπεχείρησεν, ἐκτελέσαντος, ἀντεγγραφῆναι ἐκέλευσαν. ταῦτα δὲ μόνα κατέλεξα οὐχ ὅτι καὶ μόνα ἐψηφίσθη (παμπληθῆ τε γὰρ ἐσεφέρετο καὶ δῆλον ὅτι καὶ ἐκυροῦτὀ ἀλλʼ ὅτι τὰ μὲν ἄλλα παρήκατο, ταῦτα δὲ προσεδέξατο.
Immediately after these events before he crossed into Italy Caesar got rid of the older men among his soldiers for fear that they might mutiny again. He arranged other matters in Africa 2 just as rapidly as was feasible and sailed as far as Sardinia with his whole fleet. From that point he sent the dismissed troops along with Gaius Didius into Spain against Pompey, and he himself returned to Rome, priding himself particularly upon the brilliance of his achievements, but also upon the decrees of the senate as well. For they had voted that sacrifices should be offered for his victory during forty days, and had granted him permission to ride, in the triumph already voted him, in a chariot drawn by white horses and to be accompanied by all the lictors who were then with him, and by as many others as he had employed in his first dictatorship, together with as many more as he had in his second. 4 Furthermore, they elected him overseer of every man's conduct (for some such name was given him, as if the title of censor were not worthy of him) for three years, and dictator for ten in succession. They moreover voted that he should sit in the senate upon the curule chair with the successive consuls, and should always state his opinion first, that he should give the signal at all the games in the Circus, and that he should have the appointment of the magistrates and whatever honours the people were previously accustomed to assign. 6 And they decreed that a chariot of his should be placed on the Capitol facing the statue of Jupiter, that his statue in bronze should be mounted upon a likeness of the inhabited world, with an inscription to the effect that he was a demigod, and that his name should be inscribed upon the Capitol in place of that of Catulus on the ground that he had completed this temple after undertaking to call Catulus to account for the building of it. 7 These are the only measures I have recorded, not because they were the only ones voted, — for a great many measures were proposed and of course passed, — but because he declined the rest, whereas he accepted these.
§ 43.15
δεδογμένων δὲ ἤδη αὐτῶν ἦλθέ τε ἐς τὴν Ῥώμην, καὶ ἰδὼν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τήν τε δύναμιν αὐτοῦ φοβουμένους καὶ τὸ φρόνημα ὑποτοπουμένους, κἀκ τούτου πολλὰ καὶ δεινά, οἷά που καὶ πρὶν ἐγεγόνει, πείσεσθαι προσδοκῶντας, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὑπερόγκους οἱ τιμὰς κολακείᾳ ἀλλʼ οὐκ εὐνοίᾳ ἐψηφισμένους, παρεμυθήσατό τε αὐτοὺς καὶ ἐπήλπισεν εἰπὼν ἐν τῇ βουλῇ τοιάδε· “μηδεὶς ὑμῶν, ὦ πατέρες, προσδοκήσῃ μήτε ἐρεῖν με χαλεπὸν μηδὲν μήτε πράξειν, ὅτι καὶ νενίκηκα καὶ δύναμαι πᾶν μὲν ὅ τι ἂν ἐθελήσω ἀνεύθυνος εἰπεῖν, πᾶν δʼ ὅ τι ἂν βουληθῶ μετʼ ἐξουσίας δρᾶσαι. μὴ μέντοι μηδʼ ὅτι καὶ Μάριος καὶ Κίννας καὶ Σύλλας, οἵ τε ἄλλοι πάντες ὡς εἰπεῖν ὅσοι πώποτε τοὺς ἀντιστασιάσαντάς σφισιν ἐκράτησαν, ἐν μὲν ταῖς ἐπιχειρήσεσι τῶν πραγμάτων πολλὰ καὶ φιλάνθρωπα καὶ εἶπον καὶ ἔπραξαν, ἐξ ὧν οὐχ ἥκιστα προσαγαγόμενοί τινας μάλιστα μὲν συμμάχοις αὐτοῖς, εἰ δὲ μή, οὐκ ἀνταγωνισταῖς γε ἐχρήσαντο, νικήσαντες δὲ καὶ ἐγκρατεῖς ὧν ἐπεθύμουν γενόμενοι πολὺ τἀναντία ἐκείνων καὶ λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ ἔπραξαν, καὶ ἐμέ τις ὑπολάβῃ τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ποιήσειν. οὔτε γὰρ ἄλλως πως πεφυκὼς ἔπειτα τὸν μὲν ἔμπροσθε χρόνον προσποιητῶς ὑμῖν ἐνωμίλησα, νῦν δέ, ὅτι ἔξεστιν, ἀσφαλῶς θρασύνομαι· οὔτʼ αὖ ὑπὸ τῆς πολλῆς εὐπραγίας ἐξῆγμαι καὶ τετύφωμαι ὥστε καὶ τυραννῆσαι ὑμῶν ἐπιθυμῆσαι (ταῦτα γὰρ ἔμοιγε ἀμφότερα ἢ τό γε ἕτερον αὐτῶν ἐκεῖνοι παθεῖν δοκοῦσινʼ· ἀλλʼ εἰμί τε τῇ φύσει τοιοῦτος ὁποίου μου ἀεὶ πεπείρασθε (τί γὰρ δεῖ με καθʼ ἕκαστον ἐπεξιόντα ἐπαχθῆ, ὡς καὶ ἐμαυτὸν ἐπαινοῦντα, γενέσθαι;ʼ καὶ τὴν τύχην οὐκ ἂν προπηλακίσαιμι, ἀλλʼ ὅσῳ μᾶλλον ἀγαθῆς αὐτῆς πεπείραμαι, τόσῳ μᾶλλον πρὸς πάντα μετρίως αὐτῇ χρήσομαι. οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδʼ ἐπʼ ἄλλο τι τοσοῦτό τʼ ἰσχῦσαι καὶ τηλικοῦτον αὐξηθῆναι ἐσπούδασα ὥστε πάντας μὲν τοὺς ἀντιπολεμήσαντας κολάσασθαι πάντας δὲ τοὺς ἀντιστασιάσαντας νουθετῆσαι, ἢ ἵνα καὶ ἀνδραγαθίζεσθαι ἀσφαλῶς καὶ εὐτυχεῖν εὐκλεῶς
When these decrees had now been passed, he entered Rome, and perceiving that the people were afraid of his power and suspicious of his proud bearing and consequently expected to suffer many terrible evils such as had taken place before, and realizing that it was on this account that they had voted him extravagant honours, through flattery and not through good-will, 2 he endeavoured to encourage them and to inspire them with hope by the following speech delivered in the senate: “Let none of you, Conscript Fathers, suppose that I shall make any harsh proclamation or do any cruel deed merely because I have conquered and am able to say whatever I please without being called to account, and to do with full liberty whatever I choose. It is true that Marius and Cinna and Sulla and practically all the others who ever triumphed over the factions opposed to them said and did many benevolent things in the beginning of their undertakings, 4 largely as the result of which they attracted men to their side, thus securing, if not their active support, at least their abstention from opposition; and then, after conquering and becoming masters of the ends they sought, adopted a course diametrically opposed to their former stand both in word and in deed. Let no one, however, assume that I shall act in this same way. For I have not associated with you in former time under a disguise, while possessing in reality some different nature, only to become emboldened in security now that that is possible; nor have I become so elated or puffed up by my great good fortune as to desire also to play the tyrant over you — both of which experiences, or at least one of them, seem to me to have come to those men whom I mentioned. 6 No, I am in nature the same sort of man as you have always found me — but why go into details and become offensive as praising myself? — and I would not think of insulting Fortune, but the more I have enjoyed her favours, the more moderately will I use her in every way. For I have had no other motive in striving to secure so great power and to rise to such a height that I might punish all active foes and admonish all those of the other faction, than that I might be able to play a man's part without danger and to obtain prosperity with honour.
§ 43.16
δύνωμαι. οὔτε γὰρ ἄλλως καλὸν ἢ δίκαιον, ὅσα τις τοῖς διχογνωμονήσασιν ἐπεκάλεσε, ταῦτα αὐτὸν ποιοῦντα ἐξελεγχθῆναι· οὔτʼ ἂν ἔγωγε ἀξιώσαιμί ποτε, τῇ τῶν ἔργων ζηλώσει ὁμοιωθεὶς αὐτοῖς, μόνῃ τῇ τῆς παντελοῦς νίκης φήμῃ διαλλάξαι. τίς μὲν γὰρ πλείω καὶ μείζω τινὰς εὖ ποιεῖν ὀφείλει τοῦ μάλιστα δυναμένου; τίς δὲ ἧττον ἐξαμαρτάνειν τοῦ πλεῖστον ἰσχύοντος; τίς εὐβουλότερον τοῖς ἐκ τοῦ δαιμονίου δοθεῖσι χρῆσθαι τοῦ τὰ μέγιστα παρʼ αὐτοῦ λαβόντος; τίς ὀρθότερον τὰ παρόντα ἀγαθὰ μεταχειρίζεσθαι τοῦ πλεῖστά τε ἔχοντος καὶ μάλιστα περὶ αὐτῶν μὴ καὶ ἀπόληται φοβουμένου; ἡ μὲν γὰρ εὐπραγία σωφροσύνην λαβοῦσα διαμένει, καὶ ἡ ἐξουσία μετριάσασα πάντα τὰ κτηθέντα τηρεῖ· τό τε μέγιστον, καὶ ὅπερ ἥκιστα τοῖς εὖ χωρὶς ἀρετῆς φερομένοις ὑπάρχει, καὶ ζῶσιν ἀδόλως φιλεῖσθαι καὶ τελευτήσασιν ἀληθῶς ἐπαινεῖσθαι διδόασιν. ὁ δὲ ἀνέδην ἐς πάντα ἁπλῶς τῇ δυνάμει καταχρώμενος οὔτε εὔνοιαν ἀληθῆ οὔτʼ ἀσφάλειαν ἀκριβῆ εὑρίσκεται, ἀλλʼ ἐν μὲν τῷ φανερῷ πλαστῶς κολακεύεται. τὸν γὰρ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ ἐξουσίας ἀκράτορα οἵ τε ἄλλοι πάντες καὶ οἱ μάλιστα αὐτῷ χρώμενοι καὶ ὑποπτεύουσι καὶ φοβοῦνται.
For in general it is neither noble nor just for a man to be convicted of doing the things which he has rebuked in those who have differed from him in opinion; nor will I ever think it proper to be likened to such men through my imitation of their deeds, and to differ merely by the reputation of my complete victory. 2 For who ought to confer more and greater benefits upon people than he who has the greatest power? Who ought to err less than he who is the strongest? Who should use the gifts of Heaven more sensibly than he who has received the greatest ones from that source? Who ought to use present blessings more uprightly than he who has the most of them and is most afraid of losing them? For good fortune, if joined to self-control, is enduring, and authority, if it maintains moderation, preserves all that has been acquired; and, greatest of all, and also rarest with those who gain success without virtue, these things make it possible for their possessors to be loved unfeignedly while living and to receive genuine praise when dead. 4 But the man who recklessly abuses his power on absolutely all occasions finds for himself neither genuine good-will nor certain safety, but, though accorded a false flattery in public, is secretly plotted against (?). For the whole world, including his nearest associates, both suspects and fears a ruler who is not master of his own power.
§ 43.17
ταῦτα δὲ οὐκ ἄλλως ἐφιλοσόφησα, ἀλλʼ ἵνα εἰδῆτε ὅτι οὐκ ἐς ἐπίδειξιν, οὐδʼ ἀπʼ αὐτομάτου νῦν προσπεσόντα αὐτά, ἀλλὰ ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς καὶ πρέπειν μοι καὶ συμφέρειν κρίνας καὶ φρονῶ καὶ λέγω, ὥσθʼ ὑμᾶς μὴ πρὸς τὸ παρὸν μόνον θαρσεῖν ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς τὸ μέλλον εὐέλπιδας εἶναι, ἐνθυμουμένους ὅτι, εἴπερ τι αὐτῶν ἐπλαττόμην, οὐκ ἂν ἀνεβαλόμην ἀλλʼ ἤδη καὶ τήμερον ἐξέφηνα. ἀλλʼ οὔτε πρότερον ἄλλως πως ἐφρόνησα, ὥσπερ που καὶ αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα τεκμηριοῖ, νῦν τε πολὺ μᾶλλον προθυμήσομαι μετὰ πάσης ἐπιεικείας οὐ μὰ Δίʼ οὐ δεσπόζειν ὑμῶν ἀλλὰ προστατεῖν, οὐδὲ τυραννεύειν ἀλλʼ ἡγεμονεύειν, πρὸς μὲν τἆλλα πάνθʼ ὅσα ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν δεῖ πράττειν καὶ ὕπατος καὶ δικτάτωρ, πρὸς δὲ δὴ τὸ κακῶς ποιῆσαί τινα ἰδιώτης ὤν. τοῦτο γὰρ μόνον οὐδὲ ῥηθῆναι καλὸν εἶναι νομίζω. πῶς μὲν γὰρ ἂν ἀποκτείναιμί τινα ὑμῶν τῶν μηδέν με ἠδικηκότων ὁ μηδένα μὲν τῶν μὴ ἀντιταξαμένων μοι φθείρας, εἰ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα προθύμως τἆλλά τισι κατʼ ἐμοῦ συνήραντο, πάντας δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἅπαξ ἀντικαταστάντας μοι ἐλεήσας καὶ πολλοὺς καὶ τῶν δεύτερον ἀντιμαχεσαμένων σώσας; πῶς δʼ ἂν μνησικακήσαιμί τισιν ὁ καὶ τὰ γράμματα, ὅσα καὶ παρὰ τῷ Πομπηίῳ καὶ παρὰ τῷ Σκιπίωνι ἀπόρρητα εὑρέθη, μήτʼ ἀναγνοὺς μήτʼ ἐκγραψάμενος ἀλλʼ εὐθὺς κατακαύσας; ὥστε θαρσούντως, ὦ πατέρες, οἰκειωθῶμεν, ἐκλαθόμενοι μὲν πάντων τῶν συμβεβηκότων ὡς καὶ ἀνάγκῃ τινὶ δαιμονίᾳ γεγονότων, ἀρξάμενοι δὲ ἀνυπόπτως ἀλλήλους καθάπερ τινὰς καινοὺς πολίτας φιλεῖν, ἵνʼ ὑμεῖς τε ὡς πρὸς πατέρα με προσφέρησθε, τὴν μὲν πρόνοιαν τήν τε κηδεμονίαν τὴν παρʼ ἐμοῦ καρπούμενοι, τῶν δὲ δυσχερεστέρων μηδὲν φοβούμενοι, καὶ ἐγὼ ὡς παίδων ὑμῶν ἐπιμελῶμαι, πάντα μὲν τὰ κάλλιστα ἀεὶ γίγνεσθαι ὑφʼ ὑμῶν εὐχόμενος, φέρων δὲ ἀναγκαίως τὰ ἀνθρώπινα, καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἀγαθοὺς ταῖς προσηκούσαις τιμαῖς ἀγάλλων, τοὺς δὲ λοιποὺς ἐπανορθῶν καθʼ ὅσον ἐνδέχεται.
”These statements that I have made are no mere sophistries, but are intended to convince you that what I think and say is not for effect nor yet thoughts that have just chanced to occur to me on the spur of the moment, but rather are convictions regarding what at the outset I decided was both suitable and advantageous for me. Consequently you may not only be of good courage with reference to the present, but also hopeful as regards the future, when you reflect that, if I had really been using any pretence, I should not now be deferring my projects, but would have made them known this very day. 2 However, I was never otherwise minded in times past, as, indeed, my acts themselves prove, and now I shall be far more eager than ever with all reasonableness to be, not your master, — Jupiter forbid! — but your champion, not your tyrant, but your leader. When it comes to accomplishing everything else that must be done on your behalf, I will be both consul and dictator, but when it comes to injuring any one of you, a private citizen. That, in fact, is the one thing which I think should not even be mentioned. For why should I put any one of you to death, who have done me no harm, when I have destroyed none of those who were not arrayed against me, no matter how zealously in general they had joined with some of my enemies against me, and when I have taken pity on all those who withstood me but once and in many cases have spared even those who fought against me a second time? 4 Why should I bear malice toward any, seeing that I immediately burned all the documents that were found among the private papers both in Pompey's and in Scipio's tents, and that without reading or copying them? Let us, therefore, Conscript Fathers, confidently unite our interests, forgetting all past events as if they had been brought to pass by some supernatural force, and beginning to love each other without suspicion as if we were in some sort new citizens. In this way you will conduct yourselves toward me as toward a father, enjoying the forethought and solicitude which I shall give you and fearing nothing unpleasant, and I will take thought for you as for my children, 6 praying that only the noblest deeds may ever be accomplished by your exertions, and yet enduring perforce the limitations of human nature, exalting the good citizens by fitting honours and correcting the rest so far as that is possible.
§ 43.18
μὴ μέντοι μηδὲ τοὺς στρατιώτας δείσητε, μηδʼ ἄλλο τι αὐτοὺς ἢ φύλακας τῆς τε ἐμῆς ἀρχῆς καὶ τῆς ὑμετέρας ἅμα νομίσητε εἶναι· τρέφεσθαι μὲν γάρ σφας ἀνάγκη πολλῶν ἕνεκα, τραφήσονται δὲ οὐκ ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς ἀλλʼ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, τοῖς τε διδομένοις ἀρκούμενοι καὶ τοὺς διδόντας αὐτὰ ἀγαπῶντες. διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο καὶ τὰ χρήματα ἐπὶ πλεῖον τοῦ συνήθους ἐισπέπρακται, ἵνα τό τε στασιάσαν ἅμα σωφρονισθῇ καὶ τὸ κεκρατηκὸς αὐτάρκη τροφὴν λαβὸν μὴ στασιάσῃ. οὐ γάρ που καὶ ἰδίᾳ τι αὐτῶν ἀποκεκέρδαγκα, ὅς γε πάντα μὲν τὰ ὑπάρχοντά μοι, πολλὰ δὲ καὶ δεδανεισμένος προσανάλωκα ὑμῖν· ἀλλʼ ὁρᾶτε ὅτι τὰ μέν τινα αὐτῶν ἐς τοὺς πολέμους δεδαπάνηται, τὰ δὲ καὶ ὑμῖν τετήρηται, ἀφʼ ὧν ἥ τε πόλις κοσμηθήσεται καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ διοικηθήσεται. ὥστε τὸ μὲν ἐπίφθονον τῆς ἐσπράξεως αὐτὸς ἀνεδεξάμην, τῆς δʼ ὠφελίας κοινῇ πάντες ἀπολαύσετε, τά τε ἄλλα καὶ ἐν ταῖς στρατείαις· τῶν τε γὰρ ὅπλων ἀεὶ ἡμῖν δεῖ, ἐπειδὴ μὴ οἷόν τέ ἐστιν ἄνευ αὐτῶν πόλιν τε τηλικαύτην οἰκοῦντας καὶ ἀρχὴν τοσαύτην ἔχοντας ἀσφαλῶς ζῆσαι, καὶ ἡ περιουσία τῶν χρημάτων καὶ ἐκεῖνα ἰσχυρῶς ὠφελεῖ. μὴ μέντοι καὶ ὑποπτεύσῃ τις ὑμῶν ὅτι ἢ τῶν πλουσίων τινὰ λυπήσω ἢ καὶ τέλη τινὰ καινὰ καταστήσω· τοῖς τε γὰρ παροῦσιν ἀρκεσθήσομαι, καὶ προθυμήσομαι συνευπορῆσαί τι μᾶλλον ὑμῖν ἢ διὰ χρήματά τινα ἀδικῆσαι.” τοιαῦτα ὁ Καῖσαρ ἔν τε τῷ συνεδρίῳ καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἐν τῷ δήμῳ εἰπὼν ἐπεκούφισε μέν πως αὐτοὺς τοῦ δέους, οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἠδυνήθη πεῖσαι παντάπασι θαρσεῖν, πρὶν καὶ τοῖς ἔργοις τὰς ἐπαγγελίας βεβαιώσασθαι.
“And do not fear the soldiers, either, or regard them in any other light than as guardians of my empire, which is at the same time yours. That they should be supported is necessary, for many reasons, but they will be supported for your benefit, not against you; and they will be content with what is given them and will think well of the givers. 2 This is the reason why the taxes now levied are higher than usual, in order that the seditious element may be made submissive and the victorious element, by receiving sufficient support, may not become seditious. Of course I have received no private gain from these funds, seeing that I have expended for you all that I possessed, and also much that was borrowed. No, you can see a part of the taxes has been expended on the wars and that the rest has been kept safe for you; it will serve to adorn the city and carry on the government in general. I have, then, taken upon my own shoulders the odium of the levy, whereas you will enjoy its advantages in common, in the campaigns as well as elsewhere. 4 For we are always in need of arms, since without them it is impossible for us, who live in so great a city and hold so extensive an empire, to live in safety; and an abundance of money is a great help in this matter as well as elsewhere. However, let none of you suspect that I shall harass any man who is rich or establish new taxes; I shall be satisfied with the present revenues and shall be more anxious to help make some contribution to your prosperity than to wrong any one for his money.” 6 By such statements in the senate and afterward before the people Caesar relieved them to some extent of their fears, but was not able to persuade them altogether to be of good courage until he confirmed his promises by his deeds.
§ 43.19
μετὰ δὲ δὴ τοῦτο τά τε ἄλλα λαμπρῶς, ὥσπερ εἰκὸς ἐπί τε τοσαύταις καὶ τηλικαύταις ἅμα νίκαις ἦν, ἐποίει, καὶ τὰ ἐπινίκια τῶν τε Γαλατῶν καὶ τῆς Αἰγύπτου τοῦ τε Φαρνάκου καὶ τοῦ Ἰόβου τετραχῇ χωρὶς τέσσαρσιν ἡμέραις ἔπεμψε. καὶ τὰ μὲν ἄλλα ηὔφρανέ που τοὺς ὁρῶντας, ἡ δʼ Ἀρσινόη ἡ Αἰγυπτία (καὶ γὰρ ἐκείνην ἐν τοῖς αἰχμαλώτοις παρήγαγἐ τό τε πλῆθος τῶν ῥαβδούχων καὶ τὰ ἀπὸ τῶν πολιτῶν τῶν ἐν τῇ Ἀφρικῇ ἀπολωλότων πομπεῖα δεινῶς αὐτοὺς ἐλύπησεν. ὅ τε γὰρ ἀριθμὸς ὁ τῶν ῥαβδούχων ἐπαχθέστατόν σφισιν ὄχλον, ἅτε μήπω πρότερον τοσούτους ἅμα ἑορακόσι, παρέσχε· καὶ ἡ Ἀρσινόη γυνή τε οὖσα καὶ βασιλίς ποτε νομισθεῖσα ἔν τε δεσμοῖς, ὃ μηπώποτε ἔν γε τῇ Ῥώμῃ ἐγεγόνει, ὀφθεῖσα πάμπολυν οἶκτον ἐνέβαλε, κἀκ τούτου ἐπὶ τῇ προφάσει ταύτῃ καὶ τὰ οἰκεῖα πάθη παρωδύραντο. οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ἐκείνη μὲν διὰ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς ἀφείθη, ἄλλοι δὲ καὶ ὁ Οὐερκιγγετόριξ ἐθανατώθησαν.
After this he conducted the whole festival in a brilliant manner, as was fitting in honour of victories so many and so decisive. He celebrated triumphs for the Gauls, for Egypt, for Pharnaces, and for Juba, in four sections, on four separate days. 2 Most of it, of course, delighted the spectators, but the sight of Arsinoe of Egypt, whom he led among the captives, and the host of lictors and the symbols of triumph taken from the citizens who had fallen in Africa displeased them exceedingly. The lictors, on account of their numbers, appeared to them a most offensive multitude, since never before had they beheld so many at one time; and the sight of Arsinoe, a woman and one considered a queen, in chains, — a spectacle which had never yet been seen, at least in Rome, — aroused very great pity, 4 and with this as an excuse they lamented their private misfortunes. She, to be sure, was released out of consideration for her brothers; but others, including Vercingetorix, were put to death.
§ 43.20
δυσχερῶς μὲν οὖν διὰ ταῦθʼ ἅπερ εἶπον διετέθησαν, ἐλάχιστα δʼ οὖν αὐτὰ πρός γε τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἑαλωκότων καὶ πρὸς τὸ μέγεθος τῶν κατειργασμένων ἐνόμιζον εἶναι. τούτων τε οὖν ἕνεκα καὶ ὑπερεθαύμαζον αὐτόν, καὶ ὅτι καὶ τὴν παρρησίαν τοῦ στρατοῦ πραότατα ἤνεγκε. τούς τε γὰρ ἐς τὸ συνέδριόν σφων ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ καταλεχθέντας ἐτώθασαν, καὶ τά τε ἄλλα ὅσα ποτʼ εὐτελίζετο, καὶ ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα τόν τε τῆς Κλεοπάτρας αὐτοῦ ἔρωτα καὶ τὴν παρὰ τῷ Νικομήδει τῷ τῆς Βιθυνίας βασιλεύσαντι διατριβήν, ὅτι μειράκιόν ποτε παρʼ αὐτῷ ἐγεγόνει, διεκερτόμησαν, ὥστε καὶ εἰπεῖν ὅτι Καῖσαρ μὲν Γαλάτας ἐδουλώσατο, Καίσαρα δὲ Νικομήδης. τέλος δὲ ἐφʼ ἅπασιν αὐτοῖς ἀθρόοι ἀναβοήσαντες εἶπον ὅτι, ἂν μὲν καλῶς ποιήσῃς, κολασθήσῃ, ἂν δὲ κακῶς, βασιλεύσεις. τοῦτο δὲ αὐτοῖς ἐβούλετο δηλοῦν ὅτι, ἂν μὲν ἀποδῷ τῷ δήμῳ τὴν αὐτονομίαν, ὅπερ που δίκαιον ἐνόμιζον εἶναι, καὶ κριθήσεται ἐφʼ οἷς ἔξω τῶν νόμων εἰργάσατο καὶ δίκην ὑφέξει, ἂν δὲ τῇ δυναστείᾳ ἐμμείνῃ, ὅπερ που ἀδικοῦντος ἔργον ἦν, μοναρχήσει. οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἐκεῖνος ἤχθετο ταῦτα αὐτῶν λεγόντων, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάνυ ἔχαιρεν ὅτι τοσαύτῃ πρὸς αὐτὸν παρρησίᾳ, πίστει τοῦ μὴ ἂν ὀργισθῆναί ποτε ἐπʼ αὐτῇ, ἐχρῶντο, πλὴν καθʼ ὅσον τὴν συνουσίαν τὴν πρὸς τὸν Νικομήδη διέβαλλον· ἐπὶ γὰρ τούτῳ πάνυ τε ἐδυσκόλαινε καὶ ἔνδηλος ἦν λυπούμενος, ἀπολογεῖσθαί τε ἐπεχείρει καὶ κατώμνυε, κἀκ τούτου καὶ γέλωτα προσεπωφλίσκανεν.
The people, accordingly, were disagreeably affected by those sights that I have mentioned, and yet they considered them of very slight importance in view of the multitude of captives and the magnitude of Caesar's accomplishments. This led them to admire him extremely, as did likewise the good nature with which he bore the army's outspoken comments. For the soldiers jeered at those of their own number who had been appointed by him to the senate 2 and at all the other failings of which he was accused, and in particular jested about his love for Cleopatra and his sojourn at the court of Nicomedes, the ruler of Bithynia, inasmuch as he had once been at his court when a lad; indeed, they even declared that the Gauls had been enslaved by Caesar, but Caesar by Nicomedes. Finally, on top of all this, they all shouted together that if you do right, you will be punished, but if wrong, you will be king. This was meant by them to signify that if Caesar should restore self-government to the people, which they of course regarded as just, he would have to stand trial for the deeds he had committed in violation of the laws and would suffer punishment; whereas, if he should hold on to his power, which was naturally the course of an unjust person, he would continue to be sole ruler. 4 As for him, however, he was not displeased at their saying this, but was quite delighted that by such frankness toward him they showed their confidence that he would never be angry at it — except in so far as their abuse concerned his intercourse with Nicomedes. At this he was greatly vexed and manifestly pained; he attempted to defend himself, denying the affair upon oath, whereupon he incurred all the more ridicule.
§ 43.21
ἐν δʼ οὖν τῇ πρώτῃ τῶν νικητηρίων τέρας οὐκ ἀγαθὸν αὐτῷ ἐγένετο· ὁ γὰρ ἄξων τοῦ ἅρματος τοῦ πομπικοῦ παρʼ αὐτῷ τῷ Τυχαίῳ τῷ ὑπὸ τοῦ Λουκούλλου οἰκοδομηθέντι συνετρίβη, ὥστε ἐφʼ ἑτέρου αὐτὸν τὰ λοιπὰ ἐπιτελέσαι. καὶ τότε μὲν καὶ τοὺς ἀναβασμοὺς τοὺς ἐν τῷ Καπιτωλίῳ τοῖς γόνασιν ἀνερριχήσατο μηδὲν μήτε τὸ ἅρμα τὸ πρὸς τὸν Δία ἀνιδρυθὲν αὐτῷ μήτε τὴν εἰκόνα τῆς οἰκουμένης τὴν ὑπὸ τοῖς ποσὶν αὐτοῦ κειμένην μήτε τὸ ἐπίγραμμα αὐτῆς ὑπολογισάμενος, ὕστερον δὲ τὸ τοῦ ἡμιθέου ὄνομα ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ ἀπήλειψεν. οὕτω μὲν δὴ τὰ ἐπινίκια ἔπεμψε, καὶ ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς τόν τε δῆμον λαμπρῶς εἱστίασε καὶ σῖτον ἔξω τοῦ τεταγμένου καὶ ἔλαιον προσέδωκεν αὐτῷ. καὶ τῷ μὲν σιτοδοτουμένῳ ὄχλῳ τάς τε ἑβδομήκοντα καὶ πέντε δραχμὰς ἃς προϋπέσχητο καὶ ἑτέρας πέντε καὶ εἴκοσι, τοῖς δὲ δὴ στρατιώταις πεντακισχιλίας ὅλας ἔνειμεν. οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἁπλῶς ἐμεγαλοφρονεῖτο, ἀλλὰ τά τε ἄλλα διηκριβοῦτο, καὶ τοῦ πλήθους τοῦ τὸν σῖτον φεροντος ἐπὶ μακρότατον, οὐ κατὰ δίκην ἀλλʼ ὥς που ἐν ταῖς στάσεσιν εἴωθε γίγνεσθαι, ἐπαυξηθέντος ἐξέτασιν ἐποιήσατο, καὶ τούς γε ἡμίσεις ὁμοῦ τι αὐτῶν προαπήλειψε.
Now on the first day of the triumph a portent far from good fell to his lot: the axle of the triumphal car broke down directly opposite the temple of Fortune built by Lucullus, so that he had to complete the rest of the course in another. 2 On this occasion, too, he climbed up the stairs of the Capitol on his knees, without noticing at all either the chariot which had been dedicated to Jupiter in his honour, or the image of the inhabited world lying beneath his feet, or the inscription upon it; but later he erased from the inscription the term “demigod.” After the triumph he entertained the populace splendidly, giving them grain beyond the regular amount and olive oil. Also to the multitude which received doles of corn he assigned the three hundred sesterces which he had already promised and a hundred more, but to the soldiers twenty thousand in one sum. 4 Yet he was not uniformly munificent, but in most respects was very strict; for instance, since the multitude receiving doles of corn had increased enormously, not by lawful methods but in such ways as are common in times of strife, he caused the matter to be investigated and struck out half of their names at one time before the distribution.
§ 43.22
τὰς μὲν δὴ οὖν ἄλλας τῶν νικητηρίων ἡμέρας ὥς που ἐνενόμιστο διήγαγε· τῇ δὲ τελευταίᾳ ἐπειδὴ ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου ἐγένοντο, ἔς τε τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἀγορὰν ἐσῆλθε βλαύτας ὑποδεδεμένος καὶ ἄνθεσι παντοδαποῖς ἐστεφανωμένος, καὶ ἐκεῖθεν οἴκαδε παντὸς μὲν ὡς εἰπεῖν τοῦ δήμου παραπέμποντος αὐτόν, πολλῶν δὲ ἐλεφάντων λαμπάδας φερόντων ἐκομίσθη. τὴν γὰρ ἀγορὰν τὴν ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ κεκλημένην κατεσκεύαστο· καὶ ἔστι μὲν περικαλλεστέρα τῆς Ῥωμαίας, τὸ δὲ ἀξίωμα τὸ ἐκείνης ἐπηύξησεν, ὥστε καὶ μεγάλην αὐτὴν ὀνομάζεσθαι. ταύτην τε οὖν καὶ τὸν νεὼν τὸν τῆς Ἀφροδίτης, ὡς καὶ ἀρχηγέτιδος τοῦ γένους αὐτοῦ οὔσης, ποιήσας καθιέρωσεν εὐθὺς τότε· καὶ πολλούς γε ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς καὶ παντοδαποὺς ἀγῶνας ἔθηκε, θέατρόν τι κυνηγετικὸν ἰκριώσας, ὃ καὶ ἀμφιθέατρον ἐκ τοῦ πέριξ πανταχόθεν ἕδρας ἄνευ σκηνῆς ἔχειν προσερρήθη. καὶ ἐπὶ τούτῳ καὶ ἐπὶ τῇ θυγατρὶ καὶ θηρίων σφαγὰς καὶ ἀνδρῶν ὁπλομαχίας ἐποίησεν, ὧν ἐάν τις τὸν ἀριθμὸν γράψαι ἐθελήσῃ, ὄχλον ἂν τῇ συγγραφῇ οὐδʼ ἀληθῆ ἴσως παράσχοι· πάντα γὰρ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐπὶ τὸ μεῖζον ἀεὶ κομποῦται. τοῦτο μὲν οὖν καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν ὁμοίων τῶν ἔπειτα γενομένων ἐάσω, πλὴν εἰ μή τι πάνυ μοι δόξειεν ἀναγκαῖον
The first days of the triumph he passed as customary, but on the last day, after they had finished dinner, he entered his own forum wearing slippers and garlanded with all kinds of flowers; thence he proceeded homeward with practically the entire populace escorting him, while many elephants carried torches. 2 For he had himself constructed the forum called after him, and it is distinctly more beautiful than the Roman Forum; yet it had increased the reputation of the other so that that was called the Great Forum. So after completing this new forum and the temple to Venus, as the founder of his family, he dedicated them at this very time, and in their honour instituted many contests of all kinds. He built a kind of hunting-theatre of wood, which was called an amphitheatre from the fact that it had seats all around without any stage. In honour of this and of his daughter he exhibited combats of wild beasts and gladiators; 4 but anyone who cared to record their number would find his task a burden without being able, in all probability, to present the truth; for all such matters are regularly exaggerated in a spirit of boastfulness. I shall accordingly pass over this and other like events that took place later, except, of course, where it may seem to me quite essential to mention some particular point,
§ 43.23
εἰπεῖν εἶναι· περὶ δὲ δὴ τῆς καμηλοπαρδάλιδος ὠνομασμένης ἐρῶ, ὅτι τότε πρῶτον ἔς τε τὴν Ῥώμην ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἐσήχθη καὶ πᾶσιν ἐπεδείχθη. τὸ γὰρ ζῷον τοῦτο τὰ μὲν ἄλλα κάμηλός ἐστι, πλὴν καθʼ ὅσον οὐκ ἐκ τοῦ ἴσου τῶν κώλων ἔχει. τὰ μὲν γὰρ ὀπίσθια αὐτοῦ χθαμαλώτερά ἐστιν· ἀρχόμενον δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν γλουτῶν ὑψοῦται κατὰ βραχὺ ὥστʼ ἀναβαίνοντί ποι ἐοικέναι, καὶ μετεωρισθὲν ἐπὶ πλεῖστον τὸ μὲν ἄλλο σῶμα ἐπὶ τῶν ἐμπροσθίων σκελῶν ἐρείδει, τὸν δʼ αὐχένα ἐς ὕψος αὖ ἴδιον ἀνατείνει. τὴν δὲ δὴ χρόαν κατέστικται ὥσπερ πάρδαλις, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὸ ὄνομα ἐπίκοινον ἀμφοτέρων φέρει. τοῦτο μὲν δὴ τοιοῦτόν ἐστι· τοὺς δʼ ἄνδρας συνέβαλλε μὲν καὶ ἕνα ἑνὶ ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ, ὥσπερ εἴθιστο, συνέβαλλε δὲ καὶ ἐν τῷ ἱπποδρόμῳ πλείους, καὶ ἱππέας ἱππεῦσι καὶ πεζοὺς πεζοῖς, ἄλλους τε ἀναμὶξ ἀλλήλοις ἴσους. καί τινες καὶ ἀπʼ ἐλεφάντων τεσσαράκοντα ἐμαχέσαντο. καὶ τέλος ναυμαχίαν οὐκ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ οὐδὲ ἐν λίμνῃ τινὶ ἀλλʼ ἐν τῇ ἠπείρῳ ἐποίησε· χωρίον γάρ τι ἐν τῷ Ἀρείῳ πεδίῳ κοιλάνας ὕδωρ τε ἐς αὐτὸ ἐσῆκε καὶ ναῦς ἐσήγαγεν. ἐμάχοντο δὲ ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἀγῶσιν οἵ τε αἰχμάλωτοι καὶ οἱ θάνατον ὠφληκότες· καί τινες καὶ τῶν ἱππέων, οὐχ ὅτι τῶν ἄλλων ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐστρατηγηκότος τινὸς ἀνδρὸς υἱός, ἐμονομάχησαν. καὶ βουλευτὴς δέ τις Φόλουιος Σεπῖνος ἠθέλησε μὲν ὁπλομαχῆσαι, ἐκωλύθη δέ· ἐκεῖνο μὲν γὰρ ἀπηύξατο ὁ Καῖσαρ μήποτε συμβῆναι, τοὺς δʼ ἱππέας περιεῖδε μαχομένους. τήν τε ἱππασίαν τὴν Τροίαν καλουμένην οἱ παῖδες οἱ εὐπατρίδαι κατὰ τὸ ἀρχαῖον ἐποιήσαντο· καὶ ἐφʼ ἐφʼ ἁρμάτων οἱ νεανίσκοι οἱ ὁμότιμοι αὐτοῖς ἡμιλλήσαντο.
but I will give an account of the so-called camelopard, because it was then introduced into Rome by Caesar for the first time and exhibited to all. This animal is like a camel in all respects except that its legs are not all of the same length, the hind legs being the shorter. 2 Beginning from the rump it grows gradually higher, which gives it the appearance of mounting some elevation; and towering high aloft, it supports the rest of its body on its front legs and lifts its neck in turn to an unusual height. Its skin is spotted like a leopard, and for this reason it bears the joint name of both animals. Such is the appearance of this beast. As for the men, he not only pitted them one against another singly in the Forum, as was customary, but he also made them fight together in companies in the Circus, horsemen against horsemen, men on foot against others on foot, and sometimes both kinds together in equal numbers. There was even a fight between men seated on elephants, forty in number. 4 Finally he produced a naval battle, not on the sea nor on a lake, but on land; for he hollowed out a certain tract on the Campus Martius and after flooding it introduced ships into it. In all the contests the captives and those condemned to death took part; yet some of the knights, and, not to mention others, the son of one who had been praetor fought in single combat. Indeed a senator named Fulvius Sepinus desired to contend in full armour, but was prevented; for Caesar deprecated that spectacle at any time, though he did permit the knights to contend. 6 The patrician boys went through the equestrian exercise called “Troy” according to ancient custom, and the young men of the same rank contended in chariots.
§ 43.24
ἔσχε μὲν οὖν καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ πλήθει τῶν φονευομένων αἰτίαν, ὅτι μήτʼ αὐτὸς διακορὴς σφαγῶν ἐγεγόνει καὶ τῷ δήμῳ τὰς τῶν οἰκείων κακῶν εἰκόνας ἐπεδείκνυε, πολὺ δὲ δὴ μείζω ὅτι ἀμύθητα χρήματα ἐς πάντα ἐκεῖνα ἀνάλωσεν, ὡς καὶ καθʼ ἑκάτερον ἐπιβοᾶσθαι, καὶ ὅτι ἀδίκως αὐτῶν τὰ πλείω συνελέξατο, καὶ ὅτι ἐς τὰ τοιαῦτα αὐτοῖς κατεχρήσατο. ἓν γάρ τι τῆς πολυτελείας τῆς τότε γενομένης ἐχόμενον εἰπὼν καὶ τἆλλα διʼ αὐτοῦ πάντα σημανῶ. ἵνα γὰρ μηδένα τῶν θεωμένων ὁ ἥλιος λυπήσῃ, παραπετάσματα ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν σηρικά, ὥς γέ τινές φασιν, ὑπερεπέτασεν. τοῦτο δὲ τὸ ὕφασμα χλιδῆς βαρβάρου ἔργον ἐστί, καὶ παρʼ ἐκείνων καὶ πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἐς τρυφὴν τῶν πάνυ γυναικῶν περιττὴν ἐσπεφοίτηκεν. ἐπʼ οὖν τούτοις οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι καὶ ἀνάγκῃ τὴν ἡσυχίαν ἦγον, οἱ δὲ δὴ στρατιῶται ἐθορύβησαν, οὐχ ὅτι ἔμελέ σφισι τῶν εἰκῇ δαπανωμένων, ἀλλʼ ὅτι οὐ καὶ αὐτοὶ καὶ τὰ ἐκείνων ἔλαβον. καὶ οὐ πρότερόν γε ἐπαύσαντο ταραττόμενοι πρὶν τὸν Καίσαρα ἄφνω τε αὐτοῖς ἐπελθεῖν καὶ κρατήσαντά τινα αὐτοχειρίᾳ πρὸς τιμωρίαν παραδοῦναι. οὗτος μὲν οὖν διὰ ταῦτα ἐδικαιώθη, ἄλλοι δὲ δύο ἄνδρες ἐν τρόπῳ τινὶ ἱερουργίας ἐσφάγησαν. καὶ τὸ μὲν αἴτιον οὐκ ἔχω εἰπεῖν (οὔτε γὰρ ἡ Σίβυλλα ἔχρησεν, οὔτʼ ἄλλο τι τοιοῦτο λόγιον ἐγένετὀ, ἐν δʼ οὖν τῷ Ἀρείῳ πεδίῳ πρός τε τῶν ποντιφίκων καὶ πρὸς τοῦ ἱερέως τοῦ Ἄρεως ἐτύθησαν, καὶ αἵ γε κεφαλαὶ αὐτῶν πρὸς τὸ βασίλειον ἀνετέθησαν.
He was blamed, indeed, for the great number of those slain, on the ground that he himself had not become sated with bloodshed and was further exhibiting to the populace symbols of their own miseries; but much more fault was found because he had expended countless sums on all that array. In consequence a clamour was raised against him for two reasons — first, that he had collected most of the funds unjustly, and, again, that he had squandered them for such purposes. 2 If I mention one feature of his extravagance at that time, I shall thereby give an idea of all the rest. In order that the sun might not annoy any of the spectators, he had curtains stretched over them made of silk, according to some accounts. Now this fabric is a device of barbarian luxury, and has come down from them even to us to gratify the fastidious taste of fine ladies. The citizens perforce held their peace at such acts, but the soldiers raised a disturbance, not because they cared about the reckless squandering of the money, but because they themselves did not receive the citizens' wealth too. In fact they did not cease their rioting until Caesar suddenly came upon them, and seizing one man with his own hands, delivered him up to punishment. 4 So this man was executed for the reason given, and two others were slain as a sort of ritual observance. The true cause I am unable to state, inasmuch as the Sibyl made no utterance and there was no other similar oracle, but at any rate they were sacrificed in the Campus Martius by the pontifices and the priest of Mars, and their heads were set up near the Regia.
§ 43.25
ταῦτά τε ἅμα ἐπράττετο, καὶ ἐνομοθετεῖτο πολλά, ὧν ἐγὼ τὰ μὲν ἄλλα παραλείψω, τῶν δὲ δὴ λόγου μάλιστα ἀξίων μνησθήσομαι. τά τε γὰρ δικαστήρια τοῖς τε βουλευταῖς καὶ τοῖς ἱππεῦσι μόνοις ἐπέτρεψεν, ὅπως τὸ καθαρώτατον ὅτι μάλιστα ἀεὶ δικάζοι· πρότερον γὰρ καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ὁμίλου τινὲς συνδιεγίγνωσκον αὐτοῖς· καὶ τὰ ἀναλώματα τῶν τι ἐχόντων ἐπὶ πλεῖστον ὑπʼ ἀσωτίας ἐξηγμένα οὐκ ἐν νόμῳ μόνον ἐμετρίασεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ ἔργῳ ἰσχυρῶς ἐν φυλακῇ ἐποιήσατο. ἐπειδή τε δεινὴ ὀλιγανθρωπία διὰ τὸ τῶν ἀπολωλότων πλῆθος, ὡς ἔκ τε τῶν ἀπογραφῶν (καὶ γὰρ ἐκείνας τά τε ἄλλα ὥσπερ τις τιμητὴς ἐποίησἐ καὶ ἐκ τῆς ὄψεως αὐτῆς ἠλέγχετο, ἦν, πολυπαιδίας ἆθλα ἐπέθηκεν. ὅτι τε αὐτὸς πολλοῖς τῶν Γαλατῶν ἐφεξῆς ἔτεσιν ἄρξας ἔς τε τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ τῆς δυναστείας μᾶλλον προήχθη καὶ ἐς τὴν παρασκευὴν τῆς ἰσχύος ἐπηυξήθη, κατέκλεισε νόμῳ τοὺς μὲν ἐστρατηγηκότας ἐπʼ ἐνιαυτὸν τοὺς δὲ ὑπατευκότας ἐπὶ δύο ἔτη κατὰ τὸ ἑξῆς ἄρχειν, καὶ μηδενὶ τὸ παράπαν ἐπὶ πλεῖον ἡγεμονίαν τινὰ ἔχειν ἐξεῖναι.
While Caesar was thus engaged he was also enacting many laws, most of which I shall omit, mentioning only those most worthy of record. The courts he entrusted to the senators and the knights alone, in order that the purest element of the population, so far as was possible, might always preside; 2 for formerly some of the common people had also joined with them in rendering decisions. The expenditures moreover, of men of means, which had grown to an enormous extent by reason of their prodigality, he not only regulated by law but also practically checked by stern measures. Moreover, since, on account of the multitude of those who had perished there was a serious falling off in population, as was shown both by the censuses (which he attended to, among other things, as if he were censor) and, indeed, by mere observation, he offered prizes for large families of children. Again, since it was by ruling the Gauls for many years in succession that he himself had conceived a greater desire for dominion and had increased the equipment of his force, he limited by law the term of propraetors to one year, and that of proconsuls to two consecutive years, and enacted that no one whatever should be allowed to hold any command for a longer time.
§ 43.26
ταῦτά τε ἐνομοθέτησε, καὶ τὰς ἡμέρας τῶν ἐτῶν οὐ πάντῃ ὁμολογούσας σφίσι (πρὸς γὰρ τὰς τῆς σελήνης περιόδους ἔτι καὶ τότε τοὺς μῆνας ἦγονʼ κατεστήσατο ἐς τὸν νῦν τρόπον, ἑπτὰ καὶ ἑξήκοντα ἡμέρας ἐμβαλών, ὅσαιπερ ἐς τὴν ἀπαρτιλογίαν παρέφερον. ἤδη μὲν γάρ τινες καὶ πλείους ἔφασαν ἐμβληθῆναι, τὸ δʼ ἀληθὲς οὕτως ἔχει. τοῦτο δὲ ἐκ τῆς ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ διατριβῆς ἔλαβε, πλὴν καθʼ ὅσον ἐκεῖνοι μὲν τριακονθημέρους τοὺς μῆνας λογίζονται, ἔπειτα ἐπὶ παντὶ τῷ ἔτει τὰς πέντε ἡμέρας ἐπάγουσιν, ὁ δὲ δὴ Καῖσαρ ἐς μῆνας ἑπτὰ ταύτας τε καὶ τὰς ἑτέρας δύο, ἃς ἑνὸς μηνὸς ἀφεῖλεν, ἐνήρμοσε. τὴν μέντοι μίαν τὴν ἐκ τῶν τεταρτημορίων συμπληρουμένην διὰ πέμπτων καὶ αὐτὸς ἐτῶν ἐσήγαγεν ὥστε μηδὲν ἔτι τὰς ὥρας αὐτῶν πλὴν ἐλαχίστου παραλλάττειν· ἐν γοῦν χιλίοις καὶ τετρακοσίοις καὶ ἑξήκοντα καὶ ἑνὶ ἔτει μιᾶς ἄλλης ἡμέρας ἐμβολίμου δέονται.
After the passage of these laws he also established in their present fashion the days of the year, which had got somewhat out of order, since they still at that time measured their months by the moon's revolutions; he did this by adding sixty-seven days, the number necessary to bring the year out even. Some, indeed, have declared that even more were intercalated, but the truth is as I have stated it. 2 He got this improvement from his stay in Alexandria, save in so far as the people there reckon their months as of thirty days each, and afterwards add the five days to the year as a whole, whereas Caesar distributed among seven months these five along with two other days that he took away from one month. The one day, however, which results from the fourths he introduced into every fourth year, so as to make the annual seasons no longer differ at all except in the slightest degree; at any rate in fourteen hundred and sixty-one years there is need of only one additional intercalary day.
§ 43.27
καὶ ταῦτα μέντοι, τά τε ἄλλα ὅσα ὑπὲρ τοῦ κοινοῦ ἐβουλεύετο, οὔτʼ ἰδιογνωμονῶν οὔτʼ ἰδιοβουλῶν ἔπραττεν, ἀλλὰ πάντα δὴ πάντως τοῖς πρώτοις τῆς βουλῆς, ἔστι δʼ ὅτε καὶ πάσῃ αὐτῇ, ἐπεκοίνου. καὶ παρὰ τοῦτο οὐχ ἥκιστα, καίτοι τραχυτερόν τινα νομοθετήσας, ὅμως ἤρεσέ σφισι. καὶ ἐπὶ μὲν τούτοις καὶ ἔπαινον ἐλάμβανεν, ὅτι δὲ δὴ τῶν φευγόντων ἐκ δικαστηρίου πολλοὺς διὰ δημάρχων δή τινων κατήγαγε, καὶ ὅτι τοῖς δεκασμοῦ ἐπʼ ἀρχῆς ἀποδείξει ἁλοῦσιν ἐν τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ διαιτᾶσθαι ἐπέτρεψεν, ἔτι τε ἐς τὴν βουλὴν αὖθις οὐκ ἀξίους τινὰς αὐτῆς ἐγκατέλεξε, πολλὰ καὶ παντοδαπὰ ἐθρυλεῖτο. πλείστην δʼ οὖν ὅμως αἰτίαν ἐπὶ τῷ τῆς Κλεοπάτρας ἔρωτι, οὐ τῷ ἐν τῇ Αἰγύπτῳ ἔτι (ἐκεῖνος γὰρ ἠκούετὀ ἀλλὰ τῷ ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ Ῥώμῃ, παρὰ πάντων ἔσχεν. ἦλθέ τε γὰρ ἐς τὸ ἄστυ μετὰ τοῦ ἀνδρός, καὶ ἐς αὐτοῦ τοῦ Καίσαρος ἐσῳκίσθη, ὥστε καὶ ἐκεῖνον ἐπʼ ἀμφοτέροις σφίσι κακῶς ἀκοῦσαι. οὐ μὴν καὶ ἔμελέν οἱ οὐδέν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐς τοὺς φίλους σφᾶς τούς τε συμμάχους τοὺς τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἐσέγραψε.
All these and the other undertakings which he was planning for the common weal he accomplished not on his own authority nor by his own counsel, but communicated everything in every instance to the leaders of the senate, and sometimes even to that entire body. And to this practice most of all was due the fact that, even after he passed some rather harsh measures, he still succeeded in pleasing them. 2 For these acts, then, he received praise; but when he induced some of the tribunes to restore many of those who had been exiled after due trial, and allowed those who had been convicted of bribery in canvassing for office to live in Italy, and furthermore enrolled once more in the senate some who were unworthy of it, many murmurings of all sorts arose against him. But he incurred the greatest censure from all because of his passion for Cleopatra — not now the passion he had displayed in Egypt (for that was a matter of hearsay), but that which was displayed in Rome itself. For she had come to the city with her husband and settled in Caesar's own house, so that he too derived an ill repute on account of both of them. He was not at all concerned, however, about this, but actually enrolled them among the friends and allies of the Roman people.
§ 43.28
κἀν τούτῳ ἐμάνθανε μὲν πάντα καθʼ ἕκαστον ὧν ὁ Πομπήιος ἐν τῇ Ἰβηρίᾳ ἐποίει, οὐ μέντοι καὶ δυσνίκητον αὐτὸν εἶναι νομίζων πρότερον μὲν τὸ ναυτικὸν ἐκ τῆς Σαρδοῦς ἐπʼ αὐτὸν ἀπέστειλεν, ὕστερον δὲ καὶ τὰ στρατεύματα τὰ ἐκ καταλόγου ἔπεμψεν ὡς καὶ διʼ ἑτέρων διαπολεμήσων. ἐπεὶ δὲ ᾔσθετο ἐκεῖνόν τε ἐπὶ μέγα προχωροῦντα καὶ τοὺς πεμφθέντας οὐχ ἱκανοὺς ἀντιπολεμεῖν αὐτῷ ὄντας, οὕτω δὴ καὶ αὐτὸς ἐξεστράτευσεν, τὴν πόλιν τῷ τε Λεπίδῳ καὶ πολιανόμοις τισὶν ὀκτώ, ὥς τισι δοκεῖ, ἢ ἕξ, ὡς μᾶλλον πεπίστευται, ἐπιτρέψας.
Meanwhile he was learning in detail all that Pompey was doing in Spain; but thinking him easy to vanquish, he at first despatched the fleet from Sardinia against him, and later sent on also the armies that had been enrolled, intending to conduct the whole war through others. 2 But when he ascertained that Pompey was gaining great headway and that the men he had sent were not sufficient to fight against him, he finally set out himself to join the expedition, after entrusting the city to Lepidus and a number of prefects — eight as some think, or six as is more commonly believed.
§ 43.29
ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἐπί τε τοῦ Λογγίνου καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ Μαρκέλλου τὰ στρατόπεδα τὰ ἐν τῇ Ἰβηρίᾳ ἐκινήθη καί τινες καὶ τῶν πόλεων ἐνεωτέρισαν, ἡμέρας μέν τινας τοῦ τε Λογγίνου ἀπαλλαγέντος καὶ τοῦ Τρεβωνίου τὴν διαδοχὴν αὐτοῦ λαβόντος, ἡσύχασαν, ἔπειτα δέει τῆς ἐκ τοῦ Καίσαρος τιμωρίας ἐπρεσβεύσαντο κρύφα πρὸς τὸν Σκιπίωνα, μεταστῆναι βουλόμενοι· καὶ ὃς ἄλλους τέ σφισι καὶ τὸν Πομπήιον τὸν Γναῖον ἀπέστειλε. προσέχων δὲ ἐκεῖνος ταῖς Γυμνησίαις νήσοις τὰς μὲν ἄλλας ἀμαχεί, τὴν δὲ Ἔβεσον σὺν πόνῳ παρεστήσατο, κἀνταῦθα νοσήσας μετὰ τῶν στρατιωτῶν διέτριψε. χρονίζοντος οὖν αὐτοῦ, πυθόμενοι οἱ στρατιῶται οἱ ἐν τῇ Ἰβηρίᾳ τόν τε Σκιπίωνα ἀπολωλότα καὶ τὸν Δίδιον ἐπιπλέοντά σφισι, καὶ φοβηθέντες μὴ διαφθαρῶσι πρὶν τὸν Πομπήιον ἐλθεῖν, οὐκ ἔμειναν αὐτόν, ἀλλὰ Τίτον τε Κυΐντιον Σκαπούλαν καὶ Κύϊντον Ἀπώνιον ἄνδρας ἱππέας προστησάμενοι τόν τε Τρεβώνιον ἐξέβαλον καὶ τὸ ἔθνος τὸ Βαιτικὸν πᾶν συναπέστησαν.
The legions in Spain under Longinus and Marcellus had rebelled and some of the cities had revolted. When Longinus had been removed and Trebonius had become his successor, they kept quiet for a few days; 2 then, through fear of vengeance on Caesar's part, they secretly sent ambassadors to Scipio, expressing a desire to transfer their allegiance, and he sent to them Gnaeus Pompey among others. Pompey put in at the Balearic Isles and took these islands without a battle, except Ebusus, which he gained with difficulty; then, falling sick, he tarried there with his troops. As a result of his delay, the soldiers in Spain, who had learned that Scipio was dead and that Didius was setting sail against them, feared that they would be annihilated before Pompey could arrive, and so failed to wait for him; but putting at their head Titus Quintius Scapula and Quintus Aponius, both knights, they drove out Trebonius and led the whole Baetic nation to revolt at the same time.
§ 43.30
πραξάντων δὲ ταῦτα αὐτῶν Πομπήιος ῥαΐσας ἐς τὴν ἤπειρον τὴν κατʼ ἀντιπέρας διέπλευσε, καὶ ἄλλας μέν τινας πόλεις εὐθὺς ἑκουσίας προσεποιήσατο (ταῖς τε γὰρ ἐπιτάξεσι τῶν ἐφεστηκότων σφίσιν ἀχθόμενοι, καὶ ἐς ἐκεῖνον οὐκ ὀλίγα ἐκ τῆς τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ μνήμης ἐπελπίζοντες ἑτοίμως αὐτὸν ἐδέξαντὀ, Καρχηδόνα δὲ οὐκ ἐθελήσασαν ὁμολογῆσαι ἐπολιόρκει. μαθόντες οὖν τοῦτο οἱ περὶ τὸν Σκαπούλαν ἦλθόν τε ἐνταῦθα, καὶ στρατηγὸν αὐτοκράτορα αὐτὸν ἑλόμενοι προσεῖχόν τε αὐτῷ τὰ μάλιστα καὶ προεθυμοῦντο ἰσχυρότατα, τὰ κέρδη τὰ ἐκείνου ἴδια καὶ τὰς συμφορὰς οἰκείας ποιούμενοι, ὥστʼ ἀφʼ ἑκατέρου, τὰ μὲν ὅπως λάβωσι, τὰς δʼ ὅπως μὴ πάθωσιν, ἐρρῶσθαι. καὶ γὰρ ὁ Πομπήιος, οἷα ἐν τοιαύταις ταραχαῖς καὶ καταστάσεσι πάντες εἰώθασι ποιεῖν, καὶ μάλιστʼ ἐπειδή τινες τῶν Ἀλλοβρόγων, οὕς οἱ ὁ Ἰόβας ἐκ τοῦ πρὸς τὸν Κουρίωνα πολέμου ζωγρήσας ἐδεδώκει, ηὐτομόλησαν, οὐδὲν ὅ τι οὐχὶ καὶ λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ τοῖς λοιποῖς ἐχαρίζετο. οὗτοί τε οὖν αὐτῷ καὶ διὰ ταῦτα πολὺ προθυμότεροι ἐγένοντο, καὶ τῶν ἐναντίων συχνοί, καὶ μάλισθʼ ὅσοι σὺν τῷ Ἀφρανίῳ ποτὲ ἐστράτευντο, προσεχώρησαν· τῶν τε ἐκ τῆς Ἀφρικῆς ἄλλοι τε καὶ ὁ ἀδελφὸς Σέξτος ὅ τε Οὐᾶρος καὶ ὁ Λαβιῆνος σὺν τῷ ναυτικῷ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἦλθον. κἀκ τούτου τῷ τε πλήθει τοῦ στρατοπέδου καὶ τῇ προθυμίᾳ ἀρθεὶς τήν τε χώραν ἀδεῶς διεπορεύετο, καὶ πόλεις τὰς μὲν ἑκούσας τὰς δὲ ἀκούσας προσετίθετο, καὶ ἐδόκει
They had gone thus far when Pompey, recovering from his illness, sailed across to the mainland opposite. He immediately won over several cities without resistance, for, being vexed at the commands of their rulers and also reposing no little hope in him because of the memory of his father, they readily received him; and Carthage, which was unwilling to come to terms, he besieged. 2 The followers of Scapula, on learning of this, went there and chose him general with full powers, after which they were most devoted to him and showed the greatest zeal, regarding his successes as the successes of each one of them and his disasters as their own. Consequently their resolution was confirmed by their double purpose of obtaining the successes and avoiding the disasters. For Pompey, too, did what all are accustomed to do in the midst of such turbulent conditions, especially after the desertion of some of the Allobroges whom Juba had taken alive in the war against Curio and had given to him: that is, he granted to the rest every possible favour both in word and in deed. 4 Not only these men, therefore, became more zealous in his behalf, but a number of the opposing side, also, particularly all who had once served under Afranius, came over to him. Then there were those who came to him from Africa, among others his brother Sextus, and Varus, and Labienus with his fleet. Elated, therefore, by the multitude of his army and by its zeal, he proceeded fearlessly through the country, gaining some cities of their own accord, and others against their will, and seemed to surpass even his father in power.
§ 43.31
καὶ ὑπὲρ τὸν πατέρα ἰσχύειν. ἦσαν μὲν γὰρ ἐν τῇ Ἰβηρίᾳ καὶ τοῦ Καίσαρος στρατηγοὶ Κύϊντός τε Φάβιος Μάξιμος καὶ Κύϊντος Πέδιος, οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἀξιόμαχοί οἱ νομίζοντες εἶναι αὐτοί τε ἡσύχαζον καὶ ἐκεῖνον σπουδῇ μετεπέμποντο. τέως μὲν δὴ ταῦτʼ ἐγίγνετο· ἐπεὶ δὲ τῶν τε προπεμφθέντων τινὲς ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης ἀφίκοντο κα προσεδοκήθη καὶ ὁ Καῖσαρ ἥξειν, φοβηθεὶς ὁ Πομπήιος, καὶ νομίσας οὐχ ἱκανὸς εἶναι πᾶσαν τὴν Ἰβηρίαν κατασχεῖν, οὐκ ἀνέμεινε πταίσας γε μεταγνῶναι, ἀλλʼ εὐθύς, πρὶν πειραθῆναι τῶν ἐναντίων, ἐς τὴν Βαιτικὴν ἀνεχώρησε. καὶ αὐτῷ ἡ μὲν θάλασσα παραυτίκα ἠλλοτριώθη, Οὐᾶρός τε ὑπὸ τοῦ Διδίου περὶ Καρτηίαν ἐναυκρατήθη, καὶ εἴγε μὴ προκαταφυγὼν ἐς τὴν γῆν ἀγκύρας ἐς τὸ στόμα τοῦ λιμένος ἄλλας πρὸς ἄλλαις ἐνεβεβλήκει καὶ περὶ αὐτὰς οἱ πρῶτοι τῶν διωκόντων σφᾶς ὥσπερ περὶ ἕρμα ἐπταίκεσαν, πᾶν ἂν τὸ ναυτικὸν ἀπωλωλέκει. ἡ δὲ δὴ ἤπειρος ἡ ἐκεῖ πᾶσα πλὴν Οὐλίας πόλεως συνεμάχει· ταύτην γὰρ μὴ ἐθελήσασάν οἱ προσχωρῆσαι ἐπολιόρκει.
For though Caesar also had generals in Spain, namely Quintus Fabius Maximus and Quintus Pedius, yet they did not regard themselves as a match for Pompey, but remained quiet themselves and kept sending urgently for Caesar. 2 For a time matters went on thus; but when a few of the men sent in advance from Rome had reached there, and Caesar's arrival was also expected, Pompey became frightened; and thinking that he was not strong enough to gain the mastery of all Spain, he did not wait for a reverse before changing his mind, but immediately, before making trial of his adversaries, retired into Baetica. The sea, moreover, straightway became hostile to him, and Varus was defeated in a naval battle near Carteia by Didius; indeed, had he not escaped to the land and sunk a row of anchors upon which the foremost pursuers were wrecked as upon a reef, he would have lost his whole fleet. 4 All that region of the mainland except the city of Ulia was in alliance with Pompey; and this town, which had refused to submit to him, he proceeded to besiege.
§ 43.32
κἀν τούτῳ καὶ ὁ Καῖσαρ μετʼ ὀλίγων ἐξαίφνης ἀδοκήτοις οὐχ ὅτι τοῖς περὶ τὸν Πομπήιον ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ στρατιώταις ἐπῆλθε· τοσούτῳ γὰρ τῷ τῆς πορείας τάχει ἐχρήσατο ὥστε καὶ τοῖς οἰκείοις ἅμα καὶ τοῖς ἐναντίοις ὀφθῆναι πρὶν καὶ ὅτι ὅλως ἐν τῇ Ἰβηρίᾳ γέγονεν ἀκουσθῆναι. καὶ ὁ μὲν καὶ ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ τούτου, τῆς τε παρουσίας τῆς αὑτοῦ μόνης, καὶ ἐς τὰ ἄλλα καταπλήξειν τὸν Πομπήιον καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς πολιορκίας ἀπαλλάξειν ἤλπισε· τὸ γὰρ πλεῖον στράτευμα κατὰ τὴν ὁδὸν ὑπελέλειπτο· ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἕνα τε ἄνδρα ἑνὸς οὐ πολὺ διαφέρειν νομίζων, καὶ τῇ ἰσχύι ἑαυτοῦ πάνυ θαρσῶν, οὐκ ἐξεπλάγη πρὸς τὴν ἄφιξιν αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ προσήδρευε τῇ πόλει καὶ τὰς προσβολὰς ὁμοίως ὥσπερ καὶ πρὶν ἐποιεῖτο. ὁ οὖν Καῖσαρ ἐκεῖ μὲν ὀλίγους στρατιώτας ἐκ τῶν προαφιγμένων κατέλιπεν, αὐτὸς δὲ ἐπὶ Κόρδουβαν ὥρμησε, τὸ μέν τι καὶ αἱρήσειν αὐτὴν ἐκ προδοσίας ἐλπίσας, τὸ δὲ δὴ πλεῖστον ἀπάξειν ἀπὸ τῆς Οὐλίας τὸν Πομπήιον τῷ περὶ αὐτῆς φόβῳ προσδοκήσας. καὶ ἔσχεν οὕτως· τὸ μὲν γὰρ πρῶτον μέρος τι τοῦ στρατοῦ κατὰ χώραν ἐάσας ἔς τε τὴν Κόρδουβαν ἦλθε, καὶ κρατυνάμενος αὐτήν, οὐχ ὑπομείναντός σφας τοῦ Καίσαρος, τῷ ἀδελφῷ τῷ Σέξτῳ προσέταξεν· ἔπειτα δὲ ὡς οὔτε τι πρὸς τῇ Οὐλίᾳ ἐπέραινεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πύργου τινός, καὶ τούτου οὐχ ὑπὸ σφῶν κατασεισθέντος ἀλλʼ ὑπὸ τοῦ πλήθους τῶν ἐπʼ αὐτοῦ ἀμυνομένων καταρραγέντος, ἐσῆλθον μέν τινες, οὐ μὴν καὶ καλῶς ἀπήλλαξαν, καὶ ὁ Καῖσαρ πλησιάσας σφίσιν ἐκείνοις τε βοήθειαν νυκτὸς λαθὼν ἐσέπεμψε καὶ αὐτὸς πρός τε τὴν Κόρδουβαν αὖθις ἐστράτευσε καὶ ἐς πολιορκίαν αὐτὴν ἀντικατέστησεν, οὕτω δὴ τῆς τε Οὐλίας παντελῶς ἀπανέστη καὶ ἐκεῖσε παντὶ τῷ στρατῷ οὐ μάτην ἠπείχθη. προπυθόμενος γὰρ τοῦτο ὁ Καῖσαρ ἀπεχώρησε· νοσῶν γὰρ ἐτύγχανε. μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα αὐτός τε ἀναρρωσθεὶς καὶ τὰ στρατεύματα ἐπακολουθήσαντά οἱ προσλαβὼν ἠναγκάσθη καὶ ἐν τῷ χειμῶνι πολεμῆσαι· ἔν τε γὰρ σκηνιδίοις φαύλοις αὐλιζόμενοι ἐκακοπάθουν καὶ τῆς τροφῆς
Meanwhile Caesar, too, with a few men suddenly came up unexpectedly, not only to Pompey's followers, but even to his own soldiers. For he had employed such speed in crossing over that he appeared to both his adherents and his opponents before they had even heard that he was in Spain at all. 2 He hoped by this very circumstance and by his mere presence to alarm Pompey and in particular to lure him from the siege; for most of his army had been left behind on the road. But Pompey, thinking that one man was not much superior to another and feeling full confidence in his own strength, was not seriously alarmed at the other's arrival, but continued to besiege the city and kept making assaults upon it just as before. Hence Caesar left there a few troops from among those who had arrived first and set out himself for Corduba, partly, to be sure, in the hope of taking it by betrayal, but chiefly in the expectation of drawing Pompey away from Ulia through fear for this place. 4 And so it turned out in the end. At first Pompey left a part of his army in position, and going to Corduba, strengthened it, and then, as Caesar did not resist his troops, put his brother Sextus in charge there. After this he failed to accomplish anything at Ulia. On the contrary, when a certain tower had fallen, and that not shaken down by his own men either, but broken down by the crowd that was making a defence from it, a few who rushed in fared badly; 6 and Caesar, approaching, lent assistance secretly by night to the citizens, and marched against Corduba himself, putting it under siege in turn. Then at last Pompey withdrew entirely from Ulia and hastened to the other town with his entire army, accomplishing the desired result. For Caesar, learning of it in time, retired, as he happened to be ill. Afterwards, when he had recovered and had taken charge of the additional troops who had followed on after him, he was compelled to carry on warfare even in the winter; for, being housed in miserable little huts, they were suffering distress and running short of food.
§ 43.33
ἐνελείποντο. ἐδικτατόρευε δὲ δὴ τότε, καὶ ὕπατος ὀψέ ποτε καὶ ἐπʼ ἐξόδῳ τοῦ ἔτους ἀπεδείχθη, τοῦ Λεπίδου ἐν τῇ ἱππαρχίᾳ τὸν δῆμον ἐς τοῦτο συναγαγόντος· ἱππάρχησε γὰρ καὶ τότε, αὐτὸς ἑαυτὸν ἐν τῇ ὑπατείᾳ ἐπειπὼν ἵππαρχον παρὰ τὰ πάτρια. ἀναγκασθεὶς οὖν ὁ Καῖσαρ, ὥσπερ εἶπον, καὶ ἐν τῷ χειμῶνι πολεμῆσαι, τῇ μὲν Κορδούβῃ οὐ προσέβαλεν (ἰσχυρῶς γὰρ ἐφυλάττετὀ, πυθόμενος δὲ ἐν Ἀττεγούᾳ πόλει σῖτον πολὺν εἶναι πρὸς ἐκείνην καίτοι καρτερὰν οὖσαν ἐτράπετο, ἐλπίσας τῷ τε πλήθει τοῦ στρατοῦ καὶ τῇ παρʼ ἑαυτοῦ αἰφνιδίῳ ἐκπλήξει καταφοβήσας σφᾶς αἱρήσειν· καὶ αὐτὴν διὰ βραχέος καὶ ἀπεσταύρωσε καὶ περιετάφρευσεν. ὁ γὰρ Πομπήιος τῇ φύσει τοῦ χωρίου θαρσῶν, καὶ τὸν Καίσαρα οὐκ ἐπὶ πολὺ διὰ τὸν χειμῶνα προσεδρεύσειν αὐτῷ νομίζων, τούς τε ἑαυτοῦ στρατιώτας μὴ βουληθεὶς ἐν τῷ ῥίγει κακῶσαι, περιεῖδε καὶ οὐκ ἐπήμυνεν αὐτοῖς τήν γε πρώτην· ὕστερον γάρ, ὡς τό τε πόλισμα ἀπετετείχιστο καὶ ὁ Καῖσαρ αὐτῷ προσεκάθητο, δείσας ἐπεβοήθησέ σφισι, καὶ νυκτὸς ἐξαίφνης ὁμιχλώδους τοῖς προφύλαξι προσμίξας συχνοὺς ἔφθειρεν. ἐπειδή τε ἀστρατήγητοι οἱ ἔνδον ἦσαν, Μουνάτιον αὐτοῖς Φλάκκον
Caesar was at that time dictator, and at length, near the close of the year, he was appointed consul, after Lepidus, who was master of the horse, had convoked the people for this purpose; for Lepidus had become master of the horse at that time also, having given himself, while still in the consulship, that additional title contrary to precedent. 2 Caesar, accordingly, being compelled, as I have said, to carry on warfare even in the winter, did not attack Corduba, which was strongly guarded, but turned his attention to Ategua, a city in which he had learned there was an abundance of grain. Although it was a strong place, he hoped by the size of his army and the sudden terror of his appearance to alarm the inhabitants and capture it. And in a short time he had cut it off by a palisade and surrounded it by a ditch. For Pompey, encouraged by the nature of the place and thinking that Caesar because of the winter would not besiege it very long, paid no heed and did not try at first to repel the assailants, since he was unwilling to distress his own soldiers by the cold. 4 Later, to be sure, when the town had been walled off and Caesar was encamped before it, he grew afraid and came with assistance. Falling in with pickets suddenly on a misty night, he killed a number of them; and since the inhabitants were without a general, he sent in to them Munatius Flaccus.
§ 43.34
ἐσέπεμψεν. ἠδυνήθη γὰρ ἐκεῖνος ὧδε εἴσω παρελθεῖν. νύκτωρ τῶν φυλάκων τινὰς μόνος, ὡς καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ Καίσαρος ἐς ἐφοδείαν ἀπεσταλμένος, ἀνήρετο τὸ σύνθημα, καὶ μαθών (οὔτε γὰρ ἐγιγνώσκετο, καὶ κατὰ μόνας οὐκ ἄν ποτε ὑπωπτεύθη μὴ φίλιός σφισιν ὢν τοῦτο ποιῆσαι) ἐκείνους μὲν εἴασεν, ἐκπεριελθὼν δὲ ἑτέρωσε τοῦ περιτειχίσματος ἄλλοις τισὶ φύλαξιν ἐνέτυχε, καὶ τό τε σύνθημα αὐτοῖς εἰπών, καὶ ἐπὶ προδοσίᾳ τῆς πόλεως παρεῖναι πλασάμενος, διʼ ἑκόντων τε αὐτῶν καὶ παραπεμπόντων γε ἐσῆλθεν. οὐ μέντοι καὶ περιεποιήσατο αὐτήν. τά τε γὰρ ἄλλα πολλά, καί ποτε πῦρ ἔς τε τὰς μηχανὰς καὶ ἐς τὰ σταυρώματα τὰ τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἐμβαλόντες ἐκείνους μὲν οὐδὲν ὅ τι καὶ ἀξιόλογον ἔβλαψαν, αὐτοὶ δὲ ἀνέμου σφίσιν ἐξ ἐναντίας ἐν τούτῳ σφοδροῦ προσπεσόντος κακῶς ἀπήλλαξαν· τά τε γὰρ οἰκοδομήματα ἐπεφλέχθη, καὶ ἄνθρωποι συχνοὶ τοῖς τε λίθοις καὶ τοῖς βέλεσι, μηδὲ προϊδέσθαι τι ὑπὸ τοῦ καπνοῦ δυνηθέντες, ἐξώλοντο. ὡς οὖν τοῦτό τε αὐτοῖς συνεβεβήκει καὶ ἡ γῆ ἐπορθεῖτο τοῦ τε τείχους τινὰ ἐξ ὑπονόμων ἔπιπτεν, ἐστασίασαν, καὶ πρότερος μὲν ὁ Φλάκκος ἐπʼ ἀδείᾳ ἑαυτοῦ τε καὶ τῶν συνόντων οἱ πρὸς τὸν Καίσαρα διεκηρυκεύσατο, ἔπειτα δὲ οὗτος μέν (οὐ γὰρ ἠθέλησε τὰ ὅπλα παραδοῦναι) διήμαρτεν αὐτῆς, οἱ δὲ ἄλλοι οἱ ἐπιχώριοι μετὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἐπρεσβεύσαντο καὶ συνέβησαν ἐφʼ οἷς ἐκελεύοντο.
For this man contrived in the following way to get inside. He went alone by night to some of the guards, as if appointed by Caesar to visit the sentries, and asked and learned the watchword; for he was not known, and inasmuch as he was alone, would never have been suspected of being anything but a friend when he acted in this manner. Then he left these men 2 and went around to the other side of the circumvallation where he met some other guards and gave them the watchword; after this he pretended that he was there to betray the city, and so went inside through the midst of the soldiers with their consent and actually under their escort. He could not, however, save the place. In addition to other setbacks there was one occasion when the citizens hurled fire upon the engines and ramparts of the Romans, although without doing them any damage worth mentioning, while they themselves fared ill by reason of a violent wind which just then began to blow toward them from the opposite direction; 4 for their houses were set on fire and many persons perished from the stones and missiles, not being able to see any distance ahead of them for the smoke. After this disaster, as their land was being ravaged, and portions of their wall were collapsing as the result of mines, they began to riot. Flaccus first made overtures to Caesar on the basis of pardon for himself and his followers; but afterwards, when he failed of this owing to his refusal to surrender his arms, the natives sent envoys and submitted to the terms imposed upon them.
§ 43.35
ἐκείνης δὲ δὴ τῆς πόλεως ἁλούσης οὐκέτʼ οὐδὲ οἱ ἄλλοι ἠτρέμιζον, ἀλλὰ πολλοὶ μὲν αὐτοὶ πρὸς τὸν Καίσαρα πρεσβευσάμενοι μεθίσταντο, πολλοὶ δὲ καὶ ἐπιόντα αὐτὸν τούς τε ὑποστρατήγους αὐτοῦ ἐδέχοντο, ὥστε τὸν Πομπήιον ἀπορήσαντα ὅ τι χρὴ πρᾶξαι, τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἄλλοτε ἄλλῃ τῆς χώρας μεθιστάμενον πλανᾶσθαι, ἔπειτα δὲ φοβηθέντα μὴ καὶ ἐξ αὐτοῦ τούτου καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ αὐτὸν ἐγκαταλίπωσι, διακινδυνεῦσαι ἐθελῆσαι, καίτοι τοῦ δαιμονίου τὴν ἧτταν ἐναργέστατα αὐτῷ προσημήναντος. οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἱδρῶτες τῶν ἀγαλμάτων καὶ αἱ ἠχαὶ τῶν στρατοπέδων, τά τε ζῷα ἃ πολλὰ παρὰ τὴν ἑαυτῶν φύσιν ἐγεννήθη, καὶ αἱ δᾷδες αἱ πρὸς τὰς δυσμὰς ἐκ τῶν ἀνατολῶν ᾅττουσαι (ταῦτα γὰρ ἐν τῇ Ἰβηρίᾳ τότε ἅμα πάντα συνηνέχθἠ σαφὲς οὐδέν, ὁποτέροις σφῶν προφαίνοιτο, διεδήλου· οἱ δὲ δὴ ἀετοὶ τῶν στρατοπέδων αὐτοῦ τάς τε πτέρυγας σείσαντες καὶ τοὺς κεραυνούς, οὓς ἐν τοῖς ποσί τινες αὐτῶν χρυσοῦς ἔφερον, ἐκβαλόντες ἐκείνῳ τε τὸ κακὸν ἄντικρυς ἐνέσκηπτον καὶ αὐτοὶ πρὸς τὸν Καίσαρα ἀπεπέτοντο. ἀλλʼ ἦγε γὰρ τὸ δαιμόνιον, ἔν τε ὀλιγωρίᾳ αὐτὸ ἐποιήσατο, καὶ ἐς πόλιν Μοῦνδαν πρὸς μάχην δὴ κατέστη.
Upon the capture of this city the other tribes also no longer held back, but many of their own accord sent envoys and espoused Caesar's cause, and many received him or his lieutenants on their approach. Pompey, in consequence, being at a loss what to do, at first moved about and wandered from place to place through the country; later on he became afraid that as a result of this very course the rest of his adherents would also leave him in the lurch, and he chose to risk a decisive battle, although Heaven had beforehand indicated his defeat very clearly. To be sure, the drops of sweat that fell from the sacred statues, and the rumbling noises of legions, and the many creatures that were born outside their own species, and the torches darting from the east to the west, all of which signs occurred in Spain at that one time, did not make it clear to which of the two leaders they were revealing the future. 4 But the eagles of Pompey's legions shook their wings and let fall the thunderbolts which they held in their talons, in some cases of gold; thus they seemed to be hurling the threatened disaster directly at Pompey and to be flying off of their own accord to Caesar. But he made light of it, for Destiny was leading him on; thus he established himself in the city of Munda in order to give battle.
§ 43.36
εἶχον μὲν δὴ πρὸς τοῖς ἄλλοις τοῖς τε πολιτικοῖς καὶ τοῖς ξενικοῖς στρατεύμασι πολλοὺς μὲν τῶν ἐπιχωρίων πολλοὺς δὲ καὶ Μαύρων ἀμφότεροι· Βόκχος μὲν γὰρ τοὺς υἱεῖς τῷ Πομπηίῳ ἔπεμψε, Βογούας δὲ αὐτὸς τῷ Καίσαρι συνεστράτευσεν· ὁ δὲ ἀγὼν οὐχ ὡς τῶν ἄλλων ἀλλʼ ὡς αὐτῶν τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἐγένετο. οἵ τε γὰρ Καισάρειοι στρατιῶται τῷ τε πλήθει καὶ τῇ ἐμπειρίᾳ καὶ παρὰ παντα τῇ αὐτοῦ ἐκείνου παρουσίᾳ θαρσοῦντες ἀπαλλαγῆναί ποτε τοῦ τε πολέμου καὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ κακῶν ἐσπούδαζον, καὶ οἱ Πομπηίειοι τούτοις μὲν ἐλαττούμενοι, τῇ δʼ ἀπογνώσει τῆς σωτηρίας, ἂν μὴ κρατήσωσιν, ἐρρωμένοι προεθυμοῦντο· οἷα γὰρ μετά τε τοῦ Ἀφρανίου καὶ μετὰ τοῦ Οὐάρρωνος οἱ πλείους αὐτῶν καὶ ἁλόντες καὶ σωθέντες, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο τῷ τε Λογγίνῳ ἀποδοθέντες καὶ ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ ἀποστάντες, οὔτε τινὰ ἐλπίδα συγγνώμης ἡττηθέντες εἶχον, κἀκ τούτου πρὸς ἀπόνοιαν, ὡς καὶ κρατῆσαι τότε ἢ πάντως γε ἀπολέσθαι δεόμενοι, προήχθησαν. συμμίξαντες οὖν ἐμάχοντο· οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδὲ αἰδῶ τινα ἀλλήλων εἶχον ἔτι, τοσαυτάκις ἀντιπεπολεμηκότες, καὶ
Both leaders had in addition to their citizen and mercenary troops many of the natives and many Moors. For Bocchus had sent his sons to Pompey and Bogud in person made the campaign with Caesar. Still, the contest turned out to be like one between the Romans themselves, not between them and other nations. 2 Caesar's soldiers derived courage from their numbers and experience and above all from their leader's presence, and so were anxious to be done with the war and its attendant miseries. Pompey's men were inferior in these respects, but, becoming strong through their despair of safety, should they fail to conquer, they were full of eagerness. For inasmuch as the majority of them had been captured with Afranius and Varro, had been spared, and afterwards delivered to Longinus, and had revolted from him, they had no hope of safety if they were beaten, and hence were reduced to desperation, feeling that they must now win or else perish utterly. 4 So the armies came together and began the battle; for they no longer felt any compunction at killing each other, since they had been so many times opposed in arms, and hence required no urging.
§ 43.37
διὰ τοῦτο μηδὲ παραινέσεώς τινος δεόμενοι. κἀν τούτῳ τὰ μὲν συμμαχικὰ ταχέως ἑκατέρωθεν ἐτράπη καὶ ἔφυγεν, αὐτοὶ δὲ ἐκεῖνοι συσταδὸν ἀνακόπτοντες ἀλλήλους ἐπὶ πλεῖστον ἠγωνίσαντο. οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐνέδωκεν αὐτῶν οὐδείς, ἀλλʼ ἐν χώρᾳ μένοντες ἔσφαζον ἔθνησκον, ὡς καὶ αὐτὸς ἕκαστος ἢ τῆς νίκης ἢ τῆς ἥττης καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἅπασιν αἴτιος ἐσόμενος. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐδὲ ἔμελεν αὐτοῖς ὁρᾶν ὅπως οἱ σύμμαχοί σφων ἐμάχοντο, ἀλλʼ ὡς καὶ μόνοι κινδυνεύοντες προεθυμοῦντο. καὶ οὔτε ἐπαιώνιζέ τις αὐτῶν οὔτε ἔστενεν, ἀλλὰ τοσοῦτο μόνον ἑκάτεροι βοῶντες, “παῖσον, ἀπόκτεινον,” πολὺ τῷ ἔργῳ τὰς γλώσσας σφῶν ἔφθανον. ὁρῶντες οὖν ταῦτα ἀπό τε ἵππων καὶ ἀπὸ μετεώρων τινῶν χωρίων ὅ τε Καῖσαρ καὶ ὁ Πομπήιος οὐκ εἶχον οὔθʼ ὅπως ἐλπίσωσιν οὔθʼ ὅπως ἀπογνῶσιν, ἀλλʼ ἀμφίβολοι ταῖς γνώμαις γιγνόμενοι διʼ ἴσου καὶ τῷ δέει καὶ τῷ θάρσει ἐκακοπάθουν. ἀντιπάλου γὰρ τῆς μάχης οὔσης ταῖς τε ὄψεσι δεινῶς ἔκαμνον, ἐπιθυμοῦντές τι ἰδεῖν πλεονέκτημα καὶ ὀκνοῦντές τι ἰδεῖν ἐλάττωμα, καὶ ταῖς ψυχαῖς, εὐχόμενοί τέ τι ἅμα καὶ ἀπευχόμενοι καὶ ῥωννύμενοι καὶ φοβούμενοι. οὔκουν οὐδʼ ἠδυνήθησαν ἐπὶ πολὺ καρτερῆσαι, ἀλλὰ καταπηδήσαντες ἀπὸ τῶν ἵππων συμμετέσχον αὐτῆς. οὕτω που τῷ τοῦ σώματος καὶ πόνῳ καὶ κινδύνῳ μᾶλλον ἢ τῇ τῆς ψυχῆς συντάσει συνεῖναι εἵλοντο, ῥοπήν τινα τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ στρατιώταις ἑκάτερος τῇ τῆς μάχης κοινωνίᾳ παρέξειν ἐλπίσαντες· ἢ εἴγε ἐκείνης ἁμάρτοιεν, συντελευτῆσαί γε αὐτοῖς ἠθέλησαν.
Thereupon the allies on both sides were quietly routed and fled; but the legions themselves struggled in close combat to the utmost in their resistance of each other. Not a man of them would yield; they remained in their places slaying and perishing, as if each individual were to be responsible to all the rest as well for the issue of victory or defeat. 2 Consequently they were not concerned to see how their allies were battling, but fought as eagerly as if they alone were struggling. Neither sound of paean nor groan was to be heard from any one of them, but both sides merely shouted “Strike! Kill!”, while their deeds easily outran their words. Caesar and Pompey, who witnessed these struggles from horseback from certain elevated positions, had no ground for either hope or despair, but, with their minds torn by doubts, were equally distressed by confidence and by fear. 4 The battle was so evenly balanced that they suffered tortures at the sight as they strained to spy out some advantage, and shrank from discovering some setback. In mind, too, they suffered tortures, as they prayed for success and against misfortune, alternating between strength and fear. Therefore they were unable to endure it long, but leaped from their horses and joined in the conflict. Thus they preferred to share in it by personal exertion and danger rather than by tension of spirit, and each hoped by his participation in the fight to turn the scale somehow in favour of his own troops; or, failing that, they wished to die with them.
§ 43.38
καὶ οἱ μὲν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐμάχοντο· τοῖς δὲ δὴ στρατοπέδοις πλεονεξία μὲν οὐδεμία οὐδετέροις ἐκ τούτου ἐγένετο, μακρῷ δὲ δὴ πλείων, ὡς ἐκείνους συγκινδυνεύοντάς σφισιν εἶδον, τοῦ τε σφετέρου θανάτου καταφρόνησις καὶ τοῦ τῶν ἐναντίων ὀλέθρου ἔφεσις ἀμφοτέροις ὁμοίως ἐνέπεσε. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὔτε ἔφυγον τότε γε οὐδέτεροι, ἀλλʼ ἰσοπαλεῖς ταῖς γνώμαις ὄντες ἰσοκρατεῖς καὶ τοῖς σώμασιν ἐγίγνοντο· κἂν πάντες ἀπέθανον ἢ καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς νυκτὸς ἀγχώμαλοι διεκρίθησαν, εἰ μὴ ὅ τε Βογούας ἔξωθέ που τῶν συνεστηκότων ὢν ἐπὶ τὸ τοῦ Πομπηίου στρατόπεδον ὥρμησε, καὶ ὁ Λαβιῆνος ὡς τοῦτο εἶδε, τήν τε τάξιν ἐξέλιπε καὶ πρὸς ἐκεῖνον ἐτράπετο. φεύγειν γὰρ αὐτὸν οἱ Πομπηίειοι νομίσαντες ἠθύμησαν. καὶ ἔμαθον μέν που τὸ ἀληθὲς ὕστερον, οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἀναλαβεῖν ἑαυτοὺς ἔτʼ ἠδυνήθησαν, ἀλλʼ οἱ μὲν ἐς τὴν πόλιν οἱ δὲ ἐς τὸ τάφρευμα ἀποφυγόντες οὗτοί τε τοὺς προσμίξαντάς σφισιν ἰσχυρῶς ἀπεμαχέσαντο, καὶ οὐ πρότερόν γε ἔπεσον πρὶν ἀμφίβολοι γενέσθαι, καὶ ἐκεῖνοι τὸ τεῖχος ἐπὶ πολὺ διέσωσαν, ὥστε μὴ πρότερον αὐτὸ ἁλῶναι πρὶν πάντας σφᾶς ἐν ταῖς ἐκδρομαῖς ἀπολέσθαι. τοσοῦτον δʼ οὖν τὸ σύνολον τῶν Ῥωμαίων πάθος ἑκατέρωθεν ἐγένετο ὥστʼ ἀπορήσαντας ὅπως τὴν πόλιν, μὴ καὶ νυκτὸς ἐκδρῶσί τινες, ἀποτειχίσωσιν, αὐτὰ τὰ σώματα τῶν νεκρῶν αὐτῇ περινῆσαι.
The leaders, then, took part in the battle themselves; yet no advantage came of this to either army. On the contrary, when the men saw their chiefs sharing their danger, a far greater disregard for their own death and eagerness for the destruction of their opponents seized both alike. 2 Accordingly neither side for the moment turned to flight, but, matched in determination, they proved also to be matched in physical strength. All would have perished or at nightfall they would have parted with honours even, had not Bogud, who was somewhere outside the conflict, set out for Pompey's camp, whereupon Labienus, observing this, left his station and proceeded against him. Pompey's men, then, supposing him to be in flight, lost heart; and though later, of course, they learned the truth, they could no longer recover themselves. Some fled to the city, some to the rampart. The latter body vigorously fought off their assailants and fell only when attacked from all sides, 4 while the former long held the wall safe, so that it was not captured till all had perished in sallies. So great was the total loss of Romans on both sides that the victors, at a loss how to wall in the city to prevent any from running away in the night, actually heaped up the bodies of the dead around it.
§ 43.39
κρατήσας δὲ οὕτως ὁ Καῖσαρ καὶ τὴν Κόρδουβαν εὐθὺς ἔλαβεν· ὅ τε γὰρ Σέξτος οἱ προεξεχώρησε, καὶ οἱ ἐπιχώριοι, καίτοι τῶν δούλων ἀνθισταμένων σφίσιν ἐπειδήπερ ἠλευθέρωντο, προσεχώρησαν αὐτῷ. καὶ ὃς τοὺς μὲν ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις ὄντας ἀπέσφαξε, τοὺς δὲ λοιποὺς ἐξηργυρίσατο. τὸ δʼ αὐτὸ τοῦτο καὶ τοὺς τὴν Ἴσπαλιν ἔχοντας ἔδρασεν, οἳ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ὡς καὶ ἑκούσιοι φρουρὰν παρʼ αὐτοῦ ἐσεδέξαντο, ἔπειτα δὲ διαφθείραντες τοὺς ἐλθόντας ἐπολέμησαν. ἐπεστράτευσέ τε οὖν ἐπʼ αὐτούς, καὶ ἀμελέστερον δῆθεν προσεδρεύων ἐλπίδας σφίσιν ὡς καὶ διαφυγεῖν δυνησομένοις παρέσχε. κἀκ τούτου περιορῶν δὴ τοὺς ἐκ τοῦ τείχους ἐξιόντας ἐκείνους τε ἐλόχιζε καὶ ἀπώλλυε, καὶ τὴν πόλιν οὕτως ἀνδρῶν κατὰ βραχὺ ἐρημωθεῖσαν εἷλε. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὴν Μοῦνδαν καὶ τὰ ἄλλα, τὰ μὲν ἀκούσια σὺν πολλῷ φόνῳ, τὰ δὲ καὶ ἐθελούσια παρέλαβε καὶ ἠργυρολόγησεν, ὥστε μηδὲ τῶν τοῦ Ἡρακλέους ἀναθημάτων τῶν ἐν τοῖς Γαδείροις ἀνακειμένων φείσασθαι, χώρας τέ τινων ἀπετέμετο, καὶ ἑτέροις τὸν φόρον προσεπηύξησε. ταῦτα μὲν τοὺς ἀντιπολεμήσαντάς οἱ ἔδρασε, τοῖς δὲ εὔνοιάν τινα αὐτοῦ σχοῦσιν ἔδωκε μὲν καὶ χωρία καὶ ἀτέλειαν, πολιτείαν τέ τισι, καὶ ἄλλοις ἀποίκοις τῶν Ῥωμαίων νομίζεσθαι, οὐ μὴν καὶ προῖκα αὐτὰ ἐχαρίσατο.
Caesar, having thus conquered, straightway took Corduba also. For Sextus had retired out of his way and the natives came over to his side, although their slaves, since they had been made free, resisted them. 2 He slew the slaves under arms and sold the rest. And he adopted the same course also with those who held Hispalis; for they had at first pretended to accept a garrison from him willingly, but afterwards destroyed the soldiers who came there, and entered upon war. So he made a campaign against them, and by appearing to conduct the siege in a rather careless fashion he gave them some hope of being able to escape. After this he would allow them to come outside the wall, where he would ambush and destroy them in this way he captured the town, which had been gradually stripped of its men. 4 Later he acquired Munda and the other places, some against their will and others of their own accord. He levied tribute so rigorously that he did not even spare the offerings consecrated to Hercules in Gades; and he also took land from some cities and laid an added tribute upon others. This was his course toward those who had opposed him; but to those who had displayed any good-will toward him he granted lands and exemption from taxation, to some also citizenship, and to others the status of Roman colonists; he did not, however, grant these favours for nothing.
§ 43.40
Καῖσαρ μὲν δὴ ταῦτʼ ἔπραττε, Πομπήιος δὲ διαφυγών πως ἐν τῇ τροπῇ ἦλθε μὲν ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν ὡς καὶ τῷ ναυτικῷ τῷ ἐν τῇ Καρτηίᾳ ὁρμοῦντι χρησόμενος, εὑρὼν δὲ αὐτοὺς πρὸς τὸν κρατοῦντα ἀποκεκλικότας ἐπέβη μὲν πλοίου τινός, προσδοκήσας ἐπʼ αὐτοῦ διαδράσεσθαι, πληγεὶς δὲ ἐν τούτῳ καὶ ἀθυμήσας τῇ τε γῇ αὖθις προσέσχε, κἀνταῦθα συνελθόντας τινὰς παραλαβὼν πρὸς τὴν μεσόγειαν ὥρμησε. καὶ αὐτός τε Καισεννίῳ Λέντωνι περιπεσὼν ἡττήθη, καὶ ἐς ὕλην τινὰ καταφυγὼν ἐφθάρη· καὶ ὁ Δίδιος ἀγνοῶν τε τοῦτο, καὶ πλανώμενος ὡς καὶ συμμίξων που αὐτῷ, συνέτυχεν ἑτέροις τισὶ καὶ ἀπώλετο.
While Caesar was thus occupied, Pompey, who had escaped in the rout, reached the sea, intending to use the fleet that lay at anchor at Carteia, but found that the men had gone over to the victor's side. 2 He then embarked on a vessel, expecting to escape in this manner; but being wounded in the course of the attempt, he lost heart and put back to land, and then, taking with him some men who had assembled, set out for the interior. He met Caesennius Lento and was defeated; and taking refuge in a wood, perished there. Didius, ignorant of his fate, while wandering about in the hope of meeting him somewhere, met some other troops and perished.
§ 43.41
Ειλετο δʼ ἂν καὶ ὁ Καῖσαρ ἐκεῖ που πρός τε τῶν ἔτι ἀνθεστηκότων καὶ ἐν τῇ τοῦ πολέμου δόξῃ πεπτωκέναι μᾶλλον ἢ ὅπερ οὐκ ἐς μακρὰν ἔπαθεν, ἔν τε τῇ πατρίδι καὶ ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ πρὸς τῶν φιλτάτων σφαγῆναι. τοῦτον γὰρ τὸν πόλεμον τελευταῖον κατώρθωσε καὶ ταύτην τὴν νίκην ἐσχάτην ἀνείλετο, καίπερ οὐδὲν ὅ τι οὐχὶ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν μεγίστων καταπράξειν ἐλπίσας διά τε τἆλλα, καὶ οὐχ ἥκιστα ὅτι βλαστός τις ἐκ φοίνικος ἐν τῷ τῆς μάχης χωρίῳ ὄντος εὐθὺς ἐπὶ τῇ νίκῃ ἐξέφυ. καὶ οὐ λέγω μὲν ὅτι οὐκ ἔφερέ ποι τοῦτο, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐκείνῳ γε ἔτι, ἀλλὰ τῷ τῆς ἀδελφῆς αὐτοῦ ἐγγόνῳ τῷ Ὀκταουίῳ· συνεστρατεύετό τε γὰρ αὐτῷ, καὶ ἐκ τῶν πόνων τῶν τε κινδύνων αὐτοῦ ἐκλάμψειν ἔμελλεν. ἀγνοῶν δʼ οὖν τοῦτο, καὶ ἐφʼ ἑαυτῷ ἔτι πολλὰ καὶ μεγάλα ἐλπίζων, οὐδὲν μέτριον ἔπραττεν, ἀλλʼ ὡς καὶ
Caesar, too, would doubtless have chosen to fall there, at the hands of those who were still resisting and amid the glory of war, in preference to the fate he met not long afterward of being murdered in his own land and in the senate at the hands of his dearest friends. 2 For this was the last war that he carried through successfully, and this the last victory that he won, in spite of the fact that there was no other project so great that he did not hope to accomplish it. In this hope he was confirmed especially by the circumstance that from a palm that stood on the site of the battle a shoot grew out immediately after the victory. Now I do not assert that this had no bearing in some direction, yet it was no longer for him, but for his sister's grandson, Octavius; for the latter was making the campaign with him, and was destined to gain great lustre from his toils and dangers. As Caesar did not know this, and hoped that many successes would still fall to his own lot, he showed no moderation, but was filled with arrogance, as if immortal.
§ 43.42
ἀθάνατος ὢν ὑπερεφρόνησε. τά τε γὰρ ἐπινίκια, καίτοι μηδενὸς ἀλλοτρίου κρατήσας ἀλλὰ καὶ τοσοῦτο πλῆθος πολιτῶν ἀπολέσας, οὐ μόνον αὐτὸς ἔπεμψε, πάντα τὸν δῆμον ἐν αὐτοῖς ὡς καὶ ἐπὶ κοινοῖς τισιν ἀγαθοῖς αὖθις ἑστιάσας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ Φαβίῳ τῷ Κυΐντῳ τῷ τε Κυΐντῳ Πεδίῳ, καίτοι ὑποστρατηγήσασιν αὐτῷ καὶ μηδὲν ἰδίᾳ κατορθώσασι, διεορτάσαι ἐπέτρεψε. καὶ ἦν μέν που γέλως ἐπὶ τε τούτῳ, καὶ ὅτι καὶ ξυλίναις ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐλεφαντίναις ἔργων τέ τινων εἰκόσιν ἄλλοις τε τοιούτοις πομπείοις ἐχρήσαντο· οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ἐμφανέστατα τριττά τε νικητήρια καὶ τριτταὶ πομπαὶ τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἐπʼ αὐτῶν ἐκείνων ἐποιήθησαν, καὶ προσέτι καὶ ἱερομηνίαι ἐπὶ πεντήκοντα ἡμέρας ἤχθησαν. τά τε Παρίλια ἱπποδρομίᾳ ἀθανάτῳ, οὔτι γε καὶ διὰ τὴν πόλιν, ὅτι ἐν αὐτοῖς ἔκτιστο, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὴν τοῦ Καίσαρος νίκην, ὅτι ἡ ἀγγελία αὐτῆς τῇ προτεραίᾳ πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἀφίκετο, ἐτιμήθη.
For, although he had conquered no foreign nation, but had destroyed a vast number of citizens, he not only celebrated the triumph himself, incidentally feasting the entire populace once more, as if in honour of some common blessing, but also allowed Quintus Fabius and Quintus Pedius to hold a celebration, although they had merely been his lieutenants and had achieved no individual success. 2 Naturally this occasioned ridicule, as did also the fact that they used wooden instead of ivory representations of certain achievements together with other similar triumphal apparatus. Nevertheless, most brilliant triple triumphs and triple processions of the Romans were held in honour of those very events, and furthermore a thanksgiving of fifty days was observed. The Parilia was honoured by permanent annual games in the Circus, yet not at all because the city had been founded on that very day, but because the news of Caesar's victory had arrived the day before, toward evening.
§ 43.43
τοῦτο μὲν δὴ τῇ Ῥώμῃ ἔδωκεν, αὐτὸς δὲ τήν τε στολὴν τὴν ἐπινίκιον ἐν πάσαις ταῖς πανηγύρεσι κατὰ δόγμα ἐνεδύετο, καὶ τῷ στεφάνῳ τῷ δαφνίνῳ ἀεὶ καὶ πανταχοῦ ὁμοίως ἐκοσμεῖτο. καὶ πρόφασιν μὲν ἐποιεῖτο τούτου ὅτι ἀναφαλαντίας ἦν, παρεῖχε δὲ καὶ ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ ἐκείνου λόγον τινά, καὶ ὅτι τότε ἔτι, καίπερ παρηβηκώς, ἐς κάλλος ἤσκει· τῇ τε γὰρ ἐσθῆτι χαυνοτέρᾳ ἐν πᾶσιν ἐνηβρύνετο, καὶ τῇ ὑποδέσει καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐνίοτε καὶ ὑψηλῇ καὶ ἐρυθροχρόῳ κατὰ τοὺς βασιλέας τοὺς ἐν τῇ Ἄλβῃ ποτὲ γενομένους, ὡς καὶ προσήκων σφίσι διὰ τὸν Ἴουλον, ἐχρῆτο. τό τε ὅλον τῇ τε Ἀφροδίτῃ πᾶς ἀνέκειτο, καὶ πείθειν πάντας ἤθελεν ὅτι καὶ ἄνθος τι ὥρας ἀπʼ αὐτῆς ἔχοι· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ γλύμμα αὐτῆς ἔνοπλον ἐφόρει, καὶ σύνθημα αὐτὴν ἐν τοῖς πλείστοις καὶ μεγίστοις κινδύνοις ἐποιεῖτο. τὸ δʼ οὖν χαῦνον τοῦ ζώματος αὐτοῦ ὁ μὲν Σύλλας ὑπετόπησεν, ὥστε καὶ ἀποκτεῖναι αὐτὸν ἐθελῆσαι, τοῖς τε ἐξαιτησαμένοις εἰπεῖν ὅτι “ἐγὼ μὲν χαριοῦμαι τοῦτον ὑμῖν, ὑμεῖς μέντοι καὶ πάνυ τοῦτον τὸν κακῶς ζωννύμενον φυλάττεσθε·” ὁ δὲ δὴ Κικέρων οὐ συνενοησεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ σφαλεὶς ἔφη ὅτι “οὐκ ἄν ποτε προσεδόκησα τὸν κακῶς οὕτω ζωννύμενον Πομπηίου κρατήσειν.” Τοῦτο μὲν οὖν ἐν ἐκβολῇ τοῦ λόγου, ὥστε μηδένα μηδὲν τῶν περὶ τοῦ Καίσαρος λεγομένων
Such was his gift to Rome. For himself, he wore the triumphal garb, by decree, at all the games, and was adorned with the laurel crown always and everywhere alike. The excuse that he gave for it was that his forehead was bald; yet he gave occasion for talk by this very circumstance that at that time, though well past youth, he still bestowed attention upon his appearance. 2 He used to show among all men his pride in rather loose clothing, and the footwear which he used later on was sometimes high and of a reddish colour, after the style of the kings who had once reigned in Alba, for he claimed that he was related to them through Iulus. In general he was absolutely devoted to Venus, and was anxious to persuade everybody that he had received from her a kind of bloom of youth. Accordingly he used also to wear a carven image of her in full armour on his ring and he made her name his watchword in almost all the greatest dangers. 4 Sulla had looked askance at the looseness of his girdle, so much so that he had wished to kill him, and declared to those who begged him off: “Well, I will grant him to you; but be thoroughly on your guard against this ill-girt fellow.” And Cicero could not comprehend it, but even in the moment of defeat said: “I should never have expected one so ill-girt to have conquered Pompey.” This I have written by way of digression from my history, so that no one might be ignorant of any of the stories told about Caesar.
§ 43.44
ἀγνοῆσαι, ἔγραψα· ἐπὶ δὲ δὴ τῇ νίκῃ ἐκεῖνά τε ὅσα εἶπον ἡ γερουσία ἔγνω, καὶ προσέτι αὐτόν τε Ἐλευθερωτὴν καὶ ἐκάλουν καὶ ἐς τὰ γραμματεῖα ἀνέγραφον, καὶ νεὼν Ἐλευθερίας δημοσίᾳ ἐψηφίσαντο. τό τε τοῦ αὐτοκράτορος ὄνομα οὐ κατὰ τὸ ἀρχαῖον ἔτι μόνον, ὥσπερ ἄλλοι τε καὶ ἐκεῖνος πολλάκις ἐκ τῶν πολέμων ἐπεκλήθησαν, οὐδʼ ὡς οἵ τινα αὐτοτελῆ ἡγεμονίαν ἢ καὶ ἄλλην τινὰ ἐξουσίαν λαβόντες ὠνομάζοντο, ἀλλὰ καθάπαξ τοῦτο δὴ τὸ καὶ νῦν τοῖς τὸ κράτος ἀεὶ ἔχουσι διδόμενον ἐκείνῳ τότε πρώτῳ τε καὶ πρῶτον, ὥσπερ τι κύριον, προσέθεσαν. καὶ τοσαύτῃ γε ὑπερβολῇ κολακείας ἐχρήσαντο ὥστε καὶ τοὺς παῖδας τούς τε ἐγγόνους αὐτοῦ οὕτω καλεῖσθαι ψηφίσασθαι, μήτε τέκνον τι αὐτοῦ ἔχοντος καὶ γέροντος ἤδη ὄντος. ὅθενπερ καὶ ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς μετὰ ταῦτα αὐτοκράτορας ἡ ἐπίκλησις αὕτη, ὥσπερ τις ἰδία τῆς ἀρχῆς αὐτῶν οὖσα καθάπερ καὶ ἡ τοῦ Καίσαρος, ἀφίκετο. οὐ μέντοι καὶ τὸ ἀρχαῖον ἐκ τούτου κατελύθη, ἀλλʼ ἔστιν ἑκάτερον· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ δεύτερον ἐπʼ αὐτῶν ἐπάγεται, ὅταν νίκην τινὰ τοιαύτην ἀνέλωνται. οἱ μὲν γὰρ αὐτὸ τοῦτο αὐτοκράτορες ἅπαξ τῇ προσηγορίᾳ ταύτῃ, ὥσπερ ταῖς ἄλλαις, καὶ πρώτῃ γε χρῶνται· οἳ δʼ ἂν καὶ διὰ πολέμων ἄξιόν τι αὐτῆς κατορθώσωσι, καὶ ἐκείνην τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀρχαίου προσλαμβάνουσι, κἀκ τούτου καὶ δεύτερόν τις καὶ τρίτον πλεονάκις τε, ὁσάκις ἂν παράσχῃ οἱ, αὐτοκράτωρ ἐπονομάζεται. ταῦτά τε οὖν τότε τῷ Καίσαρι, καὶ οἰκίαν ὥστε ἐν τῷ δημοσίῳ οἰκεῖν, ἱερομηνίαν τε ἐξαίρετον ὁσάκις ἂν νίκη τέ τις συμβῇ καὶ θυσίαι ἐπʼ αὐτῇ γίγνωνται, κἂν μήτε συστρατεύσηται μήθʼ ὅλως ἐπικοινωνήσῃ τῶν καταπραχθέντων,
In honour of his victory the senate passed all those decrees that I have mentioned, and further called him “Liberator,” entering it also in the records, and voted for a public temple of Liberty. 2 Moreover, they now applied to him first and for the first time, as a kind of proper name, the title of imperator, no longer merely following the ancient custom by which others as well as Caesar had often been saluted as a result of their wars, nor even as those who received some independent command or other authority were called by this name, but giving him once for all the same title that is now granted to those who hold successively the supreme power. And such excessive flattery did they employ as even to vote that his sons and grandsons should be given the same title, though he had no child and was already an old man. From him this title has come down to all subsequent emperors, as one peculiar to their office, just like the title “Caesar.” 4 The ancient custom has not, however, been thereby overthrown, but both usages exist side by side. Consequently the emperors are invested with it a second time when they gain some such victory as has been mentioned. For those who are imperatores in the special sense use this title once, as they do the other titles, and place it before the others; but those of them who also accomplish in war some deed worthy of it acquire also the title handed down by ancient custom, so that a man is termed imperator a second or a third time, or as many more times as the occasion may arise. 6 These privileges they granted then to Caesar, as well as a house, so that he might live in state property, and a special thanksgiving whenever any victory should occur and sacrifices should be offered for it, even if he had not been on the campaign or had any hand at all in the achievements.
§ 43.45
ἔδοσαν. οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ἐκεῖνα μὲν εἰ καὶ ὑπέρογκα ἔξω τε τοῦ καθεστηκότος τισὶν ἐδόκει εἶναι, οὔτι γε καὶ ἀδημοκράτητα ἦν· ἕτερα δὲ δὴ τοιάδε ἐψηφίσαντο διʼ ὧν καὶ μόναρχον αὐτὸν ἄντικρυς ἀπέδειξαν. τάς τε γὰρ ἀρχὰς αὐτῷ καὶ τὰς τοῦ πλήθους ἀνέθεσαν, καὶ ὕπατον αὐτὸν ἐπὶ δέκα ἔτη, ὥστε καὶ δικτάτορα πρότερον, προεχειρίσαντο· στρατιώτας τε μόνον ἔχειν καὶ τὰ δημόσια χρήματα μόνον διοικεῖν ἐκέλευσαν, ὥστε μηδενὶ ἄλλῳ μηδετέρῳ αὐτῶν, ὅτῳ μὴ ἐκεῖνος ἐπιτρέψειεν, ἐξεῖναι χρῆσθαι. καὶ τότε μὲν ἀνδριάντα αὐτοῦ ἐλεφάντινον, ὕστερον δὲ καὶ ἅρμα ὅλον ἐν ταῖς ἱπποδρομίαις μετὰ τῶν θείων ἀγαλμάτων πέμπεσθαι ἔγνωσαν. ἄλλην τέ τινα εἰκόνα ἐς τὸν τοῦ Κυρίνου ναὸν Θεῷ ἀνικήτῳ ἐπιγράψαντες, καὶ ἄλλην ἐς τὸ Καπιτώλιον παρὰ τοὺς βασιλεύσαντάς ποτε ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ ἀνέθεσαν. καί μοι θαυμάσαι τῆς συντυχίας ἐπέρχεται· ὀκτὼ γὰρ ἅμα αὐτῶν (ἑπτὰ μὲν ἐκείνοις, ὀγδόης δὲ τῷ γε Βρούτῳ τῷ τοὺς Ταρκυνίους καταλύσαντι) οὐσῶν παρὰ ταύτην τότε τὴν τοῦ Καίσαρος ἔστησαν, καὶ δῆτα καὶ ἐκ τούτου ὅτι μάλιστα ὁ Βροῦτος ὁ Μᾶρκος κινηθεὶς ἐπεβούλευσεν αὐτῷ.
Nevertheless, these measures, even though they seemed to some immoderate and contrary to precedent, were not thus far undemocratic. But the senate passed the following decrees besides, by which they declared him a monarch out and out. For they offered him the magistracies, even those belonging to the plebs, and elected him consul for ten years, as they previously made him dictator. 2 They ordered that he alone should have soldiers, and alone administer the public funds, so that no one else should be allowed to employ either of them, save whom he permitted. And they decreed at this time that an ivory statue of him, and later that a whole chariot, should appear in the procession at the games in the Circus, together with the statues of the gods. Another likeness they set up in the temple of Quirinus with the inscription, “To the Invincible God,” and another on the Capitol beside the former kings of Rome. 4 Now it occurs to me to marvel at the coincidence: there were eight such statues, — seven to the kings, and an eighth to the Brutus who overthrew the Tarquins, — and they set up the statue of Caesar beside the last of these; and it was from this cause chiefly that the other Brutus, Marcus, was roused to plot against him.
§ 43.46
Ταῦτʼ ἐπὶ τῇ νίκῃ (λέγω δὲ οὐ πάντα, ἀλλʼ ὅσα ἀξιόλογα εἶναί μοι ἔδοξενʼ οὐκ ἐν μιᾷ γε ἡμέρᾳ, ἀλλʼ ὥς που καὶ ἔτυχεν, ἄλλο ἄλλῃ ἐκυρώθη· καί σφων ὁ Καῖσαρ τοῖς μὲν χρῆσθαι ἤρξατο τοῖς δὲ ἔμελλεν, εἰ καὶ τὰ μάλιστά τινα αὐτῶν παρήκατο. τὴν δʼ οὖν ἀρχὴν τὴν ὕπατον παραχρῆμα μέν, καὶ πρὶν ἐς τὴν πόλιν ἐσελθεῖν, ἀνέλαβεν, οὐ μέντοι καὶ διὰ τέλους ἔσχεν, ἀλλʼ ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ γενόμενος ἀπεῖπέ τε αὐτὴν καὶ τῷ Φαβίῳ τῷ Κυΐντῳ τῷ τε Τρεβωνίῳ τῷ Γαΐῳ ἐνεχείρισε. καὶ ἐπειδή γε ὁ Φάβιος τῇ τελευταίᾳ τῆς ὑπατείας ἡμέρᾳ ἀπέθανεν, εὐθὺς ἀντʼ αὐτοῦ ἕτερον πρὸς τὰς περιλοίπους ὥρας Γάιον Κανίνιον Ῥήβιλον ἀνθείλετο. πρῶτον μὲν δὴ τότε τοῦτο παρὰ τὸ καθεστηκὸς ἐγένετο, τὸ μήτε ἐτησίαν μήτε ἐς πάντα τὸν λοιπὸν χρόνον τοῦ ἔτους τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐκείνην τὸν αὐτὸν ἔχειν, ἀλλὰ ζῶντά τινα αὐτῆς καὶ μὴ ἀναγκασθέντα μήτε ἐκ τῶν πατρίων μήτε ἐξ ἐπηγορίας τινὸς ἐκστῆναι, καὶ ἕτερον ἀντʼ αὐτοῦ ἀντικαταστῆναι. δεύτερον δὲ ὅτι ὁ Κανίνιος ἀπεδείχθη τε ἅμα ὕπατος καὶ ὑπάτευσε καὶ ἐπαύσατο· ὅπερ καὶ ὁ Κικέρων διασκώπτων τοσαύτῃ ἔφη τὸν ὕπατον καὶ ἀνδρείᾳ καὶ φροντίδι ἐν τῇ ἀρχῇ κεχρῆσθαι ὥστε μηδὲ τὸ βραχύτατον ἐν αὐτῇ κεκοιμῆσθαι. ἐκ δʼ οὖν τοῦ χρόνου ἐκείνου οὐκέτι οἱ αὐτοὶ διὰ παντὸς τοῦ ἔτους, πλὴν ὀλίγων πάλαι γε, ὑπάτευσαν, ἀλλʼ ὥς που καὶ ἔτυχον, οἱ μὲν ἐπὶ πλείους οἱ δὲ ἐπʼ ἐλάττους, οἱ μὲν μῆνας οἱ δὲ ἡμέρας, ἐπεὶ νῦν γε οὐδεὶς οὔτε ἐπʼ ἐνιαυτὸν οὔτε ἐς πλείω διμήνου χρόνον ὡς πλήθει σὺν ἑτέρῳ τινὶ ἄρχει. καὶ τὰ μὲν ἄλλα οὐδὲν διαφέρομεν ἀλλήλων, τὴν δὲ ἐξαρίθμησιν τῶν ἐτῶν οἱ κατὰ πρώτας αὐτῶν ὑπατεύοντες καρποῦνται. καὶ ἐγὼ οὖν τῶν μὲν ἄλλων τοὺς τοῖς πράγμασιν ἀναγκαίους ὀνομάσω, πρὸς δὲ δὴ τὴν τῶν ἀεὶ πραττομένων δήλωσιν τοὺς πρώτους ἄρξαντας, κἂν μηδὲν ἔργον ἐς αὐτὰ παράσχωνται.
These were the measures that were passed in honour of his victory (I do not mention all, but as many as have seemed to me notable), not in one day, to be sure, but just as it happened, at different times. Caesar began to avail himself of some, and was intending to use others in the future, however emphatically he declined some of them. 2 Thus he took the office of consul immediately, even before entering the city, but did not hold it through the whole year; instead, when he got to Rome he renounced it, turning it over to Quintus Fabius and Gaius Trebonius. When Fabius died on the last day of his consulship, he straightway named another man, Gaius Caninius Rebilus, in his place for the remaining hours. This was the first violation of precedent at this time, that one and the same man did not hold that office for a year or even for all the rest of the same year, but while living withdrew from it without compulsion from either ancestral custom or any accusation, and another took his place. 4 Again, there was the fact that Caninius was appointed consul, served, and ceased to serve all at the same time. Hence Cicero jestingly remarked that the consul had displayed such great bravery and prudence in office as never to fall asleep in it for the briefest moment. So after that period the same persons no longer (except a few in the beginning) acted as consuls through the whole year, but according to circumstances, some for a longer time, some for a shorter, some for months, others for days; indeed, at the present time no one serves with any one else, as a rule, for a whole year or for a longer period than two months. 6 In general we consuls to-day do not differ from one another, but the naming of the years is the privilege of those who are consuls at the beginning. Accordingly, in the case of the other consuls I shall name only those who were closely connected with the events mentioned, but in order to secure perfect clearness with regard to the succession of events, I shall mention also those who first held office in each year, even if they make no contribution to its events.
§ 43.47
περὶ μὲν οὖν τοὺς ὑπάτους ταῦθʼ οὕτως ἐγένετο· οἱ δὲ δὴ ἄλλοι ἄρχοντες λόγῳ μὲν ὑπό τε τοῦ πλήθους καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ δήμου κατὰ τὰ πάτρια (τὴν γὰρ ἀπόδειξιν αὐτῶν ὁ Καῖσαρ οὐκ ἐδέξατὀ, ἔργῳ δὲ ὑπʼ ἐκείνου κατέστησαν, καὶ ἔς γε τὰ ἔθνη ἀκληρωτὶ ἐξεπέμφθησαν. ἀριθμὸν δὲ οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι ὅσοιπερ καὶ πρότερον, στρατηγοὶ δὲ τεσσαρεσκαίδεκα ταμίαι τε τεσσαράκοντα ἀπεδείχθησαν. πολλοῖς γὰρ δὴ πολλὰ ὑπεσχημένος οὐκ εἶχεν ὅπως σφᾶς ἄλλως ἀμείψηται, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ταῦτʼ ἐποίει. καὶ προσέτι παμπληθεῖς μὲν ἐς τὴν γερουσίαν, μηδὲν διακρίνων μήτʼ εἴ τις στρατιώτης μήτʼ εἴ τις ἀπελευθέρου παῖς ἦν, ἐσέγραψεν, ὥστε καὶ ἐνακοσίους τὸ κεφάλαιον αὐτῶν γενέσθαι, πολλοὺς δὲ καὶ ἐς τοὺς εὐπατρίδας τούς τε ὑπατευκότας ἢ καὶ ἄλλην ἀρχήν τινα ἄρξαντας ἐγκατέλεξεν. εὐθυνομένους τε ἐπὶ δώροις τινὰς καὶ ἐξελεγχομένους γε ἀπέλυσεν, ὥστε καὶ αἰτίαν δωροδοκίας ἔχειν. προσσυνελάβετο γὰρ τοῦ λόγου τούτου ὅτι καὶ τοὺς χώρους τοὺς δημοσίους, οὐχ ὅτι τοὺς βεβήλους ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἱερούς, πάντας τε ἐξέθηκεν ἐς τὸ πρατήριον, καὶ ἀπεκήρυξε τοὺς πλείονας. συχνὰ δʼ οὖν ὅμως καὶ ἐν ἀργυρίῳ τῇ τε πράσει τῶν χωρίων ἔστιν οἷς ἔνειμε· καὶ Λουκίῳ τινὶ Βασίλῳ ἡγεμονίαν μὲν ἔθνους οὐδεμίαν καίτοι στρατηγοῦντι ἐπέτρεψε, χρήματα δὲ ἀντʼ αὐτῆς πάμπολλα ἐχαρίσατο, ὥστε καὶ ἐπιβόητον αὐτὸν ἔν τε τούτῳ γενέσθαι, καὶ ὅτι προπηλακισθεὶς ἐν τῇ στρατηγίᾳ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἀντεκαρτέρησε. ταῦτα δὴ πάντα τοῖς μὲν λαμβάνουσί τι ἢ καὶ προσδοκῶσι λήψεσθαι ἀρεστὰ ἐγίγνετο, μηδὲν τοῦ κοινοῦ προτιμῶσι πρὸς τὸ ἀεὶ διʼ αὐτῶν αὔξεσθαι· οἰ δὲ δὴ ἄλλοι πάντες δεινῶς ἔφερον, καὶ πολλά γε ἐλογοποίουν πρός τε ἀλλήλους, καὶ ὅσοις γε καὶ ἀσφάλειά τις ἦν, παρρησιαζόμενοι, καὶ βιβλία δὲ ἀνώνυμα ἐκτιθέντες.
While the consuls were appointed in this manner, the remaining magistrates were nominally elected by the plebs and by the whole people, in accordance with ancestral custom, since Caesar would not accept the appointment of them; yet really they were appointed by him, and were sent out to the provinces without casting lots. 2 As for their number, all were the same as before, except that fourteen praetors and forty quaestors were appointed. For, since he had made many promises to many people, he had no other way to reward them, and hence took this method. Furthermore, he enrolled a vast number in the senate, making no distinction whether a man was a soldier or the son of a freedman, so that the sum of them grew to nine hundred; and he enrolled many also among the patricians and among the ex-consuls and such as had held some other office. 4 He released some who were on trial for bribery and were being proved guilty, so that he was charged with bribe-taking himself. This report was strengthened by the fact that he also put up at auction all the public lands, not only the profane, but also the consecrated lots, and sold most of them. Nevertheless, he granted ample gifts to some persons in the form of money or the sale of lands; and in the case of a certain Lucius Basilius, who was praetor, instead of assigning him a province he bestowed a large amount of money upon him, so that Basilius became notorious both on this account as well as because, when insulted during his praetorship by Caesar, he had held out against him. 6 All this suited those citizens who were receiving or even expecting to receive something, since they had no regard for the public weal in comparison with the chance of the moment for their own advancement by such means. But all the rest took it greatly to heart and had much to say about it to each other and also — as many as felt safe in so doing — in outspoken utterances and the publication of anonymous pamphlets.
§ 43.48
ἐν δʼ οὖν τῷ ἔτει ἐκείνῳ ἐκεῖνά τε ἐπράχθη, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς διοικήσεως δύο τῶν πολιανομούντων, ἐπειδὴ ταμίας οὐδεὶς προεκεχειροτόνητο, ἐγένοντο. ὥσπερ γάρ ποτε πρότερον, καὶ τότε ἐν τῇ ἀποδημίᾳ τῇ τοῦ Καίσαρος οἱ πολιανόμοι πάντα τὰ ἐν τῷ ἄστει πράγματα μετὰ τοῦ Λεπίδου ἱππαρχοῦντος ἔσχον· καὶ αἰτιαθέντες γε ὅτι καὶ ῥαβδούχοις καὶ τῇ ἐσθῆτι τῷ τε δίφρῳ τοῖς ἀρχικοῖς, ὥσπερ καὶ ὁ ἵππαρχος, ἐκέχρηντο, ἀφείθησαν, νόμον τινὰ προβαλλόμενοι διʼ οὗ πᾶσι τοῖς παρὰ δικτάτορος ἀρχήν τινα λαβοῦσι χρῆσθαι αὐτοῖς ἐδίδοτο. τὸ δʼ οὖν κατὰ τὴν διοίκησιν, ἐξ ἐκείνου διʼ ἅπερ εἶπον παρατραπέν, οὐκέτι τοῖς ταμίαις ἀεὶ ἐπετράπη, ἀλλὰ τὸ τελευταῖον τοῖς ἐστρατηγηκόσι προσετάχθη. τούς τε οὖν θησαυροὺς τοὺς δημοσίους δύο τότε τῶν πολιανομούντων διῴκησαν, καὶ τὰ Ἀπολλώνια ὁ ἕτερος αὐτῶν τῇ τοῦ Καίσαρος παρασκευῇ ἐπετέλεσε. καὶ οἱ ἀγορανόμοι οἱ ἐκ τοῦ πλήθους τὰ Μεγαλήσια κατὰ δόγμα ἐποίησαν. πολίαρχός τέ τις ἐν ταῖς ἀνοχαῖς καταστὰς ἕτερον αὐτὸς τῆς ὑστεραίας ἀνθείλετο, καὶ ἐκεῖνος ἄλλον· ὃ μήτε πρότερον μήθʼ ὕστερόν ποτε ἐγένετο.
In addition to these measures carried out that year, two of the city prefects took charge of the finances, since no quaestor had been elected. For just as on former occasions, so now in the absence of Caesar, the prefects managed all the affairs of the city, in conjunction with Lepidus as master of the horse. 2 And although they were censured for employing lictors and the magisterial garb and chair precisely like the master of the horse, they got off by citing a certain law which allowed all those with receiving any office from a dictator to make use of such trappings. The administration of the finances, after being diverted at this time for the reasons I have mentioned, was no longer invariably assigned to the quaestors, but was finally assigned to ex-praetors. Two of the city prefects then managed the public treasuries, and one of them celebrated the Ludi Apollinares at Caesar's cost. 4 The plebeian aediles conducted the Ludi Megalenses in accordance with a decree. A certain prefect, appointed during the Feriae, himself chose a successor on the following day, and the latter a third; this had never happened before, nor did it happen again.
§ 43.49
ταῦτα μὲν τότε ἐπράχθη· τῷ δὲ ἐχομένῳ ἔτει, ἐν ᾧ ὁ Καῖσαρ ἐδικτατόρευσέ τε ἅμα τὸ πέμπτον, ἵππαρχον τὸν Λέπιδον προσλαβών, καὶ ὑπάτευσε τὸ πέμπτον, συνάρχοντα τὸν Ἀντώνιον προσελόμενος, στρατηγοί τε ἑκκαίδεκα ἦρξαν (καὶ τοῦτο καὶ ἐπὶ πολλὰ ἔτη ʼ,ʼ καὶ τὸ βῆμα ἐν μέσῳ που πρότερον τῆς ἀγορᾶς ὂν ἐς τὸν νῦν τόπον ἀνεχωρίσθη, καὶ αὐτῷ ἡ τοῦ Σύλλου τοῦ τε Πομπηίου εἰκὼν ἀπεδόθη. καὶ ἐπί τε τούτῳ εὔκλειαν ὁ Καῖσαρ ἔσχεν, καὶ ὅτι τῷ Ἀντωνίῳ καὶ τῆς δόξης τοῦ ἔργου καὶ τῆς ἐπʼ αὐτῷ ἐπιγραφῆς παρεχώρησε. θέατρόν τέ τι κατὰ τὸν Πομπήιον οἰκοδομῆσαι ἐθελήσας προκατεβάλετο μέν, οὐκ ἐξετέλεσε δέ. ἀλλὰ τοῦτο μὲν ὁ Αὔγουστος μετὰ ταῦτα ἐκποιήσας ἀπὸ Μάρκου Μαρκέλλου τοῦ ἀδελφιδοῦ ἐπωνόμασε· τὰς δὲ οἰκίας τούς τε ναοὺς τοὺς ἐν τῷ χωρίῳ ἐκείνῳ ὄντας ὁ Καῖσαρ καθελὼν αἰτίαν ἔλαβεν, ὅτι τε τὰ ἀγάλματα, ξύλινα πλὴν ὀλίγων ὄντα, κατέκαυσε, καὶ θησαυροὺς χρημάτων συχνοὺς εὑρὼν πάντας αὐτοὺς ἐσφετερίσατο.
These were the events at this time. The next year, during which Caesar was at once dictator for the fifth time, with Lepidus as the master of the horse, and consul for the fifth time, choosing Antony as his colleague, sixteen praetors were in power, — a custom, indeed, that was continued for many years, — and the Rostra, which was formerly in the centre of the Forum, was moved back to its present position; also the statues of Sulla and of Pompey were restored to it. 2 For this Caesar received praise, and also because he yielded to Antony both the glory of the work and the inscription on it. Being anxious to build a theatre, as Pompey had done, he laid the foundations, but did not finish it; it was Augustus who later completed it and named it for his nephew, Marcus Marcellus. But Caesar was blamed for tearing down the dwellings and temples on the site, and likewise because he burned up the statues, which were almost all of wood, and because on finding large hoards of money he appropriated them all.
§ 43.50
ταῦτά τε ἐποίει καὶ νόμους ἐσέφερε τό τε πωμήριον ἐπὶ πλεῖον ἐπεξήγαγε. καὶ ἐν μὲν τούτοις ἄλλοις τέ τισιν ὅμοια τῷ Σύλλᾳ πρᾶξαι ἔδοξεν· ἐκ δὲ τοῦ τοῖς τε περιλειφθεῖσι τῶν ἀντιπολεμησάντων οἱ τάς τε αἰτίας ἀφεῖναι καὶ ἄδειαν ἐπί τε τῇ ἴσῃ καὶ ἐπὶ τῇ ὁμοίᾳ δοῦναι, καὶ ἐκείνων τε τὰς ἀρχὰς προαγαγεῖν καὶ ταῖς γυναιξὶ τῶν ἀπολωλότων τὰς προῖκας ἀποδοῦναι, τοῖς τε παισὶν αὐτῶν μέρη τῶν οὐσιῶν χαρίσασθαι, τήν τε τοῦ Σύλλου μιαιφονίαν μεγάλως ἤλεγξε, καὶ αὐτὸς οὐκ ἐπʼ ἀνδρείᾳ μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ χρηστότητι ἰσχυρῶς εὐδοκίμησεν, καίτοι χαλεπὸν ὂν ὡς πλήθει τὸν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν πολέμῳ καὶ ἐν εἰρήνῃ διαπρέψαι. τούτοις τε οὖν ἐσεμνύνετο, καὶ ὅτι καὶ τὴν Καρχηδόνα τήν τε Κόρινθον ἀνέστησεν. πολλὰς μὲν γὰρ καὶ ἄλλας ἐν τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ καὶ ἔξω πόλεις τὰς μὲν ἀνῳκοδόμησε, τὰς δὲ καὶ ἐκ καινῆς κατεστήσατο· ἀλλὰ τοῦτο μὲν καὶ ἄλλοις τισὶν ἐπέπρακτο, τὴν δὲ δὴ Κόρινθον τήν τε Καρχηδόνα, πόλεις ἀρχαίας λαμπρὰς ἐπισήμους ἀπολωλυίας, ᾗ μὲν ἀποικίας Ῥωμαίων ἐνόμισεν, ἀπῴκισεν, ᾗ δὲ τοῖς ἀρχαίοις ὀνόμασιν ἐτίμησεν, ἀπέδωκεν τῇ μνήμῃ τῶν ἐνοικησάντων ποτὲ αὐτάς, μηδὲν διὰ τὴν ἐκείνων ἔχθραν τοῖς χωρίοις τοῖς μηδέν σφας ἀδικήσασι μνησικακήσας. καὶ αἱ μέν, ὥσπερ ἅμα πρότερον καθῃρέθησαν, οὕτω καὶ τότε ἅμα ἀνεβιώσκοντο καὶ ἔμελλον καὶ
Besides this, he introduced laws and extended the pomerium; in these and other matters his course was thought to resemble that of Sulla. Caesar, however, removed the ban from the survivors of those who had warred against him, granting them immunity on fair and uniform terms; 2 he promoted them to office; to the wives of the slain he restored their dowries, and to their children he granted a share of the property, thus putting Sulla's cruelty mightily to shame and gaining for himself a great reputation not alone for bravery but also for goodness, although it is generally a difficult thing for the same man to excel both in war and in peace. This was a source of pride to him, as was also the fact that he had restored again Carthage and Corinth. To be sure, there were many other cities in and outside of Italy which he had either rebuilt or founded anew; 4 still, other men had done as much. But in the case of Corinth and Carthage, those ancient, brilliant, and distinguished cities which had been laid in ruins, he not only colonized them, in that he regarded them as colonies of the Romans, but also restored them in memory of their former inhabitants, in that he honoured them with their ancient names; for he bore no grudge, on account of the hostility of those peoples, towards places that had never harmed the Romans. So these cities, even as they had once been demolished together, now began to revive together and bade fair to flourish once more.
§ 43.51
αὖθις ἀνθήσειν· πράττοντος δὲ αὐτοῦ ταῦτα ἐπιθυμία τε πᾶσι τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις ὁμοίως ἐσῆλθε τιμωρῆσαι τῷ τε Κράσσῳ καὶ τοῖς σὺν αὐτῷ φθαρεῖσι, καὶ ἐλπὶς τότε, εἴπερ ποτέ, τοὺς Πάρθους καταστρέψεσθαι. τόν τε οὖν πόλεμον τῷ Καίσαρι ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἐψηφίσαντο, καὶ τὴν παρασκευὴν αὐτοῦ πολλὴν ἐποιοῦντο. τά τε γὰρ ἄλλα, καὶ ὅπως ἐκεῖνός τε πλείοσιν ὑπηρέταις χρῆσθαι ἔχῃ, καὶ ἡ πόλις μήτʼ ἄνευ ἀρχόντων ἐν τῇ ἀπουσίᾳ αὐτοῦ γένηται μήτʼ αὖ καθʼ ἑαυτὴν αἱρουμένη τινὰς στασιάσῃ, διενοοῦντο μὲν καὶ ἐς τρία ἔτη αὐτοὺς προκαταστῆσαι (τοσούτου γὰρ χρόνου πρὸς τὴν στρατείαν χρῄζειν ἐδόκουνʼ οὐ μέντοι καὶ πάντας προαπέδειξαν. ᾑρεῖτο δὲ τῷ μὲν λόγῳ τοὺς ἡμίσεις ὁ Καῖσαρ, ἐν νόμῳ τινὶ τοῦτο ποιησάμενος, ἔργῳ δὲ πάντας. καὶ ἐς μὲν τὸ πρῶτον ἔτος ταμίαι τεσσαράκοντα προεχειρίσθησαν ὥσπερ καὶ πρότερον, καὶ ἀγορανόμοι τότε πρῶτον δύο μὲν καὶ ἐξ εὐπατριδῶν, τέσσαρες δὲ ἐκ τοῦ πλήθους, ὧν οἱ δύο τὴν ἀπὸ τῆς Δήμητρος ἐπίκλησιν φέρουσιν, ὅπερ που καὶ ἐς τόδε ἐξ ἐκείνου καταδειχθὲν ἐμμεμένηκε. στρατηγοὶ δὲ ἀπεδείχθησαν μὲν ἑκκαίδεκα· ἀλλʼ οὐ τοῦτο γράφω (καὶ γὰρ πρόσθεν ἐγεγόνεσανʼ ἀλλʼ ὅτι καὶ ὁ Πούπλιος ὁ Οὐεντίδιος ἐν αὐτοῖς ᾑρέθη. οὗτος γὰρ τὸ μὲν ἀρχαῖον ἐκ τοῦ Πικήνου, ὥσπερ εἴρηταί μοι, ἦν, ἀντιπολεμήσας δὲ τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις ὅτε οἱ σύμμαχοί σφισιν ἐπολεμώθησαν, ἥλω τε ὑπὸ τοῦ Πομπηίου τοῦ Στράβωνος καὶ ἐν τοῖς νικητηρίοις αὐτοῦ δεδεμένος ἐπόμπευσε, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο ἀφεθεὶς ἔς τε τὸ συνεδριον χρόνῳ ὕστερον ἐνεγράφη καὶ στρατηγὸς τότε ὑπὸ τοῦ Καίσαρος ἀπεδείχθη, καὶ ἐς τοσοῦτόν γε προϊὼν ἐπηυξήθη ὥστε καὶ τοὺς Πάρθους νικῆσαι καὶ ἐπινίκια αὐτῶν πέμψαι. οἱ μὲν οὖν τῷ πρώτῳ μετʼ ἐκεῖνο ἔτει ἄρξοντες πάντες προκατέστησαν, ἐς δὲ δὴ τὸ δεύτερον οἵ τε ὕπατοι καὶ οἱ δήμαρχοι μόνοι· τοσοῦτον ἐδέησε καὶ ἐς τὸ τρίτον τινὰ ἀποδειχθῆναι. καὶ ἔμελλε καὶ αὐτὸς δικτάτωρ ἐν ἀμφοτέροις αὐτοῖς ἄρξειν, τούς τε ἱππαρχήσοντας ἄλλον τέ τινα καὶ τὸν Ὀκτάουιον, καίπερ μειράκιον ἔτι καὶ τότε ὄντα, προεχειρίσατο. ἔς τε τὸ παρόν, ἐν ᾧ ταῦτʼ ἐγίγνετο, ὕπατόν τε ἀνθʼ ἑαυτοῦ τὸν Δολοβέλλαν ἀντικατέστησε, καίτοι τοῦ Ἀντωνίου πάντα τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν μέλλοντος ἄρξειν· καὶ τῷ Λεπίδῳ τήν τε Γαλατίαν τὴν περὶ Νάρβωνα καὶ τὴν Ἰβηρίαν τὴν πλησιόχωρον προστάξας, δύο ἀντʼ αὐτοῦ ἑτέρους, ἰδίᾳ γε ἑκάτερον, ἱππαρχῆσαι ἐποίησε. πολλοῖς γὰρ εὐεργεσίας ὀφείλων διά τε τῶν τοιούτων αὐτὰς καὶ διὰ τῶν ἱερωσυνῶν ἀπεδίδου, ἔς τε τοὺς πεντεκαίδεκα ἔνα καὶ ἐς τοὺς ἑπτὰ αὖ καλουμένους τρεῖς ἑτέρους προσαποδείξας.
But while Caesar was thus engaged, a longing came over all the Romans alike to avenge Crassus and those who had perished with him, and they felt some hope of subjugating the Parthians then, if ever. They unanimously voted the command of the war to Caesar, and made ample provision for it. 2 Among other details, they decided that he should have a generous number of assistants, and also, in order that the city should neither be without officials in his absence nor, again, by attempting to choose some on its own responsibility, fall into strife, that the magistrates should be appointed in advance for three years, this being the length of time they thought necessary for the campaign. Nevertheless, they did not designate them all beforehand. Nominally Caesar chose half of them, having a certain legal right to do this, but in reality he chose the whole number. For the first year, as previously, forty quaestors were elected, and now for the first time two patrician aediles as well as four from the plebs. Of the latter two have their title from Ceres, a custom which, then introduced, has remained to the present day. 4 And praetors were appointed to the number of sixteen; it is not of this, however, that I would write, since there had formerly been just as many, but of the fact that among those chosen was Publius Ventidius. He was originally from Picenum, as has been remarked, and fought against Rome when her allies were at war with her. He was captured by Pompeius Strabo, and marched in chains in that general's triumph. Later he was released and subsequently was enrolled in the senate, and now was appointed praetor by Caesar; and he went on advancing until he finally conquered the Parthians and held a triumph over them. 6 All were thus appointed in advance who were to hold office the first year after that, but for the second year only the consuls and tribunes; so far were they from appointing anybody for the third year. Caesar himself intended to be dictator both years, and designated as masters of the horse another man and Octavius, though the latter was at that time a mere lad. 8 For the time being, while this was going on, Caesar appointed Dolabella consul in his own stead, leaving Antony to finish out his year in office. To Lepidus he assigned Gallia Narbonensis and Hither Spain, and appointed two men masters of horse in his place, each to act separately. For owing favours, as he did, to many persons, he repaid them by such appointments as these and by priesthoods, adding one man to the Quindecemviri, and three others to the Septemviri, as they were called.
— Book 44 —
§ 44.arg
τάδε ἔνεστιν ἐν τῷ τετταρακοστῷ τετάρτῳ τῶν Δίωνος Ῥωμαϊκῶν α. περὶ τῶν τῷ Καίσαρι ψηφισθέντων. β. περὶ τῆς ἐπιβουλῆς τῆς ἐπʼ αὐτὸν συστάσης. γ. ὡς Καῖσαρ ἐσφάγη. δ. ὡς δόγμα ἐγένετο μὴ μνησικακεῖν αὐτοὺς ἀλλήλοις. ε. περὶ τῆς τοῦ Καίσαρος ταφῆς καὶ τοῦ λεχθέντος ἐπʼ αὐτῷ λόγου. χρόνου πλῆθος μέρος τι τῆς Ἰουλίου Καίσαρος δικτατορίας τὸ ε μετὰ Αἰμιλίου Λεπίδου ἱππάρχου καὶ ὑπατείας τὸ ε μετὰ Μάρκου Ἀντωνίου.
—
§ 44.1
ὁ μὲν οὖν Καῖσαρ ταῦθʼ οὕτως ὡς καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς Πάρθους στρατεύσων ἔπραξεν, οἶστρος δέ τισιν ἀλιτηριώδης φθόνῳ τε τοῦ προήκοντος καὶ μίσει τοῦ προτετιμημένου σφῶν προσπεσὼν ἐκεῖνόν τε ἀνόμως ἀπέκτεινε, καινὸν ἀνοσίου δόξης ὄνομα προσλαβών, καὶ τὰ ψηφισθέντα διεσκέδασε, στάσεις τε αὖθις ἐξ ὁμονοίας καὶ πολέμους ἐμφυλίους τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις παρεσκεύασεν· ἔλεγον μὲν γὰρ καθαιρέται τε τοῦ Καίσαρος καὶ ἐλευθερωταὶ τοῦ δήμου γεγονέναι, τὸ δὲ ἀληθὲς ἐκείνῳ τε ἀσεβῶς ἐπεβούλευσαν καὶ τὴν πόλιν ὀρθῶς
Book XLIV All this Caesar did as a preliminary step to his campaign against the Parthians; but a baleful frenzy which fell upon certain men through jealousy of his advancement and hatred of his preferment to themselves caused his death unlawfully, while it added a new name to the annals of infamy; it scattered the decrees to the winds 2 and brought upon the Romans seditions and civil wars once more after a state of harmony. His slayers, to be sure, declared that they had shown themselves at once destroyers of Caesar and liberators of the people: but in reality they impiously plotted against him, and they threw the city into disorder when at last it possessed a stable government.
§ 44.2
ἤδη πολιτευομένην ἐστασίασαν. δημοκρατία γὰρ ὄνομα μὲν εὔσχημον ἔχει καί τινα καὶ ἰσομοιρίαν πᾶσιν ἐκ τῆς ἰσονομίας φέρειν δοκεῖ, ἐν δὲ δὴ τοῖς ἔργοις ἐλέγχεται μηδὲν ὁμολογοῦσα τῷ προσρήματι· καὶ τοὐναντίον ἡ μοναρχία δυσχερὲς μὲν ἀκοῦσαι, χρησιμώτατον δὲ ἐμπολιτεύσασθαι ἐστί. ῥᾷόν τε γὰρ ἕνα τινὰ χρηστὸν ἢ πολλοὺς εὑρεῖν· ἄν τε καὶ τοῦτο χαλεπόν τισιν εἶναι δοκῇ, πᾶσα ἀνάγκη ἐκεῖνό γε ἀδύνατον ὁμολογηθῆναι εἶναι· οὐ γὰρ προσήκει τοῖς πολλοῖς ἀρετὴν κτᾶσθαι. εἰ δʼ οὖν καὶ φαῦλός τις αὐταρχήσειεν, ἀλλὰ τοῦ γε πλήθους τῶν ὁμοίων αἱρετώτερός ἐστιν, ὥσπερ που καὶ τὰ ἔργα τά τε τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ τὰ τῶν βαρβάρων, τῶν τε Ῥωμαίων αὐτῶν, τεκμηριοῖ. τά τε γὰρ ἀμείνω πολὺ μείζω καὶ πλείω καὶ πόλεσι καὶ ἰδιώταις ἐκ βασιλέων ἢ δήμων ἀεί ποτε ἐγένετο, καὶ τὰ δυσχερέστερα ἐν ταῖς μοναρχίαις ἢ ταῖς ὀχλοκρατίαις συμβαίνει. εἰ γάρ που καὶ δημοκρατία τις ἤνθησεν, ἀλλʼ ἔν γε βραχεῖ χρόνῳ ἤκμασεν, μέχρις οὗ μήτε μέγεθος μήτʼ ἰσχὺν ἔσχον ὥστε ἢ ὕβρεις σφίσιν ἐξ εὐπραγίας ἢ φθόνους ἐκ φιλοτιμίας ἐγγενέσθαι. πόλιν δὲ αὐτήν τε τηλικαύτην οὖσαν καὶ τοῦ τε καλλίστου τοῦ τε πλείστου τῆς ἐμφανοῦς οἰκουμένης ἄρχουσαν, καὶ πολλὰ μὲν ἀνθρώπων ἤθη καὶ διάφορα κεκτημένην πολλοὺς δὲ καὶ μεγάλους πλούτους ἔχουσαν, ταῖς τε πράξεσι καὶ ταῖς τύχαις παντοδαπαῖς καὶ ἰδίᾳ καὶ δημοσίᾳ χρωμένην, ἀδύνατον μὲν ἐν δημοκρατίᾳ σωφρονῆσαι, ἀδυνατώτερον δὲ μὴ σωφρονοῦσαν ὁμονοῆσαι. ὥστʼ εἴπερ ταῦτα οὕτως ὅ τε Βροῦτος ὁ Μᾶρκος καὶ ὁ Κάσσιος ὁ Γάιος ἐξελογίσαντο, οὐκ ἄν ποτε τόν τε προστάτην καὶ τὸν κηδεμόνα αὐτῆς ἀπέκτειναν, οὐδʼ ἂν μυρίων αἴτιοι κακῶν καὶ ἑαυτοῖς καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις τοῖς τότε ἀνθρώποις ἐγένοντο.
Democracy, indeed, has a fair-appearing name and conveys the impression of bringing equal rights to all through equal laws, but its results are seen not to agree at all with its title. Monarchy, on the contrary, has an unpleasant sound, but is a most practical form of government to live under. For it is easier to find a single excellent man than many of them, 2 and if even this seems to some a difficult feat, it is quite inevitable that the other alternative should be acknowledged to be impossible; for it does not belong to the majority of men to acquire virtue. And again, even though a base man should obtain supreme power, yet he is preferable to the masses of like character, as the history of the Greeks and barbarians and of the Romans themselves proves. For successes have always been greater and more frequent in the case both of cities and of individuals under kings than under popular rule, and disasters do not happen so frequently under monarchies as under mob-rule. Indeed, if ever there has been a prosperous democracy, it has in any case been at its best for only a brief period, so long, that is, as the people had neither the numbers nor the strength sufficient to cause insolence to spring up among them as the result of good fortune or jealousy as the result of ambition. 4 But for a city, not only so large in itself, but also ruling the finest and the greatest part of the known world, holding sway over men of many and diverse natures, possessing many men of great wealth, occupied with every imaginable pursuit, enjoying every imaginable fortune, both individually and collectively, — for such a city, I say, to practise moderation under a democracy is impossible, and still more is it impossible for the people, unless moderation prevails, to be harmonious. Therefore, if Marcus Brutus and Gaius Cassius had only reflected upon these things, they would never have killed the city's head and protector nor have made themselves the cause of countless ills both to themselves and to all the rest of mankind then living.
§ 44.3
ἔσχε δὲ ὧδε, καὶ αἰτίαν τήνδε ὁ θάνατος αὐτοῦ ἔλαβεν· οὐ γὰρ δὴ καὶ ἀναίτιον πάντῃ τὸ ἐπίφθονον ἐκτήσατο, πλὴν καθʼ ὅσον αὐτοὶ οἱ βουλευταὶ ταῖς τε καινότησι καὶ ταῖς ὑπερβολαῖς τῶν τιμῶν ἐξάραντές τε αὐτὸν καὶ φυσήσαντες ἔπειτα ἐπʼ αὐταῖς ἐκείναις καὶ ἐμέμφοντο καὶ διέβαλλον ὡς ἡδέως τέ σφας λαμβάνοντα καὶ ὀγκηρότερον ἀπʼ αὐτῶν ζῶντα. ἔστι μὲν γὰρ ὅτε καὶ ὁ Καῖσαρ ἥμαρτε, δεξάμενός τέ τινα τῶν ψηφισθέντων οἱ καὶ πιστεύσας ὄντως αὐτῶν ἀξιοῦσθαι, πλεῖστον δὲ ὅμως ἐκεῖνοι, οἵτινες ἀρξάμενοι τιμᾶν αὐτὸν ὡς καὶ ἄξιον, προήγαγον ἐς αἰτίαν οἷς ἐψηφίζοντο. οὔτε γὰρ διωθεῖσθαι πάντα αὐτὰ ἐτόλμα, μὴ καὶ ὑπερφρονεῖν νομισθείη, οὔτʼ αὖ λαμβάνων ἀσφαλὴς εἶναι ἐδύνατο· τὸ γὰρ ὑπερβάλλον τῶν τε τιμῶν καὶ τῶν ἐπαίνων χαυνοτέρους πως καὶ τοὺς πάνυ σώφρονας, ἄλλως τε κἂν ἀληθῶς γίγνεσθαι δοκῶσι, ποιεῖ.
It happened as follows, and his death was due to the cause now to be given. He had aroused dislike that was not altogether unjustified, except in so far as it was the senators themselves who had by their novel and excessive honours encouraged him and puffed him up, only to find fault with him on this very account and to spread slanderous reports how glad he was to accept them and how he behaved more haughtily as a result of them. 2 It is true that Caesar did now and then err by accepting some of the honours voted him and believing that he really deserved them; yet those were most blameworthy who, after beginning to honour him as he deserved, led him on and brought blame upon him for the measures they had passed. He neither dared, of course, to thrust them all aside, for fear of being thought contemptuous, nor, again, could he be safe in accepting them; for excessive honour and praise render even the most modest men conceited, especially if they seem to be bestowed with sincerity.
§ 44.4
ἐγένετο δὲ τὰ δοθέντα αὐτῷ μετʼ ἐκεῖνα ὅσα εἴρηται τοσάδε καὶ τοιάδε· καθʼ ἓν γάρ, εἰ καὶ μὴ πάντα ἅμα μήτε ἐσηνέχθη μήτε ἐκυρώθη, λελέξεται. τὰ μὲν γὰρ πρῶτα φέρεσθαί τε αὐτὸν ἀεὶ καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ πόλει τὴν στολὴν τὴν ἐπινίκιον ἐνδεδυκότα, καὶ καθέζεσθαι ἐπὶ τοῦ ἀρχικοῦ δίφρου πανταχῇ πλὴν ἐν ταῖς πανηγύρεσιν, ἐψηφίσαντο· τότε γὰρ ἐπί τε τοῦ δημαρχικοῦ βάθρου καὶ μετὰ τῶν ἀεὶ δημαρχούντων θεᾶσθαι ἔλαβε. σκῦλά τέ τινα ὀπῖμα ἐς τὸν τοῦ Διὸς τοῦ Φερετρίου νεὼν ἀναθεῖναί οἱ ὥσπερ τινὰ πολέμιον αὐτοστράτηγον αὐτοχειρίᾳ πεφονευκότι, καὶ τοῖς ῥαβδούχοις δαφνηφοροῦσιν ἀεὶ χρῆσθαι, μετά τε τὰς ἀνοχὰς τὰς Λατίνας ἐπὶ κέλητος ἐς τὴν πόλιν ἐκ τοῦ Ἀλβανοῦ ἐσελαύνειν ἔδοσαν. πρός τε τούτοις τοιούτοις οὖσι πατέρα τε αὐτὸν τῆς πατρίδος ἐπωνόμασαν καὶ ἐς τὰ νομίσματα ἐνεχάραξαν, τά τε γενέθλια αὐτοῦ δημοσίᾳ θύειν ἐψηφίσαντο, καὶ ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι τοῖς τε ναοῖς τοῖς ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ πᾶσιν ἀνδριάντα τινὰ αὐτοῦ εἶναι ἐκέλευσαν, καὶ ἐπί γε τοῦ βήματος δύο, τὸν μὲν ὡς τοὺς πολίτας σεσωκότος τὸν δὲ ὡς τὴν πόλιν ἐκ πολιορκίας ἐξῃρημένου, μετὰ τῶν στεφάνων τῶν ἐπὶ τοῖς τοιούτοις νενομισμένων ἱδρύσαντο. νεών τε Ὁμονοίας καινῆς, ὡς καὶ διʼ αὐτοῦ εἰρηνοῦντες, οἰκοδομῆσαι, καὶ πανήγυριν αὐτῇ ἐτησίαν ἄγειν
The privileges that were granted him, in addition to all those mentioned, were as follows in number and nature; for I shall name them all together, even if they were not all proposed or passed at one time. 2 First, then, they voted that he should always ride, even in the city itself, wearing the triumphal dress, and should sit in his chair of state everywhere except at the games; for at those he received the privilege of watching the contests from the tribunes' benches in company with those who were tribunes at the time. And they gave him the right to offer spolia opima, as they are called, at the temple of Jupiter Feretrius, as if he had slain some hostile general with his own hand, and to have lictors who always carried laurel, and after the Feriae Latinae to ride from the Alban Mount into the city on horseback. 4 In addition to these remarkable privileges they named him father of his country, stamped this title on the coinage, voted to celebrate his birthday by public sacrifice, ordered that he should have a statue in the cities and in all the temples of Rome, and they set up two also on the Rostra, one representing him as the saviour of the citizens and the other as the deliverer of the city from siege, and wearing the crowns customary for such achievements. They also resolved to build a temple of Concordia Nova, on the ground that it was through his efforts that they enjoyed peace, and to celebrate an annual festival in her honour.
§ 44.5
ἔγνωσαν. ὡς δὲ ταῦτα ἐδέξατο, τά τε ἕλη οἱ τὰ Πομπτῖνα χῶσαι καὶ τὸν ἰσθμὸν τὸν τῆς Πελοποννήσου διορύξαι βουλευτήριόν τέ τι καινὸν ποιῆσαι προσέταξαν, ἐπειδὴ τὸ Ὁστίλιον καίπερ ἀνοικοδομηθὲν καθῃρέθη, πρόφασιν μὲν τοῦ ναὸν Εὐτυχίας ἐνταῦθʼ οἰκοδομηθῆναι, ὃν καὶ ὁ Λέπιδος ἱππαρχήσας ἐξεποίησεν, ἔργῳ δὲ ὅπως μήτε ἐν ἐκείνῳ τὸ τοῦ Σύλλου ὄνομα σώζοιτο καὶ ἕτερον ἐκ καινῆς κατασκευασθὲν Ἰούλιον ὀνομασθείη, ὥσπερ που καὶ τόν τε μῆνα ἐν ᾧ ἐγεγέννητο Ἰούλιον κἀκ τῶν φυλῶν μίαν τὴν κλήρῳ λαχοῦσαν Ἰουλίαν ἐπεκάλεσαν. καὶ αὐτὸν μὲν τιμητὴν καὶ μόνον καὶ διὰ βίου εἶναι, τά τε τοῖς δημάρχοις δεδομένα καρποῦσθαι, ὅπως, ἄν τις ἢ ἔργῳ ἢ καὶ λόγῳ αὐτὸν ὑβρίσῃ, ἱερός τε ᾖ καὶ ἐν τῷ ἄγει ἐνέχηται, τὸν δὲ δὴ υἱόν, ἄν τινα γεννήσῃ ἢ καὶ ἐσποιήσηται, ἀρχιερέα ἀποδειχθῆναι
When he had accepted these, they assigned to him the charge of filling the Pomptine marshes, cutting a canal through the Peloponnesian isthmus, and constructing a new senate-house, since that of Hostilius, although repaired, had been demolished. 2 The reason assigned for its destruction was that a temple of Felicitas was to be built there, which Lepidus, indeed, brought to completion while master of the horse; but their real purpose was that the name of Sulla should not be preserved on it, and that another senate-house, newly constructed, might be named the Julian, even as they had called the month in which he was born July, and one of the tribes, selected by lot, the Julian. And they voted that Caesar should be sole censor for life and should enjoy the immunities granted to the tribunes, so that if any one insulted him by deed or word, that man should be an outlaw and accursed, and further that Caesar's son, should he beget or even adopt one, should be appointed high priest.
§ 44.6
ἐψηφίσαντο. ὡς δὲ καὶ τούτοις ἔχαιρε, δίφρος τέ οἱ ἐπίχρυσος, καὶ στολὴ ᾗ ποτε οἱ βασιλῆς ἐκέχρηντο, φρουρά τε ἐκ τῶν ἱππέων καὶ ἐκ τῶν βουλευτῶν ἐδόθη· καὶ προσέτι καὶ εὔχεσθαι ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ δημοσίᾳ κατʼ ἔτος ἕκαστον, τήν τε τύχην αὐτοῦ ὀμνύναι, καὶ τὰ πραχθησόμενα αὐτῷ πάντα κύρια ἕξειν ἐνόμισαν. κἀκ τούτου καὶ πενταετηρίδα οἱ ὡς ἥρωι, ἱεροποιούς τε ἐς τὰς τοῦ Πανὸς γυμνοπαιδίας, τρίτην τινὰ ἑταιρίαν ἣν Ἰουλίαν ὠνόμασαν, κἀν ταῖς ὁπλομαχίαις μίαν τινὰ ἀεὶ ἡμέραν καὶ ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ καὶ ἐν τῇ ἄλλῃ Ἰταλίᾳ ἀνέθεσαν. καὶ ἐπειδὴ καὶ τούτοις ἠρέσκετο, οὕτω δὴ ἔς τε τὰ θέατρα τόν τε δίφρον αὐτοῦ τὸν ἐπίχρυσον καὶ τὸν στέφανον τὸν διάλιθον καὶ διάχρυσον, ἐξ ἴσου τοῖς τῶν θεῶν, ἐσκομίζεσθαι κἀν ταῖς ἱπποδρομίαις ὀχὸν ἐσάγεσθαι ἐψηφίσαντο. καὶ τέλος Δία τε αὐτὸν ἄντικρυς Ἰούλιον προσηγόρευσαν, καὶ ναὸν αὐτῷ τῇ τʼ ἐπιεικείᾳ αὐτοῦ τεμενισθῆναι ἔγνωσαν, ἱερέα σφίσι τὸν Ἀντώνιον ὥσπερ τινὰ Διάλιον προχειρισάμενοι.
As he seemed to like all this, a gilded chair was granted him, and a garb that the kings had once used, and body-guard of knights and senators; furthermore they decided that prayers should be offered for him publicly every year, that they should swear by Caesar's Fortune, and should regard as valid all his future acts. 2 Next they bestowed upon him a quadrennial festival, as to a hero, and a third priestly college, which they called the Julian, as overseers of the Lupercalia, and one special day of his own each time in connection with all gladiatorial combats both in Rome and the rest of Italy. When he showed himself pleased with these honours also, they accordingly voted that his golden chair and his crown set with precious gems and overlaid with gold should be carried into the theatres in the same manner as those of the gods, and that on the occasion of the games in the Circus his chariot should be brought in. And finally they addressed him outright as Jupiter Julius and ordered a temple to be consecrated to him and to his Clemency, electing Antony as their priest like some flamen Dialis.
§ 44.7
καὶ ἅ γε μάλιστα τὴν διάνοιαν αὐτῶν ἐξέφηνεν, ἅμα τε ταῦτα ἐψηφίζοντο καὶ τάφον αὐτῷ ἐντὸς τοῦ πωμηρίου ποιήσασθαι ἔδοσαν· τά τε δόγματα τὰ περὶ τούτων γιγνόμενα ἐς μὲν στήλας ἀργυρᾶς χρυσοῖς γράμμασιν ἐνέγραψαν, ὑπὸ δὲ δὴ τοὺς πόδας τοῦ Διὸς τοῦ Καπιτωλίου ὑπέθεσαν, δηλοῦντές οἱ καὶ μάλα ἐναργῶς ὅτι ἄνθρωπος εἴη. ἤρξαντο μὲν γὰρ τιμᾶν αὐτὸν ὡς καὶ μετριάσοντα· προχωροῦντες δέ, ἐπειδὴ χαίροντα τοῖς ψηφιζομένοις ἑώρων (πλὴν γὰρ ὀλίγων τινῶν πάντα αὐτὰ ἐδέξατὀ, ἀεί τι μεῖζον ἄλλος ἄλλο καθʼ ὑπερβολὴν ἐσέφερον, οἱ μὲν ὑπερκολακεύοντες αὐτὸν οἱ δὲ καὶ διασκώπτοντες. ἀμέλει καὶ γυναιξὶν ὅσαις ἂν ἐθελήσῃ συνεῖναί οἱ ἐτόλμησάν τινες ἐπιτρέψαι, ὅτι πολλαῖς καὶ τότε ἔτι, καίπερ πεντηκοντούτης ὤν, ἐχρῆτο. ἕτεροι δέ, καὶ οἵ γε πλείους, ἔς τε τὸ ἐπίφθονον καὶ ἐς τὸ νεμεσητὸν προάγειν αὐτὸν ὅτι τάχιστα βουλόμενοι τοῦτʼ ἐποίουν, ἵνα θᾶσσον ἀπόληται. ὅπερ που ἐγένετο, καίτοι τοῦ Καίσαρος καὶ διʼ αὐτὰ ταῦτα θαρσήσαντος ὡς οὐκ ἄν ποτε οὔθʼ ὑπʼ ἐκείνων τοιαῦτά γε ψηφιζομένων οὔθʼ ὑπʼ ἄλλου τινὸς διʼ αὐτοὺς ἐπιβουλευθησομένου, κἀκ τούτου οὐδὲ σωματοφύλαξιν ἔτι χρησαμένου· τῷ γὰρ δὴ λόγῳ τὸ πρός τε τῶν βουλευτῶν καὶ πρὸς τῶν ἱππέων τηρεῖσθαι προσέμενος, καὶ τὴν ἐκ τοῦ πρὶν φρουρὰν προσκατέλυσεν.
At the same time with these measures they passed another which most clearly indicated their disposition it gave him the right to place his tomb within the pomerium; and the decrees regarding this matter they inscribed in golden letters on silver tablets and deposited beneath the feet of Jupiter Capitolinus, thus pointing out to him very clearly that he was a mortal. 2 When they had begun to honour him, it was with the idea, of course, that he would be reasonable; but as they went on and saw that he was delighted with what they voted, — indeed he accepted all but a very few of their decrees, — different men at different times kept proposing various extravagant honours, some in a spirit of exaggerated flattery and others by way of ridicule. At any rate, some actually ventured to suggest permitting him to have intercourse with as many women as he pleased, because even at this time, though fifty years old, he still had numerous mistresses. Others, and they were the majority, followed this course because they wished to make him envied and hated as quickly as possible, that he might the sooner perish. 4 And this is precisely what happened, though Caesar was encouraged by these very measures to believe that he should never be plotted against by the men who had voted him such honours, nor, through fear of them, by any one else; and consequently he even dispensed henceforth with a body-guard. For nominally he accepted the privilege of being watched over by the senators and knights, and so dismissed the guard he had previously had.
§ 44.8
ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἐν μιᾷ ποτε ἡμέρᾳ τά τε πλείω καὶ τὰ μείζω σφῶν ψηφισάμενοι (πλὴν γὰρ τοῦ Κασσίου καί τινων ἄλλων, οἳ περιβόητοι ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἐγένοντο, οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἔπαθόν τι, ἐξ οὗπερ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα ἡ ἐπιείκεια αὐτοῦ διεφάνη, τοῖς γε ἄλλοις ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἐγνώσθἠ προσῆλθον αὐτῷ ἐν τῷ τοῦ Ἀφροδισίου προνάῳ καθημένῳ ὡς καὶ πάντες ἅμα τὰ δεδογμένα σφίσιν ἀπαγγελοῦντες (ἀπόντος γὰρ αὐτοῦ τὰ τοιαῦτα, τοῦ μὴ δοκεῖν ἀναγκαστοὶ ἀλλʼ ἐθελονταὶ αὐτὰ ποιεῖν, ἐχρημάτιζονʼ, καθήμενός σφας, εἴτʼ οὖν θεοβλαβείᾳ τινὶ εἴτε καὶ περιχαρείᾳ, προσεδέξατο, καὶ ὀργὴν ἐκ τούτου πᾶσιν, οὐχ ὅτι τοῖς βουλευταῖς ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις, τοσαύτην ἐνέβαλεν ὥστε ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα πρόφασιν τῆς ἐπιβουλῆς τοῖς ἀποκτείνασιν αὐτὸν παρασχεῖν. ἔλεγον μὲν γὰρ ἀπολογούμενοί τινες ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ μετὰ ταῦτα ὅτι τῆς τε κοιλίας ἀκρατὴς ὑπὸ διαρροίας ἐγεγόνει, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο, ἵνα μὴ ἐξιδίσῃ, κατέμεινεν· οὐ μέντοι καὶ πείθειν τοὺς πολλοὺς ἐδύναντο διὰ τὸ μετʼ οὐ πολὺ ἐξεγερθέντα αὐτὸν αὐτοποδίᾳ οἴκαδε κομισθῆναι, ἀλλʼ ὑπετόπουν τε αὐτὸν ὑπεραυχεῖν, καὶ δὴ ἐμίσουν ὡς ὑπερήφανον ὃν αὐτοὶ ταῖς ὑπερβολαῖς τῶν τιμῶν ὑπέρφρονα ἐπεποιήκεσαν. τούτου δὲ δὴ τοιούτου γενομένου προσεπηύξησε τὴν ὑποψίαν ὅτι καὶ δικτάτωρ διὰ βίου μετὰ ταῦτα ἀποδειχθεὶς ἠνέσχετο.
Indeed, when once they had voted to him on a single day an unusually large number of these honours of especial importance, — which had been granted unanimously by all except Cassius and a few others, who became famous for this action, yet suffered no harm, whereby Caesar's clemency was conspicuously revealed, — they then approached him as he was sitting in the vestibule of the temple of Venus in order to announce to him in a body their decisions; 2 for they transacted such business in his absence, in order to have the appearance of doing it, not under compulsion, but voluntarily. And either by some heaven-sent fatuity or even through excess of joy he received them sitting, which aroused so great indignation among them all, not only the senators but all the rest, that it afforded his slayers one of their chief excuses for their plot against him. Some who subsequently tried to defend him claimed, it is true, that owing to an attack of diarrhoea he could not control the movement of his bowels and so had remained where he was in order to avoid a flux. They were not able, however, to convince the majority, since not long afterwards he rose up and went home on foot; 4 hence most men suspected him of being inflated with pride and hated him for his haughtiness, when it was they themselves who had made him disdainful by the exaggerated character of their honours. After this occurrence, striking as it was, he increased the suspicion by permitting himself somewhat later to be chosen dictator for life.
§ 44.9
ἐνταῦθα οὖν αὐτοῦ ὄντος οὐδὲν ἔτι ἐνδοιαστῶς οἱ ἐπιβουλεύοντές οἱ ἔπραττον, ἀλλʼ ὅπως δὴ καὶ τοῖς πάνυ φίλοις ἐν μίσει γένηται, ἄλλα τε ἐπὶ διαβολῇ αὐτοῦ ἐποίουν καὶ τέλος βασιλέα αὐτὸν προσηγόρευον, καὶ πολὺ τοῦτο τοὔνομα καὶ κατὰ σφᾶς διεθρύλουν. ἐπειδή τε ἐξίστατο μὲν αὐτὸ καὶ ἐπετίμα πῃ τοῖς οὕτως αὐτὸν ἐπικαλοῦσιν, οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἔπραξέ τι διʼ οὗ ἂν ἄχθεσθαι τῷ προσρήματι ὡς ἀληθῶς ἐπιστεύθη, τὴν εἰκόνα αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος ἑστῶσαν διαδήματι λάθρᾳ ἀνέδησαν. καὶ αὐτὸ Γαΐου τε Ἐπιδίου Μαρύλλου καὶ Λουκίου Καισητίου Φλάουου δημάρχων καθελόντων ἰσχυρῶς ἐχαλέπηνε, καίτοι μήτε τι ὑβριστικὸν αὐτῶν εἰπόντων, καὶ προσέτι καὶ ἐπαινεσάντων αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ πλήθει ὡς μηδενὸς τοιούτου δεόμενον. καὶ τότε μὲν καίπερ ἀσχάλλων ἡσύχασεν·
When he had reached this point, the men who were plotting against him hesitated no longer, but in order to embitter even his best friends against him, they did their best to traduce him, finally saluting him as king, a name which they often used also among themselves. 2 When he kept refusing the title and rebuking in a way those who thus accosted him, yet did nothing by which it would be thought that he was really displeased at it, they secretly adorned his statue, which stood on the Rostra, with a diadem. And when the tribunes, Gaius Epidius Marullus and Lucius Caesetius Flavus, took it down, he became violently angry, although they uttered no word of abuse and moreover actually praised him before the populace as not wanting anything of the sort. For the time being, though vexed, he held his peace.
§ 44.10
ὡς μέντοι μετὰ τοῦτο ἐσιππεύοντα αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἀλβανοῦ βασιλέα αὖθίς τινες ὠνόμασαν, καὶ αὐτὸς μὲν οὐκ ἔφη βασιλεὺς ἀλλὰ Καῖσαρ καλεῖσθαι, οἱ δὲ δὴ δήμαρχοι ἐκεῖνοι καὶ δίκην τῷ πρώτῳ αὐτὸν εἰπόντι ἔλαχον, οὐκέτι τὴν ὀργὴν κατέσχεν, ἀλλʼ ὡς καὶ ὑπʼ αὐτῶν ἐκείνων προσστασιαζόμενος ὑπερηγανάκτησε. καὶ ἐν μὲν τῷ παρόντι οὐδὲν δεινὸν αὐτοὺς ἔδρασεν, ὕστερον δέ σφων προγραφὴν ἐκθέντων ὡς οὔτε ἐλευθέραν οὔτʼ ἀσφαλῆ τὴν ὑπὲρ τοῦ κοινοῦ παρρησίαν ἐχόντων περιοργὴς ἐγένετο, καὶ παραγαγών σφας ἐς τὸ βουλευτήριον κατηγορίαν τε αὐτῶν ἐποιήσατο καὶ ψῆφον ἐπήγαγε. καὶ οὐκ ἀπέκτεινε μὲν αὐτούς, καίτοι καὶ τούτου τινῶν τιμησάντων σφίσι, προαπαλλάξας δὲ ἐκ τῆς δημαρχίας διὰ Ἑλουίου Κίννου συνάρχοντος αὐτῶν ἀπήλειψεν ἐκ τοῦ συνεδρίου. καὶ οἱ μὲν ἔχαιρόν τε ἐπὶ τούτῳ, ἢ καὶ ἐπλάττοντο, ὡς οὐδεμίαν ἀνάγκην ἕξοντες παρρησιαζόμενοι κινδυνεῦσαι, καὶ ἔξω τῶν πραγμάτων ὄντες τὰ γιγνόμενα ὥσπερ ἀπὸ σκοπιᾶς καθεώρων· ὁ δὲ δὴ Καῖσαρ καὶ ἐκ τούτου διεβλήθη, ὅτι δέον αὐτὸν τοὺς τὸ ὄνομά οἱ τὸ βασιλέως προστιθέντας μισεῖν, ὁ δὲ ἐκείνους ἀφεὶς τοῖς δημάρχοις ἀντʼ αὐτῶν ἐνεκάλει.
Subsequently, however, when he was riding in from the Alban Mount and some men again called him king, he said that his name was not king but Caesar; but when the same tribunes brought suit against the first man who had termed him king, he no longer restrained his wrath but showed great irritation, as if these very officials were really stirring up sedition against him. 2 And though for the moment he did them no harm, yet later, when they issued a proclamation declaring that they were unable to speak their mind freely and safely on behalf of the public good, he became exceedingly angry and brought them into the senate-house where he accused them and put their conduct to the vote. He did not put them to death, though some declared them worthy even of that penalty, but he first removed them from the tribuneship, on the motion of Helvius Cinna, their colleague, and then erased their names from the senate. Some were pleased at this, or pretended to be, thinking they would have no need to incur danger by speaking out freely, and since they were not themselves involved in the business, they could view events as from a watch tower. 4 Caesar, however, received an ill name from this fact also, that, where he should have hated those who applied to him the name of king, he let them go and found fault with the tribunes instead.
§ 44.11
τούτων δʼ οὖν οὕτω γενομένων τοιόνδε τι ἕτερον, οὐκ ἐς μακρὰν συνενεχθέν, ἐπὶ πλέον ἐξήλεγξεν ὅτι λόγῳ μὲν διεκρούετο τὴν ἐπίκλησιν, ἔργῳ δὲ λαβεῖν ἐπεθύμει. ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἐν τῇ τῶν Λυκαίων γυμνοπαιδίᾳ ἔς τε τὴν ἀγορὰν ἐσῆλθε καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος τῇ τε ἐσθῆτι τῇ βασιλικῇ κεκοσμημένος καὶ τῷ στεφάνῳ τῷ διαχρύσῳ λαμπρυνόμενος ἐς τὸν δίφρον τὸν κεχρυσωμένον ἐκαθίζετο, καὶ αὐτὸν ὁ Ἀντώνιος βασιλέα τε μετὰ τῶν συνιερέων προσηγόρευσε καὶ διαδήματι ἀνέδησεν, εἰπὼν ὅτι “τοῦτό σοι ὁ δῆμος διʼ ἐμοῦ δίδωσιν,” ἀπεκρίνατο μὲν ὅτι “Ζεὺς μόνος τῶν Ῥωμαίων βασιλεὺς εἴη,” καὶ τὸ διάδημα αὐτῷ ἐς τὸ Καπιτώλιον ἔπεμψεν, οὐ μέντοι καὶ ὀργὴν ἔσχεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐς τὰ ὑπομνήματα ἐγγραφῆναι ἐποίησεν ὅτι τὴν βασιλείαν παρὰ τοῦ δήμου διὰ τοῦ ὑπάτου διδομένην οἱ οὐκ ἐδέξατο. ὑπωπτεύθη τε οὖν ἐκ συγκειμένου τινος αὐτὸ πεποιηκέναι, καὶ ἐφίεσθαι μὲν τοῦ ὀνόματος, βούλεσθαι δὲ ἐκβιασθῆναί πως λαβεῖν αὐτό, καὶ δεινῶς ἐμισήθη. κἀκ τούτου τούς τε δημάρχους ἐκείνους ὑπάτους τινὲς ἐν ταῖς ἀρχαιρεσίαις προεβάλοντο, καὶ τὸν Βροῦτον τὸν Μᾶρκον τούς τε ἄλλους τοὺς φρονηματώδεις ἰδίᾳ τε προσιόντες ἀνέπειθον καὶ δημοσίᾳ προσπαρωξυνον.
Another thing that happened not long after these events proved still more clearly that, although he pretended to shun the title, in reality he desired to assume it. 2 For when he had entered the Forum at the festival of the Lupercalia and was sitting on the Rostra in his gilded chair, adorned with the royal apparel and resplendent in his crown overlaid with gold, Antony with his fellow-priests saluted him as king and binding a diadem upon his head, said: “The people offer this to you through me.” And Caesar answered: “Jupiter alone is king of the Romans,” and sent the diadem to Jupiter on the Capitol; yet he was not angry, but caused it to be inscribed in the records that he had refused to accept the kingship when offered to him by the people through the consul. It was accordingly suspected that this thing had been deliberately arranged and that he was anxious for the name, but wished to be somehow compelled to take it; consequently the hatred against him was intense. 4 After this certain men at the elections proposed for consuls the tribunes previously mentioned, and they not only privately approached Marcus Brutus and such other persons as were proud-spirited and attempted to persuade them, but also tried to incite them to action publicly.
§ 44.12
γράμματά τε γάρ, τῇ ὁμωνυμίᾳ αὐτοῦ τῇ πρὸς τὸν πάνυ Βροῦτον τὸν τοὺς Ταρκυνίους καταλύσαντα καταχρώμενοι, πολλὰ ἐξετίθεσαν, φημίζοντες αὐτὸν ψευδῶς ἀπόγονον ἐκείνου εἶναι· ἀμφοτέρους γὰρ τοὺς παῖδας, τοὺς μόνους οἱ γενομένους, μειράκια ἔτι ὄντας ἀπέκτεινε, καὶ οὐδὲ ἔγγονον ὑπελίπετο. οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ τοῦτό τε οἱ πολλοί, ὅπως ὡς καὶ γένει προσήκων αὐτῷ ἐς ὁμοιότροπα ἔργα προαχθείη, ἐπλάττοντο, καὶ συνεχῶς ἀνεκάλουν αὐτόν, “ὦ Βροῦτε Βροῦτε” ἐκβοῶντες, καὶ προσεπιλέγοντες ὅτι “Βρούτου χρῄζομεν.” καὶ τέλος τῇ τε τοῦ παλαιοῦ Βρούτου εἰκόνι ἐπέγραψαν “εἴθε ἔζης,” καὶ τῷ τούτου βήματι (ἐστρατήγει γὰρ καὶ βῆμα καὶ τὸ τοιοῦτο ὀνομάζεται ἐφʼ οὗ τις ἱζόμενος δικάζεἰ ὅτι “καθεύδεις, ὦ Βροῦτε” καὶ “Βροῦτος οὐκ εἶ.”
Making the most of his having the same name as the great Brutus who overthrew the Tarquins, they scattered broadcast many pamphlets, declaring that he was not truly that man's descendant; for the older Brutus had put to death both his sons, the only ones he had, when they were mere lads, and left no offspring whatever. 2 Nevertheless, the majority pretended to accept such a relationship, in order that Brutus, as a kinsman of that famous man, might be induced to perform deeds as great. They kept continually calling upon him, shouting out “Brutus, Brutus!” and adding further “We need a Brutus.” Finally on the statue of the early Brutus they wrote “Would that thou wert living!” and upon the tribunal of the living Brutus (for he was praetor at the time and this is the name given to the seat on which the praetor sits in judgment) “Brutus, thou sleepest,” and “Thou art not Brutus.”
§ 44.13
ταῦτά τε οὖν αὐτόν, ἄλλως τε καὶ ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς ἀντιπολεμήσαντα τῷ Καίσαρι, ἀνέπεισεν ἐπιθέσθαι οἱ καίπερ εὐεργέτῃ μετὰ τοῦτο γενομένῳ, καὶ ὅτι τοῦ Κάτωνος τοῦ Οὐτικησίου κληθέντος, ὥσπερ εἶπον, καὶ ἀδελφιδοῦς καὶ γαμβρὸς ἦν. καὶ μόνη γε γυναικῶν ἡ γαμετὴ αὐτοῦ ἡ Πορκία τὴν ἐπιβουλήν, ὥς φασι, συνέγνω. φροντίζοντι γάρ τι αὐτῷ περὶ αὐτῶν τούτων ἐπιστᾶσα ἀνεπύθετο ὅ τι σύννους εἴη, καὶ ἐπειδὴ μηδὲν ἀπεκρίνατο, ὑπώπτευσέ τε διὰ τὴν τοῦ σώματος ἀσθένειαν ἀπιστεῖσθαι, μὴ καὶ ἄκουσά τι ἐκ βασάνων ἐξείπῃ, καὶ πρᾶγμα μέγα ἐτόλμησε. τὸν γὰρ μηρὸν τὸν ἑαυτῆς κρύφα κατέτρωσεν, ὅπως πειραθείη εἰ δύναιτο πρὸς αἰκισμοὺς ἀντικαρτερῆσαι· καὶ ἐπειδὴ μὴ περιήλγησε, κατεφρόνησε τοῦ τραύματος καὶ προσελθοῦσα αὐτῷ ἔφη “σὺ μέν, ὦ ἄνερ, καίτοι τῇ ψυχῇ μου πιστεύων ὅτι οὐδὲν ἐκλαλήσει, ὅμως ἠπίστεις τῷ σώματι, καὶ ἔπασχές γέ τι ἀνθρώπινον· ἐγὼ δὲ καὶ τοῦτο εὕρηκα σιωπᾶν δυνάμενον.” ταῦτα εἰποῦσα τόν τε μηρὸν ἐπέδειξέν οἱ, καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν τοῦ γεγονότος ἐκφήνασα ἔφη “λέγε τοίνυν θαρσῶν πάνθʼ ὅσα συγκρύπτεις· ἐμὲ γὰρ οὐ πῦρ, οὐ μάστιγες, οὐ κέντρα ἀναγκάσει τι ἐκλαλῆσαι· οὐχ οὕτω γυνὴ γεγένημαι. ὡς, ἄν γε ἀπιστήσῃς μοι ἔτι, καλῶς ἔχει μοι τεθνάναι μᾶλλον ἢ ζῆν· ἢ μηκέτι με μηδεὶς μήτε Κάτωνος θυγατέρα μήτε σὴν γυναῖκα νομιζέτω.”
Now these were the influences that persuaded Brutus to attack Caesar, whom he had opposed from the beginning in any case, although he had later accepted benefits from him. He was also influenced by the fact that he was both nephew and son-in-law of that Cato who was called Uticensis, as I have stated. And his wife Portia was the only woman, as they say, who was privy to the plot. 2 For she came upon him while he was pondering over these very matters and asked him why he was so thoughtful. When he made no answer, she suspected that she was distrusted on account of her physical weakness, for fear she might reveal something, however unwillingly, under torture; hence she ventured to do a noteworthy deed. She secretly inflicted a wound upon her own thigh, to test herself and see if she could endure torture. And as soon as the first intense pain was past, she despised the wound, and coming to him, said: “You, my husband, though you trusted my spirit that it would not betray you, nevertheless were distrustful of my body, and your feeling was but human. But I found that my body also can keep silence.” 4 With these words she disclosed her thigh, and making known the reason for what she had done, she said: “Therefore fear not, but tell me all you are concealing from me, for neither fire, nor lashes, nor goads will force me to divulge a word; I was not born to that extent a woman. Hence, if you still distrust me, it is better for me to die than to live; otherwise let no one think me longer the daughter of Cato or your wife.”
§ 44.14
ἀκούσας δὲ ταῦτα ὁ Βροῦτος ἐθαύμασε, καὶ οὐδὲν ἔτʼ αὐτὴν ἀπεκρύψατο, ἀλλὰ αὐτός τε ἐπὶ μᾶλλον ἐρρώσθη καὶ ἐκείνῃ πάντα διηγήσατο. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο τὸν Κάσσιον τὸν Γάϊον, σωθέντα μὲν καὶ αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τοῦ Καίσαρος καὶ προσέτι καὶ στρατηγίᾳ τιμηθέντα, τῆς δὲ ἀδελφῆς ἄνδρα ὄντα, προσέλαβε. κἀκ τούτου καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους τοὺς τὰ αὐτά σφισι βουλομένους ἤθροιζον. καὶ ἐγένοντο μὲν οὐκ ὀλίγοι· ἐγὼ δὲ τὰ μὲν τῶν ἄλλων ὀνόματα οὐδὲν δέομαι καταλέγειν, ἵνα μὴ καὶ διʼ ὄχλου γένωμαι, τὸν δὲ δὴ Τρεβώνιον τόν τε Βροῦτον τὸν Δέκιμον, ὃν καὶ Ἰούνιον Ἀλβῖνόν τε ἐπεκάλουν, οὐ δύναμαι παραλιπεῖν. πλεῖστα γὰρ καὶ οὗτοι εὐεργετηθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ Καίσαρος, καὶ ὅ γε Δέκιμος καὶ ὕπατος ἐς τὸ δεύτερον ἔτος ἀποδεδειγμένος καὶ τῇ Γαλατίᾳ τῇ πλησιοχώρῳ προστεταγμένος, ἐπεβούλευσαν αὐτῷ.
Hearing this, Brutus marvelled; and he no longer hid anything from her, but felt strengthened himself and related to her the whole plot. 2 After this he obtained as an associate Gaius Cassius, who had also been spared by Caesar and moreover had been honoured with the praetorship; and he was the husband of Brutus's sister. Next they proceeded to get together all the others who were of the same mind as themselves and these proved to be not a few in number. There is no need to give a full list of the names, for I might thus become wearisome, but I cannot omit to mention Trebonius and Decimus Brutus, who was also called Junius and Albinus. 4 For these joined in the plot against Caesar, notwithstanding that they also had received many benefits at his hands; Decimus, in fact, had been appointed consul for the next year and had been assigned to Hither Gaul.
§ 44.15
καὶ ὀλίγου γε ἐφωράθησαν ὑπό τε τοῦ πλήθους τῶν συνειδότων, καίτοι τοῦ Καίσαρος μήτε λόγον τινὰ περὶ τοιούτου τινὸς προσδεχομένου καὶ πάνυ ἰσχυρῶς τοὺς ἐσαγγέλλοντάς τι τοιουτότροπον κολάζοντος, καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ διαμέλλειν. αἰδῶ τε γὰρ αὐτοῦ καὶ ὣς ἔχοντες, καὶ φοβούμενοι, καίπερ μηδεμιᾷ ἔτι φρουρᾷ χρωμένου, μὴ καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν ἀεί ποτε ὄντων φθαρῶσι, διῆγον, ὥστε καὶ κινδυνεῦσαι ἐλεγχθέντες ἀπολέσθαι. καὶ ἔπαθον ἂν τοῦτο, εἰ μὴ συνταχῦναι τὸ ἐπιβούλευμα καὶ ἄκοντες ἠναγκάσθησαν. λόγου γάρ τινος, εἴτʼ οὖν ἀληθοῦς εἴτε καὶ ψευδοῦς, οἷά που φιλεῖ λογοποιεῖσθαι, διελθόντος ὡς τῶν ἱερέων τῶν πεντεκαίδεκα καλουμένων διαθροούντων ὅτι ἡ Σίβυλλα εἰρηκυῖα εἴη μήποτʼ ἂν τοὺς Πάρθους ἄλλως πως πλὴν ὑπὸ βασιλέως ἁλῶναι, καὶ μελλόντων διὰ τοῦτο αὐτῶν τὴν ἐπίκλησιν ταύτην τῷ Καίσαρι δοθῆναι ἐσηγήσεσθαι, τοῦτό τε πιστεύσαντες ἀληθὲς εἶναι, καὶ ὅτι καὶ τοῖς ἄρχουσιν, ὧνπερ καὶ ὁ Βροῦτος καὶ ὁ Κάσσιος ἦν, ἡ ψῆφος ἅτε καὶ ὑπὲρ τηλικούτου βουλεύματος ἐπαχθήσοιτο, καὶ οὔτʼ ἀντειπεῖν τολμῶντες οὔτε σιωπῆσαι ὑπομένοντες, ἐπέσπευσαν τὴν ἐπιβουλὴν πρὶν καὶ ὁτιοῦν περὶ αὐτοῦ χρηματισθῆναι.
They came very near being detected for two reasons. One was the number of those who were privy to the plot, although Caesar would not receive any information about anything of the sort and punished very severely those who brought any news of the kind. 2 The second reason was their delay; for they stood in awe of him, for all their hatred of him, and kept putting the matter off, fearing, in spite of the fact that he no longer had any guard, that they might be killed by some of the men who were always with him; and thus they ran the risk of being discovered and put to death. Indeed, they would have suffered this fate had they not been forced even against their will to hasten the plot. For a report, whether true or false, got abroad, as reports will spread, that the priests known as the Quindecemviri were spreading the report that the Sibyl had said the Parthians would never be defeated in any other way than by a king, 4 and were consequently going to propose that this title be granted to Caesar. The conspirators believed this to be true, and because a vote would be demanded of the magistrates, among whom were Brutus and Cassius, owing to the importance of the measure, and they neither dared to oppose it nor would submit to remain silent, they hastened forward their plot before any business connected with the measure should come up.
§ 44.16
ἐδέδοκτο δὲ αὐτοῖς ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ τὴν ἐπιχείρησιν ποιήσασθαι. τόν τε γὰρ Καίσαρα ἥκιστα ἐνταῦθα ὑποτοποῦντά τι πείσεσθαι εὐαλωτότερον ἔσεσθαι, καὶ σφίσιν εὐπορίαν ἀσφαλῆ ξιφῶν ἐν κιβωτίοις ἀντὶ γραμματείων τινῶν ἐσκομισθέντων ὑπάρξειν, τοῦς τε ἄλλους οὐ δυνήσεσθαι, οἷά που καὶ ἀόπλους ὄντας, ἀμῦναι προσεδόκων· εἰ δʼ οὖν τις καὶ τολμήσειέ που, ἀλλὰ τοὺς γε μονομάχους, οὓς πολλοὺς ἐν τῷ Πομπηίου θεάτρῳ, πρόφασιν ὡς καὶ ὁπλομαχήσοντας, προπαρεσκευάσαντο, βοηθήσειν σφίσιν ἤλπιζον· ἐκεῖ γάρ που ἐν οἰκήματί τινι τοῦ περιστῴου συνεδρεύειν ἔμελλον. καὶ οἱ μέν, ἐπειδὴ ἡ κυρία ἧκεν, ἔς τε τὸ βουλευτήριον ἅμα ἕῳ συνελέγησαν καὶ τὸν
It had been decided by them to make the attempt in the senate, for they thought that there Caesar would least expect to be harmed in any way and would thus fall an easier victim, while they would find a safe opportunity by having swords instead of documents brought into the chamber in boxes, and the rest, being unarmed, would not be able to offer any resistance. 2 But in case any one should be so rash, they hoped at least that the gladiators, many of whom they had previously stationed in Pompey’s Theatre under the pretext that they were to contend there, would come to their aid; for these were to lie in wait somewhere there in a certain room of the peristyle. So the conspirators, when the appointed day was come, gathered in the senate-house at dawn and called for Caesar.
§ 44.17
Καίσαρα παρεκάλουν· ἐκείνῳ δὲ προέλεγον μὲν καὶ μάντεις τὴν ἐπιβουλήν, προέλεγε δὲ καὶ ὀνείρατα. ἐν γὰρ τῇ νυκτὶ ἐν ᾗ ἐσφάγη ἥ τε γυνὴ αὐτοῦ τήν τε οἰκίαν σφῶν συμπεπτωκέναι καὶ τὸν ἄνδρα συντετρῶσθαί τε ὑπό τινων καὶ ἐς τὸν κόλπον αὐτῆς καταφυγεῖν ἔδοξε, καὶ ὁ Καῖσαρ ἐπί τε τῶν νεφῶν μετέωρος αἰωρεῖσθαι καὶ τῆς τοῦ Διὸς χειρὸς ἅπτεσθαι. πρὸς δʼ ἔτι καὶ σημεῖα οὔτʼ ὀλίγα οὔτʼ ἀσθενῆ αὐτῷ ἐγένετο· τά τε γὰρ ὅπλα τὰ Ἄρεια παρʼ αὐτῷ τότε ὡς καὶ παρὰ ἀρχιερεῖ κατά τι πάτριον κείμενα ψόφον τῆς νυκτὸς πολὺν ἐποίησε, καὶ αἱ θύραι τοῦ δωματίου ἐν ᾧ ἐκάθευδεν αὐτόμαται ἀνεῴχθησαν. τά τε ἱερὰ ἃ ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς ἐθύσατο οὐδὲν αἴσιον ὑπέφηνε, καὶ οἱ ὄρνιθες διʼ ὧν ἐμαντεύετο οὐκ ἐπέτρεπον αὐτῷ ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας ἐξελθεῖν. ἤδη δέ τισι καὶ τὸ τοῦ δίφρου τοῦ ἐπιχρύσου ἐνθύμιον μετά γε τὴν σφαγὴν αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο, ὅτι αὐτὸν ὁ ὑπηρέτης βραδύνοντος τοῦ Καίσαρος ἐξεκόμισεν ἐκ τοῦ συνεδρίου, νομίσας μηκέτʼ αὐτοῦ χρείαν ἔσεσθαι.
As for him, he was warned of the plot in advance by soothsayers, and was warned also by dreams. For the night before he was slain his wife dreamed that their house had fallen in ruins and that her husband had been wounded by some men and had taken refuge in her bosom; and Caesar dreamed he was raised aloft upon the clouds and grasped the hand of Jupiter. 2 Moreover, omens not a few and not without significance came to him: the arms of Mars, at that time deposited in his house, according to ancient custom, by virtue of his position as high priest, made a great noise at night, and the doors of the chamber where he slept opened of their own accord. Moreover, the sacrifices which he offered because of these occurrences were not at all favourable, and the birds he used in divination forbade him to leave the house. Indeed, to some the incident of his golden chair seemed ominous, at least after his murder; for the attendant, when Caesar delayed his coming, had carried it out of the senate, thinking that there now would be no need of it.
§ 44.18
χρονίζοντος δʼ οὖν διὰ ταῦτα τοῦ Καίσαρος, δείσαντες οἱ συνωμόται μὴ ἀναβολῆς γενομένης (θροῦς γάρ τις διῆλθεν ὅτι οἴκοι τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην μενεἶ τό τε ἐπιβούλευμά σφισι διαπέσῃ καὶ αὐτοὶ φωραθῶσι, πέμπουσι τὸν Βροῦτον τὸν Δέκιμον, ὅπως ὡς καὶ πάνυ φίλος αὐτῷ δοκῶν εἶναι ποιήσῃ αὐτὸν ἀφικέσθαι. καὶ ὃς τά τε προταθέντα ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ φαυλίσας, καὶ τὴν γερουσίαν σφόδρα ἐπιθυμεῖν ἰδεῖν αὐτὸν εἰπών, ἔπεισε προελθεῖν. κἀν τούτῳ εἰκών τις αὐτοῦ, ἣν ἐν τοῖς προθύροις ἀνακειμένην εἶχε, κατέπεσεν ἀπὸ ταὐτομάτου καὶ συνεθραύσθη. ἀλλʼ ἔδει γὰρ αὐτὸν τότε μεταλλάξαι, οὐδὲν οὔτε τούτου ἐφρόντισε οὔτε τινὸς τὴν ἐπιβουλήν οἱ μηνύοντος ἤκουσε. καὶ βιβλίον τι παρʼ αὐτοῦ λαβών, ἐν ᾧ πάντα τὰ πρὸς τὴν ἐπίθεσιν παρεσκευασμένα ἀκριβῶς ἐνεγέγραπτο, οὐκ ἀνέγνω, νομίσας ἄλλο τι αὐτὸ τῶν οὐκ ἐπειγόντων ἔχειν. τό τε σύμπαν οὕτως ἐθάρσει ὥστε καὶ πρὸς τὸν μάντιν τὸν τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην φυλάσσεσθαί ποτε αὐτῷ προαγορεύσαντα εἰπεῖν ἐπισκώπτων “ποῦ δῆτά σου τὰ μαντεύματα; ἢ οὐχ ὁρᾷς ὅτι τε ἡ ἡμέρα ἣν ἐδεδίεις πάρεστι, καὶ ἐγὼ ζῶ;” καὶ ἐκεῖνος τοσοῦτον, ὥς φασι, μόνον ἀπεκρίνατο, ὅτι “ναὶ πάρεστιν, οὐδέπω δὲ παρελήλυθεν.”
Caesar, accordingly, was so long in coming that the conspirators feared there might be a postponement, — indeed, a rumour got abroad that he would remain at home that day, — and that their plot would thus fall through and they themselves would be detected. Therefore they sent Decimus Brutus, as one supposed to be his devoted friend, to secure his attendance. 2 This man made light of Caesar's scruples and by stating that the senate desired exceedingly to see him, persuaded him to proceed. At this an image of him, which he had set up in the vestibule, fell of its own accord and was shattered in pieces. But, since it was fated that he should die at that time, he not only paid no attention to this but would not even listen to some one who was offering him information of the plot. He received from him a little roll in which all the preparations made for the attack were accurately recorded, but did not read it, thinking it contained some indifferent matter of no pressing importance. 4 In brief, he was so confident that to the soothsayer who had once warned him to beware of that day he jestingly remarked: “Where are your prophecies now? Do you not see that the day which you feared is come and that I am alive?” And the other, they say, answered merely: “Ay, it is come but is not yet past.”
§ 44.19
ὡς δʼ οὖν ἀφίκετό ποτε πρὸς τὸ συνέδριον, Τρεβώνιος μὲν Ἀντώνιον ἔξω που ἀποδιέτριψεν. ἐβουλεύσαντο μὲν γὰρ καὶ τοῦτον τόν τε Λέπιδον ἀποκτεῖναι· φοβηθέντες δὲ μὴ καὶ ἐκ τοῦ πλήθους τῶν ἀπολομένων διαβληθῶσιν ὡς καὶ ἐπὶ δυναστείᾳ ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐπʼ ἐλευθερώσει τῆς πόλεως, ἣν προεβάλλοντο, τὸν Καίσαρα πεφονευκότες, οὐδὲ παρεῖναι τὸν Ἀντώνιον τῇ σφαγῇ αὐτοῦ ἠθέλησαν, ἐπεὶ ὅ γε Λέπιδος ἐξεστράτευτο καὶ ἐν τῷ προαστείῳ ἦν. ἐκείνῳ μὲν δὴ Τρεβώνιος διελέγετο· οἱ δὲ δὴ ἄλλοι τὸν Καίσαρα ἐν τούτῳ ἀθρόοι περιστάντες (εὐπρόσοδός τε γὰρ καὶ φιλοπροσήγορος ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα ἦνʼ οἱ μὲν ἐμυθολόγουν, οἱ δὲ ἱκέτευον δῆθεν αὐτόν, ὅπως ἥκιστά τι ὑποπτεύσῃ. ἐπεί τε ὁ καιρὸς ἐλάμβανε, προσῆλθέ τις αὐτῷ ὡς καὶ χάριν τινὰ γιγνώσκων, καὶ τὸ ἱμάτιον αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὤμου καθείλκυσε, σημεῖόν τι τοῦτο κατὰ τὸ συγκείμενον τοῖς συνωμόταις αἴρων· κἀκ τούτου προσπεσόντες αὐτῷ ἐκεῖνοι πολλαχόθεν ἅμα κατέτρωσαν αὐτόν, ὥσθʼ ὑπὸ τοῦ πλήθους αὐτῶν μήτʼ εἰπεῖν μήτε πρᾶξαί τι τὸν Καίσαρα δυνηθῆναι, ἀλλὰ συγκαλυψάμενον σφαγῆναι πολλοῖς τραύμασι. ταῦτα μὲν τἀληθέστατα· ἤδη δέ τινες καὶ ἐκεῖνο εἶπον, ὅτι πρὸς τὸν Βροῦτον ἰσχυρῶς πατάξαντα ἔφη “καὶ σύ, τέκνον;”
Now when he finally reached the senate, Trebonius kept Antony employed somewhere at a distance outside. 2 For, though they had planned to kill both him and Lepidus, they feared they might be maligned as a result of the number they destroyed, on the ground that they had slain Caesar to gain supreme power and not to set free the city, as they pretended; and therefore they did not wish Antony even to be present at the slaying. As for Lepidus, he had set out on a campaign and was in the suburbs. When Trebonius, then, talked with Antony, the rest in a body surrounded Caesar, who was as easy of access and as affable as any one could be; and some conversed with him, while others made as if to present petitions to him, so that suspicion might be as far from his mind as possible. 4 And when the right moment came, one of them approached him, as if to express his thanks for some favour or other, and pulled his toga from his shoulder, thus giving the signal that had been agreed upon by the conspirators. Thereupon they attacked him from many sides at once and wounded him to death, so that by reason of their numbers Caesar was unable to say or do anything, but veiling his face, was slain with many wounds. This is the truest account, though some have added that to Brutus, when he struck him a powerful blow, he said: “Thou, too, my son?”
§ 44.20
θορύβου δʼ οὖν πολλοῦ παρὰ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν τε ἔνδον ὄντων καὶ τῶν ἔξωθεν προσεστηκότων πρός τε τὸ αἰφνίδιον τοῦ πάθους, καὶ ὅτι ἠγνόουν τούς τε σφαγέας καὶ τὸ πλῆθος τήν τε διάνοιαν αὐτῶν, γενομένου πάντες ὡς καὶ κινδυνεύσοντες ἐταράσσοντο, καὶ αὐτοί τε ἐς φυγὴν ὥρμησαν ᾗ ἕκαστος ἐδύνατο, καὶ τοὺς προστυγχάνοντάς σφισιν ἐξέπλησσον, σαφὲς μὲν οὐδὲν λέγοντες, αὐτὰ δὲ ταῦτα μόνον βοῶντες, “φεῦγε, κλεῖε, κλεῖε.” καὶ αὐτὰ καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ παραλαμβάνοντες παρʼ ἀλλήλων ὡς ἕκαστος διεβόων, καὶ τήν τε πόλιν θρήνων ἐπλήρουν, καὶ αὐτοὶ ἔς τε τὰ ἐργαστήρια καὶ ἐς τὰς οἰκίας ἐσπίπτοντες ἀπεκρύπτοντο, καίτοι τῶν σφαγέων ἔς τε τὴν ἀγορὰν ὥσπερ εἶχον ὁρμησάντων, καὶ τοῖς τε σχήμασιν ἐνδεικνυμένων καὶ προσεκβοώντων μὴ φοβεῖσθαι. ἐκεῖνοι μὲν γὰρ τοῦτό τε ἅμα ἔλεγον καὶ τὸν Κικέρωνα συνεχῶς ἀνεκάλουν, ὁ δὲ ὅμιλος οὔτʼ ἄλλως ἐπίστευέ σφισιν ἀληθεύειν οὔτε ῥᾳδίως καθίστατο· ὀψὲ δʼ οὖν ποτε καὶ μόλις, ὡς οὔτε τις ἐφονεύετο οὔτε συνελαμβάνετο, θαρσήσαντες
A great outcry naturally arose from all the rest who were inside and also from those who were standing near by outside, both at the suddenness of the calamity and because they did not know who the assassins were, their numbers, or their purpose; and all were excited, believing themselves in danger. 2 So they not only turned to flight themselves, every man as best he could, but they also alarmed those who met them by saying nothing intelligible, but merely shouting out the words: “Run! bolt doors! bolt doors!” Then all the rest, severally taking up the cry one from another, kept shouting these words, filled the city with lamentations, and burst into the workshops and houses to hide themselves, even though the assassins hurried just as they were to the Forum, urging them both by their gestures and their shouts not to be afraid. 4 Indeed, while they were telling them this, they kept calling for Cicero; but the crowd did not believe in any case that they were sincere, and was not easily calmed. At length, however, and with difficulty, they took courage and became quiet, as no one was killed or arrested.
§ 44.21
ἡσύχασαν. καὶ συνελθόντων αὐτῶν ἐς ἐκκλησίαν πολλὰ μὲν κατὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος πολλὰ δὲ καὶ ὑπὲρ τῆς δημοκρατίας οἱ σφαγεῖς εἶπον, θαρσεῖν τέ σφας καὶ μηδὲν δεινὸν προσδέχεσθαι ἐκέλευον· οὔτε γὰρ ἐπὶ δυναστείᾳ οὔτʼ ἐπʼ ἄλλῃ πλεονεξίᾳ οὐδεμιᾷ ἀπεκτονέναι αὐτὸν ἔφασαν, ἀλλʼ ἵνʼ ἐλεύθεροί τε καὶ αὐτόνομοι ὄντες ὀρθῶς πολιτεύωνται. τοιαῦτα ἄττα εἰπόντες τοὺς μὲν πολλοὺς κατέστησαν, καὶ μάλισθʼ ὅτι οὐδένα ἠδίκουν· αὐτοὶ δὲ δὴ φοβούμενοι καὶ ὣς μή τις σφίσιν ἀντεπιβουλεύσῃ, ἀνῆλθον ἐς τὸ Καπιτώλιον ὡς καὶ τοῖς θεοῖς προσευξόμενοι, καὶ ἐκεῖ τήν τε ἡμέραν καὶ τὴν νύκτα ἐνδιέτριψαν. καὶ αὐτοῖς καὶ ἄλλοι τινὲς τῶν πρώτων ἀφʼ ἑσπέρας, τῆς μὲν ἐπιβουλῆς οὐ συμμετασχόντες, τῆς δὲ ἀπʼ αὐτῆς δόξης, ὡς καὶ ἐπαινουμένους σφᾶς ἑώρων, καὶ τῶν ἄθλων ἃ προσεδέχοντο μεταποιησόμενοι, συνεγένοντο. καὶ συνέβη γε αὐτοῖς ἐς τοὐναντίον τὸ πρᾶγμα δικαιότατα περιστῆναι· οὔτε γὰρ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ ἔργου ἅτε μηδὲν αὐτοῦ προσκοινωνήσαντες ἔλαβον, καὶ τοῦ κινδύνου τοῦ τοῖς δράσασιν αὐτὸ συμβάντος ὡς καὶ συνεπιβουλεύσαντές σφισι μετέσχον.
And when they met in the assembly, the assassins had much to say against Caesar and much in favour of democracy, and they bade the people take courage and not expect any harm. For they had killed him, they declared, not to secure power or any other advantage, but in order that they might be free and independent and be governed rightly. 2 By speaking such words they calmed the majority, especially since they injured no one. But fearing, for all that, that somebody might plot against them in turn, they themselves went up to the Capitol, in order, as they claimed, to pray to the gods, and there they spent the day and night. And at evening they were joined by some of the other prominent men, who had not, indeed, shared in the plot, but were minded, when they saw the perpetrators praised, to lay claim to the glory of it, as well as to the prizes which they expected. 4 But for them the event proved most justly the very opposite of their expectations; for they did not secure any reputation for the deed, because they had not had a hand in it in any way, but they did share the danger which came to those who committed it just as much as if they themselves had been in the plot.
§ 44.22
ἰδὼν δὲ ταῦτα ὁ Δολοβέλλας οὐδʼ αὐτὸς ἠξίου τὴν ἡσυχίαν ἄγειν, ἀλλʼ ἔς τε τὴν ὕπατον ἀρχὴν καίπερ μηδέπω οἱ προσήκουσαν ἐσῆλθε, καὶ δημηγορήσας τι περὶ τῶν παρόντων ἐς τὸ Καπιτώλιον ἀνέβη. τούτων δὲ ἐνταῦθα ὄντων, ὁ Λέπιδος μαθὼν τὰ γεγενημένα τήν τε ἀγορὰν μετὰ τῶν στρατιωτῶν τῆς νυκτὸς κατέλαβε, καὶ κατὰ τῶν σφαγέων ἅμα ἕῳ ἐδημηγόρει. ὁ οὖν Ἀντώνιος, καίτοι παραχρῆμα μετὰ τὸν τοῦ Καίσαρος θάνατον φυγὼν καὶ τήν τε ἐσθῆτα τὴν ἀρχικήν, ὅπως διαλάθῃ, ῥίψας καὶ τὴν νύκτα κρυφθείς, ὅμως ἐπειδὴ τούς τε σφαγέας ἐν τῷ Καπιτωλίῳ καὶ τὸν Λέπιδον ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ ὄντα ᾔσθετο, τήν τε γερουσίαν ἐς τὸ τῆς Γῆς τέμενος ἤθροισε καὶ γνώμας ὑπὲρ τῶν παρόντων προέθηκε. καὶ εἶπον ἄλλοι τε ἄλλα, ὡς ἕκαστος αὐτῶν ἐγίγνωσκε, καὶ ὁ Κικέρων τάδε, οἷσπερ καὶ ἐπείσθησαν·
Seeing this, Dolabella likewise thought it incumbent on him not to keep quiet, but entered upon the office of consul, even though it did not yet belong to him, and after making a short speech to the people on the situation ascended to the Capitol. 2 While affairs were in this state Lepidus, learning what had taken place, occupied the Forum by night with his soldiers and at dawn delivered a speech against the assassins. As to Antony, although he had fled immediately after Caesar's death, casting away his robe of office in order to escape notice and concealing himself through the night, yet when he ascertained that the assassins were on the Capitol and Lepidus in the Forum, he assembled the senate in the precinct of Tellus and brought forward the business of the hour for deliberation. When some had said one thing and some another, according to what was in their thoughts, Cicero, whose advice they actually followed, spoke to this effect:
§ 44.23
“ἀεὶ μὲν ἔγωγε οἶμαι χρῆναι μηδένα μηδὲν μήτε πρὸς χάριν μήτε πρὸς φιλονεικίαν λέγειν, ἀλλʼ ὃ βέλτιστον ἕκαστος εἶναι νομίζει, τοῦτʼ ἀποφαίνεσθαι. δεινὸν γὰρ εἰ τοὺς μὲν στρατηγοῦντας τούς θʼ ὑπατεύοντας πάντα ἀπὸ ὀρθῆς τῆς διανοίας ποιεῖν ἀξιώσομεν, κἂν ἄρα πως σφαλῶσιν, εὐθύνας παρʼ αὐτῶν καὶ τῆς τύχης ἀπαιτήσομεν, ἐν δὲ δὴ τῷ βουλεύεσθαι, ἐν ᾧ κυριώτατοι τῆς ἡμετέρας αὐτῶν γνώμης ἐσμέν, τὰ κοινῇ συμφέροντα τῶν ἰδίων ἕνεκα πλεονεξιῶν προησόμεθα. ἀεὶ μὲν δὴ διὰ ταῦτα, ὦ πατέρες, πάντα ἁπλῶς καὶ δικαίως ἡγοῦμαι δεῖν ἡμᾶς συμβουλεύειν ὑμῖν, μάλιστα δὲ ἐν τοῖς παροῦσι πράγμασιν, ἐν οἷς ἂν μὲν μηδὲν πολυπραγμονήσαντες ὁμονοήσωμεν, αὐτοί τε σωθησόμεθα καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἅπαντας περιποιήσομεν, ἂν δʼ ἀκριβῶς πάντα ἐξετάσαι ἐθελήσωμεν, δέδοικα μὴ κακῶς — δυσχερὲς δʼ οὐδὲν ἀρχόμενος τῶν λόγων
“No one ought ever, I think, to say anything either out of favour or out of spite, but every one ought to declare what he believes to be the best. 2 We demand that those serving as praetors or consuls shall do everything from upright motives, and if they make any errors, we demand an accounting from them even for their misfortune; how absurd, then, if in discussion, where we are complete masters of our own opinion, we shall sacrifice the general welfare to our private interests! For this reason, Conscript Fathers, I have always thought that we ought to advise you with sincerity and justice on all matters, but especially in the present circumstances, when, if without being over-inquisitive we come to an agreement, we shall both be preserved ourselves and enable all the rest to survive, whereas, if we wish to inquire into everything minutely, I fear that ill — but at very opening of my remarks I do not wish to say anything that might offend.
§ 44.24
εἰπεῖν βούλομαι. πρότερον μὲν γάρ, οὐκ ὀλίγος ἐξ οὗ χρόνος, οἱ τὰ ὅπλα ἔχοντες καὶ τῆς πολιτείας ἐγκρατεῖς ὡς τὸ πολὺ ἐγίγνοντο, ὥστʼ αὐτοὺς ὅ τι δεῖ βουλεύειν ὑμῖν ἐπιτάττειν, ἀλλʼ οὐχ ὑμᾶς ὅ τι χρὴ πράττειν ἐκείνους προσκοπεῖν· νῦν δʼ ἐς τοῦτο καιροῦ πάνθʼ ὡς εἰπεῖν τὰ πράγματα πάρεστιν ὥστε ἐφʼ ὑμῖν τε αὐτὰ εἶναι καὶ ἐς ὑμᾶς ἀνακεῖσθαι, καὶ παρʼ ὑμῶν ἤτοι τὴν ὁμόνοιαν καὶ μετὰ ταύτης τὴν ἐλευθερίαν, ἢ στάσεις καὶ πολέμους ἐμφυλίους αὖθις καὶ ἀπʼ αὐτῶν καὶ δεσπότην λαβεῖν. ὅ τι γὰρ ἂν τήμερον ψηφίσησθε, τούτῳ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι πάντες ἀκολουθήσουσι. τούτων οὖν οὕτως, ὥς γε ἐμαυτὸν πείθω, ἐχόντων φημὶ δεῖν ἡμᾶς τὰς μὲν πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἔχθρας ἢ φιλονεικίας, ἢ ὅπως ἄν τις αὐτὰς ὀνομάσῃ, καταλύσασθαι. πρὸς δὲ δὴ τὴν παλαιὰν ἐκείνην εἰρήνην καὶ φιλίαν καὶ ὁμόνοιαν ἐπανελθεῖν, ἐνθυμηθέντας τοῦτό γε, εἰ μηδὲν ἄλλο, ὅτι τέως μὲν ἐκείνως ἐπολιτευόμεθα, καὶ χώρας καὶ πλούτους καὶ δόξαν καὶ συμμάχους ἐκτησάμεθα, ἀφʼ οὗ δὲ ἐς τὰ πρὸς ἀλλήλους κακὰ προήχθημεν, οὐχ ὅσον οὐκ ἀμείνους ἀλλὰ καὶ πολὺ χείρους ἐγενόμεθα. καὶ ἔγωγε τοσούτου δέω νομίζειν ἄλλο τι σῶσαι ἂν ἐν τῷ παρόντι τὴν πόλιν, ὥστʼ ἂν μή τι τήμερον καὶ ἤδη γε ὅτι τάχιστα προβουλεύσωμεν, οὐδʼ ἀναλαβεῖν δυνησόμεθα.
Formerly, not very long ago, those who had the arms usually also got control of the government and consequently issued orders to you as to the subjects on which you were to deliberate, instead of your determining what it was their business to do. 2 But now practically everything is at such an opportune point that matters are in your hands and depend upon you; and from yourselves you may obtain either harmony and with it liberty, or seditions and civil wars once more and a master at the close of them. For whatever you decide on to-day, all the rest of the citizens will follow. This being the state of the case, as I am convinced, I declare that we ought to give up our mutual enmities, or jealousies, or whatever name should be applied to them, and return to that old-time state of peace and friendship and harmony. 4 For you should remember this, if nothing else, that so long as we have conducted our government in that way we acquire lands, riches, glory, and allies, but ever since we were led into injuring one another, so far from becoming better off, we have become decidedly worse off. Now I am so firmly convinced that nothing else at present can save the city that if we do not to-day, at once, with all possible speed, adopt some policy, I believe we shall never be able to regain our position at all.
§ 44.25
σκοπεῖτε δὲ ὡς ἀληθῆ λέγω, πρός τε τὰ παρόντα ἀπιδόντες καὶ τὰ ἀρχαῖα ἀναλογισάμενοι. ἦ οὐχ ὁρᾶτε μὲν τὰ γιγνόμενα, καὶ ὅτι διαιρεῖταί τε καὶ περισπᾶται ὁ δῆμος αὖθις, καὶ οἱ μὲν ταῦτα οἱ δὲ ἐκεῖνα προαιρούμενοι διχῇ τε ἤδη νενέμηνται καὶ διχῇ στρατοπεδεύονται, καὶ οἱ μὲν τὸ Καπιτώλιον προκατειλήφασιν ὥσπερ τινὰς Γαλάτας φοβούμενοι, οἱ δὲ ἐκ τῆς ἀγορᾶς πολιορκεῖν αὐτοὺς παρασκευάζονται καθάπερ Καρχηδόνιοί τινες ἀλλʼ οὐ Ῥωμαῖοι καὶ αὐτοὶ ὄντες; οὐκ ἀκούετε δὲ ὅτι καὶ πρότερον πολλάκις διχογνωμονησάντων τινῶν ὥστε καὶ τὸν Ἀουεντῖνόν ποτε καὶ τὸ Καπιτώλιον, ἔστι δʼ οὓς αὐτῶν καὶ τὸ ἱερὸν ὄρος κατασχεῖν, ὁσάκις μὲν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἴσοις, ἢ καὶ βραχύ τι συγχωρήσαντες οἱ ἕτεροι τοῖς ἑτέροις, κατηλλάγησαν, μισοῦντές τε ἀλλήλους εὐθὺς ἐπαύσαντο, καὶ ἐν εἰρήνῃ καὶ ὁμονοίᾳ τὸ λοιπὸν τοῦ χρόνου διήγαγον οὕτως ὥστε καὶ πολλοὺς καὶ μεγάλους πολέμους κοινῇ κατορθῶσαι· ὁσάκις δὲ δὴ πρὸς φόνους καὶ σφαγὰς ἐχώρησαν, οἱ μὲν δικαιώσει τοῦ ἀμύνεσθαι τοὺς προϋπάρξαντας, οἱ δὲ καὶ φιλονεικίᾳ τοῦ μηδενὸς ἐλασσοῦσθαι δοκεῖν ἀπατηθέντες, οὐδὲν πώποτε χρηστὸν ἐγένετο; τί γὰρ δεῖ πρὸς οὐδὲν ἧττον ὑμᾶς εἰδότας τὸν Οὐαλέριον, τὸν Ὁράτιον, τὸν Σατορνῖνον, τὸν Γλαυκίαν, τοὺς Γράκχους λέγοντα διατρίβειν; τοιαῦτʼ οὖν παραδείγματα, καὶ ταῦτα οὐκ ἀλλότρια ἀλλʼ οἰκεῖα ἔχοντες, μὴ μελλήσητε τὰ μὲν ζηλῶσαι τὰ δὲ φυλάξασθαι, ἀλλʼ ἅτε ἀπʼ αὐτῶν τῶν πραγμάτων τὴν πεῖραν τῆς ἐκβάσεως ὧν βουλεύεσθε προειληφότες, μηκέτι τοὺς ἐμοὺς λόγους ὡς καὶ ῥήματα διασκοπεῖτε, ἀλλὰ τὰ τῷ κοινῷ διαφέροντα ὡς καὶ ἐν τῷ ἔργῳ ἤδη ὄντα θεωρεῖτε. οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀσαφεῖ τινι ἐνθυμήσει τἀφανὲς τῆς ἐλπίδος ἀναρρίψετε, ἀλλʼ ἐχεγγύῳ πίστει τὸ βέβαιον τοῦ λογισμοῦ προνοήσετε.
”That you may see, now, that I am speaking the truth, look at present conditions and then consider our position in olden times. Do you not see what is taking place — that the people are again being divided and torn asunder and that, with some choosing this side and some that, they have already fallen into two parties and two camps, 2 and that the one side seized the Capitol as if they feared the Gauls or somebody, while the others with headquarters in the Forum are preparing, as if they were so many Carthaginians and not Romans, to besiege them? Have you not heard how, though formerly citizens often quarrelled, even to the extent of occupying the Aventine once, and the Capitol, and some of them the Sacred Mount, yet as often as they were reconciled on fair terms, or by yielding a little one to the other, they at once stopped hating one another, 4 and lived the rest of their lives in such peace and harmony that together they carried through successfully many great wars? And how, on the other hand, as often as they had recourse to murders and bloodshed, the one side deluded by the plea of defending themselves against aggression, and the other side by an ambition to appear to be inferior to none, no good ever came of it? Why need I waste time by reciting to you, who know them equally well, the names of Valerius, Horatius, Saturninus, Glauca, the Gracchi? With such examples before you, examples chosen not from foreign countries but from your own, 6 do not hesitate to imitate the right course and to guard against the wrong, but in the conviction that you have already had in the events themselves a proof of the outcome of the plans you are now making, do not any longer look upon what I say as mere words, but consider that the interests of the state are already involved. For thus you will not be led by any vague notion to put to the hazard your hopes, doubtful at best, but will foresee with justifiable confidence the certainty of your calculations.
§ 44.26
ὑπάρχει μὲν οὖν ὑμῖν τοῦθʼ, ὅπερ εἶπον, οἴκοθεν καὶ παρὰ τῶν προγόνων λαβοῦσιν ὀρθῶς βουλεύσασθαι· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐδὲ ξενικοῖς παραδείγμασι χρῆσθαι ἠθέλησα, μυρία ἂν εἰπεῖν ἔχων. ἓν δʼ οὖν ὅμως τῆς ἀρίστης καὶ ἀρχαιοτάτης πόλεως, παρʼ ἧς οὐδʼ οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν ἐπάγεσθαί τινας νόμους ἀπηξίωσαν, παρέξομαι· καὶ γὰρ αἰσχρὸν ἂν εἴη τοσοῦτον ἡμᾶς καὶ τῇ ῥώμῃ καὶ τῇ γνώμῃ τῶν Ἀθηναίων ὑπερέχοντας χεῖρον αὐτῶν βουλεύεσθαι. ἐκεῖνοι τοίνυν (λέγω δὲ ὃ πάντες ἴστἐ στασιάσαντές ποτε, καὶ ἐκ τούτου καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων καταπολεμηθέντες καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν δυνατωτέρων πολιτῶν τυραννηθέντες, οὐ πρότερον ἀπηλλάγησαν τῶν κακῶν πρὶν συνθέσθαι καὶ διομολογήσασθαι τῶν τε συμβεβηκότων σφίσι, πολλῶν που καὶ δεινῶν ὄντων, ἐπιλήσεσθαι, καὶ μηδὲν τὸ παράπαν ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν μήτε ἐγκαλέσειν ποτὲ μήτε μνησικακήσειν τινί. τοιγάρτοι σωφρονήσαντες οὕτως οὐχ ὅτι τυραννούμενοι καὶ στασιάζοντες ἐπαύσαντο, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις πᾶσιν εὐθένησαν καὶ τήν τε πόλιν ἀνεκτήσαντο καὶ τῆς τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἀρχῆς ἀντεποιήσαντο, καὶ τέλος κύριοι καὶ σῶσαι καὶ ἀπολέσαι καὶ τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίους αὐτοὺς καὶ τοὺς Θηβαίους πολλάκις ἐγένοντο. καίτοι εἰ ἠθελήκεσαν ἐκεῖνοι οἱ τὴν Φυλὴν καταλαβόντες καὶ ἐκ τοῦ Πειραιῶς κατελθόντες τιμωρήσασθαι τοὺς ἐκ τοῦ ἄστεως ὑπὲρ ὧν ἠδίκηντο, εὔλογον μὲν ἂν πρᾶγμα πεποιηκέναι ἐδεδόχεσαν, πολλὰ δʼ ἂν καὶ ἐδεδράκεσαν κακὰ καὶ ἐπεπόνθεσαν. ὥσπερ γὰρ κρείττους αὐτῶν παρὰ τὴν ἐλπίδα ἐγένοντο, τάχʼ ἄν τι καὶ ἠλαττώθησαν αὖθις.
“It is in your power, then, if you will receive this evidence that I mentioned from your own land and your own ancestors, to decide rightly; and that is why I did not wish to cite examples from abroad, though I might have mentioned countless such. One example, however, will offer from the best and most ancient city, from which even our fathers did not disdain to introduce certain laws; 2 for it would be disgraceful for us, who so far surpass the Athenians in might and intelligence, to deliberate less wisely than they. Now they were once at variance among themselves, as you all know, and as a result were overcome in war by the Lacedaemonians and were subjected to a tyranny of the more powerful citizens; and they did not obtain a respite from their ills until they made a compact and agreement to forget their past injuries, though these were many and severe, and never to bring any accusation whatever or bear any malice against any one because of them. 4 Accordingly, when they had thus come to their senses, they not only ceased being subject to tyrannies and seditions, but flourished in every way, regaining their city, laying claim to the sovereignty of the Greeks, and finally gaining the authority, as often happened, to save or destroy the Lacedaemonians themselves and also the Thebans. And yet, if the men who seized Phyle and returned from the Peiraeus had chosen to take vengeance on the city party for the wrongs they had suffered, while they would, to be sure, have been thought to have performed a justifiable action, yet they would have suffered, as well as caused, many evils. 6 For just as they exceeded their hopes by defeating their foes, they might perhaps in turn have been unexpectedly worsted.
§ 44.27
οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις βέβαιον οὐδέν, οὐδʼ ἐξ ὧν ἰσχύει τις, πρὸς ἐπικράτησιν, ἀλλὰ πάμπολλοι μὲν θαρσοῦντες ἔπταισαν, πάμπολλοι δὲ ζητοῦντες ἀμύνασθαί τινα προσαπώλοντο. οὔτε γὰρ τὸ πλεονεκτούμενον ἔν τινι πάντως εὐτυχεῖ, διότι καὶ ἀδικεῖται, οὔτε τὸ δυνάμει προῦχον πάντως κατορθοῖ, διότι καὶ προήκει, ἀλλʼ ἀμφότερα ἀπὸ τῆς ἴσης καὶ τῷ παραλόγῳ τοῦ ἀνθρωπίνου καὶ τῷ ἀσταθμήτῳ τῆς τύχης ὑποκείμενα, καὶ τὴν ῥοπὴν πολλάκις οὐ πρὸς τὸ σφέτερον εὔελπι ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸ ἐκείνων ἀδόκητον λαμβάνει. ὅθεν ἔκ τε τούτων καὶ ἐκ τῆς φιλονεικίας (δεινὸν γάρ ἐστιν ἄνθρωπος ἀδικηθεὶς ἢ νομίσας γε ἀδικεῖσθαι ὑπὲρ δύναμιν θρασύνασθαἰ καὶ πολλοὶ πολλάκις καὶ παρὰ τὴν ἰσχὺν ἐπαίρονται διακινδυνεύειν ὡς καὶ κρατήσοντες ἢ οὔτι γε καὶ ἀναιμωτὶ διολούμενοι, καὶ οὕτω τὰ μὲν νικῶντες τὰ δὲ ἡττώμενοι, καὶ τοτὲ μὲν ἀντεπικρατοῦντες ἄλλων τοτὲ δὲ ἀντελαττούμενοι, οἱ μὲν πασσυδὶ συναπόλλυνται, οἱ δὲ τήν τε Καδμείαν λεγομένην νίκην νικῶσιν, καὶ ἐν τῷ χρόνῳ, ὅτʼ οὐδὲν ὄφελός ἐστιν, αἰσθάνονται ὅτι κακῶς ἐβουλεύσαντο.
Indeed, in such matters there is no certainty with regard to victory, even as a result of one's power, but vast numbers who are confident fail and vast numbers who seek to take vengeance upon others perish at the same time themselves. 2 For the one who is overreached in any transaction is not bound to be fortunate just because he is wronged, nor is the one who has the greater power bound to be successful just because he surpasses, but both are equally subject to the perversity of human affairs and to the instability of fortune, and the turn of the scale often corresponds, not to their own hopefulness, but to the unexpected play of these other factors. As a result of this and of rivalry (for man is very prone when wronged or believing himself wronged to be bold beyond his power) many are frequently encouraged to incur dangers even beyond their strength, with the idea that they will conquer or at least will not perish unavenged. 4 So it is that, now conquering and now defeated, sometimes triumphing in turn and in turn succumbing, some perish utterly, while others gain a Cadmean victory, as the saying goes; and at a time when the knowledge can avail them nothing they perceive that they planned unwisely.
§ 44.28
καὶ ὅτι ταῦθʼ οὕτως ἔχει, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἔργῳ μεμαθήκατε. σκοπεῖτε δέ· ἴσχυσέ τινα χρόνον ἐν τοῖς στασιωτικοῖς ὁ Μάριος, εἶτʼ ἐκπεσὼν καὶ δύναμιν ἀθροίσας ἴστε οἷα εἰργάσατο. ὁμοίως ὁ Σύλλας, ἵνα μὴ τὸν Κίνναν μηδὲ τὸν Στράβωνα μηδὲ τοὺς ἄλλους τοὺς διὰ μέσου καταλέγω, δυνηθεὶς τὴν πρώτην, εἶτʼ ἐλαττωθείς, ἔπειτα δυναστεύσας οὐδὲν ὅ τι οὐχὶ τῶν δεινοτάτων ἔπραξε. τί γὰρ δεῖ τὸν Μάριον τὸν δεύτερον ἢ τὸν Κίνναν ἐκεῖνον αὐτὸν ἢ τὸν Κάρβωνα ὀνομάζειν; μετὰ ταῦτα Λέπιδος ἰδίαν τέ τινα, ὡς δὴ καὶ τούτοις ἐπεξιών, στάσιν ἤγειρε, καὶ πᾶσαν ὀλίγου τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἐτάραξεν. ὡς δʼ ἀπηλλάγημέν ποτε καὶ τούτου, μέμνησθε ὅσα αὖ καὶ οἷα πρός τε τοῦ Σερτωρίου καὶ πρὸς τῶν ἄλλων τῶν μετʼ αὐτοῦ φυγόντων ἐπάθομεν. τί δʼ ὁ Πομπήιος, τί δʼ ὁ Καῖσαρ αὐτὸς οὗτος; ἵνα μηδὲν ἐνταῦθα μήτε τοῦ Κατιλίνου μήτε τοῦ Κλωδίου μνημονεύσω. οὐ πρότερον μὲν ἐπολέμησαν ἀλλήλοις, καὶ ταῦτα συγγενεῖς ὄντες, ἔπειτα μυρίων κακῶν οὐ μόνον τὴν πόλιν ἡμῶν ἢ καὶ τὴν λοιπὴν Ἰταλίαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πᾶσαν ὡς εἰπεῖν τὴν οἰκουμένην ἀνέπλησαν; ἆρʼ οὖν μετά τε τὸν τοῦ Πομπηίου θάνατον καὶ τὸν πολὺν ἐκεῖνον τῶν πολιτῶν ὄλεθρον ἡσυχία τις ἐγένετο; πόθεν; πολλοῦ γε καὶ δεῖ. οἶδε δὲ ἡ Ἀφρική, οἶδεν ἡ Ἰβηρία τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἑκατέρωθι ἀπολομένων. τί οὖν; ἐπί γε τούτοις εἰρηνήσαμεν; καὶ πῶς; ὁπότε κεῖται μὲν αὐτὸς ὁ Καῖσαρ οὕτω σφαγείς, κατέχεται δὲ τὸ Καπιτώλιον, καὶ πεπλήρωται μὲν ἡ ἀγορὰ τῶν ὅπλων, πεπλήρωται δὲ καὶ πᾶσα
”That this is true you also have learned by experience. Consider a moment: Marius for a time was strong amid civil strife; then he was driven out, collected a force, and accomplished — you know what. Likewise Sulla, — not to speak of Cinna or Strabo or the rest who came between, — powerful at first, later defeated, finally making himself master, was guilty of every possible cruelty. And why name the second Marius, or even that same Cinna, or Carbo? 2 After that Lepidus, ostensibly with the purpose of punishing these men, got together a faction of his own and stirred up almost all Italy. When we at last got rid of him, too, remember what we suffered from Sertorius and from his fellow-exiles. When did Pompey, what did this Caesar himself do, to make no mention here of Catiline or Clodius? Did they not afterwards fight against each other, and that in spite of their relationship, and then fill with countless evils to our own city or even the rest of Italy, but practically the entire world? 4 Well then, after Pompey's death and that great slaughter of the citizens, did any quiet appear? By no means. How could it? Africa knows, Spain knows, the multitudes who perished in each of those lands. What then? Did we have peace after this? Peace, when Caesar himself lies slain in this fashion, when the Capitol is occupied, when the Forum is filled with arms and the whole city with fear?
§ 44.29
ἡ πόλις τοῦ φόβου. οὕτως ἐπειδὰν ἄρξωνταί τινες στασιάζειν, καὶ τὰ βίαια ἀεὶ τοῖς βιαίοις ἀμύνεσθαι ζητῶσι, καὶ τὰς τιμωρίας μήτε πρὸς τὸ ἐπιεικὲς μήτε πρὸς τὸ ἀνθρώπινον ἀλλὰ πρός τε τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν καὶ τὴν ἐξουσίαν τὴν ἐκ τῶν ὅπλων ποιῶνται, κύκλος τις ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἀεὶ τῶν κακῶν γίγνεται καὶ ἀνταπόδοσις ἐκ διαδοχῆς τῶν δεινῶν συμβαίνει. τό τε γὰρ εὐτυχῆσαν ὕβρει τε πλεονάζει καὶ οὐδένα ὅρον τῆς πλεονεξίας ποιεῖται, καὶ τὸ πταῖσαν ὀργῇ τῆς συμφορᾶς, ἄν γε μὴ παραχρῆμα ἀπόληται, ἀντιτιμωρήσασθαι τὸν ἀδικήσαντα ἐπιθυμεῖ μέχρις ἂν τὸν θυμὸν ἐκπλήσῃ. καὶ αὐτοῖς καὶ τὸ λοιπὸν πλῆθος, κἂν μὴ συμμετάσχῃ τῶν πραγμάτων, ἀλλὰ τότε γε τῷ τε ἐλέῳ τοῦ νενικημένου καὶ τῷ φθόνῳ τοῦ κεκρατηκότος, δεῖσάν τε ἅμα μὴ καὶ τὰ αὐτὰ ἐκείνῳ πάθῃ, καὶ ἐλπίσαν τὰ αὐτὰ τούτῳ δράσειν, συναίρεται. καὶ οὕτω καὶ τὰ μέσα τῶν πολιτῶν στασιάζειν προάγεται, καὶ ἄλλοι τε ἐπʼ ἄλλοις τὸ κακόν, προφάσει τιμωρίας τῶν ἀεὶ ἐλαττουμένων, ὥσπερ τι ἔννομον καὶ ἐγκύκλιον πρᾶγμα, ἀνταμυνόμενοι διαδέχονται, καὶ αὐτοὶ μὲν ὡς ἕκαστοι ἀπαλλάσσουσι, τὸ δὲ δὴ κοινὸν ἐξ
In this way, when men begin sedition and seek ever to repay violence with violence and inflict vengeance without regard to decency or humanity, but according to their desires and the power that arms give them, there necessarily occurs each time a kind of cycle of ills, and alternate requitals of outrages take place. 2 For the fortunate side abounds in insolence and sets no limit to its greed, and the defeated side, if it does not perish immediately, rages at its misfortune and is eager to take vengeance on the oppressor, until it sates its wrath. And the remaining multitude, also, even though it has not taken sides, now through pity for the vanquished and envy of the victorious side coöperates with the oppressed, fearing that it may itself suffer the same evils as the one party, and hoping also that it may cause the same evils as the other. 4 Thus the citizens who have remained neutral are brought into the dispute, and one class after another, on the pretext of avenging the side which is for the moment at a disadvantage, takes up the sorry business of reprisals as if it were a legitimate, everyday affair; and while individually they escape, they ruin the state in every way.
§ 44.30
ἅπαντος τρόπου φθείρουσιν. ἢ οὐχ ὁρᾶτε πόσον μὲν χρόνον κατατετρίμμεθα πολεμοῦντες ἀλλήλοις, ὅσα δὲ καὶ οἷα ἐν αὐτῷ πεπόνθαμεν, καὶ ὅ γε ἔτι τούτου δεινότερόν ἐστι, καὶ δεδράκαμεν; καὶ τίς ἂν ἀριθμῆσαι δύναιτο τὸ πλῆθος τῶν χρημάτων ἃ τούς τε συμμάχους περιδύοντες καὶ τοὺς θεοὺς περισυλῶντες, καὶ προσέτι καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐξ ὧν οὐκ εἴχομεν συνεσφέροντες, ἐπʼ ἀλλήλοις δεδαπανήμεθα; τίς τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῶν ἀπολωλότων, οὐχ ὅτι τῶν ἄλλων, ἐπεὶ τοῦτό γʼ ἀνεξεύρετόν ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἱππέων καὶ τῶν βουλευτῶν, ὧν εἷς ἕκαστος καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν πόλιν ἐν τοῖς ὀθνείοις πολέμοις σῶσαι καὶ ζῶν καὶ ἀποθανὼν ἐδύνατο; πόσοι μὲν γὰρ Κούρτιοι, πόσοι δὲ Δέκιοι Φάβιοι Γράκχοι Μάρκελλοι Σκιπίωνες τεθνήκασιν; οὐ μὰ Δίʼ οὐχ ἵνα Σαυνίτας ἢ Λατίνους ἢ Ἴβηρας ἢ Καρχηδονίους ἀμύνωνται, ἀλλʼ ἵνα καὶ αὐτοὶ προσαπόλωνται. καὶ τῶν μὲν ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις τετελευτηκότων, εἰ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα καὶ ἐκείνων ὀδύραιτο ἄν τις, ἀλλʼ ἧττόν γε ἄξιόν ἐστιν ὀλοφύρασθαι· ἔς τε γὰρ τὰς μάχας ἐθελονταί, εἴγε ἐθελοντὰς τοὺς ἀναγκασθέντας φόβῳ καλεῖν δεῖ, ἦλθον, καὶ θάνατον εἰ καὶ ἄδικον ἀλλὰ ἀνδρεῖόν γε ὑπέμειναν, ἔν τε ἀγῶνι ἰσοπαλεῖ καὶ ἐν ἐλπίδι τοῦ κἂν περιγενέσθαι καὶ κρατῆσαι ἔπεσον ἀναισθήτως. τοὺς δὲ ἔν τε ταῖς οἰκίαις καὶ ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς τῇ τε ἀγορᾷ τῷ τε βουλευτηρίῳ αὐτῷ τῷ τε Καπιτωλίῳ αὐτῷ βιαίως, οὐχ ὅπως ἄνδρας ἀλλὰ καὶ γυναῖκας, οὐχ ὅπως ἀκμάζοντας ἀλλὰ καὶ γέροντας καὶ παῖδας, οἰκτρῶς ἐξολωλότας πῶς ἄν τις κατʼ ἀξίαν θρηνήσειε; καὶ ταῦτα μέντοι τοιαῦτα καὶ τοσαῦτα οἷα καὶ ὅσα οὔτʼ αὐτοί ποτε πρὸς πάντων ἅμα τῶν πολεμίων ἐπάθομεν οὔτε ἐκείνους ἐδράσαμεν, διατιθέντες ἀλλήλους οὐχ ὅσον οὐκ ἀχθόμεθα, οὐδʼ ἀπαλλαγῆναί ποτε αὐτῶν ἀνδρικῶς ἐθέλομεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ χαίρομεν καὶ ἑορτάζομεν καὶ εὐεργέτας τοὺς ποιοῦντας οῦντας αὐτὰ ὀνομάζομεν· καίτοι ἔγωγε οὐδʼ ἀνθρώπινόν τινα βίον ἡγοῦμαι τοῦτον ἡμᾶς βεβιωκέναι, ἀλλά τινων θηρίων, ἃ διʼ ἀλλήλων φθείρεται.
Or do you not see how much time we have wasted in fighting one another, how many great evils we have meanwhile endured, and, what is worse than this, inflicted? 2 And who could count the vast amount of money of which we have stripped our allies and robbed the gods and moreover have even contributed ourselves from what we did not possess, only to expend it against one another? Or who could number the multitude of men who have been lost, not only of ordinary persons (for that is beyond computation) but of knights and senators, each one of whom was able in foreign wars to preserve the whole city by his life or by his death? 4 How many Curtii, how many Decii, Fabii, Gracchi, Marcelli, and Scipios have been killed? And not, by Jupiter, to repel Samnites or Latins or Spaniards or Carthaginians, but to kill citizens (?) and to perish also themselves. As for those who have died under arms, no matter how much we may mourn their loss, yet there is less reason to lament in their case. For they entered their battles as volunteers (if it is proper to call by the name of volunteers men compelled by fear), and they met a death which, even if uncalled for, was at least a brave one; in an equal struggle and in the hope that they might really survive and conquer they fell without suffering. 6 But how can one mourn as they deserve those who have perished miserably in their homes, in the streets, in the Forum, in the very senate-chamber, on the very Capitol, all by violence — not only men, but women, too, not only those in their prime, but also old men and children? And yet, while subjecting one another to so many and so terrible reprisals as all our enemies put together never inflicted upon us nor we upon them, so far from loathing such acts and manfully wishing to have done with them, we even rejoice and hold festivals and term those who are guilty of them benefactors. 8 Verily, I do not regard this life that we have been leading as human; it is rather that of wild beasts which are destroyed by one another.
§ 44.31
καὶ τὰ μὲν ἤδη συμβεβηκότα τί ἂν ἐπὶ πλέον ὀδυραίμεθα; οὐ γάρ που καὶ ἀγένητα ἂν αὐτὰ ποιησαίμεθα· τῶν δὲ δὴ μελλόντων προϊδώμεθα· διὰ γὰρ ταῦτα καὶ ἐκείνων ἐμνημόνευσα, οὐχ ἵνα τὰς κοινὰς συμφοράς, ἅς γε μηδὲ γενέσθαι ὤφελε, καταλέξω, ἀλλʼ ἵνʼ ὑμᾶς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀναπείσω τὰ γοῦν λοιπὰ διασῶσαι· τοῦτο γὰρ ἄν τις μόνον τῶν κακῶν ἀπόναιτο, τὸ μηδὲν αὖθις ὅμοιόν σφισι παθεῖν φυλάξασθαι. ἔξεστι δὲ τοῦθʼ ὑμῖν ἐν τῷ παρόντι μάλιστα ποιῆσαι, ἕως ἔτι τὸ δεινὸν ἄρχεται καὶ οὔτε πολλοί πω συνεστήκασιν, οἵ τε κεκινημένοι οὔτε πεπλεονεκτήκασιν ἀπʼ ἀλλήλων οὔτʼ ἠλάττωνται, ὥστʼ ἢ ἐλπίδι τοῦ κρείττονος ἢ ὀργῇ τοῦ καταδεεστέρου καὶ παρὰ τὸ συμφέρον σφίσιν ἀπερισκέπτως κινδυνεῦσαι προαχθῆναι. καὶ τοῦτο μέντοι τηλικοῦτο ὂν κατορθώσετε μήτε πόνον τινὰ πονήσαντες μήτε κινδυνεύσαντες, μὴ χρήματα ἀναλώσαντες, μὴ σφαγὰς ποιήσαντες, ἀλλʼ αὐτὸ τοῦτο μόνον ψηφισάμενοι,
“Yet why should we lament further what is already past? We cannot now prevent its having happened. Let us rather provide for the future. 2 This, indeed, is the reason why I have been recalling former events, not for the purpose of giving a list of our public calamities (would to Heaven they had never occurred!) but that by means of them I might persuade you to save at least what is left. For this is the only benefit one can derive from evils, to guard against having ever again to suffer their like. And this is within your power especially at the present moment, while the danger is just beginning, while not many have yet united, and while those who have been stirred to action have gained no advantage over one another nor suffered any set-back, that they should be led by hope of their superiority or anger at their inferiority to incur danger heedlessly and contrary to their own interests. 4 Great as this task is, however, you will deal with it successfully without incurring any hardship or danger, without spending money or causing bloodshed, but simply by voting this one thing, to bear no malice against one another.
§ 44.32
μὴ μνησικακεῖν ἀλλήλοις. εἰ γάρ τοί τινα καὶ ἡμάρτηταί τισιν, ἀλλʼ οὔτι γε καιρός ἐστιν οὔτε πολυπραγμονῆσαι αὐτὰ οὔτε ἐξελέγξαι οὔτε τιμωρήσασθαι. οὐδὲ γὰρ δικάζετέ τισιν ἐν τῷ παρόντι, ὥστε τὸ πάνυ ἀκριβὲς δίκαιον ζητηθῆναι δεῖν, ἀλλὰ βουλεύεσθε περὶ τῶν ἐνεστηκότων, ὅπως ὡς ἀσφαλέστατα καταστῇ. τοῦτο δὲ οὐκ ἂν ὑπάρξειεν ἡμῖν, εἰ μή τι παρίδοιμεν, ὥσπερ που καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν παίδων ποιεῖν εἰώθαμεν. οὔτε γὰρ πάντα ἀκριβῶς ἐπʼ αὐτῶν ἐκλογιζόμεθα, καὶ πολλὰ καὶ παρορῶμεν ἀναγκαίως· τῶν γὰρ μετρίων ἁμαρτημάτων ἕνεκα οὐδένʼ ἀνηκέστως δεῖ κολάζειν, ἀλλὰ πρᾴως σωφρονίζειν. καὶ νῦν οὖν, ἅτε καὶ κοινοὶ παντὸς τοῦ δήμου πατέρες οὐ μόνον ὀνομαζόμενοι ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀληθῶς ὄντες, μὴ καὶ πάντα ἀκριβολογώμεθα, ἵνα μὴ καὶ πάντες ἀπολώμεθα, ἐπεί τοι πολλὰ μὲν ἄν τις καὶ αὐτῷ τῷ Καίσαρι ἐγκαλέσειεν, ὥστε καὶ δικαίως αὐτὸν πεφονεῦσθαι δόξαι, πολλὰ δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἀποκτείναντας αὐτὸν αἰτιάσαιτο, ὥστε καὶ τιμωρίας αὐτοὺς ἀξίους εἶναι νομισθῆναι. ἀλλὰ τοῦτο μὲν ἀνδρῶν ἔργον ἐστὶ στασιάσαι αὖθις ἐπιθυμούντων· δεῖ δὲ τοὺς ὀρθῶς βουλευομένους μὴ τὸ πάντῃ δίκαιον ἐξακριβοῦντας βλάπτεσθαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ ἐπιεικεῖ προσχρωμένους σώζεσθαι. ὥστε τὰ μὲν γεγενημένα ταῦτα χαλάζης τέ τινος καὶ κατακλυσμοῦ τρόπον συμβεβηκέναι νομίσαντες λήθῃ παράδοτε· γνωρίσαντες δὲ νῦν γε ἀλλήλους, ἅτε καὶ ὁμόφυλοι καὶ πολῖται συγγενεῖς τε ὄντες, ὁμονοήσατε.
Even if mistakes have been made by certain persons, this is no time to enquire minutely into them, to convict, or to punish. For you are not at the present moment sitting in judgment upon any one, that you should need to search out with absolute accuracy what is just, but you are deliberating about the situation that has arisen and as to how it may in the safest way be righted. 2 But this is something we cannot accomplish unless we overlook some things, as we are wont to do in the case of children. When dealing with them, now, we do not take careful account of everything, but of necessity overlook many things, since for moderate errors it is not right to punish one of them remorselessly, but rather to admonish them gently. And now, since we are in common the fathers of all the people, not in name only, but in reality, let us not enter into a discussion of all the fine points, lest we all perish. For that matter anybody could find much to blame in Caesar himself, so that he would seem to have been justly slain, 4 or again might bring numerous charges against those who killed him, so that they would be thought to deserve punishment. But such a course is for men who are eager to stir up strife again, whereas it is necessary for those who deliberate wisely not to cause their own hurt by meting out strict justice, but to secure their own safety by employing clemency with justice. Regard this, then, that has happened as if it were some hail-storm or deluge that had taken place, and consign it to oblivion. And learn at last to know one another, since you are countrymen and fellow-citizens and relatives, and so live in harmony.
§ 44.33
καὶ ὅπως γε μηδεὶς ὑμῶν ὑποπτεύσῃ με χαρίσασθαί τι τοῖς τὸν Καίσαρα ἀποκτείνασιν, ἵνα μὴ δίκην δῶσιν, ὅτι ποτὲ ἐν τῇ τοῦ Πομπηίου μερίδι ἐγενόμην, βούλεσθαι, ἕν τι ὑμῖν ἐρῶ. καὶ γάρ τοι καὶ νομίζω πάντας ὑμᾶς πεπεῖσθαι σαφῶς ὅτι οὔτε φιλίαν οὔτε ἔχθραν πρὸς οὐδένα πώποτε διʼ ἐμαυτὸν ἀνειλόμην, ἀλλʼ ἀεὶ πάντας ὑμῶν ἕνεκα καὶ τῆς κοινῆς καὶ ἐλευθερίας καὶ ὁμονοίας τοὺς μὲν ἐμίσησα τοὺς δὲ ἠγάπησα. διʼ οὖν τοῦτο τὰ μὲν ἄλλα ἐάσω, βραχὺ δέ τι ὑμῖν μόνον φράσω. τοσούτου γὰρ δέω τοῦτο ποιεῖν καὶ μὴ τῆς κοινῆς σωτηρίας προσκοπεῖν, ὥστε καὶ τοῖς ἑτέροις οὐχ ὅτι τὴν ἄδειαν ἁπάντων ὧν ἐπιπολάσαντες ἐπὶ τοῦ Καίσαρος ἔξω τοῦ καθεστηκότος ἐποίησαν δοθῆναί φημι χρῆναι, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς τιμὰς καὶ τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰς δωρεάς, ὅσας ἔλαβον παρʼ αὐτοῦ, καίπερ οὐκ ἀρεσκόμενός τισιν αὐτῶν, φυλαχθῆναι. πρᾶξαι μὲν γὰρ ἔτι καὶ προχειρίσασθαί τι τοιοῦτον οὐκ ἂν ὑμῖν συμβουλεύσαιμι· ἐπειδὴ δὲ γέγονεν, οὐδὲν οὐδὲ ἐκείνων οἶμαι δεῖν ὑμᾶς πολυπραγμονῆσαι. τί γὰρ ἂν καὶ ζημιωθείητε τοσοῦτον, ἄν τι ὁ δεῖνα ἢ ὁ δεῖνα ἔξω τοῦ δικαίου καὶ παρὰ τὴν ἀξίαν λαβὼν ἔχῃ, ὅσον ὠφεληθείητε μήτε φόβον μήτε ταραχὴν τοῖς γε δυνηθεῖσι τότε παρασχόντες; ταῦτα μὲν ἐν τῷ παρόντι πρὸς τὸ κατεπεῖγον ἤδη λέγω· ἐπειδὰν δὲ καταστῇ τὰ πράγματα, τότε καὶ περὶ τῶν λοιπῶν σκεψώμεθα.”
”In order, now, that none of you may suspect me of wishing to grant any indulgence to Caesar's slayer to prevent their paying the penalty, in view of the fact that I was once a member of Pompey's party, I will make one statement to you. 2 For I think that all of you are firmly convinced that I have never adopted an attitude of friendship or hostility toward any one for purely personal reasons, but that it was always for your sake and for the public freedom and harmony that I hated the one side and loved the other; for this reason I will pass over everything else and make merely one brief statement to you. So far, indeed, am I from acting in the way I have mentioned, instead of looking out for the public safety, that I affirm that the others, too, should not only be granted immunity for their high-handed acts, contrary to established law, in Caesar's lifetime, but that they also should keep the honours, offices and gifts which they received from him, though I am not pleased with some of these. 4 I should not, indeed, advise you to do or to grant anything further of the kind; but since it has been done, I think you ought not to be troubled overmuch about any of these matters, either. For what loss could you sustain, even if this man or that does hold something that he has obtained apart from justice and contrary to his deserts, so far-reaching as the benefits you would obtain by not causing fear or disturbance to the men who were formerly powerful. “This is what I have to say for the present, in face of the pressing need. But when matters have become settled, let us then consider the questions that remain.”
§ 44.34
Κικέρων μὲν τοιαῦτα εἰπὼν ἔπεισε τὴν γερουσίαν μηδένα μηδενὶ μνησικακῆσαι ψηφίσασθαι· ἐν ᾧ δὲ ταῦτʼ ἐγίγνετο, καὶ οἱ σφαγεῖς ὑπέσχοντο τοῖς στρατιώταις μηδὲν τῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ Καίσαρος πραχθέντων καταλύσειν. ἐπειδὴ γὰρ δεινῶς αὐτοὺς ἀγανακτοῦντας ᾔσθοντο μὴ καὶ τῶν δοθέντων σφίσιν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ στερηθῶσιν, ἔσπευσαν, πρὶν καὶ ὁτιοῦν τὴν βουλὴν διαγνῶναι, προκαταλαβεῖν αὐτούς, κἀκ τούτου τούς τε παρόντας αὐτοῦ κάτω προκαλοῦντες ἐς ἐπήκοον διελέγοντό σφισι τὰ προσήκοντα, καὶ ἐς τὴν ἀγορὰν γράμματα καταπέμποντες ἐπηγγέλλοντο μήτʼ ἀφαιρήσεσθαι μηδένα μηδὲν μήτʼ ἄλλως λυπήσειν, τό τε κῦρος σύμπασι τοῖς πραχθεῖσιν ὑπὸ τοῦ Καίσαρος ἐκβεβαιοῦν· καὶ ἐς τὴν ὁμόνοιαν αὐτοὺς προετρέποντο, ὅρκοις τοῖς μεγίστοις ἦ μὴν ἀψευδήσειν πάντα πιστούμενοι. ὡς οὖν καὶ τὰ τῇ βουλῇ δόξαντα διηγγέλθη, οὔτε οἱ στρατιῶται τῷ Λεπίδῳ ἔτι προσεῖχον οὔτε ἐκεῖνοι δέος τι αὐτοῦ ἔσχον, ἀλλʼ ἐς τὰς καταλλαγάς, τοῦ Ἀντωνίου τὰ μάλιστα ἐνάγοντός σφας, καὶ παρὰ τὴν γνώμην αὐτοῦ ὥρμησαν. ὁ μὲν γὰρ Λέπιδος πρόσχημα τὴν τοῦ Καίσαρος τιμωρίαν ποιούμενος νεωτέρων πραγμάτων ἐπεθύμει, καὶ ἅτε καὶ στρατεύματα ἔχων τήν τε δυναστείαν αὐτοῦ διαδέξεσθαι καὶ ἐν κράτει γενήσεσθαι προσεδόκα, καὶ διὰ ταῦτʼ ἐπολεμοποίει· ὁ δὲ Ἀντώνιος τά τε ἐκείνου τοιαῦθʼ ὁρῶν ὄντα, καὶ αὐτὸς μηδεμίαν ἰσχὺν περιβεβλημένος, οὔτε τι ἐτόλμησε τότε γε νεοχμῶσαι, καὶ τὸν Λέπιδον ἡττηθῆναι τοῦ πλείονος, ἵνα μὴ μείζων γένηται, προσανέπεισεν. συνέβησαν μὲν οὖν ἐφʼ οἷσπερ ἐψήφιστο, οὐ μέντοι καὶ πρότερον οἱ ἐν τῷ Καπιτωλίῳ ὄντες κατέβησαν πρὶν τόν τε τοῦ Λεπίδου καὶ τὸν τοῦ Ἀντωνίου παῖδα ἐν ὁμήρων λόγῳ λαβεῖν. καὶ Βροῦτος μὲν πρὸς τὸν Λέπιδον (καὶ γὰρ ἐν γένει αὐτῷ ἦνʼ, Κάσσιος δὲ πρὸς τὸν Ἀντώνιον ἐπʼ ἀσφαλείᾳ συνδειπνούντων δὲ αὐτῶν ἄλλα τε, ὥσπερ εἰκὸς ἐν τῷ τοιούτῳ, πολλὰ ἐλέγετο, καὶ ἐπήρετο τὸν Κάσσιον ὁ Ἀντώνιος “ἆρά γε καὶ νῦν ξιφίδιόν τι ὑπὸ μάλης ἔχεις;” καὶ ὃς “μάλα” ἔφη “μέγα, ἄν γε καὶ σὺ τυραννῆσαι ἐπιθυμήσῃς.”
Cicero by the foregoing speech persuaded the senate to vote that no one should bear malice against any one else. While this was being done, the assassins also promised the soldiers that they would not undo any of Caesar's acts. 2 For as soon as they perceived that the troops were very ill at ease for fear that they would be deprived of what he had given them, they made haste, before the senate reached any decision whatever, to get them on their side. Next they invited those who were present at the foot of the Capitol to come within hearing distance and addressed suitable words to them; and they also sent down a letter to the Forum announcing that they would not confiscate anybody's goods or cause injury in other ways, and that they confirmed the validity of all the acts of Caesar. They also urged them to harmony, binding themselves by the strongest oaths that they would faithfully carry out these promises. 4 When, therefore, the action of the senate also was made known, the soldiers no longer paid heed to Lepidus nor did the conspirators have any fear of him, but all hastened to become reconciled, chiefly at the instance of Antony, and quite contrary to Lepidus' purpose. For Lepidus, while making a pretence of avenging Caesar, was really eager for a revolution, and inasmuch as he had legions also at his command, he expected to succeed to Caesar's position as ruler and to come to power; with these motives he was disposed to begin war. 6 Antony, perceiving his rival's favourable situation and having himself no force at his back, did not dare to begin any revolutionary movement for the time being, and in order to prevent the other from becoming stronger, he furthermore persuaded him to bow to the will of the majority. So they came to an agreement on the terms that had been voted, but those on the Capitol would not come down till they had secured the son of Lepidus and the son of Antony as hostages; then Brutus descended to Lepidus, to whom he was related, and Cassius to Antony, under promise of safety. And while they were dining together they naturally, at such a juncture, discussed a variety of topics and Antony asked Cassius: “Have you perchance a dagger under your arm even now?” To which he answered: “Yes, and a big one, if you too should desire to make yourself tyrant.”
§ 44.35
τότε μὲν δὴ ταῦθʼ οὕτως ἐπράχθη, καὶ δεινὸν οὐδὲν οὔτε ἐγίγνετο οὔτε ἠλπίζετο, ἀλλʼ οἵ τε πολλοὶ ἔχαιρον τῆς δυναστείας τοῦ Καίσαρος ἀπηλλαγμένοι (καί τινες καὶ ἄταφον τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ ῥῖψαι ἐνενόουνʼ, καὶ ἐκεῖνοι εὐθυμοῦντο μήτε προσπεριεργαζόμενοί τι καὶ ἐλευθερωταὶ τυραννοφόνοι τε ὀνομαζόμενοι. τῆς δὲ διαθήκης αὐτοῦ μετὰ ταῦτα ἀναγνωσθείσης, μαθὼν ὁ δῆμος ὅτι τόν τε Ὀκτάουιον υἱὸν πεποίηται, καὶ τὸν Ἀντώνιον τόν τε Δέκιμον καί τινας ἄλλους τῶν σφαγέων ἐπιτρόπους τε αὐτοῦ καὶ κληρονόμους τῆς οὐσίας, ἄν γε μὴ ἐς ἐκεῖνον ἔλθῃ, καταλέλοιπε, καὶ προσέτι καὶ δωρεὰς ἄλλοις τέ τινας καὶ τῇ πόλει τούς τε κήπους τοὺς παρὰ τὸν Τίβεριν καὶ δραχμάς, ὡς μὲν αὐτὸς ὁ Ὀκτάουιος γράφει, τριάκοντα, ὡς δὲ ἕτεροι, πέντε καὶ ἑβδομήκοντα ἑκάστῳ σφῶν δοθῆναι κεκέλευκεν, ἐταράχθησαν. καὶ αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἀντώνιος ἐπιπαρώξυνε, τόν τε νεκρὸν ἐς τὴν ἀγορὰν ἀνοητότατα κομίσας, καὶ προθέμενος ᾑματωμένον τε, ὥσπερ εἶχε, καὶ τραύματα ἐκφαίνοντα, καί τινα καὶ λόγον ἐπʼ αὐτῷ, ἄλλως μὲν περικαλλῆ καὶ λαμπρόν, οὐ μέντοι καὶ συμφέροντα τοῖς τότε παροῦσιν, εἰπών. ἔλεξε γὰρ τοιάδε·
This was the way things went at that time. No injury was inflicted or expected, but instead the majority were glad to be rid of Caesar's rule, some of them even conceiving the idea of casting his body out unburied, and the conspirators, well pleased at being called liberators and tyrannicides, did not busy themselves with any further undertaking. 2 But later, when Caesar's will was read and the people learned that he had adopted Octavius as his son and had left Antony along with Decimus and some of the other assassins to be the young man's guardians and heirs to the property in case it should not come to him, and, furthermore, that he not only had made various bequests to individuals but had also given his gardens along the Tiber to the city and one hundred and twenty sesterces, according to the record of Octavius himself, or three hundred, according to some others, to each of the citizens, — at this the people became excited. 4 And Antony aroused them still more by bringing the body most inconsiderately into the Forum, exposing it all covered with blood as it was and with gaping wounds, and then delivering over it a speech, which was very ornate and brilliant, to be sure, but out of place on that occasion. He spoke somewhat as follows:
§ 44.36
“εἰ μὲν οὗτος ἰδιωτεύων ἐτεθνήκει κἀγὼ ἐν ἰδιωτείᾳ ὢν ἐτύγχανον, οὔτʼ ἂν πολλῶν, ὦ Κυιρῖται, λόγων ἐδεήθην, οὔτʼ ἂν πᾶσι τοῖς ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ πεπραγμένοις ἐπεξῆλθον, ἀλλʼ ὀλίγα ἂν περί τε τοῦ γένους καὶ περὶ τῆς παιδείας τῶν τε τρόπων αὐτοῦ εἰπών, καί πῃ καὶ τῶν ἐς τὸ κοινὸν αὐτῷ πεπολιτευμένων μνησθείς, ἠρκέσθην, ἵνα μὴ καὶ διʼ ὄχλου τοῖς οὐδέν οἱ προσήκουσι γένωμαι. ἐπειδὴ δὲ οὗτός τε τὴν μεγίστην ἐν ὑμῖν ἡγεμονίαν ἔχων ἀπόλωλε καὶ ἐγὼ τὴν δευτέραν ἄρχω λαβών, τόν τε λόγον ἀνάγκη μοι διπλοῦν, τὸν μὲν ὡς κληρονόμῳ γεγραμμένῳ τὸν δὲ ὡς ἄρχοντι, ποιήσασθαι, καὶ μηδʼ ὁτιοῦν τῶν λεχθῆναι ὀφειλόντων παραλιπεῖν, ἀλλʼ ἅπερ ἂν ὁ σύμπας δῆμος ἀπὸ μιᾶς γλώσσης, εἴγε μίαν φωνὴν ἠδυνήθη λαβεῖν, ὕμνησεν, εἰπεῖν. εὖ μὲν γὰρ οἶδα τοῦθʼ, ὅτι χαλεπόν ἐστι τῆς διανοίας ὑμῶν τυχεῖν. ἄλλως τε γὰρ οὐ ῥᾴδιον τῶν τηλικούτων ἐφικέσθαι· τίς γὰρ ἂν λόγος ἔργοις μεγάλοις ἐξισωθείη; καὶ ὑμεῖς τὰ βουλήματα ἄπληστα ἐξ ὧν σύνιστε ἔχοντες οὐκ εὐχερεῖς αὐτῶν κριταὶ γενήσεσθε. εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἐν ἀγνῶσί τισιν οἱ λόγοι ἐγίγνοντο, ῥᾷστον ἂν ἦν αὐτοὺς τῷ γε μεγέθει τῶν ἔργων ἐκπλήξαντα πεῖσαι· νῦν δʼ ὑπὸ τοῦ συνήθους ἔλαττον ἀνάγκη ἐστὶ πᾶν τὸ λεχθησόμενον τοῦ πεπραγμένου νομισθῆναι. οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἀλλότριοι, κἂν ἀπιστήσωσιν αὐτοῖς διὰ φθόνον, ἀλλʼ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ γε ἐκείνου πᾶν τὸ ἀκουσθὲν αὔταρκες ἡγοῦνται· τὸ δὲ ὑμέτερον ἀκόρεστον ὑπὸ τῆς εὐνοίας ἐξ ἀνάγκης γίγνεται. τῶν γὰρ ἀρετῶν τῶν τοῦ Καίσαρος αὐτοὶ πλεῖστον ἀπολελαυκότες καὶ τὸν ἔπαινον αὐτῶν οὐ φθονερῶς, ὡς οὐδὲν προσήκοντα, ἀλλʼ εὐμενῶς, ὡς οἰκεῖον, ἀπαιτεῖτε. σπουδάσω δʼ οὖν ἐπὶ μακρότατον τὰς βουλήσεις ὑμῶν ἀποπληρῶσαι, εὖ εἰδὼς ὅτι οὐ πρὸς τὴν δύναμίν μου τῶν λόγων καὶ τὴν προαίρεσιν ἐξετάσετε, ἀλλʼ ἐκ τῆς προθυμίας καὶ τὸ κατʼ ἐκείνην ἐνδεὲς ἀνισώσετε.
“If this man had died as a private citizen, Quirites, and I had happened to be in private life, I should not have required many words nor have rehearsed all his achievements, but after making a few remarks about his family, his education, and his character, and perhaps mentioning his services to the state, I should have been satisfied, desiring only not to become wearisome to those who were unrelated to him. 2 But since this man when he perished held the highest position among you and I have received and hold the second, it is requisite that I should deliver a two-fold address, one as the man set down as his heir and the other in my capacity as magistrate, and I must not omit anything that ought to be spoken, but must mention the things which the whole people would have celebrated with one tongue if they could speak with one voice. Now I am well aware that it is difficult successfully to utter your thoughts; for it is no easy task in any case to measure up to so great a theme — indeed, what speech could equal the greatness of his deed? — and you, whose wishes are not easily satisfied because you know the facts as well as I, will prove no lenient judges of my efforts. 4 To be sure, if my words were being addressed to men ignorant of the subject, it would be very easy to win their approval by astounding them with the very magnitude of his achievements; but as the matter stands, because of your familiarity with them it is inevitable that everything that shall be said will be thought less than the reality. Strangers, even if through jealousy they doubt the deeds, yet for that reason deem each statement they hear strong enough; but your minds, because of your good-will, must inevitably prove impossible to satisfy. For you yourselves have profited most by Caesar's virtues, and you demand their praises, not half-heartedly, as if he were unrelated to you, but with deep affection as for your own kinsman. 6 I shall strive, therefore, to meet your wishes to the fullest extent, and I feel sure that you will not judge my good-will by the feebleness of my words, but will supply from my zeal whatever is lacking in that respect.
§ 44.37
λέξω δὲ περὶ τοῦ γένους αὐτοῦ πρῶτον, οὐχ ὅτι λαμπρότατόν ἐστι· καίτοι καὶ τοῦτο οὐ σμικρὸν ἐς ἀρετῆς φύσιν φέρει, τὸ μήτε ἀπὸ ταὐτομάτου τινὰ ἀλλʼ ἐκ παρασκευῆς συγγενοῦς ἀγαθὸν γενέσθαι. οἱ μὲν γὰρ οὐκ ἐξ εὐγενῶν φύντες δύναιντο μὲν ἂν καὶ προσποιητῶς ἀνδραγαθίζεσθαι, δύναιντο δʼ ἂν καὶ ἐλεγχθῆναί ποτε ἐς τὸ κακογενὲς ὑπὸ τοῦ συμφύτου· ὅσοις δὲ ἄνωθεν ἐκ πολλοῦ σπέρμα ἀνδραγαθίας ὑπάρχει, πᾶσα αὐτοὺς ἀνάγκη καὶ αὐτόφυτον καὶ διαρκῆ τὴν ἀρετὴν ἔχειν. οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ἔγωγε οὐ τοῦτο μάλιστα νῦν ἐπαινῶ τοῦ Καίσαρος, ὅτι τὰ μὲν νεώτατα ἐκ πολλῶν καὶ γενναίων ἀνδρῶν ἔφυ, τὰ δὲ ἀρχαιότατα ἐκ βασιλέων καὶ θεῶν ἐγίγνετο, ἀλλʼ ὅτι πρῶτον μὲν τῆς πόλεως ἡμῶν ὅλης συγγενής ἐστιν (ἐκ γὰρ ὧν οὗτος ἐγεννήθη, πρὸς τούτων ἡμεῖς ᾠκίσθημενʼ, ἔπειθʼ ὅτι τῶν προπατόρων αὐτοῦ ἐς τὸ θεῖον διʼ ἀρετὴν ἀνήκειν νομισθέντων οὐχ ὅπως ἐπηλήθευσε τὴν φήμην, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπηύξησεν, ὥστʼ εἰ καί τις ἠμφεσβήτει πρότερον μήποτʼ ἂν ἐκ τῆς Ἀφροδίτης τὸν Αἰνείαν γενέσθαι, νῦν δὴ πιστευσάτω. θεοῖς μὲν γὰρ ἤδη τινὲς οὐκ ἄξιοι παῖδες ἐπεφημίσθησαν· τούτου δὲ οὐδʼ ἂν εἷς ἀπαξιώσειεν θεοὺς τοὺς προγόνους γεγονέναι. ἐβασίλευσε μὲν γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ Αἰνείας καὶ τῶν ἐγγόνων αὐτοῦ τινες· τοσούτῳ δὲ οὗτος ἀμείνων ἐκείνων ἐγένετο ὅσῳ οἱ μὲν Λαουινίου καὶ Ἄλβης ἐμονάρχησαν, οὗτος δὲ τῆς Ῥώμης οὐκ ἠθέλησε βασιλεῦσαι, καὶ οἱ μὲν τὴν κρηπῖδα τῆς πόλεως ἡμῶν προκατεβάλοντο, οὗτος δὲ ἐς τοσοῦτον αὐτὴν ἐπῆρεν ὥστε τά τε ἄλλα καὶ ἀποικίας μείζους ὧν ἐκεῖνοι πόλεων ἐβασίλευσαν καταστήσασθαι.
”I shall speak first about his lineage, though not because it is the most brilliant. Yet this, too, has considerable bearing on the nature of virtue, that a man should become good, not through force of circumstances, but by inherited power. 2 Those, to be sure, who are not born of noble parents may disguise themselves as noble men, but may also some day be convicted of their base origin by their inborn character; those, however, who possess the seed of a noble nature, handed down through a long line of ancestors, cannot possibly help possessing a virtue both spontaneous and enduring. Still, I am praising Caesar now, not so much because his recent lineage is through many noble men, his ancient origin from kings and gods, but because, in the first place, he is a kinsman of our whole city, — for those who founded his line also founded our city, — 4 and, secondly, because he not only confirmed the renown of his forefathers who were believed to have attained divinity through their virtue, but actually enhanced it; so that if anyone was inclined formerly to argue that Aeneas could never have been born of Venus, let him now believe it. For, although in times past some unworthy sons have been imputed to the gods, yet no one could deem this man unworthy to have had gods for his ancestors. Indeed, Aeneas himself ruled as king and so did some of his descendants; but this man proved himself so much superior to them that, whereas they were monarchs of Lavinium and Alba, 6 he refused to become king of Rome; and whereas they laid the foundation of our city, he raised it to such a height that he even established colonies greater than the cities over which they ruled.
§ 44.38
τὰ μὲν οὖν τοῦ γένους οὕτως αὐτῷ ἔχει· ὅτι δὲ δὴ τήν τε τροφὴν καὶ τὴν παιδείαν ἀκόλουθον τῷ τῆς εὐγενείας ὄγκῳ ἔλαβε, πῶς ἄν τις μᾶλλον κατανοήσειεν ἢ οἷς τὰ ἔργα πίστιν ἀναγκαίαν αὐτῷ παρέχεται; ᾧ γὰρ τό τε σῶμα διαρκέστατον καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ πολυαρκεστάτη πρὸς πάνθʼ ὁμοίως καὶ τὰ εἰρηναῖα καὶ τὰ πολέμια διαφανῶς ὑπῆρξε, πῶς οὐκ ἀνάγκη τοῦτον καὶ τεθράφθαι ἄριστα; καίτοι χαλεπὸν μὲν περικαλλέστατόν τινα ἀνδρῶν ὄντα καρτερικώτατον γενέσθαι, χαλεπὸν δὲ ἰσχυριζόμενόν τινα τῷ σώματι φρονιμώτατον ἐκβῆναι, παγχάλεπον δὲ τὸν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν τοῖς λόγοις καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις διαπρέψαι. οὗτός γε μήν — λέγω δὲ ἐν εἰδόσιν, ὥστε μήτε τι ἀρχὴν ψεύσασθαι, καὶ γὰρ ἂν αὐτόφωρος ἁλισκοίμην, μήτε ἐπὶ τὸ μεῖζον ὀγκῶσαι, καὶ γὰρ ἂν ἐς τοὐναντίον οὗ βούλομαι καθισταίμην. αὐτός τε γὰρ ἀλαζονεύεσθαι δικαιότατα, ἄν γέ τι τοιοῦτο ποιήσω, ὑποπτευθήσομαι, καὶ τὴν τούτου ἀρετὴν ἐλάσσω τῆς ὑπαρχούσης αὐτῷ παρʼ ὑμῖν δόξης φαίνεσθαι ποιεῖν νομισθήσομαι. πᾶς γὰρ λόγος ἐν τῷ τοιῷδε λεγόμενος, κἂν τὸ βραχύτατον ψεύδους προσλάβῃ, οὐχ ὅσον οὐκ ἔπαινον αὐτῷ φέρει, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἔλεγχον αὐτοῦ ἔχει· τὸ γὰρ συνειδὸς τῶν ἀκροωμένων, οὐχ ὁμολογοῦν τῷ πεπλασμένῳ, πρός τε τὴν ἀλήθειαν φέρεται, καὶ τάχα ἀρκεσθὲν αὐτῇ μανθάνει τε ἅμα ὁποῖόν τινα ἐχρῆν εἶναι, καὶ παραβάλλον ἑκάτερα καταφωρᾷ τὸ λεῖπον. ἀληθεύων οὖν λέγω τοῦθʼ, ὅτι ὁ Καῖσαρ οὗτος τό τε σῶμα ἅμα ἱκανώτατος καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν εὐκολώτατος ἐγένετο. τῇ τε γὰρ τῆς φύσεως ἰσχύι θαυμαστῇ ἐκέχρητο, καὶ παιδείᾳ παντοδαπῇ ἀκριβῶς ἤσκητο, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ ἀπεικότως καὶ γνῶναι πᾶν τὸ δέον ὀξύτατα καὶ ἑρμηνεῦσαι πιθανώτατα διαθέσθαι τε καὶ διοικῆσαι φρονιμώτατα ἀεὶ ἠδυνήθη, καὶ οὔτε τις αὐτὸν καιροῦ ῥοπὴ αἰφνιδίως οἱ προσπεσοῦσα προκατέλαβεν, οὔτʼ ἀπόρρητος μέλλησις χρονίσασα διέλαθε. πάντα γὰρ ἀεὶ πρὶν ἐπαρτηθῆναι καὶ προδιεγίγνωσκε, καὶ πρὸς πάντα τὰ συμβῆναί τινι δυνάμενα προπαρεσκεύαστο· τό τε κρυπτόμενον ἰσχυρῶς ἀνευρεῖν καὶ τὸ φαινόμενον πιθανῶς ψευδαγνοεῖν, τό τε λανθάνον εἰδέναι προσποιήσασθαι καὶ τὸ γιγνωσκόμενον ἀποκρύψασθαι, τούς τε καιρούς σφισιν ἐφαρμόσαι καὶ τοὺς λογισμοὺς ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἀποδοῦναι, καὶ προσέτι καὶ ἐπιτελέσαι καὶ ἐπεξελθεῖν πάνθʼ ὡς ἕκαστα καλῶς ἠπίστατο.
“So much, then, for his family. That he also received a nurture and a training corresponding to the dignity of his noble birth how could one better realize than by the cogent proof his deeds afford? 2 For is it not inevitable that a man who possessed to a conspicuous degree a body that was altogether adequate and a spirit that was more than adequate for all contingencies alike of peace and of war, must have been reared in the best possible way? And yet it is difficult for any man of surpassing beauty to show the greatest endurance, and difficult for one who is powerful in body to attain to the greatest wisdom, but it is particularly difficult for one and the same man to shine both in words and in deeds. Yet this man — I speak among those who know the facts, so that I shall not falsify in the least degree, since I should be caught in the very act, nor heap up exaggerated praises, since then I should accomplish the opposite of what I wish. 4 For if I do anything of the sort, I shall be suspected with full justice of boasting, and it will be thought that I am making his virtue appear less than the belief in it which is already in your own minds. In fact, every utterance delivered under such conditions, in case it contains even the smallest amount of falsehood, not only bestows no praise upon its subject but actually involves censure of him; for the knowledge of the hearers, not agreeing with the fictitious report, takes refuge in the truth, where it quietly finds satisfaction, and not only learns what kind of man he ought to have been, but also, by comparing the two, detects what he lacked. Stating only the truth, therefore, I affirm that this Caesar was at the same time most capable in body and most versatile in spirit. 6 For he enjoyed a wonderful natural force and had been carefully trained by the most liberal education, which always enabled him, not unnaturally, to comprehend everything that was needful with the greatest keenness, to interpret the need most convincingly, and then to arrange and handle the matter most prudently. No critical turn in a situation came upon him so suddenly as to catch him off his guard, nor did a secret menace, no matter how long the postponement, except his notice. For he decided always with regard to every crisis before it was at hand, and was prepared beforehand for every contingency that could happen to one. He understood well how to discern shrewdly what was concealed, to dissimulate plausibly what was evident, to pretend to know what was hidden, to conceal what he knew, 8 to adapt occasions to one another and to draw the proper inferences from them, and furthermore to accomplish and carry out in detail every enterprise.
§ 44.39
τεκμήριον δέ, τά τε ἴδια εὐοικότατός τε ἅμα καὶ εὐδαπανώτατος ἐγένετο, ἀκριβὴς μὲν ὢν ἐς τὸ τὰ ὑπάρχοντα διαρκῶς φυλάξαι, δαψιλὴς δὲ ἐς τὸ τὰ προσήκοντα ἀφειδῶς ἀναλῶσαι, καὶ τοὺς συγγενεῖς πάντας πλὴν τῶν ἀνοσιωτάτων ἰσχυρῶς ἠγάπησεν· οὔτε γὰρ δυστυχήσαντά τινα αὐτῶν ὑπερεῖδεν οὔτε εὐτυχήσαντί τινι ἐφθόνησεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τούτοις τὰ προϋπάρχοντα συνεπηύξησε καὶ ἐκείνοις τὰ ἐλλείποντα ἀνεπλήρωσε, τοῖς μὲν χρήματα τοῖς δὲ χωρία τοῖς δὲ ἀρχὰς τοῖς δὲ ἱερωσύνας δούς. καὶ μέντοι καὶ πρὸς τοὺς φίλους τούς τε ἄλλους τοὺς προσομιλοῦντάς οἱ θαυμαστῶς προσεφέρετο· οὔτε γὰρ ὑπερεφρόνει τινὰ αὐτῶν οὔθʼ ὕβριζεν, ἀλλʼ εὐπροσήγορος πᾶσιν ὁμοίως ὢν τούς τε ὑπουργοῦντάς τι πολλαπλασίως ἠμείβετο καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς εὐεργεσίαις ἀνηρτᾶτο, καὶ οὔτε λαμπρυνόμενόν τινα ἐβάσκηνέ ποτε οὔτʼ αὐξανόμενον ἐταπείνωσεν, ἀλλʼ ὡς καὶ αὐτὸς διὰ πάντων σφῶν καὶ μεγαλυνόμενος καὶ ἰσχὺν καὶ κόσμον προσκτώμενος, ἔχαιρε πλείστους ἑαυτῷ παρισουμένους. τοιοῦτος μέντοι περὶ τοὺς φίλους καὶ περὶ τοὺς γνωρίμους ὢν οὐδʼ ἐς τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ὠμὸς οὐδʼ ἀπαραίτητος ἐγένετο, ἀλλὰ πολλοὺς μὲν καὶ τῶν ἰδίᾳ τι προσκρουσάντων οἱ ἀθῴους ἀφῆκε, πολλοὺς δὲ καὶ τῶν προσπολεμησάντων ἀπέλυσε, καί τισιν αὐτῶν καὶ τιμὰς καὶ ἀρχὰς ἔδωκεν. οὕτω που πᾶς πρὸς ἀρετὴν ἐπεφύκει, καὶ κακίαν οὐ μόνον αὐτὸς οὐκ εἶχεν ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἐν ἄλλῳ τινὶ ἐνεῖναι ἐπίστευεν.
A proof of this is that in his private affairs he showed himself an excellent manager and very liberal at the same time, being careful to keep enough of what he had inherited, yet lavish in spending with an unsparing hand what he had acquired, and for all his relatives, except the most impious, he possessed a strong affection. 2 For he did not neglect any of them in misfortune, nor did he envy those in good fortune, but he helped these to increase the property they already had, and made up to the others what they lacked, giving some of them money, some lands, some offices, and some priesthoods. Again, his conduct toward his friends and other associates was remarkable. He never scorned or insulted any of them, but while courteous to all alike, he rewarded many times over those who assisted him in any project and won the devotion of the rest by benefits, never disparaging any one of brilliant position, nor humiliating any one who was bettering himself, 4 but, just as if he himself were being exalted through all of them and were acquiring strength and honour, he took delight in seeing great numbers become equal to himself. And yet, while he behaved thus toward his friends and acquaintances, he did not show himself cruel or inexorable even to his enemies, but let off scot-free many of those who had come into collision with him personally and released many who had actually made war against him, even giving some of them honours and offices. So strong a natural bent had he toward virtue, and not only had no vice himself, but would not believe that it existed in anybody else.
§ 44.40
ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐς τούτους τοὺς λόγους ἀφικόμην, ἄρξομαι περὶ τῶν κοινῶν αὐτοῦ πολιτευμάτων λέγειν. καὶ γὰρ εἰ μὲν ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ ἐβεβιώκει, τάχʼ ἂν ἀνέλεγκτον τὴν ἀρετὴν ἔσχεν· νῦν δὲ ἐπὶ πλεῖστον αὐξηθείς, καὶ μέγιστος οὐχ ὅτι τῶν καθʼ ἑαυτὸν ἀνθρώπων ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων τῶν τι δυνηθέντων γενόμενος, ἐκπρεπέστερον αὐτὴν ἐπεδείξατο. ἐκείνους μὲν γὰρ σχεδόν τι πάντας αὕτη ἡ ἐξουσία διήλεγξε, τοῦτον δὲ ἐπὶ μᾶλλον ἐξέφηνε. τῷ γὰρ μεγέθει τῆς ἀρετῆς ἀντιπάλους πράξεις λαβὼν ἰσοστάσιος αὐταῖς ηὑρέθη, καὶ μόνος ἀνθρώπων τηλικαύτην αὑτῷ τύχην ἐξ ἀνδραγαθίας κτησάμενος οὔτε διέβαλεν αὐτὴν οὔθʼ ὕβρισεν. ὅσα μὲν οὖν ἄλλως στρατευόμενος ἐλαμπρύνετο, ἢ ὅσα ἐν ταῖς ἐγκυκλίοις λειτουργίαις ἐμεγαλοφρονήσατο, παραλείψω, καίπερ τοσαῦτα ὄντα ὥστʼ ἄλλῳ τινὶ καὶ πάνυ ἂν ἐς ἔπαινον ἐξαρκέσαι· πρὸς γάρ τοι τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα αὐτοῦ ἔργων σμικρολογεῖσθαι δόξω, ἂν καὶ ἐκεῖνα ἀκριβῶς ἐπεξίω· ὅσα δὲ δὴ ἄρχων ὑμῶν ἔπραξε, ταῦτʼ ἐρῶ μόνα. καὶ οὐδὲ ταῦτα μέντοι πάντα καθʼ ἕκαστον ἀκριβῶς διηγήσομαι· οὔτε γὰρ ἐξικέσθαι ποτʼ ἂν αὐτῶν δυνηθείην, καὶ πάμπολυν ἂν ὑμῖν ὄχλον ἄλλως τε καὶ εἰδόσι ταῦτα παράσχοιμι.
”And since I have reached this topic, I will begin to speak about his public services. If he had lived in quiet retirement, perhaps his virtue would not have been clearly proved; but as it was, by being raised to the highest position and becoming the greatest not only of his contemporaries but of all others who ever wielded any power, he displayed it more conspicuously. 2 For in the case of nearly all the others this authority had served only to reveal their weakness, but him it made more illustrious, since by reason of the greatness of his virtue he undertook correspondingly great deeds, and was found to be equal to them; he alone of men after obtaining for himself so great good fortune as a result of his nobility of character neither disgraced it nor treated it wantonly. I shall pass over, then, the brilliant successes which he regularly achieved in his campaigns and the high-mindedness he showed in his ordinary public services, although they were so great that for any other man they would warrant high praise; for, in view of the distinction of his subsequent deeds, I shall seem to be dealing in trivialities, if I also rehearse these scrupulously. I shall therefore only mention his achievements while he was your magistrate. 4 Yet I shall not even relate all these with scrupulous detail, for I could never get to the end of them, and I should cause you excessive weariness, particularly since you already know them.
§ 44.41
ὁ γὰρ ἀνὴρ οὗτος πρῶτον μὲν πάντων στρατηγήσας ἐν Ἰβηρίᾳ, καὶ ὕπουλον αὐτὴν εὑρών, οὐ περιεῖδέ σφας ὑπὸ τῷ τῆς εἰρήνης ὀνόματι ἀνανταγωνίστους γιγνομένους, οὐδʼ εἵλετο αὐτὸς ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ τὸν τῆς ἀρχῆς χρόνον διαγενεσθαι μᾶλλον ἢ τὰ κοινῇ συμφέροντα πρᾶξαι, ἀλλʼ ἐπειδήπερ ἑκόντες οὐ μετεμέλοντο, καὶ ἄκοντάς σφας ἐσωφρόνισεν, ὥστε καὶ τοὺς πρότερόν ποτε εὐδοκιμήσαντας κατʼ αὐτῶν τοσοῦτον ὑπερβαλέσθαι ὅσον τὸ φυλάξαι τι τοῦ κτήσασθαι χαλεπώτερόν ἐστι, καὶ τὸ μηδʼ αὖθίς ποτε νεωτερίσαι τινὰς δυνηθῆναι ἐξεργάσασθαι τοῦ τὴν ἀρχὴν ὑπηκόους αὐτούς, ἀκεραίου τῆς δυνάμεώς σφισιν οὔσης, ποιήσασθαι λυσιτελέστερον. τοιγάρτοι καὶ τὰ ἐπινίκια αὐτῷ διὰ τοῦτʼ ἐψηφίσασθε καὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν τὴν ὕπατον εὐθὺς ἐδώκατε. ἐξ οὗ δὴ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα διεφάνη τοῦθʼ, ὅτι οὔτε ἐπιθυμίας οὔτε εὐκλείας οἰκείας ἕνεκα τόν τε πόλεμον ἐκεῖνον ἐποιήσατο καὶ πρὸς τὰ λοιπὰ παρεσκευάζετο. παριδὼν γοῦν τὴν πέμψιν τῶν νικητηρίων διὰ τὸ τὰ πράγματα κατεπείγειν, καὶ χάριν μὲν ὑμῖν τῆς τιμῆς γνούς, ἀρκεσθεὶς δὲ αὐτῇ ἐκείνῃ πρὸς τὴν δόξαν, ὑπάτευσε.
“First of all, then, this man was praetor in Spain, and finding it secretly disloyal, did not allow the inhabitants under the name of peace to become unconquerable, nor was it his own choice to spend the period of his governorship in quiet instead of accomplishing what was for the advantage of the state. Hence, since they would not willingly change their course, he brought them to their senses against their will, 2 and in doing this he surpassed the men who had previously won glory against them in just so far as keeping a thing is more difficult than acquiring it, and reducing men to a condition where they can never again become rebellious is more profitable than making them subject in the first place, while their power is still undiminished. That is the reason why you voted him a triumph for this and immediately gave him the office of consul. Indeed, from this very circumstance it became most evident that he had waged that war, not for his own pleasure or glory, but as a preparation for the future. 4 At all events he waived the celebration of the triumph because of the business that was pressing, and after thanking you for the honour he was content with that alone for his glory, and entered upon the consulship.
§ 44.42
καὶ ὅσα μὲν παρὰ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐν τῇ πόλει διῴκησεν, ἦ μυρία ἂν εἴη λέγειν· ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ τάχιστα ἔκ τε ἐκείνης ἐξῆλθε καὶ πρὸς τὸν Γαλατικόν πόλεμον ἐστάλη, θεωρήσατε ὅσα αὖ καὶ ἡλίκα ἐνταῦθα κατειργάσατο. τοῖς μὲν γὰρ συμμάχοις οὐχ ὅπως βαρὺς ἐγένετο, ἀλλὰ καὶ προσεβοήθησεν, ἐπειδὴ μήτε τι αὐτοὺς ὑπώπτευσε καὶ προσέτι καὶ ἀδικουμένους εἶδε· τοὺς δὲ δὴ πολεμίους, οὐχ ὅτι τοὺς προσοικοῦντας αὐτοῖς ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους πάντας τοὺς τὴν Γαλατίαν νέμοντας, κατεστρέψατο, καὶ τοῦτο μὲν χώραν παμπληθῆ τοῦτο δὲ καὶ πόλεις ἀναριθμήτους, ὧν οὐδὲ τὰ ὀνόματα πρότερον ᾔδειμεν, προσεκτήσατο. καὶ ταῦτα μέντοι πάντα, μήτε δύναμιν ἀξιόχρεων μήτε χρήματα αὐτάρκη παρʼ ὑμῶν λαβών, οὕτω μὲν ταχέως κατέπραξεν ὥστε καὶ πρὶν αἰσθέσθαι τινὰ ὑμῶν ὅτι πολεμεῖ νενικηκέναι, οὕτω δὲ ἀσφαλῶς κατεστήσατο ὥστε καὶ ἐπιβατὴν ἀπʼ αὐτῶν καὶ τὴν Κελτικὴν καὶ τὴν Βρεττανίαν ποιῆσαι. καὶ νῦν δεδούλωται μὲν Γαλατία ἡ τούς τε Ἄμβρονας καὶ τοὺς Κίμβρους ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς ἀποστείλασα, καὶ γεωργεῖται πᾶσα ὥσπερ αὐτὴ ἡ Ἰταλία, πλεῖται δὲ οὐ Ῥοδανὸς ἔτι μόνος οὐδʼ Ἄραρις, ἀλλὰ καὶ Μόσας καὶ Λίγρος καὶ Ῥῆνος αὐτὸς καὶ ὠκεανὸς αὐτός. ὧν γὰρ οὐδὲ τὰς ἐπικλήσεις ἀκούοντες ἐπιστεύομεν αὐτὰ εἶναι, ταῦθʼ ἡμῖν προσκατείργασται, ἐμβατὰ μὲν τὰ πρὶν ἄγνωστα, πλωτὰ δὲ τὰ πρὶν ἀδιερεύνητα ἀπό τε τῆς μεγαλοπρεπείας καὶ ἀπὸ
”Now all his administrative acts in the city during his tenure of that office would verily be countless to name. But as soon as he had ended it and had been sent to conduct this war against the Gauls, observe how many and how great were his achievements there. 2 So far from becoming a burden to our allies, he even went to their assistance, because he was not at all suspicious of them and saw, moreover, that they were being wronged. But our foes, both those who dwelt near the friendly tribes, and all the rest who inhabited Gaul, he subjugated, acquiring, on the one hand, vast stretches of territory, and on the other, numberless cities of which we knew not even the names before. All this, moreover, he accomplished so quietly, though he had received neither a competent force nor sufficient money from you, that before any of you knew that he was at war, he had conquered; and he settled affairs on so firm a basis as to make these places stepping-stones to Germania and to Britain. 4 So now Gaul is enslaved, which sent against us the Ambrones and the Cimbri, and is all under cultivation like Italy itself; and ships sail not only the Rhone and the Arar, but the Mosa, the Liger, the very Rhine, and the very ocean itself. Places of which we had not even heard the names, to lead us to think that they existed, he likewise subdued for us; the formerly unknown he made accessible, the formerly unexplored he made navigable, by the greatness of his purpose and the greatness of his resolution.
§ 44.43
τῆς μεγαλογνωμοσύνης ποιήσας. καὶ εἴγε μὴ φθονήσαντες αὐτῷ τινες, μᾶλλον δὲ ὑμῖν, ἐστασιάκεσαν, καὶ δεῦρο αὐτὸν πρὸ τοῦ προσήκοντος καιροῦ ἐπανελθεῖν ἠναγκάκεσαν, πάντως ἂν καὶ τὴν Βρεττανίαν ὅλην μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων νήσων τῶν περικειμένων αὐτῇ καὶ τὴν Κελτικὴν πᾶσαν μέχρι τοῦ ἀρκτικοῦ ὠκεανοῦ ἐκεχείρωτο, ὥσθʼ ἡμᾶς ὅρους μὴ γῆν μηδʼ ἀνθρώπους τὸ λοιπόν, ἀλλὰ ἀέρα καὶ τὴν ἔξω θάλασσαν ἔχειν. διὰ γὰρ ταῦτα καὶ ὑμεῖς, ὁρῶντες τό τε μέγεθος τῆς διανοίας αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰ ἔργα καὶ τὴν τύχην, ἐπὶ πλεῖστον ἄρξαι αὐτῷ προσετάξατε· ὅπερ, ἀφʼ οὗ ἐδημοκρατήθημεν, οὐδενὶ ἄλλῳ ὑπῆρξε, λέγω δὲ τὸ ὀκτὼ ἔτεσιν ὅλοις ἐφεξῆς ἡγεμονεῦσαι. οὕτως αὐτὸν πάντα ἐκεῖνα ὑμῖν ὄντως προσκτᾶσθαι ἐνομίσατε, καὶ οὐδεπώποτε ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς αὐξηθήσεσθαι ὑπωπτεύσατε. ἀλλὰ ὑμεῖς μὲν ἐπὶ μακρότατον αὐτὸν ἐγχρονίσαι τοῖς χωρίοις ἐκείνοις ἐπεθυμήσατε· οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἐπέτρεψαν οἱ τὴν πολιτείαν μηκέτι κοινὴν ἀλλʼ ἰδίαν αὑτῶν νομίζοντες εἶναι οὔτε τούτῳ τὰ λοιπὰ προσκαταστρέψασθαι οὔθʼ ὑμῖν πάντων αὐτῶν κυριεῦσαι, ἀλλὰ τῇ ἀσχολίᾳ αὐτοῦ ἀποχρησάμενοι πολλὰ καὶ ἀνόσια ἐτόλμησαν, ὥσθʼ ὑμᾶς τῆς παρʼ αὐτοῦ βοηθείας
And had not certain persons in their envy of him, or rather of you, begun a revolt and forced him to return here before the proper time, he would certainly have subdued all Britain together with the other islands which surround it and all Germania to the Arctic Ocean, so that we should have had as our boundaries for the future, not land or people, but the air and the outer sea. 2 For these reasons you also, beholding the greatness of his purpose, his deeds, and his good fortune, assigned him the right to hold office for a very long period, — a privilege which, from the time that we became a republic, no other man has enjoyed, — I mean holding the command during eight whole years in succession. So fully did you believe that it was really for your sake he was making all these conquests and so far were you from ever suspecting that he would grow powerful to your hurt. Nay, you desired that he should tarry in those regions as long as possible. He was prevented, however, by those who regarded the government as belonging no longer to the public but as their own private property, from subjugating the remaining countries, and you were kept from becoming masters of them all; for these men, making an evil use of the opportunity afforded by his being occupied, ventured upon many impious projects, so that you came to require his aid.
§ 44.44
δεηθῆναι. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καταλιπὼν τὰ προκείμενα ταχέως ὑμῖν ἐπεκούρησε, καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἐκ τῶν ἐπαρτηθέντων αὐτῇ κινδύνων ἠλευθέρωσε, καὶ προσέτι τήν τε Ἰβηρίαν ἀλλοτριουμένην ἐκομίσατο, καὶ τὸν Πομπήιον τήν τε πατρίδα καταλιπόντα καὶ βασιλείαν ἰδίαν ἐν Μακεδονίᾳ κατασκευάζοντα, καὶ ἐκεῖσε πάντα τὰ ὑμέτερα ἀγαθὰ μεταφέροντα, τούς τε ὑπηκόους ὑμῶν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς συσκευαζόμενον καὶ τοῖς χρήμασιν ὑμῶν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς χρώμενον ἰδὼν τὸ μὲν πρῶτον πεῖσαί πως ἠθέλησε, καὶ ἰδίᾳ καὶ κοινῇ προσπέμπων, παύσασθαι καὶ μεταθέσθαι, πίστεις λαβόντα μεγίστας ἦ μὴν ἐν τοῖς ἴσοις καὶ ὁμοίοις αὖθις αὐτὸν γενήσεσθαι· ἐπεὶ δʼ οὐδένα τρόπον ἠδυνήθη τοῦτο ποιῆσαι, ἀλλʼ ἐκεῖνος τά τε ἄλλα καὶ τὴν συγγένειαν τὴν πρὸς τὸν Καίσαρα αὐτῷ ὑπάρξασαν ὑπερβὰς ἀντιπολεμεῖν ὑμῖν εἵλετο, οὕτω δὴ καταναγκασθεὶς τοῦ ἐμφυλίου πολέμου προσάψασθαι τί μὲν δεῖ λέγειν ὡς εὐτόλμως ἐπʼ αὐτόν, καίπερ χειμῶνος ὄντος, ἔπλευσε, τί δὲ ὡς εὐθαρσῶς αὐτῷ, καίτοι πάντα τὰ ἐκεῖ χωρία ἔχοντι, συνέμιξε, τί δὲ ὡς ἀνδρικῶς αὐτοῦ, καίπερ πολὺ τῷ πλήθει τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἐλαττούμενος, ἐκράτησεν; ἂν γάρ τις καθʼ ἕκαστον αὐτῶν ἐπεξελθεῖν ἐθελήσῃ, παῖδα ἂν ἀποδείξειε τὸν θαυμαστὸν ἐκεῖνον Πομπήιον· οὕτως ἐν πᾶσιν αὐτοῖς κατεστρατηγήθη.
Therefore, abandoning the victories within his grasp, he quietly came to your assistance, freed all Italy from the dangers which threatened it, and furthermore won back Spain, which was being estranged. Then, when he saw that Pompey, who had abandoned his country and was setting up a kingdom of his own in Macedonia, 2 was transferring thither all your possessions, equipping your subjects against you, and using your own money against you, he at first wished to persuade him somehow to stop and change his course, sending mediators to him both privately and publicly and offering the most solemn pledges that he should again attain and equal and like position with himself. When, however, he found himself unable in any way to effect this, but instead Pompey burst all restraints, even the relationship which had existed between himself and Caesar, and chose to fight against you, then at last he was compelled to begin the civil war. But what need is there of relating how daringly he sailed against him in spite of the winter, 4 or how boldly he assailed him, though Pompey held all the strong positions, or how bravely he vanquished him, though much inferior in the number of his troops? Indeed, if one wished to recite the whole story in detail, he could show the renowned Pompey to have been a mere child, so completely was he outgeneralled at every point.
§ 44.45
ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν ἐάσω· οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδʼ αὐτὸς ὁ Καῖσαρ ἐσεμνύνατό ποτε ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς, μισῶν ἀεὶ τὰ τῆς ἀνάγκης· ἐπεὶ δὲ τὸ δαιμόνιον δικαιότατα τὴν μάχην ἔκρινε, τίνα μὲν τῶν τότε πρῶτον ἁλόντων ἀπέκτεινε, τίνα δὲ οὐκ ἐτίμησεν, οὐχ ὅτι τῶν βουλευτῶν ἢ τῶν ἱππέων ἢ καὶ ὅλως τῶν πολιτῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν συμμάχων τῶν τε ὑπηκόων; οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδὲ ἐκείνων τις οὔτʼ ἀπέθανε βιαίως οὔτε αἰτίαν ἔλαβεν, οὐκ ἰδιώτης, οὐ βασιλεύς, οὐκ ἔθνος, οὐ πόλις· ἀλλʼ οἱ μὲν καὶ συνεξητάσθησαν αὐτῷ, οἱ δὲ τὴν γοῦν ἄδειαν ἐντίμως ἔσχον, ὥστε τότε δὴ καὶ πάντας ὀδύρεσθαι τῶν ἀπολωλότων. τοσαύτῃ γὰρ περιουσίᾳ φιλανθρωπίας ἐχρήσατο ὥστε τοὺς μὲν συναραμένους τῷ Πομπηίῳ ἐπαινέσαι καὶ πάντα σφίσι τὰ δοθέντα ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ φυλάξαι, τὸν δὲ δὴ Φαρνάκην καὶ τὸν Ὀρώδην μισῆσαι ὅτι οὐκ ἐπεκούρησαν φίλοι αὐτοῦ ὄντες. καὶ διὰ τοῦτό γε οὐχ ἥκιστα τῷ μὲν οὐκ ἐς μακρὰν ἐπολέμησε, τῷ δὲ ἐπιστρατεύσειν ἔμελλε. πάντως δʼ ἂν καὶ ζῶντα εἰλήφει. τεκμήριον δὲ ὅτι μήτε εὐθὺς αὐτὸν ἐπεδίωξεν ἀλλὰ κατὰ σχολὴν εἴασε φυγεῖν, καὶ τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῦ ἀηδῶς ἤκουσε, τούς τε φονεύσαντας αὐτὸν οὐκ ἐπῄνεσεν ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀνταπέκτεινεν οὐ πολλῷ ὕστερον, καὶ αὐτόν γε τὸν Πτολεμαῖον, ὅτι καίτοι παῖς ὢν τὸν εὐεργέτην ἀπολόμενον περιεῖδε, προσδιέφθειρε.
“But all this I will omit, since not even Caesar himself ever took any pride in it, always hating, as he did, the deeds enforced by necessity. But when Heaven had most justly decided the issue of the battle, whom of those then captured for the first time did he put to death? Whom, rather, did he not honour, not alone of the senators or knights or of the citizens in general, but even of the allies and subjects? 2 For no one, even of them, either died a violent death, or was censured, — no civilian, no king, no tribe, no city. On the contrary, some arrayed themselves on his side, and others obtained at least pardon with honour, so that all then lamented the fate of those who had perished. Such exceeding humanity did he show, that he praised those who had coöperated with Pompey and allowed them to keep everything that Pompey had given them, but hated Pharnaces and Orodes, because, though friends of the vanquished, they had not assisted him. 4 It was chiefly for this reason that he not long afterward waged war on Pharnaces and was preparing to conduct a campaign against Orodes. And he certainly would have spared even Pompey himself if he had captured him alive. A proof of this is that he did not pursue him at once, but allowed him to flee at his leisure. Also he was grieved when he heard of Pompey's death and did not praise his murderers, but put them to death for it soon after, and moreover even destroyed Ptolemy himself, because, though a child, he had allowed his benefactor to perish.
§ 44.46
μετὰ ταῦτα τοίνυν ὅπως μὲν τὴν Αἴγυπτον κατεστήσατο, καὶ ὅσα χρήματα ἐκεῖθεν ὑμῖν ἐκόμισε, περιττὸν ἂν εἴη λέγειν· στρατεύσας δὲ ἐπὶ τὸν Φαρνάκην οὐκ ὀλίγα ἤδη τοῦ τε Πόντου καὶ τῆς Ἀρμενίας ἔχοντα, προσηγγέλθη τε ἅμα αὐτῷ προσιὼν καὶ ὤφθη παρὼν καὶ συνέβαλεν αὐθημερὸν καὶ ἐνίκησεν. ἀφʼ ὧνπερ οὐχ ἥκιστα διέδειξεν ὅτι οὐδὲν χείρων ἐν τῇ Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ ἐγένετο, οὐδʼ ὑπὸ τρυφῆς ἐν αὐτῇ ἐνεχρόνισε· πῶς γὰρ ἂν ῥᾳδίως ἐκεῖνα ἔπραξε μὴ πολλῇ μὲν παρασκευῇ διανοίας πολλῇ δὲ καὶ ῥώμῃ χρώμενος; ὡς δʼ οὖν καὶ ὁ Φαρνάκης ἔφυγε, παρεσκευάζετο μὲν εὐθὺς ἐπὶ τὸν Πάρθον στρατεῦσαι, στασιασάντων δὲ αὖθις ἐνταῦθά τινων ἀνεκομίσθη τε ἄκων, καὶ οὕτως αὖ καὶ ταῦτα διέθετο ὥστε μηδʼ ὅτι ἀρχὴν ἐταράχθη πιστευθῆναι. οὔτε γὰρ ἀπέθανεν οὔτε ἔφυγεν, ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ ἠτιμώθη τὸ παράπαν ἐξ ἐκείνων τῶν πραγμάτων οὐδείς, οὐχ ὅτι οὐ δικαιότατα ἂν πολλοὶ ἐκολάσθησαν, ἀλλʼ ὅτι τοὺς μὲν πολεμίους ἀφειδῶς ἀπολλύναι τοὺς δὲ δὴ πολίτας σώζειν, κἂν φαῦλοί τινες ὦσιν, ἡγεῖτο δεῖν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τῇ μὲν ἀνδρείᾳ τοὺς ἀλλοφύλους κατηγωνίζετο, τῇ δὲ φιλανθρωπίᾳ καὶ τοὺς στασιάζοντας τῶν πολιτῶν, καίτοι καὶ ἀναξίους πολλάκις τούτου γεγονότας ἀφʼ ὧν ἔπραττον, διετήρει. τὸ δʼ αὐτὸ τοῦτο καὶ ἐν τῇ Ἀφρικῇ τῇ τε Ἰβηρίᾳ αὖθις ἔπραξε, πάντας ὅσοι μὴ καὶ πρότερόν ποτε ἁλόντες ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἠλέηντο ἀφείς. τὸ μὲν γὰρ τοὺς πολλάκις ἐπιβουλεύοντάς οἱ ἀεὶ περιποιεῖσθαι μωρίαν, οὐ φιλανθρωπίαν ἐνόμιζε· τὸ δὲ ἐν τοῖς πρώτοις ἁμαρτήμασι συγγιγνώσκειν τισί, καὶ μήτʼ ἀκατάλλακτον ὀργὴν ἔχειν καὶ προσέτι καὶ τιμὰς νέμειν, ἂν δὲ ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἐμμένωσιν, ἀπαλλαγὴν αὐτῶν ποιεῖσθαι, καὶ πάνυ ἀνδρὸς ἔργον ἡγεῖτο εἶναι. καίτοι τί τοῦτο εἶπον; πολλοὺς γάρ τοι καὶ ἐκείνων ἔσωσε, δοὺς τοῖς τε ἑταίροις ἅπασι καὶ τοῖς συννικήσασιν αὐτῷ ἕνα ἑκάστῳ τῶν ἁλόντων περιποιήσασθαι.
”How after this he brought Egypt to terms and how much money he conveyed to you from there, it would be superfluous to relate. And when he made his campaign against Pharnaces, who already held a considerable part of Pontus and Armenia, he was on one and the same day reported to the king as approaching him, was seen confronting him, engaged him in conflict, and conquered him. 2 This better than anything else showed that he had not become weaker in Alexandria and had not delayed there out of voluptuousness. For how could he have won that victory so easily without having great mental vigour in reserve and great physical strength? When now Pharnaces had fled, he was preparing to conduct a campaign at once against the Parthian, but as certain men had begun a strife here he returned reluctantly and settled this dispute, too, so well that no one would believe that there had been any disturbance at all. 4 For not a person was killed or exiled or even disgraced in any way as a result of that trouble, not because many might not justly have been punished, but because he thought it right while destroying the enemy unsparingly to preserve the citizens, even if some of them are of little account. Therefore by his bravery he overcame foreigners in war, but by his humanity he kept unharmed even the seditious citizens, although many of them by their acts had often shown themselves unworthy of this favour. This same policy he followed again both in Africa and in Spain, releasing all who had not previously been captured and been pitied by him. 6 For while he considered it folly, not humanity, always to spare the lives of those who frequently plotted against him, on the other hand, he thought it the duty of one who was truly a man to pardon opponents on the occasion of their first errors instead of harbouring implacable anger, yes, and even to assign honours to them, but if they clung to their original course, to get rid of them. Yet why do I relate this? Many of these also he spared by allowing all his associates and those who had helped him conquer to save the life of one captive each.
§ 44.47
καὶ μέντοι καὶ ὅτι ταῦτα πάντα ἀπʼ ἐμφύτου χρηστότητος, καὶ οὔτε προσποιητῶς οὔτε ἐπὶ κατασκευῇ πλεονεξίας τινός, ὥσπερ ἕτεροι συχνοὶ ἐφιλανθρωπεύσαντό τινα, ἔπραξε, μέγιστον μὲν καὶ ἐκεῖνο μαρτύριόν ἐστιν, ὅτι πανταχοῦ καὶ διὰ πάντων ὅμοιος ἐγένετο καὶ οὔτʼ ὀργή τις αὐτὸν ἠγρίανεν οὔτε εὐπραγία διέφθειρεν, οὐ τὸ κράτος ἠλλοίωσεν, οὐχ ἡ ἐξουσία μετέβαλεν. καίτοι χαλεπώτατον ἐν τοῖς τοσούτοις καὶ τοιούτοις καὶ προσέτι καὶ ἐπαλλήλοις πράγμασιν ἐξετασθέντα, καὶ τὰ μὲν κατωρθωκότα τὰ δὲ ἐν χερσὶν ἔτʼ ἔχοντα τὰ δʼ ὑποπτεύοντα, χρηστόν τε ἀεὶ διʼ ἴσου γενέσθαι, καὶ μηδὲν τραχὺ μηδὲ δεινόν, εἰ καὶ μὴ πρὸς τιμωρίαν τῶν παρεληλυθότων, ἀλλὰ πρός γε φυλακὴν τῶν μελλόντων ἐθελῆσαι ποιῆσαι. ἱκανὰ μὲν καὶ ταῦτα τὴν χρηστότητα αὐτοῦ τεκμηριῶσαί ἐστιν· οὕτω γὰρ ἐκ θεῶν ὄντως ἔφυ ὥστε ἓν μόνον ἠπίστατο, σώζειν τούς γε σώζεσθαι δυναμένους· προσέτι δὲ καὶ ἐκεῖνα, ὅτι τοῖς τε αὐτῷ πολεμήσασι τὸ μηδʼ ὑπʼ ἄλλου τινὸς κολασθῆναι παρεσκεύασε, καὶ τοὺς ἐν τῷ πρὶν ἐπταικότας ἀνεκτήσατο. πᾶσι μὲν γὰρ τοῖς μετὰ τοῦ Λεπίδου καὶ μετὰ τοῦ Σερτωρίου γενομένοις ἄδειαν δοθῆναι ἐποίησε, πᾶσι δὲ ἐκ τούτου τοῖς ἐκ τῶν ἐπικηρυχθέντων ὑπὸ τοῦ Σύλλου περιλειφθεῖσι τὴν σωτηρίαν ὑπάρξαι παρεσκεύασε, καὶ αὐτοὺς μετὰ τοῦτο κατήγαγε, τούς τε παῖδας ἁπάντων τῶν ὑπʼ ἐκείνου θανατωθέντων καὶ τιμῶν καὶ ἀρχῶν ἠξίωσεν. καὶ τὸ μέγιστον, πάντα ἁπλῶς τὰ γράμματα ὅσα ἢ παρὰ τῷ Πομπηίῳ ἢ παρὰ τῷ Σκιπίωνι ἀπόρρητα εὑρέθη κατέκαυσε, μήτʼ ἀναγνούς τι αὐτῶν μήτε τηρήσας, ἵνα μηδʼ ἄλλῳ τινὶ πονηρευθῆναί τι διʼ αὐτὰ ἐγγένηται. ὅτι δὲ ταῦθʼ οὕτως οὐκ εἶπε μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ ἔπραξε, δηλοῖ τὰ ἔργα· οὐδεὶς γοῦν ἐκ τῶν γραμμάτων ἐκείνων οὐχ ὅσον οὐκ ἔπαθέ τι δεινόν, ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ ἐφοβήθη. οὔκουν οὐδʼ οἶδεν οὐδεὶς τοὺς ἐξ αὐτῶν περιγενομένους πλὴν αὐτῶν ἐκείνων. τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι παραδοξότατον καὶ μηδεμίαν ὑπερβολὴν ἔχον, ὅτι τε ἀφείθησαν πρὶν αἰτιαθῆναι καὶ ὅτι ἐσώθησαν πρὶν κινδυνεῦσαι, καὶ οὐδʼ αὐτὸς ὁ περιποιήσας σφᾶς ἔμαθεν οὓς ἠλέησε.
“That he did all this, moreover, from inherent goodness and not for appearances or to reap any advantage, as many others have displayed humaneness, there is this further very strong evidence, that everywhere and in all circumstances he showed himself the same: anger did not brutalize him, nor good fortune corrupt him; power did not alter, nor authority change him. 2 Yet it is very difficult when tested in so many enterprises of such magnitude, in enterprises, moreover, that follow one another in rapid succession, when one has been successful in some, is still engaged in conducting others, and only surmises that others are yet to come, to prove equally good on all occasions and to refrain from wishing to do anything harsh or terrible, if not out of vengeance for the past, at least as a measure of safeguard for the future. This alone is enough to prove his goodness; for he was so truly a scion of gods that he understood but one thing, to save those who could be saved. But there is also this further evidence, that he took care not to have those who warred against him punished even by anyone else, and that he won back those who had met with misfortune earlier. 4 For he caused amnesty to be granted to all who had been followers of Lepidus and Sertorius, and next arranged that safety should be afforded to all the survivors of those whom Sulla had proscribed; somewhat later he brought them home from exile and bestowed honours and offices upon the sons of all who had been slain by Sulla. Greatest of all, he burned absolutely all the secret documents found in the tent of either Pompey or Scipio, neither reading nor yet keeping any of them, in order that it might not happen that anyone else should use them for mischievous ends. And that this was not only what he said he had done, but what he actually did, the facts show clearly; at any rate, no one as a result of those letters was even frightened, much less suffered any harm. 6 Hence no one even knows those who escaped this danger except the men themselves. This is a most astonishing fact and one without a parallel, that they were spared before they were accused and saved before they encountered danger, and that not even he who saved their lives learned who it was he pitied.
§ 44.48
καὶ γάρ τοι διά τε ταῦτα καὶ διὰ τἆλλα ὅσα ἐνομοθέτησε καὶ ἐπηνώρθωσε, μεγάλα μὲν αὐτὰ καθʼ ἑαυτὰ ὄντα, παρὰ μικρὸν δʼ ἂν πρὸς ἐκεῖνα νομισθέντα, ἂ οὐ χρὴ ἀκριβῶς ἐπεξιέναι, καὶ ἐφιλήσατε αὐτὸν ὡς πατέρα καὶ ἠγαπήσατε ὡς εὐεργέτην, τιμαῖς τε οἵαις οὐδένα ἄλλον ἠγήλατε, καὶ προστάτην διατελῆ τῆς τε πόλεως καὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς ἁπάσης ἔχειν ἐπεθυμήσατε, μηδὲν περὶ τῶν ὀνομάτων διενεχθέντες, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντα αὐτῷ ὡς καὶ ἐλάττονα αὐτοῦ προσθέντες, ἵνʼ ὅσον καθʼ ἕκαστον αὐτῶν ἐκ τοῦ νομιζομένου πρὸς τὸ τελειότατον καὶ τῆς τιμῆς καὶ τῆς ἐξουσίας ἐνέδει, τοῦτο ἐκ τῆς παρὰ τῶν ἄλλων συντελείας ἀνταναπληρωθῇ. διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο ἀρχιερεὺς μὲν πρὸς τοὺς θεούς, ὕπατος δὲ πρὸς ἡμᾶς, αὐτοκράτωρ δὲ πρὸς τοὺς στρατιώτας, δικτάτωρ δὲ πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους ἀπεδείχθη. καὶ τί ταῦτʼ ἐξαριθμοῦμαι, ὁπότε καὶ πατέρα αὐτὸν ἑνὶ λόγῳ τῆς πατρίδος ἐπεκαλέσατε; ἵνα μὴ τὰς ἄλλας αὐτοῦ προσηγορίας καταλέγω.
”For these and for all his other acts of legislation and reconstruction, great in themselves, but likely to be deemed small in comparison with those others which I need not recount in detail, you loved him as a father and cherished him as a benefactor, you exalted him with such honours as you bestowed on no one else 2 and desired him to be continual head of the city and of the whole domain. You did not quarrel at all about titles, but applied them all to him, feeling that they were inadequate to his merits, and desiring that whatever each of them, in the light of customary usage, lacked of being a complete expression of honour and authority might be supplied by what the rest contributed. Therefore, for the gods he was appointed high priest, for us consul, for the soldiers imperator, and for the enemy dictator. But why do I enumerate these details, when in one phrase you called him father of his country — not to mention the rest of his titles?
§ 44.49
Ἀλλʼ οὗτος ὁ πατήρ, οὗτος ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς ὁ ἄσυλος ὁ ἥρως ὁ θεὸς τέθνηκεν, οἴμοι, τέθνηκεν οὐ νόσῳ βιασθείς, οὐδὲ γήρᾳ μαρανθείς, οὐδὲ ἔξω που ἐν πολέμῳ τινὶ τρωθείς, οὐδὲ ἐκ δαιμονίου τινὸς αὐτομάτως ἁρπασθείς, ἀλλὰ ἐνταῦθα ἐντὸς τοῦ τείχους ἐπιβουλευθεὶς ὁ καὶ ἐς Βρεττανίαν ἀσφαλῶς στρατεύσας, ἐν τῇ πόλει ἐνεδρευθεὶς ὁ καὶ τὸ πωμήριον αὐτῆς ἐπαυξήσας, ἐν τῷ βουλευτηρίῳ κατασφαγεὶς ὁ καὶ ἴδιον ἄλλο κατασκευάσας, ἄοπλος ὁ εὐπόλεμος, γυμνὸς ὁ εἰρηνοποιός, πρὸς τοῖς δικαστηρίοις ὁ δικαστής, πρὸς ταῖς ἀρχαῖς ὁ ἄρχων, ὑπὸ τῶν πολιτῶν ὃν μηδεὶς τῶν πολεμίων μηδʼ ἐς τὴν θάλασσαν ἐκπεσόντα ἀποκτεῖναι ἠδυνήθη, ὑπὸ τῶν ἑταίρων ὁ πολλάκις αὐτοὺς ἐλεήσας. ποῦ δῆτά σοι, Καῖσαρ, ἡ φιλανθρωπία, ποῦ δὲ ἡ ἀσυλία, ποῦ δὲ οἱ νόμοι; ἀλλὰ σὺ μέν, ὅπως μηδʼ ὑπὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν τις φονεύηται, πολλὰ ἐνομοθέτησας, σὲ δὲ οὕτως οἰκτρῶς ἀπέκτειναν οἱ φίλοι, καὶ νῦν ἔν τε τῇ ἀγορᾷ πρόκεισαι ἐσφαγμένος, δι’ ἧς πολλάκις ἐπόμπευσας ἐστεφανωμένος, καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος ἔρριψαι κατατετρωμένος, ἀφʼ οὗ πολλάκις ἐδημηγόρησας. οἴμοι πολιῶν ᾑματωμένων, ὢ στολῆς ἐσπαραγμένης, ἣν ἐπὶ τούτῳ μόνον, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἔλαβες, ἵνʼ ἐν ταύτῃ σφαγῇς.”
“Yet this father, this high priest, this inviolable being, this hero and god, is dead, alas, dead not by the violence of some disease, nor wasted by old age, nor wounded abroad somewhere in some war, nor caught up inexplicably by some supernatural force, but right here within the walls as the result of a plot — the man who had safely led an army into Britain; 2 ambushed in this city — the man who had enlarged its pomerium; murdered in the senate-house — the man who had reared another such edifice at his own expense; unarmed — the brave warrior; defenceless — the promoter of peace; the judge — beside the court of justice; the magistrate — beside the seat of government; at the hands of the citizens — he whom none of the enemy had been able to kill even when he fell into the sea; at the hands of his comrades — he who had often taken pity on them. Of what avail, O Caesar, was your humanity, of what avail your inviolability, of what avail the laws? Nay, though you enacted many laws that men might not be killed by their personal foes, yet how mercilessly you yourself were slain by your friends! And now, the victim of assassination, you lie dead in the Forum through which you often led the triumph crowned; wounded to death, you have been cast down upon the Rostra from which you often addressed the people. 4 Woe for the blood-bespattered locks of gray, alas for the rent robe, which you assumed, it seems, only that you might be slain in it!”
§ 44.50
τοιαῦτα τοῦ Ἀντωνίου λέγοντος ὁ δῆμος τὰ μὲν πρῶτα ἠρεθίζετο, ἔπειτα δὲ ὠργίζετο, καὶ τέλος οὕτως ἐφλέγμηνεν ὥστε τούς τε φονέας αὐτοῦ ζητεῖν καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις βουλευταῖς ἐγκαλεῖν, ὅτι οἱ μὲν ἀπέκτειναν οἱ δὲ ἐπεῖδον ἀποθνήσκοντα ἄνδρα ὑπὲρ οὗ δημοσίᾳ κατʼ ἔτος εὔχεσθαι ἐψηφίσαντο, καὶ οὗ τήν τε ὑγίειαν τήν τε τύχην ὤμνυσαν, καὶ ὃν ἐξ ἴσου τοῖς δημάρχοις ἄσυλον ἐπεποιήκεσαν. κἀκ τούτου τό τε σῶμα αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαντες οἱ μὲν ἐς τὸ οἴκημα ἐν ᾧ ἀπέσφακτο, οἱ δὲ ἐς τὸ Καπιτώλιον κομίσαι τε ἐβούλοντο καὶ ἐκεῖ καῦσαι, κωλυθέντες δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν στρατιωτῶν φόβῳ τοῦ μή καὶ τὸ θέατρον τούς τε ναοὺς συγκαταπρησθῆναι, αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ, ὥσπερ εἶχον, ἐπὶ πυρὰν ἐπέθηκαν. πολλὰ δʼ ἂν καὶ ὣς τῶν πέριξ οἰκοδομημάτων ἐφθάρη, εἰ μὴ οἵ τε στρατιῶται ἐμποδὼν ἐγένοντο καί τινας τῶν θρασυτέρων οἱ ὕπατοι κατὰ τῶν τοῦ Καπιτωλίου πετρῶν ἔωσαν. οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἐπαύσαντο διὰ τοῦτο οἱ λοιποὶ ταραττόμενοι, ἀλλʼ ἐπί τε τὰς οἰκίας τῶν σφαγέων ὥρμησαν, καὶ ἄλλους τε ἐν τούτῳ καὶ Ελούϊον Κίνναν δημαρχοῦντα μάτην ἀπέκτειναν· οὐ γὰρ ὅπως ἐπεβούλευσε τῷ Καίσαρι, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα αὐτὸν ἠγάπα. ἐπλανήθησαν δὲ ὅτι Κορνήλιος Κίννας ὁ
At this deliverance of Antony's the throng was at first excited, then enraged, and finally so inflamed with passion that they sought his murderers and reproached the other senators, because while the others had slain they had looked on at the death of a man on whose behalf they had voted to offer public prayers each year, by whose Health and Fortune they had sworn their oaths, whose person they had made as inviolable as the tribunes. 2 Then, seizing his body, some wished to convey it to the room in which he had been slaughtered, and others to the Capitol, and burn it there; but being prevented by the soldiers, who feared that the theatre and temples would be burned to the ground at the same time, they placed it upon a pyre there in the Forum, without further ado. Even so, many of the surrounding buildings would have been destroyed had not the soldiers prevented and had not the consuls thrust some of the bolder ones over the cliffs of the Capitoline. 4 For all that, the rest did not cease their disturbance, but rushed to the houses of the assassins, and during the excitement killed, among others, Helvius Cinna, a tribune, without just cause; for this man had not only not plotted against Caesar, but was one of his most devoted friends. Their mistake was due to the fact that Cornelius Cinna, the praetor, had taken part in the attack.
§ 44.51
στρατηγὸς συμμετέσχε τῆς ἐπιθέσεως. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο ἀπειπόντων τῶν ὑπάτων μηδένα ἔξω τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἔνοπλον εἶναι, τῶν μὲν φόνων ἀπέσχοντο, βωμὸν δέ τινα ἐν τῷ τῆς πυρᾶς χωρίῳ ἱδρυσάμενοι (τὰ γὰρ ὀστᾶ αὐτοῦ οἱ ἐξελεύθεροι προανείλοντο καὶ ἐς τὸ πατρῷον μνημεῖον κατέθεντὀ θύειν τε ἐπʼ αὐτῷ καὶ κατάρχεσθαι τῷ Καίσαρι ὡς καὶ θεῷ ἐπεχείρουν. οἱ οὖν ὕπατοι ἐκεῖνόν τε ἀνέτρεψαν, καί τινας ἀγανακτήσαντας ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἐκόλασαν, καὶ νόμον ἐξέθηκαν μηδένα αὖθις δικτάτορα γενέσθαι, ἀράς τε ποιησάμενοι καὶ θάνατον προειπόντες ἄν τέ τις ἐσηγήσηται τοῦτο ἄν θʼ ὑποστῇ, καὶ προσέτι καὶ χρήματα αὐτοῖς ἄντικρυς ἐπικηρύξαντες. ταῦτα μὲν ἐς τὸ ἔπειτα προείδοντο, ὥσπερ ἐν τοῖς ὀνόμασι τῆς τῶν ἔργων δεινότητος οὔσης, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐκ τῶν ὅπλων καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἑκάστου τρόπων καὶ γιγνομένων αὐτῶν καὶ τὰς τῆς ἐξουσίας, ἐν ᾗ ποτʼ ἂν τύχῃ δρώμενα, προσρήσεις διαβαλλόντων· ἐν δὲ τῷ τότε παρόντι τούς τε κληρούχους τοὺς ὑπὸ τοῦ Καίσαρος προκεχειρισμένους ἐς τὰς ἀποικίας εὐθύς, μὴ καὶ νεοχμώσωσί τι, ἔστειλαν, καὶ τῶν σφαγέων τοὺς μὲν ἄρξαι τινῶν εἰληχότας ἐς τὰ ἔθνη, τοὺς δὲ λοιποὺς ἄλλον ἄλλοσε ἐπὶ προφάσει τινὶ ἐξέπεμψαν· καὶ αὐτοὺς ὡς καὶ εὐεργέτας σφῶν πολλοὶ ἐτίμησαν.
After this, when the consuls forbade any one except the soldiers to carry arms, they refrained from bloodshed, but set up an altar on the site of the pyre (for the freedmen of Caesar had previously taken up his bones and deposited them in the family tomb), and undertook to sacrifice upon it and to offer victims to Caesar, as to a god. 2 But the consuls overthrew this altar and punished some who showed displeasure at the act, at the same time publishing a law that no one should ever again be dictator and invoking curses and proclaiming death as the penalty upon any man who should propose or support such a measure, besides openly setting a price upon the heads of any such. This provision they made for the future, assuming that the shamefulness of men's deeds consists in the titles they bear, whereas these deeds really arise from their possession of armed forces and from the character of the individual incumbent of the office, and disgrace the titles of authority under which they chance to occur; 4 but for the time being they sent out immediately to the colonies such as held allotments of land already assigned by Caesar, out of fear that they might begin an uprising, while of the assassins they sent out those who had obtained governorships to the provinces, and the rest to various places on one pretext or another; and these men were honoured by many as their benefactors.
§ 44.52
οὕτω μὲν ὁ Καῖσαρ μετήλλαξε. καὶ ἐπειδὴ ἔν τε τῷ τοῦ Πομπηίου οἰκοδομήματι καὶ παρὰ τῷ ἀνδριάντι αὐτοῦ τῷ τότε ἐκεῖ ἑστῶτι ἐσφάγη, ἔδοξέ τινα τιμωρίαν αὐτῷ δεδωκέναι, ἄλλως τε καὶ ὅτι καὶ βρονταὶ ἄπλετοι καὶ ὑετὸς λάβρος ἐπεγένετο. ἐν δʼ οὖν τῷ θορύβῳ ἐκείνῳ καὶ τοιόνδε τι οὐκ ἀπάξιον μνήμης συνηνέχθη. Γάϊος γάρ τις Κάσκας δημαρχῶν, καὶ ἰδὼν ὅτι ὁ Κίννας ἐκ τῆς πρὸς τὸν στρατηγὸν ὁμωνυμίας ἀπώλετο, ἐφοβήθη μὴ καὶ αὐτὸς ἀποθάνῃ, ὅτι Πούπλιος Σερουίλιος Κάσκας ἔκ τε τῶν δημάρχων καὶ ἐκ τῶν σφαγέων ἦν, καὶ γράμματα ἐξέθηκε τήν τε κοινωνίαν σφῶν ἐκ τῆς μιᾶς προσηγορίας καὶ τὴν διαφορὰν τῆς γνώμης δηλῶν. καὶ ἔπαθε μὲν οὐδέτερος δεινὸν οὐδέν (καὶ γὰρ ὁ Σερουίλιος ἰσχυρῶς ἐφυλάσσετὀ, λόγον δὲ δή τινα ὁ Γάϊος, ὥστε καὶ μνημονεύεσθαι διὰ τοῦτο, ἔσχεν.
In this way Caesar met his end. And inasmuch as he had been slain in Pompey's edifice and near his statue which at that time stood there, he seemed in a way to have afforded his rival his revenge, especially as tremendous thunder and a furious rain followed. In the midst of that excitement there also took place the following incident, not unworthy of mention. 2 One Gaius Casca, a tribune, seeing that Cinna had perished as a result of his cognomen being the same as the prisoner's, and fearing that he too might be killed, because Publius Servilius Casca was one of the tribunes and also one of the assassins, issued a statement which showed that they had in common only the single name and pointed out the difference in their sentiments. Neither of them suffered any harm, as Servilius was strongly guarded; but Gaius gained some notoriety, so that he is remembered for this act.
§ 44.53
τότε μὲν δὴ ταῦτα πρός τε τῶν ἄλλων καὶ πρὸς τῶν ὑπάτων ἐγένετο· καὶ γὰρ τὸν Δολοβέλλαν ὁ Ἀντώνιος, καίτοι μὴ βουληθεὶς τὰ πρῶτα ἐς τὴν ἀρχὴν ὡς οὐδέπω καθήκουσάν οἱ προσλαβεῖν, ὅμως προσέθετο, δείσας μὴ στασιάσῃ. ὡς μέντοι ὅ τε θόρυβος κατέστη καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ Ἀντώνιος τό τε ἐξετάσαι τὰ διοικηθέντα ὑπὸ τοῦ Καίσαρος καὶ τὸ πάντα τὰ δόξαντα αὐτῷ ποιῆσαι ἐπετράπη, οὐκέτʼ ἐσωφρόνησεν, ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ τάχιστα ἐγκρατὴς τῶν γραμμάτων αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο, πολλὰ μὲν ἀπήλειψε πολλὰ δὲ καὶ ἀντενέγραψεν, ἄλλα τε καὶ νόμους. καὶ προσέτι καὶ χρήματα καὶ ἀρχὰς τὰς μὲν ἀφείλετό τινων τὰς δὲ ἔδωκεν ἄλλοις, ὡς καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἐκείνου δὴ γραμμάτων αὐτὰ ποιῶν. κἀκ τούτου συχνὰ μὲν αὐτόθεν ἥρπασε, συχνὰ δὲ καὶ παρʼ ἰδιωτῶν τῶν τε δήμων καὶ τῶν βασιλέων ἠργυρολόγησε, τοῖς μὲν χώραν, τοῖς δὲ ἐλευθερίαν, ἄλλοις πολιτείαν, ἄλλοις ἀτέλειαν πωλῶν, καίτοι τῆς βουλῆς τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ψηφισαμένης μηδεμίαν στήλην ὡς καὶ τοῦ Καίσαρος συγγεγραφότος τι ἀνατεθῆναι (ἐς γὰρ στήλας χαλκᾶς πάντα τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐσεγράφετὀ, ἔπειτα δέ, ὡς ἐκεῖνος ἐνέκειτο λέγων πολλὰ καὶ ἀναγκαῖα ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ προβεβουλεῦσθαι, κελευσάσης πάντας τοὺς πρώτους κοινῇ αὐτὰ διακρῖναι. ἀλλʼ οὔτε τι τούτων ἐφρόντισε, καὶ τὸ σύμπαν τοῦ μὲν Ὀκταουίου ἅτε καὶ μειρακίου καὶ πραγμάτων ἀπείρου, τήν τε κληρονομίαν ὡς καὶ χαλεπὴν καὶ δυσμεταχείριστον οὖσαν ἀπωθουμένου, κατεφρόνησεν, αὐτὸς δὲ ὡς καὶ κληρονόμος οὐ μόνον τῆς οὐσίας ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς δυναστείας τῆς τοῦ Καίσαρος ὢν πάντα διεχείριζε· τά τε γὰρ ἄλλα καὶ φυγάδας τινὰς κατήγαγεν. ἐπειδή τε ὁ Λέπιδος ἰσχύν τε μεγάλην εἶχε καὶ φόβον αὐτῷ πολὺν ἐπήρτα, τήν τε θυγατέρα τῷ υἱεῖ αὐτοῦ συνῴκισε καὶ ἀρχιερέα αὐτὸν ἀποδειχθῆναι παρεσκεύασεν, ἵνα μηδὲν ὧν ἔπραττε πολυπραγμονοίη. ὅπως γὰρ δὴ ῥᾳδίως αὐτὸ ποιήσῃ, ἔς τε τοὺς ἱερέας αὖθις ἀπὸ τοῦ δήμου τὴν αἵρεσιν τοῦ ἀρχιερέως ἐπανήγαγε, κἀν τούτοις αὐτὸν οὐδὲν ἢ ὀλίγα τῶν νενομισμένων πράξας ἐτέλεσε, δυνηθεὶς ἂν αὐτὸς ἱερώσασθαι.
These were the actions of the consuls and of the others at that time. I say consuls, for Antony, fearing that Dolabella would head a revolt, took him as his colleague in the consulship, although he was at first not disposed to do so, on the ground that the office did not yet belong to him. 2 When, however, the excitement subsided, and Antony himself was charged with the duty of investigating the acts of Caesar's administration and carrying out all his behests, he no longer acted with moderation, but as soon as he had got hold of the dead man's papers, made many erasures and many substitutions, inserting laws as well as other matters. Moreover, he deprived some of money and offices, which in turn he gave to others, pretending that in doing so he was carrying out Caesar's directions. Next he seized large sums of money there in Rome, and collected large sums also from private persons, communities, and kings, selling to some land, to others freedom, to others citizenship, to others exemption from taxes. 4 And this was in spite of the fact that the senate had voted at first that no tablet should be set up on account of any law alleged to have been framed by Caesar (all such matters were inscribed upon bronze tablets), and that later, when he persisted, declaring that many urgent matters had been provided for by Caesar, it had ordered that all the foremost citizens should jointly determine them. Antony, however, paid no attention to them, and, in a word, despised Octavius, who, as a stripling and inexperienced in business, had declined the inheritance because it was troublesome and hard to manage; and thus he himself, claiming to be the heir not only of the property but also of the power of Caesar, managed everything. One of his acts was to restore some exiles. 6 And since Lepidus had great power and was causing him considerable fear, he gave his daughter in marriage to this leader's son and made arrangements to have Lepidus himself appointed high priest, so as to prevent his meddling with what he himself was doing. In fact, in order to carry out this plan with ease, he transferred the election of the high priest from the people back to the priests, and in company with the latter he consecrated him, performing few or none of the prescribed rites; and yet he might have secured the priesthood for himself.
— Book 45 —
§ 45.arg
τάδε ἔνεστιν ἐν τῷ τετταρακοστῷ πέμπτῳ τῶν Δίωνος Ῥωμαϊκῶν α. περὶ Γαΐου Ὀκταουίου τοῦ μετὰ ταῦτα Αὐγούστου ἐπικληθέντος. β. περὶ Σέξτου Πομπηίου τοῦ Πομπηίου υἱέος. γ. ὡς Καῖσαρ καὶ Ἀντώνιος στασιάζειν ἤρξαντο. δ. ὡς Κικέρων κατὰ Ἀντωνίου ἐδημηγόρησεν. χρόνου πλῆθος τὰ λοιπὰ τῆς Γ. Ἰουλίου Καίσαρος δικτατορίας τὸ ε μετὰ Μ. Αἰμιλίου Λεπίδου ἱππάρχου καὶ ὑπατείας τὸ ε μετὰ Μ. Ἀντωνίου.
—
§ 45.1
Ἀντώνιος μὲν δὴ ταῦτʼ ἐποίει, ὁ δὲ δὴ Γάϊος ὁ Ὀκτάουιος Καιπίας (οὕτω γὰρ ὁ τῆς Ἀττίας τῆς τοῦ Καίσαρος ἀδελφιδῆς υἱὸς ὠνομάζετὀ ἦν μὲν ἐξ Οὐελιτρῶν τῶν Οὐολσκίδων, ὀρφανὸς δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ὀκταουίου τοῦ πατρὸς καταλειφθεὶς ἐτράφη μὲν παρά τε τῇ μητρὶ καὶ παρὰ τῷ ἀνδρὶ αὐτῆς Λουκίῳ Φιλίππῳ, αὐξηθεὶς δὲ συνδιέτριβε τῷ Καίσαρι· ἄπαις τε γὰρ ἐκεῖνος ὢν καὶ μεγάλας ἐπʼ αὐτῷ ἐλπίδας ἔχων ἠγάπα τε καὶ περιεῖπεν αὐτόν, ὡς καὶ τοῦ ὀνόματος καὶ τῆς ἐξουσίας τῆς τε μοναρχίας διάδοχον καταλείψων, ἄλλως τε καὶ ὅτι ἡ Ἀττία δεινῶς ἰσχυρίζετο ἐκ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος αὐτὸν κεκυηκέναι, ὅτι καταδαρθοῦσά ποτε ἐν ναῷ αὐτοῦ δράκοντί τινι μίγνυσθαι ἐνόμισε καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τῷ ἱκνουμένῳ χρόνῳ ἔτεκε. πρίν τε ἢ ἐς τὸ φῶς ἐξιέναι, ἔδοξεν ὄναρ τὰ σπλάγχνα ἑαυτῆς ἐς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀναφέρεσθαι καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν ἐπεκτείνεσθαι· καὶ τῇ αὐτῇ νυκτὶ καὶ ὁ Ὀκτάουιος ἐκ τοῦ αἰδοίου αὐτῆς τὸν ἥλιον ἀνατέλλειν ἐνόμισεν. ἄρτι τε ὁ παῖς ἐγεγέννητο, καὶ Νιγίδιος Φίγουλος βουλευτὴς παραχρῆμα αὐτῷ τὴν αὐταρχίαν ἐμαντεύσατο· ἄριστα γὰρ τῶν καθʼ ἑαυτὸν τήν τε τοῦ πόλου διακόσμησιν καὶ τὰς τῶν ἀστέρων διαφοράς, ὅσα τε καθʼ ἑαυτοὺς γιγνόμενοι καὶ ὅσα συμμιγνύντες ἀλλήλοις ἔν τε ταῖς ὁμιλίαις καὶ ἐν ταῖς διαστάσεσιν ἀποτελοῦσι, διέγνω, καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο καὶ αἰτίαν ὥς τινας ἀπορρήτους διατριβὰς ποιούμενος ἔσχεν. οὗτος οὖν τότε τὸν Ὀκτάουιον βραδύτερον ἐς τὸ συνέδριον διὰ τὸν τοῦ παιδὸς τόκον (ἔτυχε γὰρ βουλὴ οὖσἀ ἀπαντήσαντα ἀνήρετο διὰ τί ἐβράδυνε, καὶ μαθὼν τὴν αἰτίαν ἀνεβόησεν ὅτι “δεσπότην ἡμῖν ἐγέννησας,” καὶ αὐτὸν ἐκταραχθέντα ἐπὶ τούτῳ καὶ διαφθεῖραι τὸ παιδίον ἐθελήσαντα ἐπέσχεν, εἰπὼν ὅτι ἀδύνατόν ἐστι τοιοῦτό τι αὐτὸ παθεῖν. τότε
So much for Antony's conduct. Now Gaius Octavius Caepias, as the son of Caesar's niece, Attia, was named, came from Velitrae in the Volscian country; after being bereft of his father Octavius he was brought up in the house of his mother and her husband, Lucius Philippus, but on attaining maturity lived with Caesar. 2 For Caesar, being childless and basing great hopes upon him, loved and cherished him, intending to leave him as successor to his name, authority, and sovereignty. He was influenced largely by Attia's emphatic declaration that the youth had been engendered by Apollo; for while sleeping once in his temple, she said, she thought she had intercourse with a serpent, and it was this that caused her at the end of the allotted time to bear a son. Before he came to the light of day she saw in a dream her entrails lifted to the heavens and spreading out over all the earth; and the same night Octavius thought that the sun rose from her womb. Hardly had the child been born when Nigidius Figulus, a senator, straightway prophesied for him absolute power. 4 This man could distinguish most accurately of his contemporaries the order of the firmament and the differences between the stars, what they accomplish when by themselves and when together, by their conjunctions and by their intervals, and for this reason had incurred the charge of practising some forbidden art. He, then, on this occasion met Octavius, who on account of the birth of the child, was somewhat late in reaching the senate-house (for there happened to be a meeting of the senate that day), and upon asking him why he was late and learning the cause, he cried out, “You have begotten a master over us.” At this Octavius was alarmed and wished to destroy the infant, but Nigidius restrained him, saying that it was impossible for it to suffer any such fate.
§ 45.2
μὲν δὴ ταῦτʼ ἐλέχθη, τρεφομένου δὲ ἐν ἀγρῷ αὐτοῦ ἀετὸς ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν αὐτοῦ ἐξαρπάσας ἄρτον ἐμετεωρίσθη καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο καταπτόμενος ἀπέδωκεν αὐτόν. παιδίσκου τε αὐτοῦ ὄντος καὶ τὴν διατριβὴν ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ ποιουμένου, ἔδοξέ ποτε ὁ Κικέρων ὄναρ ἁλύσεσί τε αὐτὸν χρυσαῖς ἐς τὸ Καπιτώλιον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καθιμῆσθαι καὶ μάστιγα παρὰ τοῦ Διὸς εἰληφέναι· καὶ οὐ γὰρ ἠπίστατο ὅστις ἦν, περιέτυχέ τε αὐτῷ τῆς ὑστεραίας ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ Καπιτωλίῳ, καὶ γνωρίσας αὐτὸν διηγήσατο τοῖς παροῦσι τὴν ὄψιν. ὅ τε Κάτουλος οὐδʼ αὐτός πω ἑορακὼς τὸν Ὀκτάουιον, ἐνόμισε τοὺς παῖδας ἐν τοῖς ὕπνοις τοὺς εὐγενεῖς πάντας ἐν τῷ Καπιτωλίῳ πρόσοδον πρὸς τὸν Δία πεποιῆσθαι, καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ τὸν θεὸν εἰκόνα τινὰ τῆς Ῥώμης ἐς τὸν ἐκείνου κόλπον ἐμβεβληκέναι· ἐκπλαγεὶς δὲ ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἀνῆλθεν ἐς τὸ Καπιτώλιον προσευξόμενος τῷ θεῷ, καὶ ἐκεῖ τὸν Ὀκτάουιον εὑρὼν ἄλλως ἀναβεβηκότα τό τε εἶδος αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸ ἐνύπνιον προσήρμοσε καὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν τῆς ὄψεως ἐβεβαιώσατο. μειρακιωθέντος δὲ μετὰ τοῦτο αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐς τοὺς ἐφήβους ἐσιόντος, τήν τε ἐσθῆτα τὴν ἀνδρικὴν ἐνδύντος, ὁ χιτὼν περιερράγη τε ἑκατέρωθεν ἀπὸ τῶν ἐπωμίδων καὶ μέχρι τῶν ποδῶν κατερρύη. τοῦτο αὐτὸ μὲν καθʼ ἑαυτὸ οὐχ ὅπως τέκμαρσίν τινα ὡς καὶ ἀγαθόν τι προσημαῖνον ἔφερεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἠνίασε τοὺς παρόντας, ὅτι ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ τοῦ ἀνδρικοῦ χιτῶνος ἐνδύσει συνεβεβήκει· ἐπελθὸν δὲ τῷ Ὀκταουίῳ εἰπεῖν ὅτι “τὸ ἀξίωμα τὸ βουλευτικὸν πᾶν ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας μου σχήσω,” ἔκβασιν πρὸς τὸ λεχθὲν ἔλαβεν. ἐξ οὖν τούτων ὁ Καῖσαρ μεγάλα ἐπʼ αὐτῷ ἐπελπίσας ἔς τε τοὺς εὐπατρίδας αὐτὸν ἐσήγαγε καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἤσκει, καὶ πάνθʼ ὅσα προσήκει τῷ μέλλοντι καλῶς καὶ κατʼ ἀξίαν τηλικοῦτο κράτος διοικήσειν ὑπάρχειν ἀκριβῶς ἐξεπαίδευσε· λόγοις τε γὰρ ῥητορικοῖς, οὐχ ὅτι τῇ τῶν Λατίνων ἀλλὰ καὶ τῇδε τῇ γλώσσῃ, ἠσκεῖτο, καὶ ἐν ταῖς στρατείαις ἐρρωμένως ἐξεπονεῖτο, τά τε πολιτικὰ καὶ τὰ ἀρχικὰ ἰσχυρῶς ἐδιδάσκετο.
These things were reported at that time; and while the child was being brought up in the country, an eagle snatched from his hands a loaf of bread and after soaring aloft flew down and gave it back to him. When he was now a lad and was staying in Rome, 2 Cicero dreamed that the boy had been let down from the sky by golden chains to the Capitol and had received a whip from Jupiter. He did not know who the boy was, but meeting him the next day on the Capitol itself, he recognized him and told the vision to the bystanders. Catulus, who had likewise never seen Octavius, thought in his sleep that all the noble boys had marched in a solemn procession to Jupiter on the Capitol, and in the course of the ceremony the god had cast what looked like an image of Rome into that boy's lap. 4 Startled at this, he went up to the Capitol to offer prayers to the god, and finding there Octavius, who had gone up for some reason or other, he compared his appearance with the dream and convinced himself of the truth of the vision. When, later, Octavius had grown up and reached maturity and was putting on man's dress, his tunic was rent on both sides from his shoulders and fell to his feet. Now this event in itself not only foreboded no good as an omen, 6 but it also distressed those who were present because it had happened on the occasion of his first putting on man's garb; it occurred, however, to Octavius to say, “I shall have the whole senatorial dignity beneath my feet,” and the outcome proved in accordance with his words. Caesar, accordingly, founded great hopes upon him as a result of all this, enrolled him among the patricians, and trained him for the rule, carefully educating him in all the arts that should be possessed by one who was destined to direct well and worthily so great a power. 8 Thus he was practised in oratory, not only in the Latin language but in the Greek as well, was vigorously trained in military service, and thoroughly instructed in politics and the art of government.
§ 45.3
οὗτος οὖν ὁ Ὀκτάουιος ἔτυχε μὲν τότε, ὅτε ὁ Καῖσαρ ἐσφάγη, ἐν τῇ Ἀπολλωνίᾳ τῇ πρὸς τῷ Ἰονίῳ ὢν κόλπῳ ἐπὶ παιδείᾳ (κατὰ γὰρ τὴν στρατείαν αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐπὶ τοὺς Πάρθους ἐκεῖσε προεπέπεμπτο ʼ,ʼ πυθόμενος δὲ τὸ συμβεβηκὸς ἤλγησε μὲν ὥσπερ εἰκὸς ἦν, οὐ μέντοι καὶ νεωτερίσαι τι εὐθὺς ἐτόλμησεν· οὔτε γὰρ ὅτι υἱὸς οὔθʼ ὅτι κληρονόμος κατελέλειπτο ἠκηκόει πω, καὶ προσέτι καὶ ὁ δῆμος ὁμονοῶν ἐπὶ τῷ γεγονότι ἠγγέλλετο τὴν πρώτην. περαιωθεὶς δὲ ἐς τὸ Βρεντέσιον, καὶ τάς τε διαθήκας ἅμα καὶ τὴν γνώμην τοῦ δήμου τὴν δευτέραν μαθών, οὐκέτʼ ἀναβολὰς ἐποιήσατο, καὶ μάλισθʼ ὅτι καὶ χρήματα πολλὰ καὶ στρατιώτας συχνοὺς συμπροπεμφθέντας εἶχεν, ἀλλὰ τό τε ὄνομα τοῦ Καίσαρος παραχρῆμα ἀνέλαβε καὶ τοῦ κλήρου
Now this Octavius chanced at the time that Caesar was murdered to be in Apollonia on the Ionic Gulf, pursuing his education; for he had been sent ahead thither in view of Caesar's intended campaign against the Parthians. When he learned what had happened, he was of course grieved, but did not dare to begin a revolution at once; for he had not yet heard that he had been made Caesar's son or even his heir, and moreover the first news he received was to the effect that the people were of one mind in the affair. 2 When, however, he had crossed to Brundisium and had been informed about Caesar's will and the people's second thought, he made no delay, particularly as he had large sums of money and numerous soldiers who had been sent ahead under his charge, but immediately assumed the name of Caesar, succeeded to his estate, and began to busy himself with public affairs.
§ 45.4
αὐτὸν διεδέξατο, τῶν τε πραγμάτων εἴχετο. καὶ τότε μὲν προπετῶς τέ τισι τοῦτο καὶ τολμηρῶς πεποιηκέναι ἔδοξεν, ὕστερον δὲ ἔκ τε τῆς εὐτυχίας καὶ ἐξ ὧν ἐπικατώρθωσε καὶ ἀνδρείας ὄνομα προσεκτήσατο. πολλὰ γὰρ ἤδη τινὲς οὐκ ὀρθῶς ἐπιχειρήσαντες δόξαν, ὅτι ἐπιτυχεῖς αὐτῶν ἐγένοντο, εὐβουλίας ἔσχον· καὶ ἕτεροι ἄριστά τινα προελόμενοι μωρίαν, ὅτι μὴ κατέτυχον αὐτῶν, ὦφλον. καὶ ἐκεῖνος σφαλερῶς μὲν καὶ ἐπικινδύνως ἐποίησεν ὅτι τήν τε ἡλικίαν τὴν ἄρτι ἐκ παίδων ἄγων (ὀκτωκαιδεκέτης γὰρ ἦνʼ καὶ τὴν διαδοχὴν καὶ τοῦ κλήρου καὶ τοῦ γένους καὶ ἐπίφθονον καὶ ἐπαίτιον ὁρῶν οὖσαν, ἔπειτʼ ἐπὶ τοιαῦτα ὥρμησεν ἐφʼ οἷς ὅ τε Καῖσαρ ἐπεφόνευτο καὶ τιμωρία οὐδεμία αὐτοῦ ἐγίγνετο, καὶ οὔτε τοὺς σφαγέας οὔτε τὸν Λέπιδον τόν τε Ἀντώνιον ἔδεισεν· οὐ μέντοι καὶ κακῶς βεβουλεῦσθαι ἔδοξεν, ὅτι καὶ κατώρθωσε. τὸ μέντοι δαιμόνιον πᾶσαν οὐχ ἀσαφῶς τὴν αὐτόθεν μέλλουσάν σφισι ταραχὴν ἔσεσθαι προεσήμηνεν· ἐς γὰρ τὴν Ῥώμην ἐσιόντος αὐτοῦ ἶρις πάντα τὸν ἥλιον πολλὴ καὶ ποικίλη περιέσχεν.
At the time he seemed to some to have acted recklessly and daringly in this, but later, thanks to his good fortune and the successes he achieved, he acquired a reputation for bravery for this act. 2 For it has often happened that men who were wrong in undertaking some project have gained a reputation for good judgment, because they had the luck to gain their ends; while others, who made the best possible choice, have been charged with folly because they were not fortunate enough to attain their objects. He, too, acted in a precarious and hazardous fashion; for he was only just past boyhood, being eighteen years of age, and saw that his succession to the inheritance and the family was sure to provoke jealousy and censure; yet he set out in pursuit of objects such as had led to Caesar's murder, which had not been avenged, and he feared neither the assassins nor Lepidus and Antony. 4 Nevertheless, he was not thought to have planned badly, because he proved to be successful. Heaven, however, indicated in no obscure manner all the confusion that would result to the Romans from it; for as he was entering Rome a great halo with the colours of the rainbow surrounded the whole sun.
§ 45.5
οὕτως ὁ πρότερον μὲν Ὀκτάουιος, τότε δὲ ἤδη Καῖσαρ, μετὰ δὲ τοῦτο Αὔγουστος ἐπικληθεὶς ἥψατο τῶν πραγμάτων, καὶ αὐτὰ καὶ κατέπραξε καὶ κατειργάσατο παντὸς μὲν ἀνδρὸς νεανικώτερον, παντὸς δὲ πρεσβύτου φρονιμώτερον. πρῶτον μὲν γάρ, ὡς καὶ ἐπὶ μόνῃ τῇ τοῦ κλήρου διαδοχῇ, καὶ ἰδιωτικῶς καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγων, ἄνευ ὄγκου τινός, ἐς τὴν πόλιν ἐσῆλθεν· ἔπειτʼ οὔτʼ ἠπείλει οὐδενὶ οὐδέν, οὔτε ἐνεδείκνυτο ὅτι ἄχθοιτό τε τοῖς γεγονόσιν καὶ τιμωρίαν αὐτῶν ποιήσοιτο. τόν τε Ἀντώνιον οὐχ ὅσον οὐκ ἀπῄτει τι τῶν χρημάτων ὧν προηρπάκει, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐθεράπευε, καίτοι καὶ προπηλακιζόμενος ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀδικούμενος· τά τε γὰρ ἄλλα ἐκεῖνος καὶ λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ αὐτὸν ἐκάκου, καὶ τὸν νόμον τὸν φρατριατικὸν ἐσφερόμενον, καθʼ ὃν τὴν ἐσποίησιν αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐς τὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος γενέσθαι ἔδει, αὐτὸς μὲν ἐσπούδαζε δῆθεν ἐσενεγκεῖν, διὰ δὲ δημάρχων τινῶν ἀνεβάλλετο, ὅπως, ὡς μηδέπω παῖς αὐτοῦ ἐκ τῶν νόμων ὤν, μήτε τι τῆς οὐσίας πολυπραγμονοίη καὶ πρὸς τὰ ἄλλα ἀσθενέστερος
In this way he who was formerly called Octavius, but already by this time Caesar, and subsequently Augustus, took a hand in public affairs; and he managed and dealt with them more vigorously than any man in his prime, more prudently than any graybeard. 2 In the first place, he entered the city as if for the sole purpose of succeeding to the inheritance, coming as a private citizen with only a few attendants, without any display. Again, he did not utter threats against any one nor show that he was displeased at what had occurred and would take vengeance for it. Indeed, so far from demanding of Antony any of the money that he had previously plundered, he actually paid court to him, although he was insulted and wronged by him. For Antony did him many injuries both in word and deed, particularly when the lex curiata was proposed by which the transfer of Octavius into Caesar's family was to take place; 4 Antony himself pretended to be doing his best to have it passed, but through some tribunes he kept securing its postponement, in order that the young man, not being as yet Caesar's son according to law, might not meddle with the property and might be weaker in all other ways.
§ 45.6
εἴη. ἐπʼ οὖν τούτοις ὁ Καῖσαρ ἤσχαλλε μέν, οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἀσφαλῶς παρρησιάσασθαί τι δυνάμενος ἠνείχετο, μέχρις οὗ τὸ πλῆθος, ὑφʼ οὗ τὸν πατέρα αὐξηθέντα ἠπίστατο, προσεποιήσατο. ὀργήν τε γὰρ αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τῷ ἐκείνου θανάτῳ ἔχοντας εἰδώς, καὶ ἑαυτὸν ὡς καὶ παῖδα αὐτοῦ σπουδάσειν ἐλπίσας, τόν τε Ἀντώνιον διά τε τὴν ἱππαρχίαν καὶ διὰ τὴν τῶν σφαγέων οὐ τιμωρίαν μισοῦντας αἰσθόμενος, ἐπεχείρησε μὲν δημαρχῆσαι πρός τε τὴν τῆς δημαγωγίας ἀφορμὴν καὶ πρὸς τὴν ὑποδοχὴν τῆς ἐξ αὐτῆς δυναστείας, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τῆς τοῦ Κίννου χώρας κενῆς οὔσης ἀντεποιήσατο, κωλυθεὶς δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἀντώνιον οὐχ ἡσύχασεν, ἀλλὰ Τιβέριον Καννούτιον δημαρχοῦντα ἀναπείσας ἔς τε τὸν ὅμιλον ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἐσήχθη, πρόφασιν τὴν δωρεὰν τὴν καταλειφθεῖσαν ὑπὸ τοῦ Καίσαρος ποιησάμενος, καὶ δημηγορήσας ὅσα ἥρμοττε, ταύτην τε εὐθὺς ἐκτίσειν σφίσιν ὑπέσχετο καὶ ἄλλα αὐτοὺς πολλὰ προσεπήλπισε. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο τὴν πανήγυριν τὴν ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ Ἀφροδισίου ἐκποιήσει καταδειχθεῖσαν, ἣν ὑποδεξάμενοί τινες ζῶντος ἔτι τοῦ Καίσαρος ἐπιτελέσειν ἐν ὀλιγωρίᾳ, ὥσπερ που καὶ τὴν τῶν Παριλίων ἱπποδρομίαν, ἐποιοῦντο, αὐτὸς ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ πλήθους θεραπείᾳ, ὡς καὶ προσήκουσαν διὰ τὸ γένος, τοῖς οἰκείοις τέλεσι διέθηκε. καὶ τότε μὲν οὔτε τὸν δίφρον τὸν τοῦ Καίσαρος τὸν ἐπίχρυσον οὔτε τὸν στέφανον τὸν διάλιθον ἐς τὸ θέατρον ἐσήγαγεν ὥσπερ ἐψήφιστο,
Caesar was vexed at this, but as he was unable to speak his mind freely, he bore it until he had won over the multitude, by whom he understood his father had been raised to honour. 2 For he knew that they were angry at Caesar's death and hoped they would be devoted to him as his son, and he perceived that they hated Antony on account of his conduct as master of the horse and also for his failure to punish the assassins. Hence he undertook to become tribune as a starting point for popular leadership and to secure the power that would result from it; and he accordingly became a candidate for the place of Cinna, which was vacant. Though hindered by Antony's followers, he did not desist, and after using persuasion upon Tiberius Cannutius, a tribune, he was by him brought before the populace; and taking as his pretext the gift bequeathed the people by Caesar, he addressed them in appropriate words, promising that he would discharge the debt at once and giving them cause to hope for much besides. 4 After this came the festival appointed in honour of the completion of the temple of Venus, which some, while Caesar was still alive, had promised to celebrate, but were now holding in slight regard, even as they did the games in the Circus in honour of the Parilia; so, to win the favour of the populace, he provided for it at his private expense, on the ground that it concerned him because of his family. At this time out of fear of Antony he did not bring into the theatre either Caesar's gilded chair or his crown set with precious stones, as had been permitted by decree.
§ 45.7
φοβηθεὶς τὸν Ἀντώνιον· ἐπεὶ μέντοι ἄστρον τι παρὰ πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας ἐκείνας ἐκ τῆς ἄρκτου πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐξεφάνη, καὶ αὐτὸ κομήτην τέ τινων καλούντων καὶ προσημαίνειν οἷά που εἴωθε λεγόντων οἱ πολλοὶ τοῦτο μὲν οὐκ ἐπίστευον, τῷ δὲ δὴ Καίσαρι αὐτὸ ὡς καὶ ἀπηθανατισμένῳ καὶ ἐς τὸν τῶν ἄστρων ἀριθμὸν ἐγκατειλεγμένῳ ἀνετίθεσαν, θαρσήσας χαλκοῦν αὐτὸν ἐς τὸ Ἀφροδίσιον, ἀστέρα ὑπὲρ τῆς κεφαλῆς ἔχοντα, ἔστησεν. ἐπειδή τε οὐδὲ τοῦτό τις φόβῳ τοῦ ὁμίλου ἐκώλυσεν, οὕτω δὴ καὶ ἄλλα τινὰ τῶν ἐς τὴν τοῦ Καίσαρος τιμὴν προδεδογμένων ἐγένετο· τόν τε γὰρ μῆνα τὸν Ἰούλιον ὁμοίως ἐκάλεσαν, καὶ ἱερομηνίαις τισὶν ἐπινικίοις ἰδίαν ἡμέραν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ ἐβουθύτησαν. καὶ διὰ ταῦτα καὶ οἱ στρατιῶται ἑτοίμως, ἄλλως τε καὶ χρήμασι θεραπευθέντων τινῶν, συνίσταντο πρὸς τὸν Καίσαρα. θροῦς τε οὖν ἐγίγνετο, καὶ ἐδόκει τι νέον ἔσεσθαι, καὶ μάλιστα ὅτι ὁ Ἀντώνιος αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ δικαστηρίῳ ἀπὸ μετεώρου καὶ ἀπὸ περιόπτου τινός, καθάπερ ἐπὶ τοῦ πατρὸς εἰώθει ποιεῖν, ἐντυχεῖν τι ἐθελήσαντα οὐ προσεδέξατο, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατέσπασε καὶ ἐξήλασε διὰ τῶν ῥαβδούχων.
When, however, a certain star during all those days appeared in the north toward evening, which some called a comet, claiming that it foretold the usual occurrences, while the majority, instead of believing it, ascribed it to Caesar, interpreting it to mean that he had become immortal and had been received into the number of the stars, Octavius then took courage and set up in the temple of Venus a bronze statue of him with a star above his head. 2 And when this act also was allowed, no one trying to prevent it through fear of the populace, then at last some of the other decrees already passed in honour of Caesar were put into effect. Thus they called one of the months July after him, and in the course of certain festivals of thanksgiving for victory they sacrificed during one special day in memory of his name. For these reasons the soldiers also, particularly since some of them received largesses of money, readily took the side of Caesar. A rumour accordingly got abroad and it seemed likely that something unusual would take place. This belief was due particularly to the circumstance that once, when Octavius wished to speak with Antony in court about something, from an elevated and conspicuous place, as he had been wont to do in his father's lifetime, Antony would not permit it, but caused his lictors to drag him down and drive him out.
§ 45.8
δεινῶς γὰρ δὴ πάντες ἠγανάκτησαν, καὶ οὐχ ἥκιστα ὅτι ὁ Καῖσαρ οὐδὲ ἐς τὴν ἀγορὰν ἔτι, πρός τε τὸ ἐκείνου ἐπίφθονον καὶ πρὸς τὸ τοῦ πλήθους ἐπαγωγόν, ἐφοίτησε. φοβηθεὶς οὖν ὁ Ἀντώνιος διελέξατό ποτε τοῖς παροῦσιν ὅτι οὔτε τινὰ ὀργὴν τῷ Καίσαρι ἔχοι, ἀλλὰ καὶ εὔνοιαν αὐτῷ ὀφείλοι, καὶ ὅτι ἕτοιμος εἴη πᾶσαν τὴν ὑποψίαν ἀπολύσασθαι. ἀγγελθέντων δὲ τούτων ἐκείνῳ συνῆλθον μὲν ἐς λόγους, καὶ κατηλλάχθαι τισὶν ἔδοξαν (τάς τε γὰρ γνώμας σφῶν ἀκριβῶς εἰδότες, καὶ ἐξελέγξαι τότε αὐτὰς ἄκαιρον εἶναι νομίσαντες, ἀνθυπεῖξάν τινα ἀλλήλοις συμβιβαζόμενοἰ, καὶ ἡμέρας μέν τινας ἡσύχασαν, ἔπειτα δὲ ἀνθυποπτεύσαντες ἀλλήλους, εἴτʼ ἐξ ἀληθοῦς ἐπιβουλῆς εἴτε καὶ ἐκ ψευδοῦς διαβολῆς, οἷα ἐν τῷ τοιούτῳ φιλεῖ γίγνεσθαι, διηνέχθησαν αὖθις. ὅταν γάρ τινες ἐκ μεγάλης ἔχθρας συνενεχθῶσι, πολλὰ μὲν μηδὲν δεινὸν ἔχοντα πολλὰ δὲ καὶ ἐκ συντυχίας συμβαίνοντα ὑποτοποῦσι· πᾶν γὰρ ἑνὶ λόγῳ ὡς καὶ ἐξεπίτηδες καὶ ἐπὶ κακῷ τινι γιγνόμενον πρὸς τὸ προϋπάρξαν ἔχθος λαμβάνουσι. καὶ αὐτοῖς ἐν τούτῳ καὶ οἱ διὰ μέσου ὄντες συνεπιτίθενται· διαγγέλλοντες γάρ τινα προσποιήσει εὐνοίας ἐπιπαροξύνουσιν αὐτούς. πλεῖστόν τε γάρ ἐστι τὸ βουλόμενον πάντας τούς τι δυναμένους ἀλλήλοις διαφέρεσθαι, καὶ διὰ τοῦτʼ ἐπιχαῖρόν τε ἐπὶ τῇ ἔχθρᾳ αὐτῶν καὶ συνεπιβουλεῦόν σφισι· καὶ ῥᾷστον ἀπατηθῆναι λόγοις ἐπιτετηδευμένοις ἐκ φιλίας ἀνυπόπτου τὸ προδιαβεβλημένον. ἐκ μὲν οὖν τούτου καὶ ἐκεῖνοι, οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ πρὶν πιστεύοντες ἀλλήλοις, ἐπὶ πλέον ἠλλοτριώθησαν.
All were exceedingly vexed, especially as Caesar, with a view to casting odium upon his rival an attracting the multitude, would no longer even frequent the Forum. So Antony became alarmed, and in conversation with the bystanders one days remarked that he harboured no anger against Caesar, but on the contrary owed him good-will, and was ready to end all suspicion. 2 The statement was reported to the other, they held a conference, and some thought they had become reconciled. For they understood each other's feeling accurately, and, thinking it inopportune at that time to put them to the test, they tried to come to terms by making a few mutual concessions. And for some days they kept quiet; then they began to suspect each other afresh, as a result either of some actual treachery or some false calumny, as regularly happens under such conditions, and fell out again. For when men become reconciled after some great enmity they are suspicious of many acts that have no significance and of many chance occurrences; in brief, they regard everything, in the light of their former hostility, as done on purpose and for an evil end. And in the meantime those who are neutral aggravate the trouble between them by bearing reports back and forth under the pretence of good-will and thus exasperating them still further. 4 For there is a very large element which is anxious to see all those who have power at variance with one another, an element which consequently takes delight in their enmity and joins in plots against them. And the one who has previously suffered from calumny is very easy to deceive with words adapted to the purpose by friends whose attachment is free from suspicion. Thus it was that these men, who even before this had not trusted each other, became now more estranged than ever.
§ 45.9
ὁρῶν οὖν ὁ Ἀντώνιος τὸν Καίσαρα αὐξανόμενον, ἐπεχείρησε δελεάσαι τὸ πλῆθος, εἴ πως ἐκείνου τε αὐτοὺς ἀποσπάσειε καὶ ἑαυτῷ προσποιήσειε, καὶ χώραν ἄλλην τε πολλὴν καὶ τὴν ἐν τοῖς ἕλεσι τοῖς Πομπτίνοις, ὡς κεχωσμένοις ἤδη καὶ γεωργεῖσθαι δυναμένοις, κληρουχηθῆναι διὰ Λουκίου Ἀντωνίου ἀδελφοῦ δημαρχοῦντος ἐσηγήσατο. τρεῖς γὰρ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ οἱ Ἀντώνιοι οὗτοι ὄντες ἀρχὰς ἅμα πάντες ἔσχον, ὁ μὲν Μᾶρκος ὑπατεύων, ὁ δὲ Λούκιος δημαρχῶν, ὁ δὲ Γάϊος στρατηγῶν· ὅθεν οὐχ ἥκιστα ἠδυνήθησαν τοὺς μὲν τότε τῶν συμμάχων καὶ τῶν ὑπηκόων ἄρχοντας, πλὴν τῶν σφαγέων τῶν πλειόνων, ἄλλων τέ τινων οὓς πιστούς σφισιν ἐνόμιζον εἶναι, παῦσαι, ἑτέρους δὲ ἀντʼ αὐτῶν ἀνθελέσθαι, καί τισιν ἐπὶ μακρότερον, παρὰ τὰ νενομοθετημένα πρὸς τοῦ Καίσαρος, ἄρχειν ἐπιτρέψαι, καὶ τὴν μὲν Μακεδονίαν τὴν τῷ Μάρκῳ ἐκ τοῦ κλήρου δεδομένην ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ Γάϊος σφετερίσασθαι, τὴν δὲ Γαλατίαν τὴν ἐντὸς τῶν Ἄλπεων, ᾗ ὁ Βροῦτος ὁ Δέκιμος προσετέτακτο, αὐτὸς ἐκεῖνος μετὰ τῶν στρατευμάτων τῶν ἐς τὴν Ἀπολλωνίαν προπεμφθέντων, ὡς καὶ ἰσχυροτάτην καὶ τοῖς στρατιώταις καὶ τοῖς χρήμασιν οὖσαν, ἀντιλαβεῖν. ταῦτά τε οὖν ἐψηφίσθη, καὶ τῷ Πομπηίῳ τῷ Σέξτῳ δύναμιν ἤδη πολλὴν ἔχοντι ἥ τε ἄδεια, καίτοι ὑπὸ τοῦ Καίσαρος ὥσπερ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις δοθεῖσα, ἐβεβαιώθη, καὶ τὰ χρήματα, ὅσα ἔν τε ἀργυρίῳ καὶ ἐν χρυσίῳ τὸ δημόσιον ἐκ τῆς πατρῴας αὐτοῦ οὐσίας εἰλήφει, ἀποδοθῆναι ἐγνώσθη· τῶν γὰρ χωρίων αὐτῆς τὰ πλείω Ἀντώνιος ἔχων οὐδεμίαν ἀπόδοσιν ἐποιήσατο.
So Antony, seeing that Caesar was gaining ground, attempted to attract the populace by various baits, to see if he could detach them from his rival and win them to himself. Hence he introduced a measure for the opening up to settlement of a great amount of land, including the region of the Pomptine marshes, since these had already been filled in and were capable of cultivation. He did this through his brother Lucius Antonius, who was tribune; 2 for the three Antonii, who were brothers, all held offices at the same time, Marcus being consul, Lucius tribune, and Gaius praetor. This in particular enabled them to remove those who were then governing the allies and subjects (except the majority of the assassins and some others whom they regarded as loyal) and to choose others in their place, and also to grant to some the privilege of holding office for an unusually long term, contrary to the laws established by Caesar. And thus Macedonia, which had fallen to Marcus by lot, was appropriated by his brother Gaius, while Marcus himself with the legions previously sent to Apollonia took in its place Cisalpine Gaul, to which Decimus Brutus had been assigned, because it was very powerful in soldiers and money. 4 After these arrangements had been voted, the pardon granted to Sextus Pompey, who already had considerable influence, was confirmed, in spite of the fact that it had originally been granted by Caesar to him as to all the rest. It was further resolved that whatever money in silver or gold the public treasury had received from his ancestral estate should be restored; but as for the lands belonging to it, Antony held the most of them and made no restoration.
§ 45.10
ἐκεῖνοι μὲν δὴ ταῦτʼ ἔπραττον, διηγήσομαι δὲ καὶ τὰ κατὰ τὸν Σέξτον γενόμενα. ὡς γὰρ τότε ἀπὸ τῆς Κορδούβης ἔφυγε, τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἐς Λακητανίαν ἐλθὼν ἐνταῦθα ἐκρύφθη· ἐπεδιώχθη μὲν γάρ, διέλαθε δὲ εὐνοϊκῶς τῶν ἐπιχωρίων οἱ διὰ τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς μνήμην ἐχόντων· ἔπειτα δὲ ἐπειδὴ ὅ τε Καῖσαρ ἐς τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἀπῆρε καὶ ἐν τῇ Βαιτικῇ στράτευμα οὐ πολὺ ὑπελείφθη, συνέστησαν πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ ἐκεῖνοι καὶ οἱ ἐκ τῆς μάχης διασωθέντες, καὶ οὕτω μετʼ αὐτῶν ἔς τε τὴν Βαιτικήν, ὡς καὶ ἐπιτηδειοτέραν ἐμπολεμῆσαι οὖσαν, αὖθις ἀφίκετο, κἀνταῦθα καὶ στρατιώτας καὶ πόλεις, ἄλλως τε καὶ ἐπειδὴ ὁ Καῖσαρ ἀπέθανε, τὰς μὲν ἑκούσας τὰς δὲ καὶ βίᾳ προσλαβών (ὁ γὰρ ἄρχων αὐτῶν Γάϊος Ἀσίνιος Πωλίων οὐδὲν ἰσχυρὸν εἶχενʼ ὥρμησε μὲν ἐπὶ τὴν Καρχηδόνα τὴν Ἰβηρικήν, ἐπιθεμένου δὲ ἐν τούτῳ τοῦ Πωλίωνος τῇ ἀπουσίᾳ αὐτοῦ καὶ κακώσαντός τινα ἐπανῆλθε χειρὶ πολλῇ, καὶ συμβαλὼν αὐτόν τε ἐτρέψατο, καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς ἰσχυρῶς ἀγωνιζομένους ἔπειτʼ ἐκ συντυχίας τοιᾶσδε ἐξέπληξε καὶ ἐνίκησεν. ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἐκεῖνος μὲν τὴν χλαμύδα τὴν στρατηγικὴν ἀπέρριψεν ὥστε ῥᾷον τῇ φυγῇ λαθεῖν, ἕτερος δέ τις ὁμώνυμός τε αὐτῷ καὶ ἐπιφανὴς ἱππεὺς ἔπεσε, καὶ ὁ μὲν ἔκειτο ἡ δὲ ἑαλώκει, τὸ μὲν ἀκούσαντες οἱ στρατιῶται τὸ δὲ ἰδόντες ἠπατήθησαν ὡς καὶ τοῦ στρατηγοῦ σφων ἀπολωλότος καὶ ἐνέδοσαν. καὶ οὕτως ὁ Σέξτος νικήσας πάντα ὀλίγου τὰ ταύτῃ κατέσχε. δυνατοῦ δὲ ἤδη αὐτοῦ ὄντος ὁ Λέπιδος τῆς τε ὁμόρου Ἰβηρίας ἄρξων ἀφίκετο, καὶ ἔπεισεν αὐτὸν ἐς ὁμολογίαν ἐλθεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ τὰ πατρῷα κομίσασθαι. καὶ οὕτω καὶ ὁ Ἀντώνιος διά τε τὴν τοῦ Λεπίδου φιλίαν καὶ διὰ τὴν τοῦ Καίσαρος ἔχθραν ψηφισθῆναι ἐποίησεν. καὶ ὁ μὲν οὕτω τε καὶ ἐπὶ τούτοις ἐκ τῆς
This was the business in which these men were now engaged. I shall now relate how Sextus had fared. When he had fled from Corduba on the former occasion, he first came to Lacetania and concealed himself there. He was pursued, to be sure, but eluded discovery because the natives were kindly disposed to him out of regard for his father's memory. 2 Later, when Caesar had set out for Italy and only a small army was left behind in Baetica, Sextus was joined both by the natives and by those who had escaped from the battle; and with them he came again into Baetica, because he thought it a more suitable region in which to carry on war. There he gained possession of soldiers and cities, particularly after Caesar's death, some voluntarily and some forcibly; for the commander in charge of them, Gaius Asinius Pollio, had no strong force. He next set out against Spanish Carthage, 4 but since in his absence Pollio made an attack and did some damage, he returned with a large force, met his opponent, and routed him, after which the following accident enabled him to terrify and conquer the rest also, who were contending fiercely. Pollio had cast off his general's cloak, in order to suffer less chance of detection in his flight, and another man of the same name, a distinguished knight, had fallen. The soldiers, hearing the name of the latter, who was lying there, and seeing the garment, which had been captured, were deceived, thinking that their general had perished, and so surrendered. 6 In this way Sextus conquered and gained possession of nearly the whole region. When he had thus become powerful, Lepidus arrived to govern the adjoining portion of Spain, and persuaded him to enter into an agreement on the condition of recovering his father's estate. And Antony, influenced by his friendship for Lepidus and by his hostility toward Caesar, caused such a decree to be passed. So Sextus, in this way and on these conditions, departed from Spain.
§ 45.11
Ἰβηρίας ἀπηλλάγη· Καῖσαρ δὲ καὶ Ἀντώνιος πάντα μὲν ἐπʼ ἀλλήλοις ἔπραττον, οὐ μέντοι καὶ φανερῶς πω συνερρώγεσαν, ἀλλὰ καίπερ τῷ ἔργῳ ἐκπεπολεμωμένοι, τῇ γοῦν δοκήσει ἐπεκρύπτοντο. κἀκ τούτου καὶ τἆλλα τὰ ἐν τῇ πόλει πάντα ἔν τε ἀκρισίᾳ πολλῇ ἦν καὶ συνεκέχυτο. εἰρήνουν ἔτι καὶ ἐπολέμουν ἤδη· τό τε τῆς ἐλευθερίας σχῆμα ἐφαντάζετο καὶ τὰ τῆς δυναστείας ἔργα ἐγίγνετο. καὶ ἐν μὲν τῷ ἐμφανεῖ ὁ Ἀντώνιος, ἅτε καὶ ὑπατεύων, ἐπλεονέκτει, ἡ δὲ δὴ σπουδὴ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐς τὸν Καίσαρα ἐποίει, τὸ μὲν διὰ τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ, τὸ δὲ καὶ διὰ τὰς ἐλπίδας ὧν ὑπισχνεῖτο, μέγιστον δὲ ὅτι τῷ τε Ἀντωνίῳ πολὺ δυναμένῳ ἤχθοντο καὶ τῷ Καίσαρι μηδέπω ἰσχύοντι συνῄροντο. ἐφίλουν μὲν γὰρ οὐδέτερον, νέων δὲ δὴ ἀεὶ πραγμάτων ἐπιθυμοῦντες, καὶ τὸ μὲν κρεῖττον ἀεὶ πᾶν καθαιρεῖν τῷ δὲ πιεζομένῳ βοηθεῖν πεφυκότες, ἀπεχρῶντο αὐτοῖς πρὸς τὰ σφέτερα ἐπιθυμήματα. ταπεινώσαντες οὖν τότε διὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος τὸν Ἀντώνιον, ἔπειτα κἀκεῖνον καταλῦσαι ἐπεχείρησαν. τοῖς γάρ τι ἀεὶ δυναμένοις βαρυνόμενοι τούς τε ἀσθενεστέρους προσελάμβανον καὶ διὰ τούτων αὐτοὺς καθῄρουν· ἔπειτα καὶ ἐκείνοις ἠλλοτριοῦντο. κἀκ τούτου ἀντικαθιστάντες σφᾶς ἐς τὸ ἐπίφθονον τοὺς αὐτοὺς καὶ ἐφίλουν καὶ ἐμίσουν, καὶ ηὖξον καὶ ἐταπείνουν.
As for Caesar and Antony, in all their acts they were opposing each other, but had not yet fallen out openly, and while in reality they had become enemies, they tried to disguise the fact so far as appearances went. As a result all other interests in the city were in great confusion and turmoil. 2 The citizens were still at peace and yet already at war; the appearance of liberty was kept up, but the deeds done were those of a monarchy. To a casual observer Antony, since he held the consulship, seemed to be getting the best of it, but the zeal of the masses was for Caesar. This was partly on his father's account, partly on account of their hopes for what he kept promising them, but above all because they were displeased at the great power of Antony and were inclined to assist Caesar while he was as yet devoid of strength. Neither man, to be sure, had their affection; but they were always eager for a change of government, and it was their nature to overthrow every party that had the upper hand and to help the one that was being oppressed. Consequently they made use of the two to suit their own desires. Thus, after humbling Antony at this time through Caesar, they next undertook to destroy the latter also. 4 For in their irritation against the men successively in power they regularly took up with the weaker side and attempted with its help to overthrow the others; afterwards they would become estranged from this side also. Thus exposing both of them to envy in turn, they alternately loved and hated, elevated and humbled, the same persons.
§ 45.12
οὕτως οὖν αὐτῶν καὶ περὶ τὸν Καίσαρα καὶ περὶ τὸν Ἀντώνιον ἐχόντων ἀρχὴν τήνδε ὁ πόλεμος ἔλαβεν. ὁ Καῖσαρ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου ἐς τὸ Βρεντέσιον πρὸς τοὺς στρατιώτας τοὺς ἐκ τῆς Μακεδονίας περαιωθέντας ἀφορμήσαντος ἐκεῖσε μὲν ἑτέρους τινὰς μετὰ χρημάτων, ὅπως σφᾶς σφετερίσωσι, προαπέστειλεν, αὐτὸς δὲ μέχρι Καμπανίας ἐλθὼν πλῆθος ἀνδρῶν ἐκ τῆς Καπύης μάλιστα, ἅτε καὶ παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, ᾧ τιμωρεῖν ἔλεγε, τήν τε χώραν καὶ τὴν πόλιν εἰληφότων, ἤθροισεν, ὑπισχνεῖτό τέ σφισι πολλά, καὶ ἔδωκεν εὐθὺς τότε κατὰ πεντακοσίας δραχμάς. ἐκ τούτων δὴ τῶν ἀνδρῶν καὶ τὸ τῶν ἠουοκάτων σύστημα, οὓς ἀνακλήτους ἄν τις ἑλληνίσας, ὅτι πεπαυμένοι τῆς στρατείας ἐπʼ αὐτὴν αὖθις ἀνεκλήθησαν, ὀνομάσειεν, ἐνομίσθη. καὶ αὐτοὺς παραλαβὼν ὁ Καῖσαρ ἠπείχθη τε ἐς τὴν Ῥώμην πρὶν τὸν Ἀντώνιον ἀνακομισθῆναι, καὶ ἐς τὸν ὅμιλον ὑπὸ τοῦ Καννουτίου παρασκευασθέντα αὐτῷ ἐσελθὼν πολλὰ μὲν τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοὺς ἀνέμνησεν, ἐπεξιὼν ὅσα καλῶς ἐπεποιήκει, πολλὰ δὲ καὶ ὑπὲρ ἑαυτοῦ καὶ μέτρια διελέχθη, τοῦ τε Ἀντωνίου κατηγόρησε, καὶ τοὺς στρατιώτας τοὺς ἀκολουθήσαντάς οἱ ἐπῄνεσεν ὡς καὶ ἐθελοντὶ πρὸς ἐπικουρίαν τῆς πόλεως παρόντας καὶ ἑαυτόν τε ἐπʼ αὐτῇ προκεχειρισμένους καὶ διʼ ἑαυτοῦ πᾶσι ταῦτα δηλοῦντας. ἐπαίνων τε ἐπὶ τούτοις ἔκ τε τῆς ἄλλης παρασκευῆς καὶ ἐκ τοῦ συνόντος αὐτῷ πλήθους τυχὼν ἀπῆρεν ἐς τὴν Τυρσηνίαν,
While they were thus disposed toward Caesar and Antony, the war began in the following way. When Antony had set out for Brundisium to meet the soldiers who had crossed over from Macedonia, Caesar sent some men to that city with money, 2 who were to arrive there before Antony and win over the men, while he himself went to Campania and collected a large number of men, chiefly from Capua, because the people there had received their land and city from his father, whom he said he was avenging. He made them many promises and gave them on the spot two thousand sesterces apiece. From these men was constituted the corps of evocati, which one might translate the “recalled,” because after having ended their military service they were recalled to it again. Caesar took charge of them, hastened to Rome before Antony returned, 4 and came before the people, who had been made ready for him by Cannutius. There he reminded them in detail of the many excellent deeds his father had performed, delivered a lengthy, though moderate, defence of himself, and brought charges against Antony. He also praised the soldiers who had accompanied him, saying that they had come voluntarily to lend aid to the city, that they had elected him to preside over the state, and that through him they made known these facts to all. 6 For this speech he received the approbation of his following and of the throng that stood by, after which he departed for Etruria with a view to obtaining an accession to his forces from that region.
§ 45.13
ὅπως καὶ ἐκεῖθεν δύναμίν τινα προσλάβῃ. καὶ ὁ μὲν ταῦτʼ ἔπραττεν, Ἀντώνιον δὲ τὴν μὲν ἀρχὴν φιλοφρόνως οἱ στρατιῶται ἐν τῷ Βρεντεσίῳ ἐδέξαντο, προσδοκήσαντες πλείω παρʼ αὐτοῦ τῶν προτεινομένων σφίσιν ὑπὸ τοῦ Καίσαρος λήψεσθαι, ἐπειδὴ καὶ πολλῷ πλείω κεκτῆσθαι αὐτὸν ἐκείνου ἐνόμιζον· ὡς μέντοι ἑκατόν τε ἑκάστῳ δραχμὰς δώσειν ὑπέσχετο, καὶ αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τούτῳ θορυβησάντων σφαγῆναι ἄλλους τέ τινας καὶ ἑκατοντάρχους ἔν τε τοῖς αὑτοῦ καὶ ἐν τοῖς τῆς γυναικὸς ὀφθαλμοῖς ἐκέλευσε, τότε μὲν ἡσύχασαν, πορευόμενοι δὲ ἐς τὴν Γαλατίαν καὶ κατὰ τὸ ἄστυ γεγενημένοι ἐνεωτέρισαν, καὶ καταφρονήσαντες τῶν ὑποστρατήγων τῶν ἐπιτεταγμένων σφίσι συχνοὶ πρὸς τὸν Καίσαρα μετέστησαν· καὶ τό γε Ἄρειον τό τε τέταρτον στρατόπεδον ὠνομασμένον ὅλον αὐτῷ προσεχώρησε. παραλαβὼν οὖν αὐτούς, καὶ ἀργύριον καὶ ἐκείνοις ὁμοίως δούς, προσέθετο καὶ ἄλλους ἐκ τούτου πολλούς, καὶ τούς τε ἐλέφαντας τοὺς τοῦ Ἀντωνίου πάντας ἔλαβεν ἐξαπίνης παρακομιζομένοις σφίσιν ἐντυχών, ἐπειδή τε ἐκεῖνος ἄλλα τέ τινα ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ διοικήσας, καὶ τοὺς στρατιώτας τοὺς λοιποὺς τούς τε βουλευτὰς τοὺς σὺν αὐτοῖς ὄντας ὁρκώσας, ἐς τὴν Γαλατίαν ἐξώρμησε φοβηθεὶς μὴ καὶ αὐτή τι νεοχμώσῃ, οὐδʼ ὁ Καῖσαρ ἀνεβάλετο, ἀλλʼ ἐπηκολούθησεν αὐτῷ.
While he was doing this Antony had at first been kindly received in Brundisium by the soldiers, because they expected to secure more from him than was offered them by Caesar; for they believed that he possessed much more than his rival. 2 When, however, he promised to give them merely four hundred sesterces apiece, they raised an outcry, but he reduced them to submission by ordering centurions as well as others to be slain before the eyes of himself and of his wife.3 So for the time being the soldiers were quiet, but when they arrived near the capital on the way to Gaul they mutinied, and many of them, despising the lieutenants who had been set over them, changed to Caesar's side; in fact, the Martian legion, as it was called, and the fourth went over to him in a body. 4 Caesar took charge of them and won their attachment by giving money to them likewise, — an act which added many more to his cause. He also captured all the elephants of Antony, by falling in with them suddenly as they were being driven along. Antony stopped in Rome only long enough to arrange a few affairs and to administer the oath to all the rest of the soldiers who were in their company; then he set out for Gaul, fearing that it, too, might begin an uprising. Caesar, on his side, did not delay, but followed after him.
§ 45.14
ἦρχε μὲν δὴ τότε τῆς χώρας ἐκείνης ὁ Βροῦτος ὁ Δέκιμος, καὶ αὐτοῦ ὁ Ἀντώνιος ἐλπίδα πολλὴν εἶχεν ἅτε καὶ τὸν Καίσαρα ἀπεκτονότος· ἐπράχθη δὲ ὧδε. ὁ Δέκιμος οὔτε τι ἐς τὸν Καίσαρα ὑποπτεύων (οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐπηπείλει τι τοῖς σφαγεῦσἰ καὶ τὸν Ἀντώνιον οὐδὲν μᾶλλον ἐκείνου πολέμιον ἢ καὶ ἑαυτοῦ τῶν τε ἄλλων τῶν τι δυναμένων ὑπʼ ἐμφύτου πλεονεξίας ὁρῶν ὄντα, οὐχ ὑπεῖξεν αὐτῷ. μαθὼν οὖν τοῦτο ὁ Καῖσαρ ἐπὶ πολὺ μὲν ἠπόρησεν ὅ τι πράξῃ. ἐμίσει μὲν γὰρ ἀμφοτέρους αὐτούς, οὐ μέντοι καὶ εἶχεν ὅπως ἑκατέρῳ ἅμα μάχοιτο· οὐδὲ γὰρ τῷ ἑτέρῳ σφῶν ὁποτερῳοῦν ἀντίπαλος ἤδη ἦν, πρὸς δὲ καὶ ἐδεδίει μὴ τοῦτο τολμήσας συστήσῃ τε αὐτοὺς ἀλλήλοις καὶ καθʼ ἓν ἀμφοτέροις πολεμήσῃ. λογισάμενος οὖν ὅτι ὁ μὲν πρὸς τὸν Ἀντώνιον ἀγὼν ἤδη τε ἐνέστηκε καὶ ἐπείγει, τῆς δὲ τιμωρίας τῆς τοῦ πατρὸς οὐδέπω καιρὸς εἴη, τὸν Δέκιμον προσηταιρίσατο. καὶ γὰρ εὖ ἠπίστατο ὅτι τούτῳ μέν, ἂν τῶν ἀντικαθεστηκότων διʼ αὐτοῦ κρατήσῃ, οὐδὲν μέγα ἔργον μετὰ τοῦτό οἱ προσπολεμήσας ἕξει, ἐκεῖνον δὲ ἰσχυρὸν αὖθις πολέμιον σχήσει· τοσοῦτόν που ἀλλήλων
The governor of Gaul at this time was Decimus Brutus, and Antony placed great hope in him, because he had helped to slay Caesar. But matters turned out as follows. Decimus had no suspicion of Caesar, for the latter had uttered no threats against the assassins; and, on the other hand, he saw that Antony was as much a foe of himself as of Caesar or of any of the rest who had any power, as a result of his natural cupidity; therefore he refused to give way to him. Caesar, when he heard of this, was for some time at a loss what course to adopt. 2 For he hated both Decimus and Antony, but saw no way in which he could contend against them both at once; for he was by no means yet a match for either one of the two, and he was furthermore afraid that if he risked such a move he might throw them into each other's arms and have to face their united opposition. After stopping to reflect, therefore, that the struggle with Antony had already begun and was urgent, but that it was not yet a fitting season for avenging his father, he made a friend of Decimus. For he well understood that he should find no great difficulty in fighting against Decimus later, if with his aid he could first overcome his adversaries, but that in Antony he should again have a powerful antagonist; so serious were the differences between them.
§ 45.15
διέφερον. πέμψας οὖν πρὸς τὸν Δέκιμον φιλίαν τε αὐτῷ ἐπηγγείλατο, καὶ συμμαχίαν, ἂν μὴ τὸν Ἀντώνιον δέξηται, προσυπισχνεῖτο. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ οἱ ἐν τῷ ἄστει τὴν χάριν τὴν τοῦ Καίσαρος συνῄροντο. τότε μὲν οὖν (ἤδη γὰρ ὅ τε ἐνιαυτὸς ἐξῄει καὶ ὕπατος οὐδεὶς παρῆν· ὁ γὰρ Δολοβέλλας ἐς τὴν Συρίαν ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου προεξεπέπεμπτὀ ἔπαινοι ἐν τῇ βουλῇ αὐτοῖς τε ἐκείνοις καὶ τοῖς στρατιώταις τοῖς τὸν Ἀντώνιον ἐγκαταλιποῦσι, τῶν δημάρχων ἐπιψηφισάντων, ἐγένοντο. καὶ ὅπως γε μετὰ ἀδείας τοῦ νέου ἔτους ἐνστάντος βουλεύσωνται περὶ τῶν παρόντων, φρουρᾷ σφίσι στρατιωτῶν ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ χρῆσθαι ἔδοξε. ταῦτα γὰρ ἤρεσκε μὲν καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις τοῖς πλείοσι τῶν ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ τότε ὄντων (τὸν γὰρ Ἀντώνιον δεινῶς ἐμίσουνʼ, μάλιστα δὲ δὴ τῷ Κικέρωνι· διὰ γὰρ τὸ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἔχθος σφοδρότατον ὑπάρχον τόν τε Καίσαρα ἐθεράπευε, καὶ πᾶν ὅσον ἐδύνατο καὶ λόγῳ καὶ ἔργῳ τούτῳ τε ἐβοήθει καὶ ἐκεῖνον ἐκάκου. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο, καίτοι ἐκχωρήσας ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ὡς καὶ τὸν υἱὸν Ἀθήναζε ἐπὶ παιδείᾳ προπέμψων, ἐπανῆλθεν ἐπειδήπερ ἐκπεπολεμωμένους σφᾶς ᾔσθετο.
Accordingly he sent to Decimus, proposing friendship and also promising alliance, if he would refuse to receive Antony. This proposal caused the people in the city likewise to espouse Caesar's cause. 2 Just at this time the year was drawing to a close and no consul was on the ground, Dolabella having been previously sent by Antony to Syria; nevertheless, eulogies both of Caesar and of Brutus themselves and of the soldiers who had abandoned Antony were delivered in the senate with the concurrence of the tribunes. And in order that they might deliberate about the situation in security when the new year should begin, they voted to employ a guard of soldiers at their meetings. This pleased nearly all who were in Rome at the time, since they cordially detested Antony, and it was particularly gratifying to Cicero. 4 For he, on account of his very bitter hostility toward Antony, was paying court to Caesar, and so far as he could, both by speech and by action, strove to assist him in every way and to injure Antony. It was for this reason that, although he had left the city to accompany his son to Athens in the interest of the young man's education, he returned on ascertaining that the two men had become enemies.
§ 45.16
ἐκείνῳ μὲν οὖν τῷ ἔτει ταῦτʼ ἐπράχθη, καὶ ὁ Σερουίλιος ὁ Ἰσαυρικὸς ὑπεργήρως ἀπέθανε. διά τε οὖν τοῦτο ἐμνημόνευσα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὅτι οὕτως οἱ τότε Ῥωμαῖοι τούς τε τῷ ἀξιώματι προήκοντας ᾐδοῦντο καὶ τοὺς ἀναιδείᾳ τινὶ χρωμένους καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐλαχίστοις ἐμίσουν ὥστε, ἐπειδὴ ἐκεῖνός τινα ἐν ὁδῷ ποτε ἀπαντήσαντά οἱ βαδίζοντι ἱππεύοντα, καὶ μήτε ἀποπηδήσαντα καὶ προσέτι ἰσχυρῶς προσεξελάσαντα, ἐγνώρισέ τε μετὰ τοῦτο ἐν δικαστηρίῳ κρινόμενον καὶ εἶπε τοῖς δικασταῖς τὸ γενόμενον, οὔτε λόγον ἔτʼ αὐτῷ ἔδοσαν καὶ κατεψηφίσαντο πάντες.
Besides these events which took place that year, Servilius Isauricus died at a very advanced age. I have mentioned him both for this reason and to show how the Romans of that period respected men who were prominent through merit and hated those who behaved insolently, even in the smallest matters. 2 This Servilius, it seems, had once while walking met on the road a man on horseback, who, so far from dismounting at his approach, galloped right on. Later he recognized the fellow in a defendant in court, and when he mentioned the incident to the jurors, they gave the man no further hearing, but unanimously condemned him.
§ 45.17
Αὔλου δὲ δὴ Ἱρτίου μετὰ Γαΐου Οὐιβίου ὑπατεύσαντος (οὗτος γάρ, καίτοι τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ ἐς τὰ λευκώματα τὰ Σύλλεια ἐσγραφέντος, ὕπατος τότε ἀπεδείχθἠ βουλή τε ἐγένετο καὶ γνῶμαι ἐπὶ τρεῖς ἐφεξῆς ἡμέρας, ἀπʼ αὐτῆς τῆς νουμηνίας ἀρξάμεναι, προετέθησαν· ἔκ τε γὰρ τοῦ πολέμου ἐν χερσὶν ὄντος καὶ ἐκ τεράτων, ἃ πλεῖστα καὶ ἐξαισιώτατα ἐγεγόνει, ταρασσόμενοι οὐδὲ τῆς ἀποφράδος, τὸ μὴ ἐν ἐκείναις βουλεύσασθαί τι τῶν συμφερόντων σφίσιν, ἀπέσχοντο. κεραυνοί τε γὰρ παμπληθεῖς ἔπεσον, καί τινες αὐτῶν καὶ ἐς τὸν νεὼν τὸν τῷ Διὶ τῷ Καπιτωλίῳ ἐν τῷ Νικαίῳ ὄντα κατέσκηψαν· καὶ πνεῦμα μέγα ἐπιγενόμενον τάς τε στήλας τὰς περὶ τὸ Κρόνιον καὶ περὶ τὸν τῆς Πίστεως νεὼν προσπεπηγυίας ἀπέρρηξε καὶ διεσκέδασε, καὶ τὸ ἄγαλμα τὸ τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς τῆς Φυλακίδος, ὃ πρὸ τῆς φυγῆς ὁ Κικέρων ἐς τὸ Καπιτώλιον ἀνετεθείκει, κατέβαλε καὶ κατέθραυσε. καὶ τοῦτο μὲν καὶ αὐτῷ τῷ Κικέρωνι τὸν ὄλεθρον προεδήλωσε· τοὺς δὲ ἄλλους ἐκεῖνά τε ἐτάραττε καὶ σεισμὸς μέγας γενόμενος, ταῦρός τέ τις τυθείς τε διʼ αὐτὸν ἐν τῷ Ἑστιαίῳ καὶ ἀναπηδήσας μετὰ τὴν ἱερουργίαν. πρὸς δὲ δὴ τούτοις τοιούτοις οὖσι λαμπὰς ἀπʼ ἀνίσχοντος ἡλίου πρὸς δυσμὰς διέδραμε, καί τις ἀστὴρ καινὸς ἐπὶ πολλὰς ἡμέρας ὤφθη. τό τε φῶς τοῦ ἡλίου ἐλαττοῦσθαί τε καὶ σβέννυσθαι, τοτὲ δὲ ἐν τρισὶ κύκλοις φαντάζεσθαι ἐδόκει, καὶ ἕνα γε αὐτῶν στέφανος σταχύων πυρώδης περιέσχεν, ὥστʼ εἴπερ τι ἄλλο, καὶ τοῦτο ἐναργέστατα αὐτοῖς ἐκβῆναι· οἵ τε γὰρ ἄνδρες οἱ τρεῖς ἐδυνάστευον, λέγω δὲ τὸν Καίσαρα καὶ τὸν Λέπιδον καὶ τὸν Ἀντώνιον, καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν ὁ Καῖσαρ μετὰ τοῦτο τὴν νίκην ἔλαβεν. τότε δʼ οὖν ταῦτά τε ἐγένετο, καὶ λόγια πρὸς κατάλυσιν τῆς δημοκρατίας φέροντα παντοῖα ᾔδετο. κόρακές τε ἐς τὸ Διοσκόρειον ἐσπετόμενοι τὰ τῶν ὑπάτων τοῦ τε Ἀντωνίου καὶ τοῦ Δολοβέλλου ὀνόματα, ἐνταῦθά που ἐν πινακίῳ ἐγγεγραμμένα, ἐξεκόλαψαν. καὶ κύνες πολλοὶ νυκτὸς κατά τε τὴν ἄλλην πόλιν καὶ πρὸς τῇ τοῦ ἀρχιερέως τοῦ Λεπίδου οἰκίᾳ μάλιστα συστρεφόμενοι ὠρύοντο. ὅ τε Ἠριδανὸς ἐπὶ πολὺ τῆς πέριξ γῆς πελαγίσας ἐξαίφνης ἀνεχώρησε, καὶ παμπληθεῖς ἐν τῷ ξηρῷ ὄφεις ἐγκατέλιπε. καὶ ἰχθῦς ἐκ τῆς θαλάσσης ἀμύθητοι κατὰ τὰς τοῦ Τιβέριδος ἐκβολὰς ἐς τὴν ἤπειρον ἐξέπεσον. ἐπεγένετο μὲν οὖν καὶ λοιμὸς ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς πάσῃ ὡς εἰπεῖν τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ ἰσχυρός, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τό τε βουλευτήριον τὸ Ὁστίλιον ἀνοικοδομηθῆναι καὶ τὸ χωρίον ἐν ᾧ ἡ ναυμαχία ἐγεγόνει συγχωσθῆναι ἐψηφίσθη· οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἐνταῦθα στήσεσθαι τὸ δεινὸν ἐδόκει, ἄλλως τε καὶ ἐπειδὴ τοῦ Οὐιβίου τὰ ἐσιτήρια τῇ νουμηνίᾳ θύοντος ῥαβδοῦχός τις αὐτοῦ ἔπεσεν ἐξαίφνης καὶ ἀπέθανεν. διὰ μὲν οὖν ταῦτα καὶ ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐβουλεύσαντό τε, καὶ εἶπον ἄλλοι τε ἐφʼ ἑκάτερα πολλοὶ καὶ ὁ Κικέρων ὧδε·
In the consulship of Aulus Hirtius and Gaius Vibius (for Vibius was now appointed consul in spite of the fact that his father's name had been posted on the tablets of Sulla) a meeting of the senate was held and opinions expressed for three successive days, including the very first day of the year. 2 For because of the war which was upon them and the portents, very numerous and unfavourable, which took place, they were so excited that they failed to observe even the dies nefasti and to refrain on those days from deliberating about any of their interests. Vast numbers of thunderbolts had fallen, some of them descending on the temple of Capitoline Jupiter which stood in the Nicaeum; also a mighty windstorm occurred which snapped off and scattered the tablets erected about the temple of Saturn and the Temple of Fides and also overturned and shattered the statue of Minerva the Protectress [Phylacis], which Cicero had set up on the Capitol before his exile. 4 This, now, portended death to Cicero himself. Another thing that frightened the rest of the population was a great earthquake which occurred, and the fact that a bull which was being sacrificed on account of it in the temple of Vesta leaped up after the ceremony. In addition to these omens, clear as they were, a flash darted across from the east to the west and a new star was seen for several days. Then the light of the sun seemed to be diminished and even extinguished, and at times to appear in three circles, one of which was surmounted by a fiery crown of sheaves. This came true for them as clearly as ever any prophecy did. For the three men were in power, — I mean Caesar, Lepidus, and Antony, — and of these Caesar subsequently secured the victory. 6 At the same time that these things occurred all sorts of oracles foreshadowing the downfall of the republic were recited. Crows, moreover, flew into the temple of Castor and Pollux and pecked out the names of the consuls, Antony and Dolabella, which were inscribed there somewhere on a tablet. And by night dogs would gather together in large numbers throughout the city and especially near the house of the high priest, Lepidus, and howl. Again, the Po, which had flooded a large portion of the surrounding territory, suddenly receded and left behind on the dry land a vast number of snakes; and countless fish were cast up from the sea on the shore near the mouths of the Tiber. 8 Succeeding these terrors a terrible plague spread over nearly all Italy, because of which the senate voted that the Curia Hostilia should be rebuilt and that the spot where the naval battle had taken place should be filled up. However, the curse did not appear disposed to rest even then, especially since, when Vibius was conducting the opening sacrifices on the first day of the year, one of his lictors suddenly fell down and died. Because of these events they took counsel during those days, and among the various men who spoke on one side or the other Cicero addressed them as follows:
§ 45.18
“ὧν μὲν ἕνεκα τὴν ἀποδημίαν, ὡς καὶ ἐπὶ πλεῖστον ἐκδημήσων, ἐστειλάμην, καὶ διὰ σπουδῆς τὴν ἐπάνοδον, ὡς καὶ πολλὰ ὑμᾶς ὠφελήσων, ἐποιησάμην, ἠκούσατε πρῴην, ὦ πατέρες, ὅθʼ ὑμὶν περὶ αὐτῶν τούτων ἀπελογησάμην. οὔτε γὰρ ἐν δυναστείᾳ καὶ τυραννίδι ζῆν ὑπομείναιμʼ ἄν, ἐν ᾗ μήτε πολιτεύσασθαι ὀρθῶς μήτε παρρησιάσασθαι ἀσφαλῶς μήτε τελευτῆσαι χρησίμως ὑμῖν δύναμαι, οὔτʼ αὖ παρὸν τῶν δεόντων τι πρᾶξαι, κατοκνήσαιμʼ ἂν καὶ μετὰ κινδύνου τοῦτο ποιῆσαι. νομίζω γὰρ ἀνδρὸς ἀγαθοῦ ὁμοίως ἔργον εἶναι τοῖς τε τῆς πατρίδος συμφέρουσι τηρεῖν ἑαυτόν, φυλαττόμενον μὴ μάτην ἀπόληται, κἀν τούτῳ μηδὲν ἐλλείπειν τῶν προσηκόντων μήτε λέγοντα μήτε πράττοντα, κἂν ἄρα τι καὶ παθεῖν σώζοντα αὐτὴν ἀναγκαῖον ᾖ.
“You have heard recently, Conscript Fathers, when I made a statement to you about the matter, why I made preparations for my departure, thinking that I should be absent from the city for a long time, and then hastily returned, with the idea that I should benefit you greatly. 2 For I could not, on the one hand, endure to live under a monarchy or a tyranny, since under such a government I cannot live rightly as a free citizen nor speak my mind safely nor die in a way that would be of service to you; and yet, on the other hand, if opportunity should be afforded to perform any necessary service, I would not shrink from doing it, though it involved danger. For I deem it the business of an upright man equally to keep himself safe in his country's interest, and at the same time not to fail in any duty either of speech or of action, even if it be necessary to suffer some harm while saving his country.
§ 45.19
οὕτω δὴ τούτων ἐχόντων ἦν μέν που πολλὴ καὶ παρὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος καὶ ἐμοὶ καὶ ὑμῖν ἀσφάλεια πρὸς τὸ τὰ δέοντα βουλεύσασθαι· ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ μετὰ φρουρᾶς συνελθεῖν ἐψηφίσασθε, πάνθʼ ἡμᾶς οὕτω δεῖ καὶ εἰπεῖν καὶ πρᾶξαι τήμερον ὥστε καὶ τὰ παρόντα καταστήσασθαι καὶ τοῦ μέλλοντος προϊδέσθαι, μὴ καὶ αὖθις ἀναγκασθῶμεν ὁμοίως ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν διαγνῶναι. ὅτι μὲν οὖν χαλεπὰ καὶ δεινὰ καὶ πολλῆς ἐπιμελείας καὶ φροντίδος δεόμενα τὰ πράγματα ἡμῶν ἐστι, καὶ ὑμεῖς αὐτοὶ δῆλον, εἰ καὶ ἐκ μηδενὸς ἄλλου, ἀλλʼ οὖν ἐκ τούτου γε πεποιήκατε· οὐ γὰρ ἂν ἐψηφίσασθε φυλακὴν τοῦ βουλευτηρίου σχεῖν, εἴγε ἐξῆν ὑμῖν ἔν τε τῷ εἰωθότι κόσμῳ καὶ ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ ἀδεῶς τι βουλεύσασθαι. δεῖ δὲ ἡμᾶς καὶ διὰ τοὺς στρατιώτας τοὺς παρόντας ἀξιόλογόν τι πρᾶξαι,ἵνα μὴ καὶ αἰσχύνην ὄφλωμεν, αἰτήσαντες μὲν αὐτοὺς ὡς καὶ φοβούμενοί τινας, ἀμελήσαντες δὲ τῶν πραγμάτων ὡς ἐν οὐδενὶ δεινῷ καθεστηκότες, καὶ λόγῳ μέν σφας ὑπὲρ τῆς πόλεως ἐπʼ Ἀντώνιον προσειληφότες, ἔργῳ δʼ ἐκείνῳ καθʼ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν δεδωκότες, ὥσπερ δέον αὐτόν, πρὸς τοῖς ἄλλοις στρατεύμασιν ἃ κατὰ τῆς πατρίδος συγκροτεῖ, καὶ αὐτοὺς τούτους προσλαβεῖν, ἵνα μηδὲν μηδὲ τήμερον κατʼ αὐτοῦ ψηφίσησθε.
”This being the case, although a large measure of safety was afforded even by Caesar both to you and to me for the discussion of pressing questions, yet since you have further voted to assemble under guard, we must frame all our words and acts this day in such a fashion as to settle the present difficulties and to provide for the future, that we may not again be compelled to decide in a similar way about them. 2 Now that our situation is difficult and dangerous and requires much care and thought, you yourselves have made evident, if and no other way, at least by this measure; for you would not have voted to keep the senate-house under guard, if it had been possible for you to deliberate without fear in accordance with your accustomed further order and in quiet. We must also accomplish something of importance by very reason of the soldiers who are here, so that we may not incur the disgrace that would certainly follow from asking for them as if we feared somebody, and then neglecting affairs as if we were liable to no danger. We should then appear to have acquired them only nominally on behalf of the city against Antony, 4 but in reality to have given them to him to be used against ourselves, and it would look as if in addition to the other legions which he is gathering against his country he needed to acquire these very men also, in order that you might not pass any vote against him even today.
§ 45.20
καίτοι τινὲς ἐς τοῦτʼ ἀναιδείας ἐληλύθασιν ὥστε τολμᾶν λέγειν ὡς οὐ πολεμεῖ τῇ πόλει, καὶ τοσαύτην γε εὐήθειαν ὑμῶν κατεγνώκασιν ὥστε καὶ νομίζειν τοῖς λόγοις τοῖς ἑαυτῶν πείσειν ὑμᾶς προσέχειν μᾶλλον ἢ τοῖς ἔργοις τοῖς ἐκείνου. καὶ τίς ἂν ἀφεὶς τὸ τὰς πράξεις αὐτοῦ σκοπεῖν, καὶ τὴν στρατείαν ἣν ἐπὶ τοὺς συμμάχους ἡμῶν μήτε τῆς βουλῆς μήτε τοῦ δήμου προστάξαντος πεποίηται, καὶ τὰς χώρας ἃς κατατρέχει, καὶ τὰς πόλεις ἃς πολιορκεῖ, καὶ τὰς ἀπειλὰς ἃς πᾶσιν ἡμῖν ἀπειλεῖ, καὶ τὰς ἐλπίδας ἐφʼ αἷς ἅπαντα ταῦτα ποιεῖ, τοῖς τε ῥήμασι τοῖς τούτων καὶ ταῖς ψευδολογίαις αἷς ἀναβάλλουσιν ὑμᾶς, σκήψεις καὶ προφάσεις λέγοντες, ἐθελήσειε πεισθεὶς ἀπολέσθαι; ἐγὼ μὲν γὰρ τοσούτου δέω ταῦτα ποιοῦντα αὐτὸν ἔννομόν τι καὶ πολιτικὸν πρᾶγμα φάναι πράττειν, ὥστε καὶ ὅτι τὴν τῆς Μακεδονίας ἀρχὴν τὴν ἐκ τοῦ κλήρου προσταχθεῖσαν αὐτῷ κατέλιπε, καὶ ὅτι τὴν τῆς Γαλατίας ἀρχὴν τὴν μηδὲν αὐτῷ προσήκουσαν ἀνθείλετο, καὶ ὅτι στρατεύματα ἃ ὁ Καῖσαρ ἐπὶ τοὺς Πάρθους προύπεμψε, συλλαβὼν περὶ αὐτόν, μηδενὸς ἐν τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ δεινοῦ ὄντος, ἔχει, καὶ ὅτι τὴν πόλιν ἐν τῷ τῆς ὑπατείας χρόνῳ ἐκλιπὼν περιέρχεται τὴν χώραν πορθῶν καὶ λυμαινόμενος, πάλαι φημὶ
“Yet some have reached such a point of shamelessness as to dare to say that he is not warring against the state, and have credited you with a simplicity so great as to think that they will persuade you to pay heed to their words rather than to his acts. 2 But who would choose to shut his eyes to his acts and the campaign he has made against our allies without any orders from the senate or the people, the countries he is overrunning, the cities he is besieging, the threats he is hurling against us all, and the hopes with which he is doing all this, and would choose instead to believe, to his own ruin, the words of these men and their false statements, by the way they put you off with pretexts and excuses? I, for my part, do not admit that in doing this he is acting legally or constitutionally. Far from it: he abandoned the province of Macedonia, which had been assigned to him by lot, chose instead the province of Gaul, which did not belong to him at all, 4 assumed control of the legions which Caesar had sent ahead against the Parthians and keeps them about him, though no danger threatens Italy, and after leaving the city during the period of his consulship now goes about pillaging and ruining the country; for these reasons I declare that he has long been an enemy of us all.
§ 45.21
πολέμιον αὐτὸν ἁπάντων ἡμῶν εἶναι. εἰ δὲ μὴ παραχρῆμα τότε ᾐσθάνεσθε μηδὲ ἐφʼ ἑκάστῳ αὐτῶν ἠγανακτεῖτε, ἐκεῖνον μὲν καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἔτι μᾶλλον μισεῖν ἄξιόν ἐστιν, ὅτι τοιούτους ὄντας ὑμᾶς ἀδικῶν οὐ παύεται, καὶ δυνηθεὶς ἂν ἴσως συγγνώμης ἐφʼ οἷς τὸ πρῶτον ἥμαρτε τυχεῖν, ἐς τοσοῦτο τῇ συνεχείᾳ τῆς πονηρίας προελήλυθεν ὥστε καὶ ὑπὲρ ἐκείνων χρῆναι δίκην ὑποσχεῖν· ὑμῖν δὲ ἐς ὑπερβολὴν ἐπιμελητέον ἐστὶ τῶν πραγμάτων, ὁρῶσι καὶ λογιζομένοις τοῦθʼ, ὅτι τὸν τοσαυτάκις ὑμῶν ἐν τοσούτοις πράγμασι καταπεφρονηκότα ἀδύνατόν ἐστιν ἑκούσιον ὑπό τε τῆς αὐτῆς ἐπιεικείας καὶ τῆς αὐτῆς φιλανθρωπίας ὑμῶν σωφρονισθῆναι, ἀλλʼ ἀνάγκη καὶ ἄκοντα νῦν, εἰ καὶ μὴ πρότερον, τοῖς ὅπλοις κολασθῆναι.
And if you did not perceive it immediately at the outset or feel indignation at each of his actions, he deserves to be hated all the more on that very account, in that he does not stop injuring you who are so long-suffering. He might perchance have obtained pardon for the errors which he committed at first, but now by his persistence in them he has reached such a pitch of knavery that he ought to be brought to book for his former offences as well. 2 And you ought to be excessively careful in regard to the situation, when you see this and ponder it — that the man who has so often despised you in matters so weighty cannot, as he would like, be corrected by the same gentleness and kindliness as you have shown before, but must now, even though never before, be chastised, quite against his will, by force of arms.
§ 45.22
μὴ γὰρ ὅτι καὶ καὶ ψηφίσασθαί τινα αὑτῷ τὰ μὲν ἀνέπεισεν ὑμᾶς τὰ δὲ ἐξεβιάσατο, ἧττόν τι παρὰ τοῦτο ἀδικεῖν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐλάττονος διὰ τοῦτο ἄξιον τιμωρίας εἶναι νομίσητε. πᾶν γὰρ τοὐναντίον καὶ ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ τούτου μάλιστα δίκην ὀφείλει δοῦναι, ὅτι πολλὰ καὶ δεινὰ προελόμενος δρᾶσαι διʼ ὑμῶν τέ τινα αὐτῶν ἐποιήσατο, καὶ ταῖς παρʼ ὑμῶν ἀφορμαῖς, ἃς οὔτε εἰδότας οὔτε προορωμένους τι τοιοῦτον ἐξαπατήσας ἠνάγκασεν αὑτῷ ψηφίσασθαι, ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς αὐτοὺς ἀπεχρήσατο. ποῦ γὰρ ἂν ἑκόντες ὑμεῖς τὰς μὲν παρὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος ἢ καὶ τοῦ κλήρου δοθείσας ἑκάστοις ἡγεμονίας κατελύσατε, τούτῳ δὲ ἐπετρέψατε τά τε ἄλλα πολλὰ τοῖς φίλοις καὶ τοῖς ἑταίροις διαδοῦναι, καὶ ἐς μὲν τὴν Μακεδονίαν τὸν ἀδελφὸν τὸν Γάϊον πέμψαι, τὴν δὲ δὴ Γαλατίαν ἑαυτῷ μετὰ τῶν στρατευμάτων, οἷς οὐδὲν ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν χρήσασθαι εἶχε, προστάξαι; ἢ οὐ μέμνησθε ὅπως ταραττομένους ὑμᾶς ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ Καίσαρος τελευτῇ λαβὼν πάνθʼ ὅσα ἠβουλήθη διεπράξατο, τὰ μὲν ἐπικοινῶν ὑμῖν ὑπούλως καὶ ἀκαίρως, τὰ δὲ αὐτὸς ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ προσκακουργῶν, πάντα δὲ βιαζόμενος; στρατιώταις γοῦν, καὶ τούτοις βαρβάροις, καθʼ ὑμῶν ἐχρήσατο. καὶ τοῦτο θαυμάσειεν ἄν τις, εἰ κατʼ ἐκείνους τοὺς χρόνους ἐψηφίσθη τι οἷον οὐκ ἐχρῆν, ὁπότε μηδὲ νῦν παρρησίαν ἄλλως εἰπεῖν τι καὶ πρᾶξαι τῶν δεόντων, εἰ μὴ μετὰ φρουρᾶς, ἐσχήκαμεν; ἣν εἰ τότε περιβεβλημένοι ἦμεν, οὔτʼ ἂν ἐκεῖνος ὧν φήσει τις αὐτὸν τυχεῖν ἔτυχεν, οὔτʼ ἂν τὰ μετὰ ταῦτα αὐξηθεὶς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἔπραξε. μὴ οὖν ὅσα κελευόμενοι καὶ καταναγκαζόμενοι καὶ θρηνοῦντες δεδωκέναι αὐτῷ ἐδόξαμεν, ταῦτά τις ὡς καὶ νομίμως καὶ δικαίως γεγονότα προβαλλέσθω· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς ἰδίοις, ὅσα ἄν τις ἕτερος ὑφʼ ἑτέρου βιασθεὶς πράξῃ, κύρια ταῦτα τηρεῖται.
”And do not, because he partly persuaded and partly compelled you to vote him certain privileges, imagine that this makes him less guilty or deserving of less punishment. 2 Quite the reverse: for this very procedure he particularly deserves to be punished, because, after determining beforehand to commit many outrages, he not only accomplished some of them through you, but also employed against you yourselves the resources which came from you, which by deception he forced you to vote to him when you neither realised nor foresaw anything of the sort. For after you had abrogated of your own free will the positions of command assigned by Caesar or by the lot to each man, would you ever have allowed this fellow to distribute numerous appointments to his friends and companions, sending his brother Gaius to Macedonia, and assigning to himself Gaul together with the legions, which he had no occasion to use in your defence? Do you not recall how, when he found you in consternation over Caesar's death, he carried out all the schemes that he chose, communicating some to you carefully dissimulated and at inopportune moments, and executing others on his own responsibility, thus adding villainy to his deception, while all his acts were accomplished by violence? At least he employed soldiers, and barbarians, too, against you. And need any one be surprised that in those days an occasional vote was passed which should not have been passed, when even now we have not obtained freedom to say and do anything that is needful in any other way than by the aid of a body-guard? If we had then been encompassed by this guard, he would not have obtained what some one may say he has obtained, nor would he have risen thereby to power and have done the deeds that followed. 6 Accordingly, let no one retort that the rights which at his command and under compulsion and amid laments we had the appearance of giving him were legally and right fully bestowed. For even in private business that is not observed as binding which a man does under compulsion from another.
§ 45.23
καίτοι ταῦτα μέν, ὅσα γε ψηφίσασθαι δοκεῖτε, καὶ βραχέα καὶ οὐ πάνυ ἔξω τοῦ καθεστηκότος ὄντα εὑρήσετε. τί γὰρ δεινὸν εἰ ἕτερος ἀνθʼ ἑτέρου Μακεδονίας ἢ Γαλατίας ἄρξειν ἔμελλεν; ἢ τί χαλεπὸν εἴ τις στρατιώτας ὑπατεύων ἔλαβεν; ἀλλʼ ἐκεῖνα χαλεπὰ καὶ σχέτλια, τὸ τὴν χώραν ἡμῶν κακουργεῖσθαι, τὸ τὰς πόλεις τὰς συμμαχίδας πολιορκεῖσθαι, τὸ τοὺς στρατιώτας τοὺς ἡμετέρους ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς ὁπλίζεσθαι, τὸ τὰ ἡμέτερα καθʼ ἡμῶν ἀναλίσκεσθαι· ἃ μήτε ἐψηφίσασθε μήτε ἐμελλήσατε. μὴ τοίνυν, ὅτι τινὰ ἐδώκατε αὐτῷ, διὰ τοῦτο αὐτὸν ἐᾶτε καὶ τὰ μὴ δοθέντα πράττειν· μηδʼ ὅτι τινὰ συνεχωρήσατε, παρὰ τοῦτο οἴεσθε δεῖν καὶ τὰ μὴ συγχωρηθέντα αὐτῷ ποιεῖν ἐξεῖναι. πᾶν γὰρ τοὐναντίον καὶ διʼ αὐτὸ τοῦτο καὶ μισεῖν καὶ τιμωρεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὀφείλετε, ὅτι καὶ τῇ τιμῇ καὶ τῇ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τῇ παρʼ ὑμῶν οὐκ ἐν τούτοις μόνοις ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις ἅπασι καθʼ ὑμῶν ἐτόλμησε χρήσασθαι. σκοπεῖτε δέ· ἐψηφίσασθε τήν τε εἰρήνην καὶ τὴν ὁμόνοιαν τὴν πρὸς ἀλλήλους, ἐμοὶ πεισθέντες. ταύτην οὗτος πρυτανεῦσαι κελευσθεὶς οὕτω διῆχε πρόφασιν τὴν τοῦ Καίσαρος ταφὴν ποιησάμενος, ὥστε πᾶσαν μὲν τὴν πόλιν ὀλίγου καταπρησθῆναι, παμπόλλους δὲ αὖθις φονευθῆναι. ἐβεβαιώσατε πάντα τὰ δοθέντα τισὶ καὶ νομοθετηθέντα πρὸς τοῦ Καίσαρος, οὐχ ὡς καλῶς πάντʼ ἔχοντα (πολλοῦ γε καὶ δεἶ, ἀλλʼ ὅτι μηδὲν αὐτῶν μετακινηθῆναι συνέφερεν, ὅπως ἀνυπόπτως χωρὶς ὑπούλου τινὸς ἀλλήλοις συνῶμεν. τούτων ἐξεταστὴς οὗτος γενόμενος πολλὰ μὲν τῶν πραχθέντων ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ καταλέλυκε, πολλὰ δὲ ἕτερα ἀντεγγέγραφε· καὶ γὰρ χώρας καὶ πολιτείας καὶ ἀτελείας καὶ ἄλλας τινὰς τιμὰς τούς τε ἔχοντας ἀφῄρηται, καὶ ἰδιώτας καὶ βασιλέας καὶ πόλεις, καὶ τοῖς μὴ λαβοῦσι δέδωκε, παραποιησάμενος τὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος ὑπομνήματα, καὶ τοὺς μὲν μηδὲν ἐθελήσαντας αὐτῷ προΐεσθαι καὶ τὰ δοθέντα αὐτοῖς ἀφελόμενος, τοῖς δʼ ὠνητιάσασι καὶ ἐκεῖνα καὶ τἆλλα πάντα πωλήσας. καίπερ ὑμεῖς αὐτὰ ταῦτα προορώμενοι ἐψηφίσασθε μηδεμίαν στήλην μετὰ τὸν τοῦ Καίσαρος θάνατον, ὡς καὶ παρʼ ἐκείνου τῳ δεδομένον τι ἔχουσαν, στῆναι. καὶ μέντοι καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ὡς πολὺ τοῦτʼ ἐγίγνετο, καὶ ἔλεγεν ἀναγκαῖον εἶναί τινα τῶν ἐν τοῖς γράμμασι τοῖς τοῦ Καίσαρος εὑρεθέντων ἐκλεχθῆναί τε καὶ πραχθῆναι, ὑμεῖς μὲν μετὰ τῶν πρώτων ἀνδρῶν προσετάξατε αὐτῷ ταῦτα διαλέξαι, ἐκεῖνος δὲ οὐδὲν αὐτῶν φροντίσας, πάνθʼ ὅσα ἐβούλετο μόνος καὶ περὶ τοὺς νόμους καὶ περὶ τοὺς φυγάδας καὶ περὶ τὰ ἄλλα ἃ μικρῷ πρόσθεν εἶπον ἐξειργάσατο. οὕτω που πάντα τὰ δοκοῦντα ὑμῖν ποιεῖν βούλεται.
“And yet all these measures which you may seem to have voted you will find to be unimportant and differing but little from established custom. What was there so serious in the fact that one man was destined to govern Macedonia or Gaul instead of another? Or what was the harm if a man obtained soldiers during his consulship? 2 But these are the things that are harmful and abominable, — that our land should be ravaged, the allied cities besieged, our soldiers armed against us, and our wealth expended to our detriment; this you neither voted nor would ever have voted. Do not, then, merely because you have granted him certain privileges, allow him to usurp what was not granted him; and do not imagine that, because you have conceded certain points, he ought therefore to be permitted to do what has not been conceded. Quite the reverse: you should for this very reason both hate and punish him, because he has dared not only in this case but in all other cases to use against you the honour and kindness you have bestowed. 4 Consider a moment. Through my influence you voted that there should be peace and harmony amongst you. This man, when he was ordered to manage the business, performed it in such a way, taking Caesar's funeral as a pretext, that almost the whole city was burned down and once more great numbers were slaughtered. You ratified all the grants made to various persons and all the laws laid down by Caesar, not because they were all excellent — far from it! — but because it was inadvisable to make any change in them, if we were to live together free from suspicion and without malice. This man, appointed to examine into Caesar's acts, has abolished many of them and has substituted many others in the documents. 6 He has taken away lands and citizenship and exemption from taxes and many other honours from their possessors, whether private persons, kings, or cities, and has given them to men who did not receive them, by altering the memoranda of Caesar; from those who were unwilling to give up anything to his grasp he took away even what had been given them, and sold this and everything else to such as wished to buy. Yet you, foreseeing this very possibility, had voted that no tablet should be set up after Caesar's death purporting to contain any privilege by him to any one. Nevertheless, when it happened many times after that, and he claimed that it was necessary for some provisions found in Caesar's papers to be specially singled out and put into effect, 8 you assigned to him, in company with the foremost men, the task of making such excerpts; but he, paying no attention to the others, carried out everything alone according to his wishes, in regard to the laws, the exiles, and the other matters which I enumerated a few moments ago. This, indeed, is the way he chooses to execute all your decrees.
§ 45.24
Ἆρʼ οὖν ἐν τούτοις μόνον τοιοῦτος γέγονε, τὰ δʼ ἄλλα ὀρθῶς διῴκηκε; ποῦ; πόθεν; οὐ τὰ χρήματα τὰ κοινὰ τὰ καταλειφθέντα ὑπὸ τοῦ Καίσαρος ἐπιζητῆσαι καὶ ἀποδεῖξαι κελευσθεὶς ἥρπακε, καὶ τὰ μὲν τοῖς δανεισταῖς ἀποδέδωκε τὰ δὲ ἐς τρυφὴν κατανάλωκεν, ὥστε μηκέτʼ αὐτῷ μηδὲ τούτων τι περιεῖναι; οὐ τὸ ὄνομα τὸ τοῦ δικτάτορος μισησάντων ὑμῶν διὰ τὴν ἐκείνου δυναστείαν καὶ παντελῶς ἐκ τῆς πολιτείας ἐκβαλόντων, τοῦτο μὲν ὥσπερ τι αὐτὸ ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ ἀδικῆσαι δυνάμενον οὐκ ἐπιτέθειται, τὰ δὲ ἔργα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν πλεονεξίαν ἐν τῷ τῆς ὑπατείας προσρήματι ἐπιδέδεικται; οὐχ ὑμεῖς μὲν πρύτανιν αὐτὸν τῆς ὁμονοίας ἀπεδείξατε, οὗτος δὲ πόλεμον αὐτὸς ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ τηλικοῦτον, οὔτε προσήκοντα οὔτε ἐγνωσμένον, ἀνῄρηται πρὸς Καίσαρα καὶ Δέκιμον, οὓς ὑμεῖς ἐπαινεῖτε; μυρία δʼ ἂν εἴη λέγειν, εἴ τις ἐπεξιέναι καθʼ ἕκαστον ἐθελήσειεν ὧν ὑμεῖς μὲν ἐπετρέψατε αὐτῷ ὡς ὑπάτῳ διοικῆσαι, ἐκεῖνος δὲ οὐδʼ ὁτιοῦν ἐς δέον ἔπραξε, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντα τἀναντία καθʼ ὑμῶν τῇ παρʼ ὑμῶν ἐξουσίᾳ δοθείσῃ χρώμενος πεποίηκεν. ἆρʼ οὖν ἐς ὑμᾶς αὐτοὺς ἀναδέξεσθε καὶ ταῦτα τὰ κακῶς ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ πεπραγμένα, καὶ αὐτοὶ πάντων σφῶν αἴτιοι γεγονέναι φήσετε, ὅτι τὴν διοίκησιν αὐτῶν καὶ τὸν ἐξετασμὸν αὐτῷ προσετάξατε; ἀλλὰ ἄτοπον. οὐδὲ γὰρ ἂν στρατηγὸς ἢ καὶ πρεσβευτής τις αἱρεθεὶς μηδὲν τῶν δεόντων δράσῃ, τούτου τὴν αἰτίαν ὑμεῖς οἱ πέμψαντες αὐτοὺς ἕξετε. καὶ γὰρ ἂν εἴη δεινὸν εἰ πάντες οἱ προχειριζόμενοί τι πρᾶξαι τὰ μὲν κέρδη καὶ τὰς τιμὰς αὐτοὶ λαμβάνοιεν, τὰ δὲ ἐγκλήματα καὶ τὰς αἰτίας ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς ἀναφέροιεν.
”Has he, then, shown himself to be this sort of man only in these affairs, while managing the rest rightly? When or how? Though ordered to search out and produce the public moneys left behind by Caesar, has he not seized them, paying a part to his creditors and spending a part on high living, so that he no longer has any left even of this? 2 Though you hated the name of dictator on account of Caesar's sovereignty and rejected it entirely from the state, has not Antony, even though he has avoided adopting it, — as if the name in itself could do any harm, — nevertheless exhibited a dictator's behaviour and his greed for gain under the title of the consulship? Though you assigned to him the duty of promoting harmony, has he not on his own responsibility begun this great war, neither necessary nor sanctioned, against Caesar and Decimus, whom you approve? 4 Indeed, innumerable cases might be mentioned, if one wished to go into details, in which you have entrusted business to him to transact as consul, not a bit of which he has performed as the circumstances demanded, but has done quite the opposite, using against you the authority that you granted. Will you, then, take upon yourselves also these base acts that he has committed and say that you yourselves are responsible for all that has happened, because you assigned to him the management and investigation of the matters in question? How absurd! 6 Why, if any one who had been chosen general or envoy should fail in every way to his duty, you who sent him would not incur blame for this. Indeed it would be a sorry state of affairs, if all who are elected to perform some task should themselves receive the advantages and the honours, but lay upon you the complaints and the blame.
§ 45.25
οὔκουν οὐδὲ τούτῳ προσέχειν προσήκει λέγοντι ὑμεῖς γὰρ τὴν Γαλατίαν ἄρχειν ἐπετρέψατε, ὑμεῖς τὰ χρήματα τὰ κοινὰ διοικῆσαι ἐκελεύσατε, ὑμεῖς τὰ στρατεύματα τὰ ἐκ τῆς Μακεδονίας ἐδώκατε.ʼ ἐψηφίσθη μὲν γὰρ ταῦτα οὕτως, εἴγε δεῖ τοῦτο εἰπεῖν, ἀλλὰ μὴ καὶ ὑπὲρ τούτου δίκην παρʼ αὐτοῦ λαβεῖν, ὅτι ταῦθʼ ὑμᾶς ἠνάγκασε γνῶναι· οὐ μέντοι καὶ τὸ τοὺς φυγάδας κατάγειν, οὐδὲ τὸ τοὺς νόμους παρεγγράφειν, οὐδὲ τὸ τὰς πολιτείας καὶ τὰς ἀτελείας πωλεῖν, οὐδὲ τὸ τὰ κοινὰ κλέπτειν, οὐδὲ τὸ τὰ τῶν συμμάχων ἁρπάζειν, οὐδὲ τὸ τὰς πόλεις κακουργεῖν, οὐδὲ τὸ τῆς πατρίδος τυραννεῖν ἐπιχειρεῖν ἐδώκατέ ποτε αὐτῷ. οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδʼ ἄλλῳ τινί, καίτοι πολλὰ πολλοῖς ψηφισάμενοι, συνεχωρήσατε ὅσα ἐβούλοντο, ἀλλὰ καὶ δίκην ἀεί ποτε παρὰ τῶν τοιούτων, ὅσων γε καὶ ἠδυνήθητε, ἐλάβετε, ὥσπερ που καὶ παρʼ αὐτοῦ τούτου λήψεσθε, ἄν γε ἐμοὶ νῦν πεισθῆτε. καὶ γὰρ οὐδὲ ἐπὶ τούτων μόνων τοιοῦτος γέγονεν ὁποῖον αὐτὸν ἴστε καὶ ἑοράκατε, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ πάντων ἁπλῶς ὅσα πώποτε πρὸς τὰ κοινὰ προσελθὼν πέπραχε.
Accordingly, it is not fitting to pay any heed to him when he says, 'But it was you who permitted me to govern Gaul, you who ordered me to administer the public finances, you who gave me the legions from Macedonia.' 2 It is true these measures were voted, — if, indeed, you ought to put it that way, and not, instead, exact punishment from him in his action in compelling you to pass the decree; yet surely you never at any time gave him the right to restore the exiles, to add laws surreptitiously, to sell the privileges of citizenship and of exemption from taxes, to steal the public funds, to plunder the possessions of the allies, to injure the cities, or to undertake to play the tyrant over his native country. In fact, you never conceded to any others all that they desired, though you have voted many privileges to many persons; on the contrary, you have always punished such men so far as you could, as indeed, you will also punish him, if you take my advice now.4 For it is not in these matters alone that he has shown himself to be such a man as you know and have seen him to be, but absolutely in all the undertakings which he has ever performed since entering public life.
§ 45.26
τὸν γὰρ δὴ ἴδιον αὐτοῦ βίον τάς τε ἰδίας ἀσελγείας καὶ πλεονεξίας ἑκὼν παραλείψω, οὐχ ὅτι οὐχὶ πολλὰ καὶ δεινὰ καὶ ἐν ἐκείνοις εὕροι τις ἂν αὐτὸν πεποιηκότα, ἀλλʼ ὅτι αἰδοῦμαι νὴ τὸν Ἡρακλέα ἀκριβῶς καθʼ ἕκαστον, ἄλλως τε καὶ πρὸς οὐδὲν ἦττον εἰδότας ὑμᾶς, λέγειν ὅπως μὲν τὴν ὥραν τὴν ἐν παισὶν ὑμῖν διέθετο, ὅπως δὲ τὴν ἀκμὴν τὴν ἐφʼ ἥβης ἀπεκήρυξε, τὰς ἑταιρήσεις αὐτοῦ τὰς λαθραίας, τὰς πορνείας τὰς ἐμφανεῖς, ὅσα ἔπαθεν ἕως ἐνεδέχετο, ὅσα ἔδρασεν ἀφʼ οὗπερ ἠδυνήθη, τοὺς κώμους, τὰς μέθας, τἆλλα πάντα τὰ τούτοις ἑπόμενα. ἀδύνατον γάρ ἐστιν ἄνθρωπον ἔν τε ἀσελγείᾳ καὶ ἐν ἀναισχυντίᾳ τοσαύτῃ τραφέντα μὴ οὐ πάντα τὸν ἑαυτοῦ βίον μιᾶναι· ὅθενπερ καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ κοινὰ ἀπὸ τῶν ἰδίων καὶ τὴν κιναιδίαν καὶ τὴν πλεονεξίαν προήγαγε. ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἐάσω, καὶ νὴ Δία καὶ τὴν ἐς Αἴγυπτον αὐτοῦ πρὸς Γαβίνιον ἀποδημίαν, τήν τε ἐς Γαλατίαν πρὸς Καίσαρα ἀπόδρασιν, ἵνα μή μέ τις φῇ πάντα ἀκριβολογεῖσθαι, αἰσχυνθεὶς ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ὅτι τοιοῦτον αὐτὸν ὄντα εἰδότες καὶ δήμαρχον καὶ ἵππαρχον καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὕπατον ἀπεδείξατε· ἃ δὲ ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς τούτοις ἐπαρῴνησε καὶ ἐκακούργησε, μόνα νῦν ἐρῶ.
“His private life and his personal acts of licentiousness and avarice I shall willingly pass over, not because one would fail to discover that he had committed many dreadful deeds of this sort too, but because, by Hercules, I am ashamed to describe minutely and in detail, 2 especially to you who know it as well as I, how he spent his youth among who were boys at the time, how he sold to the highest bidder the vigour of his prime, his secret lapses from chastity, his open fornications, what he let be done to him as long as it was possible, what he did as early as he could, his revels, his drunken debauches, and all the rest that follows in their train. It is impossible for a person brought up in so great licentiousness and shamelessness to avoid defiling his entire life; and so from his private life he brought his lewdness and greed into his public relations.4 I shall let this pass, then, and likewise, by Jupiter, his visit to Gabinius in Egypt and his flight to Caesar in Gaul, that I may not be charged with going minutely into every detail; for I feel ashamed for you, that knowing him to be such a man, you appointed him tribune and master of the horse and subsequently consul. But I shall at present mention only his acts of drunken insolence and of villainy in these very offices.
§ 45.27
οὗτος τοίνυν δημαρχήσας πρῶτον μὲν ἁπάντων ἐκώλυσεν ὑμᾶς τὰ τότε περιστάντα πράγματα εὖ θέσθαι, βοῶν καὶ κεκραγὼς καὶ μόνος ἐξ ἁπάντων ἐναντιούμενος τῇ κοινῇ τῆς πόλεως εἰρήνῃ, ἔπειτα δέ, ἐπειδὴ ἀγανακτήσαντες ἐψηφίσασθε διʼ αὐτὸν ἅπερ ἐψηφίσασθε, τοῦτο μὲν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ἐξέδρα τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐγκαταλιπών, ᾧ μηδεμίαν ἐκ τῶν νόμων νύκτα ἀποδημῆσαι ἐξῆν, τοῦτο δὲ ἐς τὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος ὅπλα αὐτομολήσας ἐκεῖνόν τε ἐπὶ τὴν πατρίδα ἐπήγαγε καὶ ὑμᾶς ἔκ τε τῆς Ῥώμης καὶ ἐκ τῆς ἄλλης Ἰταλίας ὅλης ἐξήλασε, καὶ ἑνὶ λόγῳ πάντων τῶν κακῶν τῶν ἐμφυλίων τῶν μετὰ ταῦθʼ ὑμῖν συμβάντων αἰτιώτατος ἐγένετο. εἰ γὰρ μὴ τότε τοῖς βουλήμασιν ὑμῶν ἀντεπεπράχει, οὐκ ἄν ποτε ὁ Καῖσαρ οὔτε σκῆψιν οὐδεμίαν τῶν πολέμων εὑρήκει, οὔτε εἰ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα ἀπηναισχύντει, δύναμίν γέ τινα ἀξιόχρεων παρὰ τὰ δόγματα ὑμῶν ἠθροίκει, ἀλλʼ ἤτοι ἑκὼν ἐκ τῶν ὅπλων ἀπήλλακτο ἢ καὶ ἄκων ἐσεσωφρόνιστο. νῦν δὲ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ καὶ ἐκείνῳ τὰς προφάσεις ἐνδοὺς καὶ τὸ τῆς βουλῆς ἀξίωμα καταλύσας, τό τε θράσος τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἐπαυξήσας· οὗτος ὁ τὸ σπέρμα τῶν κακῶν τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα ἐκφύντων ἐμβαλών, οὗτος ὁ κοινὸς ἀλιτήριος οὐχ ἡμῶν μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς οἰκουμένης ὀλίγου πάσης γενόμενος, ὥς που καὶ τὸ δαιμόνιον ἐναργῶς ἐσήμηνεν. ὅτε γοῦν τοὺς θαυμαστοὺς ἐκείνους νόμους ἐσέφερε, βροντῶν πάντα καὶ ἀστραπῶν ἐπληρώθη. ὧν οὐδὲν ὁ μιαρὸς οὗτος, καίπερ οἰωνιστὴς εἶναι λέγων, φροντίσας, κακῶν καὶ πολέμων, ὥσπερ εἶπον, οὐ τὴν πόλιν μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν οἰκουμένην ἐπλήρωσε. μετὰ ταῦτα τοίνυν τί μεν δεῖ λέγειν ὡς ἐπʼ ἐνιαυτὸν ὅλον ἱππάρχησεν, ὃ μήπω πρότερον
”Well, then, when he was tribune, he first of all prevented you from accomplishing satisfactorily the business you then had in hand, by shouting and bawling and alone of all the people opposing the public peace of the state, 2 until you became vexed and because of his conduct passed the vote that you did. Then, though, as tribune, he was not permitted by law to absent himself for a single night, he ran away from the city, abandoning the duties of his office, and going as a deserter to Caesar's camp, brought Caesar back against his country, drove you out of Rome and from all the rest of Italy, and, in short, became the prime cause of all the civil disorders that have since taken place among you. Had he not at that time acted contrary to your wishes, Caesar would never have found an excuse for the wars and could not, in spite of all his shamelessness, have gathered a sufficient force in defiance of your resolutions; but he would either have voluntarily laid down his arms or have been brought to his sense unwillingly. 4 As it is, this fellow is the man who furnished Caesar with his excuses, who destroyed the prestige of the senate, who increased the audacity of the soldiers. He it is who planted the seeds of the evils which sprang up afterwards; he it is who has proved the common bane, not only of us, but also of practically the whole world, as, indeed, Heaven clearly indicated. For when he proposed those astonishing laws, the whole city was filled with thunder and lightning. Yet this accursed fellow paid no attention to all this, though he claims to be an augur, but filled not only the city but also the whole world with evils and with wars, as I have said. “Now after this is there any need of mentioning that he served as master of the horse a whole year, something which had never before occurred?
§ 45.28
ἐγεγόνει; τί δʼ ὅτι καὶ τότε μεθύων τε ἐπαρῴνει κἀν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τὴν κραιπάλην ἐπʼ αὐτοῦ τοῦ βήματος μεταξὺ δημηγορῶν ἐξήμει; τί δʼ ὅτι καὶ πόρνους καὶ πόρνας, καὶ γελωτοποιοὺς οὐχ ὅτι ἄνδρας ἀλλὰ καὶ γυναῖκας, μετὰ τῶν ῥαβδούχων δαφνηφορούντων ἐπαγόμενος τὴν Ἰταλίαν περιῄει; τί δʼ ὅτι τὴν τοῦ Πομπηίου οὐσίαν μόνος ἀνθρώπων ἀγοράσαι ἐτόλμησε, μήτε τὸ ἑαυτοῦ ἀξίωμα μήτε τὴν ἐκείνου μνήμην αἰδεσθείς, ἀλλʼ ἐφʼ οἷς πάντες ἔτι καὶ τότε ἐθρηνοῦμεν, ταῦτα μεθʼ ἡδονῆς ἁρπάσας; καὶ γὰρ ἐπʼ ἐκεῖνα καὶ ἐπʼ ἄλλα πολλὰ ἐπεπήδησεν ὡς μηδεμίαν αὐτῶν τιμὴν ἀποδώσων. ἀλλὰ καὶ ταύτην μετὰ πάσης ὕβρεως καὶ βίας ἐσεπράχθη· οὕτως αὐτοῦ καὶ ὁ Καῖσαρ κατέγνω· καὶ πάνθʼ ὅσαπερ ἐκτήσατο, παμπληθῆ τε γενόμενα καὶ ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου ἀργυρολογηθέντα, κατακεκύβευκε καὶ καταπεπόρνευκε καὶ καταβέβρωκε καὶ καταπέπωκεν ὥσπερ ἡ Χάρυβδις.
Or that during this period also he was drunk and maudlin and in the assemblies would frequently vomit the remains of yesterday's debauch on the very rostrain the midst of his harangues? 2 Or that he went about Italy at the head of pimps and prostitutes and buffoons, women as well as men, in the company of his lictors bearing their festoons of laurel? Or that he alone of all men dared to buy the estate of Pompey, having no regard for his own dignity or that great man's memory, but grasping with delight these possessions over which we all even at that time lamented? Indeed, he fairly threw himself upon this and many other estates with the expectation of making no recompense for them. 4 Yet the price was nevertheless exacted from him with every indignity and show of violence; so thoroughly did even Caesar condemn his course. And all that he has acquired, vast in extent and levied from every source, he has swallowed up in dicing, in harlotry, in feasting and in drinking, like a second Charybdis.
§ 45.29
ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἐάσω· τὰς δὲ δὴ ὕβρεις ἃς τὸ κοινὸν ὕβρισε, καὶ τὰς σφαγὰς ἃς κατὰ πᾶσαν ὁμοίως τὴν πόλιν εἰργάσατο, πῶς ἄν τις σιωπήσειεν; ἢ οὐ μέμνησθε πῶς βαρὺς μὲν ὑμῖν καὶ αὐτῇ τῇ ὄψει, βαρύτατος δὲ τοῖς ἔργοις ἐγένετο; ὅστις, ὦ γῆ καὶ θεοί, πρῶτον μὲν ἐτόλμησεν ἐνταῦθα, ἐντὸς τοῦ τείχους, ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ, ἐν τῷ βουλευτηρίῳ καὶ ἐν τῷ Καπιτωλίῳ, τό τε ἔσθημα ἅμα τὸ περιπόρφυρον ἐνδύεσθαι καὶ ξίφος παραζώννυσθαι ῥαβδούχοις τε χρῆσθαι καὶ ὑπὸ στρατιωτῶν δορυφορεῖσθαι· ἔπειτα δυνηθεὶς ἂν καὶ τοὺς τῶν ἄλλων θορύβους καταπαῦσαι, οὐ μόνον οὐκ ἐποίησε τοῦτο, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁμονοοῦντας ὑμᾶς ἐστασίασεν, τῇ μὲν αὐτὸς τῇ δὲ καὶ διʼ ἑτέρων. καὶ μέντοι καὶ αὐτοὺς ἐκείνους ἐν τῷ μέρει προσλαμβάνων, καὶ τοτὲ μὲν συναιρόμενός σφισι τοτὲ δὲ ἐναντιούμενος, αἰτιώτατος μὲν ἐγένετο τοῦ παμπληθεῖς σφων σφαγῆναι, αἰτιώτατος δὲ τοῦ μὴ πάντα τὰ τοῦ Πόντου τῶν τε Πάρθων εὐθὺς τότε ἐπὶ τῇ κατὰ τοῦ Φαρνάκου νίκῃ χειρωθῆναι· πρὸς γάρ τοι τὰ πραττόμενα ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ δεῦρο διὰ ταχέων ὁ Καῖσαρ ἐπειχθεὶς οὐδὲν ἐκείνων, ὥς γε καὶ ἠδυνήθη, παντελῶς κατειργάσατο.
”All this, now, I will omit; but regarding the insults which he offered to the state and the bloodshed which he caused throughout the whole city alike how could any man remain silent? Do you not recall how oppressive the very sight of him was to you, but most of all his deeds? 2 Why, merciful heavens, he first dared, within the city walls, in the Forum, in the senate-house, on the Capitol, at one and the same time to array himself in the purple-bordered robe and to gird on a sword, to employ lictors and to have a body-guard of soldiers. Then, when he might have checked the turmoil of the others, he not only failed to do so, but even set you at variance when you were harmonious, partly by his own acts and partly with the aid of others. Nay more, he took up those very factions in turn, and by now assisting them and now opposing them was chiefly responsible for great numbers of them being slain 4 and for the fact that the whole region of Pontus and Parthia was not subdued at that time immediately after the victory over Pharnaces. For Caesar, hastening hither with all speed to see what he was doing, did not entirely complete any of those projects, as he certainly might have done.
§ 45.30
καὶ οὐδὲ ταῦτα μέντοι αὐτὸν ἐσωφρόνισεν, ἀλλʼ ὑπατεύσας γυμνός, ὦ πατέρες, γυμνὸς καὶ μεμυρισμένος ἔς τε τὴν ἀγορὰν ἐσῆλθε, πρόφασιν τὰ Λυκαῖα ποιησάμενος, κἀνταῦθα πρὸς τὸ βῆμα μετὰ τῶν ῥαβδούχων προσῆλθε, καὶ ἐκεῖ κάτωθεν ἐδημηγόρησεν· ὅπερ, ἀφʼ οὗ γέγονεν ἡ πόλις, οὐδένα ἄλλον οὐχ ὅτι ὕπατον ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ στρατηγὸν οὐδὲ δήμαρχον οὐδʼ ἀγορανόμον οὐδεὶς οἶδε πεποιηκότα. τὰ γὰρ Λυκαῖα ἦν, καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ ἑταιρικοῦ τοῦ Ἰουλίου ἐτέτακτο· ταῦτα γὰρ ὁ Σέξτος αὐτὸν ὁ Κλώδιος τῶν δισχιλίων πλέθρων τῶν ἐν τῇ Λεοντίνων γῇ δοθέντων ἐξεπαίδευσεν. ἀλλὰ καὶ ὑπάτευες, ὦ χρηστέ (ἐρῶ γὰρ ὡς πρὸς παρόντα σἐ, καὶ οὔτε ἔπρεπέ σοι οὔτε ἐξῆν τοιούτῳ ὄντι ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ πρὸς τῷ βήματι, πάντων ἡμῶν παρόντων, τοιαῦτʼ εἰπεῖν, ἵνʼ ἅμα τε τὸ θαυμαστόν σου σῶμα καὶ εὔσαρκον καὶ βδελυρὸν θεωρῶμεν, καὶ τῆς μιαρᾶς σου φωνῆς τῆς μεμυρισμένης τὰ δεινὰ ἐκεῖνα λεγούσης ἀκούωμεν· τοῦτο γὰρ περὶ τοῦ στόματός σου μᾶλλον ἤ τι ἕτερον εἰπεῖν βούλομαι. τὰ μὲν γὰρ Λυκαῖα καὶ ἄλλως ἂν τῆς προσηκούσης θρησκείας οὐκ ἀπέτυχε, σὺ δὲ πᾶσαν ὁμοῦ τὴν πόλιν κατῄσχυνας, ἵνα μηδὲν μηδέπω περὶ τῶν τότε λεχθέντων εἴπω· τίς γὰρ οὐκ οἶδεν ὅτι ἡ ὑπατεία δημοσία τοῦ δήμου παντός ἐστι, καὶ δεῖ τὸ ἀξίωμα αὐτῆς πανταχοῦ σώζεσθαι καὶ μηδαμοῦ μήτε γυμνοῦσθαι μήθʼ
“And even this result did not sober him, but when he was consul he came naked — naked, Conscript Fathers — and anointed into the Forum, taking the Lupercalia as an excuse, then proceeded in company with his lictors toward the Rostra, and there harangued us while standing below. 2 Why, from the day the city was founded no one can point to any one else, even a praetor, or tribune, or aedile, much less a consul, who ever did such a thing. But it was the Lupercalia, you will say, and he had been put in charge of the Julian College. Of course, though it was Sextus Clodius who had trained him to conduct himself so, in return for the two thousand plethra of the land of the Leontini. But you were consul, my fine fellow, — for I will address you as though you were present, — and it was neither proper nor permissible for you as such to speak thus in the Forum, hard by the Rostra, with all of us present, and to cause us not only to behold your wonderful body, so plump and detestable, but also to hear your accursed voice, dripping with unguents, uttering those outrageous words, — 4 for I wish to speak of this matter of your mouth rather than anything else. The Lupercalia would not have failed of its proper reverence without this; but you disgraced the whole city at once, — to say nothing as yet about your remarks on that occasion. For who does not know that the consulship is public, the property of the whole people, that its dignity must be preserved everywhere, and that its holder must nowhere strip naked or behave wantonly?
§ 45.31
ὑβρίζεσθαι. τάχα γʼ ἂν οὗτος ἢ τὸν Ὁράτιον τὸν παλαιὸν ἐκεῖνον ἢ καὶ τὴν Κλοιλίαν τὴν ἀρχαίαν ἐμιμήσατο, ὧν ἡ μὲν τὴν ἐσθῆτα πᾶσαν ἐνδεδυκυῖα τὸν ποταμὸν διενήξατο, ὁ δὲ καὶ μετὰ τῶν ὅπλων ἐς τὸ ῥεῦμα ἑαυτὸν ἐνέβαλεν. ἄξιόν γε (οὐ γάρ;ʼ καὶ τούτου τινὰ εἰκόνα στῆσαι, ἵνʼ ὁ μὲν καὶ ἐν τῷ Τιβέριδι ὡπλισμένος, ὁ δὲ καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ γυμνὸς ὁρῷτο. καὶ γάρ τοι διὰ ταῦτα ἐκεῖνοι μὲν ἡμᾶς καὶ ἔσωζον καὶ ἠλευθέρουν, οὗτος δὲ πᾶσαν μὲν τὴν ἐλευθερίαν ἡμῶν, ὅσον ἐπʼ αὐτῷ ἦν, ἀφείλετο, πᾶσαν δὲ τὴν δημοκρατίαν κατέλυσεν, καὶ δεσπότην μὲν ἀντὶ ὑπάτου τύραννον δὲ ἀντὶ δικτάτορος ἡμῖν ἀντικατέστησε. μέμνησθε γὰρ οἷα μὲν προσελθὼν πρὸς τὸ βῆμα εἶπεν, οἷα δὲ ἀναβὰς ἐπʼ αὐτὸ ἔπραξε. καίτοι ὅστις ἐτόλμησε, Ῥωμαῖός τε ὢν καὶ ὑπατεύων, βασιλέα τινὰ Ῥωμαίων ἔν τε τῇ ἀγορᾷ τῇ Ῥωμαίᾳ καὶ πρὸς τῷ βήματι τῷ ἐλευθερίῳ, παντὸς μὲν τοῦ δήμου πάσης δὲ τῆς βουλῆς παρούσης ἀνειπεῖν, καὶ τό τε διάδημα εὐθὺς ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ ἐπιθεῖναι, καὶ προσκαταψεύσασθαι πάντων ἡμῶν ἀκουόντων ὅτι αὐτοὶ ταῦτα αὐτῷ καὶ εἰπεῖν καὶ πρᾶξαι ἐπεσκήψαμεν, τί μὲν οὐκ ἂν τῶν δεινοτάτων τολμήσειε, τίνος δʼ ἂν τῶν χαλεπωτάτων
Perhaps he was imitating the famous Horatius of old or Cloelia of bygone days; yet the latter swam across the river with all her clothing on, and the former cast himself with his armour into the flood. It would be fitting, would it not, to set up a statue of Antony also, so that as the one man is seen armed even in the Tiber so the other might be seen naked even in the Forum. 2 It was by such conduct as has been cited that those heroes of yore were wont to preserve us and give us liberty, while he took away all our liberty from us, so far as was in his power, destroyed the whole republic, and set up a despot in place of a consul, a tyrant in place of a dictator over us. For you recall the nature of his language when he approached the Rostra, and the manner of his behaviour when he had mounted it. And yet, when a man who is a Roman and a consul has dared to name any one king of the Romans in the Roman Forum, beside the Rostra of liberty, in the presence of the whole people and the whole senate, and straightway to set the diadem upon his head 4 and further to affirm falsely in the hearing of us all that we ourselves bade him say and do this, what outrageous deed will that man not dare, and from what terrible act will he refrain?
§ 45.32
ἀπόσχοιτο; ἡμεῖς, ὦ Ἀντώνιε, ἡμεῖς σοι ταῦτʼ ἐνετειλάμεθα, οἱ τοὺς Ταρκυνίους ἐξελάσαντες, οἱ τὸν Βροῦτον ἀγαπήσαντες, οἱ τὸν Καπιτωλῖνον κατακρημνίσαντες, οἱ τὸν Σπούριον ἀποκτείναντες; ἡμεῖς βασιλέα τινὰ ἀσπάσασθαί σε προσετάξαμεν, οἱ καὶ αὐτὴν τὴν ἐπωνυμίαν αὐτοῦ, καὶ προσέτι καὶ τὴν τοῦ δικτάτορος διʼ ἐκείνην, ἐπάρατον ποιησάμενοι; ἡμεῖς τύραννόν τινα ἀποδεῖξαί σοι ἐκελεύσαμεν, οἱ τὸν Πύρρον ἐκ τῆς Ἰταλίας ἐκβαλόντες, οἱ τὸν Ἀντίοχον ὑπὲρ τὸν Ταῦρον ἀπελάσαντες, οἱ καὶ Μακεδονίαν τυραννουμένην παύσαντες ; οὐ μὰ τὰς ῥάβδους τὰς Οὐαλερίου καὶ τὸν νόμον τὸν Πορκίου, οὐ μὰ τὸ σκέλος τὸ Ὁρατίου καὶ τὴν χεῖρα τὴν Μουκίου, οὐ μὰ τὸ δόρυ τὸ Δεκίου καὶ τὸ ξίφος τὸ Βρούτου. σὺ δέ, ὦ παγκάκιστε, καὶ ἐδέου καὶ ἱκέτευες ἵνα δουλεύσῃς, ὡς Ποστούμιος ὅπως Σαυνίταις ἐκδοθῇ, ὡς Ῥήγουλος ὅπως Καρχηδονίοις ἀποδοθῇ, ὡς Κούρτιος ἵνα ἐς τὸ χάσμα ἐμπέσῃ. καὶ ποῦ τοῦτο γεγραμμένον εὗρες; οὗπερ καὶ τὸ τοὺς Κρῆτας ἐλευθέρους μετὰ τὴν τοῦ Βρούτου ἀρχὴν γενέσθαι, ὧν ἡμεῖς ἐκεῖνον μετὰ τὸν τοῦ Καίσαρος θάνατον ἄρξαι ἐψηφισάμεθα.
Did we lay this injunction upon you, Antony, we who expelled the Tarquins, who cherished Brutus, who hurled Capitolinus headlong, who put Spurius to death? Did we order you to salute any one as king, we who laid a curse upon the very name of king and because of it upon that of dictator as well? 2 Did we command you to appoint any one tyrant, we who repulsed Pyrrhus from Italy, who drove Antiochus back beyond the Taurus, who put an end to tyranny even in Macedonia? No, by the rods of Valerius and the law of Porcius, no, by the leg of Horatius and the hand of Mucius, no, by the spear of Decius and the sword of Brutus! 4 But you, unspeakable villain, begged and pled to be made a slave, as Postumius pled to be delivered to the Samnites, as Regulus to be given back to the Carthaginians, as Curtius that he might hurl himself into the chasm. And where did you find this recorded? In the same place, I suppose, where you discovered that the Cretans were to be made free after Brutus' governorship, although it was after Caesar's death that we voted he should govern them.
§ 45.33
Εἶτʼ ἐν τοσούτοις καὶ τηλικούτοις πράγμασι τὴν ἀλιτηριώδη γνώμην αὐτοῦ πεφωρακότες οὐ τιμωρήσεσθε αὐτόν, ἀλλὰ ἀναμενεῖτε καὶ τῷ ἔργῳ μαθεῖν τί ἂν δράσειεν ὑμᾶς ὡπλισμένος ὁ τοιαῦτα γυμνὸς εἰργασμένος; ἢ οἴεσθε ὅτι οὐκ ἐπιθυμεῖ τῆς τυραννίδος, ὅτι οὐκ εὔχεταί ποτε αὐτῆς τυχεῖν, ἀλλʼ ἐκβαλεῖ ποτε ἐκ τῆς διανοίας τὴν ἔφεσιν ταύτην, ἣν ἅπαξ ἐς τὸν νοῦν ἐγκατέθετο, καὶ καταβαλεῖ ποτε τὴν ἐλπίδα τῆς μοναρχίας, ὑπὲρ ἧς τοιαῦτα καὶ εἰπὼν καὶ ποιήσας ἀτιμώρητος ἐγένετο; καὶ τίς ἀνθρώπων ἃ ἄλλῳ τῳ συμπρᾶξαι, τῆς φωνῆς τῆς αὑτοῦ μόνης κυριεύων, ἐπιχειρήσειε, ταῦτʼ οὐκ ἂν αὐτὸς ἑαυτῷ δυνηθεὶς κατεργάσαιτο; τίς δʼ ἂν ἕτερον τύραννον καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν πατρίδα καὶ ἐφʼ ἑαυτὸν ἅμα ἀποδεῖξαι τολμήσας οὐκ ἂν αὐτὸς μοναρχῆσαι
”So then, seeing that you have discovered his baneful disposition in so many and so great matters, will you not take vengeance on him instead of waiting to learn by experience, too, what the man who caused so much trouble stripped would do to you when he is armed? 2 Do you think that he is not eager for the tyrant's power, that he does not pray to obtain it some time, but will some day cast the desire of it out of his thoughts after having once allowed it a resting-place in his mind, and will some day abandon the hope of sole rulership for which he has spoken and acted as he has with impunity? What human being who, while possessing nothing but his own voice, would undertake to help some one else to secure certain advantages, would not win them for himself when he gained the power? Who that has dared to name another as tyrant over his country and himself as well would not wish to be monarch himself?
§ 45.34
ἐθελήσειεν; ὥστε εἰ καὶ τότε αὐτοῦ ἐφείσασθε, ἀλλὰ νῦν γε καὶ διʼ ἐκεῖνα αὐτὸν μισήσατε· μηδʼ ἐθελήσητε μαθεῖν τί κατορθώσας ὅσα βούλεται δράσει, ἀλλʼ ἐκ τῶν ἤδη προτετολμημένων αὐτῷ τὸ μηδὲν ἔτι δεινὸν παθεῖν προνοήσατε. καὶ γάρ τοι τί καὶ φήσειεν ἄν τις; ὀρθῶς τότε τὸν Καίσαρα ποιῆσαι μὴ προσδεξάμενον μήτε τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ βασιλέως μήτε τὸ διάδημα ; οὐκοῦν οὗτος κακῶς ταῦτα αὐτῷ προύτεινεν ἃ μηδὲ ἐκεῖνον ἤρεσεν. ἀλλʼ ἁμαρτεῖν ὅτι καὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν τοιοῦτό τι ἀκούσας καὶ ἰδὼν ἠνέσχετο; οὐκοῦν εἴπερ ἐκεῖνος εἰκότως ἐπὶ τούτοις τέθνηκε, πῶς οὐ καὶ οὗτος, ὁμολογῶν τρόπον τινὰ τυραννῆσαι ἐπιθυμεῖν, δικαιότατός ἐστιν ἀπολέσθαι; ὅτι γὰρ ταῦθʼ οὕτως ἔχει, δῆλον μέν ἐστι καὶ ἐκ τούτων ὧν προείρηκα, φανερώτατα δὲ ἐξ αὐτῶν ὧν μετὰ ταῦτʼ ἔπραξεν ἐλέγχεται. τίνος μὲν γὰρ ἄλλου ἕνεκα, ἐξὸν αὐτῷ τὴν ἡσυχίαν ἀσφαλῶς ἄγειν, ταράττειν τὰ πράγματα καὶ πολυπραγμονεῖν ἐπικεχείρηκε; τίνος δέ, παρὸν αὐτῷ ἀκινδύνως οἴκοι μένειν, στρατεύεσθαι καὶ πολεμεῖν ἐπανῄρηται; διὰ τί, πολλῶν μηδὲ ἐς τὰς ἐπιβαλούσας αὐτοῖς ἀρχὰς βουληθέντων ἐξελθεῖν, οὗτος οὐχ ὅτι τῆς Γαλατίας οὐδὲν αὐτῷ προσηκούσης ἀντιποιεῖται, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἄκουσαν αὐτὴν βιάζεται; διὰ τί, τοῦ Βρούτου τοῦ Δεκίμου καὶ ἑαυτὸν καὶ τοὺς στρατιώτας καὶ τὰς πόλεις ἡμῖν παραδιδόντος, οὗτος οὐχ ὅπως οὐκ ἐμιμήσατο αὐτόν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πολιορκεῖ κατακλείσας; οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως οὐκ ἐπʼ ἄλλο τι καὶ ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς κἀκεῖνα καὶ τἆλλα πάντα παρασκευάζεται.
Hence, even though you spared him then, hate him now for those acts too. Do not wish to learn what he will do when his success equals his desires, but taught by his previous audacity, plan beforehand to suffer no further harm. 2 What, indeed, is one to say? That Caesar acted rightly at that time in accepting neither the name of king nor the diadem? Then this man did wrong to offer something which pleased not even Caesar. Or, on the other hand, that Caesar erred in enduring at all to look on and listen to anything of the sort? If, then, Caesar justly suffered death for this error, does not this man, also, who admitted in a way that he desired to be tyrant, mostly richly deserve to perish? 4 That this is so is evident even from what I have previously said, but is proved most clearly by what he did after that. For with what other object than supremacy has he undertaken to stir up trouble and to meddle in affairs, when he might have enjoyed quiet with safety? With what other object has he chosen to make campaigns and to carry on war, when it was in his power to remain at home without danger? For what reason, when many have been unwilling to go out and take charge even of the provinces that fell to them, does he not only lay claim to Gaul, which does not belong to him in the least, but uses force upon it because of its unwillingness? 6 For what reason, when Decimus Brutus is ready to surrender to us himself and his soldiers and his cities, has this man not imitated him, instead of shutting him up and besieging him? Surely it can only be for this purpose and against us that he is strengthening himself in this and in every other way.
§ 45.35
Ταῦτʼ οὖν ὁρῶντες μέλλομεν καὶ μαλακιζόμεθα, καὶ τηλικοῦτον ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς τύραννον ἀσκοῦμεν; καὶ πῶς οὐκ αἰσχρὸν τοὺς μὲν προγόνους ἡμῶν ἐν δουλείᾳ τραφέντας ἐπιθυμῆσαι ἐλευθερίας, ἡμᾶς δὲ ἐν αὐτονομίᾳ πολιτευθέντας ἐθελοδουλῆσαι, καὶ τῆς μὲν μοναρχίας τῆς τοῦ Καίσαρος ἡδέως, καίπερ πολλὰ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀγαθὰ προπαθόντας, ἀπαλλαγῆναι, τοῦτον δὲ δεσπότην αὐθαίρετον ἀνθελέσθαι, ὃς τοσοῦτον ἐκείνου χείρων ἐστὶν ὅσον ὁ μὲν ἐν τοῖς πολέμοις κρατήσας πολλῶν ἐφείσατο, οὗτος δέ, πρὶν καὶ δυνηθῆναί τι, τριακοσίους στρατιώτας, καὶ ἐν αὐτοῖς καὶ ἑκατοντάρχους τινάς, μηδὲν ἀδικήσαντας, οἴκοι παρʼ ἑαυτῷ, παρούσης τῆς γυναικὸς καὶ βλεπούσης, ἐφόνευσεν, ὥστε καὶ τοῦ αἵματος αὐτὴν ἀναπλῆσαι. καίτοι τὸν οὕτως ὠμῶς ἐκείνοις, ὅτε καὶ θεραπεύειν αὐτοὺς ὤφειλε, χρησάμενον τί οὐκ οἴεσθε τῶν δεινοτάτων πάντας ὑμᾶς, ἂν καὶ νικήσῃ, ποιήσειν; καὶ τὸν ἀσελγῶς οὕτω μέχρι νῦν βεβιωκότα πῶς οὐκ ἐπὶ πᾶν ὕβρεως, ἂν καὶ τὴν ἐκ τῶν ὅπλων ἐξουσίαν προσλάβῃ, χωρήσειν νομίζετε;
“Seeing all this, then, do we delay and give way to weakness and train up so monstrous a tyrant against ourselves? Would it not be disgraceful if, after our forefathers, who had been brought up in slavery, felt the desire for liberty, 2 we, who have lived under a free government, should become slaves of our own accord? Or, again, if after gladly ridding ourselves of the dominion of Caesar, though we had already received many benefits at his hands, we should deliberately choose as our master in his stead this man, who is far worse than he? For Caesar spared many after his victories in war, whereas this man before attaining any power slaughtered three hundred soldiers, among them some centurions, guilty of no wrongdoing, in his own country, and in the presence and sight of his wife, so that she was actually stained with their blood.4 And yet what do you think the man who treated them so cruelly, when he owed them care, will not do to all of you, — aye, down to the utmost outrage, — if he shall conquer? And how can you believe that the man who has lived so licentiously up to the present time will not proceed to every extreme of insolence, if he shall also secure the authority given by arms?
§ 45.36
μὴ τοίνυν ἀναμείνητε παθόντες τι τοιοῦτο μεταγνῶναι, ἀλλὰ πρὶν παθεῖν φυλάξασθε· σχέτλιον γάρ, ἐξὸν προκαταλαβεῖν τὰ δεινά, εἶτα περιιδόντας αὐτὰ γενόμενα μετανοῆσαι. μηδὲ ἐθελήσητε, προέμενοι τὰ παρόντα, Κασσίου τινὸς αὖθις ἄλλου καὶ Βρούτων τινῶν ἄλλων δεηθῆναι· γελοῖον γάρ, ἐξὸν αὐτοὺς ἑαυτοῖς τὰ κατὰ καιρὸν βοηθῆσαι, ζητεῖν μετὰ ταῦτα τοὺς ἐλευθεροῦντας ἡμᾶς. οὓς ἴσως οὐδὲ εὑρήσομεν, ἄλλως τε κἂν οὕτω τοῖς παροῦσι χρησώμεθα. τίς γὰρ ἂν ἰδίᾳ ὑπὲρ τῆς δημοκρατίας κινδυνεῦσαι ἐθελήσειεν, ὁρῶν ἡμᾶς δημοσίᾳ πρὸς τὴν δουλείαν ἑτοίμως ἔχοντας; καὶ μὴν ὅτι γε οὐ στήσεταί ποτε ταῦτα ποιῶν, ἀλλʼ ἐν τοῖς πόρρω καὶ ἐλάττοσιν ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς αὐξάνεται, παντὶ δῆλόν ἐστιν. οὐ γάρ που δι’ ἄλλο τι Δεκίμῳ πολεμεῖ καὶ Μούτιναν πολιορκεῖ ἢ ἵνα νικήσας αὐτοὺς καὶ λαβὼν ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς συσκευάσηται· οὔτε γὰρ ἠδίκηταί τι ὑπʼ αὐτῶν ὥστʼ ἀμύνασθαι δοκεῖν, οὔτʼ αὖ τῶν μὲν ἀγαθῶν τῶν παρʼ ἐκείνοις ἐπιθυμεῖ, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ πόνους καὶ κινδύνους ὑπομένει, τῶν δʼ ἡμετέρων, οἳ καὶ ἐκεῖνα καὶ ἄλλα πολλὰ κεκτήμεθα, ἐθελοντὴς ἀφέξεται. τοῦτʼ οὖν ἀναμενοῦμεν, ἵνα καὶ ταῦτα καὶ ἄλλα ἄττα προσλαβὼν δυσπολέμητος γένηται; καὶ πιστεύσομεν ἐξαπατῶντι
”Do not, then, wait until you have suffered some such treatment and then rue it, but be on our guard before you suffer; for it is rash to allow dangers to come upon you and then to repent of it, when you might have anticipated them. And do not choose to neglect the present opportunity and then ask again for another Cassius or other Brutuses; for it is ridiculous, when we have the power of aiding ourselves in time, to seek men later on to set us free. 2 Perhaps we shall not find them, either, especially if we handle the present situation in such a manner. For who would choose to encounter danger personally for the republic, when he sees that we are publicly resigned to slavery? And yet it is evident to everybody that Antony will not stop short with what he is now doing, but that even in remote and smaller matters he is strengthening himself against us. Surely he is warring against Decimus and besieging Mutina for no other purpose than that he may, after conquering them, take them and employ them against us. For he has not been wronged by them, that he can appear to be defending himself; nor, again, will he, while desiring the goods that they possess and with this in view enduring toils and dangers, be willing to regain from the possessions belonging to us, who own their property and much besides. 4 Shall we, then, wait for him to secure this prize and still others, and thus become a dangerous foe? Shall we trust his deception when he says that he is not warring against the city?
§ 45.37
αὐτῷ καὶ λέγοντι ὅτι οὐ πολεμεῖ τῇ πόλει; καὶ τίς οὕτως εὐήθης· ἐστὶν ὥστε τοῖς ῥήμασι μᾶλλον ἢ τοῖς ἔργοις τὸν πολεμοῦντα ἡμῖν ἢ μὴ σκοπεῖν; ἐγὼ μὲν γὰρ οὐ νῦν πρῶτον, ὅτε ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ἐκδέδρακε καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς συμμάχους ἐστράτευκε καὶ Βρούτῳ προσβάλλει καὶ τὰς πόλεις πολιορκεῖ, κακόνουν αὐτὸν ἡμῖν εἶναί φημι, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐξ ὧν πρότερόν ποτε, οὐχ ὅτι τελευτήσαντος τοῦ Καίσαρος ἀλλὰ καὶ ζῶντος ἔτι, καὶ κακῶς καὶ ἀσελγῶς ἔπραξεν, καὶ ἐχθρὸν καὶ ἐπίβουλον καὶ τῆς πολιτείας καὶ τῆς ἐλευθερίας ἡμῶν γεγονέναι διορίζομαι· τίς γὰρ ἂν τὴν πατρίδα φιλῶν ἢ τίς τυραννίδα μισῶν ἕν γε τι τούτων ἐποίησεν ἃ πολλὰ καὶ παντοδαπὰ οὗτος δέδρακε; πολέμιος μὲν δὴ πάλαι καὶ πανταχόθεν ὢν ἡμῖν ἐλέγχεται, ἔχει δὲ οὕτως. ἂν μὲν ἤδη καὶ τὴν ταχίστην ἀμυνώμεθα αὐτόν, πάντα καὶ τὰ προειμένα ἀναληψόμεθα· ἂν δʼ ἀμελήσαντες τοῦτο ποιεῖν περιμένωμεν ἕως ἂν ἡμῖν αὐτὸς ἐκεῖνος ἐπιβουλεύειν ὅμολογήσῃ, πάντων ἁμαρτησόμεθα. τοῦτο μὲν γὰρ οὐδʼ ἂν πρὸς αὐτὴν τὴν πόλιν προσελαύνῃ ποιήσει, ὥσπερ οὐδʼ ὁ Μάριος οὐδʼ ὁ Κίννας οὐδʼ ὁ Σύλλας· ἂν δὲ ἐν τῷ κράτει τῶν πραγμάτων γένηται, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅ τι οὐ δράσει τῶν αὐτῶν ἐκείνοις, ἢ καὶ χαλεπώτερον. ἄλλα τε γὰρ λέγειν οἱ πρᾶξαί τι γλιχόμενοι καὶ ἄλλα ποιεῖν οἱ κατορθώσαντες εἰώθασι· πρὸς μὲν γὰρ τὸ κρατῆσαι τούτου πάντα πλάττονται, τυχόντες δὲ αὐτοῦ οὐδενὸς ὧν ἐπιθυμοῦσιν ἀπέχονται. καὶ προσέτι καὶ τὰ τετολμημένα τισὶν οἱ ἐπιγιγνόμενοι νικᾶν ἀεὶ ἐθέλουσι, τὸ μὲν ὅμοιον ὡς καὶ σμικρὸν ἐκ τοῦ προπεπρᾶχθαι νομίζοντες, τὸ δὲ ἄτοπον ὡς καὶ μόνον σφῶν ἄξιον ἐκ τοῦ παραδόξου προαιρούμενοι.
Who is so simple as to decide whether a man is making war on us or not by his words rather than by his deeds? I claim that this is not the first time he has been unfriendly to us, now that he has abandoned the city and made a campaign against our allies and is assailing Brutus besieging the cities; 2 but, in view of his former evil and licentious behaviour, not only after Caesar's death but even in the latter's lifetime, I decide that he has shown himself an enemy of our government and of our liberty and a plotter against them. For who that loved his country or hated tyranny would have committed a single one of the many and manifold offences which he has perpetrated? Surely he is proved to have been for a long time and in every way an enemy of ours, and the case stands thus. If we now take measures against him most speedily, we shall also recover all that has been lost; 4 but if we neglect to do this and wait till he himself admits that he is plotting against us, we shall lose everything. For this he will never do, not even if he should actually march upon the city, any more than did Marius or Cinna or Sulla; yet if he gets control of affairs, he will not fail to act precisely as they did, or still worse. For men who are eager to accomplish some object are wont to say one thing, and those who have succeeded in accomplishing it are wont to do quite a different thing; to gain their end they pretend anything, but after obtaining it there is no desire they deny themselves.6 Furthermore, the latest comers always desire to surpass what their predecessors have ventured, thinking it a small achievement to behave like them because that has been done before, but preferring to do something original as the only thing worthy of themselves, because unexpected.
§ 45.38
Ταῦτʼ οὖν ὁρῶντες, ὦ πατέρες, μηκέτι μέλλωμεν, μηδʼ ὑπὸ τῆς ἐν τῷ παρόντι ῥᾳστώνης δελεαζώμεθα, ἀλλὰ τῆς πρὸς τὸ μέλλον ἀσφαλείας προϊδώμεθα. πῶς γὰρ οὐκ αἰσχρὸν Καίσαρα μέν, ἄρτι τε ἐκ παίδων προεληλυθότα καὶ οὐ πολὺς ἐξ οὗ χρόνος ἐς τοὺς ἐφήβους ἐγγεγραμμένον, τοσαύτην τοῦ κοινοῦ πρόνοιαν ποιεῖσθαι ὥστε καὶ τὰ χρήματα ὑπὲρ τῆς σωτηρίας αὐτοῦ ἀναλίσκειν καὶ στρατιώτας ἀθροίζειν, ἡμᾶς δὲ μήτʼ αὐτούς τι τῶν δεόντων πρᾶξαι μήτε ἐκείνῳ συνάρασθαι προελέσθαι, καίπερ πεῖραν ἔργῳ τῆς εὐνοίας αὐτοῦ εἰληφότας; τίς γὰρ οὐκ οἶδεν ὅτι εἰ μὴ μετὰ τῶν ἐκ τῆς Καμπανίας στρατιωτῶν ἐνταῦθα ἀφῖκτο, πάντως ἂν Ἀντώνιος ἐκ τοῦ Βρεντεσίου εὐθύς, ὥσπερ εἶχεν, ἐς τὴν πόλιν ἡμῶν μετὰ πάντων τῶν στρατευμάτων ὥσπερ τις χειμάρρους ἐσεπεπτώκει; καὶ μὴν καὶ ἐκεῖνο δεινόν, τοὺς μὲν πάλαι ἐστρατευμένους ἑκουσίους ἑαυτοὺς ὑμῖν πρὸς τὰ παρόντα πράγματα ἐπιδεδωκέναι, μήτε τὴν ἡλικίαν μήτε τὰ τραύματα, ἃ πρότερόν ποτε πολεμοῦντες ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἔλαβον, ὑπολογισαμένους, ὑμᾶς δὲ μηδὲ ἐπικυρῶσαι τὸν πόλεμον ἐθελῆσαι τὸν ὑπʼ αὐτῶν ἐκείνων προκεχειροτονημένον, ἀλλὰ τοσούτῳ χείρους καὶ τῶν κινδυνευόντων αὐτῶν γίγνεσθαι ὥστε ἐπαινεῖν μὲν τοὺς στρατιώτας τοὺς τήν τε μιαρίαν τοῦ Ἀντωνίου κατιδόντας καὶ ἐκείνου μὲν καὶ ὑπατεύοντος ἀποστάντας, τῷ δὲ δὴ Καίσαρι, τοῦτʼ ἔστιν ὑμῖν διʼ αὐτοῦ, προσθεμένους, ἃ δʼ ὀρθῶς αὐτοὺς πεποιηκέναι φατέ, ταῦτʼ ὀκνῆσαι ψηφίσασθαι. καὶ μέντοι καὶ τῷ Βρούτῳ χάριν ἴσμεν ὅτι μήτε τὸ κατʼ ἀρχὰς ἐσεδέξατο τὸν Ἀντώνιον ἐς τὴν Γαλατίαν καὶ νῦν ἐπιστρατεύσαντα ἀπωθεῖται. τί ποτʼ οὖν οὐχὶ καὶ αὐτοὶ τὰ αὐτὰ ποιοῦμεν; τί δὲ οὐ τοὺς ἄλλους οὓς ὀρθῶς
“Seeing all this, then, Conscript Fathers, let us no longer delay nor fall a prey to the indifference of the moment, but let us provide for the safety of the future. 2 Is it not shameful, when Caesar, who has just emerged from boyhood and was but recently registered among the youths of military age, shows so great thought for the state as to spend his money and gather soldiers for its preservation, that we should neither choose to perform our duty ourselves nor to cooperate with him, even after obtaining a tangible proof of his good-will? For who does not realize that, if he had not arrived here with the soldiers from Campania, Antony would certainly have rushed at once from Brundisium, just as he was, and would have burst into our city with all his armies like a torrent? 4 This also is disgraceful, that when the veterans have voluntarily placed themselves at your service for the present crisis, taking thought neither for their age nor for the wounds which they received in past years while fighting for you, you should both refuse to approve the war already declared by these very men, and show yourselves altogether inferior to them who are facing the dangers. For while you praise the soldiers who discovered the wickedness of Antony and withdrew from him, though he was consul, and attached themselves to Caesar, — that is, to you through him, — you shrink from voting for that which you say they were right in doing. 6 And yet we are grateful to Brutus because he not only did not admit Antony to Gaul in the first place, but is trying to repel him now that the other had made a campaign against him. Why in the world, then, do we not do the same ourselves? Why do we not imitate the rest whom we praise for their proper attitude?
§ 45.39
φρονοῦντας ἐπαινοῦμεν, μιμούμεθα ; καίτοι δυοῖν ἡμᾶς ἀνάγκη θάτερον, ἢ τούτους πάντας, τὸν Καίσαρα λέγω, τὸν Βροῦτον, τοὺς πάλαι στρατιώτας, τὰ στρατόπεδα, κακῶς τε βεβουλεῦσθαι φάναι καὶ τιμωρίαν δεῖν ὑποσχεῖν ὅτι μήθʼ ἡμῶν μήτε τοῦ δήμου ψηφισαμένων ἐτόλμησαν, οἱ μὲν τὸν ὕπατόν σφων καταλιπόντες οἱ δὲ ἐπʼ αὐτὸν ἀθροισθέντες, προσπολεμῆσαι αὐτῷ· ἢ τὸν Ἀντώνιον πάλαι τε καὶ νῦν ὑφʼ ἡμῶν τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτοῖς πολέμιον ὁμολογεῖν εἶναι κεκρίσθαι, καὶ χρῆναι καὶ κοινῇ γνώμῃ πρὸς πάντων ἡμῶν κολασθῆναι. καὶ μὴν ὅτι τοῦτο οὐ μόνον δικαιότερον ἀλλὰ καὶ λυσιτελέστερον ἡμῖν ἐστιν, οὐδεὶς ἀγνοεῖ. ὁ μὲν γὰρ οὔτʼ αὐτὸς χρήσασθαι πράγμασιν ἐπίσταται (πῶς γὰρ ἢ πόθεν ἄνθρωπος ἐν μέθαις καὶ κύβοις ζῶν;ʼ οὔτε τῶν συνόντων οὐδένα οἷον ἄξιον εἶναι λόγου ἔχει· τοὺς γάρ τοι ὁμοίους ἑαυτῷ μόνους καὶ ἀγαπᾷ καὶ κοινωνοὺς ἁπάντων καὶ ῥητῶν καὶ ἀπορρήτων ποιεῖται. καὶ μέντοι καὶ δειλότατος ἐν τοῖς μεγίστοις τῶν κινδύνων καὶ ἀπιστότατος καὶ πρὸς τοὺς πάνυ φίλους ἐστίν· ὧν οὐδέτερον στρατηγίᾳ καὶ πολέμῳ
Yet there are only two courses open to us: either we must say that all these men, Caesar, I mean, and Brutus, the veterans, and the legions, — have planned unwisely and ought to suffer punishment, because without our sanction or that of the people they have dared to offer armed resistance to their consul, some having deserted his standard, and others having been gathered against him; 2 or else we must say that Antony has in our judgment long since admitted and still admits by his deeds themselves that he is our enemy and ought to be punished by common consent of us all. Now no one can fail to be aware that the latter course is not only more just but more expedient for us.3 For the man neither understands how to handle business himself — how or by what means could one who lives in drunkenness or dicing? — nor has he any companion who is of any account; for he loves only such as are like himself and makes them the confidants of all his open and secret undertakings. 4 Moreover he is most cowardly in the gravest dangers and most treacherous even to his intimate friends; and neither of these qualities is suited for generalship and war.
§ 45.40
προσήκει. τίς μὲν γὰρ οὐκ οἶδεν ὅτι αὐτὸς ἡμῖν πάντα τὰ ἐμφύλια κακὰ παρασκευάσας ἔπειτʼ ἐπʼ ἐλάχιστον τῶν κινδύνων μετέσχεν, ἐπὶ πολὺ μὲν ἐν τῷ Βρεντεσίῳ καταμείνας ὑπὸ δειλίας, ὥστʼ ὀλίγου τὸν Καίσαρα μονωθέντα διʼ αὐτὸν πταῖσαι, πάντας δὲ τοὺς μετὰ ταῦτα πολέμους, τὸν πρὸς Αἰγυπτίους, τὸν πρὸς Φαρνάκην, τὸν ἐν Ἀφρικῇ, τὸν ἐν Ἰβηρίᾳ ἐκστάς; τίς δʼ οὐκ οἶδεν ὅτι τόν τε Κλώδιον προσποιησάμενος καὶ τῇ δημαρχίᾳ αὐτοῦ πρὸς πάντα τὰ δεινότατα ἀποχρησάμενος κἂν ἀπέκτεινεν αὐτοχειρίᾳ, εἴγε ἐγὼ τὴν ὑπόσχεσιν αὐτοῦ ταύτην ἐδεδέγμην· καὶ τῷ Καίσαρι τοῦτο μὲν ταμιεύων στρατηγοῦντι ἐν Ἰβηρίᾳ συνεξετασθείς, τοῦτο δὲ ἐν τῇ δημαρχίᾳ παρὰ τὴν ἁπάντων ἡμῶν γνώμην προσθέμενος, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο καὶ χρήματα παρʼ αὐτοῦ ἀμύθητα καὶ τιμὰς ὑπερόγκους λαβών, ἐπεχείρησεν αὐτὸν ἔς τε μοναρχίας ἐπιθυμίαν καὶ ἐπὶ τούτῳ καὶ ἐς διαβολὴν ἐμβαλεῖν, ὑφʼ ὧνπερ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα ἀπέθανεν;
Who does not know that after causing all our domestic troubles himself he then shared the dangers as little as possible, tarrying long in Brundisium through cowardice, so that Caesar was isolated and almost failed on his account, and holding aloof from all the wars that followed against the Egyptians, against Pharnaces, Africa, and Spain? 2 Who does not know that he won the favour of Clodius, and after using the other's tribuneship for all the most outrageous ends, would have killed him with his own hand, if I had accepted this offer of his? And again, as regards his relations to Caesar, that after being first associated with him as quaestor, when Caesar was praetor in Spain, then attaching himself to him during the tribuneship, contrary to the liking of us all, and later receiving from him countless sums and excessive honours, he tried to inspire him with a desire for sole rulership and in consequence to expose him to calumny, which two things more than anything else were responsible for Caesar's death?
§ 45.41
καίτοι εἶπέ ποτε ὅτι ἐγὼ τοὺς σφαγέας ἐπʼ αὐτὸν παρεσκεύασα· οὕτω γὰρ ἀνόητός ἐστιν ὥστε μου καταψεύδεσθαι τολμᾶν τηλικούτους ἐπαίνους. ἐγὼ δὲ αὐτόχειρα μὲν αὐτὸν οὐ λέγω γεγονέναι τοῦ Καίσαρος, οὐχ ὅτι οὐκ ἠθέλησεν, ἀλλʼ ὅτι καὶ τοῦτο κατέδεισε· τοῖς μέντοι πράγμασιν αὐτοῖς φημι ἐκεῖνον ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἀπολωλέναι. ὁ γὰρ τὴν αἰτίαν αὐτῷ τοῦ δικαίως ἐπιβεβουλεῦσθαι δοκεῖν παρασχὼν οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ βασιλέα αὐτὸν προσαγορεύσας, ὁ τὸ διάδημα αὐτῷ δούς, ὁ καὶ τοῖς φιλοῦσιν αὐτὸν πρότερον διαβαλών. ἢ ἐγὼ μὲν χαίρω τῷ θανάτῳ τοῦ Καίσαρος ὁ μηδὲν ἔξω τῆς ἐλευθερίας ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ ἀπολαύσας, Ἀντώνιος δὲ ἄχθεται ὁ πᾶσαν μὲν τὴν ἐκείνου οὐσίαν διαρπάσας, πάμπολλα δὲ ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν γραμμάτων αὐτοῦ προφάσει κακουργήσας, καὶ τέλος πρὸς τὴν διαδοχὴν τῆς δυναστείας αὐτοῦ ἐπειγόμενος;
”Yet he once declared that it was I who instigated the assassins against Caesar; so senseless is he as to venture to invent such high praise for me. Now I, for my part, do not say that he was the actual slayer of Caesar, — not because he was not willing, but because here, too, he was timid, — yet I do say that by the very nature of his conduct Caesar perished at his hands. 2 For the one who provided the motive, so that there seemed to be some justice in plotting against Caesar, is this fellow who called him king, who gave him the diadem, who previously slandered him even to his friends. Do I then, rejoice at the death of Caesar, I, who never enjoyed anything but liberty at his hands, and is Antony grieved, who has seized upon all his property and has done much mischief on the pretext of his papers, and who, finally, is eagerly striving to succeed to his sovereignty?
§ 45.42
Ἀλλʼ ἐκεῖσε ἐπάνειμι, ὅτι οὔτʼ αὐτὸς ἀξιοστρατήγητόν τι ἢ ἀξιόνικον ἔχει οὔτε στρατεύματα πολλὰ ἢ ἀξιόμαχα κέκτηται. οἱ μὲν γὰρ πλεῖστοι οἵ τε ἄριστοι τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἐγκαταλελοίπασιν αὐτόν, καὶ νὴ Δία καὶ τῶν ἐλεφάντων ἐστέρηται· οἱ δὲ δὴ λοιποὶ ὑβρίζειν καὶ ἁρπάζειν τὰ τῶν συμμάχων μᾶλλον ἢ πολεμεῖν μεμελετήκασι. τεκμήριον δὲ τοῦ μὲν τρόπου τῆς προαιρέσεως αὐτῶν, ὅτι καὶ νῦν ἔτʼ αὐτῷ συστρατεύονται, τῆς δὲ ἀνανδρίας, ὅτι τὴν Μούτιναν τοσοῦτον ἤδη χρόνον πολιορκοῦντες οὐχ ᾑρήκασι. καὶ τὰ μὲν τοῦ Ἀντωνίου τῶν τε συνόντων αὐτῷ τοιαῦτα ὄντα εὑρίσκεται· τὰ δὲ δὴ Καίσαρος τοῦ τε Βρούτου καὶ τῶν συνεξεταζομένων σφίσι δύσμαχα μὲν καὶ καθʼ ἑαυτά ἐστιν (ἀμέλει Καῖσαρ μὲν καὶ τῶν στρατιωτῶν αὐτοῦ συχνοὺς ἐσφετέρισται, Βροῦτος δὲ ἐκ τῆς Γαλατίας αὐτὸν ἐξείργεἰ, ἂν δὲ δὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐπικουρήσητε αὐτοῖς, πρῶτον μὲν ἐπαινέσαντές σφας ἐφʼ οἷς ἰδιογνωμονήσαντες ἐποίησαν, ἔπειτα δὲ τὰ πραχθέντα ὑπʼ αὐτῶν βεβαιώσαντες, πρός τε τὸ μέλλον ἐξουσίαν ἔννομον αὐτοῖς δόντες, ἔπειτα τοὺς ὑπάτους ἀμφοτέρους ἐπὶ τὸν πόλεμον ἐκπέμψαντες, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως βοηθήσουσί τινες αὐτῷ τῶν νῦν συνόντων. οὐ μὴν οὐδʼ ἂν τὰ μάλιστα συμμείνωσιν, ἀντισχεῖν γε πρὸς πάντας ἅμα τοὺς ἄλλους δυνήσεται, ἀλλʼ ἤτοι ἑκών, ἐπειδὰν πρῶτον πύθηται ταῦθʼ ὑμᾶς ἐψηφισμένους, τά τε ὅπλα καταθήσεται καὶ ἐφʼ ὑμῖν ἑαυτὸν ποιήσεται, ἢ καὶ ἄκων ἐκ μιᾶς μάχης ἁλώσεται. ἐγὼ μὲν δὴ ταῦθʼ ὑμῖν παραινῶ, καὶ εἴγε ὑπατεύων ἔτυχον, πάντως ἂν καὶ ἐποίησα, καθάπερ καὶ πρότερον, ὅτε καὶ τὸν Κατιλίναν καὶ τὸν Λέντουλον, αὐτῷ τούτῳ προσήκοντα
“But I return to my point that he has none of the qualities of a great general or such as to win victories and does not possess many or formidable legions. For the majority of the soldiers and the best ones have deserted him, yes, and what is more, he has been deprived of his elephants; as for the rest of his troops, they have practised outraging and pillaging the allies more than waging war. 2 Proof of the sort of spirit that animates them is seen in the fact that they still adhere to him, and proof of their lack of bravery in their failure to take Mutina, though they have now been besieging it for so long a time. Such is the condition of Antony and of his followers found to be. But Caesar and Brutus and those arrayed with them are formidable opponents quite by themselves, — Caesar, at any rate, has won over many of his rival's soldiers, and Brutus is keeping him out of Gaul, — 4 and if you also come to their assistance, first by approving what they have done on their own initiative, next by ratifying their acts, at the same time giving them legal authority for the future, and then by sending out both the consuls to take charge of the war, it is certain that none of his present associates will continue to aid him. However, even if they cling to him most tenaciously, he will not be able to resist all the others at once, but will either lay down his arms voluntarily, as soon as he ascertains that you have passed this vote, and place himself in your hands, or will be captured against his will as the result of a single battle. ”This is my advice to you, and, if it had been my lot to be consul, I should certainly have carried it out, as I did in former days when I defended you against Catiline and Lentulus (a relative of this very man), who had conspired against you.
§ 45.43
ἐπιβουλεύσαντας ὑμῖν ἠμυνάμην. εἰ δέ τις ὑμῶν ταῦτα μὲν ὀρθῶς ἡγεῖται λέγεσθαι, πρέσβεις δὲ πρότερον ἡμᾶς πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀποστεῖλαι δεῖν οἴεται, καὶ ἔπειτα μαθόντας τὴν γνώμην αὐτοῦ, ἂν μὲν ἑκὼν ἀπαλλάττηται τῶν ὅπλων καὶ ὑμῖν αὑτὸν ἐπιτρέπῃ, τὴν ἡσυχίαν ἄγειν, ἂν δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν αὐτῶν ἐπιμένῃ, τότε καὶ τὸν πόλεμον αὐτῷ ψηφισθῆναι (ταῦτα γὰρ πυνθάνομαί τινας παραινέσαι ὑμῖν ἐθέλεινʼ, λόγῳ μὲν εὐπρεπέστατον, τῷ δὲ ἔργῳ καὶ αἰσχρὸν καὶ ἐπικίνδυνον τῇ πόλει πρᾶγμα ποιεῖ. πῶς μὲν γὰρ οὐκ αἰσχρὸν κήρυξιν ὑμᾶς καὶ πρεσβείαις πρὸς τοὺς πολίτας χρῆσθαι; τοῖς μὲν γὰρ ἀλλοφύλοις καὶ ἐπικηρυκεύεσθαι καὶ διαπρεσβεύεσθαι δεῖ πρότερον καὶ ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι, τοῖς δὲ δὴ πολίταις τοῖς ἀδικοῦσί τι παραχρῆμα τὴν τιμωρίαν ἐπάγειν, ἂν μὲν ὑπὸ ταῖς ψήφοις αὐτοὺς λάβητε, δικάζοντας, ἂν δὲ τοῖς ὅπλοις, πολεμοῦντας. δοῦλοι γάρ εἰσι πάντες οἱ τοιοῦτοι καὶ ὑμῶν καὶ τοῦ δήμου καὶ τῶν νόμων, ἄν τε ἐθέλωσιν ἄν τε καὶ μή· καὶ οὔτε θρύπτειν αὐτοὺς οὔτε ἐξ ἴσου τοῖς ἐλευθερωτάτοις ἄγειν προσῆκόν ἐστιν, ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ τοὺς οἰκέτας τοὺς ἀποδιδράσκοντας καὶ
Perhaps, however, some of you, while regarding these suggestions as well made, think we ought first to send envoys to him, and then, after learning his decision, in case he voluntarily gives up his arms and submits to you, to take no action, 2 but if he persists in the same course of action, to declare upon him; for this is the advice which I hear some persons wish to give you. Now this plan is very attractive in theory, but in point of fact it is disgraceful and dangerous to the city. For is it not disgraceful that you should employ heralds and embassies to your fellow-citizens? With foreign nations it is proper and necessary to treat first through heralds and envoys, but upon citizens who are guilty of some wrong-doing you should inflict punishment straightway, by trying them in court if you can get them within reach of your votes, and by warring against them if within reach of your arms. 4 For all such are your servants and servants of the people and of the laws, whether they wish it or not; and it is not fitting either to coddle them or to put them on an equal footing with the freest of the citizens, but to pursue and chastise them like runaway servants, in the consciousness of your own superiority.
§ 45.44
μετιέναι καὶ κολάζειν ἐκ τοῦ ὑπέρφρονος. πῶς δὲ οὐ δεινὸν ἐκεῖνον μὲν μὴ μελλῆσαι ἡμᾶς ἀδικεῖν, ἡμᾶς δὲ δὴ μέλλειν ἀμύνασθαι; καὶ ἐκεῖνον μὲν ἐκ πολλοῦ τὰ ὅπλα ἐν χερσὶν ἔχοντα πάντα τὰ τοῦ πολέμου πράττειν, ἡμᾶς δὲ ἐν ψηφίσμασι καὶ πρεσβείαις τοὺς χρόνους κατατρίβειν, καὶ ὃν ἐκ τῶν ἔργων ἀδικοῦντα πάλαι πεφωράκαμεν, τοῦτον συλλαβαῖς καὶ ῥήμασι μόνοις μεταχειρίζεσθαι; τί προσδοκῶντας; ἢ ὅτι ὑπακούσει ποτὲ ἡμῖν καὶ αἰδεσθήσεταί ποτε ἡμᾶς; καὶ πῶς, ὅς γε ἐς τοῦτʼ ἤδη προκεχώρηκεν ὥστε μηδʼ ἂν βούληται δύνασθαι δημοκρατικῶς ἡμῖν συμπολιτεῦσαι; εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἴσως καὶ κοινῶς ζῆν ἠβούλετο, οὐδʼ ἂν ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς τοιούτοις πράγμασιν ἐπεχείρησεν, εἴ τε καὶ ὑπʼ ἀνοίας ἢ καὶ προπετείας τοῦτʼ ἐποίησε, πάντως ἂν ἑκὼν εὐθὺς αὐτῶν ἀπηλλάγη· νῦν δʼ ἅπαξ καὶ ἐκ τῶν νόμων καὶ ἐκ τῆς πολιτείας ἐκβάς, καί τινα καὶ δύναμιν ἐκ τούτου καὶ ἐξουσίαν προσλαβών, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως ἂν ἐθελούσιος μεταβάλοιτο καὶ τῶν δογμάτων τι τῶν ὑμετέρων προτιμήσειεν, ἀλλʼ ἀνάγκη τὸν τοιοῦτον αὐτοῖς τοῖς ὅπλοις, οἷσπερ ἡμᾶς ἀδικεῖν ἐτόλμησε, καὶ κολασθῆναι.
Is it not shameful that while he does not hesitate to wrong us, we hesitate to defend ourselves? Or, again, that while he for a long time, weapons in hand, has been carrying out all the deeds of war, we are wasting our time in decrees and embassies, and that we retaliate only with words and phrases upon the man whom we have long since discovered by his deeds to be a wrong-doer? 2 What are we hoping for? That he will some day render us obedience and pay us respect? Yet how would this be possible in the case of a man who has come to such a point that he would not be able, even should he wish it, to live as an ordinary citizen with us under a democratic government? Indeed, if he were willing to live on a basis of common equality, he would never have entered in the first place upon such a career as his; and even if he had done so under the influence of folly or recklessness, he would certainly have given it up speedily of his own accord. But as the case stands, since he has once overstepped the limits imposed by the laws and the constitution, and has acquired some power and authority by this action, it is not conceivable that he would change of his own free will or heed any one of your resolutions, but it is absolutely necessary that such a man should be punished with those very weapons with which he has dared to wrong us.
§ 45.45
καί μοι νῦν μάλιστα τὸ λεχθέν ποτε ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἐκείνου μνημονεύσατε, ὅτι οὐχ οἷόν τέ ἐστιν ὑμῖν, ἂν μὴ κρατήσητε, σωθῆναι. οὐδὲν οὖν ἄλλο ποιοῦσιν οἱ κελεύοντες ὑμᾶς πρεσβεύσασθαι ἢ ὅπως ὑμεῖς μὲν βραδύνητε, κἀκ τούτου καὶ τὰ τῶν συμμαχούντων ὑμῖν ἀργότερα καὶ ἀθυμότερα γένηται, ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἐν τούτῳ καθʼ ἡσυχίαν πάνθʼ ὅσα ἂν βούληται πράξῃ, καὶ τόν τε Δέκιμον ἐξέλῃ καὶ τὴν Μούτιναν ἐκπολιορκήσῃ τήν τε Γαλατίαν πᾶσαν λάβῃ, ὥστε μηκέθʼ ἡμᾶς ὅπως αὐτῷ χρησώμεθα εὑρεῖν δυνηθῆναι, ἀλλʼ ὑποδεδιέναι τε καὶ θεραπεύειν αὐτὸν καὶ προσκυνεῖν ἀνάγκην ἔχειν. ἓν δὲ ἔτι τοῦτο περὶ τῆς πρεσβείας εἰπὼν παύσομαι, ὅτι οὐδὲ ὁ Ἀντώνιος λόγον τινὰ ὑμῖν ἔδωκε περὶ ὧν πράττειν ἔμελλεν, ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς τοῦτο ποιήσητε. ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν καὶ διὰ ταῦτα καὶ διὰ τἆλλα πάντα συμβουλεύω ὑμῖν μὴ μέλλειν μηδὲ διατρίβειν, ἀλλʼ ὅτι τάχιστα αὐτῷ πολεμῆσαι, λογισαμένους ὅτι τὰ πλείω τῶν πραγμάτων τοῖς καιροῖς ἢ ταῖς δυνάμεσι κατορθοῦται, καὶ πάντως που καὶ ἐκ τούτου συνιέναι ὅτι οὐκ ἄν ποτε τὴν εἰρήνην, ἐν ᾗ καὶ πλεῖστον ἰσχύω καὶ πλοῦτον καὶ δόξαν ἐκτησάμην, ἀφείς, εἴγε καὶ τῷ ἔργῳ εἰρήνη ἦν, πολεμεῖν ὑμῖν, εἰ μή γε καὶ συμφέρειν
And I beg you now to remember particularly the remark which this man himself once uttered, to the effect that it is impossible for you to be saved unless you conquer. Hence those who bid you send envoys are doing nothing else than causing you to delay and causing your allies to become in consequence more remiss and dispirited; 2 while he, on the other hand, will meanwhile do whatever he pleases, will destroy Decimus, will take Mutina by storm, and will capture all Gaul, with the result that we shall no longer be able to find means of dealing with him, but shall be under the necessity of trembling before him, paying court to him, and worshipping him. Just this one point further about the embassy and I am done: Antony did not on his part give you any account of what he intended to do, that you should do so yourselves. "I, therefore, for these and all the other reasons advise you not to delay or to lose time, but to make war upon him as quickly as possible, reflecting that the majority of enterprises owe their success rather to opportune occasions than to their strength; and you should by all means feel perfectly sure for this very reason that I would never have given up peace, in the midst of which I have most influence and have acquired wealth and reputation, if it really were peace, nor would have urged you to make war, did I not think it to your advantage.
§ 45.46
ἡγούμην, παρῄνεσα. καὶ σοὶ δέ, ὦ Καλῆνε, τοῖς τε ἄλλοις τοῖς ταὐτά σοι φρονοῦσι συμβουλεύω καθʼ ἡσυχίαν ἐπιτρέψαι τῇ γερουσίᾳ τὰ προσήκοντα ψηφίσασθαι, καὶ μὴ τῆς ἰδίας ὑμῶν πρὸς Ἀντώνιον χάριτος ἕνεκα τὰ κοινῇ πᾶσιν ἡμῖν συμφέροντα καταπροδοῦναι. ὡς ἔγωγε οὕτω γνώμης, ὦ πατέρες, ἔχω ὥστʼ, ἂν μὲν πεισθῆτέ μοι, καὶ πάνυ ἂν ἡδέως καὶ τῆς ἐλευθερίας καὶ τῆς σωτηρίας μεθʼ ὑμῶν ἀπολαῦσαι, ἂν δʼ ἄλλο τι ψηφίσησθε, τεθνάναι μᾶλλον ἢ ζῆν ἑλέσθαι. οὔτε γὰρ ἄλλως τὸν θάνατόν ποτε τὸν ἐκ τῆς παρρησίας ἐφοβήθην (καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ κατώρθωσα πλεῖστον· τεκμήριον δὲ ὅτι καὶ θῦσαι καὶ ἑορτάσαι ἐφʼ οἷς ὑπατεύων ἐποίησα ἐψηφίσασθε, ὅπερ οὐδενὶ πώποτε ἄλλῳ μὴ οὐκ ἐν πολέμῳ γέ τι καταπράξαντι ἐγένετὀ, νῦν δὲ καὶ ἥκιστα. καὶ γὰρ ὁ μὲν θάνατος οὐκ ἂν ἄωρος ἄλλως τε καὶ πρὸ τοσούτων ἐτῶν ὑπατευκότι μοι γένοιτο (καίτοι μνημονεύετε ὅτι τοῦτο καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὑπατείᾳ ὑμῖν εἶπον, ἵνα μοι πρὸς πάντα ὡς καταφρονοῦντι αὐτοῦ προσέχητἐ· τὸ δὲ δὴ φοβηθῆναί τινα καθʼ ὑμῶν καὶ τὸ δουλεῦσαί τινι μεθʼ ὑμῶν καὶ πάνυ ἄν μοι ἀωρότατον συμβαίη. ὅθενπερ τοῦτο μὲν καὶ συμφορὰν καὶ ὄλεθρον, οὐ τοῦ σώματος μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ψυχῆς τῆς τε δόξης, ὑφʼ ἧς που καὶ μόνης ἀίδιοι τρόπον τινὰ γιγνόμεθα, εἶναι νομίζω· τὸ δὲ δὴ λέγοντά τε καὶ πράττοντα ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἀποθανεῖν ἰσοστάσιον ἀθανασίᾳ ἄγω.
And I advise you, Calenus, and the rest who are of the same mind as you, to be quiet and allow the senate to vote the requisite measures, and not for the sake of your private good-will toward Antony to betray the common interests of us all. 2 For this is my feeling, Conscript Fathers, that if you heed my counsel, I shall very gladly enjoy freedom and safety with you, but that if you vote anything different, I shall choose to die rather than to live. For I have never at any time been afraid of death as a consequence of my outspokenness (this accounts, indeed, for my overwhelming success, the proof of which lies in the fact that you decreed a sacrifice and festival in memory of the deeds done in my consulship, an honour which had never before been granted to anybody except one who had achieved some great success in war) and now I fear it least of all. 4 For death, if it befell me, would not be at all unseasonable, especially when you consider that my consulship was so many years ago (yet remember that in that very consulship I expressed the same sentiment, in order that you might pay heed to me in everything, knowing that I despised death), but to dread any one for what he may do against you, and to be a slave to any one in common with you would prove most unseasonable to me. Therefore I deem this last to be the ruin and destruction not only of the body but also of the soul and reputation, by which, and by which alone, we become in a certain sense immortal; but to die speaking and acting in your behalf I regard as equivalent to immortality.
§ 45.47
καὶ εἴγε καὶ Ἀντώνιος ταῦτʼ ἐγίγνωσκεν, οὐκ ἄν ποτε ἐς τοιαῦτα πράγματα προυχώρησεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀποθανεῖν ἄν, ὥσπερ ὁ πάππος αὐτοῦ, μᾶλλον ἤ τι τῶν ὁμοίων τῷ Κίννᾳ τῷ ἐκεῖνον ἀποκτείναντι ποιῆσαι προείλετο. πρὸς γὰρ αὖ τοῖς ἄλλοις ὁ μὲν Κίννας οὐ πολλῷ ὕστερον ἀντεσφάγη διά τε τοῦτο καὶ διὰ τἆλλα ἃ κακῶς ἔπραττε (διόπερ καὶ τοῦτο τοῦ Ἀντωνίου τεθαύμακα, ὅτι τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ μιμούμενος οὐ φοβεῖται μήποτε ὁμοίᾳ καταστροφῇ περιπέσᾐ, ἐκεῖνος δὲ καὶ αὐτῷ τούτῳ τὸ δοκεῖν τινι εἶναι κατέλιπεν. ἀλλʼ οὔτι γε καὶ σώζεσθαι διὰ τοὺς συγγενεῖς ἔτι δίκαιός ἐστι, μήτε τὸν πάππον ζηλώσας μήτε τὸν πατέρα τῆς οὐσίας κληρονομήσας. τίς γὰρ οὐκ οἶδε τοῦθʼ, ὅτι πολλοὺς φεύγοντας καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ Καίσαρος καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐκ τῶν γραμμάτων δὴ τῶν ἐκείνου καταγαγὼν οὐκ ἐπεκούρησε τῷ θείῳ, ἀλλὰ τὸν μὲν συγκυβευτὴν τὸν Λεντίκουλον τὸν ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ βίου ῥᾳδιουργίᾳ φυγόντα ἐπανήγαγε, καὶ τὸν Βαμβαλίωνα τὸν καὶ ἀπʼ αὐτῆς τῆς ἐπωνυμίας ἐπιβόητον ἀγαπᾷ, τοῖς δὲ δὴ συγγενεστάτοις οὕτως ὥσπερ εἶπον κέχρηται, καθάπερ τινὰ ὀργὴν αὐτοῖς ἔχων ὅτι τοιοῦτος ἐγεννήθη. τοιγαροῦν τῶν μὲν ἐκείνου χρημάτων οὐκ ἐκληρονόμησεν, ἄλλων δὲ δὴ καὶ πάνυ πολλούς, τοὺς μὲν μήτʼ ἰδὼν μήτʼ ἀκούσας πώποτε, τοὺς δὲ καὶ νῦν ἔτι ζῶντας· οὕτω γὰρ αὐτοὺς ἀποδέδυκε καὶ σεσύληκεν ὥστε μηδέν σφας νεκρῶν διαφέρειν.”
“Now if Antony, also, realised this, he would never have entered upon such a career, but would have even preferred to die as his grandfather died rather than to behave like Cinna, who killed him. 2 For, to mention nothing else, Cinna was in turn slain not long afterward for this and the other crimes he had committed; so that I am surprised also at this feature in Antony's conduct, that, imitating his deeds as he does, he shows no fear of some day falling a victim to a similar fate. The murdered man, on the other hand, left behind to this very descendant the reputation of greatness. But Antony has no longer any claim to be saved on account of his relatives, since he has neither emulated his grandfather nor inherited his father's property. Who, indeed, is unaware of the fact that in restoring many who were exiled in Caesar's time and later, in accordance, forsooth, with the directions of Caesar's papers, 4 he did not aid his uncle, but brought back his fellow-gambler Lenticulus, who had been exiled for his unprincipled life, and cherishes Bambalio, who is notorious for his very cognomen, while he has treated his nearest relatives as I have described, as if he were half angry at them because he was born to so noble a name? Consequently he never inherited his father's goods, but has been the heir of very many others, some of whom he never saw or heard of, and others who are still living; for he has so stripped and despoiled them that they differ in no way from dead men.”
— Book 46 —
§ 46.arg
τάδε ἔνεστιν ἐν τῷ τετταρακοστῷ ἕκτῳ τῶν Δίωνος Ῥωμαϊκῶν α. ὡς Καλῆνος ὑπὲρ Ἀντωνίου Κικέρωνι ἀντεῖπεν. β. ὡς Ἀντώνιος ὑπὸ Καίσαρος καὶ τῶν ὑπάτων περὶ Μούτιναν ἡττήθη. γ. ὡς Καῖσαρ ἐς Ῥώμην ἦλθε καὶ ὕπατος ἀπεδείχθη. δ. ὡς Καῖσαρ καὶ Ἀντώνιος καὶ Λέπιδος συνώμοσαν. χρόνου πλῆθος ἔτος ἕν, ἐν ᾧ ἄρχοντες οἱ ἀριθμούμενοι οἵδε ἐγένοντο γ. Οὐίβιος γ. υἱ. Πάνσας Καπρωνιανός Αὖλ. Ἵρτιος Αὔλ. υἱ. ὕπ.
—
§ 46.1
τοιαῦτα τοῦ Κικέρωνος εἰπόντος ὁ Καλῆνος ὁ Κύιντος ὁ Φούφιος ἀνέστη καὶ ἔλεξεν· “ἄλλως μὲν οὐδὲν οὔθʼ ὑπὲρ Ἀντωνίου τι ἀπολογήσασθαι οὔτε Κικέρωνος καθάψασθαι ἐδεόμην. οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδʼ ἡγοῦμαι δεῖν ἐν ταῖς τοιαύταις σκέψεσιν οἵα ἡ παροῦσά ἐστιν οὐδέτερον αὐτῶν ποιεῖν, ἀλλʼ ἁπλῶς ἅ τις φρονεῖ ἀποφαίνεσθαι· ἐκεῖνα μὲν γὰρ δικαστηρίου, ταῦτα δὲ συμβουλίας ἔργα ἐστίν. ἐπειδὴ δὲ οὗτος τόν τε Ἀντώνιον κακῶς διὰ τὴν ἔχθραν τὴν ὑπάρχουσάν σφισι λέγειν ἐπεχείρησεν, ὃν ἐχρῆν, εἴπερ τι ἠδικήκει, ἐσηγγελκέναι, καὶ προσέτι καὶ ἐμοῦ διαβόλως ἐμνημόνευσεν, ὡς οὐκ ἂν ἄλλως τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δεινότητα διαδείξας εἰ μή τινας ἀνέδην προπηλακίσειε, προσήκει καὶ ἐμοὶ τὰ μὲν ἀπολύσασθαι τὰ δὲ ἀνταιτιάσασθαι, ἵνα μήτε τοῦτον ἥ τε οἰκεία θρασύτης ἀντιλογίας ἁμαρτοῦσα καὶ ἡ ἐμὴ σιωπὴ πονηροῦ συνειδότος ὑποψίαν λαβοῦσα ὠφελήσῃ, μήθʼ ὑμεῖς ἀπατηθέντες ὑφʼ ὧν εἶπεν χεῖρον βουλεύσησθε, τὴν ἰδίαν αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸν Ἀντώνιον ὀργὴν ἀντὶ τῶν κοινῇ συμφερόντων ἀντικαταλλαξάμενοι.
Book XLVI When Cicero had finished speaking in this vein, Quintus Fufius Calenus arose and said: “Ordinarily I should not care either to say anything in defence of Antony or to assail Cicero; for I do not think at all necessary in such discussions as the present to do either of these things, but simply to make known one's own opinion; the former method belong to the court-room, whereas this is a matter for deliberation. 2 Since, however, this man has undertaken to speak ill of Antony on account of the enmity that exists between them, instead of lodging information against him, as he ought, in case Antony were guilty of any wrong-doing, and since, furthermore, he has made insulting reference to me, as if he could not have exhibited his own cleverness without indulging in unrestrained abuse of people, it behooves me also both to refute his accusations and to bring counter-charges against him. For, in the first place, I would not have him profit either from his own impudence, if allowed to go unchallenged, or from my silence, which might be suspected of coming from a guilty conscience; nor, again, would I have you be deceived by what he has said and come to an unworthy decision by letting his private grudge against Antony take the place of the public interest.
§ 46.2
οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄλλο γε οὐδὲν διαπρᾶξαι βούλεται ἢ ἵνα ἡμεῖς, τὸ τὰ ἀσφαλέστατα τῷ κοινῷ προϊδεῖν ἀφέντες, στασιάσωμεν αὖθις. τοῦτο γὰρ οὐ νῦν πρῶτον ποιεῖ, ἀλλὰ ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς, ἀφʼ οὗπερ πρὸς τὴν πολιτείαν προσῆλθεν, ἄνω καὶ κάτω ταράττων διατετέλεκεν. ἦ γὰρ οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τόν τε Καίσαρα τῷ Πομπηίῳ συγκρούσας καὶ τὸν Πομπήιον τῷ Καίσαρι καταλλαγῆναι κωλύσας; ὁ πείσας μὲν ὑμᾶς ἐκεῖνα κατὰ Ἀντωνίου ψηφίσασθαι διʼ ὧν παρώξυνε τὸν Καίσαρα, πείσας δὲ τὸν Πομπήιον τήν τε Ἰταλίαν ἐκλιπεῖν καὶ ἐς τὴν Μακεδονίαν μετοικῆσαι; ὅπερ που αἰτιώτατον πάντων τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα συμβάντων ἡμῖν κακῶν ἐγένετο. οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τόν τε Κλώδιον διὰ Μίλωνος ἀποκτείνας καὶ τὸν Καίσαρα διὰ Βρούτου φονεύσας; ὁ τόν τε Κατιλίναν ἐκπολεμώσας ἡμῖν καὶ τὸν Λέντουλον
For the purpose he wishes to accomplish is nothing else than that we should give up providing for the greatest safety of the commonwealth and fall into discord once more. Indeed, it is not the first time he has done this, but from the outset, ever since he entered politics, he has been continually turning things topsy-turvy. 2 Is he not the one who embroiled Caesar with Pompey and prevented Pompey from becoming reconciled with Caesar? Or the one, again, who persuaded you to pass that vote against Antony by which he angered Caesar, and persuaded Pompey to leave Italy and transfer his quarters to Macedonia, — a course which proved the chief cause of all the evils that subsequently befell us? Is he not the one who killed Clodius by the hand of Milo and slew Caesar by the hand of Brutus? The one who made Catiline hostile to us and put Lentulus to death without a trial?
§ 46.3
ἄκριτον ἀπολέσας; ὅθεν ἔγωγε καὶ πάνυ ἂν ὑμῶν θαυμάσαιμι, εἰ τότε ἐπʼ ἐκείνοις μεταγνόντες καὶ δίκην παρʼ αὐτοῦ λαβόντες, εἶτα καὶ νῦν ὅμοια αὐτῷ καὶ λέγοντι καὶ πράττοντι πεισθήσεσθε. ἢ οὐχ ὁρᾶτε ὅτι καὶ μετὰ τὸν τοῦ Καίσαρος θάνατον, ὅτε μὲν τὰ πράγμαθʼ ἡμῶν διʼ Ἀντώνιον ὅτι μάλιστα, ὡς οὐδʼ αὐτὸς ἀρνήσασθαι δύναται, κατέστη, ἀπεδήμησε, καὶ ἀλλότριον καὶ ἐπικίνδυνον ἑαυτῷ τὸν τῆς ὁμονοίας ἡμῶν βίον εἶναι νομίζων· ἐπεὶ δὲ τεταραγμένα αὐτὰ αὖθις ᾔσθετο, μακρὰ χαίρειν τῷ τε υἱεῖ καὶ ταῖς Ἀθήναις φράσας ἐπανῆλθε; καὶ τὸν μὲν Ἀντώνιον, ὃν τέως ἀγαπᾶν ἔλεγεν, ὑβρίζει καὶ λοιδορεῖ, τῷ δὲ δὴ Καίσαρι, οὗ καὶ τὸν πατέρα ἀπέκτεινε, συναίρεται κἂν οὕτω τύχῃ, κἀκείνῳ οὐκ ἐς μακρὰν ἐπιθήσεται· ἄπιστός τε γὰρ φύσει καὶ ταραχώδης ἐστί, καὶ οὔτε τι ἕρμα ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ ἔχει καὶ πάντα ἀεὶ κυκᾷ καὶ στρέφει, πλείονας μὲν τροπὰς τρεπόμενος τοῦ πορθμοῦ πρὸς ὃν ἔφυγεν, ἐφʼ ᾧπερ καὶ αὐτόμολος ἐπωνομάσθη, πάντας δὲ ὑμᾶς ἀξιῶν καὶ φίλον καὶ ἐχθρὸν νομίζειν ὃν ἂν αὐτὸς κελεύσῃ.
Hence I should be very much surprised at you if, after changing your mind then about his conduct and making him pay the penalty for it, you should now heed him again, when his words and actions are similar. 2 Or do you not observe how also after Caesar's death, when order had been restored in our state chiefly by Antony, as not even Cicero himself can deny, Cicero went abroad, because he considered our life of harmony alien and dangerous to him? And how, when he perceived that turmoil had again arisen, he bade a long farewell to his son and to Athens, and returned? Or, again, how he insults and abuses Antony, whom he was wont to say he loved, and coöperates with Caesar, whose father he killed? And if chance so favour, he will ere long attack Caesar also. 4 For the fellow is naturally faithless and turbulent, and has no ballast in his soul, but is always stirring up and overturning things, shifting his course oftener than the waters of the strait to which he fled, — whence his nickname of ”turn-coat," — yet demanding of you all that you consider a man as friend or foe according to his bidding.
§ 46.4
διὰ μὲν δὴ ταῦτα φυλάττεσθε τὸν ἄνθρωπον. γόης γάρ ἐστι καὶ μάγος, καὶ ἐκ μὲν τῶν κακῶν τῶν ἀλλοτρίων καὶ πλουτεῖ καὶ αὔξει, συκοφαντῶν ἕλκων σπαράττων τοὺς μηδὲν ἀδικοῦντας ὥσπερ οἱ κύνες, ἐν δὲ δὴ τῇ κοινῇ ὁμονοίᾳ ἀπορεῖ καὶ φθίνει· οὔτε γὰρ ἡ φιλία οὔθʼ ἡ εὔνοια ἡμῶν ἡ πρὸς ἀλλήλους τοιοῦτον δύνανται τρέφειν ῥήτορα. ἐπεὶ πόθεν ἄλλοθεν πεπλουτηκέναι αὐτὸν οἴεσθε, πόθεν μέγαν γεγονέναι; οὐ γάρ που καὶ ὁ πατὴρ αὐτῷ ὁ κναφεύς, ὁ τάς τε σταφυλὰς καὶ τὰς ἐλαίας ἀεί ποτε ἐργολαβῶν, ἢ γένος ἢ πλοῦτον κατέλιπεν, ἄνθρωπος ἀγαπητῶς ἔκ τε τούτων καὶ ἐκ τῶν πλυνῶν διατρεφόμενος, καὶ καθʼ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν καὶ νύκτα τῶν αἰσχίστων ἀναπιμπλάμενος. ἐν οἷς αὐτὸς τραφεὶς οὐκ ἀπεικότως τοὺς κρείσσονας αὐτοῦ καὶ πατεῖ καὶ πλύνει, λοιδορίας τισὶν ἐξ ἐργαστηρίων καὶ τριόδων ἐπιτετηδευμέναις χρώμενος.
“For these reasons you must guard against the fellow; for he is a cheat and an impostor and grows rich and powerful from the ills of others, slandering, mauling, and rending the innocent after the manner of dogs, whereas in the midst of public harmony he is embarrassed and withers away, since love and good-will on our part towards one another cannot support this kind of orator. 2 How else, indeed, do you imagine, has he become rich, and how else has he become great? Certainly neither family nor wealth was bequeathed him by his father, the fuller, who was always trading in grapes and olives, a fellow who was glad enough to support himself by this and by his wash-tubs, who every day and every night defiled himself with the foulest filth. The son, reared amid these surroundings, not unnaturally tramples and souses his superiors, using a species of abuse practised in the workshops and on the street corners.
§ 46.5
εἶτα τοιοῦτος αὐτὸς ὤν, καὶ γυμνὸς ἐν γυμνοῖς αὐξηθείς, καὶ οἰσπώτας καὶ ὑσπελέθους καὶ σπατίλας συλλέγων, ἐτόλμησας, ὦ μιαρώτατε, πρῶτον μὲν τὴν τοῦ Ἀντωνίου ὥραν διαβαλεῖν, ἀνθρώπου καὶ παιδαγωγοῖς καὶ διδασκάλοις κατὰ τὴν τοῦ γένους ἀξίαν κεχρημένου, ἔπειτα δὲ κατηγορῆσαι ὅτι τὰ Λυκαῖα τὴν πάτριον ἑορτὴν ποιῶν γυμνὸς ἐς τὴν ἀγορὰν ἐσῆλθεν; ἀλλὰ τί, ὦ πάσαις μὲν ταῖς ἀλλοτρίαις ἐσθῆσι διὰ τὴν πατρῴαν τέχνην ἀεὶ χρησάμενος, ὑφʼ ἁπάντων δὲ τῶν ἀπαντώντων καὶ γνωριζόντων αὐτὰς ἀποδυθείς, ἐχρῆν ποιῆσαι ἄνθρωπον μὴ μόνον ἱερέα ἀλλὰ καὶ ἡγεμόνα τῶν συνιερέων ὄντα; μὴ πέμψ̔??ʼ τὴν πομπήν, μὴ ἑορτάσαι τὴν ἑορτήν, μὴ θῦσαι κατὰ τὰ πάτρια, μὴ γυμνωθῆναι, μὴ ἀλείψασθαι (ἀλλʼ οὐ τοῦτʼ αὐτῷ,ʼ φησίν, (ἐγκαλῶν, ἀλλʼ ὅτι τε γυμνὸς ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ καὶ ὅτι τοιαῦτα ἐδημηγόρησε.ʼ πάνυ γὰρ πάντα τὰ προσήκοντα ἀκριβῶς ἐν τῷ κναφείῳ μεμάθηκεν, ἵνα καὶ ἁμαρτήματός τινος ἀληθινοῦ αἰσθάνηται καὶ ἐπιτιμᾶν αὐτῷ δικαίως δύνηται.
”Now when you yourself are of such a sort, and have grown up naked among naked companions, collecting clothes stained with sheep dung, pig manure, and human excrement, have you dared, most vile wretch, first to slander the youth of Antony, who had the advantage of attendant and teachers, as his rank demanded, and then to reproach him because in celebrating the Lupercalia, that ancient festival, he came naked into the Forum? 2 But I ask you, you who always wore nothing but the clothes of others on account of your father's business and were stripped by whoever met you and recognized them, what ought a man who was not only priest but also leader of his fellow-priests to have done? Not conduct the procession, not celebrate the festival, not sacrifice according to the custom of our fathers, not appear naked, not anoint himself? 'But it is not for this that I censure him,' he answers, 'but because he delivered a speech, and that kind of speech, naked in the Forum.' Of course this fellow has become acquainted in the fuller's shop with all the nice proprieties, so that he may detect a real mistake and may be able to rebuke it properly!
§ 46.6
ἐγὼ δὲ ὑπὲρ μὲν ἐκείνων μετὰ ταῦτα ἃ προσήκει πάντα ἐρῶ, τοῦτον δὲ ἐν τῷ παρόντι ἀνερέσθαι τι βούλομαι. οὐ σὺ μέντοι ἔν τε τοῖς ἀλλοτρίοις κακοῖς ἐντέθραψαι καὶ ἐν ταῖς τῶν πέλας συμφοραῖς ἐκπεπαίδευσαι, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐλευθέριον μὲν μάθημα οὐδὲν ἐπίστασαι, συνέδριον δέ τι κατασκευάσας ἐνταῦθα ὥσπερ αἱ πόρναι τὸν δώσοντά τι ἀεὶ ἀναμένεις, καὶ προσαγωγέας τῶν λημμάτων πολλοὺς ἔχων πολυπραγμονεῖς τίς τίνα ἠδίκηκεν ἢ δοκεῖ γε ἠδικηκέναι, τίς τίνα μισεῖ, τίς τίνι ἐπιβουλεύει; καὶ τούτοις συναίρῃ, καὶ διὰ τούτων τρέφῃ, πωλῶν μὲν αὐτοῖς τὰς παρὰ τῆς τύχης ἐλπίδας, ἐργολαβῶν δὲ καὶ τὰς τῶν δικαστῶν ἀποφάσεις, καὶ φίλον μὲν μόνον τὸν τὸ πλέον ἀεὶ διδόντα, ἐχθροὺς δὲ δὴ πάντας τοὺς ἀπράγμονας ἢ καὶ ἄλλῳ τινὶ συνηγόρῳ χρωμένους νομίζων, καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἐν χερσὶν ἤδη ὄντας οὐδʼ εἰδέναι δοκῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ διʼ ὄχλου ποιούμενος, τοὺς δʼ ἄρτι προσιόντας σαίνων καὶ γελῶν ὥσπερ αἱ πανδοκεύτριαι.
“With regard to these matters, however, I will say later all that need be said, but just now I want to ask this fellow a question or two. Is it not true, then, that you have been reared amid the ills of others and been educated in the midst of your neighbours' misfortunes, 2 and hence are acquainted with no liberal branch of knowledge, but have established here a kind of council where you are always waiting, like the harlots, for a man who will give something, and with many agents always to attract profits to you, you pry into people's affairs to find out who has wronged, or seems to have wronged, another, who hates another, and who is plotting against another? With these men you make common cause, and through them you support yourself, selling them the hopes that depend upon the turn of fortune, trading in the decisions of the jurors, considering him alone as a friend who gives the most at any particular time, and all those as enemies who are peaceably inclined or employ some other advocate, 4 while you even pretend not to know those who are already in your clutches, and even find them a nuisance, but fawn and smile upon those who at the moment approach you, just as the women do who keep inns?
§ 46.7
καὶ πόσῳ κρεῖττον ἦν καὶ σὲ Βαμβαλίωνα γεγονέναι, εἴ γέ τις ὁ Βαμβαλίων οὗτός ἐστιν, ἢ τοιοῦτον ἐπανῃρῆσθαι βίον ἐν ᾧ πᾶσα ἀνάγκη ἤτοι τὸν ὑπὲρ τοῦ δικαίου λόγον πωλεῖν ἢ καὶ τοὺς ἀδικοῦντας σώζειν; καίτοι σύγε οὐδὲ ταῦτα καλῶς ποιεῖν, καίπερ τρία ἐν Ἀθήναις ἔτη κατατρίψας, δύνασαι. ποῦ; πόθεν; ὅστις ὑποτρέμων ἀεὶ πρὸς τὰ δικαστήρια προσέρχῃ καθάπερ ὁπλομαχεῖν μέλλων, καὶ φθεγξάμενος ταπεινόν τι καὶ τεθνηκὸς ἀπαλλάττῃ, μήθʼ ὧν οἴκοθεν ἐσκεμμένος ἥκεις μνημονεύων, μήτε ἐκ τοῦ παραχρῆμά τι εἰπεῖν εὑρίσκων. ἐς μὲν γὰρ τὸ φῆσαι καὶ ὑποσχέσθαι τι θρασύτητι πάντας ἀνθρώπους ὑπερβάλλεις, ἐν δὲ δὴ τοῖς ἀγῶσιν αὐτοῖς, ἔξω τοῦ λοιδορῆσαί τινα καὶ κακῶς εἰπεῖν, καὶ ἀσθενέστατος καὶ δειλότατος εἶ. ἢ οἴει τινὰ ἀγνοεῖν ὅτι μηδένα τῶν θαυμαστῶν σου τούτων λόγων οὓς ἐκδέδωκας εἴρηκας, ἀλλὰ πάντας αὐτοὺς μετὰ ταῦτα συγγέγραφας, ὥσπερ οἱ τούς τε στρατηγοὺς καὶ τοὺς ἱππάρχους τοὺς πηλίνους πλάττοντες; εἰ δʼ ἀπιστεῖς, ἀναμνήσθητι πῶς μὲν τοῦ Οὐέρρου κατηγόρησας, καίπερ καὶ ἐκ τῆς τέχνης τι τῆς πατρῴας αὐτῷ παρασχών, ὅτε ἐνούρησας. ἀλλὰ γὰρ ὀκνῶ μὴ τὰ προσήκοντά σοι ἀκριβῶς λέγων αὐτὸς οὐ προσήκοντας ἐμαυτῷ
”Yet how much better it would be for you, too, to have been born Bambalio — if this Bambalio really exists — than to have taken up such a livelihood, in which it is absolutely inevitable that you should either sell your speech on behalf of the innocent, or else save the guilty also! 2 Yet you cannot do even this effectively, though you spent three years in Athens. When, then, did you ever do so? Or how could you? Why, you always come to the courts trembling, as if you were going to fight as a gladiator, and after uttering a few words in a meek and half-dead voice you take your departure, without having remembered a word of the speech you thought out at home before you came, and without having found anything to say on the spur of the moment. In making assertions and promises you surpass all mankind in audacity, but in the trials themselves, apart from reviling and abusing people, you are most weak and cowardly. Or do you think any one is ignorant of the fact that you never delivered one of those wonderful speeches of yours that you have published, but wrote them all out afterwards, like persons who fashion generals and cavalry leaders out of clay? 4 If you doubt my word, remember how you accused Verres, though, to be sure, you did give him an example of your father's trade — when you wetted your clothes. “But I hesitate, for fear that in saying precisely what suits your case I may seem to be uttering words that are unbecoming to myself.
§ 46.8
λόγους ποιεῖσθαι δόξω. ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἐάσω, καὶ νὴ Δία καὶ τὸν Γαβίνιον, ᾧ τοὺς κατηγόρους παρασκευάσας ἔπειτα οὕτω συνεῖπες ὥστʼ αὐτὸν καταδικασθῆναι, τά τε συγγράμματα ἃ κατὰ τῶν φίλων συγγράφεις, ἐφʼ οἷς οὕτω σαυτῷ ἀδικοῦντι σύνοισθα ὥστε μηδὲ δημοσιεύειν αὐτὰ τολμᾶν. καίτοι καὶ σχετλιώτατον καὶ ἐλεεινότατόν ἐστι μὴ δύνασθαι ταῦτα ἀρνήσασθαι ἃ πάντων αἴσχιστόν ἐστιν ὁμολογῆσαι. ἀλλʼ ἐγὼ ταῦτα μὲν παραλείψω, τὰ δὲ δὴ λοιπὰ ἐπεξάξω. ἡμεῖς μὲν γάρ, καίπερ δισχίλια τῷ διδασκάλῳ πλέθρα τῆς Λεοντίνων γῆς, ὡς φῄς, δεδωκότες, οὐδὲν ἄξιον αὐτῶν ἐμάθομεν· τὰ δὲ δὴ σὰ παιδεύματα τίς οὐκ ἂν θαυμάσειεν; τίνα δʼ ἐστὶ ταῦτα; φθονεῖς ἀεὶ τῷ κρείττονι, βασκαίνεις ἀεὶ τὸν προήκοντα, διαβάλλεις τὸν προτετιμημένον, συκοφαντεῖς τὸν δεδυνημένον, καὶ μισεῖς μὲν τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς ὁμοίως πάντας, προσποιῇ δὲ δὴ φιλεῖν ἐκείνους μόνους διʼ ὧν ἂν κακουργήσειν τι προσδοκήσῃς. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τούς τε νεωτέρους ἐπὶ τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους ἀεὶ παροξύνεις, καὶ τοὺς πιστεύοντάς σοι καὶ ὁτιοῦν ἐς κινδύνους προαγαγὼν προλείπεις.
These matters I will therefore pass over; yes, by Jupiter, and the case of Gabinius also, against whom you prepared accusers and then pleaded his cause in such a way that he was condemned; also the pamphlets which you compose against your friends, in regard to which you feel yourself so guilty that you do not even dare to make them public. Yet it is a most miserable and pitiable state to be in, not to be able to deny these charges which are the most disgraceful conceivable to admit. 2 But I will pass by all this and proceed to the rest. Well, then, though we gave the professor, as you admit, two thousand plethra of the Leontine lands, yet we learned nothing worth while in return for it. But as to you, who would not admire your system of instruction? And what is that? Why, you always envy the man who is your superior, you always malign the prominent man, you slander him who has attained distinction, you blackmail the one who has become powerful, and, though you hate impartially all good men, yet you pretend to love only those of them whom you expect to make the agents of some villainy. 4 This is why you are always inciting the younger men against their elders and leading those who trust you, even in the slightest degree, into dangers, and then deserting them.
§ 46.9
τεκμήριον δέ, πρᾶξιν μὲν οὐδεμίαν πώποτε ἐλλογίμου ἀνδρὸς ἀξίαν, οὔτʼ ἐν πολέμῳ οὔτε ἐν εἰρήνῃ, πέπραχας· ποίους μὲν γὰρ πολέμους ἐνικήσαμεν σοῦ στρατηγοῦντος, ποίαν δὲ χώραν ἐκτησάμεθα σοῦ ὑπατεύοντος; ἐξαπατῶν δὲ ἀεί τινας τῶν πρώτων καὶ σφετεριζόμενος ἰδίᾳ μὲν διὰ τούτων πολιτεύῃ καὶ πάνθʼ ὅσα βούλει διοικεῖς, δημοσίᾳ δὲ βοᾷς ἄλλως, κεκραγὼς τοὺς μιαροὺς ἐκείνους λόγους (ἐγὼ μόνος ὑμᾶς φιλῶ,ʼ καὶ εἰ οὕτω τύχοι, (καὶ ὁ δεῖνα, οἱ δʼ ἄλλοι πάντες μισοῦσι,ʼ καὶ (ἐγὼ μόνος ὑμῖν εὐνοῶ, οἱ δʼ ἄλλοι πάντες ἐπιβουλεύουσι,ʼ καὶ τὰ ἄλλα τὰ τοιαῦτα, ἐξ ὧν τοὺς μὲν ἐπαίρων καὶ φυσῶν προδίδως, τοὺς δὲ λοιποὺς ἐκπλήττων προστίθεσαι. κἂν μέν τι χρηστὸν ὑφʼ ὁτουδὴ τῶν πάντων γένηται, ἀντιποιῇ τε αὐτοῦ καὶ σεαυτὸν ἐπʼ αὐτὸ ἐπιγράφεις, θρυλῶν (ἐγὼ γὰρ εἶπον, ἐγὼ γὰρ ἔγραψα, καὶ δι’ ἐμὲ ταῦτα οὕτω πέπρακται·̓ ἂν δέ τι συμβῇ οἷον οὐκ ἔδει, σαυτὸν μὲν ἐξαιρεῖς, τοὺς δὲ δὴ ἄλλους πάντας αἰτιᾷ, λέγων (μὴ γὰρ ἐστρατήγουν ἐγώ; μὴ γὰρ ἐπρέσβευον; μὴ γὰρ ὑπάτευον;ʼ καὶ λοιδορεῖς μὲν ἀεὶ πάντας πανταχοῦ, τὴν ἐκ τοῦ θρασέως παρρησιάζεσθαι δοκεῖν δύναμιν περὶ πλείονος τοῦ τι τῶν δεόντων εἰπεῖν ποιούμενος,
”A proof of all this is that you have never accomplished any achievement worthy of a distinguished man either in war or in peace. What wars, for instance, did we win when you were praetor, or what territory did we acquire when you were consul? Nay, but you are continually deceiving some of the foremost men and winning them to your side, and then you privately use them as agents to carry out your policies and to pass what measures you choose, 2 while publicly you indulge in vain rantings, bawling out those detestable phrases, 'I am the only one who loves you,' or perchance, 'I and so-and-so; but all the rest hate you,' or 'I alone am your friend, but all the rest are plotting against you,' and other such stuff by which you fill some with elation and conceit and then betray them, and frighten the rest and thus bring them to your side. And if any service is rendered by any one in the world, you lay claim to it and attach your own name to it, prating: 'I moved it, I proposed it, all this was done as it was through me.' But if anything turns out unfortunately, you clear your own skirts of it and lay the blame on all the rest, saying: 'Look you, was I the praetor, 4 or the envoy, or the consul?' And you abuse everybody everywhere all the time, setting more store by the influence which comes from appearing to speak your mind boldly than by saying what duty demands; but as to the function of an orator, you exemplify it in no respect worth speaking of.
§ 46.10
ἔργον δε δὴ ῥήτορος οὐδὲν ἄξιον λόγου παρέχῃ. τί μὲν γὰρ τῶν κοινῶν ἢ σέσωσται ἢ ἐπηνώρθωται διὰ σέ; τίνα δὲ ἀδικοῦντα ὄντως τὴν πόλιν ἐσήγγελκας, τίνα ἐπιβουλεύοντα ἀληθῶς ἡμῖν ἐπιδέδειχας; ἵνα γὰρ τἆλλα ἐάσω, αὐτὰ ταῦθʼ ἃ τῷ Ἀντωνίῳ νῦν ἐγκαλεῖς, τοιαῦτα καὶ τοσαῦτά ἐστιν ὥστε μηδένα ἂν δίκην ἀξίαν αὐτῶν ὑποσχεῖν. τί ποτʼ οὖν, ὁρῶν ἡμᾶς ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ, ὥς γε καὶ φῄς, ἀδικουμένους, οὐδέποτε ἐπεξῆλθες αὐτῷ παραχρῆμα οὐδὲ κατηγόρησας, ἀλλὰ νῦν ἡμῖν λέγεις ὅσα δημαρχήσας παρενόμησε καὶ ὅσα ἱππαρχήσας ἐπλημμέλησε καὶ ὅσα ὑπατεύσας ἐκακούργησεν, ἐξόν σοι τότε εὐθὺς καθʼ ἕκαστον αὐτῶν τὴν προσήκουσαν παρʼ αὐτοῦ δίκην εἰληφέναι, ἵνα αὐτός τε φιλόπολις ὡς ἀληθῶς ὢν ἐπεφήνεις καὶ ἡμεῖς καὶ ἀβλαβῆ καὶ ἀσφαλῆ τὴν τιμωρίαν παρʼ αὐτὰ τὰ ἀδικήματα ἐπεποιήμεθα. καὶ μὴν ἀνάγκη δυοῖν θάτερον, ἢ πεπιστευκότα σε τότε ταῦθʼ οὕτως ἔχειν καθυφεικέναι τοὺς ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἀγῶνας, ἢ μὴ δυνηθέντα τινὰ αὐτῶν ἐξελέγξαι μάτην νῦν συκοφαντεῖν.
What public interest has been preserved or restored by you? Whom have you indicted that was really harming the city, and whom have you brought to light that was in truth plotting against us? 2 Why (to pass over the other cases), these very charges which you now bring against Antony are of such a nature and so numerous that no one could ever suffer any adequate punishment for them. Why, then, if you saw that we were being wronged by him from the very outset, as you assert, did you never prosecute or even accuse him at the time, instead of relating to us now all his illegal acts as tribune, all his irregularities as master of the horse, all his crimes as consul? You might immediately at the time in each specific instance have inflicted the appropriate penalty upon him, and thus have yourself stood revealed as a patriot in very deed, while we could then have imposed the punishment in security and safety at the time of the offences themselves. 4 Indeed, one of two conclusions is inevitable, — either that you believed these things were so at the time and yet shirked the struggle on our behalf, or else that you were unable to prove any of your charges and are now indulging in idle slanders.
§ 46.11
ὅτι γὰρ τοῦθʼ οὕτως ἔχει, καθʼ ἕκαστον ὑμῖν, ὦ πατέρες, διεξιὼν ἐπιδείξω. ἔλεγέ τινα ἐν τῇ δημαρχίᾳ Ἀντώνιος ὑπὲρ τοῦ Καίσαρος· καὶ γὰρ Κικέρων καὶ ἄλλοι τινὲς ὑπὲρ τοῦ Πομπηίου. τί ποτʼ οὖν τοῦτον μὲν αἰτιᾶται ὅτι τὴν φιλίαν τὴν ἐκείνου προείλετο, ἑαυτὸν δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους τοὺς τἀναντία αὐτῷ σπουδάσαντας ἀφίησιν; ἐκώλυσέ τινα ἐκεῖνος ψηφισθῆναι τότε κατὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος· καὶ γὰρ οὗτος πάνθʼ ὡς εἰπεῖν ὅσα ὑπὲρ τοῦ Καίσαρος ἐγιγνώσκετο. (ἀλλʼ ἐμποδών,ʼ φησίν, (ἐγίγνετο τῇ κοινῇ τῆς βουλῆς γνώμῃ.ʼ καὶ πρῶτον μὲν πῶς ἂν εἷς ἀνὴρ τοσοῦτον ἴσχυσεν; ἔπειτα δέ, εἰ καὶ κατεψηφίσθη διὰ τοῦθʼ , ὥσπερ λέγει, πῶς οὐκ ἂν καὶ ἐκολάσθη; (ἔφυγε γάρ, ἔφυγε πρὸς τὸν Καίσαρα ἀπελθών.ʼ οὐκοῦν καὶ σύ, ὦ Κικέρων, οὐκ ἀπεδήμησας νῦν ἀλλʼ ἔφυγες, ὥσπερ καὶ πρότερον. ἀλλὰ μήτι γε καὶ ἐπὶ πάντας ἡμᾶς τὰ σεαυτοῦ ὀνείδη προπετῶς οὕτως ἄγε· φυγεῖν μὲν γάρ ἐστι τοῦτο ὃ σὺ πεποίηκας, τό τε δικαστήριον φοβηθεὶς καὶ τὴν τιμωρίαν αὐτὸς σαυτοῦ προκαταγνούς. ἀμέλει καὶ ἐγράφη σοι κάθοδος· πῶς μὲν καὶ διὰ τίνα, οὐ λέγω, ἐγράφη δʼ οὖν, καὶ οὐ πρίν γε ἐπέβης τῆς Ἰταλίας πρὶν ἐκείνην σοι δοθῆναι. Ἀντώνιος δὲ καὶ ἀπῆλθε πρὸς τὸν Καίσαρα μηνύσων αὐτῷ τὰ πεπραγμένα, καὶ ἐπανῆλθε μηδενὸς ψηφίσματος δεηθείς, καὶ τέλος τήν τε εἰρήνην τήν τε φιλίαν τὴν πρὸς αὐτὸν πᾶσι τοῖς ἐν τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ τότε εὑρεθεῖσιν ἐπρυτάνευσεν· ἧς καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ ἂν μετεσχήκεσαν, εἰ μὴ σοὶ πεισθέντες ἐπεφεύγεσαν.
“That all this is true, Conscript Fathers, I shall show you by going over each point in detail. Antony did have something to say during his tribuneship on Caesar's behalf, as indeed did Cicero and some others on behalf of Pompey. Why, now, does he blame him for having preferred Caesar's friendship, but acquit himself and the rest who supported the opposite cause? Antony prevented some measures from being passed against Caesar at that time; 2 and this was all right, since Cicero prevented practically everything that was to be decreed in his favour. 'But Antony,' he replies, 'thwarted the united will of the senate.' Well, now, in the first place, how could one man have had so much power? And, secondly, if he had really been condemned for it, as this fellow says, how could he have escaped punishment? 'Oh, he fled, he fled to Caesar and got out of the way.' Well, then, Cicero, what you also did a while ago was not 'taking a trip abroad,' but taking flight, as on the former occasion. Come now, do not be so ready to apply your own shame to us all; for flee you did, fearing the court and condemning yourself beforehand. 4 To be sure, a measure was passed for your recall, — how and for what reasons I do not say, — but at any rate it was passed, and you did not set foot in Italy until the recall was granted to you. But Antony not only went away to Caesar to inform him what had been done, but also returned, without asking for any decree, and finally brought about peace and friendship with him for all those who were at the time found in Italy; and the rest, too, would have had a share in it, if they had not taken your advice and fled after Pompey.
§ 46.12
Ἑἶτα τούτων οὕτως ἐχόντων τολμᾷς λεγειν ὅτι τόν τε Καίσαρα ἐπὶ τὴν πατρίδα ἐπήγαγε καὶ τὸν ἐμφύλιον πόλεμον ἐκίνησε καὶ τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα κακῶν αἰτιώτατος ἡμῖν ἐγένετο; οὐ μὲν οὖν, ἀλλὰ σύ, ὅστις Πομπηίῳ μὲν καὶ στρατεύματα ἀλλότρια καὶ ἡγεμονίαν ἔδωκας, Καίσαρα δὲ καὶ τῶν δεδομένων ἀποστερῆσαι ἐπεχείρησας· ὅστις τῷ τε Πομπηίῳ καὶ τοῖς ὑπάτοις συνεβούλευσας τὰ μὲν προτεινόμενα ὑπὸ τοῦ Καίσαρος μὴ προσίεσθαι, τὴν δὲ δὴ πόλιν τήν τε Ἰταλίαν ὅλην ἐκλιπεῖν· ὅστις Καίσαρα μὲν οὐδὲ ἐς τὴν Ῥώμην ἐλθόντα εἶδες, πρὸς δὲ τὸν Πομπήιον καὶ ἐς τὴν Μακεδονίαν ἀπέδρας. καὶ οὐδὲ ἐκείνῳ μέντοι οὐδὲν συνήρω, ἀλλὰ περιιδὼν τὰ γιγνόμενα ἔπειτʼ, ἐπειδὴ ἐδυστύχησεν, ἐγκατέλιπες αὐτόν. οὕτως οὐδὲ ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς ὡς δικαιότερα αὐτῷ πράττοντι ἐβοήθησας, ἀλλὰ τὴν τε στάσιν κινήσας καὶ τὰ πράγματα ταράξας εἶτʼ ἐκ τοῦ ἀσφαλοῦς αὐτοῖς ἐφήδρευσας, καὶ τοῦ μὲν πταίσαντος ὡς καὶ ἀδικοῦντός τι διὰ τοῦτʼ εὐθὺς ἀπέστης, πρὸς δὲ τὸν κρατήσαντα ὡς καὶ δικαιότερον ἀπέκλινας. καὶ οὕτω γε, πρὸς τοῖς ἄλλοις κακοῖς, καὶ ἀχάριστος εἶ ὥστε οὐ μόνον οὐκ ἀγαπᾷς ὅτι ἐσώθης ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀγανακτεῖς ὅτι μὴ καὶ ἱππάρχησας.
”Then, when this is the case, do you dare to say he led Caesar against his country and stirred up the civil war and became, far more than anyone else, responsible for the subsequent evils that befell us? No, indeed, but it was you yourself, you who gave Pompey legions that belonged to others, and the command also, and undertook to deprive Caesar even of those that had been given him; 2 you, who advised Pompey and the consuls not to accept the offers made by Caesar, but to abandon the city and all Italy; you, who did not see Caesar even when he entered Rome, but ran off to Pompey and Macedonia. Yet not even to him did you prove of any assistance, but you allowed matters to take their course, and then, when he met with misfortune, left him in the lurch. Thus even at the outset you did not aid him as the one whose course was the more just, but after stirring up the strife and embroiling affairs you kept watch on events from a safe distance, 4 and then promptly deserted the man who failed, as if that somehow proved him in the wrong, and went over to the victor, as if he were more in the right. And thus, in addition to your other base deeds, you are so ungrateful that you not only are not satisfied to have been spared by Caesar, but are actually displeased because you were not made his master of horse.
§ 46.13
Ἑἶτα ταῦτα σαυτῷ συνειδὼς τολμᾷς λέγειν ὅτι οὐκ ἐχρῆν τὸν Ἀντώνιον διʼ ἔτους ἱππαρχῆσαι; οὐδὲ γὰρ τὸν Καίσαρα διʼ ἔτους δικτατορεῦσαι. ἀλλʼ εἴτε καλῶς εἴτε καὶ ἀναγκαίως ταῦτʼ ἐγένετο, ἐψηφίσθη τε ὁμοίως ἀμφότερα καὶ ἤρεσε καὶ ἡμῖν καὶ τῷ δήμῳ. τούτοις οὖν, ὦ Κικέρων, ἐγκάλει, εἴ τι παρενόμησαν, μὴ μὰ Δία μὴ τοῖς ὑπʼ αὐτῶν τετιμημένοις ὅτι ἀξίους ἑαυτοὺς καὶ τῶν τηλικούτων τυχεῖν παρέσχον· ὡς εἴγε ὑπὸ τῶν πραγμάτων τῶν τότε ἡμᾶς περιστάντων ἠναγκάσθημεν αὐτὰ οὕτω καὶ παρὰ τὸ προσῆκον ποιῆσαι, τί τοῦτο Ἀντωνίῳ νῦν ἐπιφέρεις, ἀλλʼ οὐ τότε ἀντέλεγες, εἴπερ ἐδύνασο; ὅτι ἐφοβοῦ νὴ Δία. εἶτα σὺ μὲν τότε σιωπήσας συγγνώμης διὰ τὴν δειλίαν τεύξῃ, οὗτος δὲ ὅτι σοῦ προετιμήθη, δίκην διὰ τὴν ἀρετὴν ὑφέξει; καὶ ποῦ ταῦτα τὰ δίκαια ἔμαθες, ἢ που ταῦτα τὰ νόμιμα ἀνέγνως;
“Then, with this on your conscience, do you dare to say that Antony ought not to have been master of the horse for a whole year, because Caesar himself ought not to have been dictator for a whole year? But whether or not it was wise or necessary for this to be done, at any rate both measures alike were passed, and they suited both us and the people. 2 Therefore censure these men, Cicero, if they have transgressed in any particular, but not, by Jupiter, those whom they have chosen to honour for showing themselves worthy of rewards so great. For it we were forced by the circumstances which then surrounded us to act in this way, even contrary to what was fitting, why do you now lay this upon Antony's shoulders, instead of having opposed it at the time, if you were able? Because, by Jupiter, you were afraid. Shall you, then, who were silent at the time, obtain pardon for your cowardice, and shall he, because he was preferred over you, submit to punishment for his virtue? Where have you learned this kind of justice, or where have you read this kind of law?
§ 46.14
ʽἁ̓λλʼ οὐκ ὀρθῶς τῇ ἱππαρχίᾳ ἐχρήσατο.ʼ διὰ τί; (ὅτι τὰ ὑπάρχοντα,ʼ φησί, (τὰ τοῦ Πομπηίου ἠγόρασε.ʼ πόσοι δὲ ἄλλοι πόσα ἄλλα ἐπρίαντο, ὧν οὐδεὶς αἰτίαν ἔχει; καὶ γάρ που διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἐδημεύθη τινὰ καὶ ἐς τὸ πρατήριον ἐξετέθη καὶ τῇ τοῦ κοινοῦ κήρυκος φωνῇ ἀπεκηρύχθη, ἵνα τις αὐτὰ ἀγοράσῃ. (ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐχρῆν τὰ τοῦ Πομπηίου κτήματα πεπρᾶσθαι.ʼ οὐκοῦν ἡμεῖς ἡμάρτομεν καὶ κακῶς ἐποιήσαμεν δημεύσαντες αὐτά· ἤ, ἵνα σὲ καὶ ἡμᾶς τις ἀπολύσῃ, πάντως που ὁ Καῖσαρ ἐπλημμέλησεν ὁ τοῦτο γενέσθαι κελεύσας· ᾧ οὐδὲν ἐπεκάλεσας. ἀλλʼ ἐν μὲν τούτῳ καὶ πάνυ μωραίνων ἐξελέγχεται. δύο γοῦν ἐναντιώτατα τοῦ Ἀντωνίου κατηγορηκεν, ἓν μὲν ὅτι πλεῖστα τῷ Καίσαρι συμπράξας καὶ πάμπολλα διὰ τοῦτο παρʼ αὐτοῦ λαβὼν ἔπειτα τὴν τιμὴν αὐτῶν βιαίως ἀπῃτήθη, ἕτερον δὲ ὅτι μήτε τοῦ πατρὸς κληρονομήσας, καὶ πάνθʼ ὅσα ἐκτήσατο καταναλώσας ὥσπερ ἡ Χάρυβδις (ἀεὶ γάρ τι ἡμῖν ἐκ τῆς Σικελίας, καθάπερ ἐπιλελησμένοις ὅτι ἐς αὐτὴν ἔφυγε, παραφέρεἰ, τὴν τιμὴν πάντων ὧν ἐπρίατο ἀπέδωκεν.
” 'But he made an improper use of his position as master of the house.' Why? 'Because,' he answers, 'he bought Pompey's possessions.' But how many others are there who purchased countless articles, no one of whom is blamed! Why, that was the purpose, naturally, in confiscating goods and putting them up at auction and proclaiming them by the voice of the public crier, namely, that someone should buy them. 2 'But Pompey's goods ought not to have been sold.' Then it was we who erred and did wrong in confiscating them; or — to clear us both of blame — it was Caesar anyhow, I suppose, who acted irregularly, since he ordered this to be done; yet you did not censure him at all. But in making this charge Cicero stands convicted of playing the utter fool. In any event he has brought against Antony two utterly contradictory charges — first, that after helping Caesar in very many ways and receiving in return vast gifts from him, he was then required under compulsion to surrender the price of them, 4 and, second, that although he inherited naught from his father and swallowed up all that he had acquired 'like Charybdis' (the speaker is always offering us some comparison from Sicily, as if we had forgotten that he had gone into exile there), he nevertheless paid the price of all he had purchased.
§ 46.15
ἐν μὲν οὖν τούτοις οὕτω τὰ ἐναντιώτατα αὐτὸς ἑαυτῷ λέγων ὁ θαυμαστὸς οὗτος ἐξελέγχεται, καὶ νὴ Δία καὶ ἐν ἐκείνοις, ὅτι τοτὲ μὲν πάντα αὐτὸν τὰ τῷ Καίσαρι πραχθέντα συνάρασθαι καὶ πάντων διὰ τοῦτο τῶν ἐμφυλίων κακῶν αἰτιώτατον γεγονέναι λέγει, τοτὲ δὲ ἐγκαλεῖ αὐτῷ, δειλίαν ὀνειδίζων, ὅτι μηδενὸς ἄλλου πλὴν τῶν ἐν τῇ Θεσσαλίᾳ πραχθέντων μετέσχε. καὶ ἔγκλημά τε αὐτοῦ ποιεῖται λέγων ὅτι τῶν φευγόντων τινὰς κατήγαγε, καὶ μέμφεται αὐτὸν ὅτι μὴ καὶ τῷ θείῳ τὴν κάθοδον ἔδωκεν, ὥσπερ τινὸς πιστεύοντος ὅτι οὐκ ἂν ἐκεῖνον πρῶτον, εἴπερ γε καὶ ὁντινοῦν ἠδυνήθη καταγαγεῖν, ἐπανήγαγε, μήτε τι ἐγκαλῶν αὐτῷ μήτε ἐγκαλούμενος, ὡς καὶ αὐτὸς οὗτος οἶδεν· ἀμέλει πολλὰ καὶ σχέτλια αὐτοῦ καταψευσάμενος οὐδὲν τοιοῦτον εἰπεῖν ἐτόλμησεν. οὕτω μὲν οὖν οὐδʼ ὁτιοῦν αὐτῷ διαφέρει πᾶν ὅ τι ποτʼ ἂν ἐπὶ τὴν γλῶτταν αὐτοῦ ἐπέλθῃ, καθάπερ τι πλύμα, ἐκχέαι.
“So in these charges this remarkable fellow stands convicted of violently contradicting himself — yes, by Jupiter, and in the following statements also. At one time he says that Antony aided Caesar in everything he did and by this means became more than any one else responsible for all our internal evils, and then he reproaches him with cowardice, charging him with having shared in no other exploits than those performed in Thessaly. 2 And he brings a complaint against him to the effect that he restored some of the exiles, and finds fault with him because he did not secure the recall of his uncle as well — as if any one believes that he would not have restored him first of all, if he had been able to recall whomsoever he pleased, since there was no grievance on either side between them, as this man himself knows; at any rate, he did not dare to say anything of that sort, although he told many brazen lies about Antony. So utterly reckless is he about pouring out anything that comes to his tongue's end, as if it were mere soapsuds.
§ 46.16
ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν τί ἄν τις ἐπὶ πλεῖον ἐπεξίοι; ἐπεὶ δὲ τραγῳδεῖ περιιών, καὶ νῦν γε εἶπέ που λέγων ὅτι βαρυτάτην τὴν τῆς ἱππαρχίας ὄψιν παρέσχετο, πανταχοῦ καὶ διὰ πάντων τῷ τε ξίφει ἅμα καὶ τῇ πορφύρᾳ τοῖς τε ῥαβδούχοις καὶ τοῖς στρατιώταις χρώμενος, εἰπάτω μοι σαφῶς, πῶς καὶ τί ἐκ τούτων ἠδικήμεθα. ἀλλʼ οὐδὲν ἂν εἰπεῖν ἔχοι· εἰ γὰρ εἶχεν, οὐδὲν ἂν τούτου πρότερον ἐξελάλησεν. πᾶν γὰρ τοὐναντίον οἱ μὲν στασιάσαντες τότε καὶ πάντα τὰ κακὰ ἐργασάμενοι Τρεβέλλιός τε καὶ Δολοβέλλας ἦσαν, Ἀντώνιος δὲ καὶ οὕτως οὔτε τι ἠδίκησε καὶ πάνθʼ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἔπραττεν ὥστε καὶ τὴν φυλακὴν τῆς πόλεως παρʼ ὑμῶν ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς ἐκείνους, οὐχ ὅπως ἀντιλέγοντος τοῦ θαυμαστοῦ τούτου ῥήτορος (παρῆν γάρʼ ἀλλὰ καὶ συναινοῦντος, ἐπετράπη. ἢ δειξάτω, τίνα φωνὴν ἔρρηξεν ὁρῶν τὸν ἀσελγῆ καὶ μιαρόν, ὡς αὐτὸς λοιδορεῖ, πρὸς τῷ μηδὲν αὐτὸν τῶν δεόντων ποιεῖν καὶ ἐξουσίαν τοσαύτην παρʼ ὑμῶν προσλαμβάνοντα. ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἂν ἔχοι δεῖξαι. οὕτω που ὁ μέγας οὗτος καὶ φιλόπολις ῥήτωρ, ὁ πανταχοῦ καὶ ἀεὶ θρυλῶν καὶ λέγων (ἐγὼ μόνος ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐλευθερίας ἀγωνίζομαι, ἐγὼ μόνος ὑπὲρ τῆς δημοκρατίας παρρησιάζομαι· ἐμὲ οὔτε χάρις φίλων οὔτε φόβος ἐχθρῶν ἀπείργει τοῦ μὴ οὐ τὰ συμφέροντα ὑμῖν προσκοπεῖν· ἐγώ, κἂν ἀποθανεῖν ἐν τοῖς ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν λόγοις δεήσῃ, καὶ μάλʼ ἡδέως τελευτήσὠ οὐδʼ ὁτιοῦν τούτων ὧν νῦν βοᾷ τότε εἰπεῖν ἐτόλμησεν. καὶ πάνυ εἰκότως· λογίζεσθαι γὰρ αὐτῷ ἐπῄει τοῦτο, ὅτι τοὺς μὲν ῥαβδούχους καὶ τὸ ἔσθημα τὸ περιπόρφυρον κατὰ τὰ πάτρια τὰ περὶ τῶν ἱππάρχων νενομισμένα εἶχε, τῷ δὲ δὴ ξίφει καὶ τοῖς στρατιώταις κατὰ τῶν στασιαζόντων ἀναγκαίως ἐχρῆτο. τί γὰρ οὐκ ἂν τῶν δεινοτάτων ἐποίησαν εἰ μὴ τούτοις ἐκεῖνος ἐπέφρακτο, ὁπότε καὶ οὕτως αὐτοῦ κατεφρόνησάν τινες;
”But why should one pursue this subject further? Still, inasmuch as he goes about declaiming tragically, and has but this moment said, in the course of his remarks, that Antony rendered the sight of the master of the horse most odious, by using everywhere and always the sword and the purple, the lictors and the soldiers at one and the same time, let him tell me clearly and in what respect we have been wronged by this. But he will have nothing to say; for if he had, he would have blurted it out before anything else. 2 In fact, the very reverse is true: those who were quarrelling at that time and causing all the trouble were Trebellius and Dolabella, whereas Antony was so far from doing any wrong and was so active in every way in your behalf that he was even entrusted by you with the guarding of the city against those very men, and that, too, without any opposition on the part of this remarkable orator (for he was present), but actually with his approval. Else let him show what word he uttered when he saw that 'the licentious and accursed fellow' (to quote from his abuse) not only performed none of the duties of his office but also secured from you all that additional authority. But he will have nothing to show. So it looks as if not a word of what he now shouts so loud was ventured at that time by this great and patriotic orator, who is everywhere and always saying and repeating: 4 'I alone am fighting for freedom, I alone speak out boldly for the republic; I cannot be restrained by favour of friends or fear of enemies from looking out for your advantage; I, even if it should be my lot to die in speaking on your behalf, will perish very gladly.' And his silence at that time was very natural, for it occurred to him to reflect that Antony possessed the lictors and the purple-bordered clothing in accordance with the custom of our ancestors in regard to the masters of the horse, and that he was using the sword and the soldiers perforce against the rebels. For what outrages would have been too terrible for them to commit, had he not been hedged about with these protections, when some showed such scorn of him as it was?
§ 46.17
ὅτι τοίνυν καὶ ταῦτα καὶ τἆλλα πάντα ὀρθῶς καὶ κατὰ τὴν γνώμην ὅτι μάλιστα τὴν τοῦ Καίσαρος ἐγένετο, δηλοῖ τὰ ἔργα· ἥ τε γὰρ στάσις οὐ περαιτέρω προεχώρησε, καὶ ὁ Ἀντώνιος οὐχ ὅσον οὐ δίκην ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς ἔδωκεν ἀλλὰ καὶ ὕπατος μετὰ ταῦτα ἀπεδείχθη. καί μοι καὶ ταύτην αὐτοῦ τὴν ἀρχὴν θεάσασθε ὡς διέθετο· εὑρήσετε γὰρ αὐτήν, ἂν τἀκριβὲς σκοπῆτε, πάνυ πολλοῦ ἀξίαν τῇ πόλει γεγενημένην. ὅπερ που καὶ αὐτὸς εἰδὼς οὐκ ἤνεγκε τὸν φθόνον, ἀλλʼ ἐτόλμησεν ἐπὶ τούτοις αὐτὸν διαβαλεῖν ἃ καὶ αὐτὸς ἂν πεποιηκέναι εὔξατο. καὶ διὰ τοῦτό γε καὶ τὴν γύμνωσιν αὐτοῦ τήν τε ἀλοιφὴν τούς τε μύθους τοὺς παλαιοὺς ἐκείνους ἐπεσήγαγεν, οὐχ ὅτι τι προσέδει νῦν αὐτῶν, ἀλλʼ ἵνα τήν τε περιτέχνησιν αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν κατόρθωσιν τοῖς ἔξωθεν ψόφοις συσκιάσῃ. ὅστις, ὦ γῆ καὶ θεοί (μεῖζον γὰρ σοῦ βοήσομαι καὶ δικαιότερον αὐτοὺς ἐπικαλέσομαἰ, τυραννουμένην ἤδη τῷ ἔργῳ τὴν πόλιν ἰδὼν τῷ πάντα μὲν τὰ στρατόπεδα ἀκούειν τοῦ Καίσαρος, πάντα δὲ αὐτῷ τὸν δῆμον μετὰ τῆς βουλῆς εἴκειν, οὕτως ὥστε τά τε ἄλλα καὶ δικτάτορα αὐτὸν διὰ βίου εἶναι τῇ τε σκευῇ τῇ τῶν βασιλέων χρῆσθαι ψηφίσασθαι, καὶ ἐξήλεγξε σοφώτατα καὶ ἐπέσχεν ἀσφαλέστατα, ὥστε καὶ αἰδεσθέντα καὶ φοβηθέντα μήτε τὸ ὄνομα τὸ τοῦ βασιλέως μήτε τὸ διάδημα, ἃ καὶ ἀκόντων ἡμῶν αὐτὸς ἑαυτῷ δώσειν ἔμελλε, λαβεῖν. ἄλλος μὲν γὰρ ἄν τις ὑπό τε ἐκείνου ταῦτʼ ἔφη ποιῆσαι κεκελεῦσθαι, καὶ τήν τε ἀνάγκην ἂν προυτείνατο καὶ συγγνώμης ἐπʼ αὐτῇ ἔτυχε, πῶς γὰρ οὔ, τοιαῦτά τε ἡμῶν τότε ἐψηφισμένων καὶ τοσοῦτο τῶν στρατιωτῶν δεδυνημένων; Ἀντώνιος δέ, ἅτε καὶ τῆς διανοίας τῆς τοῦ Καίσαρος διαπεφυκὼς καὶ πάντα ἀκριβῶς ὅσα παρεσκευάζετο συννοῶν, φρονιμώτατα αὐτὸν καὶ ἀπέτρεψεν ἀπʼ αὐτῶν καὶ ἀπέσπευσε. τεκμήριον δὲ ὅτι οὐδὲν ἔτι τὸ παράπαν ὡς καὶ δυναστεύων ἔπραξε, καὶ προσέτι καὶ κοινῶς καὶ ἀφυλάκτως πᾶσιν ἡμῖν συνῆν· ἀφʼ οὗπερ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα ἠδυνήθη παθεῖν ἃ ἔπαθε.
“That these and all his other acts, then, were correct and most thoroughly in accord with Caesar's intention, the facts themselves show. For the rebellion went no farther, and Antony, far from suffering punishment for his course, was subsequently appointed consul. 2 Notice also, now, I beg of you, how he administered this office of his; for you will find, if you examine the matter carefully, that his tenure of it proved of great value to the city. His traducer, of course, knows this, but not being able to control his jealousy, has dared to slander him for those deeds which he would have longed to do himself. That is why he introduced the matter of his stripping and anointing and those ancient fables, not because any of them was called for on the present occasion, but in order to drown out by irrelevant noise Antony's consummate skill and success. 4 Yet this same Antony, witness earth and gods! (I shall call louder than you and invoke them with greater justice), when he saw that the city was already in reality under a tyranny, inasmuch as all the legions obeyed Caesar and all the people together with the senate submitted to him to such an extent that they voted, among other measures, that he should be dictator for life and use the trapping of the kings — this Antony, I say, convinced Caesar of his error most cleverly and restrained him most prudently, until Caesar, abashed and afraid, would not accept either the name of king or the diadem, which he had in mind to bestow upon himself even against our will. 6 Any other man, now, would have declared that he had been ordered by his superior to do all this, and putting forward the compulsion as an excuse, would have obtained pardon for it — and why not, considering that we had passed such votes at that time and that the soldiers had gained such power? Antony, however, because he was thoroughly acquainted with Caesar's intentions and perfectly aware of all he was preparing to do, by great good judgment succeeded in turning him aside from his course and dissuaded him. 8 The proof is that Caesar afterwards no longer behaved in any way like a monarch, but mingled publicly and unprotected with us all; and for this reason more than for any other it became possible that he should meet the fate he did.
§ 46.18
ταῦθʼ οὕτως, ὦ Κικέρων ἢ Κικέρκουλε ἢ Κικεράκιε ἢ Κικερίσκε ἢ Γραίκουλε, ἢ ὅ τι ποτὲ καὶ χαίρεις ὀνομαζόμενος, ἔπραξεν ὁ ἀπαίδευτος, ὁ γυμνός, ὁ μεμυρισμένος· ὧν οὐδὲν σὺ ἐποίησας ὁ δεινός, ὁ σοφός, ὁ πολὺ πλείονι τῷ ἐλαίῳ τοῦ οἴνου χρώμενος, ὁ καὶ μέχρι τῶν σφυρῶν τὴν ἐσθῆτα σύρων, οὐ μὰ Δία οὐχ ὥσπερ οἱ ὀρχησταὶ οἱ τὰς ποικιλίας τῶν ἐνθυμημάτων διδάσκοντές σε τοῖς σχήμασιν, ἀλλʼ ἵνα τὰ αἴσχη σου τῶν σκελῶν συγκρύπτῃς. οὐ γάρ που καὶ ὑπὸ σωφροσύνης τοῦτο ποιεῖς ὁ τὰ πολλὰ ἐκεῖνα περὶ τῆς τοῦ Ἀντωνίου διαίτης εἰρηκώς. τίς μὲν γὰρ οὐχ ὁρᾷ σου τὰ λεπτὰ ταῦτα χλανίδια; τίς δʼ οὐκ ὀσφραίνεται τῶν πολιῶν σου τῶν κατεκτενισμένων; τίς δʼ οὐκ οἶδεν ὅτι τὴν μὲν γυναῖκα τὴν προτέραν τὴν τεκοῦσάν σοι δύο τέκνα ἐξέβαλες, ἑτέραν δὲ ἐπεσηγάγου παρθένον ὑπεργήρως ὤν, ἵνʼ ἐκ τῆς οὐσίας αὐτῆς τὰ δανείσματα ἀποτίσῃς; καὶ οὐδὲ ἐκείνην μέντοι κατέσχες, ἵνα Καιρελλίαν ἐπʼ ἀδείας ἔχῃς, ἣν τοσούτῳ πρεσβυτέραν σαυτοῦ οὖσαν ἐμοίχευσας ὅσῳ νεωτέραν τὴν κόρην ἔγημας, πρὸς ἣν καὶ αὐτὴν τοιαύτας ἐπιστολὰς γράφεις οἵας ἂν γράψειεν ἀνὴρ σκωπτόλης ἀθυρόγλωσσος πρὸς γυναῖκα ἑβδομηκοντοῦτιν πληκτιζόμενος. καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ἄλλως ἐξήχθην, ὦ πατέρες, εἰπεῖν, ἵνα μηδὲ ἐν τούτοις ἔλαττον ἔχων ἀπέλθῃ. καίτοι καὶ συμπόσιόν τι ἐτόλμησε τῷ Ἀντωνίῳ προενεγκεῖν, αὐτὸς μὲν ὕδωρ, ὥς φησι, πίνων, ἵνα τοὺς καθʼ ἡμῶν λόγους νυκτερεύων συγγράφῃ, τὸν δὲ υἱὸν ἐν τοσαύτῃ μέθῃ τρέφων ὥστε μήτε νύκτωρ μήτε μεθʼ ἡμέραν σωφρονεῖν. καὶ προσέτι καὶ τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ διαβάλλειν ἐπεχείρησε, τοσαύτῃ ἀσελγείᾳ καὶ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ παρὰ πάντα τὸν βίον χρώμενος ὥστε μηδὲ τῶν συγγενεστάτων ἀπέχεσθαι, ἀλλὰ τήν τε γυναῖκα προαγωγεύειν καὶ τὴν θυγατέρα μοιχεύειν.
”This is what was accomplished, O Cicero, — or Cicerculus, or Ciceracius, or Ciceriscus, or Graeculus, or whatever you delight in being called, — by the uneducated, the naked, the anointed man; 2 and none of it was done by you, so clever, so wise, you who use much more oil than wine, who let your clothing drag about your ankles — not, by Jupiter, as the dancers do, who teach you intricacies of reasoning by their poses, but in order to hide the ugliness of your legs. Oh no, it is not through modesty that you do this, you who delivered that long screed about Antony's habits. Who is there that does not see these delicate mantles of yours? Who does not scent your carefully combed gray locks? Who does not know that you put away your first wife who had borne you two children, and in your extreme old age married another, a mere girl, in order that you might pay your debts out of her property? 4 And yet you did not keep her either, since you wished to be free to have with you Caerellia, whom you debauched though she was as much older than yourself as the maiden you married was younger, and to whom, old as she is, you write such letters as a jester and babbler might write if he were trying to get up an amour with a woman of seventy. I have been led to make this digression, Conscript Fathers, in order that he might not get off on this score, either, without receiving as good as he gave to me. And yet he had the effrontery to find fault with Antony because of a mere drinking party, himself a drinker of water, as he claims, — his purpose being to sit up at night and compose his speeches against us, — even though he brings up his son amid such debauchery that the son is sober neither night or day. 6 Furthermore, he undertook to make derogatory remarks about Antony's mouth — this man who has shown so great licentiousness and impurity throughout his entire life that he would not spare even his closest kin, but let out his wife for hire and was his daughter's lover.
§ 46.19
ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἐάσω, ἐπάνειμι δὲ ὅθεν ἐξέβην. ὁ γὰρ Ἀντώνιος ἐκεῖνος, ὃν οὗτος καταδεδράμηκεν, ἰδὼν τὸν Καίσαρα ὑπὲρ τὴν πολιτείαν ἡμῶν αἰρόμενον, ἐποίησεν αὐτὸν μηδὲν ὧν ἐνενόει πρᾶξαι, διʼ αὐτῶν ὧν χαρίζεσθαι αὐτῷ ἐδόκει. οὐδὲν γὰρ οὕτως ἀποτρέπει τινὰς ὧν ἂν μὴ ὀρθῶς ἐπιθυμοῦντες τυχεῖν διαπράσσωνται, ὡς τὸ τοὺς φοβουμένους αὐτὰ μὴ πάθωσιν ἐθελοντὰς δὴ δοκεῖν ὑπομένειν. τοῦτο μὲν γάρ, ἐξ ὧν ἀδικοῦσιν ἑαυτοῖς συνίσασιν, οὐ πιστεύουσι, πεφωρᾶσθαι δὲ νομίζοντες καὶ αἰσχύνονται καὶ φοβοῦνται, τὰ μὲν λεγόμενα ἄλλως, ὡς καὶ κολακείαν, μετʼ ἐλέγχου λαμβάνοντες, τὰ δʼ ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀποβησόμενα, ὡς καὶ ἐπιβουλήν, μετʼ αἰσχύνης ὑποπτεύοντες. ἅπερ που καὶ ὁ Ἀντώνιος ἀκριβῶς εἰδὼς πρῶτον μὲν τά τε Λυκαῖα καὶ τὴν πομπὴν ἐκείνην ἐπελέξατο, ἵνʼ ὁ Καῖσαρ ἔν τε τῷ ἀνειμένῳ τῆς γνώμης καὶ ἐν τῷ παιγνιώδει τῶν γιγνομένων ἀσφαλῶς σωφρονισθῇ, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τὴν ἀγορὰν καὶ τὸ βῆμα, ἵνα ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν χωρίων αἰσχυνθῇ· τάς τε ἐντολὰς τὰς παρὰ τοῦ δήμου συνέπλασεν, ἵνʼ αὐτὰς ἀκούσας λογίσηται οὐχ ὅσα τότε ὁ Ἀντώνιος ἔλεγεν, ἀλλʼ ὅσα ἂν ὁ δῆμος ὁ Ῥωμαίων εἰπεῖν τινι ἐνετείλατο. πόθεν γὰρ ἂν ἐπίστευσε τὸν δῆμον ταῦτʼ ἐπεσταλκέναι τῳ, μήτε ἐψηφισμένον τι τοιοῦτον αὐτὸν εἰδὼς μήτε ἐπιβοῶντα αἰσθόμενος; ἀλλʼ ἔδει γὰρ αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ τῇ Ῥωμαίᾳ, ἐν ᾗ πολλὰ πολλάκις ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐλευθερίας ἐβουλευσάμεθα, καὶ παρὰ τῷ βήματι, ἀφʼ οὗ μυρία ἐπὶ μυρίοις ὑπὲρ τῆς δημοκρατίας ἐπολιτευσάμεθα, ἔν τε τῇ ἑορτῇ τῶν Λυκαίων, ἵνα ἀναμνησθῇ τοῦ Ῥωμύλου, καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ ὑπάτου, ἵνʼ ἐννοήσῃ τὰ τῶν ἀρχαίων ὑπάτων ἔργα, καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ τοῦ δήμου ὀνόματι ταῦτα ἀκοῦσαι, ἵνʼ ἐνθυμηθῇ τοῦθʼ, ὅτι οὐκ Ἄφρων οὐδὲ Γαλατῶν οὐδὲ Αἰγυπτίων ἀλλʼ αὐτῶν Ῥωμαίων τυραννεῖν ἐπεχείρει. ταῦτα αὐτὸν τὰ ῥήματα ἐπέστρεψεν, ταῦτʼ ἐταπείνωσε· καὶ τάχα ἂν τὸ διάδημα, εἴπερ τις ἄλλος αὐτῷ προσήνεγκε, λαβών, ἔπειτα διʼ ἐκεῖνα καὶ ἐκολούσθη καὶ ἔφριξε καὶ κατέδεισε. τὰ μὲν οὖν Ἀντωνίου ἔργα σοι ταῦτά ἐστιν, οὐ σκέλος ἄλλως κατάξαντος ἵνα αὐτὸς φύγῃ, οὐδὲ χεῖρα κατακαύσαντος ἵνα Πορσένναν φοβήσῃ, ἀλλὰ τὴν τυραννίδα τὴν τοῦ Καίσαρος σοφίᾳ καὶ περιτεχνήσει, καὶ ὑπὲρ τὸ δόρυ τὸ Δεκίου καὶ ὑπὲρ τὸ ξίφος τὸ Βρούτου, παύσαντος.
"I propose, now to leave this subject and to return to the point where I started. Well then, when Antony, against whom he has inveighed, saw that Caesar was becoming exalted above our government, caused him, by means of the very proposals which were supposed to gratify him, not to put into effect any of the projects he had in mind. 2 For nothing so diverts persons from purposes which they cherish a wrongful desire to achieve and can put into effect, as for those who fear that they may have to submit to such things to pretend that they endure them of their own choice. For these persons in authority, being conscious of their own wrongful purposes, do not trust the sincerity of others, and believing that they have been detected, are ashamed and afraid, construing to the opposite effect, in their distrust, what is said to them, counting it mere flattery, and regarding with suspicion, in their shame, the possible outcome of what is said, as if it were a plot. 4 It was of course because Antony knew this thoroughly that he first of all selected the Lupercalia and its procession, in order that Caesar in the relaxation of his spirit and merriment of the occasion might with safety be rebuked, and that, in the next place, he selected the Forum and the Rostra, that Caesar might be made ashamed by the very places. And he fabricated the commands from the populace, in order that Caesar, hearing them, might reflect, not on all that Antony was saying at the time, but on all that the Roman people would order a man to say. For how could he have believed that this injunction had been laid upon any one, when he neither knew of the people's having voted anything of the kind nor heard them shouting their applause? 6 But, in fact, it was necessary for him to hear this in the Roman Forum, where we have often joined in many deliberations for freedom, and beside the Rostra, from which we have sent forth thousands upon thousands of measures on behalf of the republic, and at the festival of the Lupercalia, in order that he might be reminded of Romulus, and from the lips of the consul, that he might call to mind the deeds of the early consuls, and in the name of the people, that he might ponder the fact that he was undertaking to be tyrant, not over Africans or Gauls or Egyptians, but over very Romans. These words brought him to himself, they humiliated him; and whereas, if any one else had offered him the diadem, he might perhaps have taken it, as it was, through the influence of all these associations, he checked himself; he shuddered and felt afraid. “Here, then, you have the deeds of Antony; he did not break a leg in a vain attempt to make his own escape, nor burn off a hand in order to frighten Porsenna, but by his cleverness and consummate skill, which were of more avail than the spear of Decius or the sword of Brutus, he put an end to the tyranny of Caesar.
§ 46.20
σὺ δʼ, ὦ Κικέρων, τί ἐν τῇ ὑπατείᾳ σου οὐχ ὅτι σοφὸν ἢ ἀγαθόν, ἀλλʼ οὐ καὶ τιμωρίας τῆς μεγίστης ἄξιον ἔπραξας; οὐχ ἡσυχάζουσαν μὲν καὶ ὁμονοοῦσαν τὴν πόλιν ἡμῶν καὶ ἐξετάραξας καὶ ἐστασίασας, τὴν ἀγορὰν καὶ τὸ Καπιτώλιον ἄλλων τέ τινων καὶ δούλων παρακλήτων πληρώσας; οὐ τὸν Κατιλίναν σπουδαρχήσαντα μόνον, ἄλλο δὲ μηδὲν δεινὸν ποιήσαντα κακῶς ἀπώλεσας; οὐ τὸν Λέντουλον καὶ τοὺς μετʼ αὐτοῦ μήτʼ ἀδικήσαντάς τι μήτε κριθέντας μήτε ἐλεγχθέντας οἰκτρῶς διέφθειρας, καίτοι πολλὰ μὲν περὶ τῶν νόμων πολλὰ δὲ καὶ περὶ τῶν δικαστηρίων ἀεὶ καὶ πανταχοῦ θρυλῶν; ἃ εἴ τις ἀφέλοιτο τῶν σῶν λόγων, τὸ λοιπὸν οὐδέν ἐστι. Πομπηίῳ μὲν γὰρ ἐνεκάλεις ὅτι τῷ Μίλωνι παρὰ τὰ νενομισμένα τὴν κρίσιν ἐποίησε· σὺ δὲ οὔτε μικρὸν οὔτε μεῖζον οὐδὲν ἐκ τῶν περὶ ταῦτα τεταγμένων Λεντούλῳ παρέσχες, ἀλλὰ ἄνευ λόγου καὶ κρίσεως ἐνέβαλες ἐς τὸ δεσμωτήριον ἄνδρα ἐπιεικῆ γέροντα, πολλὰ μὲν καὶ μεγάλα πρὸς τὴν πατρίδα ἐκ προγόνων ἐνέχυρα φιλίας ἔχοντα, μηδὲν δὲ μήθʼ ὑπὸ τῆς ἡλικίας μήθʼ ὑπὸ τῶν τρόπων νεωτερίσαι δυνάμενον. τί μὲν γὰρ αὐτῷ κακὸν παρῆν, ὃ τῇ μεταβολῇ ἂν τῶν πραγμάτων ἐξιάσατο; τί δʼ οὐκ ἀγαθὸν εἶχε, περὶ, περὶ οὗ πάντως ἂν νεοχμώσας τι ἐκινδύνευσε; ποῖα ὅπλα ἠθροίκει, ποίους συμμάχους παρεσκεύαστο, ἵνʼ οὕτως οἰκτρῶς καὶ ἀνοσίως ἀνὴρ ὑπατευκώς, στρατηγῶν, μήτε τι εἰπὼν μήτʼ ἀκούσας ἔς τε τὸ οἴκημα ἐμπέσῃ καὶ ἐκεῖ ὥσπερ οἱ κακουργότατοι φθαρῇ; τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν ὃ μάλιστα ὁ καλὸς οὗτος Τούλλιος ἐπεθύμησεν, ἵνʼ ἐν τῷ ὁμωνύμῳ αὐτοῦ χωρίῳ τὸν ἔγγονον τοῦ Λεντούλου ἐκείνου τοῦ προκρίτου ποτὲ τῆς βουλῆς γενομένου ἀποκτείνῃ.
But as for you, Cicero, what did you accomplish in your consulship, I will not say that was wise and good, but that was not deserving of the greatest punishment? Did you not throw our city into confusion and party strife when it was quiet and harmonious, and fill the Forum and the Capitol with slaves, among others, whom you had summoned to help you? 2 Did you not basely destroy Catiline, who had merely canvassed for office but had otherwise done nothing dreadful? Did you not pitilessly slay Lentulus and his followers, who were not only guilty of no wrong, but had neither been tried nor convicted, and that, too, though you are always and everywhere prating much about the laws and about the courts? Indeed, if one should take these phrases from your speeches, there is nothing left. You censured Pompey because he conducted the trial of Milo contrary to the established procedure; yet you yourself afforded Lentulus no privilege great or small that is prescribed in such cases, but without defence or trial you cast into prison a man respectable and aged, who could furnish in his ancestors abundant and weighty guarantees of his devotion to his country, and by reason of his age and his character had no power to incite a revolution. 4 What evil was his that he could have cured by the change in the government? And what blessing did he not enjoy that he would certainly have jeopardized by beginning a rebellion? What arms had he collected, what allies had he equipped, that a man who had been consul and was then praetor should be so pitilessly and impiously cast into prison without being allowed to say one word in defence or to hear a single charge, and should there be put to death as are the basest criminals? For this is what our excellent Tullius here particularly desired, namely, that in the place that bears his name, he might put to death the grandson of that Lentulus who once had been the leader of the senate.
§ 46.21
καίτοι τί ποτʼ ἂν ἐποίησεν ἐνοπλίου ἐξουσίας λαβόμενος ὁ τοιαῦτα καὶ τοσαῦτα ἐκ μόνων τῶν λόγων εἰργασμένος; ταῦτα γάρ σου τὰ λαμπρὰ ἔργα ἐστί, ταῦτα τὰ μεγάλα στρατηγήματα· ἐφʼ οἷς οὕτως οὐχ ὅπως ὑπὸ τῶν ἄλλων κατεγνώσθης, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸς σαυτοῦ κατεψηφίσω, ὥστε πρὶν καὶ κριθῆναι φυγεῖν. καίτοι τίς ἂν ἑτέρα μείζων ἀπόδειξις τῆς σῆς μιαιφονίας γένοιτο ἢ ὅτι καὶ ἐκινδύνευσας ἀπολέσθαι ὑπʼ αὐτῶν ἐκείνων ὑπὲρ ὧν ἐσκήπτου ταῦτα πεποιηκέναι, καὶ ἐφοβήθης αὐτοὺς ἐκείνους οὓς ἔλεγες ἐκ τούτων εὐηργετηκέναι, καὶ οὐχ ὑπέμεινας οὔτʼ ἀκοῦσαί τι αὐτῶν οὔτʼ εἰπεῖν τι αὐτοῖς ὁ δεινός, ὁ περιττός, ὁ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις βοηθῶν, ἀλλὰ φυγῇ τὴν σωτηρίαν ὥσπερ ἐκ μάχης ἐπορίσω; καὶ οὕτω γε ἀναίσχυντος εἶ ὥστε καὶ συγγράψαι ταῦτα τοιαῦτα ὄντα ἐπεχείρησας· ὃν ἐχρῆν εὔχεσθαι μηδὲ τῶν ἄλλων τινὰ αὐτὰ συνθεῖναι, ἵνα ἀλλὰ τοῦτό γε κερδάνῃς, τὸ συναπολέσθαι σοι τὰ πεπραγμένα καὶ μηδεμίαν αὐτῶν μνήμην τοῖς ἔπειτα παραδοθῆναι. καὶ ὅπως γε καὶ γελάσητε, ἀκούσατε τὴν σοφίαν αὐτοῦ. προθέμενος γὰρ πάντα τὰ τῇ πόλει πεπραγμένα συγγράψαι (καὶ γὰρ σοφιστὴς καὶ ποιητὴς καὶ φιλόσοφος καὶ ῥήτωρ καὶ συγγραφεὺς εἶναι πλάττεταἰ ἔπειτʼ οὐκ ἀπὸ τῆς κτίσεως αὐτῆς, ὥσπερ οἱ ἄλλοι οἱ τοῦτο ποιοῦντες, ἀλλὰ ἀπὸ τῆς ὑπατείας τῆς ἑαυτοῦ ἤρξατο, ἵνα ἀνάπαλιν προχωρῶν ἀρχὴν μὲν τοῦ λόγου ἐκείνην, τελευτὴν δὲ τὴν τοῦ Ῥωμύλου βασιλείαν ποιήσηται.
What would he have done now if he had laid hold of the power afforded by arms, seeing that he accomplished so much mischief by his words alone? These are your brilliant achievements, these are your great exhibitions of generalship; and not only were you condemned for them by your associates, but you also cast your own vote against yourself by fleeing even before your trial came on. 2 Yet what greater proof could there be that you were guilty of his blood than that you came within an ace of perishing at the hands of those very persons on whose behalf you pretended you had done all this, that you were afraid of the very men whom you claimed to have benefited by these acts, and that you did not wait to hear what they had to say or to say a word to them, you clever, you extraordinary man, you who can aid others, but had to secure your own safety by flight as from a battle? And you are so shameless that you undertook to write a history of these events, disgraceful as they are, whereas you ought to have prayed that no one else should so much as record them, in order that you might derive at least this advantage, that your deeds should die with you and no memory of them be handed down to posterity. 4 And to give you, sirs, something to make you even laugh, I beg you listen to a piece of his cleverness. He set himself the task of writing a history of all the achievements of the city (for he pretends to be a rhetorician and poet and philosopher and orator and historian), and then began, not with its founding, like the other historians of Rome, but with his own consulship, so that he might proceed backwards, making that the beginning of his account and the reign of Romulus the end.
§ 46.22
λέγε τοίνυν, τοιαῦτα γράφων καὶ τοιαῦτα πράττων, οἷα δεῖ τὸν ἀγαθὸν ἄνδρα καὶ λόγῳ δημηγορεῖν καὶ ἔργῳ ποιεῖν· ἀμείνων γὰρ εἶ ἑτέροις τισὶν ὁτιοῦν παραινεῖν ἢ αὐτὸς τὰ προσήκοντα πράττειν, καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐπιτιμᾶν ἢ σεαυτὸν ἐπανορθοῦν. καίτοι πόσῳ σε κρεῖττον ἦν, ἀντὶ μὲν τῆς δειλίας ἣν Ἀντωνίῳ ὀνειδίζεις, αὐτὸν τὴν μαλακίαν καὶ τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ τοῦ σώματος ἀποθέσθαι, ἀντὶ δὲ τῆς ἀπιστίας ἣν ἐκείνῳ προφέρεις, αὐτὸν μήτʼ ἄπιστόν τι ποιεῖν μήτʼ αὐτομολεῖν, ἀντὶ δὲ τῆς ἀχαριστίας ἧς ἐκείνου κατηγορεῖς, αὐτὸν μὴ ἀδικεῖν τοὺς εὐεργέτας; ἓν γάρ τοι καὶ τοῦτο τῶν κακῶν τῶν ἐμφύτων αὐτῷ ἐστιν, ὅτι μισεῖ μάλιστα πάντων τούς τι αὐτὸν εὖ πεποιηκότας, καὶ τῶν μὲν ἄλλων ἀεί τινας θεραπεύει, τούτοις δὲ ἐπιβουλεύει. ἵνα γοῦν τἆλλα ἐάσω, ἐλεηθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ Καίσαρος καὶ σωθεὶς ἔς τε τοὺς εὐπατρίδας ἐγγραφεὶς ἀπέκτεινεν, οὐκ αὐτοχειρίᾳ (πόθεν, δειλός τε οὕτω καὶ γύννις ὤν;ʼ ἀλλʼ ἀναπείσας καὶ παρασκευάσας τοὺς τοῦτο ποιήσαντας. καὶ ὅτι ταῦτα ἀληθῆ λέγω, αὐτοὶ ἐκεῖνοι ἐδήλωσαν· ὅτε γοῦν γυμνοῖς τοῖς ξίφεσιν ἐς τὴν ἀγορὰν ἐσέδραμον, ὀνομαστὶ αὐτὸν ἀνεκάλεσαν συνεχῶς εἰπόντες, (ὦ Κικέρων,ʼ ὥσπερ που πάντες ἠκούσατε. ἐκεῖνόν τε οὖν εὐεργέτην ὄντα ἐφόνευσε, καὶ παρʼ αὐτοῦ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου καὶ τῆς ἱερωσύνης καὶ τῆς σωτηρίας, ὅτʼ ἀπολέσθαι ἐν τῷ Βρεντεσίῳ ὑπὸ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἐκινδύνευσε, τυχὼν τοιαύτας αὐτῷ χάριτας ἀνταποδίδωσι, κακηγορῶν τε αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τούτοις ἃ μήτʼ αὐτὸς μήτʼ ἄλλος τις πώποτε ἐμέμψατο, καὶ κατατρέχων ἐφʼ οἷς ἄλλους ἐπαινεῖ. τὸν γοῦν Καίσαρα τοῦτον, μήθʼ ἡλικίαν ἄρχειν ἤ τι τῶν πολιτικῶν πράττειν ἔχοντα μήθʼ ὑφʼ ἡμῶν προκεχειρισμένον, ὁρῶν καὶ δύναμιν πεπορισμένον καὶ πόλεμον μήτε ἐψηφισμένων ἡμῶν μήτε προστεταχότων αὐτῷ ἀνῃρημένον, οὐ μόνον οὐκ αἰτιᾶταί τι ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐγκωμιάζει. οὕτως οὔτε τὰ δίκαια πρὸς τοὺς νόμους οὔτε τὰ συμφέροντα πρὸς τὸ τῷ κοινῷ χρήσιμον ἐξετάζει, ἀλλὰ πάντα ἁπλῶς πρὸς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ βούλησιν διάγει, καὶ ἐφʼ οἷς ἄλλους ἀποσεμνύνει, ταῦθʼ ἑτέροις ἐγκαλεῖ, καὶ καταψευδόμενος ὑμῶν καὶ προσδιαβάλλων
”Tell me now, you whose writings and whose deeds are such as I have described, what a good man ought to say in addressing the people and to do in action; for you are better at advising others about any matter in the world than at doing your duty yourself, and better at rebuking others than at reforming yourself. 2 Yet how much better it would be for you, instead of reproaching Antony with cowardice, yourself to lay aside your effeminacy both of spirit and of body; instead of bringing a charge of disloyalty against him, yourself to cease from doing anything disloyal against him and playing the deserter; and instead of accusing him of ingratitude, yourself cease from wronging your benefactors! For this, I must tell you, is one of Cicero's inherent defects, that he hates above all others those who have done him any kindness, and that while he is always fawning upon men of the other kind, yet he keeps plotting against these. At any rate (to omit other instances), after being pitied and spared by Caesar and enrolled among the patricians, he then killed him, not with his own hand, of course — how could he, cowardly and effeminate as he is? — but by persuading and bribing those who did it. 4 That I am speaking the truth in this matter was made plain by the murderers themselves; at any rate, when they ran out into the Forum with their naked blades, they called for him by name, crying 'Cicero!' repeatedly, as you, no doubt, all heard them. Therefore, I say, he slew Caesar, his benefactor, and as for Antony, the very man from whom he had obtained not only his priesthood but also his life, when he was in danger of perishing at the hands of the soldiers in Brundisium, he repays him with this sort of thanks, accusing him of deeds with which neither he himself nor any one else ever found any fault and hounding him for conduct which he praises in others. 6 At all events, when he sees that this young Caesar, who, although he has not attained the age yet to hold office or take any part in politics and has not been elected by you to office, has nevertheless equipped himself with an armed force and has undertaken a war which we have neither voted nor committed to his hands, he not only has no blame to bestow, but actually eulogizes him. Thus, you will perceive, he estimates neither justice by the standard of the laws nor expediency by the standard of the public weal, but manages everything simply to suit his own will, and what he extols in some he censures in others, spreading false reports against you and slandering you besides.
§ 46.23
ὑμᾶς. σύμπαντα γὰρ τὰ μετὰ τὴν τοῦ Καίσαρος τελευτὴν ὑπʼ Ἀντωνίου πεπραγμένα εὑρήσετε ὑφʼ ὑμῶν κεκελευσμένα. καὶ τὸ μὲν περί τε τῆς τῶν χρημάτων διοικήσεως καὶ περὶ τῆς τῶν γραμμάτων ἐξετάσεως λέγειν περιττὸν εἶναι νομίζω. διὰ τί; ὅτι τὸ μὲν τῷ κληρονομοῦντι αὐτοῦ τῆς οὐσίας προσῆκον ἂν εἴη πολυπραγμονεῖν, τὸ δέ, εἴπερ τινὰ ἀλήθειαν κακουργίας εἶχε, τότε ἐχρῆν παραχρῆμα κεκωλῦσθαι. οὔτε γὰρ ὑπὸ μάλης τι αὐτῶν, ὦ Κικέρων, ἐπράχθη, ἀλλʼ ἐς στήλας, ὡς καὶ αὐτὸς φῄς, πάντα ἀνεγράφη· εἰ δὲ ἐκεῖνος φανερῶς οὕτω καὶ ἀναισχύντως τά τε ἄλλα ἐκακούργησεν ὡς λέγεις, καὶ τὴν Κρήτην ὅλην ἥρπασεν ὡς καὶ ἐκ τῶν τοῦ Καίσαρος γραμμάτων ἐλευθέραν μετὰ τὴν τοῦ Βρούτου ἀρχὴν ἀφειμένην, ἣν ὕστερον ἐκεῖνος παρʼ ἡμῶν ἐπετράπη, πῶς μὲν ἂν σὺ ἐσιώπησας, πῶς δʼ ἂν τῶν ἄλλων τις ἠνέσχετο; ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μέν, ὥσπερ εἶπον, παραλείψω· οὔτε γὰρ ὀνομαστὶ τὰ πολλὰ αὐτῶν εἴρηται, οὔτʼ Ἀντώνιος ὁ δυνάμενος ὑμᾶς ἀκριβῶς καθʼ ἕκαστον ὧν πεποίηκε διδάξαι πάρεστι· περὶ δὲ δὴ τῆς Μακεδονίας τῆς τε Γαλατίας καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἐθνῶν τῶν τε στρατοπέδων ὑμέτερα ἔστιν, ὦ πατέρες, ψηφίσματα, καθʼ ἃ τοῖς τε ἄλλοις ὡς ἕκαστα προσετάξατε καὶ ἐκείνῳ τὴν Γαλατίαν μετὰ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἐνεχειρίσατε. καὶ τοῦτο καὶ Κικέρων οἶδεν· παρῆν γάρ, καὶ πάντα γε αὐτὰ ὁμοίως ὑμῖν ἐψηφίζετο. καίτοι πόσῳ κρεῖττον ἦν τότε αὐτὸν ἀντειπεῖν, εἴπερ τι αὐτῶν μὴ δεόντως ἐγίγνετο, καὶ διδάξαι ὑμᾶς ταῦτα ἃ νῦν προΐσχεται, ἢ παραχρῆμα μὲν σιωπῆσαι καὶ περιϊδεῖν ὑμᾶς ἁμαρτάνοντας, νῦν δὲ λόγῳ μὲν Ἀντωνίῳ ἐγκαλεῖν ἔργῳ δὲ τῆς βουλῆς κατηγορεῖν;
For you will find that all Antony's acts after Caesar's death were ordered by you. Now to speak about Antony's disposition of Caesar's funds and his examination of his papers I regard as superfluous. 2 Why so? Because, in the first place, it would be the business of the one who inherited Caesar's property to busy himself with it, and, in the second place, if there were any truth in the charge of malfeasance, it ought to have been stopped immediately at the time. For none of these transactions was carried out in secret, Cicero, but they were all recorded on tablets, as you yourself admit. But as to Antony's other acts, if he committed these villainies as openly and shamelessly as you allege, if he seized upon all Crete on the pretext that in Caesar's papers it had been left free after the governorship of Brutus, — although it was only later that Brutus was given charge of it by us — how could you have kept silent, and how could any one else have tolerated such acts? 4 But, as I said, I will pass over these matters for the majority of them have not been specifically mentioned, and Antony, who could inform you exactly of what he has done in each instance, is not present. But as regards Macedonia and Gaul and the remaining provinces and as regards the legions, there are your decrees, Conscript Fathers, according to which you assigned to the various governors their several charges and entrusted Gaul, together with the troops, to Antony. And this is known also to Cicero, for he was present and voted for them all just as you did. Yet how much better it would have been for him to speak against it at the time, if any of these matters were not being done properly, and to instruct you in these matters that he now brings forward, than to be silent at the time and allow you to make mistakes, and now nominally to censure Antony but really to accuse the senate!
§ 46.24
οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδὲ τοῦτο δύναιτʼ ἄν τις σωφρονῶν εἰπεῖν, ὅτι ἐκεῖνος ταῦθʼ ὑμᾶς ψηφίσασθαι ἐβιάσατο. οὔτε γὰρ αὐτὸς ἰσχύν τινα στρατιωτῶν εἶχεν ὥστε παρὰ γνώμην ὑμᾶς ποιῆσαί τι καταναγκάσαι, καὶ τὸ πρᾶγμα ὑπὲρ τῆς πόλεως πέπρακται. ἐπειδὴ γὰρ προυπέπεμπτο μὲν τὰ στρατεύματα καὶ συνειστήκει, δέος δὲ ἦν μὴ πυθόμενα τῆς τοῦ Καίσαρος σφαγῆς στασιάσῃ καί τινα φλαῦρον προστησάμενα αὖθις πολεμήσῃ, ἔδοξεν ὑμῖν, ὀρθῶς καὶ καλῶς ποιοῦσι, τὸν Ἀντώνιον ἐπʼ αὐτὰ ἐπιστῆσαι, τὸν ὕπατον, τὸν τὴν ὁμόνοιαν πρυτανεύσαντα, τὸν τὴν δικτατορίαν παντελῶς ἐκ τῆς πολιτείας ἐκκόψαντα. καὶ διὰ τοῦτό γε καὶ τὴν Γαλατίαν αὐτῷ ἀντὶ τῆς Μακεδονίας ἀντεδώκατε, ἵνʼ ἐνταῦθα ἐν τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ ὢν μήτε τι κακουργήσῃ καὶ τὸ προσταχθὲν εὐθὺς ὑφʼ ὑμῶν ποιήσῃ.
“And no sensible person could assert, either, that Antony forced you to vote these measures. For he himself had no band of soldiers, so as to compel you to do anything contrary to your judgment, and, furthermore, the business was done for the good of the city. 2 For since the legions had been sent ahead and united, and there was fear that when they heard of Caesar's assassination they might revolt and, putting some worthless man at their head, go to war once more, you decided, rightly and properly, to place in command of them Antony, the consul, who had brought about harmony and had banished the dictatorship entirely from our system of government. And this is the reason you gave him Gaul in place of Macedonia, namely, that remaining here in Italy, he should have no chance to do mischief and might promptly carry out your orders.
§ 46.25
ταῦτα μὲν οὖν πρὸς ὑμᾶς εἶπον, ἵνʼ εἰδῆτε ὀρθῶς βεβουλευμένοι· πρὸς δὲ δὴ Κικέρωνα καὶ ἐκεῖνός μοι ὁ λόγος ἐξήρκει, ὅτι καὶ παρῆν πᾶσι τούτοις ὅτε ἐγίγνετο, καὶ μεθʼ ἡμῶν αὐτὰ ἐψηφίσατο, μήτε στρατιώτην τινὰ Ἀντωνίου ἔχοντος, μήθʼ ὅλως ἐνδείξασθαί τι φοβερὸν ἡμῖν δυναμένου, δι’ ὃ καὶ τῶν συμφερόντων ἄν τι παρείδομεν. ἀλλʼ εἰ καὶ τότε ἐσιώπησας, νῦν γε εἰπέ, τί ἐχρῆν ἡμᾶς ποιῆσαι τούτων οὕτως ἐχόντων; ἀφεῖναι τὰ στρατεύματα ἄναρχα; καὶ πῶς οὐκ ἂν μυρίων κακῶν καὶ τὴν Μακεδονίαν καὶ τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἐνέπλησεν; ἀλλʼ ἑτέρῳ τινὶ προστάξαι; καὶ τίνα ἂν ἀναγκαιότερον καὶ ἐπιτηδειότερον τοῦ Ἀντωνίου εὕρομεν, τοῦ ὑπάτου, τοῦ πάντα τὰ τῆς πόλεως διοικοῦντος, τοῦ τοσαύτην φυλακὴν τῆς ὁμονοίας ἡμῶν πεποιημένου, τοῦ μυρία ἐπιδείγματα τῆς πρὸς τὸ κοινὸν εὐνοίας παρεσχημένου; τινὰ τῶν σφαγέων; οἷς οὐδʼ ἄλλως ἐν τῇ πόλει διατρίβειν ἀσφαλὲς ἐγίγνετο. τινὰ τῶν τἀναντία αὐτοῖς φρονούντων; οὓς πάντες ὑπώπτευον. τίς ἀξιώσει προέχων, τίς ἐμπειρίᾳ προφέρων παρὰ τοῦτον ἄλλος ἦν; ἀλλʼ ἀγανακτεῖς ὅτι μὴ σὲ προειλόμεθα. καὶ τίνα μὲν ἀρχὴν εἶχες, τί δʼ οὐκ ἂν ἔδρασας ὅπλα καὶ στρατιώτας λαβὼν ὁ τοσαῦτα καὶ τηλικαῦτα ἐν τῇ ὑπατείᾳ ταράξας ἐκ τῶν ἐπιτετηδευμένων
”To you I have said these things, that you may know that you have decided rightly. As for Cicero, that other point of mine was sufficient, namely, that he was present during all these proceedings and voted with us for the measures, although Antony had not a soldier at the time and was quite unable to bring to bear on us any intimidation that would have made us neglect any of our interests. 2 But even though you were then silent, tell us now, at least, what we ought to have done in the circumstances? Leave the legions leaderless? Would they not have filled both Macedonia and Italy with countless evils? Entrust them, then, to another? And whom could we have found more closely related and suited to the business than Antony, the consul, the official who was directing all the city's affairs, who had kept so close a watch over our harmony, who had given countless examples of his loyalty to the common weal? 4 Appoint one of the assassins, then? Why, it was not even safe for them to live in the city. Appoint, then, a man of the party opposed to them? Why, everybody suspected the members of that party. What other man was there who surpassed him in public esteem or excelled him in experience? Nay, you are vexed that we did not choose you. What office, now, were you holding? And what act would you not have committed if you had obtained arms and soldiers, seeing that you succeeded in stirring up so much serious turmoil during our consulship when armed with only those antitheses of yours, the result of your constant practice, of which alone you were master?
§ 46.26
σοι τούτων ἀντιθέτων, ὧν μόνων ἦς κύριος; ἀλλʼ ἐκεῖσε ἐπάνειμι, ὅτι καὶ παρῆς τούτοις ὅτε ἐψηφίζετο, καὶ οὐδὲν ἀντεῖπες, ἀλλὰ καὶ συγκατέθου πᾶσιν αὐτοῖς ὡς καὶ ἀρίστοις καὶ ἀναγκαίοις δῆλον ὅτι οὖσιν. οὐ γάρ που καὶ παρρησίας ἐνδεὴς ἦσθα· πολλὰ γοῦν καὶ μάτην ὑλάκτεις. οὐ μὴν οὐδὲ ἐφοβήθης τινά· πῶς γὰρ ἂν ἔδεισας τὸν γυμνὸν ὁ μὴ φοβούμενος τὸν ὡπλισμένον; πῶς τὸν μόνον ὁ μὴ τὸν τοσούτους στρατιώτας ἔχοντα; καίτοι σύγε καὶ ἐπὶ τούτῳ σεμνύνῃ, ὅτι πάνυ τοῦ θανάτου, ὥς γε καὶ φῄς, καταφρονεῖς. οὕτω δὴ τούτων ἐχόντων πότερος ὑμῖν ἀδικεῖν δοκεῖ, Ἀντώνιος ὁ τὰς δυνάμεις τὰς δοθείσας αὐτῷ παρʼ ἡμῶν διοικῶν, ἢ Καῖσαρ ὁ τοσαύτην ἰσχὺν ἰδίαν περιβεβλημένος; Ἀντώνιος ὁ πρὸς τὴν ἐπιτραπεῖσαν αὐτῷ παρʼ ἡμῶν ἀρχὴν ἀπεληλυθώς, ἢ Βροῦτος ὁ κωλύων αὐτὸν τῆς χώρας ἐπιβῆναι; Ἀντώνιος ὁ τοὺς συμμάχους ἡμῶν ἀναγκάσαι ἐθέλων τοῖς ψηφίσμασιν ἡμῶν πεισθῆναι, ἢ ἐκεῖνοι οἱ τὸν μὲν πεμφθέντα ὑφʼ ἡμῶν ἄρχοντα μὴ προσδεδεγμένοι, τῷ δὲ ἀπεψηφισμένῳ προστεθειμένοι; Ἀντώνιος ὁ τοὺς στρατιώτας τοὺς ἡμετέρους συνέχων, ἢ οἱ στρατιῶται οἱ τὸν ἄρχοντα αὑτῶν ἐγκαταλελοιπότες; Ἀντώνιος ὁ μηδένα τούτων τῶν στρατιωτῶν τῶν ὑφʼ ἡμῶν αὐτῷ δοθέντων ἐς τὴν πόλιν ἐσαγαγών, ἢ Καῖσαρ ὁ τοὺς πάλαι ἐστρατευμένους ἀναπείσας χρήμασι δεῦρο ἐλθεῖν; ἐγὼ μὲν γὰρ οὐδὲ λόγου τινὸς ἔτι δεῖν ἡγοῦμαι πρὸς τὸ μὴ οὐκ ἐκεῖνον μὲν πάντα τὰ προσταχθέντα αὐτῷ ὑφʼ ἡμῶν ὀρθῶς δοκεῖν διοικεῖν, τούτους δὲ καὶ δίκην ὧν αὐτοὶ καθʼ αὑτοὺς ἐτόλμησαν ὑποσχεῖν ὀφείλειν. διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο καὶ τὴν παρὰ τῶν στρατιωτῶν φυλακὴν ἐλάβετε, ἵνʼ ἀσφαλῶς ὑπὲρ τῶν παρόντων, οὐκ Ἀντωνίου ἕνεκα τοῦ μήτε ἰδίᾳ τι πεποιηκότος μήτʼ ἔν τινι ὑμᾶς πεφοβηκότος, ἀλλʼ ἐκείνου τοῦ καὶ δύναμιν ἐπʼ αὐτὸν συνειλοχότος καὶ πολλοὺς στρατιώτας καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ πόλει πολλάκις ἐσχηκότος, βουλεύσησθε.
But I return to my point that you were present when these measures were being voted and said nothing against them, but even assented to them all, obviously because you thought them excellent and necessary. For certainly you were not deprived of full freedom of speech; at any rate, you indulged in a great deal of barking, and to no purpose. And certainly you were not afraid of anybody, either. 2 How could you have feared Antony unarmed when you do not dread him armed? How could you have feared him alone when you do not dread him with all these soldiers? Why, you are the man who actually pride yourself that you feel, — or at least say you feel, — nothing but contempt for death! “Since all this is so, which of the two seems to be in the wrong — Antony, who is directing the forces granted to him by us, or Caesar, who has surrounded himself with so large a band of his own? Antony, who has departed to assume the office committed to him by us, or Brutus, who is trying to prevent him from setting foot in the country? 4 Antony, who wishes to compel our allies to obey our decrees, or the allies, who have not yet received the ruler sent them by us but have attached themselves to the man who was rejected by our vote? Antony, who keeps our soldiers together, or the soldiers, who have abandoned their commander? Antony, who has not brought into the city a single one of the soldiers who were granted him by us, or Caesar, who has bribed to come here the veterans who were long ago discharged from service? 6 For my part, I do not think there is any further need of argument to answer the imputation that he is not properly performing all the duties laid upon him by us, and to show that these other men ought to sufficient punishment for what they have ventured on their own responsibility. For it is on this very account that you also have secured the protection of the soldiers, that you might discuss in safety the present situation, not because of Antony, who has done nothing on his private responsibility and has not intimidated you in any way, but because of his rival, who has not only gathered a force against him but has often kept many soldiers in the city itself.
§ 46.27
ταῦτα μὲν οὖν διὰ Κικέρωνα εἶπον, ἐπειδήπερ ἀδίκων ἐς ἡμᾶς λόγων ὑπῆρξεν· οὔτε γὰρ ἄλλως φιλαπεχθήμων εἰμὶ ὥσπερ οὗτος, οὔτʼ ἐμοὶ μέλει τὰ ἀλλότρια κακὰ πολυπραγμονεῖν, ὅπερ οὗτος ἀεὶ ποιῶν σεμνύνεται. ἃ δʼ ὑμῖν παραινῶ μήτʼ Ἀντωνίῳ τι χαριζόμενος μήτε Καίσαρα ἢ Βροῦτον διαβάλλων, ἀλλʼ ὑπὲρ τῶν κοινῇ συμφερόντων, ὥσπερ που προσήκει, βουλεύων, νῦν ἤδη φράσω. φημὶ γὰρ δεῖν μήτε ἐχθρόν πω μηδένα τούτων τῶν τὰ ὅπλα ἐχόντων ποιήσασθαι, μήτʼ ἀκριβῶς ἐξετάζειν τί καὶ πῶς ὑπʼ αὐτῶν πέπρακται. οὔτε γὰρ ὁ παρὼν καιρὸς ἐπιτήδειός ἐστι πρὸς τοῦτο, καὶ πολιτῶν αὐτῶν ἡμετέρων πάντων ὁμοίως ὄντων, ἄν τέ τις πταίσῃ σφῶν, ἡμῖν ἀπολεῖται, ἄν τε καὶ κατορθώσῃ, ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς αὐξηθήσεται. διʼ οὖν ταῦτα καὶ πολιτικῶς καὶ φιλικῶς αὐτοὺς ἡγοῦμαι χρῆναι μεταχειρίσασθαι, καὶ πέμψαι μὲν πρὸς πάντας ὁμοίως κελεύοντας αὐτοῖς ἔκ τε τῶν ὅπλων ἀπαλλαγῆναι καὶ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν καὶ ἑαυτοὺς καὶ τὰ στρατόπεδα ποιήσασθαι, πόλεμον δὲ μηδέπω πρὸς μηδένα αὐτῶν ἐξενεγκεῖν, ἀλλʼ ἐκ τῶν ἀπαγγελθησομένων τοὺς μὲν ἐθελήσαντας ἡμῖν πειθαρχῆσαι ἐπαινέσαι, τοῖς δʼ ἀπειθήσασι πολεμῆσαι. τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ δίκαιον καὶ συμφέρον ἡμῖν ἐστι, μήτε ἐπειχθῆναι μήτε προπετῶς τι πρᾶξαι, ἀλλʼ ἐπισχεῖν, καὶ καιρόν τινα καὶ αὐτοῖς ἐκείνοις καὶ τοῖς στρατιώταις ἐς τὸ μετανοῆσαι δόντας ἔπειθʼ οὕτως, ἂν τοῦ πολέμου δεήσῃ, τοῖς ὑπάτοις αὐτὸν προστάξαι.
”So much I have said for Cicero's benefit, since it was he who began by making unjust accusations against us; for I am not generally quarrelsome, as he is, nor do I care to pry into others' misdeeds, as he prides himself in doing always. But I will now state the advice I have to give you, without either favouring Antony or calumniating Caesar or Brutus, but simply consulting the general good, as is proper. 2 For I declare that we ought not yet to make an enemy of either of these men in arms nor to enquire too closely into what they have been doing or in what way. For the present is not a suitable occasion for such action, and as they are all alike our fellow citizens, if any one of them fails the loss will be ours, and if any one of them succeeds his advancement will be a menace to us. Wherefore I believe that we ought to treat them as citizens and friends and send messengers to all of them alike, bidding them lay down their arms and put themselves and their legions in our hands, and that we ought not yet to wage war on any one of them, but in accordance with the reports brought back to approve those who are willing to obey us and to make war upon the disobedient. 4 This course is just and expedient for us — not to be in a hurry or to do anything rashly, but to wait, and after giving the leaders themselves and their soldiers an opportunity to change their minds, then, if in such case there be need of war, to give the consuls charge of it.
§ 46.28
καὶ σοὶ δέ, ὦ Κικέρων, παραινῶ μήτε γυναικείως θρασύνεσθαι μήτε τὸν Βαμβαλίωνα μιμεῖσθαι, μηδὲ πολεμοποιεῖν, μήτε διὰ τὴν ἰδίαν πρὸς τὸν Ἀντώνιον ἔχθραν δημοσίᾳ πᾶσαν τὴν πόλιν ἐς κίνδυνον αὖθις καθιστάναι. καλῶς μὲν γὰρ ποιήσεις, ἂν καὶ ἐκείνῳ συναλλαγῇς μεθʼ οὗ πολλὰ δὴ πολλάκις φιλικὰ ἔπραξας· εἰ δʼ οὖν ἀκαταλλάκτως αὐτῷ ἔχεις, ἀλλʼ ἡμῶν γε φεῖσαι, μηδὲ ἐσηγητὴς ἡμῖν τῆς πρὸς ἀλλήλους φιλίας γεγονὼς νῦν αὐτὴν καταλύσῃς, ἀλλὰ ἀναμνησθεὶς τῆς τε ἡμέρας ἐκείνης καὶ τῶν λόγων ὧν ἐν τῷ τῆς Γῆς τεμένει ἐποιήσω, χάρισαί τι καὶ τῇ Ὁμονοίᾳ ταύτῃ παρʼ ᾗ νῦν βουλευόμεθα, ἵνα μὴ καὶ ἐκεῖνα διαβάλῃς ὡς οὐκ ἀπʼ ὀρθῆς διανοίας ἀλλʼ ἀπό τινος ἄλλου τότε λεχθέντα· τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ τῇ πόλει συμφέρει καὶ σοὶ πλείστην δόξαν οἴσει. μὴ γάρ τοι νομίσῃς ὅτι τὸ θρασύνεσθαι ἢ εὐκλεές ἐστιν ἢ ἀσφαλές, μηδʼ ἂν εἴπῃς ὅτι τοῦ θανάτου καταφρονεῖς, καὶ ἐπαινεῖσθαι ἐπὶ τούτῳ πιστεύσῃς. τοὺς μὲν γὰρ τοιούτους ὡς καὶ κακὸν ἄν τι ὑπʼ ἀπονοίας τολμήσαντας καὶ ὑποπτεύουσι πάντες καὶ μισοῦσιν· οὓς δʼ ἂν ἴδωσι περὶ πλείστου τὴν ἑαυτῶν σωτηρίαν ποιουμένους, καὶ ἐπαινοῦσι καὶ ἐγκωμιάζουσιν ὡς μηδὲν ἂν ἑκόντας ἄξιον θανάτου ποιήσαντας. καὶ σὺ οὖν, εἴπερ ὄντως σώζεσθαι τὴν πατρίδα ἐθέλεις, τοιαῦτα καὶ λέγε καὶ πρᾶττε ἐξ ὧν καὶ αὐτὸς σωθήσῃ, μὴ μὰ Δίʼ ἐξ ὧν καὶ ἡμᾶς συναπολεῖς.”
“And you, Cicero, I advise not to wax bold with the boldness of a woman, nor to imitate Bambalio, nor yet to make war nor to satisfy your private grudge against Antony at the expense of the public and thus plunge the whole city into danger again. 2 Indeed, it would be well if you actually became reconciled with him, with whom you have often enjoyed many friendly dealings; but even if you are irreconcilably opposed to him, at least spare us, and do not, after acting in the past as the promoter of mutual friendship among us, now destroy it. Remember that day and the speech which you delivered in the precinct of Tellus, and concede also a little to this goddess of Concord in whose precinct we are now deliberating, lest you discredit what you said then and make it appear to have been uttered on that occasion from some other motive than an upright purpose; 4 for such a course is not only to the advantage of the state but will also bring you most renown. Do not think that audacity is either glorious or safe, and do not assert that you despise death and expect to be praised for saying this. For all suspect and hate such men, as being likely to be influenced by desperation to venture some evil deed. Those, however, whom they see paying the greatest heed to their own safety they praise and laud, as men who would not willingly do anything that merited death. 6 Do you, therefore, if you honestly wish your country to be saved, speak and act in such a way that you yourself will be saved and not, by Jupiter, in such a way as to bring destruction upon us as well as upon yourself!”
§ 46.29
τοιαῦτα τοῦ Καλήνου εἰπόντος ὁ Κικέρων οὐκ ἤνεγκεν· αὐτὸς μὲν γὰρ καὶ ἀκράτῳ καὶ κατακορεῖ τῇ παρρησίᾳ ἀεὶ πρὸς πάντας ὁμοίως ἐχρῆτο, παρὰ δὲ δὴ τῶν ἄλλων οὐκ ἠξίου τὴν ὁμοίαν ἀντιλαμβάνειν. καὶ τότε οὖν ἀφεὶς τὸ τὰ δημόσια διασκοπεῖν ἐς λοιδορίας αὐτῷ κατέστη, ὥστε τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐχ ἥκιστα μάτην κατατριβῆναι. τῇ δʼ οὖν ὑστεραίᾳ καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ πολλῶν καὶ ἄλλων ἐφʼ ἑκάτερα λεχθέντων ἐκράτησαν οἱ τὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος πράττοντες, καὶ τοῦτο μὲν αὐτῷ ἐκείνῳ καὶ εἰκόνα καὶ τὸ βουλεύειν ἐν τοῖς τεταμιευκόσι, τό τε τὰς ἄλλας ἀρχὰς δέκα ἔτεσι θᾶσσον παρὰ τὸ νενομισμένον αἰτῆσαι, καὶ τὸ τὰ χρήματα ἃ τοῖς στρατιώταις ἀναλώκει, παρὰ τῆς πόλεως, ὅτι δὴ καὶ καθʼ ἑαυτὸν ὑπὲρ αὐτῆς δὴ παρεσκεύασέ σφας, λαβεῖν, τοῦτο δὲ καὶ τοῖς στρατιώταις, καὶ ἐκείνοις καὶ τοῖς τὸν Ἀντώνιον ἐγκαταλιποῦσι, τὸ μήτʼ ἄλλον τινὰ πόλεμον πολεμῆσαι καὶ χώραν εὐθὺς δοθῆναι ἐψηφίσαντο. πρός τε τὸν Ἀντώνιον πρεσβείαν ἔπεμψαν κελεύσουσάν οἱ τά τε στρατόπεδα καὶ τὴν Γαλατίαν ἀφεῖναι καὶ ἐς τὴν Μακεδονίαν ἀπελθεῖν. καὶ τοῖς συστρατευομένοις αὐτῷ προεῖπον οἴκαδε ἐντὸς ῥητῆς ἡμέρας ἀναχωρῆσαι, ἢ εἰδέναι ὅτι ἐν πολεμίου μοίρᾳ γενήσονται. καὶ προσέτι καὶ τοὺς βουλευτὰς τοὺς ἀρχὰς τῶν ἐθνῶν παρʼ αὐτοῦ λαβόντας καταλύσαντες ἑτέρους ἀντʼ αὐτῶν ἀντιπεμφθῆναι ἔγνωσαν. τότε μὲν ταῦτʼ ἐκυρώθη· ὕστερον δὲ οὐ πολλῷ, πρὶν καὶ τὴν γνώμην αὐτοῦ μαθεῖν, ταραχήν τε εἶναι ἐψηφίσαντο καὶ τὴν ἐσθῆτα τὴν βουλευτικὴν ἀπεδύσαντο, τόν τε πόλεμον τὸν πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ τοῖς ὑπάτοις καὶ τῷ Καίσαρι, στρατηγοῦ τινα ἀρχὴν δόντες, προσέταξαν, καί σφισι καὶ τὸν Λέπιδον Λούκιόν τε Μουνάτιον Πλάγκον ἐν μέρει τῆς ὑπὲρ τὰς Ἄλπεις Γαλατίας ἄρχοντα βοηθῆσαι ἐκέλευσαν.
Such language from Calenus Cicero could not endure; for while he himself always spoke out his mind intemperately and immoderately to all alike, he could not bring himself to accept similar frankness from others. So on this occasion, too, he dismissed the consideration of the public interests and set himself to abusing his opponent, with the result that that day was wasted, largely on this account. 2 And on the next day and the day following many other arguments were presented on both sides, but Caesar's adherents prevailed. So they voted, first, a statue to Caesar himself and the right not only to it in the senate among the ex-quaestors but also to be a candidate for the other offices ten years sooner than custom allowed, and that he should receive from the city the money which he had spent on his soldiers, because he had equipped them at his own cost in its defence, naturally; and, second, they voted that both his soldiers and those that had abandoned Antony should have the privilege of not fighting in any other war and that land should be given them at once. 4 To Antony they sent an embassy to order him to give up the legions, leave Gaul, and go back to Macedonia; and to his followers they issued a proclamation commanding them to return home before a given day or to know that they would be regarded in the light of enemies. Moreover, they removed from office the senators who had received from him governorships over the provinces and decided that others should be sent in their place. These were the measures ratified at that time; and not long afterwards, even before learning his decision, they voted that a state of disorder existed, laid aside their senatorial garb, entrusted the war against Antony to the consuls and to Caesar, granting the latter the authority of a praetor, 6 and they ordered Lepidus and also Lucius Munatius Plancus, who was governor of a part of Transalpine Gaul, to render assistance.
§ 46.30
οὕτω μὲν τῷ Ἀντωνίῳ καὶ ἄλλως πολεμησείοντι αὐτοὶ τὴν πρόφασιν τῆς ἔχθρας παρέσχον. ἄσμενος γὰρ τῶν ἐψηφισμένων λαβόμενος αὐτίκα τε τοῖς πρέσβεσιν ἐξωνείδισεν ὡς οὔτʼ ὀρθῶς οὔτʼ ἴσως οἱ πρὸς τὸ μειράκιον, τὸν Καίσαρα λέγων, ἐχρήσαντο, καὶ ἀντιπέμψας ἑτέρους, ὅπως ἐς ἐκείνους τὴν αἰτίαν τοῦ πολέμου περιστήσῃ, ἀντιπροετείνατό τινα, ἃ αὐτῷ μὲν εὐπρέπειαν ἔφερεν, ἀδύνατα δʼ ἦν καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ Καίσαρος καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν συναιρομένων οἱ πραχθῆναι. ἔμελλε μὲν γὰρ οὐδὲν τῶν προσταχθέντων ποιήσειν, εὖ δὲ ἐπιστάμενος ὅτι οὐδὲ ἐκεῖνοί τι τῶν προβληθέντων ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ πράξουσιν, ὑπισχνεῖτο δῆθεν πάντ̔??ʼ τὰ δεδογμένα σφίσι ποιήσειν, ὅπως αὐτός τε ἀναφυγὴν ὡς κἂν πράξας αὐτὰ ἔχῃ, καὶ τὰ τῶν ἐναντίων, ἀρνησαμένων ἃ ἐπήγγελλεν, αἴτια τοῦ πολέμου φθάσῃ γενόμενα. τήν τε γὰρ Γαλατίαν ἐκλείψειν καὶ τὰ στρατόπεδα ἀφήσειν ἔλεγεν, ἂν τούτοις τε τὰ αὐτὰ ἅπερ τοῖς τοῦ Καίσαρος ἐψηφίσαντο δῶσιν, καὶ τὸν Κάσσιον τόν τε Βροῦτον τὸν Μᾶρκον ὑπάτους ἕλωνται. καὶ γὰρ τοῦτʼ ᾔτησε προσποιούμενος τοὺς ἄνδρας, ἵνα μηδεμίαν αὐτῷ ὀργὴν τῶν πρὸς τὸν Δέκιμον τὸν συνωμότην σφῶν πραττομένων ἔχοιεν.
In this way they themselves provided Antony with his excuse for hostility, although he was eager to make war in any case. He was glad to seize upon the pretext of the decrees, and straightway reproached the envoys with not treating him rightly or fairly as compared with the lad (meaning Caesar). 2 And in order to place the blame for the war upon the senators, he sent an embassy in his turn, and made some counter-propositions which saved his face but were impossible of performance either by Caesar or by his supporters. For while he had no intention of carrying out of the senate's commands and was well aware that the senators, too, would not do anything that he proposed, he pretended to promise that he would carry out all their decrees, in order not only that he himself might take refuge in asserting that he would have done so, but also that his opponents' action, in refusing his proposals, might appear to have given the first occasion for war. 4 For he said he would abandon Gaul and disband his legions, if they would grant these soldiers the same rewards as they had voted to Caesar's and would elect Cassius and Marcus Brutus consuls. His purpose in making this last demand was to win over these two men, so that they should not harbour any resentment against him for his operations against their fellow-conspirator Decimus.
§ 46.31
Ἀντώνιος μὲν ταῦτα προΐσχετο, σαφῶς εἰδὼς μηδέτερον αὐτῶν ἐσόμενον· ὁ γὰρ Καῖσαρ οὐκ ἄν ποτε ὑπέμεινεν οὔτε τοὺς σφαγέας τοὺς τοῦ πατρὸς ὑπατεῦσαι, οὔτε τοὺς στρατιώτας τοὺς τοῦ Ἀντωνίου τὰ αὐτὰ τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ λαβόντας προσφιλεστέρους αὐτῷ μᾶλλον γενέσθαι. οὔκουν οὐδὲ ἐκυρώθη τι αὐτῶν, ἀλλὰ τῷ τε Ἀντωνίῳ τὸν πόλεμον πάλιν ἐπήγγειλαν, καὶ τοῖς συνοῦσίν οἱ προηγόρευσαν αὖθις ἐγκαταλιπεῖν αὐτόν, ἑτέραν τινὰ ἡμέραν τάξαντες. τάς τε χλαμύδας τὰς στρατιωτικὰς πάντες, καὶ οἱ μὴ ἐκστρατεύσοντες, ἠμπέσχοντο, καὶ τοῖς ὑπάτοις τὴν φυλακὴν τῆς πόλεως ἐπέτρεψαν, ἐκεῖνο δὴ τὸ εἰθισμένον τῷ δόγματι προσγράψαντες, τὸ μηδὲν ἀπʼ αὐτῆς ἀποτριβῆναι. ἐπειδή τε πολλῶν χρημάτων ἐς τὸν πόλεμον ἐδέοντο, πάντες μὲν τὸ πέμπτον καὶ εἰκοστὸν τῆς ὑπαρχούσης σφίσιν οὐσίας ἐπέδωκαν, οἱ δὲ δὴ βουλευταὶ καὶ τέσσαρας ὀβολοὺς καθʼ ἑκάστην κεραμίδα τῶν ἐν τῇ πόλει οἰκιῶν, ὅσας ἢ αὐτοὶ ἐκέκτηντο ἢ ἄλλων οὔσας ᾤκουν. καὶ χωρὶς ἕτερα οὐκ ὀλίγα οἱ πάνυ πλούσιοι συνετέλεσαν, τά τε ὅπλα καὶ τὰ ἄλλα τὰ πρὸς τὴν στρατείαν ἀναγκαῖα συχναὶ μὲν πόλεις συχνοὶ δὲ καὶ ἰδιῶται προῖκα ἐξεποίησαν· τοσαύτη γὰρ ἀχρηματία τὸ δημόσιον τότε ἔσχεν ὥστε μηδὲ τὰς πανηγύρεις τὰς ἐν τῷ καιρῷ ἐκείνῳ γενέσθαι ὀφειλούσας ἐπιτελεσθῆναι, ἔξω βραχέων
Antony made these offers knowing well that neither of them would be accepted. For Caesar would never have endured that the murderers of his father should become consuls or that Antony's soldiers by receiving the same reward as his own should feel still more kindly toward his rival. 2 Accordingly, not one of Antony's proposals was ratified, but the senate again declared war on him and once more gave notice to his associates to leave him, setting another time limit. All, even such as were not to take the field, arrayed themselves in their military cloaks, and they committed to the consuls the care of the city, attaching to the decree the customary phrase “that it suffer no harm.” And since there was need of much money for the war, they all contributed the twenty-fifth part of the wealth they possessed and the senators also four obols for each roof-tile of all the houses in the city that they either owned themselves or occupied as tenants. 4 Besides this, the very wealthy contributed not a little in addition, while many cities and many individuals manufactured the weapons and other necessary accoutrements for the campaign free of charge; for the public treasury was at the time so empty that not even the festivals which were due to fall during that season were celebrated, except some minor ones for form's sake.
§ 46.32
τινῶν ὁσίας ἕνεκα. ταῦτα δὲ ὅσοι μὲν τῷ τε Καίσαρι ἐχαρίζοντο καὶ τὸν Ἀντώνιον ἐμίσουν προθύμως ἔπραττον· οἱ δὲ δὴ πλείους, ἅτε καὶ ταῖς στρατείαις ἅμα καὶ ταῖς ἐσφοραῖς βαρούμενοι, ἐδυσχέραινον, καὶ μάλισθʼ ὅτι ἄδηλον μὲν ἦν ὁπότερος αὐτῶν κρατήσει, πρόδηλον δὲ ὅτι τῷ νικήσαντι δουλεύσουσι. συχνοὶ δʼ οὖν καὶ τὰ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου βουλόμενοι, οἱ μὲν ἄντικρυς πρὸς αὐτόν, ἄλλοι τε καὶ δήμαρχοι στρατηγοί τέ τινες, ἀπῆλθον, οἱ δὲ καὶ κατὰ χώραν μείναντες, ὧν καὶ ὁ Καλῆνος ἦν, ἔπραττον ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ πάνθʼ ὅσα ἐδύναντο, τὰ μὲν ἐπικρυπτόμενοι, τὰ δὲ καὶ ἐκ τοῦ φανεροῦ διαδικαιοῦντες. οὔκουν οὐδὲ τὴν ἐσθῆτα εὐθὺς ἠλλάξαντο, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἔπεισαν αὖθις τὴν γερουσίαν πρέσβεις πρὸς τὸν Ἀντώνιον ἄλλους τε καὶ τὸν Κικέρωνα πέμψαι, πρόφασιν μὲν ὡς καὶ πείσοντα αὐτὸν ὁμολογῆσαι, ἔργῳ δὲ ἵνʼ ὑπεξαιρεθῇ σφισι. συννοήσας οὖν τοῦτʼ ἐκεῖνος ἐφοβήθη καὶ οὐκ ἐτόλμησεν ἑαυτὸν ἐς τὰ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου ὅπλα ἐκδοῦναι. κἀκ τούτου οὐδʼ ἄλλος τις τῶν πρεσβευτῶν ἀπῆρεν.
These contributions were given readily by those who favoured Caesar and hated Antony; but the majority, being burdened alike by the campaigns and the taxes, were irritated, particularly because it was doubtful which of the two would conquer, and yet quite evident that they would be slaves of the conqueror. 2 Many of those, therefore, who favoured Antony's cause, went straight to him, among them a few tribunes and praetors; others remained where they were, including Calenus, and did all they could for him, sometimes acting in secret and sometimes openly justifying their conduct. Hence they did not even change their raiment immediately, but persuaded the senate to send envoys again to Antony, among them Cicero; in doing this they pretended that the latter might persuade him to make terms, but their real purpose was that he should be removed from their path. 4 He perceived this, however, and became alarmed, and did not venture to expose himself in the camp of Antony. Consequently none of the other envoys set out, either.
§ 46.33
ἐν ὅσῳ δὲ ταῦτʼ ἐπράττετο, τέρατα αὖθις οὐ σμικρὰ καὶ τῇ πόλει καὶ αὐτῷ τῷ ὑπάτῳ τῷ Οὐιβίῳ ἐγένετο. ἐν γὰρ τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἐκκλησίᾳ, μεθʼ ἣν ἐς τὸν πόλεμον ἐξώρμησεν, ἄνθρωπός τις τὴν νόσον που τὴν ἱερὰν καλουμένην ἔχων δημηγοροῦντός τι αὐτοῦ κατέπεσεν· καὶ ἀνδριὰς αὐτοῦ χαλκοῦς ἐν τῷ τῆς οἰκίας προθύρῳ ἑστὼς ἀνετράπη αὐτόματος τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τε ὥρᾳ ᾗ ἐξεστράτευσεν. τά τε ἱερὰ τὰ προπολέμια οἱ μάντεις οὐκ ἠδυνήθησαν ὑπὸ τοῦ πλήθους τοῦ αἵματος διαγνῶναι· καί τις ἐν τούτῳ φοίνικα αὐτῷ προσφέρων ἔν τε τῷ αἵματι τῷ προκεχυμένῳ ὤλισθε καὶ πεσὼν τὸν φοίνικα ἐμίανεν. ἐκείνῳ μὲν δὴ ταῦτʼ ἐγένετο. ἀλλʼ εἰ μὲν ἰδιωτεύοντί οἱ συνενήνεκτο, ἐς μόνον ἂν αὐτὸν ἔτεινεν, ἐπεὶ δʼ ὑπάτευε, καὶ ἐς πάντας ὁμοίως ἤνεγκεν, ὥσπερ τό τε τῆς Μητρὸς τῶν θεῶν ἄγαλμα τὸ ἐν τῷ παλατίῳ ὄν (πρὸς γάρ τοι τὰς τοῦ ἡλίου ἀνατολὰς πρότερον βλέπον πρὸς δυσμὰς ἀπὸ ταὐτομάτου μετεστράφἠ καὶ τὸ τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς τὸ πρὸς τῇ Μουτίνῃ, παρʼ ᾗ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα ἐμαχέσαντο, τιμώμενον (αἷμά τε γὰρ πολὺ καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο καὶ γάλα ἀνῆκἐ, καὶ προσέτι καὶ τὸ τοὺς ὑπάτους τὴν ἔξοδον πρὸ τῶν Λατίνων ἀνοχῶν ποιήσασθαι· οὐ γὰρ ἔστιν ὁπότε τούτου γενομένου καλῶς ἀπήλλαξαν. ἀμέλει καὶ τότε οἱ ὕπατοι ἀμφότεροι καὶ ἐκ τοῦ ὁμίλου πάμπολυ πλῆθος, τὸ μὲν ἐν τῷ παρόντι τὸ δὲ καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα, τῶν τε ἱππέων καὶ τῶν βουλευτῶν πολλοί, καὶ οἱ μάλιστα ἀνὰ πρώτους ὄντες, ἀπώλοντο. τοῦτο μὲν γὰρ αἱ μάχαι, τοῦτο δὲ καὶ οἱ οἴκοι σφαγαὶ τὸν Σύλλειον τρόπον αὖθις γενόμεναι πᾶν ὅ τι περ ἦν ἄνθος αὐτῶν, ἔξω τῶν δρώντων σφᾶς, ἔφθειραν.
While all this was going on, portents of no small moment again occurred, significant both for the city and for the consul himself, who was Vibius. Thus, in the last assembly before he set out for the war a man with the disease called the sacred disease fell down while Vibius was speaking. 2 Also a bronze statue of him which stood in the vestibule of his house turned around of itself on the day and at the hour that he set out on the campaign, and the sacrifices customary before war could not be interpreted by the seers by reason of the quantity of blood. Likewise a man who was just then bringing him a palm slipped in the blood which had been shed, fell, and defiled the palm. These were the portents in his case. Now if they had befallen him when a private citizen, they would have pertained to him alone, but since he was consul, they had a bearing on all alike. So, too, these portents: the statue of the Mother of the Gods on the Palatine, which had formerly faced the east, turned around of itself toward the west; 4 that of Minerva worshipped near Mutina, where the heaviest fighting occurred, sent forth a quantity of blood and afterwards of milk also; furthermore, the consuls took their departure just before the Feriae Latinae, and there is no instance where this has happened and the Romans have fared well. At any rate, on this occasion also, a vast multitude of the people, including the two consuls, perished, some immediately and some later, and also many of the knights and senators, including the most prominent. 6 For in the first place the battles, and in the second place the murders at home which occurred again as in the Sullan regime, destroyed all the flower of the citizens except those who perpetrated the murders.
§ 46.34
αἴτιοι δὲ τῶν κακῶν τούτων αὐτοὶ ἑαυτοῖς οἱ βουλευταὶ ἐγένοντο. δέον γὰρ αὐτοὺς ἕνα τινὰ τὸν τὰ ἀμείνω φρονοῦντα προστήσασθαι καὶ ἐκείνῳ διὰ παντὸς συνάρασθαι, τοῦτο μὲν οὐκ ἐποίησαν, ὑπολαβόντες δὲ δή τινας καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἑτέρους ἐπαυξήσαντες ἔπειτα καὶ ἐκείνους ἀντικαθελεῖν ἐπεχείρησαν, κἀκ τούτου φίλον μὲν οὐδένα, ἐχθροὺς δὲ πάντας ἔσχον. οὐ γὰρ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον πρός τε τοὺς λυπήσαντάς τινες καὶ πρὸς τοὺς εὐεργετήσαντας διατίθενται, ἀλλὰ τῆς μὲν ὀργῆς καὶ ἄκοντες μνημονεύουσι, τῆς δὲ δὴ χάριτος καὶ ἑκόντες ἐπιλανθάνονται, τὸ μέν τι ἀπαξιοῦντες εὖ πεπονθέναι δοκεῖν ὑπό τινων, ὡς καὶ ἀσθενέστεροί σφων δόξοντες εἶναι, τὸ δὲ ἀγανακτοῦντες εἴπερ ἀνατὶ κεκακῶσθαι νομισθήσονται πρός τινος, ὡς καὶ ἀνανδρίαν ὀφλήσοντες. καὶ ἐκεῖνοι οὖν ἕνα μὲν μηδένα προσδεξάμενοι, ἄλλῳ δὲ καὶ ἄλλῳ ἐν μέρει προσθέμενοι, καὶ τὰ μὲν ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν τὰ δὲ καὶ κατʼ αὐτῶν καὶ ψηφισάμενοι καὶ πράξαντες, πολλὰ μὲν διʼ αὐτοὺς πολλὰ δὲ καὶ ὑπʼ αὐτῶν ἔπαθον. ἡ μὲν γὰρ ὑπόθεσις τοῦ πολέμου μία πᾶσί σφισιν ἦν, τόν τε δῆμον καταλυθῆναι καὶ δυναστείαν τινὰ γενέσθαι· μαχόμενοι δὲ οἱ μὲν ὅτῳ δουλεύσουσιν, οἱ δὲ ὅστις αὐτῶν δεσπόσει, τὰ μὲν πράγματα ἀμφότεροι ὁμοίως ἔφθειρον, πρὸς δὲ δὴ τὴν τύχην διάφορον ἑκάτεροι δόξαν ἐκτήσαντο. οἱ μὲν γὰρ εὖ πράξαντες καὶ εὔβουλοι καὶ φιλοπόλιδες ἐνομίσθησαν, οἱ δὲ δὴ πταίσαντες καὶ πολέμιοι τῆς πατρίδος καὶ ἀλιτήριοι ὠνομάσθησαν. ἐς τοῦτο μὲν δὴ τότε τὰ τῶν Ῥωμαίων πράγματα προήχθη, λέξω δὲ καὶ καθʼ ἕκαστον
The responsibility for these evils rested on the senators themselves. For whereas they ought to have set at their head some one man who had their best interests at heart and to have coöperated with him continually, they failed to do this, but took certain men into their favour, strengthened them against the rest, and later undertook to overthrow these favourites as well, and in consequence gained no friend but made everybody enemies. 2 For men do not feel the same way toward those who have injured them and toward their benefactors, but where they remember their anger even against their will, yet they willingly forget their gratitude. This is because, on the one hand, they deprecate giving the impression that they have received benefits from others, since they will seem to be weaker than they, and, on the other hand, they are annoyed to have it thought that they have been injured by anybody with impunity, since that will imply cowardice on their part. So the senators, by not taking up with any one person, but attaching themselves first to one and then to another, and voting and doing, now something for them, now something against them, suffered much because of them and much also at their hands. 4 For all the leaders had a single purpose in the war — the abolition of the popular government and the setting up of a sovereignty; and since the people were fighting to see whose slaves they should be, and the leaders to see who should be the people's master, both alike were ruining the state, and each side gained a reputation which varied with its fortune. For those who were successful were considered shrewd and patriotic, while the defeated were called enemies of their country and accursed. This was the pass to which the fortunes of Rome had at that time come. I shall now go on to describe the separate events.
§ 46.35
τῶν γενομένων· καὶ γὰρ καὶ παίδευσις ἐν τούτῳ τὰ μάλιστα εἶναί μοι δοκεῖ, ὅταν τις τὰ ἔργα τοῖς λογισμοῖς ὑπολέγων τήν τε ἐκείνων φύσιν ἐκ τούτων ἐλέγχῃ καὶ τούτους ἐκ τῆς ἐκείνων ὁμολογίας τεκμηριοῖ. ἐπολιόρκει μὲν ὁ Ἀντώνιος τὸν Δέκιμον ἐν τῇ Μουτίνῃ ὄντα, ὡς μὲν τἀκριβὲς εἰπεῖν, ὅτι οὐ παρῆκεν αὐτῷ τὴν Γαλατίαν, ὡς δʼ αὐτὸς ἐπλάττετο, ὅτι τῶν τοῦ Καίσαρος σφαγέων ἐγεγόνει. ἐπειδὴ γὰρ οὔτε κόσμον οἱ ἡ ἀληθὴς τοῦ πολέμου αἰτία ἔφερε, καὶ ἅμα καὶ τὰ τοῦ δήμου πρὸς τὸν Καίσαρα ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ τιμωρίᾳ ἀποβλέποντα ἑώρα, τοῦτο τὸ πρόσχημα τοῦ πολέμου προεβάλετο. ὅτι γὰρ ἐσκήπτετο αὐτὸ ἵνα τὴν Γαλατίαν κατάσχῃ, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐδήλωσε τόν τε Κάσσιον καὶ τὸν Βροῦτον τὸν Μᾶρκον ὑπάτους ἀποδειχθῆναι αἰτήσας· πρὸς γάρ τοι τὰ ἑαυτοῦ συμφέροντα ἑκάτερον ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντιωτάτου προσεποιεῖτο. Καῖσαρ δὲ ἐστράτευτο μὲν ἐπʼ αὐτὸν πρὶν καὶ ψηφισθῆναί οἱ τὸν πόλεμον, οὐ μὴν καὶ ἐπεποιήκει λόγου ἄξιον οὐδέν. μαθὼν δὲ δὴ τὰ δεδογμένα τὰς μὲν τιμὰς ἀπεδέχετο καὶ ἔχαιρεν, ἄλλως τε καὶ ὅτι θύοντι αὐτῷ, ὅτε τὸν κόσμον καὶ τὴν ἐξουσίαν τοῦ στρατηγοῦ ἀνέλαβε, διττὰ τὰ ἥπατα ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἱερείοις δώδεκα οὖσιν εὑρέθη· τῷ δὲ δὴ καὶ πρὸς τὸν Ἀντώνιον καὶ πρέσβεις καὶ λόγους πεμφθῆναι, ἀλλὰ μὴ οὐκ ἀκήρυκτον εὐθὺς αὐτῷ τὸν πόλεμον ἐπαγγελθῆναι, ἤσχαλλε, καὶ μάλισθʼ ὅτι καὶ τοὺς ὑπάτους ἐκείνῳ τε ἰδίᾳ τι περὶ τῆς ὁμονοίας ἐπεσταλκότας, καὶ γράμματα παρʼ αὐτοῦ πρός τινας τῶν βουλευτῶν πεμφθέντα καὶ ἁλόντα τούτοις τε ἀποδόντας καὶ ἑαυτὸν ἀποκρυψαμένους, τόν τε πόλεμον μήτε σπουδῇ μήτε παραχρῆμα τῇ τοῦ χειμῶνος προφάσει ποιουμένους ᾔσθετο. οὐ μέντοι ἔχων ὅπως ἐκφήνειεν αὐτά (οὔτε γὰρ ἀλλοτριῶσαί σφας ἤθελεν οὔτʼ αὖ πεῖσαί τι ἢ καὶ βιάσασθαι ἐδύνατὀ ἡσυχίαν καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν τῇ Κορνηλίου ἀγορᾷ χειμάζων ἦγε, μέχρις οὗ περὶ τῷ Δεκίμῳ ἐφοβήθη.
For its seems to me to be particularly instructive, when one takes facts as the basis of his reasoning, investigates the nature of the former by the latter, and thus proves his reasoning true by its correspondence with the facts. 2 The reason for Antony's besieging Decimus in Mutina, to be exact, was that Decimus would not give up Gaul to him, but he pretended that it was because Decimus had been one of Caesar's assassins. For since the true cause of the war brought him no credit, and at the same time he saw that the feelings of the people were turning toward Caesar to help him avenge his father, he put forward this excuse for the war. For that it was a mere pretext for getting control of Gaul he himself made plain when he demanded that Cassius and Marcus Brutus should be appointed consuls. Each of these two pretences, utterly inconsistent as they were, he made with an eye to his own advantage. 4 Caesar, now, had begun a campaign against his rival before the command of the war was voted to him, though he had achieved nothing worthy of mention. When, however, he learned of the decrees passed, he accepted the honours and rejoiced, the more so, since, when he was sacrificing at the time of receiving the distinction and the authority of praetor, the livers of all the victims, twelve in number, were found to be double. But he was vexed that envoys and proposals had been sent to Antony, also, by the senate instead of their declaring against him at once a war to the finish, 6 and most of all because he ascertained that the consuls had forwarded to Antony some private message about harmony, also that when some letters sent by the latter to certain senators had been captured, these officials had handed them to the persons addressed, concealing the matter from him, and that, with the winter as an excuse, they were not carrying on the war zealously or promptly. However, as he could not publish these facts, because he did not wish to alienate them and on the other hand was unable to use any persuasion or force upon them, he also remained quiet in winter quarters in Forum Cornelii, until he became alarmed about Decimus.
§ 46.36
ἐκεῖνος γὰρ πρότερον μὲν ἰσχυρῶς τὸν Ἀντώνιον ἠμύνετο, καί ποτε ὑποτοπήσας τινὰς ἐς τὴν πόλιν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ διαφθορᾷ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἐσπεπέμφθαι συνεκάλεσε πάντας τοὺς παρόντας, καὶ βραχέα ἄττα ὑπειπὼν ἐκήρυξε, δείξας τι χωρίον, τοὺς μὲν ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις ἐπὶ τάδε τοὺς δὲ ἰδιώτας ἐπὶ θάτερα αὐτοῦ ἀπελθεῖν, καὶ οὕτως ἀπορήσαντας τοὺς τοῦ Ἀντωνίου ὅπῃ τράπωνται καὶ μονωθέντας κατεφώρασε καὶ συνέλαβεν· ἔπειτα παντελῶς ἀπετειχίσθη. δείσας οὖν ὁ Καῖσαρ μὴ βίᾳ ἁλῷ ἢ καὶ ἀπορίᾳ τῶν ἐπιτηδείων ὁμολογήσῃ, ἠνάγκασε τὸν Ἵρτιον συνεπιστρατεῦσαι· ὁ γὰρ Οὐίβιος ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ ἔτι τούς τε καταλόγους ἐποιεῖτο καὶ τοὺς νόμους τῶν Ἀντωνίων κατέλυεν. ὁρμήσαντες οὖν Βονωνίαν μὲν ἐκλειφθεῖσαν ὑπὸ τῶν φρουρῶν ἀμαχεὶ παρέλαβον, καὶ τοὺς ἱππέας τοὺς μετὰ τοῦτο ἀπαντήσαντάς σφισιν ἐτρέψαντο, ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦ πρὸς τῇ Μουτίνῃ ποταμοῦ τῆς τε ἐπʼ αὐτῷ φυλακῆς οὐχ οἷοί τε ἐγένοντο περαιτέρω προχωρῆσαι. βουλόμενοι οὖν καὶ ὣς τήν γε παρουσίαν σφῶν τῷ Δεκίμῳ, μὴ καὶ φθάσῃ τι συμβάς, δηλῶσαι, τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἀπὸ τῶν ὑψηλοτάτων δένδρων ἐφρυκτώρουν, ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐ συνίει, ἐς ἐλασμὸν μολύβδου λεπτὸν ἐγγράψαντές τινα συνείλιξαν αὐτὸν ὥσπερ τι χαρτίον, καὶ κολυμβητῇ νυκτὸς ὑφύδρῳ διενεγκεῖν ἔδωκαν. καὶ οὕτως ὁ Δέκιμος τήν τε παρουσίαν ἅμα αὐτῶν καὶ τὴν ὑπόσχεσιν τῆς ἐπικουρίας μαθὼν ἀντεπέστειλέ σφισι τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον, κἀκ τούτου συνεχῶς ἤδη πάντα ἀλλήλοις διεδήλουν.
Decimus, it seems, had previously been defending himself vigorously against Antony. On one occasion, suspecting that some men had been sent into the city to corrupt the soldiers, he called together all those present and after a few preliminary remarks proclaimed through a herald that all the men under arms should go to one side of a certain place that he pointed out and the private citizens to other side of it; in this way he detected and arrested Antony's spies, who did not know which way to turn, and were thus left by themselves. 2 Later he was entirely shut in by a wall; and Caesar, fearing he might be captured by storm or might capitulate through lack of provisions, compelled Hirtius to join him in an expedition; for Vibius was still in Rome making the levies and abolishing the laws of the Antonii. Accordingly, they set out and without a blow took possession of Bononia, which had been abandoned by its garrison, and routed the cavalry which later confronted them; but on account of the river near Mutina and the guard placed over it they found themselves unable to proceed farther. 4 But even so, wishing at least to make their presence known to Decimus, that he might not make terms too soon, they at first tried sending beacon signals from the tallest trees; and when he did not understand, they scratched a few words on a thin sheet of lead, rolled up the lead like a piece of paper and gave it to a diver to carry across under water by night. Thus Decimus learned at one and the same time of their presence and of their promise of assistance, and sent them a reply in the same fashion, after which they continued uninterruptedly to reveal all their plans to each other.
§ 46.37
ὁ οὖν Ἀντώνιος ἰδὼν ὅτι ὁ Δέκιμος οὐκ ἐνδωσείει, ἐκείνῳ μὲν Λούκιον τὸν ἀδελφὸν παρακατέλιπεν, αὐτὸς δὲ ἐπί τε τὸν Καίσαρα καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν Ἵρτιον ἐχώρησε. καὶ αὐτῶν ἀντιστρατοπεδευομένων ἐπὶ πολλὰς ἡμέρας ἱππομαχίαι τινὲς βραχεῖαι καὶ ἰσοπαλεῖς ἐγίγνοντο, μέχρις οὗ οἱ Κελτοὶ ἱππῆς, οὓς μετὰ τῶν ἐλεφάντων ὁ Καῖσαρ προσεπεποίητο, πρός τε τὸν Ἀντώνιον αὖθις ἀπέκλιναν, κἀκ τοῦ στρατοπέδου μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἐξελθόντες προεξώρμησαν μὲν ὡς καὶ καθʼ ἑαυτοὺς τοῖς ἀντιπροσελάσουσι προσμίξοντες, ὑπέστρεψαν δὲ διʼ ὀλίγου, καὶ παρὰ δόξαν μὴ προσδεχομένοις τοῖς ἐφεπομένοις σφίσι προσπεσόντες συχνοὺς αὐτῶν ἀπέκτειναν. καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα προνομεύοντές τινες ἀπʼ ἀμφοτέρων ἐς χεῖρας ἦλθον, κἀκ τούτου καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν ἐπιβοηθησάντων ἑκατέροις μάχη τέ σφων ὀξεῖα ἐγένετο καὶ ἐκράτησεν ὁ Ἀντώνιος. τούτοις τε οὖν ἐπαιρόμενος, καὶ τὸν Οὐίβιον πλησιάζοντα αἰσθόμενος, προσέβαλε πρὸς τὸ ἔρυμα τῶν ἀντικαθεστηκότων, εἴ πως προεξελὼν αὐτὸ ῥᾷον τοῦ λοιποῦ πολεμήσειεν. καὶ ἐπειδὴ τά τε ἄλλα πρός τε τὰς συμφορὰς καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἐλπίδα τὴν παρὰ τοῦ Οὐιβίου διὰ φυλακῆς ἐποιοῦντο καὶ οὐκ ἀντεπεξῆγον, κατέλιπε καὶ ἐκεῖ μέρος τι τοῦ στρατοῦ, προσμιγνύναι τέ σφισι κελεύσας, ὅπως καὶ αὐτὸς ὅτι μάλιστα παρεῖναι δοκοίη, καὶ ἐπιφυλάττειν ἅμα μή τινες κατὰ νώτου οἱ προσπέσωσι. διατάξας τε ταῦτα ἀπῆρε νυκτὸς λαθὼν ἐπὶ τὸν Οὐίβιον ἀπὸ Βονωνίας προσιόντα, καὶ αὐτόν τε ἐνεδρεύσας κατέτρωσε καὶ τοὺς πλείους τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἀπέκτεινε, τούς τε λοιποὺς ἐς τὰ ταφρεύματα κατέκλεισεν. κἂν ἐξεῖλεν αὐτούς, εἰ καὶ ἐφʼ ὁποσονοῦν προσηδρεύκει σφίσι. νῦν δʼ ἐπειδὴ τῇ πρώτῃ προσβολῇ οὐδὲν ἐπέρανεν, ἐφοβήθη μὴ καὶ χρονίσῃ καί τι ἐν τούτῳ πρὸς τοῦ Καίσαρος καὶ πρὸς τῶν ἄλλων πλεονεκτηθῇ, καὶ ἐπʼ ἐκείνους αὖθις ἐτράπετο. καὶ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἵρτιος ἔκ τε τῆς πορείας ἑκατέρας καὶ ἐκ τῆς μάχης πεπονηκότι, καὶ προσέτι καὶ ἐν ἀνελπίστῳ ὄντι μή ποτʼ ἂν πολέμιόν τινα νενικηκότι οἱ προσμῖξαι, ἀπαντήσας πολὺ ἐκράτησεν· ὡς γὰρ ἔγνωσαν τὸ γιγνόμενον, Καῖσαρ μὲν ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ στρατοπέδου φυλακῇ κατέμεινεν, ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἐπὶ
Antony, therefore, seeing that Decimus was not inclined to yield, left him to the charge of his brother Lucius, and himself proceeded against Caesar and Hirtius. The two armies faced each other for many days and a few insignificant cavalry skirmished occurred, with honours even. 2 Finally the German cavalry, whom Caesar had won to his side along with the elephants they had, went over to Antony again. They had issued from the camp with the rest and had gone on ahead as if intending to engage by themselves those of the enemy who came to meet them; but after a little they turned about and unexpectedly attacked the men who followed behind, who were looking for nothing of the sort, and killed many of them. After this some foraging parties on both sides came to blows, and then, when the remainder of each party came to the rescue, a sharp battle ensued between the two forces, in which Antony was victorious. Elated by his success and learning that Vibius was approaching, he assailed his opponents' camp to see if he could capture it before Vibius' arrival and thus make the war easier for the future. 4 And when the others, besides being on their guard in other ways, in view of their reverses and the hope they placed in Vibius, would not come out to meet him, he left a portion of his army behind there also with orders to engage them and thus make it appear so far as possible that he himself was present, and at the same time to take good care that no one should fall upon his rear. After issuing these injunctions he set out secretly by night against Vibius, who was approaching from Bononia, and by means of an ambush he succeeded in wounding Vibius himself severely, in killing the majority of his soldiers and in shutting up the rest within their ramparts. Indeed, he would have annihilated them if he had gone on and besieged them for any considerable time. 6 As it was, after accomplishing nothing by the first assault, he began to be alarmed lest while he was delaying he should receive some setback from Caesar and the others; so he again turned against them. But while he was still wearied by the journey both ways and by the battle and was not looking for any hostile force to attack him after his victory, Hirtius met him and defeated him decisively. For when Hirtius and Caesar had perceived what was going on, Caesar had remained to keep watch over the camp and Hirtius had set out against Antony.
§ 46.38
τὸν Ἀντώνιον ὥρμησεν. ἡττηθέντος δὲ αὐτοῦ αὐτοκράτορες οὐ μόνον ὁ Ἵρτιος ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ Οὐίβιος, καίπερ κακῶς ἀπαλλάξας, ὅ τε Καῖσαρ, καίτοι μηδὲ μαχεσάμενος, καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν στρατιωτῶν καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς βουλῆς ὠνομάσθησαν. τοῖς τε συναγωνισαμένοις σφίσι καὶ τελευτήσασι ταφή τε δημοσία καὶ τὸ τοῖς παισὶ τοῖς τε πατράσιν αὐτῶν πάντα τὰ γέρα, ὅσα ἂν αὐτοὶ ἐκεῖνοι ζήσαντες ἔλαβον, ἀποδοθῆναι ἐψηφίσθη. ὡς οὖν ταῦτα ἐγένετο, καὶ Πόντιος Ἀκύλας, ἔκ τε τῶν σφαγέων ὢν καὶ τῷ Δεκίμῳ ὑποστρατηγῶν, Τίτον Μουνάτιον Πλάγκον ἀντιπολεμοῦντα αὐτῷ μάχαις ἐνίκησεν, ὅ τε Δέκιμος βουλευτοῦ τινος αὐτομολήσαντος πρὸς τὸν Ἀντώνιον οὐχ ὅσον οὐκ ὀργὴν αὐτῷ ἔσχεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ σκεύη τά τε ἄλλα ὅσα ἐν τῇ Μουτίνῃ ὑπελέλειπτο πάντα ἀπέπεμψε, κἀκ τούτου οἵ τε στρατιῶται οἱ Ἀντωνίου ἠλλοιοῦντο καὶ τῶν δήμων τινὲς τῶν ὁμοφρονούντων οἱ πρότερον ἐστασίαζον, ὁ μὲν Καῖσαρ ὅ τε Ἵρτιος ἐπῄροντό τε ἐπὶ τούτοις, καὶ πρὸς τὸ ἔρυμα τὸ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου προσιόντες προεκαλοῦντο αὐτὸν ἐς χεῖρας, ἐκεῖνος δὲ τέως μὲν κατεπέπληκτο καὶ ἡσύχαζεν, ἔπειτʼ ἐπειδὴ δύναμίς τις αὐτῷ παρὰ τοῦ Λεπίδου πεμφθεῖσα ἦλθεν, ἀνεθάρσησεν. αὐτὸς μὲν γὰρ ὁ Λέπιδος οὐκ ἀπεσάφησεν ὁποτέροις τὸ στράτευμα πέμψειε· τόν τε γὰρ Ἀντώνιον συγγενῆ ὄντα ἠγάπα, καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς βουλῆς ἐπʼ αὐτὸν ἐκέκλητο, καὶ διά τε ταῦτα, καὶ ἅμα καὶ ἀναχώρησιν ἑαυτῷ πρὸς ἀμφοτέρους σφᾶς προπαρασκευάζων, οὐδὲν σαφὲς Μάρκῳ Σιλανῷ τῷ στρατιάρχῳ ἐνετείλατο· ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἀκριβῶς που τὴν γνώμην αὐτοῦ εἰδὼς πρὸς τὸν Ἀντώνιον αὐτοκέλευστος ἀφίκετο. τούτου οὖν ἐπικουρήσαντος αὐτῷ θαρσήσας ἐπεκδρομὴν αἰφνιδίαν ἐποιήσατο, καὶ φόνου παρʼ ἀμφοτέρων πολλοῦ γενομένου τραπεὶς ἔφυγε.
Upon the defeat of Antony not only was Hirtius saluted as imperator by the soldiers and by the senate, but likewise Vibius, although he had fared badly, and Caesar, although he had not even been engaged. 2 To those who had participated in the conflict and had perished a public burial was voted, and it was further voted that all the prizes which they would have received, had they lived, should be given to their sons and fathers. At this time also Pontius Aquila, one of Caesar's slayers and a lieutenant of Decimus, conquered in battle Titus Munatius Plancus, who opposed him; and Decimus, when a certain senator deserted to Antony, 4 so far from displaying resentment against him sent to him all his baggage and whatever else he had left behind in Mutina, with the result that Antony's soldiers began to change their attitude and some of the communities which had previously sympathized with him proceeded to rebel. Caesar and Hirtius were elated at this, and approaching the camp of Antony, challenged him to combat; and he for a time was alarmed and remained quiet, but later, when a force sent by Lepidus came to him, he took courage again. 6 Lepidus, himself, however, did not make it clear to which of the two sides he was sending the army, for he was fond of Antony, who was a relative, while he had been summoned by the senate to oppose him; hence, both for this reason and that he might prepare a refuge for himself with both parties, he gave no clear instructions to Marcus Silanus, the commander. But this officer, doubtless knowing well his superior's views, went on his own responsibility to Antony. So when Antony had received these reinforcements, he became bold and made a sudden sortie, but after great slaughter on both sides, he turned and fled.
§ 46.39
μέχρι μὲν οὖν τούτων ὁ Καῖσαρ καὶ πρὸς τοῦ δήμου καὶ πρὸς τῆς βουλῆς ηὔξετο, κἀκ τούτου τά τε ἄλλα τιμηθήσεσθαι καὶ ὕπατος εὐθὺς ἀποδειχθήσεσθαι προσεδόκα· συνέβη γὰρ τόν τε Ἵρτιον ἐν τῇ τοῦ Ἀντωνιείου στρατοπέδου καταλήψει καὶ τὸν Οὐίβιον ἐκ τῶν τραυμάτων μὴ πολλῷ ὕστερον φθαρῆναι, ὅθεν αἰτίαν τοῦ θανάτου αὐτῶν πρὸς τὴν τῆς ἀρχῆς διαδοχὴν ἔσχεν. ἡ δὲ γερουσία πρότερον μέν, ἕως ἔτι ἄδηλον ἦν ὁπότερός σφων κρατήσει, πάνθʼ ὅσα ἐν τῷ πρὶν δυναστείας τισὶν ἔξω τῶν πατρίων δοθέντα παρεσκευάκει προκατέλυσαν, ἐπʼ ἀμφοτέροις μέν που ταῦτα ψηφισάμενοι ὡς καὶ προκαταληψόμενοι διʼ αὐτῶν τὸν νικήσοντα, τὴν δὲ αἰτίαν ἐς τὸν ἕτερον τὸν ἡττηθησόμενον μέλλοντες ἀναφέρειν. τοῦτο μὲν γὰρ ἀπεῖπον μηδένα ἐπὶ πλείω χρόνον ἐνιαυτοῦ ἄρχειν, τοῦτο δὲ ἀπηγόρευσαν μήτε τινὰ σίτου ἐπιμελητὴν μήτε τροφῶν ἐπιστάτην ἕνα αἱρεῖσθαι. ἐπειδὴ δὲ τὰ πραχθέντα ἔμαθον, τῇ μὲν τοῦ Ἀντωνίου ἥττῃ ἔχαιρον, καὶ τάς τε στολὰς μετενέδυσαν καὶ ἱερομηνίας ἐπὶ ἑξήκοντα ἡμέρας ἤγαγον, τούς τε συνεξετασθέντας αὐτῷ πάντας ἔν τε πολεμίων μοίρᾳ ἐνόμισαν καὶ τὰς οὐσίας, ὥσπερ που καὶ τὴν αὐτοῦ ἐκείνου, ἀφειλοντο·
Up to this time Caesar was being aggrandized by the people and the senate, and consequently expected that among other honours to be bestowed he would forthwith be appointed consul; for it happened that Hirtius perished in connection with the capture of Antony's camp and that Vibius died of his wounds not long afterwards, so that Caesar was charged with having caused their death that he might succeed to the office. 2 But the senate had already, while it was still uncertain which of the two would prevail, taken the precaution to abolish all the privileges the granting of which hitherto to any individuals contrary to established custom had paved the way to supreme power; they voted, of course, that this edict should apply to both parties, intending thereby to forestall the victor, but planning to lay the blame upon the other who should be defeated. In the first place, they forbade anyone to hold office for a longer period than a year, and, secondly, they provided that no one man should be chosen superintendent of the corn supply or commissioner of food. And when they learned the outcome of the struggle, although they rejoiced at Antony's defeat, and not only changed their attire, but also celebrated a thanksgiving for sixty days, and, regarding all those who had been on Antony's side as enemies, took away their property, as they did in the case of Antony also,
§ 46.40
τὸν δὲ δὴ Καίσαρα οὐχ ὅτι μεγάλου τινὸς ἔτʼ ἠξίωσαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ καταλύειν ἐπεχείρησαν, πάνθʼ ὅσα ἐκεῖνος ἤλπιζε λήψεσθαι τῷ Δεκίμῳ δόντες. οὐ γὰρ ὅτι βουθυσίας, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπινίκια αὐτῷ ἐψηφίσαντο, τά τε λοιπὰ τοῦ πολέμου καὶ στρατόπεδα ἄλλα τε καὶ τὰ τοῦ Οὐιβίου προσέταξαν· τοῖς τε στρατιώταις τοῖς συμπολιορκηθεῖσίν οἱ καὶ ἐπαίνους καὶ τἆλλα ὅσα τοῖς τοῦ Καίσαρος πρότερον προεπήγγελτο, καίπερ μηδὲν ἐς τὴν νίκην συμβαλομένοις ἀλλὰ ἀπὸ τῶν τειχῶν αὐτὴν ἰδοῦσι, δοθῆναι ἔγνωσαν. καὶ τὸν Ἀκύλαν ἀποθανόντα ἐν τῇ μάχῃ εἰκόνι ἐτίμησαν· τά τε χρήματα ἃ ἐς τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν τοῦ Δεκίμου στρατιωτῶν οἴκοθεν ἀναλώκει, τοῖς κληρονόμοις αὐτοῦ ἀπέδωκαν. τό τε σύμπαν ὡς εἰπεῖν, ὅσα τῷ Καίσαρι ἐπὶ τὸν Ἀντώνιον ἐγεγόνει, ταῦτα ἐπʼ αὐτὸν ἐκεῖνον ἄλλοις ἐψηφίσθη. καὶ ὅπως γε ἂν μηδʼ ἂν τὰ μάλιστα βουληθῇ τι κακὸν δρᾶσαι καὶ δυνηθῇ, πάντας αὐτῷ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ἐπήσκησαν· τῷ τε γὰρ Πομπηίῳ τῷ Σέξτῳ τὸ ναυτικὸν καὶ τῷ Βρούτῳ τῷ Μάρκῳ τὴν Μακεδονίαν τῷ τε Κασσίῳ τήν τε Συρίαν καὶ τὸν πόλεμον τὸν πρὸς τὸν Δολοβέλλαν ἐνεχείρισαν. πάντως δʼ ἂν καὶ τὰς δυνάμεις ἃς εἶχε προσπαρείλοντο, εἰ μήπερ ἐφοβήθησαν φανερῶς αὐτὸ ψηφίσασθαι διὰ τὸ εὔνους οἱ τοὺς στρατιώτας ἐπίστασθαι ὄντας. στασιάσαι δʼ οὖν σφας καὶ ὣς καὶ πρὸς ἀλλήλους καὶ πρὸς ἐκεῖνον ἐπεχείρησαν. οὔτε γὰρ ἐπαινέσαι τε καὶ τιμῆσαι πάντας αὐτοὺς ἠθέλησαν, μὴ καὶ τὸ φρόνημα αὐτῶν ἐπὶ μεῖζον ἄρωσιν, οὔτʼ ἀτιμάσαι καὶ παριδεῖν πάντας, μὴ καὶ μᾶλλον αὐτοὺς ἀλλοτριώσωσι καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο καὶ συμφρονεῖν ἀναγκάσωσι. διὰ μέσου οὖν ἐποίησαν, καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἐπαινέσαντες αὐτῶν τοὺς δʼ οὔ, καὶ τοῖς μὲν στέφανον ἐλαίας ἐν ταῖς πανηγύρεσι φορεῖν δόντες τοῖς δʼ οὔ, καὶ προσέτι καὶ χρήματα τοῖς μὲν δισχιλίας καὶ πεντακοσίας δραχμὰς τοῖς δὲ οὐδὲ χαλκοῦν ψηφισάμενοι, συγκρούσειν τε αὐτοὺς ἀλλήλοις κἀκ τούτου καὶ ἀσθενώσειν ἤλπισαν.
yet as regards Caesar, they not only did not consider him any longer as deserving of any great reward, but even undertook to overthrow him by giving to Decimus all the prizes for which Caesar was hoping. For they voted in Decimus' honour not only sacrifices but also a triumph, and gave him charge of the rest of the war and of the legions, including those of Vibius. 2 Upon the soldiers who had been besieged with him they decreed that praised should be bestowed and likewise all the other reward which had formerly been promised to Caesar's men, although these troops had contributed nothing to the victory, but had merely beheld it from the walls. They honoured Aquila, who had died in the battle, with a statue, and restored to his heirs the money which he had expended from his own purse for the equipment of Decimus' troops. In a word, all that had been done for Caesar to thwart Antony was now voted to others to thwart Caesar himself. And to the end that, no matter how much he might wish it, he should not be able to do any harm, they arrayed all his personal enemies against him. Thus to Sextus Pompey they entrusted the fleet, to Marcus Brutus Macedonia, and to Cassius Syria together with the war against Dolabella. 4 They would certainly have gone further and deprived him of the forces that he had, had they not been afraid to vote this openly, because they knew that his soldiers were devoted to him. But they attempted, even so, to set them at variance with one another and with Caesar himself. For they wished neither to praise and honour them all, for fear of raising their spirits still higher, nor to dishonour and neglect them all, for fear of alienating them to come to an agreement with one another. 6 Hence they adopted a middle course, and by praising some of them and not others, by allowing some to wear garlands of olive at the festivals and others not, and, furthermore, by voting to some of them ten thousand sesterces and to others not a copper, they hoped to set them at odds with each other and consequently to weaken them.
§ 46.41
καὶ τούς γε διαγγελοῦντάς σφισι ταῦτα οὐ πρὸς τὸν Καίσαρα ἀλλὰ πρὸς ἐκείνους ἔπεμψαν. περιοργὴς οὖν καὶ ἐπὶ τούτοις γενόμενος ἐπέτρεψε μὲν τῷ λόγῳ τοῖς πρεσβευταῖς ἄνευ ἑαυτοῦ τῷ στρατεύματι συμμῖξαι, προπαραγγείλας μήτʼ ἀπόκρισίν τινα αὐτοῖς δοθῆναι καὶ ἑαυτὸν παραχρῆμα μεταπεμφθῆναι· ἐλθὼν δὲ ἐς τὸ στρατόπεδον καὶ συνακούσας σφίσι τὰ ἐπεσταλμένα, πολὺ μᾶλλον αὐτοὺς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐκείνων ᾠκειώσατο. οἵ τε γὰρ προτετιμημένοι οὐ τοσοῦτον τῇ πλεονεξίᾳ ἔχαιρον ὅσον ὑπώπτευον τὸ γιγνόμενον, τοῦ Καίσαρός σφας ὅτι μάλιστα ἐνάγοντος· καὶ οἱ ἠτιμασμένοι ἐκείνοις μὲν οὐδὲν ὠργίζοντο, προσδιαβάλλοντες δὲ τὴν διάνοιαν τῶν ἐψηφισμένων τήν τε ἀτιμίαν σφῶν ἐπὶ πάντας ἦγον καὶ τὴν ὀργὴν αὐτοῖς ἐκοινοῦντο. μαθόντες οὖν ταῦθʼ οἱ ἐν τῇ πόλει, καὶ φοβηθέντες, ὕπατον μὲν οὐδʼ ὣς αὐτὸν ἀπέδειξαν, οὗπερ που τὰ μάλιστα ἐγλίχετο, ταῖς δὲ δὴ τιμαῖς ταῖς ὑπατικαῖς ἐκόσμησαν, ὥστε καὶ γνώμην ἐν τοῖς ὑπατευκόσιν ἤδη τίθεσθαι. ἐπειδή τε ἐν οὐδενὶ λόγῳ τοῦτʼ ἔσχε, στρατηγόν τε αὐτὸν ἐν τοῖς πρῶτον καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὕπατον αἱρεθῆναι ἐψηφίσαντο. καὶ οἱ μὲν οὕτω τὸν Καίσαρα, ὥσπερ ὡς ἀληθῶς μειράκιόν τέ τι καὶ παῖδα, ἅπερ που διεθρύλουν, ὄντα, σοφῶς μετακεχειρίσθαι ἔδοξαν· ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἐπί τε τοῖς ἄλλοις καὶ ἐπʼ αὐτῷ τούτῳ, ὅτι παῖς ἤκουε, δεινῶς ἀγανακτῶν οὐκέτʼ ἐς ἀναβολὰς ἐποιήσατο, ἀλλʼ ἐπί τε τὰ ὅπλα καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν ἰσχὺν αὐτῶν ἐτράπετο. καὶ πρός τε τὸν Ἀντώνιον κρύφα διεκηρυκεύσατο, καὶ τοὺς διαφυγόντας ἐκ τῆς μάχης, οὓς αὐτός τʼ ἐνενικήκει καὶ ἡ βουλὴ πολεμίους ἐψήφιστο, συνήθροιζε, καὶ κατηγορίας παρʼ αὐτοῖς καὶ κατὰ τῆς γερουσίας καὶ κατὰ τοῦ δήμου πολλὰς ἐποιεῖτο.
And they even sent the men who were to carry these announcements to them, not to Caesar, but to the men themselves. So he became enraged at this also, and though he pretended to allow the envoys to mingle with the army without his presence, giving orders beforehand that no answer should be given them and that he himself should at once be sent for, yet when he came into the camp and joined them in listening to the despatches, he won them to himself still more than before by the very nature of the communication. 2 For, on the one hand, those who had been singled out for honour were not so pleased with their preferment as they were suspicious of the affair, and Caesar encouraged them in this as much as he could; on the other hand, those who had been slighted were not at all angry with their comrades, but adding their doubts of the sincerity of the decrees, they transferred to the whole army the slight to themselves and communicated their resentment to the others. The people in the city, on learning this, though they were frightened, did not even then appoint Caesar consul, the honour which he especially coveted, but granted him the distinction of consular honours, so that he might now give his vote along with the ex-consuls. When he showed his contempt for this, they voted that he should be chosen a praetor of the first rank and later consul as well. 4 In this way they thought they had handled Caesar cleverly, as if he were in reality a mere youth or boy, as indeed they were always repeating. He, however, was exceedingly vexed, not only at their general behaviour, but especially at this very fact that he was called a boy; so he made no further delay, but turned against their arms and their power. And he secretly arranged a truce with Antony, and proceeded to assemble the men who had escaped from the battle, whom he himself had conquered and the senate had voted to be enemies, and in their presence made many accusations against both the senate and the people.
§ 46.42
ἀκούοντες δὲ ταῦτα οἱ ἐν τῷ ἄστει τέως μὲν ἐν ὀλιγωρίᾳ αὐτὸν ἦγον, ἐπεὶ δὲ τόν τε Ἀντώνιον καὶ τὸν Λέπιδον συμπεφρονηκότας ᾔσθοντο, θεραπεύειν τε αὖθις ἤρξαντο, ἀγνοοῦντες τοὺς λόγους οὓς πρὸς τὸν Ἀντώνιον ἐπεποίητο, καὶ τῷ πολέμῳ τῷ πρὸς ἐκείνους προσέταξαν. ὁ οὖν Καῖσαρ καὶ τοῦτον μέν, εἴ πως ὕπατος διʼ αὐτὸν ἀποδειχθείη, ὑπεδέξατο· πάνυ γάρ τι ἔπρασσεν διά τε ἄλλων καὶ διὰ τοῦ Κικέρωνος ὅπως χειροτονηθείη, οὕτως ὥστε καὶ συνύπατον αὐτὸν ὑποσχέσθαι οἱ ποιήσειν. ἐπεὶ δʼ οὐδʼ ὣς ᾑρέθη, ἡτοιμάζετο μὲν ὡς καὶ πολεμήσων καθάπερ ἐδέδοκτο, παρασκευάσας δὲ ἐν τούτῳ τοὺς στρατιώτας αὑτοῦ, ἐφʼ ἑαυτῶν δῆθεν, ὀμόσαι αἰφνιδίως πρὸς μηδὲν τῶν στρατοπέδων τῶν τοῦ Καίσαρος γενομένων πολεμήσειν (ὅπερ που πρὸς τὸν Λέπιδον καὶ πρὸς τὸν Ἀντώνιον ἔφερεν· τὸ γὰρ πλεῖστον τῶν συστρατευομένων σφίσιν ἐξ ἐκείνων ἦνʼ, ἀνέσχε, καὶ πρέσβεις ἐπὶ τούτῳ πρὸς τὴν βουλὴν ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν στρατιωτῶν τετρακοσίους ἔπεμψε.
The people in the city, on hearing his, for a time regarded him with indifference, but when they heard that Antony and Lepidus had become of one mind, they began again to court his favour, being ignorant of the propositions he had made to Antony, and put him in charge of the war against the other two. 2 Caesar, accordingly, undertook this war also, hoping that he might be made consul for it; for he was working so hard through Cicero and others to be elected, that he even promised to make Cicero his colleague. But when he was not chosen even then, he made preparations, to be sure, to carry on the war, as had been decreed, but meanwhile arranged that his own soldiers ostensibly of their own motion, should suddenly take an oath not to fight against any legion that had been Caesar's. This, of course, had reference to Lepidus and Antony, 4 since the majority of their adherents were of that class. So he waited and sent to the senate as envoys on this business four hundred of the soldiers themselves.
§ 46.43
τοῦτο μὲν δὴ πρόσχημα τῆς πρεσβείας αὐτοῖς ἦν, τὸ δʼ ὅλον τά τε χρήματα τὰ ἐψηφισμένα σφίσιν ἀπῄτουν καὶ ὕπατον τὸν Καίσαρα ἀποδειχθῆναι ἐκέλευον. ἀναβαλλομένων οὖν αὐτῶν τὴν ἀπόκρισιν ὡς καὶ σκέψεως δεομένην, ἄδειάν τινι τῶν τὰ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου πραξάντων ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Καίσαρος, ὥσπερ εἰκὸς ἦν, ἐντολῆς ᾔτησαν, οὐχ ὅτι καὶ ἐβούλοντο αὐτῆς τυχεῖν, ἀλλʼ ἵνα ἀποπειραθῶσί τε αὐτῶν εἰ ταύτην γε δώσουσί σφισιν, ἢ καὶ ἀφορμὴν ὀργῆς λάβωσι τὸ καὶ διʼ ἐκείνην δοκεῖν χαλεπαίνειν. ἀποτυχόντες γοῦν αὐτῆς (ἀντεῖπε μὲν γὰρ οὐδείς, πολλῶν δὲ τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ὑπὲρ ἑτέρων ἅμα ἀξιωσάντων, καὶ τὸ κατʼ ἐκείνους, ὡς πολὺ ἐγίγνετο, εὐπρεπῶς πως διεκρούσθἠ οἵ τε ἄλλοι φανερῶς ὠργίζοντο, καὶ εἷς τις αὐτῶν ἐξῆλθέ τε ἐκ τοῦ βουλευτηρίου, καὶ τὸ ξίφος λαβών (ἄοπλοι γὰρ ἐσεληλύθεσανʼ ἥψατό τε αὐτοῦ καὶ εἶπεν ὅτι, “ἂν ὑμεῖς τὴν ὑπατείαν μὴ δῶτε τῷ Καίσαρι, τοῦτο δώσει.” καὶ αὐτῷ ὁ Κικέρων ὑπολαβὼν “ἂν οὕτως,” ἔφη, “παρακαλῆτε, λήψεται αὐτήν.” ἐκείνῳ μὲν καὶ τοῦτο τὸν ὄλεθρον παρεσκεύασεν· ὁ δὲ δὴ Καῖσαρ τὸ μὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ στρατιώτου πραχθὲν οὐκ ἐμέμψατο, ὅτι δὲ τά τε ὅπλα ἐς τὸ συνέδριον ἐσιόντες ἀποθέσθαι ἠναγκάσθησαν, καί τις αὐτῶν ἐπύθετο πότερον παρὰ τῶν στρατοπέδων ἢ παρὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος ἐπέμφθησαν, ἔγκλημα ἐποιεῖτο, καὶ τόν τε Ἀντώνιον καὶ τὸν Λέπιδον (καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνον κατὰ τὴν φιλίαν αὐτοῦ τὴν πρὸς τὸν Ἀντώνιον προσετέθειτὀ σπουδῇ μετεπέμψατο, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπὶ τὴν Ῥώμην, ἐκβιασθεὶς δῆθεν ὑπὸ τῶν στρατιωτῶν, μετὰ πάντων αὐτῶν ὥρμησε.
This was the soldiers' excuse for the embassy, but all they really did was to demand the money that had been voted them and to urge that Caesar should be appointed consul. 2 While the senators were postponing their reply, on the ground that it required deliberation, the envoys, acting presumably on their instructions from Caesar, asked that amnesty be granted to a certain person who had embraced Antony's cause. They did not really desire to obtain it, but wished to test the senators and see if they would grant at least this request, and, if they should not, to gain as an excuse for resentment their pretended vexation at being refused. At any rate, when they failed to gain their petition (for, although no one spoke against it, yet, since many had preferred the same request on behalf of others at the same session, this petition also, since it was but one out of many, was rejected with a show of plausibility), 4 all the soldiers were openly angry, and one of them went out of the senate-chamber and getting his sword, — for they had gone in unarmed — touched it and said: “If you do not grant the consulship to Caesar, this shall grant it.” And Cicero, interrupting him, answered: “If you exhort in this way he will get it.” Now for Cicero this incident paved the way for destruction. As for Caesar, he did not censure the soldier's act, but made a complaint because his men had been obliged to lay aside their arms on entering the senate and because one of the senators had asked whether they were sent by the legions or by Caesar. 6 He summoned in haste Antony and Lepidus (for he had attached Lepidus also to himself through the friendship existing between Antony and Lepidus), and he himself, pretending to have been forced to such measures by his soldiers, set out with all of them against Rome.
§ 46.44
καὶ τῶν τε ἱππέων τινὰ καὶ ἄλλους ὑποτοπήσαντες ἐπὶ κατασκοπῇ σφων παρεῖναι ἔσφαξαν, καὶ τὰ χωρία τῶν ἀντιγνωμονούντων σφίσιν ἐλυμαίνοντο, ἐπί τε τῇ προφάσει ταύτῃ καὶ ἄλλα πολλὰ ἐκακούργουν. πυθόμενοι οὖν οἱ βουλευταὶ τὴν ἔφοδον αὐτῶν, τά τε χρήματα αὐτοῖς πρὶν πλησιάσαι σφᾶς ἔπεμψαν, εἴ πως λαβόντες αὐτὰ ἀναχωρήσειαν, καὶ ἐπειδὴ καὶ ὣς ἠπείγοντο, ὕπατον τὸν Καίσαρα ἀπέδειξαν. οὐδὲν μέντοι οὐδὲ ἐκ τούτου ἀπώνηντο· ὧν γὰρ οὐχ ἑκόντες ἀλλʼ ἀναγκασθέντες ἔπραξαν, οὐδεμίαν σφίσι χάριν οἱ στρατιῶται ἔσχον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ πλεῖον, ἅτε καὶ ἐκπεφοβηκότες αὐτούς, ἐθρασύνοντο. μαθοῦσα οὖν ταῦθʼ ἡ γερουσία μετεβάλετο, καὶ ἐκείνοις τε ἀπηγόρευσε μὴ πελάσαι τῇ πόλει, ἀλλʼ ὑπὲρ πεντήκοντα καὶ ἑπτακοσίους σταδίους ἀπʼ αὐτῆς ἀποσχεῖν, καὶ αὐτοὶ τήν τε ἐσθῆτα αὖθις ἠλλάξαντο καὶ τοῖς στρατηγοῖς τὴν φυλακὴν τῆς πόλεως ἐνεχείρισαν, ὥσπερ εἴθιστο. καὶ τά τε ἄλλα ἐν φρουρᾷ ἐποιήσαντο, καὶ τὸ Ἰανίκουλον μετά τε τῶν αὐτόθι στρατιωτῶν καὶ μεθʼ ἑτέρων ἐκ τῆς Ἀφρικῆς ἐπελθόντων προκατέλαβον.
They slew one of the knights, among others whom they suspected of being present to spy upon them, and besides harrying the lands of such as were not in accord with them, did much other mischief on this same pretext. 2 The senators, on learning of their approach, sent them their money before they drew near, hoping that when the invaders received it they would retire, and when, even so, they still pressed on, they appointed Caesar consul. They gained nothing, by this step, either; for the soldiers were not at all grateful to them for what they had done not willingly but under compulsion, but were even more emboldened, now that they had thoroughly frightened them. 4 So when the senate learned this, it altered its policy and ordered them not to approach the city but to keep at least a hundred miles from it. They themselves also changed their garb again and committed to the praetors the care of the city, as was the custom. And besides garrisoning other points, they promptly occupied the Janiculum with the soldiers that were in the city and with others who had come from Africa.
§ 46.45
ἕως μὲν δὴ ἐν ὁδῷ ἔθʼ ὁ Καῖσαρ ἦν, ταῦτά τε οὕτως ἐγίγνετο, καὶ ὁμοθυμαδὸν αὐτῶν πάντες οἱ ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ τότε ὄντες ἀντελαμβάνοντο, ὥσπερ που φιλοῦσιν οἱ πολλοί, πρὶν ἔς τε τὴν ὄψιν καὶ ἐς τὴν πεῖραν τῶν δεινῶν ἀφικέσθαι, θρασύνεσθαι. ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐν τῷ προαστείῳ ἐγένετο, ἐφοβήθησαν, καὶ πρῶτον μὲν τῶν βουλευτῶν τινες, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τοῦ δήμου συχνοὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν μετέστησαν. κἀκ τούτου καὶ οἱ στρατηγοὶ ἔκ τε τοῦ Ἰανικούλου κατέβησαν καὶ τούς τε στρατιώτας καὶ ἑαυτοὺς αὐτῷ παρέδωκαν. τήν τε οὖν πόλιν οὕτως ὁ Καῖσαρ ἀμαχεὶ κατέσχε, καὶ ὕπατος καὶ πρὸς τοῦ δήμου ἀπεδείχθη, δύο τινῶν ἀντὶ ὑπάτων πρὸς τὰς ἀρχαιρεσίας αἱρεθέντων, ἐπειδὴ ἀδύνατον ἦν μεσοβασιλέα διʼ ὀλίγου οὕτως ἐπʼ αὐτὰς κατὰ τὰ πάτρια γενέσθαι, πολλῶν ἀνδρῶν τῶν τὰς εὐπάτριδας ἀρχὰς ἐχόντων ἀποδημούντων. τοῦτο γὰρ τὸ δύο ἄνδρας διὰ τοῦ στρατηγοῦ τοῦ ἀστυνόμου ψηφισθῆναι μᾶλλον ἢ τὸ τοὺς ὑπάτους δι’ αὐτοῦ χειροτονηθῆναι ὑπέμειναν, ὅτι μηδὲν πλέον τῶν ἀρχαιρεσιῶν ποιήσειν ἔμελλον, καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο μηδʼ ἀρχήν τινα ἰσχυροτέραν αὐτοῦ ἐσχηκέναι δόξειν. καὶ ἐγίγνετο μέν που ταῦθʼ ὑπὸ τῶν ὅπλων· ὁ δὲ δὴ Καῖσαρ, ἵνα δὴ μὴ βεβιάσθαι τι αὐτοὺς δόξῃ, οὐκ ἀπήντησεν ἐς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, ὥσπερ τινῶν τὴν παρουσίαν ἀλλʼ οὐ τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ φοβουμένων.
Now these things were taking place while Caesar was still on the march; and all the people who were at that time in Rome with one accord took part in the proceedings against him, just as most men are wont to be bold until they come in sight of dangers and have a chance to experience them. 2 When, however, he arrived in the suburbs, they became alarmed, and first some of the senators, and later many of the people, went over to his side. Thereupon the praetors also came down from the Janiculum and surrendered to him their soldiers and themselves. Thus Caesar took possession of the city without a blow and was appointed consul by the people, after two men had been chosen to act as consuls for holding the elections; for it was impossible, on so short notice, for an interrex to be chosen for the purpose, in accordance with precedent, because many men who held the patrician offices were absent from the city. 4 For they preferred to submit to this arrangement of having two men named by the praetor urbanus rather to have the consuls elected under his direction, because now these officials would limit their activities to the elections and consequently would appear to have possessed no office greater than his. This was of course done under pressure of arms; but Caesar, in order that he might appear not to have used any force upon them, did not enter the assembly, — as if it was his presence that any one feared instead of his power!
§ 46.46
οὕτω μὲν οὖν ὕπατος ᾑρέθη, καὶ αὐτῷ καὶ συνάρχων, εἴγε τοῦτο δεῖ, ἀλλὰ μὴ ὕπαρχον, αὐτὸν εἰπεῖν, ὁ Πέδιος ὁ Κύιντος ἐδόθη. καὶ ἐπί τε τούτῳ μέγιστον ἐφρόνει, ὅτι ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡλικίᾳ, ὃ μηπώποτέ τινι ἐγεγόνει, ὑπατεύσειν ἔμελλε, καὶ ὅτι τῇ πρώτῃ τῶν ἀρχαιρεσιῶν ἐς τὸ πεδίον τὸ Ἄρειον ἐσελθὼν γῦπας ἓξ καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα δημηγορῶν τι πρὸς τοὺς στρατιώτας ἄλλους δώδεκα εἶδε· πρός τε γὰρ τὸν Ῥωμύλον καὶ πρὸς τὸ οἰώνισμα τὸ ἐκείνῳ γενόμενον ἀναφέρων καὶ τὴν μοναρχίαν αὐτοῦ λήψεσθαι προσεδόκησεν. οὐ μέντοι ὡς καὶ δεύτερον ὑπατεύων, ὅτι ταῖς τιμαῖς ταῖς ὑπατικαῖς ἐκεκόσμητο, ἐσεμνύνατο. καὶ τοῦτο καὶ ἔπειτα ἐπὶ πάντων τῶν ὁμοίων μέχρις ἡμῶν ἐτηρήθη· Σεουῆρος γὰρ αὐτοκράτωρ πρῶτος Πλαυτιανὸν ὑπατικαῖς τιμαῖς τιμήσας, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο ἔς τε τὸ βουλευτικὸν ἐσαγαγὼν καὶ ὕπατον ἀποδείξας, ὡς καὶ δεύτερον ὑπατεύσοντα ἀνεκήρυξεν, καὶ ἀπʼ ἐκείνου καὶ ἐφʼ ἑτέρων τὸ αὐτὸ ἐγένετο. ὁ δʼ οὖν Καῖσαρ τά τε ἄλλα τὰ ἐν τῇ πόλει πρὸς τὸ δοκοῦν αὑτῷ κατεστήσατο, καὶ χρήματα τοῖς στρατιώταις, τοῖς μὲν ὅσα τε καὶ ὅθεν ἐψήφιστο, τοῖς δὲ λοιποῖς ὡς ἑκάστοις, λόγῳ μὲν οἴκοθεν ἔργῳ δὲ ἐκ τῶν κοινῶν ἔδωκε. τότε μὲν οὕτω τε καὶ ἐκ τοιαύτης αἰτίας οἱ στρατιῶται τὸ ἀργύριον ἔλαβον· παρακούσαντες δέ τινες τοῦτο ἔδοξαν ἀεὶ πᾶσιν ἁπλῶς τοῖς πολιτικοῖς στρατοπέδοις, ὅσα ἂν ἐς τὴν Ῥώμην μεθʼ ὅπλων ἀφίκηται, τὰς δισχιλίας καὶ πεντακοσίας δραχμὰς ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι δίδοσθαι. καὶ διὰ ταῦτα καὶ οἱ μετὰ τοῦ Σεουήρου ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ Ἰουλιανοῦ καθαιρέσει ἐς τὸ ἄστυ ἐλθόντες φοβερώτατοι αὐτῷ τε ἐκείνῳ καὶ ἡμῖν ἐγένοντο ἀπαιτοῦντες αὐτάς· καί σφας, οὐδʼ εἰδότων τῶν ἄλλων ὅ τι ποτὲ ἠξίουν, ἐθεράπευσεν ὁ Σεουῆρος πεντήκοντα καὶ διακοσίαις δραχμαῖς.
Thus Caesar was chosen consul, and Quintus Pedius was given him as his colleague in office — 2 if it is right to call him that and not his subordinate. And Caesar was extremely proud of the fact that he was to be consul at an earlier age than had ever been the lot of any one else, and furthermore that on the first day of the elections, when he entered the Campus Martius, he saw six vultures, and later, while haranguing the soldiers, twelve others. For, comparing it with Romulus and the omen that had befallen him, he expected to obtain that king's sovereignty also. He did not, however, boast of being consul for the second time, merely because of his having already been given the distinction of the consular honours. And his practice was afterwards observed in all similar cases down to our own day, 4 the emperor Severus being the first to depart from it; for after honouring Plautianus with the consular honours and later making him a member of the senate and appointing him consul, he proclaimed that Plautianus was entering upon the consulship for the second time, and from that time forth the same thing has been done in other instances. Now Caesar arranged affairs in general in the city to suit his taste, and gave money to the soldiers, to some what had been voted from the funds prescribed, and to the rest individually from his private resources, as he claimed, but in reality from the public funds. 6 In this way and for the reasons mentioned the soldiers received their money on that occasion. But some men have misunderstood the matter and have thought it was compulsory that the ten thousand sesterces be given always to absolutely all the citizen legions that enter Rome under arms. For this reason the followers of Severus who had entered the city to overthrow Julianus became most terrifying both to their leader himself and to us when they demanded this sum; and Severus won their favour with only a thousand sesterces apiece, the other leaders not even being aware of what it was the soldiers were demanding.
§ 46.47
ὁ δʼ οὖν Καῖσαρ τοῖς μὲν στρατιώταις τά τε χρήματα ἔδωκε καὶ χάριν καὶ πλείστην καὶ ἀληθεστάτην ἔγνω· ἄνευ γὰρ τῆς παρʼ αὐτῶν φρουρᾶς οὐδὲ ἐς τὸ βουλευτήριον ἐσφοιτᾶν ἐτόλμα· τῇ δὲ δὴ γερουσίᾳ χάριν μέν που, πλαστῶς δὲ δὴ καὶ προσποιητῶς, ἔσχεν· ἃ γὰρ βιασάμενός σφας εὕρητο, ταῦθʼ ὡς καὶ παρʼ ἑκόντων αὐτῶν εἰληφὼς ἐν εὐεργεσίας μέρει δῆθεν ἐτίθετο. καὶ ἐκεῖνοι οὖν ἐπί τε τούτοις, ὡς καὶ ἐθελονταὶ αὐτὰ δεδωκότες, ἐσεμνύνοντο, καὶ προσέτι ὃν οὐδʼ ὕπατον ἑλέσθαι πρότερον ἠθελήκεσαν, τούτῳ καὶ μετὰ τὴν ἀρχὴν πάντων τῶν ἀεὶ ὑπατευόντων, ὁσάκις ἂν ἐν στρατοπέδῳ ᾖ, προτιμᾶσθαι ἔδοσαν· ᾧ τε δίκας ἐπάξειν ὅτι δυνάμεις καθʼ ἑαυτὸν μηδενὸς ψηφισαμένου συνέστησεν ἠπειλήκεσαν, τούτῳ καὶ ἑτέρας προσκαταλέξαι προσέταξαν· καὶ ἐφʼ οὗ τῇ τε ἀτιμίᾳ καὶ τῇ καταλύσει τῷ Δεκίμῳ πρὸς τὸν Ἀντώνιον πολεμῆσαι ἐκεκελεύκεσαν, τούτῳ καὶ τὰ ἐκείνου στρατόπεδα προσέθεσαν. καὶ τέλος τήν τε φυλακὴν τῆς πόλεως, ὥστε πάνθʼ ὅσα βούλοιτο καὶ ἐκ τῶν νόμων ποιεῖν ἔχειν, παρέλαβε, καὶ ἐς τὸ τοῦ Καίσαρος γένος κατὰ τὰ νομιζόμενα ἐσεποιήθη, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὴν ἐπίκλησιν μετέθετο. ὠνόμαζε μὲν γὰρ καὶ πρότερον αὐτὸς ἑαυτόν, ὥς γέ τισι δοκεῖ, Καίσαρα, ἐξ οὗ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτῷ τοῦτο μετὰ τοῦ κλήρου κατελείφθη· οὐ μέντοι οὔτʼ ἀκριβῆ τὴν προσηγορίαν οὔτε ἐπὶ πάντας εἶχε, πρὶν δὴ καὶ ἐκ τῶν πατρίων αὐτὴν τότε ἐβεβαιώσατο, καὶ οὕτως ἐξ ἐκείνου Γάιος Ἰούλιος Καῖσαρ Ὀκταουιανὸς ἐπεκλήθη· νενόμισται γάρ, ἄν τις ἐσποιηθῇ, τὴν μὲν ἄλλην αὐτὸν πρόσρησιν ἀπὸ τοῦ ποιησαμένου λαμβάνειν, ἓν δέ τι τῶν προτέρων ὀνομάτων σχηματισθέν πως τηρεῖν. τοῦτο μὲν οὖν οὕτως ἔχει· ἐγὼ δὲ οὐκ Ὀκταουιανὸν ἀλλὰ Καίσαρα αὐτόν, ὅτι πᾶσι τοῖς τὸ τῶν Ῥωμαίων κράτος λαμβάνουσιν ἡ προσηγορία αὕτη ἐκνενίκηκεν, ὀνομάσω. προσεκτήσατο μὲν γὰρ καὶ ἑτέραν τὴν τοῦ Αὐγούστου, καὶ αὐτὴν διὰ τοῦτο καὶ οἱ ἔπειτα αὐτοκράτορες τίθενται· ἀλλʼ ἐκείνη μὲν ὅταν ἐς τὴν συγγραφὴν ἔλθῃ λελέξεται, μέχρι δὲ δὴ τότε ἀρκούντως ἡ τοῦ Καίσαρος ἐπίκλησις τὴν τοῦ Ὀκταουιανοῦ δήλωσιν ἀποπληρώσει.
Now Caesar not only gave the soldiers the money but also expressed to them his most hearty and sincere thanks; indeed, he did not even venture to enter the senate-chamber without a guard of them. To the senate he showed gratitude, but it was all fictitious and assumed for he was accepting as if it were a favour received from their willing hands what he had attained by applying force to them. 2 And so they plumed themselves on their behaviour, as if they had given him these privileges voluntarily; and, moreover, they granted to him, whom previously they had not even wished to elect to the consulship, the right, after his term should expire, of taking precedence, as often as he should be in camp, over any consul for the time being. To him on whom they had threatened to inflict penalties, because he had gathered forces on his own account without anyone's voting for it, they assigned the duty of collecting other forces; and to the man for whose disgrace and overthrow they had ordered Decimus to fight against Antony they added the legions of Decimus. 4 And, finally, he obtained the guardianship of city, so that he was able to do everything he wished in accordance with the laws, and he was adopted into Caesar's family in the regular way and changed his name in consequence. To be sure, even before this he had been accustomed, as some believe, to call himself Caesar, from the time this name had been bequeathed to him along with the inheritance, but he did not use this appellation with any strictness or in his dealings with everybody until at this time he got it confirmed in accordance with established custom, and was thus named, after his adoptive father, Gaius Julius Caesar Octavianus. 6 For it is the custom for a person, when he is adopted, to take most of his name from his adopter but to keep one of his previous names somewhat altered in form. This is the way of the matter, but I shall call him, not Octavianus, but Caesar, inasmuch as the latter name has prevailed among all who have held sway over the Romans. 8 For although he acquired another name also, — that of Augustus, — and the emperors who succeeded him consequently assumed it also, that one will be described when it comes up in the history, and until then the title Caesar will be sufficient to show that Octavianus is indicated.
§ 46.48
οὗτος οὖν ὁ Καῖσαρ ἐπειδὴ τάχιστα τούς τε στρατιώτας ᾠκειώσατο καὶ τὴν βουλὴν ἐδουλώσατο, πρός τε τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς τιμωρίαν ἐτράπετο, καὶ φοβηθεὶς μή πῃ τὸν ὅμιλον διὰ τοῦτʼ ἐκταράξῃ, οὐ πρότερον τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γνώμην ἐξέφηνε πρὶν τὴν ἀπόδοσιν τῶν καταλειφθέντων σφίσι ποιήσασθαι. ὡς δὲ καὶ ἐκεῖνοι τοῖς χρήμασι, καίπερ ἔκ τε τῶν κοινῶν οὖσι καὶ ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ πολέμου προφάσει συναχθεῖσι, κατελήφθησαν, οὕτω δὴ τοὺς σφαγέας μετῆλθε. καὶ ἵνα γε μὴ βιαίως ἀλλʼ ἐν δίκῃ τινὶ ποιεῖν αὐτὸ δόξῃ, νόμον τέ τινα περὶ τῆς κρίσεως αὐτῶν ἐσήνεγκε καὶ δικαστήρια καὶ ἀποῦσί σφισιν ἐκάθισεν. οἵ τε γὰρ πλείους αὐτῶν ἀπεδήμουν, καί τινες καὶ ἡγεμονίας ἐθνῶν εἶχον· καὶ οἱ παρόντες οὔτʼ ἀπήντησαν ὑπὸ τοῦ δέους, καὶ προσέτι καὶ διαλαθόντες ἐξεχώρησαν. ἐρήμην οὖν οὐχ ὅπως οἵ τε αὐτόχειρες τοῦ Καίσαρος γενόμενοι καὶ οἱ συνομόσαντές σφισιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἄλλοι πολλοί, οὐχ ὅτι μὴ ἐπιβουλεύσαντες τῷ Καίσαρι ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἐν τῇ πόλει τότε γε ὄντες, ἥλωσαν. τοῦτο δὲ ἐπὶ τὸν Πομπήιον τὸν Σέξτον μάλιστα κατεσκευάσθη· καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνος ἥκιστα τῆς ἐπιθέσεως μετασχὼν ὅμως κατὰ τὸ πολέμιον αὐτοῦ κατεψηφίσθη. καὶ αὐτοί τε πυρὸς καὶ ὕδατος εἴρχθησαν, καὶ αἱ οὐσίαι αὐτῶν ἐδημεύθησαν· τά τε ἔθνη, οὐκ ἐκεῖνα μόνον ὧν τινες αὐτῶν ἦρχον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ πάντα τοῖς τοῦ Καίσαρος φίλοις ἐπετράπη.
This Caesar, then, as soon as he had conciliated the soldiers and dominated the senate, turned himself to avenging his father's murder; but as he was afraid of stirring up the populace more or less in carrying out this plan, he did not make known his intention until he had seen to the payment of the bequests made to them. 2 But when they had been won over by means of the money, although it belonged to the public funds and had been collected on the pretext of the war, then at length he began to follow up the murderers. And in order that he might not appear to be doing this by force but in accordance with some principle of justice, he proposed a law about their trial and convened the courts even in their absence. For the majority of the assassins were abroad and some were even holding commands over provinces; and those who were present not only failed to appear, by reason of their fear, but also secretly left the country. Consequently not only those who had been the actual murderers of Caesar, and their fellow-conspirators, were convicted by default, but many others also who, so far from having plotted against Caesar, had not even been in the city at the time. 4 This action was concocted chiefly against Sextus Pompey; for although he had had no share whatever in the attack, he was nevertheless condemned because he had been an enemy. Those adjudged guilty were debarred from fire and water and their property confiscated. The provinces, not only those which some of them were governing, but all the others as well, were entrusted to the friends of Caesar.
§ 46.49
ἐν τούτοις δὲ τοῖς ὑπαιτίοις καὶ ὁ Κάσκας ὁ Πούπλιος ὁ Σερουίλιος ὁ δήμαρχος ἐγένετο· καὶ ἐπειδὴ προϋποτοπήσας τὸν Καίσαρα ὑπεξῆλθε πρὶν καὶ ἐς τὴν πόλιν αὐτὸν ἐσελθεῖν, τῆς τε ἀρχῆς ὡς καὶ παρὰ τὰ πάτρια ἀποδημήσας ἐπαύθη, τοῦ πλήθους ὑπὸ Πουπλίου Τιτίου συνάρχοντος αὐτῷ ἀθροισθέντος, καὶ οὕτως ἑάλω. ἐπειδή τε ὁ Τίτιος οὐκ ἐς μακρὰν ἐτελεύτησεν, ἐβεβαιώθη τὸ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀρχαίου τετηρημένον· οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἐς ἐκεῖνο τοῦ χρόνου συνάρχοντά τινα καταλύσας ἀπηνιαύτισεν, ἀλλὰ τοῦτο μὲν ὁ Βροῦτος ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ Κολλατίνου καταπαύσει ἐπαπέθανε, τοῦτο δὲ ὁ Γράκχος ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ Ὀκταουίου καταλύσει ἀπεσφάγη, ὅ τε Κίννας ὁ τόν τε Μάρυλλον καὶ τὸν Φλάουιον ἀπαλλάξας οὐκ ἐς μακρὰν ἀπεφθάρη. ταῦτα μὲν οὕτω τετήρηται, τῶν δὲ δὴ τοῦ Καίσαρος φονέων συχνοὶ μὲν ἐς τὴν τοῦ παιδὸς αὐτοῦ χάριν, συχνοὶ δὲ καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ἄθλων προσαναπειθόμενοι κατηγόρουν· χρήματά τε γὰρ ἐκ τῆς τοῦ ἁλόντος οὐσίας καὶ τὴν τιμὴν τήν τε ἀρχὴν τὴν ἐκείνου, εἴ τινα ἄρα ἔχων ἦν, τό τε μηκέτι μήτʼ αὐτὸν μήτε τοὺς υἱεῖς τούς τε ἐγγόνους αὐτοῦ στρατεύεσθαι ἐλάμβανον. τῶν γε μὴν δικασάντων σφίσιν οἱ μὲν πλείους τῇ τε χάριτι καὶ τῷ δέει τῷ τοῦ Καίσαρος κατεψηφίζοντο αὐτῶν, ἐνδεικνύμενοί πῃ ὡς καὶ δικαίως αὐτὸ ποιοῦντες· εἰσὶ δὲ οἳ τὴν ψῆφον οἱ μὲν τῷ νόμῳ τῷ περὶ τῆς τιμωρίας σφῶν γεγραμμένῳ, οἱ δὲ καὶ τοῖς ὅπλοις τοῖς τοῦ Καίσαρος ἔδοσαν. καί τις Σιλίκιος Κορωνᾶς βουλευτὴς ἄντικρυς τὸν Βροῦτον τὸν Μᾶρκον ἀπέλυσε. καὶ τότε μὲν αὐτός τε ἐπὶ τούτῳ μέγα ηὔχει καὶ παρὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἐπαίνους κρύφα ἐλάμβανε, τῷ τε Καίσαρι, ὅτι μὴ εὐθὺς ἀπέθανε, δόξαν ἐπιεικείας παρέσχεν, ὕστερον δὲ ἐκ προγραφῆς ἐθανατώθη.
Among the accused was also Publius Servilius Casca, the tribune. He had already suspected Caesar's purpose in advance and had quietly slipped away, even before Caesar entered the city. For this he was removed from his office, on the charge of having left the city contrary to precedent, the populace being convened for the purpose by his colleague, Publius Titius, and thus he was condemned. 2 When Titius died not long afterward, confirmation was found of a tradition that had remained unbroken from of old; for no one up to that time who had expelled a colleague had lived the year out. In the first place, Brutus died after removing Collatinus from office, than Gracchus was murdered after deposing Octavius, and Cinna, who put Marullus and Flavius out of the way, perished not long afterward. Thus has the tradition been observed. Now the murderers of Caesar had many accusers who were anxious to ingratiate themselves with his son, and many who were persuaded to act thus by the rewards offered. For they received money from the estate of the convicted man and the latter's honours and office, if he had any, and exemption from further service in the army both for themselves and for their sons and grandsons. 4 And as for the jurors, the majority voted against the accused, indicating in one way or another that they were justified in doing this, both in order to win Caesar's favour and through fear of him; but there were some who cast their votes out of respect for the law enacted in regard to the punishment of the culprits, and others out of respect for the arms of Caesar. And one Silicius Corona, a senator, voted outright to acquit Marcus Brutus. He made a great boast of this at the time and secretly received approval from the others; and the fact that he was not immediately put to death gained for Caesar a reputation for clemency, but Silicius was afterwards proscribed and executed.
§ 46.50
Ταῦτʼ οὖν πράξας ὁ Καῖσαρ ἐπί τε τὸν Λέπιδον καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν Ἀντώνιον δῆθεν ἐστράτευσεν. ὁ γὰρ Ἀντώνιος, ὡς τότε ἐκ τῆς μάχης ἔφυγε καὶ αὐτὸν οὔθʼ ὁ Καῖσαρ, διὰ τὸ τῷ Δεκίμῳ τὸν πόλεμον ἐγχειρισθῆναι, οὔτε ἐκεῖνος, διὰ τὸ μὴ βούλεσθαι τὸν ἀντίπαλον τῷ Καίσαρι ὑπεξαιρεθῆναι, ἐπεδίωξε, συνελέξατο ὅσους ἠδυνήθη τῶν ἐκ τῆς μάχης περισωθέντων, καὶ πρὸς τὸν Λέπιδον ἀφίκετο παρασκευασάμενον μὲν ὡς καὶ αὐτὸν ἐς τὴν Ἰταλίαν κατὰ τὸ δόγμα στρατεύσοντα, προσταχθέντα δὲ αὖθις κατὰ χώραν μεῖναι. οἱ γὰρ βουλευταὶ ἐπειδὴ ἐπύθοντο τὸν Σιλανὸν τὰ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου πράξαντα, ἐφοβήθησαν τόν τε Λέπιδον καὶ τὸν Πλάγκον τὸν Λούκιον, μὴ καὶ ἐκεῖνοι αὐτῷ συνάρωνται, καὶ πέμψαντες πρὸς αὐτοὺς οὐδὲν ἔτι δεῖσθαί σφων ἔφασαν. ἵνα τε μηδὲν ὑποτοπήσωσι κἀκ τούτου τι κακουργήσωσιν, ἐκέλευσαν αὐτοῖς τοὺς ἐκ Οὐιέννης τῆς Ναρβωνησίας ὑπὸ τῶν Ἀλλοβρίγων ποτὲ ἐκπεσόντας καὶ ἐς τὸ μεταξὺ τοῦ τε Ῥοδανοῦ καὶ τοῦ Ἀράριδος, ᾗ συμμίγνυνται ἀλλήλοις, ἱδρυθέντας συνοικίσαι. καὶ οὕτως ἐκεῖνοι ὑπομείναντες τὸ Λουγούδουνον μὲν ὀνομασθὲν νῦν δὲ Λούγδουνον καλούμενον ἔκτισαν, οὐχ ὅτι οὐ καὶ ἐς τὴν Ἰταλίαν σὺν τοῖς ὅπλοις ἠδυνήθησαν ἂν ἐλθεῖν, εἴπερ ἠθελήκεσαν (ἀσθενέστατα γὰρ ἤδη τὰ ψηφίσματα πρὸς τοὺς τὰς δυνάμεις ἔχοντας ἤγετὀ, ἀλλʼ ὅτι τὴν ἔκβασιν τοῦ Ἀντωνιείου πολέμου περισκοποῦντες τῇ τε βουλῇ πεπειθαρχηκέναι δόξαι καὶ τὰ σφέτερα ἅμα κρατύνασθαι
After accomplishing all this Caesar made a pretence of making a campaign against Lepidus and Antony. Antony, it seems, on fleeing from the battle previously described, had not been pursued by Caesar because the war against him had been entrusted to Decimus; and Decimus had not pursued him because he did not wish Caesar's rival to be removed from the field. 2 Hence Antony collected as many as he could of the survivors of the battle and came to Lepidus, who had also made preparations to march into Italy in accordance with the decree, but had afterwards been ordered to remain where he was. For the senators, when they ascertained that Silanus had embraced Antony's cause, were afraid that Lepidus and Lucius Plancus might also coöperate with him, and so they sent a message to them saying they had no further need of them. 4 And to prevent their suspecting anything and consequently causing trouble, they ordered them to establish in a colony in Gallia Narbonensis the men who had once been driven by the Allobroges out of Vienne and afterwards established between the Rhone and the Arar, at their confluence. Therefore they submitted, and founded the town called Lugudunum, now known as Lugdunum, — not because they could not have entered Italy with their arms, had they wished, for the senate's decrees by this time exerted a very weak influence upon such as had troops, 6 but because, while awaiting the outcome of the war Antony was conducting, they wished to appear to have yielded obedience to the senate and at the same time to strengthen their own position.
§ 46.51
ἐβούλοντο. ἀμέλει τόν τε Σιλανὸν ὁ Λέπιδος ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου συμμαχίᾳ διεμέμψατο, καὶ αὐτῷ ἐκείνῳ ἐλθόντι οὐκ εὐθὺς ἐς λόγους ἀφίκετο, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῇ γερουσίᾳ προσκατηγορῶν αὐτοῦ ἐπέστειλεν, ὥστε καὶ ἐπαίνους ἐκ τούτου καὶ τὴν ἡγεμονίαν τοῦ πρὸς αὐτὸν πολέμου λαβεῖν. τὸν μὲν δὴ ἄλλον χρόνον διὰ ταῦτα οὔτε προσίετο τὸν Ἀντώνιον οὔτε ἀπεωθεῖτο, ἀλλὰ περιεώρα μὲν ἐγγὺς ὄντα καὶ τοῖς συστρατευομένοις οἱ προσομιλοῦντα, οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἐς λόγους αὐτῷ ᾔει· ἐπειδὴ δὲ τὴν ὁμολογίαν αὐτοῦ τὴν πρὸς τὸν Καίσαρα ἐπύθετο, τότε καὶ αὐτὸς ἀμφοτέροις σφίσι συνηνέχθη. μαθὼν δὲ τὸ γιγνόμενον Μᾶρκος Ἰουουέντιος ὑποστράτηγος αὐτοῦ τὰ μὲν πρῶτα ἀποτρέπειν αὐτὸν ἐπειρᾶτο, ὡς δʼ οὐκ ἔπεισεν, αὐτὸς ἑαυτὸν τῶν στρατιωτῶν ὁρώντων κατεχρήσατο. καὶ ἐκείνῳ μὲν ἐπαίνους τε ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἡ βουλὴ καὶ ἀνδριάντα τήν τε ταφὴν τὴν δημοσίαν ἐψηφίσατο, τὸν δὲ δὴ Λέπιδον τήν τε εἰκόνα τὴν ἐν τῷ βήματι ἱδρυμένην ἀφείλοντο καὶ πολέμιον ἐποιήσαντο· καί τινα καὶ ἡμέραν τοῖς συνοῦσιν αὐτῷ προέθεντο, πόλεμόν σφισιν ἀπειλήσαντες ἂν μὴ ἐντὸς ἐκείνης ἐγκαταλείπωσιν αὐτόν. πρὸς δʼ ἔτι τήν τε ἐσθῆτα αὖθις μετέβαλον (ἐπὶ γὰρ τῇ τοῦ Καίσαρος ὑπατείᾳ τὴν ἀστικὴν ἀνειλήφεσανʼ καὶ τὸν Βροῦτον τὸν Μᾶρκον τόν τε Κάσσιον καὶ τὸν Σέξτον ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς μετεπέμψαντο· ἐπειδή τε ἐκεῖνοι χρονιεῖν ἐδόκουν, τῷ Καίσαρι, ἀγνοίᾳ τῆς συνωμοσίας
In any case, Lepidus censured Silanus severely for making an alliance with Antony, and when Antony himself came, did not hold a conference with him immediately, but sent a despatch to the senate containing further accusation against him, in consequence of which he received not only praise but also the command of the war against him. 2 Hence for the time being he neither received Antony nor repelled him, but allowed him to be near and to associate with his followers, though he did not hold a conference with him; but when he learned of Antony's agreement with Caesar, he then came to terms with both of them himself. Marcus Juventius, his lieutenant, learned what was being done and at first tried to alter his purpose; then, when he did not succeed in persuading him, he made away with himself in the sight of the soldiers. 4 For this the senate voted eulogies and a statue to Juventius and a public funeral, but they deprived Lepidus of his statue which stood upon the Rostra and declared him an enemy. They also set a certain day for his comrades and threatened them with war if they did not abandon him before that day. Furthermore, they changed their garb again — for they had resumed citizen's apparel in honour of Caesar's consulship — and summoned Marcus Brutus, Cassius, and Sextus to proceed against them. But when these men seemed likely to be too slow in responding, they entrusted the war to Caesar, being unaware of his league with Antony and Lepidus.
§ 46.52
αὐτῶν, τὸν πόλεμον ἐπέτρεψαν. καὶ ὃς τῷ μὲν λόγῳ ὑπεδέξατο αὐτόν, καίτοι τοὺς στρατιώτας συμβοῆσαι ποιήσας ἅπερ εἴρηται, ἔργον δʼ οὐδὲν ἐχόμενον αὐτοῦ ἔπραξεν, οὐχ ὅτι καὶ ἐκεκοινολόγητο τῶ τε Ἀντωνίῳ καὶ διʼ ἐκείνου καὶ τῷ Λεπίδῳ (βραχὺ γάρ τι τούτου ἐφρόντιζενʼ, ἀλλʼ ὅτι ἰσχυρούς τε αὐτοὺς ἑώρα ὄντας καὶ συμφρονοῦντας ὑπὸ τῆς συγγενείας ᾐσθάνετο, καὶ οὔτε βιάσασθαί σφας ἐδύνατο, καὶ ἐπήλπισε τόν τε Κάσσιον καὶ τὸν Βροῦτον μέγα ἤδη δυναμένους δι’ αὐτῶν κατεργάσεσθαι, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἐκείνους διʼ ἀλλήλων χειρώσεσθαι. διὰ μὲν δὴ ταῦτα καὶ ἄκων τὰς συνθήκας πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἐφύλαξε, καί σφισι καὶ καταλλαγὰς πρός τε τὴν βουλὴν καὶ πρὸς τὸν δῆμον ἐπρυτάνευσεν, οὐκ αὐτὸς ἐσηγησάμενος, ἵνα μὴ καὶ ὑποπτευθείη τι τῶν γεγονότων, ἀλλʼ ὁ μὲν ἐξεστράτευσεν ὡς καὶ πολεμήσων αὐτοῖς, ὁ δὲ δὴ Κύιντος τήν τε ἄδειαν καὶ τὴν κάθοδόν σφισιν, ὡς καὶ ἀφʼ ἑαυτοῦ γνώμης, δοθῆναι συνεβούλευσεν. οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἔλαβον αὐτὴν πρὶν τῷ τε Καίσαρι τὴν γερουσίαν ὡς καὶ ἀγνοοῦντι τὸ γιγνόμενον κοινώσασθαι, καὶ ἐκεῖνον ἄκοντα δῆθεν ὑπὸ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἀναγκασθῆναι συγκαταθέσθαι.
Caesar nominally accepted the charge, in spite of having caused his soldiers to shout out the promise already mentioned; but actually he did nothing to follow up his acceptance. This was not because he had made common cause with Antony and through him with Lepidus, — 2 little did he care for that, — but because he saw that they were powerful and knew that their harmony was due to their kinship; and not only could he not use force with them, but he even cherished hopes of bringing about through them the downfall of Cassius and Brutus, who were already very influential, and later of mastering them also by playing one against the other. Accordingly, though reluctantly, he kept his covenant with them and even effected a reconciliation between them and the senate and people. He did not himself propose the matter, lest some suspicion should arise of what had taken place, but he set out as if to make war on them, while Quintus urged, as if on his own motion, that amnesty and restoration should be granted to them. 4 They did not secure this, however, until the senate had communicated the matter to Caesar, who was supposed to be in ignorance of what was going on, and he had agreed to it reluctantly, as he alleged, under compulsion from his soldiers.
§ 46.53
ἐν ᾧ δὲ ταῦτʼ ἐπράττετο, ὁ Δέκιμος τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ὡς καὶ πολεμήσων αὐτοῖς ὥρμησεν, καὶ τόν γε Πλάγκον τὸν Λούκιον, ἐπειδὴ καὶ συνύπατός οἱ ἐς τὸ ἐπιὸν ἔτος προαπεδέδεικτο, προσηταιρίσατο· μαθὼν δὲ δὴ τήν τε ἑαυτοῦ καταψήφισιν καὶ τὴν ἐκείνων συναλλαγὴν ἠθέλησε μὲν ἐπὶ τὸν Καίσαρα ἐπιστρατεῦσαι, ἐγκαταλειφθεὶς δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ Πλάγκου τά τε τοῦ Λεπίδου καὶ τὰ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου φρονήσαντος, τήν τε Γαλατίαν ἐκλιπεῖν καὶ ἐς τὴν Μακεδονίαν πρὸς τὸν Βροῦτον πεζῇ διʼ Ἰλλυριῶν ἐπειχθῆναι ἔγνω, καί τινας στρατιώτας, ἐν ᾧ δὴ τὰ ἐν χερσὶ καθίστατο, προέπεμψεν. ὡς δὲ ἐκεῖνοί τε τὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος ἀνθείλοντο, καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς ὅ τε Λέπιδος καὶ ὁ Ἀντώνιος ἐπιδιώξαντες διʼ ἑτέρων προσέθεντο, συνελήφθη τε μονωθεὶς ὑπʼ ἐχθροῦ τινος, καὶ μέλλων σφαγήσεσθαι ἐδεινοπάθει καὶ ὠδύρετο, μέχρις οὗ Ἕλουιός τις Βλασίων, εὐνοΐκῶς οἱ ἐκ συστρατείας ἔχων, ἑαυτὸν ἑκὼν ὁρῶντος αὐτοῦ προαπέκτεινε.
While all this was going on, Decimus at first set forth with the intention of making war upon the two, and associated with himself Lucius Plancus, since the latter had been appointed in advance as his colleague for the following year. 2 Learning, however, of his own condemnation and of their reconciliation, he wished to make a campaign against Caesar, but was abandoned by Plancus, who favoured the cause of Lepidus and Antony. Then he decided to leave Gaul and hasten by land through Illyricum into Macedonia to Brutus, and he sent ahead some of the soldiers while he was engaged in finishing the business he had in hand. But they embraced Caesar's cause, and the rest were pursued by Lepidus and Antony and afterwards were won over through the agency of others; thus Decimus, being deserted, was seized by a personal foe. When he was about to be murdered, he fell to complaining and lamenting, until one Helvius Blasio, who was kindly disposed to him from their association in campaigns, voluntarily slew himself first in his sight.
§ 46.54
καὶ ὁ μὲν οὕτως ἐπαπέθανεν, ὁ δὲ δὴ Ἀντώνιος ὅ τε Λέπιδος ἐν μὲν τῇ Γαλατίᾳ ὑποστρατήγους κατέλιπον, αὐτοὶ δὲ ἐς τὴν Ἰταλίαν πρὸς τὸν Καίσαρα ὥρμησαν, τό τε πλεῖστον καὶ τὸ κράτιστον τοῦ στρατοῦ ἐπαγόμενοι. οὔτε γὰρ ἀκριβῶς πω ἐπίστευον αὐτῷ, οὔτε εὐεργεσίαν τινὰ ὀφείλειν ἤθελον, ὡς καὶ διʼ ἑαυτοὺς τήν τε σφετέραν ἰσχύν, ἀλλʼ οὐ διʼ ἐκεῖνον καὶ τῆς ἀδείας καὶ τῆς καθόδου τετυχηκότες· καὶ προσέτι καὶ ἤλπιζον πάνθʼ ὅσα ἐβούλοντο καὶ τὸν Καίσαρα καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους τοὺς ἐν τῷ ἄστει τῇ τῶν στρατοπέδων σφῶν περιουσίᾳ ἐξεργάσεσθαι. τοιαύτῃ μὲν οὖν γνώμῃ ὡς καὶ διὰ φιλίας τῆς χώρας ᾔεσαν· ἐκακουργεῖτο δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ πλήθους τῆς τε θρασύτητος αὐτῶν οὐδενὸς πολέμου βραχύτερα. καὶ αὐτοῖς καὶ ὁ Καῖσαρ μετὰ πολλῶν στρατιωτῶν ἀπήντησε περὶ Βονωνίαν, μάλα εὖ παρεσκευασμένος ἀμύνασθαί σφας ἄν τι βίαιον πάσχῃ. οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἐδεήθη τότε τῶν ὅπλων ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς οὐδέν· ἐμίσουν μὲν γὰρ δεινῶς ἀλλήλους, τῷ δὲ δὴ τάς τε δυνάμεις ἀντιπάλους πως ἔχειν, καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἐχθροὺς προτιμωρήσασθαι διʼ ἀλλήλων βούλεσθαι, προσποιητὸν ὁμολογίαν ἐποιήσαντο.
So Decimus died also. Antony and Lepidus left lieutenants in Gaul and themselves proceeded to join Caesar in Italy, taking with them the larger and better part of the army. 2 For they did not yet trust him thoroughly and wished not to owe him any favour, but to seem to have obtained pardon and return by their own efforts and strength, rather than through him. They also hoped that, owing to the superiority of their legions, both Caesar and the rest in the city would do whatever they, Antony and Lepidus, wished. So with such a purpose they marched through Italy, as if through a friendly country; still, it was harried, owing to their numbers and audacity, as much as in any war. They were met near Bononia by Caesar with many soldiers; for he was exceedingly well prepared to defend himself against them, if they should offer any violence. 4 Yet at this time he found no need of arms to oppose them. For although they hated one another bitterly, yet since they had forces about equal and desired to have one another's assistance in taking vengeance on their other enemies first, they reached a pretended agreement.
§ 46.55
συνῆλθον δὲ ἐς τοὺς λόγους οὐ μόνοι, ἀλλὰ στρατιώτας ἰσαρίθμους ἔχοντες, ἐν νησιδίῳ τινὶ τοῦ ποταμοῦ τοῦ παρὰ τὴν Βονωνίαν παραρρέοντος, ὥστε μηδένα ἄλλον μηδετέροις προσγενέσθαι· καὶ οὕτω πολὺ ἀπὸ τῶν παρόντων σφίσιν ἀποστάντες ἀλλήλους τε διηρεύνησαν, μὴ καὶ ξιφίδιόν τις ὑπὸ μάλης ἔχοι, καὶ διαλεξάμενοί τινα ἡσυχῇ τὸ μὲν σύμπαν ἐπί τε τῇ δυναστείᾳ καὶ κατὰ τῶν ἐχθρῶν συνώμοσαν, ἵνα δὲ δὴ μὴ καὶ τῆς ὀλιγαρχίας ἄντικρυς ἐφίεσθαι δόξωσι, καί τις αὐτοῖς φθόνος κἀκ τούτου καὶ ἐναντίωσις παρὰ τῶν ἄλλων γένηται, τάδε διωμολογήσαντο· κοινῇ μὲν τοὺς τρεῖς πρός τε διοίκησιν καὶ πρὸς κατάστασιν τῶν πραγμάτων ἐπιμελητάς τέ τινας καὶ διορθωτάς, καὶ τοῦτο οὐκ ἐς ἀεὶ δῆθεν ἀλλʼ ἐς ἔτη πέντε, αἱρεθῆναι, ὥστε τά τε ἄλλα πάντα, κἂν μηδὲν ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν μήτε τῷ δήμῳ μήτε τῇ βουλῇ κοινώσωσι, διοικεῖν, καὶ τὰς ἀρχὰς τάς τε ἄλλας τιμὰς οἷς ἂν ἐθελήσωσι διδόναι, ἰδίᾳ δὲ δή, ὅπως μὴ καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ἀρχὴν σφετερίζεσθαι νομισθῶσι, Καίσαρι μὲν τήν τε Λιβύην ἑκατέραν καὶ Σαρδὼ καὶ Σικελίαν, Λεπίδῳ δὲ τήν τε Ἰβηρίαν πᾶσαν καὶ τὴν Γαλατίαν τὴν Ναρβωνησίαν, Ἀντωνίῳ δὲ τὴν λοιπὴν Γαλατίαν, τήν τε ἐντὸς τῶν Ἄλπεων καὶ τὴν ὑπὲρ αὐτὰς οὖσαν, ἄρχειν δοθῆναι. ἐκαλεῖτο δὲ ἐκείνη μὲν τογᾶτα, ὥσπερ εἶπον, ὅτι τε εἰρηνικωτέρα παρὰ τὰς ἄλλας ἐδόκει εἶναι καὶ ὅτι καὶ τῇ ἐσθῆτι τῇ Ῥωμαϊκῇ τῇ ἀστικῇ ἐχρῶντο ἤδη, αὕτη δὲ δὴ κομᾶτα, ὅτι οἱ Γαλάται οἱ ταύτῃ ἐς κόμην τὸ πλεῖστον τὰς τρίχας ἀνιέντες ἐπίσημοι κατὰ τοῦτο παρὰ τοὺς
And the three men came together for the conference, not alone, but each with an equal number of soldiers, on a little island in the river that flows past Bononia, so that no one else might be present on the side of any of them. 2 And so they withdrew to a distance from their several escorts and searched one another carefully, to make sure that no one had a dagger concealed. Then they considered various matters at leisure and, in brief, made a solemn compact for the purpose of securing the sovereignty and overthrowing their enemies; but in order not to appear to be aiming directly at an oligarchy and thus to arouse envy and consequent opposition on the part of the others, they came to the following agreement. In common, the three were to be chosen as commissioners and correctors of a sort, for the administration and settlement of affairs, and that not as permanent officials, they pretended, but for five years, with the understanding that they should manage all public business, whether or not they made any communication about it to the people and the senate, and should give the offices and other honours to whomsoever they pleased. 4 Individually, however, in order that they should not be thought to be appropriating the entire government, they arranged that both Africas, Sardinia, and Sicily should be given to Caesar to rule, all of Spain and Gallia Narbonensis to Lepidus, and the rest of Gaul, both south and north of the Alps, to Antony. The former was called Gallia Togata, as I have stated, because it seemed to be more peaceful than the other divisions of Gaul, and because the inhabitants already employed the Roman citizen-garb; the other was termed Gallia Comata because the Gauls there for the most part let their hair grow long, and were in this way distinguished from the others.
§ 46.56
ἄλλους ἦσαν. ταῦτά τε οὖν οὕτω διέλαχον, ἵνα αὐτοί τε τὰ ἰσχυρότατα λάβωσι καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις δόξαν τοῦ μὴ καὶ τῶν πάντων ὀριγνᾶσθαι παράσχωσι, καὶ προσσυνέθεντο τῶν τε ἐχθρῶν σφῶν σφαγὰς ποιήσασθαι, καὶ Λέπιδον μὲν ἐς τὴν τοῦ Δεκίμου χώραν ὕπατον ἀποδειχθέντα τήν τε Ῥώμην καὶ τὴν λοιπὴν Ἰταλίαν διὰ φυλακῆς ἔχειν, ἐκείνους δὲ ἐπί τε τὸν Βροῦτον καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν Κάσσιον στρατεύσασθαι. καὶ αὐτὰ καὶ ὅρκοις ἐπιστώσαντο. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο τοὺς στρατιώτας, ὅπως καὶ ἐπήκοοι δῆθεν καὶ μάρτυρες τῶν ὡμολογημένων σφίσι γένωνται, συγκαλέσαντες ἐδημηγόρησαν ὅσα καὶ εὐπρεπὲς καὶ ἀσφαλὲς ἦν αὐτοῖς εἰπεῖν. κἀν τούτῳ οἱ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου στρατιῶται τὴν θυγατέρα τὴν τῆς Φουλουίας τῆς γυναικὸς αὐτοῦ, ἣν ἐκ τοῦ Κλωδίου εἶχε, τῷ Καίσαρι καίτοι ἑτέραν ἠγγυημένῳ προεξένησαν, τοῦ Ἀντωνίου δῆλον ὅτι τοῦτο κατασκευάσαντος. καὶ ὃς οὐκ ἀπηρνήσατο· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐμποδισθήσεσθαί τι ἐκ τῆς ἐπιγαμίας πρὸς ἃ κατὰ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου πράξειν ἤμελλεν ἐνόμισε· τά τε γὰρ ἄλλα καὶ τὸν πατέρα τὸν Καίσαρα οὐδέν τι ἧττον ἐκ τῆς πρὸς τὸν Πομπήιον συγγενείας πάνθʼ ὅσα ἠθέλησε κατʼ αὐτοῦ πράξαντα ἠπίστατο.
So they made these allotments, for the purpose of securing the strongest provinces themselves and giving others the impression that they were not striving for the whole. It was further agreed that they should bring about the murder of their personal enemies, that Lepidus after being appointed consul in Decimus' stead should keep guard over Rome and the remainder of Italy, and that the others should make an expedition against Brutus and Cassius. 2 And they confirmed these arrangements by oath. After this, in order that the soldiers might ostensibly be hearers and witnesses of the terms they had made, they called them together and harangued them, telling all that it was proper and safe to tell them. Meanwhile the soldiers of Antony, of course by his arrangement, recommended to Caesar the daughter of Fulvia, Antony's wife, whom she had by Clodius, — and this in spite of Caesar's being already betrothed to another. 4 He, however, did not refuse her, as he did not think this marriage would hinder him at all in the designs which he had against Antony. For, in addition to other considerations, he understood that his father Caesar had not failed to carry out all his plans against Pompey, in spite of the kinship between them.
— Book 47 —
§ 47.arg
τάδε ἔνεστιν ἐν τῇ Δίωνος Ῥωμαϊκῶν τετταρακοστῇ ἑβδόμῃ α. ὡς Καῖσαρ καὶ Ἀντώνιος καὶ Λέπιδος ἐς Ῥώμην ἐλθόντες σφαγὰς εἰργάσαντο. β. περὶ Βρούτου καὶ Κασσίου καὶ ὧν ἔπραξαν πρὸ τῆς πρὸς Φιλίπποις μάχης. γ. ὡς Βροῦτος καὶ Κάσσιος ὑπὸ Καίσαρος ἡττήθησαν καὶ ἀπέθανον. χρόνου πλῆθος τὰ λοιπὰ τῆς Γαΐου Οὐιβίου Πάνσου καὶ Αὔλου Ἱρτίου ὑπατείας, καὶ ἄλλο ἔτος ἕν, ἐν ᾧ ἄρχοντες οἱ ἀριθμούμενοι οἵδε ἐγένοντο μ. Αἰμίλιος Μ. υἱ. Λέπιδος τὸ β λ. Μουνάτιος λ. υἱ. Πλάγκος. ὕπ.
—
§ 47.1
ταῦτʼ οὖν συνθέμενοι καὶ συνομόσαντες ἐς τὴν Ῥώμην, δόξῃ μὲν ὡς καὶ πάντες ἀπὸ τῆς ἴσης ἄρξοντες, γνώμῃ δὲ ὡς καὶ αὐτὸς ἕκαστος πᾶν τὸ κράτος ἕξων, ἠπείγοντο, καίπερ ἐναργέστατα μὲν καὶ πρότερον, σαφέστατα δὲ καὶ τότε τὸ μέλλον ἔσεσθαι προμαθόντες· τῷ μὲν γὰρ Λεπίδῳ ὄφις τέ τις ξίφει ἑκατοντάρχου περιπλακεὶς καὶ λύκος ἔς τε τὸ στρατόπεδον καὶ ἐς τὴν σκηνὴν δειπνοποιουμένου αὐτοῦ ἐσελθὼν καὶ τὴν τράπεζαν καταβαλὼν τήν τε ἰσχὺν ἅμα καὶ τὴν δυσχέρειαν τὴν ἐπʼ αὐτῇ προεσήμηνεν, τῷ δʼ Ἀντωνίῳ γάλα τε πέριξ περὶ τὸ τάφρευμα περιρρυὲν καὶ συνῳδία τις νυκτὸς περιηχήσασα τάς τε θυμηδίας καὶ τὸν ὄλεθρον τὸν ἀπʼ αὐτῶν προέδειξεν. ἐκείνοις μὲν οὖν ταῦτα πρὶν ἐς τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἐλθεῖν ἐγένετο· τῷ δὲ δὴ Καίσαρι τότε εὐθὺς ἐπὶ ταῖς συνθήκαις ἀετὸς ὑπέρ τε τῆς σκηνῆς αὐτοῦ ἱδρυθείς, καὶ δύο κόρακας προσπεσόντας οἱ τίλλειν τε τῶν πτερῶν πειρωμένους ἀποκτείνας, τὴν νίκην κατʼ ἀμφοτέρων αὐτῶν ἔδωκε.
BOOK 47 42 BC After forming this compact and taking oaths they hastened to Rome, giving the impression that they were all going to rule on equal terms, but each having the intention of getting the entire power himself. Yet they had learned in advance very clearly before this, and very plainly at this time also, what was going to happen. 2 For in the case of Lepidus a serpent that coiled about a centurion's sword and a wolf that entered his camp and his tent while he was eating dinner and knocked over the table foretold at once his future power and the trouble that was to follow it; in the case of Antony, the flowing of milk round about the trenches and the resounding of a kind of chant at night foreshadowed the satisfactions that he was to experience and the destruction that was to grow out of them. These portents befell them before they entered Italy; but in Caesar's case it was at this very time, immediately after the covenant had been made, that an eagle settled upon his tent and killed two crows which had attacked it and were trying to pluck out its feathers — a sign which gave him the victory over both his rivals.
§ 47.2
καὶ οἱ μὲν οὕτως ἐς τὴν Ῥώμην, πρότερος μὲν ὁ Καῖσαρ, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ ἐκεῖνοι, χωρὶς ἑκάτερος, μετὰ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἁπάντων ἦλθον, καὶ παραχρῆμα τὰ δόξαντά σφισι διὰ τῶν δημάρχων ἐνομοθέτησαν. ἃ γὰρ ἐπέταττον καὶ ἐβιάζοντο τό τε ὄνομα τὸ τοῦ νόμου ἐλάμβανε καὶ προσέτι καὶ παράκλησιν αὐτοῖς ἔφερε· πάνυ γὰρ ἱκετευθῆναί σφας ἔδει ἵνα αὐτὰ ποιήσωσι. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ θυσίαι ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς ὡς καὶ ἐπʼ εὐτυχήμασί τισιν ἐψηφίσθησαν, καὶ ἡ ἐσθὴς ὡς καὶ εὐδαιμονούντων σφῶν μετεβλήθη, καίπερ πολλοῦ μὲν καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν πραττομένων, πολλῷ δὲ ἔτι πλείονος ἐκ τεράτων δέους αὐτοῖς ὄντος. τά τε γὰρ σημεῖα τοῦ στρατεύματος τοῦ τὴν πόλιν φυλάττοντος ἀραχνίων ἀνεπλήσθη, καὶ ὅπλα ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνιόντα ὤφθη, κτύπος τε ἀπʼ αὐτῶν πολὺς ἠκούσθη, καὶ ἐν τῷ Ἀσκληπιείῳ μέλισσαι ἐς τὴν ἄκραν πολλαὶ συνεστράφησαν, γῦπές τε ἐπί τε τοῦ νεὼ τοῦ Γενίου τοῦ δήμου καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ τῆς Ὁμονοίας παμπληθεῖς ἱδρύθησαν.
So they came to Rome with all their troops, first Caesar and then the others, each one separately, and immediately they enacted through the tribunes the laws they had agreed upon. 2 For the measures which they dictated and forced through not only assumed the name of law, but actually had to be supported by petitions, since the triumvirs required to be besought earnestly to pass them. Hence sacrifices were voted in honour of them as if for successes and the people changed their attire as if they had been blessed by fortune, although great fear was upon them because of these very acts and still greater fear because of omens. For the standards of the army which was guarding the city became covered with cobwebs, pieces of armour were seen to rise up from the earth to the sky and a great clashing that came from them was heard; in the shrine of Aesculapius bees gathered in swarms on the ceiling, and crowds of vultures settled on the temple of the Genius Populi and on that of Concordia.
§ 47.3
καὶ αὐτῶν ἐνταῦθα ἔτι ὡς εἰπεῖν ὄντων αἵ τε σφαγαὶ ἐκεῖναι αἷς ποτε ὁ Σύλλας ἐκ τῶν προγραφῶν ἐκέχρητο ἐπανήχθησαν, καὶ ἡ πόλις ἅπασα νεκρῶν ἐπληρώθη· πολλοὶ μὲν γὰρ ἐν ταῖς οἰκίαις πολλοὶ δὲ καὶ ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς ἔν τε ταῖς ἀγοραῖς καὶ πρὸς τοῖς ἱεροῖς σποράδην ἀπεκτίννυντο, καὶ αἵ τε κεφαλαὶ αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τὸ βῆμα αὖθις ἀνετίθεντο, καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ σώματα τὰ μὲν αὐτοῦ τε ἐρριπτεῖτο καὶ ὑπὸ κυνῶν ὀρνίθων τε ἠσθίετο, τὰ δὲ ἐς τὸν ποταμὸν ἐνεβάλλετο. τά τε ἄλλα ὅσα ἐπὶ τοῦ Σύλλου πρότερον ἐπέπρακτο, καὶ τότε συνεφέρετο, πλὴν ὅτι δύο μόνα λευκώματα, χωρὶς μὲν τῶν βουλευτῶν χωρὶς δὲ τῶν ἄλλων, ἐξετέθη. καὶ τὸ μὲν αἴτιον διʼ ὃ τοῦτʼ ἐγένετο, οὔτε παρʼ ἑτέρου τινὸς μαθεῖν οὔτʼ αὐτὸς εὑρεῖν ἠδυνήθην· ὃ γάρ τοι μόνον ἄν τις, τό γε ἐλάττους θανατωθῆναι, ἐνενόησεν, ἥκιστα ἀληθές ἐστι· πολλῷ γὰρ πλείους, ἅτε καὶ ὑπὸ πλειόνων, ἐσεγράφησαν. τοῦτο δὲ οὐ παρὰ τὰς σφαγὰς τὰς ἐν τῷ πρὶν γενομένας παρήλλαξεν· ἐπεὶ ὅτι γε οὐκ ἀναμὶξ τὰ ὀνόματα τῶν πρώτων τοῖς πολλοῖς ἀλλὰ χωρὶς ἐξετέθη, λῆρόν που πολὺν τοῖς γε ἐκ τοῦ ὁμοίου σφαγησομένοις ἔφερεν. ἀντʼ ἐκείνου δὲ δὴ ἕτερα καὶ πάνυ δυσχερῆ, καίπερ μηδεμίαν τῶν προτέρων ὑπερβολήν, ὥς γε καὶ ἐδόκει, λιπόντων, οὐκ ὀλίγα αὐτοῖς συνηνέχθη.
And while the people were still in this state of mind, those murders by proscription which Sulla had once indulged in were once more resorted to and the whole city was filled with corpses. Many were killed in their houses, many even in the streets and here and there in the fora and around the temples; 2 the heads of the victims were once more set up on the Rostra and their bodies either allowed to lie where they were, to be devoured by dogs and birds, or else cast into the river. Everything that had been done before in the days of Sulla occurred also at this time, except that only two white tablets were posted, one for the senators and one for the others. The reason for this I have not been able to learn from anyone else or to find out myself; for the only reason that might occur to one, namely, that fewer were to be put to death, is by no means true, since many more names were posted, owing to the fact that there were more persons making the lists. However, this circumstance did not cause these proscriptions to differ from the murders on the earlier occasion; 4 since the posting of the names of the prominent citizens, not promiscuously along with those of the rabble, but separately, must surely have seemed a very absurd distinction to the men who were to be murdered on precisely the same terms. But over against this one difference there were not a few other conditions of a very distressing nature that fell to their lot, although Sulla's proscriptions, to all appearances, left no room for outdoing them.
§ 47.4
ἐπὶ μὲν γὰρ τοῦ Σύλλου οἵ τέ τι δρῶντες τάς τε τόλμας ἐκ τοῦ παραχρῆμα, ἅτε καὶ πρῶτον τοῦ τοιούτου πειρώμενοι, καὶ οὐκ ἐκ προβουλῆς ἐποιοῦντο, καὶ διὰ τοῦθʼ ἧττον τὰ πλείω κακοτρόπως, οἷα οὐκ ἐκ προνοίας ἀλλʼ ἐκ συντυχίας, ἔπραττον· καὶ οἱ πάσχοντες ἐξαπιναίαις τε καὶ ἀνηκούστοις συμφοραῖς περιπίπτοντες ῥᾳστώνην τινὰ ἐκ τοῦ ἀνελπίστου τῶν παθῶν ἐλάμβανον. τότε δὲ πάντα μὲν τὰ προτολμηθέντα οἱ μὲν αὐτοὶ χειρουργήσαντες, οἱ δὲ ἰδόντες, οἱ δʼ ἀκοῇ γοῦν ὑπογύῳ ἀκριβοῦντες, πολλὰ δʼ οὖν ἐν τῷ διὰ μέσου τῇ προσδοκίᾳ τῶν ὁμοίων οἱ μὲν ὡς δράσουσι προσεπινοήσαντες, οἱ δʼ ὡς πείσονται προσδείσαντες, ἐκεῖνοί τε πλείστην ἀτοπίαν τῇ τε ζηλώσει τῶν προτέρων ἔργων καὶ τῇ ἀπʼ αὐτῶν σπουδῇ ἐς τὸ καινῶσαί πως τὰ ἐπιβουλεύματα ἐξ ἐπιτεχνήσεως παρεῖχον, καὶ οἱ ἕτεροι πάνθʼ ὅσα παθεῖν ἐδύναντο λογιζόμενοι πολὺ ταῖς ψυχαῖς καὶ πρὸ τῶν σωμάτων, ὡς καὶ ἐν αὐτοῖς
In Sulla's time, to be sure, the perpetrators had committed their shocking deeds on the spur of the moment, inasmuch as they were trying this sort of thing for the first time, and not as the result of deliberate planning, and hence in most cases they behaved less wickedly, since they were acting, not with malice aforethought, but as chance dictated; and the victims, encountering misfortunes which came upon them suddenly and had never before been heard of by them, found some alleviation in the unexpectedness of their sufferings. 2 At this time, however, when men had either taken part themselves in all the former terrible deeds, or had beheld them, or were at any rate thoroughly acquainted with them from recent descriptions, and accordingly in all the time between, in the expectation of a recurrence of similar outrages, had, on the one hand, been devising many additional horrors, with the idea that they would inflict them, and, on the other hand, been conjuring up additional terrors with the idea that they would suffer them, the perpetrators resorted to the most unusual devices in their emulation of the outrages of yore and their consequent eagerness to introduce into their schemes, by their ingenuity, novel features of some sort; and the victims, reflecting upon all that they might suffer, underwent great tortures in their minds even before their bodies were put to torture, as if they were already in the very midst of their sufferings.
§ 47.5
ἤδη ὄντες, διεκναίοντο. κἄν τε τούτῳ χαλεπωτέρως ἢ πρὶν ἀπήλλασσον, καὶ διότι τότε μὲν μόνοι οἱ τοῦ Σύλλου τῶν τε περὶ αὐτὸν δυνατῶν ἐχθροὶ διώλοντο, τῶν δὲ δὴ φίλων αὐτοῦ τῶν τε ἄλλων ἀνθρώπων οὐδεὶς ἐκείνου γε κελεύσαντος ἐφθάρη, ὥστε ἔξω τῶν πάνυ πλουσίων (τούτοις γὰρ οὐκ ἔστιν ὅτε εἰρήνη πρὸς τὸν ἰσχυρότερον ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις γίγνεταἰ οἵ γε λοιποὶ ἐθάρσουν· ἐν δὲ δὴ ταῖς δευτέραις ταύταις σφαγαῖς οὐχ ὅπως οἱ ἐχθροὶ αὐτῶν ἢ καὶ οἱ πλούσιοι, ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ πάνυ φίλοι καὶ παρὰ δόξαν ἐκτείνοντο. ἄλλως μὲν γὰρ ἤ τις ἢ οὐδεὶς ἐς ἔχθραν ἀπʼ ἰδίας τινὸς αἰτίας τοῖς ἀνδράσιν ἐκείνοις, ὡς καὶ σφαγῆναι πρὸς αὐτῶν, ἐληλύθει· τὰ δὲ δὴ κοινὰ πράγματα καὶ αἱ τῶν δυναστειῶν διαλλαγαὶ καὶ τὰς φιλίας τάς τε ἔχθρας τὰς σφοδρὰς αὐτοῖς ἐπεποιήκεσαν. πάντας γὰρ τοὺς τῷ πέλας συναραμένους τέ τι καὶ συμπράξαντας ἐν πολεμίου μοίρᾳ οἱ ἕτεροι ἐτίθεντο· καὶ οὕτω συνέβαινε τοὺς αὐτοὺς καὶ φίλους τινὶ αὐτῶν καὶ ἐχθροὺς πάντων γεγονέναι ὥστε, ἐν ᾧ ἰδίᾳ ἕκαστος τοὺς ἐπιβουλεύσαντάς οἱ ἠμύνετο, καὶ τοὺς φιλτάτους κοινῇ συναπώλλυσαν. ἐκ γὰρ τῶν πρὸς ἀλλήλους πραγμάτων τό τε οἰκειωθέν σφισι καὶ τὸ ἀλλοτριωθὲν ἐν λόγῳ τινὶ τιθέμενοι οὔτε τὸν ἑαυτοῦ τις αὐτῶν ἐχθρὸν τιμωρήσασθαι, φίλον ἑτέρου ὄντα, ἐδύνατο μὴ ἀντιδιδοὺς ἄλλον, καὶ ἐκ τῆς τῶν γεγονότων ὀργῆς τῆς τε ἔπειτα ὑποψίας παρʼ οὐδὲν τὴν τοῦ ἑταιρικοῦ σωτηρίαν πρὸς τὴν τοῦ διαφόρου τιμωρίαν ποιούμενοι ῥᾳδίως σφᾶς ἀντεδίδοσαν.
Another reason for their faring worse on this occasion than before was that previously only the enemies of Sulla and of the leaders associated with him were destroyed, whereas among the friends of Sulla or of the other men no one perished, at least not at Sulla's bidding; 2 so that, apart from the very wealthy, who can never be at peace on such occasions with the man more powerful than themselves, all the rest had no cause for fear. In this second series of murders, however, not only the men's enemies or the rich were being killed, but also their best friends, incredible as it may seem. For in general almost nobody had incurred the enmity of those men for any mere private cause, to such an extent as to be murdered by them; but it was their public relations and their changing of their allegiance from one political leader to another that had created for the Romans not only their friendships, but also their violent enemies. 4 For everyone who had made common cause or cooperated with his neighbour in anything was regarded by all the rest in the light of an enemy. And thus it came about that the same persons had become friends of some one of the leaders and enemies of them all as a body, so that while privately each leader was merely taking vengeance upon those who had plotted against him, as a group they were destroying even their dearest friends. For in consequence of the dealings they had had with one another they kept a sort of reckoning of the items of “friend” and “enemy,” and no one of their number could take vengeance on one of his own enemies, if he was a friend of one of the other two, without giving up some friend in return; and because of their resentment over what was past and their suspicion regarding the future they cared nothing about the saving of an associate as over against their vengeance upon an adversary, and therefore readily gave their friends in return.
§ 47.6
κἀκ τούτου τούς τε φιλτάτους ἀντὶ τῶν ἐχθίστων ἀλλήλοις προέβαλλον, καὶ τοὺς πολεμιωτάτους ἀντὶ τῶν ἑταιροτάτων, τοῦτο μὲν ἴσους πρὸς ἴσους, τοῦτο δὲ ἀνθʼ ἑνὸς πλείονας ἢ καὶ ἀντὶ πλειόνων ἐλάττονας, ἠλλάττοντο, τά τε ἄλλα ἐν ἀγορᾶς τρόπῳ ποιούμενοι, καὶ ὑπερβάλλοντες ὥσπερ ἐν πρατηρίῳ. εἰ μὲν γὰρ εἷς τις ἑνός τινος ἀντάξιος ὥστʼ ἰσομοιρεῖν εὑρίσκετο, ἁπλῆ ἡ ἀντίδοσις ἐγίγνετο· ὅσους δὲ δὴ ἀρετή τις ἢ ἀξίωσις ἢ καὶ συγγένεια ἀνετίμα, ἀντὶ πλειόνων ἀπώλλυντο. ἅτε γὰρ ἐν ἐμφυλίοις πολέμοις, καὶ πολλῷ μὲν χρόνῳ πολλαῖς δὲ καὶ πράξεσι γενομένοις, συχνοὶ καὶ τοῖς πάνυ συγγενέσι κατὰ τὸ στασιωτικὸν προσεκεκρούκεσαν. ἀμέλει τῷ τε Ἀντωνίῳ καὶ ὁ θεῖος Λούκιος Καῖσαρ καὶ τῷ Λεπίδῳ καὶ ὁ ἀδελφὸς Λούκιος Παῦλος ἐπεπολέμωντο. ἀλλʼ οὗτοι μὲν ἐσώθησαν, τῶν δὲ δὴ ἄλλων πολλοὶ καὶ παρʼ αὐτοῖς τοῖς τε φίλοις καὶ τοῖς ἀναγκαίοις, ὑφʼ ὧνπερ ἐς τὰ μάλιστα καὶ σωθήσεσθαι καὶ τιμηθήσεσθαι προσεδόκων, ἐσφάγησαν. ὅπως γὰρ μηδεὶς στερηθήσεσθαι τῶν ἄθλων φοβηθείς, ὅτι τοὺς ἐπὶ τοῦ Σύλλου φονεύσαντάς τινας ὁ Κάτων ὁ Μᾶρκος ταμιεύσας ἀπῄτησε πάνθʼ ὅσα ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς εἰλήφεσαν, ἧττόν τινα ἀποκτείνῃ, προηγόρευσαν ὅτι οὐδένα αὐτῶν ἐς τὰ δημόσια γράμματα ἐσγράψουσι. τούς τε οὖν ἄλλους ἑτοιμότερον διὰ τοῦτʼ ἔσφαζον καὶ τοὺς εὐπόρους, εἰ καὶ μηδενὶ αὐτῶν ἀπήχθοντο· παμπόλλων τε γὰρ χρημάτων δεόμενοι, καὶ οὐκ ἔχοντες ὁπόθεν ἄλλοθεν τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἀποπληρώσωσι, κοινήν τινα κατὰ τῶν πλουσίων ἔχθραν προσέθεντο. καὶ ἄλλα τε διὰ τοῦτο πολλὰ παρενομήθη, καὶ παιδίσκον τινὰ ἐς ἐφήβους ἐσήγαγον, ἵνʼ ὡς ἐς ἄνδρας ἤδη τελῶν ἀποθάνῃ.
In consequence they were now offering up to each other their staunchest friends in return for their bitterest enemies, and getting their most implacable foes in return from their closest comrades, sometimes exchanging equal numbers and sometimes several for one or fewer for more, and carrying on their negotiations in general after the fashion of a market, particularly in over-bidding one another as at an auction. 2 If one person was found who matched another in value so that there was a parity between them, there was an even exchange; but those whose value was enhanced by some excellence or rank or even relationship perished each at the price of several lives. For, as is natural in civil wars, which last a long time and involve many incidents, many had in the course of the strife come into collision even with their nearest relatives. For example, Antony had found an enemy in his uncle, Lucius Caesar, and Lepidus in his brother, Lucius Paullus. But though the lives of these men were spared, yet many of the rest were slaughtered even in the houses of their friends and relatives, at whose hands they most confidently expected to be saved and honoured. 4 For, in order that no one should hesitate to kill another out of fear of being deprived of the rewards, — inasmuch as Marcus Cato, in his quaestorship, had demanded back from those who had murdered anyone in the time of Sulla all that they had received for their work, — they proclaimed that the name of none of the perpetrators should be registered in the public records. Encouraged by this, men proceeded to slay, in addition to the others, also the well-to-do, even when they had no dislike for any of them. For since they stood in need of vast sums of money have had no other source from which to satisfy the desires of their soldiers, they affected a kind of common enmity against the rich. 6 And among the many other lawless acts they committed in carrying out this policy, they took a lad and enrolled him among the youths of military age, in order that they might kill him as now classed among the grown men.
§ 47.7
ταῦτα δὲ ἐπράττετο μὲν ὑπό τε τοῦ Λεπίδου καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου μάλιστα (πρός τε γὰρ τοῦ Καίσαρος τοῦ προτέρου ἐπὶ μακρότατον τιμηθέντες, καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἀρχαῖς ταῖς τε ἡγεμονίαις ἐπὶ πλεῖστον γενόμενοι, πολλοὺς ἐχθροὺς εἶχονʼ, ἐδόκει δὲ καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ Καίσαρος κατὰ τὴν τῆς δυναστείας κοινωνίαν γίγνεσθαι, ἐπεὶ αὐτός γε οὐδέν τι συχνοὺς ἀποκτεῖναι ἐδεήθη· τῇ τε γὰρ φύσει οὐκ ὠμὸς ἦν, καὶ ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρὸς ἤθεσιν ἐνετέθραπτο. πρὸς δʼ ἔτι νέος τε ὢν καὶ ἄρτι ἐς τὰ πράγματα παριὼν οὔτʼ ἄλλως ἀνάγκην πολλοὺς σφοδρῶς μισεῖν εἶχε καὶ φιλεῖσθαι ἤθελε. σημεῖον δὲ ὅτι, ἀφʼ οὗ τῆς τε πρὸς ἐκείνους συναρχίας ἀπηλλάγη καὶ τὸ κράτος μόνος ἔσχεν, οὐδὲν ἔτι τοιοῦτον ἔπραξεν. καὶ τότε δὲ οὐχ ὅσον πολλοὺς οὐκ ἔφθειρεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἔσωσε πλείστους, τοῖς τε προδοῦσι τοὺς δεσπότας ἢ τοὺς φίλους χαλεπώτατα καὶ τοῖς συναραμένοις τισὶν ἐπιεικέστατα ἐχρήσατο. τεκμήριον δέ, Τανουσία γυνὴ ἐπιφανὴς τὸν ἄνδρα Τίτον Οὐίνιον ἐπικηρυχθέντα τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἐς κιβωτὸν παρὰ ἀπελευθέρῳ τινὶ Φιλοποίμενι κατέκρυψεν, ὥστε καὶ πίστιν τοῦ τεθνηκέναι αὐτὸν παρασχεῖν· μετὰ δὲ τοῦτο δημοτελῆ ἑορτήν, ἣν συγγενής τις αὐτῆς ποιήσειν ἔμελλε, τηρήσασα, τόν τε Καίσαρα διὰ τῆς Ὀκταουίας τῆς ἀδελφῆς ἐς τὸ θέατρον μόνον τῶν τριῶν ἐσελθεῖν διεπράξατο, κἀνταῦθα ἐσπηδήσασα τό τε πραχθὲν ἀγνοοῦντί οἱ ἐμήνυσε, καὶ τὴν κιβωτὸν αὐτὴν ἐσκομίσασα ἐκεῖθεν τὸν ἄνδρα ἐξήγαγεν, ὥστε τὸν Καίσαρα θαυμάσαντα πάντας μὲν αὐτοὺς ἀφεῖναι (καὶ γὰρ τοῖς συγκρύψασί τινα θάνατος προείρητὀ, τὸν δὲ Φιλοποίμενα καὶ ἐς τὴν ἱππάδα κατατάξαι.
These acts were committed chiefly by Lepidus and Antony; for they had been honoured by the former Caesar for many years, and as they had been holding offices and governorships for a long time they had many enemies. 2 But Caesar seems to have taken part in the business merely because of his sharing the authority, since he himself had no need at all to kill a large number; for he was not naturally cruel and had been brought up in his father's ways. Moreover, as he was still a young man and had just entered politics, he was under no necessity in any case of hating many persons violently, and, besides, he wished to be loved.3 A proof of this is that from the time he broke off his joint rulership with his colleagues and held the power alone he no longer did anything of the sort. And even at this time he not only refrained from destroying many but actually saved a very large number; and he treated with great severity those who betrayed their masters or friends and very leniently those who helped others. 4 Witness the case of Tanusia, a woman of note. She at first concealed her husband Titus Vinius, one of the proscribed, in a chest at the house of a freedman named Philopoemen and so made it appear that he had been killed. Later she waited for a popular festival, which a relative of hers was to direct, and through the influence of Caesar's sister Octavia brought it about that Caesar alone of the triumvirs entered the theatre. Then she rushed in and informed him of her deed, of which he was still ignorant, brought in the chest itself and produced from it her husband. Caesar, astonished, released all of them — for death was the penalty also for such as concealed anyone — and enrolled Philopoemen among the knights.
§ 47.8
ἐκεῖνος μὲν οὖν πολλούς, ὅσους γε καὶ ἠδυνήθη, διεσώσατο· ὅ τε Λέπιδος τῷ τε ἀδελφῷ τῷ Παύλῳ ἐς Μίλητον ἐκδρᾶναι ἐπέτρεψε, καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους οὐκ ἀπαραίτητος ἦν· ὁ δὲ Ἀντώνιος ὠμῶς καὶ ἀνηλεῶς οὐχ ὅτι τοὺς ἐκτεθέντας ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἐπικουρῆσαί τινι αὐτῶν ἐπιχειρήσαντας ἔκτεινε. τάς τε κεφαλάς σφων, εἰ καὶ σιτούμενος ἐτύγχανεν, ἐπεσκόπει, καὶ ἐπὶ πλεῖστον τῆς τε ἀνοσιωτάτης καὶ τῆς οἰκτροτάτης αὐτῶν ὄψεως ἐνεπίμπλατο. καὶ ἥ γε Φουλουία πολλοὺς καὶ αὐτὴ καὶ κατʼ ἔχθραν καὶ διὰ χρήματα, καὶ ἔστιν οὓς οὐδὲ γιγνωσκομένους ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀνδρός, ἐθανάτωσεν· ἑνὸς γοῦν τινος κεφαλὴν ἰδὼν εἶπεν ὅτι “τοῦτον οὐκ ἠπιστάμην.” ὡς δʼ οὖν καὶ ἡ τοῦ Κικέρωνός ποτε ἐκομίσθη σφίσι (φεύγων γὰρ καὶ καταληφθεὶς ἐσφάγἠ, ὁ μὲν Ἀντώνιος πολλὰ αὐτῷ καὶ δυσχερῆ ἐξονειδίσας ἔπειτʼ ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὴν ἐκφανέστερον τῶν ἄλλων ἐν τῷ βήματι προτεθῆναι, ἵνʼ ὅθεν κατʼ αὐτοῦ δημηγορῶν ἠκούετο, ἐνταῦθα μετὰ τῆς χειρὸς τῆς δεξιᾶς, ὥσπερ ἀπετέτμητο, ὁρῷτο· ἡ δὲ δὴ Φουλουία ἔς τε τὰς χεῖρας αὐτὴν πρὶν ἀποκομισθῆναι ἐδέξατο, καὶ ἐμπικραναμένη οἱ καὶ ἐμπτύσασα ἐπί τε τὰ γόνατα ἐπέθηκε, καὶ τὸ στόμα αὐτῆς διανοίξασα τήν τε γλῶσσαν ἐξείλκυσε καὶ ταῖς βελόναις αἷς ἐς τὴν κεφαλὴν ἐχρῆτο κατεκέντησε, πολλὰ ἅμα καὶ μιαρὰ προσεπισκώπτουσα. καὶ οὗτοι δʼ οὖν ὅμως ἔσωσάν τινας, παρʼ ὧν γε καὶ πλείω χρήματα ἔλαβον ἢ τελευτησάντων εὑρήσειν ἤλπισαν· καὶ ἵνα γε μὴ κεναὶ αἱ ἐν τοῖς λευκώμασι χῶραι τῶν ὀνομάτων αὐτῶν ὦσιν, ἑτέρους ἀντενέγραψαν. πλήν γε ὅτι τὸν θεῖον ὁ Ἀντώνιος, πολλὰ τῆς μητρὸς τῆς ἑαυτοῦ τῆς Ἰουλίας ἱκετευσάσης, ἀφῆκεν, οὐδὲν ἄλλο χρηστὸν εἰργάσατο.
So Caesar saved the lives of as many as he could; and Lepidus allowed his brother Paulus to escape to Miletus and was not inexorable toward the others. But Antony killed savagely and mercilessly, not only those whose names had been posted, but likewise those who had attempted to assist any of them. 2 He always viewed their heads, even if he happened to be eating, and sated himself to the fullest extent on this most unholy and pitiable sight. And even Fulvia also caused the death of many, both to satisfy her enmity and to gain their wealth, in some cases men with whom her husband was not even acquainted; at any rate, when he saw the head of one man, he exclaimed: “I knew not this man!” When, however, the head of Cicero also was brought to them one day (he had been overtaken and slain in flight), Antony uttered many bitter reproaches against it and then ordered it to be exposed on the Rostra more prominently than the rest, in order that it might be seen in the very place where Cicero had so often been heard declaiming against him, together with his right hand, just as it had been cut off. 4 And Fulvia took the head into her hands before it was removed, and after abusing it spitefully and spitting upon it, set it on her knees, opened the mouth, and pulled out the tongue, which she pierced with the pins that she used for her hair, at the same time uttering many brutal jests. Yet even this pair saved some persons from whom they got more money than they could expect to obtain by their death; and in order that the places for their names on the tablets might not be empty, they inscribed others in their stead. Indeed, with the exception of releasing his uncle at the earnest entreaty of his mother Julia, Antony performed no praiseworthy act.
§ 47.9
πολύτροποι μὲν οὖν διὰ ταῦτα αἱ σφαγαί, πολυειδεῖς δὲ καὶ σωτηρίαι τισὶν ἐγένοντο. συχνοὶ μὲν γὰρ καὶ πρὸς τῶν φιλτάτων ἀπώλοντο, συχνοὶ δὲ καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ἐχθίστων ἐσώθησαν. ἄλλοι σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἀπέκτειναν, ἄλλους αὐτοὶ οἱ ἐπελθόντες ὡς καὶ φονεύσοντες ἀπέλυσαν. προδόντες δέ τινες δεσπότας ἢ καὶ φίλους ἐκολάσθησαν, καὶ ἕτεροι διʼ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἐτιμήθησαν· οἵ τε περιποιήσαντές τινας οἱ μὲν δίκην ἔδοσαν οἱ δὲ καὶ γέρα ἔλαβον. οἷα γὰρ οὐχ ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς ἀλλὰ τριῶν πρός τε τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἑκάστου καὶ πρὸς τὸ ἴδιον συμφέρον πάντα ποιούντων, καὶ μήτε τοὺς αὐτοὺς ἐχθροὺς ἢ φίλους ἡγουμένων, σωθῆναί τε πολλάκις ὃν ὁ ἕτερος ἀπολέσθαι, καὶ φθαρῆναι αὖ ὃν ὁ ἕτερος περιγενέσθαι ἤθελε, σπουδαζόντων, πολλὰ καὶ ποικίλα συνέβαινεν, ὥς που καὶ εὐνοίας ἢ μίσους πρός τινα ἔχοντες ἦσαν.
For these reasons the murders took many forms, and also the rescues in individual instances were of divers kinds. Many perished at the hands of their dearest friends, and many were saved by their bitterest enemies. Some slew themselves, and others were released by the very men who came upon them to murder them. Some who betrayed masters or friends were punished, and others were honoured for this very reason; of those who helped others save their lives, some paid the penalty and others actually received rewards. 2 For since it was not one man who was concerned, but three, each doing anything and everything according to his own desire and his private advantage and regarding different sets of men as enemies or friends, and each having often occasion to desire earnestly that the life of a man be spared whom one of the others wished to destroy, or, on the other hand, that a man be put to death whom one of the others wished to have survive, many complicated situations resulted, according as they felt good-will or hatred toward anyone.
§ 47.10
ἐγὼ οὖν τὸ μὲν πάντα αὐτὰ ἀκριβῶς καθʼ ἕκαστον ἐπεξελθεῖν παραλείψω (πάμπολύ τε γὰρ ἔργον ἂν εἴη, καὶ οὐδὲν μέγα τῇ συγγραφῇ παρέξεταἰ, ἃ δὲ ἀξιομνημόνευτα μάλιστα εἶναι νομίζω, διηγήσομαι. τοῦτο μὲν γὰρ ἐς ἔπαυλίν τις τὸν δεσπότην κατακρύψας, εἶτʼ ἐπειδὴ καὶ ὣς καθʼ ἑτέρου τινὸς μήνυσιν ἀπολεῖσθαι ἔμελλε, τήν τε ἐσθῆτα πρὸς αὐτὸν ἠλλάξατο, καὶ μετʼ αὐτῆς τοῖς ἐπιοῦσιν ὡς καὶ αὐτὸς ἐκεῖνος ὢν προαπήντησε καὶ ἐσφάγη· καὶ οὕτως οἱ μὲν ἀπετράποντο, νομίσαντες ὃν ἐβούλοντο πεφονευκέναι, ὁ δὲ ἀπελθόντων αὐτῶν ἑτέρωσε διέφυγε. τοῦτο δὲ ἄλλος τις τὴν σκευὴν ὁμοίως ἅπασαν πρὸς τὸν δεσπότην διαλλάξας αὐτός τε ἐς φορεῖον κατάστεγον ἐσῆλθε καὶ ἐκεῖνον διφροφορεῖν ἐποίησε· κἀκ τούτου καταληφθέντες ὁ μὲν οὐδʼ ὀφθεὶς ἐφονεύθη, ὁ δὲ ὥς τις σκευοφόρος διεσώθη. καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ἴσως ἐκεῖνοι ἐξ εὐεργεσίας τινὸς προϋπαρχούσης σφίσι τοῖς εὖ ποιήσασιν ἀνταπέδοσαν· στιγματίας δέ τις οὐχ ὅσον οὐ προέδωκε τὸν στίξαντα, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάνυ προθύμως ἔσωσεν. ὡς γοῦν ὑπεκκομίζων ποι αὐτὸν ἐφωράθη καὶ ἐδιώκετο, ἀπέκτεινέ τέ τινα ἐντυχόντα οἱ κατὰ τύχην, καὶ τὴν στολὴν αὐτοῦ τῷ δεσπότῃ δοὺς τὸν μὲν ἐπὶ πυρὰν ἐπέθηκεν, αὐτὸς δὲ τήν τε ἐσθῆτα καὶ τὸν δακτύλιον τοῦ δεσπότου λαβὼν ἀπήντησε τοῖς διώκουσι, καὶ πλασάμενος ὡς καὶ φεύγοντα αὐτὸν ἀπεκτονὼς ἐπιστεύθη ἔκ τε τῶν σκύλων καὶ ἐκ τῶν στιγμάτων, καὶ ἐκεῖνόν τε ἅμα ἔσωσε καὶ αὐτὸς ἐτιμήθη. ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἐς οὐδεμίαν ὀνόματος μνήμην ἀνήκει· Ὁσίδιον δὲ δὴ Γέταν ὁ υἱός, ἐκφορὰν δή τινα αὐτοῦ ὡς καὶ τεθνηκότος σκευάσας, ἐξέσωσε, καὶ Κύιντον Κικέρωνα τὸν τοῦ Μάρκου ἀδελφὸν ὁ παῖς ἐξέκλεψε καὶ ὅσον ἐφʼ ἑαυτῷ ἔσωσεν. αὐτὸς μὲν γὰρ καὶ κατέκρυψε τὸν πατέρα ὥστε μὴ εὑρεθῆναι, καὶ στρεβλωθεὶς ἐπὶ τούτῳ πάσαις βασάνοις οὐδὲν ἐξελάλησε· μαθὼν δὲ ἐκεῖνος τὸ γιγνόμενον, καὶ θαυμάσας τε ἅμα τὸν παῖδα καὶ ἐλεήσας, ἦλθεν ἐθελοντὴς ἐς τὸ ἐμφανὲς καὶ αὐτὸς ἑαυτὸν τοῖς σφαγεῦσι παρέδωκεν.
I shall accordingly refrain from giving an accurate and detailed description of all such incidents, since this would be a vast undertaking and there would be no great gain to my history, but shall relate what I regard as most worthy of remembrance. 2 In one case a slave had hidden his master in a villa, and then, when even so the master was likely to perish through information given by a third person, this slave changed clothes with him, and wearing his master's apparel, went to meet the pursuers as if he were himself the master, and was murdered. So they turned aside, thinking they had slain the man they wished, and when they had departed, the master made his escape to some other place. Again, another slave likewise changed his entire dress with his master and entered a covered litter himself, making his master one of the carriers; and so, when they were overtaken, he was killed without being even looked at, while the master was spared as being a porter. 4 These, perhaps, are instances of favours repaid by slaves to their indulgent masters in recognition of some kindness previously received. But there was also a branded runaway slave, who, so far from betraying the man who had branded him, very gladly saved him. It was discovered that he was smuggling his master to some place of safety and a pursuit was begun; so he killed a man who met him by chance, gave the man's clothes to his master, and placing the corpse upon a pyre, he himself took his master's clothing and ring, went to meet the pursuers, and upon claiming that he had killed his master while fleeing, his word was believed, because of his spoils and the marks of the branding, and thus he not only saved his master, but at the same time gained honour for himself. 6 Now these anecdotes redound to the memory of no persons known by name; but there was Hosidius Geta, whose son arranged a funeral for him, as though he were already dead, and saved him in that way, and Quintus Cicero, the brother of Marcus, whose son secreted him and saved his life, so far as it was in his power to do so For the boy concealed his father so well that he could not be discovered, and when tormented for it by according to kinds of torture, did not utter a syllable; but his father, learning what was being done, was filled at once with admiration and pity for the boy, came out into the open of his own free will and surrendered himself to his slayers.
§ 47.11
ἀρετῆς μὲν δὴ καὶ εὐσεβείας τοσαῦτα τότε ἐπιφανῆ ἔργα ἐγένετο· Ποπίλιος δὲ δὴ Λαίνας τὸν Κικέρωνα τὸν Μᾶρκον ἀπέκτεινε καίπερ εὐεργέτην αὐτοῦ ἐκ συνηγορήματος ὄντα, καὶ ἵνα γε μὴ ἀκουόμενος μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁρώμενος πίστιν τοῦ πεφονευκέναι αὐτὸν λάβῃ, εἰκόνα ἑαυτοῦ πλησίον τῆς ἐκείνου κεφαλῆς ἐστεφανωμένην ἔθηκε, καὶ τὸ ὄνομα καὶ τὸ ἔργον αὐτοῦ ἐπιγεγραμμένον ἔχουσαν. καὶ οὕτω γε καὶ τῷ Ἀντωνίῳ διὰ τοῦτʼ ἤρεσεν ὥστε καὶ χρήματα πλείω τῶν ἐπηγγελμένων λαβεῖν. Μᾶρκος δὲ Τερέντιος Οὐάρρων ἠδίκησε μὲν οὐδέν, ὁμώνυμος δὲ δή τινι τῶν ἐπικεκηρυγμένων πλὴν μιᾶς προσηγορίας ὤν, καὶ δείσας μή τι κατὰ τοῦτο, οἷα καὶ ὁ Κίννας, πάθῃ, ἐξέθηκε γράμμα αὐτὸ τοῦτο δηλῶν· ἐδημάρχει δέ. καὶ ὁ μὲν διατριβὴν καὶ γέλωτα ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὠφλίσκανεν· τὸ δὲ δὴ ἀστάθμητον τοῦ βίου καὶ ἐξ ἐκείνου ἐτεκμηριώθη, ὅτι Λούκιος μὲν Φιλούσκιος ὑπό τε τοῦ Σύλλου πρότερον ἐπικηρυχθεὶς καὶ διαφυγὼν ἔς τε τὸ λεύκωμα αὖθις τότε ἐσεγράφη καὶ ἀπέθανε, Μᾶρκος δὲ Οὐαλέριος Μεσσάλας ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου θανατωθεὶς οὐχ ὅπως ἐν ἀσφαλείᾳ διεβίω, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὕπατος ἀντʼ αὐτοῦ ἐκείνου ὕστερον ἀπεδείχθη. οὕτως ἔκ τε τῶν ἀπορωτάτων πολλοὶ περιγίγνονται καὶ ἐκ τῶν θαρσούντως ἐχόντων οὐκ ἐλάττους ἀπόλλυνται· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο χρὴ μήτε ἐς τὸ ἀνέλπιστον πρὸς τὰς αὐτίκα συμφορὰς ἐκπλήττεσθαί τινα μήτε ἐς τὸ ἀφρόντιστον ὑπὸ τοῦ παραχρῆμα περιχαροῦς ἐπαίρεσθαι, ἀλλʼ ἐς τὸ μέσον ἐπʼ ἀμφότερα τὴν ἐλπίδα τοῦ μέλλοντος τιθέμενον ἀσφαλεῖς ἐφʼ ἑκάτερα τοὺς λογισμοὺς ποιεῖσθαι.
Such were the conspicuous deeds of bravery and filial devotion performed at that time. On the other hand, Popilius Laenas killed Marcus Cicero, although Cicero had once defended him as his advocate, 2 and in order that by means of optical proof as well as by report he might have the credit of having murdered him, he set up a statue of himself sitting crowned beside his victim's head, with an inscription that recorded his name and his deed. By this act he pleased Antony so much that he secured more than the price offered.3 Again, Marcus Terentius Varro was a man who had given no offence, but his name was identical with that of one of the proscribed, except for the agnomen, and he was afraid that he might because of this suffer a fate similar to that of Cinna; therefore he issued a statement making known this fact (he was tribune at the time) 4 and for this he became the subject of amusement and ridicule. Now the uncertainty of life was illustrated not only by this incident, but also by the case of Lucius Philuscius, who had previously been proscribed by Sulla and had escaped, had his name now inscribed on the tablet once more and perished, whereas Marcus Valerius Messalla, who had been condemned to death by Antony, not only continued to live in safety, but was later appointed consul in place of Antony himself. So it is that many come out safe from the most desperate situations, while just as many who feel no fear lose their lives. Hence one should neither be so alarmed in the face of the calamities of the moment as to lose all hope, nor be so carried away by his immediate elation as to be reckless, but, by placing his expectation of the future midway between the two, should make reliable calculations for either event.
§ 47.12
καὶ τότε γοῦν ταῦτά τε οὕτως ἐγένετο, καὶ πλεῖστοι μὲν τῶν μὴ προγραφέντων διά τε ἔχθραν καὶ διὰ χρήματα παραπώλοντο, πλεῖστοι δὲ τῶν ἐπικηρυχθέντων οὐχ ὅτι περιεγένοντο ἀλλὰ καὶ κατῆλθον αὖθις, καί τινες αὐτῶν καὶ ἀρχὰς ἔσχον. ἡ δʼ ἀναχώρησίς σφισι πρός τε τὸν Βροῦτον καὶ πρὸς τὸν Κάσσιον τόν τε Σέξτον ἐγίγνετο. καὶ οἵ γε πλείους πρὸς τοῦτον συγκατέφυγον· ναυαρχεῖν τε γὰρ πρότερον αἱρεθεὶς καὶ χρόνον τινὰ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ δυνηθεὶς ἰσχύν τε οἰκείαν, καίπερ τῆς ἀρχῆς μετὰ τοῦθʼ ὑπὸ τοῦ Καίσαρος ἀποστερηθείς, περιεβάλετο, καὶ τὴν Σικελίαν κατασχών, ἔπειθʼ ὡς καὶ ἐκείνῳ ἐπεκηρύχθη αἵ τε ἄλλαι σφαγαὶ ἐγίγνοντο, πλεῖστον τοῖς ὁμοίοις συνήρατο. τῇ γὰρ Ἰταλίᾳ ἐγγύθεν ἐφορμῶν διέπεμπεν ἔς τε τὴν Ῥώμην καὶ ἐς τὰς ἄλλας πόλεις, τά τε ἄλλα τοῖς τινα περισώσασι καὶ διπλάσια τῶν τοῖς φονεύσουσι προκειμένων ἐπαγγελλόμενος, καὶ αὐτοῖς ἐκείνοις καὶ ὑποδοχὴν καὶ ἐπικουρίαν καὶ χρήματα καὶ τιμὰς ὑπισχνούμενος.
Such, at any rate, was the course of events at that time, and while very many of those who were not proscribed also lost their lives, because they either were hated or had money, yet very many whose names were posted not only survived but were also restored from exile, and some of them were even elected to office. They were finding refuge with Brutus, with Cassius, and with Sextus, 2 but the majority directed their flight toward Sextus. For Sextus had formerly been chosen to command the fleet and for a time had dominated the sea, so that he had surrounded himself with a force of his own, even though he had subsequently been deprived of his office by Caesar. He had occupied Sicily, and then, when the order of proscription was passed against him, too, and all the other murders were taking place, he proved of the greatest assistance to those who were in like condition. For, anchoring near the coast of Italy, he kept sending to Rome and to the other cities, offering among other things to those who saved anybody double the reward that had been proposed for those who should murder them, and promising to the men themselves a refuge, assistance, money, and honours.
§ 47.13
ὅθενπερ συχνοὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἦλθον. ἀριθμὸν γὰρ οὔτε τῶν προγραφέντων οὔτε τῶν φονευθέντων ἢ καὶ διαφυγόντων οὐδὲ νῦν ἔγραψα, ὅτι πολλοὶ μὲν τῶν τὸ πρῶτον ἐς τὰ λευκώματα ἐγγραφέντων ἀπηλίφησαν, πολλοὶ δὲ ὕστερον ἀντʼ αὐτῶν ἀντενεγράφησαν, καὶ τούτων τε οὐκ ὀλίγοι διεσώθησαν καὶ ἄλλοι συχνοὶ διεφθάρησαν. καὶ αὐτοὺς οὐδὲ πενθεῖν τισιν ἐξουσία ἦν, ἀλλὰ πολλοὶ καὶ ἐκ τούτου παραπώλοντο. καὶ τέλος, ὡς τό τε πεπλασμένον αὐτῶν πᾶν αἱ συμφοραὶ ἐξενίκων, καὶ οὐδεὶς οὐδὲ τῶν πάνυ ἀνδρικῶν ἀντικαρτερεῖν πρὸς αὐτὰς ἐδύνατο, ἀλλʼ ἔν τε τοῖς ἄλλοις πᾶσι καὶ ἔργοις καὶ λόγοις ἐσκυθρώπαζον καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀρχῇ τοῦ ἔτους οὐκ ἤμελλον, ὥσπερ εἰώθασιν, ἑορτάσειν, ἐκελεύσθησαν διὰ προγραφῆς εὐθυμεῖσθαι, θάνατον ὀφλήσοντες ἂν μὴ πειθαρχήσωσιν· οὕτω που, ὡς καὶ ἐπʼ ἀγαθοῖς, τοῖς κοινοῖς κακοῖς χαίρειν ἠναγκάζοντο. καὶ τί τοῦτο εἶπον, ὁπότε καὶ ἐκείνοις (τοῖς τρισὶν ἀνδράσι λέγὠ ἄλλα τε ὡς εὐεργέταις καὶ σωτῆρσι τῆς πόλεως γεγονόσι καὶ τοὺς στεφάνους τοὺς πολιτικοὺς ἐψηφίσαντο; οὐ γὰρ ὅτι τινὰς ἐφόνευον, αἰτίαν ἔχειν ἠξίουν, ἀλλʼ ὅτι μὴ πλείονας, προσεπαινεῖσθαι ἤθελον. καὶ πρός γε τὸν δῆμον φανερῶς ποτε εἶπον ὅτι οὔτε τὴν τοῦ Μαρίου τοῦ τε Σύλλου ὠμότητα, ὥστε καὶ μισηθῆναι, οὔτʼ αὖ τὴν τοῦ Καίσαρος ἐπιείκειαν, ὥστε καὶ καταφρονηθῆναι καὶ ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐπιβουλευθῆναι, ἐζηλώκασι.
Therefore a considerable number came to him. As to the exact number, now, either of those who were proscribed or slaughtered or of those who escaped, I refrain even at the present time from recording it, because many names originally inscribed on the tablets were erased and many were later inscribed in their place, and of these not a few were saved and many perished who were not on the lists. 2 And it was not permitted in any case even to mourn for the victims, and many lost their lives on this account also. And finally, when the calamities broke down all their assumed calm and no one even of the most stout-hearted could longer bear up against them, but in all their work and conversation their countenances were gloomy and they had no thought of celebrating the new-year festival, as was their wont, they were ordered by a proclamation to be of good cheer, on pain of death if they should disobey. So they were forced to rejoice over their common evils as over blessings. Yet why do I mention such a thing, when they voted to those men (to the triumvirs, I mean) the civic crowns and other distinctions as to benefactors and saviours of the state? For these men not only would not allow themselves to be blamed because they were murdering people, but, what is more, wished to be praised because the number of their victims was not greater. 4 And to the populace they once openly stated they had emulated neither the cruelty of Marius and Sulla, that they should be hated, nor, on the other hand, the mildness of Caesar, that they should be despised and consequently plotted against.
§ 47.14
τοιαῦτα μὲν περὶ τὰς σφαγὰς ἐγίγνετο, πολλὰ δὲ δὴ καὶ ἄτοπα καὶ περὶ τὰς τῶν ἄλλων οὐσίας συνέβαινε. καίτοι ταῖς τε γυναιξὶ ταῖς τῶν φονευομένων τὰς προῖκας καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις τοῖς μὲν ἄρρεσι τὸ δέκατον ταῖς δὲ θηλείαις τὸ εἰκοστὸν τῆς ἑκάστου σφῶν οὐσίας δώσειν, ὡς καὶ δὴ δίκαιοι φιλάνθρωποί τε ὄντες, ἐπηγγείλαντο. ἀλλʼ οὔτε ταῦτα πλὴν ὀλίγων ἐδόθη, τά τε τῶν λοιπῶν καὶ πάνυ πάντα ἀδεῶς ἐπορθεῖτο. τοῦτο μὲν γὰρ ἐνοίκιον ἐνιαύσιον πασῶν τῶν τε ἐν τῷ ἄστει καὶ τῶν ἐν τῇ ἄλλῃ Ἰταλίᾳ οἰκιῶν, ὧν μὲν ἐμεμισθώκεσάν τινες, ὅλον, ὧν δὲ αὐτοὶ ᾤκουν, ἐξ ἡμισείας, πρὸς τὴν τῆς καταγωγῆς ἀξίαν ἐσέπραξαν· τοῦτο δὲ τοὺς τὰ χωρία ἔχοντας τὸ ἥμισυ τῶν προσόδων αὐτῶν ἀφείλοντο. καὶ προσέτι καὶ τοὺς στρατιώτας τήν τε τροφὴν παρὰ τῶν πόλεων, ἐν αἷς ἐχείμαζον, προῖκα λαμβάνειν ἐποίησαν, καὶ κατὰ τὴν χώραν, ὡς ἐπὶ τὰ δεδημευμένα τά τε τῶν ἀνθισταμένων ἔτι, διαπέμποντες (καὶ γὰρ ἐκείνους, ὅτι μὴ ἐντὸς τῆς προρρηθείσης σφίσιν ἡμέρας μετέστησαν, πολεμίους ἐποιήσαντὀ πάντα καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ προσδιήρπαζον. ἵνα γὰρ καὶ πρὸ τῶν ἔργων τοὺς μισθοὺς ἔχοντες πᾶν τὸ πρόθυμόν σφισι παρέχωνται, ταῦτά τε αὐτοῖς πράττειν ἐπέτρεπον καὶ πόλεις χώρας τε δώσειν ὑπισχνοῦντο· καὶ ἐπὶ τούτῳ καὶ γεωνόμους ὁμοῦ καὶ οἰκιστὰς αὐτοῖς προσαπέδειξαν. τὸ μὲν οὖν πλῆθος τῶν στρατιωτῶν τούτοις ἀνηρτῶντο, τῶν δὲ δὴ λογιμωτέρων τοὺς μὲν τοῖς κτήμασι τοῖς τῶν ἀπολλυμένων ἐδελέαζον, τὰ μὲν ἐπευωνίζοντες τὰ δὲ καὶ προῖκά σφισι χαριζόμενοι, τοὺς δὲ καὶ ταῖς ἀρχαῖς ταῖς τε ἱερωσύναις αὐτῶν ἐτίμων. ὅπως γὰρ ἀδεῶς αὐτοί τε τὰ κάλλιστα καὶ τῶν χωρίων καὶ τῶν οἰκοδομημάτων λαμβάνωσι καὶ ἐκείνοις ὅσα βούλονται διδῶσι, προεῖπον μηδένα τῶν ἄλλων μὴ ὠνησείοντα ἐς τὸ πρατήριον ἀπαντᾶν, εἰ δὲ μή γε, θνήσκειν τὸν τοῦτο ποιήσαντα. καὶ ἐκείνους γε οὕτω μετεχειρίζοντο ὥστε μήτε τι καταφωρᾶν καὶ πλείστου ὅσου ἀγοράζειν ὧν ἔχρῃζον, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μηδʼ ὠνητιᾶν ἔτι.
So much for the murders; but many strange proceedings took place also in connection with the property of persons left alive. To be sure, the triumvirs announced, as if they were indeed just and humane rulers, that they would give to the widows of the slain their dowries, and to the male children a tenth and to the female children a twentieth of the property of each one's father; 2 but these portions were not actually given save in a few cases, and the possessions of the other classes of persons were plundered with impunity even down to the last farthing. For, in the first place, they levied upon all the houses, both in the city and in the rest of Italy, a tax which was the entire amount of the annual rent in the case of dwellings which people had leased, and half of that amount in the case of such as they occupied themselves, all based on the value of the domicile; and secondly, from those who possessed lands they took away half of the revenues they produced. Furthermore, they required that the soldiers should receive their support free from the cities in which they were wintering, and also distributed them throughout the country districts, pretending that they were sent to take charge of the confiscated property or that of the persons who still opposed them. For they counted the latter class as enemies, because they had not come over to the side of the triumvirs before the appointed day. Thus the whole country outside the towns was also pillaged. 4 Indeed, the triumvirs not only allowed the soldiers to do this, in order that, having their pay even in advance of their services, they might devote all their zeal to their commanders' interests, but also promised to give them cities and lands. And to carry out this promise they appointed special commissioners to divide the lands among them and to establish them in colonies. Now the mass of the soldiers was made loyal by these measures; but in the case of the more prominent, they tempted some with the possessions of those who were being put to death, both by lowering the price on certain articles and by granting others to them free, and others they honoured with the offices and priesthoods of the victims. For, in order that they themselves might with impunity secure the finest both of the lands and of the buildings and yet might give their followers all they wanted, the triumvirs gave notice that no one but themselves and the soldiers should visit the auction unless he wanted to buy something; whoever did so should die. And they managed even those who came under these conditions in such a way that they detected no irregularity and had to pay the very highest price for what they wanted, and consequently had no further desire to buy.
§ 47.15
περὶ μὲν οὖν τὰ κτήματα τοῦθʼ οὕτως ἐγίγνετο, τὰς δὲ ἀρχὰς τάς τε ἱερωσυνας τῶν θανατωθέντων οὐ πρὸς τὸ νομιζόμενον ἐκ τῶν νόμων, ἀλλʼ ὥς που καὶ ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς, διέδοσαν. καὶ ὑπάτους τε, τοῦ μὲν Καίσαρος τὴν ἀρχὴν ἀπειπόντος (ἧς γὰρ οὕτως ἐπεθύμησεν ὥστε καὶ πολεμῆσαι δι’ αὐτήν, ταύτης ἑκὼν ἐξέστἠ τοῦ δὲ συνάρχοντος αὐτοῦ μεταλλάξαντος, ἄλλον τέ τινα καὶ τὸν Οὐεντίδιον τὸν Πούπλιον καίπερ στρατηγοῦντα ἀπέδειξαν, ἔς τε τὴν στρατηγίαν αὐτοῦ τῶν ἀγορανομούντων τινὰ ἐσήγαγον· καὶ πάντας μετὰ τοῦτο τοὺς στρατηγούς, πέντε ἡμέρας ἔτι ἄρχοντας, παύσαντες ἐκείνους μὲν ἐς τὰς ἡγεμονίας τῶν ἐθνῶν ἔστειλαν, ἑτέρους δὲ ἀντʼ αὐτῶν ἀντικατέστησαν. νόμους τε τοὺς μὲν ἀπήλειψαν τοὺς δὲ ἀντενέγραψαν. καὶ συνελόντι εἰπεῖν, καὶ τἆλλα πάντα ὅπως ποτὲ καὶ ἐδόκει αὐτοῖς ἔπρασσον· τῶν μὲν γὰρ ἐπικλήσεων τῶν ἐπιφθόνων καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καταλυθεισῶν οὐκ ἀντεποιήσαντο, τὰ δὲ δὴ πράγματα πρός τε τὸ βούλημα καὶ πρὸς τὸ ἐπιθύμημα τὸ ἑαυτῶν διῆγον, ὥστε χρυσὸν τὴν τοῦ Καίσαρος μοναρχίαν φανῆναι. τὸν μὲν οὖν ἐνιαυτὸν ἐκεῖνον ταῦτά τε οὕτως ἐποίησαν, καὶ νεὼν τῷ τε Σαράπιδι καὶ τῇ Ἴσιδι
This was the course followed in regard to the property of the proscribed. As to the offices and priesthoods of such as had been put to death, they distributed these, not in the fashion prescribed by law, but apparently just as suited their fancy. As regards the consulship, when Caesar resigned the office, — thus giving up willingly the position he had so eagerly desired that he had even made war to gain it, — and when his colleague died, they appointed Publius Ventidius, although he was praetor at the time, and another man; and to the praetorship vacated by Ventidius they promoted one of the aediles. Afterwards they relieved all the praetors, who still had five days to hold office, and sent them to be governors of the provinces, and installed others in their places. Some laws they abolished entirely and in others inserted new provisions; and, in brief, they ordered everything else just as seemed good to them. 4 They did not, to be sure, lay claim to titles which were offensive and had therefore been done away with, but they managed matters according to their own wish and desire, so that Caesar's sovereignty by comparison appeared all gold. That year, besides doing these things, they voted a temple to Serapis and Isis.
§ 47.16
ἐψηφίσαντο· τοῦ δὲ δὴ Λεπίδου τοῦ Μάρκου τοῦ τε Πλάγκου τοῦ Λουκίου ὑπατευσάντων λευκώματα αὖθις ἐξετέθη, θάνατον μὲν μηδενὶ ἔτι φέροντα, τὰς δὲ οὐσίας τῶν ζώντων ἀποσυλῶντα· προσδεόμενοι γὰρ χρημάτων, ἅτε πολλὰ μὲν καὶ πολλοῖς στρατιώταις προοφειλήσαντες, πολλὰ δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς γιγνομένοις διʼ αὐτῶν δαπανῶντες, πολλῷ δὲ ἔτι πλείω ἐς τοὺς προσδοκωμένους πολέμους ἀναλώσειν νομίζοντες, ἠργυρολόγουν. οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ τὸ μὲν τῶν τελῶν τῶν πρότερον μέν ποτε καταλυθέντων τότε δὲ αὖθις ἐπαναχθέντων ἢ καὶ ἐκ καινῆς προσκαταστάντων, τό τε τῶν συντελειῶν, ἃς πολλὰς μὲν ἐπὶ τῇ γῇ πολλὰς δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς οἰκέταις ἐπράττοντο, μετρίως πως τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐλύπει· τὸ δὲ δὴ τοὺς καὶ ἐφʼ ὁποσονοῦν ἔτι οὐ μόνον τῶν βουλευτῶν ἢ καὶ τῶν ἱππέων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἐξελευθέρων, καὶ ἀνδρῶν ὁμοίως καὶ γυναικῶν, εὐποροῦντας ἐς λευκώματα ἐσγραφῆναι καὶ δεκατείαν τινὰ καινὴν δεκατευθῆναι σφόδρα πάντας ἠνίασε. τῷ μὲν γὰρ λόγῳ τὸ δέκατον τῆς οὐσίας παρʼ ἑκάστου σφῶν ἐπράχθη, ἔργῳ δὲ οὐδὲ τὸ δέκατόν τινι κατελείφθη· ἐπειδὴ γὰρ οὐ ῥητόν τι ἀργύριον πρὸς τὴν τῶν κτημάτων ἀξίαν ἐσενεγκεῖν ἐκελεύσθησαν, ἀλλʼ ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς αἱ τιμήσεις τῶν σφετέρων ἐγένοντο, κἀκ τούτου ὡς οὐκ ὀρθῶς αὐτὰ τετιμημένοι διεβάλλοντο, καὶ τὰ
And when Marcus Lepidus and Lucius Plancus became consuls, tablets were again set up, not involving the death of any one this time, but defrauding the living of their property. 2 For the triumvirs found themselves in need of more money, inasmuch as they already owed large sums to large numbers of soldiers, were spending large sums on undertakings then being carried out by them, and expected to spend far more still on the wars and prospect; they therefore proceeded to collect funds. Now the reintroduction of the taxes which had been formerly abrogated, or the establishment of new ones, and the institution of the joint contributions, which they levied in large numbers both on the land and on the slaves, caused the people some little distress, it is true; 4 but that those who were in the slightest degree still prosperous, not only senators or knights, but even freedmen, men and women alike, should be listed on the tablets and mulcted of another “tithe” of their wealth irritated everybody exceedingly. For it was in name only that a tenth of each other's property was exacted; in reality not so much as a tenth was left. For since they were not ordered to contribute a stated amount according to the value of their possessions, but had the duty of assessing the value of their own goods, they were as a result liable to be accused of not having made a fair assessment and to lose in addition what they had left.
§ 47.17
λοιπὰ προσαπώλλυσαν. εἰ δʼ οὖν τινες τοῦτό πως διέφυγον, ἀλλʼ ὑπό τε τῶν τάξεων ἐς στενὸν κατακλειόμενοι καὶ ἀργυρίου δεινῶς σπανίζοντες πάντων καὶ αὐτοὶ τρόπον τινὰ ἀπεστεροῦντο. καὶ μέντοι καὶ ἕτερόν τι τοιόνδε, βαρὺ μὲν καὶ ἀκοῦσαι βαρύτατον δὲ πραχθῆναι, ἐγένετο· τῷ γὰρ βουλομένῳ σφῶν ἐδόθη, πάσης τῆς οὐσίας ἐκστάντι, τὸ τρίτον μετὰ ταῦτα αὐτῆς ἀπαιτῆσαι, τοῦτʼ ἔστι μήτε τι λαβεῖν καὶ προσέτι καὶ πράγματα σχεῖν. ὁπότε γὰρ βίᾳ τὰ δύο μέρη φανερῶς ἐσυλῶντο, πῶς ἂν τὸ τρίτον ἀπέλαβον, ἄλλως τε καὶ ἐλαχίστου αὐτῶν πωλουμένων; τοῦτο μὲν γὰρ πολλῶν ἅμα ἀποκηρυττομένων, καὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τῶν πλειόνων καὶ ἀχρύσων καὶ ἀναργύρων ὄντων, τῶν δὲ λοιπῶν μὴ τολμώντων ὡς καὶ ἐχόντων τι ἀγοράσαι, ἵνα μὴ καὶ ἐκεῖνο προσαπολέσωσιν, αἱ τιμαὶ ἀνεῖντο· τοῦτο δὲ τοῖς στρατιώταις πολὺ παρὰ τὴν ἀξίαν πάντα ἐπιπράσκετο. ὥστε τῶν μὲν ἰδιωτῶν οὐδεὶς οὐδέν, ὅ τι καὶ ἄξιον εἰπεῖν, διεσώσατο· πρὸς γὰρ αὖ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἔς τε τὸ ναυτικὸν οἰκέτας, εἰ καὶ μὴ εἶχόν τινες, ὠνούμενοί γε ἐδίδοσαν, καὶ τὰς ὁδοὺς οἰκείοις οἱ βουλευταὶ δαπανήμασιν ἐπεσκεύαζον. μόνοι δὲ δὴ οἱ τὰ ὅπλα ἔχοντες ὑπερεπλούτησαν. οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδὲ ἐξήρκει σφίσιν οὔτε ἡ μισθοφορὰ καίπερ ἐντελὴς οὖσα, οὔτε αἱ ἔξωθεν ἐπιφοραὶ καίτοι παμπληθεῖς γενόμεναι, οὐ τὰ ἆθλα τῶν φόνων μέγιστα δὴ δοθέντα, οὐχ αἱ κτήσεις τῶν χωρίων προικιμαῖαι τρόπον τινὰ αὐτοῖς ὑπάρξασαι· ἀλλὰ καὶ προσέτι οἱ μὲν τὰς οὐσίας τῶν τελευτώντων ὅλας καὶ ᾔτουν καὶ ἐλάμβανον, οἱ δὲ καὶ ἐς τὰ τῶν ζώντων ἔτι γερόντων τε καὶ ἀτέκνων γένη ἐσεβιάζοντο. ἐς τοσοῦτον γὰρ τῆς τε ἀπληστίας καὶ τῆς ἀναισχυντίας ἐχώρησαν ὥστε τινὰ καὶ τὴν τῆς Ἀττίας τῆς τοῦ Καίσαρος μητρὸς οὐσίαν, ἀποθανούσης τότε καὶ δημοσίᾳ ταφῇ τιμηθείσης, παρʼ αὐτοῦ τοῦ Καίσαρος αἰτῆσαι.
And even if some persons did somehow escape this fate, yet they were brought into straits by the assessments, found themselves terribly short of ready money, and so, like the others, were deprived of practically everything. Moreover, the following device, distressing even to hear about, but most distressing in practice, was put into operation. 2 Any one of the proscribed who wished to do so was permitted, if he would abandon all his property, to make requisition afterwards for one-third of it, which meant getting nothing and having trouble besides. For when they were being openly and violently despoiled of two-thirds, how were they to recover the other third, especially since their goods were being sold for an extremely low price? For, in the first place, a great deal of property was being offered at auction all at once and most people were without gold or silver and the rest did not dare to show by buying that they had money, lest they should lose that too, and consequently the prices were lowered; in the second place, anything would be sold to the soldiers far below its value. 4 Hence none of the private citizens saved anything worth mentioning; for, over and above all the other exactions, they had to furnish slaves for the navy, buying them if they had none, and the senators had to repair the roads at their individual expense. Only those, indeed, who bore arms gained great wealth. For they were far from satisfied with their pay, though it was given in full, or with their outside perquisites, though these were very numerous, or with the prizes bestowed for the murders, though they were exceedingly large, or with the lands they acquired, though they were practically a free gift to them; but in addition some would ask for and receive all the property of those who died, and others would force their way into the families of the survivors who were old and childless. 6 For they had reached such a degree of greed and shamelessness that one man actually asked Caesar himself for the property of Atia, his mother, who had died at that time and had been honoured with a public funeral.
§ 47.18
ταῦτά τε οὖν οὕτως οἱ ἄνδρες ἐκεῖνοι οἱ τρεῖς ἐποίουν, καὶ ἅμα καὶ τὸν Καίσαρα τὸν πρότερον ἐπὶ πλεῖστον ἐσέμνυνον. ἅτε γὰρ τῆς μοναρχίας ἐφιέμενοι καὶ πρὸς αὐτὴν ἐπειγόμενοι τούς τε σφαγέας αὐτοῦ τοὺς λοιποὺς ὀργῇ μετῄεσαν, ὡς καὶ ἐκ τούτου τήν τε ἄδειάν σφισιν ὧν ἐποίουν καὶ τὴν ἀσφάλειαν πόρρωθεν προπαρασκευάσοντες, καὶ πάνθʼ ὅσα ἐς τιμὴν αὐτοῦ ἔφερε, προθύμως ἔπραττον ἐς ὑποδοχὴν τοῦ καὶ αὐτοί ποτε τῶν ὁμοίων ἀξιωθῆναι· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τοῖς τε ἐψηφισμένοις ἤγαλλον αὐτὸν καὶ ἑτέροις ἃ τότε προσέθεσαν. ἔν τε γὰρ τῇ πρώτῃ τοῦ ἔτους ἡμέρᾳ αὐτοί τε ὤμοσαν καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ὥρκωσαν βέβαια νομιεῖν πάντα τὰ ὑπʼ ἐκείνου γενόμενα (καὶ τοῦτο καὶ νῦν ἐπὶ πᾶσι τοῖς τὸ κράτος ἀεὶ ἴσχουσιν, ἢ καὶ ἐπʼ αὐτοῦ ποτε γενομένοις καὶ μὴ ἀτιμωθεῖσι, γίγνεταἰ, καὶ ἡρῷόν οἱ ἔν τε τῇ ἀγορᾷ καὶ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ἐν ᾧ ἐκέκαυτο προκατεβάλοντο, καί τι καὶ ἄγαλμα αὐτοῦ ἐν ταῖς ἱπποδρομίαις μεθʼ ἑτέρου Ἀφροδισίου ἔπεμπον. εἴ τε νίκη τις ἠγγέλθη ποθέν, χωρὶς μὲν τῷ κρατήσαντι χωρὶς δὲ ἐκείνῳ καὶ τεθνεῶτι τιμὴν ἱερομηνίας ἔνεμον. τά τε γενέσια αὐτοῦ δαφνηφοροῦντας καὶ εὐθυμουμένους πάντας ἑορτάζειν ἠνάγκασαν, νομοθετήσαντες τοὺς μὲν ἄλλους τοὺς ἀμελήσαντας αὐτῶν ἐπαράτους τῷ τε Διὶ καὶ αὐτῷ ἐκείνῳ εἶναι, τοὺς δὲ δὴ βουλευτὰς τούς τε υἱεῖς σφων πέντε καὶ εἴκοσι μυριάδας ὀφλισκάνειν. καὶ συνέβαινε γὰρ ἐν τῇ αὐτῇ ἡμέρᾳ καὶ τὰ Ἀπολλώνια γίγνεσθαι, ἐψηφίσαντο τῇ προτεραίᾳ τὰ γενέσια ἀγάλλεσθαι, ὡς καὶ λογίου τινὸς Σιβυλλείου ἀπαγορεύοντος μηδενὶ θεῶν τότε πλὴν
While these three men were behaving in this wise, they were also magnifying the former Caesar to the utmost degree. For as they were eager for sole rulership and were striving for it, they vindictively pursued the rest of the assassins, 2 with the idea that in this way they would be preparing, long in advance, immunity for themselves in what they were doing as well as safety; and so they eagerly did everything which tended to his honour, in expectation of some day being themselves thought worthy of like honours, and for this reason they exalted him, not only by the honours which had already been voted him, but also by others which they now added. Thus, on the first day of the year they themselves took an oath and made all the rest swear that they would consider all his acts binding; and the same thing is still done today in honour of all those who successively enter upon the supreme power and also of those who have possessed it and have not been dishonoured. 4 They also laid the foundation of a shrine to him, as hero, in the Forum, on the spot where his body had been burned, and caused an image of him, together with a second image, that of Venus, to be carried in the procession at the Circensian Games. And whenever news came of a victory anywhere, they assigned the honour of a thanksgiving to the victor by himself and to Caesar, though dead, by himself.5 And they compelled everybody to celebrate his birthday by wearing laurel and by merry-making, passing a law that those who neglected these observances should be accursed in the sight of Jupiter and of Caesar himself, and, in the case of senators or senators' sons, that they should forfeit a million sesterces. 6 Now it happened that the Ludi Apollinares fell on the same day, and they therefore voted that his birthday feast should be celebrated on the previous day, on the ground that there was an oracle of the Sibyl which forbade the holding of a festival on Apollo's day to any god except Apollo.
§ 47.19
τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι ἑορτάζεσθαι. ταῦτά τε οὖν αὐτῷ ἔδωκαν, καὶ τὴν ἡμέραν ἐν ᾗ ἐφονεύθη, κυρίαν ἀεί ποτε ἕδραν βουλῆς ἔχουσαν, ἀποφράδα ἐνόμισαν. τό τε οἴκημα ἐν ᾧ ἐσφάγη, παραχρῆμά τε ἔκλεισαν καὶ ὕστερον ἐς ἄφοδον μετεσκεύασαν· καὶ τὸ βουλευτήριον τὸ Ἰούλιον ἐπʼ αὐτοῦ κληθὲν παρὰ τῷ Κομιτίῳ ὠνομασμένῳ ᾠκοδόμουν, ὥσπερ ἐψήφιστο. πρὸς δὲ τούτοις ἀπεῖπον μὲν μηδεμίαν εἰκόνα αὐτοῦ, καθάπερ θεοῦ τινος ὡς ἀληθῶς ὄντος, ἐν ταῖς τῶν συγγενῶν αὐτοῦ ἐκφοραῖς πέμπεσθαι, ὅπερ ἐκ τοῦ πάνυ ἀρχαίου καὶ τότε ἔτι ἐγίγνετο· ἀπηγόρευσαν δὲ μηδένα ἐς τὸ ἡρῷον αὐτοῦ καταφυγόντα ἐπʼ ἀδείᾳ μήτε ἀνδρηλατεῖσθαι μήτε συλᾶσθαι, ὅπερ οὐδενὶ οὐδὲ τῶν θεῶν, πλὴν τῶν ἐπὶ τοῦ Ῥωμύλου γενομένων, ἐδεδώκεσαν. καίτοι καὶ ἐκεῖνο τὸ χωρίον ὀνόματι τὴν ἀσυλίαν, μετὰ τὴν τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἄθροισιν, ἄνευ τοῦ ἔργου αὐτῆς ἔσχεν· οὕτω γὰρ περιεφράχθη ὥστε μηδένα ἔτι τὸ παράπαν ἐσελθεῖν ἐς αὐτὸ δυνηθῆναι. τῷ μὲν δὴ Καίσαρι ταῦτʼ ἔδωκαν, ταῖς δὲ ἀειπαρθένοις ῥαβδούχῳ ἑνὶ ἑκάστῃ χρῆσθαι, ὅτι τις αὐτῶν ἀπὸ δείπνου πρὸς ἑσπέραν οἴκαδε ἐπανιοῦσα ἠγνοήθη τε καὶ ὑβρίσθη. τάς τε ἀρχὰς τὰς ἐν τῇ πόλει ἐπὶ πλείω ἔτη προαπέδειξαν, τούς τε ἐπιτηδείους σφίσιν ἅμα διʼ αὐτῶν τιμῶντες, καὶ τὰ πράγματα ἐπὶ μακρότερον ταῖς τῶν ἀρξόντων διαδοχαῖς κρατυνόμενοι.
Besides granting him these honours, they made the day on which he had been murdered, a day on which there had always been a regular meeting of the senate, an unlucky day. The room in which he had been murdered they closed for the time being and later transformed into a privy. They also built the Curia Julia, named after him, beside the place called the Comitium, as had been voted. 2 Moreover, they forbade any likeness of him to be carried at the funerals of his relatives, — just as if he were in very truth a god, — though this was an ancient custom and was still being observed. And they enacted that no one who took refuge in his shrine to secure immunity should be driven or dragged away from there — a distinction which had never been granted even to any one of the gods, save to such as were worshipped in the days of Romulus. Yet after men began to congregate in that region even this place had inviolability in name only, without the reality; for it was so fenced about that no one could any longer enter it at all. These were the honours which they granted to Caesar; they also allowed the Vestal Virgins to employ one lictor each, because one of them, not being recognised, had been insulted while returning home from dinner toward evening. And they assigned the offices in the city for several years ahead, thus at the same time honouring their friends and strengthening their cause for a longer time by controlling the succession of those officials.
§ 47.20
πράξαντες δὲ ταῦτα, Λέπιδος μὲν αὐτοῦ, τήν τε πόλιν καὶ τὴν ἄλλην Ἰταλίαν διάξων, ὥσπερ εἶπον, ὑπέμεινε, Καῖσαρ δὲ καὶ Ἀντώνιος ἐξεστράτευσαν. ὅ τε γὰρ Βροῦτος καὶ ὁ Κάσσιος τὸ μὲν πρῶτον μετὰ τὴν ὁμολογίαν τὴν πρὸς τὸν Ἀντώνιον τούς τε ἄλλους σφίσι γενομένην καὶ ἐς τὴν ἀγορὰν ἐσῄεσαν, καὶ τὰς στρατηγίας ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ ᾧ καὶ πρὶν κόσμῳ διῴκουν· ἐπεὶ δʼ ἤρξαντό τινες ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ Καίσαρος σφαγῇ χαλεπαίνειν, ἐξεχώρησαν ὡς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς ἔξω ἀρχάς, ἃς προσετετάχατο, ἐπειγόμενοι. καίτοι καὶ ἀστυνόμος ὁ Κάσσιος ἦν, τά τε Ἀπολλώνια οὐδέπω διεωρτάκει. ἀλλʼ ἐκεῖνα μὲν διʼ Ἀντωνίου τοῦ συστρατηγοῦ καὶ ἀπὼν ἐκπρεπέστατα ἐπετέλεσεν, αὐτὸς δὲ οὐκ εὐθὺς ἐκ τῆς Ἰταλίας ἀπέπλευσεν, ἀλλʼ ἐν τῇ Καμπανίᾳ μετὰ τοῦ Βρούτου χρονίσας ἐπετήρει τὰ γιγνόμενα. καί τινα καὶ γράμματα ἐς τὴν Ῥώμην, ἅτε καὶ στρατηγοῦντες, πρὸς τὸν δῆμον ἔπεμπον, μέχρις οὗ ὁ Καῖσαρ ὁ Ὀκταουιανὸς τῶν τε πραγμάτων ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι καὶ τὸ πλῆθος σφετερίζεσθαι ἤρξατο. τότε γὰρ τῆς τε δημοκρατίας ἅμα ἀπογνόντες καὶ ἐκεῖνον φοβηθέντες ἀπῆραν. καὶ αὐτοὺς οἱ Ἀθηναῖοι λαμπρῶς ὑπεδέξαντο· ἐτιμῶντο μὲν γὰρ καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ἄλλων σχεδόν τι πάντων ἐφʼ οἷς ἐποίησαν, ἐκεῖνοι δὲ καὶ εἰκόνας σφίσι χαλκᾶς παρά τε τὴν τοῦ Ἁρμοδίου καὶ παρὰ τὴν τοῦ Ἀριστογείτονος, ὡς καὶ ζηλωταῖς αὐτῶν γενομένοις, ἐψηφίσαντο.
When all this had been accomplished, Lepidus remained there, as I have said, to take up the administration of the city and of the rest of Italy, and Caesar and Antony set out upon their campaign. It should be explained that Brutus and Cassius, after the compact made by them with Antony and the rest, had at first gone regularly into the Forum and discharged the duties of the praetorship with the same ceremonial as before. 2 But when some began to be displeased at the killing of Caesar, they withdrew, pretending to be in haste to reach the governorships abroad to which they had been appointed. And yet Cassius was praetor urbanus and had not yet celebrated the Ludi Apollinares. But, although absent, he performed that duty most brilliantly through his colleague Antony; he did not himself sail away from Italy at once, however, but lingered with Brutus in Campania and watched the course of events. And in their capacity as praetors they kept sending letters to the people at Rome, until Caesar Octavianus began to take a hand in affairs and to win the affections of the populace. 4 Then, despairing of the republic and at the same time fearing him, they departed. The Athenians gave them a splendid reception; for, though they were honoured by nearly everybody else for what they had done, the inhabitants of this city voted them bronze images by the side of those of Harmodius and Aristogeiton, thus intimating that Brutus and Cassius had emulated their example.
§ 47.21
κἀν τούτῳ πυθόμενοι τὸν Καίσαρα ἐπὶ μεῖζον αἴρεσθαι, Κρητῶν μὲν καὶ Βιθυνῶν, ἐφʼ οὓς ἐστέλλοντο, ἠμέλησαν, οὐδεμίαν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἀξιόχρεων ὠφελίαν ὁρῶντες οὖσαν, πρὸς δὲ δὴ τήν τε Συρίαν καὶ τὴν Μακεδονίαν, καίπερ μηδέν σφισι προσηκούσας, ἀλλʼ ὅτι τῷ καιρῷ καὶ τοῖς χρήμασι ταῖς τε δυνάμεσιν ἤκμαζον, ἐτράποντο. καὶ Κάσσιος μὲν πρὸς τοὺς Σύρους ὡς καὶ συνήθεις οἱ καὶ φίλους ἐκ τῆς μετὰ τοῦ Κράσσου στρατείας ὄντας ὥρμησε, Βροῦτος δὲ τήν τε Ἑλλάδα καὶ τὴν Μακεδονίαν συνίστη. ἄλλως τε γὰρ ἔκ τε τῆς δόξης τῶν πεπραγμένων καὶ ἐπὶ ταῖς ἐλπίσι τῶν ὁμοίων προσεῖχον αὐτῷ, καὶ διότι καὶ στρατιώτας συχνούς, τοὺς μὲν ἐκ τῆς πρὸς Φαρσάλῳ μάχης ἐκεῖ που καὶ τότε ἔτι περιπλανωμένους, τοὺς δὲ καὶ ἐκ τῶν τῷ Δολοβέλλᾳ συνεξελθόντων ὑπολειφθέντας ἢ διὰ νόσον ἢ διὰ ἀταξίαν, προσλαβὼν εἶχε· καί οἱ καὶ χρήματα ἐκ τῆς Ἀσίας παρὰ τοῦ Τρεβωνίου ἦλθε. τὸ μὲν οὖν Ἑλληνικὸν ἀπονητότατα ἐκ τούτων, ἅτε μηδὲ δύναμίν τινα ἀξιόλογον ἔχον, προσεποιήσατο· ἐς δὲ δὴ τὴν Μακεδονίαν ἦλθε μὲν ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ ἐν ᾧ ὅ τε Ἀντώνιος ὁ Γάϊος ἄρτι ἀφῖκτο καὶ Κύιντος Ὁρτήσιος ὁ προάρξας αὐτῆς ἀπαλλαγήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν, οὐ μέντοι καὶ πρᾶγμά τι ἔσχεν. οὗτός τε γὰρ εὐθὺς αὐτῷ προσεχώρησε, καὶ ὁ Ἀντώνιος κωλυθεὶς κατὰ τὴν τοῦ Καίσαρος ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ ἐπικράτησιν πράσσειν τι τῶν τῇ ἀρχῇ προσηκόντων ἀσθενὴς ἦν. ὅ τε Οὐατίνιος ἦρχε μὲν Ἰλλυριῶν τῶν πλησιοχώρων, καὶ τό τε Δυρράχιον ἐκεῖθεν ἐπελθὼν προκατέλαβε καὶ ἦν αὐτῷ κατὰ τὸ στασιωτικὸν διάφορος, οὐ μὴν ἠδυνήθη τι αὐτὸν βλάψαι· οἱ γὰρ στρατιῶται ἀχθόμενοί τε αὐτῷ καὶ προσκαταφρονήσαντες αὐτοῦ διὰ νόσον μετέστησαν. καταλαβὼν οὖν καὶ τούτους ἐπί τε τὸν Ἀντώνιον ἐν τῇ Ἀπολλωνίᾳ ὄντα ἐστράτευσε, καὶ προαπαντήσαντός οἱ αὐτοῦ τούς τε στρατιώτας ᾠκειώσατο, καὶ ἐκεῖνον ἐς τὸ τεῖχος προκαταφυγόντα ἀπετείχισε μὲν καὶ ἐζώγρησεν ἐκ προδοσίας, κακὸν δὲ οὐδὲν εἰργάσατο.
Meanwhile, learning that Caesar was growing stronger, they neglected Crete and Bithynia, whither they were being sent, since they saw no prospect of any noteworthy aid in those countries; but they turned to Syria and to Macedonia, although these provinces did not belong to them at all, because they excelled as strategical positions and in point of money and troops. 2 Cassius went to Syria, because its people were acquainted with him and friendly as a result of his campaign with Crassus, while Brutus proceeded to unite Greece and Macedonia. For the inhabitants of those districts were inclined to give heed to him in any case because of the glory of his deeds and in the expectation of similar service to their country, and particularly because he had acquired numerous soldiers, some of them survivors of the battle of Pharsalus, who were even then still wandering about in that region, and others who by reason either of sickness or slack discipline had been left behind from the force which had set out with Dolabella. And money also came to him from Trebonius in Asia. 4 So for these reasons he won over Greece without the least effort, although for that matter it contained no force worth mentioning. He reached Macedonia at the moment when Gaius Antonius had just arrived and Quintus Hortensius, who was his predecessor in the governorship, was about to retire; 5 however, he experienced no trouble. For Hortensius embraced his cause at once, and Antonius was weak, being hindered during Caesar's supremacy in Rome from performing half of the duties belonging to his office. 6 Vatinius, who was governor of Illyricum near by, came from there to Dyrrachium, seized it before Brutus could prevent it, and acted as an enemy in the present strife, but could not injure him at all; for his soldiers, who disliked him and furthermore despised him by reason of a disease, went over to the other side.7 So Brutus, taking over these troops, led an expedition against Antonius, who was in Apollonia; and when Antonius came out to meet him, Brutus won over his soldiers, shut him up within the walls when he fled thither before him, and captured him alive through betrayal, but did him no harm.
§ 47.22
πράξας δὲ ταῦτα, καὶ τήν τε Μακεδονίαν μετὰ τοῦτο πᾶσαν καὶ τὴν Ἤπειρον προσλαβών, ἐπέστειλε τῇ γερουσίᾳ, τά τε πραχθέντα οἱ δηλῶν καὶ ἑαυτὸν τά τε ἔθνη καὶ τοὺς στρατιώτας ἐπʼ αὐτῇ ποιούμενος. οἱ δέ (ἔτυχον γὰρ ὑπόπτως ἤδη πρὸς τὸν Καίσαρα ἔχοντεσʼ ἰσχυρῶς τε αὐτὸν ἐπῄνεσαν καὶ πάντων τῶν ἐκεῖ χωρίων ἄρχειν ἐκέλευσαν. ὡς οὖν καὶ ἐκ τοῦ δόγματος τὴν ἡγεμονίαν ἐβεβαιώσατο, αὐτός τε ἐπὶ πλεῖον προεθυμήθη καὶ τὸ ὑπήκοον ἀπροφασίστως συναιρόμενον ἔσχε. καὶ τέως μὲν τῷ τε Καίσαρι πέμπων, ὅτε ἐδόκει τῷ Ἀντωνίῳ πολεμεῖν, παρῄνει ἐκείνῳ τε ἀνθίστασθαι καὶ ἑαυτῷ συναλλαγῆναι, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐς τὴν Ἰταλίαν πλεῦσαι παρεσκευάζετο, ὅτι ἡ γερουσία μετέπεμψεν αὐτόν· ἐπεὶ δὲ ὁ Καῖσαρ τά τε ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ ἀκριβῶς κατέσχε καὶ τοὺς τοῦ πατρὸς φονέας φανερῶς ἐτιμωρεῖτο, κατὰ χώραν ἔμεινε, καὶ διεσκόπει ὅπῃ ποτὲ ἐπιόντα αὐτὸν καλῶς ἀμύναιτο, καὶ τά τε ἄλλα ἄριστα δὴ τήν τε Μακεδονίαν διήγαγε, καὶ τὰ στρατεύματα στασιασθέντα οἱ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου κατεστήσατο.
After this success, Brutus next acquired all Macedonia and Epirus, and then despatched a letter to the senate, stating what he had accomplished and placing at its disposal himself as well as the provinces and the soldiers. 2 The senators, who, as it chanced, already felt suspicious of Caesar, praised him highly and bade him be governor of all that region. When, then, he had had his command confirmed by the decree, he not only felt more encouraged himself, but also found his subjects ready to support him unreservedly. For a time he both communicated with Caesar, when the latter appeared to be making war on Antony, urging him to resist his enemy and to become reconciled with the writer himself, and was himself making preparations to sail to Italy, because the senate had summoned him; 4 but after Caesar had got matters thoroughly in hand in Rome and was proceeding openly to take vengeance on his father's slayers, Brutus remained where he was, deliberating how he should successfully ward off the other's attack when it occurred; and besides managing admirably the other districts as well as Macedonia, he calmed the minds of his legions when they had been stirred to mutiny by Antonius.
§ 47.23
ἐκεῖνος γάρ, καίτοι ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ οὐδὲ τοῦ στρατηγικοῦ κόσμου στερηθείς, οὐκ ἠγάπησε τὴν ἡσυχίαν ἔν τε ἀδείᾳ καὶ ἐν τιμῇ ἔχων, ἀλλʼ ἐς τοὺς τοῦ Βρούτου στρατιώτας ἔπραττεν ἀπόστασιν· φωραθείς τε ἐπὶ τούτῳ πρὶν μέγα τι κακὸν δρᾶσαι, καὶ τῶν τε ἐπισήμων τῆς στρατηγίας ἀφαιρεθεὶς καὶ φυλακῇ τινι ἀδέσμῳ, ἵνα μηδὲν νεοχμώσῃ, παραδοθεὶς οὐδʼ ὣς ἡσύχασεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ μᾶλλον ἢ πρὶν ἐνεωτέρισεν, ὥστε καὶ τῶν στρατιωτῶν τοὺς μὲν ἀλλήλοις ἐς χεῖρας ἐλθεῖν, τοὺς δὲ καὶ ἐπʼ ἐκεῖνον ἐς τὴν Ἀπολλωνίαν, ὅπως ἐξαρπάσωσιν αὐτόν, ὁρμῆσαι. καὶ τοῦτο μὲν οὐκ ἠδυνήθησαν ποιῆσαι· ὁ γὰρ Βροῦτος ἐκ γραμμάτων τινῶν ἁλόντων προμαθὼν τὸ γενησόμενον ὑπεξήγαγεν αὐτόν, ὡς καὶ νοσοῦντά τινα ἐς δίφρον κατάστεγον ἐμβαλών· οὔτε δὲ ἐκεῖνον εὑρεῖν δυνάμενοι καὶ τὸν Βροῦτον φοβούμενοι λόφον ὑπὲρ τῆς πόλεως κατέλαβον. καὶ αὐτοὺς ὁ Βροῦτος ἔς τε ὁμολογίαν ὑπαγαγόμενος, καὶ ὀλίγους τῶν θρασυτάτων τοὺς μὲν θανατώσας τοὺς δὲ ἀπαλλάξας ἐκ τῆς συστρατείας, οὕτω διέθηκεν ὥστε σφᾶς τούς τε ἀποπεμφθέντας ὡς καὶ τῆς στάσεως αἰτιωτάτους συλλαβεῖν καὶ ἀποκτεῖναι, καὶ τὸν ταμίαν τούς τε ὑποστρατήγους τοῦ Ἀντωνίου
For Antonius, although Brutus had not even deprived him of his praetorian dress, was not content to keep quiet, his safety and office secure, but was stirring up a revolt among the soldiers of Brutus. 2 And when he was discovered at this work before he had done any great harm, he was stripped of his praetorian insignia, and delivered up to be guarded, though not confined, that he might not cause any rebellion. Yet he did not remain quiet even then, but concocted more schemes of rebellion than ever, so that some of the soldiers came to blows with one another and others set out for Apollonia to fetch Antonius himself, with the intention of rescuing him. This, however, they were unable to do; for Brutus had learned beforehand from some intercepted letters what was to be done and by putting him into a covered litter, on the pretence that he was moving a sick man, got him out of the way. The soldiers, unable to find Antonius and being also afraid of Brutus, seized a hill commanding the city. 4 Brutus induced them to come to an understanding, and by taking a few of the most audacious, of whom he executed some and dismissed others from his service, persuaded the other mutineers to arrest and kill those who had been sent away, on the ground that they were chiefly responsible for the sedition, and also to ask for the surrender of the quaestor and the lieutenants of Antonius.
§ 47.24
ἐξαιτῆσαι. ὁ οὖν Βροῦτος ἐκείνων μὲν οὐδένα σφίσιν ἐξέδωκεν, ἀλλʼ ἐς πλοῖα αὐτοὺς ἐμβαλὼν ὡς καὶ καταποντώσων ἐς τὸ ἀσφαλὲς ἀπέπεμψε· φοβηθεὶς δὲ μὴ καὶ αὖθις τῶν ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ πραττομένων ἐπὶ τὸ φοβερώτερον ἀγγελλομένων πυνθανόμενοι μεταβάλωνται, τὸν μὲν Ἀντώνιον ἐν τῇ Ἀπολλωνίᾳ κατέλιπε, Γαΐῳ τινὶ Κλωδίῳ παραδοὺς φυλάσσειν, αὐτὸς δὲ τό τε πλεῖστον καὶ τὸ ἰσχυρότατον τοῦ στρατοῦ λαβὼν ἔς τε τὴν ἄνω Μακεδονίαν ἀνεχώρησε, κἀντεῦθεν ἐς τὴν Ἀσίαν ὕστερον ἔπλευσεν, ὅπως σφᾶς ὅτι τε πορρωτάτω τῆς Ἰταλίας ἀπαγάγῃ κἀκ τῶν ἐκεῖ ὑπηκόων διατρέφῃ. καὶ ἄλλους τε ἐν τούτῳ συμμάχους προσεποιήσατο καὶ τὸν Δηιόταρον, καίπερ ὑπεργήρων τε ὄντα καὶ τῷ Κασσίῳ ἀπειπόντα τὴν βοήθειαν. διατρίβοντος δὲ αὐτοῦ ταύτῃ, ἐκείνῳ τε Γέλλιος Ποπλικόλας ἐπεβούλευσε καὶ τὸν Ἀντώνιον ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὁ Μᾶρκος ἐξαρπάσαι, πέμψας τινάς, ἐπεχείρησε. καὶ τοῦτον μὲν ὁ Κλώδιος, ὡς οὐκ ἠδυνήθη σῶον φυλάξαι, ἀπέκτεινεν, εἴτʼ αὐτογνωμονήσας εἴτε καὶ ἐξ ἐντολῆς τοῦ Βρούτου· καὶ γὰρ λόγος ἔχει ὅτι πρότερον μὲν ἐν παντὶ τὴν σωτηρίαν αὐτοῦ ἐποιεῖτο, ὕστερον δέ, μαθὼν τὸν Δέκιμον ἀπολωλότα, παρʼ οὐδὲν αὐτὴν ἤγαγεν. ὁ δὲ δὴ Γέλλιος ἐφωράθη μέν, ἔπαθε δὲ δεινὸν οὐδέν· ὁ γὰρ Βροῦτος ἐκεῖνόν τε ἐν τοῖς φιλτάτοις ἀει ποτε νομίσας εἶναι, καὶ τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ Μᾶρκον Μεσσάλαν πάνυ τῷ Κασσίῳ προσκείμενον εἰδώς, ἀφῆκεν αὐτόν. καὶ ὃς ἐπέθετο μὲν καὶ τῷ Κασσίῳ, οὐδὲν δὲ οὐδὲ τότε κακὸν ἔπαθεν. αἴτιον δὲ ὅτι ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ Πώλλα προμαθοῦσα τὴν ἐπιβουλήν, καὶ δείσασα περί τε τῷ Κασσιῳ μὴ προκαταληφθῇ (σφόδρα γὰρ αὐτὸν ἠγάπἀ καὶ περὶ τῷ υἱῷ μὴ καταφωραθῇ, τό τε ἐπιβούλευμα αὐτὴ ἑκοῦσα τῷ Κασσίῳ προεμήνυσε καὶ τὴν σωτηρίαν τοῦ παιδὸς ἀντέλαβεν. οὐ μέντοι καὶ βελτίω αὐτὸν ἐποίησεν· πρός τε γὰρ τὸν Καίσαρα καὶ πρὸς τὸν Ἀντώνιον ἀπὸ τῶν εὐεργετῶν ἀπηυτομόλησεν.
Now Brutus did not deliver any of these officials into their hands, but put them aboard ships, as if he were going to drown them, and so conveyed them to safety; fearing, however, that the troops would change sides again when they should hear reports of the events in Rome, all exaggerated to inspire alarm, 2 he delivered Antonius to a certain Gaius Clodius to guard and left him in Apollonia. Meanwhile Brutus himself took the largest and strongest part of the army and retired into upper Macedonia, whence he later sailed to Asia, in order to remove his men as far as possible from Italy and to support them on the subject territory there. Among the various allies whom he gained at this time was Deiotarus, although this ruler was very old and had refused his assistance to Cassius. While Brutus was delaying there, a plot was formed against him by Gellius Publicola, and Mark Antony also sent some men and attempted to rescue his brother. 4 Clodius, accordingly, as he could not keep his prisoner in custody alive, killed him, either on his own responsibility or following instructions from Brutus; for the story is that at first Brutus made his prisoner's safety of supreme importance, but later, after learning that Decimus had perished, cared nothing more about it. Gellius was detected, but suffered no punishment; for Brutus released him, inasmuch as he had always held him to be among his best friends and knew that his brother, Marcus Messalla, was on very close terms with Cassius. The man also made an attempt upon Cassius, but suffered no harm in that case, either. 6 The reason was that his mother Polla learned of the plot in advance, and fearing for Cassius lest he should be caught off his guard (for she was very fond of him) and for her son lest he should be detected, in person and of her own free will informed Cassius of the plot beforehand, and received the life of her son as a reward. However, she did not succeed in making a better man of him; for he deserted his benefactor to join Caesar and Antony.
§ 47.25
ὁ δʼ οὖν Βροῦτος ὡς τάχιστα τήν τε τοῦ Ἀντωνίου τοῦ Μάρκου πείρασιν καὶ τὴν τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ σφαγὴν ἔμαθεν, ἔδεισε μὴ καὶ ἄλλο τι ἐν τῇ Μακεδονίᾳ παρὰ τὴν ἀπουσίαν αὐτοῦ νεωτερισθῇ, καὶ εὐθὺς ἐς τὴν Εὐρώπην ἐπειχθεὶς τήν τε χώραν τὴν τοῦ Σαδάλου γενομένην παρέλαβεν (ἄπαις γὰρ τελευτῶν τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις αὐτὴν κατέλιπἐ, καὶ ἐς Βησσοὺς ἐμβαλών, εἴ πως ἀμύναιτό τε ἅμα αὐτοὺς ὧν ἐκακούργουν, καὶ ὄνομα ἀξίωμά τε αὐτοκράτορος, ὡς καὶ ῥᾷον ἐκ τούτου τῷ τε Καίσαρι καὶ τῷ Ἀντωνίῳ προσπολεμήσων, περιβάλοιτο, ἀμφότερα διεπράξατο, Ῥασκυπόριδός οἱ δυνάστου τινὸς ἐς τὰ μάλιστα βοηθήσαντος. ἐντεῦθεν δὲ ἐς τὴν Μακεδονίαν ἐλθὼν καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐκεῖ κρατυνάμενος ἐς τὴν Ἀσίαν αὖθις ἀνεκομίσθη. Βροῦτος μὲν ταῦτά τε ἔπρασσεν, καὶ ἐς τὰ νομίσματα ἃ ἐκόπτετο εἰκόνα τε αὑτοῦ καὶ πιλίον ξιφίδιά τε δύο ἐνετύπου, δηλῶν ἐκ τε τούτου καὶ διὰ τῶν γραμμάτων ὅτι τὴν πατρίδα μετὰ τοῦ
Now as soon as Brutus learned of the attempt of Mark Antony and of the killing of Antony's brother, he feared that some other insurrection might take place in Macedonia during his absence, and immediately hastened to Europe. On the way he took charge of the territory which had belonged to Sadalus, who had died childless and had left it to the Romans, 2 and he also invaded the country of the Bessi, in the hope that he might at one and the same time punish them for the mischief they were doing and invest himself with the title and dignity of imperator, thinking that he should thus carry on his war against Caesar and Antony more easily. He accomplished both objects chiefly by the aid of a certain prince named Rhascyporis. And after going thence into Macedonia and making himself master of everything there, he withdrew again into Asia. In addition to these activities Brutus stamped upon the coins which were being minted his own likeness and a cap and two daggers, indicating by this and by the inscription that he and Cassius had liberated the fatherland.
§ 47.26
Κασσίου ἠλευθερωκὼς εἴη· ἐν δὲ τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἐκείνοις χρόνοις ὁ Κάσσιος ἔς τε τὴν Ἀσίαν πρὸς τὸν Τρεβώνιον, φθάσας τὸν Δολοβέλλαν, ἐπεραιώθη, καὶ λαβὼν παρʼ αὐτοῦ χρήματα, τῶν τε ἱππέων συχνούς, οὓς ὁ Δολοβέλλας ἐς τὴν Συρίαν προεπεπόμφει, καὶ ἑτέρους πολλοὺς τῶν τε Ἀσιανῶν καὶ τῶν Κιλίκων προσέθετο. κἀκ τούτου καὶ τὸν Ταρκονδίμοτον τούς τε Ταρσέας καὶ ἄκοντας ἐς τὸ συμμαχικὸν προσηγάγετο· οὕτω γὰρ προσφιλῶς τῷ Καίσαρι τῷ προτέρῳ, καὶ διʼ ἐκεῖνον καὶ τῷ δευτέρῳ, οἱ Ταρσεῖς εἶχον ὥστε καὶ Ἰουλιόπολίν σφας ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ μετονομάσαι. ταῦτʼ οὖν ὁ Κάσσιος πράξας ἐς τὴν Συρίαν ἦλθε, καὶ ἀμαχεὶ πάντα τά τε τῶν δήμων καὶ τὰ τῶν στρατευμάτων προσεποιήσατο. ἡ δὲ δὴ κατάστασις ἡ ἐν τῇ Συρίᾳ τότε τοιάδε ἦν. Καικίλιος Βάσσος ἱππεὺς συστρατεύσας τε τῷ Πομπηίῳ καὶ ἀναχωρήσας ἐς Τύρον, ἐκεῖ ἐν τῷ ἐμπορίῳ τὰς διατριβὰς λανθάνων ἐποιεῖτο. ἦρχε δὲ τῶν Σύρων Σέξτος· τούτῳ γὰρ καὶ ταμίᾳ καὶ συγγενεῖ αὑτοῦ ὄντι ὁ Καῖσαρ πάντα τὰ τῇδε κατὰ τὴν ἐκ τῆς Αἰγύπτου ἐπὶ τὸν Φαρνάκην ἔλασιν ἐπέτρεψεν. ὁ οὖν Βάσσος τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἡσυχίαν ἦγεν, ἀγαπῶν εἴ τις αὐτὸν ζῆν ἐάσειεν· ὡς δὲ τῶν τε ὁμοίων τινὲς πρὸς αὐτὸν συνελέγησαν, καὶ τῶν τοῦ Σέξτου στρατιωτῶν ἄλλοτε ἄλλους ἐς φυλακὴν τῆς πόλεως φοιτῶντας ἀνηρτήσατο, περί τε τοῦ Καίσαρος πολλὰ καὶ δεινὰ ἐκ τῆς Ἀφρικῆς ἠγγέλλετο, οὐκέτι τοῖς παροῦσιν ἔστερξεν, ἀλλʼ ἢ τοῖς ἀμφὶ τὸν Σκιπίωνα τόν τε Κάτωνα καὶ τοὺς Πομπηίους συναιρόμενος, ἢ καὶ ἑαυτῷ δυναστείαν τινὰ περιβαλλόμενος, ἐνεόχμου. φωραθείς τε ὑπὸ τοῦ Σέξτου πρὶν παρασκευάσασθαι, ἔφη τε τῷ Μιθριδάτῃ τῷ Περγαμηνῷ τὴν ἐπικουρίαν ἐπὶ τὸν Βόσπορον ἀθροίζειν, καὶ πιστευθεὶς ἀπελύθη. καὶ οὕτω μετὰ ταῦτα γράμματά τινα συνέπλασεν ὡς καὶ παρὰ τοῦ Σκιπίωνός οἱ πεμφθέντα, καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν τόν τε Καίσαρα ἐν τῇ Ἀφρικῇ ἡττῆσθαι καὶ ἀπολωλέναι διήγγελλε, καὶ ἑαυτῷ τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς Συρίας προστετάχθαι ἔλεγε. κἀκ τούτου τήν τε Τύρον μετὰ τῶν προπαρεσκευασμένων κατέλαβε, κἀντεῦθεν πρὸς τὰ τοῦ Σέξτου στρατόπεδα προσχωρῶν περιέπεσεν αὐτῷ καὶ ἡττηθεὶς ἐτρώθη. παθὼν δὲ τοῦτο κατὰ μὲν τὸ ἰσχυρὸν οὐκέτʼ αὐτοῦ ἐπείρασε, τοῖς δὲ δὴ στρατιώταις προσπέμπων τινὰ τρόπον οὕτω τινὰς αὐτῶν ἐσφετερίσατο ὥστε καὶ αὐτόχειρας τοῦ Σέξτου γενέσθαι.
Meanwhile Cassius crossed over to Trebonius in Asia, forestalling Dolabella, and after securing money from him, attached to himself many of the cavalry, which Dolabella had sent before him into Syria, and also many Asiatics and Cilicians besides. 2 He next brought Tarcondimotus, also, and the people of Tarsus into the alliance, though against their will, for the Tarsians were so devoted to the former Caesar, out of regard for him to the second also, that they changed the name of their city to Juliopolis after him. After accomplishing this much Cassius went to Syria, and without striking a blow completely won over both the people and the legions. The situation in Syria at that time was as follows. Caecilius Bassus, a knight, who had made the campaign with Pompey and in the retreat had arrived at Tyre, was secretly spending his time there in the mart. The governor of Syria was Sextus; for since he was not only quaestor but also a relative of Caesar's, Caesar had placed in his charge all the Roman interests in that quarter, having done this on the occasion of his march from Egypt against Pharnaces. 4 So Bassus at first remained quiet, satisfied if only he might be allowed to live; but when some men in like case had associated themselves with him and he had attached to himself various soldiers of Sextus who came there at different times to garrison the city, and when, moreover, many alarming reports kept coming in from Africa about Caesar, he was no longer content with the existing state of affairs, but began to stir up a rebellion, his aim being either to help the followers of Scipio and Cato and the Pompeians or to win for himself some political power. But he was discovered by Sextus before he had finished his preparations, and explained that he was collecting these troops for the use of Mithridates the Pergamenian in an expedition against Bosporus; his story was believed, and he was released. 6 So after this he forged a letter, which he pretended had been sent to him by Scipio, on the basis of which he announced that Caesar had been defeated and had perished in Africa and claimed that the governorship of Syria had been assigned to him. He then seized Tyre with the aid of the forces he had got ready, and from there he advanced against the legions of Sextus, but was defeated and wounded while attacking him. After this experience, he did not again make an attempt by force upon Sextus, but sent messages to his soldiers, and in some way or other won some of them to himself to such an extent that they murdered Sextus with their own hands.
§ 47.27
ἀποθανόντος δὲ ἐκείνου τό τε στράτευμα πᾶν πλὴν ὀλίγων προσηταιρίσατο (τοὺς γὰρ ἐν Ἀπαμείᾳ χειμάζοντας ἐπεδίωξε μὲν Κιλικίαν προαποχωρήσαντας, οὐ μὴν καὶ προσεποιήσατὀ, καὶ ἐς τὴν Συρίαν ἐπανελθὼν στρατηγός τε ὠνομάσθη καὶ τὴν Ἀπάμειαν ἐκρατύνατο, ὅπως ὁρμητήριόν οἱ τοῦ πολέμου γένηται. τήν τε ἡλικίαν οὐχ ὅτι τὴν ἐλευθέραν ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν τῶν δούλων κατέλεγε, καὶ χρήματα ἤθροιζε καὶ ὅπλα κατεσκευάζετο. πράσσοντα δὲ αὐτὸν ταῦτα Γάϊός τις Ἀντίστιος ἐς πολιορκίαν κατέκλεισε. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο ἀγχώμαλα ἀγωνιζόμενοι, καὶ μηδέτεροι ἰσχυρόν τι παραλαβεῖν δυνάμενοι, ἀσπόνδῳ διοκωχῇ πρὸς συμμάχων ἐπαγωγὴν διελύθησαν. καὶ Ἀντιστίῳ μὲν ἔκ τε τῶν περιχώρων οἱ τὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος φρονοῦντες καὶ ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης στρατιῶται ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ πεμφθέντες προσεγένοντο, τῷ δὲ δὴ Βάσσῳ ὁ Ἀλχαυδόνιος ὁ Ἀράβιος· οὗτος γὰρ τῷ τε Λουκούλλῳ πρότερον, ὥσπερ εἴρηταί μοι, ὁμολογήσας, καὶ τοῖς Πάρθοις μετὰ τοῦτο κατὰ τοῦ Κράσσου συναράμενος, τότε παρεκλήθη μὲν ὑπʼ ἀμφοτέρων, ἐλθὼν δὲ ἐς τὸ μέσον τῆς τε πόλεως καὶ τῶν στρατοπέδων, πρίν τι ἀποκρίνασθαί σφισι, τήν τε συμμαχίαν ἀπεκήρυξε, καὶ ἐπειδὴ ὁ Βάσσος ὑπερέβαλε τοῖς χρήμασιν, ἐπεκούρησέ τε αὐτῷ καὶ ἐν τῇ μάχῃ πολὺ τοῖς τοξεύμασιν ἐπεκράτησεν. οἱ δὲ δὴ Πάρθοι ἦλθον μὲν καὶ αὐτοὶ τῷ Βάσσῳ ἐπίκλητοι, οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἐπὶ πολὺ αὐτῷ διὰ τὸν χειμῶνα συνεγένοντο, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐδὲ ἔπραξάν τι ἀξιόλογον. καὶ ὁ μὲν δυνηθείς τινα χρόνον, ἔπειτα ὑπό τε Μαρκίου Κρίσπου καὶ ὑπὸ Λουκίου Σταΐου Μούρκου αὖθις κατείρχθη.
When Sextus was dead, Bassus gained possession of all his army except a few; for the soldiers who had been wintering in Apamea withdrew into Cilicia before his arrival, and although he pursued them, he did not win them over. Returning then to Syria, he took the title of praetor and fortified Apamea, so as to have it as a base for the war. 2 And he proceeded to enlist the men of military age, not only freemen but slaves as well, to gather money, and to prepare arms. While he was thus engaged, one Gaius Antistius besieged him. Later they had a fairly equal struggle, and when neither party was able to gain any great advantage, they parted, without any definite truce, to await the bringing up of allies. Antistius was joined by such persons of the vicinity as favoured Caesar and by soldiers who had been sent from Rome by Caesar, while Bassus was joined by Alchaudonius the Arabian. He it was who had formerly made terms with Lucullus, as I have stated, and later joined with the Parthians against Crassus. 4 On this occasion he was summoned by both sides, but entered the space between the city and the camps and before making any answer called for bids for his services as an ally; and as Bassus outbid Antistius, he assisted him, and in the battle proved greatly superior in his archery. Even the Parthians, too, came at the invitation of Bassus, but on account of the winter failed to remain with him for any considerable time, and hence did not accomplish anything of importance. Bassus prevailed for a time, to be sure, but was later again held in check by Marcius Crispus and Lucius Staius Murcus.
§ 47.28
τοιούτων δὲ δὴ τῶν πραγμάτων αὐτοῖς ὄντων, ὁ Κάσσιος ἐπελθὼν τάς τε πόλεις πάσας εὐθὺς πρός τε τὴν δόξαν ὦν ἐν τῇ ταμιείᾳ ἐπεποιήκει καὶ πρὸς τὴν λοιπὴν εὔκλειαν ᾠκειώσατο, καὶ τὰ στρατόπεδα τά τε τοῦ Βάσσου καὶ τὰ τῶν ἑτέρων οὐδὲν ἐπιπονήσας προσέθετο. καὶ αὐτῷ καθʼ ἓν μετὰ πάντων αὐτῶν αὐλιζομένῳ ὕδωρ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ αἰφνίδιον πολὺ ἐπεγένετο, κἀν τούτῳ σύες ἄγριοι ἐς τὸ στρατόπεδον κατὰ πάσας ἅμα τὰς πύλας ἐσπεσόντες πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ ὄντα συνέχεαν καὶ συνετάραξαν, ὥστε τινὰς ἐκ τούτων τήν τε ἰσχὺν αὐτοῦ τὴν αὐτίκα καὶ τὴν μετὰ ταῦτα καταστροφὴν τεκμήρασθαι. παραλαβὼν οὖν τὴν Συρίαν ἐς τὴν Ἰουδαίαν ὥρμησε, πυθόμενος τοὺς στρατιώτας τοὺς ἐν τῇ Αἰγύπτῳ ὑπὸ τοῦ Καίσαρος καταλειφθέντας προσιέναι, καὶ ἐκείνους τε ἀκονιτὶ καὶ τοὺς Ἰουδαίους παρεστήσατο. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο τὸν μὲν Βάσσον καὶ τὸν Κρίσπον, τούς τε ἄλλους τοὺς οὐκ ἐθελήσαντάς οἱ συστρατεῦσαι, ἀπέπεμψε μηδὲν ἀδικήσας, τῷ δὲ δὴ Σταΐῳ τό τε ἀξίωμα μεθʼ οὗ ἀφῖκτο ἐτήρησε, καὶ προσέτι καὶ τὸ ναυτικὸν ἐπέτρεψεν. οὕτω μὲν καὶ ὁ Κάσσιος ἰσχυρὸς διὰ ταχέων ἐγένετο, καὶ τῷ τε Καίσαρι περὶ τῶν συναλλαγῶν καὶ τῇ γερουσίᾳ περὶ τῶν παρόντων ὅμοια τῷ Βρούτῳ ἐπέστειλε. καὶ αὐτῷ διὰ ταῦτα ἡ βουλὴ τήν τε ἀρχὴν τῆς Συρίας ἐβεβαίωσε καὶ τὸν τοῦ
Affairs with them were in this state when Cassius came on the scene and at once conciliated all the cities because of the renown of his acts while quaestor and of his fame in general, and attached the legions of Bassus and of the others without any further trouble. 2 While he was encamped in one place with all these forces, a great downpour from the sky suddenly occurred, during which wild swine rushed into the camp, through all the gates at once, overturning and throwing into confusion everything there; hence some inferred from this his immediate rise to power and his subsequent overthrow. So when Cassius had secured possession of Syria, he set out for Judaea on learning that the followers of Caesar who had been left behind in Egypt were approaching; 4 Next he sent away, without harming them in the least, Bassus and Crispus and such others as did not care to share the campaign with him; as for Staius, he retained him in the rank which he had when he came there and entrusted the fleet to him besides. Thus Cassius quietly became strong; and he sent a despatch to Caesar about reconciliation, and to the senate about the situation, composed in similar language to that of Brutus. Therefore the senate confirmed him in the governorship of Syria and voted for the war with Dolabella.
§ 47.29
Δολοβέλλου πόλεμον ἐψηφίσατο. οὗτος γὰρ ἐτέτακτο μὲν τῆς Συρίας ἄρχειν καὶ τὴν ἔξοδον ὑπατεύων ἐπεποίητο, χρόνιος δὲ διά τε τῆς Μακεδονίας καὶ διὰ τῆς Θρᾴκης ἐς τὴν Ἀσίαν τὸ ἔθνος κομισθεὶς καὶ ἐκεῖ ἐνδιέτριψεν. ἐπειδή τε ἐνταῦθα ἔτι ὄντι αὐτῷ τὸ δόγμα ἠγγέλθη, πρὸς μὲν τὴν Συρίαν οὐ προεχώρησεν, αὐτοῦ δὲ δὴ καταμείνας τὸν Τρεβώνιον οὕτω μετεχειρίσατο ὥστε δόξαν οἱ εὐνοίας πλείστην παρασχεῖν, καὶ τήν τε τροφὴν τοῖς στρατιώταις παρʼ ἑκόντος αὐτοῦ λαβεῖν καὶ τὴν δίαιταν ἀδεῶς σὺν αὐτῷ ποιεῖσθαι. ἐπειδή τε ἔν τε τῷ θαρσοῦντι διὰ ταῦτʼ ἐγένετο καὶ φυλακὴν οὐδεμίαν ἑαυτοῦ ἐποιεῖτο, τήν τε Σμύρναν, ἐν ᾗ ἦσαν, νυκτὸς ἐξαπιναίως κατέλαβε, καὶ ἐκεῖνον ἀποκτείνας τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὴν τοῦ Καίσαρος εἰκόνα ἔρριψε, κἀκ τούτου πᾶσαν τὴν Ἀσίαν κατέσχε. πυθόμενοι δὲ ταῦτα οἱ ἐν οἴκῳ Ῥωμαῖοι πόλεμον αὐτῷ ἐπήγγειλαν· οὐδέπω γὰρ ὁ Καῖσαρ οὔτε τὸν Ἀντώνιον ἐνενικήκει οὔτε τὰ ἐν τῷ ἄστει διὰ χειρὸς ἐπεποίητο. καὶ τοῖς τε συνοῦσίν οἱ ῥητὴν ἡμέραν ἐς ἔκλειψιν τῆς φιλίας αὐτοῦ προεῖπον, ἵνα μὴ καὶ ἐκεῖνοι ἐν ἐχθρῶν μοίρᾳ γένωνται, καὶ τὴν ἀντίταξιν τόν τε πόλεμον τὸν πρὸς αὐτὸν τὸ μὲν σύμπαν τοῖς ὑπάτοις προσέταξαν, ἐπειδὰν τὰ παρόντα κατορθώσωσι, ποιήσασθαι (τὸν γὰρ Κάσσιον οὐδέπω τὴν Συρίαν ἔχοντα ᾔδεσανʼ, ἵνα δὲ μὴ ἐπὶ μεῖζον ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ χρόνῳ αὐξηθῇ, τοῖς τῶν προσόρων ἐθνῶν ἄρχουσιν ἐνεχείρισαν· καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο μαθόντες τὰ κατὰ τὸν Κάσσιον, πρὶν καὶ ὁτιοῦν ὑπʼ ἐκείνων πραχθῆναι, ταῦθʼ ἅπερ εἶπον ἐψηφίσαντο.
Dolabella, it will be recalled, had been appointed to govern Syria and had set out while consul, but travelling by way of Macedonia and Thrace, had been late in arriving in the province of Asia, and he had delayed there also. 2 He was still there when he received news of the decree, and so did not go on into Syria, but remained where he was; and he treated Trebonius in such a manner as to inspire in him a firm belief in his friendly disposition toward him, and thus to secure from him, with his full consent, food for his soldiers and the privilege of living with him in security. And when Trebonius became in this way imbued with confidence and ceased to be on his guard, Dolabella one night suddenly seized Smyrna, where they were staying, slew him, and hurled his head at Caesar's statue; and after that he occupied all Asia. 4 When the Romans at home heard of this, they declared war upon him; for as yet Caesar had neither conquered Antony nor got the affairs of the city under his control. They also set a definite day before which Dolabella's followers must leave off friendship with him if they also were not to be regarded in the light of enemies. And they instructed the consuls to take complete charge of the measures against him and of the war, as soon as they should have brought their present business to a successful conclusion (for they did not yet know that Cassius held Syria); however, in order that he should not become more powerful in the meantime, they gave the governors of the neighbouring provinces charge of the matter. 6 When they subsequently learned the truth about Cassius, they passed the decree mentioned above before anything had been done by the provincial governors.
§ 47.30
ὁ δʼ οὖν Δολοβέλλας ἐγκρατὴς οὕτω τῆς Ἀσίας γενόμενος ἐς τὴν Κιλικίαν ἦλθε, τοῦ Κασσίου ἐν τῇ Παλαιστίνῃ ὄντος, καὶ τοὺς Ταρσέας ἑκουσίους προσλαβὼν φρουρούς τινας αὐτοῦ ἐν Αἰγέαις ὄντας ἐνίκησε, καὶ ἐς τὴν Συρίαν ἐνέβαλε. καὶ τῆς μὲν Ἀντιοχείας ὑπὸ τῶν ἐμφρουρούντων αὐτὴν ἀπεκρούσθη, τὴν δὲ δὴ Λαοδίκειαν ἀμαχεὶ διὰ τὴν φιλίαν αὐτῶν, ἣν πρὸς τὸν Καίσαρα τὸν πρότερον εἶχον, προσεποιήσατο. κἀκ τούτων ἡμέρας τινὰς ἰσχύσας (τά τε γὰρ ἄλλα καὶ τὸ ναυτικὸν αὐτῷ διὰ ταχέων ἐκ τῆς Ἀσίας ἐπῆλθἐ διέβαλεν ἐς Ἄραδον, ὅπως καὶ παρʼ ἐκείνων καὶ χρήματα καὶ ναῦς λάβῃ· κἀνταῦθα ἀποληφθεὶς μετʼ ὀλίγων ἐκινδύνευσε. διαφυγὼν δʼ οὖν ἀπήντησέ τε τῷ Κασσίῳ προσελαύνοντι, καὶ συμβαλὼν αὐτῷ ἡττήθη. κατακλεισθείς τε ἐς τὴν Λαοδίκειαν ἐπορθεῖτο, τῆς μὲν ἠπείρου παντελῶς εἰργόμενος (ἄλλοι τε γὰρ τῷ Κασσίῳ καὶ Πάρθοι τινὲς ἐβοήθησανʼ, ταῖς δὲ δὴ ναυσὶ ταῖς τε Ἀσιαναῖς καὶ ταῖς Αἰγυπτίαις, ἃς ἡ Κλεοπάτρα αὐτῷ ἔπεμψε, καὶ προσέτι καὶ τοῖς χρήμασι τοῖς παρʼ αὐτῆς ἐλθοῦσιν ἰσχύων, μέχρις οὗ ὁ Στάϊος τό τε ναυτικὸν συνεκρότησε, καὶ ἐς τὸν τῶν Λαοδικέων λιμένα ἐσπλεύσας τούς τε ἀνταναχθέντας ἐκράτησε καὶ ἀπέκλεισέν οἱ καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν. τότε γὰρ ἀμφοτέρωθεν τῆς ἐπαγωγῆς τῶν ἐπιτηδείων εἰρχθεὶς ἐπεκδρομὴν μὲν σπάνει τῶν ἀναγκαίων ἐποιήσατο, καταραχθεὶς δὲ διὰ ταχέων ἐς τὸ τεῖχος, καὶ προδιδόμενον αὐτὸ ἰδών, ἐφοβήθη μὴ ζῶν ἁλοίη καὶ ἑαυτὸν κατεχρήσατο. ὅπερ που καὶ Μᾶρκος Ὀκτάουιος ὑποστράτηγος αὐτοῦ ἔπραξε. καὶ οἱ μὲν ταφῆς ὑπὸ τοῦ Κασσίου, καίπερ τὸν Τρεβώνιον ἄταφον ῥίψαντες, ἠξιώθησαν· οἵ τε συστρατεύσαντές σφισι καὶ περιγενόμενοι καὶ σωτηρίας καὶ ἀδείας, καίτοι πολέμιοι ὑπὸ τῶν οἴκοι Ῥωμαίων νομισθέντες, ἔτυχον. οὐ μέντοι οὐδʼ οἱ Λαοδικεῖς κακόν τι πλὴν συντελείας χρημάτων ἔπαθον. ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἄλλος οὐδείς, συχνῶν μετὰ τοῦτο ἐπιβουλευσάντων τῷ Κασσίῳ, ἐκολάσθη.
Dolabella, accordingly, after becoming in this way master of Asia, came into Cilicia while Cassius was in Palestine, took over the people of Tarsus with their consent, conquered a few of Cassius' guards who were at Aegae, and invaded Syria. 2 From Antioch he was repulsed by the garrison of the place, but he gained Laodicea without a struggle on account of the friendship which its inhabitants felt for the former Caesar. Thereupon he became powerful for a few days, especially as the fleet came to him speedily from Asia, and he crossed over to Arados with the object of getting both money and ships from the people of that island also; 3 there he was intercepted with only a few followers, and ran into danger. But he made his escape, and then encountering Cassius, who was marching against him, he joined battle with him and was defeated. He was then shut up and besieged in Laodicea, entirely cut off from the main land (for Cassius was assisted by some Parthians among others), 4 though he was still powerful on the sea, not only because of the ships he had from Asia, but also because of those from Egypt which Cleopatra had sent him, and powerful also by reason of the money which came to him from her. This situation lasted until Staius got together a fleet, and sailing into the harbour of Laodicea, defeated the ships that sailed out to meet him, and barred Dolabella from the sea also. Then, prevented on both sides from bringing in supplies, and seeing that it was being betrayed, he feared that he might be taken alive, and so took his own life. His example was followed by Marcus Octavius, his lieutenant. 6 To these two burial was conceded by Cassius, although they had cast out Trebonius unburied; and the men who had participated in the campaign with them and survived obtained both safety and pardon, in spite of their having been regarded as enemies by the Romans at home. Furthermore, the Laodiceans also suffered no harm apart from a forced contribution of money. But for that matter no one else was punished, either, although many of them subsequently plotted against Cassius.
§ 47.31
ἐν ᾧ δὲ ταῦτʼ ἐγίγνετο, οἱ Ταρσεῖς Τίλλιον Κίμβρον φονέα τε τοῦ Καίσαρος ὄντα καὶ τότε Βιθυνῶν ἄρχοντα πρός τε τὴν τοῦ Κασσίου ἐπικουρίαν ἐπειγόμενον ἐπεχείρησαν τῶν τοῦ Ταύρου διόδων εἶρξαι, προεκλιπόντες δὲ αὐτὰς ὑπὸ δέους παραχρῆμα μὲν ἐσπείσαντο αὐτῷ, νομίσαντες ἰσχυρὸν αὐτὸν εἶναι, μετὰ δὲ τοῦτο τὴν ὀλιγότητα τῶν στρατιωτῶν κατανοήσαντες οὔτε τῇ πόλει αὐτὸν ἐδέξαντο οὔτε τὰ ἐπιτήδειά οἱ παρέσχον. ἐπειδή τε φρούριόν τι ἐπιτειχίσας σφίσιν ἐς τὴν Συρίαν ἀπῆρε, προτιμότερον τὸ τῷ Κασσίῳ βοηθῆσαι τοῦ τὴν πόλιν αὐτὸς ἐξελεῖν ποιησάμενος, τοῦτό τε ἐπιστρατεύσαντες αὐτῷ παρεστήσαντο, καὶ πρὸς τὰ Ἀδανὰ ὅμορά τέ σφισι καὶ διάφορα ἀεὶ ὄντα ὥρμησαν, πρόφασιν ὡς καὶ τὰ τοῦ Κασσίου πρασσοντα ποιησάμενοι. πυθόμενος δὲ ταῦτα ἐκεῖνος πρότερον μέν, ὡς ἔτι ὁ Δολοβέλλας ἔζη, Λούκιον Ῥοῦφον ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς ἔπεμψεν, ὕστερον δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς ἦλθε, καὶ (ἤδη γὰρ ἀμαχεὶ τῷ Ῥούφῳ προσεκεχωρήκεσανʼ ἄλλο μέν σφας οὐδὲν δεινὸν εἰργάσατο, τὰ δὲ χρήματα τά τε ἴδια καὶ τὰ δημόσια πάντα ἀφείλετο. κἀκ τούτου Ταρσεῖς ἐπαίνους τε παρὰ τῶν τριῶν ἀνδρῶν (ἐκεῖνοι γὰρ τὰ πράγματα ἤδη τὰ ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ εἶχονʼ καὶ ἐλπίδα ἀντιλήψεσθαί τι ἀντὶ τῶν ἀπολωλότων ἔλαβον· ἥ τε Κλεοπάτρα διὰ τὴν συμμαχίαν ἣν τῷ Δολοβέλλᾳ ἔπεμψεν, εὕρετο τὸν υἱόν, ὃν Πτολεμαῖον μὲν ὠνόμαζεν, ἐπλάττετο δὲ ἐκ τοῦ Καίσαρος τετοκέναι καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο Καισαρίωνα προσηγόρευε, βασιλέα τῆς Αἰγύπτου κληθῆναι.
While this was going on the people of Tarsus had attempted to keep Tillius Cimber from the pass through the Taurus; Cimber, an assassin of Caesar, who was then governor of Bithynia and was hurrying forward to help Cassius. Out of fear, however, they abandoned the place and at the time made a truce with him, because they thought him strong; but afterwards, when they perceived the small number of his troops, they neither received him into their city nor furnished him with provisions. 2 And when he had constructed a fort against them and had set out for Syria, believing it to be of more importance to aid Cassius than to destroy their city himself, they made an attack upon this fort and got possession of it, and then set out for Adana, a place on their borders always at variance with them, giving as an excuse that it was supporting the cause of Cassius. Now when Cassius heard of this, he at first, while Dolabella was still alive, sent Lucius Rufus against them, but later came himself; and finding that they had already surrendered to Rufus without a struggle, he inflicted no severe penalty upon them, except to take away all their money, private and public.4 As a result, the people of Tarsus received praise from the triumvirs (for they were already holding sway in Rome), and were inspired with hope of obtaining some return for their losses. Cleopatra also, on account of the aid she had sent to Dolabella, was granted the right to have her son called king of Egypt; this son, whom she named Ptolemy, she pretended was her son by Caesar, and she was therefore wont to call him Caesarion.
§ 47.32
Κάσσιος δὲ ἐπειδὴ τά τε ἐν τῇ Συρίᾳ καὶ τὰ ἐν τῇ Κιλικίᾳ κατεστήσατο, ἐς τὴν Ἀσίαν πρὸς τὸν Βροῦτον ἀφίκετο. ὡς γὰρ τήν τε συνωμοσίαν τῶν τριῶν ἀνδρῶν ἔμαθον καὶ τὰ πραττόμενα ὑπʼ αὐτῶν κατὰ σφῶν ᾔσθοντο, συνῆλθόν τε ἐκεῖ καὶ τὰ πράγματα ἔτι καὶ μᾶλλον ἐκοινώσαντο· τήν τε γὰρ αἰτίαν τὴν τοῦ πολέμου τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχοντες καὶ τὸν κίνδυνον τὸν αὐτὸν προσδεχόμενοι, τήν τε ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ δήμου ἐλευθερίας γνώμην μηδὲ τότε ἐξιστάμενοι, καὶ ἐκείνους ἅτε καὶ τρεῖς ὄντας καὶ τοιαῦτα δρῶντας προσκαταλῦσαι γλιχόμενοι, πολλῷ προθυμότερον κοινῇ πάντα καὶ ἐβουλεύοντο καὶ ἐποίουν. καὶ τὸ μὲν σύμπαν ἔγνωσαν ἔς τε τὴν Μακεδονίαν ἐλθεῖν καὶ περαιωθῆναι αὐτοὺς ἐκεῖσε κωλῦσαι, ἢ καὶ ἐς τὴν Ἰταλίαν προδιαβῆναι· ἐπεὶ δὲ τά τε ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ καθίστασθαι ἔτʼ ἐλέγοντο, καὶ πρὸς τὸν Σέξτον ἅτε καὶ ἐγγύθεν ἐφεδρεύοντά σφισιν ἀσχολίαν ἕξειν ἐνομίζοντο, οὐκ εὐθὺς ταῦτʼ ἐποίησαν, ἀλλʼ αὐτοί τε περιιόντες καὶ ἑτέρους διαπέμποντες τούς τε μηδέπω ὁμοφρονοῦντάς σφισι προσεκτῶντο καὶ χρήματα καὶ στρατιώτας ἤθροιζον.
And when Cassius had settled matters in Syria and in Cilicia, he came into Asia to meet Brutus. For when they learned of the league of the triumvirs and what these men were doing against them, they came together there and made common cause more than ever. 2 As they shared the responsibility for the war and looked forward to the danger in the same degree, and as they did not even now recede from their determination to defend the freedom of the people, but were eager to overthrow these men also, inasmuch as they were three in number and were engaged in such evil undertakings, they proceeded with the greater zeal to make all their plans in common and to carry them out. In short, they resolved to enter Macedonia and to hinder the others from crossing over into Italy; but inasmuch as the triumvirs were reported to be still settling affairs in Rome and it was thought likely that they would have their hands full with Sextus, who was lying in wait against them near by, they did not carry out their plans immediately. 4 Instead, they not only visited various places themselves, but also sent others in various directions, winning over such as were not yet in accord with them, and collecting both money and troops.
§ 47.33
καὶ αὐτοῖς οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι ταύτῃ πάντες, καὶ οἱ πρόσθεν περιορώμενοι, παραχρῆμα ὡμολόγησαν, ὁ δὲ δὴ Ἀριοβαρζάνης οἵ τε Ῥόδιοι καὶ οἱ Λύκιοι ἄλλως μὲν οὐκ ἀνθίσταντο, οὐ μέντοι καὶ συμμαχῆσαι ἤθελον. ὑποπτεύσαντες οὖν αὐτοὺς τὰ τῶν ἐναντίων, ἐπειδὴ εὖ ὑπὸ τοῦ Καίσαρος τοῦ προτέρου ἐπεπόνθεσαν, φρονεῖν, καὶ φοβηθέντες μὴ καὶ αὐτοί τε ἀπελθόντων σφῶν ταράξωσί τι καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους συναποστήσωσι, γνώμην ἐποιήσαντο ἐπʼ ἐκείνους πρῶτον τραπέσθαι, ἐλπίσαντές σφας, ἅτε καὶ τοῖς ὅπλοις πολὺ αὐτῶν ὑπερέχοντες καὶ ταῖς εὐεργεσίαις ἀφθόνως χρώμενοι, διὰ βραχέος πείσειν ἢ καὶ βιάσεσθαι. καὶ Κάσσιος μὲν Ῥοδίους, καίτοι τοσοῦτον ἐπὶ τῷ ναυτικῷ φρονοῦντας ὥστε ἔς τε τὴν ἤπειρον ἐπʼ αὐτὸν προδιαπλεῦσαι καὶ τὰς πέδας ἃς ἐκόμιζον ὡς καὶ ζῶντας πολλοὺς αἱρήσοντες ἐπιδεικνύναι σφίσι, ναυμαχίᾳ πρότερον μὲν περὶ Μύνδον, ἔπειτα δὲ πρὸς αὐτῇ τῇ Ῥόδῳ διὰ τοῦ Σταΐου, τῷ τε πλήθει καὶ τῷ μεγέθει τῶν νεῶν τὴν ἐμπειρίαν σφῶν κρατήσας, ἐνίκησε· καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο καὶ αὐτὸς ἐς τὴν νῆσον περαιωθεὶς ἄλλο μὲν κακὸν οὐδὲν αὐτοὺς ἔδρασεν (οὔτε γὰρ ἀντέστησάν οἱ, καὶ εὔνοιαν αὐτῶν ἐκ τῆς διατριβῆς ἣν ἐκεῖ κατὰ παιδείαν ἐπεποίητο εἶχἐ, τὰς δὲ δὴ ναῦς καὶ τὰ χρήματα καὶ τὰ ὅσια καὶ τὰ ἱερά, πλὴν τοῦ ἅρματος τοῦ Ἡλίου, παρεσπάσατο. καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα καὶ τὸν Ἀριοβαρζάνην συλλαβὼν ἀπέκτεινε.
Nearly all the other peoples in that region, even those who had before been waiting for the turn of events, at once came to terms; but Ariobarzanes, the Rhodians, and the Lycians, while not opposing them, were yet unwilling to form an alliance with them. 2 Brutus and Cassius therefore suspected them of favouring their enemies, since they had been well treated by the former Caesar, and they feared that when they themselves should have departed those peoples would cause some turmoil and lead the rest to revolt. Hence they determined to turn their attention to them first, in the hope that, since they themselves were far superior to them in point of armed forces and were also lavish with the favours they bestowed, they might soon either persuade or force them to join their cause. The Rhodians, who had so great an opinion of the strength of their fleet that without waiting for Cassius they sailed to the mainland against him and displayed to his army the fetters they were bringing with the idea that they were going to capture many alive, first near Myndus and later close to Rhodes itself; he accomplished this through Staius, who overcame their skill by the superior number and size of his ships. 4 Afterwards Cassius himself crossed over to their island, where he met with no resistance, possessing, as he did, their good-will because of the stay he had made there while pursuing his education; and though he did the people no harm, yet he appropriated their ships, money, and public and sacred treasures, with the exception of the chariot of the Sun. Afterwards he arrested and killed Ariobarzanes.
§ 47.34
Βροῦτος δὲ τό τε κοινὸν τῶν Λυκίων στράτευμα ἀπαντῆσαν αὐτῷ πρὸς τὰ μεθόρια μάχῃ τε ἐκράτησε καὶ συγκαταφυγὸν ἐς τὸ ἔρυμα αὐτοβοεὶ εἷλε, καὶ τῶν πόλεων τὰς μὲν πλείους ἀμαχεὶ προσηγάγετο, Ξάνθον δὲ ἐς πολιορκίαν κατέκλεισε. καὶ αὐτῶν ἐξαίφνης ἐκδραμόντων καὶ πῦρ ἐς τὰς μηχανὰς ἐμβαλόντων, τά τε τοξεύματα καὶ ἀκόντια ἅμα ἀφέντων, ἐς πᾶν κινδύνου ἀφίκετο. κἂν πασσυδὶ ἀπώλετο, εἰ μὴ διʼ αὐτοῦ τοῦ πυρὸς ὠσάμενοι οἱ στρατιῶται προσέμιξαν αὐτοῖς ἀπροσδόκητοι γυμνητεύουσιν, καὶ ἐκείνους τε ἐς τὸ τεῖχος κατήραξαν, καὶ αὐτοὶ συνεσπεσόντες σφίσι τοῦ τε πυρὸς ἐς οἰκίας τινὰς ἐνέβαλον, καὶ τοὺς μὲν ὁρῶντας τὸ γιγνόμενον προκατέπληξαν, τοῖς δʼ ἄπωθεν οὖσι δόξαν ὡς καὶ πάντα ἄρδην ᾑρηκότες παρέσχον· ἐκ γὰρ τούτου καὶ οἱ ἐπιχώριοι τὰ λοιπὰ ἐθελονταὶ συγκατέπρησαν καὶ ἀλλήλους οἱ πλείους ἀνεχρήσαντο. μετὰ δὲ τοῦτο πρὸς τὰ Πάταρα ὁ Βροῦτος ἦλθε, καὶ προεκαλέσατο μὲν αὐτοὺς ἐς φιλίαν, ὡς δʼ οὐχ ὑπήκουσαν (οἵ τε γὰρ δοῦλοι καὶ τῶν ἐλευθέρων οἱ πένητες, οἱ μὲν ἐλευθερίας οἱ δὲ χρεῶν ἀποκοπῆς προτετυχηκότες, ἐκώλυόν σφας συμβῆναἰ, τὸ μὲν πρῶτον τοὺς αἰχμαλώτους τῶν Ξανθίων (καὶ γὰρ ἐν γένει αὐτοῖς κατʼ ἐπιγαμίαν πολλοὶ ἦσανʼ ἔπεμψέ σφισιν, ἐλπίδα ἔχων διʼ ἐκείνων αὐτοὺς προσάξεσθαι· ἐπεὶ δʼ οὐδὲν μᾶλλον ἐνέδοσαν καίπερ προῖκα αὐτοῦ τοὺς ἀναγκαίους ἑκάστῳ διδόντος, πρατήριόν τι ὑπʼ αὐτὸ τὸ τεῖχος ἐν ἀσφαλεῖ κατεστήσατο, καὶ παράγων ἕνα ἕκαστον τῶν πρώτων ἀπεκήρυττεν, εἴ πως διά γε τούτου τοὺς Παταρέας ὑπαγάγοιτο. ὡς δʼ οὐδὲ τότε αὐτῷ προσεχώρησαν, ὀλίγους ἀποδόμενος τοὺς λοιποὺς ἀφῆκεν. ἰδόντες δὲ τοῦτο οἱ ἔνδον οὐκέτʼ ἀντῆραν, ἀλλʼ εὐθὺς αὐτῷ ὡς καὶ ἀρετὴν ἔχοντι προσέθεντο, μηδὲν ἔξω τῶν χρημάτων ζημιωθέντες. καὶ τοῦτο καὶ οἱ Μυρεῖς ἐποίησαν, ἐπειδὴ τὸν στρατηγὸν αὐτῶν ἐν τῷ ἐπινείῳ λαβὼν ἀπέλυσε. καὶ οὕτω καὶ τἆλλα διʼ ὀλίγου παρεστήσατο.
As for Brutus, he overcame in battle the combined army of the Lycians which met him near the border, and when it fled in a body into the camp, captured it without a blow; he won over the majority of the cities without a struggle, but Xanthus he besieged. 2 Suddenly the inhabitants made a sortie, hurling fire upon his machines, and at the same time shooting their arrows and javelins, and he was brought into the greatest danger. Indeed, his forces would have been utterly destroyed had they not pushed their way through the very fire and unexpectedly attacked their assailants, who were light-armed. These they hurled back within the walls, and themselves rushing in along with them, they cast fire into some of the houses, striking terror into those who witnessed what was being done and giving those at a distance the impression that they had captured absolutely everything; thereupon the inhabitants of their own accord helped set fire to the rest, and most of them slew one another. 4 Later Brutus came to Patara and invited the people to conclude an alliance; but they would not obey, for the slaves and the poorer portion of the free population, who had just received, the former their freedom and the latter remission of their debts, prevented their making terms. So at first he sent them the captive Xanthians, to whom many of them were related by marriage, in the hope that through these he might bring them around; but when they yielded none the more, in spite of his offering to each man his own kin as a free gift, he set up an auction block in a safe place under the very wall and bringing up the prominent Xanthians one at a time, auctioned them off, to see if by this means at least he could bring the people of Patara to terms. But when they would not even then come over to him, he sold only a few and let the rest go. 6 And when the people inside saw this, they no longer held out, but forthwith attached themselves to his cause, regarding him as an upright man; and they were punished only by the imposition of a fine. The people of Myra also did likewise when Brutus captured their general at the harbour and then released him. And thus he secured the control of the other districts also in a short time.
§ 47.35
Ταῦτʼ οὖν ἀμφότεροι πράξαντες ἔς τε τὴν Ἀσίαν αὖθις ἦλθον, καὶ πάνθʼ ὅσα ἐκ διαβολῶν, οἷα ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις φιλεῖ συμβαίνειν, ὕποπτα πρὸς ἀλλήλους εἶχον, ἔς τε τὸ μέσον καὶ κατὰ μόνας προενεγκόντες καὶ διαλυσάμενοι ἐς τὴν Μακεδονίαν ἠπείγοντο. καὶ αὐτοὺς Γάιός τε Νωρβανὸς καὶ Δεκίδιος Σάξας ἔφθησαν τόν τε Ἰόνιον, πρὶν τὸν Στάιον ἐλθεῖν, περαιωθέντες, καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν μέχρι τοῦ Παγγαίου γῆν προκατασχόντες, καὶ πρὸς τοῖς Φιλίπποις στρατοπεδευσάμενοι. τὸ δὲ δὴ ἄστυ τοῦτο παρά τε τῷ Παγγαίῳ καὶ παρὰ τῷ Συμβόλῳ κεῖται· σύμβολον γὰρ τὸ χωρίον ὀνομάζουσι καθʼ ὃ τὸ ὄρος ἐκεῖνο ἑτέρῳ τινὶ ἐς μεσόγειαν ἀνατείνοντι συμβάλλει, καὶ ἔστι μεταξὺ Νέας πόλεως καὶ τῶν Φιλίππων· ἡ μὲν γὰρ πρὸς τῇ θαλάσσῃ κατʼ ἀντιπέρας Θάσου ἦν, ἡ δὲ ἐντὸς τῶν ὀρῶν ἐπὶ τῷ πεδίῳ πεπόλισται. καὶ ἔτυχον γὰρ τὴν συντομωτάτην αὐτοῦ ὑπερβολὴν ὅ τε Σάξας καὶ ὁ Νωρβανὸς προκαταλαβόντες, ταύτῃ μὲν ὁ Βροῦτος ὅ τε Κάσσιος οὐδὲ ἐπείρασαν διαβῆναι, ἑτέραν δέ τινα μακροτέραν κατὰ τὰς Κρηνίδας ὠνομασμένας περιελθόντες φυλακῇ μὲν καὶ ἐκεῖ ἐνέτυχον, βιασάμενοι δὲ αὐτὴν εἴσω τε τῶν ὀρῶν ἐγένοντο, καὶ πρὸς τὴν πόλιν κατὰ τὰ μετέωρα ἐπιπαρελθόντες ἐνταῦθα χωρὶς ἑκάτερος, ὥς γε τῷ λόγῳ εἰπεῖν, ἐστρατοπεδεύσαντο· τῷ γὰρ ἔργῳ καθʼ ἓν ηὐλίσαντο. τὰ μὲν γὰρ στρατόπεδα, ὡς καὶ εὐτακτότεροι οἱ στρατιῶται καὶ ῥᾴους ἄρχειν ὦσι, διχῇ κατέστη, παντὸς δὲ δὴ καὶ τοῦ διὰ μέσου αὐτῶν καὶ τάφρῳ καὶ σταυρώματι περιληφθέντος εἷς τε ὁ πᾶς περίβολος ἀμφοτέρων ἐγένετο, καὶ ἐν κοινῷ τὴν ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ ἀσφάλειαν εἶχον.
After accomplishing these results Brutus and Cassius came again into Asia; and all the suspicions which they were harbouring against each other as the result of calumnious talk, such as is wont to arise in similar conditions, they brought forward and discussed with each other in privacy, and after becoming reconciled again they hastened into Macedonia. 2 And they found that Gaius Norbanus and Decidius Saxa had anticipated them by crossing the Ionian Sea before Staius arrived, occupying the whole country as far as Mt. Pangaeum and encamping near Philippi. This city is situated near Pangaeum and Symbolon. Symbolon ("Junction") is the name they give the place where the mountain mentioned joins on (symballei) to another that extends into the interior, and it is between Neapolis and Philippi; for the former town was near the sea, opposite Thasos, while the latter is situated within the mountains on the plain. 4 And inasmuch as Saxa and Norbanus, as it chanced, has already occupied the most direct pass across, Brutus and Cassius did not even try to get through that way but went round by a longer road that passes by a place called Crenides. Here, too, they encountered a garrison, but overpowered it, got inside the mountains, approached the city along the high ground, and there encamped, nominally each by himself; but, as a matter of fact, they bivouacked together. 6 For, in order that the soldiers might preserve better discipline and be easier to manage, the camp consisted of two separate parts; but as all of it, including the intervening space, was surrounded by a ditch and a rampart, the entire circuit was the same for both, and from it they derived their safety in common.
§ 47.36
ἦσαν δὲ πολὺ τῷ πλήθει τῶν ἐναντίων τῶν τότε παρόντων καθυπέρτεροι, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τό τε Σύμβολον ἐκκρούσαντες αὐτοὺς κατέλαβον, καὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια ταύτῃ τε διʼ ἐλάττονος ἐκ τῆς θαλάσσης ἐπήγοντο καὶ ἐκ τοῦ πεδίου καταθέοντες ἐλάμβανον. ὁ γὰρ Νωρβανὸς ὅ τε Σάξας πανστρατιᾷ μὲν οὐδὲ ἐτόλμησαν αὐτοῖς προσμῖξαι, ἐκπέμποντες δʼ ἱππέας ἐκδρόμους ὅπῃ παρείκοι, οὐδὲν ἐπέραινον, ἀλλʼ αὐτοί τε διὰ φυλακῆς μᾶλλον ἢ διὰ κινδύνων τὸ στρατόπεδον ἐποιοῦντο, καὶ τὸν Καίσαρα τόν τε Ἀντώνιον σπουδῇ μετεπέμποντο. οὗτοι γὰρ τέως μὲν περί τε τοὺς Ῥοδίους καὶ περὶ τοὺς Λυκίους τόν τε Κάσσιον καὶ τὸν Βροῦτον ἀσχόλους ὄντας ἐπυνθάνοντο, ἐπὶ πλεῖόν τε αὐτοὺς ἔδοξάν σφισι προσπολεμήσειν, καὶ οὐκ ἠπείχθησαν ἀλλὰ τόν τε Σάξαν καὶ τὸν Νωρβανὸν ἐς τὴν Μακεδονίαν προέπεμψαν· αἰσθόμενοι δὲ αὐτοὺς ἑαλωκότας, τοῖς μὲν Λυκίοις καὶ τοῖς Ῥοδίοις ἐπαίνους τε ἔδοσαν καὶ χρήματα χαριεῖσθαι ὑπέσχοντο, αὐτοὶ δὲ ἐκ μὲν τῆς πόλεως εὐθὺς ἐξώρμησαν, ἐγχρονίσαντες δὲ Ἀντώνιος μὲν περὶ Βρεντέσιον (ὑπὸ γὰρ τοῦ Σταΐου καθείργετὀ Καῖσαρ δὲ περὶ Ῥήγιον (πρὸς γὰρ τὸν Σέξτον τήν τε Σικελίαν ἔχοντα καὶ τῆς Ἰταλίας πειρῶντα προαπετράπετὀ διετρίβησαν.
Brutus and Cassius were far superior in numbers to their adversaries then present and hence drove out the others and got possession of Symbolon; in this way they were able not only to bring provisions from the sea over a shorter route but also to secure them from the plain by making descents thither. 2 For Norbanus and Saxa did not venture to offer them battle even with their entire force, though they sent out horsemen as skirmishers, wherever opportunity offered; but, as they accomplished nothing, they were careful for their own part rather to keep their camp well guarded than to expose it to danger, and sent urgent summons to Caesar and Antony. For these leaders, so long as they heard that Cassius and Brutus were busy with the Rhodians and the Lycians, had supposed that their adversaries would have fighting on their hands there for a long time, and therefore had not made haste to come, but had merely sent Saxa and Norbanus ahead into Macedonia. 4 But when they perceived that the Lycians and Rhodians had been overpowered, they bestowed praise upon these peoples and promised to make them a present of money, and they themselves at once set out from the city. Both, however, encountered delays. Antony had to spend some time at Brundisium, where he was shut up by Staius, and Caesar at Rhegium, after he had first turned aside to meet Sextus, who held Sicily and was making an attempt on Italy.
§ 47.37
ὡς δʼ οὖν οὗτός τε οὐ καθαιρετὸς ἔδοξεν εἶναί σφισι, καὶ τὰ τοῦ Κασσίου τοῦ τε Βρούτου μᾶλλον αὐτοὺς ἤπειξε, μέρος μέν τι τοῦ στρατοῦ πρὸς φρουρὰν τῆς Ἰταλίας κατέλιπον, τῷ δὲ δὴ πλείονι τὸν Ἰόνιον ἀσφαλῶς ἐπεραιώθησαν. καὶ Καῖσαρ μὲν ἐν Δυρραχίῳ νοσήσας ὑπελείφθη, Ἀντώνιος δὲ πρὸς τοὺς Φιλίππους ἤλασε, καὶ παραυτίκα μὲν ῥώμην τινὰ τοῖς σφετέροις παρέσχεν, ἐνεδρεύσας δέ τινας τῶν ἐναντίων σιταγωγοῦντας καὶ σφαλεὶς οὐκέτʼ οὐδʼ αὐτὸς ἐθάρσει. ὁ οὖν Καῖσαρ πυθόμενος τοῦτο καὶ δείσας ἑκάτερον, εἴτε τι ἐλαττωθείη κατὰ μόνας συμβαλὼν εἴτε καὶ κρατήσειεν (ἐκ μὲν γὰρ τοῦ τόν τε Βροῦτον καὶ τὸν Κάσσιον, ἐκ δὲ τοῦ τὸν Ἀντώνιον πάντως ἐφʼ ἑαυτὸν ἰσχύσειν ἐνόμισενʼ, ἠπείχθη καίπερ καὶ τότε ἔτι ἀρρωστῶν. κἀκ τούτου ἀνεθάρσησαν μὲν οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἀντώνιον· ἐπεὶ δʼ οὐκ ἀσφαλὲς ἐφαίνετο τὸ μὴ οὐχ ἅμα πάντας αὐτοὺς αὐλίζεσθαι, ἔς τε χωρίον ἓν καὶ ἐς ἔρυμα ἓν τὰ τρία στρατεύματα συνήγαγον. ἀντικαθημένων δὲ αὐτῶν ἀλλήλοις ἐκδρομαὶ μὲν καὶ ἀντεπέξοδοι παρʼ ἀμφοτέρων ὡς ἔτυχεν ἐγίγνοντο, μάχη δὲ ἐκ παρατάξεως οὐδεμία χρόνον τινὰ συνηνέχθη, καίτοι καὶ τοῦ Καίσαρος καὶ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου πάνυ συμβαλεῖν σπουδαζόντων· ταῖς τε γὰρ δυνάμεσι μᾶλλον τῶν ἐναντίων ἔρρωντο, καὶ τῶν ἐπιτηδείων οὐχ ὁμοίως αὐτοῖς ηὐπόρουν διὰ τὸ τῆς θαλάσσης, ἅτε τοῦ ναυτικοῦ σφων τῷ Σέξτῳ προσπολεμοῦντος, μὴ κρατεῖν.
When, however, it seemed to them to be impossible to overthrow Sextus, and the operations of Cassius and Brutus urged them to greater haste, they left a small part of their army to garrison Italy and with the major portion safely crossed the Ionian Sea. 2 Caesar fell sick and was left behind at Dyrrachium, while Antony marched toward Philippi; and for a time he was a source of some strength to his soldiers, but after laying an ambush for some of the enemy when they were gathering grain and failing in his attempt, even he was no longer hopeful. Caesar heard of the situation and feared the outcome in either case, whether Antony, acting alone, should be defeated in an engagement or should conquer, for in the one event he felt that Brutus and Cassius would gain strength to oppose him, and in the other that Antony would certainly do so; therefore he made haste, though still sick. 4 At this the followers of Antony also took courage; and since it seemed the only safe course for them to encamp all together, they assembled the three divisions in one place and in one stronghold. While the armies were encamped opposite each other, sallies and counter-sallies took place on both sides, as chance dictated; but for some time no regular battle was joined, although Caesar and Antony were exceedingly eager to bring on a conflict. 6 For not only were their forces stronger than those of their adversaries, but they were not so abundantly supplied with provisions, because their fleet was away fighting Sextus and they were therefore not masters of the sea.
§ 47.38
οὗτοι μὲν οὖν δὴ διά τε ταῦτα καὶ διὰ τὸν Σέξτον τήν τε Σικελίαν ἔχοντα καὶ τῆς Ἰταλίας πειρῶντα, μὴ καὶ χρονισάντων αὐτῶν τήν τε Ἰταλίαν καταλάβῃ καὶ ἐς τὴν Μακεδονίαν ἔλθῃ, ὤργων. ὁ δὲ δὴ Κάσσιος ὅ τε Βροῦτος ἄλλως μὲν οὐκ ὤκνουν τὴν μάχην (ὅσον γὰρ τῇ ῥώμῃ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἠλαττοῦντο, τοσοῦτον τῷ πλήθει ἐπλεονέκτουνʼ, ἐκλογιζόμενοι δὲ τά τε ἐκείνων καὶ τὰ σφέτερα (σύμμαχοί τε γὰρ αὐτοῖς καθʼ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν προσεγίγνοντο, καὶ τὴν τροφὴν ἄφθονον ὑπὸ τῶν νεῶν εἶχονʼ ἀνεβάλλοντο, εἴ πως ἄνευ κινδύνου καὶ φθόρου τινῶν ἐπικρατήσειαν· ἅτε γὰρ δημεράσται τε ἀκριβῶς ὄντες καὶ πρὸς πολίτας ἀγωνιζόμενοι ἐκείνων τε οὐδὲν ἧττον ἢ τῶν συνόντων σφίσι διεσκόπουν, καὶ ἐπεθύμουν ἑκατέροις ὁμοίως καὶ τὴν σωτηρίαν καὶ τὴν ἐλευθερίαν παρασχεῖν. χρόνον μὲν οὖν τινα διὰ ταῦτα ἀνέσχον, οὐκ ἐθέλοντές σφισιν ἐς χεῖρας ἐλθεῖν· ὡς μέντοι τὰ στρατεύματα, ἅτε ἐκ τοῦ ὑπηκόου τὸ πλεῖστον ὄντα, τῇ τε τριβῇ βαρυνόμενα καὶ τῶν ἀντιπολεμούντων καταφρονήσαντα, ὅτι τὸ καθάρσιον τὸ πρὸ τῶν ἀγώνων γιγνόμενον ἐντὸς τοῦ ἐρύματος ὡς καὶ δεδιότες ἐποιήσαντο, ἔς τε τὴν μάχην ὥρμησαν καὶ διελάλουν ὅτι, ἂν ἐπὶ πλεῖον διατριφθῶσι, τό τε στρατόπεδον ἐκλείψουσι καὶ διασκεδασθήσονται, οὕτω δὴ καὶ ἄκοντες συνέμιξαν.
Hence these men, for the reasons given and because of Sextus, who held Sicily and was making an attempt on Italy, were full of eagerness owing to their fear that while they delayed he might capture Italy and come into Macedonia. 2 As for Cassius and Brutus, they had in general no aversion to a battle, inasmuch as the weakness of their troops was counterbalanced by their superior numbers; but when they reflected upon the situation of their opponents and upon their own and observed that fresh allies were being added to their own numbers every day and that they had abundant food by the aid of their ships, they held off in the hope of gaining their ends without danger and loss of men. For, as they were genuine friends of the people and were contending with citizens, they consulted the interests of the latter no less than those of their own associates, and desired to afford safety and liberty to both alike. 4 The troops, however, composed mostly of subject nations, were vexed by the delay and despised their antagonists because they had offered inside their camp the sacrifice of purification, which regularly precedes a conflict, and thus showed signs of fear; hence they were eager for the battle and talked to the effect that if there should be more delay, they would abandon the camp and disperse. In these circumstances Brutus and Cassius reluctantly joined battle.
§ 47.39
μέγιστον δὴ τὸν ἀγῶνα τοῦτον καὶ ὑπὲρ πάντας τοὺς ἐμφυλίους τοὺς τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις γεγονότας οὐκ ἀπεικότως ἄν τις συμβῆναι νομίσειεν, οὐχ ὅτι καὶ τοῖς πλήθεσιν ἢ καὶ ταῖς ἀρεταῖς τῶν μαχεσαμένων διήνεγκεν αὐτῶν (πολλῷ γὰρ καὶ πλείους καὶ ἀμείνους σφῶν πολλαχόθι ἠγωνίσαντὀ, ἀλλʼ ὅτι περί τε τῆς ἐλευθερίας καὶ τῆς δημοκρατίας τότε ὡς οὐπώποτε ἐπολέμησαν. συνέπεσον μὲν γὰρ καὶ αὖθις ἀλλήλοις, ὥσπερ καὶ πρότερον· ἀλλʼ ἐκείνους μὲν τοὺς ἀγῶνας ὑπὲρ τοῦ τίνος ἐπακούσουσιν ἐποιήσαντο, τότε δὲ οἱ μὲν ἐς δυναστείαν αὐτοὺς ἦγον, οἱ δὲ ἐς αὐτονομίαν ἐξῃροῦντο. ὅθεν οὐδʼ ἀνέκυψεν ἔτι πρὸς ἀκριβῆ παρρησίαν ὁ δῆμος καίπερ ὑπʼ οὐδενὸς ἀλλοτρίου ἡττηθείς (τὸ γάρ τοι ὑπήκοον τό τε συμμαχικὸν τὸ τότε αὐτοῖς παραγενόμενον ἐν προσθήκης μέρει τοῦ πολιτικοῦ ἦνʼ, ἀλλʼ αὐτός τε ἑαυτοῦ κρείττων τε ἅμα καὶ ἥττων γενόμενος καὶ ἔσφηλεν ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἐσφάλη, κἀκ τούτου τό τε δημοκρατικὸν συμπαρανάλωσε καὶ τὸ μοναρχικὸν ἐκράτυνε. καὶ οὐ λέγω ὡς οὐ συνήνεγκεν αὐτοῖς ἡττηθεῖσι τότε· τί γὰρ ἄν τις ἄλλο περὶ αὐτῶν ἀμφοτέρωθεν μαχεσαμένων εἴποι ἢ ὅτι Ῥωμαῖοι μὲν ἐνικήθησαν, Καῖσαρ δὲ ἐκράτησεν; ὁμοφρονῆσαι μὲν γὰρ ἐν τῷ καθεστῶτι τρόπῳ τῆς πολιτείας οὐκέθʼ οἷοί τε ἦσαν· οὐ γὰρ ἔστιν ὅπως δημοκρατία ἄκρατος, ἐς τοσοῦτον ἀρχῆς ὄγκον προχωρήσασα, σωφρονῆσαι δύναται· πολλοὺς δʼ ἂν ἐπὶ πολλοῖς καὶ αὖθις ἀγῶνας ὁμοίους ἀνελόμενοι πάντως ἄν ποτε ἐδουλώθησαν ἢ καὶ ἐφθάρησαν.
That this struggle proved tremendous and surpassed all previous civil conflicts of the Romans would be naturally surmised, — not that it was greater than they in either the number of the combatants or as regards their valour, since far larger masses and braver men than they had fought on many fields, but because now as never before liberty and popular government were the issues of the struggle. For though they again came to blows with one another just as they had done previously, 2 yet these later struggles were for the purpose of finding out what master they should obey, whereas on the present occasion the one side was trying to lead them to autocracy, the other side to self-government. Hence the people never attained again to absolute freedom of speech, even though vanquished by no foreign nation (the subject and the allied forces then present with them were of course merely a kind of complement of the citizen army); but the people at one and the same time triumphed over and were vanquished by themselves, defeated themselves and were defeated, and consequently they exhausted the democratic element and strengthened the monarchical.4 And yet I do not say that it was not beneficial for the people to be defeated at that time — what else, indeed, can one say regarding the contestants on both sides than that the vanquished were Romans and that the victor was Caesar! — for they were no longer capable of maintaining harmony in the established form of government. It is, of course, impossible for an unadulterated democracy that has grown to so proud an empire to exercise moderation; and so they would later on have undertaken many similar conflicts one after another, and some day would certainly have been either enslaved or ruined.
§ 47.40
πάρεστι δὲ καὶ ἐκ τῶν σημείων τῶν τότε συμβάντων σφίσι τεκμήρασθαι ὅτι μέγιστος διαφανῶς ὁ ἀγὼν αὐτοῖς ἐγένετο· τὸ γὰρ δαιμόνιον, ὥσπερ που καὶ ἀεὶ πρὸ τῶν ἀτοπωτάτων φιλεῖ προσημαίνειν, πάντα σφίσιν ἀκριβῶς καὶ ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ καὶ ἐν τῇ Μακεδονίᾳ τὰ ἐκβάντα ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ προεμαντεύσατο. ἐν γὰρ τῷ ἄστει ὅ τε ἥλιος τοτὲ μὲν ἠλαττοῦτο καὶ ἐλάχιστος ἐγίγνετο, τοτὲ δὲ καὶ μέγας καὶ τριττὸς ἐξεφαίνετο, καί ποτε καὶ νυκτὸς ἐξέλαμψε· καὶ κεραυνοὶ ἄλλοσέ τε πολλαχόσε καὶ ἐς τὸν τοῦ Νικαίου Διὸς βωμὸν ἐφέροντο, λαμπάδες τε ἐνταῦθα κἀκεῖσε ᾖττον, καὶ σαλπίγγων ἠχαὶ ὅπλων τε κτύποι καὶ στρατοπέδων βοαὶ νυκτὸς ἔκ τε τῶν τοῦ Καίσαρος καὶ ἐκ τῶν τοῦ Ἀντωνίου κήπων, ὁμοχώρων ἀλλήλοις παρὰ τῷ Τιβέριδι ὄντων, ἠκούοντο. καὶ προσέτι καὶ κύων κυνὸς σῶμα πρὸς τὸ Δημήτριον προσελκύσας τήν τε γῆν τοῖς ποσὶν ὤρυξε καὶ κατέχωσεν αὐτό. καί τι παιδάριον δεκαδακτύλους χεῖρας ἔχον ἐγεννήθη, ἡμίονός τε διφυές τέρας ἔτεκε· τὰ μὲν γὰρ πρόσθια ἵππῳ, τὰ δὲ λοιπὰ ἡμιόνῳ ἐῴκει. καὶ ὁ τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς ὀχὸς πρὸς τὸ Καπιτώλιον ἐξ ἱπποδρομίας τινὸς ἐπανιὼν συνετρίβη, τό τε ἄγαλμα τὸ τοῦ Διὸς τὸ ἐν τῷ Ἀλβανῷ ὂν αἷμα παρʼ αὐτὰς τὰς ἀνοχὰς ἔκ τε τοῦ δεξιοῦ ὤμου καὶ ἐκ τῆς δεξιᾶς χειρὸς ἀνέδωκε. καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ἐκ τοῦ δαιμονίου σφίσι προεδείχθη, ποταμοί τε ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ αὐτῶν οἱ μὲν παντάπασιν ἐξέλιπον οἱ δʼ ἀνάπαλιν ῥεῖν ἤρξαντο· συνενηνέχθαι δέ πως ἐς ταὐτὸ καὶ ὅσα παρὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων κατὰ συντυχίαν ἐπράχθη ἔδοξεν· ἔν τε γὰρ ταῖς ἀνοχαῖς ὁ πολίαρχος τὰ Λατιάρια, οὔτʼ ἄλλως προσήκοντα αὐτῷ οὔτʼ ἐν τῷ καιρῷ ἐκείνῳ γίγνεσθαι εἰωθότα, ἐποίησεν, καὶ οἱ ἀγορανόμοι τοῦ πλήθους ὁπλομαχίας ἀγῶνας ἀντὶ τῆς ἱπποδρομίας τῇ Δήμητρι ἐπετέλεσαν. ἐν μὲν οὖν τῇ Ῥώμῃ ταῦτʼ ἐγίγνετο, καί τινα καὶ λόγια καὶ πρὸ αὐτῶν καὶ ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς ἐς τὴν κατάλυσιν τῆς δημοκρατίας συμβαίνοντα ᾔδετο· ἐν δὲ δὴ τῇ Μακεδονίᾳ (ταύτης γὰρ τό τε Παγγαῖον καὶ ἡ περὶ αὐτὸ γῆ νομίζεταἰ μέλισσαί τε πολλαὶ τὸ τοῦ Κασσίου στρατόπεδον περιέσχον, κἀν τῷ καθαρσίῳ αὐτοῦ τὸν στέφανόν τις τραπέμπαλιν αὐτῷ ἐπέθηκε, παῖς τε ἐν πομπῇ τινι, οἵας οἱ στρατιῶται ἄγουσι, νίκην φέρων ἔπεσε. καὶ ὅ γε μάλιστα τὸν ὄλεθρόν σφισιν ἐσήμηνεν ὥστε καὶ τοῖς ἐναντίοις ἔκδηλον γενέσθαι, πολλοὶ μὲν γῦπες πολλοὶ δὲ καὶ ἄλλοι ὄρνιθες νεκροφάγοι ὑπέρ τε ἐκείνων μόνων διεφοίτων καὶ ἐς αὐτοὺς κατέβλεπον, δεινόν τέ τι καὶ φρικῶδες κλάζοντές τε καὶ τρίζοντες.
We may infer also from the portents which appeared to them at that time that it was manifestly a supreme struggle in which they were engaged; for Heaven, even as it is ever accustomed to give warning signs before the most unusual events, foretold to them accurately both in Rome and in Macedonia all the results that would come of it. 2 Thus, in the city the sun at one time would be diminished and grow extremely small, and again would show itself huge and trebled in size, and once it even shone forth at night; thunderbolts descended at many places and in particular upon the altar of Jupiter Victor; meteors darted hither and thither; notes of trumpets, clashing of arms, and shouts of armed hosts were heard by night from the gardens both of Caesar and of Antony, which were close together beside the Tiber. Moreover, a dog dragged the body of another dog to the temple of Ceres, where he dug up the earth with his paws and buried it. A child was born with hands that had ten fingers each, and a mule gave birth to a prodigy of two species, the front part of it resembling a horse and the rest a mule. 4 The chariot of Minerva while returning to the Capitol from the races in the Circus was dashed to pieces, and the statue of Jupiter on the Alban Mount sent forth blood from its right shoulder and right hand at the very time of the Feriae. These were the warnings they had from Heaven; and there were also rivers in their land which gave out entirely or began to flow backward. And on the part of men, whatever of their doings were directed by chance seemed to point to the same end; 6 thus, during the Feriae the prefect of the city celebrated the festival of Latiaris, which neither belonged to him nor was ordinarily observed at that time, and the plebeian aediles celebrated in honour of Ceres contests in armour in place of the games in the Circus These were the events occurring in Rome; and certain oracles also both before and after the events were recited which pointed to the downfall of the republic. In Macedonia, of which Mt. Pangaeum and the territory surrounding it are regarded as a part, bees in swarms surrounded the camp of Cassius, and in the course of the purification of the camp some one set the garland upon his head wrong end foremost, 8 and a boy fell down while carrying a Victory in a procession such as the soldiers hold. But the thing which most of all portended the destruction that was to come upon them, so that it became plain even to their enemies, was that many vultures and also many other birds that devour corpses gathered above the heads of the conspirators only and gazed down of them, screaming and screeching in a horrible and frightful manner.
§ 47.41
τούτοις μὲν δὴ ταῦτα τὸ κακὸν ἔφερε, τοῖς δὲ ἑτέροις τέρας μὲν οὐδέν, ὅσα γε ἡμεῖς ἴσμεν, ἐγένετο, ὄψεις δὲ δὴ ὀνείρων τοιαίδε ἐφάνησαν. ἀνὴρ Θεσσαλὸς ἔδοξέν οἱ τὸν Καίσαρα τὸν πρότερον κεκελευκέναι εἰπεῖν τῷ Καίσαρι ὅτι τε ἐς ἕνης ἡ μάχη γενήσοιτο, καὶ ἵνα ἀναλάβῃ τι ὧν δικτατορεύων αὐτὸς ἐφόρει· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τὸν δακτύλιον αὐτοῦ τότε τε εὐθὺς περιέθετο καὶ ἔπειτα πολλάκις ἔφερεν. οὗτος μὲν δὴ τοῦτο εἶδεν, ὁ δʼ ἰατρὸς ὁ συνὼν τῷ Καίσαρι ἐνόμισέν οἱ τὴν Ἀθηνᾶν προστάσσειν ἔκ τε τῆς σκηνῆς αὐτόν, καίτοι καὶ τότε ἔτι κακῶς ἀρρωστοῦντα, ἐξαγαγεῖν καὶ ἐς τὴν παράταξιν καταστῆσαι· ὑφʼ οὗπερ καὶ ἐσώθη. ὃ γάρ τοι τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐν μὲν τῷ στρατοπέδῳ τῷ τε ἐρύματι αὐτοῦ μένουσι σωτηρίαν, ἐς δὲ δὴ τὰ ὅπλα τάς τε μάχας ἰοῦσι κίνδυνον φέρει, τοῦτο τότε ἐπὶ τοῦ Καίσαρος διηλλάγη· ἔκ τε γὰρ τῆς ἐξόδου τῆς ἐκ τοῦ ταφρεύματος καὶ ἐκ τῆς πρὸς τοὺς μαχομένους ὁμιλίας περιφανέστατα, καίπερ χαλεπῶς καὶ ἄνευ τῶν ὅπλων ὑπὸ τῆς ἀσθενείας ἑστώς, περιεγένετο.
To that side, then, these signs brought evil, while to the other, so far as we know, no bad omen occurred, but visions appeared to them in their dreams as follows. 2 A Thessalian dreamed that the former Caesar had bidden him tell Caesar that the battle would occur on the second day after that one and to request him to assume and wear some article which the other Caesar had used to wear while dictator; Caesar therefore immediately put his father's ring on his finger and wore it often afterwards. This was the Thessalian's vision; but the physician who attended Caesar dreamed that Minerva commanded him to lead his patient, though still in poor health, from his tent and place him in the line of battle — the very means by which he was actually saved. For whereas in most cases safety is the lot of such as remain in the camp and within its ramparts, while it is dangerous to go into the midst of weapons and battles, this was reversed in the case of Caesar, since it was very manifestly the result of his leaving the intrenchments and mingling with the combatants that he survived, although by reason of his sickness he found it difficult to stand even without his arms.
§ 47.42
ἐπράχθη δὲ ὧδε. οὐχ ὡμολόγησαν μὲν ὁπότε τὴν μάχην ποιήσονται, ὥσπερ δὲ ἀπὸ συγκειμένου τινὸς πάντες ἅμα ἕῳ ἐξωπλίσαντο, καὶ ἔς τε τὸ χωρίον τὸ μεταίχμιόν σφων καθάπερ ἀγωνισταί τινες σχολῇ προῆλθον, κἀνταῦθα ἡσυχῇ παρετάξαντο. ὡς δʼ ἀντικατέστησαν, παραινέσεις, τοῦτο μὲν ἀθρόοις τοῦτο δὲ καὶ καθʼ ἑκάστους, ἀμφοτέροις ἀπό τε τῶν στρατηγῶν καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ὑποστρατήγων τῶν θʼ ὑπομειόνων ἐγένοντο, πολλὰ μὲν πρὸς τὸ αὐτίκα τοῦ κινδύνου ἀναγκαῖα πολλὰ δὲ καὶ ἐς τὸ ἔπειτα ἁρμόζοντα αὐτῶν λεγόντων, οἷα ἄν τινες ἔν τε τῷ παραχρῆμα κινδυνεύσοντες καὶ τῷ μέλλοντι προκάμνοντες εἴποιεν. καὶ τὰ μὲν ἄλλα ὁμοιοτροπώτατα, ἅτε καὶ Ῥωμαίων ἀμφοτέρωθεν ὁμοίως μετὰ τῶν συμμάχων σφῶν ὄντων, ἐρρήθη· διήλλαξε δὲ ὅτι οἱ μὲν περὶ τὸν Βροῦτον τήν τε ἐλευθερίαν καὶ τὴν δημοκρατίαν τό τε ἀτυράννευτον καὶ τὸ ἀδέσποτον τοῖς σφετέροις προεβάλλοντο, καὶ τά τε ἐν ἰσονομίᾳ χρηστὰ καὶ τὰ ἐν μοναρχίᾳ ἄτοπα, ὅσα ποτὲ αὐτοί τε ἐπεπόνθεσαν καὶ περὶ ἑτέρων ἠκηκόεσαν, προέφερον, παραδεικνύντες τε καθʼ ἓν ἕκαστον ἑκάτερα καὶ ἱκετεύοντές σφας τῶν μὲν ὀριγνήσασθαι τὰ δὲ ἐκκλῖναι καὶ τῶν μὲν ἔρωτα λαβεῖν τὰ δὲ μὴ παθεῖν φυλάξασθαι, οἱ δὲ ἕτεροι τῷ σφετέρῳ στρατῷ τούς τε σφαγέας τιμωρήσασθαι καὶ τὰ τῶν ἀντικαθεστώτων σχεῖν, ἄρξαι τε πάντων τῶν ὁμοφύλων ἐπιθυμῆσαι, παρῄνουν, καὶ ὅ γε μάλιστα αὐτοὺς ἐπέρρωσε, καὶ κατὰ πεντακισχιλίας σφίσι δραχμὰς δώσειν ὑπέσχοντο.
The contest took place as follows. Although no arrangement had been made as to when they should begin the battle, yet as if by some compact they all armed themselves at dawn, advanced into the space between the two camps leisurely, as though they were competitors in a game, and then quietly drew themselves up in battle order. 2 When they had taken their stand facing each other, exhortations were addressed to each side, partly to the armies collectively and partly to the separate bodies of troops, according as the speakers were the generals or the lieutenants or the lesser officers; and much that was said consisted of the necessary advice called for by the immediate danger and also of sentiments that bore upon the consequences of the battle, — words such as men would speak who were to encounter danger at the moment and were looking forward with anxiety to the future. For the most part the speeches were very similar, inasmuch as on both sides alike they were Romans with their allies. Still, there was a difference. The officers of Brutus set before their men the prizes of liberty and democracy, of freedom from tyrants and freedom from masters; 4 they cited the benefits of equality and the excesses of monarchy, appealing to what they themselves had suffered or had heard related about other peoples; and giving instances of the working of each system separately, they besought them to strive for the one and to avoid the other, to conceive a passion for the former and to take care that they should not suffer the latter. The opposing leaders, on the other hand, urged their army to take vengeance on the assassins of Caesar, to get the property of their antagonists, to be filled with a desire to rule all the men of their own race, and — the thing which heartened them most — they promised to give them twenty thousand sesterces apiece.
§ 47.43
κἀκ τούτου πρῶτον μὲν τὰ συνθήματα αὐτοῖς διῆλθεν (ἦν δὲ τοῖς μὲν ἀμφὶ τὸν Βροῦτον Ἐλευθερία, τοῖς δὲ ἑτέροις ὅ τι ποτὲ καὶ ἐδόθἠ, ἔπειτα σαλπικτὴς εἷς ἑκατέρωθεν ὑπεσήμηνε, καὶ οὕτω καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ ἐπήχησαν, πρῶτοι μὲν οἱ τό τε στάσιμον καὶ τὸ παρασκευαστικὸν ἐν τόπῳ τινὶ κυκλοτερεῖ διὰ σαλπίγγων μελῳδοῦντες, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι οἱ τόν τε θυμὸν τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἐπεγείροντες καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν σύνοδον αὐτοὺς ἐξοτρύνοντες. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο σιωπή τε ἐξαπίνης πολλὴ ἐγένετο, καὶ σμικρὸν ἐπισχόντες αὐτοί τε διάτορον ἐξεφώνησαν καὶ αἱ τάξεις ἑκατέρωθεν συνεβόησαν. κἀκ τούτου ἀλαλάξαντες οἱ ὁπλῖται τάς τε ἀσπίδας τοῖς δορατίοις ἔκρουσαν καὶ ἐκεῖνα ἐπʼ ἀλλήλους ἐξηκόντισαν, καὶ οἱ σφενδονῆται οἵ τε τοξόται βέλη καὶ λίθους ἧκαν. καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα τό τε ἱππικὸν ἀντεξήλασαν καὶ τὸ θωρακοφόρον συνεπισπόμενόν σφισιν ἐν χερσὶν ἐγένετο.
Thereupon watchwords were going around — for the followers of Brutus it was “Liberty” and for the other side whatever the word which was given out, — and then one trumpeter on each side sounded the first note, 2 after which the rest joined in, first those who sounded the “at rest” and the “ready” signals on their trumpets while standing in a kind of circular space, and then the others who were to rouse the spirit of the soldiers and incite them to the onset. Then there was suddenly a great silence, and after waiting a little the leaders uttered a piercing shout and the lines on both sides joined in. Then the heavy-armed troops gave the war-cry, beat their shields with their spears and then hurled their spears, while the slingers and the archers discharged their stones and missiles. Then the two bodies of cavalry rode out against each other and the cuirassiers following behind them came to close quarters with each other.
§ 47.44
καὶ πολλῷ μὲν ὠθισμῷ πολλῷ δὲ καὶ ξιφισμῷ ἐχρήσαντο, τὰ μὲν πρῶτα περισκοποῦντες ὅπως τε τρώσουσί τινας καὶ ὅπως αὐτοὶ μὴ τρωθῶσι (τούς τε γὰρ ἀνθεστηκότας ἅμα ἀποκτεῖναι καὶ ἑαυτοὺς σῶσαι ἐβούλοντὀ, ἔπειτα δὲ ὡς ἥ τε ὁρμή σφων ηὐξήθη καὶ ὁ θυμὸς ἐφλέγμηνεν, ὁμόσε τε ἀπερισκέπτως χωροῦντες καὶ μηδεμίαν ἔτʼ ἀσφάλειαν ἑαυτῶν ποιούμενοι, ἀλλʼ ἐπιθυμίᾳ τοῦ τοὺς ἀντιπάλους ἀπολέσαι καὶ ἑαυτοὺς προϊέμενοι. καί τινες τάς τε ἀσπίδας ἀπερρίπτουν, καὶ ἀντιλαμβανόμενοι τῶν ἀντιτεταγμένων οἱ μὲν ἔκ τε τῶν κρανῶν αὐτοὺς ἦγχον καὶ κατὰ νώτου ἔπαιον, οἱ δὲ τά τε προβλήματα ἀπέσπων καὶ ἐς τὰ στήθη ἔτυπτον. ἄλλοι τῶν ξιφῶν αὐτῶν λαμβανόμενοι τὰ σφέτερα ὡς καὶ ἐς ἀόπλους σφᾶς ἐώθουν· καὶ ἕτεροι τρωθῆναί τι μέρος τῶν σωματων σφῶν προβάλλοντες ἑτοιμότερον τῷ λοιπῷ ἐχρῶντο. συμπλεκόμενοί τέ τινες τὸ μὲν παίειν ἀλλήλους ἀφῃροῦντο, τῇ δὲ δὴ συμμίξει καὶ τῶν ξιφῶν καὶ τῶν σωμάτων διώλλυντο. καὶ οἱ μὲν μιᾷ πληγῇ οἱ δὲ καὶ πολλαῖς ἔθνησκον, καὶ οὔτε τῶν τραυμάτων αἴσθησιν εἶχον, τὸ γὰρ ἀλγῆσον ὁ θάνατος προελάμβανεν, οὔτε τοῦ ὀλέθρου σφῶν ὀλοφυρμὸν ἐποιοῦντο, ἐς γὰρ τὸ λυπῆσον οὐκ ἐξικνοῦντο. ἄλλος τις ἀποκτείνας τινὰ οὐδʼ ἀποθανεῖσθαί ποτε ὑπὸ τῆς αὐτίκα περιχαρείας ἤλπιζε· καὶ ὁ ἀεὶ πίπτων ἔς τε τὸ ἀναίσθητον καθίστατο καὶ σύνεσιν τοῦ πάθους οὐκ ἐλάμβανεν.
For a long time there was pushing of shield against shield and thrusting with the sword, as they were at first cautiously looking for a chance to wound others without being wounded themselves, since they were as eager to save themselves as to slay their antagonists; but later, when their ardour increased and their rage was inflamed, they rushed together recklessly and paid no more attention to their own safety, but in their eagerness to destroy their adversaries would even throw away their own lives. 2 Some cast away their shields and seizing hold of the foes facing them choked them by means of their helmets while they struck them in the back, or else tore away their armour and smote them on the breast. Others seized hold of the swords of their opponents, who were thus as good as unarmed, and then ran their own into their bodies; and some exposed a part of their own bodies to be wounded and thus gained a freer use of the rest. Some clutched their opponents in an embrace that prevented either one from striking and perished through the commingling of their swords and bodies. Some died of a single blow, others of many, and they neither were conscious of their wounds, since death forestalled their suffering, nor lamented their end, since they never reached the point of grieving. 4 One who killed another thought in the excessive joy of the moment that he could never die; and whoever fell lost consciousness and had no knowledge of his state.
§ 47.45
ἔμενον δὲ κατὰ χώραν ἀκριβῶς ἀμφότεροι, καὶ οὔθʼ ὑπαγωγαῖς οὔτε διώξεσιν οὐδέτεροι ἐχρήσαντο, ἀλλʼ αὐτοῦ, ὥσπερ εἶχον, ἐτίτρωσκον ἐτιτρώσκοντο, ἐφόνευον ἐφονεύοντο μέχρι πόρρω τῆς ἡμέρας. καὶ εἴγε πάντες πᾶσιν, οἷα ἐν τῷ τοιούτῳ συμβαίνει, συνεμεμίχεσαν, ἢ Βροῦτος μὲν κατὰ Ἀντώνιον Κάσσιος δὲ κατὰ Καίσαρα ἀντετέτακτο, ἰσοπαλεῖς ἂν ἐγεγόνεσαν. νῦν δὲ ὅ τε Βροῦτος τὴν τοῦ Καίσαρος ἀρρωστίαν ἐξεβιάσατο, καὶ ὁ Ἀντώνιος τὸν Κάσσιον οὐδέν οἱ ὅμοιον τὰ πολέμια ὄντα ἐξενίκησε. καὶ τότε δὲ τῷ μὴ πάντας ἅμα τοὺς ἑτέρους, ἀλλʼ ἐν τῷ μέρει ἀμφοτέρους καὶ ἡττηθῆναι καὶ κρατῆσαι ταὐτὸν ὡς εἰπεῖν ἐγένετο· καὶ γὰρ ἐνίκησαν ἀμφότεροι καὶ ἡττήθησαν, ἔτρεψάν τε τοὺς ἀντιτεταγμένους σφίσιν ἑκάτεροι καὶ ἐτράποντο, καὶ αἵ τε διώξεις καὶ αἱ φυγαὶ ἀμφοῖν ὁμοίως συνέβησαν, καὶ τὰ στρατόπεδα ἀμφοτέρωθεν ἑάλω. τοῦ τε γὰρ πεδίου ἐπὶ πλεῖστον, ἅτε καὶ πολλοὶ ὄντες, ἐπέσχον, ὥστε μὴ καθορᾶν ἀλλήλους· καὶ οὔτε ἐν τῇ μάχῃ πλὴν τὸ καθʼ ἑαυτὸν ἕκαστος ἔγνω, ἐπεί τε ἡ τροπὴ ἐγένετο, ἔς τε τὰ οἰκεῖα ἐρύματα πολὺ ἀπʼ ἀλλήλων ἀφεστηκότα τὴν ἐναντίαν ἑκάτεροι ἀμεταστρεπτὶ ἔφυγον, καὶ ἀπό τε τούτου καὶ ἐκ τοῦ κονιορτοῦ ἀπλέτου γενομένου ἠγνόησαν τὸ τέλος τῆς μάχης, καὶ οἵ τε νενικηκότες πάντα κεκρατηκέναι καὶ οἱ ἡττημένοι πάντα νενικῆσθαι ἐνόμισαν, καὶ οὐ πρότερον τὸ γεγονὸς ἔμαθον πρὶν τά τε ταφρεύματα διαπορθηθῆναι καὶ ἀλλήλοις τοὺς νενικηκότας πρὸς τὸ οἰκεῖον ἑκατέρους ἀναχωροῦντας συντυχεῖν.
Both sides remained precisely where they were at the beginning and neither side retired or pursued, but there, just as they were, they wounded and were wounded, slew and were slain, until late in the day.2 And if each side as a whole had joined in the conflict with the other as a whole, as generally happens in a struggle like this, or if Brutus had been arrayed against Antony and Cassius against Caesar, they would have proved equally matched. But as it was, Brutus forced Caesar, because of his sickness, to yield ground, while Antony vanquished Cassius, who was by no means his equal in warfare. And so at this time, since they were not opposing each other as united armies, but each side was in part defeated and in part victorious, the result was practically the same for each; for both had conquered and had been defeated, each had routed its adversaries and had been routed, pursuits and flights had been the fortune of both alike, and the camps on both sides had been captured. 4 For, as the combatants were many, they stretched far out over the plain, so that they could not see each other distinctly; and not alone in the battle could each one recognize only what was opposite him, but also when the rout took place both armies fled in opposite directions to their respective camps, which were separated from each other by a considerable distance, without stopping to look back. Because of this fact and of the immense quantities of dust that rose they were ignorant of the outcome of the battle, and those who had won thought that they had conquered everywhere, and those who were defeated that they had been worsted everywhere; and they did not learn what had happened until their intrenchments had been pillaged and the victors on each side encountered each other as they went back to their own quarters.
§ 47.46
τῆς μὲν δὴ οὖν μάχης ἕνεκα καὶ ἐκράτησαν οὕτως ἀμφότεροι καὶ ἡττήθησαν· οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδὲ ἐς χεῖρας ἔτι τότε ἀφίκοντο, ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ τάχιστα ἰδόντες ἐν τῇ ὑποστροφῇ ἀλλήλους καὶ τὸ συμβεβηκὸς ἔγνωσαν, ἀντιπαρεξῆλθον μηδὲν μηδέτεροι τολμήσαντες. ἐπλεονέκτησαν δὲ καὶ ἠλαττώθησαν ἀλλήλων τῷ τό τε τάφρευμα τὸ τοῦ Καίσαρος τοῦ τʼ Ἀντωνίου πᾶν καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ πάντα ἁλῶναι (ἀφʼ οὗπερ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα τέκμαρσιν τὸ ὄναρ ἔσχεν· εἰ γάρ τοι κατὰ χώραν ὁ Καῖσαρ ἐμεμενήκει, πάντως ἂν ἅμα τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀπωλώλεἰ καὶ τῷ τὸν Κάσσιον ἐκ μὲν τῆς μάχης σωθῆναι, τοῦ τε ἐρύματος στερηθέντα ἄλλοσέ ποι διαφυγεῖν, ὑποτοπήσαντα δὲ καὶ τὸν Βροῦτον ἐσφάλθαι καί τινας τῶν κεκρατηκότων ἐφʼ ἑαυτὸν ἐπιέναι, ἐπειχθῆναι πρὸς τὸν θάνατον. ἔπεμψε μὲν γὰρ ἑκατόνταρχον κατασκεψόμενον καὶ ἀναγγελοῦντα αὐτῷ ὅπου τε ὁ Βροῦτος εἴη καὶ ὅ τι ποιοίη· ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐκεῖνος συμβαλὼν ἱππεῦσιν οὓς ὁ Βροῦτος ζητήσοντας αὐτὸν ἀπεστάλκει ἀνέστρεψε, καὶ σχολῇ μετʼ αὐτῶν ὡς οὐδενὸς ἐπείγοντος, ἅτε μηδενὸς δεινοῦ ὄντος, ᾔει, ὑπώπτευσέ τε αὐτοὺς πόρρωθεν ὁρῶν πολεμίους εἶναι, καὶ Πινδάρῳ τινὶ ἐξελευθέρῳ ἀποκτεῖναι ἑαυτὸν προσέταξε. καὶ αὐτῷ καὶ ὁ ἑκατόνταρχος, μαθὼν ὅτι διὰ τὴν βραδυτῆτα αὐτοῦ διώλετο, ἐπαπέθανεν.
So far, then, as the battle was concerned, both sides both conquered and were defeated, as I have described; for they certainly did not again resume the conflict at this time, but as soon as they saw each other as they turned and went back, and recognized what had taken place, they withdrew, neither side venturing anything further. 2 As for their mutual successes and reverses, the whole camp of Caesar and Antony and everything within it was captured, — and Caesar's dream found a most striking confirmation in this circumstance, for if he had remained where he was he would certainly have perished with the rest, — while Cassius, on his side, returned in safety from the battle, and then escaped to a different spot when he found that he had been despoiled of his camp, but suspecting that Brutus, too, had been defeated and that a party of the victors was coming in pursuit of himself, he made haste to die. 4 For he had sent a centurion to view the situation and report to him where Brutus was and what he was doing, and this man, falling in with some horsemen whom Brutus had sent out to seek his colleague, turned back with them and proceeded leisurely, with the idea that there was no hurry, because no danger presented itself; but Cassius, seeing them afar off, suspected that they were enemies and ordered Pindarus, a freedman, to kill him. And the centurion slew himself on the body of Cassius when he learned that Cassius had perished on account of his own delay.
§ 47.47
ὁ οὖν Βροῦτος τὸ μὲν τοῦ Κασσίου σῶμα ἐς Θάσον εὐθὺς κρύφα ἔπεμψεν, ὀκνήσας κατὰ χώραν αὐτὸ θάψαι, μὴ τῷ στρατῷ πένθος τε ἅμα καὶ ἀθυμίαν ἐκ τῆς τῶν ποιουμένων ὄψεως ἐμβάλῃ· τοὺς δὲ λοιποὺς τῶν στρατιωτῶν αὐτοῦ παραλαβών, καὶ λόγοις τέ σφας παραμυθούμενος καὶ δόσει χρημάτων ἀνθʼ ὧν ἀπωλωλέκεσαν ἀνακτησάμενος, ἔς τε τὴν ταφρείαν αὐτῶν ἐπιτηδειοτέραν οὖσαν μετεστρατοπεδεύσατο, καὶ ἐκεῖθεν ὁρμώμενος τά τε ἄλλα τοὺς ἐναντίους ἐλύπει καὶ τῷ στρατοπέδῳ σφῶν νυκτὸς προσέμισγε. μάχῃ μὲν γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἐκ παρατάξεως οὐ διενοεῖτο αὖθις συνενεχθῆναι, πολλὴν δὲ δὴ ἐλπίδα ἀκινδύνως ἐν τῷ χρόνῳ κατεργάσεσθαί σφας ἔχων θορυβεῖν τε αὐτοὺς ἄλλως καὶ ταράττειν νύκτωρ ἐπειρᾶτο, καί ποτε καὶ τὸν ποταμὸν παρατρέψας πολὺ τοῦ ἐρύματος αὐτῶν κατέκλυσεν. ὁ δὲ δὴ Καῖσαρ ὅ τε Ἀντώνιος ἐσπάνιζον μὲν τῆς τροφῆς καὶ χρημάτων, ὅθεν οὐδὲ τοῖς στρατιώταις τι ἀντὶ τῶν διαρπασθέντων ἔδωκαν· καὶ προσέτι καὶ τὴν δύναμιν τὴν ἐκ τοῦ Βρεντεσίου ἐπιδιαπλέουσαν ἐν ὁλκάσιν ἀπώλεσαν ὑπὸ τοῦ Σταΐου· οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἀσφαλῶς οὔτʼ ἄλλοσέ ποι μεταναστῆναι οὔτʼ ἐς τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἀνακομισθῆναι δυνάμενοι, ἀλλʼ ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις καὶ τότε ἔτι μόνον τὰς ἐλπίδας οὐχ ὅτι τῆς νίκης ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς σωτηρίας ποιούμενοι, ὥρμηντο καὶ διακινδυνεῦσαι πρὶν ἔκπυστον τοῖς τε σφετέροις καὶ
Now Brutus immediately sent the body of Cassius secretly to Thasos, since he shrank from burying it where he was, for fear he should cause grief and dejection to fall upon the army if they should witness what was taking place. 2 But he took in charge the remnant of Cassius' soldiers, consoled them in a speech, won their devotion by a gift of money to make up for what they had lost, and then transferred his position to their intrenchments, which were more suitable. Making his headquarters there, he proceeded to harass his opponents in various ways, especially by assaulting their camp at night. For he had no intention of joining issue with them again in a set battle, but, having great hopes of overcoming them in time without risking an engagement, he tried to throw them into confusion in various ways and to disturb them by night, and once he diverted the course of the river and washed away a considerable part of their camp. 4 Now Caesar and Antony were running short of both food and money and consequently did not so much as recompense their soldiers for the property they had lost by pillage; furthermore, the force that was sailing to them in transports from Brundisium was destroyed by Staius. Yet they could not safely transfer their position to any other region nor return to Italy, and so, even as late as this, they once more placed in their arms all their hopes not merely of victory but even of safety; and they were eager to have a decisive engagement before their reverse at sea became noised abroad among their own men and their opponents.
§ 47.48
τοῖς ἐναντίοις τὸ θαλάσσιον πάθος γενέσθαι. μὴ βουλομένου δὲ τοῦ Βρούτου συμμῖξαί σφισι βιβλία ἐς τὸ χαράκωμα αὐτοῦ τρόπον τινὰ ἐνέβαλον, προκαλούμενοι τοὺς στρατιώτας ἢ τὰ σφέτερα φρονῆσαι (καὶ γὰρ ὑπισχνοῦντό τινα αὐτοῖσʼ ἢ ἐς χεῖρας ἐλθεῖν, ἄν γε καὶ τὸ βραχύτατον ἰσχύωσι. κἀν τῇ διατριβῇ ταύτῃ ηὐτομόλησαν μὲν καὶ παρʼ ἐκείνων πρὸς τὸν Βροῦτον ἐκ τοῦ Κελτικοῦ τινες, ηὐτομόλησαν δὲ καὶ πρὸς αὐτοὺς Ἀμύντας τε ὁ τοῦ Δηιοτάρου στρατηγὸς καὶ ὁ Ῥασκύπορις. καὶ οὗτος μὲν οἴκαδε εὐθύς, ὥς τινές φασιν, ἀπεχώρησε· δείσας δʼ οὖν ἐκ τούτων ὁ Βροῦτος μὴ καὶ ἐπὶ πλεῖόν τι νεωτερισθῇ, συμμῖξαί σφισιν ἔγνω. καὶ ἐπειδὴ πολλοί τε αἰχμάλωτοι ἐν τῷ στρατοπέδῳ αὐτοῦ ἦσαν, καὶ οὐκ εἶχεν οὔθʼ ὅπως διὰ φυλακῆς αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ τῆς μάχης καιρῷ ποιήσηται οὔθʼ ὅπως πιστεύσῃ σφίσι μηδὲν λυμανεῖσθαι, διέφθειρε τοὺς πλείους, τῇ ἀνάγκῃ καὶ παρὰ γνώμην δουλεύσας, ἄλλως τε καὶ ὅτι οἱ ἐναντίοι τοὺς ζωγρηθέντας τῶν στρατιωτῶν αὐτοῦ ἀπεκτόνεσαν. πράξας δὲ τοῦτο ἐξωπλίσατο. καὶ αὐτῶν ἀντιπαρατεταγμένων ἤδη ἀετοὶ δύο ὑπὲρ ἀμφοτέρων ὑπερπτόμενοι ἀλλήλοις τε ἐμαχέσαντο καὶ ἐκείνοις τὸ τέλος τοῦ πολέμου προέφηναν· ὥσπερ γὰρ ὁ ἀετὸς ὁ κατὰ τὸν Βροῦτον ὢν ἠλαττώθη τε καὶ ἔφυγεν, οὕτω τό τε ὁπλιτικὸν αὐτοῦ ἀγχώμαλα ἐπὶ πλεῖστον ἀγωνισάμενον ἡττήθη, κἀκ τούτου πεσόντων πολλῶν καὶ τὸ ἱππικόν, καίτοι γενναίως μαχόμενον, ἐνέδωκε. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο φυγόντας αὐτοὺς ἄλλους ἄλλῃ ἐπεδίωξαν μὲν οἱ κεκρατηκότες, οὔτε δὲ ἀπέκτειναν οὔθʼ εἷλόν τινα, ἀλλὰ προσεδρεύσαντες αὐτοῖς τὴν νύκτα ὡς ἑκάστοις οὐκ εἴασαν αὖθις συστραφῆναι.
But as Brutus was unwilling to join battle with them, they managed in some way to cast pamphlets into his camp, urging his soldiers either to embrace their cause (and they made them certain promises) or to come to blows if they had the least particle of strength. 2 During this delay some of the German contingent deserted from their side to Brutus, and Amyntas, the general of Deiotarus, and Rhascyporis deserted Brutus and came to them — though Rhascyporis, as some say, immediately returned home. As for Brutus, this incident made him afraid that the disaffection might spread and so he decided to join issue with his foes. And since there were many captives in his camp, and he had no way to guard them during the progress of the battle and could not trust them to refrain from doing mischief, he put the majority of them to death contrary to his own inclination, being a slave in this matter to necessity; but he was the more ready to do it because his opponents had killed such of his soldiers as had been taken alive. 4 After doing this he armed his men for battle. And when the two armies were already drawn up in line of battle, two eagles that flew above the heads of the two armies battled together and foretold to the combatants the outcome of the war; for just as the eagle on the side of Brutus was beaten and fled, so his heavy-armed force was defeated after a long and close struggle, and then, when many had fallen, his cavalry also gave way, though it fought nobly. Thereupon the victors pursued them as they fled in various directions, although they neither killed nor captured any one; but they kept watch on the separate forces during the night and did not allow them to unite again.
§ 47.49
ὁ οὖν Βροῦτος ἐπεχείρησε μὲν ἐς τὸ στρατόπεδόν πῃ διαπεσεῖν (ἐς γὰρ χωρίον τι ἐρυμνὸν ἀναπεφευγὼς ἦνʼ, μὴ δυνηθεὶς δέ, καὶ προσέτι καὶ μαθὼν ὅτι τινὲς τῶν στρατιωτῶν τοῖς νικήσασιν ὡμολογήκασιν, οὐδεμίαν ἔτʼ ἐλπίδα ἔσχεν, ἀλλὰ ἀπογνοὺς μὲν τὴν σωτηρίαν ἀπαξιώσας δὲ τὴν ἅλωσιν ἐς τὸν θάνατον καὶ αὐτὸς κατέφυγεν. καὶ ἀναβοήσας τοῦτο δὴ τὸ Ἡράκλειον, ὦ τλῆμον ἀρετή, λόγος ἄρʼ ἦσθʼ, ἐγὼ δέ σε ὡς ἔργον ἤσκουν· σὺ δʼ ἄρʼ ἐδούλευες τύχῃ, παρεκάλεσέ τινα τῶν συνόντων, ἵνα αὐτὸν ἀποκτείνῃ. καὶ αὐτοῦ τὸ μὲν ἄλλο σῶμα ταφῆς ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου ἔτυχεν, ἡ δὲ δὴ κεφαλὴ ἐπέμφθη μὲν ἐς τὴν Ῥώμην, χειμῶνι δʼ ἐν τῷ ἀπὸ τοῦ Δυρραχίου διάπλῳ περιπεσοῦσα ἐς τὴν θάλασσαν ἐρρίφη. τελευτήσαντος δὲ αὐτοῦ τὸ μὲν πλῆθος τῶν στρατιωτῶν αὐτίκα ἀδείας σφίσι κηρυχθείσης μετέστη, ἡ δὲ δὴ Πορκία ἄνθρακα διάπυρον καταπιοῦσα ἀπέθανε. τῶν δὲ ἀνδρῶν τῶν πρώτων τῶν ἀρχάς τινας σχόντων ἢ καὶ ἐκ τῶν σφαγέων τῶν τε ἐπικεκηρυγμένων ἔτι ὄντων οἱ μὲν πλείους ἑαυτοὺς παραχρῆμα ἀπέκτειναν ἢ ἁλόντες, ὥσπερ καὶ ὁ Φαουώνιος, ἐφθάρησαν, οἱ δὲ λοιποὶ τότε ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν διέφυγον καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο τῷ Σέξτῳ προσέθεντο.
Now Brutus, who had made his escape up to a well-fortified stronghold, undertook to break through in some way to his camp; but when he was unsuccessful, and furthermore learned that some of his soldiers had made terms with the victors, he no longer had any hope, but despairing of safety and disdaining capture, he also took refuge in death. He first uttered aloud this sentence of Heracles: “O wretched Valour, thou wert but a name, And yet I worshipped thee as real indeed; But now, it seems, thou wert but Fortune's slave.” Then he called upon one of the bystanders to kill him. His body received burial at Antony's hands — all but his head, which was sent to Rome; but as the ships encountered a storm during the voyage across from Dyrrachium, that was thrown into the sea. 3 At his death the majority of his soldiers immediately transferred their allegiance when a proclamation of amnesty was issued to them; but Porcia perished by swallowing a red-hot coal. 4 And most of the prominent men who had held offices or still survived of the number of Caesar's assassins or of those who had been proscribed straightway killed themselves, or, like Favonius, were captured and put to death; the remainder escaped to the sea at this time and later joined Sextus.
— Book 48 —
§ 48.arg
τάδε ἔνεστιν ἐν τῷ τετταρακοστῷ ὀγδόῳ τῶν Δίωνος Ῥωμαϊκῶν α. ὡς Καῖσαρ Φουλουίᾳ καὶ Λουκίῳ Ἀντωνίῳ ἐπολέμησεν. β. ὡς Σέξτος Πομπήιος Σικελίαν κατέσχεν. γ. ὡς Πάρθοι τὰ μέχρι τοῦ Ἑλλησπόντου κατέσχον. δ. ὡς Καῖσαρ καὶ Ἀντώνιος πρὸς Σέξτον συνέθεντο. ε. ὡς Πούπλιος Οὐεντίδιος Πάρθους ἐνίκησε καὶ τὴν Ἀσίαν ἐκτήσατο. ζ. ὡς Καῖσαρ Σέξτῳ πολεμεῖν ἤρξατο η. περὶ Βαιῶν. χρόνου πλῆθος ἔτη πέντε, ἐν οἷς ἄρχοντες οἱ ἀριθμούμενοι οἵδε ἐγένοντο Λ. Ἀντώνιος Μ. υἱ. Πιέτας Π. Σερουίλιος Π. υἱ. Ἰσαυρικὸς τὸ β ὕπ. Γν. Δομίτιος Μ. υἱ. Καλουῖνος τὸ β Γ. Ἀσίννιος Γν. υἱ. Πωλίων ὕπ. λ. Μάρκιος Λ. υἱ. Κηνσωρῖνος Γ. Καλουίσιος Γ. υἱ. Σαβῖνος ὕπ. Ἄππιος Κλαύδιος γ. υἱ. Ποῦλχρος Γ. Νωρβανὸς γ. υἱ. Φλάκκος ὕπ. μ. Οὐιψάνιος Λ. υἱ. Ἀγρίππας Λ. Κανίνιος Λ. υἱ. Γάλλος ὕπ.
—
§ 48.1
ὁ μὲν οὖν Βροῦτος ὅ τε Κάσσιος οὕτως ἀπώλοντο, τοῖς ξίφεσιν οἷς τὸν Καίσαρα ἀπεχρήσαντο σφαγέντες· οἵ τε ἄλλοι οἱ τῆς ἐπʼ αὐτὸν ἐπιβουλῆς μετασχόντες, οἱ μὲν πρότερον, οἱ δὲ τότε, οἱ δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα, πλὴν πάνυ ὀλίγων, ἐφθάρησαν, ὥς που τό τε δίκαιον ἔφερε καὶ τὸ δαιμόνιον ἦγεν ἄνδρα αὐτοὺς εὐεργέτην σφῶν, ἐς τοσοῦτον καὶ τῆς ἀρετῆς καὶ τῆς τύχης προχωρήσαντα, ἀποκτείναντας παθεῖν. ὁ δὲ δὴ Καῖσαρ καὶ ὁ Ἀντώνιος τοῦ μὲν Λεπίδου παραχρῆμα, ἅτε μὴ συννικήσαντός σφισιν, ἐπλεονέκτησαν, ἔμελλον δὲ καὶ ἐπʼ ἀλλήλους οὐκ ἐς μακρὰν τρέψεσθαι· χαλεπὸν γὰρ ἄνδρας τρεῖς ἢ καὶ δύο ὁμοτίμους, ἐγκρατεῖς τηλικούτων ἐκ πολέμου πραγμάτων γενομένους, ὁμονοῆσαι. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ὅσα τέως ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν ἀνθισταμένων σφίσι καταλύσει συμφρονήσαντες κατέπραξαν, ταῦτα τότε ἆθλα τῆς πρὸς ἀλλήλους φιλοτιμίας ἤρξαντο ποιεῖσθαι. τήν τε γὰρ ἀρχὴν αὐτίκα ἀνεδάσαντο, καὶ Καίσαρι μὲν ἥ τε Ἰβηρία καὶ ἡ Νουμιδία, Ἀντωνίῳ δὲ ἥ τε Γαλατία καὶ ἡ Ἀφρικὴ ἐγένετο· καὶ συνέθεντο ὥστʼ, ἄν τινα ἀγανάκτησιν ὁ Λέπιδος ἐπὶ τούτῳ
Book 48 41-37 BC Thus Brutus and Cassius perished, slain by the swords with which they had murdered Caesar; and also the others who had shared in the plot against him were all, except a very few, destroyed, some before this, some at this time, and some subsequently. For justice and the Divine Will seem to have led to suffer death themselves men who had killed their benefactor, one who had attained such eminence in both virtue and good fortune. 2 As for Caesar and Antony, on the other hand, they secured an advantage over Lepidus for the moment, because he had not shared the victory with them; yet they were destined ere long to turn against each other. For it is a difficult matter for three men, or even two, who are equal in rank and as a result of war have gained control over such vast interests, to be of one accord. Hence, whatever they for a time had gained while acting in harmony for the purpose of overthrowing their adversaries, all this they now began to set up as prized to be won by rivalry with each other. Thus, they immediately redistributed the empire, so that Spain and Numidia fell to Caesar, Gaul and Africa to Antony; and they further agreed that, in case Lepidus showed any vexation at this, they should give up Africa to him.
§ 48.2
ποιήσηται, τῆς Ἀφρικῆς αὐτῷ ἐκστῆναι. ταῦτα δὲ δὴ μόνα διέλαχον, ὅτι Σαρδὼ μὲν καὶ Σικελίαν ὁ Σέξτος ἔτι κατεῖχε, τὰ δʼ ἄλλα τὰ ἔξω τῆς Ἰταλίας ἐν ταραχῇ ἔτι ἦν. ἐκείνης γὰρ δὴ πέρι οὐδὲν δέομαι λέγειν ὅτι ἐξαίρετος ἀεί ποτε ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις ἔμενεν· οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδʼ ὡς περὶ αὐτῆς ποτε, ἀλλʼ ὡς ὑπὲρ αὐτῆς ἀγωνιζόμενοι τοὺς λόγους ἐποιοῦντο. ἐν κοινῷ οὖν ταῦτα ἀφέντες, Ἀντώνιος μὲν τήν τε κατάστασιν τῶν ἀντιπολεμησάντων σφίσι καὶ τὴν ἀργυρολογίαν τὴν ἐς τὰ χρήματα τὰ τοῖς στρατιώταις ἐπαγγελθέντα ἀνεδέξατο, Καῖσαρ δὲ τόν τε Λέπιδον, ἄν τι παρακινῇ, κολοῦσαι, καὶ τῷ Σέξτῳ προσπολεμῆσαι, τήν τε χώραν ἣν τοῖς συστρατευομένοις σφίσιν ὑπέσχηντο κατανεῖμαι τοῖς ἔξω τῆς ἡλικίας αὐτῶν οὖσιν, οὓς καὶ εὐθὺς διῆκαν. καὶ προσέτι οὗτος μὲν δύο τῷ Ἀντωνίῳ στρατόπεδα τῶν συνόντων οἱ συνέπεμψεν, ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἕτερα ἐκ τῶν ἐν τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ τότε ὄντων ἴσα ἀντιδώσειν αὐτῷ ἐπηγγείλατο. ταῦθʼ οὕτω κατὰ μόνας συνθέμενοι καὶ γράψαντες καὶ κατασημηνάμενοι, τά τε γραμματεῖα ἀλλήλοις ἀντέδοσαν, ἵνʼ, ἄν τι παραβαθῇ, ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐλεγχθῇ, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο Ἀντώνιος μὲν ἐς τὴν Ἀσίαν Καῖσαρ δὲ ἐς τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἀφωρμήθη.
This was all they allotted between them, since Sextus was still occupying Sardinia and Sicily, and the other regions outside of Italy were still in a state of turmoil. About Italy itself I need say nothing, of course, as it was always excluded from such allotments; for they never even talked as if they were struggling to obtain it, but as if they were defending it. 2 So they left Italy and the places held by Sextus to be common property, and Antony undertook to reduce those who had fought against them and to collect the money necessary to pay what had been promised to the soldiers; and Caesar undertook to curtail the power of Lepidus, in case he should make any hostile move, to conduct the war against Sextus, and to assign to those of their troops who had passed the age-limit the land which they had promised them; and these they forthwith discharged. Furthermore, he sent with Antony two legions of his followers, and Antony promised to give him in return an equal number of those stationed at the time in Italy. 4 After making these agreements by themselves, putting them in writing, and sealing them, they exchanged copies of the documents, to the end that, if any transgression were committed, it might be proved by these records. Thereupon Antony set out for Asia and Caesar for Italy.
§ 48.3
καὶ αὐτὸν ἡ νόσος ἔν τε τῇ πορείᾳ καὶ ἐν τῷ πλῷ ἰσχυρῶς ἐπίεσεν, ὥστε καὶ θανάτου δόξαν τοῖς ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ παρασχεῖν. οὐ μέντοι καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς ἀρρωστίας τοσοῦτον ὅσον ἐπὶ παρασκευῇ κακοῦ τινος χρονίζειν αὐτὸν ἐνόμιζον, κἀκ τούτου πάνθʼ ὅσα ἐνεδέχετό σφας παθεῖν ὑπετόπουν. καίτοι ἄλλα τε ἐπὶ τῇ νίκῃ πολλὰ αὐτοῖς ἐψηφίσαντο, ἅπερ που καὶ τοῖς ἑτέροις ἄν, εἰ ἐκεκρατήκεσαν, ἐδέδοτο (ἐν γὰρ δὴ τοῖς τοιούτοις τό τε ἀπολωλὸς πάντες ἀεὶ κατατρέχουσι καὶ τὸ κρατῆσαν τιμῶσἰ, καὶ δὴ καὶ ἱερομηνίας ἐν ἅπαντι ὡς εἰπεῖν τῷ ἔτει καὶ ἄκοντες ἄγειν ἔγνωσαν· τοῦτο γάρ σφισιν ὁ Καῖσαρ ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν σφαγέων τιμωρίᾳ ἄντικρυς ποιῆσαι ἐκέλευσε. χρονίζοντος δʼ οὖν αὐτοῦ λόγοι τε παντοδαποὶ ἐθρυλοῦντο καὶ παθήματα ἀπʼ αὐτῶν παντοῖα συνέβαινε. τά τε γὰρ ἄλλα καὶ οἱ μὲν ὡς τέθνηκε διεθρόουν, καὶ ἡδονὴν πολλοῖς ἐνέβαλλον, οἱ δὲ ὡς κακόν τι βουλεύοιτο, καὶ φόβον συχνοῖς ἐνεποίουν. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οἱ μὲν τὰ σφέτερα συνέκρυπτον καὶ ἑαυτοὺς ἐν φυλακῇ ἐποιοῦντο, οἱ δὲ ὅπῃ ποτὲ ἀποδράσοιντο διεσκόπουν. ἄλλοι, καὶ οἵ γε πλείους, οὐδὲ ἐπινοῆσαί τι ὑπὸ τοῦ σφοδροῦ δέους δυνάμενοι, παρεσκευάζοντο ὡς καὶ πάντως ἀπολούμενοι. βραχύ τέ τι καὶ κομιδῇ σμικρὸν τὸ θαρσοῦν ἦν· ἐκ γὰρ δὴ τῆς πρόσθεν πολλῆς καὶ ποικίλης καὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ τῶν χρημάτων φθορᾶς οὐδὲν ὅ τι οὐχὶ καὶ τῶν ὁμοίων καὶ τῶν χειρόνων, ἅτε καὶ παντελῶς κεκρατημένοι, προσεδέχοντο. ὅθενπερ καὶ ὁ Καῖσαρ φοβηθεὶς μή τι ἄλλως τε καὶ τοῦ Λεπίδου παρόντος νεοχμώσωσιν, ἐπέστειλε τῇ γερουσίᾳ θαρσεῖν τε αὐτῇ παραινῶν, καὶ προσυπισχνούμενος πάντα καὶ πρᾴως καὶ φιλανθρώπως κατὰ τὸν πατέρα ποιήσειν.
Caesar was so prostrated by his sickness on the journey and during the voyage as to cause even the people in Rome to look for his death. They did not believe, however, that he was lingering so much by reason of ill health as because he was devising some mischief, and consequently they expected to suffer every possible injury. 2 Yet they not only voted to the conquerors many honours for their victory, such as would have been given, of course, to their opponents, had they conquered (for on such occasions everybody always spurns the loser and honours the city), but they also decided, though against their will, to celebrate a thanksgiving during practically the entire year; for Caesar ordered them outright to do this in recognition of the vengeance taken upon the assassins. During this delay of Caesar's all sorts of stories were current and all sorts of feelings resulted from them. For example, some spread a report that he was dead and caused pleasure to many people; others said he was planning some evil and filled numerous persons with fear.4 Therefore some proceeded to hide their property and to protect themselves, and others considered in what way they might possibly make their escape. Others, and they were the majority, being unable even to devise a plan by reason of their excessive fear, prepared to meet a certain doom. The courageous element was insignificant and exceedingly small; for in the light of the former great and manifold destruction of both lives and property they expected that anything whatever of a like character or worse might happen, inasmuch as they now had been utterly vanquished. 6 Therefore Caesar, fearing that they might begin a revolt, especially since Lepidus was there, forwarded a letter to the senate urging its members to be of good cheer, and promising, further, that he would do everything in a mild and humane way, after the manner of his father.
§ 48.4
τότε μὲν δὴ ταῦτʼ ἐγένετο, τῷ δὲ ἐχομένῳ ἔτει ὀνόματι μὲν ὅ τε Σερουίλιος ὁ Πούπλιος καὶ ὁ Ἀντώνιος ὁ Λούκιος, ἔργῳ δὲ οὗτός τε καὶ ἡ Φουλουία ὑπάτευσαν· τοῦ τε γὰρ Καίσαρος πενθερὰ καὶ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου γυνὴ οὖσα τόν τε Λέπιδον ὑπὸ νωθείας παρʼ οὐδὲν ἦγε καὶ αὐτὴ τὰ πράγματα διεχείριζεν, ὥστε μήτε τὴν βουλὴν μήτε τὸν δῆμον ἄλλο τι παρὰ τὸ ἐκείνῃ δοκοῦν χρηματίζειν. τοῦ γοῦν Λουκίου αὐτοῦ σπουδάζοντος ἐπινίκιά τινων ἐν ταῖς Ἄλπεσιν οἰκούντων, ὡς καὶ νικήσαντός σφας, πέμψαι, τέως μὲν ἡ Φουλουία ἀντέλεγεν, οὐδείς οἱ συνεχώρησεν, ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐκείνη θεραπευθεῖσα ἐπέτρεψε, πάντες ἐψηφίσαντο, ὥστε τῷ μὲν λόγῳ τὸν Ἀντώνιον καθʼ ὧνπερ κεκρατηκέναι ἔλεγεν (οὔτε γὰρ ἔπραξέ τι νικητηρίων ἄξιον, οὔθʼ ὅλως ἡγεμονίαν ἐν τοῖς χωρίοις ἐκείνοις ἔσχἐ, τῇ δʼ ἀληθείᾳ τὴν Φουλουίαν καὶ πομπεῦσαι. πολὺ γοῦν πλεῖον ἐκείνου, ἅτε καὶ ἀληθέστερον, ἐσεμνύνετο· τὸ γὰρ δοῦναί τινι ἐξουσίαν τῆς τῶν νικητηρίων πέμψεως μεῖζον τοῦ διεορτάσαι αὐτὰ παρʼ ἑτέρου λαβόντα ἦν. πλήν γε ὅτι τήν τε σκευὴν τὴν ἐπινίκιον ὁ Λούκιος ἐνεδύσατο καὶ τοῦ ἅρματος ἐπέβη, τά τε ἄλλα τὰ καθήκοντα ἐπὶ τοῖς τοιούτοις ἔπραξεν, αὐτὴ ἡ Φουλουία τὴν πανήγυριν, ὑπηρέτῃ ἐκείνῳ χρωμένη, ποιεῖν ἔδοξεν. ἤχθη δὲ ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ τοῦ ἔτους ἡμέρᾳ. καὶ ἐπί τε τούτῳ ὁ Λούκιος ἐξ ἴσου τῷ Μαρίῳ ἐσεμνύνετο, ὅτι ἐν τῇ νουμηνίᾳ αὐτήν, ἐν ᾗ ὑπατεύειν ἤρξατο, ἐπετέλεσε· καὶ προσέτι καὶ ὑπὲρ ἐκεῖνον ἠγάλλετο, λέγων αὐτὸς μὲν ἐθελοντὴς τά τε τῆς πομπῆς κοσμήματα ἀποτεθεῖσθαι καὶ τὴν βουλὴν ἐν τῇ ἀγοραίῳ στολῇ ἠθροικέναι, τὸν δὲ δὴ Μάριον ἄκοντα αὐτὰ πεποιηκέναι. προσετίθει τε ὅτι ἐκείνῳ μὲν ἤ τις ἢ οὐδεὶς στέφανος ἐδόθη, αὐτὸς δὲ ἄλλους τε καὶ παρὰ τοῦ δήμου κατὰ φυλήν, ὃ μηδενὶ τῶν προτέρων ἐγεγόνει, διά τε τὴν Φουλουίαν καὶ διὰ τὰ χρήματα ἃ λάθρᾳ τισὶν ἀνάλωσεν, ἔλαβεν.
This was what took place then. The following year Publius Servilius and Lucius Antonius nominally became consuls, but in reality it was Antonius and Fulvia. She, the mother-in-law of Caesar and wife of Antony, had no respect for Lepidus because of his slothfulness, and managed affairs herself, so that neither the senate nor the people transacted any business contrary to her pleasure. 2 At any rate, when Lucius urged that he be allowed to celebrate a triumph over certain peoples dwelling in the Alps, on the ground that he had conquered them, Fulvia for a time opposed him and no one was for granting it, but when her favour was courted and she gave permission, they voted for the measure unanimously; therefore, though it was nominally Antonius who . . . and celebrated a triumph over the people whom he claimed to have vanquished (in reality he had done nothing deserving a triumph and had held no command at all in those regions), yet it was actually Fulvia. . . . At all events, she assumed a far prouder bearing over the affair than he did, because she had a truer cause; 4 for to give any one authority to hold a triumph was a greater thing than to celebrate one which had been received at another's hands. Except that Lucius donned the triumphal garb, mounted the chariot, and performed the other rites customary in such cases, it was Fulvia herself who seemed to be giving the spectacle, employing him as her assistant. It took place on the first day of the year, and Lucius plumed himself as much as Marius had done on the circumstance that he held it on the first day of the month in which he began his consulship. 6 Moreover, he exulted even more than Marius, claiming that he had voluntarily laid aside the trappings of the procession and had assembled the senate in his civilian dress, whereas Marius had done so unwillingly. And he added that scarcely a single crown had been given to Marius, whereas he himself had obtained many, and particularly from the people, tribe by tribe, an honour which had been conferred upon no former victor — in his case owing to the influence of Fulvia and to the money which he had secretly lavished upon various persons.
§ 48.5
ἐν δʼ οὖν τῷ ἔτει τούτῳ ἔς τε τὴν Ῥώμην ὁ Καῖσαρ ἀφίκετο, καὶ τὰ νομιζόμενα ἐπὶ τῇ νίκῃ ποιήσας πρός τε τὴν διοίκησιν καὶ πρὸς τὴν διαγωγὴν τῶν πραγμάτων ἐτράπετο. ὅ τε γὰρ Λέπιδος, τὰ μὲν τῷ φόβῳ αὐτοῦ τὰ δὲ καὶ τῇ τῆς γνώμης ἀσθενείᾳ, οὐδὲν ἐνεωτέρισε· καὶ ὁ Λούκιος ἥ τε Φουλουία, ὡς καὶ συγγενεῖς καὶ κοινωνοὶ τῆς ἡγεμονίας αὐτῷ ὄντες, ἡσύχασαν τήν τε πρώτην. προϊόντος γὰρ δὴ τοῦ χρόνου διηνέχθησαν, οἱ μὲν ὅτι τοῦ μέρους τῆς τῶν ἀγρῶν νομῆς τοῦ τῷ Ἀντωνίῳ προσήκοντος οὐ μετέσχον, ὁ δὲ ὅτι τὰ στρατεύματα παρʼ αὐτῶν οὐκ ἀντέλαβε. κἀκ τούτων ἥ τε συγγένεια αὐτῶν ἡ ἐκ τῆς ἐπιγαμίας διελύθη, καὶ πρὸς πόλεμον ἐμφανῆ προήχθησαν. ὁ γὰρ Καῖσαρ τὴν χαλεπότητα τῆς πενθερᾶς μὴ φέρων (ἐκείνῃ γὰρ μᾶλλον ἢ τῷ Ἀντωνίῳ διαφέρεσθαι δοκεῖν ἐβούλετὀ τὴν θυγατέρα αὐτῆς ὡς καὶ παρθένον ἔτι οὖσαν, ὃ καὶ ὅρκῳ ἐπιστώσατο, ἀπεπέμψατο, οὐκ ὀκνήσας οὔτε εἰ τοσοῦτον ἄλλως ἡ γυνὴ πεπαρθενεῦσθαι παρʼ αὐτῷ χρόνον νομισθείη, οὔτε πρὸς τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν ἐσομένων εἰ ἐκ πολλοῦ δόξειεν αὐτὸ προβεβουλευκέναι. γενομένου δὲ τούτου οὐδὲν ἔτι φίλιον ἐποίουν, ἀλλʼ ὅ τε Λούκιος μετὰ τῆς Φουλουίας τῶν τε πραγμάτων, ὡς καὶ ὑπὲρ τοῦ Μάρκου ταῦτα δρῶν, ἀντελαμβάνετο καὶ οὐδενὸς αὐτῷ ὑφίετο (διὰ γὰρ τὴν πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν εὐσέβειαν καὶ ἐπωνυμίαν ἑαυτῷ Πιέταν ἐπέθετὀ, καὶ ὁ Καῖσαρ τὸν μὲν Μᾶρκον οὐδὲν δῆθεν ᾐτιᾶτο, μὴ καὶ ἐκπολεμώσειεν αὐτὸν τὰ ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ ἔθνη διέποντα, ἐκείνοις δὲ δὴ καὶ ἐπεκάλει καὶ ἀντέπραττεν ὡς καὶ παρὰ τὴν γνώμην αὐτοῦ πάντα ποιοῦσι καὶ δυναστείας ἰδίας ἐπιθυμοῦσιν.
It was in this year that Caesar arrived in Rome; and after he had taken the usual steps to celebrate his victory, he turned his attention to the administration and despatch of the affairs of state. Lepidus, it seems, did not resort to revolutionary measures, partly because he feared Caesar and partly because he was lacking in resolution; and as for Lucius and Fulvia, they kept quiet at first, because they counted upon their kinship with Caesar and upon their being partners in his supremacy. 2 But as time went on, they quarrelled, Lucius and Fulvia, because when the lands were apportioned they did not secure a share in the portion which belonged to Antony, and Caesar, because he did not get back from the others his troops. Hence their kinship by marriage was dissolved and they were brought to open warfare. For Caesar could not endure the difficult temper of his mother-in-law, and choosing to appear to be at odds with her rather than with Antony, he sent back her daughter, with the remark that she was still a virgin, — a statement which he confirmed by an oath, — indifferent whether it should be thought that the woman had remained a virgin in his house so long a time for other reasons, or whether it should seem that he had so planned it long in advance by way of preparing for the future. 4 After this had happened there was no longer any friendship between them, but Lucius together with Fulvia attempted to get control of affairs, pretending to be doing this on behalf of Antony, and would yield to Caesar on no point (in fact because of his devotion to his brother he took the cognomen Pietas); while Caesar on his part made no open charge against Antony, fearing to make him an enemy while he was in charge of the provinces in Asia, but he accused the other two and took measures to thwart them, on the ground that they were acting in all respects contrary to Antony's desire and were aiming at their own supremacy.
§ 48.6
ἦν δὲ ἐν τῇ κληρουχίᾳ ἀμφοτέροις ἡ πλείστη τῆς δυνάμεως ἐλπίς, καὶ διὰ τοῦθʼ ὑπὲρ αὐτῆς πρῶτον ἀρξάμενοι διεφέροντο. ὅ τε γὰρ Καῖσαρ αὐτὸς πᾶσιν τοῖς τε ἑαυτῷ καὶ τοῖς τῷ Ἀντωνίῳ συστρατευσαμένοις ἤθελεν αὐτὴν κατὰ τὰς συνθήκας τὰς μετὰ τὴν νίκην αὐτοῖς γενομένας, ὅπως ἐς εὔνοιάν σφας ὑπαγάγηται, ποιήσασθαι· καὶ ἐκεῖνοι τήν τε ἐπιβάλλουσαν τοῖς σφετέροις κληρουχῆσαι καὶ τὰς πόλεις αὐτοὶ ἀποικίσαι ἠξίουν, ἵνα τὴν ἰσχὺν αὐτῶν σφετερίσωνται. καὶ γὰρ ἑτοιμότατον ἀμφοτέροις ἐδόκει εἶναι τὰ τῶν ἀόπλων τοῖς συμπολεμήσασι χαρίσασθαι. ὡς δʼ οὖν παρὰ τὴν δόξαν αὐτῶν πολλὴ ταραχὴ ἐγίγνετο καὶ τὸ πρᾶγμα ἐς πόλεμον προήγετο (πᾶσαν γὰρ κατʼ ἀρχὰς τὴν Ἰταλίαν, πλὴν εἴ τί τις τῶν ἐστρατευμένων ἐν δωρεᾶς μέρει λαβὼν ἢ καὶ ἐκ τοῦ δημοσίου πριάμενος εἶχε, μετά τε τῆς δουλείας καὶ μετὰ τῆς ἄλλης κατασκευῆς τοὺς δεσπότας ὁ Καῖσαρ ἀφῃρεῖτο καὶ ἐκείνοις ἐδίδου, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τῶν κτημάτων ἀποστερούμενοι δεινῶς πρὸς αὐτὸν ἠγανάκτουνʼ, μετεβάλοντο ἥ τε Φουλουία καὶ ὁ ὕπατος, πλείω δύναμιν ἐν τοῖς ἑτέροις τοῖς ἀδικουμένοις σχήσειν ἐλπίσαντες, καὶ τῶν μὲν ληψομένων τοὺς ἀγροὺς ἠμέλησαν, πρὸς δὲ ἐκείνους, ἅτε καὶ πλείονας ὄντας καὶ ὀργὴν δικαίαν ὑπὲρ ὧν ἀπεστεροῦντο ποιουμένους, ἐτράποντο. κἀκ τούτου ὑπολαμβάνοντες αὐτοὺς ὡς ἑκάστους καὶ συνῄροντο καὶ συνίστων, ὥστε καὶ τοὺς ἐν τῷ πρὶν τὸν Καίσαρα φοβουμένους τότε προστατῶν ἐπιλαβομένους ἀναθαρσῆσαι καὶ μηδενὸς ἔτι τῶν οἰκείων ἀφεῖσθαι· καὶ γὰρ καὶ τῷ Μάρκῳ ταῦτα συνδοκεῖν ἐνόμιζον.
Both sides placed the greatest hope of power in the allotment of land, and consequently the beginning of their quarrel was concerned with that. For Caesar wished to act by himself in distributing the territory to all those who had made the campaign with himself and Antony, according to the compact made with them after the victory, in order to win their good-will, 2 while Lucius and Fulvia claimed the right to assign to their troops the lands that fell to them and to colonize the cities, in order to appropriate to themselves the influence of these colonies. For it seemed to both sides to be the simplest method to give to the troops which had fought with them the possessions of the unarmed. But, contrary to their expectation, great disturbance resulted and the matter began to tend toward war. For at first Caesar proceeded to take from the possessors and to give to the veterans all Italy (except what some old campaigner might have received as a gift or bought from the government and was then holding), together with the slaves and the entire equipment of the estates; consequently the persons who were being deprived of their property were terribly enraged against him. 4 Thereupon Fulvia and the consul changed their plan, since they hoped to gain more power in the cause of the oppressed, and consequently neglected those who were to receive the estates and turned their attention to the other class, which was more numerous and was animated by a righteous indignation at the despoliation they were suffering. Next they espoused the cause of these persons individually, aiding and uniting them, so that the men who previously had been afraid of Caesar became courageous now that they had found champions, and would no longer give up any of their property; for they supposed that Marcus, too, approved of the consul's policy. Lucius and Fulvia, accordingly, were winning over this class and at the same time were not clashing with the adherents of Caesar. For instead of pretending that there was no need for the soldiers to receive allotments, they tried to show that the possessions of those who had fought against them were sufficient for the soldiers, 2 particularly by pointing out lots of land and articles of furniture, some still available and some already sold, of which, they declared, the former ought to be given to the men outright and the price of the latter presented to them. If even this did not satisfy them, they tried to secure the affection of them all by holding out hopes in Asia. 3 In this way it quickly came about that Caesar, inasmuch as he was forcibly taking away the property of those who possessed anything and was causing troubles and dangers on account of it to all alike, gave offence to both parties; whereas the other two, since they were taking nothing from anybody and were showing those who were to receive the gifts how the promises made to them could be fulfilled without a conflict by drawing upon the resources lying ready at hand, won over each of the two classes. 4 In consequence of this and of the famine, which was grievously oppressing them at this time, inasmuch as the sea off Sicily was controlled by Sextus and the Ionian Sea by Gnaeus Domitius Ahenobarbus, Caesar found himself in dire straits. 5 For Domitius was one of Caesar's murderers, and having escaped from the battle at Philippi, he had got together a small fleet, had made himself for a time master of the Gulf, and was doing the greatest harm to the cause of his opponents.
§ 48.7
τούτους τε οὖν ὅ τε Λούκιος καὶ ἡ Φουλουία προσεποιοῦντο, καὶ τοῖς ἑτέροις τοῖς ἀμφὶ τὸν Καίσαρα οὐδὲν προσέκρουον. οὐ γὰρ ὡς οὐ δέον αὐτοὺς κληρουχῆσαί τινα προεβάλλοντο, ἀλλὰ ἀρκοῦντα αὐτοῖς τὰ τῶν ἀντιπολεμησάντων σφίσιν ἀπέφαινον, καὶ μάλισθʼ ὅτι καὶ χωρία καὶ ἔπιπλα τὰ μὲν ἔτι τότε ὄντα τὰ δὲ καὶ πεπραμένα ἀπεδείκνυσαν, ὧν τὰ μὲν αὐτὰ τῶν δὲ τὴν τιμὴν ἔφασκον αὐτοῖς δοθῆναι χρῆναι. εἰ δʼ οὖν μηδὲ ταῦτά σφισιν ἀρκέσειε, ταῖς γε ἐκ τῆς Ἀσίας ἐλπίσι πάντας αὐτοὺς ἀνηρτῶντο. ὥστε ταχὺ ἐκ τούτων συνέβη Καίσαρα μέν, ἅτε καὶ βίᾳ τὰ τῶν κεκτημένων τι ἀφαιρούμενον καὶ πόνους ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν καὶ κινδύνους πᾶσιν ὁμοίως προσάγοντα, ἀμφοτέροις αὐτοῖς προσκροῦσαι, ἐκείνους δὲ δή, οἷα μήτε τι ἀποστεροῦντάς τινα καὶ ἐκ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων σφίσι τὴν πλήρωσιν τῶν ἐπαγγελιῶν ἀμαχεὶ τοῖς ληψομένοις αὐτὰ ὑποδεικνύντας, ἑκατέρους προσθέσθαι. ἔκ τε οὖν τούτων καὶ ἐκ τοῦ λιμοῦ, ὃς τότε τῆς θαλάσσης τῆς μὲν κατὰ Σικελίαν ὑπὸ τοῦ Σέξτου τῆς δὲ ἐν τῷ Ἰονίῳ κόλπῳ ὑπὸ Γναίου Δομιτίου Ἀηνοβάρβου κατεχομένης δεινῶς αὐτοὺς ἐπίεσεν, ἐν πολλῇ ἀμηχανίᾳ ὁ Καῖσαρ ἐγένετο. ὁ γὰρ Δομίτιος ἦν μὲν τῶν σφαγέων, ἐκ δὲ δὴ τῆς μάχης τῆς πρὸς Φιλίπποις γενομένης διαφυγὼν ναυτικόν τι συνεκρότησε, καὶ τοῦ τε κόλπου χρόνον τινὰ ἐκράτησε καὶ τὰ τῶν ἐναντίων ἐπὶ πλεῖστον ἔφθειρε.
—
§ 48.8
ταῦτά τε οὖν τὸν Καίσαρα δεινῶς ἐλύπει, καὶ ὅτι ἐν ταῖς διαφοραῖς ταῖς πρὸς τοὺς βουλευτὰς καὶ πρὸς τὸ λοιπὸν πλῆθος τὸ τοὺς ἀγροὺς κεκτημένον τοῖς ἐστρατευμένοις συμβαινούσαις (πλεῖσται δὲ δὴ ἅτε καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν μεγίστων ἀγωνιζομένοις σφίσιν ἐγίγνοντὀ οὐδετέροις ἀκινδύνως προσετίθετο. ἀμφοτέροις μὲν γὰρ ἀδύνατον ἦν αὐτῷ χαρίζεσθαι· οἱ μὲν γὰρ ὑβρίζειν οἱ δʼ ἀπαθεῖς εἶναι, καὶ οἱ μὲν καὶ τὰ ἀλλότρια λαβεῖν οἱ δὲ τὰ ἑαυτῶν ἔχειν ἤθελον. ὁσάκις δὲ δὴ τὰ τούτων ἢ τὰ ἐκείνων, ὥς που καὶ ἠναγκάζετο, προέλοιτο, τοῖς ἑτέροις ἀπήχθετο, καὶ οὐ τοσαύτης γε χάριτος ἐξ ὧν ὑπούργει τισίν, ὅσης ὀργῆς ἐξ ὧν μὴ συνεχώρει, ἐτύγχανεν· οἱ μὲν γὰρ ὡς καὶ ὀφειλόμενά σφισι πάντα τὰ διδόμενα λαμβάνοντες ἐν οὐδεμιᾷ αὐτὰ εὐεργεσίᾳ ἐτίθεντο, οἱ δὲ ὡς καὶ τῶν οἰκείων στερισκόμενοι ἐχαλέπαινον. καὶ ἐκ τούτου διετέλει ἢ τούτοις ἢ ἐκείνοις προσκρούων καὶ τοτὲ μὲν ὡς φιλόδημος τοτὲ δὲ ὡς φιλοστρατιώτης ἐγκαλούμενος. καὶ διὰ ταῦτα ἐπειδὴ μήτε τι ἤνυε, καὶ προσέτι καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων ἔμαθεν ὅτι οὐδὲν τὰ ὅπλα πρὸς τὸ τοὺς ἀδικουμένους εὐνοϊκῶς οἱ ἔχειν ἐδύνατο, ἀλλὰ ἀπολέσθαι μὲν πᾶν τὸ μὴ ὑπεῖκον διʼ αὐτῶν οἷόν τε ἦν, ἀναγκασθῆναι δέ τινα φιλεῖν ὃν μὴ βούλεται ἀδύνατον ὑπάρχοι, οὕτω δὴ καὶ ἄκων ὑποκατέκλινε, καὶ οὐκέτʼ οὔτε τῶν βουλευτῶν τι ἀφείλετο (πρότερον γὰρ καὶ τὰ ἐκείνων πάντα κατανεῖμαι ἠξίου, διερωτῶν σφας “πόθεν οὖν τὰ γέρα τοῖς ἐστρατευμένοις ἀποδώσομεν;” ὥσπερ τινὸς αὐτῷ πολεμεῖν ἢ καὶ τοσαῦτά σφισιν ὑπισχνεῖσθαι κεκελευκότοσʼ, τῶν τε ἄλλων ὅσα ἢ γυναῖκες ἐς τὰς προῖκας ἐντετιμημένα ἢ καὶ ἕτεροί τινες ἐλάττω τῆς κατʼ ἄνδρα τοῖς ἐστρατευμένοις διδομένης γῆς ἐκέκτηντο, ἀπέσχετο.
Now all this troubled Caesar greatly, and likewise the fact that in the disputes which had arisen between the veterans and the senators and the landholding class in general — and these disputes were coming up in great numbers, since they were struggling for the greatest prizes — he could not attach himself to either side without danger. 2 It was impossible, of course, for him to please both; for the one side wished to run riot, the other to be unharmed, the one side to get the property of others, the other to hold what was their own. And as often as he gave the preference to the interests of this party or that, according as he found it necessary, he incurred the hatred of the other; and he did not meet with so much gratitude for the favours he conferred as anger for the concessions he refused to make. For the one class took as their due all that was given them and regarded it as no kindness, while the other was indignant on the ground that they were being robbed of their own belongings. And as a result he continued to offend either the one group or the other, and to be reproached, now with being a friend of the people, and now with being a friend of the army. 4 Consequently he was making no headway, and he furthermore learned by actual experience that arms had no power to make the injured feel friendly toward him, and that, while all those who would not submit might perish by arms, yet it was out of the question for any one to be compelled to love a person whom he does not wish to love. Thereupon he reluctantly yielded, and not only desisted from depriving the senators of their property (for previously he used to think it right to distribute anything that was theirs, asking them: “From what other source, then, are we to pay the veterans their prize money?” — as if anyone had commanded him to wage war or to make his large promises to the soldiers), but also kept his hands off other private property, such as the objects of value which women had acquired for their marriage portions or the property possessed by other persons, when it was of less value than the allotment of land given to the individual veteran.
§ 48.9
πραχθέντος δὲ τούτου ἡ μὲν γερουσία καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι οἱ μηδενὸς στερόμενοι πρᾴως πως πρὸς αὐτὸν ἔσχον, οἱ δὲ ἐστρατευμένοι τήν τε φειδὼ καὶ τὴν τιμὴν τὴν ἐς ἐκείνους ἀτιμίαν τε ἅμα καὶ ζημίαν ἑαυτῶν, ὡς καὶ ἐλάττω ληψομένων, νομίζοντες εἶναι ἐδυσχέραινον, καὶ τῶν τε ἑκατοντάρχων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν ἐπιτηδείως τε τῷ Καίσαρι ἐχόντων καὶ θορυβεῖν αὐτοὺς κωλυόντων συχνοὺς ἀπέκτειναν, αὐτόν τε ἐκεῖνον παρʼ ὀλίγον ἦλθον ἀποχρήσασθαι, πᾶσαν αὐτάρκη πρόφασιν τῆς ὀργῆς ποιούμενοι. καὶ οὐ πρότερόν γε ἐπαύσαντο χαλεπαίνοντες πρὶν τοῖς τε συγγενέσι σφῶν καὶ τοῖς τῶν ἐν ταῖς μάχαις πεσόντων πατράσι καὶ παισὶ τὴν χώραν, ὅσην τινὲς αὐτῶν εἶχον, ἀφεθῆναι. ἐκ δὲ τούτου τὰ μὲν τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἐπιτηδειότερά οἱ αὖθις ἐγένετο, ὁ δὲ δῆμος κατʼ αὐτὸ δὴ τοῦτο πάλιν ἠγανάκτει. καὶ ἔς τε χεῖρας αὐτοῖς ᾖσαν καὶ μάχαι σφῶν συνεχεῖς ἐγίγνοντο, ὥστε καὶ τιτρώσκεσθαι καὶ ἀποθνήσκειν παρʼ ἀμφοτέρων ὁμοίως πολλούς. οἱ μὲν γὰρ δὴ τῇ τε τῶν ὅπλων παρασκευῇ καὶ τῇ τῶν πολέμων ἐμπειρίᾳ, οἱ δὲ τῷ τε πλήθει καὶ τῷ καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν τεγῶν αὐτοὺς βάλλειν ἐπεκράτουν, ὥστε καὶ οἰκίας διὰ τοῦτο συχνὰς καταπρησθῆναι, καὶ τὸ ἐνοίκιον τοῖς μὲν ἐν τῷ ἄστει μέχρι πεντακοσίων δραχμῶν οἰκοῦσι πᾶν, τοῖς δʼ ἐν τῇ λοιπῇ Ἰταλίᾳ κατὰ τὸ τέταρτον ἐνιαυτοῦ ἑνὸς ἀνεθῆναι. ἐν πάσαις γὰρ δὴ ταῖς πόλεσιν ὁμοίως, ὅπῃ ποτὲ συντύχοιεν ἀλλήλοις, ἐμάχοντο.
When this was done the senate and the others who were having nothing taken from them became fairly meek in their attitude toward him, but the veterans were indignant, feeling that Caesar's sparing of the others' property and the honour shown them were at the expense of their own honour and profit, since they would receive less. 2 They killed many of the centurions and of the others who were friendly to Caesar and were trying to restrain them from rioting, and they came very near slaying Caesar himself, making any excuse suffice for their anger. And they did not cease from their irritation until their own relatives and also the fathers and sons of those who had fallen in battle had had restored to them all the land that any of them had possessed. As a result of this the soldiers became more friendly toward him once more, while for that very reason the populace was again indignant. 4 They repeatedly came to blows and there was continual fighting between them, so that many were wounded and killed on both sides alike. The one party was superior by reason of the arms with which it was equipped and of its experience in the wars, and the other by its largest numbers and by their tactics in hurling missiles upon their opponents from the roofs.5 Consequently many houses were burned down, and the rent of those who dwelt in the city was entirely remitted up to a maximum of two thousand sesterces, while for those who lived in the rest of Italy it was reduced to a fourth for one year. For the fighting went on in all the cities alike, wherever the two parties fell in with each other.
§ 48.10
ὡς οὖν ταῦτά τε οὕτως ἐγίγνετο, καὶ στρατιῶται ἐς Ἰβηρίαν ὑπὸ τοῦ Καίσαρος προπεμφθέντες θόρυβόν τέ τινα ἐν Πλακεντίᾳ ἐποίησαν, καὶ οὐ πρότερον πρὶν χρήματα παρὰ τῶν ἐπιχωρίων λαβεῖν κατέστησαν, καὶ προσέτι καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ Καλήνου τοῦ τε Οὐεντιδίου τὴν Γαλατίαν τὴν ὑπὲρ τὰς Ἄλπεις ἐχόντων ἐκωλύθησαν ὑπερβαλεῖν αὐτάς, ἐφοβήθη τε ὁ Καῖσαρ μὴ καὶ σφαλῇ τι, καὶ καταλλαγῆναι τῇ τε Φουλουίᾳ καὶ τῷ ὑπάτῳ ἠθέλησεν. ἐπειδή τε οὐδὲν ἰδίᾳ καὶ καθʼ ἑαυτὸν προσπέμπων σφίσιν ἐπέραινεν, ἐπὶ τοὺς ἐστρατευμένους ὥρμησε καὶ διʼ αὐτῶν τὰς συναλλαγὰς ἔπραττεν. ἐκεῖνοι δὲ τούτοις ἐπαιρόμενοι καὶ τοὺς στερομένους τῆς χώρας προσποιούμενοι, Λούκιος μὲν πανταχόσε συνιστάς τε αὐτοὺς καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Καίσαρος ἀποσπῶν περιῄει, Φουλουία δὲ τό τε Πραινέστε κατέλαβε καὶ προσεταιριστοὺς βουλευτάς τε καὶ ἱππέας ἔχουσα τά τε ἄλλα πάντα μετʼ αὐτῶν ἐβουλεύετο, καὶ τὰς παραγγέλσεις ὡς ἑκασταχόσε ἐχρῆν ἔπεμπε. καὶ τί ταῦτα θαυμάσειεν ἄν τις, ὁπότε καὶ ξίφος παρεζώννυτο καὶ συνθήματα τοῖς στρατιώταις ἐδίδου, ἐδημηγόρει τε ἐν αὐτοῖς πολλάκις; ὥστε καὶ
When these things kept occurring, and soldiers sent ahead by Caesar into Spain made an uprising at Placentia and were not quieted until they had received money from the people there, and when, furthermore, they were hindered from crossing the Alps by Calenus and Ventidius, who held Transalpine Gaul, 2 Caesar became afraid that he might meet with some disaster and began to wish to be reconciled with Fulvia and the consul. And when he could not accomplish anything by making overtures to them personally and on his own responsibility, he had recourse to the veterans and through them attempted to effect a reconciliation. The others were elated at this, and since they were winning over those who had lost their land, Lucius went about in every direction organizing them and detaching them from Caesar, while Fulvia occupied Praeneste, and with senators and knights for her associates was wont to conduct all her deliberations with their help, even sending orders to whatever points required it. 4 And why should anyone be surprised at this, when she would gird herself with a sword, give out the watchword to the soldiers, and in many instances harangue them, all of which gave additional offence to Caesar?
§ 48.11
ἐκεῖνα τῷ Καίσαρι προσίστασθαι. οὐ μέντοι ἔχων ὅπως αὐτοὺς καταλύσῃ (οὐ γὰρ μόνον τῇ δυνάμει ἀλλὰ καὶ τῇ παρὰ τῶν ἄλλων εὐνοίᾳ πολὺ αὐτῶν ἠλαττοῦτο· αὐτὸς μὲν γὰρ πολλοὺς ἐλύπει, ἐκεῖνοι δὲ πάντας ἐπήλπιζονʼ πολλάκις μέν σφας ἰδίᾳ διὰ τῶν φίλων ἐς τὰς καταλλαγὰς προεκαλέσατο, ὡς δʼ οὐδὲν ἤνυτεν, ἐκ τῶν ἐστρατευμένων πρέσβεις πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἀπέστειλε. μάλιστα μὲν γὰρ τεύξεσθαί τε αὐτῶν καὶ τὰ παρόντα καταστήσεσθαι ἔς τε τὸ ἔπειτα ἀντισχύσειν ἐκ τούτου ἤλπισεν· ἂν δὲ δὴ καὶ διαμάρτῃ σφῶν, τὴν γοῦν αἰτίαν τῆς διαφορᾶς οὐκ αὐτὸς ἀλλʼ ἐκείνους ἕξειν ἐνόμισεν. ὃ καὶ ἐγένετο. ἐπειδὴ γὰρ οὐδὲν οὐδὲ διὰ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἐπέρανε, βουλευτὰς ἔστειλε, τάς τε συνθήκας σφίσι τὰς πρὸς τὸν Ἀντώνιον αὐτῷ γενομένας ἐκφήνας καὶ δικαστὰς τῶν διαφορῶν δῆθεν αὐτοὺς ποιήσας. ὡς δʼ οὐδὲν οὐδὲ τότε ἐπράχθη (καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι τοῦτο μὲν πολλὰ καὶ ὅσα ὁ Καῖσαρ οὐκ ἔμελλε ποιήσειν ἀντιπροετείνοντο, τοῦτο δὲ πάνθʼ ὅσα ἐποίουν, ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Ἀντωνίου τοῦ Μάρκου ἐντολῆς πράττειν ἔλεγονʼ, οὕτω δὴ πρὸς τοὺς ἐστρατευμένους αὖθις ἀπέκλινε.
He, however, had no way of overthrowing his opponents, being far inferior to them not only in troops, but also as regards the good-will of the citizens; for he was causing distress to many, whereas they were filling everyone with hope. Accordingly he often proposed reconciliation to them personally through friends, and when he accomplished nothing, he sent to them envoys from the veterans. 2 For he expected by these means, if possible, to obtain his request, adjust his present difficulties, and gain a strength equal to theirs for the future; but in case he should fail of these aims, he believed that, at any rate, they and not he would bear the responsibility for the quarrel. And this actually happened. For when he effected nothing even through the soldiers, he sent senators, showing them the compact which Antony had made with him and appointing them arbitrators of their “differences,” as he expressed it. 4 But even than nothing was accomplished, since his opponents in the first place made many counter-proposals, demands which Caesar was sure not to comply with, and then claimed to be doing everything that they did by the order of Mark Antony; thereupon Caesar betook himself once more to the veterans.
§ 48.12
καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο ἐς τὴν Ῥώμην ἐκεῖνοι πλήθει πολλῷ, ὡς καὶ τῷ δήμῳ τῇ τε βουλῇ κοινωσόμενοί τι, συνελθόντες τούτων μὲν οὐδὲν ἐφρόντισαν, ἀθροισθέντες δʼ ἐς τὸ Καπιτώλιον τάς τε συνθήκας, ἃς ὅ τε Ἀντώνιος καὶ ὁ Καῖσαρ ἐπεποίηντο, ἀναγνωσθῆναί σφισιν ἐκέλευσαν, καὶ ἐκείνας τε ἐπεκύρωσαν, καὶ περὶ ὧν διεφέροντο ἑαυτοὺς δικαστὰς γενέσθαι ἐψηφίσαντο. καὶ ταῦτά τε ἐς δέλτους γράψαντες καὶ κατασημηνάμενοι ταῖς ἀειπαρθένοις φυλάττειν ἔδοσαν, καὶ τῷ μὲν Καίσαρι παρόντι, τοῖς δὲ ἑτέροις διὰ πρεσβείας, ἐς Γαβίους ἐν ῥητῇ τινι ἡμέρᾳ πρὸς τὴν δίκην ἀπαντῆσαι προσέταξαν. ἐπειδή τε ὁ μὲν Καῖσαρ ἕτοιμος διαδικασθῆναι ἐγένετο, ἐκεῖνοι δὲ ὑπέσχοντο μὲν ἀφίξεσθαι, οὐκ ἦλθον δέ, φοβηθέντες ἢ καὶ ἀπαξιώσαντες (διέσκωπτον γοῦν σφας, ἄλλα τε καὶ βουλὴν καλιγᾶταν ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν στρατιωτικῶν ὑποδημάτων χρήσεως ἀποκαλοῦντεσʼ, τοῦ τε Λουκίου καὶ τῆς Φουλουίας ὡς καὶ ἀδικούντων τι κατεψηφίσαντο καὶ τὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος ἐπρέσβευσαν. κἀκ τούτου πολλάκις αὖθις βουλευσάμενοι τόν τε πόλεμον αὖθις ἀνείλοντο καὶ τὰ πρὸς αὐτὸν οὐχ ἡσυχῇ ἡτοιμάζοντο. τά τε γὰρ ἄλλα καὶ χρήματα ἁπανταχόθεν καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἱερῶν ἤθροισαν· τὰ γὰρ ἀναθήματα, ὅσα γε καὶ ἐξαργυρισθῆναι ἐδύνατο, τά τε ἐν τῇ ἄλλῃ Ἰταλίᾳ τῇ ἐν τῇ ἐπικρατείᾳ αὐτῶν οὔσῃ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ Ῥώμῃ ἀνακείμενα καθεῖλον. καὶ αὐτοῖς καὶ ἐκ τῆς Γαλατίας τῆς τογάτης, ἣ καὶ ἐς τὸν τῆς Ἰταλίας ἤδη νομόν, ὥστε μηδένα ἄλλον προφάσει τῆς ἐνταῦθα ἀρχῆς στρατιώτας ἐντὸς τῶν Ἄλπεων τρέφειν, ἐσεγέγραπτο, καὶ χρήματα καὶ στρατιῶται ἦλθον.
After this the veterans assembled in Rome in great numbers, giving out that they intended to make some communication to the people and the senate. But instead of troubling themselves about this errand, they assembled on the Capitol, and after commanding that the compact which Antony and Caesar had made should be read to them, they ratified these agreements and voted that they themselves should be made arbitrators of the differences between them. 2 After recording this action on tablets and sealing them, they delivered them to the Vestal Virgins to keep; and they gave command to Caesar, who was present, and to the other party through an embassy, to present themselves for the trial at Gabii on a stated day. Caesar showed his readiness to submit to arbitration, and the others promised to be there but did not go, either because they were afraid or because they thought it beneath them; at any rate, they were wont to make fun of the veterans, calling them among other names senatus caligatus, on account of the military boots they wore. So the veterans condemned Lucius and Fulvia as guilty of wrong-doing and espoused the cause of Caesar; 4 and then, after many further deliberations, they took up the war once more and proceeded vigorously with their preparations for it. In particular they collected money from all sources, even from the temples; for they took away all the votive offerings that could be converted into money, those deposited in Rome itself as well as those in the rest of Italy that was under their control. Both money and soldiers came to them also from Gallia Togata, which had been included by this time in the district of Italy in order that no one else, under the plea of ruling that province, should keep soldiers south of the Alps.
§ 48.13
ὅ τε οὖν Καῖσαρ παρεσκευάζετο, καὶ ἡ Φουλουία καὶ ὁ Λούκιος τά τε πρόσφορα ἐπορίζοντο καὶ τὰς δυνάμεις συνεκρότουν. κἀν τούτῳ καὶ ἀντεπρεσβεύοντο καὶ διέπεμπον ἑκασταχόσε καὶ στρατιώτας καὶ στρατιάρχους ἑκάτεροι, καὶ τὰ μὲν προκατελάμβανον τῶν δʼ ἀπεκρούοντο. καὶ αὐτῶν ἐγὼ τὰ μὲν πολλά, καὶ ἐν οἷς οὔτε τι μέγα οὔτʼ ἀξιόλογον ἐπράχθη, παρήσω, τὰ δὲ δὴ λόγου μάλιστα ἄξια συντόμως διηγήσομαι. ὁ Καῖσαρ ἐπὶ Νουρσίαν ἐς τοὺς Σαβίνους στρατεύσας τὴν μὲν φρουρὰν τὴν προκαθημένην σφῶν ἐτρέψατο, τῆς δὲ δὴ πόλεως ὑπὸ Τισιήνου Γάλλου ἀπεκρούσθη. μεταστὰς οὖν ἐς τὴν Ὀμβρικὴν Σεντινάτας ἐπολιόρκησε μέν, οὐ μέντοι καὶ εἷλεν αὐτούς· τοῦ γὰρ Λουκίου ἐν τούτῳ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον στρατιώτας λάθρᾳ κατʼ ἄλλην καὶ ἄλλην πρόφασιν ἐς τὴν Ῥώμην πρὸς τοὺς φίλους πέμψαντος, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ αὐτοῦ ἐξαίφνης ἐπελθόντος, καὶ τό τε ἱππικὸν ἀπαντῆσάν οἱ κρατήσαντος καὶ τοὺς πεζοὺς ἐς τὸ τεῖχος καταράξαντος, κἀκ τούτου καὶ τὸ ἄστυ, συνεπιθεμένων τοῖς ἔνδοθεν ἀμυνομένοις τῶν προαφιγμένων, λαβόντος (οὔτε γὰρ ὁ Λέπιδος ὁ τὴν φυλακὴν αὐτοῦ ἐπιτετραμμένος ἀντέπραξέ τι ὑπὸ τῆς ἐμφύτου νωθείας, οὔτε ὁ Σερουίλιος ὁ ὕπατος ἡσυχαίτερός πως ὤνʼ, πυθόμενος ταῦθʼ ὁ Καῖσαρ τοῖς μὲν Σεντινάταις Κύιντον Σαλουιδιῆνον Ῥοῦφον παρακατέλιπεν, αὐτὸς δὲ πρὸς τὴν Ῥώμην ὥρμησε. μαθὼν οὖν τοῦτο ὁ Λούκιος προϋπεξῆλθε, διαπραξάμενος ψηφισθῆναί οἱ ὡς ἐπὶ πολέμῳ τινὶ ἐκστρατεῦσαι· καὶ ἔν γε τῇ στρατιωτικῇ σκευῇ ἐδημηγόρησεν, ὃ μηδεὶς ἄλλος ἐπεποιήκει. καὶ οὕτως ὁ Καῖσαρ ἀμαχεί τε ἐς τὸ ἄστυ ἐσεδέχθη, καὶ ἐπειδὴ ἐπιδιώξας αὐτὸν οὐ κατέλαβεν, ἀνέστρεψεν, καὶ φρουρὰν τῆς πόλεως ἀκριβεστέραν ἐποιήσατο. κἀν τούτῳ ὁ Ῥοῦφος, ὡς τάχιστα ἐκεῖνός τε ἀπὸ τῶν Σεντινατῶν ἀπεχώρησε καὶ Γάϊος Φούρνιος ὁ τὸ τεῖχος φρουρῶν ἐπεξῆλθεν ἐπὶ πολὺ διώκων αὐτόν, προσέβαλέ τε ἀπροσδοκήτοις τοῖς ἔνδον οὖσι, καὶ ἑλὼν τὴν πόλιν διήρπασε καὶ κατέκαυσεν. Νουρσῖνοι δὲ ἐς μὲν ὁμολογίαν μηδὲν κακὸν παθόντες ἦλθον, ἐπεὶ μέντοι τοὺς ἐν τῇ μάχῃ τῇ πρὸς τὸν Καίσαρά σφισι γενομένῃ πεσόντας θάψαντες ἐπέγραψαν τοῖς μνημείοις αὐτῶν ὅτι ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐλευθερίας ἀγωνιζόμενοι ἐτελεύτησαν, παμπόλλοις χρήμασιν ἐζημιώθησαν, ὥστε καὶ τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὴν χώραν ἅμα πᾶσαν ἐκλιπεῖν.
Both Caesar was making his preparations, then, and Fulvia and Lucius were gathering their supplies and assembling their forces. Meanwhile both sides in turn sent embassies and despatched soldiers and officers in every direction, and each managed to seize some places first, though repulsed from others. The most of these operations, especially those involving no great or memorable achievement, I will pass over, but will relate briefly the points which are most worthy of mention. Caesar made an expedition against Nursia, among the Sabines, and routed the Sabines, and routed the garrison encamped before it, but was repulsed from the city by Tisienus Gallus. Accordingly he went over into Umbria and laid siege to Sentinum, but failed to capture it. 3 For Lucius meanwhile had sent soldiers at first to his friends in Rome on one excuse and another, and then had suddenly marched against the city himself, conquered the cavalry force that met him, hurled the infantry back within the walls, 4 and after that had taken the city, since his soldiers who had already arrived there joined in attacking the defenders inside, and since neither Lepidus, who had been entrusted with the guarding of the place, offered any resistance by reason of his inherent slothfulness, nor did Servilius, the consul, who was too easy-going. So on ascertaining this Caesar left Quintus Salvidienus Rufus to look after the people of Sentinum, and himself set out for Rome. Now when Lucius learned of this, he withdrew before Caesar's arrival, having had a vote passed authorizing him to leave the city in order to begin a war; indeed, he delivered an address before the people in military uniform, which no one else had done. Thus Caesar was received into the capital without striking a blow, and when he pursued Lucius and failed to capture him, he returned and kept a more careful watch over the city. 6 Meanwhile, as soon as Caesar had left Sentinum and Gaius Furnius, the defender of the walls, had issued forth and pursued him a long distance, Rufus unexpectedly attacked the citizens inside, and capturing the town, plundered and burned it. The inhabitants of Nursia came to terms without having suffered any ill treatment; when, however, after burying those who had fallen in the battle they had had with Caesar, they inscribed on their tombs that they had died contending for their liberty, they were punished by an enormous fine, so that they abandoned their city and at the same time all their territory.
§ 48.14
καὶ οἱ μὲν ταῦτʼ ἔπραττον, ὁ δὲ Λούκιος ὡς τότε ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης ἀπῆρεν, ὥρμησε μὲν ἐς τὴν Γαλατίαν, εἰρχθεὶς δὲ τῆς ὁδοῦ πρὸς Περουσίαν Τυρσηνίδα πόλιν ἀπετράπετο· καὶ αὐτὸν ἐνταῦθα πρότεροι μὲν οἱ ὕπαρχοι τοῦ Καίσαρος, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς ἐκεῖνος ἀπολαβόντες ἐπολιόρκουν. χρονίου δὲ δὴ τῆς προσεδρείας σφίσι γιγνομένης (τό τε γὰρ χωρίον τῇ τε φύσει καρτερόν ἐστι καὶ τοῖς ἐπιτηδείοις ἱκανῶς παρεσκεύαστο, καὶ ἱππῆς προεκπεμφθέντες ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ, πρὶν παντελῶς περιστοιχισθῆναι, δεινῶς σφας ἐλύπουν, καὶ προσέτι καὶ ἕτεροι πολλοὶ σπουδῇ ἄλλος ἄλλοθεν ἐπήμυνον αὐτᾦ πολλὰ μὲν πρὸς τούτους ὡς ἑκάστους, πολλὰ δὲ καὶ πρὸς τοῖς τείχεσιν ἐπράχθη, μέχρις οὗ καίτοι πλεονεκτοῦντες τὰ πλείω οἱ περὶ τὸν Λούκιον ὅμως ὑπὸ λιμοῦ ἑάλωσαν. καὶ αὐτὸς μὲν ἄλλοι τέ τινες ἄδειαν εὕροντο, οἱ δὲ δὴ πλείους τῶν τε βουλευτῶν καὶ τῶν ἱππέων ἐφθάρησαν. καὶ λόγος γε ἔχει ὅτι οὐδʼ ἁπλῶς τοῦτο ἔπαθον, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ τὸν βωμὸν τὸν τῷ Καίσαρι τῷ προτέρῳ ὡσιωμένον ἀχθέντες ἱππῆς τε τριακόσιοι καὶ βουλευταὶ ἄλλοι τε καὶ ὁ Καννούτιος ὁ Τιβέριος, ὅς ποτε ἐν τῇ δημαρχίᾳ τὸ πλῆθος τῷ Καίσαρι τῷ Ὀκταουιανῷ ἤθροισεν, ἐτύθησαν. τῶν δὲ Περουσίνων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν ἐκεῖ ἁλόντων οἱ πλείους ἀπώλοντο, καὶ ἡ πόλις αὐτή, πλὴν τοῦ Ἡφαιστείου τοῦ τε τῆς Ἥρας ἕδους, πᾶσα κατεκαύθη. τοῦτο δέ (ἐσώθη γάρ πως κατὰ τύχηνʼ ἀνήχθη τε ἐς τὴν Ῥώμην ἐξ ὄψεως ὀνείρου ἣν ὁ Καῖσαρ εἶδε καὶ παρέσχε καὶ τῇ πόλει πρὸς τῶν βουλομένων συνοικισθῆναι, πλὴν ὅτι τῆς χώρας οὐδὲν ὑπὲρ ἑπτὰ καὶ ἥμισυ σταδίους ἐκτήσαντο.
While they were thus engaged, Lucius withdrew from Rome as I have stated and set out for Gaul; be finding his way blocked, he turned aside to Perusia, an Etruscan city. There he was intercepted first by the lieutenants of Caesar and later by Caesar himself, and was besieged. 2 The investment proved a long operation; for the place is naturally a strong one and had been amply stocked with provisions; and horsemen sent by Lucius before he was entirely hemmed in greatly harassed the besieger, while many others besides came speedily to his defence from various quarters. Many attacks were made upon these reinforcements separately and many engagements were fought close to the walls, until the followers of Lucius, even though they were generally successful, nevertheless were forced by hunger to capitulate. The leader and some others obtained pardon, but most of the senators and knights were put to death. 4 And the story goes that they did not merely suffer death in an ordinary form, but were led to the altar consecrated to the former Caesar and were there sacrificed — three hundred knights and many senators, among them Tiberius Cannutius, who previously during his tribuneship had assembled the populace for Caesar Octavianus. Of the people of Perusia and the others who were captured there the majority lost their lives, and the city itself, except the temple of Vulcan and the statue of Juno, was entirely destroyed by fire. 6 This statue, which was preserved by some chance, was brought to Rome, in accordance with a vision that Caesar saw in a dream, and it secured for the city the privilege of being peopled again by any who desired to settle there, though they did not acquire anything of its territory beyond the first mile.
§ 48.15
ἐκείνης δʼ οὖν ἐπί τε Γναίου Καλουίνου δεύτερον καὶ ἐπʼ Ἀσινίου Πωλίωνος ὑπάτων ἁλούσης καὶ τἆλλα τὰ ἐν τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ, τὰ μὲν βίᾳ τὰ δὲ ἐθελοντί, τῷ Καίσαρι προσεχώρησε· καὶ διὰ τοῦθʼ ἥ τε Φουλουία πρὸς τὸν ἄνδρα μετὰ τῶν τέκνων ἀπέδρα, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν πρώτων συχνοὶ οἱ μὲν πρὸς ἐκεῖνον οἱ δὲ καὶ πρὸς τὸν Σέξτον ἐς τὴν Σικελίαν ἀπεχώρησαν. ἥ τε Ἰουλία ἡ τῶν Ἀντωνίων μήτηρ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἐνταῦθα ἦλθε, καὶ πάνυ φιλικῶς ὑπὸ τοῦ Σέξτου ὑπεδέχθη, ἔπειτα δὲ πρὸς τὸν υἱὸν τὸν Μᾶρκον ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἐπέμφθη, λόγους τέ οἱ ὑπὲρ φιλίας καὶ πρέσβεις ἄγουσα. μετὰ τούτων τῶν τότε πρὸς τὸν Ἀντώνιον ἐκ τῆς Ἰταλίας ἐκχωρησάντων καὶ Κλαύδιος Τιβέριος Νέρων ἔφυγε. φρουρὰν γάρ τινα ἐν τῇ Καμπανίᾳ εἶχε, καὶ ἐπειδὴ καθυπέρτερα τὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος ἐγένετο, ἀπῆρε σύν τε τῇ γυναικὶ Λιουίᾳ Δρουσίλλῃ καὶ σὺν τῷ υἱεῖ Τιβερίῳ Κλαυδίῳ Νέρωνι, ὥστε καὶ τοῦτο ἐν τοῖς παραδοξοτάτοις συμβῆναι· ἥ τε γὰρ Λιουία αὕτη ἡ τὸν Καίσαρα τότε φυγοῦσα μετὰ ταῦτα αὐτῷ ἐγήματο, καὶ ὁ Τιβέριος οὗτος ὁ σὺν τοῖς τοκεῦσι τότε ἐκδρὰς τὴν αὐτοκράτορα ἀρχὴν αὐτοῦ διεδέξατο.
After the capture of Perusia in the consulship of Gnaeus Calvinus (who was serving for the second time) and Asinius Pollio, the other places in Italy also went over to Caesar, partly as the result of force and partly of their own accord. For this reason Fulvia fled with her children to her husband, 2 and many of the foremost men made their way partly to him and partly to Sextus in Sicily. Julia, the mother of the Antonii, went there at first and was received by Sextus with extreme kindness; later she was sent by him to her son Marcus, carrying proposals of friendship to him and taking along envoys. In this company, which at that time departed from Italy and took refuge with Antony, was Tiberius Claudius Nero. He had been in charge of a garrison in Campania, and when Caesar's party got the upper hand, he withdrew with his wife Livia Drusilla and with his son Tiberius Claudius Nero. 4 This, again, was one of the strangest whims of fate; for this Livia, who then fled from Caesar, later on was married to him, and this Tiberius, who then took flight with his parents, succeeded Caesar in the office of emperor.
§ 48.16
ταῦτα μὲν ὕστερον ἐγένετο· τότε δὲ τήν τε εἰρηνικὴν ἐσθῆτα οἱ ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ ὄντες ἀνέλαβον (ἐκδεδυκότες γὰρ αὐτὴν ἄνευ ψηφίσματος ἀνάγκῃ τοῦ δήμου ἦσανʼ καὶ αὐτοί τε ἑώρταζον, καὶ τὸν Καίσαρα ἔν τε στολῇ ἐπινικίῳ ἐς τὸ ἄστυ ἐσεκόμισαν καὶ δαφνίνῳ στεφάνῳ ἐτίμησαν, ὥσθʼ ὁσάκις οἱ τὰ νικητήρια πέμψαντες εἰώθεσαν αὐτῷ χρῆσθαι, καὶ ἐκεῖνόν οἱ κοσμεῖσθαι. Καῖσαρ δέ, ἐπειδὴ τά τε ἐν τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ κατείργαστο καὶ ὁ κόλπος ὁ Ἰόνιος ἠλευθέρωτο (ὁ γὰρ Δομίτιος, ἀπογνοὺς μηκέτι καθʼ ἑαυτὸν ἰσχύσειν, ἀπέπλευσε πρὸς τὸν Ἀντώνιονʼ, παρεσκευάζετο μὲν ὡς ἐπὶ τὸν Σέξτον ὁρμήσων, αἰσθόμενος δὲ τήν τε δύναμιν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὅτι τῷ Ἀντωνίῳ διά τε τῆς μητρὸς καὶ διὰ τῶν πρέσβεων ἐκεκοινολόγητο, ἔδεισε μὴ καὶ ἀμφοῖν ἅμα πολεμήσῃ, καὶ τὸν Σέξτον ὡς καὶ πιστότερον ἢ καὶ ἰσχυρότερον τοῦ Ἀντωνίου προτιμήσας τήν τε μητέρα αὐτῷ Μουκίαν ἔπεμψε, καὶ τὴν τοῦ πενθεροῦ αὐτοῦ Λουκίου Σκριβωνίου Λίβωνος ἀδελφὴν ἔγημεν, εἴ πως ἔκ τε τῆς εὐεργεσίας καὶ ἐκ τῆς συγγενείας φίλον αὐτὸν ποιήσαιτο.
This, however, occurred later. At the time in question the citizens of Rome resumed the garb of peace, which they had laid aside without any decree, under compulsion from the people; they gave themselves up to merry-making, conveyed Caesar in his triumphal dress into the city and honoured him with a laurel crown, giving him also the right to wear it on every occasion on which it was the custom of those celebrating triumphs to use it. 2 And after Italy had been subdued and the Ionian Sea cleared (for Domitius, despairing of ever again being able to dominate it unsupported, had sailed away to Antony), Caesar proceeded to make preparations to set out against Sextus. When, however, he learned the power of this foe and that he had been in communication with Antony through Antony's mother and through envoys, he feared that he might become embroiled with both at once; therefore, since he preferred Sextus as more trustworthy, or perhaps as stronger, than Antony, he sent him his mother Mucia and married the sister of Sextus' father-in-law, Lucius Scribonius Libo, in the hope that by this favour and by this relationship he might make him a friend.
§ 48.17
ὁ γὰρ Σέξτος, ὡς τότε ἐκ τῆς Ἰβηρίας κατὰ τὰς πρὸς τὸν Λέπιδον συνθήκας ἀπηλλάγη καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο ναύαρχος οὐ πολλῷ ὕστερον κατέστη, τῆς μὲν ἀρχῆς ὑπὸ τοῦ Καίσαρος παρελύθη, τοῦ δὲ δὴ ναυτικοῦ καὶ ὣς ἀντεχόμενος ἐτόλμησε μὲν ἐς τὴν Ἰταλίαν πλεῦσαι, ἐπικρατούντων δὲ ἤδη τῶν ἀμφὶ τὸν Καίσαρα αὐτῆς, μαθὼν ὅτι ἐν τοῖς σφαγεῦσι τοῖς τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ ἑάλωκε, τῆς μὲν ἠπείρου ἀπέσχετο, κατὰ δὲ δὴ τὰς νήσους περιπλέων τά τε γιγνόμενα ἐκαραδόκει καὶ τὴν τροφὴν οὐκ ἐξ ἀδικημάτων ἐπορίζετο· ἅτε γὰρ μὴ μετεσχηκὼς τοῦ φόνου, καὶ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ τοῦ Καίσαρος ἤλπιζε καταχθήσεσθαι. ἐπεὶ μέντοι καὶ ἐν τῷ λευκώματι τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐξετέθη καὶ ἔγνω καὶ ἐπʼ αὐτῷ ἐπικεκηρυγμένον, ἀπέγνω τε τὴν διʼ αὐτοῦ κάθοδον καὶ πρὸς πόλεμον ἡτοιμάζετο· ναυπηγίαν τε γὰρ τριήρων ἐποιεῖτο καὶ τοὺς αὐτομολοῦντας ἐδέχετο, τούς τε καταποντιστὰς προσηταιρίζετο καὶ τοὺς ἐκπίπτοντας ὑπελάμβανε. κἀκ τούτων ἐν ὀλίγῳ τε ἰσχυρὸς ἐγένετο καὶ τῆς πρὸς τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ θαλάσσης ἐκράτησεν, ἔς τε τοὺς λιμένας αὐτῆς ἀπέβαινε καὶ τὰ πλοῖα ἀπέσπα, ἁρπαγάς τε ἐποιεῖτο. προχωρούντων δὲ αὐτῷ τῶν πραγμάτων ὥστε καὶ στρατιώτας καὶ χρήματα ἀπʼ αὐτῶν πορίζειν, ἐς Σικελίαν ἔπλευσε, καὶ Μύλας μὲν τήν τε Τυνδαρίδα ἀμαχεὶ κατέσχε, τῆς δὲ Μεσσήνης ὑπὸ Πομπηίου Βιθυνικοῦ τοῦ τότε τῆς Σικελίας ἄρχοντος ἀπεκρούσθη. οὐ μέντοι καὶ παντελῶς αὐτῆς ἀπέστη, ἀλλὰ τήν τε χώραν κατατρέχων καὶ τὴν ἐσκομιδὴν τῶν ἐπιτηδείων κωλύων, τῶν τε προσβοηθησάντων σφίσι τοὺς μὲν φόβῳ μὴ καὶ τὰ αὐτὰ πάθωσι, τοὺς δὲ καὶ ἐξ ἐνέδρας τινὸς κακώσει προσθέμενος, τόν τε ταμίαν σὺν τοῖς χρήμασι προσεποιήσατο, καὶ τέλος καὶ τὴν Μεσσήνην τόν τε Βιθυνικὸν ὡς καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς ἴσης οἱ ἄρξοντα καθʼ ὁμολογίαν ἔλαβε. καὶ τοῦτον μὲν οὐδὲν τότε γε κακὸν εἰργάσατο, ἐκείνους δὲ τά τε ὅπλα καὶ τὰ χρήματα ἀφείλετο. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο τάς τε Συρακούσας καὶ ἄλλας τινὰς πόλεις ὑπηγάγετο, καὶ στρατιώτας τε ἀπʼ αὐτῶν πλείους καὶ ναυτικὸν ἰσχυρότατον συνήγαγε· καί τινα αὐτῷ δύναμιν καὶ Κύιντος Κορνουφίκιος ἐκ τῆς Ἀφρικῆς ἔπεμψε.
Sextus, it should be explained, after leaving Spain at the time already referred to in accordance with his compact with Lepidus, had been appointed admiral a little later; and although he had been removed from his office by Caesar, he nevertheless held on to his fleet and made bold to sail to Italy. But when Caesar's adherents had now secured control of the country 2 and he learned that he had been convicted as one of the assassins of Caesar's father, he kept away from the mainland, but sailed about among the islands, maintaining a sharp watch on was going on and supplying himself with food without resort to crimes; for inasmuch as he had not taken part in the murder, he expected to be restored by Caesar himself. When, however, his name actually was posted on the tablet and he knew that the edict of proscription was in force against him also, he despaired of being restored by Caesar and made ready for war. He proceeded to build triremes, receive the deserters, win the support of the pirates, and take the exiles under his protection. 4 By these means he soon grew powerful and became master of the sea off Italy, so that he made descents upon its harbours, towed away the vessels, and engaged in pillage. As matters went well with him and his activity supplied him with soldiers and money, he sailed to Sicily and seized Mylae and Tyndaris without effort, though he was repulsed from Messana by Pompeius Bithynicus, then governor of Sicily. Nevertheless he did not retire altogether from the island, but overran the country, prevented the importation of provisions, and won over those who brought help to the Sicilians by filling some with fear of suffering similar fate and by laying ambushes for others and injuring them; he also attached to himself the quaestor, securing the funds he had, and finally got possession of Messana and also Bithynicus under an agreement that the latter should enjoy equal authority with him. 6 Bithynicus he did not harm at the time; but from the citizens he took away their arms and money. His next step was to win over Syracuse and some other cities, from which he gathered more soldiers and got together a very strong fleet. Quintus Cornificius also sent him a considerable force from Africa.
§ 48.18
καὶ ὁ μὲν οὕτως ηὔξετο, Καῖσαρ δὲ τέως μὲν οὐδεμίαν ἐπιστροφὴν αὐτοῦ τῇ τε ἐκείνου καταφρονήσει καὶ τῇ τῶν ἐν χερσὶν ἀσχολίᾳ ἐποιήσατο· ἐπεὶ δʼ ὑπό τε τοῦ λιμοῦ φθορὰ πολλὴ ἐν τῷ ἄστει ἐγένετο καὶ ὁ Σέξτος καὶ τῆς Ἰταλίας ἐπείρασεν, οὕτω δὴ ναυτικόν τέ τι κατασκευάζεσθαι ἤρξατο, καὶ τὸν Ῥοῦφον τὸν Σαλουιδιῆνον σὺν δυνάμει πολλῇ ἐς Ῥήγιον προέπεμψε. καὶ ὃς ἐκ μὲν τῆς Ἰταλίας τὸν Σέξτον ἀπεώσατο, ἀναχωρήσαντος δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐς τὴν Σικελίαν δερμάτινα πλοῖα κατὰ τοὺς ἐν τῷ ὠκεανῷ πλέοντας ἐκποιῆσαι ἐπεχείρησεν, ἔνδοθεν μὲν ῥάβδοις αὐτὰ κούφαις διαλαμβάνων, ἔξωθεν δὲ βοὸς δέρμα ὠμὸν ἐς ἀσπίδος κυκλοτεροῦς τρόπον περιτείνων. ὡς δὲ γέλωτά τε ὠφλίσκανεν καὶ κινδυνεύσειν, εἰ πειραθείη αὐτοῖς διὰ τοῦ πορθμοῦ χρήσασθαι, ἐπίστευσεν, ἐκείνων μὲν ἀφεῖτο, τῷ δὲ δὴ ναυτικῷ τῷ κατασκευασθέντι τε καὶ ἐλθόντι ἐπετόλμησε μὲν διαπλεῦσαι, οὐκ ἠδυνήθη δέ· τό τε γὰρ πλῆθος καὶ τὸ μέγεθος τῶν νεῶν αὐτοῦ πολὺ τῆς τῶν ἐναντίων καὶ ἐμπειρίας καὶ τόλμης ἠλαττώθη. αὐτόπτης οὖν τῆς ναυμαχίας ὁ Καῖσαρ γενόμενος (κατὰ γὰρ τὴν στρατείαν αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐς τὴν Μακεδονίαν ταῦθʼ οὕτως ἐπράχθἠ χαλεπῶς ἤνεγκε, καὶ μάλισθʼ ὅτι τότε πρῶτον συμβαλὼν ἥττητο. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο κατὰ μὲν τὸ ἰσχυρὸν οὐκέτι, καίτοι τοῦ πλείονος ναυτικοῦ σωθέντος οἱ, περαιωθῆναι ἐτόλμησε· λάθρᾳ δὲ πολλάκις ἐπιχειρήσας ὡς πάντως, ἂν τῆς νήσου ἐπιβῇ, πολὺ τῷ πεζῷ κρατήσων, ἔπειθʼ ὡς οὐδέν, ἅτε καὶ ἰσχυρᾶς πανταχόθεν φυλακῆς αὐτοῦ οὔσης, ἐπέραινε, τῇ μὲν Σικελίᾳ ἄλλους τινὰς ἐφεδρεύειν προσέταξεν, αὐτὸς δὲ πρός τε τὸν Ἀντώνιον ἐς τὸ Βρεντέσιον ἀφίκετο, κἀντεῦθεν τῇ τῶν νεῶν βοηθείᾳ τὸν Ἰόνιον διέβαλε.
While Sextus was thus growing stronger, Caesar for a time took no notice of him, both because he despised him and because the business in hand kept him occupied. But when, owing to the famine, many deaths occurred in the city, and Sextus made an attempt on Italy also, Caesar at last began to have a fleet equipped and sent Salvidienus Rufus ahead with along force to Rhegium. 2 Rufus managed to repel Sextus from Italy, and when Sextus retired to Sicily, undertook to manufacture boats of leather, similar to those used on the ocean. He made a framework of light rods for the interior and stretched over them an uncured ox-hide after the manner of a circular shield. When he got himself laughed at and decided that it would be dangerous for him to try to use them in crossing the strait, he abandoned them and ventured to undertake the passage with the fleet that had been got ready and had since arrived; but it proved impossible for him to do so, since the superior number and size of his ships were far from being a match for the skill and daring of the enemy. 4 Now Caesar was an eye-witness of the battles, inasmuch as these events took place when he was setting out on his expedition into Macedonia, and he was filled with chagrin, particularly because this was the first time he had been defeated in any encounter. For this reason, although the major part of his fleet had been preserved, he did not again venture to cross over by main force, but he made many attempts to do so secretly, feeling that if he could once set foot on the island he would certainly be decidedly superior with his infantry. After a time, however, finding that he was accomplishing nothing because of the vigilant guard maintained on every side, he ordered others to keep a watch on Sicily and himself went to meet Antony at Brundisium, whence, reinforced by his main fleet, he crossed the Ionian Sea.
§ 48.19
γενομένου δὲ τούτου τήν τε νῆσον πᾶσαν ὁ Σέξτος κατέσχε, καὶ τὸν Βιθυνικὸν ὡς καὶ ἐπιβουλεύσαντα αὐτῷ ἀπέκτεινε, θέας τε ἐπινικίους ἤγαγε, καὶ ναυμαχίαν τῶν αἰχμαλώτων ἐν τῷ πορθμῷ παρʼ αὐτὸ τὸ Ῥήγιον, ὥστε καὶ τοὺς ἐναντίους ὁρᾶν, ἐποίησε, πλοιάριά τινα ξύλινα πρὸς ἕτερα βύρσινα ἐς τὸν τοῦ Ῥούφου κατάγελων συμβαλών. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο ναῦς τε πλείους ἐναυπηγήσατο καὶ τῆς πέριξ θαλάσσης ἐκράτησε, δόξαν τέ τινα καὶ φρόνημα ὡς καὶ τοῦ Ποσειδῶνος παῖς ὤν, ὅτι πάσης ποτὲ ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ τῆς θαλάσσης ἦρξε, προσέθετο. ταῦτα μέν, ἕως ἔτι τά τε τοῦ Κασσίου καὶ τὰ τοῦ Βρούτου συνειστήκει, ἔπραξε· φθαρέντων δὲ ἐκείνων ἄλλοι τε πρὸς αὐτὸν συγκατέφυγον καὶ ὁ Στάιος ὁ Λούκιος. καὶ αὐτὸν τὰ μὲν πρῶτα ἀσμένως ἐδέξατο (καὶ γὰρ τὴν δύναμιν ἧς ἦρχεν ἐπηγάγετὀ, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ δραστήριον καὶ φρονηματώδη ἰδὼν ὄντα ἀπέκτεινεν, ἔγκλημα αὐτῷ προδοσίας ἐπενεγκών. κἀκ τούτου τό τε ἐκείνου ναυτικὸν καὶ τὸ τῶν δούλων τῶν ἐκ τῆς Ἰταλίας ἀφικνουμένων πλῆθος προσλαβὼν πάμπολυ ηὐξήθη· τοσοῦτοι γὰρ δὴ ηὐτομόλουν ὥστε καὶ τὰς ἀειπαρθένους καθʼ ἱερῶν εὔξασθαι ἐπισχεθῆναί σφων τὰς αὐτομολίας.
After this Sextus occupied the whole of the island and put Bithynicus to death on the charge that he had plotted against him. He also produced triumphal spectacles and held a naval battle of the captives in the strait close to Rhegium itself, — so that his opponents could look on, — causing small wooden boats to contend with others of leather in mockery of Rufus. 2 After this he built more ships and dominated the sea round about; and he assumed a certain additional glory and pride by representing himself to be the son of Neptune, since his father had once ruled the whole sea. Thus he fared as long as the forces of Cassius and Brutus held together; but when those men had perished, Lucius Staius and others took refuge with him. He was at first glad to receive him, for he brought with him the force he commanded; but later, observing that he was an active and high-spirited man, he put him to death on a charge of treachery. 4 Thus reinforced by the fleet of Staius and also by the multitude of slaves who kept arriving from Italy, he gained tremendous strength; in fact, so many persons deserted that the Vestal Virgins prayed over the sacrifices that their desertions might be checked.
§ 48.20
διὰ τε οὖν ταῦτα καὶ διὰ τὸ τοὺς φεύγοντας αὐτὸν ὑποδέχεσθαι τήν τε τοῦ Ἀντωνίου φιλίαν πράττειν καὶ τῆς Ἰταλίας πολλὰ πορθεῖν, καταλλαγῆναί οἱ ὁ Καῖσαρ ἐπεθύμησε· διαμαρτὼν δὲ τούτου ἐκείνῳ μὲν Μᾶρκον Οὐιψάνιον Ἀγρίππαν πολεμῆσαι ἐκέλευσεν, αὐτὸς δὲ ἐς Γαλατίαν ἀπῆρε. μαθὼν οὖν τοῦτο ὁ Σέξτος ἐτήρησε τὸν Ἀγρίππαν περὶ τὰ Ἀπολλώνια ἔχοντα· ἐστρατήγει γάρ, καὶ ἄλλα τε πολλά, ἅτε καὶ πάνυ φίλος ὢν τῷ Καίσαρι, ἐλαμπρύνατο, καὶ τὴν ἱπποδρομίαν ἐπὶ δύο ἡμέρας ἐποίησε, τῇ τε Τροίᾳ καλουμένῃ διὰ τῶν εὐγενῶν παίδων ἐγαυρώθη. ταῦτʼ οὖν αὐτοῦ πράττοντος ἐπεραιώθη τε ἐς τὴν Ἰταλίαν καὶ ἐνέμεινεν ἐν αὐτῇ λεηλατῶν, μέχρις οὗ ἐκεῖνος ἀφίκετο· τότε γὰρ φρουρὰν ἐν χωρίοις τισὶ καταλιπὼν ἀνέπλευσεν. ὁ δὲ δὴ Καῖσαρ τὴν Γαλατίαν πρότερον μὲν διʼ ἑτέρων, ὥσπερ εἴρηται, καταλαβεῖν ἐπεχείρησε, μὴ δυνηθεὶς δὲ διά τε τὸν Καλῆνον καὶ διὰ τοὺς ἄλλους τοὺς τὰ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου πράττοντας αὐτὸς τότε κατέσχε, τόν τε Καλῆνον τεθνηκότα νόσῳ εὑρὼν καὶ τὸ στράτευμα αὐτοῦ ἀκονιτὶ προσθέμενος. κἀν τούτῳ τὸν Λέπιδον ἀγανακτοῦντα τῇ τῆς ἀρχῆς τῆς ἐπιβαλλούσης αὐτῷ στερήσει ἰδὼν ἐς τὴν Ἀφρικὴν ἔπεμψεν, ἵνʼ ὡς παρʼ ἑαυτοῦ μόνου αὐτήν, ἀλλʼ οὐ καὶ παρὰ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου λαβὼν οἰκειότερόν οἱ προσφέρηται.
For these reasons, and because Sextus was harbouring the exiles, cultivating the friendship of Antony, and plundering a great portion of Italy, Caesar desired to become reconciled with him; but when he failed of that, he ordered Marcus Vipsanius Agrippa to wage war against him, and himself set out for Gaul. 2 However, when Sextus learned of this, he waited until Agrippa was busy with theLudi Apollinares; for he was praetor at the time, and was not only giving himself airs in various other ways on the strength of his being an intimate friend of Caesar, but also in particular he gave two-days' celebration of the Circensian Games and prided himself upon his production of the game called “Troy,” which was performed by the boys of the nobility. Now while he was thus occupied, Sextus crossed over into Italy and remained there, carrying on marauding expeditions, until Agrippa arrived; then he left a garrison at certain points and sailed back again. As for Caesar, he had formerly tried, as I have related, to get possession of Gaul through various agents, but had been unable on account of Calenus and the others who supported Antony's cause; but now he occupied it in person, when he discovered that Calenus had fallen ill and died, and when he had acquired his army without difficulty. 4 Meanwhile, seeing that Lepidus was vexed at being deprived of the province that belonged to him, he sent him to Africa, desiring that he should receive the province as a gift from himself alone, and not from Antony also, and should thus become more closely attached to him.
§ 48.21
δύο μὲν δὴ ἔθνη τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις ἐν τῇ Λιβύῃ ἐκείνῃ, ὥσπερ εἶπον, ἦν· ἦρχον δὲ πρὸ τῆς τῶν τριῶν ἀνδρῶν συνωμοσίας τοῦ μὲν Νομαδικοῦ Τίτος Σέξτιος, τοῦ δὲ ἑτέρου ὅ τε Κορνουφίκιος καὶ Δέκιμος Λαίλιος, ὁ μὲν τὰ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου, οἱ δὲ τὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος φρονοῦντες. καὶ τέως μὲν ὁ Σέξτιος ἀνέμενεν ὡς καὶ ἐκείνων (πολὺ γὰρ πλείω δύναμιν εἶχονʼ ἐς τὴν ἀρχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐσβαλούντων, καὶ παρεσκευάζετο ὡς καὶ ἐνταῦθα αὐτοὺς ἀμυνούμενος· ἐπεὶ δὲ διέμελλον, κατεφρόνησέ τε αὐτῶν, καὶ προσεπαρθεὶς ὑπό τε βοὸς φθεγξαμένης, ὥς φασιν, ἀνθρωπίνῃ φωνῇ καὶ κελευσάσης αὐτῷ τῶν προκειμένων ἔχεσθαι, καὶ ἐξ ἐνυπνίου διʼ οὗ ταῦρός τις κατορωρυγμένος ἐν τῇ πόλει Τούκκῃ παρῃνεκέναι οἱ ἔδοξε τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ ἀνελέσθαι καὶ ἐπὶ κάμακος, ὡς καὶ ἐκ τούτου νικήσοντι, περιφέρειν, οὐκ ἐμέλλησεν, ἄλλως τε καὶ ὅτι τὸν ταῦρον ἐν τῷ χωρίῳ ἐν ᾧ τὸ ἐνύπνιον εἶναι ἔφη εὗρεν, ἀλλʼ αὐτὸς ἐς τὴν Ἀφρικὴν προενέβαλε. καὶ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον τό τε Ἀδρυμητον καὶ ἄλλα ἄττα χωρία, ἀνελπίστοις σφίσι προσπεσών, κατέσχεν· ἔπειτα δὲ ἀφυλάκτως διʼ αὐτὸ τοῦτʼ ἔχων ἐλοχίσθη τε ὑπὸ τοῦ ταμίου, καὶ πολὺ μέρος τοῦ στρατοῦ ἀποβαλὼν ἐς τὴν Νουμιδίαν ἀνεχώρησε. καὶ ἔτυχε γὰρ ἄνευ τῆς τοῦ ταύρου κεφαλῆς δυστυχήσας, τήν τε ἧτταν ἐς τοῦτο ἀνέφερε, καὶ παρεσκευάζετο ὡς καὶ αὖθις στρατεύσων. κἀν τούτῳ φθάσαντες οἱ ἐναντίοι ἀντεσέβαλον ἐς τὴν ἀρχὴν αὐτοῦ· καὶ οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι Κίρταν ἐπολιόρκουν, ὁ δὲ δὴ ταμίας ἐπʼ ἐκεῖνον σὺν τοῖς ἱππεῦσιν ὥρμησε, καί τισιν ἱππομαχίαις κρατήσας τὸν συνταμίαν προσεποιήσατο. πραχθέντων δὲ τούτων ὁ Σέξτιος νεαλῆ τινα ἐπικουρίαν προσλαβὼν ἀνεκινδύνευσε, καὶ τόν τε ταμίαν ἀντενίκησε καὶ τὸν Λαίλιον κατατρέχοντα τὴν χώραν ἐς τὸ ἔρυμα κατέκλεισε. τόν τε Κορνουφίκιον ἐπαμυνοῦντα ἀπατήσας ὡς καὶ ἑαλωκότος ἐκείνου καὶ ἐς ἀθυμίαν ἐμβαλὼν ἥττησε, καὶ αὐτόν τε ἐν τῇ μάχῃ ἀπέκτεινε καὶ τὸν Λαίλιον ἐπεξελθόντα ὡς καὶ κατὰ νώτου σφίσι προσπεσούμενον.
The Romans had two provinces in that part of Africa, as I have remarked; the governors, before the league of the triumvirs, were Titus Sextius over the Numidian country and Cornificius with Decimus Laelius over the other, the first-named being friendly to Antony and the other two to Caesar. 2 For a time Sextius waited, expecting that the others, who had a far larger force, would invade his domain, and he was preparing to withstand them there. But when they delayed he began to despise them; and he was further elated when a cow spoke with a human voice, as they say, and bade him lay hold of the task before him, and when he had a dream in which a bull that had been buried in the city of Tucca seemed to urge him to dig up its head and carry it about on a pole, intimating that by this means he should conquer. Without hesitation, then, especially when he found the bull at the place where the dream said it was, he took the initiative by invading Africa. 4 At the outset he occupied Hadrumetum and some few other places, which were taken by surprise at his sudden assault; but later, while off his guard because of this very success, he was ambushed by the quaestor of Cornificius, lost a large portion of his army, and withdrew into Numidia. And since he chanced to meet with this reverse when he was without the bull's head, he ascribed his defeat to that fact and made preparations to take the field again. Meanwhile his opponents anticipated him by invading his province, and while the others were besieging Cirta, the quaestor of Cornificius, with the cavalry, proceeded against him, overcame him in a few cavalry battles, and won over Sextius' quaestor. After these experiences Sextius secured some fresh reinforcements, risked battle again, conquered the quaestor in his turn, and shut up Laelius, who was overrunning the country, within his fortifications. 6 He deceived Cornificius, who was intending to come to the defence of his colleague, making him believe that Laelius had been captured, and after thus throwing him into a state of dejection defeated him; and he not only slew Cornificius in the battle, but also Laelius, who made a sally with the intention of taking his enemy in the rear.
§ 48.22
πράξας δὲ ταῦτα τήν τε Ἀφρικὴν κατέσχε καὶ ἑκατέρου τοῦ ἔθνους ἀδεῶς ἦρχε, μέχρις οὗ ὁ Καῖσαρ ἐκ τῶν συνθηκῶν τῶν πρός τε τὸν Ἀντώνιον καὶ τὸν Λέπιδόν οἱ γενομένων τὴν ἀρχὴν αὐτῶν λαβὼν Γάιόν σφισι Φουφίκιον Φάγγωνα προσέταξε· τότε γὰρ ἑκὼν δὴ τῶν ἐθνῶν ἐξέστη. ὡς μέντοι ἥ τε μάχη ἡ κατὰ τὸν Βροῦτον τόν τε Κάσσιον ἐγένετο, καὶ ὁ Καῖσαρ ὅ τε Ἀντώνιος τά τε ἄλλα ἀνεδάσαντο, καὶ τῆς Λιβύης Καῖσαρ μὲν τὴν Νουμιδίαν Ἀντώνιος δὲ τὴν Ἀφρικὴν ἔλαβεν (ὁ γὰρ Λέπιδος ἐν αὐτοῖς ὀνόματι μόνον, ὥσπερ εἶπον, ἦρχε, καὶ πολλάκις γε οὐδὲ τοῦτο ἐν τοῖς γράμμασι προσενεγράφετὀ, ὡς οὖν ταῦτά τε οὕτως ἐγένετο καὶ ἡ Φουλουία τὴν Ἀφρικὴν αὐτῷ παραλαβεῖν ἐκέλευσεν (ἐν γὰρ τῇ Λιβύῃ καὶ τότε ἔτι, πρόφασιν μὲν διὰ τὸν χειμῶνα, ἔργῳ δὲ εὖ εἰδὼς ὅτι νεωτερισθήσοιτό τι, ἐνδιέτριψἐ, τὸν μὲν Φάγγωνα οὐκ ἔπεισε τῆς χώρας ἐκστῆναι, τοὺς δὲ ἐπιχωρίους ἀχθομένους οἱ (ἔν τε γὰρ τῷ μισθοφορικῷ ἐστράτευτο· πολλοὶ γὰρ καὶ τῶν τοιούτων ἐς τὸ βουλευτήριον, ὥσπερ εἴρηταί μοι, κατελελέχατο· καὶ κακῶς αὐτῶν ἦρχἐ προσηταιρίσατο. γενομένου δὲ τούτου ὁ Φάγγων ἐς τὴν Νουμιδίαν ἀνεχώρησε, καὶ τούς τε Κιρτησίους καταφρονήσαντας αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὰ παρόντα κακῶς μετεχειρισατο, καὶ Ἀραβίωνά τινα δυναστεύοντα ἐν τοῖς προσοικοῦσί σφισι βαρβάροις, καὶ πρότερον μὲν τῷ Λαιλίῳ συναράμενον, ὕστερον δὲ τῷ Σεξτίῳ προσθέμενον, ἐξέβαλεν ἐκ τῆς ἀρχῆς, ἐπειδή οἱ μὴ ἠθέλησε συμμαχῆσαι. καταφυγόντα τε αὐτὸν πρὸς τὸν Σέξτιον ἐξαιτήσας καὶ μὴ λαβὼν ὀργήν τε ἐποιήσατο, καὶ ἐς τὴν Ἀφρικὴν ἐμβαλὼν τῆς μὲν χώρας ἐκάκωσεν, ἀντιστρατοπεδευσαμένου δὲ αὐτῷ τοῦ Σεξτίου μάχαις βραχείαις μὲν πολλαῖς δʼ οὖν ἡττήθη, καὶ διὰ τοῦτʼ ἐς τὴν Νουμιδίαν αὖθις ἀνεκομίσθη. καὶ αὐτῷ ὁ Σέξτιος ἀντεπελθὼν ἐλπίδα μὲν ὡς καὶ διὰ βραχέος τῇ τοῦ Ἀραβίωνος μάλιστα ἱππείᾳ νικήσων ἔσχεν, ὑποτοπήσας δέ τι καὶ δολοφονήσας ἐκεῖνον οὐδὲν ἔτι τότε γε ἔπραξεν· οἱ γὰρ ἱππῆς χαλεπῶς ἐπὶ τῷ ὀλέθρῳ αὐτοῦ σχόντες ἐγκατέλιπον αὐτόν, καὶ οἵ γε πλείους σφῶν τὰ τοῦ
After this achievement Sextius occupied Africa and governed both provinces in security, until Caesar, according to the compact made by him with Antony and Lepidus, took over the command of these provinces and put Gaius Fuficius Fango in charge of them; then, indeed, Sextius voluntarily gave up the provinces. 2 When, however, the battle with Brutus and Cassius had been fought, and Caesar and Antony had redistributed the world, Caesar taking Numidia for his share of Libya, and Antony Africa, — for Lepidus, as I have stated, ruled with them only in name, and often was not recorded in the documents even to this extent, — when, I say, this had occurred, Fulvia bade Sextius resume his rule of Africa. He was at this time still lingering in Libya, making the winter season his plea, but in reality knowing full well that there would be some kind of revolution. As he could not persuade Fango to retire from the country, he associated himself with the natives, who detested Fango; for he had served in the mercenary force — many of whose members, as has been stated in my narrative, had actually been elected to the senate — and was ruling the natives badly. 4 At this turn of affairs Fango retired into Numidia, where he ill-treated the people of Cirta because they despised him in view of the present circumstances. He also expelled from his kingdom a certain Arabio, a prince among the neighbouring barbarians, who had first helped Laelius and had later attached himself to Sextius; this he did because Arabio refused to make an alliance with him. When the prince fled to Sextius, Fango demanded his surrender, and upon being refused he grew angry, invaded Africa, and ravaged a part of the country; but when Sextius took the field against him, he was defeated in slight but numerous engagements and consequently retired again into Numidia. 6 Sextius went after him and had hopes of soon vanquishing him, especially with the aid of Arabio's horse, but he became suspicious of Arabio and treacherously murdered him, after which he accomplished nothing further at that time, for the cavalry, enraged at Arabio's death, left Sextius in the lurch and most of them took the side of Fango. 231 For the time being Sextius and Fango concluded an alliance, agreeing that the cause for war between them had been removed; later, however, Fango waited until Sextius was feeling secure on account of the truce and then invaded Africa. 2 Thereupon they joined battle with each other, and at first both sides were victorious and also beaten; for Fango was superior in his Numidian cavalry and Sextius in his citizen infantry, so that they plundered each other's camps without the men on either side knowing what fate had befallen their comrades. 3 Then when they retired and perceived what had happened, they came to blows again, the Numidians were routed, and Fango escaped for the moment into the mountains; but during the night some hartbeestes ran past, and, thinking that the enemy's cavalry were at hand, he committed suicide. 4 Thus Sextius gained possession of all the other districts without trouble, and subdued by famine Zama, which held out for a long time. Thereafter he governed both the provinces again until Lepidus was sent. 5 Against him he took no measures, either because he thought this policy had the approval of Antony, or because he was by no means so strong as Lepidus in troops; instead, he remained quiet, acting as if the inevitable were a favour on his own part to Lepidus. In this way Lepidus gained possession of both provinces.
§ 48.23
Φάγγωνος ἀνθείλοντο. ἀλλʼ ἐν μὲν τῷ παρόντι φιλίαν, ὡς καὶ τῆς προφάσεώς σφισι τοῦ πολέμου ὑπεξῃρημένης, συνέθεντο· μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τηρήσας ὁ Φάγγων τὸν Σέξτιον ἀδεῶς ὑπὸ τῶν σπονδῶν ἔχοντα ἐς τὴν Ἀφρικὴν ἐσέβαλε. κἀνταῦθα συμμίξαντες ἀλλήλοις τὸ μὲν πρῶτον καὶ ἐνίκησαν ἀμφότεροι καὶ ἡττήθησαν (ὁ μὲν γὰρ τῷ ἱππικῷ τῷ Νομαδικῷ, ὁ δὲ τῇ ἀσπίδι τῇ πολιτικῇ ἐκράτησενʼ, ὥστε καὶ τὰ στρατόπεδα αὐτοὺς τὰ ἀλλήλων διαρπάσαι, μηδὲν μηδετέρους περὶ τῶν συστρατιωτῶν εἰδότας· ὡς δʼ ἐπαναχωροῦντες ᾔσθοντο τὸ γεγονός, ἐς χεῖρας αὖθις ἦλθον, καὶ τροπῆς τῶν Νομάδων γενομένης ὁ Φάγγων τότε μὲν ἐς τὰ ὄρη ἀνέφυγε, τῆς δὲ νυκτὸς βουβαλίδων διαδραμουσῶν ᾠήθη τε τὴν πολεμίαν ἵππον παρεῖναι καὶ ἑαυτὸν κατεχρήσατο. καὶ οὕτως ὁ Σέξτιος τὰ μὲν ἄλλα ἀπόνως ἔλαβε, Ζάμην δὲ ἐπὶ πλεῖστον ἀντισχοῦσαν λιμῷ κατεστρέψατο. κἀκ τουτου ἀμφοτερων αὖθις τῶν ἐθνῶν ἡγεῖτο, μέχρις οὗ ὁ Λέπιδος ἐπέμφθη· ἐκείνῳ γάρ, ὡς καὶ τῷ Ἀντωνίῳ συνδοκοῦν, ἢ καὶ ὅτι ταῖς δυνάμεσι πολὺ αὐτοῦ ἠλαττοῦτο, οὐδὲν ἀντέπραξεν, ἀλλʼ ὡς καὶ ἑαυτοῦ χάριν τὴν ἀνάγκην τιθέμενος ἡσύχαζε. καὶ οὕτως ὁ Λέπιδος ἀμφότερα τὰ ἔθνη κατέσχε.
—
§ 48.24
ταῦτα μὲν οὕτως ἐγένετο, κατὰ δὲ δὴ τοὺς αὐτοὺς τούτους χρόνους, μετὰ τὴν μάχην τὴν πρὸς τοῖς Φιλίπποις συμβᾶσαν, ὁ Ἀντώνιος ὁ Μᾶρκος ἔς τε τὴν Ἀσίαν τὴν ἤπειρον ἦλθε, κἀνταῦθα τὰ μὲν αὐτὸς περιιών, ἐς δὲ τὰ ἄλλους πέμπων, τάς τε πόλεις ἠργυρολόγει καὶ τὰς δυναστείας ἐπίπρασκε. κἀν τούτῳ τῆς Κλεοπάτρας ἐν Κιλικίᾳ οἱ ὀφθείσης ἐρασθεὶς οὐκέτʼ οὐδεμίαν τοῦ καλοῦ φροντίδα ἐποιήσατο, ἀλλὰ τῇ τε Αἰγυπτίᾳ ἐδούλευε καὶ τῷ ἐκείνης ἔρωτι ἐσχόλαζε. καὶ ἄλλα τε διὰ τοῦτο πολλὰ καὶ ἄτοπα ἔπραξε, καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτῆς ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐν Ἐφέσῳ Ἀρτεμισίου ἀποσπάσας ἀπέκτεινε. καὶ τέλος Πλάγκον μὲν ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ τῷ ἔθνει, Σάξαν δὲ ἐν τῇ Συρίᾳ καταλιπὼν ἐς τὴν Αἴγυπτον ἀπῆρεν. ὅθενπερ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα ἄλλα τε ταραχώδη πολλὰ ἐπεγένετο, ὥστε καὶ τοὺς Ἀραδίους τοὺς νησιώτας μήθʼ ὑπακοῦσαί τι τοῖς ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ πρὸς σφᾶς ἐπὶ χρήματα πεμφθεῖσι, καὶ προσέτι καὶ φθεῖραί τινας αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ Πάρθοι καὶ πρὶν κινούμενοι, τότε δὴ καὶ μᾶλλον τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις ἐπέθεντο. ἦγον δὲ αὐτοὺς Λαβιῆνος καὶ Πάκορος, οὗτος μὲν Ὀρώδου τοῦ βασιλέως, ἐκεῖνος δὲ τοῦ Λαβιήνου τοῦ Τίτου παῖς ὤν. ἦλθε δὲ ὧδε ἐς τοὺς Πάρθους, καὶ τάδε σὺν τῷ Πακόρῳ ἔπραξεν. ἐτύγχανε μὲν τῷ τε Κασσίῳ καὶ τῷ Βρούτῳ συμμαχῶν, πεμφθεὶς δὲ πρὸς τὸν Ὀρώδην πρὸ τῆς μάχης ὅπως τινὰ βοήθειαν λάβῃ, συχνὸν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ χρόνον διετρίβη περιορωμένου καὶ ὀκνοῦντος μὲν συνθέσθαι οἱ, δεδιότος δὲ ἀπαρνήσασθαι. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο ὡς ἥ τε ἀγγελία τῆς ἥττης ἀφίκετο καὶ οἱ κρατήσαντες ἐδόκουν μηδενὸς τῶν ἀντιπολεμησάντων σφίσι φείσεσθαι, κατέμεινε παρὰ τοῖς βαρβάροις, τὸν μετʼ αὐτῶν βίον πρὸ τοῦ οἴκοι ὀλέθρου προτιμήσας. οὗτος οὖν ὁ Λαβιῆνος ἐπειδὴ τάχιστα τήν τε ἔκλυσιν τοῦ Ἀντωνίου καὶ τὸν ἔρωτα τήν τε ἐς τὴν Αἴγυπτον ὁδὸν ᾔσθετο, ἔπεισε τὸν Πάρθον τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις ἐπιχειρῆσαι. τά τε γὰρ στρατεύματα αὐτῶν τὰ μὲν παντελῶς ἐφθάρθαι τὰ δὲ κεκακῶσθαι, καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς ἐν στάσει τε εἶναι καὶ πολεμήσειν αὖθις ἔφη· κἀκ τούτου παρῄνεσεν αὐτῷ τήν τε Συρίαν καὶ τὰ ὅμορα αὐτῇ καταστρέψασθαι, ἐν ᾧ Καῖσαρ μὲν ἔν τε τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ καὶ περὶ τὸν Σέξτον ἀσχολίαν ἦγεν, Ἀντώνιος δὲ ἐν τῇ Αἰγύπτῳ ἤρα. ἡγεμών θʼ ὑπέσχετο τοῦ πολέμου γενήσεσθαι, καὶ πολλὰ καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο τῶν ἐθνῶν, ἅτε καὶ ἀλλοτρίως τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις διὰ τὴν συνεχῆ κάκωσιν ἔχοντα, μεταστήσειν ἐπηγγείλατο.
So much for these events. During this same period, following the battle at Philippi, Mark Antony came to the mainland of Asia, where he levied contributions upon the cities and sold the positions of authority; some of the districts he visited in person and to others he sent agents. 2 Meanwhile he fell in love with Cleopatra, whom he had seen in Cilicia, and thereafter gave not a thought to honour but became the Egyptian woman's slave and devoted his time to his passion for her. This caused him to do many outrageous things, and in particular to drag her brothers from the temple of Artemis at Ephesus and put them to death. And finally he left Plancus in the province of Asia and Saxa in Syria and departed for Egypt. This action was chiefly responsible for many disturbances: the inhabitants of the island of Arados paid no heed to the agents sent them by him to secure money, and even went so far as to kill some of them, and the Parthians, who had previously been active, 4 now assailed the Romans more than ever. Their leaders were Labienus and Pacorus, the latter being a son of King Orodes and the former a son of Titus Labienus. The manner of Labienus' coming among the Parthians, and what he did in conjunction with Pacorus, was as follows. He was an ally of Brutus and Cassius, and having before the battle been sent to Orodes to secure some reinforcements, was detained by him a long time while the king was waiting the turn of events and hesitating to join forces with him, yet fearing to refuse. 6 Later, when the news of the defeat reached him, and it appeared to be the intention of the victors to spare none who had resisted them, Labienus remained among the barbarians, choosing to live with them rather than to perish at home. Now as soon as Labienus was aware of Antony's demoralization, of his passion, and of his departure for Egypt, he persuaded the Parthian king to make an attack upon the Romans. For he declared their armies were either destroyed utterly or impaired, while the remainder of the troops were in a state of mutiny and would again be at war; and he accordingly advised the king to subjugate Syria and the adjoining districts, while Caesar was busy in Italy with Sextus and Antony was indulging his passion in Egypt. 8 He promised to assume command in the war, and assured Orodes that if allowed to follow this course he would detach many of the provinces, inasmuch as they were already estranged from the Romans through the constant ill-treatment they had experienced.
§ 48.25
Τοιαῦτʼ οὖν εἰπών, καὶ πείσας αὐτὸν πολεμῆσαι, καὶ δύναμιν πολλὴν καὶ τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ τὸν Πάκορον ἐπετράπη, καὶ μετʼ αὐτῶν ἔς τε τὴν Φοινίκην ἐνέβαλε, καὶ πρὸς τὴν Ἀπάμειαν προσελάσας τοῦ μὲν τείχους ἀπεκρούσθη, τοὺς δὲ ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ φρουροὺς ἐθελοντὰς προσέθετο. ἐκ γὰρ τῶν τῷ τε Κασσίῳ καὶ τῷ Βρούτῳ συνεστρατευμένων ἦσαν· ἔς τε γὰρ τὰ ἑαυτοῦ στρατόπεδα Ἀντώνιος αὐτοὺς κατέταξε, καὶ τότε τὴν Συρίαν ὡς καὶ ἐμπείρως αὐτῆς ἔχοντας φρουρεῖν ἐκέλευσε. τούτους τε οὖν ὁ Λαβιῆνος ῥᾳδίως ὡς καὶ συνήθεις οἱ ὄντας, πλὴν τοῦ Σάξου τοῦ τότε αὐτῶν ἡγουμένου, ἐσφετερίσατο (ἐκεῖνος γὰρ καὶ ἀδελφὸς τοῦ στρατιάρχου ὢν καὶ ταμιεύων μόνος αὐτῷ οὐ προσεχώρησἐ, καὶ τὸν Σάξαν τὸν ἄρχοντα μάχῃ τε ἐκ παρατάξεως καὶ τῷ πλήθει καὶ τῇ ἀρετῇ τῶν ἱππέων ἐνίκησε, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο ἐκδράντα νυκτὸς ἐκ τῆς ταφρείας ἐπεδίωξεν· ὁ γὰρ Σάξας φοβηθεὶς μὴ καὶ οἱ συνόντες οἱ τὰ τοῦ Λαβιήνου, ὑπαγομένου σφᾶς διὰ βιβλίων τινῶν ἃ ἐς τὸ στρατόπεδον ἐσετόξευε, φρονήσωσιν, ἔφυγεν. καταλαβὼν οὖν αὐτοὺς ὁ Λαβιῆνος τοὺς μὲν πλείους ἔφθειρε, τοῦ δὲ δὴ Σάξου ἐς Ἀντιόχειαν διαφυγόντος τήν τε Ἀπάμειαν, οὐδὲν ἔτι ὡς καὶ τεθνεῶτος αὐτοῦ ἀντάρασαν, ἔλαβε, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν ἐκλειφθεῖσαν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ παρεστήσατο, καὶ τέλος καὶ αὐτὸν ἐκεῖνον ἐς Κιλικίαν φυγόντα ἐπιδιώξας καὶ συλλαβὼν ἀπέκτεινε.
By these agreements persuaded Orodes to wage war and was entrusted by him with a large force and with the king's son Pacorus. With them he invaded Phoenicia, and advancing against Apamea, he was repulsed from its walls but won the garrisons in the country to his side without resistance. 2 For these garrisons consisted of troops that had served with Brutus and Cassius; Antony had incorporated them in his own forces and at this time had assigned them to garrison Syria because they knew the country. So Labienus easily won over all these men, since they were well acquainted with him, with the exception of Saxa, their leader at the time, who was brother of the general Saxa as well as quaestor and therefore refused to go over to the other side, being the only one who did; and Saxa the general he conquered in a pitched battle through the superior numbers and ability of his own cavalry, and when the other later on made a dash by night from his intrenchments, he pursued them. The reason why Saxa fled was that he feared his associates would take up with the cause of Labienus, who was trying to lure them away by means of pamphlets which he kept shooting into Saxa's camp. 4 Now when Labienus overtook the fugitives, he slew most of them, and then, when Saxa made his escape to Antioch, he captured Apamea, which no longer resisted, since the inhabitants believed that Saxa was dead; and subsequently he brought Antioch also to terms, now that Saxa had abandoned it, and finally, after pursuing the fugitive into Cilicia, he seized Saxa himself and put him to death.
§ 48.26
τελευτήσαντος δὲ αὐτοῦ ὁ μὲν Πάκορος τὴν Συρίαν ἐχειροῦτο, καὶ πᾶσάν γε αὐτὴν πλὴν Τύρου κατεστρέψατο· ταύτην γὰρ οἵ τε Ῥωμαῖοι οἱ περιλιπεῖς καὶ οἱ ἐπιχώριοι οἱ ὁμοφρονοῦντές σφισι προκατέλαβον, καὶ οὔτʼ ἀναπεισθῆναι οὔτε βιασθῆναι (ναυτικὸν γὰρ οὐδὲν εἶχεν ) ἠδυνήθησαν. οὗτοι μὲν οὖν ἀνάλωτοι ἔμειναν· τὰ δʼ ἄλλα ὁ Πάκορος λαβὼν ἐς Παλαιστίνην ἐσέβαλε, καὶ τόν τε Ὑρκανόν, ὃς τότε τὰ πράγματα αὐτῶν παρὰ τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἐπιτραπεὶς εἶχεν, ἔπαυσε, καὶ τὸν Ἀριστόβουλον τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ ἄρχοντα κατὰ τὸ ἐκείνων ἔχθος ἀντικατέστησεν. ὁ δὲ δὴ Λαβιῆνος ἐν τούτῳ τήν τε Κιλικίαν κατέσχε, καὶ τῆς Ἀσίας τὰς ἠπειρώτιδας πόλεις (ὁ γὰρ Πλάγκος φοβηθεὶς αὐτὸν ἐς τὰς νήσους ἐπεραιώθἠ παρεστήσατο πλὴν Στρατονικείας, τὰ μὲν πλεῖστα ἄνευ πολέμου, Μύλασα δὲ καὶ Ἀλάβανδα διὰ κινδύνων ἑλών. οὗτοι γὰρ ἐδέξαντο μὲν παρʼ αὐτοῦ φρουρούς, φονεύσαντες δὲ αὐτοὺς ἐν ἑορτῇ τινι ἀπέστησαν· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τοὺς μὲν Ἀλαβανδέας αὐτοὺς λαβὼν ἐκόλασε, τὰ δὲ δὴ Μύλασα ἐκλειφθέντα κατέσκαψε. τῇ γὰρ Στρατονικείᾳ προσήδρευσε μὲν πολὺν χρόνον, οὐδένα δὲ αὐτὴν τρόπον ἑλεῖν ἠδυνήθη. καὶ ὁ μὲν χρήματά τε ἐπὶ τούτοις ἐπράσσετο καὶ τὰ ἱερὰ ἐσύλα, αὐτοκράτορά τε αὑτὸν καὶ Παρθικόν γε ἐκ τοῦ ἐναντιωτάτου τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις ἔθους ὠνόμαζεν· οὓς γὰρ κατʼ αὐτῶν ἐπῆγεν, ἀπὸ τούτων ἑαυτόν, ὡς καὶ ἐκείνους ἀλλʼ οὐ τοὺς πολίτας
After the death of Saxa, Pacorus made himself master of Syria and subjugated all of it except Tyre; but that city had already been occupied by the Romans who survived and by the natives who were in sympathy with them, and neither persuasion could prevail against them nor force, since Pacorus had no fleet. 2 They accordingly continued to be proof against capture, but Pacorus secured all the rest of Syria. He then invaded Palestine and deposed Hyrcanus, who was at the moment in charge of affairs there, having been appointed by the Romans, and in his stead set up his brother Aristobulus as a ruler because of the enmity existing between them. In the meantime Labienus had occupied Cilicia and had obtained the allegiance of the cities of the mainland except Stratonicea, since Plancus, in fear of him, had crossed over to the islands; most of the places he took without conflict, but for Mylasa and Alabanda he had to fight. 4 For although these cities had accepted garrisons from him, they murdered them on the occasion of a festival and revolted; and because of this he punished the people of Alabanda when he had captured it, and razed to the ground the town of Mylasa after it had been abandoned. As for Stratonicea, he besieged it for a long time, but was unable to capture it in any way. Now in consequence of these successes Labienus proceeded to levy money and to rob the temples; and he styled himself imperator and Parthicus, in the latter respect acting directly contrary to the Roman custom, in that he took his title from those whom he was leading against the Romans, as if it were the Parthians and not his fellow-citizens that he was defeating.
§ 48.27
νικῶν, ἐπεκάλει· Ἀντώνιος δὲ ἐπυνθάνετο μὲν καὶ ταῦτα ὥσπερ που καὶ τὰ ἄλλα τὰ ἐν τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ δρώμενα (οὐδὲν γὰρ αὐτῶν τὸ παράπαν ἠγνόεἰ, οὐ μέντοι καὶ κατὰ καιρὸν οὐδετέροις ἤμυνεν, ἀλλʼ ὑπό τε τοῦ ἔρωτος καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς μέθης οὔτε τῶν συμμάχων τι οὔτε τῶν πολεμίων ἐφρόντισε. τέως μὲν γὰρ κάτω τε ἐτέτακτο καὶ τῶν πρωτείων ἐφίετο, ἐντόνως τοῖς πράγμασι προσεῖχεν· ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐν τῷ κράτει ἐγένετο, οὐκέτʼ οὐδενὸς αὐτῶν ἀκριβῶς ἐπεμελήθη, ἀλλὰ τῇ τε Κλεοπάτρᾳ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις Αἰγυπτίοις συνετρύφα, μέχρις οὗ παντελῶς κατελύθη. ὀψὲ δʼ οὖν ποτε ἀναγκασθεὶς ἐξαναστῆναι ἔπλευσε μὲν πρὸς τὴν Τύρον ὡς καὶ βοηθήσων σφίσιν, ἰδὼν δὲ δὴ τὰ ἄλλα προκατειλημμένα ἐγκατέλιπεν αὐτούς, πρόφασιν τὸν τοῦ Σέξτου πόλεμον ποιησάμενος· καίτοι καὶ τῆς πρὸς ἐκεῖνον βραδυτῆτος τὰ τῶν Πάρθων σκηπτόμενος προεβάλλετο. καὶ οὕτως οὔτε τοῖς συμμάχοις διὰ τὸν Σέξτον δῆθεν οὔτε τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ διʼ ἐκείνους ἐπεκούρησεν, ἀλλὰ παρὰ τὴν ἤπειρον μέχρι τῆς Ἀσίας παρακομισθεὶς ἐς τὴν Ἑλλάδα διέβαλε, κἀνταῦθα τῇ τε μητρὶ καὶ τῇ γυναικὶ συμμίξας τόν τε Καίσαρα πολέμιον ἐποιήσατο καὶ τῷ Σέξτῳ φιλίαν ἐσπείσατο. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο ἐς τὴν Ἰταλίαν περαιωθεὶς Σειφοῦντα μὲν ἔσχε, Βρεντέσιον δὲ μὴ ἐθελῆσάν οἱ προσχωρῆσαι ἐπολιόρκει.
As for Antony, although he kept himself informed of all these operations, as no doubt he did in the case of what was going on in Italy also (for he was ignorant of none of them whatsoever), yet he failed in both instances to take defensive measures in time; instead, he was so under the sway of his passion and of his drunkenness that he gave not a thought either to his allies or to his enemies. 2 It is indeed true that he had earnestly devoted himself to his duties so long as he had been in a subordinate station and had been aiming at the highest prizes, but now that he had got into power, he no longer paid strict attention to any of these things, but joined Cleopatra and the Egyptians in general in their life of luxurious ease until he was entirely demoralized. So when at last he was forced to bestir himself, he sailed to Tyre with the intention of aiding it, but on seeing that the rest of Syria had already been occupied before his coming, he left the inhabitants to their fate, on the pretext that he had to wage war against Sextus; and yet he excused his dilatoriness with regard to the latter by alleging his business with the Parthians.4 And thus on account of Sextus, as he pretended, he gave no assistance to his allies, and none to Italy on account of his allies, but coasted along the mainland as far as Asia and crossed to Greece. There, after meeting his mother and wife, he made Caesar his enemy and made an alliance with Sextus. After this he went over to Italy, got possession of Sipontum, and proceeded to besiege Brundisium, which had refused to come to terms with him.
§ 48.28
πράσσοντος δὲ αὐτοῦ ταῦτα ὁ Καῖσαρ τάς τε δυνάμεις (ἐκ γὰρ τῆς Γαλατίας ἤδη παρῆνʼ ἤθροισε, καὶ Πούπλιον μὲν Σερουίλιον Ῥοῦλλον πρὸς Βρεντέσιον, Ἀγρίππαν δὲ ἐπὶ Σειφοῦντα ἔπεμψε· καὶ οὗτος μὲν βίᾳ τὴν πόλιν εἷλε, τῷ δὲ δὴ Σερουιλίῳ ὁ Ἀντώνιος ἐξαίφνης προσπεσὼν πολλοὺς μὲν ἔφθειρε πολλοὺς δὲ καὶ παρεστήσατο. συνερρωγότων τε οὖν αὐτῶν ἐς τὸν πόλεμον, καὶ διαπεμπόντων πρός τε τὰς πόλεις καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἐστρατευμένους, ὁπόθεν τινὰ ὠφελίαν προσλήψεσθαι ἐνόμιζον, ἥ τε ἄλλη Ἰταλία αὖθις ἐταράσσετο καὶ ἡ Ῥώμη ὅτι μάλιστα, καὶ οἱ μὲν ἤδη πρὸς ἑκάτερον μεθίσταντο, οἱ δὲ ἔμελλον. μετεώρων δὲ αὐτῶν τε ἐκείνων καὶ τῶν συμπολεμησόντων σφίσιν ὄντων, ἡ Φουλουία ἐν Σικυῶνι, ἐν ᾗ ἦν, ἐτελεύτησε. καὶ αἰτίαν μὲν ὁ Ἀντώνιος τοῦ θανάτου αὐτῆς πρός τε τὸν τῆς Κλεοπάτρας ἔρωτα καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἐκείνης ἀσέλγειαν ἔσχεν· ὡς δʼ οὖν τοῦτʼ ἠγγέλθη, τά τε ὅπλα ἀμφότεροι κατέθεντο καὶ συνηλλάγησαν, εἴτʼ οὖν ὄντως ἐκπολεμούμενοι πρότερον ὑπὸ τῆς Φουλουίας, εἴτε καὶ πρόφασιν τὸν θάνατον αὐτῆς πρὸς τὸ παρʼ ἀλλήλων δέος, ὥστε καὶ ἀντιπάλους καὶ τὰς δυνάμεις καὶ τὰς ἐλπίδας ἔχοντες, ποιησάμενοι. κἀν τούτῳ Καῖσαρ μὲν Σαρδώ τε καὶ Δελματίαν τήν τε Ἰβηρίαν καὶ τὴν Γαλατίαν, Ἀντώνιος δὲ πάντα τἆλλα τὰ ὑπὲρ τὸν Ἰόνιον, τά τε ἐν τῇ Εὐρώπῃ καὶ τὰ ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις ὄντα, ἀπέλαχε· τά τε γὰρ ἐν τῇ Λιβύῃ ἔθνη ὁ Λέπιδος καὶ τὴν Σικελίαν ὁ Σέξτος εἶχε.
While he was thus engaged, Caesar, who had already arrived from Gaul, had collected his forces and had sent Publius Servilius Rullus to Brundisium and Agrippa against Sipontum. Agrippa took the city by storm, but Servius was suddenly attacked by Antony, who destroyed many of his men and won many over. 2 The two leaders thus broke out into open war and were sending messages to the various cities and to the veterans, wherever they thought they could get any aid; and all Italy was again thrown into turmoil, especially Rome, and some were already choosing one side or the other, and others were hesitating. While the leaders themselves and those who were to assist them in the war were in a state of suspense, Fulvia died in Sicyon, where she had been staying. And although Antony was held responsible for her death because of his passion for Cleopatra and her wantonness, nevertheless, when this news was announced, both sides laid down their arms and effected a reconciliation, either because Fulvia had really been the cause of their variance hitherto or because they chose to make her death an excuse, in view of the fear which each inspired in the other, inasmuch as the forces which they had, as well as their ambitions, were equally matched. 4 By the arrangement then made Caesar received Sardinia, Dalmatia, Spain, and Gaul, and Antony all the districts that belonged to the Romans across the Ionian Sea, both in Europe and Asia; as for the provinces in Africa, they were of course still held by Lepidus, and Sicily by Sextus.
§ 48.29
τὴν μὲν οὖν ἀρχὴν οὕτως αὖθις διεδάσαντο, τὸν δὲ δὴ πόλεμον τὸν πρὸς τὸν Σέξτον ἐκοινώσαντο, καίτοι τοῦ Ἀντωνίου ὅρκους πρὸς αὐτὸν διʼ ἀγγέλων ἐπὶ τῷ Καίσαρι πεποιημένου. καὶ διὰ τοῦτό γε οὐχ ἥκιστα ὁ Καῖσαρ ὑπέμεινε πάντας μὲν τοὺς ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ τῷ κατὰ τὸν Λούκιον τὸν τοῦ Ἀντωνίου ἀδελφὸν μεταστάντας πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν γε τῶν σφαγέων ἔστιν οὓς ὄντας, ἄλλους τε καὶ τὸν Δομίτιον, πάντας δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἐκτεθέντας ἐν τοῖς λευκώμασιν, ἢ καὶ ἄλλως πως τῷ τε Βρούτῳ καὶ τῷ Κασσίῳ συμπολεμήσαντας καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο τὰ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου πράξαντας, καταδέξασθαι ἐπʼ ἀδείᾳ. τοσοῦτος μὲν δὴ καὶ τῶν στάσεων καὶ τῶν πολέμων παράλογός ἐστι, δίκῃ μὲν οὐδὲν τῶν τὰ πράγματα ἐχόντων νομιζόντων, πρὸς δὲ δὴ τάς τε ἀεὶ χρείας καὶ τὰ συμφέροντά σφων τό τε φίλιον καὶ τὸ πολέμιον ἐξεταζόντων, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τοὺς αὐτοὺς τοτὲ μὲν ἐχθροὺς τοτὲ δὲ ἐπιτηδείους σφίσι πρὸς τὸν καιρὸν ἡγουμένων.
They accordingly divided the empire anew in this way and undertook in common the war against Sextus, although Antony through messengers had taken oaths by which he had bound himself to Sextus against Caesar. 2 And it was chiefly for this reason that Caesar brought himself to receive, under a general amnesty, all those who had gone over to Antony in the war with Lucius, Antony's brother, — among them being Domitius and some of the other assassins of Caesar, — as well as all those whose names had been posted on the tablets or had in any way cooperated with Brutus and Cassius and had later embraced the cause of Antony. So great, indeed, is the perversity that reigns in factional strife and war; for men in power take no account of justice, but determine on friend and foe according as their own interests and advantage at the time dictate, and accordingly they regard the same men, now as their enemies, now as their friends, according to the occasion.
§ 48.30
συνθέμενοι δʼ οὖν ταῦτʼ ἐν τοῖς στρατοπέδοις τοῖς περὶ τὸ Βρεντέσιον εἱστίασαν ἀλλήλους, Καῖσαρ μὲν στρατιωτικῶς τε καὶ ῥωμαϊκῶς, Ἀντώνιος δὲ ἀσιανῶς τε καὶ αἰγυπτίως. κατηλλαγμένων δὲ αὐτῶν, ὥς γε ἐδόκουν, περιστάντες τὸν Ἀντώνιον οἱ στρατιῶται οἱ τότε τῷ Καίσαρι συνόντες ἀπῄτουν παρʼ αὐτοῦ τὰ χρήματα ἃ πρὸ τῆς μάχης τῆς πρὸς τοῖς Φιλίπποις γενομένης ὑπέσχοντό σφισι· διʼ ἃ καὶ ἐς τὴν Ἀσίαν, ὅπως ὅτι πλεῖστα ἀθροίσειεν, ἔσταλτο. κἂν ἐξειργάσαντό τι αὐτὸν μηδὲν διδόντα, εἰ μή σφας ὁ Καῖσαρ ἐπελπίσας πῃ κατέσχε. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο τούς τε ἀφηλικεστέρους τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἐς τὰς ἀποικίας, μὴ καὶ ἐπὶ πλεῖον στασιάσωσιν, ἐξέπεμψαν, καὶ τοῦ πολέμου ἥπτοντο. ὁ γὰρ Σέξτος ἦλθε μὲν ἐς τὴν Ἰταλίαν κατὰ τὰς συνθήκας τὰς πρὸς τὸν Ἀντώνιόν οἱ γενομένας ὡς καὶ τῷ Καίσαρι μετʼ αὐτοῦ πολεμήσων, μαθὼν δὲ τὴν σύμβασίν σφων αὐτὸς μὲν ἐς τὴν Σικελίαν ἀνεκομίσθη, Μηνᾷ δὲ ἐξελευθέρῳ οἱ, ᾧ πάνυ προσέκειτο, ἐκέλευσε μέρει τοῦ ναυτικοῦ περιπλέοντι κακουργεῖν τὰ τῶν ἐναντίων. καὶ ὃς τῆς τε Τυρσηνίας πολλὰ ἐκάκωσε, καὶ Μᾶρκον Τίτιον Τιτίου, τῶν τε ἐπικηρυχθέντων καὶ τότε τῷ Σέξτῳ συνόντων, υἱὸν ὄντα καὶ ναῦς ἐπὶ ἰδίᾳ δυναστείᾳ συγκροτοῦντα, κἀν τῷ Ναρβωνησίῳ ἔθνει ναυλοχοῦντα, ἐζώγρησε. καὶ ὃς ἔπαθε μὲν κακὸν οὐδέν (διά τε γὰρ τὸν πατέρα, καὶ διότι τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Σέξτου ἐν ταῖς ἀσπίσιν οἱ στρατιῶται αὐτοῦ ἔφερον, ἐσώθἠ, οὐ μέντοι καὶ καλῶς τὸν εὐεργέτην ἠμείψατο, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατεπολέμησεν αὐτὸν καὶ κατεφόνευσεν, ὥστε καὶ τοῦτʼ ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα τῶν ὁμοίων μνημονευθῆναι. ὁ δʼ οὖν Μηνᾶς ταῦτά τε οὕτως ἔπραξε, καὶ ἐπὶ Σαρδὼ πλεύσας συνέβαλε Μάρκῳ Λουρίῳ τῷ ἄρχοντι αὐτῆς, καὶ τὰ μὲν πρῶτα ἐτράπετο, ἔπειτα δὲ παρὰ δόξαν αὐτὸν ἀπερισκέπτως ἐπιδιώκοντα ὑποστὰς ἀντεπεκράτησε. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο ἐκλιπόντος αὐτοῦ τὴν νῆσον κατέσχε τὰ μὲν ἄλλα ὁμολογίᾳ, τὴν δὲ Κάραλιν πολιορκίᾳ· συχνοὶ γὰρ ἐκ τῆς μάχης ἐς αὐτὴν κατεπεφεύγεσαν. τῶν γε μὴν ἁλόντων ἄλλους τε καὶ Ἕλενον, ἐξελεύθερόν τε τοῦ Καίσαρος ὄντα καὶ ἀρέσκοντα αὐτῷ τὰ μάλιστα, ἀφῆκεν ἄνευ λύτρων, εὐεργεσίαν τε ἐς τὸν Καίσαρα πόρρωθεν προκατατιθέμενος καὶ καταφυγὴν ἑαυτῷ προπαρασκευάζων, εἴ τι παρʼ αὐτοῦ δεηθείη.
When they had reached this agreement in their camps at Brundisium, they entertained each other at banquets, Caesar in military and Roman fashion and Antony in Asiatic and Egyptian style. 2 And now that they had become reconciled, as it appeared, the soldiers who were at that time with Caesar surrounded Antony and demanded of him the money which the two had promised them before the battle of Philippi; and, indeed, it was for this that he had been sent into Asia, in order to collect as much as possible. And when he failed to give them anything, they would certainly have done him some harm, if Caesar had not restrained them by inspiring them somehow with new hopes. After this experience, in order to guard against further unruliness, they sent the superannuated soldiers to the colonies, and then took up the war. 4 For Sextus had come to Italy in accordance with the agreement he had made with Antony, intending, with Antony's help, to wage war against Caesar; but when he learned of their agreement he himself went back to Sicily, and ordered Menas, a freedman of his to whom he was altogether devoted, to coast about a portion of the fleet and injure the property of his opponents. Menas, accordingly, ravaged many parts of Etruria and captured Marcus Titius, the son of Titius who was one of the proscribed and was then on the side of Sextus; this son had got together some ships in the interest of his own supremacy and had taken up his station off the province of Narbonensis. 6 This Titius suffered no harm, for on his father's account, and because his soldiers carried the name of Sextus on their shields, his life was spared; yet he did not recompense his benefactor fairly, but on the contrary, defeated him in battle and finally slew him, so that his conduct in this matter is remembered among the most notable examples of its kind. Now after Menas had accomplished all this as described, he sailed to Sardinia and engaged in a conflict with Marcus Lurius, the governor there; and at first he was routed, but later, when the other was pursuing him heedlessly, he awaited his attack and turned the tables upon Lurius by winning an unexpected victory over him. 8 Thereupon Lurius abandoned the island and Menas occupied it, taking all the places by capitulation, except Caralis, which he took by siege; for many fugitives from the battle had taken refuge there. He released without ransom several of the captives, including Helenus, a freedman of Caesar, who stood in high favour with his master, thus laying up for himself with Caesar a store of kindness against some future time and preparing a refuge for himself, if he should ever need anything at Caesar's hands.
§ 48.31
καὶ ὁ μὲν ταῦτʼ ἐποίει· οἱ δὲ ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ, ὡς ἥ τε Σαρδὼ εἴχετο καὶ ἡ παραλία ἐπορθεῖτο, τῆς τε σιτοπομπίας ἐστέρηντο, καὶ ὁ λιμὸς τά τε τέλη πολλὰ καὶ παντοῖα καθιστάμενα καὶ προσέτι καὶ συντέλειαι τοῖς τοὺς δούλους ἔχουσι προστασσόμεναι δεινῶς αὐτοὺς ἐλύπουν, οὐκέθʼ ἡσύχαζον, ἀλλʼ ὅσον ἐπὶ ταῖς τοῦ Ἀντωνίου καὶ τοῦ Καίσαρος καταλλαγαῖς, ὡς καὶ σφετέρας εἰρήνης τῆς ἐκείνων ὁμονοίας οὔσης, ἥσθησαν, τοσοῦτον ἢ καὶ πλεῖον ἐπὶ τῷ πρὸς τὸν Σέξτον σφῶν πολέμῳ ἤσχαλλον. ἐν δʼ οὖν τῷ τότε ἐπί τε ἵππων αὐτοὺς ὥσπερ ἐν ἐπινικίοις τισὶν ἐσαγαγόντες, καὶ τῇ νικητηρίᾳ στολῇ ἐξ ἴσου τοῖς πέμψασιν αὐτὰ κοσμήσαντες, τάς τε πανηγύρεις ἐπὶ τῶν ἀρχικῶν δίφρων θεωρεῖν ποιήσαντες, καὶ τὴν Ὀκταουίαν τὴν τοῦ Καίσαρος ἀδελφὴν γυναῖκα τῷ Ἀντωνίῳ, ἐπειδὴ ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς ἐτετελευτήκει, καὶ κυοῦσαν προμνησάμενοι, τοσαύτῃ μεταβολῇ ἐχρήσαντο ὥστε τὸ μὲν πρῶτον κατὰ συστάσεις γιγνόμενοι ἢ καὶ ἐπὶ θέαν τινὰ ἀθροιζόμενοι παρεκάλουν σφᾶς εἰρηνῆσαι καὶ πολλὰ ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἐπεβόων, ὡς δὲ οὐκ ἐπείθοντο, ἠλλοτριώθησάν τε αὐτοῖς καὶ πρὸς τὸν Σέξτον ἀπέκλιναν. καὶ ἄλλα τε ἐπὶ θεραπείᾳ αὐτοῦ διεθρόουν, καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἱπποδρομίαις κρότῳ τε πολλῷ τὸ τοῦ Ποσειδῶνος ἄγαλμα πομπεῦον ἐτίμων καὶ ἡδονὴν ἐπʼ αὐτῷ πολλὴν ἐποιοῦντο. ἐπεί τε ἡμέραις τισὶν οὐκ ἐσήχθη, τούς τε ἐν ταῖς ἀρχαῖς ὄντας λίθοις ἐκ τῆς ἀγορᾶς ἐξήλασαν καὶ ἐκείνων τὰς εἰκόνας κατέβαλον, καὶ τέλος, ἐπειδὴ μηδʼ ὥς τι ἐπεραίνετο, σπουδῇ ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς ὡς καὶ ἀποκτενοῦντές σφας ὥρμησαν. καὶ ὁ μὲν Καῖσαρ, καίτοι τρωθέντων τῶν ἀμφʼ αὐτὸν ὄντων, τήν τε ἐσθῆτα περιερρήξατο καὶ πρὸς ἱκετείαν αὐτῶν ἐτράπετο, ὁ δʼ Ἀντώνιος βιαιότερόν σφισι προσηνέχθη. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ὅτι μάλιστα ὀργισθέντων τέ σφων καὶ ἐπὶ τούτῳ καὶ δεινόν τι πράξειν προσδοκηθέντων, ἠναγκάσθησαν τῷ Σέξτῳ καὶ ἄκοντες ἐπικηρυκεύσασθαι.
Menas, then, was so employed; but as for the people in Rome, they would no longer hold their peace, inasmuch as Sardinia was in hostile hands, the coast was being pillaged, and they had had their corn supply cut off, while the famine, the great number of taxes of all sorts which were being imposed, and in addition contributions assessed upon such as possessed slaves, all irritated them greatly. 2 Much as they were pleased with the reconciliation of Antony and Caesar, — for they thought that harmony between these men meant peace for themselves, — they were equally or even more displeased at the war which the two men were carrying on against Sextus. But a short time before they had brought the two rulers into the city mounted on horses as if at a triumph, had bestowed upon them the triumphal dress just as upon those who celebrated triumphs, had allowed them to view the festivals seated upon their chairs of state, and had espoused to Antony Caesar's sister, Octavia, now that her husband was dead, though she was pregnant; 4 at the present time, however, they changed their behaviour to a remarkable degree. At first, when they met at various gathering or came together to witness a spectacle, they would urge Antony and Caesar to secure peace, and at this they raised loud shuts of approval; and when these leaders would not heed them, they were alienated from them and favoured Sextus. They not only kept up a general talk to foster his interests, but also at the games in the Circus honoured by loud applause the statue of Neptune carried in the procession, thus expressing their great delight in him. And when on certain days it was not brought out, they took stones and drove the magistrates from the Forum, threw down the statues of Caesar and Antony, and finally, when they could not accomplish anything even in this way, they rushed violently upon those men as if to kill them. 6 Caesar, although his followers were wounded, rent his garments and betook himself to supplicating them, whereas Antony bore himself with more violence toward them; and when, chiefly because of this, the people became angered and it was feared that they would even commit some act of violence in consequence, the two were forced against their will to make overtures to Sextus.
§ 48.32
κἀν τούτῳ τούς τε στρατηγοὺς καὶ τοὺς ὑπάτους, καίπερ ἐπʼ ἐξόδῳ ἤδη τοῦ ἔτους ὄντος, παύσαντες ἄλλους ἀντικατέστησαν, βραχὺ φροντίσαντες εἰ καὶ ἐπʼ ὀλίγας ἡμέρας ἄρξουσι. καὶ εἷς γε τῶν τότε ὑπατευσάντων Λούκιος Κορνήλιος Βάλβος ἐγένετο, Γαδειρεύς τε ὢν καὶ πλούτῳ καὶ μεγαλονοίᾳ τοσοῦτον τοὺς καθʼ ἑαυτὸν ἀνθρώπους ὑπερενεγκὼν ὥστε καὶ δωρεὰν τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις ἀνὰ πέντε καὶ εἴκοσι δραχμὰς τελευτῶν καταλιπεῖν. τοῦτό τε οὖν ἐποίησαν, καὶ ἐν τῇ τελευταίᾳ τοῦ ἔτους ἡμέρᾳ ἀγορανόμου τινὸς ἀποθανόντος ἕτερον ἐς τὰς λοιπὰς ὥρας ἀνθείλοντο. κἀν τῷ αὐτῷ τούτῳ χρόνῳ τό τε ὕδωρ τὸ Ἰούλιον ὠνομασμένον ἐς τὴν πόλιν ἐπωχετεύθη, καὶ ἡ πανήγυρις ἡ ἐπὶ τῷ πολέμῳ τῷ πρὸς τοὺς σφαγέας εὐχθεῖσα ὑπὸ τῶν ὑπάτων ἐποιήθη. τά τε τοῖς ἑπτὰ ἀνδράσιν ὠνομασμένοις προσήκοντα οἱ ποντίφικες, ἐπειδὴ μηδεὶς ἐκείνων παρῆν, ἐπετέλεσαν· καὶ τοῦτο καὶ ἄλλοτε πολλάκις ἐγένετο.
Meanwhile Caesar and Antony removed the praetors and the consuls, although it was now near the close of the year, and appointed others instead, caring little that these would remain in office but a few days.2 One of those who at this time became consuls was Lucius Cornelius Balbus, of Gades, who so far surpassed the men of his generation in wealth and munificence that at his death he left a bequest of one hundred sesterces to each Roman citizen. They not only did this, but when an aedile died on the last day of the year, they chose another to fill out the remaining hours. It was at this same time that the Aqua Iulia, as it was called, was brought into Rome 4 and the festival that had been vowed for the completion of the war against the assassins of Caesar was celebrated by the consuls. The duties belonging to the college called the Septemviri were performed by the pontifices, since no member of the calling was present; this was also done on many other occasions afterwards.
§ 48.33
ταῦτά τε οὖν οὕτως ἐν τῷ ἔτει ἐκείνῳ ἐπράχθη, καὶ Σφαῖρον ὁ Καῖσαρ παιδαγωγόν τε καὶ ἐξελεύθερον αὐτοῦ γενόμενον δημοσίᾳ ἔθαψε. τόν τε Ῥοῦφον τὸν Σαλουιδιῆνον ὡς καὶ ἐπιβουλεύσαντά οἱ ἀπέκτεινεν. οὗτος δὲ ἦν μὲν ἐξ ἀφανεστάτων, καὶ αὐτῷ ἡ κεφαλὴ ποιμαίνοντι φλόγα ἀνέδωκεν· ἐς τοσοῦτον δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ Καίσαρος προήχθη ὥστε αὐτόν τε ὕπατον μηδὲ βουλεύοντα ἀποδειχθῆναι, καὶ τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ προαποθανόντα διὰ τοῦ Τιβέριδος, γεφύρας ἐπʼ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ποιηθείσης, ἐξενεχθῆναι. ἀλλʼ οὐδὲν γὰρ τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων βέβαιόν ἐστι, κατηγορήθη τε ἐν τῷ βουλευτηρίῳ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ τοῦ Καίσαρος, καὶ ὡς πολέμιος ἐκείνου καὶ τοῦ δήμου παντὸς ἐσφάγη, ἱερομηνίαι τε ἐπʼ αὐτῷ ἐγένοντο, καὶ προσέτι καὶ ἡ φυλακὴ τῆς πόλεως τοῖς τρισὶν ἀνδράσι μετὰ τῆς εἰθισμένης προσθήκης, τοῦ μηδὲν ἀπʼ αὐτῆς ἀποτριβῆναι, ἐπετράπη. ἔν τε τῷ πρὸ τούτου ἔτει θηρία τε ἐν τῇ τῶν Ἀπολλωνίων ἱπποδρομίᾳ ἄνδρες ἐς τὴν ἱππάδα τελοῦντες κατέβαλον, καὶ ἡμέρα ἐμβόλιμος παρὰ τὰ καθεστηκότα ἐνεβλήθη, ἵνα μὴ ἡ νουμηνία τοῦ ἐχομένου ἔτους τὴν ἀγορὰν τὴν διὰ τῶν ἐννέα ἡμερῶν ἀγομένην λάβῃ, ὅπερ ἀπὸ τοῦ πάνυ ἀρχαίου σφόδρα ἐφυλάσσετο· καὶ δῆλον ὅτι ἀνθυφῃρέθη αὖθις, ὅπως ὁ χρόνος κατὰ τὰ τῷ Καίσαρι τῷ προτέρῳ δόξαντα συμβῇ. κάστορί τέ τινι ἥ τε τοῦ Ἀττάλου καὶ ἡ τοῦ Δηιοτάρου ἀρχὴ ἐν τῇ Γαλατίᾳ τελευτησάντων ἐδόθη· καὶ ὁ νόμος ὁ Φαλκίδιος ὠνομασμένος, πλείστην καὶ νῦν ἔτι ἰσχὺν ἐς τὰς τῶν κλήρων διαδοχάς, ὥστε τινὰ τὸ τέταρτον τῆς καταλειφθείσης οἱ οὐσίας. ἄν γέ πῃ βαρύνηται, λαβόντα τὸ λοιπὸν ἀφεῖναι, ἔχων, ὑπὸ Πουπλίου Φαλκιδίου δημαρχοῦντος ἐτέθη.
Besides these events which took place that year Caesar gave a public funeral to Sphaerus, who had been his attendant in childhood and had been given his freedom. Also he put to death Salvidienus Rufus, whom he suspected of having plotted against him. 2 This man was of most obscure origin, and once while he was tending his flocks a flame had issued from his head; but he had been so greatly advanced by Caesar as to be made consul without even being a member of the senate, and his brother who died before him had been laid to rest across the Tiber, after a bridge had been constructed for this very purpose. But nothing in the life of man is lasting, and he was finally accused in the senate by Caesar himself and slain as an enemy both of him and of the entire people; thanksgivings were offered for his downfall and furthermore the care of the city was committed to the triumvirs with the customary admonition “that it should suffer no harm.” 4 In the year preceding this, men belonging to the order of knights had slaughtered wild beasts at the games in the Circus on the occasion of the Ludi Apollinares, and an intercalary day had been inserted, contrary to the rule, in order that the first day of the succeeding year should not coincide with the market held every nine days — a clash which had always been strictly guarded against from very early times. Naturally the day had to be subtracted again later, in order that the calendar should run according to the system devised by the former Caesar. The domains of Attalus and of Deiotarus, who had both died in Galatia, were given to a certain Castor. Also the law which went by the name of the Lex Falcidia, a law which is in full force even today in the matter of the succession to inheritances, was enacted by Publius Falcidius while tribune; its terms are, that if an heir feels burdened in any way, he may secure a fourth of the property bequeathed him by surrendering the rest.
§ 48.34
ταῦτα μὲν ἐν τοῖς δύο ἔτεσιν ἐγένετο, τῷ δʼ ἐπιγιγνομένῳ, ἐν ᾧ Λούκιός τε Μάρκιος καὶ Γάϊος Σαβῖνος ὑπάτευσαν, τά τε ὑπὸ τῶν τριῶν ἀνδρῶν πραχθέντα ἀφʼ οὗ ἐς τὴν ὀλιγαρχίαν ἐσῆλθον κῦρος παρὰ τῆς βουλῆς ἔλαβε, καὶ τέλη τινὰ ὑπʼ αὐτῶν προσκατέστη διὰ τὸ τὰ ἀναλώματα πολλῷ πλείω ἤπερ ἐπὶ τοῦ προτέρου Καίσαρος ἐτέτακτο γίγνεσθαι· πάμπολλα γὰρ αὐτοὶ καὶ μάλιστα ἐς τοὺς στρατιώτας δαπανῶντες ᾐσχύνοντο μόνον παρὰ τὸ καθεστηκὸς ἀναλίσκοντες. ἀμέλει τὸν πώγωνα ὁ Καῖσαρ τότε πρῶτον ξυράμενος αὐτός τε μεγάλως ἑώρτασε καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἅπασι δημοτελῆ ἑορτὴν παρέσχε. καὶ ὁ μὲν καὶ ἔπειτα ἐπελειοῦτο τὸ γένειον, ὥσπερ οἱ ἄλλοι· ἤδη γὰρ καὶ τῆς Λιουίας ἐρᾶν ἤρχετο, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὴν Σκριβωνίαν τεκοῦσάν οἱ θυγάτριον ἀπεπέμψατο αὐθημερόν. τῶν δʼ οὖν ἀναλωμάτων πολὺ μειζόνων ἢ πρότερον γιγνομένων, καὶ τῶν προσόδων οὔτʼ ἄλλως ἀρκουσῶν καὶ τότε ἐλαττόνων διὰ τὰς στάσεις προσιουσῶν, καινά τινα τέλη ἐσήγαγον, ἔς τε τὸ βουλευτήριον πλείστους ὅσους οὐχ ὅτι τῶν συμμάχων ἢ καὶ στρατιώτας παῖδάς τε ἀπελευθέρων, ἀλλὰ καὶ δούλους ἐνέγραψαν. Μάξιμον γοῦν τινα ταμιεύσειν μέλλοντα ἐγνώρισέ τε ὁ δεσπότης καὶ ἀπήγαγε. καὶ τούτῳ μὲν ἀδεὲς ἐγένετο τολμήσαντι τὴν ἀρχὴν αἰτῆσαι· ἕτερος δὲ ἐν τοῖς στρατηγοῦσι φωραθεὶς κατὰ τῶν τοῦ Καπιτωλίου πετρῶν ἐώσθη, προελευθερωθεὶς ἵνα ἀξίωμα ἡ τιμωρία αὐτοῦ λάβῃ.
These were the events of the two years; the next year, when Lucius Marcius and Gaius Sabinus held the consulship, the acts of the triumvirs from the time they had formed their oligarchy received ratification at the hands of the senate, 2 and certain further taxes were imposed by them, because the expenditures proved far greater than the budget made in the time of the former Caesar. For though they were expending vast sums for themselves and especially upon the soldiers, the only thing they were ashamed of was that the expenditures they were making were contrary to precedent. For example, when Caesar now for the first time shaved off his beard, he held a magnificent entertainment himself besides granting all the other citizens a festival at public expense. He also kept his chin smooth afterwards, like the rest; for he was already beginning to be enamoured of Livia also, and for this reason divorced Scribonia the very day she bore him a daughter. 4 Since the expenditures, then, were growing far greater than before, and the revenues, which were in any case insufficient, came in at this time in even smaller amounts by reason of the factional discord, they introduced certain new taxes; and they enrolled ever so many men in the senate, not only from among the allies, or else soldiers, or sons of freedmen, but even slaves. At any rate, one Maximus, when about to become quaestor, was recognized by his master and haled away; and while in his case immunity was granted him for having dared to stand for office, yet another slave who was detected while serving as a praetor was hurled down the rocks of the Capitol, having first been freed, that his punishment might take on the proper dignity.
§ 48.35
πρόφασιν δέ σφισι τοῦ τῶν βουλευσόντων πλήθους ἡ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου στρατεία, ἣν ἐπὶ τοὺς Πάρθους ἡτοιμάζετο, παρέσχεν· ἀφʼ οὗπερ καὶ ἀρχὰς ἄλλας τε ἐπὶ πλείω ἔτη καὶ τὴν τῶν ὑπάτων ἐς ὀκτὼ ὅλα προκατεστήσαντο, τοὺς μὲν ἀμειβόμενοι τῶν συναραμένων σφίσι, τοὺς δὲ ὑπαγόμενοι. ὑπάτους δὲ οὐ δύο ἐτησίους, ὥσπερ εἴθιστο, ἀλλὰ πλείους τότε πρῶτον εὐθὺς ἐν ταῖς ἀρχαιρεσίαις εἵλοντο. καὶ πρότερον μὲν γὰρ μεθʼ ἑτέρους τινὲς μήτʼ ἀποθανόντας μήτʼ ἐπʼ ἀτιμίᾳ ἢ καὶ ἄλλως πως παυθέντας ἦρξαν· ἀλλʼ ἐκεῖνοι μέν, ὥς που τοῖς ἐς ὅλον τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν χειροτονηθεῖσιν ἔδοξε, κατέστησαν, τότε δὲ ἐνιαύσιος μὲν οὐδεὶς ᾑρέθη, πρὸς δὲ δὴ τὰ τοῦ χρόνου μέρη ἄλλοι καὶ ἄλλοι ἀπεδείχθησαν. καὶ οἱ μὲν πρῶτοι καὶ τὸ ὄνομα τῆς ὑπατείας κατὰ παντὸς τοῦ ἔτους, ὥσπερ καὶ νῦν γίγνεται, ἔσχον· τοὺς δʼ ἑτέρους αὐτοὶ μὲν οἱ ἐν τῇ πόλει τῇ τε ἄλλῃ Ἰταλίᾳ ἐν ἑκάστῳ τῷ τῆς ἀρχῆς αὐτῶν χρόνῳ ὠνόμαζον, ὃ καὶ νῦν ποιεῖται, οἱ δὲ λοιποὶ ἤ τινας αὐτῶν ἢ οὐδένας ᾔδεσαν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο σμικροτέρους σφᾶς ὑπάτους ἐπεκάλουν.
The expedition which Antony was preparing against the Parthians afforded them some excuse for the large number of new senators. On this same plea they also appointed various magistrates for a number of years ahead, including the consuls for eight full years, thus regarding some of those who had cooperated with them and winning the favour of others. 2 And they did not choose two annual consuls only, as had been the custom, but now for the first time chose several, and these on the very day of the elections. Even before this time, to be sure, some had held office after others who had neither died nor been removed because of disfranchisement or any other reason, but all such persons had become officials presumably in accordance with the decision of the magistrates who had been chosen to office for the entire year, whereas now nobody was chosen to serve for a year, but various sets of officials were appointed for the different portions of the entire period. And the men first to enter upon the office of consul secured the name of consuls for the whole year, as is even now the case; the others were accorded the same title, it is true, by those who lived in the city or in the rest of Italy during the period of each one's office, as, indeed, is the case today, but the other citizens of the empire knew few or none of them and therefore called them “lesser consuls.”
§ 48.36
οἴκοι μὲν δὴ ταῦτʼ ἔπραττον, τῷ δὲ δὴ Σέξτῳ πρῶτον μὲν διὰ τῶν ἑταίρων, καὶ ὅπως καὶ ἐφʼ οἷς καταλλαγήσοιντο, συνέβησαν, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ πρὸς Μισηνῷ ἐς λόγους ἦλθον. εἱστήκεσαν δὲ οἱ μὲν ἐν τῇ ἠπείρῳ, ὁ δὲ ἐν χώματί τινι ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ ἐπʼ αὐτὸ τοῦτο περιρρύτῳ οὐ πόρρω σφῶν πρὸς ἀσφάλειαν αὐτῷ πεποιημένῳ· καὶ παρῆν πᾶς μὲν ὁ τούτου ναυτικὸς πᾶς δὲ ὁ ἐκείνων πεζικὸς ὄχλος, οὐχ ἁπλῶς, ἀλλʼ οἱ μὲν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς οἱ δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν νεῶν ἐξωπλισμένοι παρετετάχατο, ὥστε καὶ ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ τούτου δῆλον πᾶσι γενέσθαι ὅτι ἔκ τε τοῦ φόβου τῆς παρασκευῆς σφων καὶ ἐξ ἀνάγκης, οἱ μὲν διὰ τὸν δῆμον ὁ δὲ διὰ τοὺς συνόντας οἱ, ἐσπείσαντο. αἱ δὲ δὴ συνθῆκαι ἐπὶ τοῖσδε ἐγένοντο, τούς τε αὐτομολήσαντας τῶν δούλων ἐλευθέρους εἶναι, καὶ τοὺς ἐκπεσόντας πλὴν τῶν σφαγέων κατελθεῖν· τούτους γὰρ δῆθεν ὑπεξείλοντο, ἐπεὶ τῷ γε ἔργῳ καὶ ἐκείνων τινὲς κατιέναι ἔμελλον· καὶ γὰρ αὐτὸς ὁ Σέξτος εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν γεγονέναι ἐδόκει. ἀλλʼ ἐγράφη γε τοὺς ἄλλους πλὴν τούτων πάντας ἐπί τε ἀδείᾳ καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ τετάρτῳ τῆς δημευθείσης σφῶν οὐσίας ἐπανελθεῖν, καὶ ἐκείνων μέν τισι καὶ δημαρχίας καὶ στρατηγίας ἱερωσύνας τε εὐθὺς δοθῆναι, αὐτὸν δὲ τὸν Σέξτον ὕπατόν τε αἱρεθῆναι καὶ οἰωνιστὴν ἀποδειχθῆναι, ἔκ τε τῆς οὐσίας τῆς πατρῴας χιλίας καὶ ἑπτακοσίας καὶ πεντήκοντα μυριάδας δραχμῶν κομίσασθαι, καὶ Σικελίας καὶ Σαρδοῦς τῆς τε Ἀχαΐας ἐπὶ πέντε ἔτη ἄρξαι μήτʼ αὐτομόλους δεχόμενον μήτε ναῦς ἐπικτώμενον μήτε τινὰ φρούρια ἐν τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ ἔχοντα, ἀλλὰ τήν τε εἰρήνην αὐτῇ τὴν ἐκ τῆς θαλάσσης πρυτανεύοντα καὶ σῖτον τοῖς ἐν τῇ πόλει τακτὸν πέμποντα. τὸν δὲ δὴ χρόνον αὐτῷ τοῦτον προσέγραψαν, ὅτι καὶ αὐτοὶ πρὸς καιρὸν δή τινα τὴν ἐξουσίαν ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἀίδιον ἔχειν δοκεῖν ἤθελον.
These were the acts of Caesar and Antony at home with Sextus they first reached an understanding through their associates as to how and on what terms they could effect a reconciliation, and later they themselves conferred with him near Misenum. The two took their station on the land and Sextus not far from where they were on a mound that had been constructed in the sea, with water all around it, for the purpose of securing his safety. 2 There was present also the whole fleet of Sextus and the whole infantry of the other two; and not merely that, but the forces on the one side had been drawn up on the shore and those of the other side on the ships, both fully armed, so that it was perfectly evident to all from this very circumstance that it was from fear of each other's military strength and from necessity that they were making peace, the two because of the people and Sextus because of his adherents. The compact was made upon these conditions, that the slaves who had deserted should be free and that all those who had been banished should be restored, except Caesar's assassins. They merely pretended, of course, to exclude the last-named, since in reality some of them were about to be restored; indeed, Sextus himself was reputed to have been one of them. 4 But at any rate it was recorded that all the rest except those should be permitted to return in safety and with a right to a quarter of their confiscated property; that tribuneships, praetorships and priesthoods should be given to some of them immediately; that Sextus himself should be chosen consul and appointed augur, should obtain seventy million sesterces from his father's estate, and should govern Sicily, Sardinia and Achaia for five years; that he should not receive deserters or acquire more ships or keep any garrisons in Italy, 6 but should devote his efforts to securing peace for the peninsula from the side of the sea, and should send a stated amount of grain to the people in the city. They limited him to this period of time because they wished it to appear that they also were holding a temporary and not a permanent authority.
§ 48.37
ταῦτα μὲν οὖν συνθέμενοι καὶ συγγραψάμενοι τά τε γραμματεῖα ταῖς ἱερείαις ταῖς ἀειπαρθένοις παρακατέθεντο, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο δεξιάς τέ σφισιν ἔδοσαν καὶ ἐφίλησαν ἀλλήλους. γενομένου δὲ τούτου πολλὴ καὶ ἄπλετος βοὴ καὶ ἐκ τῆς ἠπείρου ἅμα καὶ ἐκ τῶν νεῶν ἠγέρθη. πολλοὶ μὲν γὰρ στρατιῶται πολλοὶ δὲ καὶ ἰδιῶται παρόντες ἀθρόον καὶ ἐξαπιναίως, ἅτε καὶ τῷ πολέμῳ δεινῶς ἀχθόμενοι καὶ τῆς εἰρήνης ἰσχυρῶς ἐπιθυμοῦντες, ἐξέκραγον, ὥστε καὶ τὰ ὄρη συνηχῆσαι, κἀκ τούτου καὶ φρίκην σφίσι καὶ ἔκπληξιν μεγάλην ἐγγενέσθαι, καὶ πολλοὺς μὲν ὑπʼ αὐτῶν τούτων ἐκθανεῖν, πολλοὺς δὲ συμπατηθέντας ἢ καὶ ἀποπνιγέντας ἀπολέσθαι. οἵ τε γὰρ ἐν τοῖς σκάφεσιν ὄντες οὐκ ἀνέμειναν τῇ γῇ αὐτῇ προσελθεῖν, ἀλλʼ ἐξεπήδων ἐς τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ οἱ ἕτεροι ἐς αὐτὸν τὸν βυθὸν ἐπεσέβαινον. κἀν τούτῳ ἠσπάζοντό τε ἀλλήλους ἅμα νηχόμενοι καὶ περιέβαλλον κολυμβῶντες, ὥστε ποικίλην μὲν αὐτῶν θέαν ποικίλην δὲ καὶ ἀκοὴν συμβῆναι. οἱ μὲν γὰρ τούς τε συγγενεῖς καὶ τοὺς ἑταίρους ζῶντας εἰδότες καὶ τότε παρόντας ὁρῶντες ἀπλήστῳ τῇ ἡδονῇ ἐχρῶντο· οἱ δὲ ἀπολωλέναι τέ σφας πρότερον νομίζοντες καὶ τότε παρὰ δόξαν θεωροῦντες ἄποροί τε ἐπὶ πολὺ ἐγίγνοντο καὶ ἀφασίᾳ συνείχοντο, ἀπιστοῦντές τε ἅμα τῇ ὄψει καὶ εὐχόμενοι ἀληθῆ ταύτην εἶναι· καὶ οὐ πρότερόν γε ἐγνώριζόν σφας πρὶν τά τε ὀνόματα αὐτῶν ἀνακαλέσαι καὶ φθεγγομένων τι ἀκοῦσαι· οὕτω δὲ ἔχαιρον μὲν ὡς καὶ ἀναβιωσκομένων σφῶν, ἀναγκαζόμενοι δὲ ἀθρόως ἥδεσθαι οὐκ ἀδακρυτὶ διῆγον. καὶ ἕτεροι ἀγνοοῦντές τε τοὺς φιλτάτους ἀπολωλότας, καὶ ζῆν παρεῖναί τε αὐτοὺς ἡγούμενοι, ἐζήτουν τέ σφας ἅμα περιφοιτῶντες, καὶ πάντα τὸν προστυγχάνοντα περὶ αὐτῶν ἐπηρώτων· καὶ τέως μὲν οὐδὲν ἀκριβὲς ἐμάνθανον, μαινομένοις τε ἐῴκεσαν καὶ ἐν ἀπόρῳ καθειστήκεσαν, ἐλπίζοντές τε ἅμα αὐτοὺς εὑρήσειν καὶ φοβούμενοι μὴ τεθνήκασι, καὶ μήτʼ ἀπογνῶναι πρὸς τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν μήτʼ ἀπαλγῆσαι πρὸς τὴν ἐλπίδα δυνάμενοι· μαθόντες δὲ τὴν ἀλήθειαν τάς τε τρίχας ἐσπαράττοντο καὶ τὰς ἐσθῆτας περιερρήγνυντο, ὀνομαστί τε αὐτοὺς ἀνεκάλουν ὡς καὶ ἐπακοῦσαί τι δυναμένους, καὶ πένθος ὡς καὶ τότε τελευτώντων αὐτοῦ τέ που κειμένων σφῶν ἐποιοῦντο. καὶ εἴγε τισὶ μηδὲν αὐτοῖς τοιοῦτο παρῆν, ἀλλʼ ἐπί γε τοῖς τῶν ἄλλων παθήμασιν ἐταράττοντο· ἢ γὰρ χαίροντί τινι συνήδοντο ἢ πενθοῦντι συνελυποῦντο, καὶ οὕτως εἰ καὶ ἔξω οἰκείου πάθους ἦσαν, ὅμως οὐκ ἐδύναντο διὰ τὴν πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους ὁμιλίαν ἡσυχάζειν. καὶ ἐκ τούτου οὔτε κόρον οὔτʼ αἰσχύνην, ἅτε καὶ τοῖς αὐτοῖς συμφερόμενοι, ἐλάμβανον, ἀλλὰ τήν τε ἡμέραν ὅλην καὶ τῆς νυκτὸς τὰ πλείω ἐς ταῦτα κατανάλωσαν.
After drafting these compacts and reducing them to writing they deposited the documents with the Vestal Virgins, and then exchanged pledges and embraced one another. Upon this a great and mighty shout arose from the mainland and from the ships at the same moment. 2 For many soldiers and many civilians who were present suddenly cried out all together, being terribly tired of the war and strongly desirous of peace, so that even the mountains resounded; and thereupon great panic and alarm came upon them, and many died of no other cause, while many others perished by being trampled under foot or suffocated.3 Those who were in the small boats did not wait to reach the land itself, but jumped out into the sea, and those on land rushed out into the water. Meanwhile they embraced one another while swimming and threw their arms around one another's necks as they dived, making a spectacle of varied sights and sounds. 4 Some knew that their relatives and associates were living, and seeing them now present, gave way to unrestrained joy. Others, supposing that those dear to them had already died, saw them now unexpectedly and for a long time were at a loss what to do, and were rendered speechless, at once distrusting the sight they saw and praying that it might be true, and they would not accept the recognition as true until they had called their names and had heard their voices in answer; then, indeed, they rejoiced as if their friends had been brought back to life again, but as they must yield perforce to a flood of joy, they could not refrain from tears. Again, some who were unaware that their dearest ones had perished and thought they were alive and present, went about seeking for them and asking every one they met regarding them. 6 As long as they could learn nothing definite they were like madmen and were reduced to despair, both hoping to find them and fearing that they were dead, unable either to give up hope in view of their longing or to give up to grief in view of their hope. But when at last they learned the truth, they would tear their hair and rend their garments, calling upon the lost by name as if their voices could reach them and giving way to grief as if their friends had just then died and were lying there before their eyes. 8 And even if any had no such cause themselves for joy or grief, they were at least affected by the experiences of the rest; for they either rejoiced with him that was glad or grieved with him that mourned, and so, even if they were free from an experience of their own, yet they could not remain indifferent on account of their comradeship with the rest. Accordingly they became neither sated with joy nor ashamed of grief, because they were all affected in the same way, and they spent the entire day as well as the greater part of the night in these demonstrations.
§ 48.38
μετὰ δὲ δὴ ταῦθʼ οἵ τε ἄλλοι ὑπεδέχοντο ἀλλήλους καὶ ἀνθειστίων καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐκεῖνοι, πρότερος μὲν ὁ Σέξτος ἐν τῇ νηί, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ ὁ Καῖσαρ ὅ τε Ἀντώνιος ἐν τῇ ἠπείρῳ· τοσοῦτον γὰρ ὁ Σέξτος τῇ δυνάμει σφῶν περιῆν ὥστε μὴ πρότερον αὐτὸν ἐς τὴν ἤπειρον ἐκβῆναι πρὶν ἐκείνους ἐς τὴν ναῦν ἐσελθεῖν. καὶ τοῦτο μέντοι ποιήσας, δυνηθείς τʼ ἂν ἀμφοτέρους ἐν τῷ σκάφει σὺν ὀλίγοις παρόντας, ὥσπερ που καὶ ὁ Μηνᾶς αὐτῷ συνεβούλευε, φονεῦσαι, οὐκ ἠθέλησεν, ἀλλὰ καίπερ πρὸς τὸν Ἀντώνιον, ἐπειδὴ τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ τὴν πατρῴαν τὴν ἐν ταῖς Καρίναις κατεῖχε (τόπος γάρ τις τῆς τῶν Ῥωμαίων πόλεως οὕτω καλούμενός ἐστινʼ, ἀποσκώψας τρόπον τινὰ ἥδιστον (ταῖς γὰρ τροπίσι ταῖς τῶν νεῶν τῆς αὐτῆς ὀνομασίας οὔσης, ἐν ταῖς Καρίναις αὐτοὺς ἑστιᾶν ἔφἠ, ὅμως οὐδὲν ὡς καὶ μνησικακῶν σφισιν ἔπραξεν, ἀλλὰ τῇ τε ὑστεραίᾳ ἀνθειστιάθη, καὶ τὴν θυγατέρα Μάρκῳ Μαρκέλλῳ τῷ τοῦ Καίσαρος ἀδελφιδῷ ἠγγύησεν.
After this the leaders as well as the rest received and entertained each other, first Sextus on his ship and then Caesar and Antony on the shore; for Sextus so far surpassed them in military strength that he would not disembark to meet them on the mainland until they had gone aboard his ship. 2 And although, by this arrangement, he might have murdered them both while they were in the small boat with only a few followers, as Menas, in fact, advised, he was unwilling to do so. Indeed to Antony, who had possession of his father's house in the Carinae (the name of a region in the city of Rome), he uttered a jest in the happiest manner, saying that he was entertaining them in the Carinae; for this is also the name for the keels of ships. Nevertheless, he did not act toward them in any way as if he recalled the past with bitterness, and on the following day he was not only feasted in turn but also betrothed his daughter to Marcus Marcellus, Caesar's nephew.
§ 48.39
οὗτος μὲν οὖν ὁ πόλεμος ἀνεβέβλητο, τὰ δὲ δὴ τοῦ Λαβιήνου τῶν τε Πάρθων ὧδε διεπολεμήθη. ὁ Ἀντώνιος αὐτὸς μὲν ἐς τὴν Ἑλλάδα ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰταλίας ἐπανελθὼν ἐνταῦθα ἐπὶ πλεῖστον ἐνεχρόνισεν, τάς τε ἐπιθυμίας ἅμα ἀποπιμπλὰς καὶ τὰς πόλεις κακῶν, ἵνʼ ὅτι ἀσθενέσταται τῷ Σέξτῳ παραδοθῶσι. καὶ ἄλλα τε ἐν τούτῳ πολλὰ ἔξω τῶν πατρίων ἐξεδιῃτήθη, καὶ Διόνυσον ἑαυτὸν νέον αὐτός τε ἐκάλει καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ἄλλων ὀνομάζεσθαι ἠξίου· ἐπειδή τε οἱ Αθηναῖοι πρός τε τοῦτο καὶ πρὸς τὰ ἄλλα τὴν Ἀθηνᾶν αὐτῷ κατηγγύησαν, δέχεσθαί τε τὸν γάμον ἔφη καὶ προῖκα μυριάδας ἑκατὸν παρʼ αὐτῶν ἐξέπραξεν. αὐτὸς μὲν οὖν περὶ ταῦτα εἶχε, τὸν δὲ δὴ Οὐεντίδιον τὸν Πούπλιον ἐς τὴν Ἀσίαν προύπεμψεν. καὶ ὃς ἦλθέ τε ἐπὶ τὸν Λαβιῆνον πρὶν ἔκπυστος γενέσθαι, καὶ καταπλήξας αὐτὸν τῷ τε αἰφνιδίῳ τῆς ἐφόδου καὶ τοῖς στρατεύμασιν (ἄνευ γὰρ τῶν Πάρθων μετὰ τῶν αὐτόθεν στρατιωτῶν μόνων ἦνʼ, ἐκεῖθέν τε μηδὲ ἐς χεῖράς οἱ ὑπομείναντα εὐθὺς ἐξέωσε, καὶ φεύγοντα ἐς τὴν Συρίαν ἐπεδίωξε, τὸ κουφότατον τοῦ στρατοῦ λαβών. καὶ αὐτὸν πρὸς τῷ Ταύρῳ καταλαβὼν οὐκέτι περαιτέρω προχωρῆσαι εἴασεν, ἀλλʼ ἐνταῦθα ἐπὶ πλείους ἡμέρας καταστρατοπεδευσάμενοι ἡσύχαζον· Λαβιῆνος μὲν γὰρ τοὺς Πάρθους, Οὐεντίδιος δὲ
This war, then, had been deferred; and that of Labienus and the Parthians came to an end in the following way. Antony himself returned from Italy to Greece and delayed there a long time, satisfying his desires and injuring the cities, so that they should be in the weakest possible condition when delivered up to Sextus. 2 He lived during this time in many respects contrary to the customs of his country, calling himself, for example, the young Dionysus and insisting on being so called by others; and when the Athenians, in view of this and his general behaviour, betrothed Athena to him, he declared that he accepted the marriage and exacted from them a dowry of four million sesterces. While he was occupied with these matters he sent Publius Ventidius before him into Asia. This officer came upon Labienus before his coming and terrified him by the suddenness of his approach and by his legions; for Labienus was without his Parthians and had with him only the soldiers from the neighbourhood. Ventidius found he would not even risk a conflict with him and so thrust him forthwith out of that country and pursued him into Syria, taking the lightest part of his army with him. 4 He overtook him near the Taurus range and allowed him to proceed no farther, but they encamped there for several days and made no move, for Labienus was awaiting the Parthians and Ventidius his heavy-armed troops.
§ 48.40
τοὺς ὁπλίτας ἀνέμεινεν. ὡς οὖν καὶ οὗτοι ἐν ταῖς αὐταῖς ἅμα ἀμφότεροι ἡμέραις ἦλθον, Οὐεντίδιος μὲν δέει τῆς ἵππου τῶν βαρβάρων ἐν τῷ μετεώρῳ, οὗπερ ηὐλίζετο, κατέμεινεν, οἱ δὲ δὴ Πάρθοι ἔκ τε τοῦ πλήθους σφῶν καὶ ἐκ τοῦ προνενικηκέναι ποτὲ καταφρονήσαντες πρός τε τὸν γήλοφον ἅμα τῇ ἕῳ, πρὶν καὶ τῷ Λαβιήνῳ συμμῖξαι, προσήλασαν, καὶ ὡς οὐδείς σφισιν ἀντεπεξῄει, καὶ πρὸς τὸ ὄρθιον αὐτὸ προσέβαλον. καὶ αὐτοὺς ἐνταῦθα ἤδη ὄντας οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι ἐπιδραμόντες ῥᾳδίως πρὸς τὸ κάταντες ἐτρέψαντο. καί σφων πολλοὶ μὲν ἐν χερσὶν ἀπέθανον, τὸ δὲ δὴ πλεῖον ἐν τῇ ἀναστροφῇ περὶ ἀλλήλοις, οἱ μὲν ἤδη τετραμμένοι οἱ δὲ ἔτι προσιόντες, ἐσφάλησαν· οἵ τε περιλειφθέντες οὐ πρὸς τὸν Λαβιῆνον ἀλλʼ ἐς Κιλικίαν ἔφυγον. ὁ οὖν Οὐεντίδιος ἐπεδίωξε μὲν αὐτοὺς μέχρι τοῦ στρατοπέδου, ἰδὼν δὲ ἐνταῦθα τὸν Λαβιῆνον ἐπέσχε. καὶ ὃς παρετάξατο μὲν ὡς καὶ ἐς χεῖρας αὐτῷ ἥξων, αἰσθόμενος δὲ τοὺς στρατιώτας ἀθύμως διὰ τὴν τῶν βαρβάρων φυγὴν ἔχοντας οὔτε τότε ἐθάρσησέν οἱ ἀντᾶραι, καὶ τῆς νυκτὸς ἀποδρᾶναί ποι ἐπεχείρησε. προγνοὺς οὖν τοῦτο ἐξ αὐτομόλων ὁ Οὐεντίδιος πολλοὺς μὲν ἐν τῇ ἀποχωρήσει ἐνεδρεύσας ἔκτεινε, πάντας δὲ τοὺς λοιποὺς ἐγκαταλειφθέντας ὑπὸ τοῦ Λαβιήνου παρεστήσατο. καὶ ἐκεῖνος δὲ τότε μὲν τὴν ἐσθῆτα μετεκδὺς διέφυγε, καὶ χρόνον τινὰ ἐν τῇ Κιλικίᾳ διέλαθεν, ὕστερον δὲ ὑπὸ Δημητρίου ἑάλω· οὗτος γὰρ ἐξελεύθερός τε τοῦ Καίσαρος τοῦ προτέρου ὤν, καὶ τότε τῇ Κύπρῳ πρὸς τοῦ Ἀντωνίου προστεταγμένος, ἀνεζήτησέ τε αὐτὸν μαθὼν ὅτι κρύπτοιτο, καὶ συνέλαβε.
These reinforcements, however, arrived during the same days on both sides, and though Ventidius through fear of the barbarian cavalry remained on the high ground, where he was encamped, 2 the Parthians, because of their numbers and because they had been victorious once before, despised their opponents and rode up to the hill at dawn, without even waiting to join forces with Labienus; and when nobody came out to meet them, they actually charged straight up the incline. When they were at length on the slope, the Romans rushed down upon them and easily hurled them down-hill. Many of the Parthians were killed in hand-to-hand conflict, but still more caused disaster to one another in the retreat, as some had already turned to flight and others were still coming up; and the survivors fled, not to Labienus, but into Cilicia. 4 Ventidius pursued them as far as the camp, but stopped when he saw Labienus there. The latter marshalled his forces as if to offer him battle, but perceiving that his soldiers were dejected by reason of the flight of the barbarians, he ventured no opposition at the time, although when night came he attempted to escape somewhere. Nevertheless, Ventidius learned his plan beforehand from deserters, and by setting ambushes killed many in the retreat and gained over all the rest, after they had been abandoned by Labienus. The latter by changing his dress gained safety at the time and escaped detection for awhile in Cilicia, 6 but was afterwards captured by Demetrius, a freedman of the former Caesar, who had at this time been assigned to Cyprus by Antony; for Demetrius, learning that Labienus was in hiding, made a search for him and arrested him.
§ 48.41
μετὰ δὲ δὴ τοῦτο ὁ Οὐεντίδιος τήν τε Κιλικίαν ἐκομίσατο, καὶ αὐτὸς μὲν ταύτην καθίστατο, Πουπήδιον δὲ δὴ Σίλωνα μεθʼ ἱππέων πρὸς τὸν Ἀμανὸν προύπεμψε. τοῦτο δὲ τὸ ὄρος ἔν τε τῇ μεθορίᾳ τῆς τε Κιλικίας καὶ τῆς Συρίας ἐστί, καὶ στενοπορίαν τοσαύτην δή τινα ἔχει ὥστε καὶ πύλας ποτὲ ἐν αὐτῇ μετὰ τείχους ἐνοικοδομηθῆναι καὶ τὸ χωρίον ἀπʼ αὐτῶν ἐπονομασθῆναι. οὐ μέντοι καὶ κατασχεῖν αὐτὸ ὁ Σίλων ἠδυνήθη, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐκινδύνευσεν ὑπὸ Φραναπάτου ὑπάρχου τε τοῦ Πακόρου ὄντος καὶ τὴν δίοδον φυλάττοντος ἀπολέσθαι. κἂν ἔπαθε τοῦτο, εἰ μὴ ὁ Οὐεντίδιος μαχομένῳ αὐτῷ κατὰ τύχην ἐπιστὰς ἐπήμυνεν· ἀνελπίστοις τε γὰρ ἅμα καὶ ἐλάττοσι τοῖς βαρβάροις σφῶν οὖσι προσπεσὼν τόν τε Φραναπάτην καὶ ἄλλους πολλοὺς ἐφόνευσε, καὶ οὕτω τήν τε Συρίαν ἐκλειφθεῖσαν ὑπὸ τῶν Πάρθων ἀμαχεὶ πλὴν τῶν Ἀραδίων παρέλαβε, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο τὴν Παλαιστίνην, Ἀντίγονον τὸν βασιλεύοντα αὐτῆς ἐκφοβήσας, ἀπόνως κατέσχε. καὶ ὁ μὲν ταῦτά τε διῆγε, καὶ χρήματα πολλὰ μὲν παρὰ τῶν ἄλλων ὡς ἑκάστων, πολλὰ δὲ καὶ παρὰ τοῦ Ἀντιγόνου τοῦ τε Ἀντιόχου καὶ Μάλχου τοῦ Ναβαταίου, ὅτι τῷ Πακόρῳ συνήραντο, ἐσέπραξε. καὶ αὐτὸς μὲν οὐδὲν ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς παρὰ τῆς βουλῆς, ἅτε οὐκ αὐτοκράτωρ ὢν ἀλλʼ ἑτέρῳ ὑποστρατηγῶν, εὕρετο, ὁ δὲ Ἀντώνιος καὶ ἐπαίνους καὶ ἱερομηνίας ἔλαβεν. οἵ γε μὴν Ἀράδιοι δείσαντες μὴ καὶ δίκην ὧν ἐς τὸν Ἀντώνιον ἐτετολμήκεσαν ὑπόσχωσιν, ἐκείνῳ μέν, καίτοι χρόνον ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ πολιορκηθέντες, οὐ προσεχώρησαν, ὕστερον δὲ ὑπʼ ἄλλων μόλις ποτὲ ἑάλωσαν. κατὰ δὲ τὸν αὐτὸν τοῦτον χρόνον ἐγένετο μὲν καὶ ἐν Ἰλλυριοῖς τοῖς Παρθινοῖς κίνησις, καὶ αὐτὴν ὁ Πωλίων μάχαις ἔπαυσεν, ἐγένετο
After this Ventidius recovered Cilicia and attended to the administration of this district himself, but sent ahead Pompaedius Silo with cavalry to the Amanus. 2 This mountain is on the border between Cilicia and Syria, and has a pass so narrow that a wall and gates were once built across it and the place received its name from that fact. Silo, however, was unable to occupy it and actually came near perishing at the hands of Pharnapates, a lieutenant of Pacorus in charge of the garrison at the pass. This would certainly have been his fate, had not Ventidius by chance come upon him when he was fighting and succoured him.4 For Ventidius fell upon the barbarians when they were not expecting him and were at the same time in smaller force, and slew Pharnapates and many others. In this way he took over Syria without a battle, now that it was deserted by the Parthians, with the exception of the Aradii, and left occupied Palestine without trouble, after he had frightened the king, Antigonus, out of the country. Besides accomplishing all this he exacted large sums of money from the rest individually, and large sums also from Antigonus and Antiochus and Malchus the Nabataean, because they had given help to Pacorus. Ventidius himself received no reward for these achievements from the senate, since he was not acting with independent authority but as lieutenant to another; but Antony was honoured with eulogies and thanksgivings. 6 As for the Aradii, they were afraid they would have to pay the penalty for their boldness against Antony, and so would not come to terms with him, though they were captured by others after much difficulty. About this time an uprising took place among the Parthine Illyrians, but it was put down by Pollio after a few battles.
§ 48.42
δὲ καὶ ἐν Ἰβηρίᾳ Κερητανῶν, καὶ αὐτοὺς ὁ Καλουῖνος κατεστρέψατο, προκατορθώσας τέ τι καὶ προδυστυχήσας διὰ τοῦ ὑποστρατήγου λοχισθέντος τε ὑπὸ τῶν βαρβάρων καὶ ἐγκαταλειφθέντος ὑπὸ τῶν στρατιωτῶν. καὶ οὐ πρότερόν γε ἐπεχείρησε τοῖς πολεμίοις πρὶν ἐκείνους τιμωρήσασθαι· συγκαλέσας γὰρ αὐτοὺς ὡς καὶ ἐπʼ ἄλλο τι τῷ λοιπῷ στρατῷ περιέσχε, καὶ δύο τε ἑκατονταρχίας ἐδεκάτευσε, καὶ ἑκατοντάρχους συχνούς, ἄλλους τε καὶ τὸν ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ πίλῳ καλουμένῳ στρατευόμενον, ἐκόλασε. ταῦτα δὲ ποιήσας ὥστε καὶ ὄνομα κατὰ τὸν Κράσσον τὸν Μᾶρκον ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ στρατοῦ δικαιώσει λαβεῖν, πρός τε τοὺς ἐναντίους ὥρμησε καὶ οὐ χαλεπῶς αὐτοὺς κατειργάσατο. τυχών τε τῶν ἐπινικίων καίτοι τῆς Ἰβηρίας τῷ Καίσαρι προστεταγμένης (πρὸς γὰρ τὰς τῶν κρατούντων βουλήσεις καὶ αἱ τιμαὶ τοῖς ὑποστρατηγοῦσί σφισιν ἐγίγνοντὀ, τό τε χρυσίον τὸ παρὰ τῶν πόλεων ἐς αὐτὰ εἰωθὸς δίδοσθαι ἐκ μόνων τῶν Ἰβηρικῶν ἔλαβε, καὶ ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ τὸ μέν τι ἐς τὴν ἑορτὴν ἀνάλωσε, τὸ δὲ δὴ πλεῖον ἐς τὸ βασίλειον. κατακαυθὲν γὰρ αὐτὸ ἀνῳκοδόμησε καὶ καθιέρωσεν, ἄλλοις τέ τισι λαμπρῶς κοσμήσας καὶ εἰκόσιν, ἃς παρὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος ὡς καὶ ἀποδώσων ᾐτήσατο. καὶ αὐτὰς ἀπαιτηθεὶς ὕστερον οὐκ ἀπέδωκεν, εὐτραπελίᾳ χρησάμενος· ὡς γὰρ οὐκ ἔχων ἱκανοὺς ὑπηρέτας “πέμψον τινάσ” ἔφη “καὶ ἆρον αὐτάς,” καὶ οὕτως ἐκεῖνος ὀκνήσας τὴν ἱεροσυλίαν ἀνακεῖσθαί σφας εἴασε.
There was another on the part of the Cerretani in Spain, and they were subjugated by Calvinus after he had met with a preliminary success and also a reverse, — the latter through his lieutenant, who was ambushed by the barbarians and deserted by his soldiers. 2 Calvinus undertook no operation against the enemy until he had punished these deserters; calling them together as if for some other purpose, he made the rest of the army surround them, and then put to death every tenth man in two centuries and punished many of the centurions, including the one who was serving in the primus pilus, as it is called.3 After doing this and gaining, like Marcus Crassus, a reputation for his disciplining of his army, he set out against his opponents and with no great difficulty vanquished them. 4 And he obtained a triumph in spite of the fact that Spain had been assigned to Caesar; for those in power could grant the honours at will to those who served as their lieutenants. The gold customarily given by the cities for the triumph Calvinus took from the Spanish towns alone, and of it he spent only a part on the festival, but the greater portion on the Regia. This had been burned down, and he now rebuilt and dedicated it, adorning it splendidly with various objects and with statues in particular, which he asked Caesar to send him, intimating that he would give them back. And when he asked for them later, he did not return them, excusing himself by a witticism.6 Pretending that he had not enough assistants, he said: “Send some men and take them.” And thus Caesar, since he shrank from the sacrilege, allowed them to remain as votive offerings.
§ 48.43
ταῦτα μὲν ἐν τῷ χρόνῳ τούτῳ ἐγένετο· ἐπὶ δʼ Ἀππίου τε Κλαυδίου καὶ Γαΐου Νωρβανοῦ ὑπάτων, οἷς πρώτοις δύο ἑκατέροις ταμίαι συνεγένοντο, τό τε πλῆθος πρὸς τοὺς τελώνας βαρύτατά σφισιν ἐγκειμένους ἐστασίασε, καὶ αὐτοῖς τε ἐκείνοις καὶ τοῖς ὑπηρέταις τοῖς τε στρατιώταις τοῖς συνεσπράσσουσί σφισι τὰ χρήματα ἐς χεῖρας ᾖσαν, καὶ στρατηγοὶ ἑπτὰ καὶ ἑξήκοντα ἄλλοι ἐπʼ ἄλλοις ἀποδειχθέντες ἦρξαν. ταμιεῦσαί τέ τις ἐν παισὶν αἱρεθεὶς ἔπειτα τῆς ὑστεραίας ἐς ἐφήβους ἐσῆλθε, καὶ ἕτερος ἐς τὸ βουλευτικὸν ἐσγραφεὶς μονομαχῆσαι ἠθέλησε· καὶ ἐκεῖνός τε ἐκωλύθη τοῦτο ποιῆσαι, καὶ προσαπηγορεύθη μήτε βουλευτὴν μονομαχεῖν μήτε δοῦλον ῥαβδουχεῖν, μήτε τὰς καύσεις τῶν νεκρῶν ἐντὸς πεντεκαίδεκα ἀπὸ τῆς πόλεως σταδίων γίγνεσθαι. πολλὰ μὲν δὴ καὶ πρὸ ἐκείνου τοῦ χρόνου τερατώδη συνηνέχθη (ἄλλα τε γὰρ καὶ ἔλαιόν τι παρὰ τῷ Τιβέριδι ἀνέβλυσἐ, πολλὰ δὲ καὶ τότε. ἥ τε γὰρ σκηνὴ ἡ τοῦ Ῥωμύλου ἐξ ἱερουργίας τινός, ἣν οἱ ποντίφικες ἐν αὐτῇ ἐπεποιήκεσαν, ἐκαύθη· καὶ Ἀρετῆς ἄγαλμα πρὸ πυλῶν τινων ἑστὸς ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ στόμα, κάτοχοί τέ τινες ἐκ τῆς Μητρὸς τῶν θεῶν γενόμενοι ὀργίζεσθαί σφισι τὴν θεὸν ἔφασαν. καὶ ἀνεγνώσθη μὲν ἐπὶ τούτῳ τὰ Σιβύλλεια ἔπη· ὡς δὲ καὶ ἐκείνων ταὐτά τε εἰπόντων, καὶ τὸ ἄγαλμα ἐπί τε τὴν θάλασσαν καταχθῆναι καὶ τῷ ὕδατι αὐτῆς καθαρθῆναι προσταξάντων, ἡ θεὸς πλεῖστόν τε ὅσον ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς ἐς τὸν βυθὸν ἐχώρησε καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ ἐνεχρόνισε καὶ μόλις ὀψέ ποτε ἀνεκομίσθη, φόβος αὖ καὶ ἐκ τούτου οὐ σμικρὸς τοὺς Ῥωμαίους ἔλαβεν, οὐδʼ ἀνεθάρσησαν πρὶν φοίνικας τέσσαρας περί τε τὸν νεὼν αὐτῆς καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ ἀναφῦναι. ταῦτά τε οὖν τότε ἐγένετο, καὶ ὁ Καῖσαρ τὴν
This is what happened at that time. But in the consulship of Appius Claudius and Gaius Norbanus, who were the first to have two quaestors apiece as associates, the populace revolted against the tax-gatherers, who oppressed them severely, and came to blows with the men themselves, their assistants, and the soldiers who helped them to collect the money; 2 and sixty-seven praetors one after another were appointed and held office. One person was chosen to be quaestor while still accounted a boy, and did not obtain the standing of a juvenis until the next day; and another, who had been enrolled in the senate, desired to fight as a gladiator.3 Not only was he prevented, however, from doing this, but an act was also passed prohibiting any senator from fighting as a gladiator, any slave from serving as a lictor, and any burning of dead bodies from being carried on within two miles of the city. Now many events of a portentous nature had occurred even before this, such as the spouting of olive oil on the bank of the Tiber, and many also at this time. Thus the hut of Romulus was burned as a result of some ritual which the pontifices were performing in it; a statue of Virtus, which stood before one of the gates, fell upon its face, and certain persons, becoming inspired by the Mother of the Gods, declared that the goddess was angry with them. For this reason the Sibylline books were consulted, and they made the same declarations and prescribed that the statue should be taken down to the sea and purified in its waters. Now when the goddess was taken out a long distance from the land into the deep water and remained there a good while, being brought back only after a long time, 6 this circumstance also caused the Romans no little fear, and they did not recover their spirits until palm trees, four in number, sprang up round about her temple and in the Forum. Besides these occurrences at that time, Caesar married Livia.
§ 48.44
Λιουίαν ἔγημεν. ἦν δὲ θυγάτηρ μὲν Λιουίου Δρούσου, ὃς ἔν τε τοῖς ἐκτεθεῖσιν ἐν τῷ λευκώματι ἐγεγόνει καὶ ἑαυτὸν μετὰ τὴν ἐν τῇ Μακεδονίᾳ ἧτταν κατεκέχρητο, γυνὴ δὲ τοῦ Νέρωνος, μεθʼ οὗ συνδιέφυγεν, ὥσπερ εἴρηται· καὶ ἐκύει γε ἐξ αὐτοῦ μῆνα ἕκτον. διστάζοντος γοῦν τοῦ Καίσαρος, καὶ πυθομένου τῶν ποντιφίκων εἴ οἱ ὅσιον ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσαν αὐτὴν ἀγαγέσθαι εἴη, ἀπεκρίναντο ὅτι εἰ μὲν ἐν ἀμφιβόλῳ τὸ κύημα ἦν, ἀναβληθῆναι τὸν γάμον ἐχρῆν, ὁμολογουμένου δὲ αὐτοῦ οὐδὲν κωλύει ἤδη αὐτὸν γενέσθαι, τάχα μέν που καὶ ὄντως ἐν τοῖς πατρίοις τοῦτο εὑρόντες, πάντως δʼ ἄν, εἰ καὶ μὴ εὗρον αὐτό, εἰπόντες. ἐξέδωκε δὲ αὐτὴν αὐτὸς ὁ ἀνὴρ ὥσπερ τις πατήρ. καί τι καὶ τοιοῦτον ἐν τῇ ἑστιάσει σφῶν συνηνέχθη· παιδίον τι τῶν ψιθύρων, οἷα αἱ γυναῖκες γυμνὰ ὡς πλήθει ἀθύρουσαι τρέφουσιν, ἰδὸν χωρὶς μὲν τὴν Λιουίαν μετὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος χωρὶς δὲ τὸν Νέρωνα μεθʼ ἑτέρου τινὸς κατακείμενον, προσῆλθέ τε αὐτῇ καὶ ἔφη, “τί ποιεῖς ἐνταῦθα, κυρία; ὁ γὰρ ἀνήρ σου,” δείξας αὐτόν, “ἐκεῖ κατάκειται.” ταῦτα μὲν οὖν οὕτως ἐπράχθη, συνοικοῦσα δὲ ἤδη ἡ γυνὴ τῷ Καίσαρι τίκτει Κλαύδιον Δροῦσον Νέρωνα. καὶ αὐτὸν ὁ Καῖσαρ καὶ ἀνείλετο καὶ τῷ πατρὶ ἔπεμψεν, αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἐς τὰ ὑπομνήματα ἐγγράψας, ὅτι Καῖσαρ τὸ γεννηθὲν Λιουίᾳ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ γυναικὶ παιδίον Νέρωνι τῷ πατρὶ ἀπέδωκε. καὶ ἐκεῖνος τελευτῶν οὐ πολλῷ ὕστερον ἐπίτροπον καὶ τούτῳ καὶ τῷ Τιβερίῳ αὐτὸν τὸν Καίσαρα κατέλιπεν. ὁ δʼ οὖν ὅμιλος ἄλλα τε ἐπὶ τούτῳ πολλὰ διεθρύλει, καὶ τοῖς εὐτυχοῦσι τρίμηνα παιδία γεννᾶσθαι ἔλεγεν, ὥστε καὶ ἐς παροιμίαν τὸ ἔπος προχωρῆσαι.
She was the daughter of Livius Drusus, who had been among those proscribed on the tablet and had committed suicide after the defeat in Macedonia, and the wife of Nero, whom she had accompanied in his flight, as has been related. And it seems that she was in the sixth month with child by him. 2 At any rate, when Caesar was in doubt and enquired of the pontifices whether it was permissible to wed her while pregnant, they answered that it there was any doubt whether conception had taken place the marriage should be put off, but if this was admitted, there was nothing to prevent its taking place immediately. Perhaps they really found this among the ordinances of the forefathers, but certainly they would have said so, even had they not found it. Her husband himself gave the woman in marriage just as a father would; and the following incident occurred at the marriage feast. One of the prattling boys, such as the women keep about them for their amusement, naked as a rule, on seeing Livia reclining in one place with Caesar, and Nero in another with a man, went up to her and said: “What are you doing here, mistress? For your husband,” pointing him out, “is reclining over there.” 4 So much then, for this. Later, when the woman was now living with Caesar, she gave birth to Claudius Drusus Nero. Caesar both acknowledged him and sent him to his real father, making his entry in his memoranda: “Caesar returned to its father Nero the child borne by Livia, his wife.” Nero died not long afterward and left Caesar himself as guardian to the boy and to Tiberius. Now the populace gossiped a great deal about this and said, among other things, “The lucky have children in three months”; and this saying passed into a proverb.
§ 48.45
ἐν μὲν δὴ τῇ πόλει ταῦτα ἐγίγνετο, ὑπὸ δὲ τὸν αὐτὸν τοῦτον χρόνον ὁ Βογούας ὁ Μαῦρος ἐς τὴν Ἰβηρίαν, εἴτʼ οὖν κατʼ ἐντολὴν τοῦ Ἀντωνίου εἴτε καὶ ἀφʼ ἑαυτοῦ γνώμης, πλεύσας, πολλὰ μὲν ἐλυμήνατο πολλὰ δὲ καὶ ἀντέπαθε, κἀν τούτῳ τῶν οἴκοι τῶν περὶ τὴν Τίγγιν ἐπαναστάντων αὐτῷ τῆς τε Ἰβηρίας ἐξέστη καὶ τὴν οἰκείαν οὐκ ἐκομίσατο· οἵ τε γὰρ τὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος ἐν τῇ Ἰβηρίᾳ πράσσοντες καὶ ὁ Βόκχος προσγενόμενός σφισι κρείττους αὐτοῦ ἐγένοντο. καὶ ἐκεῖνος μὲν πρὸς τὸν Ἀντώνιον ἀπῆλθεν, ὁ δὲ δὴ Βόκχος τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ αὐτίκα τε κατέσχε καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο καὶ παρὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος ἐβεβαιώσατο· τοῖς τε Τιγγιτανοῖς πολιτεία ἐδόθη. ἐν δὲ τούτῳ, καὶ ἔτι πρότερον, καὶ ὁ Σέξτος ὅ τε Καῖσαρ ἐπολέμησαν· οἷα γὰρ οὐκ ἐθελονταὶ οὐδʼ ἐκ προαιρέσεως ἀλλὰ ἀναγκαστοὶ τὴν ὁμολογίαν πεποιημένοι, χρόνον οὐδένα αὐτῇ ὡς εἰπεῖν ἐνέμειναν, ἀλλʼ εὐθὺς τὰς σπονδὰς λύσαντες διηνέχθησαν. ἔμελλον μὲν γάρ που καὶ ἄλλως, εἰ καὶ μηδεμίαν σκῆψιν εὗρον, πολεμήσειν· αἰτίαι δʼ οὖν αἵδε αὐτοῖς ἐγένοντο. ὁ Μηνᾶς ἐν τῇ Σαρδοῖ καὶ τότε ἔτι καθάπερ τις στρατηγὸς ὢν ὑπωπτεύθη τε ὑπὸ τοῦ Σέξτου διὰ τὴν τοῦ Ἑλένου ἄφεσιν καὶ ὅτι καὶ τῷ Καίσαρι ἐκεκοινολόγητο, καί πῃ καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ὁμοίων φθόνῳ τῆς δυναστείας διεβλήθη. κἀκ τούτου μεταπεμφθεὶς ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ, πρόφασιν ὅπως περί τε τοῦ σίτου καὶ περὶ τῶν χρημάτων ὧν διῳκήκει ἀπολογίσηται, οὐχ ὑπήκουσεν, ἀλλὰ τοὺς κατὰ τοῦτο πεμφθέντας συλλαβὼν ἀπέκτεινε, πρός τε τὸν Καίσαρα προκηρυκευσάμενος τήν τε νῆσον αὐτῷ καὶ τὸ ναυτικὸν τό τε ἄλλο στράτευμα καὶ ἑαυτὸν παρέδωκε. καὶ αὐτὸν ἐκεῖνος ἀσμένως ἰδών, ἐπειδὴ καὶ τὸν Σέξτον τούς τε αὐτομολοῦντας παρὰ τὰ συγκείμενα ὑποδέχεσθαι καὶ ναυπηγίαν τριήρων ποιεῖσθαι ἔν τε τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ φρουρὰς ἔχειν ἔλεγεν. οὔτε ἐξέδωκεν ἐξαιτηθέντα καὶ προσέτι καὶ ἐν τιμῇ μεγάλῃ ἤγαγε δακτυλίοις τε χρυσοῖς ἐκόσμησε καὶ ἐς τὸ τῶν ἱππέων τέλος ἐσέγραψε. τὸ δὲ δὴ τῶν δακτυλίων τοιόνδε ἐστίν. οὐδενὶ τῶν πάλαι Ῥωμαίων, οὐχ ὅτι τῶν δουλευσάντων ποτέ, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τῶν ἐν ἐλευθέρῳ γένει τραφέντων, δακτυλίοις χρυσοῖς πλὴν τῶν τε βουλευτῶν καὶ τῶν ἱππέων χρῆσθαι, ὥσπερ εἴρηταί μοι, ἐξῆν· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τοῖς ἐξελευθέροις, οἷς ἂν ὁ τὸ κράτος ἔχων ἐθελήσῃ, καίτοι καὶ ἄλλως χρυσοφοροῦσιν, ὅμως ἐν τιμῆς μέρει, ὡς καὶ βελτίοσιν ἢ κατὰ ἀπελευθερίαν ἱππεύειν τε δυναμένοις, δίδονται.
During this same time, while these events were occurring in the city, Bogud the Moor sailed to Spain, acting either on instructions from Antony or on his own initiative, and did much damage, receiving also considerable injury in turn; 2 meantime the people of his own land in the neighbourhood of Tingis rose against him, and so he evacuated Spain, but failed to win back his own domain. For the adherents of Caesar in Spain and Bocchus came to the aid of the rebels and proved too much for him. Bogud departed to join Antony, while Bocchus forthwith took possession of his kingdom, which was afterwards confirmed to him by Caesar; and the people of Tingis were given citizenship. At this time, or even earlier, war was begun between Sextus and Caesar also; for since they had made their agreement, not of their own free will or by choice, but under compulsion, they did not abide by it for any time to speak of, but broke the truce at once and quarrelled. They were bound, of course, to go to war in any case, even if they had found no excuse; their grievances, however, were the following. Menas, who was at this time still in Sardinia, as if he were a kind of praetor, had incurred the suspicion of Sextus by his release of Helenus and because he had been in communication with Caesar; and he was also slandered to some extent by the people of his own rank, who envied him his power. 6 He was therefore summoned by Sextus on the pretext that he should give an account of the grain and money of which he had been in charge; but instead of obeying, he seized and killed the men sent to him on this errand, and after first negotiating with Caesar, surrendered to him the island, the fleet together with the army, and himself.7 Caesar, on his part, was glad to see him, for he declared that Sextus was harbouring deserters contrary to the treaty, was having triremes built, and was keeping garrisons in Italy; and not only did he fail to give up Menas on Sextus' demand, but even went farther and treated him with great honour, decorated him with gold rings, and enrolled him in the order of the knights. 8 Now the matter of the gold rings is as follows. Of the ancient Romans no one, not merely of those who had once been slaves but even of those who had been brought up as free, was allowed to wear gold rings, except the senators and the knights, as has been stated; 9 and for this reason they are given to such freedmen as the ruler may choose, even though these men are already wearing gold in other ways, as a mark of honour indicating that they are superior to the status of freedmen and are eligible to become knights.
§ 48.46
τοῦτο μὲν δὴ τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν, ὁ δὲ δὴ Σέξτος ταῦτά τε τῷ Καίσαρι ἐγκαλῶν, καὶ ὅτι ἡ Ἀχαΐα ἐκεκάκωτο καὶ οὔτε αὐτῷ οὔτε τοῖς κατελθοῦσι τὰ ὁμολογηθέντα ἐγίγνετο, ἔπεμψε Μενεκράτην ἐς τὴν Ἰταλίαν, ἐξελεύθερον καὶ αὐτὸν ἑαυτοῦ ὄντα, καὶ διʼ ἐκείνου ἄλλα τε τῆς Καμπανίας καὶ Οὐόλτουρνον ἐπόρθησεν. ὁ οὖν Καῖσαρ μαθὼν τοῦτο τά τε γραμματεῖα τὰ τῆς συμβάσεως ἀνείλετο παρὰ τῶν ἀειπαρθένων, καὶ τὸν Ἀντώνιον τόν τε Λέπιδον μετεπέμψατο. καὶ αὐτῷ Λέπιδος μὲν οὐκ εὐθὺς ὑπήκουσεν, Ἀντώνιος δὲ ἦλθε μὲν ἐς τὸ Βρεντέσιον (ἐν γὰρ τῇ Ἑλλάδι ἔτι ὢν ἐτύγχανἐ, πρὶν δὲ ἢ συμμῖξαι τῷ Καίσαρι ἐν Τυρσηνίᾳ ὄντι, δείσας ὅτι λύκος ἔς τε τὸ στρατήγιον αὐτοῦ ἐσῆλθε καὶ στρατιώτας ἔφθειρεν, ἐς τὴν Ἑλλάδα αὖθις, πρόφασιν τὰ τῶν Πάρθων ὡς κατεπείγοντα ποιησάμενος, ἀνέπλευσεν. πρὸς οὖν τοῦτο ὁ μὲν Καῖσαρ, εἰ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα ἐγκαταλελεῖφθαι ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ, ὅπως μόνος τῷ πολέμῳ συσχεθῇ, ἐνόμιζεν, ἀλλʼ οὔτι γε καὶ φανερῶς ὠργίζετο· ὁ δὲ δὴ Σέξτος ἐθρύλει τε ὡς μὴ δικαιοῦντος τοῦ Ἀντωνίου αὐτόν, καὶ προθυμότερον τῶν προκειμένων εἴχετο, καὶ τέλος τῇ τε Ἰταλίᾳ ἐπέπλει καὶ ἀποβάσεις ποιούμενος πολλὰ μὲν ἐκάκου πολλὰ δὲ καὶ ἀντέπασχε. κἀν τούτῳ ναυμαχία πρὸς Κύμῃ τοῦ τε Μενεκράτους καὶ Καλουισίου Σαβίνου γίγνεται· καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ νῆες μὲν πλείους τοῦ Καίσαρος, ἅτε πρὸς θαλασσουργοὺς ἀντικαθισταμένου, ἀπώλοντο, ὁ δὲ δὴ Μενεκράτης τῷ Μηνᾷ συμπεσὼν ἐκ φιλονεικίας καὶ φθαρεὶς ἀντίρροπον τὴν συμφορὰν τῷ Σέξτῳ παρέσχε. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὔτε ἐκεῖνος προσεποιήσατό τι τῆς νίκης καὶ ὁ Καῖσαρ παρεμυθεῖτο
So much for this matter. Sextus, now, blamed Caesar, not only for harbouring Menas, but for the further reasons that Achaia had been injured and the terms agreed upon were not being carried out either in his case or in that of the restored exiles, and he accordingly sent to Italy Menecrates, another freedman of his, and had him ravage Volturnum and other parts of Campania. 2 Now when Caesar learned of this, he took the documents containing the treaty from the Vestal Virgins and sent for Antony and Lepidus. Lepidus did not at once answer the summons, and as for Antony, although he came to Brundisium (for he chanced to be still in Greece), yet before he could meet Caesar, who was in Etruria, he became alarmed because a wolf had entered his headquarters and killed some soldiers, and so he sailed back to Greece again, making the urgency of the Parthian situation his excuse. 4 At this, Caesar, in spite of his strong conviction that he had been left in the lurch by Antony with the purpose of making him face the difficulties of the war alone, nevertheless showed no anger openly. But Sextus, on his part, noised it abroad that Antony did not think Caesar's conduct right and set himself more zealously to the task in hand. Finally he sailed against Italy, landed at various points, inflicted much injury, and suffered much in turn. Meanwhile a naval battle occurred off Cumae between Menecrates and Calvisius Sabinus, in which Caesar lost a larger number of ships, since he was arrayed against expert seamen; but Menecrates attacked Menas out of jealousy and perished, thus making the loss of Sextus equally great. 6 For this reason Sextus laid no claim to his victory and Caesar consoled himself over his defeat.
§ 48.47
ἑαυτὸν τῆς ἥττης. καὶ ἔτυχε γὰρ ἐν τῷ Ῥηγίῳ τὸν χρόνον τοῦτον ὤν, δείσαντες οἱ Σέξτειοι μὴ καὶ ἐς τὴν Σικελίαν περαιωθῇ, καί τι καὶ πρὸς τὸν τοῦ Μενεκράτους θάνατον ἀθυμήσαντες, ἀπῆραν ἐκ τῆς Κύμης. ὁ οὖν Σαβῖνος ἐπιδιώκων αὐτοὺς μέχρι μὲν Σκυλλαίου τοῦ τῆς Ἰταλίας ἀκρωτηρίου ἀπόνως ἦλθε· περιβάλλοντι δʼ αὐτῷ ἐκεῖνο ἄνεμος μέγας προσπεσὼν πολλὰς τῶν νεῶν τὰς μὲν πρὸς τὴν ἄκραν προσήραξε, τὰς δὲ καὶ μετεώρους κατέδυσε, πάσας δὲ τὰς λοιπὰς διεσκέδασε. πυθόμενος οὖν τοῦτο ὁ Σέξτος ἔπεμψεν ἐπʼ αὐτὰς τὸ ναυτικόν, Ἀπολλοφάνει προστάξας. καὶ ὃς εὑρὼν τὸν Καίσαρα ταύτῃ που παραπλέοντα, ἵνα μετὰ τοῦ Σαβίνου ἐς τὴν Σικελίαν διαβάλῃ, ἐπʼ αὐτὸν ᾖξε. κἀκ τούτου ἐκεῖνος τάς τε ναῦς συνορμίσας καὶ τοὺς ὁπλίτας ἐπʼ αὐτῶν παρατάξας τὸ μὲν πρῶτον πάνυ γενναίως αὐτὸν ἀπεκρούσατο· αἵ τε γὰρ νῆες ἀντίπρῳροι τεταγμέναι οὐδεμίαν οἱ ἀσφαλῆ ἐμβολὴν ποιήσασθαι ἐπέτρεπον, ἀλλʼ οἷα καὶ παχύτεραι καὶ ὑψηλότεραι οὖσαι πλεῖον τοὺς πλησιάσαντας ἔβλαπτον, καὶ οἱ ὁπλῖται ἐς χεῖράς σφισιν ἰόντες πολὺ κρείττους ἐγίγνοντο. ἔπειτα δὲ τοῦ Ἀπολλοφάνους τοὺς μὲν τραυματίας τούς τε ἀεὶ πονουμένους ἐς ἑτέρας ναῦς ἐπιτεταγμένας οἱ μετεκβιβάζοντος ἐξ ἀνακρούσεως, ἄλλους δὲ ἀκραιφνεῖς μεταλαμβάνοντος, καὶ τούς τε πρόσπλους συνεχεῖς ποιουμένου καὶ πυρφόροις βέλεσι χρωμένου, ἐτράπετο καὶ πρὸς τὴν γῆν καταφυγὼν καθωρμίσατο. καὶ ἐπειδὴ καὶ ὣς οἱ ἐναντίοι σφίσιν ἐνέκειντο, τάς τε ἀγκύρας τινὲς ἐξαίφνης ἀπέκοψαν καὶ ἐς αὐτοὺς ἀπροσδόκητοι ἀντεξώρμησαν. καὶ τοῦτό τε ἐπέσχε μὴ πάσας τὰς ναῦς τὸν Ἀπολλοφάνη τὰς μὲν καταπρῆσαι τὰς δʼ ἀναδήσασθαι, καὶ ὅτι νὺξ τῷ ἔργῳ ἐπεγένετο.
Now Caesar happened at this time to be at Rhegium, and the followers of Sextus, fearing that he would cross over into Sicily, and furthermore being somewhat disheartened at the death of Menecrates, set sail from Cumae. 2 Sabinus pursued them as far as Scyllaeum, the Italian promontory, without trouble; but as he was rounding that point a great wind fell upon him, dashing some of the ships against the promontory, sinking others out at sea, and scattering all the rest. So when Sextus learned of this disaster he sent his fleet against them, putting Apollophanes in command. This commander discovered Caesar, as he was coasting along somewhere in those parts with the intention of coasting into Sicily along with Sabinus, and rushed upon him. Thereupon Caesar brought his ships to anchor together, marshalled the heavy-armed soldiers on deck, and at first beat off his assailants nobly; 4 for the ships were drawn up with their prows facing the foe and so offered him no safe point for attack, but, being heavier and higher, did greater damage to those that approached them, and his heavy-armed fighters, when they came to close quarters with the enemy, proved far superior. Then Apollophanes by backing water kept transferring the wounded, and those who were at the time wearied by toil, to other ships assigned for the purpose and took on board fresh men; he also made constant attacks and used fire-bearing missiles, so that Caesar was at last routed, fled to the land, and came to anchor. 6 When even then the enemy pressed him hard, some of Caesar's men suddenly cut loose their anchors and unexpectedly sailed out to oppose the others. It was only this and the interruption of operations by the coming of night that kept Apollophanes from burning some of the ships and taking in tow all the rest.
§ 48.48
τούτου δὲ τοιούτου συμβάντος, ἄνεμός τις τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ ἐξαίσιος τῷ τε Καίσαρι καὶ τῷ Σαβίνῳ καθʼ ἓν ὁρμοῦσιν ἐπιπεσὼν σμικρὸν τὸ πρότερον πάθος αὐτῶν ἀπέφηνε. καὶ τὸ μὲν τοῦ Σαβίνου ναυτικὸν ἧττον ἐπόνησεν· ὁ γὰρ Μηνᾶς, ἅτε ἐκ πολλοῦ θαλαττουργὸς ὤν, τόν τε χειμῶνα προείδετο καὶ ἐς τὸ πέλαγος εὐθὺς τὰς ναῦς ἀνώρμισε, καὶ αὐτὰς ἀγκύραις χαλαραῖς, ἵνα μὴ τὰ σχοινία τεινόμενα διαρραγῇ, διαλαβὼν πρὸς αὐτὸν τὸν ἄνεμον ἀντήρεττε, καὶ οὕτως οὔτε τι σχοινίον ἔτεινε καὶ ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ ἀεὶ ἔμενε, πᾶν ὅσον ὑπὸ τοῦ πνεύματος ἀπεωθεῖτο, ἐκ τῆς εἰρεσίας ἀνοκωχεύων. οἱ δʼ ἕτεροι, ἅτε τῇ προτεραίᾳ δεινῶς τεταλαιπωρηκότες καὶ τὰ θαλάττια μηδέπω ἀκριβῶς εἰδότες, πρός τε τὴν γῆν ἐγγὺς οὖσαν ἐξεβράσθησαν καὶ πολλὰς ναῦς ἀπέβαλον. ἥ τε νὺξ ὥσπερ πρότερον οὐκ ἐλάχιστα αὐτοῖς ἐβεβοηθήκει, οὕτω τότε ἐς τὰ μάλιστα ἐλυμήνατο· ὁ γὰρ ἄνεμος καὶ διʼ αὐτῆς πολὺς γενόμενος ἀπερρήγνυ τε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀγκυρῶν τὰ σκάφη καὶ πρὸς τὰς πέτρας ἐξεώθει. καὶ ἐκεῖνά τε οὕτω διώλλυτο, καὶ οἱ ναῦται οἵ τε ἐπιβάται μήτε προϊδεῖν τι ὑπὸ τοῦ σκότους μήτʼ ἐπακοῦσαι διὰ τὸν θόρυβον καὶ διὰ τὴν ἠχὼ τὴν ἐκ τῶν ὀρῶν, ἄλλως τε καὶ τοῦ πνεύματος ἀντιπαταγοῦντός σφισι, δυνάμενοι μάτην προσαπώλλυντο. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ὅ τε Καῖσαρ τῆς μὲν Σικελίας ἀπέγνω, τῆς δʼ ἠπείρου τῆς παραθαλασσίας φυλακὴν ἀγαπητῶς ἐποιήσατο, καὶ ὁ Σέξτος ἔτι καὶ μᾶλλον ἤρθη, καὶ τοῦ τε Ποσειδῶνος υἱὸς ὄντως ἐπίστευεν εἶναι, καὶ στολὴν κυανοειδῆ ἐνεδύσατο, ἵππους τε, καὶ ὥς γέ τινές φασι, καὶ ἄνδρας ἐς τὸν πορθμὸν ζῶντας ἐνέβαλε. καὶ αὐτὸς μὲν τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἦγε καὶ ἔφερεν, ἐς δὲ Λιβύην τὸν Ἀπολλοφάνην ἔπεμψε. καὶ τοῦτον μὲν ὁ Μηνᾶς ἐπιδιώξας καὶ καταλαβὼν ἐκάκωσε· μεθισταμένων δὲ τῶν περὶ τὴν Σικελίαν νησιωτῶν πρὸς τὸν Σέξτον ὁ Καῖσαρ τοὺς Λιπαραίους προκατέλαβε, καὶ ἔκ τε τῆς νήσου ἐξανέστησε καὶ ἐς Καμπανίαν ἐκόμισε, καὶ ἐκεῖ ἐν Νέᾳ πόλει κατοικεῖν μέχρις οὗ
After this event an extraordinary windstorm on the following day fell upon Caesar and Sabinus as they were anchored together and made their previous reverse seem a trifling matter. The fleet of Sabinus suffered the less, 2 for Menas, being an old hand on the sea, foresaw the storm and immediately shifted his ships to the open sea and moored them there, placing them at intervals with their anchor-lines slack, so that the lines should not be stretched and break, and kept rowing directly against the wind; in this way no rope was strained and he remained constantly in the same position, recovering by the use of the oars all the ground he lost by the force of the wind. But the other commanders, since they had gone through a severe experience the day before, and had as yet no accurate knowledge of nautical matters, were cast upon the shore close by and lost many ships. Night, which had been of the greatest aid to them before, was now the chief cause of disaster, for the wind blew violently all night long, tearing the vessels from their anchors and dashing them against the rocks. 4 That was the end of them; the sailors and marines likewise perished ingloriously, since the darkness prevented them from seeing ahead and they could not hear a word because of the uproar and of the reverberation from the mountains, the more so as the wind drowned out other sounds. Because of this disaster Caesar despaired of Sicily and was satisfied to guard the coast of the mainland; but Sextus was still more elated, believing himself in very truth to be the son of Neptune, and he put on a dark blue robe and cast alive into the strait not only horses but also, as some relate, men as well. 6 He himself pillaged Italy and sent Apollophanes to Africa. Apollophanes was pursued by Menas, who overtook him and did him some damage; and when the inhabitants of the islands off the coast of Sicily proceeded to go over to the side of Sextus, Caesar thwarted the Liparaeans by removing them from their island and taking them to Campania, where he forced them live in Neapolis as long as the war should continue.
§ 48.49
ἂν πόλεμος ᾖ ἠνάγκασε. κἀν τούτῳ πλοῖά τε κατὰ πᾶσαν ὡς εἰπεῖν τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἐναυπηγεῖτο, καὶ ἐρέτας τὰ μὲν πρῶτα παρὰ τῶν φίλων ὡς καὶ ἑκόντων διδόντων, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ παρὰ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν τε βουλευτῶν καὶ τῶν ἱππέων τῶν τε δημοτῶν τῶν εὐπόρων δούλους συνέλεγεν, ὁπλίτας τε κατελέγετο, καὶ χρήματα παρά τε τῶν πολιτῶν καὶ παρὰ τῶν συμμάχων τῶν τε ὑπηκόων, τῶν τε ἐν τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ καὶ τῶν ἔξω πάντων, ἤθροιζε. καὶ τόν γε ἐνιαυτὸν τοῦτόν τε καὶ τὸν ὕστερον ἔς τε τὴν ναυπηγίαν τῶν νεῶν καὶ ἐς τὴν ἄθροισιν τήν τε ἄσκησιν τῶν ἐρετῶν κατανάλωσε, αὐτὸς μὲν ἐφορῶν καὶ διατάττων ταῦτά τε καὶ τὰ ἄλλα τά τε ἐν τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ καὶ τὰ ἐν τῇ Γαλατίᾳ (κίνησις γάρ τις παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἐγένετὀ, τῷ δʼ Ἀγρίππᾳ τὴν τοῦ ναυτικοῦ παρασκευὴν ἐγχειρίσας. τοὺς γὰρ Γαλάτας αὐτὸν τοὺς νεωτερίσαντας προσπολεμούμενον, ὅτεπερ καὶ τὸν Ῥῆνον δεύτερος δὴ Ῥωμαίων ἐπὶ πολέμῳ διέβη, μετεπέμψατο, καὶ τῇ τε δόσει τῶν νικητηρίων ἐτίμησε καὶ ἐκπονῆσαι ἐξασκῆσαί τε τὸ ναυτικὸν ἐκέλευσε. καὶ ὅς (ὑπάτευε δὲ μετὰ Λουκίου Γάλλοὐ τὰ μὲν ἐπινίκια οὐκ ἐπεμψεν, αἰσχρὸν εἶναι νομίσας τοῦ Καίσαρος κακῶς πεπραγότος γαυρωθῆναι, τὸ δὲ δὴ ναυτικὸν πάνυ προθύμως ἐξειργάσατο. ἐγίγνετο μὲν γὰρ ἐν πάσῃ τῇ παραθαλασσίῳ Ἰταλίᾳ τὰ σκάφη· ὡς δʼ οὐδεὶς αἰγιαλὸς ἐγκαθορμίσασθαι αὐτοῖς ἀσφαλὴς εὑρίσκετο (ἀλίμενα γὰρ ἔτι καὶ τότε τὰ πλείω τῆς ἠπείρου ταύτης ἦνʼ, ἔργον μεγαλοπρεπὲς καὶ ἐνενόησε καὶ ἐξεποίησεν, ὃ ἐγὼ διὰ πλειόνων ἐξηγησάμενος ἐκεῖνό τε ἐπιδείξω τῷ λόγῳ καὶ τἆλλα τὰ κατʼ αὐτὸ νῦν ὄντα.
Meanwhile he kept constructing vessels throughout practically all Italy and collecting slaves for rowers, first from his friends, who were supposed to give willingly, and then from the rest — senators and knights and well-to-do plebeians. He also levied heavy-armed troops and gathered money from all the citizens, allies, and subjects, both in Italy and abroad. This year and the following he spent in constructing ships and gathering and training rowers. He himself supervised and managed all this business and all other matters both in Italy and in Gaul, where there was a slight uprising, but he entrusted to Agrippa the equipping of the fleet. 3 He had sent for his men, who had been fighting against the insurgent Gauls, at the time when he had been the second of the Romans to cross the Rhine for war, and after honouring him by the bestowal of a triumph he bade him finish the work on the fleet and train the men. 4 Agrippa, who was consul with Lucius Gallus, did not celebrate the triumph, considering it disgraceful for him to make a display when Caesar had fared so poorly, but set to work with great enthusiasm to fit out the fleet. All along the coasts of Italy vessels were being built; but since no shore was found where it was safe for them to come to anchor, inasmuch as most of the coast of Italy was even at that time without harbours, he conceived and executed a magnificent enterprise, which I shall describe at some length, giving an account of the enterprise itself and of the general matters connected with it as they are today.
§ 48.50
ἐν τῇ Κύμῃ τῇ Καμπανίδι χωρίον τι μεταξὺ Μισηνοῦ καὶ Πουτεόλων μηνοειδές ἐστιν· ὄρεσί τε γὰρ σμικροῖς καὶ ψιλοῖς, πλὴν βραχέων, περιείληπται, καὶ θάλασσαν τριπλῆν κολπώδη ἔχει. ἡ μὲν γὰρ ἔξω τε καὶ πρὸς ταῖς πόλεσίν ἐστιν, ἡ δʼ ὀλίγῃ διαφυῇ ἀπʼ αὐτῆς διείργεται, ἄλλη ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ μυχῷ λιμνώδης ὁρᾶται. καὶ καλεῖται αὕτη μὲν Ἀουερνίς, ἡ δὲ μέση Λουκρινίς· ἡ γὰρ ἔξω, τοῦ Τυρσηνικοῦ οὖσα, ἐς ἐκεῖνο καὶ τὴν ἐπωνυμίαν τελεῖ. ἐν ταύτῃ δὴ τῇ θαλάσσῃ τῇ ἐντὸς ἑκατέρας στενοῖς τότε ἔσπλοις τὸ διεῖργον τὴν Λουκρινίδα ἀπὸ τοῦ πελάγους ἐπʼ ἀμφότερα παρʼ αὐτὴν τὴν ἤπειρον ὁ Ἀγρίππας συντρήσας λιμένας ναυλοχωτάτους ἀπέδειξεν. ἐργαζομένων δʼ αὐτῶν εἰκών τις ὑπὲρ τῆς Ἀουερνίδος, εἴτʼ οὖν τῆς Καλυψοῦς, ᾗ τὸ χωρίον ἀνατιθέασιν, ἐς ὃ καὶ τὸν Ὀδυσσέα ἐσπλεῦσαι λέγουσιν, εἴτε καὶ ἑτέρας τινὸς ἡρωίνης οὖσα, ἱδρῶτος ὥσπερ τι σῶμα ἀνθρώπινον ἀνεπλήσθη. καὶ τοῦτο μὲν ὅπῃ ποτʼ ἐσήμαινεν, οὐκ ἔχω εἰπεῖν· τὰ δʼ ἄλλα ὅσα ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ἐκείνῳ ἀξιαφήγητα ἐθεασάμην, φράσω.
At Cumae in Campania, between Misenum and Puteoli, there is a crescent-shaped region, surrounded, except for brief gaps, by small, bare mountains; and it contains a branch of the sea which is like a bay and is divided into three parts. 2 The first is outside, near the cities, the second is separated from it by a narrow strip of land, and the third, which is marshy in character, is seen at the very head of the inlet. The last is called Avernus, and the middle one the Lucrine Lake; the outer one is a part of the Tyrrhenian sea Sea and is classed with it also by its designation. Now since the Lucrine lay between a sea on either side, Agrippa cut narrow channels at this time, close to the shore on both sides, through the strip of land that separated it from the open sea, and thus produced excellent harbours for ships. 4 While the men were working, a statue overlooking Avernus, either of Calypso, to whom this place, whither they say Ulysses also sailed, is dedicated, or of some other heroine, was covered with sweat like a human body. Now what this imported I cannot say; but I will go on to tell of everything else worth reporting which I saw in that place.
§ 48.51
τὰ ὄρη ταῦτα πρὸς ταῖς ἔνδον θαλάσσαις ὄντα πηγὰς πυρός τε ἅμα πολλοῦ καὶ ὕδατος συμμιγοῦς ἔχει· καὶ αὐτὸ μὲν καθʼ ἑαυτὸ ἑκάτερον οὐδαμοῦ εὑρίσκεται (οὔτε γὰρ πῦρ αὐτὸ οὔθʼ ὕδωρ ψυχρὸν αὐτὸ φαίνεταἰ, ἐκ δὲ δὴ τῆς ὁμιλίας σφῶν τό τε ὕδωρ θερμαίνεται καὶ τὸ πῦρ ὑγραίνεται· καὶ ἐκεῖνο μὲν πρὸς τὴν θάλασσαν διὰ τῶν προπόδων ἐς τὰς δεξαμενὰς χωρεῖ, τὴν δʼ ἀτμίδα αὐτοῦ ἔς τε οἰκήματα μετέωρα διὰ σωλήνων ἀνάγουσι, κἀνταῦθα αὐτῇ πυριῶνται· ὅσῳ γὰρ ἂν ἐπὶ πλεῖον ἀπό τε τῆς γῆς καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕδατος ἀναδράμῃ, ξηροτέρα γίγνεται. κατασκευαί τε οὖν περὶ ἀμφότερα πολυτελεῖς ἤσκηνται, καὶ ἔστιν ἔς τε βίου διαγωγὴν καὶ ἐς ἄκεσιν ἐπιτηδειότατα. ταῦτά τε οὖν τὸ ὄρος ἐκεῖνο καὶ προσέτι καὶ γῆς φύσιν τοιάνδε παρέχεται. τοῦ πυρὸς τὸ μὲν καίειν οὐκ ἔχοντος (ὑπὸ γὰρ τῆς τοῦ ὕδατος συνουσίας πᾶν τὸ φλογῶδες αὐτοῦ σβέννυταἰ, διακρίνειν δὲ δὴ καὶ διατήκειν τὰ προστυχόντα οἱ καὶ ὣς δυναμένου, συμβαίνει τῆς γῆς τὸ μὲν λιπαρὸν ἐκτήκεσθαι ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ, τὸ δὲ τραχὺ καὶ ὀστῶδες ὡς εἰπεῖν ὑπολείπεσθαι. σηραγγώδεις τε οὖν οἱ ὄγκοι ἐξ ἀνάγκης γίγνονται, καὶ αὐχμῷ μὲν δοθέντες ἐς κόνιν διαλύονται, ὕδατι δὲ σὺν κονίᾳ φυραθέντες συνίστανται, καὶ ἐφʼ ὅσον γʼ ἂν ἐν τῷ ὑγρῷ ὦσι, πήγνυνταί τε καὶ πετροῦνται. αἴτιον δὲ ὅτι τὸ μὲν κραῦρον αὐτῶν ὑπὸ μὲν τοῦ πυρὸς ὁμοφυοῦς οἱ ὄντος ἐπιτείνεταί τε καὶ θραύεται, τῇ δὲ δὴ συμμίξει τῆς νοτίδος ἀναψύχεται, κἀκ τούτου εἴσω διὰ παντὸς συμπιληθὲν ἄλυτον γίγνεται. τοιαῦται μὲν αἱ Βαῖαί εἰσι, καὶ ἐς αὐτὰς τότε ὁ Ἀγρίππας, ἐπειδὴ τάχιστα τοὺς ἔσπλους ἐξεποίησε, τάς τε ναῦς καὶ τοὺς ἐρέτας ἤθροισε, καὶ τὰς μὲν κατέφραττε, τοὺς δὲ ἐπʼ ἰκρίων ἐρέττειν ἤσκει.
The mountains here, which lie close to the inner bodies of water, have springs which send forth a great deal of fire mingled with water; and neither of the two elements is found anywhere by itself (that is, neither pure fire nor cold water alone is to be seen), but from their association the water is heated and the fire moistened. 2 The water on its way down the foot-hills to the sea runs into reservoirs and the inhabitants conduct the steam from it through pipes into upper rooms, where they use the steam for vapour baths; for the higher it ascends from the earth and from the water, the dryer it becomes. Costly apparatus is in use for turning both the vapour and the water to practical use, and they are very serviceable indeed for the uses of daily life and also for effecting cures. Now besides these products that mountain furnishes an earth, the peculiar nature of which I am going to describe. Since the fire has not the power of burning, since by its union with the water all its scorching qualities are extinguished, yet is still able to separate and melt the substances with which it comes in contact, it follows that the soft part of the earth is melted out by it, whereas the hard and what might be called the bony part of it is left. 4 Hence the masses of earth necessarily become porous and when exposed to the dry air crumble into dust, but when mixed with water and lime become compact, and as long as they remain in the liquid they harden and petrify. The reason for this is that the brittle element in them is disintegrated and broken up by the fire, which possesses the same nature, but by the admixture of moisture is chilled, and so is wholly packed together on the inside and becomes indissoluble. So much for the description of Baiae. Here Agrippa, as soon as he had constructed the entrances, set about collecting his ships, which he proceeded to equip with decks, and his oarsmen, whom he trained to row on practice benches.
§ 48.52
οἱ δὲ ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ ἐταράττοντο μὲν καὶ ὑπὸ σημείων. ἄλλα τε γὰρ συχνά σφισιν ἐσηγγέλθη, καὶ ὅτι δελφῖνες πολλοὶ περὶ τὴν Ἀσπίδα τὴν τῆς Ἀφρικῆς πόλιν ἐμαχέσαντό τε ἀλλήλοις καὶ διεφθάρησαν· καί τι καὶ αὐτοῦ πρὸς τῷ ἄστει αἷμα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ῥυὲν ὄρνιθες διεφόρησαν. ἐπειδή τε ἐν τῇ πανηγύρει τῇ τῶν Ῥωμαίων οὐδεὶς τῶν βουλευτῶν ἐν τῷ Καπιτωλίῳ, ὥσπερ εἴθιστο, εἱστιάθη, ἐν τέρατος λόγῳ καὶ τοῦτʼ ἔλαβον. τό τε τῇ Λιουίᾳ συμβὰν ἐκείνῃ μὲν καθʼ ἡδονὴν ἐγένετο, τοῖς δʼ ἄλλοις δέος ἐνεποίησε· λευκὴν γὰρ ὄρνιθα, κλωνίον δάφνης ἐγκάρπου φέρουσαν, ἀετὸς ἐς τὸν κόλπον αὐτῆς ἐνέβαλε. καὶ ἐδόκει γὰρ οὐ σμικρὸν τὸ σημεῖον εἶναι, τήν τε ὄρνιθα ἐν ἐπιμελείᾳ ἦγε καὶ τὴν δάφνην ἐφύτευσε. καὶ ἡ μὲν ῥιζωθεῖσα ηὔξησεν ὥστε καὶ τοῖς τὰ ἐπινίκια μετὰ τοῦτο πέμψασιν ἐπὶ πλεῖστον ἐξαρκέσαι, ἥ τε Λιουία ἐγκολπώσεσθαι καὶ τὴν τοῦ Καίσαρος ἰσχὺν καὶ ἐν πᾶσιν
Now the population of Rome was being disturbed by signs also. Among the numerous reports brought to them was one to the effect that many dolphins had battled with one another and perished near Aspis, the African city. 2 And in the very vicinity of the city blood flowed from heaven and was carried in all directions by the birds. And when at the Ludi Romani not one of the senators gave a banquet on the Capitol, as had been the custom, they took this, too, as a portent. Again, the incident that happened to Livia, although it caused her pleasure, inspired the rest with dread; a white bird carrying a sprig of laurel with the berries on it was thrown by an eagle into her lap. As this seemed to be a sign of no small moment, she cared for the bird and planted the laurel, 4 which took root and grew, so that it long supplied those who celebrated triumphs in after time; and Livia was destined to hold in her lap even Caesar's power and to dominate him in everything.53 1 However, the other people in the city were greatly disturbed not only by this but also by the changes in the magistrates; for not only the consuls and praetors but even the quaestors were continually succeeding one another, and this lasted for some time. 2 The reason was that all were anxious, not so much to hold office for any considerable time at home, as to be counted among the ex-officials and so secure the offices and military forces outside of Italy. Accordingly, some of the magistrates were no longer chosen for a specified period, but merely for a time sufficient to assume the title of the office, and then to resign from it whenever it seemed good to those in power; 3 indeed, many did both on the same day. But there were some who had to abandon hope of office altogether because of poverty, to say nothing of those who were at this time with Sextus, whose disfranchisement was in a manner justified. 4 Yet when a certain Marcus Oppius planned to resign the aedileship because of poverty (for both he and his father had been among the proscribed), the populace did not permit it, but contributed money to meet the various necessities of his living and the expenses of his office. And the story goes that some criminals, too, actually came into the theatre in masks as if they were acting a play, and contributed their money also. Thus was this man loved by the multitude while in life, and at his death not much later he was carried to the Campus Martius and there burned and buried. 6 The senate, however, feeling vexed at the utter devotion of the masses to him, took up his bones, on the plea that it was impious for them to lie in that sacred ground; they were persuaded by the pontifices to make this declaration, although they buried many other men there both before and after this.
§ 48.53
αὐτοῦ κρατήσειν ἔμελλε· τοὺς δὲ δὴ ἄλλους τοὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει ταῦτά τε καὶ αἱ διαλλαγαὶ τῶν ἀρχόντων ἰσχυρῶς ἐτάρασσον· οὐ γὰρ ὅπως οἵ τε ὕπατοι καὶ οἱ στρατηγοί, ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ ταμίαι ἐπʼ ἀλλήλοις ἀντικαθίσταντο, καὶ τοῦτʼ ἐπὶ χρόνον ἐγένετο. αἴτιον δὲ ὅτι πάντες οὐχ οὕτως ἵνʼ οἴκοι ἐπὶ πλεῖον ἄρξωσιν, ὡς ἵνα ἐν τοῖς ἄρξασιν ἀριθμῶνται καὶ ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰς τιμὰς καὶ τὰς δυνάμεις τὰς ἔξω λαμβάνωσιν ἐσπούδαζον. οὔκουν οὐδὲ ἐς ῥητὸν ἔτι τινὲς χρόνον ᾑροῦντο, ἀλλʼ ὥστε ἐπιβῆναί τε τοῦ ὀνόματος τῆς ἀρχῆς καὶ ἀποστῆναι ὅταν τοῖς τὸ κράτος ἔχουσι δόξῃ· καὶ πολλοί γε ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς ἡμέρας ἑκάτερον ἔπραξαν. εἰσὶ δὲ οἳ καὶ παντάπασι τὰς ἀρχὰς ὑπὸ πενίας ἐγκατέλιπον· τῶν γὰρ σὺν τῷ Σέξτῳ τότε ὄντων, ὡς καὶ κατὰ δίκην δή τινα ἀτιμασθέντων, οὐ μνημονεύω. βουλευομένου δʼ οὖν καὶ Μάρκου τινὸς Ὀππίου ἀγορανομίας ὑπʼ ἀπορίας (ἐκ γὰρ τῶν ἐπικεκηρυγμένων καὶ αὐτὸς καὶ ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ ἦνʼ ἐκστῆναι τὸ πλῆθος οὐκ ἐπέτρεψεν, ἀλλʼ ἔς τε τὰ ἄλλα τὰ πρὸς τὸν βίον ἀναγκαῖα καὶ ἐς τὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς ἀνάλωμα ἀργύριον αὐτῷ συνεσήνεγκε. καὶ λόγος γε ἔχει καὶ τῶν κακούργων τινὰς ἐς αὐτὸ τὸ θέατρον ἐν προσωπείοις, ὡς καὶ ὑποκρινουμένους τι, ἐσελθόντας συγκαταβαλεῖν τὰ χρήματα. καὶ ὁ μὲν οὕτω ζῶν τε ὑπὸ τοῦ ὁμίλου ἠγαπήθη, καὶ ἀποθανὼν οὐ πολλῷ ὕστερον ἔς τε τὸ Ἄρειον πεδίον ἐκομίσθη καὶ ἐκεῖ καὶ ἐκαύθη καὶ ἐτάφη· ἡ δὲ δὴ βουλὴ ἀγανακτήσασα τῇ πάσῃ τοῦ πλήθους περὶ αὐτὸν σπουδῇ τὰ ὀστᾶ αὐτοῦ, ὡς οὐχ ὁσίως ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ χωρίῳ κείμενα, ἀνείλετο, πεισθεῖσα τοῖς ποντίφιξι, καίπερ πολλοὺς ἄλλους ἐν αὐτῷ καὶ πρότερον καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα θάψασα.
—
§ 48.54
κἀν τῷ αὐτῷ τούτῳ χρόνῳ καὶ ὁ Ἀντώνιος ἦλθε μὲν ἐς τὴν Ἰταλίαν αὖθις ἐκ τῆς Συρίας, πρόφασιν μὲν ὡς καὶ τοῦ Σεξτείου πολέμου διὰ τὰς τοῦ Καίσαρος συμφορὰς μεθέξων, οὐ μέντοι καὶ παρέμεινεν αὐτῷ, ἀλλʼ ἅτε ἐς κατασκοπὴν αὐτοῦ μᾶλλον ἢ καὶ ἔργου τινὸς ἕνεκα ἀφιγμένος, ἐκείνῳ μὲν ναῦς ἔδωκε καὶ ἑτέρας πέμψειν ὑπέσχετο, ἀνθʼ ὧν ὁπλίτας ἀντέλαβεν, αὐτὸς δὲ ὡς καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς Πάρθους στρατεύσων ἀπῆρε. πρὶν δὲ ἢ ἀποπλεῖν αὐτὸν ᾐτιάσαντο ἀλλήλους, πρότερον μὲν διὰ τῶν ἑταίρων, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ διʼ ἑαυτῶν· καὶ οὐ γάρ πω σχολὴν πολεμῆσαί σφισιν ἦγον, συνηλλάγησαν τρόπον τινά, τῆς Ὀκταουίας ὅτι μάλιστα τοῦτο πρασσούσης. καὶ ὅπως γε πλείοσι τοῖς τῆς συγγενείας συνδέσμοις συνέχοιντο, ὅ τε Καῖσαρ Ἀντύλλῳ τῷ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου υἱεῖ τὴν θυγατέρα, καὶ ἐκεῖνος τῷ Δομιτίῳ, καίτοι τοῦ Καίσαρος σφαγεῖ τε γενομένῳ καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀπολουμένοις ἐκτεθέντι, τὴν ἑαυτοῦ τὴν ἐκ τῆς Ὀκταουίας οἱ γεννηθεῖσαν ἠγγύησε. ταῦτά τε ἅμα πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐπλάσσοντο· οὐ γάρ που καὶ ποιήσειν τι αὐτῶν ἤμελλον, ἀλλʼ ἐς τὴν χρείαν τῶν παρόντων σφίσι πραγμάτων ὑπεκρίνοντο. ἀμέλει καὶ τὴν Ὀκταουίαν αὐτὴν εὐθὺς ἐκ τῆς Κερκύρας ὁ Ἀντώνιος ἐς τὴν Ἰταλίαν, ἵνα δὴ μὴ συγκινδυνεύσῃ οἱ τοῖς Πάρθοις πολεμοῦντι, ἀπέπεμψεν. οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ἔν γε τῷ τότε ἐκεῖνά τε οὕτως ἔπραξαν, καὶ τὸν μὲν Σέξτον τῆς τε ἱερωσύνης ἅμα καὶ τῆς ὑπατείας ἐς ἣν ἀπεδέδεκτο ἔπαυσαν, ἑαυτοῖς δὲ τὴν ἡγεμονίαν ἐς ἄλλα ἔτη πέντε, ἐπειδὴ τὰ πρότερα ἐξεληλύθει, ἐπέτρεψαν. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο Ἀντώνιος μὲν ἐς τὴν Συρίαν ἠπείγετο, Καῖσαρ δὲ ἐς τὸν πόλεμον καθίστατο. καὶ τὰ μὲν ἄλλα κατὰ γνώμην αὐτῷ ἐχώρει, ὁ δὲ δὴ Μηνᾶς ἄπιστός τε φύσει ὢν καὶ τὰ τοῦ κρείττονος ἀεὶ θεραπεύων, καὶ προσέτι καὶ ἀγανακτήσας ὅτι μηδεμίαν ἀρχὴν εἶχεν ἀλλὰ τῷ Σαβίνῳ ὑπετέτακτο, πρὸς τὸν Σέξτον αὖθις ηὐτομόλησεν.
At this same period Antony came back to Italy from Syria. The reason he gave was that he intended to bear his share of the war against Sextus because of Caesar's mishaps; he did not, however, stay by his colleague, 2 but, having come to spy upon his actions rather than to accomplish anything, he gave him some ships and promised to send others, in return for which he received heavy-armed troops and departed, stating that he was going to conduct a campaign against the Parthians. Before he left, they presented to each other their mutual grievances, at first through their friends and then personally; and since they had as yet no leisure for war with each other, they became reconciled in a way, chiefly through the instrumentality of Octavia. 4 And in order that they might be bound by still more ties of relationship, Caesar betrothed his daughter to Antyllus, Antony's son, and Antony betrothed to Domitius, though he had been one of Caesar's murderers and one of those proscribed to die, his own daughter, borne to him by Octavia. These agreements were merely pretences on both sides; for they really had no intention of carrying out any of them, but were acting a part in view of the exigencies of the moment. At all events, Antony immediately sent back Octavia herself from Corcyra to Italy, in order that, as he represented, she might not share his danger while he was warring against the Parthians. 6 Nevertheless, they made these agreements at that time as stated and removed Sextus from his priesthood as well as from the consulship to which he had been appointed, and granted themselves the leadership for another five years, since the first period had elapsed. After this Antony hastened to Syria and Caesar entered upon the war. Nearly everything was going as he wished; but Menas, who was naturally untrustworthy and always cultivated the stronger side, and was furthermore vexed because he held no command but had been made subordinate to Sabinus, deserted again to Sextus.
— Book 49 —
§ 49.arg
τάδε ἔνεστιν ἐν τῷ τετταρακοστῷ ἐνάτῳ τῶν Δίωνος Ῥωμαϊκῶν α. ὡς Καῖσαρ Σέξτον ἐνίκησε καὶ Λέπιδον καθεῖλεν. β. ὡς Οὐεντίδιος Πάκορον νικήσας ἀπέκτεινεν καὶ τοὺς Πάρθους ὑπὲρ τὸν Εὐφράτην ἐξήλασεν. γ. ὡς Ἀντώνιος ὑπὸ Πάρθων ἡττήθη. δ. ὡς Καῖσαρ Παννονίους κατεστρέψατο. ε. ὡς Ἀντώνιος Ἀρταουάσδην τὸν Ἀρμενίων βασιλέα ἀπατήσας εἷλεν. ζ. ὡς ἡ Παύλου στοὰ καθιερώθη. η. ὡς Μαυριτανία ἡ περὶ Καισύρειαν Ῥωμαίων ἐγένετο. χρόνου πλῆθος ἔτη τέτταρα ἐν οἷς ἄρχοντες οἱ ἀριθμούμενοι οἵδε ἐγένοντο λ. Γέλλιος Λ. υἱ. Ποπλικόλας μ. Κοκκήιος υἱ. Νέρουας ὕπ. λ. Κορνουφίκιος Λ. υἱ. Σέξτος Πομπήιος Σέξτου υἱ. ὕπ. μ. Ἀντώνιος Μ. υἱ. τὸ β λ. Σκριβώνιος Λ. υἱ. Λίβων ὕπ. Καῖσαρ τὸ β λ. Οὐολκάκιος Λ. υἱ. Τοῦλλος ὕπ.
—
§ 49.1
ἐν μὲν οὖν τῷ χειμῶνι ἐν ᾧ Λούκιός τε Γέλλιος καὶ Κοκκήιος Νέρουας ὑπάτευσαν, ταῦθʼ οὕτως ἐγένετο· Καῖσαρ δέ, ὡς τό τε ναυτικὸν ἡτοίμαστο καὶ τὸ ἔαρ ἐνέστη, ἦρέ τε ἐκ τῶν Βαιῶν καὶ παρὰ τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἐκομίζετο, ἐλπίδα οὐκ ἐλαχίστην ἔχων ἁπανταχόθεν πέριξ τὴν Σικελίαν περισχήσειν. αὐτός τε γὰρ πολλαῖς ναυσὶν ἐπέπλει, καὶ αἱ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου ἐς τὸν πορθμὸν ἤδη παρῆσαν· ὅ τε Λέπιδος ἄκων μέν, ὑπέσχητο δʼ οὖν αὐτῷ βοηθήσειν. μέγιστον δὲ τῷ τε ὕψει τῶν σκαφῶν καὶ τῇ παχύτητι τῶν ξύλων ἐθάρσει· ὑπερπαχῆ τε γὰρ καὶ ὑπερμεγέθη κατεσκευάσθη, ὥστε ἐπιβάτας τε πλείστους ὅσους ἄγειν (καὶ γὰρ πύργους ἔφερον, ὅπως ὥσπερ ἀπὸ τείχους ἐξ ὑπερδεξίων ἀγωνίζωνταἰ καὶ αὐτὰ πρός τε τὰς ἐμβολὰς τῶν ἐναντίων ἀντέχειν, καὶ τοὺς ἐμβόλους αὐτῶν, ἅτε καὶ βιαιοτέραν τὴν σύγκρουσιν ποιουμένων, ἀποστρέφειν. τοιούτοις μὲν λογισμοῖς ὁ Καῖσαρ ἐς τὴν Σικελίαν ἠπείγετο. καὶ αὐτῷ τὸ ἀκρωτήριον τὸ Παλίνουρον ὀνομαζόμενον ὑπερβάλλοντι χειμὼν μέγας ἐπέπεσε· καὶ οὗτός τε πολλὰς ναῦς ἔφθειρε, καὶ ὁ Μηνᾶς ταραττομέναις ταῖς λοιπαῖς ἐπιγενόμενος συχνὰς τὰς μὲν ἔκαυσε τὰς δʼ ἀνεδήσατο. εἰ δὲ μὴ αὖθις ἐπί τε τῇ ἀδείᾳ καὶ ἐπʼ ἄλλαις τισὶν ἐλπίσι μετέστη, καὶ τριήρεις ψευδαυτομόλους δεξάμενος πᾶν τὸ ναυτικὸν οὗ ἦρχε προέδωκε, διὰ κενῆς ἂν καὶ τότε ὁ ἐπίπλους τῷ Καίσαρι ἐγένετο. τοῦτο δὲ ἔπραξεν, ὅτι οὔτε τῷ Λεπίδῳ πολεμῆσαι ὑπὸ τοῦ Σέξτου ἐπετράπη καὶ πρὸς πάντα τἆλλα ὑπωπτεύετο. Καῖσαρ δὲ προσήκατο μὲν αὐτὸν καὶ τότε ἀσμενέστατα, οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἐπίστευσέ τι ἔτʼ αὐτῷ. ὡς δʼ οὖν τάς τε πεπονηκυίας ναῦς ἐπεσκευάσατο, καὶ τοὺς δούλους τοὺς τριηρίτας ἠλευθέρωσε, τούς τε περίνεως (πολλοὶ γὰρ φθειρομένων ἐν τῇ ναυαγίᾳ τῶν σκαφῶν ἀπεκολύμβησανʼ ἐς τὸ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου ναυτικὸν ὀλιγανδροῦν κατέταξεν, ἔς τε Λιπάραν ἦλθε, κἀνταῦθα τόν τε Ἀγρίππαν καὶ τὰς ναῦς καταλιπὼν ἐς τὴν ἤπειρον ἐκομίσθη, ἵνα καὶ τὸν πεζὸν ἐς τὴν Σικελίαν, ὅταν καιρὸς γένηται, περαιώσῃ.
Book XLIX All this happened in the winter in which Lucius Gellius and Cocceius Nerva became consuls. When the fleet had been made ready and spring had set in, Caesar set out from Baiae and coasted along Italy with great hopes of encompassing Sicily on all sides. For he was sailing thither with many ships himself and those of Antony were already in the strait; also Lepidus had reluctantly promised to assist him. 2 But his chief ground of confidence lay in the height of his vessels and the thickness of their timbers; they had been built unusually stout and unusually high, in order not only to carry the largest possible number of marines (in fact they had towers on them, in order that the men might fight from higher ground, as if from a wall), but also to withstand the attacks of the opposing vessels and at the same time bend back their beaks, since the violence of their collision would be increased thereby. With such plans Caesar was hastening to Sicily. As he was passing the promontory named Palinurus a great storm fell upon him; this destroyed many ships, and Menas, coming upon the rest while they were in confusion, burned or towed away many of them. 4 And had he not again changed sides, on the promise of immunity and because of some other hopes, and betrayed the whole fleet that he commanded by receiving some triremes that simulated desertion, Caesar's voyage to Sicily on this occasion also would have proved fruitless. Menas acted as he did because he was not allowed by Sextus to fight against Lepidus and was under suspicion in all other ways. Caesar received him very gladly on this occasion also, but trusted him no longer. And when he had repaired the damaged ships, freed the slaves that were serving on the triremes, and assigned the reserves (many of whom had escaped by leaping overboard when their vessel were destroyed in the wreck) to Antony's fleet, which was short of men he came to Lipara; 6 and leaving there Agrippa and the ships, he returned to the mainland, in order to transport the infantry also to Sicily, when an opportunity should arise.
§ 49.2
μαθὼν δὲ ταῦτα ὁ Σέξτος αὐτὸς μὲν ἐν Μεσσήνῃ ὑφώρμει, τὸν διάπλουν αὐτοῦ τηρῶν, τῷ δʼ Ἀγρίππᾳ Δημοχάρην ἀνθορμεῖν ἐν Μύλαις ἐκέλευσεν. οὗτοι οὖν τὸ μὲν πλεῖστον τοῦ χρόνου ἀποπειρώμενοι μὲν ἀλλήλων κατὰ τὸ παρεῖκον, οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἐναποκινδυνεῦσαι παντὶ τῷ στόλῳ τολμῶντες, κατανάλωσαν· οὔτε γὰρ τὰς δυνάμεις ἀλλήλων ᾔδεσαν, καὶ πάντα πρός τε τὸ μεῖζον καὶ πρὸς τὸ φοβερώτερον παρʼ ἀμφοτέροις περὶ τῶν ἑτέρων ἐλογοποιεῖτο. τέλος δὲ ὁ Ἀγρίππας συνιεὶς ὅτι οὐ συμφέρει οἱ διατρίβειν (οἱ γὰρ τοῦ Σέξτου, ἅτε ἐν τῇ οἰκείᾳ ναυλοχοῦντες, οὐδὲν ἐδέοντο σπεύδεινʼ τάς τε ἀρίστας τῶν νεῶν ἔλαβε, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς Μύλας πρὸς κατασκοπὴν τοῦ τῶν ἐναντίων πλήθους ὥρμησε. καὶ ἐπειδὴ μήτε πάντας αὐτοὺς ἰδεῖν ἠδυνήθη μήτʼ ἀναχθῆναί τις αὐτῶν ἠθέλησε, κατεφρόνησεν αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐπανελθὼν παρεσκευάζετο ὡς καὶ πάσαις ταῖς ναυσὶ τῆς ὑστεραίας ἐπὶ τὰς Μύλας ἐπιπλευσούμενος. τὸ δʼ αὐτὸ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ Δημοχάρης ἔπαθε· μόνας τε γὰρ τὰς ἀφικομένας ναῦς ὑποτοπήσας εἶναι, καὶ βραδύτατα αὐτὰς ὑπὸ τοῦ μεγέθους πλεούσας ἰδών, τόν τε Σέξτον τῆς νυκτὸς μετεπέμψατο, καὶ ἡτοιμάζετο ὡς καὶ αὐτῇ τῇ Λιπάρᾳ προσμίξων. ἡμέρα τε ὑπέφηνε, καὶ ἀμφότεροι ἅμα ὡς καὶ ἐπʼ ἐλάττους σφῶν ἀλλήλους ὄντας ἔπλεον.
On learning of this Sextus himself remained at anchor off Messana, waiting for Caesar to cross, but he ordered Demochares to anchor opposite Agrippa at Mylae. 2 These two men spent most of the time in testing each other's strength as opportunity offered, but they did not dare to risk an engagement with their entire armaments; for they were not acquainted with each other's forces and on both sides the reports that circulated about the opposing fleet were exaggerated and made more fear-inspiring than the reality. But finally Agrippa realised that it was not advantageous for him to delay, — for the forces of Sextus, lying as they did in home waters, had no need of haste, — and so, taking the best of his ships, he set out for Mylae to spy out the numbers of the enemy. And when he found that he could not see them all and that none of them wished to come out into the open sea, he came to despise them, and on his return made preparations to sail against Mylae on the following day with all his ships. 4 And Demochares came to much the same conclusion; for he had the idea that the ships which had approached him were all alone, and seeing that they sailed very slowly by reason of their size, he sent for Sextus by night and proceeded to make preparations to attack Lipara itself. When discovery broke, they were sailing against each other, both sides expecting to meet inferior numbers.
§ 49.3
ἐγγὺς δὲ δὴ γενόμενοι, καὶ παρὰ δόξαν πολλῷ πλείους τοὺς ἐναντίους ἑκάτεροι ὧν ᾤοντο εἶναι ἰδόντες, τὰ μὲν πρῶτα ἐταράχθησαν ὁμοίως ἀμφότεροι, καί τινες καὶ πρύμναν ἐκρούσαντο· ἔπειτα δὲ τὴν φυγὴν τῆς μάχης μᾶλλον φοβηθέντες, καὶ ἐν μὲν ταύτῃ καὶ κρατῆσαι ἂν ἐλπίσαντες, ἐν δὲ ἐκείνῃ πασσυδὶ ἀπολεῖσθαι προσδοκήσαντες, ἀντεξώρμησαν καὶ συμμίξαντες ἐναυμάχησαν. ἦσαν δὲ οἱ μὲν τῷ πλήθει τῶν νεῶν, οἱ δὲ ταῖς ἐμπειρίαις τῶν ναυτικῶν προφέροντες, καὶ τοῖς μὲν τό τε ὕψος τῶν σκαφῶν καὶ τὸ πάχος τῶν ἐπωτίδων οἵ τε πύργοι συνῄροντο, τοὺς δʼ ἑτέρους οἵ τε διέκπλοι ἀνέφερον, πρός τε τὴν ῥώμην τῶν τοῦ Καίσαρος ἐπιβατῶν ἡ τόλμα αὐτῶν ἀντήρκει· αὐτόμολοι γὰρ οἱ πλείους ἐκ τῆς Ἰταλίας ὄντες ἀπονοίᾳ πολλῇ ἐχρῶντο. κἀκ τούτου πλεονεκτοῦντές τε ἅμα ἀλλήλων καὶ ἐλαττούμενοι οἷς εἶπον, ἴσην τὴν ἰσχὺν ἐκ τοῦ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων σφίσιν ἀντιπάλου εἶχον· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο χρόνῳ καὶ ἀγχώμαλα ἐπὶ πλεῖστον ἠγωνίσαντο. οἵ τε γὰρ Σέξτειοι τοὺς μὲν ἄνδρας τοὺς ἐναντίους τῷ ῥοθίῳ ἐξέπλησσον, καί τινας ναῦς, ῥύμῃ τέ σφισι προσπίπτοντες καὶ τὰς παρεξειρεσίας αὐτῶν ἀναρρηγνύντες, ἐτίτρωσκον, ἀπὸ δὲ δὴ τῶν πύργων ἐν τῇ προσμίξει βαλλόμενοι καὶ χειρῶν ἐπιβολαῖς σιδηρῶν προσαρτώμενοι οὐδὲν ἔλαττον ὧν ἔδρων ἔπασχον· καὶ οἱ Καισάρειοι ἐς χεῖρας μέν σφισιν ἰόντες καὶ ἐς τὰς ναῦς σφῶν μετεκβαίνοντες κρείττους ἐγίγνοντο, ἐκπηδώντων δὲ αὐτῶν ἐς τὴν θάλασσαν ὁπότε βαπτίζοιντο, καὶ ἑτέρων σκαφῶν ῥᾳδίως ἔκ τε τοῦ καλῶς νεῖν καὶ ἐκ τοῦ κούφως ἐσκευάσθαι ἐπιβαινόντων, ἀντιρρόπως ἠλαττοῦντο. κἀν τούτῳ καὶ τῶν νεῶν ἥ τε τῆς ναυτιλίας τῶν ἑτέρων ὀξύτης ἰσοπαλὴς τῇ τῶν ἐναντίων βεβαιότητι καὶ ἡ τούτων βαρύτης ἰσοστασία τῇ ἐκείνων λεπτότητι ἐγίγνετο.
But when now they drew near together and each force contrary to its expectation saw that its opponents were much more numerous than they had supposed, both alike were at first thrown into confusion, and some even backed water. Then, fearing flight more than battle, because in the one case they hoped they should prevail, whereas in the other they expected to be utterly destroyed, they sailed out to meet each other and when they came to close quarters joined in battle. 2 The one side surpassed in the number of its ships, the other in the experience of its sailors; one side was helped by the height of the vessels and the thickness of the catheads and also the towers, but these advantages were counterbalanced by the manoeuvring of the other side, and the superior strength of Caesar's marines was matched by the daring of those of Sextus, the majority of whom fought with great desperation inasmuch as they were deserters from Italy. Consequently, since each side had the points of superiority and likewise of inferiority that I have named with respect to the other, they found their total strength equal as the result of the even balance of their resources; and on this account they at last fought on even terms for a long time. 4 The followers of Sextus alarmed their opponents by the way they dashed up the waves, and they also damaged some of their ships by assailing them with a rush and ripping open the parts that were beyond the banks of oars, but since they were assailed with missiles from the towers at the moment of attack and were brought alongside by grappling irons, they suffered no less harm than they inflicted. And Caesar's forces, when they came into close conflict and crossed over to the hostile ships, proved superior; but as the enemy leaped overboard into the sea whenever their vessels sank, and because of their good swimming and light equipment succeeded easily in climbing aboard others, the attackers were at a corresponding disadvantage. 6 Meanwhile, in the case of the ships also, the rapidity of movement of those on the one side counterbalanced the steadiness of those on the other side, and the weight of the latter made up for the lightness of the former.
§ 49.4
ὀψὲ δʼ οὖν ποτε καὶ πρὸς νύκτα ἤδη οἱ τοῦ Καίσαρος ἐκράτησαν, οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἐπεδίωξάν τινα, ὡς μὲν ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ καὶ τὸ εἰκὸς συμβάλλεται, ὅτι μήτε καταλαβεῖν αὐτοὺς ἐδύναντο, καὶ ἐς τὴν γῆν, βράχη ὧν ἄπειροι ἦσαν ἔχουσαν, ἐφοβήθησαν ἐξοκεῖλαι· ὡς δέ τινες λέγουσιν, ὁ Ἀγρίππας, ἅτε καὶ ὑπὲρ τοῦ Καίσαρος ἀλλʼ οὐχ ὑπὲρ ἑαυτοῦ μαχόμενος, ἐξαρκεῖν οἱ τὸ τρέψαι τοὺς ἀντιπάλους ἡγεῖτο. καὶ γὰρ εἰώθει λέγειν πρὸς τοὺς πάνυ ἑταίρους ὅτι οἱ πλείους τῶν ἐν ταῖς δυναστείαις ὄντων οὐδένα ἐθέλουσι κρείττω σφῶν εἶναι, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν πλείω, ὅσα γε καὶ πρόχειρον τὴν νίκην ἔχει, αὐτοὶ διʼ ἑαυτῶν ποιοῦνται, τὰ δὲ δὴ χείρω καὶ ἀτοπώτερα ἄλλοις προστάττουσι. κἂν ἄρα ποτὲ τῶν ἀμεινόνων τι ἀναγκασθῶσί σφισιν ἐπιτρέψαι, βαρύνονταί τε καὶ ἄχθονται τῇ εὐδοξίᾳ αὐτῶν· ἡττᾶσθαι μὲν γάρ σφας καὶ κακῶς πράττειν οὐκ εὔχονται, οὐ μέντοι καὶ παντελῶς τι καταπράξαντας τὴν δόξαν αὐτοὺς λαβεῖν αἱροῦνται. δεῖν οὖν παρῄνει τὸν ἄνδρα τὸν σωθησόμενον τῆς μὲν δυσχερείας αὐτοὺς τῶν πραγμάτων ἀπαλλάττειν, τὴν δὲ δὴ κατόρθωσίν σφων ἐκείνοις φυλάττειν. ἐγὼ δὲ ὅτι μὲν ταῦθʼ οὕτω πέφυκε καὶ ὅτι καὶ ὁ Ἀγρίππας ἐπεμελεῖτο αὐτῶν οἶδα, οὐ μὴν ἔν γε τῷ τότε παρόντι τοῦτʼ αἴτιον τῆς οὐ διώξεως αὐτοῦ γράφω· οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδʼ εἰ πάνυ ἐβούλετο, οἷός τε ἦν ἐπισπέσθαι σφίσιν.
Late in the day, however, toward nightfall, Caesar's forces were at last victorious, but they did not give chase. The reason, as it appears to me and as may with probability be conjectured, was that they could not overtake the fleeing ships and were running ashore, since the coast abounded in shoals with which they were unacquainted; but some assert that Agrippa thought it sufficient merely to rout his adversaries, since he was fighting for Caesar and not for himself. 2 For he was wont to say to his intimate friends that most men in positions of power wish no one to be superior to themselves, but attend personally without the use of agents to most matters — to all, in fact, that afford them an easy victory — and assign the more difficult and extraordinary tasks to others. And if they ever do find themselves obliged to entrust an enterprise of the better sort to their assistants, they are irritated and displeased at the fame these subordinates win, and although they do not pray that they may be defeated and fare badly, yet they do not choose to have them win a complete success and secure glory from it. 4 His advice, therefore, was that the man who expected to come out alive should relieve his masters of undertakings which involve great difficulty and reserve for them the successes. As for me, I know that all this is naturally so and that Agrippa paid heed to these principles, but I am not saying that on that particular occasion this was the reason for his failure to pursue; for he would not have been able to catch up with the foe no matter how much he may have desired it.
§ 49.5
ἐν ᾧ δʼ οὖν ἡ ναυμαχία ἐγίγνετο, ὁ Καῖσαρ ὡς τάχιστα τόν τε Σέξτον ἐκ τῆς Μεσσήνης ἀπεληλυθότα καὶ τὸν πορθμὸν φυλακῆς ἔρημον ὄντα ᾔσθετο, τὸ μὲν καινὸν τοῦ πολέμου οὐ παρέλιπεν, ἀλλʼ εὐθὺς ἐπιβὰς τῶν Ἀντωνιείων νεῶν πρὸς Ταυρομένιον ἐπεραιώθη, οὐ μὴν καὶ ἐν τύχῃ αὐτῷ ἐχρήσατο. πλέοντα μὲν γὰρ οὐδʼ ἀποβαίνοντα αὐτὸν οὐδεὶς ἐκώλυσεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάνυ καθʼ ἡσυχίαν τά τε ἄλλα καὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον ἐποιήσατο· ἐπεὶ δὲ ἥ τε ναυμαχία ἐγένετο, καὶ ὁ Σέξτος ἔς τε τὴν Μεσσήνην σπουδῇ ἀφίκετο, καὶ μαθὼν παρόντα αὐτὸν ἄλλους τε διὰ ταχέων ἀκραιφνεῖς ἐς τὰς ναῦς ἀντενεβίβασε καὶ ἐκείναις τε αὐτῷ ἅμα καὶ τοῖς ὁπλίταις κατὰ γῆν προσέμιξε, τούτοις μὲν οὐδʼ ἐπεξῆλθεν, ἀνταναχθεὶς δὲ καταφρονήσει τῆς τε ὀλιγότητος τῶν ἐναντίων νεῶν καὶ ὅτι καὶ προήττηντο, τοῦ τε ναυτικοῦ τὸ πλεῖον ἀπέβαλε καὶ αὐτὸς ὀλίγου προσδιεφθάρη. οὔκουν οὐδʼ ἠδυνήθη πρὸς τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ τοὺς ἐν τῇ Σικελίᾳ ὄντας διαφυγεῖν, ἀλλʼ ἀγαπητῶς ἐς τὴν ἤπειρον ἀπεσώθη. καὶ αὐτὸς μὲν ἐν ἀσφαλεῖ ἦν, ὁρῶν δὲ τὸ στράτευμα ἐν τῇ νήσῳ ἀπειλημμένον δεινῶς ἤχθετο. καὶ οὐ πρότερον ἀνεθάρσησε πρὶν ἰχθύν τινα ἐκ τῆς θαλάσσης αὐτόματον ἀναθορόντα πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ προσπεσεῖν· ἐκ γὰρ τούτου πιστεύσας τοῖς μάντεσιν, εἰποῦσίν οἱ ὅτι δουλώσεται αὐτήν, ἀνερρώσθη.
While the naval battle was in progress, Caesar, as soon as he perceived that Sextus had departed from Messana and that the strait was destitute of a garrison, did not let slip this “chance of war,” but immediately embarked on Antony's vessels and crossed over to Tauromenium; however, he enjoyed no good fortune in doing so. 2 No one, to be sure, interfered with his sailing or his disembarking, and he was quite undisturbed in general and also when he made his camp; but when the naval battle was over, Sextus came with all speed to Messana, and learning of Caesar's presence he quietly filled his ships with fresh troops and attacked him at one and the same time with this fleet and with his heavy-armed troops on land. Caesar did not even come out to fight the infantry, but sailing out against Sextus, because he despised the enemy's fleet with its small number of vessels and because they had been previously defeated, he lost the greater part of his fleet and barely avoided destruction himself. 4 Indeed, he could not even escape to his own men in Sicily, but was glad to reach the mainland in safety. And though he himself was then in security, yet when he saw his army cut off on the island, he was terribly distressed. His confidence was not restored until a fish of its own accord leaped out of the sea and fell at his feet; this incident gave him courage once more, for he believed the soothsayers who told him that he should make the sea his slave.
§ 49.6
καὶ ὁ μὲν τὸν Ἀγρίππαν σπουδῇ πρὸς τὴν ἐπικουρίαν αὐτῶν μετεπέμπετο, ἐκεῖνοι δὲ ἐπολιορκοῦντο. καὶ ἐπειδὴ τά τε ἐπιτήδεια ἐπιλείπειν σφᾶς ἤρχετο καὶ βοήθεια οὐδεμία πω ἐφαίνετο, φοβηθεὶς ὁ Κορνουφίκιος (οὗτος γὰρ αὐτῶν ἦρχἐ μὴ καὶ ὑπὸ λιμοῦ τῷ χρόνῳ κατὰ χώραν μένων ἐκπολιορκηθῇ, καὶ νομίσας διατρίβοντι μέν οἱ αὐτοῦ ταύτῃ μηδένα τῶν πολεμίων ἐς χεῖρας, ἅτε καὶ κρείττονι τοῖς ὁπλίταις ὄντι, ἥξειν, ἂν δέ πῃ προχωρῇ, δυοῖν θάτερον, ἢ προσμίξαντάς σφισιν αὐτοὺς κρατήσειν, ἢ μὴ βουληθέντων αὐτῶν τοῦτο ποιῆσαι πρός τε τὸ ἀσφαλὲς ἀποχωρήσειν καὶ τῶν ἐπιτηδείων εὐπορήσειν καί τινα καὶ ὠφελίαν παρὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος ἢ καὶ τοῦ Ἀγρίππου σχήσειν, τά τε σκάφη ὅσα ἔκ τε τῆς ναυμαχίας ὑπελέλειπτο καὶ πρὸς τὸ τάφρευμα ἐξεπεπτώκει κατέκαυσε, καὶ αὐτὸς ἄρας ὡς πρὸς τὰς Μύλας ἐπορεύετο. καὶ αὐτῷ προσβαλόντες καὶ ἱππῆς καὶ ψιλοὶ πόρρωθεν (οὐ γὰρ δὴ καὶ ὁμόσε χωρῆσαι ἐτόλμωνʼ ἄποροι δεινῶς ἐγίγνοντο. αὐτοὶ μὲν γὰρ καὶ ἐπῄεσαν ὁπότε καιρὸς εἴη, καὶ ἀνέστρεφον διὰ βραχέος· οἱ δέ, ὥς γε ὁπλῖται, οὔτʼ ἄλλως ἐπιδιώκειν σφᾶς ὑπὸ τοῦ βάρους ἐδύναντο, καὶ τοὺς ἀόπλους τοὺς ἐκ τοῦ ναυτικοῦ σωθέντας περιέστελλον. κἀκ τούτου ἔπασχον μὲν πολλὰ καὶ δεινά, ἀντέδρων δὲ οὐδέν· εἰ γάρ που καὶ ἐπᾴξειάν τισιν, ἔτρεπον μὲν αὐτούς, πέρα δʼ οὐ δυνάμενοι διώκειν χαλεπωτέρους σφᾶς ἐν τῇ ἀναστροφῇ, ἅτε καὶ μονούμενοι ταῖς ἐκδρομαῖς, εἶχον. ἔν τε οὖν τῇ ἄλλῃ πορείᾳ καὶ ἐν ταῖς διαβάσεσι τῶν ποταμῶν μάλιστα ἰσχυρῶς ἐταλαιπώρουν· περιστοιχιζόμενοι γὰρ αὐτοὺς οἱ ἐναντίοι κατʼ ὀλίγους, οἷα ἐν τῷ τοιούτῳ, καὶ σπουδῇ ἀτάκτως χωροῦντας, ἔς τε τὰ καίρια παραγυμνουμένους ἔπαιον, καὶ ἐς τὰ πηλώδη τά τε ῥοώδη ἐσπίπτοντάς πῃ καὶ ἐνισχομένους ἢ καὶ παραφερομένους ἔβαλλον.
Caesar now, was sending urgent messages to Agrippa to come to the aid of his soldiers in Sicily, and these troops meanwhile were being besieged. And when their provisions began to fail them and no rescuing force appeared, Cornificius, their leader, became afraid that if he stayed where he was he should in the course of time be compelled by hunger to yield to his besiegers; 2 and he reflected that while he tarried there in that same spot none of the enemy would join issue with him, or, if they declined battle, he would retire to a place of safety, get a supply of provisions, and obtain some help from Caesar or from Agrippa. Therefore he burned all the vessels that had been left over from the sea-fight and had been cast up beside the entrenchments, and set out as if to proceed to Mylae. Both cavalry and light-armed troops attacked him from a distance, not daring to come to close quarters, and proved exceedingly troublesome to him; 4 for they would not only attack whenever opportunity offered but would also quietly retreat again, whereas his men, being heavy-armed, could not pursue them in any case owing to the weight of their armour, and moreover were endeavouring to protect the unarmed men who had been saved from the fleet. Consequently they were suffering many injuries and could inflict none in return; for, in case they made a rush upon any of them, they would put them to flight, to be sure, but being unable to carry their pursuit to the end, they would find themselves in a worse plight during their retreat, since by their sortie they would become isolated. However, it was during their march forward and especially when they had rivers to cross that they suffered their greatest hardships; for their foes hemmed them in as they hurried along in small groups, as is natural in such a march, and in disorder, and kept raining fatal blows upon them as they chanced to expose themselves, and hurling their missiles at them whenever they stumbled into swamps or flowing streams and were being checked in their course or else swept down stream.
§ 49.7
καὶ τοῦτʼ ἐπὶ τρεῖς ὅλας ἡμέρας ἐποίησαν, καὶ τῇ γε τελευταίᾳ παντελῶς αὐτοὺς ἐκάκωσαν, ἄλλως τε καὶ τοῦ Σέξτου τῷ ὁπλιτικῷ προσγενομένου σφίσιν, ὥστε τῶν μὲν ἀπολλυμένων οὐδένα ἔτι λόγον ἐποιοῦντο, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν κέρδει τὸ μηκέτʼ αὐτοὺς κακοπαθεῖν ἐτίθεντο, καὶ ἤθελον καὶ αὐτοὶ τῶν ἤδη τεθνηκότων ὑπὸ τῆς ἀνελπιστίας εἶναι. οἱ δὲ δὴ τραυματίαι πολλοί τε καὶ πλείους τῶν τελευτώντων ὄντες (ἅτε γὰρ καὶ λίθοις καὶ ἀκοντίοις πόρρωθεν βαλλόμενοι, καὶ μηδεμίαν ἐκ χειρὸς πληγὴν ὑπομένοντες, πολλαχῇ τε καὶ οὐ πάντῃ καιρίαν ἐτιτρώσκοντὀ αὐτοί τε δεινῶς ἐταλαιπώρουν, καὶ τοῖς περιλοίποις πολὺ πλείω πόνον ἢ οἱ πολέμιοι παρεῖχον· εἴτε γὰρ φέροιντο, καὶ τοὺς ἀνέχοντάς σφας προσαπώλλυσαν, εἴτε καὶ κατελείποντο, τὸ στράτευμα πᾶν ἐς ἀθυμίαν ὀλοφυρόμενοι καθίστασαν. κἂν πασσυδὶ διεφθάρησαν, εἰ μήπερ οἱ πολέμιοι καὶ ἄκοντές σφων ἀπέσχοντο. ὅ τε γὰρ Ἀγρίππας τότε μὲν νικήσας τὴν ναυμαχίαν πρὸς τὴν Λιπάραν ἀνέπλευσε, μαθὼν δὲ τόν τε Σέξτον ἐς τὴν Μεσσήνην πεφευγότα καὶ τὸν Δημοχάρην ἄλλοσέ ποι ἀπεληλυθότα, ἐπεραιώθη ἐς τὴν Σικελίαν καὶ καταλαβὼν τάς τε Μύλας καὶ τὴν Τυνδαρίδα σῖτόν τέ σφισι καὶ στρατιώτας ἔπεμψε· καὶ ὁ Σέξτος οἰηθεὶς καὶ αὐτὸν ἐκεῖνον ἥξειν ἐφοβήθη καὶ σπουδῇ προανεχώρησεν, ὥστε καὶ σκεύη τινὰ καὶ ἐπιτήδεια ἐν τῷ ἐρύματι καταλιπεῖν, ἐξ ὧν τὴν τροφὴν ἄφθονον οἱ περὶ τὸν Κορνουφίκιον ἔχοντες πρὸς τὸν Ἀγρίππαν ἀπεσώθησαν. καὶ αὐτοὺς ὁ Καῖσαρ καὶ ἐπαίνοις καὶ δωρεαῖς ἀνεκτήσατο, καίπερ ὑπεροπτικώτατά σφισιν ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ Ἀγρίππου ναυκρατίᾳ, ὡς καὶ διαπεπολεμηκότος, χρησάμενος. τοσοῦτον γάρ που καὶ ὁ Κορνουφίκιος ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν στρατιωτῶν σωτηρίᾳ ἐφρόνει ὥστε καὶ ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ ἐπὶ ἐλέφαντος, ὁσάκις ἔξω τῆς οἰκίας ἐδείπνει, ἀνακομίζεσθαι.
The enemy employed these tactics for three whole days and on the last demoralized them completely, especially since Sextus had now joined them with his heavy-armed contingent. Consequently the troops of Caesar ceased to concern themselves about those who were perishing, but counted them fortunate to escape from further torment, and in their despair wished that they, too, were among those already dead. 2 Indeed the wounded were far more numerous than those who died; for since they were being hit by stones and javelins throws from a distance and sustained no blows dealt in hand-to-hand fighting, they received their wounds in many parts of their bodies, and not always in a vital spot. Thus men were not only in great distress themselves, but they caused the uninjured far more trouble than did the enemy. For, if they were carried, they usually caused the death of the men who supported them and lost their own lives besides, and if they were left behind, they threw the whole army into dejection by their laments. The detachment would have perished utterly, had not the foe reluctantly desisted from attacking them. 4 For Agrippa had sailed back to Lipara after winning the naval battle, as related above, but when he learned that Sextus had fled to Messana and Demochares had gone off in some other direction, he crossed over to Sicily, occupied Mylae and Tyndaris, and sent food and soldiers to the other party; and Sextus, believing that Agrippa himself would come likewise, became frightened and hastily withdrew before his approach, even abandoning some baggage and supplies in his camp; and from this source the troops under Cornificius obtained ample provisions and made their way in safety to Agrippa. 6 Caesar welcomed them back with words of praise and with gifts, although he had treated them with utter indifference after the victory of Agrippa, who, as he thought, had finished the war. As for Cornificius, he so prided himself upon having saved his soldiers that even when he was back in Rome he always had himself conveyed on the back on an elephant whenever he dined out.
§ 49.8
τῷ δʼ οὖν Καίσαρι ἐς τὴν Σικελίαν μετὰ τοῦτʼ ἐλθόντι ὁ Σέξτος περὶ τὸ Ἀρτεμίσιον ἀντεστρατοπεδεύσατο· καὶ μάχην μὲν οὐδεμίαν εὐθὺς μεγάλην ἐμαχέσαντο, ἱππομαχίας δέ τινας βραχείας ἐποιοῦντο. ἀντικαθημένων δὲ αὐτῶν ἀλλήλοις, τῷ μὲν Σέξτῳ ὁ Γάλλος ὁ Τισιῆνος, τῷ δὲ Καίσαρι ὁ Λέπιδος σὺν ταῖς δυνάμεσι προσεγένοντο. οὗτός τε γὰρ περιπεσὼν τῷ χειμῶνι οὗπερ ἐμνημόνευσα καὶ τῷ Δημοχάρει, ναῦς τε συχνὰς ἀπέβαλε καὶ οὐκ εὐθὺς πρὸς τὸν Καίσαρα ἦλθεν, ἀλλʼ εἴτε δὴ διὰ τὸ πάθος, εἴθʼ ὅπως καθʼ ἑαυτὸν ἐκεῖνος πονοῖτο, εἴτε καὶ ἀπαγαγεῖν τὸν Σέξτον ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ βουληθείς, Λιλυβαίῳ προσέβαλε· καὶ ὁ Γάλλος ἐνταῦθα αὐτῷ πεμφθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ Σέξτου προσεπολέμει. καὶ οὕτως ἐκεῖθεν ἀμφότεροι, ἐπειδὴ μηδὲν ἐπέραινον, πρὸς τὸ Ἀρτεμίσιον ἀφίκοντο. καὶ ὁ μὲν Γάλλος ἐπέρρωσε τὸν Σέξτον, ὁ δὲ δὴ Λέπιδος τῷ τε Καίσαρι διηνέχθη (αὐτός τε γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ ἴσου πάντα αὐτῷ διοικεῖν ὡς καὶ συνάρχων ἠξίου, καὶ ἐκεῖνος ἐς πάντα αὐτῷ ὡς καὶ ὑποστρατήγῳ οἱ ἐχρῆτὀ, κἀκ τούτου πρός τε τὸν Σέξτον ἀπέκλινε καὶ ἐκοινολογεῖτο αὐτῷ διʼ ἀπορρήτων. ὑποτοπήσας οὖν τοῦτο ὁ Καῖσαρ, καὶ μήτε ἐκφῆναι τολμῶν, μὴ καὶ ἐκ τοῦ φανεροῦ αὐτὸν πολεμώσηται, μήτʼ αὖ ἀποκρύψασθαι ἀσφαλῶς δυνάμενος (ὕποπτον μὲν γὰρ ἐνόμιζεν εἰ μὴ συμβουλεύοιτό τι αὐτῷ, δεινὸν δʼ εἰ πάντα ἀνακοινοῖτο ), διακινδυνεῦσαι ὅτι τάχιστα, πρὶν νεοχμωθῆναί τι, ἔγνω, καίτοι τῶν ἄλλων ἕνεκα ἥκιστα ἐπειγόμενος· οὔτε γὰρ σῖτος οὔτε χρήματα τῷ Σέξτῳ ὑπῆν, ἐξ ὧν ἤλπιζεν αὐτὸν ἀμαχεὶ οὐ πολλῷ ὕστερον καταλύσειν. ἐπεὶ δʼ οὖν ἔκρινε τοῦτο, αὐτός τε κατὰ γῆν τὸν στρατὸν ἐξάγων πρὸ τοῦ στρατοπέδου προπαρέτασσε, καὶ ὁ Ἀγρίππας ἅμα ἐπιπλέων ἀπεσάλευεν· ὁ γὰρ Σέξτος πολὺ ταῖς δυνάμεσιν αὐτῶν ἐλαττούμενος οὐδετέρωσε ἀντεπεξῄει. καὶ τοῦτο καὶ ἐπὶ πλείους ἡμέρας ἐγένετο. τέλος δὲ δείσας μὴ καὶ καταφρονηθεὶς διὰ ταῦθʼ ὑπὸ τῶν συμμάχων ἐγκαταλειφθῇ, ἀνταναχθῆναί ποτε ταῖς ναυσὶ προσέταξε· καὶ γάρ τινα ἐλπίδα ἐν ταύταις μᾶλλον εἶχεν.
After this Caesar went to Sicily and Sextus encamped opposite him in the vicinity of Artemisium; yet they did not have any great battle at once, but indulged in a few slight cavalry skirmishes. While they were encamped there opposite one another Sextus was reinforced by Tisienus Gallus and Caesar by Lepidus with his forces. 2 Lepidus had encountered the storm which I have mentioned, and also had fallen in with Demochares, and he had lost a number of ships; he had not at once come to Caesar, but either on account of his reverse, or because he wanted Caesar to face difficulty by himself, or because he wished to draw Sextus away from Caesar, he had made an assault on Lilybaeum, and Gallus had been sent thither by Sextus and had contended against him. From there, then, both the contestants, finding that they were accomplishing nothing, went to Artemisium. Gallus proved a source of strength to Sextus, but Lepidus quarrelled with Caesar, since he claimed the privilege, as a colleague, of managing everything on equal terms with Caesar, whereas Caesar treated him in all respects as a lieutenant; therefore he inclined to Sextus and secretly held communication with him. 4 Caesar suspected this, but dared not make it known, lest Lepidus should openly make war upon him; nor, on the other hand, could he safely conceal his thoughts, for he felt that it would arouse suspicion if he did not consult him at all, and that it would be dangerous if he revealed all his plans. Hence he determined to risk a decisive encounter as soon as possible, before there should be any defection, although on other accounts he was by no means in haste; for Sextus had neither food nor money, and therefore he hoped to overthrow him without a battle before a great while. When, therefore, he had once reached this decision, he himself led out the army on land and marshalled it in front of the camp, while at the same time Agrippa sailed in and lay at anchor, for Sextus, whose forces were far inferior to theirs, would not come out to meet them on either element. 6 This lasted for several days. But finally, becoming afraid that he might be despised for his behaviour and so be deserted by his allies, Sextus gave orders at last for the ships to put out to battle for in these he reposed his chief trust.
§ 49.9
ὡς οὖν τό τε σημεῖον ἤρθη καὶ ἡ σάλπιγξ ὑπεσήμηνεν, ἐκεῖναί τε ἅπασαι πρὸς τῇ γῇ συνέμιξαν καὶ ὁ πεζὸς ἀμφοτέρων ὁμοίως ἐπʼ αὐτῆς τῆς ῥαχίας παρετάξατο, ὥστε τὴν θέαν ἀξιολογωτάτην γενέσθαι. ἥ τε γὰρ θάλασσα ἡ ἐκεῖ πᾶσα τῶν νεῶν ἐπεπλήρωτο (πολλαὶ γὰρ οὖσαι ἐπὶ πλεῖστον ἐπέσχονʼ, καὶ ἡ χώρα ἡ μὲν ἐγγὺς αὐτῆς ὑπὸ τῶν ὡπλισμένων, ἡ δʼ ἄλλη ἡ προσεχὴς ὑπὸ τοῦ λοιποῦ ἑκατέρων ὁμίλου κατείχετο. ὅθενπερ καὶ ὁ ἀγὼν ἔδοξε μὲν τῶν ναυμαχούντων μόνων εἶναι, τῇ δʼ ἀληθείᾳ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἐγένετο· οἵ τε γὰρ ἐν ταῖς ναυσὶν ὄντες προθυμότερον ἐς τὴν τῶν ὁρώντων σφᾶς ἐπίδειξιν ἡμιλλῶντο, καὶ ἐκεῖνοι, εἰ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα ἀπείχοντο ἀλλήλων, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρός γε τὴν τῶν δρωμένων ὄψιν καὶ αὐτοὶ τρόπον τινὰ ἠγωνίζοντο. ἀντιπάλου γὰρ ἐπὶ πολὺ τῆς μάχης γενομένης (ὁμοιοτροπώτατα γὰρ τοῖς πρόσθεν ἐναυμάχησανʼ ἰσορρόπῳ καὶ αὐτοὶ συστάσει τῆς γνώμης συνέσχοντο. μάλιστα μὲν γὰρ καὶ τὸν πόλεμον πάντα ἐν αὐτῇ καταλυθήσεσθαι ἤλπιζον· εἰ δὲ μή, οἱ μέν, εἰ καὶ τότε κρατήσειαν, οὐδὲν ἔτι μέγα ἐπιπονήσειν, οἱ δέ, εἰ τότε γε νικήσειαν, οὐκέθʼ ἡττηθήσεσθαι προσδοκῶντες ἔρρωντο. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ σιωπῇ, ὅπως αὐτοί τε πρὸς τὰ γιγνόμενα ἀποβλέπωσι καὶ τοὺς ἐν τῷ ἔργῳ μὴ ἀποτρίβωσι, καὶ κραυγῇ μικρᾷ ἐχρῶντο, τούς τε ναυμαχοῦντας ἀνακαλοῦντες καὶ τοὺς θεοὺς ἐπιβοώμενοι, καὶ τοὺς μὲν κρατοῦντάς σφων ἐπαινοῦντες τοὺς δʼ ἡττωμένους λοιδοροῦντες, καὶ πολλὰ μὲν ἐκείνοις ἀντιπαρακελευόμενοι πολλὰ δὲ καὶ ἀλλήλοις ἀντιβοῶντες, τοῦ τε τοὺς σφετέρους ῥᾷον τὰ λεγόμενα ἀκούειν καὶ τοῦ τοὺς ἐναντίους ἧττον τῶν οἰκείων ἐπαΐειν.
Accordingly, when the standard was raised and the trumpet gave the signal, all the vessels joined battle near the land and the infantry forces on both sides alike were marshalled at the very edge of the water, so that the spectacle was a most notable one. 2 The whole sea in that vicinity was full of ships — they were so many, in fact, that they formed a long line — and the land just behind it was occupied by the armed men, and the adjacent space was taken up by the rest of the throng that followed each side. Hence, although the struggle seemed to be between the fighters on the ships alone, in reality the others too participated; for those on ships strove with greater zeal in order to display their prowess to those who were watching them, while the others, no matter how far away they were, were themselves in a manner participants in the struggle as they watched the men in action. The battle was for a long time indecisive, the fighting being very similar to that in the previous encounters, and the men on shore were swayed by a conflict of feelings that was balanced between hope and fear. 4 For they hoped that, if possible, the whole war would be settled by this engagement, but if that could not be, they yet were heartened by the expectation, on the one side, that if only they should win this time, they would not again be defeated. Accordingly, in order that they might keep their own gaze fixed upon the action and might not distract those who were taking part in it, they kept silent or indulged in but little shouting. They cheered the men who fighting and appealed to the gods; they praised those of their own number who were winning and reproached those who were losing; 6 they exchanged many exhortations with their own men, and many shouts with each other, in order that their own men might hear more easily what was said and their opponents might not catch the commands meant for them.
§ 49.10
τέως μὲν οὖν ἰσοπαλεῖς ἦσαν, οὕτω τε ταῦτα παρʼ ἀμφοτέρων ὁμοίως ἐγίγνετο, καί τι καὶ τοῖς σώμασιν ὡς καὶ ἰδεῖν καὶ νοῆσαι δυναμένοις σφίσιν ἐνεδείκνυντο· ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐτράποντο οἱ τοῦ Σέξτου, ἐνταῦθα ἤδη ἀθρόοι καὶ ἀπὸ μιᾶς ὁρμῆς οἱ μὲν ἐπαιώνισαν οἱ δὲ ὠλοφύραντο. καὶ οὗτοι μέν, ὡς καὶ αὐτοὶ συννενικημένοι, πρὸς τὴν Μεσσήνην εὐθὺς ἀπεχώρησαν· ὁ δὲ δὴ Καῖσαρ τούς τε ἐκπίπτοντας τῶν ἡττωμένων ἐς τὴν γῆν ἐξεδέχετο, καὶ ἐς αὐτὴν τὴν θάλασσαν ἐπεσβαίνων πάντα τὰ σκάφη τά γε ἐς τὸ τεναγῶδες ὀκέλλοντα κατεπίμπρη, ὥστε μήτε τοῖς ἔτι πλέουσιν ἀσφάλειαν εἶναι (πρὸς γὰρ τοῦ Ἀγρίππου ἐκόπτοντὀ μήτε τοῖς προσίσχουσί πῃ (πρὸς γὰρ τοῦ Καίσαρος διώλλυντὀ, πλὴν ὀλίγων, ὅσοι ἐς τὴν Μεσσήνην προκατέφυγον. κἀν τούτῳ τῷ πόνῳ ὁ μὲν Δημοχάρης ἁλισκόμενος ἑαυτὸν ἀπέσφαξεν, ὁ δʼ Ἀπολλοφάνης ἄθραυστον τὴν ναῦν ἔχων καὶ δυνηθεὶς ἂν φυγεῖν προσεχώρησε τῷ Καίσαρι. τὸ δʼ αὐτὸ τοῦτο καὶ ἄλλοι, ὅ τε Γάλλος καὶ οἱ ἱππῆς οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ πάντες, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα καὶ πεζοί τινες
Now so long as the forces were evenly matched, this was the conduct of the partisans of both sides alike, and they even tried to show the combatants by the postures of their bodies that they could both see and understand; but when the adherents of Sextus were being routed, then at length all together and with one impulse they raised the paean on the one side and a wail of lamentation on the other. 2 And the land forces of Sextus at once retired to Messana, as if they, too, had shared in the defeat, whilst Caesar proceeded to take over those of the vanquished who were cast ashore, and going on into the sea itself, to set fire to all the vessels that ran aground in the shallow water. Thus there was no safety for those who continued to sail, for they would be cut into pieces by Agrippa, nor for such as tried to land anywhere, for they would be destroyed by Caesar, — except for a few, who had already escaped to Messana. During this struggle Demochares, when on the point of being captured, slew himself, 4 and Apollophanes, who had his ship unscathed and might have fled, went over to Caesar. The same course was taken by others, including Gallus and all the cavalry that was with him, and subsequently by some of the infantry.
§ 49.11
ἐποίησαν. ἀφʼ οὗπερ οὐχ ἥκιστα ὁ Σέξτος ἀπογνοὺς τὰ παρόντα φυγεῖν ἐβουλεύσατο, καὶ παραλαβὼν τήν τε θυγατέρα καὶ ἄλλους, τά τε χρήματα καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ τὰ πλείστου ἄξια ἐς τὰς ναῦς τὰς ἄριστα τῶν σωθεισῶν πλεούσας ἐσθέμενος, νυκτὸς ἀπῆρεν. οὐδὲ ἐπεδίωξέ τις αὐτόν· ἐκεῖνός τε γὰρ λάθρᾳ ἐξέπλευσε, καὶ ὁ Καῖσαρ ἐν μεγάλῃ ταραχῇ παραχρῆμα ἐγένετο. ὁ γὰρ Λέπιδος τῇ τε Μεσσήνῃ προσέπεσε, καὶ ἐσδεχθεὶς ἐς αὐτὴν τὰ μὲν ἐνεπίμπρη τὰ δʼ ἥρπαζεν· ἐπειδή τε ἐκεῖνος αἰσθόμενος τοῦτʼ ἐπῆλθέ τέ οἱ διὰ ταχέων καὶ ἐμποδὼν ἐγίγνετο, τῆς μὲν πόλεως ὑπεξῆλθε φοβηθείς, ἐπὶ δὲ λόφον τινὰ καρτερὸν ἀναστρατοπεδευσάμενος ἐγκλήματα ἐποιεῖτο, καταλέγων πάνθʼ ὅσα ἐλαττοῦσθαι ἐνόμιζε, καὶ τά τε ἄλλα ἀπῄτει ὅσα αὐτῷ κατὰ τὴν πρώτην σφῶν συνωμοσίαν ἐδέδοτο, καὶ τῆς Σικελίας ὡς καὶ συγκαταστρεψάμενος αὐτὴν ἀντεποιεῖτο. καὶ ὁ μὲν ταῦτά τε τῷ Καίσαρι πέμπων τινὰς ἐπεκάλει, καὶ ἐς δίκην αὐτὸν προυκαλεῖτο (εἶχε δὲ τάς τε δυνάμεις ἃς ἐκ τῆς Λιβύης ἐπῆκτο, καὶ τοὺς ἐγκαταλειφθέντας ἐν τῇ Μεσσήνῃ πάντας, ἐπειδὴ καὶ πρώτως ἐς αὐτὴν ἐσεληλύθει καί τινα καὶ ἐλπίδα νεωτέρων σφίσι πραγμάτων ὑπεβεβλήκεἰ·
This more than anything else caused Sextus to despair of the situation, and he resolved to flee; so, taking his daughter and some other persons, his money, and his other possessions of most value, he put them aboard the swiftest of the ships that had come through safely, and departed at night. And none pursued him, for he sailed away secretly and moreover Caesar straightway found himself in great embarrassment. 2 It seems that Lepidus had attacked Messana and on being admitted to the town had proceeded to set fire to some of it and to pillage other portions. When Caesar, on ascertaining this, came up quietly and interfered with him, Lepidus was alarmed and slipped out of the city, and encamping on a strong hill, made complaints about his treatment; he detailed all the slights he considered that he was receiving and demanded all the rights that had been conceded to him according to their first compact, and, further, laid claim to Sicily, on the ground that he had helped to subdue it. He sent some men to Caesar with these complaints and called upon him to submit to arbitration; 4 his forces consisted not only of those which he had brought over from Africa but also of all those which had been left behind in Messana, as he had been the first to enter it and had suggested to them some hopes of a revolution.
§ 49.12
Καῖσαρ δὲ πρὸς μὲν ταῦτα οὐδὲν ἀντεῖπε, νομίσας δὲ δὴ πάντα τὰ δίκαια παρά τε ἑαυτῷ καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ὅπλοις, ἅτε καὶ ἰσχυρότερος αὐτοῦ ὤν, ἔχειν, εὐθὺς ἐπʼ αὐτὸν μετʼ ὀλίγων τινῶν ὥρμησεν ὡς καὶ ἐκεῖνόν τε ἐκ τοῦ αἰφνιδίου, οἷα μηδὲν δραστήριον ἔχοντα, καταπλήξων, καὶ τοὺς στρατιώτας αὐτοῦ προσποιησόμενος. καὶ ἐσῆλθε μὲν ἐς τὸ στρατόπεδον δόξας σφίσι διὰ τὴν ὀλιγότητα τῶν συνακολουθούντων οἱ εἰρηνικόν τι πράξειν· ὡς δʼ οὐδὲν κατὰ γνώμην αὐτοῖς ἔλεγε, παρωξύνθησαν καὶ ἐπέθεντο αὐτῷ, καί τινας τῶν ἄλλων καὶ ἀπέκτειναν· ἐκεῖνος γὰρ ἐν τάχει βοηθείας τυχὼν ἐσώθη. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτʼ ἐπῆλθέ τε αὖθις αὐτοῖς μετὰ παντὸς τοῦ στρατοῦ, καὶ κατακλείσας σφᾶς ἐς τὸ τάφρευμα ἐπολιόρκει. φοβηθέντες οὖν τὴν ἅλωσιν κοινῇ μὲν οὐδὲν διὰ τὴν τοῦ Λεπίδου αἰδῶ ἐνεόχμωσαν, ἰδίᾳ δὲ κατʼ ὀλίγους ὡς ἕκαστοι ἐγκατέλιπον αὐτὸν καὶ μεθίσταντο· καὶ οὕτω καὶ ἐκεῖνος ἠναγκάσθη ἐθελοντὴς δὴ ἐν ἐσθῆτι φαιᾷ ἱκέτης αὐτοῦ γενέσθαι. καὶ ὁ μὲν ἐκ τούτου τῆς τε ἐξουσίας πάσης παρελύθη, καὶ δίαιταν ἐν τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ οὐκ ἄνευ φυλακῆς εἶχε· τῶν δὲ δὴ τὰ τοῦ Σέξτου πραξάντων οἱ μὲν ἱππεύοντες ἢ καὶ βουλεύοντες ἐκολάσθησαν πλὴν ὀλίγων, τοῦ δὲ ἐν τῷ τεταγμένῳ ὄντος τὸ μὲν ἐλεύθερον ἐς τὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος στρατόπεδα κατελέχθη, τὸ δὲ δεδουλευκὸς τοῖς δεσπόταις πρὸς τιμωρίαν ἀπεδόθη· εἰ δέ του μηδεὶς κύριος εὑρίσκετο, ἀνεσκολοπίζετο. τῶν τε πόλεων αἱ μὲν ἑκούσιαί οἱ προσχωρήσασαι συγγνώμης ἔτυχον, αἱ δʼ ἀντάρασαι ἐδικαιώθησαν.
Caesar, however, made no answer to these demands, but feeling that he had justice all on his side as well as in his weapons, since he was stronger than Lepidus, he immediately set out against him with a few followers, expecting to alarm him by the suddenness of his move, as Lepidus was not at all energetic, and to win over his soldiers. 2 And he actually got inside their camp, because on account of the small number of the men who accompanied him they supposed he was on a peaceful errand; but when his words were not at all to their liking, they became angry and attacked him, even killing some of his men, though Caesar himself soon got reinforcements and got safely away. After this he came against them once more with his entire army, shut them up within their entrenchments, and besieged them. This caused them to fear capture, and without making any general revolt, through their regard for Lepidus, they privately deserted him in groups as individuals and transferred their allegiance. In this way he, too, was compelled on his own initiative, arraying himself in mounting, to become a suppliant of Caesar. 4 As a result Lepidus was shorn of all authority and could not even live in Italy without a guard; and in the case of those who had been enlisted in the cause of Sextus, the members of the senatorial or equestrian classes were punished, save a few, while of the rank and file the free citizens were incorporated in the legions of Caesar, and those who had been slaves were given back to their master for punishment, and in case no master could be found for any one of them, he was impaled. As for the cities, some of them voluntarily came over to Caesar and received pardon, and others resisted him and were punished.
§ 49.13
πράσσοντι δʼ αὐτῷ ταῦτα οἱ στρατιῶται ἐστασίασαν· ἄλλως τε γὰρ οὐκ ὀλίγοι ὄντες πρὸς τὴν ὄψιν τοῦ πλήθους σφῶν ἐθρασύνοντο, καὶ τοὺς κινδύνους τάς τε ἐλπίδας τὰς ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς ἐκλογιζόμενοι πρός τε τὰ γέρα ἀπλήστως εἶχον, καὶ συλλεγόμενοι κατʼ ἀλλήλους ᾔτουν ὅ τι τις ἐπόθει. ἐπειδή τε μάτην ἐθρύλουν (ὁ γὰρ Καῖσαρ, ἅτε μηδενὸς ἔτι πολεμίου οἱ παρόντος, ἐν ὀλιγωρίᾳ αὐτοὺς ἐποιεῖτὀ, ἐθορύβουν· καὶ αὐτῷ καὶ προφέροντες πάνθʼ ὅσʼ ἐτεταλαιπώρηντο, καὶ προβάλλοντες εἴ τί που ὑπέσχητό σφισι, πολλὰ ἐπηπείλουν, καὶ ἐνόμιζον καὶ ἄκοντα αὐτὸν καταδουλώσεσθαι. ἐπεὶ δʼ οὐδὲν ἐπέραινον, τῆς γοῦν στρατείας ὡς καὶ κεκμηκότες ἀφεθῆναι ἠξίουν, θυμῷ καὶ βοῇ ἀπλέτῳ χρώμενοι, οὐχ ὅτι καὶ ἐβούλοντο αὐτῆς ἀπαλλαγῆναι (καὶ γὰρ ἤκμαζόν σφων οἱ πλείονεσʼ, ἀλλʼ ὅτι τὸν πόλεμον τὸν πρὸς τὸν Ἀντώνιόν οἱ ἐσόμενον ὑπετόπουν καὶ διὰ τοῦθʼ ἑαυτοὺς ἀνετίμων· ὧν γὰρ ἀπαιτοῦντες οὐκ ἐτύγχανον, ταῦτʼ ἐγκαταλείψειν αὐτὸν ἀπειλοῦντες λήψεσθαι προσεδόκων. οὐ μὴν οὐδὲ τοῦτό σφισι προυχώρησεν· ὁ γὰρ Καῖσαρ, εἰ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα τόν τε πόλεμον ἀκριβῶς ᾔδει γενησόμενον καὶ τὰ ἐκείνων βουλήματα σαφῶς συνίει, ἀλλʼ οὔτοι καὶ ὑπεῖξεν αὐτοῖς, νομίζων μηδὲν δεῖν τὸν ἄρχοντα παρὰ γνώμην ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν στρατιωτῶν βίας ποιεῖν, ὡς καὶ ἄλλο τι αὖθίς σφων
While Caesar was thus occupied his soldiers revolted. For they were emboldened by observing their own numbers, and moreover, when they stopped to think of the dangers they had encountered and the hopes they had built up on them, they became insatiable in their desire for rewards, and gathering by themselves they demanded whatever any one of them longed for. 2 And when their talk had no effect, inasmuch as Caesar, with no longer any enemy confronting him, paid no heed to them, they became clamorous; and setting before him all the hardships they had endured and throwing up to him whatever promises he had made them, they uttered many threats besides, and thought to make him their slave even in spite of himself. But as they accomplished nothing, they demanded with much heat and no end of shouting that they be at least discharged from the service, claiming they were worn out. This was not because they really wished to be free from it, for most of them were in their prime, but because they had an inkling of the coming conflict between Caesar and Antony and for that reason set a high value upon themselves; for what they could not obtain by requests, they expected to secure by threatening to abandon him. 4 Not even this, however, served their purpose. For Caesar did not yield to them in the least, even though he knew perfectly well that the war was going to occur and though he clearly understood their intentions, because he thought that a commander should never do anything contrary to his own judgment under pressure from his soldiers, realizing that if he did, they would want to get the advantage of him in some other matter.
§ 49.14
διὰ τοῦτο πλεονεκτῆσαι ἐθελησόντων. προσποιησάμενος οὖν εὔλογά τε αὐτοὺς ἀξιοῦν καὶ ἀνθρωπίνων δεῖσθαι, διῆκε πρώτους μὲν τοὺς ἐπὶ τὸν Ἀντώνιον πρὸς τὴν Μούτ̔??ʼαν στρατεύσαντας αὐτῷ, ἔπειτα δὲ ὡς καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι ἐνέκειντο, καὶ ἐξ ἐκείνων πάντας τοὺς δέκατον ἔτος ἐν τῇ στρατείᾳ ἔχοντας. καὶ ἵνα γε τοὺς λοιποὺς ἐπισχῇ, προσανεῖπεν ὅτι οὐδενὶ ἔτʼ αὐτῶν, οὐδʼ ἂν τὰ μάλιστα ἐθελήσῃ, χρήσεται. ἀκούσαντες δὲ τοῦτο οὐδὲν ἔτʼ ἐφθέγξαντο, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάνυ προσέχειν αὐτῷ ἤρξαντο, ὅτι τοῖς τε ἀφειμένοις, οὐ πᾶσι, πλὴν τῶν προτέρων, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἀξιωτάτοις, τά τε ἄλλα ὅσα ὑπέσχητο δώσειν καὶ χώραν νεμεῖν ἐπηγγείλατο, καί σφισι πᾶσι μὲν πεντακοσίας δραχμάς, τοῖς δὲ δὴ ναυκρατήσασι καὶ στέφανον ἐλαίας ἔδωκε. κἀκ τούτου τούς τε ἄλλους πολλὰ ὡς ἑκάστους, καὶ τοὺς ἑκατοντάρχους ὡς καὶ ἐς τὰς βουλὰς αὐτοὺς τὰς ἐν ταῖς πατρίσι καταλέξων, ἐπήλπισε. τοῖς τε ὑποστρατήγοις ἄλλοις τε ἄλλα καὶ τῷ Ἀγρίππᾳ στέφανον χρυσοῦν ἐμβόλοις ἠσκημένον ἐδωρήσατο· ὃ μήτε πρότερον μήτʼ αὖθις ἄλλῳ τῳ ἐγένετο. καὶ ὅπως γε διὰ παντός, ὁσάκις οἵ τινα ἐπινίκια πέμψαντες τὸν στέφανον τὸν δάφνινον φοροῖεν, ἐκεῖνος τούτῳ τῷ ναυκρατητικῷ χρῷτο, δόγματι ὕστερον ἐβεβαιώθη. οὕτω μὲν τότε τοὺς στρατιώτας κατέστησε· καὶ τὸ μὲν ἀργύριον αὐτοῖς αὐτίκα, τὴν δὲ χώραν οὐ πολλῷ ὕστερον ἔδωκεν. ἐπειδὴ γὰρ οὐκ ἐξήρκεσεν ἡ ἐν τῷ δημοσίῳ ἔτι τότε οὖσα, προσεξεπρίατο ἄλλην τε καὶ παρὰ Καμπανῶν τῶν ἐν τῇ Καπύῃ οἰκούντων συχνήν (καὶ γὰρ ἐποίκων ἡ πόλις πολλῶν ἐδεῖτὀ, καὶ αὐτοῖς τό τε ὕδωρ τὸ Ἰούλιον ὠνομασμένον, ἐφʼ ᾧ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα διὰ πάντων ἀγάλλονται, τήν τε χώραν τὴν Κνωσίαν, ἣν καὶ νῦν ἔτι καρποῦνται, ἀντέδωκε. ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ὕστερον ἐγένετο· τότε δὲ τά τε ἐν τῇ Σικελίᾳ διῴκησε, καὶ τὴν Λιβύην ἑκατέραν ἀμαχεὶ διὰ Στατιλίου Ταύρου παρεστήσατο, τῷ τε Ἀντωνίῳ τὸν ἴσον ἀντὶ τῶν ἀπολομένων νεῶν
So he pretended that their demands were reasonable and their needs only what was natural for men and then gave their discharge, first to those who had served under him in the campaign against Antony at Mutina, and next, since the rest, too, were importunate, to all of them who had been ten years in the service. And in order to restrain the remainder, he gave further notice that he would not in future employ any discharged soldier, no matter how much he might wish it. 2 On hearing this they uttered not another word, but began to pay strict heed to what he said, because he announced that he would give to the men discharged — not to all, save to the first of them, but to the worthiest — everything he had promised, and would assign them land, and because he made a present to each of them of two thousand sesterces and to those who had been victors in the sea-fight a crown of olive in addition. After this he inspired the rank and file with many hopes, and the centurions in particular with the expectation that he would enrol them in the senates in their native cities. Upon his lieutenants he bestowed various gifts and upon Agrippa a golden crown adorned with ships' beaks — a decoration given to nobody before or since. 4 And in order that Agrippa might regularly enjoy this trophy of his naval victory on every occasion on which generals should wear the laurel crown in celebrating a triumph, Caesar's grant was later confirmed by a decree. In this way Caesar calmed the soldiers at that time. The money he gave them at once and the land not much later. And since the land which was still held by the state at the time did not suffice, he bought more in addition, especially a large tract from the inhabitants of Capua in Campania, since their city needed a large number of settlers. In return he gave the Capuans the water-supply called the Aqua Iulia, their chief source of pride at all times, and the Gnosian territory, the use of which they still enjoy at the present time. 6 These were later events, however; at the time Caesar arranged matters in Sicily and through Statilius Taurus won over both the Africas without a struggle and sent back to Antony ships equal in number to those which had been lost.
§ 49.15
ἀριθμὸν ἀντέπεμψε. κἀν τούτῳ τά τε τῶν Τυρσηνῶν στασιάσαντα ἔπειτα ἅμα τῷ τῆς νίκης αὐτοῦ πυθέσθαι κατέστη, καὶ οἱ ἐν τῷ ἄστει ἐπαίνους τε αὐτῷ ὁμοθυμαδὸν καὶ εἰκόνας καὶ προεδρίαν ἁψῖδά τε τροπαιοφόρον, καὶ τὸ ἐφʼ ἵππου ἐσελάσαι τό τε στεφάνῳ δαφνίνῳ ἀεὶ χρῆσθαι, καὶ τὸ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐν ᾗ ἐνενικήκει, ἱερομηνίᾳ ἀιδίῳ οὔσῃ, ἐν τοῦ Διὸς τοῦ Καπιτωλίου μετά τε τῆς γυναικὸς καὶ μετὰ τῶν παίδων ἑστιᾶσθαι ἔδωκαν. ταῦτα μὲν εὐθύς σφισι μετὰ τὴν νίκην ἔδοξεν, ἤγγειλαν δὲ αὐτὴν πρῶτον μὲν στρατιώτης τις τῶν ἐν τῇ πόλει τότε ὄντων, κάτοχος ἐν αὐτῇ ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκ θεοῦ δή τινος γενόμενος, καὶ ἄλλα τε πολλὰ καὶ εἰπὼν καὶ πράξας, καὶ τέλος ἔς τε τὸ Καπιτώλιον ἀναδραμὼν καὶ τὸ ξίφος πρὸς τοὺς τοῦ Διὸς πόδας ὡς μηκέτʼ αὐτοῦ χρείας οὔσης θείς, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι οἱ παραγενόμενοί τε ἐν αὐτῇ καὶ πεμφθέντες ἐς τὴν Ῥώμην ὑπὸ τοῦ Καίσαρος. ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς ἀφίκετο, καί σφας συναγαγὼν ἔξω τοῦ πωμηρίου κατὰ τὰ πάτρια τά τε πεπραγμένα οἱ ἀπελογίσατο καὶ τῶν ψηφισθέντων τινὰ παρήκατο, τόν τε φόρον τὸν ἐκ τῶν ἀπογραφῶν, καὶ εἰ δή τι ἄλλο ἔτι τῷ δημοσίῳ ἐς τὸν πρὸ τοῦ ἐμφυλίου πολέμου χρόνον ἐπωφείλετο, ἀφῆκε, τέλη τέ τινα κατέλυσε, καὶ τὴν τοῦ Λεπίδου ἱερωσύνην διδομένην οἱ οὐκ ἔλαβεν (οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐξῆν ζῶντά τινα ἀφελέσθαἰ, καὶ ἄλλα πολλὰ αὐτῷ προσεψηφίσαντο. ἤδη μὲν γάρ τινες διεθρόησαν ὅτι ἐπί τε τῇ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου καὶ ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ Λεπίδου διαβολῇ, καὶ ὥστε τὴν αἰτίαν τῶν πρότερον ἀδίκως γενομένων ἐς ἐκείνους μόνους ἀπώσασθαι, ταῦθʼ οὕτω τότε ἐμεγαλοφρονήσατο· ἄλλοι δὲ ὅτι, ἐπειδὴ μηδένα τρόπον ἀπολαβεῖν τὰ ὀφειλόμενα ἐδύνατο, χάριν τινὰ ἑαυτοῦ ἀζήμιον τὴν ἐκείνων ἀδυναμίαν ἐποιήσατο. ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν ἄλλως ἐθρυλεῖτο, τότε δὲ οἰκίαν τε αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ δημοσίου δοθῆναι ἔγνωσαν· τὸν γὰρ τόπον ὃν ἐν τῷ Παλατίῳ, ὥστʼ οἰκοδομῆσαί τινα, ἐώνητο, ἐδημοσίωσε καὶ τῷ Ἀπόλλωνι ἱέρωσεν, ἐπειδὴ κεραυνὸς ἐς αὐτὸν ἐγκατέσκηψε. τήν τε οὖν οἰκίαν αὐτῷ ἐψηφίσαντο, καὶ τὸ μήτε ἔργῳ μήτε λόγῳ τι ὑβρίζεσθαι· εἰ δὲ μή, τοῖς αὐτοῖς τὸν τοιοῦτό τι δράσαντα ἐνέχεσθαι οἷσπερ ἐπὶ τῷ δημάρχῳ ἐτέτακτο. καὶ γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν αὐτῶν βάθρων συγκαθέζεσθαί σφισιν ἔλαβε.
Meanwhile the parts of Etruria which had been in rebellion had subsequently become quiet as soon as word came of his victory. The people of the capital unanimously bestowed upon him votes of praise, statues, the right to the front seat, an arch surmounted by trophies, and the privilege of riding into the city on horseback, of wearing the laurel crown on all occasions, and of holding a banquet with his wife and children in the temple of Capitoline Jupiter on the anniversary of the day on which he had won his victory, which was to be a perpetual day of thanksgiving. 2 These were the honours which they granted him immediately after his victory. The victory had been announced first by one of the soldiers in the city at the time who had become possessed by some god on the very day of the victory (for after saying and doing many strange things he finally ran up to the temple on the Capitol and laid his sword at the feet of Jupiter, to signify that there would be no further use for it), and for which by the others who had been present at the victory and had been sent to Rome by Caesar. And when Caesar himself arrived, he assembled the people according to ancient custom outside the pomerium, gave them an account of what he had done, declined some of the honours which had been voted to him, remitted the tribute called for in the registered lists and all the other debts owed to the state for the time previous to the civil war, abolished certain taxes, and refused to accept the priesthood of Lepidus, which was offered to him, as it was not lawful to take away the office from a man who was still alive. Thereupon they noted him many other distinctions. 4 Some people, to be sure, even spread the report abroad that these acts of magnanimity were designed to bring reproach upon Antony and Lepidus and to enable him to shift the blame upon them alone for the acts of injustice formerly committed; and others alleged that, since he was unable in any way to collect the debts due to the state, he turned the people's inability to pay into a favour from himself that cost him nothing. But this was mere idle talk. The people at this time resolved that a house should be presented to Caesar at public expense; for he had made public property of the place on the Palatine which he had bought for the purpose of erecting a residence upon it, and had consecrated it to Apollo, after a thunderbolt had descended upon it. Hence they voted him the house and also protection from any insult by deed or word; 6 any one who committed such an offence was to be liable to the same penalties as had been established in the case of a tribune. This was only logical, inasmuch as he received the privilege of sitting upon the same benches with the tribunes.
§ 49.16
τῷ μὲν οὖν Καίσαρι ταῦτα παρὰ τῆς βουλῆς ἐδόθη, αὐτὸς δὲ τόν τε Μεσσάλαν τὸν Οὐαλέριον, ὃν πρότερον ἐν ταῖς προγραφαῖς ἐτεθανατώκει, ἐς τοὺς οἰωνιστὰς ὑπὲρ τὸν ἀριθμὸν ἐσέγραψε, καὶ τοὺς Οὐτικησίους πολίτας ἐποιήσατο, τήν τε ἐσθῆτα τὴν ἁλουργῆ μηδένα ἄλλον ἔξω τῶν βουλευτῶν τῶν ἐν ταῖς ἀρχαῖς ὄντων ἐνδύεσθαι ἐκέλευσεν· ἤδη γάρ τινες καὶ τῶν τυχόντων αὐτῇ ἐχρῶντο. κἀν τῷ αὐτῷ τούτῳ ἔτει οὔτʼ ἀγορανόμος τις ἀπορίᾳ τῶν αἱρεθησομένων ἐγένετο, ἀλλʼ οἱ στρατηγοὶ οἵ τε δήμαρχοι τὰ προσήκοντα αὐτοῖς ἔπραξαν, οὔτε πολίαρχος ἐς τὰς ἀνοχὰς ἀπεδείχθη, ἀλλʼ ἐκ τῶν στρατηγῶν τινες τὰ ἐπιβάλλοντα αὐτῷ διήγαγον. τά τε ἄλλα τὰ ἐν τῇ πόλει τῇ τε λοιπῇ Ἰταλίᾳ Γάιός τις Μαικήνας, ἀνὴρ ἱππεύς, καὶ τότε καὶ ἔπειτα ἐπὶ πολὺ διῴκησεν.
These were the privileges bestowed upon Caesar by the senate. And Caesar on his own responsibility enrolled among the augurs, above the proper number, Valerius Messalla, whom he had previously in the proscriptions condemned to death, made the people of Utica citizens, and gave orders that no one should wear the purple dress except the senators who were acting as magistrates; for some ordinary individuals were already using it. 2 In this same year there was no aedile owing to a lack of candidates, but the praetors and the tribunes performed the aediles' duties; also no prefect of the city was appointed for the Feriae, but some of the praetors discharged his functions. Other matters in the city and in the rest of Italy were administered by one Gaius Maecenas, a knight, both then and for a long time afterward.
§ 49.17
ὁ δὲ δὴ Σέξτος ἔκ τε τῆς Μεσσήνης ἐξαναχθεὶς καὶ τὴν δίωξιν φοβηθείς, προδοσίαν τέ τινα ἀπὸ τῶν συνακολουθούντων οἱ ἔσεσθαι ὑποτοπήσας, προεῖπε μέν σφισιν ὡς διὰ πελάγους τὸν πλοῦν ποιησόμενος, ἀποσβέσας δὲ τὸ φῶς ὃ ἐν τοῖς νυκτερινοῖς πλοῖς αἱ στρατηγίδες νῆες, ὅπως καὶ αἱ λοιπαὶ κατὰ πόδας αὐτῶν ἐφέπωνται, προδεικνύουσι, παρά τε τὴν Ἰταλίαν παρέπλευσε, καὶ διαβαλὼν ἐπὶ Κέρκυραν ἐς Κεφαλληνίαν ἐκεῖθεν ἦλθε· κἀνταῦθα καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι κατὰ τύχην ὑπὸ χειμῶνος ἐκπεσόντες αὖθις αὐτῷ συνεγένοντο. συγκαλέσας οὖν αὐτοὺς τήν τε σκευὴν τὴν στρατηγικὴν ἀπεδύσατο, καὶ εἰπὼν ἄλλα τε καὶ ὅτι ἀθρόοι μὲν ὄντες οὔτʼ ὠφελίαν τινὰ ἀλλήλοις διαρκῆ παρέξουσιν οὔτε λήσουσι, σκεδασθέντες δὲ ῥᾴω τὴν διάφευξιν ποιήσονται, παρῄνεσέ σφισιν ἰδίᾳ καὶ καθʼ ἑαυτὸν ἑκάστῳ τῆς σωτηρίας προσκοπῆσαι. κἀκ τούτου πεισθέντων οἱ τῶν πλειόνων, καὶ ἄλλων ἄλλοσε ἀποχωρησάντων, αὐτὸς ἐς τὴν Ἀσίαν μετὰ τῶν λοιπῶν ἐπεραιώθη, γνώμην ἔχων πρὸς τὸν Ἀντώνιον εὐθὺς ὁρμῆσαι. γενόμενος δὲ ἐν Λέσβῳ, καὶ ἐκεῖνόν τε ἐπὶ Μήδους ἐστρατευκέναι καὶ τὸν Καίσαρα καὶ τὸν Λέπιδον πεπολεμῶσθαι μαθών, διενοεῖτο μὲν κατὰ χώραν χειμάσαι· τῶν δὲ Λεσβίων προθυμότατα αὐτὸν διὰ τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ μνήμην καὶ δεξαμένων καὶ κατεχόντων, ἐπειδὴ τόν τε Ἀντώνιον δυστυχήσαντα ἐν τῇ Μηδίᾳ ἐπύθετο καὶ Γάιος Φούρνιος ὁ τῆς Ἀσίας τότε ἄρχων οὐκ εὐνοϊκῶς οἱ ἐχρῆτο, οὐ κατέμεινεν, ἀλλὰ ἐλπίσας τὴν τοῦ Ἀντωνίου ἀρχὴν διαδέξεσθαι, ὅτι τε ἐκ τῆς Σικελίας συχνοὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀφίκοντο καὶ ὅτι καὶ ἕτεροι, οἱ μὲν κατὰ τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ δόξαν οἱ δὲ καὶ βίου δεόμενοι, συνελέγησαν, τό τε σχῆμα τὸ στρατηγικὸν ἀνέλαβε, καὶ παρεσκευάζετο ὡς καὶ τὴν
Now after Sextus had taken ship from Messana he was afraid of pursuit and suspected that some act of treachery would be committed by his followers. Therefore he gave notice to them that he was going to sail across the sea, 2 but when he had extinguished the light which flagships exhibit during night voyages for the purpose of causing the rest to follow close behind, he coasted along past Italy, then went to Corcyra, and from there came to Cephallenia. Here the remainder of his vessels, which had by chance been driven from their course by a storm, joined him again. Accordingly, after calling them together, he took off his general's uniform and made an address, in which he said, among other things, that while they remained together they could render no lasting aid to one another or escape detention, but if they scattered they could more easily make their escape; and he advised them to look out for their own safety each man separately and for himself. 4 Thereupon the majority gave heed to him and departed in various directions, while he with the remainder crossed over to Asia with the intention of going straight to Antony. When he reached Lesbos, however, and learned that Antony had gone on a campaign against the Medes and that Caesar and Lepidus had gone to war with each other, he decided to winter where he was; and in fact the Lesbians welcomed him with great enthusiasm on account of their recollection of his father and tried to keep him there. But when he learned that Antony had met with a reverse in Media, and when Gaius Furnius, the governor of Asia at the time, was not disposed to be friendly to him, he was against remaining, 6 but hoping to succeed to Antony's leadership, inasmuch as many had come to him from Sicily and still others had rallied around him, some on account of his father's renown and some because they were in need of a livelihood, he resumed the dress of a general and began to make preparations for occupying the land opposite.
§ 49.18
περαίαν καταληψόμενος. κἀν τούτῳ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου ἔς τε τὴν φιλίαν ἀποσωθέντος καὶ τὰ πραττόμενα ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ μαθόντος, καὶ τήν τε ἄδειαν αὐτῷ καὶ τὴν εὔνοιαν, ἂν τὰ ὅπλα κατάθηται, ὑποσχομένου δώσειν, ἀντέγραψε μὲν ὡς καὶ πεισθησόμενός οἱ, οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἐποίησε τοῦτο, ἀλλʼ ἔκ τε τῶν συμφορῶν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐπειδὴ πρὸς τὴν Αἴγυπτον αὐτίκα ἀπῆρε, καταφρονήσας τῶν τε παρόντων εἴχετο καὶ πρὸς τοὺς Πάρθους διεκηρυκεύετο. πυθόμενος δὲ ταῦτα ὁ Ἀντώνιος οὐκ ἀνέστρεψεν, ἀλλὰ τό τε ναυτικὸν καὶ τὸν Τίτιον τὸν Μᾶρκον, μεταστάντα τε πρός ἑαυτὸν πρότερον ἀπὸ τοῦ Σέξτου καὶ τότε συνόντα οἱ, ἐπʼ αὐτὸν ἔπεμψε. καὶ ὃς προαισθόμενός τε τοῦτο καὶ φοβηθείς (οὐδέπω γὰρ ἱκανῶς παρεσκεύαστὀ ἐξανήχθη, καὶ προχωρῶν ᾗ μάλιστα διαφεύξεσθαι ἐδόκει, ἔς τε Νικομήδειαν ἀφίκετο, κἀνταῦθα καταληφθεὶς ἐπεκηρυκεύσατο μὲν αὐτῷ, ἅτε καὶ ἐλπίδα αὐτοῦ ἐκ τῆς εὐεργεσίας ἣν εὐηργέτητο ἔχων· ὡς δὲ ἐκεῖνος οὐκ ἔφη οἱ σπείσεσθαι ἂν μὴ τάς τε ναῦς καὶ τὴν λοιπὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ προπαραλάβῃ, τῆς τε κατὰ θάλασσαν σωτηρίας ἀπέγνω, καὶ τὰ σκεύη τὰ βαρύτερα ἐς τὰς ναῦς ἐμβαλὼν ταύτας τε κατέκαυσε καὶ ἐς τὴν μεσόγειαν ὥρμησε. καὶ αὐτὸν ἐπιδιώξαντες ὅ τε Τίτιος καὶ ὁ Φούρνιος ἔν τε Μιδαείῳ τῆς Φρυγίας κατέλαβον καὶ περισχόντες ἐζώγρησαν. μαθὼν δὲ τοῦτο ὁ Ἀντώνιος εὐθὺς μὲν ὑπʼ ὀργῆς ἐπέστειλέ σφισιν ἵνα ἀποθάνῃ, αὖθις δʼ οὐ πολλῷ ὕστερον μετανοήσας ἵνα σωθῇ τοῦ οὖν δευτέρου γραμματοφόρου τὸν πρότερον φθάσαντος, ὕστερον τὰ περὶ τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ γράμματα ὁ Τίτιος λαβών, καὶ νομίσας ὄντως δεύτερα εἶναι, ἢ καὶ γνοὺς μὲν τὴν ἀλήθειαν, οὐκ ἐθελήσας δὲ αὐτῇ πιστεῦσαι, τῇ τάξει τῆς κομιδῆς αὐτῶν ἀλλʼ οὐ τῇ γνώμῃ προσέσχε. καὶ οὕτως ὅ τε Σέξτος ἐπί τε τοῦ Κορνουφικίου τοῦ Λουκίου καὶ ἐπὶ Σέξτου τινὸς Πομπηίου ὑπάτων ἀπέθανε, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ὁ Καῖσαρ ἱπποδρομίαν τε ἐποίησε καὶ τῷ Ἀντωνίῳ ἅρμα τε ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ βήματος καὶ εἰκόνας ἐν τῷ Ὁμονοείῳ ἔστησε, τό τε ἐξουσίαν σύν τε τῇ γυναικὶ καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις ἑστιᾶσθαι ἐνταῦθʼ ἔχειν ἔδωκεν, ὥσπερ ποτὲ καὶ αὐτῷ ἐψήφιστο· φίλος τε γὰρ ἔτι οἱ εἶναι ἐπλάττετο, καὶ ἐκεῖνόν τε ἐπὶ ταῖς ἀπὸ τῶν Πάρθων συμφοραῖς παρεμυθεῖτο δῆθεν, καὶ ἑαυτοῦ τὸ ἐπίφθονον πρός τε τὴν νίκην καὶ πρὸς τὰ ψηφισθέντα ἐπʼ αὐτῇ ἐξηκεῖτο.
Meanwhile Antony had got back safely into friendly territory and on learning what Sextus was doing promised to grant him pardon and favour, if he would lay down his arms. Sextus in his answer intimated that he would obey him, but did not do so; instead, because he despised Antony on account of his reverses and in view of his setting off immediately for Egypt, he held to his present plan and entered into negotiations with the Parthians. 2 Antony found this out, but without turning back sent against him the fleet and Marcus Titius, who had formerly deserted Sextus and come over to him and was with him at this time. Sextus received information of this move beforehand, and in alarm, since his preparations were not yet complete, put out to sea, and taking the course which seemed most likely to afford escape, came to Nicomedeia. And when he was overtaken there, he opened negotiations with Titius, placing some hope in him because of the kindness which had been shown him; but when the other refused to enter into a truce with him without first taking possession of his ships and the rest of his force, Sextus despaired of safety by sea, put all his heavier baggage into the ships, which he thereupon burned, and proceeded inland. 4 Titius and Furnius pursued him, and overtaking him at Midaeum in Phrygia, surrounded him and captured him alive. When Antony learned of this, he at once in anger sent word to them that Sextus should be put to death, but repenting again not long afterward, wrote that his life should be spared . . . Now the bearer of the second letter arrived before the other; and Titius later received the letter ordering Sextus' death, and either believing that it was really the second or else knowing the truth but not caring to heed it, he followed the order of the arrival of the two, but not their intention. 6 So Sextus was executed in the consulship of Lucius Cornificius and one Sextus Pompeius. Caesar held games in the Circus in honour of the event, and set up for Antony a chariot in front of the Rostra and statues in the temple of Concord, giving him also authority to hold banquets there with his wife and children, even as had once been voted in his own honour. For he pretended to be Antony's friend still and to be consoling him for the disasters inflicted by the Parthians, and in this way he tried to cure the jealousy the other might feel at his own victory and the decrees which followed it.
§ 49.19
καὶ ὁ μὲν ταῦτα ἔπραττε, τὰ δὲ δὴ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου τῶν τε βαρβάρων ὧδε ἔσχεν. ὁ Οὐεντίδιος ὁ Πούπλιος τὸν Πάκορον στράτευμά τε ἀθροίζειν καὶ ἐς τὴν Συρίαν ἐμβάλλειν μαθὼν ἔδεισεν, ἐπειδὴ μήτε αἱ πόλεις πω καθειστήκεσαν καὶ τὰ στρατόπεδα ἐν τοῖς χειμαδίοις ἔτι διέσπαρτο, καὶ τοιόνδε τι ἔς τε τὴν διατριβὴν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐς τὴν βραδυτῆτα τῆς στρατιᾶς ἐποίησε. Χανναῖόν τινα δυνάστην γνωρίμως μὲν καὶ αὐτῷ ἔχοντα, τὰ δὲ δὴ τῶν Πάρθων μᾶλλον φρονοῦντα εἰδώς, τά τε ἄλλα ὡς καὶ πιστότατόν οἱ ὄντα ἐτίμα καὶ σύμβουλον ἔστιν ὧν ἐποιεῖτο, ἐξ ὧν αὐτὸς μὲν οὐδὲν βλαβήσεσθαι, ἐκείνῳ δὲ δὴ πίστιν τοῦ καὶ τὰ ἀπορρητότατα δῆθεν αὐτῷ συνειδέναι παρέξειν ἔμελλεν. ἐπειδή τε ἐνταῦθα ἦν, φοβεῖσθαί τε ἐπλάσατο μή πως οἱ βάρβαροι τὴν συνήθη σφίσι διάβασιν τοῦ Εὐφράτου, παρʼ ᾗ τὸ Ζεῦγμα ἡ πόλις ἔστι, παραλιπόντες ἑτέρᾳ τινὶ ὁδῷ κάτω τοῦ ποταμοῦ χρήσωνται (τῇ μὲν γὰρ πεδία τοῖς πολεμίοις ἐπιτήδεια, τῇ δὲ γηλόφους ἑαυτοῖς πρέποντας εἶναι ἔλεγἐ, καὶ τοῦτο αὐτόν τʼ ἀνέπεισε πιστεῦσαι, καὶ τὸν Πάκορον διʼ αὐτοῦ προσεξηπάτησε· τὴν γὰρ πεδιάδα, ἣν προσεποιεῖτο ὁ Οὐεντίδιος μὴ βούλεσθαι αὐτὸν ἐλθεῖν, μακροτέραν τῆς ἑτέρας οὖσαν τραπεὶς παρέσχεν οἱ
This was what Caesar was doing; as for Antony and the barbarians, their warfare was as follows. Publius Ventidius heard that Pacorus was gathering an army and invading Syria, and becoming afraid, since the cities had not yet become quiet and the legions were still scattered in their winter-quarters, he acted as follows, in order to secure delay on the part of his foe and to make up for the slowness of his own army. 2 Knowing that a certain prince Channaeus, with whom he, too, was acquainted, favoured the Parthian cause, he honoured him in all respects as if he had his entire confidence and took him as an adviser in some matters wherein he could not be injured himself and yet would cause Channaeus to think he possessed his most hidden secrets. Having reached this point, he affected to be afraid that the barbarians might abandon the place where they customarily crossed the Euphrates near the city of Zeugma and use some other road farther down the river; for this other place, he said, was a plain and convenient for the enemy, whereas the former was hilly and best suited to his own forces. 4 He persuaded the prince to believe this and through him deceived Pacorus also; for the Parthian leader took the route through the flat district, which Ventidius kept on pretending to hope he would not take, and as this was longer than the other, it gave the Roman time to assemble his forces.
§ 49.20
καιρὸν τὰς δυνάμεις ἀθροῖσαι. καὶ οὕτως ἐν τῇ Συρίᾳ αὐτῷ τῇ Κυρηστικῇ γενομένῳ συμβαλὼν ἐνίκησεν. ἐπειδὴ γὰρ οὔτε τὸν ποταμὸν διαβῆναί σφας ἐκώλυσεν οὔτʼ αὖ διαβᾶσιν εὐθὺς ἐπέθετο, μαλακίαν τέ τινα καὶ ἀρρωστίαν τῶν Ῥωμαίων κατέγνωσαν, κἀκ τούτου πρὸς τὸ ἔρυμα αὐτῶν καίπερ ἐν μετεώρῳ ὂν προσήλασαν ὡς καὶ αὐτοβοεί σφας αἱρήσοντες. ἐπεκδρομῆς τε αἰφνιδίου γενομένης κατά τε τοῦ πρανοῦς οὐ χαλεπῶς, ἅτε καὶ ἱππῆς ὄντες, ἀπεώσθησαν, κἀνταῦθα ἀνδρείως μὲν ἀμυνόμενοι (κατάφρακτοι γὰρ οἱ πλείους αὐτῶν ἦσανʼ ταραττόμενοι δὲ πρός τε τὸ ἀνέλπιστον καὶ περὶ ἀλλήλοις, ὑπό τε τῶν ὁπλιτῶν καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν σφενδονητῶν μάλιστα ἡττήθησαν· πόρρωθεν γὰρ σφοδραῖς ταῖς βολαῖς ἐξικνούμενοι χαλεπώτατοι αὐτοῖς ἐγίγνοντο. κἀν τῷ πόνῳ τούτῳ καὶ ὁ Πάκορος πεσὼν πλεῖστον αὐτοὺς ἔβλαψεν· ὡς γὰρ τάχιστα τὸν ἄρχοντά σφων ἀπολωλότα ᾔσθοντο, ὀλίγοι μὲν περὶ τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ προθύμως ἠγωνίσαντο, φθαρέντων δὲ καὶ τούτων πάντες οἱ λοιποὶ ἐνέδοσαν. καὶ αὐτῶν οἱ μὲν διὰ τῆς γεφύρας οἴκαδε διαφυγεῖν ἐθελήσαντες οὐκ ἠδυνήθησαν, ἀλλὰ προκαταληφθέντες ἀπώλοντο, οἱ δὲ καὶ πρὸς τὸν Ἀντίοχον ἐς τὴν Κομμαγηνὴν κατέφυγον. Οὐεντίδιος δὲ τὰ μὲν ἄλλα τὰ ἐν τῇ Συρίᾳ μετέωρα πρὸς τὴν τοῦ πολέμου ἔκβασιν γιγνόμενα (τὸν γὰρ Πάκορον ὅμοια τοῖς μάλιστα τῶν πώποτε βασιλευσάντων καὶ ἐπὶ δικαιοσύνῃ καὶ ἐπὶ πρᾳότητι ὑπερηγάπωνʼ ῥᾳδίως, τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ κατὰ τὰς πόλεις περιπέμψας, κατεστήσατο· αὐτὸς δὲ ἐπὶ τὸν Ἀντίοχον, πρόφασιν μὲν ὅτι τοὺς ἱκέτας οἱ οὐκ ἐξέδωκε, τῇ δʼ ἀληθείᾳ διὰ τὰ χρήματα ἃ πάμπολλα εἶχεν, ἐπεστράτευσεν.
In this way he met Pacorus in Syria Cyrrhestica and conquered him. For when he had not prevented them from crossing the river and had not attacked them at once after they had got across, they imputed sloth and weakness to the Romans and therefore marched against their camp, although it was on high ground, expecting to take it without resistance. 2 But when a sally was suddenly made, the assailants, being cavalry, were driven back down the slope without difficulty; and although at the foot they defended themselves valiantly, the majority of them being in armour, yet they were confused by the unexpectedness of the onslaught and by stumbling over one another and were defeated by the heavy-armed men and especially by the slingers; for these struck them from a distance with their powerful missiles and so were exceedingly difficult for them to withstand. The fall of Pacorus in this struggle was a very great loss to them; for as soon as they perceived that their leader had perished, although a few men zealously fought for his body, yet when these also were slain, all the rest gave way. Some of them desired to escape homeward across the bridge and were unable to do so, being cut off and killed before they could reach it, and others fled for refuge to Antiochus in Commagene. 4 Ventidius easily brought into subjection all the rest out of Syria, which had been hesitating while awaiting the outcome of the war, by sending the prince's head about through the different cities; for the Syrians felt unusual affection for Pacorus on account of his justice and mildness, an affection as great as they had felt for the best kings that had ever ruled them. And Ventidius himself made an expedition against Antiochus, on the plea that the latter had not delivered up to him the refugees, but really because of the vast wealth which he possessed.
§ 49.21
ἐνταῦθα δὲ ἤδη αὐτῷ ὄντι ὁ Ἀντώνιος ἐξαίφνης ἐπιστὰς οὐ μόνον οὐχ ἥσθη ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐφθόνησεν, ὅτι ἔδοξέ τι καθʼ ἑαυτὸν ἠνδραγαθίσθαι· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς αὐτὸν ἔπαυσε, καὶ ἐς οὐδὲν ἔτι οὔτʼ αὐτίκα οὔθʼ ὕστερον αὐτῷ ἐχρήσατο, καίτοι καὶ ἱερομηνίας ἐπʼ ἀμφοτέροις τοῖς ἔργοις καὶ ἐπινίκια διʼ αὐτὸν λαβών. οἵ γε μὴν ἐν τῷ ἄστει Ῥωμαῖοι ἐψηφίσαντο μὲν τῷ Ἀντωνίῳ ταῦτα πρός τε τὸ προῦχον αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐκ τοῦ νόμου, ὅτι ἡ στρατηγία ἐκείνου ἦν, ἐψηφίσαντο δὲ καὶ τῷ Οὐεντιδίῳ, ἅτε καὶ τὴν συμφορὰν τὴν ἐπὶ τοῦ Κράσσου σφίσι γενομένην ἱκανώτατα τοῖς Πάρθοις διὰ τοῦ Πακόρου, καὶ μάλισθʼ ὅτι ἐν τῇ αὐτῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἑκατέρου τοῦ ἔτους ἀμφότερα συνηνέχθη, νομίζοντες ἀνταποδεδωκέναι. καὶ συνέβη γε τῷ Οὐεντιδίῳ μόνῳ τε τὰ νικητήρια ἑορτάσαι ὥσπερ καὶ μόνος ἐνίκησεν (ὁ γὰρ Ἀντώνιος προαπώλετὀ, καὶ δόξαν ἀπό τε τούτου καὶ ἐκ τοῦ παραλόγου ἅμα τῆς τύχης μείζω λαβεῖν· ἐν γὰρ τοῖς τοῦ Πομπηίου τοῦ Στράβωνος ἐπινικίοις πομπεύσας ποτὲ μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων αἰχμαλώτων αὐτὸς ἐπινίκια τῶν Πάρθων πρῶτος Ῥωμαίων ἤγαγε.
When he had got to this point, Antony suddenly came upon him, and so far from being pleased, was actually jealous of him because he had gained the reputation of having carried out a brave exploit independently. Accordingly, he not only removed him from his command but employed him on no other business either then or later, although he himself obtained the honour of thanksgivings for both achievements and a triumph for his assistant's work. 2 The Romans in the capital voted these honours to Antony, on the one hand, because of his prominence and in accordance with the law, because he was the commander in charge; but they voted them to Ventidius also, since they felt that he had fully requited the Parthians, through the death of Pacorus, for the disaster which had been suffered by the Romans in the time of Crassus, especially since both events had taken place on the same day in both years. And it turned out, in fact, that Ventidius alone celebrated the triumph, even as the victory had been his alone (for Antony perished in the meantime), and he acquired a greater reputation from this fact as well as from the caprice of fortune; for he himself had once marched in procession with the other captives at the triumph of Pompeius Strabo, and now he was the first of the Romans to celebrate a triumph over the Parthians.
§ 49.22
ταῦτα μὲν χρόνῳ ὕστερον ἐγένετο, τότε δὲ ὁ Ἀντώνιος προσέβαλε μὲν τῷ Ἀντιόχῳ, καὶ κατακλείσας αὐτὸν ἐς Σαμόσατα ἐπολιόρκει· ὡς δʼ οὐδὲν ἐπέραινεν, ἀλλʼ ὅ τε χρόνος ἄλλως ἀναλοῦτο καὶ τὰ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἀλλοτρίως οἱ διὰ τὴν τοῦ Οὐεντιδίου ἀτιμίαν ἔχειν ὑπώπτευσε, διεκηρυκεύσατο αὐτῷ κρύφα, καὶ πλαστὰς πρὸς αὐτὸν συνθήκας, ὅπως εὐπρεπῶς ἀπαναστῇ, ἐποιήσατο. ἀμέλει αὐτὸς μὲν οὔτε ὁμήρους, πλὴν δύο καὶ τούτων οὐκ ἐπιφανῶν, οὔτε τὰ χρήματα ἃ ᾔτησεν ἔλαβε, τῷ δʼ Ἀντιόχῳ θάνατον Ἀλεξάνδρου τινὸς αὐτομολήσαντος παρʼ αὐτοῦ πρότερον πρὸς τοὺς Ῥωμαίους ἐχαρίσατο. καὶ ὁ μὲν ταῦτα πράξας ἐς τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἀφωρμήθη, Γάιος δὲ δὴ Σόσσιος τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς τε Συρίας καὶ τῆς Κιλικίας παρʼ αὐτοῦ λαβὼν τούς τε Ἀραδίους πολιορκηθέντας τε μέχρι τότε καὶ λιμῷ καὶ νόσῳ ταλαιπωρηθέντας ἐχειρώσατο, καὶ τὸν Ἀντίγονον τοὺς φρουροὺς τοὺς παρʼ ἑαυτῷ τῶν Ῥωμαίων ὄντας ἀποκτείναντα μάχῃ τε ἐνίκησε, καὶ καταφυγόντα ἐς τὰ Ἱεροσόλυμα πολιορκίᾳ κατεστρέψατο. πολλὰ μὲν δὴ καὶ δεινὰ καὶ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τοὺς Ῥωμαίους ἔδρασαν (τὸ γάρ τοι γένος αὐτῶν θυμωθὲν πικρότατόν ἐστἰ, πολλῷ δὲ δὴ πλείω αὐτοὶ ἔπαθον. ἑάλωσαν μὲν γὰρ πρότεροι μὲν οἱ ὑπὲρ τοῦ τεμένους τοῦ θεοῦ ἀμυνόμενοι, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι ἐν τῇ τοῦ Κρόνου καὶ τότε ἡμέρᾳ ὠνομασμένῃ. καὶ τοσοῦτόν γε τῆς θρησκείας αὐτοῖς περιῆν ὥστε τοὺς προτέρους τοὺς μετὰ τοῦ ἱεροῦ χειρωθέντας παραιτήσασθαί τε τὸν Σόσσιον, ἐπειδὴ ἡμέρα αὖθις ἡ τοῦ Κρόνου ἐνέστη, καὶ ἀνελθόντας ἐς αὐτὸ πάντα μετὰ τῶν λοιπῶν τὰ νομιζόμενα ποιῆσαι. ἐκείνους μὲν οὖν Ἡρώδῃ τινὶ ὁ Ἀντώνιος ἄρχειν ἐπέτρεψε, τὸν δʼ Ἀντίγονον ἐμαστίγωσε σταυρῷ προσδήσας, ὃ μηδεὶς βασιλεὺς ἄλλος ὑπὸ τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἐπεπόνθει, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἀπέσφαξεν.
This, to be sure, took place at a later period; at the time under consideration Antony attacked Antiochus, shut him up in Samosata and proceeded to besiege him. But when he found he was accomplishing nothing and was spending his time in vain, and when he also suspected that the soldiers were alienated from him on account of the disgrace of Ventidius, he secretly opened negotiations with the foe and made a pretended compact with him so that he might have a plausible reason for withdrawing. 2 At any rate, Antony got neither hostages (except two and these of little importance) nor the money which he had demanded, but he granted Antiochus the death of a certain Alexander, who had earlier deserted from him to the Roman side. After doing this he set out for Italy, and Gaius Sosius received from him the governorship of Syria and Cilicia. This officer subdued the Aradii, who had been besieged up to this time and had been reduced to hard straits by famine and disease, and also conquered in battle Antigonus, who had put to death the Roman guards that were with him, and reduced him by siege when he took refuge in Jerusalem. 4 The Jews, indeed, had done much injury to the Romans, for the race is very bitter when aroused to anger, but they suffered far more themselves. The first of them to be captured were those who were fighting for the precinct of their god, and then the rest on the day even then called the day of Saturn. And so excessive were they in their devotion to religion that the first set of prisoners, those who had been captured along with the temple, obtained leave from Sosius, when the day of Saturn came round again, and went up into the temple and there performed all the customary rites, together with the rest of the people. 6 These people Antony entrusted to a certain Herod to govern; but Antigonus he bound to a cross and flogged, — a punishment no other king had suffered at the hands of the Romans, — and afterwards slew him.
§ 49.23
ἐπὶ μὲν δὴ τοῦ τε Κλαυδίου τοῦ τε Νωρβανοῦ τοῦθʼ οὕτως ἐγένετο, τῷ δʼ ἐπιγιγνομένῳ ἔτει οἱ μὲν Ῥωμαῖοι οὐδὲν ἐν τῇ Συρίᾳ λόγου ἄξιον ἔπραξαν· Ἀντώνιος μὲν γὰρ ἔς τε τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἀφικνούμενος καὶ ἐκεῖσε αὖθις ἐπανιὼν πάντα τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν κατέτριψε, Σόσσιος δέ, ἅτε τὰ ἐκείνου ἀλλʼ οὐ τὰ ἑαυτοῦ ἐπαύξων, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὸν φθόνον τήν τε ὀργὴν αὐτοῦ φοβούμενος, διετέλεσε διασκοπῶν οὐχ ὅπως προσκατορθώσας τι ἀπεχθήσοιτό οἱ, ἀλλʼ ὅπως ἡσυχίαν ἄγων χαρίσαιτο· τὰ δὲ δὴ τῶν Πάρθων ἰσχυρῶς αὐτὰ καθʼ ἑαυτὰ ἐκ τοιοῦδέ τινος ἐνεωτερίσθη. ὁ Ὀρώδης ὁ βασιλεὺς αὐτῶν ἐπειδὴ τῇ τε ἡλικίᾳ καὶ τῷ πένθει τῷ τοῦ Πακόρου ἔκαμνε, Φραάτῃ τῷ πρεσβυτάτῳ τῶν λοιπῶν παίδων τὴν ἀρχὴν ζῶν ἔτʼ ἐνεχείρισε, καὶ ὃς παραλαβὼν αὐτὴν ἀνοσιώτατος ἀνθρώπων ἐγένετο· τούς τε γὰρ ἀδελφοὺς τοὺς ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Ἀντιόχου θυγατρὸς γεγεννημένους ἐδολοφόνησεν, ὅτι καὶ τὴν ἀρετὴν καὶ τὸ γένος τὸ μητρόθεν ἀμείνους αὐτοῦ ἦσαν, καὶ αὐτὸν ἐκεῖνον δυσανασχετοῦντα ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἐπαπέκτεινε, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τοὺς γενναιοτάτους ἔφθειρε, καὶ πολλὰ ἕτερα καὶ δεινὰ ἐποίει, ὥστε συχνοὺς τῶν πρώτων ἐγκαταλιπόντας αὐτὸν τοὺς μὲν ἄλλοσε τοὺς δὲ καὶ πρὸς τὸν Ἀντώνιον ἀποχωρῆσαι, ἐν οἷς καὶ ὁ Μοναίσης ἦν. τοῦτο μὲν ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἀγρίππου καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ
This was the course of events in the consulship of Claudius and Norbanus; during the following year the Romans accomplished nothing worthy of note in Syria. For Antony spent the entire year in reaching Italy and returning again to the province; 2 and Sosius, because anything he did would be advancing Antony's interests rather than his own, and he therefore dreaded his jealousy and anger, spent the time in devising means, not for achieving some success and incurring his enmity, but for pleasing him without engaging in any activity. The Parthian state, in fact, with no outside interference underwent a severe revolution from the following cause. Orodes, the Parthian king, had succumbed to age and to grief for Pacorus as well, but before he died had delivered the government to Phraates, the eldest of his remaining sons. Phraates after receiving the kingdom proved himself the most impious of men. 4 He treacherously murdered his brothers, sons of the daughter of Antiochus, because they were his superiors in virtue, and, on their mother's side, in family; and when Antiochus chafed under this outrage, he killed him also, and after that destroyed the noblest men in the state generally and kept committing many other crimes. Consequently a large number of the most prominent persons abandoned him and betook themselves to various places, some, including Monaeses, going to Antony. This happened in the consulship of Agrippa and Gallus.
§ 49.24
Γάλλου ὑπατευόντων ἐγένετο· ἐν δὲ δὴ τῷ λοιπῷ χειμῶνι, τοῦ τε Γελλίου καὶ τοῦ Νέρουα ἀρχόντων, Πούπλιος Κανίδιος Κράσσος ἐπὶ Ἴβηρας τοὺς ταύτῃ στρατεύσας μάχῃ τε τὸν βασιλέα αὐτῶν Φαρνάβαζον ἐνίκησε καὶ ἐς συμμαχίαν προσηγάγετο, καὶ μετʼ αὐτοῦ ἐς τὴν Ἀλβανίδα τὴν ὅμορον ἐμβαλών, καὶ ἐκείνους τόν τε βασιλέα αὐτῶν Ζόβηρα κρατήσας, ὁμοίως αὐτοὺς ᾠκειώσατο. τούτοις τε οὖν ἐπαρθεὶς ὁ Ἀντώνιος, καὶ προσέτι καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ Μοναίσῃ πολλὰ ἐπελπίσας (καὶ γὰρ ὑπέσχητο αὐτῷ τῆς τε στρατείας ἡγήσεσθαι καὶ τὰ πλείω τῆς Παρθίας ἀκονιτὶ προσποιήσεινʼ τόν τε πόλεμον τὸν πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἐς χεῖρας ἤγετο καὶ τῷ Μοναίσῃ ἄλλα τε καὶ τρεῖς τῶν Ῥωμαίων πόλεις, μέχρις ἂν διαπολεμήσῃ, νέμεσθαι ἔδωκε, καὶ προσέτι καὶ τὴν τῶν Πάρθων βασιλείαν ὑπέσχετο. πραττόντων δὲ αὐτῶν ταῦτα δείσας ὁ Φραάτης, ἄλλως τε καὶ τῶν Πάρθων χαλεπῶς ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ Μοναίσου φυγῇ φερόντων, ἐπεκηρυκεύσατο τε αὐτῷ οὐδὲν ὅ τι οὐκ ἐπαγγελλόμενος, καὶ ἔπεισεν αὐτὸν ἐπαναχωρῆσαι. γνοὺς οὖν τοῦτο ὁ Ἀντώνιος ὀργὴν μέν, ὥσπερ εἰκός, ἐποιεῖτο, οὐ μέντοι ἀπέκτεινε τὸν Μοναίσην, καίπερ ἐν τῇ αὐτοῦ ἐπικρατείᾳ ἔτʼ ὄντα· οὔτε γὰρ ἂν ἄλλον τινὰ τῶν βαρβάρων, ἄν γέ τι τοιοῦτο ποιήσῃ, σφετερίσασθαι προσεδόκησε, και τινα ἀπάτην ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς παρεσκευάζετο. ἐκεῖνόν τε οὖν ἀφῆκεν ὡς καὶ τὰ τῶν Πάρθων οἱ προσποιήσοντα, καὶ πρέσβεις μετʼ αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸν Φραάτην ἔπεμψε. καὶ λόγῳ μὲν τὴν εἰρήνην ἔπραττεν ἐπὶ τῷ τά τε σημεῖα καὶ τοὺς αἰχμαλώτους τοὺς ἐν τῇ τοῦ Κράσσου συμφορᾷ ἁλόντας κομίσασθαι, ἵνα ἀπαράσκευον τὸν βασιλέα διὰ τὴν τῆς συμβάσεως ἐλπίδα λάβῃ, ἔργῳ δὲ τὰ τοῦ πολέμου πάντα ἡτοιμάζετο.
During the remainder of the winter, when Gellius and Nerva were now holding office, Publius Canidius Crassus made a campaign against the Iberians in Asia, conquered in battle their king Pharnabazus and brought them to make an alliance; with this king he invaded Albania, the adjoining country, and, after overcoming the inhabitants and their king Zober, conciliated them likewise. 2 Now Antony was elated by all this and furthermore based great hopes upon Monaeses, who had promised him to lead his army and bring most of Parthia over to him without trouble, and so he took in hand the war against the Parthians and gave Monaeses, in addition to other presents, three Roman cities to occupy until he should finish the war, and promised him the Parthian kingdom besides. While they were thus occupied Phraates became terrified, especially because the Parthians took the flight of Monaeses very much to heart, and he opened negotiations with him, offering him everything conceivable, and so persuaded him to return. 4 When Antony found this out, he was angry, quite naturally, but did not kill Monaeses, though he was still in his power; for he could not hope to win to his side any other barbarians, in case he should do such a thing. Accordingly, he not only released Monaeses, just as if Monaeses were going to bring the Parthians under his control, but even sent envoys with him to Phraates. Nominally he was negotiating peace, on the condition of getting back the standards and the prisoners captured in the disaster of Crassus and with the purpose of taking the king off his guard because of his hope of reaching a settlement; but, as a matter of fact, he was getting everything in readiness for war.
§ 49.25
καὶ ἦλθε μέχρι τοῦ Εὐφράτου, νομίζων ἔρημον αὐτὸν φρουρᾶς εἶναι· ἐπεὶ μέντοι πάντα τὰ ταύτῃ διὰ φυλακῆς ἀκριβοῦς ὄντα εὗρεν, ἐκεῖθεν μὲν ἀπετράπετο, ἐπὶ δὲ τὸν τῶν Μήδων βασιλέα Ἀρταουάσδην τῷ τῆς Ἀρμενίας τῆς μείζονος βασιλεῖ, ὁμωνύμῳ τέ οἱ καὶ ἐχθρῷ ὄντι, πεισθεὶς στρατεῦσαι πρὸς τὴν Ἀρμενίαν εὐθὺς ὥσπερ εἶχεν ἐχώρησε, καὶ μαθὼν ἐνταῦθα τὸν Μῆδον πολὺ ἀπὸ τῆς οἰκείας ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ Πάρθου συμμαχίᾳ ἀπηρκότα, τὰ μὲν σκευοφόρα καὶ τοῦ στρατοῦ μέρος μετʼ Ὀππίου Στατιανοῦ ὑπελίπετο, ἐπακολουθεῖν σφας κελεύσας, αὐτὸς δὲ τούς τε ἱππέας καὶ τοῦ πεζοῦ τὸ κράτιστον λαβὼν ἠπείχθη ὡς καὶ αὐτοβοεὶ πάντα τὰ τῶν ἐναντίων αἱρήσων, καὶ τοῖς Πραάσποις τῷ βασιλείῳ αὐτῶν προσπεσὼν χώματά τε ἔχου καὶ προσβολὰς ἐποιεῖτο. πυθόμενοι δὲ ταῦτα ὅ τε Πάρθος καὶ ὁ Μῆδος ἐκεῖνον μὲν μάτην εἴων πονεῖσθαι (τά τε γὰρ τείχη ἰσχυρὰ ἦν καὶ συχνοὶ ἀπʼ αὐτῶν ἠμύνοντὀ, τῷ δὲ δὴ Στατιανῷ ἀπροσδοκήτῳ τε ἐν τῇ πορείᾳ καὶ κεκμηκότι προσπεσόντες πάντας, πλὴν τοῦ Πολέμωνος τοῦ ἐν τῷ Πόντῳ βασιλεύοντος καὶ τότε συστρατεύοντος αὐτῷ, ἐφόνευσαν· τοῦτον γὰρ δὴ μόνον καὶ ἐζώγρησαν καὶ ἀπέλυσαν χρήματα λαβόντες. ἠδυνήθησαν δὲ ταῦτα πρᾶξαι, ὅτι ὁ μὲν Ἀρμένιος οὐ παρεγένετο τῇ μάχῃ, ἀλλὰ καὶ δυνηθεὶς ἄν, ὥς φασί τινες, ἐπικουρῆσαι τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις οὔτε τοῦτʼ ἐποίησεν οὔτε πρὸς τὸν Ἀντώνιον ἀφίκετο,
And he went as far as the Euphrates, thinking it was destitute of a garrison; when, however, he found that whole region carefully guarded, he turned aside from it, but undertook to make a campaign against Artavasdes, the king of the Medes, being persuaded thereto by the king of Greater Armenia, who had the same name and was an enemy of the other. Just as he was he at once advanced toward Armenia, 2 and learning there that the Mede had gone far away from his own land to bear aid to his ally, the Parthian king, he left behind the beasts of burden and a portion of the army with Oppius Statianus, giving orders for them to follow, while he himself, taking the cavalry and the strongest of the infantry, hurried on, confident that he would capture all the enemies' strongholds without a blow. He assailed Praaspa, the royal residence, and proceeded to heap up mounds and to make assaults. When the Parthian and the Mede ascertained this, they left him to continue his idle toil, — for the walls were strong and were well-manned by defenders, — 4 but assailed Statianus while off his guard and wearied from the march and slew his whole detachment, with the exception of Polemon, king of Pontus, who was then accompanying Statianus; him alone they took alive and released for a ransom. They were able to gain this success because the Armenian king, on the one hand, was not present at the battle, but, when he might have helped the Romans, as some say, neither did so nor joined Antony,
§ 49.26
ἀλλʼ ἐς τὴν οἰκείαν ἀνεχώρησεν, ὁ δʼ Ἀντώνιος ἠπείχθη μὲν πρὸς τὴν πρώτην πεμφθεῖσάν οἱ ὑπὸ τοῦ Στατιανοῦ ἀγγελίαν ὡς καὶ βοηθήσων αὐτῷ, ὑστέρησε δέ· ἔξω γὰρ τῶν νεκρῶν οὐδένα εὗρε. καὶ κατὰ μὲν τοῦτʼ ἐφοβήθη, ὅτι δὲ οὐδενὶ τῶν βαρβάρων ἐνέτυχεν, ὑπετόπησέ τε ἀπεληλυθέναι ποι αὐτοὺς ὑπὸ δέους καὶ ἀνεθάρσησε. κἀκ τούτου συμβαλών σφισιν οὐ πολλῷ ὕστερον τροπὴν μὲν αὐτῶν ἐποιήσατο· οἱ γὰρ σφενδονῆται πολλοί τε ὄντες καὶ μακροτέραν τῶν τόξων ἱέντες πάντα καὶ τὸν κατάφρακτον ἰσχυρῶς ἐλυμαίνοντο· οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἀξιόλογόν τι πλῆθος ἔφθειρεν· οἱ γὰρ βάρβαροι διὰ ταχέων ἵππευον. τοῖς τε οὖν Πραάσποις αὖθις προσέμιξε καὶ ἐκεῖνα ἐπολιόρκει, τοὺς μὲν πολεμίους μηδὲν μέγα λυπῶν (οἵ τε γὰρ ἔνδον ὄντες ἰσχυρῶς αὐτὸν ἀπεκρούοντο, καὶ οἱ ἔξωθεν οὐ ῥᾳδίως αὐτῷ συνέμισγονʼ, τῶν δὲ δὴ σφετέρων πολλοὺς μὲν ἐν τῇ τῶν ἐπιτηδείων καὶ ζητήσει καὶ ἐπαγωγῇ ἀποβάλλων, συχνοὺς δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς κολάζων. τὸ μὲν γὰρ πρῶτον, ἕως ἔτι αὐτόθεν ποθὲν τὴν τροφὴν ἐλάμβανον, ἐξήρκουν ἐς ἀμφότερα, ὥστε καὶ τὴν προσεδρείαν καὶ τὴν λῆψιν αὐτῆς ἀσφαλῆ ποιεῖσθαι· ἐπεὶ δὲ τά τε ἐγγὺς πάντα κατανάλωτο καὶ πόρρω ποι οἱ στρατιῶται προχωρεῖν ἠναγκάζοντο, συνέβαινεν αὐτοῖς, εἰ μὲν ὀλίγοι ποι πεμφθεῖεν, μὴ μόνον μηδὲν φέρειν ἀλλὰ καὶ προσαπόλλυσθαι, εἰ δὲ δὴ πλείους, ἔρημον τὸ τεῖχος τῶν πολιορκησόντων καταλείπειν, καὶ πολλοὺς μὲν ἄνδρας ἐν τούτῳ πολλὰς δὲ καὶ μηχανάς, ἐπεξιόντων σφίσι
but retired to his own country, although he hastened, at first message sent to him by Statianus, to go to his assistance, was nevertheless too late, for he found nothing but corpses. On this account he felt afraid, but inasmuch as he fell in with no barbarian, he suspected that they had gone off somewhere in alarm, and so regained his courage. 2 Hence, when he met them a little later, he routed them, for as his slingers were numerous and could shoot farther than the archers, they inflicted severe injury upon all, even upon the men in armour; yet he did not kill any considerable number of the enemy, because the barbarians could ride fast. So he proceeded again against Praaspa and besieged it, though he did no great injury to the enemy; for the men inside the walls repulsed him vigorously, and those outside would not readily join in battle with him. But he lost many of his own men in searching for and bringing in provisions, and many by his own discipline. 4 At first, so long as they could get their food from somewhere in the neighbourhood, they were sufficient for both undertakings, being able not only to carry on the siege but also to secure their supplies in safety. When, however, all the supplies at hand had been used up, it was their experience that if only a few men were sent anywhere, they would not only fail to bring any provisions, but would perish as well, whereas if many were sent, they would be leaving the wall destitute of besiegers and meantime would lose many men and many engines at the hands of the barbarians, who would make a sortie against them.
§ 49.27
τῶν βαρβάρων, ἀποβάλλειν. καὶ διὰ ταῦτα ὁ Ἀντώνιος καὶ κριθὴν πᾶσιν αὐτοῖς ἀντὶ τοῦ σίτου ἔδωκε καὶ ἐδεκάτευσέ τινας, τό τε σύμπαν πολιορκεῖν δοκῶν τὰ τῶν πολιορκουμένων ἔπασχεν· οἵ τε γὰρ ἐν τῷ τείχει τοὺς καιροὺς τῶν ἐπεκδρομῶν ἀκριβῶς ἐτήρουν, καὶ οἱ ἔξω τοῖς τε κατὰ χώραν μένουσιν αὐτῶν, ὁπότε δίχα γένοιντο, δεινῶς, καὶ προσελαύνοντες ἐξαπίνης καὶ ὑποστρέφοντες διʼ ὀλίγου, ἐνέκειντο, καὶ τοῖς σιταγωγοῦσιν ἐπὶ μὲν τὰς κώμας ἀπιοῦσιν οὐκ ἠνώχλουν, σκεδαννυμένοις δὲ δὴ καὶ ἀνακομιζομένοις προσέπιπτον ἀνέλπιστοι. προσκαθημένου δʼ οὖν καὶ ὣς αὐτοῦ τῇ πόλει, δείσας ὁ Φραάτης μὴ καὶ κακόν τι αὐτὴν ἐν τῷ χρόνῳ, ἤτοι καθʼ ἑαυτὸν τρόπον τινὰ ἢ καὶ συμμαχίαν ποθὲν προσλαβών, ἐργάσηται, ἔπεισεν αὐτόν, ὑποπέμψας τινάς, ἐπικηρυκεύσασθαί οἱ ὡς καὶ ῥᾷστα τῶν σπονδῶν τευξόμενον. κἀκ τούτου τοῖς τε πεμφθεῖσιν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἐχρημάτισεν ἐπί τε χρυσοῦ δίφρου καθήμενος καὶ τὴν νευρὰν τοῦ τόξου ψάλλων, καὶ καταδραμὼν αὐτοὺς πολλὰ τέλος τὴν εἰρήνην, ἄν γε παραχρῆμα ἀποστρατοπεδεύσωνται, δώσειν ὑπέσχετο. ἀκούσας οὖν τοῦτο ὁ Ἀντώνιος, καὶ φοβηθείς τε ἅμα τὴν μεγαλαυχίαν αὐτοῦ, καὶ πιστεύσας ὅτι, ἄν που μεταστῇ, σπείσεται, ἀπανέστη, μηδὲν τῶν ἐς τὴν πολιορκίαν παρεσκευασμένων ὡς καὶ ἐν φιλίᾳ φθείρας.
For this reason Antony gave all his men barley instead of wheat and destroyed every tenth man in some instances; and, in short, although he was supposed to be the besieger, he was enduring the hardships of the besieged. 2 For the men within the walls kept a close watch for opportunities to make sallies; and those outside not only grievously beset the Romans who remained about the city, as often as they became separated, accomplishing this by making a sudden charge and wheeling about again in a short time, but also in the case of those who foraged for provisions, while they did not trouble them on their way out to the villages, yet they would fall upon them unexpectedly when scattered on their way back to camp. But Antony even under these conditions maintained his place before the city, Phraates, fearing that in the long run he might do it some harm either by himself somehow or else by securing an alliance in some quarter, secretly sent some agents and persuaded him to open negotiations with him, intimating that he could have peace on very easy terms. 4 After this, when men were sent to him by Antony, he held a conference with them seated upon a golden chair and twanging his bowstring; he first inveighed against them at length, but finally promised that he would grant peace, if they would straightway remove their camp. On hearing this Antony was both alarmed at the king's haughtiness and ready to believe that a truce could be secured if he himself should shift his position; hence he withdrew without destroying any of his implements of siege, just as if he were in friendly territory.
§ 49.28
ποιήσαντος δὲ αὐτοῦ τοῦτο καὶ τὰς σπονδὰς προσδεχομένου, οἵ τε Μῆδοι καὶ τὰ μηχανήματα κατέκαυσαν καὶ τὰ χώματα διεσκέδασαν, καὶ οἱ Πάρθοι λόγον μὲν οὐδένα ὑπὲρ τῆς εἰρήνης αὐτῷ ἔπεμψαν, προσπεσόντες δὲ αἰφνίδιοι πολλὰ καὶ δεινὰ εἰργάσαντο. ὡς οὖν ἔμαθεν ὅτι ἠπάτηται, πρεσβεύσασθαι μὲν οὐκέτʼ ἐτόλμησεν (οὔτε γὰρ ἐπὶ μετρίοις τισὶ καταλύσεσθαι προσεδόκησε, καὶ τοὺς στρατιώτας ἐς ἀθυμίαν ἐκ τῆς τῶν σπονδῶν διαμαρτίας ἐμβαλεῖν οὐκ ἠθέλησενʼ, ἐπειχθῆναι δέ, ἐπειδήπερ ἅπαξ ἐξανειστήκει, ἐς τὴν Ἀρμενίαν ἔγνω. καὶ ἑτέραν τινὰ ὁδὸν (ἣν γὰρ ἦλθον, ἀποκεκλεῖσθαί σφισι παντελῶς ἐνόμιζονʼ ἰόντες πολλὰ καὶ ἄτοπα ἔπαθον. ἔς τε γὰρ χωρία ἄγνωστα ἐσπίπτοντες ἐσφάλλοντο, καὶ προσέτι καὶ οἱ βάρβαροι τὰ στενόπορα αὐτῶν προκαταλαμβάνοντες τὰ μὲν ἀπέσκαπτον τὰ δὲ ἀπεσταύρουν, τήν τε ὑδρείαν πανταχοῦ ἐδυσχέραινον καὶ τὰς νομὰς ἐξέτριβον· καὶ εἴγε που κατὰ τύχην διʼ ἐπιτηδειοτέρων τινῶν τόπων χωρήσειν ἔμελλον, ἐκείνων μέν σφας ὡς καὶ προκατειλημμένων ψευδαγγελίαις ἀπέτρεπον, ἑτέρας δʼ ὁδοὺς προλελοχισμένας ἰέναι ἐποίουν, ὥστε πολλοὶ μὲν ἐν τῷ
When Antony had done this and was awaiting the truce, the Medes burned his engines and scattered his mounds, and the Parthians made no proposition to him respecting peace, but suddenly attacked him and inflicted very serious injuries upon him. 2 Learning, therefore, that he had been deceived, he did not venture to send any more envoys, as he did not expect that the barbarians would make peace on any reasonable terms and moreover did not wish to cast the soldiers into dejection by failing to arrange a truce, but he resolved, since he had once set out, to hurry on into Armenia. His troops took another road, since they believed the one by which they had come had been completely closed to them, and on the way they met with many extraordinary adventures. Thus, they came into unknown regions where they lost their way, and furthermore the barbarians seized the passes in advance of their approach, blocking them with trenches or palisades, rendered the securing of water difficult everywhere, and destroyed the pasturage; 4 and in case they ever by good luck were on the point of marching through more favourable regions, the enemy would turn them aside from such placed by false announcements that they had been occupied beforehand, and caused them to take different roads along which ambuscades had been previously posted, so that many perished in this way and many of hunger.
§ 49.29
τοιούτῳ πολλοὶ δὲ καὶ ὑπὸ λιμοῦ ἐφθείροντο. καὶ ἐκ τούτου καὶ αὐτομολία τις ἐγένετο. κἂν πάντες μετέστησαν, εἰ μήπερ οἱ βάρβαροι τοὺς τολμήσαντας αὐτὸ ποιῆσαι ἐν τοῖς τῶν ἄλλων ὀφθαλμοῖς κατετόξευσαν. τούτου τε οὖν ἐπέσχον, καί τι καὶ τοιόνδε παρὰ τῆς τύχης εὕροντο. ἐσπεσόντες ποτὲ ἐς ἐνέδραν καὶ πυκνοῖς τοξεύμασι βαλλόμενοι τήν τε χελώνην ἐξαπιναίως συνασπίσαντες ἐποίησαν καὶ τὰ γόνατά σφων τὰ ἀριστερὰ πρὸς τὴν γῆν ἤρεισαν. νομίσαντες οὖν αὐτοὺς οἱ βάρβαροι (οὐ γάρ πω τοιοῦτόν τι ἑωράκεσανʼ καταπεπτωκέναι τε ὑπὸ τῶν τραυμάτων καὶ μιᾶς ἐπικοπῆς εἶναι, τὰ μὲν τόξα ἀπέρριψαν καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἵππων ἀπεπήδησαν, τοὺς δʼ ἀκινάκας σπασάμενοι ἐγγύς σφισιν ὡς καὶ ἐπισφάξοντες αὐτοὺς προσῆλθον. κἀν τούτῳ ἐξαναστάντες οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι πᾶσάν τε ἀπὸ παραγγέλσεως τὴν φάλαγγα ἅμα ἀνέπτυξαν, καὶ τοῖς πλησίοις ἀντιπρόσωποι ὡς ἕκαστοι προσπεσόντες παμπληθεῖς, οἷα γυμνοὺς ὡπλισμένοι, ἀπροσδοκήτους παρεσκευασμένοι, τοξότας ὁπλῖται, βαρβάρους Ῥωμαῖοι, κατέκοψαν, ὥστε τοὺς λοιποὺς πάντας παραχρῆμα ἀποχωρῆσαι καὶ μηκέτι μηδένʼ αὐτοῖς ἐπακολουθῆσαι.
As a result there were some desertions, and they would all have gone over to the enemy, had not the barbarians shot down before the eyes of the others any who had ventured to take this course. 2 Consequently the men refrained from this, and by good fortune hit upon the following idea. One day, when they fell into an ambush and were being struck by dense showers of arrows, they suddenly formed the testudo by joining their shields, and rested their left knees on the ground. The barbarians, who had never seen anything of the kind before, thought that they had fallen from their wounds and needed only one finishing blow; so they threw aside their bows, leaped from their horses, and drawing their daggers, came up close to put an end to them. 4 At this the Romans sprang to their feet, extended their battle-line at the word of command, and confronting the foe face to face, fell upon them, each one upon the man nearest him, and cut down great numbers, since they were contending in full armour against unprotected men, men prepared against men off their guard, heavy infantry against archers, Romans against barbarians. All the survivors immediately retired and no one followed them thereafter.
§ 49.30
ἡ δὲ δὴ χελώνη αὕτη τοιάδε τίς ἐστι καὶ τόνδε τὸν τρόπον γίγνεται. τὰ μὲν σκευοφόρα καὶ οἱ ψιλοὶ οἵ τε ἱππῆς ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ στρατεύματος τετάχαται· τῶν δʼ ὁπλιτῶν οἱ μὲν ταῖς προμηκέσιν ἀσπίσι ταῖς κοίλαις ταῖς σωληνοειδέσι χρώμενοι περί τε τὰ ἔσχατα ὥσπερ ἐν πλινθίῳ τινὶ τάσσονται, καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους, ἔξω τε βλέποντες καὶ τὰ ὅπλα προβεβλημένοι, περιέχουσιν· οἱ δʼ ἕτεροι οἱ τὰς πλατείας ἀσπίδας ἔχοντες ἔν τε τῷ μέσῳ συσπειρῶνται καὶ ἐκείνας καὶ ὑπὲρ ἑαυτῶν καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων ὑπεραίρουσιν, ὥστε μήτʼ ἄλλο τι πλὴν ἀσπίδων διὰ πάσης ὁμοίως τῆς φάλαγγος ὁρᾶσθαι, καὶ ἐν σκέπῃ τῶν βελῶν πάντας αὐτοὺς ὑπὸ τῆς πυκνότητος τῆς συντάξεως γίγνεσθαι. οὕτω γάρ τοι δεινῶς ἰσχυρίζεται ὥστε καὶ βαδίζειν τινὰς ἐπάνωθεν αὐτῆς, καὶ προσέτι καὶ ἵππους καὶ ὀχήματα, ὁσάκις ἂν ἐν κοίλῳ τινὶ καὶ στενῷ χωρίῳ γένωνται, ἐνελαύνεσθαι. τοιοῦτον μὲν δὴ τὸ σχῆμα τῆς τάξεως ταύτης ἐστί, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ τὴν τῆς χελώνης ἐπίκλησιν, πρός τε τὸ ἰσχυρὸν καὶ πρὸς τὸ εὐσκέπαστον αὐτῆς, εἴληφε. χρῶνται δὲ αὐτῇ διχῇ· ἢ γὰρ πρὸς φρούριόν τι προσμίσγοντες προσπορεύονται, καὶ πολλάκις καὶ ἐπʼ αὐτὸ τὸ τεῖχος ἀναβιβάζουσί τινας, ἢ ὑπὸ τοξοτῶν ποτε περιστοιχισθέντες κυπτάζουσι πάντες ἅμα (καὶ γὰρ καὶ οἱ ἵπποι ὀκλάζειν καὶ κατακλίνεσθαι διδάσκονταἰ, κἀν τούτῳ δόκησίν σφισιν ὡς καὶ κεκμηκότες παρασχόντες ἐξεγείρονταί τε πελασάντων αὐτῶν ἐξαίφνης, καὶ ἐς ἔκπληξίν σφας καθιστᾶσιν.
This testudo and the way in which it is formed are as follows. The baggage animals, the light-armed troops, and the cavalry are placed in the centre of the army. The heavy-armed troops who use the oblong, curved, and cylindrical shields are drawn up around the outside, making a rectangular figure; and, facing outward and holding their arms at the ready, they enclose the rest. 2 The others, who have flat shields, form a compact body in the centre and raise their shields over the heads of all the others, so that nothing but shields can be seen in every part of the phalanx alike and all the men by the density of the formation are under shelter from missiles. Indeed, it is so marvellously strong that men can walk upon it, and whenever they come to a narrow ravine, even horses and vehicles can be driven over it. Such is the plan of this formation, and for this reason it has received the name testudo, with reference both to its strength and to the excellent shelter it affords. 4 They use it in two ways: either they approach some fort to assault it, often even enabling men to scale the very walls, or sometimes, when they are surrounded by archers, they all crouch together — even the horses being taught to kneel or lie down — and thereby cause the foe to think that they are exhausted; then, when the enemy draws near, they suddenly rise and throw them into consternation.
§ 49.31
ἡ μὲν οὖν χελώνη αὕτη τοιουτότροπός ἐστιν, Ἀντώνιος δὲ ὑπὸ μὲν τῶν πολεμίων οὐκέτʼ οὐδὲν δεινὸν ἔπαθεν, ὑπὸ δὲ δὴ τοῦ ψύχους ἰσχυρῶς ἐταλαιπώρησεν· χειμών τε γὰρ ἤδη ἦν, καὶ ἡ Ἀρμενία ἡ ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσι, διʼ ὧνπερ καὶ μόνων ἀγαπητῶς ἐπορεύθη, κρυσταλλώδης ἀεί ποτέ ἐστι. τά τε τραύματα, ἃ πολλὰ εἶχον, ἐνταῦθα δὴ καὶ μάλιστα αὐτοῖς συνεπέθετο. ὅθενπερ συχνῶν μὲν ἀπολλυμένων συχνῶν δὲ καὶ ἀπομάχων γιγνομένων, οὐκ ἤνεγκε τὴν καθʼ ἕκαστον αὐτῶν πύστιν, ἀλλὰ ἀπηγόρευσε μηδὲν τοιοῦτο μηδένα οἱ ἀγγέλλειν. καὶ τόν τε Ἀρμένιον, καίτοι ἐν ὀργῇ τε ὅτι ἐγκατέλιπέ σφας ἔχων καὶ τιμωρήσασθαι ἐπιθυμῶν, καὶ ὑπῆλθε καὶ ἐθεράπευσεν, ἵνα τά τε ἐπιτήδεια καὶ χρήματα παρʼ αὐτοῦ λάβῃ· καὶ τέλος, ὡς οὔτʼ ἀρκέσαι πρὸς πλείω πορείαν οἱ στρατιῶται, καὶ ταῦτʼ ἐν χειμῶνι, ἐδύναντο, καὶ ἅμα καὶ μάτην ταλαιπωρήσειν ἔμελλον (ὑποστρέψαι γὰρ ἐς τὴν Ἀρμενίαν οὐκ ἐς μακρὰν ἐνενόεἰ, πολλὰ μὲν ἐθώπευσεν αὐτόν, πολλὰ δὲ καὶ καθυπέσχετο αὐτῷ, ὅπως σφίσι χειμάσαι κατὰ χώραν ἐπιτρέψῃ, λέγων ὅτι τῷ ἦρι ἐπὶ τοὺς Πάρθους αὖθις ἐπιστρατεύσει. καί οἱ καὶ παρὰ τῆς Κλεοπάτρας χρήματα ἦλθεν, ὥστε τοῖς τε ὁπλίταις καθʼ ἑκατὸν δραχμὰς καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις τὸ ἱκνούμενον δοθῆναι. ἐπειδή τε οὐκ ἐξήρκεσέ σφισι τὰ πεμφθέντα, προσεπέδωκε τοῖ; λοιποῖς οἴκοθεν, τὸ μὲν ἀνάλωμα ἑαυτοῦ τὴν δὲ δὴ τῆς χάριτος δόξαν τῆς Κλεοπάτρας ποιούμενος· πολλὰ μὲν γὰρ καὶ τοὺς φίλους ἠράνισε, πολλὰ δὲ καὶ παρὰ τῶν συμμάχων ἠργυρολόγησε.
The testudo, then, is the kind of device just described. As for Antony, he suffered no further harm from the enemy, but underwent severe hardships by reason of the cold; for it was now winter, and the mountainous districts of Armenia, through which the only route led, — and he was glad enough to take it, — are never free from ice. His soldiers' wounds, which were many, there caused them the greatest distress. 2 So many kept perishing and so many were rendered unfit for fighting that he would not allow reports of each individual case, but forbade any one to bring him any such news. And although he was angry with the Armenian king for leaving them in the lurch and eager to take vengeance on him, he nevertheless flattered and paid court to him for the purpose of obtaining provisions and money from him; and finally, since his soldiers had not the strength to hold out for a longer march, and it was mid-winter too, and at the same time it was likely that their hardships would go for nothing, — for it was his intention to return to Armenia before a great while, — he fawned upon the king assiduously and made him many attractive promises, to get him to allow the men to winter where they were, claiming that in the spring he would make another campaign against the Parthians. 4 Money also came to him from Cleopatra, so that to each of the infantrymen four hundred sesterces were given and to the rest a proportionate allowance. But inasmuch as the amount sent was not enough for them, he paid the remainder from his own funds, taking the expense upon himself and giving Cleopatra the credit for the favour; for he solicited large contributions from his friends and also levied large amounts upon the allies.
§ 49.32
καὶ ὁ μὲν ταῦτα πράξας ἐς τὴν Αἴγυπτον ἀπῆρεν, οἱ δὲ δὴ οἴκοι Ῥωμαῖοι ἠγνόουν μὲν οὐδὲν τῶν γεγονότων, οὐχ ὅτι τἀληθὲς ἐκεῖνος ἐπέστειλέ σφισι (πάντα γὰρ δὴ τὰ δυσχερῆ συνέκρυπτε, καὶ ἔστιν ἅ γε αὐτῶν καὶ ἐς τὸ ἐναντιώτατον, ὡς καὶ εὐπραγῶν, ἔγραφενʼ, ἀλλʼ ὅτι ἥ τε φήμη τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐσήγγελλε, καὶ ὁ Καῖσαρ οἵ τε ἄλλοι οἱ συνόντες αὐτῷ καὶ ἐπολυπραγμόνουν ἀκριβῶς αὐτὰ καὶ διεθρύλουν, οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἐν τῷ κοινῷ διήλεγχον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐβουθύτουν καὶ ἑώρταζον· τοῦ γὰρ Καίσαρος πρὸς τὸν Σέξτον ἔτι καὶ τότε προσπταίοντος οὔτε εὐπρεπὴς οὔτε ἐπίκαιρος ὁ ἔλεγχος αὐτῶν γίγνεσθαι ἐδύνατο. ὁ δʼ οὖν Ἀντώνιος ταῦτά τε οὕτως ἔπραξε, καὶ δυναστείας Ἀμύντᾳ μὲν Γαλατίας, καίπερ γραμματεῖ τοῦ Δηιοτάρου γενομένῳ, ἔδωκε, καὶ Λυκαονίας Παμφυλίας τέ τινα αὐτῷ προσθείς, Ἀρχελάῳ δὲ Καππαδοκίας, ἐκβαλὼν τὸν Ἀριαράθην. ὁ δʼ Ἀρχέλαος οὗτος πρὸς μὲν πατρὸς ἐκ τῶν Ἀρχελάων ἐκείνων τῶν τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις ἀντιπολεμησάντων ἦν, ἐκ δὲ μητρὸς ἑταίρας Γλαφύρας ἐγεγέννητο. οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ μὲν τούτοις ἧττόν πως ὁ Ἀντώνιος (ἐν γὰρ τοῖς ἀλλοτρίοις ἐμεγαλοφρονεῖτὀ κακῶς παρὰ τοῖς πολίταις ἤκουεν· ἐπὶ δὲ δὴ τῇ Κλεοπάτρᾳ μεγάλως διεβλήθη, ὅτι τε παῖδας ἐξ αὐτῆς, πρεσβυτέρους μὲν Ἀλέξανδρον καὶ Κλεοπάτραν (καὶ δίδυμοι γὰρ ἐτέχθησανʼ νεώτερον δὲ Πτολεμαῖον τὸν καὶ Φιλάδελφον ἐπικληθέντα, ἀνείλετο, καὶ ὅτι πολλὰ μὲν τῆς Ἀραβίας τῆς τε Μάλχου καὶ τῆς τῶν Ἰτυραίων (τὸν γὰρ Λυσανίαν, ὃν αὐτὸς βασιλέα σφῶν ἐπεποιήκει, ἀπέκτεινεν ὡς τὰ τοῦ Πακόρου πράξαντἀ, πολλὰ δὲ καὶ τῆς Φοινίκης τῆς τε Παλαιστίνης, Κρήτης τέ τινα καὶ Κυρήνην τήν τε Κύπρον αὐτοῖς ἐχαρίσατο.
After accomplishing this he departed for Egypt. The Romans at home were not ignorant of anything that had taken place, not because he told them the truth in his dispatches (for he concealed all his reverses and in fact described some of them as just the opposite, making it appear that he was meeting with success), 2 but because rumour reported the truth and Caesar and those with him investigated it carefully and discussed it. They did not, however, yet expose the situation to the public, but instead offered sacrifices and held festivals; for since Caesar at that time was still getting the worst of it against Sextus, the exposure of the facts would not, if made, be either fitting or opportune. Antony, in addition to making the arrangements mentioned above, assigned principalities, giving Galatia to Amyntas, though he had been only the secretary of Deiotarus, and also adding to his domain Lycaonia with portions of Pamphylia, and bestowing upon Archelaus Cappadocia, after driving out Ariarathes. This Archelaus belonged on his father's side to those Archelauses who had contended against the Romans, but on his mother's side was the son of Glaphyra, an hetaera. 4 However, Antony was not so severely criticised by the citizens for these matters, — I mean his arrogance in dealing with the property of others; but in the matter of Cleopatra he was greatly censured because he had acknowledged as his own some of her children — the elder ones being Alexandra and Cleopatra, twins at a birth, and the younger one Ptolemy, called also Philadelphus, — and because he had presented them with extensive portions of Arabia, in the districts both of Malchus and of the Ituraeans (for he executed Lysanias, whom he himself had made king over them, on the charge that he had favoured Pacorus), and also extensive portions of Phoenicia and Palestine, parts of Crete, and Cyrene and Cyprus as well.
§ 49.33
τότε μὲν ταῦτʼ ἔπραξε, τῷ δὲ ἐχομένῳ ἔτει, ἐν ᾧ ὅ τε Πομπήιος καὶ ὁ Κὁ??ʼνουφίκιος ὑπάτευσαν, στρατεῦσαι ἐπὶ τὸν Ἀρμένιον ἐπεχείρησεν, ἐλπίδα τοῦ Μήδου οὐκ ἐλαχίστην ἔχων, ὅτι πρός τε τὸν Φραάτην ἀγανακτήσας ἐπὶ τῷ μήτε τῶν λαφύρων πολλὰ παρʼ αὐτοῦ μήτʼ ἄλλην τινὰ τιμὴν λαβεῖν, καὶ τὸν Ἀρμένιον τιμωρήσασθαι τῆς τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἐπαγωγῆς ἐθελήσας, τὸν Πολέμωνα αὐτῷ προσέπεμψε καὶ φιλίαν καὶ συμμαχίαν αἰτῶν. οὕτω γάρ που ὑπερήσθη τῷ πράγματι ὥστε καὶ ἐκείνῳ σπείσασθαι καὶ τῷ Πολέμωνι μισθὸν τῆς κηρυκείας τὴν μικροτέραν Ἀρμενίαν μετὰ ταῦτα δοῦναι. τὸν δʼ οὖν Ἀρμένιον πρότερον μὲν ἐς τὴν Αἴγυπτον ὡς καὶ φίλον, ὅπως ἐνταῦθα αὐτὸν ἀπόνως περιλαβὼν κατεργάσηται, μετεπέμψατο· ἐπεὶ δʼ ὑποτοπήσας τοῦτʼ οὐχ ὑπήκουσεν, ἕτερόν τινα τρόπον ἐξαπατῆσαι ἐπεβούλευσε. φανερῶς μὲν γὰρ οὐκ ὠργίζετο αὐτῷ, μὴ καὶ πολεμωθείη· ὡς δʼ ἐπὶ τοὺς Πάρθους καὶ τότε στρατεύσων, ἵνα ἀπαράσκευον αὐτὸν εὕρῃ, ἦρε μὲν ἐκ τῆς Αἰγύπτου, μαθὼν δὲ καθʼ ὁδὸν τὴν Ὀκταουίαν ἀπὸ τῆς Ῥώμης ἀφικνεῖσθαι, οὐκέτι περαιτέρω προεχώρησεν ἀλλὰ ἀνεκομίσθη, καίτοι καὶ παραυτίκα οἴκαδε αὐτῇ ἐπανελθεῖν κελεύσας, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο τὰ δῶρα τὰ πεμφθέντα παρʼ αὐτῆς, τά τε ἄλλα καὶ τοὺς στρατιώτας οὓς παρὰ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ ἐπʼ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ᾐτήκει, λαβών. καὶ ὁ μὲν ἔτι καὶ μᾶλλον τῷ τε ἔρωτι καὶ τῇ
These were his acts at that time; the following year, when Pompeius and Cornificius were consuls, he undertook to conduct a campaign against the Armenian. For this he placed no small hope in the Mede, who in his anger against Phraates because he had not received from him many of the spoils or any other honour and in his eagerness to punish the Armenian for bringing in the Romans had sent Polemon to him requesting his friendship and alliance. 2 Antony was apparently so exceedingly delighted over the affair that he both made terms with the Mede and later gave Polemon Lesser Armenia as a reward for his mission. First, then, he summoned the Armenian to Egypt as a friend, in order that he might seize him there without effort and make away with him; but when the king suspected this and did not respond to the summons, he plotted to deceive him in another fashion. He did not openly become angry with him, lest he should alienate him, but in order that he might find him unprepared, he set out from Egypt as if to make another campaign against the Parthians at this time. Learning on the way, however, that Octavia was coming from that, he went no farther, but returned, 4 in spite of the fact that he had then and there ordered her to go home and had later accepted the gifts which she sent, including the soldiers which she had begged from her brother for this very purpose.
§ 49.34
γοητείᾳ τῇ τῆς Κλεοπάτρας ἐδούλευε· Καῖσαρ δὲ ἐν τούτῳ, ἐπειδὴ ὅ τε Σέξτος ἀπωλώλει καὶ τὰ ἐν τῇ Λιβύῃ καταστάσεως ἐδεῖτο, ἦλθε μὲν ἐς τὴν Σικελίαν ὡς καὶ ἐκεῖσε πλευσούμενος, ἐγχρονίσας δὲ ἐνταῦθα ὑπὸ τοῦ χειμῶνος οὐκέτʼ ἐπεραιώθη. οἵ τε γὰρ Σάλασσοι καὶ οἱ Ταυρίσκοι Λιβυρνοί τε καὶ Ἰάπυδες οὐδὲν μὲν οὐδὲ ἐκ τοῦ πρὶν μέτριον ἐς τοὺς Ῥωμαίους ἔπρασσον, ἀλλὰ τήν τε συντέλειαν τῶν φόρων ἐξέλιπον καὶ ἐσβάλλοντες ἔστιν ὅτε ἐς τὰ ὁμοροῦντά σφισιν ἐκακούργουν· τότε δὲ φανερῶς πρὸς τὴν ἀπουσίαν αὐτοῦ ἐπανέστησαν. διʼ οὖν τοῦτʼ ἀναστρέψας τά τε ἄλλα ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς παρεσκευάσατο, καὶ ἐπειδή τινες τῶν ἀφεθέντων ὅτε ἐστασίασαν καὶ μηδὲν λαβόντων στρατεύσασθαι αὖθις ἠθέλησαν, ἐς ἕν σφας στρατόπεδον κατεχώρισεν, ἵνʼ ἰδίᾳ καὶ καθʼ ἑαυτοὺς ὄντες μήτε προσδιαφθείρωσί τινα, κἂν ἄρα νεωτερίσαι τι βουληθῶσιν, ἔκδηλοι παραχρῆμα γένωνται. ὡς δʼ οὐδὲν μᾶλλον ἐσωφρονίσθησαν, ὀλίγους ἐξ αὐτῶν τοὺς πρεσβυτάτους ἐς Γαλατίαν κληρουχήσοντας ἔπεμψε, νομίσας καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἐκ τούτου καὶ ἐπελπίσειν καὶ καταστήσειν. ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ ὣς ἐθρασύνοντο, δίκῃ τινὰς αὐτῶν ἔδωκε. παροξυνθέντων τε ἐπὶ τούτῳ τῶν λοιπῶν συνεκάλεσέ τε αὐτοὺς ὡς καὶ ἐπʼ ἄλλο τι, καὶ περισχὼν τῷ στρατῷ τά τε ὅπλα ἀφείλετο καὶ τῆς στρατείας ἔπαυσε. καὶ οὕτω τήν τε ἑαυτῶν ἀσθένειαν ἅμα καὶ τὸ τοῦ Καίσαρος φρόνημα μαθόντες ἀληθῶς τε μετεβάλοντο, καὶ πολλὰ αὐτὸν ἱκετεύσαντες ἀνεστρατεύσαντο. ὁ γὰρ Καῖσαρ στρατιωτῶν τε δεόμενος, καὶ φοβηθεὶς μὴ καὶ ὁ Ἀντώνιος αὐτοὺς σφετερίσηται, συγγιγνώσκειν τέ σφισιν ἔφη καὶ χρησιμωτάτους πρὸς πάντα αὐτοὺς ἔσχε.
As for Antony, he became more than ever a slave to the passion and the witchery of Cleopatra. Caesar in the meantime, now that Sextus had perished and affairs in Africa required settlement, went to Sicily as if intending to sail thither, but after delaying there for some time because of the bad weather, he gave up his plan of crossing; 2 for the Salassi, Taurisci, Liburni, and Iapydes, who even before this had been behaving in no decent manner toward the Romans, not only having failed to contribute their assessments of tribute but also having more than once invaded and ravaged the neighbouring districts, openly revolted at this time, in view of his absence. Consequently he turned back and began various preparations against them. When some of the soldiers who had been discharged when they mutinied, and had received nothing, wished to serve again, he placed them apart in a single legion, in order that being separate and by themselves they might find it impossible to corrupt any one else, and that in case they should wish to begin any rebellion, they might be detected at once. 4 But when they proved no better disciplined than before, he sent out a few of the oldest of them to become colonists in Gaul, thinking that thus he would inspire the rest with hopes and quiet them. And since even then they continued their insubordination, he called them together as if for some other purpose, made the rest of the army surrounded them, took away their arms, and removed them from the service. In this way they learned both their own weakness and the strength of Caesar's resolution, and so they really experienced a change of heart and after urgent supplications were allowed to enter the service anew. For Caesar, being in need of soldiers and fearing that Antony would appropriate them, said that he pardoned them, and he found them most useful for all tasks.
§ 49.35
τοῦτο μὲν ὕστερον ἐγένετο, τότε δὲ τοὺς μὲν ἄλλους ἑτέροις τισὶ καταστρέψασθαι προσέταξεν, αὐτὸς δὲ ἐπὶ τοὺς Ἰάπυδας ἐστράτευσε. καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἐντὸς τῶν ὀρῶν, οὐ πάνυ πόρρω τῆς θαλάσσης οἰκοῦντας, ἀπονώτερον προσηγάγετο, τοὺς δὲ ἐπί τε τῶν ἄκρων καὶ ἐς τὰ ἐπὶ θάτερα αὐτῶν οὐκ ἀταλαιπώρως ἐχειρώσατο. τὸ γὰρ Μέτουλον, τὴν μεγίστην σφῶν πόλιν, κρατυνάμενοι πολλὰς μὲν προσβολὰς τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἀπεκρούσαντο, πολλὰ δὲ μηχανήματα κατέφλεξαν, αὐτόν τε ἐκεῖνον ἀπὸ πύργου τινὸς ξυλίνου ἐπιβῆναι τοῦ περιβόλου πειρώμενον κατέστρωσαν. καὶ τέλος, ὡς οὐδὲν μᾶλλον ἀπανίστατο ἀλλὰ καὶ δυνάμεις προσμετεπέμπετο, συμβῆναί τε βούλεσθαι ἐπλάσαντο, καὶ φρουροὺς ἐς τὴν ἄκραν ἐσδεξάμενοι ἐκείνους τε τῆς νυκτὸς ἅπαντας ἔφθειραν καὶ τὰς οἰκίας ἐνέπρησαν, καὶ οἱ μὲν ἑαυτοὺς οἱ δὲ καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας τά τε παιδία προσαπέκτειναν, ὥστε μηδʼ ὁτιοῦν ἀπʼ αὐτῶν τῷ Καίσαρι περιγενέσθαι. οὐ γὰρ ὅτι ἐκεῖνοι, ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ ζωγρηθέντες σφῶν ἑκούσιοι οὐ πολλῷ ὕστερον ἐφθάρησαν.
But this happened later. At that time he himself led the campaign against the Iapydes, assigning the rest of the tribes to others to subdue. Those that were on the nearer side of the mountains, dwelling not very far from the sea, he reduced with comparatively little trouble, but he overcame those on the heights and on the farther side of them with no small hardship. 2 For they fortified Metulum, the largest of their cities, and repulsed many assaults of the Romans, burned up many siege-engines, and laid low Caesar himself as he was trying to step from a wooden tower upon the wall. Finally, when he still did not desist, but kept sending for additional forces, they pretended they wished to make terms and so received a garrison into their citadel; 4 then by night they destroyed all these men and set fire to their own houses, some killing themselves and some their wives and children besides, so that nothing whatever remained of this force to Caesar. For not only they but also such as were captured alive destroyed themselves voluntarily shortly afterward.
§ 49.36
ἐπεὶ δʼ οὖν οὗτοί τε ἀπωλώλεσαν καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι κατεστράφατο μηδὲν ἀξιόλογον πράξαντες, ἐπὶ Παννονίους ἐπεστράτευσεν, ἔγκλημα μὲν οὐδὲν αὐτοῖς ἐπιφέρων (οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδʼ ἠδίκητό τι ὑπʼ αὐτῶνʼ, ἵνα δὲ δὴ τοὺς στρατιώτας ἀσκῇ τε ἅμα καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων τρέφῃ, πᾶν τὸ τῷ κρείττονι τοῖς ὅπλοις ἀρέσκον δίκαιον ἐς τοὺς ἀσθενεστέρους ποιούμενος. οἱ δὲ δὴ Παννόνιοι νέμονται μὲν πρὸς τῇ Δελματίᾳ, παρʼ αὐτὸν τὸν Ἴστρον, ἀπὸ Νωρικοῦ μέχρι τῆς Μυσίας τῆς ἐν τῇ Εὐρώπῃ, κακοβιώτατοι δὲ ἀνθρώπων ὄντες (οὔτε γὰρ γῆς οὔτε ἀέρων εὖ ἥκουσιν· οὐκ ἔλαιον, οὐκ οἶνον, πλὴν ἐλαχίστου καὶ τούτου κακίστου, γεωργοῦσιν, ἅτε ἐν χειμῶνι πικροτάτῳ τὸ πλεῖστον διαιτώμενοι, ἀλλὰ τάς τε κριθὰς καὶ τοὺς κέγχρους καὶ ἐσθίουσιν ὁμοίως καὶ πίνουσινʼ ἀνδρειότατοι δʼ οὖν διὰ πάντων ὧν ἴσμεν νομίζονται· θυμικώτατοι γὰρ καὶ φονικώτατοι, οἷα μηδὲν ἄξιον τοῦ καλῶς ζῆν ἔχοντες, εἰσί. ταῦτα δὲ οὐκ ἀκούσας οὐδʼ ἀναγνοὺς μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἔργῳ μαθὼν ὥστε καὶ ἄρξας αὐτῶν, οἶδα· μετὰ γάρ τοι τὴν ἐν τῇ Ἀφρικῇ ἡγεμονίαν τῇ τε Δελματίᾳ, ἧς ποτε καὶ ὁ πατήρ μου χρόνον τινὰ ἦρξε, καὶ τῇ Παννονίᾳ τῇ ἄνω καλουμένῃ προσετάχθην, ὅθεν ἀκριβῶς πάντα τὰ κατʼ αὐτοὺς εἰδὼς γράφω. ὀνομάζονται δὲ οὕτως ὅτι τοὺς χιτῶνας τοὺς χειριδωτοὺς ἐξ ἱματίων τινῶν ἐς πάννους ἐπιχωρίως πως καὶ κατατέμνοντες καὶ προσαγορεύοντες συρράπτουσι. καὶ οἱ μὲν εἴτʼ οὖν διὰ τοῦτο εἴτε καὶ διʼ ἄλλο τι οὕτως ὠνομάδαται· τῶν δὲ δὴ Ἑλλήνων τινὲς τἀληθὲς ἀγνοήσαντες Παίονάς σφας προσεῖπον, ἀρχαίου μέν που τοῦ προσρήματος τούτου ὄντος, οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἐκεῖ, ἀλλʼ ἔν τε τῇ Ῥοδόπῃ καὶ πρὸς αὐτῇ τῇ Μακεδονίᾳ τῇ νῦν μέχρι τῆς θαλάσσης. ὑφʼ οὗπερ καὶ ἐγὼ ἐκείνους μὲν Παίονας τούτους δὲ Παννονίους, ὥσπερ που καὶ αὐτοὶ ἑαυτοὺς καὶ Ῥωμαῖοί σφας καλοῦσι, προσαγορεύσω.
When these, then, had perished and the rest had been subdued without performing any exploit of note, Caesar made a campaign against the Pannonians. He had no complaint to bring against them, not having been wronged by them in any way, but he wanted both to give his soldiers practice and to support them at the expense of an alien people, for he regarded every demonstration against a weaker party as just, when it pleased the man who was their superior in arms. 2 The Pannonians dwell in Dalmatia along the very bank of the Ister from Noricum to Moesia and lead the most miserable existence of all mankind. For they are not well off as regards either soil or climate; they cultivate no olives and produce no wine except to a very slight extent and a wretched quality at that, since the winter is very rigorous and occupies the greater part of their year, but drink as well as eat both barley and millet. For all that they are considered the bravest of all men of whom we have knowledge; for they are very high-spirited and bloodthirsty, as men who possess nothing that makes an honourable life worth while. 4 This I know not from hearsay or reading only, but I have learned it from actual experience as once their governor, for after my command in Africa and in Dalmatia (the latter position my father also held for a time) I was appointed to what is known as Upper Pannonia, and hence it is with exact knowledge of all conditions among them that I write. Their name is derived from the fact that their sleeved tunics are made by stitching together pieces of old clothes which they cut up into strips in a way peculiar to themselves and call panni. This is their name, whether the reason be what I have stated or some other; 6 but certain of the Greeks in ignorance of the truth have called them Paeones, an appellation which, though no doubt old, does not, however, apply to that country, but rather to Rhodope, close to the present Macedonia, as far as the sea. Therefore I also shall call the people of the latter district Paeones, but the others Pannonians, just as both they themselves and the Romans do.
§ 49.37
ἐπὶ οὖν τούτους ὁ Καῖσαρ τότε στρατεύσας τὸ μὲν πρῶτον οὔτε τι ἐδῄου οὔτε τι ἥρπαζε, καίπερ καὶ τὰς κώμας αὐτῶν τὰς ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις ἐκλιπόντων· ἤλπιζε γὰρ ἐθελοντὰς αὐτοὺς ὑπάξεσθαι· ὡς δὲ καὶ προχωροῦντα αὐτὸν πρὸς Σισκίαν ἐλύπησαν, ὠργίσθη καὶ τήν τε χώραν σφῶν ἔκαιε καὶ πάνθʼ ὅσα ἐδύνατο λείαν ἐποιεῖτο. πλησιάσαντος δʼ αὐτοῦ τῇ πόλει οἱ ἐπιχώριοι παραυτίκα μὲν ὑπὸ τῶν δυνατῶν ἀναπεισθέντες ὡμολόγησάν τε αὐτῷ καὶ ὁμήρους ἔδοσαν, μετὰ δὲ τοῦτο τάς τε πύλας ἀπέκλεισαν καὶ ἐς πολιορκίαν κατέστησαν. εἶχον μὲν γὰρ καὶ τείχη ἰσχυρά, τὸ δʼ ὅλον ποταμοῖς δύο ναυσιπόροις ἐθάρσουν. ὁ γὰρ Κόλοψ ὀνομαζόμενος παρʼ αὐτὸν τὸν περίβολον παραρρέων ἐς τὸν Σάουον ὀλίγον ἀπέχοντα αὐτοῦ ἐμβάλλει καὶ νῦν πᾶσαν τὴν πόλιν ἐγκεκύκλωται, Τιβερίου τάφρῳ τινὶ μεγάλῃ ἐς τοῦτο αὐτὸν καταστήσαντος, δι’ ἧς ἐς τὸ ἀρχαῖον αὖθις ῥεῖθρον ἐπανέρχεται. τότε δὲ τῇ μὲν τοῦ Κόλοπος παρʼ αὐτὰ τὰ τείχη παρεξιόντος, τῇ δὲ τοῦ Σάουου ὀλίγον ἄπωθεν παραρρέοντος διάκενόν τι κατελέλειπτο, ὃ καὶ σταυρώμασι καὶ ταφρεύμασιν ὠχύρωτο. ὁ οὖν Καῖσαρ πλοῖα παρὰ τῶν ταύτῃ συμμάχων ποιηθέντα λαβών, καὶ διά τε τοῦ Ἴστρου ἐς τὸν Σάουον καὶ διʼ ἐκείνου ἐς τὸν Κόλοπα αὐτὰ ἀγαγών, προσέβαλέ σφισι τῷ πεζῷ ἅμα καὶ ταῖς ναῦσί, καί τινας καὶ ναυμαχίας ἐν αὐτῷ ἐποιήσατο. καὶ γὰρ οἱ βάρβαροι μονόξυλα πλοῖα ἀντικατασκευάσαντες διεκινδύνευον, καὶ ἔν τε τῷ ποταμῷ ἄλλους τε συχνοὺς καὶ τὸν Μηνᾶν τὸν τοῦ Σέξτου ἐξελεύθερον ἀπέκτειναν, καὶ ἐν τῇ γῇ ἰσχυρῶς αὐτὸν ἠμύνοντο, μέχρις οὗ τῶν συμμάχων τινὰς ἐνηδρεῦσθαί τε καὶ ἐφθάρθαι ἐπύθοντο· τότε γὰρ ἀθυμήσαντες ἐνέδοσαν. καὶ οὕτως ἁλόντων ἐκείνων καὶ τὸ ἄλλο Παννονικὸν ὁμολογίᾳ προσηγάγετο.
It was against this people, then, that Caesar at that time conducted a campaign. At first he did not devastate or plunder at all, although they abandoned their villages in the plain; for he hoped to make them his subjects of their own free will. But when they harassed him as he advanced to Siscia, he became angry, burned their country, and took all the booty he could. 2 When he drew near the city, the natives for the moment listened to their leaders and made terms with him and gave hostages, but afterwards they shut their gates and underwent a siege. For while they possessed strong walls, yet they placed their whole confidence in two navigable rivers. The one called the Colops flows past the very circuit of the wall and empties into the Savus not far distant; it has now encircled the entire city, for Tiberius gave it this shape by constructing a great canal through which it comes back to its original channel. 4 But at that time between the Colops on the one hand, which flowed past the very walls, and the Savus on the other, which flowed at a little distance, a gap had been left which had been fortified with palisades and ditches. Caesar secured boats made by the allies in that vicinity, and after towing them through the Ister into the Savus, and through that stream into the Colops, he assailed the enemy with his infantry and ships together, and had some naval battles on the river. 6 For the barbarians prepared in turn some boats made of single logs, with which they risked a conflict; and thus on the river they killed Menas, the freedman of Sextus, besides many others, while on the land they vigorously repulsed the invader, until they ascertained that some of their allies had been ambushed and destroyed. Then they lost heart and yielded; and when they had been captured in this manner, the remainder of Pannonia was induced to capitulate.
§ 49.38
καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐκεῖ μὲν Φούφιον Γέμινον σὺν δυνάμει τινὶ κατέλιπεν, αὐτὸς δὲ ἐς τὴν Ῥώμην ἀνεκομίσθη, καὶ τὰ μὲν ἐπινίκια ψηφισθέντα οἱ ἀνεβάλετο, τῇ δʼ Ὀκταουίᾳ τῇ τε Λιουίᾳ καὶ εἰκόνας καὶ τὸ τὰ σφέτερα ἄνευ κυρίου τινὸς διοικεῖν, τό τε ἀδεὲς καὶ τὸ ἀνύβριστον ἐκ τοῦ ὁμοίου τοῖς δημάρχοις ἔχειν ἔδωκεν. ὡρμημένου δὲ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐς τὴν Βρεττανίαν κατὰ τὸν τοῦ πατρὸς ζῆλον στρατεῦσαι, καὶ ἤδη καὶ ἐς τὴν Γαλατίαν μετὰ τὸν χειμῶνα ἐν ᾧ ὅ τε Ἀντώνιος τὸ δεύτερον καὶ Λούκιος Λίβων ὑπάτευον προκεχωρηκότος, τῶν τε νεοαλώτων τινὲς καὶ Δελμάται σὺν αὐτοῖς ἐπανέστησαν. καὶ Παννονίους μὲν ὁ Γέμινος, καίτοι τῆς Σισκίας ἐκπεσών, ὅμως μάχαις ἀνεκτήσατο, τούς τε Σαλάσσους καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους τοὺς μετʼ αὐτῶν νεωτερίσαντας ὁ Μεσσάλας ὁ Οὐαλέριος ἐχειρώσατο· ἐπὶ δὲ δὴ τοὺς Δελμάτας πρότερος μὲν ὁ Ἀγρίππας, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ ὁ Καῖσαρ ἐπεστράτευσε. καὶ τοὺς μὲν πλείους σφῶν αὐτοὶ πολλὰ καὶ δεινὰ παθόντες, ὥστε καὶ τὸν Καίσαρα τρωθῆναι καὶ τῶν στρατιωτῶν τισι κριθὴν ἀντὶ τοῦ σίτου δοθῆναι, καὶ ἑτέρους τὴν τάξιν ἐκλιπόντας δεκατευθῆναι, κατεστρέψαντο, τοῖς δὲ δὴ λοιποῖς ὁ Ταῦρος Στατίλιος ἐπολέμησεν.
After this he left Fufius Geminus there with a small force and himself returned to Rome. The triumph which had been voted to him he deferred, but granted to Octavia and Livia statues, the right of administering their own affairs without a guardian, and the same security and inviolability as the tribunes enjoyed. 2 In emulation of his father he had set out to lead an expedition into Britain also, and had already advanced into Gaul after the winter in which Antony (for the second time) and Lucius Libo became consuls, when some of the newly-conquered people and Dalmatians along with them rose in revolt. Geminus, although expelled from Siscia, nevertheless recovered Pannonia by a few battles; and Valerius Messalla overthrew the Salassi and the others who had joined them in rebellion. Against the Dalmatians campaigns were made, first by Agrippa and later by Caesar also. 4 The most of them they themselves subjugated after undergoing many terrible experiences; for example, Caesar was wounded, rations of barley had to be given out to some of the soldiers instead of wheat, and in the case of others who had deserted their posts every tenth man was put to death. With the remaining tribes Statilius Taurus carried out the war.
§ 49.39
Ἀντώνιος δὲ ἐν τούτῳ τῆς μὲν ἀρχῆς αὐθημερὸν ἐξέστη, Λούκιον Σεμπρώνιον Ἀτρατῖνον ἀντικαταστήσας· ὅθεν εἰσὶν οἳ τοῦτον ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐκεῖνον ἐν τῇ τῶν ὑπάτων ἀπαριθμήσει ὀνομάζουσι· πράττων δʼ ὅπως ὡς ὅτι ἀπονώτατα τὸν Ἀρμένιον τιμωρήσηται, τήν τε θυγατέρα αὐτοῦ ὡς καὶ τῷ Ἀλεξάνδρῳ τῷ υἱεῖ συνοικίσων ᾔτησε, Κύιντόν τινα Δέλλιον παιδικά ποτε ἑαυτοῦ γενόμενον πέμψας, καὶ πολλά τινα αὐτῷ δώσειν ὑπέσχετο. καὶ τέλος ἔς τε τὴν Νικόπολιν τὴν τοῦ Πομπηίου αἰφνίδιον ἅμα τῷ ἦρι ἦλθε, κἀνταῦθα αὐτὸν ὡς καὶ συμβουλεύσοντα καὶ συμπράξοντά τινα κατὰ τῶν Πάρθων μετεπέμψατο. ἐπειδή τε οὐκ ἀφίκετο τὴν ἐπιβουλὴν ὑποπτεύσας, τόν τε Δέλλιον αὖθις ἐς λόγους οἱ προσέπεμψε, καὶ αὐτὸς οὐδὲν ἧττον σπουδῇ πρὸς τὰ Ἀρτάξατα ἤλασε. καὶ οὕτως αὐτὸν ὀψέ ποτε, τὰ μὲν πείθων διὰ τῶν ἑταίρων, τὰ δὲ καὶ διὰ τῶν στρατιωτῶν καταπλήσσων, πάντα τε ἁπλῶς ὡς πρὸς φίλον καὶ γράφων καὶ πράττων, ἐπηγάγετο ἐς τὸ στρατόπεδον ἐσελθεῖν. κἀνταῦθα συλλαβὼν τὰ μὲν πρῶτα ἄδετόν τε εἶχε, καὶ κατὰ τὰ φρούρια ἐν οἷς οἱ θησαυροὶ ἦσαν περιῆγεν, εἴ πως ἀμαχεί σφας λάβοι, σκηπτόμενος διʼ οὐδὲν ἄλλο αὐτὸν συνειληφέναι ἢ ἵνα τοὺς Ἀρμενίους καὶ ἐπὶ τῇ σωτηρίᾳ καὶ ἐπὶ τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ δασμολογήσῃ. ὡς δʼ οὔτε οἱ χρυσοφύλακες προσεῖχον αὐτῷ καὶ οἱ τὰ ὅπλα ἔχοντες Ἀρτάξην τὸν πρεσβύτατον τῶν παίδων αὐτοῦ βασιλέα ἀνθείλοντο, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν ἀργυραῖς ἁλύσεσιν· αἰσχρὸν γάρ, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἦν βασιλέα αὐτὸν γεγονότα
Antony meanwhile resigned his office on the very first day, putting Lucius Sempronius Atratinus in his place; and consequently some name Sempronius and not Antony in enumerating the consuls. 2 In his endeavour to take vengeance on Armenian king with the least trouble to himself, he asked for the hand of the king's daughter, in order, as he said, to marry her to his son Alexander; he sent on this errand one Quintus Dellius, who had once been a great favourite of his, and promised to give the king many gifts. Finally, at the beginning of spring, he came suddenly into Nicopolis (the place founded by Pompey), and while there sent for the king, stating that he wished to have his aid in planning and executing some measures against the Parthians. And when the king, suspecting the plot, did not come, he sent Dellius to confer with him again, and meanwhile, for his own part, marched with undiminished haste towards Artaxata. 4 In this way he succeeded in inducing him to come into his camp, after a long time, partly by using the king's associates to persuade him, and partly by using his own soldiers to terrorize him, and by writing and acting toward him in every way precisely as he would toward a friend. Thereupon he arrested him, and at first kept him without fetters and led him around to the various forts where the king's treasures were deposited, in the hope that he might secure them without a struggle; for he professed to have arrested him for no other purpose than to levy tribute upon the Armenians for the safeguarding of the king and to maintain his sovereignty. 6 When, however, the keepers of the gold would pay no heed to the king, and the Armenian citizens who bore arms chose Artaxes, the eldest of his sons, king in his stead, Antony bound him in silver chains; for it was unseemly, apparently, that this man who had been king should be bound in fetters of iron.
§ 49.40
σιδηραῖς δεθῆναι. κἀκ τούτου τοὺς μὲν ἐθελοντὶ τοὺς δὲ καὶ βίᾳ λαβὼν πᾶσαν τὴν Ἀρμενίαν κατέσχεν· ὁ γὰρ Ἀρτάξης ἐπειδὴ συμβαλών οἱ ἠλαττοῦτο, πρὸς τὸν Πάρθον ἀπεχώρησε. πράξας δὲ ταῦτα, καὶ τῷ υἱεῖ τὴν τοῦ Μήδου θυγατέρα, ὅπως ἔτι καὶ μᾶλλον αὐτὸν προσεταιρίσηται, μνηστεύσας, τά τε στρατόπεδα ἐν τῇ Ἀρμενίᾳ κατέλιπε καὶ ἐς τὴν Αἴγυπτον ἀνεκομίσθη, τήν τε ἄλλην λείαν πολλὴν καὶ τὸν Ἀρμένιον μετά τε τῆς γυναικὸς καὶ μετὰ παίδων ἄγων. καί σφας σὺν τοῖς ἄλλοις αἰχμαλώτοις καὶ ἐν ἐπινικίοις τισὶν ἐς τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν προπέμψας αὐτὸς ἐφʼ ἅρματος ἐσήλασε, καὶ τά τε ἄλλα πάντα τῇ Κλεοπάτρᾳ ἐχαρίσατο καὶ τὸν Ἀρμένιον μετὰ τῶν οἰκείων ἐν χρυσοῖς δεσμοῖς προσήγαγε. προεκάθητο δὲ ἐν μέσῳ τῷ πλήθει ἐπί τε βήματος ἐπαργύρου καὶ ἐπὶ δίφρου ἐπιχρύσου. οἵ γε μὴν βάρβαροι οὔθʼ ἱκέτευσαν αὐτὴν οὔτε προσεκύνησαν, καίτοι πολλὰ μὲν καὶ ἀναγκαζόμενοι πολλὰ δὲ καὶ ἐλπίσιν ἀναπειθόμενοι, ἀλλʼ ὀνομαστί ἑ προσαγορεύσαντες δόξαν μὲν φρονήματος ἔλαβον, κακουχίᾳ δὲ πολλῇ διὰ τοῦτο συνέσχοντο.
After this Antony occupied the whole of Armenia, taking some of the people peaceably and some by force; for Artaxes withdrew and went to the Parthian king, after fighting an engagement and suffering defeat. 2 After accomplishing these things Antony betrothed to his son the daughter of the Median king with the intention of making him still more his friend; then he left his legions in Armenia and went once more to Egypt, taking the great mass of booty and the Armenian with his wife and children. Sending them with the captives ahead of him into Alexandria in a kind of triumphal procession, he himself drove into the city upon a chariot, and he not only presented to Cleopatra all the other spoils but brought her the Armenian and his family in golden bonds. She was seated in the midst of the populace upon a platform plated with silver and upon a gilded chair. 4 The barbarians, however, addressed no supplications to her, nor made obeisance to her, though much coercion was brought to bear upon them and many hopes were held out to them to win their compliance, but they merely addressed her by name; this gave them a reputation for high spirit, but they were subjected to much ill-treatment on account of it.
§ 49.41
μετὰ δὲ τοῦτο ὁ Ἀντώνιος τούς τε Ἀλεξανδρέας εἱστίασε, καὶ τὴν Κλεοπάτραν τούς τε παῖδας αὐτῆς ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ παρεκαθίσατο, δημηγορήσας τέ τινα ἐκείνην τε βασιλίδα βασιλέων καὶ τὸν Πτολεμαῖον, ὃν Καισαρίωνα ἐπωνόμαζον, βασιλέα βασιλέων καλεῖσθαι ἐκέλευσε. καὶ αὐτοῖς καὶ τὴν Αἴγυπτον τήν τε Κύπρον, ἄλλην διανομήν τινα ποιησάμενος, ἔδωκε· τοῦ τε γὰρ προτέρου Καίσαρος τὴν μὲν γυναῖκα τὸν δὲ υἱὸν ὄντως γεγονέναι ἔλεγε, καὶ ἐς τὴν ἐκείνου δὴ χάριν ταῦτα ποιεῖν ἐσκήπτετο, ὅπως τὸν Καίσαρα τὸν Ὀκταουιανὸν ἐκ τούτου, ὅτι ποιητὸς ἀλλʼ οὐ γνήσιος αὐτοῦ παῖς ἦν, διαβάλλοι. ἐκείνοις μὲν δὴ ταῦτʼ ἔνειμε, τοῖς δὲ δὴ αὑτοῦ παισὶ τοῖς ἐκ τῆς Κλεοπάτρας οἱ γεγονόσι, Πτολεμαίῳ μὲν τήν τε Συρίαν καὶ τὰ ἐντὸς τοῦ Εὐφράτου μέχρι τοῦ Ἑλλησπόντου πάντα, Κλεοπάτρᾳ δὲ τὴν Λιβύην τὴν περὶ Κυρήνην, τῷ τε ἀδελφῷ αὐτῶν Ἀλεξάνδρῳ τήν τε Ἀρμενίαν καὶ τἆλλα τὰ πέραν τοῦ Εὐφράτου μέχρις Ἰνδῶν δώσειν ὑπέσχετο· καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνα ὡς ἔχων ἤδη ἐχαρίζετο. καὶ ταῦτα οὐκ ἐν τῇ Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ μόνον εἶπεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐς τὴν Ῥώμην, ἵνα καὶ παρʼ ἐκείνων τὸ κῦρος λάβῃ, ἐπέστειλεν. οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἐν τῷ κοινῷ τι αὐτῶν ἀνεγνώσθη· ὅ τε γὰρ Δομίτιος καὶ ὁ Σόσσιος ὑπατεύοντες ἤδη τότε, καὶ ἐς τὰ μάλιστα αὐτῷ προσκείμενοι, οὐκ ἠθέλησαν, καίπερ τοῦ Καίσαρος ἐγκειμένου σφίσιν, ἐς πάντας αὐτὰ ἐκφῆναι. νικησάντων δὲ ἐν τούτῳ ἐκείνων, ἀντεπεκράτησεν ὁ Καῖσαρ μηδὲν τῶν περὶ τοῦ Ἀρμενίου γραφέντων δημοσιευθῆναι· τοῦτόν τε γὰρ ἠλέει ἅτε καὶ λάθρᾳ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τῷ Ἀντωνίῳ κεκοινολογημένος, καὶ ἐκείνῳ τῶν νικητηρίων ἐφθόνει. τοιαῦτα δʼ οὖν ὁ Ἀντώνιος πράττων ἐτόλμα τῇ βουλῇ γράφειν ὅτι τῆς τε ἀρχῆς παύσασθαι καὶ ἐπʼ ἐκείνῃ τῷ τε δήμῳ πάντα τὰ πράγματα ποιήσασθαι ἐθέλει, οὐχ ὅτι τι καὶ πράξειν αὐτῶν ἔμελλεν, ἀλλʼ ὅπως ταῖς παρʼ αὐτοῦ ἐλπίσι τὸν Καίσαρα ἤτοι ἀναγκάσωσιν, ἅτε καὶ παρόντα, τῶν ὅπλων προαποστῆναι, ἢ καὶ ἀπειθήσαντα μισήσωσι.
After this Antony feasted the Alexandrians, and in the assembly made Cleopatra and her children sit by his side; also in the course of his address to the people he commanded that she should be called Queen of Kings, and Ptolemy, whom they named Caesarion, King of Kings. 2 And he then made a new distribution of provinces, giving them Egypt and Cyprus in addition; for he declared that in very truth one was the wife and the other the son of the former Caesar, and he professed to be taking these measures for Caesar's sake, though his purpose was to cast reproach upon Caesar Octavianus because he was only an adopted and not a real son of his. Besides making this assignment to them, he promised to give to his own children by Cleopatra the following districts: to Ptolemy, Syria and all the region west of the Euphrates as far as the Hellespont; to Cleopatra, the Cyrenaica in Libya; and to their brother Alexander, Armenia and the rest of the countries east of the Euphrates as far as India; for he even bestowed the last-named regions as if they were already in his possession. 4 Not only did he say this in Alexandria, but he sent a despatch to Rome as well, in order that it might secure ratification also from the people there. None of these despatches, however, was read in public; for Domitius and Sosius were consuls by this time, and being extremely devoted to him, refused to publish them to all the people, even though Caesar urged it upon them. But, although they prevailed in this matter, Caesar won a victory in his turn by preventing any of Antony's despatches regarding the Armenian king from being made known to the public; for he not only felt pity for the prince, inasmuch as he himself had been secretly in communication with him for the purpose of injuring Antony, but he also grudged Antony his triumph. 6 Now while Antony was engaged as described he had the effrontery to write to the senate that he wished to give up his office and put the whole administration of the state into the hands of that body and of the people; it was not his intention, of course, to do either, but he desired them under the influence of the hopes he aroused either to compel Caesar to give up his arms first, as being there at hand, or to conceive hatred for him if he should refuse to heed their commands.
§ 49.42
τότε μὲν δὴ ταῦτά τε ἐγένετο, καὶ τὴν πανήγυριν τὴν τῇ Ἀφροδίτῃ τῇ γενεθλίῳ τελουμένην οἱ ὕπατοι ἐποίησαν· ἔν τε ταῖς ἀνοχαῖς αἱρετοὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ Καίσαρος πολίαρχοι, παῖδες ἄνηβοι, ἐξ ἱππέων ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐκ βουλευτῶν γεγονότες, ἦρξαν. καὶ τὴν στοὰν τὴν Παύλου καλουμένην Αἰμίλιος Λέπιδος Παῦλος ἰδίοις τέλεσιν ἐξῳκοδόμησε κἀν τῇ ὑπατείᾳ καθιέρωσεν· ὑπάτευσε γὰρ ἐν μέρει τοῦ ἔτους τούτου. ὅ τε Ἀγρίππας τὸ ὕδωρ τὸ Μάρκιον ὠνομασμένον, ἐκλιπὸν φθορᾷ τῶν ὀχετῶν, καὶ ἀνεκτήσατο δαπάνῃ οἰκείᾳ καὶ ἐπὶ πολλὰ τῆς πόλεως ἐπωχέτευσεν. οὗτοι μὲν οὖν, καίπερ ἐξ ἰδίων χρημάτων φιλοτιμούμενοι, καὶ ὑπεστέλλοντο καὶ ἐμετρίαζον· ἄλλοι δὲ καὶ ἐλαχίστην τινὰ ἀρχὴν ἔχοντες καὶ ἐπινίκια διεπράττοντό σφισιν, οἱ μὲν διὰ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου οἱ δὲ διὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος, ψηφίζεσθαι, καὶ ἐπὶ τῇ προφάσει ταύτῃ χρυσίον πολὺ παρὰ τῶν δήμων ἐς τοὺς στεφάνους ἐσέπραττον.
In addition to these events at that time, the consuls celebrated the festival held in honour of Venus Genetrix. During the Feriae mere boys who were sons of knights, instead of senators, served as prefects of the city on appointment by Caesar. 2 Also Aemilius Lepidus Paulus constructed at his own expense the Basilica of Paulus, as it was called, and dedicated it in his consulship; for he was consul during a portion of that year. And Agrippa restored from his own purse the water-supply named the Aqua Marcia, which had been cut off by the destruction of the pipes, and carried it in pipes to many parts of the city. These men, now, though furthering their ambitions by spending their private funds, still acted with retiring modesty and with moderation; but others who were holding even a most insignificant office bargained to get triumphs voted in their own honour, some using the influence of Antony and some that of Caesar, and on this pretext exacted large amounts of gold from foreign states to province the crowns.
§ 49.43
τῷ δʼ ὑστέρῳ ἔτει ἀγορανόμος ὁ Ἀγρίππας ἑκὼν ἐγένετο, καὶ πάντα μὲν τὰ οἰκοδομήματα τὰ κοινὰ πάσας δὲ τὰς ὁδούς, μηδὲν ἐκ τοῦ δημοσίου λαβών, ἐπεσκεύασε, τούς τε ὑπονόμους ἐξεκάθηρε, καὶ ἐς τὸν Τίβεριν διʼ αὐτῶν ὑπέπλευσε. κἀν τῷ ἱπποδρόμῳ σφαλλομένους τοὺς ἀνθρώπους περὶ τὸν τῶν διαύλων ἀριθμὸν ὁρῶν τούς τε δελφῖνας καὶ τὰ ᾠοειδῆ δημιουργήματα κατεστήσατο, ὅπως δι’ αὐτῶν αἱ περίοδοι τῶν περιδρόμων ἀναδεικνύωνται. καὶ προσέτι καὶ ἔλαιον καὶ ἅλας πᾶσι διέδωκε, τά τε βαλανεῖα προῖκα διʼ ἔτους καὶ τοῖς ἀνδράσι καὶ ταῖς γυναιξὶ λοῦσθαι παρέσχε· καὶ τοὺς κουρέας ἐν ταῖς πανηγύρεσιν, ἃς πολλὰς καὶ παντοδαπὰς ἐποίησεν ὥστε καὶ τοὺς τῶν βουλευτῶν παῖδας τὴν Τροίαν ἱππεῦσαι, ἐμισθώσατο, ἵνα μηδεὶς μηδὲν αὐτοῖς ἀναλώσῃ. καὶ τέλος σύμβολά τέ τινα ἐς τὸ θέατρον κατὰ κορυφὴν ἔρριψε, τῷ μὲν ἀργύριον τῷ δὲ ἐσθῆτα τῷ δὲ ἄλλο τι φέροντα, καὶ ἄλλα πάμπολλα ὤνια ἐς τὸ μέσον καταθεὶς διαρπάσαι σφίσιν ἐπέτρεψεν. Ἀγρίππας μὲν δὴ ταῦτά τε ἐποίει, καὶ τοὺς ἀστρολόγους τούς τε γόητας ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ἐξήλασεν· ὑπὸ δὲ τὰς αὐτὰς ἡμέρας δόγμα ἐγένετο μηδένα τῶν ἐς τὴν γερουσίαν τελούντων ἐπὶ λῃστείᾳ κρίνεσθαι, καὶ οὕτως οἵ τε τότε ἐν τοιαύτῃ τινὶ αἰτίᾳ ὄντες ἀφείθησαν, καὶ ἐς τὸ ἔπειτα ἄδειά τισι κακουργεῖν ἐδόθη. ὁ δʼ οὖν Καῖσαρ τήν τε ὑπατείαν (ἦρξε γὰρ μετὰ Λουκίου Τούλλου δεύτερονʼ τῇ πρώτῃ εὐθὺς ἡμέρᾳ κατὰ τὸν τοῦ Ἀντωνίου τρόπον ἀπεῖπε, καὶ ἐς τὸ τῶν εὐπατριδῶν γένος ἐκ τοῦ πλήθους τινὰς ψηφισαμένης τῆς βουλῆς ἐσήγαγεν. ἐπειδή τε Λούκιός τις Ἀσέλλιος στρατηγῶν τὴν ἀρχὴν διὰ μακρὰν ἀρρωστίαν ἀφεῖναι ἠθέλησε, τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἀνταπέδειξε· καὶ στρατηγοῦ ἑτέρου τῇ τελευταίᾳ ἡμέρᾳ ἀποθανόντος ἄλλον ἐς τὰς περιλιπεῖς ὥρας ἐφείλετο. τοῦ τε Βόκχου τελευτήσαντος οὐδενὶ τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτοῦ ἔδωκεν, ἀλλʼ ἐς τὰ τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἔθνη αὐτὴν ἐσέγραψεν. ἐπειδή τε οἱ Δελμάται παντελῶς ἐκεχείρωντο, τάς τε στοὰς ἀπὸ τῶν λαφύρων αὐτῶν καὶ τὰς ἀποθήκας τῶν βιβλίων τὰς Ὀκταουιανὰς ἐπὶ τῆς ἀδελφῆς αὐτοῦ κληθείσας κατεσκεύασεν.
The next year Agrippa agreed to be made aedile, and without taking anything from the public treasury repaired all the public buildings and all the streets, cleaned out the sewers, and sailed through them underground into the Tiber. 2 And seeing that in the circus men made mistakes about the number of laps completed, he set up the dolphins and egg-shaped objects, so that by their aid the number of times the course had been circled might be clearly shown. Furthermore he distributed olive-oil and salt to all, and furnished the baths free of charge throughout the year for the use of both men and women; and in connection with the many festivals of all kinds which he gave — on such a scale, in fact, that the children of senators also performed the equestrian games called “Troy” — he hired the barbers, so that no one should be at any expense for their services. 4 Finally he rained upon the heads of the people in the theatre tickets that were good for money in one case, for cloths in another, and again for something else, and he also set out immense quantities of various wares for all comers and allowed the people to scramble for these things. Besides doing this Agrippa drove the astrologers and charlatans from the city. During these same days a decree was passed that no one belonging to the senatorial class should be tried for piracy, and so those who were under any charge at the time were set free, and some were given a free hand to practice their villainy in the future. 6 Caesar became consul for the second time, with Lucius Tullus as his colleague, but resigned on the very first day, as Antony had done, and with the sanction of the senate he introduced some persons from the populace into the rank of patricians. When a certain Lucius Asellius, who was praetor, wished on account of a long sickness to lay down his office, he appointed his son in his stead; and when a second praetor died on the last day of his term, Caesar chose another for the remaining hours. At the death of Bocchus he gave his kingdom to no one else, but enrolled it among the Roman provinces. 8 And after the Dalmatians had been utterly subjugated, he erected from the spoils thus gained the porticos and the libraries called the Octavian, after his sister.
§ 49.44
Ἀντῶνιος δὲ ἐν τούτῳ ἤλασε μὲν μέχρι τοῦ Ἀράξου ὡς καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς Πάρθους στρατεύσων, ἠρκέσθη δὲ τῇ πρὸς τὸν Μῆδον ὁμολογίᾳ· συμμαχήσειν τε γὰρ ἀλλήλοις, ὁ μὲν ἐπὶ τοὺς Πάρθους ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τὸν Καίσαρα, συνέθεντο, καὶ ἐπὶ τούτῳ στρατιώτας τέ τινας ἀντέδοσάν σφισι, καὶ ὁ μὲν τῆς Ἀρμενίας τῆς νεοκτήτου τινὰ ἔλαβεν, ὁ δὲ τὴν θυγατέρα αὐτοῦ Ἰωτάπην ὡς καὶ τῷ Ἀλεξάνδρῳ συνοικήσουσαν, καὶ τὰ σημεῖα τὰ στρατιωτικὰ τὰ ἐν τῇ τοῦ Στατιανοῦ μάχῃ ἁλόντα. κἀκ τούτου ὁ μὲν Ἀντώνιος τῷ τε Πολέμωνι τὴν μικροτέραν Ἀρμενίαν, ὥσπερ εἶπον, χαρισάμενος, καὶ Λούκιον Φλάουιον ποιήσας τε ἅμα ὕπατον καὶ παύσας (συνῆν γὰρ αὐτᾦ, ἔς τε τὴν Ἰωνίαν καὶ ἐς τὴν Ἑλλάδα ἐπὶ τῷ τοῦ Καίσαρος πολέμῳ ὥρμησεν· ὅ τε Μῆδος τὰ μὲν πρῶτα συμμάχοις τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις χρώμενος τούς τε Πάρθους καὶ τὸν Ἀρτάξην ἐπελθόντας οἱ ἐνίκησε, τοῦ δʼ Ἀντωνίου τούς τε ἑαυτοῦ στρατιώτας μεταπέμψαντος καὶ προσέτι καὶ τοὺς ἐκείνου κατασχόντος ἀνθηττήθη τε καὶ ἑάλω, καὶ οὕτως ἡ Ἀρμενία μετὰ τῆς Μηδίας ἀπώλετο.
Antony meantime had marched as far as the Araxes, ostensibly to conduct a campaign against the Parthians, but was satisfied to arrange terms with the Median king. They made a covenant to serve each other as allies, the one against the Parthians and the other against Caesar, 2 and to cement the compact they exchanged some soldiers, the Mede received a portion of the newly-acquire Armenia, and Antony received the king's daughter, Iotape, to be united in marriage with Alexander, and the military standards taken in the battle with Statianus. After this Antony bestowed upon Polemon, as I have stated, Lesser Armenia, made Lucius Flavius consul and likewise removed him (for he was there with him), and set out for Ionia and Greece to wage war against Caesar. 4 The Mede at first, by employing the Romans as allies, conquered the Parthians and Artaxes who came again him; but as Antony summoned back his own soldiers, and moreover retained those of the king, the latter was in turn defeated and captured, and so Armenia was lost together with Media.
— Book 50 —
§ 50.arg
τάδε ἔνεστιν ἐν τῷ πεντηκοστῷ τῶν Δίωνος Ῥωμαϊκῶν α. ὡς Καῖσαρ καὶ Ἀντώνιος πολεμεῖν ἀλλήλοις ἤρξαντο. β. ὡς Καῖσαρ Ἀντώνιον περὶ Ἄκτιον ἐνίκησεν. χρόνου πλῆθος ἔτη δύο ἐν οἶς ἄρχοντες οἱ ἀριθμούμενοι οἵδε ἐγένοντο Γν. Δομίτιος Λ. υἱ. Γν. ἐγγ. Ἀηνόβαρβος γ. Σόσσιος Γ. υἱ. τ. ἐγγ. ὕπ. Καῖσαρ τὸ γ μ. Οὐαλέριος Μ. υἱ. Μεσσάλας Κορουῖνος ὕπ.
—
§ 50.1
ὁ δὲ δῆμος ὁ τῶν Ῥωμαίων τῆς μὲν δημοκρατίας ἀφῄρητο, οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἐς μοναρχίαν ἀκριβῆ ἀπεκέκριτο, ἀλλʼ ὅ τε Ἀντώνιος καὶ ὁ Καῖσαρ ἐξ ἴσου ἔτι τὰ πράγματα εἶχον, τά τε πλείω σφῶν διειληχότες, καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ τῷ μὲν λόγῳ κοινὰ νομίζοντες, τῷ δὲ ἔργῳ, ὥς που πλεονεκτῆσαί τι ἑκάτερος αὐτῶν ἐδύνατο, ἰδιούμενοι. μετὰ δὲ δὴ τοῦτο, ὡς ὅ τε Σέξτος ἀπωλώλει καὶ ὁ Ἀρμένιος ἑαλώκει τά τε προσπολεμήσαντα τῷ Καίσαρι ἡσύχαζε καὶ ὁ Πάρθος οὐδὲν παρεκίνει, καὶ ἐκεῖνοι φανερῶς ἐπʼ ἀλλήλους ἐτράποντο καὶ ὁ δῆμος ἀκριβῶς ἐδουλώθη. αἰτίαι δὲ τοῦ πολέμου καὶ σκήψεις αἵδε αὐτοῖς ἐγένοντο. Ἀντώνιος μὲν Καίσαρι ἐπεκάλει ὅτι τόν τε Λέπιδον τῆς ἀρχῆς ἐπεπαύκει καὶ τὴν χώραν τήν τε δύναμιν τήν τε ἐκείνου καὶ τὴν τοῦ Σέξτου, κοινήν σφων ὀφείλουσαν εἶναι, ἐσφετέριστο· καὶ τούτων τε τὴν ἡμίσειαν ἀπῄτει, καὶ τῶν στρατιωτῶν οὓς ἐκ τῆς Ἰταλίας τῆς ἀμφοτέροις σφίσι προσηκούσης κατείλεκτο. Καῖσαρ δὲ ἐκείνῳ ὅτι ἄλλα τε καὶ τὴν Αἴγυπτον μὴ λαχὼν εἶχε, τόν τε Σέξτον ἀπεκτόνει (αὐτὸς γὰρ ἑκὼν πεφεῖσθαι αὐτοῦ ἔλεγἐ, καὶ τὸν Ἀρμένιον ἐξαπατήσας καὶ συλλαβὼν καὶ δήσας πολλὴν τῷ δήμῳ κακοδοξίαν προσετέτριπτο· τά τε ἡμίσεα καὶ αὐτὸς τῶν λαφύρων ἀπῄτει, καὶ παρὰ πάντα ἐπέφερεν αὐτῷ τήν τε Κλεοπάτραν καὶ τοὺς παῖδας οὓς ἐξ αὐτῆς ἀνῄρητο, τά τε δωρηθέντα σφίσι, καὶ ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα ὅτι τὸν Καισαρίωνα ἐπωνόμαζεν
Book 50 BCE 32-31 The Roman people had been robbed of their democratic form of government, but had not become a monarchy in the strict sense of the term; Antony and Caesar still controlled affairs on an equal footing, having divided by lot most of the functions of government between them, and though nominally they considered all the rest as belonging to them in common, in reality they were trying to appropriate it to themselves, according as either of them was able to seize any advantage over the other. 2 But afterwards, when Sextus had now perished, the Armenian king had been captured, the forces that had warred upon Caesar were quiet, and the Parthians were stirring up no trouble, these two turned openly against each otherand the people were actually reduced to slavery. The causes for the war and the pretexts they had for it were as follows. Antony charged Caesar with having removed Lepidus from his office, and with having taken possession of his territory and of the troops of both him and Sextus, which ought to have been their common property; and he demanded the half of these as well as the half of the soldiers that had been levied in the parts of Italy which belonged to both of them. 4 Caesar's charge against Antony was that he was holding Egypt and other countries without having drawn them by lot, had killed Sextus (whom he himself had willingly spared, he said), and by deceiving, arresting, and putting in chains the Armenian king had cause much ill repute to attach to the Roman people. He, too, demanded half of the spoils, and above all he reproached him with Cleopatra and the children of hers which Antony had acknowledged as his own, the gifts bestowed upon them, and particularly because he was calling the boy Caesarion and was bringing him into the family of Caesar. 2 These were the charges they made against each other and were in a way their justification of their conduct, and they communicated them to each other partly by private letters and partly by public speeches on the part of Caesar and public messages on the part of Antony. On this pretext also they were constantly sending envoys back and forth, wishing to appear as far as possible justified in the complaints they made and at the same time to reconnoitre each other's position. 2 Meanwhile they were collecting funds, ostensibly for a different purpose, and were making all other preparations for war as if against other persons, until the time that Gnaeus Domitius and Gaius Sosius, both belonging to Antony's party, became consuls. Then they made no further concealment, but became openly hostile. It happened in the following way.
§ 50.2
οὕτω καὶ ἐς τὸ τοῦ Καίσαρος γένος ἦγε. ταῦτά τε οὖν ἀλλήλοις ἀντενεκάλουν καί πῃ καὶ ἀνταπελογοῦντο, τὰ μὲν ἰδίᾳ σφίσιν ἐπιστέλλοντες, τὰ δὲ καὶ ἐν τῷ κοινῷ λέγων μὲν ὁ Καῖσαρ γράφων δὲ ὁ Ἀντώνιος· πρέσβεις τε ἐπὶ τῇ προφάσει ταύτῃ συνεχῶς ἀνταπέστελλον, ὅπως ὅτι μάλιστα τά τε ἐγκλήματα δικαιότατα ποιεῖσθαι δόξωσι καὶ τὰ ἀλλήλων ἅμα κατασκοπῶσι· κἀν τούτῳ καὶ χρήματα ὡς καὶ ἐπʼ ἄλλο τι ἤθροιζον, καὶ τὴν λοιπὴν τοῦ πολέμου παρασκευὴν ὡς καὶ ἐφʼ ἑτέρους τινὰς ἐποιοῦντο, μέχρις οὗ ὅ τε Δομίτιος ὁ Γναῖος καὶ ὁ Σόσσιος ὁ Γάϊος, ἀμφότεροι τῆς τοῦ Ἀντωνίου μερίδος ὄντες, ὑπάτευσαν. τότε γὰρ οὐδὲν ἔτʼ ἐπεκρύψαντο, ἀλλʼ ἄντικρυς ἐπολεμώθησαν. ἐπράχθη δὲ ὧδε. ὁ μὲν Δομίτιος οὐδὲν φανερῶς, ὥς γε καὶ συμφορῶν πολλῶν πεπειραμένος, ἐνεόχμωσεν· ὁ δὲ δὴ Σόσσιος, οἷα κακῶν ἄπειρος ὤν, πολλὰ μὲν τὸν Ἀντώνιον ἐν αὐτῇ εὐθὺς τῇ νουμηνίᾳ ἐπῄνεσε, πολλὰ δὲ καὶ τὸν Καίσαρα κατέδραμε. κἂν παραχρῆμα ἐπʼ αὐτῷ τι ἐχρημάτισεν, εἰ μὴ Νώνιος Βάλβος δημαρχῶν ἐκώλυσεν. ὁ γὰρ Καῖσαρ ὑποτοπήσας τὸ μέλλον ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ γενήσεσθαι, καὶ μήτε περιιδεῖν αὐτὸ μήτʼ αὖ ἐναντιωθεὶς προκατάρχειν τοῦ πολέμου δόξαι ἐθελήσας, τότε μὲν οὔτε ἐς τὸ βουλευτήριον ἐσῆλθεν οὔθʼ ὅλως ἐν τῇ πόλει διῃτήθη, ἀλλά τινα αἰτίαν πλασάμενος ἐξεδήμησε, διά τε ταῦτα καὶ ἵνα κατὰ σχολὴν πρὸς τὰ ἀγγελθέντα οἱ βουλευσάμενος τὸ δέον ἐκ πλείονος λογισμοῦ πράξῃ· ὕστερον δὲ ἐπανελθὼν τήν τε γερουσίαν ἤθροισε φρουρὰν τῶν τε στρατιωτῶν καὶ τῶν φίλων ἐγχειρίδια κρύφα ἐχόντων περιβαλόμενος, καὶ ἐν μέσῳ τῶν ὑπάτων ἐπὶ δίφρου ἀρχικοῦ ἱζήσας, πολλὰ μὲν αὐτόθεν ἐκ τῆς ἕδρας καὶ μέτρια ὑπὲρ ἑαυτοῦ διελέχθη, πολλὰ δὲ καὶ τοῦ Σοσσίου τοῦ τε Ἀντωνίου κατηγόρησεν. ἐπειδή τε οὔτε ἄλλος τις οὔτʼ αὐτῶν τῶν ὑπάτων οὐδέτερος φθέγξασθαί τι ἐτόλμησεν, ἐκέλευσέ σφας ἐν ῥητῇ ἡμέρᾳ αὖθις συνελθεῖν ὡς καὶ διὰ γραμμάτων τινῶν ἀδικοῦντα τὸν Ἀντώνιον ἐξελέγξων. οἱ οὖν ὕπατοι μήτʼ ἀντειπεῖν αὐτῷ θαρσοῦντες μήτε σιωπῆσαι ὑπομένοντες τῆς τε πόλεως λάθρᾳ προεξεχώρησαν καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο πρὸς τὸν Ἀντώνιον ἀπῆλθον, καί σφισι καὶ τῶν ἄλλων βουλευτῶν οὐκ ὀλίγοι συνεφέσποντο. μαθὼν δὲ τοῦτο ὁ Καῖσαρ ἑκών τε αὐτοὺς ἐκπεπομφέναι ἔφασκεν, ἵνα μὴ καὶ ὡς ἀδικῶν τι ἐγκαταλελεῖφθαι ὑπʼ αὐτῶν δοκῇ, καὶ ἐπιτρέπειν καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις τοῖς ἐθέλουσι πρὸς τὸν Ἀντώνιον μετὰ ἀδείας ἀπᾶραι.
Domitius did not openly attempt any revolutionary measures, since he had experienced many disasters. Sosius, however, had had no experience with misfortunes, and so on the very first day of the year he said much in praise of Antony and inveighed much against Caesar. Indeed, he would have introduced measures immediately against the latter, had not Nonius Balbus, a tribune, prevented it. 4 Caesar, it seems, had suspected what he was going to do and wished neither to ignore it nor by offering opposition to appear to be beginning the war; hence he did not enter the senate at this time nor even live in the city at all, but invented some excuse which kept him out of town, not only for the reasons given, but also in order that he might deliberate at his leisure according to the reports brought to him and then act, after mature reflection, as necessity dictated. But afterwards he returned and convened the senate, surrounding himself with a guard of soldiers and friends who carried concealed daggers; and sitting with the consuls upon his chair of state, he spoke from there at length and with moderation in defence of himself, and brought many accusations against Sosius and Antony. 6 And when neither of the consuls themselves nor anyone else ventured to utter a word, he bade the senators come together again on a specified day, giving them to understand that he would prove by certain documents that Antony was in the wrong The consuls, accordingly, as they did not dare to reply to him and could not endure to be silent, left the city secretly before the day appointed and later made their way to Antony, followed by not a few of the other senators. And when Caesar learned this he declared that he had sent them away voluntarily, hoping thus that it might not be thought that they had abandoned him because of some wrong-doing on his part, and added that he granted the rest who so wished permission to depart unmolested to Antony.
§ 50.3
τοῦτο δʼ οὖν τοιοῦτον ὑπʼ ἐκείνων γενόμενον ἀνεσήκωσαν παρὰ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου αὖ φυγόντες καὶ πρὸς τὸν Καίσαρα ἐλθόντες ἄλλοι τε καὶ ὁ Τίτιος καὶ ὁ Πλάγκος, καίπερ ἀνὰ πρώτους τε ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ τιμώμενοι καὶ τὰ ἀπόρρητα αὐτοῦ πάντα εἰδότες. ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ταῦτά τε οὕτως ὑπὸ τῶν ὑπάτων ἐπέπρακτο, καὶ προσέτι καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀπουσίᾳ αὐτῶν ὁ Καῖσαρ τήν τε γερουσίαν συνήγαγε καὶ ἀνέγνω καὶ εἶπεν ὅσα ἠθέλησε, καὶ αὐτὰ ὁ Ἀντώνιος ἀκούσας βουλήν τέ τινα ἐκ τῶν παρόντων ἤθροισε καὶ λεχθέντων ἐφʼ ἑκάτερα πολλῶν τόν τε πόλεμον ἀνείλετο καὶ τὴν τῆς Ὀκταουίας συνοίκησιν ἀπεῖπε, προσκρούσαντές τι αὐτῷ ἐκεῖνοι, ἢ καὶ τῇ Κλεοπάτρᾳ τι ἀχθεσθέντες, ηὐτομόλησαν. καί σφας ὁ Καῖσαρ ἀσμενέστατα δεξάμενος τά τε ἄλλα τὰ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου παρʼ αὐτῶν πάντα, καὶ ἃ ἔπραττε καὶ ἃ ἐνενόει, καὶ τὰ ἐν ταῖς διαθήκαις αὐτοῦ γεγραμμένα τόν τε ἔχοντα αὐτὰς ἔμαθε· καὶ γὰρ σεσημασμένοι σφᾶς ἦσαν. κἀκ τούτου περιοργὴς ἔτι καὶ μᾶλλον γενόμενος οὐκ ὤκνησεν οὔτʼ ἀναζητῆσαι αὐτὰς οὔτε λαβεῖν οὔτε ἔς τε τὸ βουλευτήριον καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἐς ἐκκλησίαν ἐσκομίσαι καὶ ἀναγνῶναι. τοιαῦτα γάρ που ἐν αὐταῖς ἀνεγέγραπτο ὥστε μηδʼ αἰτίαν τινὰ παρʼ αὐτῶν, καίτοι παρανομώτατον πρᾶγμα ποιήσας, σχεῖν· τῷ τε γὰρ Καισαρίωνι ὡς καὶ ἐκ τοῦ Καίσαρος ὄντως γεγονότι ἐμεμαρτυρήκει, καὶ τοῖς παισὶ τοῖς ἐκ τῆς Αἰγυπτίας οἱ τρεφομένοις ὑπερόγκους δή τινας δωρεὰς ἐδεδώκει, τό τε σῶμα τὸ ἑαυτοῦ ἔν τε τῇ Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ καὶ σὺν ἐκείνῃ ταφῆναι ἐκεκελεύκει.
This action of theirs was counterbalanced by the arrival of others who fled from Antony in turn to Caesar, among them being Titius and Plancus, though they had been honoured by Antony among the foremost and knew all his secrets. 2 For after the consuls had taken the step described and Caesar, moreover, in their absence had convened the senate and had read and said all that he wished, and after Antony, hearing of these things, had assembled a kind of senate from among those who were with him, and after considerable talk on both sides of the question had taken up the war and renounced his connection with Octavia as his wife, then it was that Titius and Plancus, because of some friction with him or because of anger against Cleopatra, deserted him. And Caesar was very glad to receive them and learned from them all about Antony's affairs, what he was doing, what he had in mind to do, what was written in his will, and the name of the man who had the will; for these two men had attached their seals to it. 4 Thereupon Caesar became still more violently enraged and did not shrink from searching for the document, seizing it, and then carrying it into the senate and later into the assembly, and reading it. For the clauses contained in it were of such a nature that this most lawless procedure on Caesar's part brought upon him no reproach from the citizens; for Antony had borne witness to Caesarion that he was truly sprung from Caesar, had given some enormous presents to his children by the Egyptian queen, who were being reared by him, and had ordered that his body be buried in Alexandria by her side.
§ 50.4
διʼ οὖν ταῦτα ἀγανακτήσαντες ἐπίστευσαν ὅτι καὶ τἆλλα τὰ θρυλούμενα ἀληθῆ εἴη, τοῦτʼ ἔστιν ὅτι, ἂν κρατήσῃ, τήν τε πόλιν σφῶν τῇ Κλεοπάτρᾳ χαριεῖται καὶ τὸ κράτος ἐς τὴν Αἴγυπτον μεταθήσει. καὶ τοσαύτῃ γε ἐπὶ τούτοις ὀργῇ ἐχρήσαντο ὥστε πάντας, οὐχ ὅπως τοὺς διαφόρους αὐτῷ ἢ καὶ ἐκ μέσου ἀμφοῖν ὄντας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς πάνυ φίλους, δεινῶς αὐτὸν αἰτιάσασθαι· τοῖς τε γὰρ ἀναγνωσθεῖσιν ἐκπλαγέντες, καὶ πρὸς τὴν τοῦ Καίσαρος ὑποψίαν ἀνταγωνιζόμενοι, τὰ αὐτὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἔλεγον. καὶ τήν τε ὑπατείαν αὐτόν, ἐς ἣν προεκεχειροτόνητο, καὶ τὴν ἄλλην ἐξουσίαν πᾶσαν ἀφείλοντο· πολέμιόν τε λόγῳ μὲν οὐκ ἀπέφηναν, φοβηθέντες τοὺς συνόντας αὐτῷ, ὅτι καὶ ἐκείνους ἐν ἐχθρῶν μοίρᾳ, ἂν μὴ προλείπωσιν αὐτόν, νομισθῆναι ἐχρῆν, ἔργῳ δὲ παντὸς μᾶλλον ἀπέδειξαν. τοῖς μὲν γὰρ συνεξεταζομένοις οἱ τήν τε ἄδειαν καὶ ἐπαίνους, ἂν ἐγκαταλείπωσιν αὐτόν, ἐψηφίσαντο, τῇ δὲ Κλεοπάτρᾳ τὸν πόλεμον ἄντικρυς ἐπήγγειλαν, καὶ τάς τε χλαμύδας ὡς καὶ ἐν χερσὶν ὄντος αὐτοῦ μετημπίσχοντο, καὶ πρὸς τὸ Ἐνυεῖον ἐλθόντες πάντα τὰ προπολέμια κατὰ τὸ νομιζόμενον, διὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος ὡς καὶ φητιαλίου, ἐποίησαν· ἅπερ που λόγῳ μὲν πρὸς τὴν Κλεοπάτραν, ἔργῳ δὲ καὶ πρὸς τὸν Ἀντώνιον
This caused the Romans in their indignation to believe that the other reports in circulation were also true, to the effect that if Antony should prevail, he would bestow their city upon Cleopatra and transfer the seat of power to Egypt. 2 And they became so angry at this that all, not only Antony's enemies or those who were not siding with either man, but even his most intimate friends, censured him severely; for in their consternation at what was read and in their eagerness to counteract Caesar's suspicion of them, they spoke in the same way as the rest. They deprived him of the consulship, to which he had been previously elected, and of all his authority in general. They did not, to be sure, declare him an enemy in so many words, because they were afraid his adherents would also have to be regarded in the light of enemies, in case they should not abandon him; but by this action they showed their attitude more plainly than by any words.4 For they voted to the men arrayed on his side pardon and praise if they would abandon him, and declared war outright upon Cleopatra, put on their military cloaks as if he were close at hand, and went to the temple of Bellona, where they performed through Caesar as fetialis all the rites preliminary to war in the customary fashion. These proceedings were nominally directed against Cleopatra, but really against Antony.
§ 50.5
ἔτεινεν· οὕτω γάρ που αὐτὸν ἐδεδούλωτο ὥστε καὶ γυμνασιαρχῆσαι τοῖς Ἀλεξανδρεῦσι πεῖσαι, βασιλίς τε αὐτὴ καὶ δέσποινα ὑπʼ ἐκείνου καλεῖσθαι, στρατιώτας τε Ῥωμαίους ἐν τῷ δορυφορικῷ ἔχειν, καὶ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτῆς πάντας σφᾶς ταῖς ἀσπίσιν ἐπιγράφειν. ἔς τε τὴν ἀγορὰν μετʼ αὐτοῦ ἐσεφοίτα, καὶ τὰς πανηγύρεις οἱ συνδιετίθει, τάς τε δίκας συνεξήταζε, καὶ συνίππευε καὶ ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν, ἢ καὶ ἐκείνη μὲν ἐν δίφρῳ τινὶ ἐφέρετο, ὁ δὲ Ἀντώνιος αὐτοποδὶ αὐτῇ μετὰ τῶν εὐνούχων ἠκολούθει. καὶ τό τε στρατήγιον βασίλειον ὠνόμαζε, καὶ ἀκινάκην ἔστιν ὅτε παρεζώννυτο, ἐσθῆτί τε ἔξω τῶν πατρίων ἐχρῆτο, καὶ ἐπὶ κλίνης ἐπιχρύσου δίφρου τε ὁμοίου καὶ ἐν τῷ κοινῷ ἑωρᾶτο. συνεγράφετό τε αὐτῇ καὶ συνεπλάττετο, αὐτὸς μὲν Ὄσιρις καὶ Διόνυσος ἐκείνη δὲ Σελήνη τε καὶ Ἶσις λέγοντες εἶναι. ἐξ οὗπερ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα ἔκφρων ὑπʼ αὐτῆς ἐκ μαγγανείας τινὸς γεγονέναι ἔδοξεν. οὐ γὰρ ὅτι ἐκεῖνον ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους τούς τι παρʼ αὐτῷ δυναμένους οὕτω καὶ ἐγοήτευσε καὶ κατέδησεν ὥστʼ αὐτὴν καὶ τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἄρξειν ἐλπίσαι, τήν τε εὐχὴν τὴν μεγίστην, ὁπότε τι ὀμνύοι, ποιεῖσθαι τὸ ἐν τῷ Καπιτωλίῳ δικάσαι.
For she had enslaved him so absolutely that she persuaded him to act as gymnasiarch to the Alexandrians; and she was called “queen” and “mistress” by him, had Roman soldiers in her bodyguard, and all of these inscribed her name upon their shields. 2 She used to frequent the market-place with him, joined him in the management of festivals and in the hearing of lawsuits, and rode with him even in the cities, or else was carried in a chair while Antony accompanied her on foot along with her eunuchs. He also termed his headquarters “the palace,” sometimes wore an oriental dagger at his belt, dressed in a manner not in accordance with the customs of his native land, and let himself be seen even in public upon a gilded couch or a chair of that kind. He posed with her for portrait paintings and statues, he representing Osiris or Dionysus and she Selene or Isis. This more than all else made him seem to have been bewitched by her through some enchantment. 4 For she so charmed and enthralled not only him but also the rest who had any influence with him that she conceived the hope of ruling even the Romans; and whenever she used an oath her strongest phrase in swearing was by her purpose to dispense justice on the Capitol.
§ 50.6
τῇ μὲν οὖν Κλεοπάτρᾳ διὰ ταῦτα τὸν πόλεμον ἐψηφίσαντο, τῷ δʼ Ἀντωνίῳ οὐδὲν δῆθεν τοιοῦτον ἐπήγγειλαν, εὖ γε εἰδότες ὅτι καὶ ἄλλως πολεμωθήσοιτο (οὐ γάρ που προδοὺς ἐκείνην τὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος πράξειν ἔμελλἐ καὶ βουλόμενοι καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο προσεγκαλέσαι οἱ, ὅτι τὸν ὑπὲρ τῆς Αἰγυπτίας πόλεμον ἑκὼν κατὰ τῆς πατρίδος, μηδενὸς αὐτῷ δεινοῦ οἴκοθεν ἰδίᾳ συμβάντος, ἀνείλετο. ἥ τε οὖν ἡλικία παρʼ ἀμφοτέρων σπουδῇ συνήγετο καὶ χρήματα ἁπανταχόθεν συνελέγετο, τά τε ἐμπολέμια πάντα κατὰ τάχος ἠθροίζετο. καὶ ἐγένετο ἡ πᾶσα παρασκευὴ πολὺ τῶν πρὸ αὐτῆς μεγίστη. ἔθνη γὰρ τοσάδε ἑκατέρῳ τόνδε τὸν πόλεμον συνήρατο. Καίσαρι μὲν ἥ τε Ἰταλία (πάντας γὰρ καὶ τοὺς ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου ἀποικισθέντας, τὰ μὲν ἐκφοβήσας ἅτε ὀλίγους ὄντας, τὰ δὲ καὶ εὐεργετήσας, προσετέθειτο· τά τε γὰρ ἄλλα καὶ τοὺς τὴν Βονωνίαν ἐποικοῦντας αὐτὸς αὖθις, ἵνα δὴ καὶ ὑφʼ ἑαυτοῦ ἀπῳκίσθαι δοκῶσι, προσκατεστήσατὀ — ἥ τε οὖν Ἰταλία καὶ ἡ Γαλατία τό τε Ἰβηρικὸν καὶ τὸ Ἰλλυρικόν, καὶ Λίβυες οἵ τε ἐκ τοῦ πρὶν ῥωμαΐζοντες πλὴν τῶν περὶ τὴν Κυρήνην καὶ οἱ τοῦ Βογούου τοῦ τε Βόκχου γεγονότες, Σαρδώ τε καὶ Σικελία καὶ αἱ ἄλλαι νῆσοι αἱ ταῖς εἰρημέναις ἠπείροις προσεχεῖς συνεμάχησαν, τῷ δʼ Ἀντωνίῳ τὰ ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ τῇ ἠπείρῳ τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἀκούοντα καὶ τὰ ἐν τῇ Θρᾴκῃ, ἥ τε Ἑλλὰς καὶ ἡ Μακεδονία, καὶ οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι οἵ τε Κυρηναῖοι μετὰ τῶν περιχώρων, καὶ οἱ νησιῶται οἱ προσοικοῦντές σφισιν, οἵ τε βασιλῆς καὶ οἱ δυνάσται πάντες ὡς εἰπεῖν οἱ τῇ τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἀρχῇ τῇ τότε ὑπʼ ἐκεῖνον οὔσῃ γειτνιῶντες, οἱ μὲν αὐτοὶ οἱ δὲ διʼ ἑτέρων. καὶ τοσαύτῃ γε προθυμίᾳ ἀμφότεροι ὁμοίως ἐχρήσαντο ὥστε καὶ ἐνόρκους τὰς συμμαχίας σφῶν ἑκατέρῳ ποιήσασθαι.
This was the reason they voted for war against Cleopatra, but they made no such declaration against Antony, forsooth, knowing full well that he would become an enemy in any event, since he certainly was not going to prove false to her and espouse Caesar's cause; and they wished to have this additional reproach to put upon him, that he had voluntarily taken up war on the side of the Egyptian woman against his native country, though no ill-treatment had been accorded him personally by the people at home. Accordingly, the men of fighting age were being rapidly assembled on both sides, money was being collected from every quarter, and all the equipment of war was being speedily gathered together. The preparations as a whole far surpassed in size anything that had ever been seen before; 3 for all these nations cooperated with one side or other in the war: Caesar had, in the first place, Italy (he had even attached to his cause all those who had been placed in colonies by Antony, partly by frightening them, since they were few in number, and partly by conferring benefits upon them; for example, among his other acts, he personally gave a new charter to the colonists who had settled in Bononia, so that the impression might prevail that the colony had been sent out by him), 4 and besides Italy he also had in alliance with him Gaul, Spain, Illyricum, the Africas (including not only those who long since had adopted the Latin tongue, with the exception of the people in Cyrenaica, but also those who had belonged to Bogud and Bocchus), Sardinia, Sicily, and the rest of the islands adjacent to the aforementioned divisions of the mainland. On Antony's side were the regions subject to Rome in continental Asia, the regions of Thrace, Greece, and Macedonia, the Egyptians, the people of Cyrene and the surrounding country, the islanders dwelling near them, and practically all the kings and potentates whose territories bordered upon that part of the Roman empire then under his control — some taking the field themselves and others represented by lieutenants. 6 And such was the zeal of both sides that the alliances which they made with the two leaders were cemented by oaths of allegiance.
§ 50.7
οὗτοί τε οὖν οὕτως ἔρρωντο, καὶ ὁ Ἀντώνιος τοῦτο μὲν ἀντώμοσε τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ στρατιώταις ἀκηρυκτὶ πολεμήσειν, τοῦτο δὲ ὑπέσχετο τήν τε ἀρχὴν ἐντὸς δύο μηνῶν μετὰ τὴν νίκην ἀφήσειν καὶ τὸ πᾶν αὐτῆς κράτος τῇ τε γερουσίᾳ καὶ τῷ δήμῳ ἀποδώσειν. μόλις τε δῆθέν τινες ἔπεισαν αὐτὸν ἕκτῳ μηνὶ τοῦτο ποιῆσαι, ἵνα δὴ κατὰ σχολὴν τὰ πράγματα καταστήσηται. καὶ ὁ μέν, εἰ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα μὴ ἔμελλεν αὐτὸ πράξειν, ἀλλʼ ὡς πάντῃ γε πάντως κρατήσων ἐπηγγέλλετο. τά τε γὰρ ἑαυτοῦ πολὺ τοῖς πλήθεσιν ἰσχυρότερα ἑώρα ὄντα, καὶ τὰ τῶν ἐναντίων ἀσθενώσειν δωροδοκίαις ἤλπιζε· χρυσίον γὰρ ὡς ἑκασταχόσε, καὶ οὐχ ἥκιστα ἔς τε τὴν ἄλλην Ἰταλίαν καὶ ἐς τὴν Ῥώμην ἐσπέμπων διεκίνει τε ὡς ἕκαστα καὶ σφετερίζεσθαι ἐπειρᾶτο. ὅθενπερ καὶ ὁ Καῖσαρ τά τε ἄλλα διʼ ἀκριβεστέρας φυλακῆς ἐποιήσατο καὶ χρήματα τοῖς στρατιώταις ἔδωκε.
Such was the strength of the contestants. As for Antony, he on his part swore to his own soldiers that he would admit no truce in the war he wage, and promised in addition that within two months after his victory he would relinquish his office and restore to the senate and the people all its authority; 2 and it was with difficulty, forsooth, that certain persons prevailed upon him to postpone this act to the sixth month, so that he might be able to settle the public business at his leisure. And however far he was from intending to carry out this offer, he yet made the proposal as if he were certainly and without fail going to conquer. For he saw that his own forces were much the stronger by reason of their superior numbers, and hoped by means of bribes to weaken those of his opponents; indeed, he proceeded to send gold in every direction, and particularly to Italy in general and especially to Rome, and thus tried to shake the allegiance of each individual element and to tempt them of to his side. For this reason Caesar on his part kept a more vigilant watch over everything else, and made donations of money to his soldiers.
§ 50.8
τοιαύτης δʼ οὖν τῆς τε ὁρμῆς καὶ τῆς παρασκευῆς αὐτῶν οὔσης πολλὰ μὲν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ ποικίλα ἐθρυλεῖτο, πολλὰ δὲ καὶ παρὰ τῶν θεῶν καὶ ἐναργῆ προεδείκνυτο. πίθηκός τε γὰρ ἐς τὸ Δημήτριον ἐν ἱερουργίᾳ τινὶ ἐσελθὼν πάντα τὰ ἔνδον συνέχεε, καὶ βύας πρῶτον μὲν ἐς τὸν τῆς Ὁμονοίας ναόν, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄλλους πάντας ὡς εἰπεῖν τοὺς ἁγιωτάτους ἐπέπτετο, καὶ τέλος, ἐπειδὴ πανταχόθεν ἀπηλαύνετο, ἐπί τε τοῦ ναοῦ τοῦ Γενίου τοῦ δήμου ἱδρύθη καὶ οὔτε ἑάλω οὔτʼ ἐξανέστη πλὴν ὀψέ ποτε. ὅ τε ὀχὸς ὁ τοῦ Διὸς ἐν τῇ τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἱπποδρομίᾳ συνετρίβη, καὶ λαμπὰς ἐπὶ πολλὰς ἡμέρας ὑπὲρ τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς θαλάσσης αἰωρηθεῖσα ἐς τὸν αἰθέρα ἀνέδραμε. καὶ συχνὰ μὲν ὑπὸ χειμῶνος ἐπόνησεν, ὥστε καὶ τρόπαιόν τι ἐν τῷ Ἀουεντίνῳ ἑστὸς καὶ νίκης ἄγαλμα ἀπὸ τῆς τοῦ θεάτρου σκηνῆς πεσεῖν, τήν τε γέφυραν τὴν ξυλίνην πᾶσαν καταρραγῆναι· συχνὰ δὲ καὶ ὑπὸ πυρὸς ἐφθάρη, καὶ προσέτι καὶ ἐκ τῆς Αἴτνης πλεῖστόν τε ἐρρύη καὶ πόλεσι καὶ χώραις ἐλυμήνατο. ταῦτʼ οὖν οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι τὰ μὲν ὁρῶντες τὰ δʼ ἀκούοντες, ἀνεμιμνήσκοντο καὶ τὸ τοῦ δράκοντος, ὅτι ἄρα καὶ ἐκεῖνος ἐς τὰ τότε παρόντα σφίσιν ἐσήμηνεν· ἐν γὰρ τῇ Τυρσηνίδι ὀλίγον πρὸ τούτων πρότερον δράκων δικέφαλος, μέγας ὥστε καὶ ἐς πέντε καὶ ὀγδοήκοντα πόδας ἐξικνεῖσθαι, αἰφνίδιον ἀνεφάνη καὶ πολλὰ κακώσας ἐκεραυνώθη. ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἐπὶ πάντας αὐτοὺς ἔφερε· Ῥωμαῖοί τε γὰρ τὸ προμαχόμενον ἀμφοτέρωθεν ὁμοίως ἦν, καὶ ἔμελλον ἔν τε τῷ τότε παρόντι πολλοὶ ἑκατέρωθεν φθαρήσεσθαι, καὶ ἔπειτα τοῦ κρατήσαντος πάντες οἱ περιλειφθέντες γενήσεσθαι. τῷ δὲ δὴ Ἀντωνίῳ τὴν μὲν ἧτταν οἱ παῖδες οἱ ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ ὄντες προεμαντεύσαντο (δίχα γὰρ γενόμενοι μηδενὸς κελεύσαντος, καὶ οἱ μὲν Ἀντωνιείους οἱ δὲ Καισαρείους σφᾶς ἐπικαλέσαντες, συνέμιξαν ἀλλήλοις ἐπὶ δύο ἡμέρας, καὶ ἡττήθησαν οἱ τὸ ἐκείνου ὄνομα φέροντεσʼ, τὸν δʼ ὄλεθρον εἰκών τις αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ Ἀλβανῷ παρὰ τῷ Διὶ ἀνακειμένη· λιθίνη γὰρ οὖσα αἷμα πολὺ ἀνῆκε.
Such was the enthusiasm of the two sides and such were their preparations; meanwhile many and divers rumours were noised abroad by men, and many clear portents were shown by the gods. For example, an ape entered the temple of Ceres during a service and upset everything in it; 2 an owl flew first into the temple of Concord and then to practically all the other most holy temples, and finally, when it had been driven away from every other place, it settled upon the temple of the Genius Populi, and it was not only not caught, but did not depart until late in the day. The chariot of Jupiter was demolished in the Circus at Rome, and for many days a torch would rise over the sea toward Greece and dart up into the sky. Much damage was also caused by storm; thus, a trophy which stood upon the Aventine fell, a statue of Victory fell from the back wall of the theatre, and the wooden bridge was utterly demolished. And many objects were destroyed by fire also, and moreover there was a huge flow of lava from Aetna which damaged cities and fields. 4 Now when the Romans saw and heard about these things, they recalled also the incident of the serpent, realising that it too had given them a sign which bore upon the present situation. A little before this, it seems, a two-headed serpent, so huge that its length came to eighty-five feet, had suddenly appeared in Etruria, and after doing much damage had been killed by lightning. Now all these signs had significance for the whole people; for it was the Romans on whom would fall the brunt of the fighting on both sides alike, and it was fated that many perish in each army at this time and that afterward all the survivors should belong to the victor. 6 In the case of Antony, an omen of his defeat was given beforehand by the children in Rome; for although nobody suggested it, they formed two parties, of which one called itself the Antonians the other the Caesarians, and they fought with each other for two days, when those who bore Antony's name were defeated. And his death was portended by what happened to a statue of him that stood on the Alban Mount beside that of Jupiter; for in spite of its being of marble it sent forth streams of blood.
§ 50.9
μετεώρων δʼ οὖν πάντων ὁμοίως ἐπὶ τούτοις ὄντων ἐν μὲν τῷ ἔτει ἐκείνῳ πλέον οὐδὲν ἐγένετο. ὅ τε γὰρ Καῖσαρ τὰ ἐν τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ, ἄλλως τε καὶ ἐπειδὴ τὰ χρήματα παρὰ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου παρόντα ᾔσθετο, καθιστάμενος οὐκ ἠδυνήθη πρὸ τοῦ χειμῶνος ἀπαντῆσαι· καὶ ἐκεῖνος ὥρμησε μὲν ὡς καὶ ἐν τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ τὸν πόλεμον ἀδοκήτως σφίσι ποιησόμενος, ἐλθὼν δὲ ἐς Κέρκυραν, καὶ πυθόμενος τὰς ναῦς τὰς πρόπλους τὰς ἐς τὴν προσκοπὴν αὐτοῦ πεμφθείσας περὶ τὰ Κεραύνια ὄρη ναυλοχεῖν, ὑπετόπησεν αὐτὸν τὸν Καίσαρα μετὰ παντὸς τοῦ ναυτικοῦ ἀφῖχθαι, καὶ οὐκέτι περαιτέρω προεχώρησεν, ἀλλʼ ἐς τὴν Πελοπόννησον (ἤδη γὰρ ἐκ μετοπώρου ἦνʼ ἀναπλεύσας αὐτὸς μὲν ἐν Πάτραις παρεχείμασεν, τοὺς δὲ δὴ στρατιώτας πανταχόσε διέπεμψεν, ἵνα τά τε χωρία φυλάττωσι καὶ τῶν ἐπιτηδείων ῥᾷον εὐπορῶσι. κἀν τούτῳ ἦλθον μὲν καὶ ἐθελονταὶ παρʼ ἀμφοτέρων αὐτῶν πρὸς ἑκατέρους καὶ βουλευταὶ καὶ ἄλλοι τινές, ἑάλω δὲ καὶ κατάσκοπος ὑπὸ τοῦ Καίσαρος Λούκιος Μέσσιος· καὶ αὐτὸν καίπερ τῶν ἐν τῇ Περουσίᾳ πρότερον ἁλόντων ὄντα ἀφῆκε, πᾶσάν οἱ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δύναμιν προεπιδείξας. τῷ τε Ἀντωνίῳ ἐπέστειλεν ὅπως ἢ ἀναχωρήσῃ ἀπὸ τῆς θαλάσσης ἵππου δρόμον ἡμερήσιον καὶ ἐφῇ οἱ ἀδεῶς προσπλεῦσαι ἐπὶ τῷ ἐντὸς πέντε ἡμερῶν συμμῖξαί σφας, ἢ αὐτὸς ἐπὶ τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἐς τὴν Ἰταλίαν περαιωθῇ, οὐχ ὅτι τι γενήσεσθαί σφων ἐνόμιζεν (ὁ γοῦν Ἀντώνιος πολλά τε αὐτοῦ κατεγέλασε, καὶ εἶπεν “καὶ τίς ἡμῖν δικάσει, ἄν τι παρὰ τὰ συγκείμενα πραχθῇ;”) ἀλλʼ ὅτι τοῖς τε ἑαυτοῦ στρατιώταις θάρσος καὶ τοῖς ἐναντίοις ἔκπληξιν ἐμβαλεῖν ἐκ τούτου προσεδόκησε.
All alike were excited over these events, yet in that year nothing further took place. For Caesar, on his part, was busy settling matters in Italy, especially when he discovered the presence of money sent by Antony, and so could not go to the front before winter; 2 and as for Antony, although he set out with the intention of carrying the war into Italy before they should suspect his movements, yet when he came to Corcyra and ascertained that the advance guard of ships sent to reconnoitre his position was lying off the Ceraunian mountains, he suspected that Caesar himself with all his fleet had arrived, and hence proceeded no further.3 Instead, he sailed back to the Peloponnesus, the season being already late autumn, and passed the winter at Patrae, distributing his soldiers in every direction in order that they might keep guard over the strategic points and secure more easily an abundance of provisions. 4 Meanwhile men were going over voluntarily from each to the other side, senators as well as others, and Caesar caught a spy, Lucius Messius; but he released him, in spite of his being one of the men who had previously been captured at Perusia, after having first showed him his entire force. And Caesar sent Antony a letter, bidding him either withdraw from the sea a day's journey on horseback and permit him to land in security, on condition that they should join battle within five days, or else cross over to Italy himself on the same understanding. 6 He did not, of course, expect that anything would come of it, and indeed Antony made a great deal of fun of him, saying, “Who will be our arbitrator if the compact is transgressed in any way?” But he hoped to inspire his own soldiers with courage and his opponents with terror by making this demand.
§ 50.10
μετὰ δὲ δὴ ταῦτα ἦσαν μὲν ὕπατοι ἐς τὸ ἐχόμενον ἔτος ὅ τε Καῖσαρ καὶ ὁ Ἀντώνιος προαποδεδειγμένοι τότε ὅτε ἐς τὰ ὀκτὼ ἔτη τὰς ἀρχὰς ἐσάπαξ προκατεστήσαντο, καὶ τό γε τελευταῖον ἐκεῖνο ἦν· παραλυθέντος δὲ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου, ὥσπερ εἶπον, ὁ Μεσσάλας ὁ Οὐαλέριος ὁ προγραφείς ποτε ὑπʼ αὐτῶν ὑπάτευσε μετὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος. κἀν τούτῳ ἄνθρωπός τέ τις μανιώδης ἐς τὸ θέατρον ἐν πανηγύρει τινὶ ἐσπηδήσας τὸν στέφανον τὸν τοῦ προτέρου Καίσαρος ἀνείλετο καὶ περιέθετο, καὶ διεσπάσθη ὑπὸ τῶν περιεστηκότων· καὶ λύκος τε ἐς τὸ Τυχαῖον ἐσπίπτων συνελήφθη καὶ κατεσφάγη, κύων τε κύνα ἐν τῷ ἱπποδρόμῳ παρʼ αὐτὴν τὴν ἅμιλλαν τῶν ἵππων κατειργάσατο καὶ κατέφαγε. καὶ πῦρ ἄλλα τε οὐκ ὀλίγα καὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἱπποδρόμου πολὺ τό τε Δημήτριον καὶ ἕτερον ναὸν ἐλπίδος ἔφθειρεν. ἔδοξαν μὲν γὰρ οἱ ἐξελεύθεροι αὐτὸ πεποιηκέναι· πᾶσι γὰρ τοῖς ἔν τε τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ αὐτῶν οὖσι καὶ πέντε μυριάδων οὐσίαν ἢ καὶ πλείω κεκτημένοις τὸ ὄγδοον αὐτῆς συντελέσαι ἐκελεύσθη, κἀκ τούτου καὶ ταραχαὶ καὶ φόνοι καὶ ἐμπρήσεις ὑπʼ αὐτῶν πολλαὶ ἐγένοντο, καὶ οὐ πρότερόν γε κατέστησαν πρὶν ἢ τοῖς ὅπλοις καταδαμασθῆναι. ἀφʼ οὗπερ καὶ οἱ ἐλεύθεροι οἵ τι χωρίον ἐν τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ κεκτημένοι φοβηθέντες ἡσύχασαν· καὶ γὰρ ἐκείνοις τὸ τέταρτον τῆς ἐπετησίας προσόδου δοῦναι προσετάχθη, μελλήσαντές τε ἐπὶ τούτῳ κινηθήσεσθαι οὐδὲν ἔτι νεοχμῶσαι ἐτόλμησαν, ἀλλʼ ἀμαχεὶ καὶ ἄκοντες αὐτὸ συνεσήνεγκαν. ἔδοξε μὲν οὖν διὰ ταῦθʼ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀπελευθέρων τὸ πῦρ ἐξ ἐπιβουλῆς γεγονέναι, οὐ μέντοι ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸ ἐς τὰ πάνυ τέρατα διὰ τὸ τῶν καυθέντων πλῆθος ἐσεγράφη.
As consuls for the next year after this Caesar and Antony had been appointed at the time when they had settled the offices for eight years at once, and this was the last year of the period; but as Antony had been deposed, as I have stated, Valerius Messalla, who had once been proscribed by them, became consul with Caesar. 2 About this time a madman rushed into the theatre at one of the festivals and seized the crown of the former Caesar and put it on, whereupon he was torn to pieces by the bystanders. A wolf was caught as it was running into the temple of Fortune and killed, and in the Circus at the very time of the horse-race a dog killed and devoured another dog. Fire also consumed a considerable portion of the Circus itself, along with the temple of Ceres, another shrine dedicated to Spes, and a large number of other structures. 4 The freedmen were thought to have caused this; for all of them who were in Italy and possessed property worth two hundred thousand sesterces or more had been ordered to contribute an eighth of it. This resulted in numerous riots, murders, and the burning of many buildings on their part, and they were not brought to order until they were subdued by armed force. In consequence of this the freemen who held any land in Italy grew frightened and kept quiet; for they also had been ordered to give a quarter of their annual income, and though they were on the point of rebelling against this extortion, they were not bold enough after what had just happened to make any disturbance, but reluctantly brought in their contributions without resort to arms. 6 Therefore it was believed that the fire was due to a plot originated by the freedmen; yet this did not prevent it from being recorded among the out-and-out portents, because of the number of buildings burned.
§ 50.11
τοιούτων δὴ σημείων προφανέντων σφίσιν οὔτε ἐφοβήθησαν οὔθʼ ἧττόν τι ἐπολέμησαν, ἀλλὰ τὸν μὲν χειμῶνα κατασκοπαῖς τε χρώμενοι καὶ παραλυποῦντες ἀλλήλους διετέλεσαν (ὁ γὰρ Καῖσαρ ἐξανήχθη μὲν ἐκ τοῦ Βρεντεσίου καὶ ἔπλευσε μέχρι τῆς Κερκύρας ὡς καὶ ἀπροσδοκήτοις τοῖς πρὸς τῷ Ἀκτίῳ ὁρμοῦσιν ἐπιθησόμενος, χειμῶνι δὲ περιπεσὼν καὶ πονηθεὶς ἀνεχώρησἐ, τοῦ δὲ δὴ ἦρος ὁ μὲν Ἀντώνιος οὐδαμῇ ἐκινήθη (οἵ τε γὰρ τριηρῖται, ἅτε καὶ σύμμικτοι ἐκ παντοδαπῶν ἐθνῶν ὄντες καὶ πόρρω ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ χειμάζοντες, οὔτε τινὰ ἄσκησιν ἐπεποίηντο καὶ νόσῳ αὐτομολίαις τε ἠλάττωντο· καὶ ὁ Ἀγρίππας τήν τε Μεθώνην ἐκ προσβολῆς λαβὼν καὶ τὸν Βογούαν ἐν αὐτῇ κτείνας, τάς τε κατάρσεις τῶν ὁλκάδων ἐπιτηρῶν καὶ ἀποβάσεις ἄλλοτε ἄλλῃ τῆς Ἑλλάδος ποιούμενος, ἰσχυρῶς αὐτὸν ἐτάραττενʼ, ὁ δὲ δὴ Καῖσαρ ἐπί τε τούτοις θαρσήσας καὶ βουληθεὶς ὅτι τάχιστα τῇ τοῦ στρατεύματος ὁρμῇ λαμπρῶς ἠσκημένου χρήσασθαι, τόν τε πόλεμον καὶ ἐν τῇ Ἑλλάδι καὶ πρὸς τοῖς ἐκείνου μᾶλλον ἢ ἔν τε τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ καὶ πρὸς τῇ Ῥώμῃ ποιήσασθαι, πάντας μὲν τοὺς στρατιώτας ὧν τι ὄφελος ἦν, πάντας δὲ τούς τι δυναμένους καὶ τῶν βουλευτῶν καὶ τῶν ἱππέων ἐς τὸ Βρεντέσιον συνήγαγε, τοὺς μὲν ὅπως τι συμπράξωσιν αὐτῷ, τοὺς δʼ ὅπως μηδὲν μονωθέντες νεοχμώσωσι, τό τε μέγιστον ὅπως ἐνδείξηται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ὅτι καὶ τὸ πλεῖστον καὶ τὸ κράτιστον τῶν Ῥωμαίων ὁμογνωμονοῦν ἔχοι. κἀντεῦθεν τακτόν τε τῶν οἰκετῶν ἀριθμὸν πᾶσιν ἐπαγαγέσθαι καὶ τὴν τροφὴν αὐτοὺς ἑαυτοῖς, πλὴν τῶν στρατιωτῶν, ἐπικομίσασθαι κελεύσας, ἀθρόᾳ τῇ παρασκευῇ
Although such omens had appeared to them, the two leaders neither were dismayed nor relaxed their preparations for war, but spent the winter in spying upon and annoying each other. For Caesar had set sail from Brundisium and had proceeded as far as Corcyra, intending to attack while off their guard the enemy forces lying off Actium, but he encountered a storm and received damage which caused him to withdraw. 2 When spring came, Antony made no move at any point; for the crews that manned his triremes were made up of all sorts of races, and as they had been wintering at a distance from him, they had had no practice and their numbers had been diminished by disease and desertions. Moreover Agrippa had captured Methone by storm and killed Bogud there, and was now watching for the merchant vessels that came to land and was making descents from time to time on various parts of Greece, all of which disturbed Antony greatly. 4 But Caesar was encouraged by this and wished to bring into play as soon as possible the enthusiasm of his army, which was splendidly trained, and to wage the war in Greece near his rival's bases rather than in Italy near Rome. Therefore he assembled all his troops that were of any value, and likewise all the men of influence, both senators and knights, at Brundisium, wishing to make the first cooperate with him and to keep the others from beginning a rebellion as they might if left by themselves, but chiefly with the purpose of showing to all the world that he had the largest and strongest element among the Romans in sympathy with himself. 6 From Brundisium he sent orders to all these that they should take along with them a stated number of servants and also, except in the case of the soldiers, should carry with them their own supplies. Thereupon he crossed the Ionian Sea with the entire array.
§ 50.12
τὸν Ἰόνιον διέβαλεν. ἦγε δὲ αὐτοὺς οὐκ ἐς τὴν Πελοπόννησον οὐδʼ ἐπὶ τὸν Ἀντώνιον, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸ Ἄκτιον, ἐν ᾧ τὸ πλεῖον αὐτῷ τοῦ ναυτικοῦ ὥρμει, εἴ πώς σφας ἐθελοντὰς ἢ καὶ ἄκοντας προπαραστήσαιτο. Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τόν τε πεζὸν ὑπὸ τὰ ὄρη τὰ Κεραύνια ἐκβιβάσας ἐκεῖσε ἔπεμψε, καὶ αὐτὸς ταῖς ναυσὶ τὴν Κέρκυραν ἐκλειφθεῖσαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἐμφρουρούντων λαβὼν ἐς τὸν λιμένα τὸν γλυκὺν ὠνομασμένον κατέσχε (καλεῖται δὲ οὕτως ὅτι πρὸς τοῦ ποταμοῦ τοῦ ἐς αὐτὸν ἐσβάλλοντος γλυκαίνεταἰ, καὶ ναύσταθμόν τε ἐν αὐτῷ ἐποιήσατο καὶ ἐκεῖθεν ὁρμώμενος ἐπὶ τὸ Ἄκτιον ἐπέπλει. ὡς δʼ οὐδείς οἱ οὔτʼ ἀντανήγετο οὔτʼ ἐς λόγους ᾔει, καίτοι δυοῖν αὐτοῦ θάτερον ἢ πρὸς ὁμολογίαν σφᾶς ἢ πρὸς μάχην προκαλουμένου (τὴν μὲν γὰρ τῇ πίστει τὴν δὲ τῷ δέει οὐκ ἐδέχοντὀ, κατέλαβε τὸ χωρίον τοῦτο ἐν ᾧ νῦν ἡ Νικόπολίς ἐστι, καὶ ἐν αὐτῷ ἐπὶ μετεώρου, ὅθεν ἐπὶ πάντα ὁμοίως τῆς τε ἔξω τῆς πρὸς Πάξοις θαλάσσης καὶ τῆς εἴσω τῆς Ἀμπρακικῆς τῆς τε ἐν τῷ μέσῳ αὐτῶν, ἐν ᾧ οἱ λιμένες οἱ πρὸς τῇ Νικοπόλει εἰσίν, ἄποπτόν ἐστιν, ἱδρύθη. καὶ αὐτό τε ἐκρατύνατο καὶ τείχη ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ ἐς τὸν λιμένα τὸν ἔξω τὸν Κόμαρον καθῆκε, κἀκ τούτου καὶ ἐφήδρευε καὶ ἐφώρμει τῷ Ἀκτίῳ καὶ κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλασσαν. ἤδη μὲν γὰρ ἤκουσα ὅτι καὶ τριήρεις ἐκ τῆς ἔξω θαλάσσης ἐς τὸν κόλπον διὰ τοῦ τειχίσματος ὑπερήνεγκε, βύρσαις νεοδάρτοις ἀντὶ ὁλκῶν ἐλαίῳ ἐπαληλιμμέναις χρησάμενος· ἔχω δʼ οὐδὲν ἔργον τῶν νεῶν τούτων ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ γενόμενον εἰπεῖν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐδὲ πιστεῦσαι τῷ μυθολογήματι δύναμαι· οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδὲ σμικρὸν τὸ πρᾶγμα ἦν, διὰ χωρίου οὕτως ὀλίγου καὶ ἀνωμάλου τριήρεις ἐπὶ βυρσῶν διαγαγεῖν. τοῦτο μὲν οὖν οὕτω λέγεται γενέσθαι· τὸ δʼ Ἄκτιον Ἀπόλλωνος ἱερόν ἐστι, καὶ πρὸ τοῦ στόματος τοῦ πορθμοῦ τοῦ κόλπου τοῦ Ἀμπρακικοῦ κατʼ ἀντιπέρας τῶν πρὸς τῇ Νικοπόλει λιμένων κεῖται. ὅ τε πορθμὸς ἴσος ἐπὶ πολὺ διὰ στενοῦ τείνει, καὶ ἔστι καὶ αὐτὸς καὶ τὰ πρὸ αὐτοῦ πάντα καὶ ἐνορμίσασθαι καὶ ἐνναυλοχήσασθαι. ταῦτʼ οὖν προκατασχόντες οἱ Ἀντωνίειοι ἐπί τε τοῦ στόματος πύργους ἑκατέρωθεν ἐπῳκοδόμησαν καὶ τὸ μέσον ναυσὶ διέλαβον, ὥστε σφίσι καὶ τοὺς ἔκπλους καὶ τὰς ἀναχωρήσεις ἀσφαλεῖς εἶναι· αὐτοί τε ἐπὶ θάτερα τοῦ πορθμοῦ κατὰ τὸ (??ʼερόν, ἐν χωρίῳ ὁμαλῷ μὲν καὶ πλατεῖ, ἐμμαχέσασθαι δὲ ἢ ἐνστρατοπεδεύσασθαι ἐπιτηδειοτέρῳ, ἐνηυλίζοντο· ἐξ οὗπερ οὐχ ἥκιστα τῇ νόσῳ καὶ ἐν τῷ χειμῶνι, καὶ ἐν τῷ θέρει πολὺ μᾶλλον, ἐπιέσθησαν.
He was leading them, not to the Peloponnesus or against Antony, but toward Actium, where the greater part of his rival's fleet was at anchor, to see if he could forestall Antony by gaining possession of it, willing or unwilling. With this object in view Caesar disembarked the cavalry at the foot of the Ceraunian mountains 2 and sent them to the point mentioned, while he himself with his ships seized Corcyra, which had been deserted by the garrisons there, and come to anchor in the Fresh Harbour, so named because it is made fresh by the river which empties into it. There he established a naval station, and with that as his base made excursions to Actium. But no one came out to meet him or would hold parley with him, though he challenged them to do one of two things — either come to terms or give battle. But the first alternative they would not accept because of their confidence, nor the second, because of their fear. He then occupied the site where Nicopolis now stands, 4 and took up a position on high ground there from which there is a view over all the outer sea around the Paxos islands and over the inner, or Ambracian, gulf, as well as over the intervening waters, in which are the harbours of Nicopolis. This spot he fortified, and he constructed walls from it down to Comarus, the outer harbour, and consequently commanded Actium by land and sea, watching it from above with his army and blockading it with his fleet. I have even heard the report that he actually transported triremes from the outer sea to the gulf by way of the fortifications, using newly flayed hides smeared with olive oil instead of runways, 6 yet I am unable to name any exploit of these ships inside the gulf and therefore cannot believe the tradition; for it certainly would have been no small task to draw triremes over so narrow and uneven a tract of land on hides. Nevertheless, this feat is said to have been accomplished in the manner described. Now Actium is a place sacred to Apollo and is situated in front of the mouth of the strait leading into the Ambracian Gulf opposite the harbours of Nicopolis. This strait extends for a long distance in a narrow course of uniform breadth, and both it and all the waters in front of it furnish an excellent place in which to anchor and lie in wait. 8 The forces of Antony had occupied these positions in advance, had built towers on each side of the mouth, and had stationed ships in the intervening waters at intervals so that they could both sail out and return in safety. The men were encamped on the farther side of the narrows, beside the sanctuary, in a level and broad space, which, however, was more suitable as a place for fighting than for encamping; it was because of this fact more than any other that they suffered severely from disease, not only during the winter, but much more during the summer.
§ 50.13
ὁ δʼ οὖν Ἀντώνιος ἐπειδὴ τάχιστα τὴν τοῦ Καίσαρος ἄφιξιν ἐπύθετο, οὐκ ἐμέλλησεν ἀλλʼ ἐς τὸ Ἄκτιον μετὰ τῶν συνόντων οἱ ἠπείχθη. καὶ ἦλθε μὲν οὐ πολλῷ ὕστερον, οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἐς ἀγῶνα εὐθὺς κατέστη, καίτοι ἐκείνου τόν τε πεζὸν πρὸ τοῦ στρατοπέδου σφῶν συνεχῶς προπαρατάσσοντος καὶ ταῖς ναυσὶ πολλάκις σφίσιν ἐπιπλέοντος, τάς τε ὁλκάδας αὐτῶν κατάγοντος, ὅπως πρὶν πᾶσαν τὴν δύναμιν αὐτῷ συνελθεῖν, μόνοις τοῖς τότε παροῦσίν οἱ συμμίξῃ· ἐκ γὰρ αὐτοῦ τούτου οὐκ ἠθέλησεν ἐς ἅπαν ἀναρρῖψαι, ἀλλὰ πείραις καὶ ἀκροβολισμοῖς ἐπὶ πολλὰς ἡμέρας ἐχρήσατο, μέχρις οὗ τὰ στρατεύματα συνελέξατο. τούτοις δέ, ἄλλως τε καὶ τοῦ Καίσαρος μηκέθʼ ὁμοίως ἐγκειμένου, τόν τε πορθμὸν ἐπιδιέβη καὶ οὐ πόρρω αὐτοῦ ἐστρατοπεδεύσατο, κἀκ τούτου καὶ ἱππικὸν περὶ τὸν κόλπον περιπέμψας ἀμφοτέρωθεν αὐτῷ προσήδρευεν. ὁ οὖν Καῖσαρ αὐτὸς μὲν ἡσύχαζε καὶ οὐδένα ἔτι κίνδυνον αὐθαίρετον ἀνῃρεῖτο, ἐς δὲ δὴ τὴν Ἑλλάδα τήν τε Μακεδονίαν ἔπεμψέ τινας, ὅπως τὸν Ἀντώνιον πρὸς ἐκεῖνα ἀπαγάγῃ. καὶ οἱ μὲν ταῦτʼ ἔπραττον, Ἀγρίππας δὲ τότε μὲν τήν τε Λευκάδα καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ σκάφη αἰφνιδίως ἐπεσπλεύσας ἔλαβε, καὶ Πάτρας εἷλε Κύιντον Νασίδιον ναυμαχίᾳ νικήσας, ὕστερον δὲ καὶ τὴν Κόρινθον παρεστήσατο. ὡς οὖν ταῦτά τε συνέβη, καὶ ὁ Τίτιος ὁ Μᾶρκος ὅ τε Ταῦρος ὁ Στατίλιος τό τε ἱππικὸν τοῦ Ἀντωνίου ἐξαίφνης ἐπεκδραμόντες ἐκράτησαν καὶ Φιλάδελφον βασιλέα Παφλαγονίας προσεποιήσαντο, κἀν τούτῳ καὶ ὁ Δομίτιος ὁ Γναῖος ἀχθεσθείς τι τῇ Κλεοπάτρᾳ μετέστη, — καὶ χρήσιμος μὲν οὐδὲν τῷ Καίσαρι ἐγένετο (νοσήσας γὰρ οὐκ ἐς μακρὰν ἐτελεύτησενʼ, ἔδοξε δʼ οὖν ὡς καὶ κατεγνωκὼς τῶν πραγμάτων παρʼ οἷς ἦν ηὐτομοληκέναι (καὶ γὰρ καὶ ἄλλοι αὐτὸν συχνοὶ ἐμιμήσαντὀ, — οὐκέθʼ ὁμοίως ὁ Ἀντώνιος ἐθάρσει, ἀλλʼ ὑπετόπει τε πάντας καὶ ἀπέκτεινεν ἐκ τούτου ἄλλους τε καὶ Ἰάμβλιχον Ἀραβίων τινῶν βασιλέα βασανίσας, Κύιντόν τε Ποστούμιον βουλευτὴν διασπάσασθαί τισιν ἐπιτρέψας. καὶ τέλος φοβηθεὶς μὴ καὶ ὁ Δέλλιος ὁ Κύιντος ὅ τε Ἀμύντας ὁ Γαλάτης (ἔτυχον δὲ ἐπὶ μισθοφόρους ἔς τε τὴν Μακεδονίαν καὶ ἐς τὴν Θρᾴκην πεπεμμένοἰ τὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος ἀνθέλωνται, ὥρμησε πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὡς καὶ ἐπικουρήσων σφίσιν, ἄν τι πολέμιον προσπέσῃ.
As soon as Antony learned of Caesar's arrival he did not delay, but hastened to Actium with his followers. And he arrived there not long afterwards, but did not at once risk an encounter, 2 though Caesar constantly drew up his infantry in battle order in front of the enemy's camp, often sailed against them with his ships and carried off their transports, with the object of joining battle with only such as were then present, before Antony's entire command should assemble. For this very reason the latter was unwilling to stake his all on the cast, and he had recourse for select days to feeling out his enemy and to skirmished until he had gathered his legions. With these, especially since Caesar no longer kept assailing him as before, 4 he crossed the narrows and encamped not far from him, after which he sent cavalry around the gulf and thus invested him on both sides. Caesar, accordingly, remained quiet himself, and no longer accepted any encounter which he could avoid, but sent some troops into Greece and Macedonia with the intention of drawing Antony off in that direction. While they were so engaged Agrippa made a sudden dash with his fleet and captured Leucas and the vessels which were there, took Patrae by conquering Quintus Nasidius in a sea-fight, and later reduced Corinth also. Accordingly, when all this had happened, and when Marcus Titius and Statilius Taurus made a sudden charge upon Antony's cavalry and defeated it and won over Philadelphus, king of Paphlagonia, 6 and meanwhile Gnaeus Domitius, having some grievance against Cleopatra, transferred his allegiance also, — to be sure, he proved of no service to Caesar, since he fell sick and died not long after, yet he created the impression that it was because of his disapproval of the situation on the side on which he was that he had deserted to the other, for many others followed his example, — Antony no longer felt the same confidence, but was suspicious of everybody. For this reason he tortured and put to death, among others, Iamblichus, king of a tribe of the Arabians, and handed over Quintus Postumius, a senator, to be torn asunder. 8 Finally he became afraid that Quintus Dellius and Amyntas, the Galatian, who, as it chanced, had been sent into Macedonia and Thrace to secure mercenaries, would espouse Caesar's cause, and he set out to overtake them, pretending that he wished to render them assistance in case any hostile force should attack them.
§ 50.14
κἀν τούτῳ ναυμαχία τις ἐγένετο. ὁ γὰρ Σόσσιος Λουκίου Ταρρίου ναυσὶν ὀλίγαις ἐφορμοῦντός σφισιν ἐλπίσας ἄξιόν τι λόγου πράξειν, ἂν πρὶν τὸν Ἀγρίππαν, ᾧ πᾶν τὸ ναυτικὸν ἐπετέτραπτο, ἐπελθεῖν, συμβάλῃ αὐτῷ, ἐξανήχθη τε ἐξαπιναίως ὑπὸ τὴν ἕω, ὁμίχλην βαθεῖαν τηρήσας ἵνα μὴ τὸ πλῆθός σφων προϊδὼν φύγῃ, καὶ παραχρῆμα τῇ πρώτῃ προσβολῇ τρεψάμενος αὐτὸν ἐπεδίωξε μέν, οὐχ εἷλε δέ· τοῦ γὰρ Ἀγρίππου κατὰ τύχην ἀπαντήσαντός οἱ οὐ μόνον οὐδὲν τῆς νίκης ἀπώνητο, ἀλλὰ καὶ προσδιεφθάρη μετά τε τοῦ Ταρκονδιμότου καὶ μετʼ ἄλλων πολλῶν. ὁ οὖν Ἀντώνιος διά τε τοῦτο, καὶ ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπανελθὼν ἱππομαχίᾳ τινὶ πρὸς τῆς τοῦ Καίσαρος προφυλακῆς ἡττήθη, οὐκέτʼ ἔγνω δίχα στρατοπεδεύεσθαι, ἀλλʼ ἐκλιπὼν τῆς νυκτὸς τὸ πλησίον τῶν ἐναντίων τάφρευμα ἀνεχώρησεν ἐπὶ θάτερα τοῦ πορθμοῦ, ἔνθα αὐτῷ τὸ πλέον τοῦ στρατοῦ ηὐλίζετο. καὶ ἐπειδὴ καὶ τὰ ἐπιτήδεια αὐτόν, ἅτε καὶ τῆς σιτοπομπίας εἰργόμενον, ἐπιλείπειν ἤρχετο, διαγνώμην ἐποιήσατο πότερον κατὰ χώραν μείναντες διακινδυνεύσωσιν ἢ μεταστάντες που χρόνῳ τὸν πόλεμον διενέγκωσιν.
And in the meantime a naval battle occurred. Lucius Tarius, it seems, was anchored with a few ships opposite Sosius, who hoped to achieve a notable success by attacking him before the arrival of Agrippa, to whom the whole fleet had been entrusted. 2 Accordingly, Sosius waited for a thick mist, so that Tarius should not beforehand because aware of his numbers and flee, and suddenly sailed out just before dawn and immediately at the first assault routed his opponent and pursued him, but failed to capture him; for Agrippa by chance met Sosius on the way, so that he not only gained nothing from the victory, but perished, together with Tarcondimotus and many others. Now, because of this reverse and because Antony himself on his return had been defeated in a cavalry battle by Caesar's advance guard, he decided not to let his men encamp thereafter in two different places, and so during the night he left the intrenchments which were near his opponents and retired to the other side of the narrows, where the largest part of his army was encamped. 4 And when provisions also began to fail him because he was shut off from bringing in grain, he held a council to deliberate whether they should remain where they were and hazard an encounter or should move somewhere else and protract the war. 151 After various opinions had been expressed by different men, Cleopatra prevailed with her advice that they should entrust the best strategic positions to garrisons, and that the rest should depart with herself and Antony to Egypt. 2 She had reached this opinion as the result of being disturbed by omens. For swallows had built their nest about her tent and on the flagship, on which she was sailing, and milk and blood together had dripped from beeswax; also the statues of herself and Antony in the guise of gods, which the Athenians had placed on their Acropolis, had been hurled down by thunderbolts into the theatre. 3 In consequence of these portents and of the resulting dejection of the army, and of the sickness prevalent among them, Cleopatra herself became alarmed and filled Antony with fears. They did not wish, however, to sail out secretly, nor yet openly, as if they were in flight, lest they should inspire their allies also with fear, but rather as if they were making preparations for a naval battle, and incidentally in order that they might force their way though in case there should be any resistance. 4 Therefore they first chose out the best of the vessels and burned the rest, since the sailors had become fewer by death and desertion; next they secretly put all their most valuable possessions on board by night. Then when the ships were ready, Antony called his soldiers together and spoke as follows:
§ 50.15
εἰπόντων δὲ ἄλλων ἄλλα ἐνίκησεν ἡ Κλεοπάτρα, τά τε ἐπικαιρότατα τῶν χωρίων φρουραῖς παραδοθῆναι καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς ἐς τὴν Αἴγυπτον μεθʼ ἑαυτῶν ἀπᾶραι συμβουλεύσασα. ταύτην γὰρ τὴν γνώμην ἔσχεν, ἐπειδὴ ὑπὸ σημείων ἐταράχθη. χελιδόνες τε γὰρ περί τε τὴν σκηνὴν αὐτῆς καὶ ἐν τῇ νηὶ τῇ στρατηγίδι, ἐφʼ ἧς ἐπέπλει, ἐνεόττευσαν, καὶ γάλα αἷμά τε ἐκ κηροῦ ἐρρύη· τάς τε εἰκόνας αὐτῶν, ἃς οἱ Ἀθηναῖοι ἐν τῇ ἀκροπόλει τὸ τῶν θεῶν σχῆμα ἐχούσας ἔστησαν, κεραυνοὶ ἐς τὸ θέατρον κατήραξαν. ἔκ τε οὖν τούτων καὶ ἐκ τῆς τοῦ στρατεύματος καὶ ἀθυμίας ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς καὶ ἀρρωστίας ἡ Κλεοπάτρα αὐτή τε ἔδεισε καὶ τὸν Ἀντώνιον ἐξεφόβησεν. οὐ μέντοι καὶ κρύφα, ἢ καὶ φανερῶς ὡς καὶ φεύγοντες, ἐκπλεῦσαι, μὴ καὶ ἐς δέος τοὺς συμμάχους ἐμβάλωσιν, ἠθέλησαν, ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐπὶ ναυμαχίαν παρασκευαζόμενοι, ἵνα ἅμα, ἄν τι ἀνθίστηται, βιάσωνται τὸν ἔκπλουν. κἀκ τούτου πρῶτον μὲν τὰ ἄριστα τῶν σκαφῶν, ἐπειδὴ ἐλάττους οἱ ναῦται ἔκ τε τῆς φθορᾶς καὶ ἐκ τῆς αὐτομολίας ἐγεγόνεσαν, ἐπιλεξάμενοι τὰ λοιπὰ κατέπρησαν, ἔπειτα δὲ νύκτωρ πάντα τὰ τιμιώτατα λαθραίως ἐς αὐτὰς ἐσεφόρησαν. ἐπειδή τε ἕτοιμα ἦν, συνεκάλεσεν ὁ Ἀντώνιος τοὺς στρατιώτας καὶ εἶπε τοιάδε·
—
§ 50.16
“ὅσα μὲν ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ προσῆκον ἦν ἐκπορισθῆναι πρὸς τὸν πόλεμον, πάνθʼ ἱκανῶς, ὦ ἄνδρες στρατιῶται, προπαρεσκεύασται. καὶ γὰρ πλῆθος πολὺ ὑμῶν ἐστι, πᾶν ὅ τι περ ἄνθος καὶ παρὰ τῶν ὑπηκόων καὶ παρὰ τῶν συμμάχων ἐξειλεγμένον· καὶ παντὸς εἴδους μάχης, ὅσα γε καὶ παρʼ ἡμῖν νομίζεται, ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον χειροτέχναι ἐστὲ ὥστε καὶ καθʼ ἑαυτοὺς ἕκαστοι φοβεροὶ τοῖς ἀντιπάλοις εἶναι. ὁρᾶτε δέ που καὶ αὐτοὶ ὅσον μὲν καὶ οἷον ναυτικὸν ἔχομεν, ὅσους δὲ καὶ οἵους ὁπλίτας ἱππέας σφενδονήτας πελταστὰς τοξότας ἱπποτοξότας· ὧν τὰ μὲν πλείω οὐδʼ ὑπάρχει ἀρχὴν τοῖς ἐναντίοις, ὅσα δὲ κέκτηνται, πολὺ ἐλάττονα καὶ ἀσθενέστερα τῶν ἡμετέρων ἐστί. καὶ μὴν καὶ τὰ χρήματα ἐκείνοις μὲν ὀλίγα καὶ ταῦτα ἐκ συντελείας βιαίου πεπορισμένα οὔτʼ ἂν ἐπὶ πολὺ ἐξαρκέσειεν ἄν, καὶ τοὺς συνεσενηνοχότας αὐτὰ οἰκειοτέρους ἡμῖν ἢ τοῖς λαβοῦσι πεποίηκεν εἶναι, ὥστε μήτʼ ἄλλως εὐνοϊκῶς σφας αὐτοῖς ἔχειν καὶ προσέτι καὶ ἐκ τοῦ φανεροῦ στασιάζειν· ἡμῖν δὲ ἐκ περιουσίας παρεσκευασμένα οὔτε λελύπηκέ τινα καὶ πάντας ἡμᾶς ὠφελήσει.
“The preparations for the war which it was my duty to attend to have all been adequately made, soldiers, in advance. First, there is your immense throng, all the chosen flower of our dependents and allies; and to such a degree are you masters of every form of combat that is in vogue among us that each of you, unsupported, is formidable to your adversaries. 2 Again, you yourselves surely see how large and how fine a fleet we have, and how many fine hoplites, cavalry, slingers, peltasts, archers, and mounted archers. Most of these arms are not found at all on the other side, and those that they have are much fewer and far less powerful than ours. Moreover, their funds are scanty, and that, too, though they have been raised by forced contributions and cannot last long, and at the same time they have rendered the contributors better disposed toward us than toward the men who took their money; hence the population is in no way favourable to them, and is on the point of open revolt besides. Our resources, on the other hand, drawn as they have been from our accumulations, have caused no one person to feel aggrieved, and will aid us all collectively.
§ 50.17
πρὸς δὲ τούτοις τοσούτοις τε καὶ τοιούτοις οὖσιν ὤκνησα μὲν ἄλλως αὐτὸς περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ σεμνόν τι εἰπεῖν· ἐπειδὴ δὲ καὶ τοῦθʼ ἓν τῶν πρὸς τὸ τοῦ πολέμου κράτος φερόντων ἐστὶ καὶ μέγιστόν γε παρὰ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις εἶναι πεπίστευται, λέγω δὲ τὸ καὶ στρατηγοῦ τινος ἀρίστου τοὺς καλῶς πολεμήσοντας τυχεῖν, ἀναγκαιότατόν μοι τὸν περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ λόγον αὐτὴ ἡ χρεία πεποίηκεν, ἵνʼ ἔτι μᾶλλον εἰδῆτε τοῦθʼ, ὅτι αὐτοί τε τοιοῦτοί ἐστε οἷοι καὶ ἄνευ ἄρχοντος ἀγαθοῦ νικᾶν, καὶ ἐγὼ τοιοῦτος οἷος καὶ μετὰ κακῶν στρατιωτῶν κρατεῖν δύνασθαι. τήν τε γὰρ ἡλικίαν ταύτην ἄγω ἐν ᾗ καὶ μάλιστα ἄνθρωποι καὶ τῷ σώματι καὶ τῇ διανοίᾳ ἀκμάζουσι, καὶ μήτε τῇ τῆς νεότητος προπετείᾳ μήτε τῇ τοῦ γήρως ἐκλύσει κακύνονται, ἀλλʼ αὐτὸ τὸ μέσον ἑκατέρου ἔχοντες ἔρρωνται τὰ μάλιστα· καὶ προσέτι τοιαύτῃ μὲν φύσει τοιαύτῃ δὲ καὶ παιδείᾳ κέχρημαι ὥστε καὶ γνῶναι πάντα τὰ προσήκοντα καὶ εἰπεῖν ῥᾷστα δύνασθαι. τήν τε ἐμπειρίαν, ἥπερ που καὶ τοὺς ἀνοήτους καὶ τοὺς ἀπαιδεύτους λόγου τινὸς ἀξίους δοκεῖν εἶναι ποιεῖ, διὰ πάντων μὲν τῶν πολιτικῶν πάντων δὲ τῶν στρατιωτικῶν προσείληφα· ἔκ τε γὰρ μειρακίου δεῦρο ἀεὶ ἐν αὐτοῖς ἐξήτασμαι, καὶ πολλὰ μὲν ἤρχθην πολλὰ δὲ ἦρξα, ἀφʼ ὧν τοῦτο μὲν ὅσα τε καὶ οἷα χρὴ προστάσσειν, τοῦτο δʼ ὅσα καὶ οἷα χρὴ πειθαρχοῦντα πράττειν, μεμάθηκα. ἐφοβήθην, ἐθάρσησα· ἐξ ὧν τοῦ μὲν τὸ μὴ ῥᾳδίως τι δεδιέναι, τοῦ δὲ τὸ μὴ προχείρως ἀποτολμᾶν εἴθισμαι. εὐτύχησα, ἔπταισα· παρʼ ὧν τὸ μήτʼ ἀπογιγνώσκειν τι μήθʼ ὑπερφρονεῖν ἔχω.
”In addition to these considerations, numerous and important as they are, I hesitate on general principles to add anything personal concerning myself by way of boasting; yet since this, too, is one of the factors which contribute to victory in war, and in the opinion of all men is of supreme importance, — I mean that men who are to wage war successfully must also have an excellent general, — 2 necessity itself has rendered quite inevitable what I shall say about myself, in order that you may realize even better than you do this truth, that you yourselves are the kind of soldiers that could win even without a good leader, and that I am the kind of leader that could prevail even with poor soldiers. For I am at that age when men are at their very prime, both in body and in mind, and are hampered neither by the rashness of youth nor by the slackness of old age, but are their strongest, because they occupy the mean between these two extremes.4 Moreover, I have the advantage of such natural gifts and of such a training that I can with the greatest ease make the right decision in every case and give it utterance. As regards experience, which, as you know, causes even the ignorant and the uneducated to appear to be of some value, I have been acquiring that through my whole political and my whole military career. For from boyhood down to the present moment I have continually trained myself in these matters; I have been ruled much and have ruled much, and thereby I have learned, on the one hand, all the tasks of whatever kind the leader must impose, and, on the other, all the duties of whatever kind the subordinate must obediently perform. I have known fear, I have known confidence; 6 thereby I have schooled myself, through the one, not to be afraid of anything too readily, and, through the other, not to venture on any hazard too heedlessly. I have known good fortune, I have known failure; consequently I am able to avoid both despair and excess of pride.
§ 50.18
λέγω δὲ ταῦτα ἐν εἰδόσι, μάρτυρας ὑμᾶς τοὺς ἀκούοντας αὐτῶν ποιούμενος, οὐχ ἵνʼ ἄλλως τι περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ κομπάσαιμι (ἱκανὸν γάρ μοι πρὸς εὔκλειαν τὸ συνειδὸς ὑμῶν ὑπάρχεἰ ἀλλʼ ἵνα καὶ ἐκ τούτων καταμάθητε ὅσῳ βέλτιον τῶν ἐναντίων παρεσκευάσμεθα. ἐλαττούμενοι γὰρ ἡμῶν καὶ τῷ πλήθει τῶν τε στρατιωτῶν ἅμα καὶ τῶν χρημάτων καὶ τῷ πολυειδεῖ τῆς παρασκευῆς, οὐδενὶ τῶν πάντων τοσοῦτον ἐλλείπουσιν ὅσον τῇ τε ἡλικίᾳ καὶ τῇ ἀπειρίᾳ τοῦ στρατηγοῦντος αὐτῶν. περὶ οὗ τὰ μὲν ἄλλα οὐδὲν δέομαι καθʼ ἕκαστον ἀκριβῶς εἰπεῖν, κεφαλαιώσας δὲ ἐρῶ τοῦτο ὃ καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐπίστασθε, ὅτι τε ἀρρωστότατος τῷ σώματί ἐστι, καὶ ὅτι οὐδεμίαν πώποτε ἐπιφανῆ μάχην οὔτε ἐν τῇ ἠπείρῳ οὔτε ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ αὐτὸς νενίκηκεν. ἀμέλει καὶ ἐν τοῖς Φιλίπποις ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ ἀγῶνι ἐγὼ μὲν ἐκράτησα ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἡττήθη. τοσοῦτον μὲν ἀλλήλων διαφέρομεν, τὰ δὲ δὴ πολλὰ τῶν ἄμεινον παρεσκευασμένων καὶ αἱ νῖκαι γίγνονται. εἰ δʼ οὖν τινα καὶ ἐκεῖνοι ἰσχὺν ἔχουσιν, ἀλλʼ ἔν τε τῷ ὁπλιτικῷ καὶ κατὰ τὴν γῆν εὕροιτʼ ἂν αὐτὴν οὖσαν, ταῖς δὲ δὴ ναυσὶν οὐδʼ ἀντᾶραι τὸ παράπαν ἡμῖν δυνήσονται. ὁρᾶτε γάρ που καὶ αὐτοὶ καὶ τὸ μέγεθος καὶ τὸ πάχος τῶν ἡμετέρων σκαφῶν, ὥστε εἰ καὶ τὸν ἀριθμὸν ἰσοπαλεῖς αὐταῖς ἐκεῖναι ἦσαν, ἀλλʼ ὑπό γε τούτων οὐδὲν ἂν οὔτε ταῖς ἐμβολαῖς οὔτε ταῖς προσβολαῖς ἐκακούργησαν· τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἡ παχύτης τῶν ξύλων, τὸ δὲ αὐτὸ τὸ ὕψος τῶν νεῶν, καὶ εἰ μηδεὶς ἀπʼ αὐτῶν ἠμύνετο, πάντως ἂν ἐπέσχε. ποῦ δὴ καὶ τοξοτῶν καὶ σφενδονητῶν τοσούτων ἐπιπλεόντων, καὶ προσέτι καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν πύργων ἄνωθεν αὐτῶν ἐφικνουμένων, δυνήσεταί τίς σφισι προσμῖξαι; εἰ δὲ δὴ καὶ πλησιάσειέ τις, πῶς μὲν οὐκ ἂν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ τοῦ πλήθους τῶν κωπῶν βαπτισθείη, πῶς δʼ οὐκ ἂν ὑπὸ πάντων τῶν τε ἀπὸ τῶν καταστρωμάτων καὶ τῶν ἀπὸ τῶν πύργων βαλλόμενος καταποντωθείη;
"I speak to you who know what I say is true, and make you who hear it my witnesses to its truth, not with the intention of uttering idle boasts about myself, — enough for me, so far as fame is concerned, is your consciousness of it, — but to the end that you may in this way bring home to yourselves how much better we are equipped than our opponents. 2 For while they are inferior to us not only in number of troops and in abundance of money, but also in diversity of equipment, yet in no one respect are they so lacking as in the youth and inexperience of their commander. About his deficiencies in general I do not need to speak precisely of in detail, but I will sum up the whole matter and say, what you also know, that he is a veritable weakling in body and has never by himself been city in any important battle either on the land or on the sea. Indeed, at Philippi, in one and the same conflict, it was I that conquered and he that was defeated. “So great is the difference between us two; but, as a rule, it is those who have the better equipment that secure the victories. Now if our opponents have any strength at all, you will find it to exist in their heavy-armed force and on land; as for their ships, they will not even be able to sail out against us at all. For you yourselves, of course, see the length and beam of our vessels, which are such that even if the enemy's were a match for them in number, yet because of these advantages on our side they could do no damage either by charging bows-on or by ramming our sides. For in the one case the thickness of our timbers, and in the other the very height of our ships, would certainly check them, even if there were no one on board to ward them off. 6 Where, indeed, will anyone find a chance to assail ships which carry so many archers and slingers, who have the further advantage of striking their assailants from the towers aloft? But if anyone should manage to come up close, how could he fail to get sunk by the very number of our oars, or how could he fail to be sent to the bottom when shot at by all the warriors on our decks and in our towers?
§ 50.19
μὴ γάρ, ὅτι περὶ Σικελίαν Ἀγρίππας ἐναυκράτησε, παρὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἀρετὴν αὐτοὺς ναυτικὴν ἔχειν ἡγεῖσθε· οὔτε γὰρ πρὸς τὸν Σέξτον ἀλλὰ πρὸς τοὺς δούλους αὐτοῦ, οὔτε πρὸς ὁμοίαν ἡμῖν ἀντιπαρασκευὴν ἀλλὰ πρὸς πολὺ διάφορον ἠγωνίσαντο. εἴ τέ τις τὴν εὐτυχίαν αὐτῶν ἐκείνην ἐν μεγάλῳ τιθείη, δίκαιός ἐστι καὶ τὴν ἧτταν τὴν αὐτοῦ τοῦ Καίσαρος, ἣν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ τοῦ Σέξτου ἐνικήθη, ἀντιλογίσασθαι· καὶ οὕτως οὐχ ὅπως ἴσα πρὸς ἴσα, ἀλλὰ καὶ πολὺ πλείω καὶ κρείττω πάντα τὰ ἡμέτερα τῶν ἐκείνοις ὑπαρχόντων εὑρήσει. τὸ δʼ ὅλον, πόστην μὲν ἡ Σικελία μερίδα τῆς ἄλλης ἀρχῆς, πόστην δὲ ἡ τοῦ Σέξτου δύναμις τῆς ἡμετέρας παρασκευῆς εἶχεν, ὥστε τινὰ εἰκότως ἂν τὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος, τὰ αὐτὰ ἐκεῖνα ὄντα καὶ μήτε πλείω μήτʼ ἀμείνω γεγονότα, καταδεῖσαι μᾶλλον ἐξ ὧν ηὐτύχησεν ἢ θαρσῆσαι ἐξ ὧν ἔπταισεν. ὅθεν που καὶ ἐγὼ ταῦτα λογιζόμενος οὐκ ἠθέλησα τῷ πεζῷ προαποκινδυνεῦσαι, ἐν ᾧ δὴ δοκοῦσι τρόπον τινὰ ἰσχύειν, ἵνα μηδεὶς ὑμῶν πταίσματός τινος ἐν ἐκείνῳ γενομένου ἀθυμήσῃ, ἀλλὰ ταῖς ναυσίν, αἷς κράτιστοί τε ἐσμὲν καὶ παμπληθὲς αὐτῶν περίεσμεν, ἵνʼ ἐν ταύταις κρατήσαντες καὶ τοῦ πεζοῦ σφων καταφρονήσωμεν. εὖ γὰρ δὴ τοῦτο ἴστε, ὅτι πᾶσα ἡ τοῦ πολέμου ῥοπὴ ἐντεῦθεν ἐκ τοῦ ναυτικοῦ ἀμφοτέροις ἡμῖν ἤρτηται· κἂν τούτῳ περιγενώμεθα, οὐδὲν ἔτι δεινὸν οὐδʼ ὑπὸ τῶν ἄλλων πεισόμεθα, ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ ἐν νησιδίῳ τινὶ αὐτούς, ἅτε πάντων τῶν πέριξ ἡμετέρων ὄντων, ἀπειληφότες ἀκονιτί, κἂν μηδενὶ ἄλλῳ, τῷ γε λιμῷ χειρωσόμεθα.
Do not imagine, now, that they possess any particular seamanship just because Agrippa won a naval battle off Sicily; for they contended, not against Sextus, but against his slaves, not against a like equipment with ours, but against one far inferior. 2 And if anyone is inclined to make much of their good fortune in that combat, he is bound to reckon on the other side the defeat which Caesar himself suffered at the hands of Sextus himself; in this way he will find, not merely that our chances are equal, but that all the considerations on our side are far more numerous and far better than on theirs. In a word, how large a part does Sicily form of the whole empire, and how large a fraction of our force did the troops of Sextus possess, that anyone should reasonably fear Caesar's armament, which is precisely the same as before and has grown neither larger nor better, merely because of his good luck, rather than take courage because of his defeat? 4 It is precisely in view of these considerations, therefore, that I have not cared to risk a first engagement with the infantry, where they appear to have strength in a way, in order that no one of you should become disheartened as the result of a reverse in that arm; instead, I have chosen to begin with the ships, where we are strongest and have a vast superiority over our antagonists, in order that after a victory with these we may scorn their infantry also.5 For you know well that the turn of the scale in this war depends for both sides entirely upon just this — I mean our fleets; for if we come out victorious with this arm we shall thenceforth suffer no harm from any of their other forces either, but shall cut them off on an islet, as it were, since all the regions round about are in our possession, and shall subdue them without trouble, if in no other way, at least by hunger.
§ 50.20
καὶ μὴν ὅτι οὐχ ὑπὲρ μικρῶν οὐδʼ ὑπὲρ φαύλων τινῶν ἀγωνιούμεθα, ἀλλʼ ὥστε προθυμηθέντες μὲν τῶν μεγίστων τυχεῖν ἀμελήσαντες δὲ τὰ δεινότατα παθεῖν, οὐδὲ λόγου προσδεῖν ἡγοῦμαι. τί γὰρ οὐκ ἂν ἡμᾶς, ἄν γε καὶ κρατήσωσιν, ἐργάσαιντο, πάντας μὲν ὡς εἰπεῖν τοὺς μετὰ τοῦ Σέξτου τῶν ἐλλογίμων γενομένους ἀπεκτονότες, πολλοὺς δὲ καὶ τῶν μετὰ τοῦ Λεπίδου συναραμένων σφίσιν ἀπολωλεκότες; καὶ τί λέγω ταῦτα, ὁπότε καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν Λέπιδον, μήτε τι ἀδικήσαντα καὶ προσέτι καὶ συμμαχήσαντα αὐτοῖς, τῆς τε ἡγεμονίας ἁπάσης παραλελύκασι καὶ ὥσπερ τινὰ αἰχμάλωτον ἐν φρουρᾷ ἔχουσι, καὶ τούς τε ἐξελευθέρους πάντας τοὺς ἐν τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ καὶ προσέτι καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους τοὺς τὰ χωρία κεκτημένους ἠργυρολογήκασιν οὕτως ὥστε καὶ ἐς ὅπλα τινὰς αὐτῶν ἐλθεῖν ἀναγκάσαι, κἀκ τούτου συχνοὺς φθεῖραι; ἀλλʼ ἔστιν ὅπως φείσονται ἡμῶν οἱ τῶν συμμάχων μὴ πεφεισμένοι; ἀφέξονται τῶν ἡμετέρων οἱ τὰ τῶν οἰκείων δεδασμολογηκότες; φιλανθρωπεύσονταί τι νικήσαντες οἱ καὶ πρὶν κρατῆσαι τί πεποιηκότες; καὶ ἵνα γε μὴ πάντα τὰ τῶν ἄλλων λέγων διατρίβω, ἀλλʼ αὐτὰ τὰ ἐς ἡμᾶς αὐτοῖς τετολμημένα καταλέξω, τίς μὲν οὐκ οἶδεν ὅτι κοινωνὸς ἐγὼ καὶ συνάρχων τοῦ Καίσαρος ἀποδειχθείς, καὶ τήν τε προστασίαν τῶν κοινῶν ἐκ τοῦ ἴσου αὐτῷ λαβὼν καὶ τιμῶν καὶ ἀρχῶν τῶν ὁμοίων τυχών, καὶ τοσοῦτον ἤδη χρόνον ἐν αὐταῖς ὤν, πάντων αὐτῶν ὅσον ἐπʼ ἐκείνῳ ἐστίν, ἀπεστέρημαι, καὶ ἰδιώτης μὲν ἐξ ἡγεμόνος ἄτιμος δὲ ἐξ ὑπάτου γέγονα, οὐχ ὑπὸ τοῦ δήμου οὐδʼ ὑπὸ τῆς βουλῆς (πῶς γάρ, ὁπότε καὶ ἔφυγον ἄντικρυς ἐκ τῆς πόλεως καὶ οἱ ὕπατοι καὶ ἄλλοι τινές, ἵνα μηδὲν τοιοῦτο ψηφίσωνται;ʼ ἀλλʼ ὑπό τε αὐτοῦ ἐκείνου καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν περὶ αὐτὸν ὄντων, οἵτινες οὐκ αἰσθάνονται μόναρχον αὐτὸν ἐφʼ ἑαυτοὺς πρώτους ἀσκοῦντες; ὁ γὰρ τολμήσας τὰς διαθήκας μου ζῶντος, δύναμιν τοσαύτην ἔχοντος, Ἀρμενίους νικῶντος, καὶ ζητῆσαι καὶ βίᾳ τοὺς λαβόντας αὐτὰς ἀφελέσθαι καὶ ἀνοῖξαι καὶ δημοσίᾳ ἀναγνῶναι πῶς ἂν ἢ ὑμῶν ἢ ἄλλου τινὸς φείσαιτο; καὶ ὅ γε τοιοῦτος ἐς ἐμὲ τὸν φίλον τὸν ὁμοτράπεζον τὸν συγγενῆ γεγονὼς πῶς ἂν φιλάνθρωπόν τι πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους, πρὸς οὓς οὐδὲν αὐτῷ συμβόλαιόν ἐστι, ποιήσειεν;
”Now I think that there is no further need even of words to show you that we shall be struggling, not for small or insignificant ends, but in a contest such that, if we are zealous, we shall obtain the greatest rewards, and if careless, we shall suffer the most grievous misfortunes. 2 Why, what would they not do to us, if they should prevail, when they have put to death practically all the followers of Sextus who were of any prominence, and have even destroyed many followers of Lepidus though they cooperated with Caesar's party? But why do I mention this, seeing that they have removed from his command altogether Lepidus himself, who was guilty of no wrong and furthermore had been their ally, and keep him under guard as if he were a prisoner of war, and when they have also extracted contributions of money from all the freedmen of Italy and from all the rest likewise who possess any land, going so far as to force some of them actually to resort to arms, and then for that act to put large numbers to death? 4 Is it possible that those who have not spared their allies will spare us? Will those who levied tribute upon the property of their own adherents keep their hands from ours? Will they show humanity as victors who, even before gaining supremacy, have committed every conceivable outrage? Not to spend time in speaking of the experience of other people, I will enumerate their acts of insolence toward ourselves. Who does not know that, although I was chosen a partner and colleague of Caesar and was given the management of public affairs on equal terms with him, and received like honours and offices, in possession of which I have continued for so long a time, yet I have been deprived of them all, so far as lay in his power; I have become a private citizen instead of a commander, 6 disenfranchised instead of consul, and this not by the action of the people nor yet of the senate (for how could that be, when the consuls and some other senators went so far as to flee at once from the city in order to escape casting any such vote?), but by the act of this one man and of his adherent, who do not perceive that they are training a sovereign to rule over themselves first of all? Why, the man who dared while I was still alive and in possession of so great power and was conquering the Armenians, to hunt out my will, to take it forcibly from those who received it, to open it and read it public column — how, I say, should a man like that spare either you or anybody else? 8 And how will he show any kindness to others to whom he is bound by no tie, when he has shown himself such a man toward me — his friend, his table-companion, his kinsman?
§ 50.21
καὶ μὴν εἰ δεῖ τι τοῖς ἐψηφισμένοις ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ τεκμαίρεσθαι, ὑμῖν μὲν καὶ φανερῶς ἀπειλεῖ (πολεμίους γοῦν ἄντικρυς τοὺς πλείονας ὑμῶν πεποίηταἰ, ἐμοὶ δʼ οὐδὲν αὐτῷ τοιοῦτον ἐπήγγελκε, καίτοι καὶ πολεμῶν μοι καὶ πάντα οὐχ ὅπως τὰ τοῦ κεκρατηκότος ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ τοῦ πεφονευκότος με ἤδη ποιῶν. ὥσθʼ ὁπότε ἐμέ, ὃν μηδέπω καὶ νῦν πολέμιον ἔχειν προσποιεῖται, τοιαῦτα δέδρακεν, ἥκιστα ἂν ὑμῶν ἀπόσχοιτο, οἷς καὶ αὐτὸς ἐκπεπολεμῶσθαι σαφῶς ὁμολογεῖ. τί ποτʼ οὖν αὐτῷ βούλεται τὸ τὰ μὲν ὅπλα πᾶσιν ὁμοίως ἡμῖν ἐπιφέρειν, ἐν δὲ δὴ τῷ ψηφίσματι τοῖς μὲν πολεμεῖν τοῖς δὲ μὴ φάσκειν; οὐ μὰ Δίʼ οὐχ ἵνα διαφορότητά τινα ἐν ἡμῖν ἐργάσηται, οὐδʼ ἵνα τοῖς μὲν ἄλλως τοῖς δὲ ἄλλως, ἄν γε καὶ κρατήσῃ, χρήσηται, ἀλλʼ ἵνʼ ἡμᾶς στασιάσας συγκρούσῃ καὶ κατὰ τοῦτʼ ἀσθενεστέρους ποιήσῃ. οὐ γὰρ ἀγνοεῖ γε ὅτι ὁμοφρονούντων μὲν ἡμῶν καὶ καθʼ ἓν πάντα πραττόντων οὐδαμῇ οὐδαμῶς κρείττων ἂν γένοιτο, διενεχθέντων δέ, καὶ τῶν μὲν ταῦτα τῶν δὲ ἐκεῖνα ἑλομένων, τάχʼ ἂν κρατήσειε· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τοῦτον ἡμῖν τὸν τρόπον προσφέρεται.
“Now in case we are to draw any inferences from his decrees, he threatens you openly, — at any rate he has made the majority of you enemies outright, — but against me personally no such declaration has been made, though he is at war with me and is already acting in every way like one who has not only conquered me but also murdered me. 2 Hence, when he has treated me in such a way, — me, whom he pretends not even yet at this day to regard as an enemy, — he surely will not keep his hands off you, with whom even he clearly admits that he is at war. What in the world does he mean, then, by threatening us all alike with arms, but in the decree declaring that he is at war with some and not with others? It is not, by Jupiter, with the intention of making any distinction among us, or of treating one class in one way and another in another, if he prevails, but it is in order to set us at variance and bring us in collision, and thus render us weaker. 4 For of course he is not unaware that while we are in accord, and acting as one in everything, he can never get the upper hand, but that if we quarrel, and some choose one policy and the rest another, he may perhaps prevail; and it is for this reason that he acts as he does toward us.
§ 50.22
ὥσπερ οὖν καὶ ἐγὼ καὶ οἱ συνόντες μοι Ῥωμαῖοι τόν τε κίνδυνον, καίπερ ἄδειάν τινα τῶν ἐψηφισμένων ἕνεκα ἔχοντες, προορώμεθα καὶ τὴν ἐπιβουλὴν αὐτοῦ συνίεμεν, καὶ οὔτε προϊέμεθα ὑμᾶς οὔτʼ αὖ ἰδίᾳ τὸ συμφέρον ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς προσκοποῦμεν, οὕτω που καὶ ὑμᾶς, οὓς οὐδʼ αὐτὸς ἀρνεῖται μὴ οὐκ ἐχθροὺς καὶ ἐχθίστους γε ἡγεῖσθαι, χρὴ πάντα ταῦτʼ ἐνθυμηθέντας, καὶ κοινοὺς μὲν τοὺς κινδύνους κοινὰς δὲ καὶ τὰς ἐλπίδας ποιησαμένους, καὶ συνάρασθαι τὰ πράγματα παντοίως καὶ συσπουδάσαι προθύμως, θέντας παρʼ ἄλληλα καὶ ἃ πεισόμεθα, ὥσπερ εἶπον, ἡττηθέντες, καὶ ὧν τευξόμεθα κρατήσαντες. μέγα μὲν γὰρ καὶ τὸ μηδὲν μήθʼ ὑβριστικὸν μήτε πλεονεκτικὸν ἐλαττωθέντας πῃ ἡμᾶς παθεῖν, μέγιστον δὲ τὸ νικήσαντας πάνθʼ ὅσα τις ἂν εὔξαιτο πρᾶξαι. αἴσχιστον δὲ τοσούτους καὶ τοιούτους ὄντας, καὶ ὅπλα καὶ χρήματα καὶ ναῦς καὶ ἵππους ἔχοντας, τὰ χείρονα ἀντὶ τῶν ἀμεινόνων ἑλέσθαι, καὶ παρὸν καὶ ἐκείνοις τὴν ἐλευθερίαν παρασχεῖν, συνδουλεῦσαι μᾶλλον αὐτοῖς ἐθελῆσαι. τοσοῦτον γάρ που διαφέρομεν ἀλλήλων ὥσθʼ ὁ μὲν καὶ ὑμῶν μοναρχῆσαι ἐπιθυμεῖ, ἐγὼ δὲ καὶ ἐκείνους ἐλευθερῶσαι βούλομαι, καθάπερ που καὶ τοῖς ὅρκοις πεπίστωμαι. ὡς οὖν ὑπὲρ ἀμφοτέρων ὁμοίως ἀγωνιούμενοι, καὶ κοινὰ τὰ ἀγαθὰ πᾶσι κατακτησόμενοι, σπουδάσωμεν, ὦ ἄνδρες στρατιῶται, ἔν τε τῷ παραχρῆμα κρατῆσαι καὶ διὰ παντὸς εὐδαιμονῆσαι.”
”Just as I, therefore, and the Romans associated with me foresee the danger, in spite of our enjoying a kind of immunity so far as the decrees are concerned, and as we comprehend his plot, and yet neither abandon you nor look privately to our own advantage, 2 in like manner you, too, whom even he himself does not deny that he regards as hostile, yes, most hostile, ought to bear in mind all these facts, and counting both our dangers and our hopes as common to us all, you should cooperate in every way in what we have to do and eagerly share in our zeal, balancing against each other what we shall suffer (as I have explained) if defeated, and what we shall gain if victorious. For while it is a great thing for us just to escape being the victims of insult and greed, if by any chance we are defeated, yet it is greatest of all to conquer and thus to be able to accomplish all we have prayed for. On the other hand, it is most disgraceful for us, who are so many and so valiant, who have weapons, money, ships, and horses, to choose the worse instead of the better course, and when it is in our power to confer liberty upon the other side as well as upon ourselves, to prefer to share their slavery with them. 4 Our aims, you must know, are so opposed that, whereas he desires to reign as a sovereign over you, I wish to free them as well as you, and this indeed I have confirmed by oath. Therefore, as men who are to struggle for both sides alike and to win blessings in which all will share, let us earnestly strive, soldiers, to prevail at the present moment and to gain happiness for all time."
§ 50.23
τοιαῦτά τινα ὁ Ἀντώνιος εἰπὼν πάντας μὲν τοὺς πρώτους τῶν συνόντων οἱ ἐς τὰς ναῦς ἐσεβίβασε, μή τι νεωτερίσωσι καθʼ ἑαυτοὺς γενόμενοι, ὥσπερ ὅ τε Δέλλιος καὶ ἄλλοι τινὲς αὐτομολήσαντες, παμπληθεῖς δὲ καὶ τοξότας καὶ σφενδονήτας καὶ ὁπλίτας ἀνεβιβάσατο· ἐπειδὴ γὰρ τῷ τε μεγέθει τῶν τοῦ Καίσαρος νεῶν καὶ τῷ πλήθει τῶν ἐπιβατῶν αὐτοῦ ὁ Σέξτος οὐχ ἥκιστα ἥττητο, τά τε σκάφη κατεσκεύασε πολὺ τῶν ἐναντίων ὑπερέχοντα (τριήρεις μὲν γὰρ ὀλίγας, τετρήρεις δὲ καὶ δεκήρεις καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ τὰ διὰ μέσου πάντα ἐξεποίησἐ καὶ ἐπʼ αὐτὰ πύργους τε ὑψηλοὺς ἐπικατεσκεύασε καὶ πλῆθος ἀνθρώπων ἐπανεβίβασεν, ὥστε καθάπερ ἀπὸ τειχῶν αὐτοὺς μάχεσθαι. Καῖσαρ δὲ καθεώρα μὲν τὴν παρασκευὴν αὐτῶν καὶ εὐτρεπίζετο, μαθὼν δὲ δὴ καὶ τὴν διάνοιάν σφων παρὰ τε ἄλλων καὶ παρὰ τοῦ Δελλίου συνήγαγε καὶ αὐτὸς τὸ στράτευμα καὶ ἔλεξεν ὧδε·
After speaking to this effect Antony put all his most prominent associates on board the ships, to prevent them from beginning any mutiny if left by themselves, as Dellius and some other deserters had done; he also embarked great numbers of archers, slingers, and heavy-armed troops. 2 For seeing that the size of Caesar's ships and the number of marines were chiefly responsible for the defeat of Sextus, Antony had built his vessels much higher in the water than those of his opponents, constructing only a few triremes, but instead some ships with four and some with ten banks of oars, and all the remainder in between these two; upon these he had built lofty towers, and he had put aboard a large number of men, who could thus fight from walls, as it were. Caesar, for his part, was observing their equipment and making his preparations, and when he learned from Dellius and others their intention, he also assembled his army and spoke to this effect:
§ 50.24
“ὁρῶν, ὦ ἄνδρες στρατιῶται, καὶ ἐξ ὧν ἀκοῇ μεμάθηκα καὶ ἐξ ὧν ἔργῳ πεπείραμαι, τὰ πλεῖστα καὶ μέγιστα τῶν πολεμικῶν, μᾶλλον δὲ πάντων τῶν ἐν ἀνθρώποις πραγμάτων, τοῖς τά τε δικαιότερα καὶ τὰ εὐσεβέστερα καὶ φρονοῦσι καὶ πράττουσι κατορθούμενα, τοῦτό που καὶ αὐτὸς οὐχ ἥκιστα ἐννοῶ καὶ ὑμῖν παραινῶ προσκοπεῖν. καὶ γὰρ εἰ τὰ μάλιστα καὶ πολλὴν καὶ μεγάλην ἰσχύν, ἀφʼ ἧς ἄν τις καὶ τὰ ἧττον δίκαια προελόμενος κρατήσειν ἐλπίσειεν, ἔχομεν, ὅμως πολὺ μᾶλλον ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ πολέμου ὑποθέσει ἢ ἐπὶ ταύτῃ θαρσῶ. τὸ γάρ τοι Ῥωμαίους τε ὄντας καὶ τῆς πλείστης καὶ ἀρίστης οἰκουμένης ἄρχοντας καταφρονεῖσθαι καὶ καταπατεῖσθαι πρὸς γυναικὸς Αἰγυπτίας ἀνάξιον μὲν τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν τῶν τὸν Πύρρον τὸν Φίλιππον τὸν Περσέα τὸν Ἀντίοχον καθελόντων, τῶν τοὺς Νουμαντίνους τοὺς Καρχηδονίους ἀναστησάντων, τῶν τοὺς Κίμβρους τοὺς Ἄμβρονας κατακοψάντων, ἀνάξιον δὲ καὶ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν τῶν τοὺς Γαλάτας κατεστραμμένων, τῶν τοὺς Παννονίους κεχειρωμένων, τῶν μέχρι τοῦ Ἴστρου προκεχωρηκότων, τὸν Ῥῆνον διαβεβηκότων, ἐς Βρεττανίαν πεπεραιωμένων. πῶς μὲν γὰρ οὐ μέγα ἂν ἀλγήσειαν πάντες ἐκεῖνοι οἱ τὰ προειρημένα κατειργασμένοι, εἰ αἴσθοιντο ἡμᾶς ὀλέθρῳ γυναικὶ ὑποπεπτωκότας; πῶς δʼ οὐκ ἂν ἡμεῖς μεγάλως ἀσχημονήσαιμεν, εἰ πάντων ἀρετῇ πανταχοῦ περιόντες ἔπειτα τὰς τούτων ὕβρεις πρᾴως φέροιμεν, οἵτινες, ὦ Ἡράκλεις, Ἀλεξανδρεῖς τε καὶ Αἰγύπτιοι ὄντες (τί γὰρ ἂν ἄλλο τις αὐτοὺς χεῖρον ἢ ἀληθέστερον εἰπεῖν ἔχοι;ʼ καὶ τὰ μὲν ἑρπετὰ καὶ τἆλλα θηρία ὥσπερ τινὰς θεοὺς θεραπεύοντες, τὰ δὲ σώματα τὰ σφέτερα ἐς δόξαν ἀθανασίας ταριχεύοντες, καὶ θρασύνασθαι μὲν προπετέστατοι ἀνδρίσασθαι δὲ ἀσθενέστατοι ὄντες, καὶ τὸ μέγιστον γυναικὶ ἀντʼ ἀνδρὸς δουλεύοντες, ἐτόλμησαν τῶν τε ἡμετέρων ἀγαθῶν ἀντιποιήσασθαι καὶ διʼ ἡμῶν αὐτὰ κατακτήσασθαι, ὥστε σφίσιν ἑκουσίους ἡμᾶς τῆς ὑπαρχούσης ἡμῖν
“Observing, soldiers, both from what I have learned by hearsay and from what I have proved by experience, that almost all of the greatest undertakings of warfare, or rather, I may say, the undertakings of men without exception, turn out in favour of those whose thoughts and acts are upon the higher level of justice and reverence for the gods, I have myself taken to heart this truth above all others, and I advise you also to have regard for it. 2 For even if we possess ever so vast and mighty a force, such that even a man who chose the less just of two courses might expect to win with its aid, nevertheless I base my confidence far more upon the causes underlying the war than upon such a force. For that we who are Romans and lords of the greatest and best portion of the world should be despised and trodden under foot by an Egyptian woman is unworthy of our fathers, who overthrew Pyrrhus, Philip, Perseus, and Antiochus, who drove the Numantians and the Carthaginians from their homes, who cut down the Cimbri and the Ambrones; 4 it is unworthy also of ourselves, who have subjugated the Gauls, subdued the Pannonians, advanced as far as the Ister, crossed the Rhine, and passed over the sea into Britain. Would not all those who have performed the exploits I have named grieve mightily if they should learn that we had succumbed to an accursed woman? Should we not be acting most disgracefully if, after surpassing all men everywhere in valour, we should then meekly bear the insults of this throng, 6 who, oh heavens! are Alexandrians and Egyptians (what worse or what truer name could one apply to them?), who worship reptiles and beasts as gods, who embalm their own bodies to give them the semblance of immortality, who are most reckless in effrontery but most feeble in courage, and who, worst of all, are slaves to a woman and not to a man, and yet have dared to lay claim to our possessions and to use us to help them acquire them, expecting that we will voluntarily give up to them the prosperity which we possess?
§ 50.25
εὐδαιμονίας παραχωρῆσαι; τίς μὲν γὰρ οὐκ ἂν ὀδύραιτο ὁρῶν στρατιώτας Ῥωμαίους δορυφοροῦντας τὴν βασιλίδα αὐτῶν; τίς δʼ οὐκ ἂν στενάξειεν ἀκούων ἱππέας καὶ βουλευτὰς Ῥωμαίων κολακεύοντας αὐτὴν ὥσπερ εὐνούχους; τίς δʼ οὐκ ἂν θρηνήσειε καὶ ἀκούων καὶ ὁρῶν αὐτὸν τὸν Ἀντώνιον τὸν δὶς ὕπατον, τὸν πολλάκις αὐτοκράτορα, τὸν τὴν προστασίαν μετʼ ἐμοῦ τῶν κοινῶν ἐπιτραπέντα, τὸν τοσαύτας μὲν πόλεις τοσαῦτα δὲ στρατόπεδα ἐγχειρισθέντα, νῦν πάντα μὲν τὰ πάτρια τοῦ βίου ἤθη ἐκλελοιπότα, πάντα δὲ τἀλλότρια καὶ βαρβαρικὰ ἐζηλωκότα, καὶ ἡμῶν μὲν ἢ τῶν νόμων ἢ τῶν θεῶν τῶν προγονικῶν μηδὲ προτιμῶντα, τὴν δʼ ἄνθρωπον ἐκείνην καθάπερ τινὰ Ἶσιν ἢ Σελήνην προσκυνοῦντα, καὶ τούς τε παῖδας αὐτῆς Ἥλιον καὶ Σελήνην ὀνομάζοντα, καὶ τὸ τελευταῖον καὶ ἑαυτὸν Ὄσιριν καὶ Διόνυσον ἐπικεκληκότα, κἀκ τούτων, καθάπερ πάσης μὲν τῆς γῆς πάσης δὲ τῆς θαλάσσης κυριεύοντα, καὶ νήσους ὅλας καὶ τῶν ἠπείρων τινὰ κεχαρισμένον; ἄπιστα μὲν εὖ οἶδʼ ὅτι καὶ θαυμαστὰ ταῦθʼ ὑμῖν, ὦ ἄνδρες στρατιῶται, φαίνεται· διὰ τοῦτο δὲ δὴ μᾶλλον ἀγανακτεῖν ὀφείλετε. εἰ γὰρ ἃ μηδʼ ἀκούσαντες πιστεύετε, ταῦτʼ ὄντως γίγνεται, καὶ ἐφʼ οἷς οὐκ ἔστιν ὅστις οὐκ ἂν ἀλγήσειε μαθών, ταῦτʼ ἐκεῖνος ποιεῖ τρυφῶν, πῶς οὐκ ἂν εἰκότως ὑπεροργισθείητε;
Who would not lament at seeing Roman soldiers acting as bodyguards of their queen? Who would not groan at hearing that Roman knights and senators fawn upon her like eunuchs? 2 Who would not weep when he hears and sees Antony himself, the man twice consul, often imperator, to whom was committed in common with me the management of the public business, who was entrusted with so many cities, so many legions — when he sees that this man has now abandoned all his ancestors' habits of life, has emulated all alien and barbaric customs, that he pays no honour to us or to the laws or to his fathers' gods, but pays homage to that wench as if she were some Isis or Selene, calling her children Helios and Selene, 4 and finally taking for himself the title of Osiris or Dionysus, and, after all this, making presents of whole islands and parts of the continents, as though he were master of the whole earth and the whole sea? All these things seem marvellous and incredible to you, soldiers, as I am well aware, but you ought therefore to be the more indignant. For if that is actually true which you do not believe even when you hear it, and if that man in his luxurious indulgence does commit acts at which anyone would grieve who learns of them, would it not be reasonable that you should go past all bounds in your rage?
§ 50.26
καίτοι ἔγωγε καὶ τὸ κατʼ ἀρχὰς οὕτω περὶ αὐτὸν ἐσπούδασα ὥστʼ αὐτῷ καὶ τῆς ἡμετέρας ἡγεμονίας μεταδοῦναι καὶ τὴν ἐμαυτοῦ ἀδελφὴν συνοικίσαι καὶ στρατεύματα χαρίσασθαι· καὶ μετὰ τοῦθʼ οὕτως ἐπιεικῶς, οὕτω φιλικῶς πρὸς αὐτὸν ἔσχον ὥστε μήθʼ ὅτι τὴν ἀδελφήν μου ὕβρισε, μήθʼ ὅτι τῶν γεννηθέντων οἱ ἐξ αὐτῆς τέκνων ἠμέλησε, μήθʼ ὅτι τὴν Αἰγυπτίαν αὐτῆς προετίμησε, μήθʼ ὅτι τοῖς ἐκείνης παισὶ πάνθʼ ὡς εἰπεῖν τὰ ὑμέτερα ἐδωρήσατο, μήτε διʼ ἄλλο μηδὲν ἐθελῆσαι αὐτῷ πολεμῆσαι. αἴτιον δὲ ὅτι πρῶτον μὲν ἐνόμιζον οὐ τὸν αὐτὸν δεῖν τρόπον πρός τε τὴν Κλεοπάτραν καὶ πρὸς τὸν Ἀντώνιον προσφέρεσθαι· ἐκείνην μὲν γὰρ καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀλλοφύλου πολεμίαν εὐθὺς οἷς ἔπραττεν εἶναι, τοῦτον δέ, ἅτε καὶ πολίτην, ἐνδέχεσθαι σωφρονισθῆναι. ἔπειτα δὲ ἤλπιζον ὅτι εἰ καὶ μὴ ἐθελούσιος, ἀλλʼ ἄκων γε ἐκ τῶν ἐπʼ ἐκείνῃ ψηφισθέντων μεταγνώσεται. διὰ μὲν δὴ ταῦτα οὐδένα αὐτῷ πόλεμον ἐπήγγειλα· ἐπειδὴ δὲ ὑπεριδὼν αὐτὰ καὶ καταφρονήσας οὔτʼ ἀφιέντων αὐτῶν ἡμῶν ἀφεθῆναι οὔτʼ ἐλεούντων ἐλεηθῆναι βούλεται, ἀλλʼ εἴτε ὡς ἀλόγιστος εἴθʼ ὡς μαινόμενος (καὶ γὰρ τοῦτʼ ἐγὼ ἀκηκοὼς πεπίστευκα, ὅτι ὑπʼ ἐκείνης τῆς καταράτου μεμάγευταἰ τῆς μὲν ἡμετέρας εὐεργεσίας καὶ τῆς παρʼ ἡμῶν φιλανθρωπίας οὐδὲν προτιμᾷ, τῇ δὲ γυναικὶ δουλεύων τόν τε πόλεμον καὶ τοὺς κινδύνους τοὺς ὑπὲρ αὐτῆς αὐθαιρέτους καὶ καθʼ ἡμῶν καὶ κατὰ τῆς πατρίδος ἀναιρεῖται, τί λοιπὸν ἄλλο πλὴν ἀμύνασθαι καὶ τοῦτον μετὰ τῆς Κλεοπάτρας ἡμῖν προσήκει;
”Yet I myself was so devoted to him at the beginning that I gave him a share in our command, married my sister to him, and granted him legions. 2 After that I felt so kindly, so affectionately, towards him, that I was unwilling to wage war on him merely because he had insulted my sister, or because he neglected the children that she had borne him, or because he preferred the Egyptian woman to her, or because he bestowed upon that woman's children practically all your possessions, or for any other cause. My reason was, first of all, that I did not think it proper to assume the same attitude toward Antony as toward Cleopatra; for I adjudged her, if only on account of her foreign birth, to be an enemy by reason of her very conduct, but I believed that he, as a citizen, might still be brought to reason. 4 Later I entertained the hope that he might, if not voluntarily, at least reluctantly, change his course as a result of the decrees passed against her. Consequently I did not declare war upon him at all. He, however, has looked haughtily and disdainfully upon my efforts, and will neither be pardoned though we would fain pardon him, nor be pitied though we try to pity him. He is either heedless or mad — for, indeed, I have heard and believed that he has been bewitched by that accursed woman — and therefore pays no heed to our generosity or kindness, but being a slave to that woman, he undertakes the war and its self-chosen dangers on her behalf against us and against his country. In view of all this, what is left to us but the duty of fighting him, together with Cleopatra, and repelling him?
§ 50.27
Μήτʼ οὖν Ῥωμαῖον εἶναί τις αὐτὸν νομιζέτω, ἀλλά τινα Αἰγύπτιον, μήτʼ Ἀντώνιον ὀνομαζέτω, ἀλλά τινα Σαραπίωνα· μὴ ὕπατον, μὴ αὐτοκράτορα γεγονέναι ποτὲ ἡγείσθω, ἀλλὰ γυμνασίαρχον. ταῦτα γὰρ ἀντʼ ἐκείνων αὐτὸς ἐθελοντὴς ἀνθείλετο, καὶ πάντα τὰ πάτρια σεμνολογήματα ἀπορρίψας εἷς τῶν ἀπὸ Κανώβου κυμβαλιστῶν γέγονε. μὴ μέντοι μηδὲ δείσῃ τις αὐτὸν ὡς καὶ ῥοπὴν τῷ πολέμῳ παρέξοντα. ἦν μὲν γὰρ οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ πρὶν ἄξιός τινος, ὥς που σαφῶς ἴστε οἱ περὶ Μούτιναν αὐτοῦ κεκρατηκότες· εἰ δʼ οὖν ποτε καὶ ἐκ τῆς σὺν ἡμῖν στρατείας ἀρετήν τινα ἔσχεν, ἀλλʼ εὖ ἴσθʼ ὅτι νῦν πᾶσαν αὐτὴν ἐν τῇ τοῦ βίου μεταβολῇ διέφθαρκεν. ἀδύνατον γάρ ἐστι βασιλικῶς τέ τινα τρυφῶντα καὶ γυναικείως θρυπτόμενον ἀνδρῶδές τι φρονῆσαι καὶ πρᾶξαι, διὰ τὸ πᾶσαν ἀνάγκην εἶναι, οἵοις ἄν τις ἐπιτηδεύμασι συνῇ, τούτοις αὐτὸν ἐξομοιοῦσθαι. τεκμήριον δέ, ἕνα πόλεμον ἐν παντὶ τούτῳ τῷ χρόνῳ πεπολεμηκὼς καὶ μίαν στρατείαν πεποιημένος παμπόλλους μὲν ἐν ταῖς μάχαις πολίτας ἀπολώλεκεν, αἴσχιστα δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν Πραάσπων ἀποκεχώρηκε, πλείστους δὲ καὶ ἐν τῇ φυγῇ προσαποβέβληκεν. ὥστʼ εἰ μὲν γελοίως πως ὀρχεῖσθαι καὶ κορδακίζειν τινὰ ἡμῶν ἐχρῆν, πάντως ἂν ἔλαττον αὐτοῦ ἠνέγκατο (ταῦτα γὰρ μεμελέτηκενʼ· ἐπειδὴ δὲ ὅπλων καὶ μάχης δεῖ, τί τις ἂν αὐτοῦ φοβηθείη ; τὴν ἀκμὴν τοῦ σώματος ; ἀλλὰ παρήβηκε καὶ ἐκτεθήλυνται. τὴν ῥώμην τῆς γνώμης; ἀλλὰ γυναικίζει καὶ ἐκκεκιναίδισται. τὴν εὐσέβειαν τὴν πρὸς τοὺς θεοὺς ἡμῶν; ἀλλὰ πολεμεῖ καὶ ἐκείνοις καὶ τῇ πατρίδι. τὴν πιστότητα τὴν πρὸς τοὺς συμμάχους; καὶ τίς οὐκ οἶδεν ὅπως τὸν Ἀρμένιον ἐξαπατήσας ἔδησε; τὴν ἐπιείκειαν τὴν πρὸς τοὺς φίλους; καὶ τίς οὐχ ἑόρακε τοὺς ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ κακῶς ἀπολωλότας; τὴν εὐδοξίαν τὴν παρὰ τοῖς στρατιώταις; καὶ τίς οὐχὶ καὶ ἐκείνων αὐτοῦ κατέγνωκε; σημεῖον δὲ ὅτι συχνοὶ καθʼ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν πρὸς ἡμᾶς μεθίστανται. νομίζω δὲ ἔγωγε ὅτι καὶ πάντες οἱ πολῖται ἡμῶν τοῦτο ποιήσουσιν, ὥσπερ ποτὲ καὶ πρότερον, ὅτε ἐκ τοῦ Βρεντεσίου πρὸς τὴν Γαλατίαν ᾔει. μέχρι μὲν γὰρ πλουτήσειν ἀκινδύνως ἤλπιζον, καὶ μάλα ἄσμενοί τινες αὐτῷ συνῆσαν· μάχεσθαι δὲ δὴ πρὸς ἡμᾶς τοὺς ὁμοφύλους ὑπὲρ τῶν μηδέν σφισι προσηκόντων, ἄλλως τε καὶ ἐξὸν αὐτοῖς ἀδεῶς σὺν ἡμῖν καὶ σώζεσθαι καὶ εὐδαιμονεῖν, οὐκ ἐθελήσουσιν.
“Therefore let no one count him a Roman, but rather an Egyptian, nor call him Antony, but rather Serapion; let no one think he was ever consul or imperator, but only gymnasiarch. 2 For he has himself, of his own free will, chosen the latter names instead of the former, and casting aside all the august titles of his own land, has become one of the cymbal players from Canopus. Again, let no one fear him on the ground that he will turn the scale of the war. For even in the past he was of no account, as you who conquered him at Mutina know clearly enough. And even if he did at one time attain to some valour through campaigning with us, be well assured that he has now spoiled it utterly by his changed manner of life. 4 For it is impossible for one who leads a life of royal luxury, and coddles himself like a woman, to have a manly thought or do a manly deed, since it is an inevitable law that a man assimilates himself to the practices of his daily life.5 A proof of this is that in the one war which he has waged in all this long time, and the one campaign that he has made, he caused the death of vast numbers of citizens in the battles, returned in utter disgrace from Praaspa, and lost ever so many men besides in his flight. 6 So, then, if any one of us were called upon to execute a ridiculous dance or to cut a lascivious fling, such a person would surely have to yield the honours to him, since these are the specialities he has practised, but now that the occasion calls for arms and battle, what is there about him that anyone should dread? His physical fitness? But he has passed his prime and become effeminate. His strength of mind? But he plays the woman and has worn himself out with unnatural lust. His piety toward our gods? But he is at war with them as well as with his country. His faithfulness to his allies? But who does not know how he deceived and imprisoned the Armenian? His kindness to his friends? But who has not seen the men who have miserably perished at his hands? His reputation with the soldiers? But who even of them has not condemned him? 8 A sign of this is that numbers daily come over to our side. For my part I think that all our citizens will do this, as on a former occasion when he was on his way from Brundisium to Gaul. So long, to be sure, as they expected to get rich without danger, some were very glad to cleave to him; but they will not care to fight against us, their own countrymen, on behalf of what does not belong to them at all, especially when they may without risk gain both their lives and their happiness by joining us.
§ 50.28
Ἀλλʼ ἐρεῖ τις ὅτι καὶ συμμάχους πολλοὺς καὶ χρήματα πολλὰ ἔχει. οὐκοῦν ὅπως μὲν τοὺς τὴν Ἀσίαν τὴν ἤπειρον οἰκοῦντας νικᾶν εἰώθαμεν, οἶδε μὲν ὁ Σκιπίων ἐκεῖνος ὁ Ἀσιατικός, οἶδε δὲ καὶ ὁ Σύλλας ὁ εὐτυχής, ὁ Λούκουλλος, ὁ Πομπήιος, ὁ Καῖσαρ ὁ πατὴρ ὁ ἐμός, ὑμεῖς αὐτοὶ οἱ τοὺς μετά τε τοῦ Βρούτου καὶ τοῦ Κασσίου στρατευσαμένους κεκρατηκότες. τούτου δὲ δὴ οὕτως ἔχοντος, καὶ τὸν πλοῦτόν σφων ὅσῳ πλείονα ἑτέρων νομίζετε εἶναι, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον σπουδάσατε σφετερίσασθαι· ὑπὲρ γὰρ τῶν μεγίστων ἄθλων μεγίστους καὶ τοὺς ἀγῶνας ἄξιόν ἐστι ποιεῖσθαι. καίτοι μεῖζον οὐδὲν ἂν ἄλλο φήσαιμι ὑμῖν προκεῖσθαι τοῦ τὸ ἀξίωμα τὸ τῶν προγόνων διασῶσαι, τοῦ τὸ φρόνημα τὸ οἰκεῖον φυλάξαι, τοῦ τοὺς ἀφεστηκότας ἀφʼ ἡμῶν τιμωρήσασθαι, τοῦ τοὺς ὑβρίζοντας ὑμᾶς ἀμύνασθαι, τοῦ πάντων ἀνθρώπων νικήσαντας ἄρχειν, τοῦ μηδεμίαν γυναῖκα περιορᾶν μηδενὶ ἀνδρὶ παρισουμένην. ἢ πρὸς μὲν Ταυρίσκους καὶ Ἰάπυδας καὶ Δελμάτας καὶ Παννονίους προθυμότατα αὐτοὶ ὑμεῖς οἱ νῦν παρόντες ὑπὲρ ὀλίγων τινῶν τειχῶν καὶ γῆς ἐρήμου πολλάκις ἐμαχέσασθε, καὶ πάντας αὐτοὺς καίτοι πολεμικωτάτους ὁμολογουμένως ὄντας ἐχειρώσασθε, καὶ νὴ Δία καὶ πρὸς Σέξτον ὑπὲρ Σικελίας μόνης καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν τοῦτον τὸν Ἀντώνιον ὑπὲρ Μουτίνης μόνης ὁμοίως ἠγωνίσασθε, ὥστʼ ἀμφοτέρων αὐτῶν κρατῆσαν πρὸς δὲ δὴ γυναῖκα πᾶσι τοῖς ὑμετέροις ἐπιβουλεύουσαν, καὶ πρὸς τὸν ἄνδρα αὐτῆς τὸν τὰ ὑμέτερα τοῖς ἐκείνης παισὶ διαδεδωκότα, καὶ πρὸς τοὺς καλοὺς αὐτῶν ἑταίρους καὶ τραπεζεῖς, οὓς καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐκεῖνοι κοπρίας ἀποκαλοῦσιν, ἧττόν τι προθυμηθήσεσθε; διὰ τί; διὰ τὸ πλῆθος αὐτῶν; ἀλλʼ οὐδὲν πλῆθος σωμάτων ἀρετῆς κρατεῖ. διὰ τὸ γένος; ἀλλʼ ἀχθοφορεῖν μᾶλλον ἢ πολεμεῖν μεμελετήκασι. διὰ τὴν ἐμπειρίαν; ἀλλʼ ἐρέττειν μᾶλλον ἢ ναυμαχεῖν ἴσασιν. ἐγὼ μὲν καὶ αἰσχύνομαι ὅτι πρὸς τοιούτους ἀνθρώπους ἀγωνίζεσθαι μέλλομεν, ὧν καὶ κρατήσαντες οὐκ εὐδοκιμήσομεν καὶ ἡττηθέντες ἀσχημονήσομεν.
”Some one may say, however, that he has many allies and much wealth. But how have we been wont to conquer the inhabitants of the continent of Asia? The famous Scipio Asiaticus can bear witness, or the fortunate Sulla, or Lucullus, or Pompey, or my father Caesar, or you yourselves, who vanquished the supporters of Brutus and Cassius. 2 This being so, in proportion as you think the wealth of Antony and his allies is so much greater than that of others, you ought to be all the more eager to make it your own; for it is worth while, in order to win the greatest prizes, to wage the greatest contests. And yet I can tell you of no greater prize that is set before you than to maintain the renown of your forefathers, to preserve your own proud traditions, to take vengeance on those who are in revolt against us, to repel those who insult you, to conquer and rule all mankind, to allow no woman to make herself equal to a man. 4 Against the Taurisci and Iapydes and Dalmatians and Pannonians you yourselves who are now present battled most zealously, often to win a few walls and a barren land; and you subdued all these people, though they are admittedly most warlike; yes, by Jupiter, against Sextus also, to win Sicily only, and against this very Antony, to win Mutina only, you carried on similar struggles, and so zealously that you came out victorious over both.5 And now will you show any less zeal against a woman who has designs upon all your possessions, and against her husband who has distributed to her children all your property, and against their noble associates and table companions whom they themselves stigmatize as 'privy' councillors? 6 Why should you? Because of their number? But no number of persons can conquer valour. Because of their race? But they have practised carrying burdens rather than warfare. Because of their experience? But they know better how to row than how to fight at sea. I, for my part, am really ashamed that we are going to contend with such creatures, by vanquishing whom we shall gain no glory, whereas if we are defeated we shall be disgraced.
§ 50.29
μὴ γάρ που τὸ μέγεθος τῶν σκαφῶν αὐτῶν ἢ τὸ πάχος τῶν ξύλων ἀντίπαλον ταῖς ἀρεταῖς ἡμῶν εἶναι νομίζετε. ποία μὲν γὰρ ναῦς αὐτὴ καθʼ ἑαυτὴν ἢ ἔτρωσέ τινα ἢ ἀπέκτεινε; πῶς δʼ οὐ καὶ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ τοῦ τε ὕψους καὶ τοῦ πάχους καὶ δυσκινητότεραι ἔσονται τοῖς ἐλαύνουσιν αὐτὰς καὶ ἀπειθέστεραι τοῖς κυβερνῶσι; τί δʼ ἂν ὄφελος τοῖς ἀπʼ αὐτῶν μαχομένοις γένοιτο μήτε διεκπλεῖν μήτε περιπλεῖν, ἅπερ που ναυμαχίας ἔργα ἐστί, δυναμένοις; οὐ γάρ που πεζομαχεῖν ἡμῖν ἐν τῇ θαλάττῃ μέλλουσιν, οὐδʼ αὖ ὥσπερ ἐν τείχεσί τισι κατακεκλειμένοι πολιορκηθῆναι παρεσκευάδαται, ἐπεὶ τοῦτό γε καὶ πάνυ πρὸς ἡμῶν ἂν εἴη, λέγω δὲ τὸ πρὸς ξύλινα παραφράγματα προσμῖξαι. ἄν τε γὰρ ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ καθάπερ ἐμπεπηγυῖαι αἱ νῆες αὐτῶν μένωσιν, ἐξέσται μὲν ἡμῖν τοῖς ἐμβόλοις αὐτὰς ἀναρρηγνύναι, ἐξέσται δὲ καὶ μηχαναῖς πόρρωθεν τιτρώσκειν, ἐξέσται δὲ καὶ πυρφόροις βέλεσι καταπιμπράναι· ἄν τε καὶ κινηθῆναί πῃ τολμήσωσιν, οὔτʼ ἂν διώκουσαί τινα καταλάβοιεν οὔτʼ ἂν τραπεῖσαι ἐκφύγοιεν, ἀργόταται μὲν ὑπὸ τῆς βαρύτητος ἐς τὸ δρᾶσαί τι, ἑτοιμόταται δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ μεγέθους ἐς τὸ παθεῖν οὖσαι.
“And surely you must not think that the size of their vessels or the thickness of the timbers of their ships is a match for our valour. What ship ever by itself either wounded or killed anybody? Will they not by their very height and staunchness be more difficult for their rowers to move and less obedient to their pilots? 2 Of what use can they possibly be to the fighting men on board of them, when these men can employ neither frontal assault nor flank attack, manoeuvres which you know are essential in naval contests? For surely they do not intend to employ infantry tactics against us on the sea, nor on the other hand are they prepared to shut themselves up as it were in wooden walls and undergo a siege, since that would be decidedly to our advantage — I mean assaulting wooden barriers. For if their ships remain in the same place, as if fastened there, it will be possible for us to rip them open with our beaks, it will be possible, too, to damage them with our engines from a distance, and also possible to burn them to the water's edge with incendiary missiles; 4 and if they do venture to stir from their place, they will not overtake anyone by pursuing nor escape by fleeing, since they are so heavy that they are entirely too inert to inflict any damage, and so huge that they are exceptionally liable to suffer it.
§ 50.30
καὶ τί δεῖ πλείω λέγοντα περὶ αὐτῶν διατρίβειν, ὁπότε πολλάκις ἤδη πειραθέντες σφῶν, καὶ περὶ Λευκάδα καὶ ἐνταῦθα πρῴην, οὐχ ὅσον οὐκ ἠλαττώθημεν αὐτῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πανταχοῦ κρείττους ἐγενόμεθα; ὥστε μὴ τοῖς ἐμοῖς λόγοις μᾶλλον ἢ τοῖς ὑμετέροις αὐτῶν ἔργοις ἐπιρρωσθέντες ἐπιθυμήσατε παντὶ ἤδη τῷ πολέμῳ τέλος ἐπιθεῖναι. εὖ γὰρ ἴστε τοῦθʼ, ὅτι ἂν καὶ τήμερον αὐτοὺς νικήσωμεν, οὐδὲν ἔτι πρᾶγμα ἕξομεν. ἄλλως τε γὰρ φύσει πᾶν τὸ ἀνθρώπειον, ὅταν ἐν τοῖς πρώτοις ἀγῶσι σφαλῇ, καὶ πρὸς τὰ λοιπὰ ἀθυμότερον γίγνεται· καὶ ἡμεῖς ἀναμφιλόγως ἐν τῇ γῇ ἀμείνους αὐτῶν ἐσμεν, ὥστε κἂν ἀκεραίων σφῶν ὄντων κρατῆσαι. καὶ ταῦθʼ οὕτω καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐκεῖνοι ἴσασιν ὥστε (οὐ γὰρ ἀποκρύψομαι ὑμᾶς ὅσα ἀκήκοἀ ἀθυμεῖν τε ἐπὶ τοῖς ἤδη γεγονόσι καὶ ἀπογιγνώσκειν κατὰ χώραν μένοντας σωθήσεσθαι, καὶ διὰ ταῦτα διαδρᾶναί τέ πῃ ἐπιχειρεῖν, καὶ τὸν ἔκπλουν τοῦτον οὐχ ὡς ἐπὶ ναυμαχίαν ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐς φυγὴν ποιεῖσθαι. καὶ τά γε ἄριστα καὶ τιμιώτατα τῶν ὑπαρχόντων αὐτοῖς κτημάτων ἐς τὰς ναῦς ἐντέθεινται, ἵνα, ἂν δυνηθῶσι, μετʼ αὐτῶν διαφύγωσιν. ὡς οὖν καὶ ὁμολογοῦντας αὐτοὺς ἀσθενεστέρους ἡμῶν εἶναι, καὶ τὰ ἆθλα τῆς νίκης ἐν ταῖς ναυσὶ φέροντας, μὴ περιίδωμεν ἄλλοσέ ποι πλεύσαντας, ἀλλὰ αὐτοῦ ταύτῃ κρατήσαντες πάντα αὐτὰ ἀφελώμεθα.”
”Indeed, what need is there to spend time in speaking further of them, when we have already often made trial of them, not only off Leucas but also here just the other day, and so far from proving inferior to them, we have everywhere shown ourselves superior? Hence you should be encouraged not so much by my words as by your own deeds, and should desire to put an end forthwith to the whole war. 2 For be well assured that if we beat them today we shall have no further trouble. For in general it is a natural characteristic of human nature everywhere, that whenever a man fails in his first contests he becomes disheartened with respect to what is to come; and as for us, we are so indisputably superior to them on land that we could vanquish them even if they had never suffered any injury. And they are themselves so conscious of this truth — for I am not going to conceal from you what I have heard — that they are discouraged at what has already happened and despair of saving their lives if they stay where they are, and they are therefore endeavouring to make their escape to some place or other, and are making this sally, not with the desire to give battle, but in expectation of flight. 4 In fact, they have placed in their ships the best and most valuable of the possessions they have with them, in order to escape with them if they can. Since, then, they admit that they are weaker than we, and since they carry the prizes of victory in their ships, let us not allows them to sail anywhere else, but let us conquer them here on the spot and take all these treasures away from them."
§ 50.31
τοιαῦτα δὲ καὶ ὁ Καῖσαρ εἶπε. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο ἐβουλεύσατο μὲν παρεξεῖναι αὐτούς, ὅπως φεύγουσί σφισι κατὰ νώτου ἐπίθηται (αὐτός τε γὰρ ταχυναυτῶν διὰ βραχέος σφᾶς αἱρήσειν ἤλπισε, καὶ ἐκείνων ἐκδήλων ὅτι ἐκδρᾶναί πῃ ἐπιχειροῦσι γενομένων ἀμαχεὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς ἐκ τούτου προσάξεσθαι προσεδόκησενʼ, κωλυθεὶς δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀγρίππου φοβηθέντος μὴ ὑστερήσωσιν αὐτῶν ἱστίοις χρήσεσθαι μελλόντων, καί τι καὶ θαρσήσας ὡς οὐ χαλεπῶς κρατήσων ὅτι ὑετός τε ἐν τούτῳ λάβρος καὶ ζάλη πολλὴ ἔς τε τὸ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου ναυτικὸν μόνον ἐσέπεσε καὶ πᾶν αὐτὸ συνετάραξε, τούτου μὲν ἐπέσχε, παμπόλλους δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς πεζοὺς ἐπὶ τὰς ναῦς ἐπιβιβάσας, καὶ πάντας τοὺς ἑταίρους ἐς ὑπηρετικὰ ἐμβαλών, ὅπως ἐν τάχει περιπλέοντες τοῖς τε ναυμαχοῦσι τὰ δέοντα παραινέσωσι καὶ ἑαυτῷ τὰ προσήκοντα διαγγέλλωσι, τὸν ἔκπλουν σφῶν ἐπετήρει. καὶ αὐτῶν ἀναχθέντων τε ὑπὸ σάλπιγγος, καὶ πυκναῖς ταῖς ναυσὶν ὀλίγον ἔξω τῶν στενῶν παραταξαμένων καὶ μηδαμῇ πρϊόντων, ὥρμησε μὲν ὡς καὶ ἑστῶσί σφισι προσμίξων ἢ καὶ ἀναχωρῆσαί σφας ποιήσων· ἐπεὶ δʼ οὔτʼ ἀντεξώρμησαν οὔτʼ ἀνέστρεψαν, ἀλλὰ κατὰ χώραν ἔμενον καὶ προσέτι καὶ ἰσχυρῶς τῇ συντάξει ἐπεπύκνωντο, ἐν ἀπόρῳ τε ἔσχετο, καὶ τὰς κώπας ἐς τὸ ὕδωρ τοῖς ναύταις καθεῖναι κελεύσας ἀνέσχε χρόνον τινά, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο τὰ κέρατα ἐξαίφνης ἀμφότερα ἀπὸ σημείου ἐπεξαγαγὼν ἐπέκαμψεν, ἐλπίσας μάλιστα μὲν περιστοιχιεῖσθαί σφας, εἰ δὲ μή, τὴν γοῦν τάξιν αὐτῶν διαλύσειν. ὁ οὖν Ἀντώνιος φοβηθεὶς τήν τε ἐπίκαμψιν αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν περίσχεσιν ἀντεπεξηγάγετο ὅσον ἐδύνατο, καὶ ἐς χεῖράς οἱ καὶ ἄκων ἦλθε.
Such were Caesar's words. After this he formed a plan to let them slip by, intending to fall upon them in the rear as they fled, for he hoped on his own part that by swift sailing he should speedily capture Antony and Cleopatra, and expected that then, when they had made it clear that they were attempting to run away, he could in consequence of their act win over the rest without fighting. 2 He was restrained, however, by Agrippa, who feared that they would be too slow for the fugitives, who were going to use sails, and he was also confident himself that he would conquer without difficulty, because in the meantime a violent rainstorm, accompanied by a mighty wind, had struck Antony's fleet, though not his own, and had thrown it utterly into confusion. Hence he abandoned his plan, and following the plan of Antony, put large numbers of infantry on board his ships also, and placed all his friends in auxiliary boats in order that they might quietly sail here and there, giving the necessary advice to men in action and reporting to him what he ought to know; then he waited for the enemy to sail out. 4 And when they set sail at the sound of the trumpet, and with their ships in dense array drew up their line a little outside the strait and advanced no further, Caesar set out as if to engage with them, if they stood their ground, or even to make them retire. But when they neither came out against him on their side nor turned to retire, but remained where they were, and not only that, but also vastly increased the density of their line by their close formation, Caesar checked his course, in doubt what to do. He then ordered his sailors to let their oars rest in the water, and waited for a time; after this he suddenly, at a given signal, led forward both his wings and bent his line in the form of a crescent, hoping if possible to surround the enemy, or otherwise to break their formation in any case. 6 Antony, accordingly, fearing this flanking and encircling movement, advanced to meet it as best he could, and thus reluctantly joined battle with Caesar.
§ 50.32
καὶ οὕτω συμπεσόντες ἐναυμάχησαν, πολλὰ μὲν παρακελεύσματα ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἑκάτεροι καὶ τῆς τέχνης καὶ τῆς προθυμίας ποιούμενοι, πολλὰ δὲ καὶ κελεύματα παρὰ τῶν ἐκ τῆς ἠπείρου σφίσιν ἐπιβοώντων ἐσακούοντες. ἠγωνίζοντο δὲ οὐχ ὁμοιοτρόπως, ἀλλʼ οἱ μὲν τοῦ Καίσαρος, ἅτε καὶ μικροτέρας καὶ ταχυτέρας τὰς ναῦς ἔχοντες, ῥοθίῳ τε ἐχρῶντο καὶ ἐνέβαλλον πεφραγμένοι πάντῃ τοῦ μὴ τιτρώσκεσθαι· καὶ εἰ μὲν κατέδυσάν τινα, εἰ δὲ μή, ἀνεκρούοντο πρὶν ἐς χεῖρας ἐλθεῖν, καὶ ἤτοι τοῖς αὐτοῖς αὖθις ἐξαίφνης ἐνέβαλλον, ἢ τοὺς μὲν εἴων ἐπʼ ἄλλους δὲ ἐτρέποντο, καί τι καὶ τούτους ὡς διὰ βραχέος ἐργασάμενοι πρὸς ἄλλους καὶ πάλιν μάλα ἄλλους ἐχώρουν, ὅπως ὡς μάλιστα ἀπροσδοκήτοις τισὶ προσφέρωνται. οἷα γὰρ φοβούμενοι μὲν τὴν ἐκ πολλοῦ αὐτῶν ἀλκὴν φοβούμενοι δὲ καὶ τὴν ἐν χερσὶ μάχην, οὔτε ἐν τῷ πρόσπλῳ οὔτε ἐν τῇ συμμίξει ἐνεχρόνιζον, ἀλλʼ ὑποδραμόντες αἰφνίδιον ὥστε τὴν τοξείαν σφῶν φθῆναι, καὶ τρώσαντές τινα ἢ καὶ συνταράξαντες μόνον ὥστε τὴν κάθεξιν ἐκφυγεῖν, ἀνεχώρουν ἔξω βέλους. οἱ δʼ ἕτεροι τούς τε προσπλέοντάς σφισι πολλοῖς καὶ πυκνοῖς καὶ λίθοις καὶ τοξεύμασιν ἔβαλλον, καὶ ἐς τοὺς προσμιγνύντας χεῖρας σιδηρᾶς ἐπερρίπτουν. καὶ εἰ μὲν ἐπιτύχοιεν αὐτῶν, κρείττους ἐγίγνοντο, εἰ δʼ ἁμάρτοιεν, τρωθέντων ἄν σφισι τῶν σκαφῶν ἐβαπτίζοντο, ἢ καὶ περὶ τὸ μὴ παθεῖν τοῦτο ἀποδιατρίβοντες εὐεπιθετώτεροι ἄλλοις τισὶν ἐγίγνοντο· δύο τε γὰρ ἢ καὶ τρεῖς ἅμα τῇ αὐτῇ νηὶ προσπίπτουσαι αἱ μὲν ἔδρων ὅσα ἐδύναντο, αἱ δὲ ἔπασχον. ἐπονοῦντο δὲ καὶ ἔκαμνον τοῖς μὲν οἵ τε κυβερνῆται καὶ οἱ ἐρέται μάλιστα, τοῖς δὲ οἱ ἐπιβάται· καὶ ἐῴκεσαν οἱ μὲν ἱππεῦσι τοτὲ μὲν ἐπελαύνουσι τοτὲ δὲ ἐξαναχωροῦσι διὰ τὸ τούς τε ἐπίπλους καὶ τὰς ἀνακρούσεις ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς εἶναι, οἱ δὲ ὁπλίταις τούς τε πλησιάζοντάς σφισι φυλασσομένοις καὶ κατέχειν αὐτοὺς ὅτι μάλιστα πειρωμένοις. κἀκ τούτου ἐπλεονέκτουν τε ἀλλήλων, οἱ μὲν ἔς τε τοὺς ταρσοὺς τῶν νεῶν ὑποπίπτοντες καὶ τὰς κώπας συναράσσοντες, οἱ δὲ ἄνωθεν αὐτοὺς καὶ πέτραις καὶ μηχανήμασι βαπτίζοντες· καὶ ἠλαττοῦντο αὖ οἱ μὲν ὅτι τοὺς προσιόντας σφίσιν οὐδὲν κακουργεῖν ἐδύναντο, οἱ δὲ ὅτι, εἰ μὴ καὶ κατέδυσάν τινας ἐμβαλόντες, οὐκέτʼ ἐξ ἴσου σφίσιν ἐν τῇ συνέρξει ἠγωνίζοντο.
So they engaged and began the conflict, each side indulging in a great deal of exhortation to its own men in order to call forth the skill and zeal of the fighters, and also hearing many orders shouted out to them from the men on shore. 2 The struggle was not of a similar nature on the two sides, but Caesar's followers, having smaller and swifter ships, would dash forward and ram the enemy, being armoured on all sides to avoid receiving damage. If they sank a vessel, well and good; if not, they would back water before coming to grips, and would either ram the same vessels suddenly again, or would let those go and turn their attention to others; and having done some damage to these also, so far as they could in a brief time, they would proceed against others and then against still others, in order that their assault upon any vessel might be so far as possible unexpected. 4 For since they dreaded the long-range missiles of the enemy no less than their fighting at close quarters, they wasted no time either in the approach or in the encounter, but running up suddenly so as to reach their object before the enemy's archers could get in their work, they would inflict injuries or else cause just enough disturbance to escape being held, and then would retire out of range. The enemy, on the other hand, tried to hit the approaching ships with dense showers of stones and arrows, and to cast iron grapnels upon their assailants. 6 And in case they could reach them they got the better of it, but if they missed, their own boats would be pierced and would sink, or else in their endeavour to avoid this calamity they would waste time and lay themselves more open to attack by other ships; for two or three ships would fall at one time upon the same ship, some doing all the damage they could while the others took the brunt of the injuries. On the one side the pilots and the rowers endured the most hardship and fatigue, and on the other side the marines; and the one side resembled cavalry, now making a charge and now retreating, since it was in their power to attack and back off at will, and the others were like heavy-armed troops guarding against the approach of foes and trying their best to hold them. 8 Consequently each gained advantages over the other; the one party would run in upon the lines of oars projecting from the ships and shatter the blades, and the other party, fighting from the higher level, would sink them with stones and engines. On the other hand, there were also disadvantages on each side: the one party could do no damage to the enemy when it approached, and the other party, if in any case it failed to sink a vessel which it rammed, was hemmed in no longer fought an equal contest.
§ 50.33
ἀγχωμάλου οὖν ἐπὶ πολὺ τῆς ναυμαχίας οὔσης καὶ μηδετέρων ὑπερέχειν πῃ δυναμένων τέλος τοιόνδε τι ἐγένετο. ἡ Κλεοπάτρα κατόπιν τῶν μαχομένων ἀποσαλεύουσα οὐκ ἤνεγκε τὴν πολλὴν καὶ ἄκριτον τοῦ ἀδήλου μέλλησιν, ἀλλʼ ἀποκναισθεῖσα, ἀπό τε τοῦ γυναικείου καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Αἰγυπτίου, τῇ τε ἐπὶ πολὺ μετεώρῳ ἀγωνίᾳ καὶ τῇ ἀεὶ ἐφʼ ἑκάτερα περιδεεῖ προσδοκίᾳ αὐτή τε ἐς φυγὴν ἐξαπιναίως ὥρμησε καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις τοῖς ὑπηκόοις σημεῖον ἦρε. καὶ οὕτω τά τε ἱστία αὐτῶν εὐθὺς ἀραμένων καὶ ἐς τὸ πέλαγος ἀφέντων, ἀνέμου τινὸς κατὰ τύχην φοροῦ συμβάντος, νομίσας ὁ Ἀντώνιος οὐχ ὑπὸ τῆς Κλεοπάτρας αὐτοὺς ἐκ παραγγέλσεως ἀλλʼ ὑπὸ δέους ὡς καὶ νενικημένους φεύγειν ἐφέσπετό σφισι. γενομένου δὲ τούτου καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ στρατιῶται καὶ ἠθύμησαν καὶ ἐταράχθησαν, καὶ προσαποδρᾶναι καὶ αὐτοὶ τρόπον τινὰ ἐθελήσαντες οἱ μὲν τὰ ἱστία ᾖρον, οἱ δὲ τούς τε πύργους καὶ τὰ ἔπιπλα ἐς τὴν θάλασσαν ἐρρίπτουν, ὅπως κουφίσαντες διαφύγωσι. καὶ αὐτοῖς περὶ ταῦτα ἔχουσιν οἱ ἐναντίοι προσπεσόντες (τοὺς γὰρ φεύγοντας, ἅτε καὶ ἄνευ ἱστίων ὄντες καὶ πρὸς τὴν ναυμαχίαν μόνην παρεσκευασμένοι, οὐκ ἐπεδίωξανʼ πολλοὶ ἑκάστῃ νηὶ καὶ ἕκαθεν καὶ ἐν χρῷ ἐμαχέσαντο, ὥστε καὶ ποικιλώτατον καὶ ὀξύτατον ἀπʼ ἀμφοτέρων ὁμοίως τὸν ἀγῶνα γενέσθαι. οἱ μὲν γὰρ τά τε κάτω τῶν νεῶν πάντα πέριξ ἐκακούργουν καὶ τὰς κώπας συνέθραυον τά τε πηδάλια ἀπήραττον, καὶ ἐπαναβαίνοντες ἐπὶ τὰ καταστρώματα τοὺς μὲν κατέσπων ἀντιλαμβανόμενοι τοὺς δὲ ἐώθουν, τοῖς δὲ ἐμάχοντο ἅτε καὶ ἰσοπληθεῖς αὐτοῖς ἤδη ὄντες· οἱ δὲ τοῖς τε κοντοῖς σφᾶς διεωθοῦντο καὶ ταῖς ἀξίναις ἔκοπτον, πέτρους τε καὶ ἄλλους τινὰς ὄγκους ἐπʼ αὐτὸ τοῦτο παρεσκευασμένους ἐπικατέβαλλον, καὶ τούς τε ἀναβαίνοντας ἀπεκρούοντο καὶ τοῖς ἐς χεῖρας ἰοῦσι συνεφέροντο. εἴκασεν ἄν τις ἰδὼν τὰ γιγνόμενα, ὡς μικρὰ μεγάλοις ὁμοιῶσαι, τείχεσί τισιν ἢ καὶ νήσοις πολλαῖς καὶ πυκναῖς ἐκ θαλάσσης πολιορκουμέναις. οὕτως οἱ μὲν ἐπιβῆναί τε τῶν σκαφῶν ὥσπερ ἠπείρου καὶ ἐρύματός τινος ἐπειρῶντο, καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐς τοῦτο φέροντα σπουδῇ προσῆγον· οἱ δὲ ἀπεωθοῦντο αὐτούς, ὅ τι ποτὲ ἐν τῷ τοιούτῳ φιλεῖ δρᾶσθαι μηχανώμενοι.
The battle was indecisive for a long time and neither antagonist could get the upper hand anywhere, but the end came in the following way. Cleopatra, riding at anchor behind the combatants, could not endure the long and anxious waiting until a decision could be reached, 2 but true to her nature as a woman and an Egyptian, she was tortured by the agony of the long suspense and by the constant and fearful expectation of either possible outcome, and so she suddenly turned to flight herself and raised the signal for the others, her own subjects. And thus, when they straightway raised their sails and sped out to sea, since a favouring wind had by chance arisen, Antony thought they were fleeing, not at the bidding of Cleopatra, but through fear because they felt themselves vanquished, and so he followed them. 4 When this took place the rest of the soldiers became both discouraged and confused, and wishing to make their own escape also in some way or another, they proceeded, some to raise their sails and others to throw the towers and the furnishings into the sea, in order to lighten the vessels and make good their escape. While they were occupied in this way their adversaries fell upon them; they had not pursued the fugitives, because they themselves were without sails and were prepared only for a naval battle, and there were many to fight against each ship, both from afar and alongside. 6 Therefore on both sides alike the conflict took on the greatest variety and was waged with the utmost bitterness. For Caesar's men damaged the lower parts of the ships all around, crushed the oars, snapped off the rudders, and climbing on the decks, seized hold of some of the foe and pulled them down, pushed off others, and fought with yet others, since they were now equal to them in numbers; and Antony's men pushed their assailants back with boathooks, cut them down with axes, hurled down upon them stones and heavy missiles made ready for just this purpose, drove back those who tried to climb up, and fought with those who came within reach. 8 An eye-witness of what took place might have compared it, likening small things to great, to walled towns or else islands, many in number and close together, being besieged from the sea. Thus the one party strove to scale the boats as they would the dry land or a fortress, and eagerly brought to bear all the implements that have to do with such an operation, and the others tried to repel them, devising every means that is commonly used in such a case.
§ 50.34
ἀντιπάλως οὖν αὐτῶν μαχομένων ὁ Καῖσαρ ἀπορήσας ὅ τι πράξῃ, πῦρ ἐκ τοῦ στρατοπέδου μετεπέμψατο. πρότερον μὲν γὰρ οὐκ ἠθέλησεν αὐτῷ, ὅπως τὰ χρήματα περιποιήσηται, χρήσασθαι· τότε δὲ ἰδὼν ὅτι ἀδύνατόν οἱ εἴη ἄλλως πως κρατῆσαι, ἐπʼ ἐκεῖνο ὡς καὶ μόνον σφίσιν ἐπικουρῆσον κατέφυγε. κἀνταῦθα ἄλλο αὖ εἶδος μάχης συνηνέχθη. οἱ μὲν γὰρ πολλαχῇ ἅμα προσπλέοντές τισι βέλη τε πυρφόρα ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς ἐξετόξευον καὶ λαμπάδας ἐκ χειρὸς ἐπηκόντιζον καί τινας καὶ χυτρίδας ἀνθράκων καὶ πίττης πλήρεις πόρρωθεν μηχαναῖς ἐπερρίπτουν· οἱ δὲ ταῦτά τε ὡς ἕκαστα διεκρούοντο, καὶ ἐπειδή τινα αὐτῶν διεκπίπτοντα τῶν τε ξύλων ἥπτετο καὶ φλόγα αὐτίκα πολλήν, ἅτε ἐν νηί, ἤγειρε, τὸ μὲν πρῶτον τῷ ποτίμῳ ὕδατι ᾧ ἐπεφέροντο ἐχρῶντο, καί τινα κατέσβεσαν, ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐκεῖνο καταναλώθη, ἤντλουν τὸ θαλάττιον. καὶ εἰ μὲν πολλῷ τε καὶ ἀθρόῳ αὐτῷ ἐχρῶντο, ἐπεῖχόν πως τῇ βίᾳ τὸ πῦρ· ἀδύνατοι δὲ δὴ πανταχῇ τοῦτο ποιεῖν ὄντες (οὔτε γὰρ πολλὰ ἢ καὶ μεγάλα τὰ ἀντλητήρια εἶχον, καὶ ἡμιδεᾶ αὐτὰ ἅτε ταραττόμενοι ἀνέφερονʼ οὐχ ὅσον οὐκ ὠφελοῦντό τι, ἀλλὰ καὶ προσπαρώξυνον αὐτό· ἡ γὰρ ἅλμη ἡ θαλαττία ἂν κατʼ ὀλίγον ἐπιχέηται φλογί, ἰσχυρῶς αὐτὴν ἐκκαίει. ὡς οὖν καὶ ἐν τούτῳ ἥττους ἐγίγνοντο, τά τε ἱμάτια αὑτῶν τὰ παχέα καὶ τοὺς νεκροὺς ἐπέβαλλον· καὶ χρόνον μέν τινα ἐκολούσθη τε ὑπʼ αὐτῶν τὸ πῦρ καὶ ἔδοξέ πῃ λωφᾶν, ἔπειτα δὲ ἄλλως τε καὶ τοῦ ἀνέμου σφοδρῶς ἐπισπέρξαντος ἐπὶ πλεῖον ἐξέλαμψεν, ἅτε καὶ ὑπʼ αὐτῶν ἐκείνων αὐξανόμενον. καὶ μέχρι μὲν μέρος τι νεὼς ἐκαίετο, προσίσταντό τέ τινες αὐτῷ καὶ ἐς αὐτὸ ἐσεπήδων, καὶ τὰ μὲν ἀπέκοπτον τὰ δὲ διεφόρουν· καὶ αὐτὰ οἱ μὲν ἐς τὴν θάλασσαν οἱ δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς ἐναντίους ἐρρίπτουν, εἴ πως καὶ ἐκείνους τι λυμήναιντο. καὶ ἕτεροι πρὸς τὸ ἀεὶ ὑγιὲς αὐτῆς μεθιστάμενοι ταῖς τε χερσὶ ταῖς σιδηραῖς καὶ τοῖς δόρασι τοῖς μακροῖς τότε δὴ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα ἐχρῶντο, ὅπως τινὰ ἀντίπαλον ναῦν προσαρτήσαντές σφισι μάλιστα μὲν μετεκβῶσιν ἐς αὐτήν,
As the fight continued equal, Caesar, at a loss what he should do, sent for fire from the camp. Previously he had wished to avoid using it, in order to gain possession of the money; but now that he saw it was impossible for him to win in any other way, he had recourse to this, as the only thing that would assist him. 2 And now another kind of battle was entered upon. The assailants would approach their victims from many directions at once, shoot blazing missiles at them, hurl with their hands torches fastened to javelins and with the aid of engines would throw from a distance pots full of charcoal and pitch. The defenders tried to ward these missiles off one by one, and when some of them got past them and caught the timbers and at once started a great fire, as must be the case in a ship, they used first the drinking water which they carried on board and extinguished some of the conflagrations, and when that was gone they dipped up the sea-water. 4 And if they used great quantities of it at once, they would somehow stop the fire by main force; but they were unable to do this everywhere, for the buckets they had were not numerous nor large size, and in their confusion they brought them up half full, so that, far from helping the situation at all, they only increased the flames, since salt water poured on a fire in small quantities makes it burn vigorously. So when they found themselves getting the worst of it in this respect also, they heaped on the blaze their thick mantles and the corpses, and for a time these checked the fire and it seemed to abate; but later, especially when the wind raged furiously, the flames flared up more than ever, fed by this very fuel. 6 So long as only a part of the ship was on fire, men would stand by that part and leap into it, hewing away or scattering the timbers; and these detached timbers were hurled by some into the sea and by others against their opponents, in the hope that they, too, might possibly be injured by these missiles. Others would go to the still sound portion of their ship and now more than ever would make use of their grappling-irons and their long spears with the purpose of binding some hostile ship to theirs and crossing over to it, if possible, or, if not, of setting it on fire likewise.
§ 50.35
εἰ δὲ μή, καὶ ἐκείνην συγκαταφλέξωσιν. ὡς δʼ οὔτε τινὲς ἐπέλαζόν σφισιν, αὐτὸ τοῦτο φυλασσόμενοι, καὶ τὸ πῦρ τούς τε τοίχους πέριξ ἐπενέμετο καὶ ἐς τὸ ἔδαφος κατῄει, ἐνταῦθα τὰ δεινότατα αὐτοῖς ἐπεγένετο. οἱ μὲν γὰρ ὑπὸ τοῦ καπνοῦ, καὶ μάλιστα οἱ ναῦται, πρὶν καὶ πλησιάσαι σφίσι τὴν φλόγα ἐφθείροντο, οἱ δὲ καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ μέσῃ ὥσπερ ἐν καμίνοις ὠπτῶντο. ἄλλοι ὑπὸ τῶν ὅπλων πυρουμένων κατετήκοντο. ἄλλοι πρίν τι τοιοῦτο παθεῖν, ἢ καὶ ἡμίκαυτοι, οἱ μὲν ἀπορριπτοῦντες τὰ ὅπλα ἐτιτρώσκοντο ὑπὸ τῶν πόρρωθεν βαλλόντων, οἱ δὲ ἐς τὴν θάλασσαν ἐκπηδῶντες ἀπεπνίγοντο ἢ καὶ παιόμενοι ὑπὸ τῶν ἐναντίων ἐβαπτίζοντο ἢ καὶ ὑπὸ θηρίων ἐσπαράττοντο. μόνοι τε ἀνεκτῶς, ὡς ἐν τοιούτοις παθήμασιν, ἀπήλλαξαν ὅσοι, πρίν τινι αὐτῶν συνενεχθῆναι, οἱ μὲν ἀλλήλους οἱ δὲ καὶ αὑτοὺς ἀπέκτειναν· οὔτε γὰρ κολαστήριόν τι ὑπέμειναν, καὶ νεκροὶ ὥσπερ ἐν πυρᾷ ταῖς ναυσὶ συγκατεκαύθησαν. ὁρῶντες δὲ ταῦτα οἱ Καισάρειοι πρότερον μέν, ὡς ἔτι ἀμύνεσθαί τινες αὐτῶν ἐδύναντο, οὐ προσέμισγόν σφισιν· ἐπεὶ δὲ τά τε σκάφη τὸ πῦρ συνῄρει, καὶ οἱ ἄνθρωποι οὐδὲ ἑαυτοῖς ἔτι βοηθῆσαι, μὴ ὅτι πολέμιόν τινα λυπῆσαί τι ἐδύναντο, σπουδῇ τε προσέπλεον αὐτοῖς, εἴ πως τὰ χρήματα περιποιήσαιντο, καὶ κατασβεννύναι τὸ πῦρ, ὃ αὐτοὶ παρεσκεύασαν, ἐπειρῶντο. κἀκ τούτου συχνοὶ καὶ ἐκείνων καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς φλογὸς καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ἁρπαγῶν ἀπώλοντο.
But when none of the enemy came near enough, since they were guarding against this very thing, and when the fire spread to the encircling walls and descended into the hold, the most terrible of fates came upon them. 2 Some, and particularly the sailors, perished by the smoke before the flame so much as approached them, while others were roasted in the midst of it as though in ovens. Others were consumed in their armour when it became heated. There were still others, who, before they should suffer such a death, or when they were half-burned, threw off their armour and were wounded by the shots which came from a distance, or again leaped into the sea and were drowned, or were struck by their opponents and sank, or were mangled by sea-monsters. 4 Those alone found a death that was tolerable, considering the sufferings which prevailed, who were killed by their fellows in return for the same service, or else killed themselves, before any such fate could befall them; for they not only had no tortures to endure, but when dead had the burning ships for their funeral pyres. When Caesar's forces saw the situation, they at first refrained from approaching the enemy, since some of them were still able to defend themselves; but when the fire began to destroy the ships, and the men, far from being able to do any harm to an enemy, could not even help themselves any longer, they eagerly sailed up to them in the hope that they might possibly gain possession of the money, and they endeavoured to extinguish the fire which they themselves had caused. 6 Consequently many of these men also fell victims to the flames and to their own rapacity.
— Book 51 —
§ 51.arg
τάδε ἔνεστιν ἐν τῷ πεντηκοστῷ πρώτῳ τῶν Δίωνος Ῥωμαϊκῶν α. ὡς Καῖσαρ νικήσας περὶ Ἄκτιον τὰ παρόντα διέθετο. β. περὶ Ἀντωνίου καὶ Κλεοπάτρας καὶ ὧν ἔπραξαν μετὰ τὴν ἧτταν. γ. ὡς Ἀντώνιος ἡττηθεὶς ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ ἑαυτὸν ἀπέκτεινεν. δ. ὡς Καῖσαρ Αἴγυπτον ἐχειρώσατο. ε. ὡς Καῖσαρ ἐς Ῥώμην ἦλθε καὶ τὰ ἐπινίκια ἤγαγεν. ζ. ὡς τὸ βουλευτήριον τὸ Ἰούλιον καθιερώθη. η. ὡς Μυσία ἑάλω. χρόνου πλῆθος τὰ λοιπὰ τῆς Καίσαρος τὸ γ καὶ Μ. Οὐαλερίου Κορουίνου Μεσσάλου ὑπατείας καὶ ἄλλα ἔτη δύο ἐν οἷς ἄρχοντες οἱ ἀριθμούμενοι οἵδε ἐγένοντο Καῖσαρ τὸ δ μ. Λικίννιος Μ. υἱ. Κράσσος ὕπ. Καῖσαρ τὸ ε Σέξτος Ἀπουλέιος Σέξτου υἱ. ὕπ.
—
§ 51.1
τοιαύτη τις ἡ ναυμαχία αὐτῶν τῇ δευτέρᾳ τοῦ Σεπτεμβρίου ἐγένετο. τοῦτο δὲ οὐκ ἄλλως εἶπον (οὐδὲ γὰρ εἴωθα αὐτὸ ποιεῖνʼ ἀλλʼ ὅτι τότε πρῶτον ὁ Καῖσαρ τὸ κράτος πᾶν μόνος ἔσχεν, ὥστε καὶ τὴν ἀπαρίθμησιν τῶν τῆς μοναρχίας αὐτοῦ ἐτῶν ἀπʼ ἐκείνης τῆς ἡμέρας ἀκριβοῦσθαι. καὶ ἐπʼ αὐτῇ τῷ τε Ἀπόλλωνι τῷ Ἀκτίῳ τριήρη τε καὶ τετρήρη, τά τε ἄλλα τὰ ἑξῆς μέχρι δεκήρους, ἐκ τῶν αἰχμαλώτων νεῶν ἀνέθηκε, καὶ ναὸν μείζω ᾠκοδόμησεν, ἀγῶνά τέ τινα καὶ γυμνικὸν καὶ μουσικῆς ἱπποδρομίας τε πεντετηρικὸν ἱερόν (οὕτω γὰρ τοὺς τὴν σίτησιν ἔχοντας ὀνομάζουσἰ κατέδειξεν, Ἄκτια αὐτὸν προσαγορεύσας. πόλιν τέ τινα ἐν τῷ τοῦ στρατοπέδου τόπῳ, τοὺς μὲν συναγείρας τοὺς δʼ ἀναστήσας τῶν πλησιοχώρων, συνῴκισε, Νικόπολιν ὄνομα αὐτῇ δούς. τό τε χωρίον ἐν ᾧ ἐσκήνησε, λίθοις τε τετραπέδοις ἐκρηπίδωσε καὶ τοῖς ἁλοῦσιν ἐμβόλοις ἐκόσμησεν, ἕδος τι ἐν αὐτῷ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος ὑπαίθριον ἱδρυσάμενος. ταῦτα μὲν ὕστερον ἐγένετο, τότε δὲ μέρος μέν τι τῶν νεῶν ἐς δίωξιν τοῦ τε Ἀντωνίου καὶ τῆς Κλεοπάτρας ἔστειλε· καὶ ἐκεῖνοι ἐπεδίωξαν μὲν αὐτούς, ἐπεὶ δʼ οὐκ ἐν καταλήψει ἐφαίνοντο, ἀνεχώρησαν· ταῖς δὲ λοιπαῖς τὸ τάφρευμα αὐτῶν, μηδενὸς ἐναντιουμένου διʼ ὀλιγότητα, ἔλαβε, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα καὶ τὸν λοιπὸν στρατὸν ἐς Μακεδονίαν ἀπιόντα καταλαβὼν ἀμαχεὶ παρεστήσατο. ἤδη δὲ καὶ διέφυγον ἄλλοι τε καὶ τῶν πρώτων οἱ μὲν Ῥωμαῖοι πρὸς τὸν Ἀντώνιον, οἱ δʼ ἕτεροι οἱ συμμαχήσαντες αὐτῷ οἴκαδε. οὐ μέντοι γε καὶ ἀντεπολέμησαν οὗτοι γε ἔτι τῷ Καίσαρι, ἀλλὰ καθʼ ἡσυχίαν καὶ ἐκεῖνοι καὶ οἱ δῆμοι πάντες, ὅσοι καὶ πρότερον ἐρρωμάιζον, οἱ μὲν
Book 51 30-29 BC Such was the naval battle in which they engaged on the second of September. I do not mention this date without a particular reason, nor am I, in fact, accustomed to do so; but Caesar now for the first time held all the power alone, 2 and consequently the years of his reign are properly reckoned from that day. In honour of the day he dedicated to Apollo of Actium from the total number of the captured vessels a trireme, a quadrireme, and the other ships in order up to one of ten banks of oars; and he built a larger temple. He also instituted a quadrennial musical and gymnastic contest, including horse-racing, — a “sacred” festival, as they call those in connexion with which there is a distribution of food, — and entitled it Actia. Furthermore, he founded a city on the site of his camp by gathering together some of the neighbouring peoples and dispossessing others, and he named it Nicopolis. On the spot where he had had his tent, he laid a foundation of square stones, adorned it with the captured beaks, and erected on it, open to the sky, a shrine of Apollo. But these things were done later. At the time he sent a part of the fleet in pursuit of Antony and Cleopatra; these ships, accordingly, followed after the fugitives, but when it became clear that they were not going to overtake them, they returned. With his remaining vessels he captured the enemy's entrenchments, meeting with no opposition because of their small numbers, and then overtook and without a battle won over the rest of the army, which was retreating into Macedonia. There were various important contingents that had already escaped; of these the Romans fled to Antony and the allies to their homes. The latter, however, no longer fought against Caesar, but both they and all the peoples which had long been subject to Rome remained quiet and made terms, some at once and others later.
§ 51.2
εὐθὺς οἱ δὲ καὶ μετὰ τοῦθʼ ὡμολόγησαν. καὶ ὃς τὰς μὲν πόλεις χρημάτων τε ἐσπράξει καὶ τῆς λοιπῆς ἐς τοὺς πολίτας σφῶν ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις ἐξουσίας παραιρέσει μετῆλθε, τοὺς δὲ δὴ δυνάστας τούς τε βασιλέας τὰ μὲν χωρία, ὅσα παρὰ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου εἰλήφεσαν, πάντας πλὴν τοῦ τε Ἀμύντου καὶ τοῦ Ἀρχελάου ἀφείλετο, Φιλοπάτορα δὲ τὸν Ταρκονδιμότου καὶ Λυκομήδην ἐν μέρει τοῦ Καππαδοκικοῦ Πόντου βασιλεύοντα τόν τε Ἀλέξανδρον τὸν τοῦ Ἰαμβλίχου ἀδελφὸν καὶ τῶν δυναστειῶν ἔπαυσε· καὶ τοῦτον, ὅτι μισθὸν αὐτὴν τῆς ἐκείνου κατηγορίας εἰλήφει, καὶ ἐς τὰ ἐπινίκια παραγαγὼν ἀπέκτεινε. τὴν δὲ τοῦ Λυκομήδους Μηδείῳ τινὶ ἔδωκεν, ὅτι τούς τε Μυσοὺς τοὺς ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου πρὸ τῆς ναυμαχίας ἀπέστησε, καὶ μετʼ αὐτῶν τοῖς ἐν τῇ μερίδι αὐτοῦ οὖσιν ἐπολέμησε. Κυδωνιάτας τε καὶ Λαμπαίους ἐλευθέρους ἀφῆκεν, ὅτι τινὰ αὐτῷ συνήραντο· καὶ τοῖς γε Λαμπαίοις καὶ τὴν πόλιν ἀνεστῶσαν συγκατῴκισε. τῶν τε βουλευτῶν καὶ τῶν ἱππέων τῶν τε ἄλλων τῶν κορυφαίων τῶν συμπραξάντων τι τῷ Ἀντωνίῳ πολλοὺς μὲν χρήμασιν ἐζημίωσε, πολλοὺς δὲ καὶ ἐφόνευσε, καί τινων καὶ ἐφείσατο. καὶ ἐν μὲν τούτοις ὅ τε Σόσσιος ἐπιφανὴς ἐγένετο (πολλάκις τε γὰρ ἀντιπολεμήσας αὐτῷ καὶ τότε φυγὼν καὶ κατακρυφθείς, χρόνῳ τε ὕστερον εὑρεθείς, ὅμως ἐσώθἠ καὶ Μᾶρκός τις Σκαῦρος· ἀδελφός τε γὰρ τοῦ Σέξτου ὁμομήτριος ὢν καὶ θανατωθῆναι κελευσθεὶς εἶτα διὰ τὴν μητέρα τὴν Μουκίαν ἀφείθη. τῶν δὲ κολασθέντων Ἀκύλιοί τε Φλῶροι καὶ Κουρίων ὄνομα μάλιστʼ ἔσχον, οὗτος μὲν ὅτι τοῦ Κουρίωνος ἐκείνου τοῦ ποτε τῷ Καίσαρι τῷ προτέρῳ πολλὰ συναραμένου υἱὸς ἦν, οἱ δὲ δὴ Φλῶροι ὅτι τὸν ἕτερον τὸν λαχόντα κελεύσαντος αὐτοῦ σφαγῆναι ἀμφότεροι διεφθάρησαν. ἦσαν μὲν γὰρ πατήρ τε καὶ παῖς· ὡς δʼ οὗτος πρὶν λαχεῖν αὐτὸς ἑαυτὸν τῷ σφαγεῖ ἑκὼν παρέδωκε, περιήλγησέ τε ἐκεῖνος καὶ αὐτοχειρίᾳ αὐτῷ ἐπαπέθανεν.
Caesar now punished the cities by levying money and taking away the remnant of authority over their citizens that their assemblies still possessed. He deprived all the princes and kings except Amyntas and Archelaus of the lands which they had received from Antony, 2 and he also deposed from their thrones Philopator, the son of Tarcondimotus, Lycomedes, the king of a part of Cappadocian Pontus, and Alexander, the brother of Iamblichus. The last-named, because he had secured his realm as a reward for accusing Caesar, he led in his triumphal procession and afterwards put to death. He gave the kingdom of Lycomedes to one Medeius, because the latter had detached the Mysians in Asia from Antony before the naval battle and with them had waged war upon those who were on Antony's side. He gave the people of Cydonia and Lampe their liberty, because they had rendered have some assistance; and in the case of the Lampaeans he helped them to found anew their city, which had been destroyed. 4 As for the senators and knights and the other leaders who had aided Antony in any way, he imposed fines upon many of them, slew many others, and some he actually spared. In this last class Sosius was a conspicuous example; for though he had often fought against Caesar and was now hiding in exile and was not found until later, nevertheless he was saved. Likewise one Marcus Scaurus, a half-brother of Sextus on his mother's side, had been condemned to death, but was later released for the sake of his mother Mucia. Of those who were punished, the Aquilii Flori and Curio were most talked about, the latter because he was a son of that Curio who had once been of great assistance to the former Caesar, 6 and the Flori because, when Octavius commanded that the one of them who should draw the lot should be slain, they both perished. They were father and son, and when the son, without waiting for the lot, voluntarily offered himself to the executioner, the father was exceedingly distressed and died upon his son's body by his own hand.
§ 51.3
οὗτοι μὲν οὖν οὕτως ἀπήλλαξαν, ὁ δʼ ὅμιλος τῶν Ἀντωνιείων στρατιωτῶν ἐς τὰ τοῦ Καίσαρος στρατόπεδα κατετάχθη, καὶ ἔπειτα τοὺς μὲν πολίτας τοὺς ἔξω τῆς ἡλικίας ἀπʼ ἀμφοτέρων, μηδὲν μηδενὶ δούς, ἐς τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἀπέπεμψε, τοὺς δὲ δὴ λοιποὺς διέσπειρεν· ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἐν τῇ Σικελίᾳ φοβεροί οἱ μετὰ τὴν νίκην ἐγένοντο, ἔδεισε μὴ καὶ αὖθις θορυβήσωσι, καὶ διὰ τοῦτʼ ἔσπευσε, πρὶν καὶ ὁτιοῦν ὑποκινηθῆναι, τοὺς μὲν παντελῶς ἐκ τῶν ὅπλων ἀπελάσαι, τῶν δὲ τὸ πλῆθος διασπάσαι. τούς τε ἐξελευθέρους διʼ ὑποψίας ἔτι καὶ τότε ἔχων τὴν τετάρτην αὐτοῖς ἐσφορὰν ἀφῆκεν, ἣν ἐκ τῶν προσταχθέντων σφίσι χρημάτων ἐπώφειλον. καὶ οὗτοι μὲν οὐχ ὅτι ἐστέρηντό τινων ἐμνησικάκουν ἔτι, ἀλλʼ ὡς καὶ λαβόντες ὅσα μὴ συνεσήνεγκαν ἔχαιρον· οἵ τε ἐν τῷ τεταγμένῳ ἔτι καὶ τότε ὄντες, τὸ μέν τι πρὸς τῶν στρατιαρχῶν κατεχόμενοι, τὸ δὲ δὴ πλεῖστον τῇ τοῦ Αἰγυπτίου πλούτου ἐλπίδι, οὐδὲν ἐνεόχμωσαν· οἱ δὲ δὴ συννικήσαντες αὐτῷ καὶ τῆς στρατείας ἀφεθέντες ἤσχαλλον ἅτε μηδὲν γέρας εὑρόμενοι, καὶ στασιάζειν οὐκ ἐς μακρὰν ἤρξαντο. καίτοι ὁ Καῖσαρ ὑποτοπήσας τε αὐτούς, καὶ φοβηθεὶς μὴ τοῦ Μαικήνου, ᾧ καὶ τότε ἥ τε Ῥώμη καὶ ἡ λοιπὴ Ἰταλία προσετέτακτο, καταφρονήσωσιν ὅτι ἱππεὺς ἦν, τὸν Ἀγρίππαν ὡς καὶ κατʼ ἄλλο τι ἐς τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἔπεμψε. καὶ τοσαύτην γʼ ἐπὶ πάντα καὶ ἐκείνῳ καὶ τῷ Μαικήνᾳ ἐξουσίαν ἔδωκεν ὥστε σφᾶς καὶ τὰς ἐπιστολάς, ἃς τῇ τε βουλῇ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἔγραφε, προαναγιγνώσκειν, κἀκ τούτου καὶ μεταγράφειν ὅσα ἐβούλοντο. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ δακτύλιον ἔλαβον παρʼ αὐτοῦ, ἵνʼ ἐπισφραγίζεσθαι αὐτὰς ἔχωσι. διπλῆν γὰρ δὴ σφραγῖδα, ᾗ μάλιστα τότε ἐχρῆτο, ἐπεποίητο, σφίγγα ἐν ἑκατέρᾳ ὁμοίαν ἐκτυπώσας. ὕστερον γὰρ τὴν εἰκόνα τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἐγγλύψας ἐκείνῃ τὰ πάντα ἐσημαίνετο. καὶ αὐτῇ καὶ οἱ μετὰ ταῦτα αὐτοκράτορες, πλὴν Γάλβου, ἐχρήσαντο· οὗτος γὰρ προγονικῷ τινι σφραγίσματι, κύνα ἐκ πρῴρας νεὼς προκύπτοντα ἔχοντι, ἐνόμισεν. ἐπέστελλε δὲ καὶ ἐκείνοις καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις τοῖς πάνυ φίλοις, ὁπότε τι δέοιτο διʼ ἀπορρήτων σφίσι δηλῶσαι, τὸ δεύτερον ἀεὶ στοιχεῖον τοῦ τῷ ῥήματι προσήκοντος ἀντʼ ἐκείνου ἀντεγγράφων.
These men, then, fared in the manner described. The mass of Antony's soldiers was incorporated in Caesar's legions, and he later sent back to Italy the citizens of both forces who were over the military age, without giving them anything, and scattered the rest. 2 For they had caused him to fear them in Sicily after his victory there, and he was afraid they might create a disturbance again; hence he made haste, before they gave the least sign of an uprising, to discharge some entirely from the service and to scatter the majority of the others. As he was still at this time suspicious of the freedmen, he remitted to them the fourth payment which they still owed of the money levied upon them. So they no longer bore him any grudge because of what had been taken from them, but rejoiced as if they had actually received the amount they had been relieved from contributing. 4 The men still left in the rank and file also made no trouble, partly because they were held in check by their commanders, but chiefly because of their hopes of gaining the wealth of Egypt. The men, however, who had helped Caesar to gain his victory and had been dismissed from the service were irritated at having obtained no reward, and not much later they began to mutiny. But Caesar was suspicious of them and, since he feared that Maecenas, to whom on this occasion also Rome and the rest of Italy had been entrusted, would be despised by them inasmuch as he was only a knight, he sent Agrippa to Italy, ostensibly on some other mission. He also gave to Agrippa and to Maecenas so great authority in all matters that they might even read beforehand the letters which he wrote to the senate and to others and then change whatever they wished in them. 6 To this end they also received from him a ring, so that they might be able to seal the letters again. For he had caused to be made in duplicate the seal which he used most at that time, the design being a sphinx, the same on each copy; since it was not till later that he had his own likeness engraved upon his seal and sealed everything with that then. It was this latter that the emperors who succeeded him employed, except Galba, who adopted a seal which his ancestors had used, its device being a dog looking out of a ship's prow. It was the custom of Caesar in writing to these two ministers and to his other intimate friends, whenever there was need of giving them secret information, to substitute in each case for the appropriate letter in a word the letter next in order after it.
§ 51.4
καὶ ὁ μέν, ὡς οὐδενὸς ἔτι δεινοῦ παρὰ τῶν ἐστρατευμένων ἐσομένου, τά τε ἐν τῇ Ἑλλάδι διῴκησε καὶ τῶν τοῖν θεοῖν μυστηρίων μετέλαβεν, ἔς τε τὴν Ἀσίαν κομισθεὶς καὶ ἐκεῖνα προσκαθίστατο, τά τε τοῦ Ἀντωνίου ἅμα ἐκαραδόκει· οὐ γάρ πω σαφές τι ὅπῃ διεπεφεύγει ἐπέπυστο, καὶ παρεσκευάζετο ὡς καὶ ἐπʼ αὐτὸν ὁρμήσων, ἄν τι ἀκριβώσῃ. θορυβησάντων δʼ αὐτῶν ἐν τούτῳ φανερῶς ἅτε καὶ πολὺ ἀπὸ σφῶν ἀπαρτῶντος αὐτοῦ, ἐφοβήθη μή τι κακὸν προστάτου τινὸς λαβόμενοι δράσωσι, καὶ διὰ τοῦτʼ Ἀντώνιον μὲν ἄλλοις ἀναζητῆσαι προσέταξεν, αὐτὸς δὲ ἐς τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἠπείχθη μεσοῦντος τοῦ χειμῶνος ἐν ᾧ τὸ τέταρτον μετὰ Μάρκου Κράσσου ἦρχεν· οὗτος γάρ, καίπερ τά τε τοῦ Σέξτου καὶ τὰ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου πράξας, τότε μηδὲ στρατηγήσας συνυπάτευσεν αὐτῷ. ἐλθὼν δὲ ἐς τὸ Βρεντέσιον οὐκέτι περαιτέρω προυχώρησεν. ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἥ τε γερουσία πυθομένη τὸν πρόσπλουν αὐτοῦ πᾶσα ἐκεῖσε, πλὴν τῶν τε δημάρχων καὶ στρατηγῶν δύο κατὰ δόγμα καταμεινάντων, ἀπήντησε, καὶ ἡ ἱππὰς τοῦ τε δήμου τὸ πλεῖον καὶ ἕτεροι, οἱ μὲν κατὰ πρεσβείας οἱ δὲ ἐθελονταί, πολλοὶ συνῆλθον, οὐκέτʼ οὐδὲν ὑπʼ οὐδενὸς πρός τε τὴν ἄφιξιν αὐτοῦ καὶ πρὸς τὴν τῶν πλειόνων σπουδὴν ἐνεοχμώθη. καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι, οἱ μὲν φόβῳ, οἱ δὲ ἐλπίσιν, οἱ δὲ καὶ μετάπεμπτοι, πρὸς τὸ Βρεντέσιον ἀφίκοντο· καὶ αὐτῶν ὁ Καῖσαρ τοῖς μὲν ἄλλοις χρήματα ἔδωκε, τοῖς δὲ διὰ παντὸς αὐτῷ συστρατεύσασι καὶ γῆν προσκατένειμε. τοὺς γὰρ δήμους τοὺς ἐν τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ τοὺς τὰ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου φρονήσαντας ἐξοικίσας τοῖς μὲν στρατιώταις τάς τε πόλεις καὶ τὰ χωρία αὐτῶν ἐχαρίσατο, ἐκείνων δὲ δὴ τοῖς μὲν πλείοσι τό τε Δυρράχιον καὶ τοὺς Φιλίππους ἄλλα τε ἐποικεῖν ἀντέδωκε, τοῖς δὲ λοιποῖς ἀργύριον ἀντὶ τῆς χώρας τὸ μὲν ἔνειμε τὸ δʼ ὑπέσχετο. συχνὰ μὲν γὰρ καὶ ἐκ τῆς νίκης ἐκτήσατο, πολλῷ δὲ ἔτι πλείω ἀνήλισκε. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ προέγραψεν ἐν τῷ πρατηρίῳ τά τε ἑαυτοῦ κτήματα καὶ τὰ τῶν ἑταίρων, ἵνα ἄν τε πρίασθαί τι αὐτῶν ἄν τε καὶ ἀντιλαβεῖν τις ἐθελήσῃ, τοῦτο ποιήσῃ. καὶ ἐπράθη μὲν οὐδέν, οὐδʼ ἀντεδόθη οὐδέν· τίς γὰρ ἂν καὶ ἐτόλμησεν ὁποτερονοῦν αὐτῶν πρᾶξαι; τῆς δὲ δὴ ἐπαγγελίας ἀναβολὴν ἐκ τούτου εὐπρεπῆ λαβὼν ὕστερον αὐτὴν ἐκ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων λαφύρων ἀπήλλαξε.
Now Caesar, believing there would be no further danger from the veterans, administered affairs in Greece and took part in the Mysteries of the two goddesses. He then went over into Asia and settled matters there also, 2 keeping watch meanwhile upon Antony's movements; for he had not yet learned anything definite regarding the refuge to which the other had fled, and so he was making preparations to proceed against him in case he should receive any precise information. But meanwhile the veterans made an open demonstration now that he was gone so far away from them, and he began to fear that if they found a leader they would cause some mischief. Consequently he assigned to others the task of seeking Antony, and hurried to Italy himself, in the middle of the winter of the year in which he was holding office for the fourth time, along with Marcus Crassus. For Crassus, in spite of having sided with Sextus and with Antony, was then his fellow-consul even though he had not held the praetorship. Caesar, then, came to Brundisium, but proceeded no farther. 4 For when the senate ascertained that his ship was nearing Italy, its members went there to meet him, all except the tribunes and two praetors, who remained in Rome in pursuance of a decree; and the equestrian order as well as the greater part of the populace and still others, some as envoys and some of their own accord, came together there in large numbers, with the result that there was no further act of rebellion on the part of any one in view of his arrival and of the enthusiasm of the majority. For the veterans, too, had come to Brundisium, some them induced by fear, some by hopes, and still others in response to a summons and Caesar gave money to some of them, while to those who had served with him throughout his campaigns he also made an additional assignment of land. 6 For by turning out of their homes the communities in Italy which had sided with Antony he was able to grant to his soldiers their cities and their farms. To most of those who were dispossessed he made compensation by permitting them to settle in Dyrrachium, Philippi, and elsewhere, while to the remainder he either granted money for their land or else promised to do so; for though he had acquire great sums by his victory, yet he was spending still more by far. For this reason he advertised at auction both his own possessions and those of his companions, in order that any one who desired to purchase any of them, or to take any of them in exchange for something else, might do so. 8 And although nothing was purchased, and nothing was taken in exchange, either — for who, pray, would ever have dared follow either course? — yet he secured by this means a plausible excuse for delay in carrying out his promise, and later he discharged the debt out of the spoils of Egypt.
§ 51.5
ταῦτά τε οὖν καὶ τὰ ἄλλα τὰ ἐπείγοντα διοικήσας, τοῖς τέ τινα ἄδειαν λαβοῦσι καὶ ἐν τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ διαιτᾶσθαι (οὐ γὰρ ἐξῆνʼ δούς, καὶ τὸν δῆμον τὸν ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ ὑπολειφθέντα παρέμενος ὅτι μὴ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἦλθεν, ἔς τε τὴν Ἑλλάδα αὖθις τριακοστῇ μετὰ τὴν ἄφιξιν ἡμέρᾳ ἀπῆρε, καὶ διὰ τοῦ ἰσθμοῦ τοῦ τῆς Πελοποννήσου τὰς ναῦς ὑπὸ τοῦ χειμῶνος ὑπερενεγκὼν οὕτω ταχέως ἐς τὴν Ἀσίαν ἀνεκομίσθη ὥστε καὶ τὸν Ἀντώνιον τήν τε Κλεοπάτραν ἑκάτερον ἅμα, καὶ ὅτι ἀφωρμήθη καὶ ὅτι ἐπανῆλθε, μαθεῖν. ὡς γὰρ τότε ἐκ τῆς ναυμαχίας ἔφυγον, μέχρι μὲν τῆς Πελοποννήσου ὁμοῦ ἀφίκοντο, ἐντεῦθεν δὲ τῶν συνόντων τινάς, ὅσους ὑπώπτευον, ἀποπέμψαντες (πολλοὶ δὲ καὶ ἀκόντων αὐτῶν ἀπεχώρησανʼ Κλεοπάτρα μὲν ἐς τὴν Αἴγυπτον, μή τι τῆς συμφορᾶς σφων προπυθόμενοι νεωτερίσωσιν, ἠπείχθη, καὶ ὅπως γε καὶ τὸν πρόσπλουν ἀσφαλῆ ποιήσηται, τάς τε πρῴρας ὡς καὶ κεκρατηκυῖα κατέστεψε καὶ ᾠδάς τινας ἐπινικίους ὑπʼ αὐλητῶν ᾖδεν· ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐν τῷ ἀσφαλεῖ ἐγένετο, πολλοὺς μὲν τῶν πρώτων, ἅτε καὶ ἀεί οἱ ἀχθομένων καὶ τότε ἐπὶ τῇ συμφορᾷ αὐτῆς ἐπηρμένων, ἐφόνευσε, πολὺν δὲ καὶ πλοῦτον ἔκ τε τῶν ἐκείνων κτημάτων καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἄλλων καὶ ὁσίων καὶ θείων, μηδενὸς μηδὲ τῶν πάνυ ἀβάτων ἱερῶν φειδομένη, ἤθροιζε, δυνάμεις τε ἐξηρτύετο καὶ συμμαχίας περιεσκόπει, τόν τε Ἀρμένιον ἀποκτείνασα τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ τῷ Μήδῳ, ὡς καὶ ἐπικουρήσοντί σφισι διὰ τοῦτ̔, ἔπεμψεν. Ἀντώνιος δὲ ἔπλευσε μὲν ἐς τὴν Λιβύην πρός τε Πινάριον Σκάρπον καὶ πρὸς τὸ στράτευμα τὸ μετʼ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τῇ τῆς Αἰγύπτου φυλακῇ ἐνταῦθα προσυνειλεγμένον· ἐπεὶ δʼ οὔτε προσδέξεσθαι αὐτὸν ἔφη, καὶ προσέτι καὶ τοὺς προπεμφθέντας ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἔσφαξε, τῶν τε στρατιωτῶν ὧν ἦρχεν ἀγανακτήσαντάς τινας ἐπὶ τούτῳ διέφθειρεν, οὕτω δὴ καὶ αὐτὸς ἐς τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν μηδὲν περάνας ἐκομίσθη.
After settling this and the other business that pressed, giving to those who had received a grant of amnesty the right also to live in Italy, not before permitted them, and forgiving the populace which had remained behind in Rome for not having gone to meet him, he set out once more for Greece on the thirtieth day after his arrival. 2 Then, because it was winter, he carried his ships across the isthmus of the Peloponnesus and got back to Asia so quickly that Antony and Cleopatra learned at one and the same time both of his departure and of his return. They, it appears, when they had made their escape from the naval battle at Actium, had gone as far as the Peloponnesus together; from there, after they had first dismissed a number of their associates whom they suspected, — many, too, withdrew against their wishes, — Cleopatra had hastened to Egypt, for fear that her subjects would begin a revolt if they heard of the disaster before her arrival. 4 And in order to make her approach, too, safe she crowned her prows with garlands as if she had actually won a victory, and had songs of triumph chanted to the accompaniment of flute-players. But as soon as she had reached safety, she slew many of the foremost men, inasmuch as they had always been displeased with her and were now elated over her disaster; and she proceeded to gather vast wealth from their estates and from various other sources both profane and sacred, sparing not even the most holy shrines, and also to fit out her forces and to look about for allies. She put to death the Armenian king and sent his head to the Mede, who might be induced thereby, she thought, to aid them. 6 Antony, for his part, had sailed to Pinarius Scarpus in Africa and to the army under Scarpus' command previously assembled there for the protection of Egypt. But when this general not only refused to receive him but furthermore slew the men sent ahead by Antony, besides executing some of the soldiers under his command who showed displeasure at this act, then Antony, too, proceeded to Alexandria without having accomplished anything.
§ 51.6
καὶ τά τε ἄλλα ὡς ἐπὶ ταχεῖ πολέμῳ παρεσκευάζοντο, καὶ τοὺς υἱεῖς, Κλεοπάτρα μὲν Καισαρίωνα Ἀντώνιος δὲ Ἄντυλλον, ὃν ἐκ τῆς Φουλουίας γεννηθέντα οἱ εἶχεν, ἐς ἐφήβους ἐσέγραψαν, ἵνʼ οἵ τε Αἰγύπτιοι ὡς καὶ ἀνδρός τινος ἤδη βασιλεύοντός σφων προθυμηθῶσι, καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι προστάτας ἐκείνους, ἄν γέ τι δεινόν σφισι συμβῇ, ἔχοντες καρτερήσωσι. καὶ τοῖς μὲν μειρακίοις καὶ τοῦτο αἴτιον τοῦ ὀλέθρου ἐγένετο· οὐδετέρου γὰρ αὐτῶν ὁ Καῖσαρ, ὡς καὶ ἀνδρῶν ὄντων καὶ πρόσχημά τι προστασίας ἐχόντων, ἐφείσατο· ἐκεῖνοι δʼ οὖν παρεσκευάζοντο μὲν ὡς καὶ ἐν τῇ Αἰγύπτῳ καὶ ναυσὶ καὶ πεζῷ πολεμήσοντες, καὶ ἐπὶ τούτῳ καὶ τὰ ἔθνη τὰ ὁμόχωρα τούς τε βασιλέας τοὺς φιλίους σφίσι προσπαρεκάλουν, ἡτοιμάζοντο δʼ οὐδὲν ἧττον ὡς καὶ ἐς τὴν Ἰβηρίαν, ἄν τι κατεπείξῃ, πλευσούμενοι καὶ τὰ ἐκεῖ ἄλλως τε καὶ τῷ πλήθει τῶν χρημάτων ἀποστήσοντες, ἢ καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἐρυθρὰν θάλασσαν μεταστησόμενοι. καὶ ὅπως γε ἐπὶ πλεῖστον βουλευόμενοι ταῦτα διαλάθωσιν, ἢ καὶ ἐξαπατήσωσί πῃ τὸν Καίσαρα ἢ καὶ δολοφονήσωσιν, ἔστειλάν τινας ἐκείνῳ μὲν λόγους ὑπὲρ εἰρήνης τοῖς δὲ δὴ συνοῦσιν αὐτῷ χρήματα φέροντας. κἀν τούτῳ καὶ ἡ Κλεοπάτρα σκῆπτρόν τέ τι χρυσοῦν καὶ στέφανον χρυσοῦν τόν τε δίφρον τὸν βασιλικόν, κρύφα τοῦ Ἀντωνίου, ὡς καὶ τὴν ἀρχήν οἱ διʼ αὐτῶν διδοῦσα ἔπεμψεν, ἵνʼ ἂν καὶ ἐκεῖνον ἐχθήρῃ, ἀλλʼ αὐτήν γε ἐλεήσῃ. ὁ δὲ τὰ μὲν δῶρα ἔλαβεν οἰωνὸν ποιούμενος, ἀπεκρίνατο δὲ τῷ μὲν Ἀντωνίῳ οὐδέν, τῇ δὲ Κλεοπάτρᾳ φανερῶς μὲν ἄλλα τε ἀπειλητικὰ καὶ ὅτι, ἂν τῶν τε ὅπλων καὶ τῆς βασιλείας ἀποστῇ, βουλεύσεται περὶ αὐτῆς ὅσα χρὴ πρᾶξαι, λάθρᾳ δὲ ὅτι, ἐὰν τὸν Ἀντώνιον ἀποκτείνῃ, καὶ τὴν ἄδειαν αὐτῇ καὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἀκέραιον δώσει.
Now among the other preparations made for speedy warfare, they enrolled among the youths of military age, Cleopatra her son Caesarion and Antony his son Antyllus, who had been born to him by Fulvia and was then with him. Their purpose was to arouse the enthusiasm of the Egyptians, who would feel that they had at last a man for their king, and to cause the rest to continue the struggle with these boys as their leaders, in case anything untoward should happen to the parents. 2 Now as for the lads, this proved one of the causes of their undoing; for Caesar spared neither of them, claiming that they were men and were clothed with a sort of leadership. But to return to Antony and Cleopatra, they were indeed making their preparations with a view to waging war in Egypt both on sea and on land, and to this end they were calling to their aid the neighbouring tribes and the kings who were friendly to them; but they were also making ready, none the less, to sail to Spain if the need should arise, and to stir up a revolt there by their vast resources of money and by other means, or even to change the base of their operations to Red Sea.4 And in order that while engaged in these plans they might escape observation for the longest possible time or even deceive Caesar in some way or actually slay him by treachery, they despatched emissaries who carried peace proposals to him and bribes of money to his followers. Meanwhile Cleopatra, on her part, unknown to Antony, sent to him a golden sceptre and a golden crown together with the royal throne, signifying that through them she offered him the kingdom as well; for she hoped that even if he did hate Antony, he would yet take pity on her at least. 6 Caesar accepted her gifts as a good omen, but made no answer to Antony; to Cleopatra, however, although he publicly sent threatening messages, including the announcement that, if she would give up her armed forces and renounce her sovereignty, he would consider what ought to be done in her case, he secretly sent word that, if she would kill Antony, he would grant her pardon and leave her realm inviolate.
§ 51.7
ἐν ᾧ δὲ ταῦτα ἐγίγνετο, τάς τε ναῦς τὰς ἐν τῷ Ἀραβικῷ κόλπῳ πρὸς τὸν ἐς τὴν ἐρυθρὰν θάλασσαν πλοῦν ναυπηγηθείσας οἱ Ἀράβιοι, πεισθέντες ὑπὸ Κυΐντου Διδίου τοῦ τῆς Συρίας ἄρχοντος, κατέπρησαν, καὶ τὰς ἐπικουρίας καὶ οἱ δῆμοι καὶ οἱ δυνάσται πάντες ἀπηρνήσαντο. καί μοι θαυμάσαι ἐπέρχεται ὅτι ἄλλοι μὲν συχνοί, καίπερ πολλὰ παρʼ αὐτῶν εἰληφότες, ἐγκατέλιπόν σφας, οἱ δὲ ἐπὶ ταῖς ὁπλομαχίαις ἐν τοῖς ἀτιμότατα τρεφόμενοι προθυμίᾳ τε ἐς αὐτοὺς πλείστῃ ἐχρήσαντο καὶ ἀνδρειότατα ἠγωνίσαντο. οὗτοι γὰρ ἐν Κυζίκῳ πρὸς τοὺς ἐπινικίους ἀγῶνας, οὓς ἐπὶ τῷ Καίσαρι ἄξειν ἤλπιζον, ἀσκούμενοι, τότε ἐπειδὴ τάχιστα τῶν γεγονότων ᾔσθοντο, ὥρμησαν ἐς τὴν Αἴγυπτον ὡς καὶ βοηθήσοντες αὐτοῖς, καὶ πολλὰ μὲν τὸν Ἀμύνταν ἐν τῇ Γαλατίᾳ πολλὰ δὲ καὶ τοὺς τοῦ Ταρκονδιμότου παῖδας ἐν τῇ Κιλικίᾳ, φίλους μέν σφισιν ἐς τὰ μάλιστα γενομένους, τότε δὲ πρὸς τὰ παρόντα μεταστάντας, πολλὰ δὲ καὶ τὸν Δίδιον κωλύοντά σφας τῆς διόδου ἔδρασαν. οὐ μέντοι καὶ διαπεσεῖν ἐς τὴν Αἴγυπτον ἠδυνήθησαν, ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ πανταχόθεν περιεστοιχίσθησαν, λόγον μὲν οὐδʼ ὣς οὐδένα, καίτοι τοῦ Διδίου συχνά σφισιν ὑπισχνουμένου, προσεδέξαντο, τὸν δὲ Ἀντώνιον μεταπέμψαντες ὡς καὶ ἐν τῇ Συρίᾳ ἄμεινον μετʼ αὐτοῦ πολεμήσοντες, ἔπειτʼ ἐπειδὴ ἐκεῖνος μήτʼ αὐτὸς ἦλθε μήτʼ ἀγγελίαν τινὰ αὐτοῖς ἔπεμψεν, οὕτω δὴ νομίσαντες αὐτὸν ἀπολωλέναι καὶ ἄκοντες ὡμολόγησαν ἐπὶ τῷ μηδέποτε μονομαχῆσαι, καὶ τήν γε Δάφνην παρὰ τοῦ Διδίου, τὸ τῶν Ἀντιοχέων προάστειον, ἐνοικεῖν μέχρις ἂν τῷ Καίσαρι ταῦτα δηλωθῇ ἔλαβον. καὶ οἱ μὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ Μεσσάλου ὕστερον ἀπατηθέντες ἐπέμφθησαν ἄλλος ἄλλοσε ὡς καὶ ἐς τὰ στρατόπεδα καταλεχθησόμενοι, καὶ ἐκ τρόπου δή
While these negotiations were proceeding, the Arabians, instigated by Quintus Didius, the governor of Syria, burned the ships in the Arabian Gulf which had been built for the voyage to the Red Sea, and the peoples and princes without exception refused their assistance to Antony. 2 Indeed, I cannot but marvel that, while a great many others, though they had received numerous gifts from Antony and Cleopatra, now left them in the lurch, yet the men who were being kept for gladiatorial combats, who were among the most despised, showed the utmost zeal in their behalf and fought most bravely. These men, I should explain, were training in Cyzicus for the triumphal games which they were expecting to hold in celebration of Caesar's overthrow, and as soon as they became aware of what had taken place, they set out for Egypt to bear aid to their rulers. 4 Many were their exploits against Amyntas in Galatia and many against the sons of Tarcondimotus in Cilicia, who had been their strongest friends but now in view of the changed circumstances had gone over to the other side; many also were their exploits against Didius, who undertook to prevent their passing through Syria; nevertheless, they were unable to force their way through to Egypt. Yet even when they were surrounded on all sides, not even then would they accept any terms of surrender, though Didius made them many promises. Instead, they sent for Antony, feeling that they would fight better even in Syria if he were with them; 6 and then, when he neither came himself nor sent them any message, they at last decided that he had perished and reluctantly made terms, on condition that they were never to fight as gladiators. And they received from Didius Daphne, the suburb of Antioch, to dwell in until the matter should be brought to Caesar's attention. These men were later deceived by Messalla and sent to various places under the pretext that they were to be enlisted in the legions, and were then put out of the way in some convenient manner.
§ 51.8
τινος ἐπιτηδείου ἐφθάρησαν· Ἀντώνιος δὲ καὶ Κλεοπάτρα ἀκούσαντες τῶν πρέσβεων τὰ παρὰ τοῦ Καίσαρός σφισιν ἐπισταλέντα, ἔπεμψαν αὖθις, ἡ μὲν χρήματα αὐτῷ πολλὰ δώσειν ὑπισχνουμένη, ὁ δὲ τῆς τε φιλίας καὶ τῆς συγγενείας αὐτὸν ἀναμιμνήσκων, καὶ προσέτι καὶ περὶ τῆς συνουσίας τῆς πρὸς τὴν Αἰγυπτίαν ἀπολογούμενος, ὅσα τε συνηράσθησάν ποτε καὶ ὅσα συνενεανιεύσαντο ἀλλήλοις ἐξαριθμούμενος. καὶ τέλος Πούπλιον Τουρούλλιον βουλευτήν τε ὄντα καὶ σφαγέα τοῦ Καίσαρος γεγονότα τότε τε φιλικῶς οἱ συνόντα ἐξέδωκεν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἑαυτόν, ἄν γε καὶ διὰ τοῦθʼ ἡ Κλεοπάτρα σωθῇ, καταχρήσεσθαι ἐπηγγείλατο. Καῖσαρ δὲ τὸν μὲν Τουρούλλιον ἀπέκτεινε (καὶ ἔτυχε γὰρ ἐκ τῆς ἐν Κῷ τοῦ Ἀσκληπιοῦ ὕλης ξύλα ἐς ναυτικὸν κεκοφώς, δίκην τινὰ καὶ τῷ θεῷ, ὅτι ἐκεῖ ἐδικαιώθη, δοῦναι ἔδοξἐ, τῷ δʼ Ἀντωνίῳ οὐδὲν οὐδὲ τότε ἀπεκρίνατο. τρίτην τε οὖν πρεσβείαν ἔστειλε, καὶ τὸν υἱὸν τὸν Ἄντυλλον μετὰ χρυσίου πολλοῦ αὐτῷ ἔπεμψεν· ὁ δὲ τὰ μὲν χρήματα ἔλαβεν, ἐκεῖνον δὲ διὰ κενῆς ἀνταπέστειλε, μηδεμίαν ἀπόκρισιν δούς. τῇ μέντοι Κλεοπάτρᾳ πολλά, ὥσπερ τὸ πρῶτον, οὕτω καὶ τὸ δεύτερον τό τε τρίτον καὶ ἐπηπείλησε καὶ ὑπέσχετο. φοβηθεὶς δʼ οὖν καὶ ὣς μή πως ἀπογνόντες συγγνώμης παρʼ αὐτοῦ τεύξεσθαι διακαρτερήσωσι, καὶ ἤτοι καὶ καθʼ ἑαυτοὺς περιγένωνται, ἢ καὶ ἐς τὴν Ἰβηρίαν τήν τε Γαλατίαν ἀπάρωσιν, ἢ καὶ τὰ χρήματα, ἃ παμπληθῆ ἤκουεν εἶναι, φθείρωσιν (ἡ γὰρ Κλεοπάτρα πάντα τε αὐτὰ ἐς τὸ μνημεῖον, ὃ ἐν τῷ βασιλείῳ κατεσκεύαζεν, ἠθροίκει, καὶ πάντα, ἄν γέ τινος καὶ ἐλαχίστου διαμάρτῃ, κατακαύσειν μεθʼ ἑαυτῆς ἠπείλεἰ, Θύρσον ἐξελεύθερον ἑαυτοῦ ἔπεμψεν ἄλλα τε πολλὰ καὶ φιλάνθρωπα αὐτῇ ἐροῦντα, καὶ ὅτι καὶ ἐρῶν αὐτῆς τυγχάνει, εἴ πως ἔκ γε τούτου, οἷα ἀξιοῦσα πρὸς πάντων ἀνθρώπων ἐρᾶσθαι, τόν τε Ἀντώνιον ἀναχρήσαιτο καὶ ἑαυτὴν τά τε χρήματα ἀκέραια τηρήσειε. καὶ ἔσχεν οὕτως.
Antony and Cleopatra, for their part, upon hearing from envoys the demands which Caesar made of them, sent to him again. Cleopatra promised to give him large amounts of money, and Antony reminded him of their friendship and kinship, made a defence also of his connexion with the Egyptian woman, and recounted all the amorous adventures and youthful pranks they had shared together. 2 Finally, he surrounded to him Publius Turullius, who was a senator and one of the assassins of Caesar and was then living with Antony as a friend; and he offered to take his own life, if in that way Cleopatra might be saved. Caesar put Turullius to death (it chanced that this man had cut wood for the fleet from the property of Asklepios in Cos, and since he was executed in Cos, he was thought to be making amends to the god as well as to Caesar), but this time also he gave no answer to Antony. 4 So Antony despatched a third embassy, sending him his son Antyllus with much gold. Caesar accepted the money, but sent the boy back empty-handed, giving him no answer. To Cleopatra, however, as in the first instance, so again on the second and third occasions, he sent many threats and promises alike. Yet he was afraid, even so, that they might perhaps despair of obtaining pardon for him and so hold out, and either prove superior by their own efforts, or set sail for Spain and Gaul, or else might destroy their wealth, which he kept hearing was of vast extent; 6 for Cleopatra had collected it all in her tomb which she was constructing in the royal grounds, and she threatened to burn it all up with her in case she should fail of even the slightest of her demands. So, he sent Thyrsus, a freedman of his, to say many kind things to her and in particular to tell her that he was in love with her. He hoped that by this means at least, since she thought it her due to be loved by all mankind, she would make away with Antony and keep herself and her money unharmed. And so it proved.
§ 51.9
πρὶν δὲ δὴ ταῦτα γίγνεσθαι, μαθὼν ὁ Ἀντώνιος ὅτι Κορνήλιος Γάλλος τό τε τοῦ Σκάρπου στράτευμα παρείληφε καὶ μετʼ αὐτῶν τὸ Παραιτόνιον ἐξαίφνης παρελθὼν κατέσχηκεν, ἐς μὲν τὴν Συρίαν, καίτοι βουληθεὶς κατὰ τὴν τῶν μονομάχων μετάπεμψιν ὁρμῆσαι, οὐκ ἐπορεύθη, ἐπὶ δὲ ἐκεῖνον ἐχώρησεν ὡς μάλιστα μὲν ἀκονιτὶ τοὺς στρατιώτας προσθησόμενος (ἦσαν γὰρ εὔνοιάν τινα αὐτοῦ ἐκ τῆς συστρατείας ἔχοντεσʼ, εἰ δὲ μή, βίᾳ γε χειρωσόμενος ἅτε καὶ δύναμιν πολλὴν καὶ ναυτικὴν καὶ πεζὴν ἐπαγόμενος. οὐ μέντοι οὐδὲ διαλεχθῆναί τι αὐτοῖς ἠδυνήθη, καίπερ πρός τε τὸ τεῖχος προσελθὼν καὶ γεγωνὸν βοήσας· ὁ γὰρ Γάλλος τοὺς σαλπικτὰς συνηχεῖν κελεύσας οὐδὲν οὐδενὶ ἐσακοῦσαι ἐπέτρεψε. καὶ προσέτι καὶ ἐπεκδρομῇ αἰφνιδίῳ ἔπταισε, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο καὶ ταῖς ναυσὶν ἐσφάλη. ἁλύσεις γάρ τινας ὑφύδρους νύκτωρ διὰ τοῦ στόματος τοῦ λιμένος ὁ Γάλλος διατείνας οὐδεμίαν αὐτοῦ φανερὰν φυλακὴν ἐποιήσατο, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάνυ ἀδεῶς εἴσω μετὰ καταφρονήματος ἐσπλέοντάς σφας περιεῖδεν· ἐπεὶ μέντοι ἔνδον ἐγένοντο, τάς τε ἁλύσεις μηχαναῖς ἀνέσπασε, καὶ πανταχόθεν ἅμα τὰς ναῦς αὐτῶν ἔκ τε τῆς γῆς καὶ ἐκ τῶν οἰκιῶν τῆς τε θαλάσσης περισχὼν τὰς μὲν κατέπρησε τὰς δὲ κατεπόντωσε. κἀν τούτῳ καὶ τὸ Πηλούσιον ὁ Καῖσαρ, λόγῳ μὲν κατὰ τὸ ἰσχυρὸν ἔργῳ δὲ προδοθὲν ὑπὸ τῆς Κλεοπάτρας, ἔλαβεν. ἐκείνη γὰρ ὡς οὔτε τις ἐβοήθησέ σφισι καὶ τὸν Καίσαρα ἀνανταγώνιστον ὄντα ἤσθετο, τό τε μέγιστον ἀκούσασα τοὺς διὰ τοῦ Θύρσου πεμφθέντας οἱ λόγους, ἐπίστευσεν ὄντως ἐρᾶσθαι, πρῶτον μὲν ὅτι καὶ ἐβούλετο, ἔπειτα δὲ ὅτι καὶ τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ τόν τε Ἀντώνιον ὁμοίως ἐδεδούλωτο. κἀκ τούτου οὐχ ὅπως τήν τε ἄδειαν καὶ τὴν τῶν Αἰγυπτίων βασιλείαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ τῶν Ῥωμαίων κράτος ἕξειν προσεδόκησε, τό τε Πηλούσιον εὐθὺς αὐτῷ προήκατο, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο προσελαύνοντι πρὸς τὴν πόλιν ἐκώλυσε τοὺς Ἀλεξανδρέας λάθρᾳ ἐπεξελθεῖν, ἐπεὶ ὅσον γε ἀπὸ βοῆς καὶ πάνυ σφᾶς προετρέψατο τοῦτο ποιῆσαι.
But before this happened, Antony learned that Cornelius Gallus had taken over Scarpus' army and had suddenly marched with these troops upon Paraetonium and occupied it. Hence, although he wished to set out for Syria in response to the summons of the gladiators, he did not go thither, 2 but proceeded against Gallus, in the hope of winning over the troops without a struggle, if possible, inasmuch as they had been with him on campaigns and were fairly well disposed toward him, but otherwise of subduing them by force, since he was leading against them a large force both of ships and of infantry. Nevertheless, he was unable even to talk with them, although he approached their ramparts and raised a mighty shout; for Gallus ordered his trumpeters to sound their instruments all together and gave no one a chance to hear a word. Moreover, Antony also failed in a sudden assault and later suffered a reverse with his ships as well. 4 Gallus, it seems, caused chains to be stretched at night across the mouth of the harbour under water, and then took no measures openly to guard against his opponents but contemptuously allowed them to sail in with perfect immunity. When they were inside, however, he drew up the chains by means of machines, and encompassing their ships on all sides — from the land, from the houses, and from the sea — he burned some and sank others. In the meantime Caesar took Pelusium, ostensibly by storm, but really because it was betrayed by Cleopatra. For she saw that no one came to their aid and perceived that Caesar was not to be withstood; and, most important of all, she listened to the message sent her through Thyrsus, and believed that she was really beloved, in the first place, because she wished to be, and, in the second place, because she had in the same manner enslaved Caesar's father and Antony. 6 Consequently she expected to gain not only forgiveness and the sovereignty over the Egyptians, but the empire of the Romans as well. So she yielded Pelusium to him at once; and later, when he marched against the city, she prevented the Alexandrians from making a sortie. She accomplished this secretly, of course, since, to judge by the outcry she made, she exhorted them vigorously to do so.
§ 51.10
ὁ δʼ οὖν Ἀντώνιος ἐκ τοῦ Παραιτονίου πρὸς τὴν περὶ τοῦ Πελουσίου πύστιν ἐπανελθὼν προαπήντησε πρὸ τῆς Ἀλεξανδρείας τῷ Καίσαρι, καὶ αὐτὸν κεκμηκότα ἐκ τῆς πορείας ὑπολαβὼν τοῖς ἱππεῦσιν ἐνίκησεν. ἀναθαρσήσας τε ἔκ τε τούτου καὶ ὅτι βιβλία ἐς τὸ στρατόπεδον αὐτοῦ τοξεύμασιν ἐσέπεμψε πεντακοσίας σφίσι καὶ χιλίας δραχμὰς ὑπισχνούμενος, συνέβαλε καὶ τῷ πεζῷ καὶ ἡττήθη· ὁ γὰρ Καῖσαρ αὐτὸς τὰ βιβλία ἐθελοντὴς τοῖς στρατιώταις ἀνέγνω, τόν τε Ἀντώνιον διαβάλλων καὶ ἐκείνους ἔς τε τὴν τῆς προδοσίας αἰσχύνην καὶ ἐς τὴν ὑπὲρ ἑαυτοῦ προθυμίαν ἀντικαθιστάς, ὥστε καὶ διὰ τοῦτο αὐτοὺς τῇ τε τῆς πείρας ἀγανακτήσει καὶ τῇ τοῦ μὴ ἐθελοκακεῖν δόξαι ἐνδείξει σπουδάσαι. καὶ ὁ μὲν ἐπειδὴ παρὰ δόξαν ἠλαττώθη, πρός τε τὸ ναυτικὸν ἀπέκλινε, καὶ παρεσκευάζετο ὡς καὶ ναυμαχήσων ἢ πάντως γε ἐς τὴν Ἰβηρίαν πλευσούμενος· ἰδοῦσα δὲ τοῦθʼ ἡ Κλεοπάτρα τάς τε ναῦς αὐτομολῆσαι ἐποίησε, καὶ αὐτὴ ἐς τὸ ἠρίον ἐξαίφνης ἐσεπήδησε, λόγῳ μὲν ὡς τὸν Καίσαρα φοβουμένη καὶ προδιαφθεῖραι τρόπον τινὰ ἑαυτὴν βουλομένη, ἔργῳ δὲ καὶ τὸν Ἀντώνιον ἐκεῖσε ἐσελθεῖν προκαλουμένη· ὑπετόπει μὲν γὰρ προδίδοσθαι, οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἐπίστευεν ὑπὸ τοῦ ἔρωτος, ἀλλὰ καὶ μᾶλλον ὡς εἰπεῖν ἐκείνην ἢ ἑαυτὸν ἠλέει. ὅπερ που ἡ Κλεοπάτρα ἀκριβῶς εἰδυῖα ἤλπισεν ὅτι, ἂν πύθηται αὐτὴν τετελευτηκυῖαν, οὐκ ἐπιβιώσεται ἀλλὰ παραχρῆμα ἀποθανεῖται. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἔς τε τὸ μνημεῖον σύν τε εὐνούχῳ τινὶ καὶ σὺν θεραπαίναις δύο ἐσέδραμε, καὶ ἐκεῖθεν ἀγγελίαν αὐτῷ ὡς καὶ ἀπολωλυῖα ἔπεμψε. καὶ ὃς ἀκούσας τοῦτο οὐκ ἐμέλλησεν, ἀλλʼ ἐπαποθανεῖν αὐτῇ ἐπεθύμησε. καὶ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον τῶν παρόντων τινὸς ἐδεήθη ἵνα αὐτὸν ἀποκτείνῃ· ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐκεῖνος σπασάμενος τὸ ξίφος ἑαυτὸν κατειργάσατο, ζηλῶσαί τε αὐτὸν ἠθέλησε καὶ ἑαυτὸν ἔτρωσεν, καὶ ἔπεσέ τε ἐπὶ στόμα καὶ δόξαν τοῖς παροῦσιν ὡς καὶ τεθνηκὼς παρέσχε. θορύβου τε ἐπὶ τούτῳ γενομένου ᾔσθετό τε ἡ Κλεοπάτρα καὶ ὑπερέκυψεν ὑπὲρ τοῦ μνημείου· αἱ μὲν γὰρ θύραι αὐτοῦ συγκλεισθεῖσαι ἅπαξ οὐκέτʼ ἀνοιχθῆναι ἐκ μηχανήματός τινος ἐδύναντο, τὰ δʼ ἄνω πρὸς τῇ ὀροφῇ οὐδέπω παντελῶς ἐξείργαστο. ἐντεῦθεν οὖν ὑπερκύψασαν αὐτὴν ἰδόντες τινὲς ἀνεβόησαν ὥστε καὶ τὸν Ἀντώνιον ἐσακοῦσαι· καὶ ὃς μαθὼν ὅτι περίεστιν, ἐξανέστη μὲν ὡς καὶ ζῆσαι δυνάμενος, προχυθέντος δʼ αὐτῷ πολλοῦ αἵματος ἀπέγνω τε τὴν σωτηρίαν, καὶ ἱκέτευσε τοὺς παρόντας ὅπως πρός τε τὸ μνῆμα αὐτὸν κομίσωσι καὶ διὰ τῶν σχοινίων τῶν πρὸς τὴν ἀνολκὴν τῶν λίθων κρεμαμένων ἀνιμήσωσι. καὶ ὁ μὲν ἐνταῦθα οὕτω καὶ ἐν τοῖς τῆς Κλεοπάτρας
At the news concerning Pelusium Antony returned from Paraetonium and went to meet Caesar in front of Alexandria, and attacking him with his cavalry, while the other was wearied from his march, he won the day. 2 Encouraged by this success, and because he had shot arrows into Caesar's camp carrying leaflets which promised the men six thousand sesterces, he joined battle also with his infantry and was defeated. For Caesar of his own accord personally read the leaflets to his soldiers, at the same time reviling Antony and trying to turn them to a feeling of shame for the suggested treachery and of enthusiasm for himself; the result was that they were fired by zeal through this very incident, both by reason of their indignation at the attempt made upon their loyalty and by way of demonstrating that they were not subject to the suspicion of being base traitors. 4 After this unexpected setback, Antony took refuge in his fleet, and was preparing to give battle on the sea or at any rate to sail to Spain. But Cleopatra, upon perceiving this, caused the ships to desert, and she herself rushed suddenly into the mausoleum, pretending that she feared Caesar and desired by some means or other to forestall him by taking her own life, but really as an invitation to Antony to enter there also. He had a suspicion, to be sure, that he was being betrayed, but actually pitied her more, one might say, than himself. 6 Cleopatra, doubtless, was fully aware of this and hoped that if he should be informed that she was dead, he would not wish to survive her, but would die at once. Accordingly she hastened into the tomb with a eunuch and two maidservants, and from there sent a message to him from which he should infer that she was dead. And he, when he heard it, did not delay, but was seized by a desire to follow her in death. He first asked one of the bystanders to slay him; but when the man drew his sword and slew himself, Antony wished to imitate his courage and so gave himself a wound and fell upon his face, causing the bystanders to believe that he was dead. 8 At this an outcry was raised, and Cleopatra, hearing it, peered out over the top of the tomb. By a certain contrivance its doors, once closed, could not be opened again, but the upper part of it next to the roof was not yet fully completed. Now when some of them saw her peering out at this point, they raised a shout so that even Antony heard. So he, learning that she survived, stood up, as if he had still the power to live; but, as had lost much blood, he despaired of his life and besought the bystanders to carry him to the monument and to hoist him up by the ropes that were hanging there to lift the stone blocks. So Antony died there in Cleopatra's bosom;
§ 51.11
κόλποις ἐναπέθανεν, ἐκείνη δὲ ἐθάρσησε μέν πως τὸν Καίσαρα, καὶ εὐθὺς αὐτῷ τὸ γεγονὸς ἐδήλωσεν, οὐ μὴν καὶ πάνυ ἐπίστευε μηδὲν κακὸν πείσεσθαι. κατεῖχεν οὖν ἑαυτὴν ἔνδον, ἵνʼ εἰ καὶ διὰ μηδὲν ἄλλο σωθείη, τῷ γε φόβῳ τῶν χρημάτων καὶ τὴν ἄδειαν καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν ἐκπρίηται. οὕτω που καὶ τότε ἐν τηλικαύτῃ συμφορᾷ οὖσα τῆς δυναστείας ἐμέμνητο, καὶ μᾶλλόν γε ἔν τε τῷ ὀνόματι καὶ ἐν τῷ σχήματι αὐτῆς ἀποθανεῖν ἢ ἰδιωτεύσασα ζῆν ᾑρεῖτο. ἀμέλει εἶχε μὲν καὶ τὸ πῦρ ἐπὶ τοῖς χρήμασιν, εἶχε δὲ καὶ ἀσπίδας ἄλλα τε ἑρπετὰ ἐφʼ ἑαυτῇ, προπειραθεῖσα αὐτῶν ἐν ἀνθρώποις, ὅντινα τρόπον ἕκαστόν σφων ἀποκτίννυσι. Καῖσαρ δὲ ἐπεθύμει μὲν καὶ τῶν θησαυρῶν ἐγκρατὴς γενέσθαι καὶ ἐκείνην ζῶσάν τε συλλαβεῖν καὶ ἐς τὰ νικητήρια ἀναγαγεῖν, οὐ μέντοι καὶ αὐτὸς πίστιν τινὰ αὐτῇ δοὺς ἀπατεὼν δόξαι γεγονέναι ἠθέλησεν, ἵνʼ ὡς καὶ αἰχμαλώτῳ καὶ ἀκουσίᾳ τρόπον τινὰ χειρωθείσῃ χρήσηται. καὶ διὰ τοῦτʼ ἔπεμψε πρὸς αὐτὴν Γάιόν τε Προκουλέιον ἱππέα καὶ Ἐπαφρόδιτον ἐξελεύθερον, ἐντειλάμενός σφισιν ὅσα καὶ εἰπεῖν καὶ πρᾶξαι ἐχρῆν. καὶ οὕτως ἐκεῖνοι συμμίξαντες τῇ Κλεοπάτρᾳ καὶ μέτριά τινα διαλεχθέντες, ἔπειτ̔??ʼ ἐξαίφνης συνήρπασαν αὐτὴν πρίν τι ὁμολογηθῆναι. κἀκ τούτου ἐκποδὼν πάντα ἀφʼ ὧν ἀποθανεῖν ἐδύνατο ποιησάμενοι, ἡμέρας μέν τινας κατὰ χώραν αὐτῇ τὸ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου σῶμα ταριχευούσῃ διατρῖψαι ἐπέτρεψαν, ἔπειτα δὲ ἐς τὰ βασίλεια αὐτὴν ἤγαγον, μήτε τῆς ἀκολουθίας τι μήτε τῆς θεραπείας τῆς συνήθους οἱ παραλύσαντες, ὅπως ἔτι καὶ μᾶλλον ἐλπίσῃ τε ὅσα ἐβούλετο καὶ μηδὲν κακὸν ἑαυτὴν δράσῃ. ἀμέλει καὶ ὀφθῆναι καὶ διαλεχθῆναί τι τῷ Καίσαρι ἐθελήσασα ἐπέτυχε· καὶ ἵνα γε ἐπὶ πλεῖον ἀπατηθῇ, αὐτὸς ἀφίξεσθαι πρὸς αὐτὴν ὑπέσχετο.
and she now felt a certain confidence in Caesar, and immediately informed him of what had taken placed; still, she was not altogether convinced that she would suffer no harm. She accordingly kept herself within the building, in order that, even if there should be no other motive for her preservation, she might at least purchase pardon and her kingdom through his fear for the money. 2 So thoroughly mindful was she even then, in the midst of her dire misfortune, of her royal rank, and chose rather to die with the name and dignity of a sovereign than to live in a private station. At all events, she kept at hand fire to consume her wealth, and asps and other reptiles to destroy herself, and she had the latter tried on human beings, to see in what way they killed in each case. Now Caesar was anxious not only to get possession of her treasures but also to seize her alive and to carry her back for his triumph, yet he was unwilling to appear to have tricked her himself after having given her a kind of pledge, since he wished to treat her as a captive and to a certain extent subdued against her will. 4 He therefore sent to her Gaius Proculeius, a knight, and Epaphroditus, a freedman, giving them directions as to what they were to say and do. Following out this plan, they obtained an audience with Cleopatra, and after discussing with her some moderate proposals they suddenly seized her before any agreement was reached. After this they put out of her way everything by means of which she could cause her own death and allowed her to spend some days where she was, occupied in embalming Antony's body; then they took her to the palace, but did not remove any of her accustomed retinue or attendants, in order that she should entertain more hope than ever of accomplishing all she desired, and so should do no harm to herself. 6 At any rate, when she expressed a desire to appear before Caesar and to have an interview with him, she gained her request; and to deceive her still more, he promised that he would come to her himself.
§ 51.12
οἶκόν τε οὖν ἐκπρεπῆ καὶ κλίνην πολυτελῆ παρασκευάσασα, καὶ προσέτι καὶ ἑαυτὴν ἠμελημένως πως κοσμήσασα (καὶ γὰρ ἐν τῷ πενθίμῳ σχήματι δεινῶς ἐνέπρεπενʼ ἐκαθέζετο ἐπὶ τῆς κλίνης, πολλὰς μὲν εἰκόνας τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ καὶ παντοδαπὰς παραθεμένη, πάσας δὲ τὰς ἐπιστολὰς τὰς παρʼ ἐκείνου οἱ πεμφθείσας ἐς τὸν κόλπον λαβοῦσα. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο ἐσελθόντος τοῦ Καίσαρος ἀνεπήδησέ τε ἐρρυθμισμένη, καὶ ἔφη “χαῖρε ὦ δέσποτα· σοὶ μὲν γὰρ τοῦτο θεὸς ἔδωκεν, ἐμὲ δὲ ἀφείλετο. ἀλλʼ ὁρᾷς μέν που καὶ αὐτὸς τὸν πατέρα σου τοιοῦτον οἷος πολλάκις πρὸς ἐμὲ ἐσῆλθεν, ἀκούεις δὲ ὅπως τά τε ἄλλα ἐτίμησέ με καὶ δὴ καὶ βασιλίδα τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ἐποίησεν. ἵνα δʼ οὖν τι καὶ αὐτοῦ ἐκείνου περὶ ἐμοῦ πύθῃ, λάβε καὶ ἀνάγνωθι τὰ γράμματα ἅ μοι αὐτοχειρία ἐπέστειλε.” Ταῦτά τε ἅμα ἔλεγε, καὶ πολλὰ καὶ ἐρωτικὰ αὐτοῦ ῥήματα ἀνεγίγνωσκε. καὶ τοτὲ μὲν ἔκλαε καὶ τὰς ἐπιστολὰς κατεφίλει, τοτὲ δὲ πρὸς τὰς εἰκόνας αὐτοῦ προσέπιπτε καὶ ἐκείνας προσεκύνει. τά τε βλέφαρα ἐς τὸν Καίσαρα ἐπενέκλα, καὶ ἐμμελῶς ἀνωλοφύρετο, θρυπτικόν τέ τι προσεφθέγγετο, ἄλλοτε μὲν λέγουσα “ποῦ μοι, Καῖσαρ, ταῦτά σου τὰ γράμματα;” ἄλλοτε δὲ ὅτι “ἀλλʼ ἐν τούτῳ καὶ σύ μοι ζῇς,” εἶτα αὖθις “εἴθε σου προετεθνήκειν,” καὶ μάλα αὖθις “ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦτον ἔχουσα σὲ ἔχω.” τοιαύτῃ τινὶ ποικιλίᾳ καὶ τῶν ῥημάτων καὶ τῶν σχημάτων ἐχρῆτο, μελιχρὰ ἄττα καὶ προσβλέπουσα αὐτῷ καὶ λαλοῦσα. ὁ οὖν Καῖσαρ συνίει μὲν αὐτῆς καὶ παθαινομένης καὶ πληκτιζομένης, οὐ μέντοι καὶ προσεποιεῖτο, ἀλλʼ ἐς τὴν γῆν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἐρείσας τοῦτο μόνον εἶπεν, “θάρσει, ὦ γύναι, καὶ θυμὸν ἔχε ἀγαθόν· οὐδὲν γὰρ κακὸν πείσῃ.” περιαλγήσασα οὖν ἐκείνη ὅτι μήτε προσεῖδεν αὐτὴν μήτε τι ἢ περὶ τῆς βασιλείας ἢ καὶ ἐρωτικόν τι ἐφθέγξατο, πρός τε τὰ γόνατα αὐτοῦ προσέπεσε καὶ ἀνακλαύσασα “ζῆν μέν” ἔφη, “Καῖσαρ, οὔτε ἐθέλω οὔτε δύναμαι· ταύτην δέ σε τὴν χάριν ἐς τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς μνήμην αἰτῶ, ἵνʼ ἐπειδή με Ἀντωνίῳ μετʼ ἐκεῖνον ὁ δαίμων παρέδωκε, μετʼ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀποθάνω. εἴθε μὲν γὰρ ἀπωλώλειν εὐθὺς τότε μετὰ τὸν Καίσαρα· ἐπεὶ δέ μοι καὶ τοῦτο παθεῖν ἐπέπρωτο, πέμψον με πρὸς Ἀντώνιον, μηδέ μοι τῆς σὺν αὐτῷ ταφῆς φθονήσῃς, ἵνʼ ὥσπερ διʼ ἐκεῖνον ἀποθνήσκω, οὕτω καὶ ἐν Ἅιδου αὐτῷ συνοικήσω.”
She accordingly prepared a splendid apartment and a costly couch, and moreover arrayed herself with affected negligence, — indeed, her mourning garb wonderfully became her, — and seated herself upon the couch; beside her she placed many images of his father, of all kinds, and in her bosom she put all the letters that his father had sent her. 2 When, after this, Caesar entered, she leaped gracefully to her feet and cried: “Hail, master — for Heaven has granted you the mastery and taken it from me. But surely you can see with your own eyes how your father looked when he visited me on many occasions, and you have heard people tell how he honoured me in various ways and made me queen of the Egyptians. That you may, however, earn something about me from him himself, take and read the letters which he wrote me with his own hand.” After she had spoken thus, she proceeded to read many passionate expressions of Caesar's. And now she would lament and kiss the letters, and again she would fall before his images and do them reverence. 4 She kept turning her eyes toward Caesar and bewailing her fate in musical accents. She spoke in melting tones, saying at one time, “Of what avail to me, Caesar, are these thy letters?” and at anyone, “But in this man here thou also art alive for me”; again, “Would that I had died before thee,” and still again, “But if I have him, I have thee.” Such were the subtleties of speech and of attitude which she employed, and sweet were the glances she cast at him and the words she murmured to him. Now Caesar was not insensible to the ardour of her speech and the appeal to his passions, but he pretended to be; and letting his eyes rest upon the ground, he merely said: “Be of good cheer, woman, and keep a stout heart; for you shall suffer no harm.” 6 She was greatly distressed because he would neither look at her nor say anything about the kingdom nor even utter a word of love, and falling at his knees, she said with an outburst of sobbing: “I neither wish to live nor can I live, Caesar. But this favour I beg of you in memory of your father, that, since Heaven gave me to Antony after him, I may also die with Antony. Would that I had perished then, straightway after Caesar! But since it was decreed by fate that I should suffer this affliction also, send me to Antony; grudge me not burial with him, in order that, as it is because of him I die, so I may dwell with him even in Hades.”
§ 51.13
καὶ ἡ μὲν τοιαῦτα ὡς καὶ ἐλεηθησομένη ἔλεγε, Καῖσαρ δὲ πρὸς μὲν ταῦτα οὐδὲν ἀπεκρίνατο, φοβηθεὶς δὲ μὴ ἑαυτὴν διαχρήσηται, θαρσεῖν τε αὐτῇ αὖθις παρεκελεύσατο, καὶ οὔτε τὴν θεραπείαν αὐτῆς ἀφείλετο καὶ ἐν ἐπιμελείᾳ αὐτὴν ἐποιεῖτο, ὅπως οἱ τὰ ἐπινίκια ἐπιλαμπρύνῃ. τοῦτό τε οὖν ὑποτοπήσασα, καὶ μυρίων θανάτων χαλεπώτερον αὐτὸ νομίσασα εἶναι, ὄντως τε ἀποθανεῖν ἐπεθύμησε, καὶ πολλὰ μὲν τοῦ Καίσαρος, ὅπως τροπον τινὰ ἀπόληται, ἐδεῖτο, πολλὰ δὲ καὶ αὐτὴ ἐμηχανᾶτο. ἐπεὶ δʼ οὐδὲν ἐπέραινε, μεταγιγνώσκειν τε ἐπλάσατο ὡς καὶ ἐλπίδα πολλὴν μὲν καὶ ἐς ἐκεῖνον πολλὴν δὲ καὶ ἐς τὴν Λιουίαν ἔχουσα, καὶ ἑκουσία τε πλευσεῖσθαι ἔλεγε, καὶ κόσμους τινὰς ἀποθέτους ἐς δῶρα ἡτοιμάζετο, εἴ πως πίστιν ἐκ τούτων μὴ τεθνήξειν λαβοῦσα ἧττόν τε τηρηθείη καὶ ἑαυτὴν ἐξεργάσαιτο. ὃ καὶ ἐγένετο. ἐπειδὴ γὰρ οἵ τε ἄλλοι καὶ ὁ Ἐπαφρόδιτος, ᾧπερ ἐπετέτραπτο, πιστεύσαντες ταῦθʼ ὡς ἀληθῶς φρονεῖν, τῆς ἀκριβοῦς φυλακῆς ἠμέλησαν, παρεσκευάζετο ὅπως ὡς ἀλυπότατα ἀποθάνῃ. καὶ γραμματεῖόν τι, διʼ οὗ ἐδεήθη τοῦ Καίσαρος ἵνα αὐτὴν μετὰ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου ταφῆναι κελεύσῃ, αὐτῷ τῷ Ἐπαφροδίτῳ σεσημασμένον, ὅπως προφάσει τῆς ἀποκομιδῆς αὐτοῦ ὡς καὶ ἄλλο τι ἔχοντος ἐκποδών οἱ γένηται, δοῦσα ἔργου εἴχετο. τήν τε γὰρ ἐσθῆτα τὴν περικαλλεστάτην ἐνδῦσα, καὶ ἑαυτὴν εὐπρεπέστατα εὐθετήσασα, τό τε σχῆμα τὸ βασιλικὸν πᾶν ἀναλαβοῦσα, ἀπέθανε.
Such words she uttered, expecting to move him to pity, but Caesar made no answer to them; fearing, however, that she might destroy herself, he exhorted her again to be of good cheer, and not only did not remove any of her attendants but also took special care of her, that she might add brilliance to his triumph.2 This purpose she suspected, and regarding that fate as worse than a thousand deaths, she conceived a genuine desire to die, and not only addressed many entreaties to Caesar that she might perish in some manner or other, but also devised many plans herself. But when she could accomplish nothing, she feigned a change of heart, pretending to set great hopes in him and also in Livia. She said she would sail of her own free will, and she made ready some treasured articles of adornment to use as gifts, in the hope that by these means she might inspire belief that it was not her purpose to die, and so might be less closely guarded and thus be able to destroy herself. 4 And so it came about. For as soon as the others and Epaphroditus, to whose charge she had been committed, had come to believe that she really felt as she pretended to, and neglected to keep a careful watch, she made her preparations to die as painlessly as possible. First she gave a sealed paper, in which she begged Caesar to order that she be buried beside Antony, to Epaphroditus himself to deliver, pretending that it contained some other matter, and then, having by this excuse freed herself of his presence, she set to her task. She put on her most beautiful apparel, arranged her body in most seemly fashion, took in her hands all the emblems of royalty, and so died.
§ 51.14
καὶ τὸ μὲν σαφὲς οὐδεὶς οἶδεν ᾧ τρόπῳ διεφθάρη· κεντήματα γὰρ λεπτὰ περὶ τὸν βραχίονα αὐτῆς μόνα εὑρέθη· λέγουσι δὲ οἱ μὲν ὅτι ἀσπίδα ἐν ὑδρίᾳ ἢ καὶ ἐν ἄνθεσί τισιν ἐσκομισθεῖσάν οἱ προσέθετο, οἱ δὲ ὅτι βελόνην, ᾗ τὰς τρίχας ἀνεῖρεν, ἰῷ τινι, δύναμιν τοιαύτην ἔχοντι ὥστε ἄλλως μὲν μηδὲν τὸ σῶμα βλάπτειν, ἂν δʼ αἵματος καὶ βραχυτάτου ἅψηται, καὶ τάχιστα καὶ ἀλυπότατα αὐτὸ φθείρειν, χρίσασα τέως μὲν αὐτὴν ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ ἐφόρει ὥσπερ εἰώθει, τότε δὲ προκατανύξασά τι τὸν βραχίονα ἐς τὸ αἷμα ἐνέβαλεν. οὕτω μέν, ἢ ὅτι ἐγγύτατα, μετὰ τῶν δύο θεραπαινῶν ἀπώλετο· ὁ γὰρ εὐνοῦχος ἅμα τῷ συλληφθῆναι αὐτὴν τοῖς τε ἑρπετοῖς ἑαυτὸν ἐθελοντὴς παρέδωκε, καὶ δηχθεὶς ὑπʼ αὐτῶν ἐς σορὸν προπαρεσκευασμένην οἱ ἐσεπεπηδήκει. ἀκούσας δὲ ὁ Καῖσαρ τὴν τελευτὴν αὐτῆς ἐξεπλάγη, καὶ τό τε σῶμα αὐτῆς εἶδε, καὶ φάρμακα αὐτῷ καὶ Ψύλλους, εἴ πως ἀνασφήλειε, προσήνεγκεν. οἱ δὲ δὴ Ψύλλοι οὗτοι ἄνδρες μέν εἰσι (γυνὴ γὰρ οὐ γίγνεται Ψύλλἀ, δύνανται δὲ πάντα τε ἰὸν παντὸς ἑρπετοῦ παραχρῆμα, πρὶν θνήσκειν τινά, ἐκμυζᾶν, καὶ αὐτοὶ μηδὲν ὑπὸ μηδενὸς αὐτῶν δηχθέντες βλάπτεσθαι. φύονται δὲ ἐξ ἀλλήλων, καὶ δοκιμάζουσι τὰ γεννηθέντα ἤτοι μετʼ ὄφεών που εὐθὺς ἐμβληθέντα, ἢ καὶ τῶν σπαργάνων αὐτῶν ἐπιβληθέντων τισίν· οὔτε γὰρ τῷ παιδίῳ τι λυμαίνονται, καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς ἐσθῆτος αὐτοῦ ναρκῶσι. τοῦτο μὲν τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν, ὁ δὲ δὴ Καῖσαρ μηδένα τρόπον ἀναβιώσασθαι τὴν Κλεοπάτραν δυνηθεὶς ἐκείνην μὲν καὶ ἐθαύμασε καὶ ἠλέησεν, αὐτὸς δὲ ἰσχυρῶς ἐλυπήθη ὡς καὶ πάσης τῆς ἐπὶ τῇ νίκῃ δόξης ἐστερημένος.
No one knows clearly in what way she perished, for the only marks on her body were slight pricks on the arm. Some say she applied to herself an asp which had been brought in to her in a water-jar, or perhaps hidden in some flowers. 2 Others declare that she had smeared a pin, with which she was wont to fasten her hair, with some poison possessed of such a property that in ordinary circumstances it would not injure the body at all, but if it came into contact with even a drop of blood would destroy the body very quietly and painlessly; and that previous to this time she had worn it in her hair as usual, but now had made a slight scratch on her arm and had dipped the pin in the blood. In this or in some very similar way she perished, and her two handmaidens with her. As for the eunuch, he had of his own accord delivered himself up to the serpents at the very time of Cleopatra's arrest, and after being bitten by them had leaped into a coffin already prepared for him. When Caesar heard of Cleopatra's death, he was astounded, and not only viewed her body but also made use of drugs and Psylli in the hope that she might revive. 4 These Psylli are males, for there is no woman born in their tribe, and they have the power to suck out any poison of any reptile, if use is made of them immediately, before the victim dies; and they are not harmed themselves when bitten by any such creature. They are propagated from one another and they test their offspring either by having them thrown among serpents as soon as they are born or else by having their swaddling-clothes thrown upon serpents; for the reptiles in the one case do no harm to the child, and in the other case are benumbed by its clothing. 6 So much for this matter. But Caesar, when he could not in any way resuscitate Cleopatra, felt both admiration and pity for her, and was excessively grieved on his own account, as if he had been deprived of all the glory of his victory.
§ 51.15
Ἀντώνιος μὲν δὴ καὶ Κλεοπάτρα, πολλῶν μὲν τοῖς Αἰγυπτίοις πολλῶν δὲ καὶ τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις κακῶν αἴτιοι γενόμενοι, οὕτω τε ἐπολέμησαν καὶ οὕτως ἐτελεύτησαν, ἔν τε τῷ αὐτῷ τρόπῳ ἐταριχεύθησαν, κἀν τῇ αὐτῇ θήκῃ ἐτάφησαν. ἔσχον δὲ τήν τε φύσιν τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ τὴν τύχην τοῦ βίου τοιάνδε. ὁ μὲν συνεῖναί τε τὸ δέον οὐδενὸς ἥσσων ἐγένετο καὶ πολλὰ ἀφρόνως ἔπραξεν, ἀνδρείᾳ τε ἔν τισι διέπρεψε καὶ ὑπὸ δειλίας συχνὰ ἐσφάλη, τῇ τε μεγαλοψυχίᾳ καὶ τῇ δουλοπρεπείᾳ ἐξ ἴσου ἐχρῆτο, καὶ τά τε ἀλλότρια ἥρπαζε καὶ τὰ οἰκεῖα προΐετο, ἠλέει τε ἀλόγως συχνοὺς καὶ ἐκόλαζεν ἀδίκως πλείονας· κἀκ τούτων ἰσχυρότατός τε ἐξ ἀσθενεστάτου καὶ πλουσιώτατος ἐξ ἀπορωτάτου γενόμενος οὐδετέρου αὐτῶν ἀπώνητο, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ κράτος τὸ τῶν Ῥωμαίων μόνος ἕξειν ἐλπίσας αὐτὸς ἑαυτὸν ἀπέκτεινε. Κλεοπάτρα δὲ ἄπληστος μὲν Ἀφροδίτης ἄπληστος δὲ χρημάτων γενομένη, καὶ πολλῇ μὲν φιλοτιμίᾳ φιλοδόξῳ πολλῇ δὲ καὶ περιφρονήσει θρασείᾳ χρησαμένη, τήν τε βασιλείαν τὴν τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ὑπʼ ἔρωτος ἐκτήσατο, καὶ τὴν τῶν Ῥωμαίων λήψεσθαι διʼ αὐτοῦ ἐλπίσασα ταύτης τε ἐσφάλη καὶ ἐκείνην προσαπώλεσε, δύο τε ἀνδρῶν Ῥωμαίων τῶν καθʼ ἑαυτὴν μεγίστων κατεκράτησε, καὶ διὰ τὸν τρίτον ἑαυτὴν κατεχρήσατο. οὗτοι μὲν δὴ τοιοῦτοί τε ἐγένοντο καὶ οὕτως ἀπήλλαξαν· τῶν δὲ δὴ παίδων αὐτῶν Ἄντυλλος μέν, καίτοι τήν τε τοῦ Καίσαρος θυγατέρα ἠγγυημένος καὶ ἐς τὸ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ ἡρῷον, ὃ ἡ Κλεοπάτρα ἐπεποιήκει, καταφυγών, εὐθὺς ἐσφάγη, Καισαρίων δὲ ἐς Αἰθιοπίαν φεύγων κατελήφθη τε ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ καὶ διεφθάρη. ἥ τε Κλεοπάτρα Ἰούβᾳ τῷ τοῦ Ἰούβου παιδὶ συνῴκησε· τούτῳ γὰρ ὁ Καῖσαρ τραφέντι τε ἐν τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ καὶ συστρατευσαμένῳ οἱ ταύτην τε καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν τὴν πατρῴαν ἔδωκε, καὶ αὐτοῖς καὶ τὸν Ἀλέξανδρον καὶ τὸν Πτολεμαῖον ἐχαρίσατο. ταῖς τε ἀδελφιδαῖς, ἃς ἐκ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου ἡ Ὀκταουία ἀνῄρητό τε καὶ ἐτετρόφει, χρήματα ἀπὸ τῶν πατρῴων ἀπένειμε. καὶ τῷ Ἰούλλῳ τῷ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου τῆς τε Φουλουίας υἱεῖ τοὺς ἐξελευθέρους αὐτοῦ πάνθʼ ὅσα τελευτῶντάς σφας καταλιπεῖν αὐτῷ κατὰ τοὺς νόμους ἔδει παραχρῆμα δοῦναι
Thus Antony and Cleopatra, who had caused many evils to the Egyptians and many to the Romans, made war and met their death in the manner I have described; and they were both embalmed in the same fashion and buried in the same tomb. Their qualities of character and the fortunes of their lives were as follows. 2 Antony had no superior in comprehending his duty, yet he committed many acts of folly. He sometimes distinguished himself for bravery, yet often failed through cowardice. He was characterized equally by greatness of soul and by servility of mind. He would plunder the property of others and would squander his own. He showed compassion to many without cause and punished even more without justice. Consequently, though he rose from utter weakness to great power, and from the depths of poverty to great riches, he derived no profit from either circumstance, but after hoping to gain single-handed the empire of the Romans, he took his own life. 4 Cleopatra was of insatiable passion and insatiable avarice; she was swayed often by laudable ambition, but often by overweening effrontery. By love she gained the title of Queen of the Egyptians, and when she hoped by the same means to win also that of Queen of the Romans, she failed of this and lost the other besides. She captivated the two greatest Romans of her day, and because of the third she destroyed herself. Such were these two and such was their end. Of their children, Antyllus was slain immediately, though he was betrothed to the daughter of Caesar and had taken refuge in his father's shrine, which Cleopatra had built; and Caesarion while fleeing to Ethiopia was overtaken on the road and murdered. 6 Cleopatra was married to Juba, the son of Juba; for to this man who had been brought up in Italy and had been with him on campaigns, Caesar gave both the maid and the kingdom of his fathers, and as a favour to them spared the lives of Alexander and Ptolemy. To his nieces, the daughters whom Octavia had had by Antony and had reared, he assigned money from their father's estate. He also ordered Antony's freedmen to give at once to Iullus, the son of Antony and Fulvia, everything which by law they would have been required to bequeath him at their death.
§ 51.16
ἐκέλευσε. τῶν τε ἄλλων τῶν τὰ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου μέχρι τότε πραξάντων τοὺς μὲν ἐκόλασε τοὺς δὲ ἀφῆκεν, ἢ διʼ ἑαυτὸν ἢ διὰ τοὺς φίλους. ἐπειδή τε συχνοὶ παρʼ αὐτῷ καὶ δυναστῶν καὶ βασιλέων παῖδες οἱ μὲν ἐφʼ ὁμηρείᾳ οἱ δὲ καὶ ἐφʼ ὕβρει τρεφόμενοι εὑρέθησαν, τοὺς μὲν οἴκαδε αὐτῶν ἀπέστειλε, τοὺς δὲ ἀλλήλοις συνῴκισεν, ἑτέρους τε κατέσχεν. ὧν ἐγὼ τοὺς μὲν ἄλλους ἐάσω, δύο δὲ δὴ μόνων ὀνομαστὶ μνησθήσομαι· τὴν μὲν γὰρ Ἰωτάπην τῷ Μήδῳ καταφυγόντι μετὰ τὴν ἧτταν πρὸς αὐτὸν ἑκὼν ἀπέδωκε, τῷ δʼ Ἀρτάξῃ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς καίπερ αἰτήσαντι οὐκ ἔπεμψεν, ὅτι τοὺς ὑπολειφθέντας ἐν τῇ Ἀρμενίᾳ Ῥωμαίους ἀπεκτόνει. περὶ μὲν δὴ τοὺς ἄλλους τοιαῦτα ἐγίγνετο, τῶν δὲ Αἰγυπτίων τῶν τε Ἀλεξανδρέων πάντων ἐφείσατο ὥστε μὴ διολέσαι τινά, τὸ μὲν ἀληθὲς ὅτι οὐκ ἠξίωσε τοσούτους τε αὐτοὺς ὄντας καὶ χρησιμωτάτους τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις ἐς πολλὰ ἂν γενομένους ἀνήκεστόν τι δρᾶσαι· πρόφασιν δὲ ὅμως προυβάλλετο τόν τε θεὸν τὸν Σάραπιν καὶ τὸν Ἀλέξανδρον τὸν οἰκιστὴν αὐτῶν, καὶ τρίτον Ἄρειον τὸν πολίτην, ᾧ που φιλοσοφοῦντί τε καὶ συνόντι οἱ ἐχρῆτο. καὶ τόν γε λόγον διʼ οὗ συνέγνω σφίσιν, ἑλληνιστί, ὅπως συνῶσιν αὐτοῦ, εἶπε. καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα τὸ μὲν τοῦ Ἀλεξάνδρου σῶμα εἶδε, καὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ προσήψατο, ὥστε τι τῆς ῥινός, ὥς φασι, θραυσθῆναι· τὰ δὲ δὴ τῶν Πτολεμαίων, καίτοι τῶν Ἀλεξανδρέων σπουδῇ βουληθέντων αὐτῷ δεῖξαι, οὐκ ἐθεάσατο, εἰπὼν ὅτι “βασιλέα ἀλλʼ οὐ νεκροὺς ἰδεῖν ἐπεθύμησα.” κἀκ τῆς αὐτῆς ταύτης αἰτίας οὐδὲ τῷ Ἄπιδι ἐντυχεῖν ἠθέλησε, λέγων θεοὺς ἀλλʼ οὐχὶ βοῦς
As for the rest who had been connected with Antony's cause up to this time, he punished some and pardoned others, either from personal motives or to oblige his friends. And since there were found at the court many children of princes and kings who were being kept there, some as hostages and others out of a spirit of arrogance, he sent some back to their homes, joined others in marriage with one another, and retained still others. 2 I shall omit most of these cases and mention only two. Of his own accord he restored Iotape to the Median king, who had found an asylum with him after his defeat; but he refused the request of Artaxes that his brothers be sent to him, because this prince had put to death the Romans left behind in Armenia. This was the disposition he made of such captives; and in the case of the Egyptians and the Alexandrians, he spared them all, so that none perished. The truth was that he did not see fit to inflict any irreparable injury upon a people so numerous, who might prove very useful to the Romans in many ways; 4 nevertheless, he offered as a pretext for his kindness their god Serapis, their founder Alexander, and, in the third place, their fellow-citizen Areius, of whose learning and companionship he availed himself. The speech in which he proclaimed to them his pardon he delivered in Greek, so that they might understand him.5 After this he viewed the body of Alexander and actually touched it, whereupon, it is said, a piece of the nose was broken off. But he declined to view the remains of the Ptolemies, though the Alexandrians were extremely eager to show them, remarking, “I wished to see a king, not corpses.” For this same reason he would not enter the presence of Apis, either, declaring that he was accustomed to worship gods, not cattle.
§ 51.17
προσκυνεῖν εἰθίσθαι. ἐκ δὲ τούτου τήν τε Αἴγυπτον ὑποτελῆ ἐποίησε καὶ τῷ Γάλλῳ τῷ Κορνηλίῳ ἐπέτρεψε· πρός τε γὰρ τὸ πολύανδρον καὶ τῶν πόλεων καὶ τῆς χώρας, καὶ πρὸς τὸ ῥᾴδιον τό τε κοῦφον τῶν τρόπων αὐτῶν, τήν τε σιτοπομπίαν καὶ τὰ χρήματα, οὐδενὶ βουλευτῇ οὐχ ὅπως ἐγχειρίσαι αὐτὴν ἐτόλμησεν, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ ἐνεπιδημεῖν αὐτῇ ἐξουσίαν ἔδωκεν, ἂν μή τινι αὐτὸς ὀνομαστὶ συγχωρήσῃ. οὐ μέντοι οὐδὲ ἐκείνοις βουλεύειν ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ ἐφῆκεν. ἀλλὰ τοῖς μὲν ἄλλοις ὡς ἑκάστοις, τοῖς δʼ Ἀλεξανδρεῦσιν ἄνευ βουλευτῶν πολιτεύεσθαι ἐκέλευσε· τοσαύτην που νεωτεροποιίαν αὐτῶν κατέγνω. καί σφων οὕτω τότε ταχθέντων τὰ μὲν ἄλλα καὶ νῦν ἰσχυρῶς φυλάσσεται, βουλεύουσι δὲ δὴ καὶ ἐν τῇ Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ, ἐπὶ Σεουήρου αὐτοκράτορος ἀρξάμενοι, καὶ ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ, ἐπʼ Ἀντωνίνου τοῦ υἱέος αὐτοῦ πρῶτον ἐς τὴν γερουσίαν ἐσγραφέντες. Αἴγυπτος μὲν οὕτως ἐδουλώθη· πάντες γὰρ οἱ ἀντισχόντες αὐτῶν χρόνον τινὰ ἐχειρώθησαν, ὥς που καὶ τὸ δαιμόνιόν σφισιν ἐναργέστατα προέδειξεν. ὗσέ τε γὰρ οὐχ ὅπως ὕδατι, ἔνθα μηδὲ ἐψέκασέ ποτε, ἀλλὰ καὶ αἵματι· ταῦτά τε ἅμα ἐκ τῶν νεφῶν ἐξέπιπτε καὶ ὅπλα παρεφαίνετο. κτυπήματά τέ τινα ἑτέρωθι καὶ τυμπάνων καὶ κυμβάλων καὶ βοήματα καὶ αὐτῶν καὶ σαλπίγγων ἐγίγνετο, καί τις δράκων ὑπερμεγέθης ἐξαίφνης σφίσιν ὀφθεὶς ἀμήχανον ὅσον ἐξεσύρισε. κἀν τούτῳ καὶ ἀστέρες κομῆται ἑωρῶντο, καὶ νεκρῶν εἴδωλα ἐφαντάζετο, τά τε ἀγάλματα ἐσκυθρώπασε, καὶ ὁ Ἆπις ὀλοφυρτικόν τι ἐμυκήσατο καὶ κατεδάκρυσε. ταῦτα μὲν οὕτως ἐγένετο, χρήματα δὲ πολλὰ μὲν ἐν τῷ βασιλικῷ εὑρέθη (πάντα γὰρ ὡς εἰπεῖν καὶ τὰ ἐκ τῶν ἁγιωτάτων ἱερῶν ἀναθήματα ἡ Κλεοπάτρα ἀνελομένη συνεπλήθυσε τὰ λάφυρα τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις ἄνευ τινὸς οἰκείου αὐτῶν μιάσματος ʼ,ʼ πολλὰ δὲ καὶ παρʼ ἑκάστου τῶν αἰτιαθέντων τι ἠθροίσθη. καὶ χωρὶς οἱ λοιποὶ πάντες, ὅσοι μηδὲν ἴδιον ἔγκλημα λαβεῖν ἐδύναντο, τὰ δύο μέρη τῶν οὐσιῶν ᾐτήθησαν. καὶ ἀπʼ αὐτῶν πάντες μὲν οἱ στρατιῶται τὰ ἐποφειλόμενά σφισιν ἐκομίσαντο, οἱ δὲ δὴ καὶ τότε τῷ Καίσαρι συγγενόμενοι πεντήκοντα καὶ διακοσίας δραχμάς, ὥστε μὴ διαρπάσαι τὴν πόλιν, προσεπέλαβον. τοῖς τε προδανείσασί τι πάντα ἀπηλλάγη, καὶ τοῖς συμμετασχοῦσι τοῦ πολέμου καὶ τῶν βουλευτῶν καὶ τῶν ἱππέων πάμπολλα ἐδόθη, τό τε σύμπαν ἥ τε ἀρχὴ ἡ τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἐπλουτίσθη καὶ τὰ ἱερὰ αὐτῶν ἐκοσμήθη.
Afterwards he made Egypt tributary and gave it in charge of Cornelius Gallus. For in view of the populousness of both the cities and the country, the facile, fickle character of the inhabitants, and the extent of the grain-supply and of the wealth, so far from daring to entrust the land to any senator, he would not even grant a senator permission to live in it, except as he personally made the concession to him by name. 2 On the other hand he did not allow the Egyptians to be senators in Rome; but whereas he made various dispositions as regards the several cities, he commanded the Alexandrians to conduct their government without senators; with such capacity for revolution, I suppose, did he credit them. And of the system then imposed upon them most details are rigorously preserved at the present time, but they have their senators both in Alexandria, beginning first under the emperor Severus, and also in Rome, these having first been enrolled in the senate in the reign of Severus' son Antoninus. Thus was Egypt enslaved. All the inhabitants who resisted for a time were finally subdued, as, indeed, Heaven very clearly indicated to them beforehand. For it rained not only water where no drop had ever fallen previously, but also blood; and there were flashes of armour from the clouds as this bloody rain fell from them. Elsewhere there was the clashing of drums and cymbals and the notes of flutes and trumpets, and a serpent of huge size suddenly appeared to them and uttered an incredibly loud hiss. Meanwhile comets were seen and dead men's ghosts appeared, the statues frowned, and Apis bellowed a note of lamentation and burst into tears. So much for these events. In the palace quantities of treasure were found. For Cleopatra had taken practically all the offerings from even the holiest shrines and so helped the Romans swell their spoils without incurring any defilement on their own part. Large sums were also obtained from every man against whom any charge of misdemeanour were brought. And apart from these, all the rest, even though no particular complaint could be lodged against them, had two-thirds of their property demanded of them. Out of this wealth all the troops received what was owing them, and those who were with Caesar at the time got in addition a thousand sesterces on condition of not plundering the city. 8 Repayment was made in full to those who had previously advanced loans, and to both the senators and the knights who had taken part in the war large sums were given. In fine, the Roman empire was enriched and its temples adorned.
§ 51.18
ὁ δʼ οὖν Καῖσαρ ὡς τά τε προειρημένα ἔπραξε, καὶ πόλιν καὶ ἐκεῖ ἐν τῷ τῆς μάχης χωρίῳ συνῴκισε, καὶ τὸ ὄνομα καὶ τὸν ἀγῶνα αὐτῇ ὁμοίως τῇ προτέρᾳ δούς, τάς τε διώρυχας τὰς μὲν ἐξεκάθηρε τὰς δὲ ἐκ καινῆς διώρυξε, καὶ τἆλλα τὰ προσήκοντα προσδιῴκησεν, ἔς τε τὴν Ἀσίαν τὸ ἔθνος διὰ τῆς Συρίας ἦλθε, κἀνταῦθα παρεχείμασε, τά τε τῶν ὑπηκόων ὡς ἕκαστα καὶ τὰ τῶν Πάρθων ἅμα καθιστάμενος. στασιασάντων γὰρ αὐτῶν καί τινος Τιριδάτου τῷ Φραάτῃ ἐπαναστάντος, πρότερον μέν, καὶ ἕως ἔτι τὰ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου καὶ μετὰ τὴν ναυμαχίαν ἀνθειστήκει, οὐχ ὅσον οὐ προσέθετό τῳ αὐτῶν συμμαχίαν αἰτησάντων, ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ ἀπεκρίνατο ἄλλο οὐδὲν ἢ ὅτι βουλεύσεται, πρόφασιν μὲν ὡς καὶ περὶ τὴν Αἴγυπτον ἀσχολίαν ἔχων, ἔργῳ δὲ ἵνʼ ἐκτρυχωθεῖεν ἐν τούτῳ μαχόμενοι πρὸς ἀλλήλους. τότε δὲ ἐπειδὴ ὅ τε Ἀντώνιος ἐτελεύτησε, καὶ ἐκείνων ὁ μὲν Τιριδάτης ἡττηθεὶς ἐς τὴν Συρίαν κατέφυγεν, ὁ δὲ Φραάτης κρατήσας πρέσβεις ἔπεμψε, τούτοις τε φιλικῶς ἐχρημάτισε, καὶ τῷ Τιριδάτῃ βοηθήσειν μὲν οὐχ ὑπέσχετο διαιτᾶσθαι δὲ ἐν τῇ Συρίᾳ ἐπέτρεψεν, υἱόν τέ τινα τοῦ Φραάτου ἐν εὐεργεσίας μέρει παρʼ αὐτοῦ λαβὼν ἔς τε τὴν Ῥώμην ἀνήγαγε καὶ ἐν ὁμηρείᾳ ἐποιήσατο.
After accomplishing the things just related Caesar founded a city there on the very site of the battle and gave to it the same name [Nikopolis] and the same games as to the city he had founded previously. He also cleared out some of the canals and dug others over again, besides attending to other important matters. Then he went through Syria into the province of Asia and passed the winter there settling the various affairs of the subject nations as well as those of the Parthians. 2 It seems there had been dissension among the Parthians and a certain Tiridates had risen against Phraates; and hitherto, as long as Antony's opposition lasted, even after the naval battle, Caesar had not only not attached himself to either side, though they sought his alliance, but had not even answered them except to say that he would think the matter over. His excuse was that he was busy with Egypt, but in reality he wanted them in the meantime to exhaust themselves by fighting against each other. But now that Antony was dead and of the two combatants Tiridates, defeated, had taken refuge in Syria, and Phraates, victorious, had sent envoys, he entered into friendly negotiations with the latter; and, without promising to aid Tiridates, he permitted him to live in Syria. He received from Phraates one of his sons by way of conferring a favour upon him, and taking him to Rome, kept him as a hostage.
§ 51.19
ἐν δὲ τούτῳ καὶ ἔτι πρότερον συχνὰ μὲν καὶ ἐπὶ τῇ τῆς ναυμαχίας νίκῃ οἱ ἐν οἴκῳ Ῥωμαῖοι ἐψηφίσαντο. τά τε γὰρ νικητήρια αὐτῷ, ὡς καὶ τῆς Κλεοπάτρας, καὶ ἁψῖδα τροπαιοφόρον ἔν τε τῷ Βρεντεσίῳ καὶ ἑτέραν ἐν τῇ Ῥωμαίᾳ ἀγορᾷ ἔδωκαν· τήν τε κρηπῖδα τοῦ Ἰουλιείου ἡρῴου τοῖς τῶν αἰχμαλωτίδων νεῶν ἐμβόλοις κοσμηθῆναι, καὶ πανήγυρίν οἱ πεντετηρίδα ἄγεσθαι, ἔν τε τοῖς γενεθλίοις αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐν τῇ τῆς ἀγγελίας τῆς νίκης ἡμέρᾳ ἱερομηνίαν εἶναι, καὶ ἐς τὴν πόλιν ἐσιόντι αὐτῷ τάς τε ἱερείας τὰς ἀειπαρθένους καὶ τὴν βουλὴν τόν τε δῆμον μετά τε τῶν γυναικῶν καὶ μετὰ τῶν τέκνων ἀπαντῆσαι ἔγνωσαν. τὰς γὰρ εὐχὰς τάς τε εἰκόνας καὶ τὴν προεδρίαν καὶ τἆλλα τὰ τοιουτότροπα περιττόν ἐστιν ἤδη λέγειν. τὴν μὲν οὖν πρώτην ἐκείνῳ τε ταῦτʼ ἐψηφίσαντο, καὶ τὰ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου κοσμήματα τὰ μὲν καθεῖλον τὰ δʼ ἀπήλειψαν, τήν τε ἡμέραν ἐν ᾗ ἐγεγέννητο μιαρὰν ἐνόμισαν, καὶ τὸ τοῦ Μάρκου πρόσρημα ἀπεῖπον μηδενὶ τῶν συγγενῶν αὐτοῦ εἶναι. ὡς μέντοι καὶ τεθνεῶτα αὐτὸν ἐπύθοντο (ἠγγέλθη δὲ τοῦτο Κικέρωνος τοῦ Κικέρωνος παιδὸς ἐν μέρει τοῦ ἔτους ὑπατεύοντοσʼ, τοῦτό τέ τινες ὡς οὐκ ἀθεεὶ δὴ συμβὰν ἐλάμβανον, ἐπειδήπερ ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου ὅτι μάλιστʼ ἐτεθνήκει, καὶ προσεψηφίσαντο τῷ Καίσαρι καὶ στεφάνους καὶ ἱερομηνίας πολλάς, καὶ αὐτῷ καὶ ἕτερα ἐπινίκια ὡς καὶ τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ἀγαγεῖν ἔδοσαν· τὸν γὰρ Ἀντώνιον καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους Ῥωμαίους τοὺς σὺν ἐκείνῳ νικηθέντας οὔτε πρότερον οὔτε τότε, ὡς καὶ ἑορτάζειν σφᾶς ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς δέον, ὠνόμασαν. τήν τε ἡμέραν ἐν ᾗ ἡ Ἀλεξάνδρεια ἑάλω, ἀγαθήν τε εἶναι καὶ ἐς τὰ ἔπειτα ἔτη ἀρχὴν τῆς ἀπαριθμήσεως αὐτῶν νομίζεσθαι, καὶ τὸν Καίσαρα τήν τε ἐξουσίαν τὴν τῶν δημάρχων διὰ βίου ἔχειν, καὶ τοῖς ἐπιβοωμένοις αὐτὸν καὶ ἐντὸς τοῦ πωμηρίου καὶ ἔξω μέχρις ὀγδόου ἡμισταδίου ἀμύνειν, ὃ μηδενὶ τῶν δημαρχούντων ἐξῆν, ἔκκλητόν τε δικάζειν, καὶ ψῆφόν τινα αὐτοῦ ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς δικαστηρίοις ὥσπερ Ἀθηνᾶς φέρεσθαι, τούς τε ἱερέας καὶ τὰς ἱερείας ἐν ταῖς ὑπέρ τε τοῦ δήμου καὶ τῆς βουλῆς εὐχαῖς καὶ ὑπὲρ ἐκείνου ὁμοίως εὔχεσθαι, καὶ ἐν τοῖς συσσιτίοις οὐχ ὅτι τοῖς κοινοῖς ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἰδίοις πάντας αὐτῷ σπένδειν ἐκέλευσαν.
During this time and still earlier the Romans at home had passed many resolutions in honour of Caesar's naval victory. Thus they granted him a triumph, as over Cleopatra, an arch adorned with trophies at Brundisium and another in the Roman Forum. 2 Moreover, they decreed that the foundation of the shrine of Julius should be adorned with the beaks of the captured ships and that a festival should be held every four years in honour of Octavius; that there should also be a thanksgiving on his birthday and on the anniversary of the announcement of his victory; also that when he should enter the city the Vestal Virgins and the senate and the people with their wives and children should go out to meet him. But it would be quite superfluous to go on and mention the prayers, the images, the privilege of the front sea, and all the other honours of the sort. At the beginning, then, they not only voted him these honours but also either took down or effaced the memorials of Antony, declared the day on which he had been born accursed, and forbade the use of the surname Marcus by any of his kind. 4 When, however, they learned of Antony's death, the news of which came while Cicero, the son of Cicero, was consul for a part of the year, some held that it had come to pass not without divine direction, since the consul's father had owed his death chiefly to Antony; and they voted to Caesar crowns and thanksgiving in great number and granted him the privilege of celebrating another triumph, this time over the Egyptians. For neither on the previous occasion nor at this time did they mention by name Antony and the other Romans who had been vanquished with him and thus imply that it was proper to celebrate their defeat. 6 The day on which Alexandria had been captured they declared a lucky day, and directed that in future years it should be taken by the inhabitants of that city as the starting-point in their reckoning of time. They also decreed that Caesar should hold the tribunician power for life, that he should aid those who called upon him for help both within the pomerium and outside for a distance of one mile, — a privilege possessed by none of the tribunes, — also that he should judge appealed cases, and that in all the courts his vote was to be cast as Athena's vote. The priests and priestesses also in their prayers in behalf of the people and the senate were to pray for him likewise, and at all banquets, not only public but private as well, everybody was to pour a libation to him.
§ 51.20
τότε μὲν δὴ ταῦτʼ ἐγνώσθη, ὑπατεύοντος δʼ αὐτοῦ τὸ πέμπτον μετὰ Σέξτου Ἀπουλεΐου τά τε πραχθέντα ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ πάντα ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ τοῦ Ἰανουαρίου νουμηνίᾳ ὅρκοις ἐβεβαιώσαντο, καὶ ἐπειδὴ καὶ τὰ περὶ τῶν Πάρθων γράμματα ἦλθεν, ἔς τε τοὺς ὕμνους αὐτὸν ἐξ ἴσου τοῖς θεοῖς ἐσγράφεσθαι, καὶ φυλὴν Ἰουλίαν ἐπʼ αὐτοῦ ἐπονομάζεσθαι, τῷ τε στεφάνῳ αὐτὸν τῷ ἐπινικίῳ διὰ πασῶν τῶν πανηγύρεων χρῆσθαι, καὶ τοὺς συννικήσαντάς οἱ βουλευτὰς ἐν περιπορφύροις ἱματίοις τὴν πομπὴν αὐτῷ συμπέμψαι, τήν τε ἡμέραν ἐν ᾗ ἂν ἐς τὴν πόλιν ἐσέλθῃ θυσίαις τε πανδημεὶ ἀγαλθῆναι καὶ ἱερὰν ἀεὶ ἄγεσθαι, ἱερέας τε αὐτὸν καὶ ὑπὲρ τὸν ἀριθμόν, ὅσους ἂν ἀεὶ ἐθελήσῃ, προαιρεῖσθαι προσκατεστήσαντο· ὅπερ που ἐξ ἐκείνου παραδοθὲν ἐς ἀόριστον ἐπηυξήθη, ὥστε μηδὲν ἔτι χρῆναί με περὶ τοῦ πλήθους αὐτῶν ἀκριβολογεῖσθαι. ὁ οὖν Καῖσαρ τὰ μὲν ἄλλα πλὴν βραχέων ἐδέξατο, τὸ δὲ δὴ σύμπαντας αὐτῷ τοὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει ὄντας ἀπαντῆσαι παρῃτήσατο ἄντικρυς μὴ γενέσθαι. πλεῖστον δὲ ὅμως ὑπὲρ πάντα τὰ ψηφισθέντα οἱ ὑπερήσθη ὅτι τάς τε πύλας τὰς τοῦ Ἰανοῦ ὡς καὶ πάντων σφίσι τῶν πολέμων παντελῶς πεπαυμένων ἔκλεισαν, καὶ τὸ οἰώνισμα τὸ τῆς Ὑγιείας ἐποίησαν· καὶ γὰρ τότε διʼ ἅπερ εἶπον διελέλειπτο. ἦσαν μὲν γὰρ ἐν ὅπλοις ἔτι καὶ Τρήουηροι Κελτοὺς ἐπαγαγόμενοι καὶ Κάνταβροι καὶ Οὐακκαῖοι καὶ Ἄστυρες· καὶ οὗτοι μὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ Ταύρου τοῦ Στατιλιου, ἐκεῖνοι δὲ ὑπὸ Νωνίου Γάλλου κατεστράφησαν· ἄλλα τε ὡς καθʼ ἑκάστους ταραχώδη συχνὰ ἐγίγνετο· ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ μηδὲν μέγα ἀπʼ αὐτῶν συνηνέχθη, οὔτε ἐκεῖνοι τότε πολεμεῖσθαι ἐνόμιζον οὔτε ἐγὼ ἐπιφανές τι περὶ αὐτῶν γράψαι ἔχω. Καῖσαρ δὲ ἐν τούτῳ τά τε ἄλλα ἐχρημάτιζε, καὶ τεμένη τῇ τε Ῥώμῃ καὶ τῷ πατρὶ τῷ Καίσαρι, ἥρωα αὐτὸν Ἰούλιον ὀνομάσας, ἔν τε Ἐφέσῳ καὶ ἐν Νικαίᾳ γενέσθαι ἐφῆκεν· αὗται γὰρ τότε αἱ πόλεις ἔν τε τῇ Ἀσίᾳ καὶ ἐν τῇ Βιθυνίᾳ προετετίμηντο. καὶ τούτους μὲν τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις τοῖς παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἐποικοῦσι τιμᾶν προσέταξε· τοῖς δὲ δὴ ξένοις, Ἕλληνάς σφας ἐπικαλέσας, ἑαυτῷ τινα, τοῖς μὲν Ἀσιανοῖς ἐν Περγάμῳ τοῖς δὲ Βιθυνοῖς ἐν Νικομηδείᾳ, τεμενίσαι ἐπέτρεψε. καὶ τοῦτʼ ἐκεῖθεν ἀρξάμενον καὶ ἐπʼ ἄλλων αὐτοκρατόρων οὐ μόνον ἐν τοῖς Ἑλληνικοῖς ἔθνεσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις ὅσα τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἀκούει, ἐγένετο. ἐν γάρ τοι τῷ ἄστει αὐτῷ τῇ τε ἄλλῃ Ἰταλίᾳ οὐκ ἔστιν ὅστις τῶν καὶ ἐφʼ ὁποσονοῦν λόγου τινὸς ἀξίων ἐτόλμησε τοῦτο ποιῆσαι· μεταλλάξασι μέντοι κἀνταῦθα τοῖς ὀρθῶς αὐταρχήσασιν ἄλλαι τε ἰσόθεοι τιμαὶ δίδονται καὶ δὴ καὶ ἡρῷα ποιεῖται. ταῦτα μὲν ἐν τῷ χειμῶνι ἐγένετο, καὶ ἔλαβον καὶ οἱ Περγαμηνοὶ τὸν ἀγῶνα τὸν ἱερὸν ὠνομασμένον
These were the decrees passed at that time; and when he was consul for the fifth time, with Sextus Apuleius, they ratified all his acts by oath on the very first day of January. When the letter came regarding the Parthians, they further arranged that his name should be included in their hymns equally with those of the gods; 2 that a tribe should be called the “Julian” after him; that he should wear the triumphal crown at all the festivals; that the senators who had participated in his victory should take part in the triumphal procession arrayed in purple-bordered togas; that the day on which he entered the city should be honoured with sacrifices by the whole population and be held sacred for evermore; and that he might choose priests even beyond the regular number, — as many, in fact, as he should wish on any occasion. This last-named privilege, handed down from that time, was afterwards indefinitely extended, so that I need not henceforth make a point of giving the exact number of such officials. 4 Now Caesar accepted all but a few of these honours, though he expressly requested that one of them, the proposal that the whole population of the city should go out to meet him, should not be put into effect. Nevertheless, the action which pleased him more than all the decrees was the closing by the senate of the gates of Janus, implying that all their wars had entirely ceased, and the taking of the augurium salutis, which at this time fallen into disuse for the reasons I have mentioned. To be sure, there were still under arms the Treveri, who had brought in the Germans to help them, and the Cantabri, the Vaccaei, and the Astures, — the three last-named of whom were later subjugated by Statilius Taurus, and the former by Nonius Gallus, — and there were also numerous other disturbances going on in various regions; yet inasmuch as nothing of importance resulted from them, the Romans at the time did not consider that they were engaged in war, nor have I, for my part, anything notable to record about them. Caesar, meanwhile, besides attending to the general business, gave permission for the dedication of sacred precincts in Ephesus and in Nicaea to Rome and to Caesar, his father, whom he named the hero Julius. These cities had at that time attained chief place in Asia and in Bithynia respectively. He commanded that the Romans resident in these cities should pay honour to these two divinities; but he permitted the aliens, whom he styled Hellenes, to consecrate precincts to himself, the Asians to have theirs in Pergamum and the Bithynians theirs in Nicomedia. This practice, beginning under him, has been continued under other emperors, not only in the case of the Hellenic nations but also in that of all the others, in so far as they are subject to the Romans. 8 For in the capital itself and in Italy generally no emperor, however worthy of renown he has been, has dared to do this; still, even there various divine honours are bestowed after their death upon such emperors as have ruled uprightly, and, in fact, shrines are built to them. All this took place in the winter; and the Pergamenians also received authority to hold the “sacred” games, as they called them, in honour of Caesar's temple.
§ 51.21
ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ ναοῦ αὐτοῦ τιμῇ ποιεῖν. τοῦ δὲ δὴ θέρους ἔς τε τὴν Ἑλλάδα καὶ ἐς τὴν Ἰταλίαν ὁ Καῖσαρ ἐπεραιώθη, καὶ αὐτοῦ ἐς τὴν πόλιν ἐσελθόντος οἵ τε ἄλλοι ἔθυσαν, ὥσπερ εἴρηται, καὶ ὁ ὕπατος Οὐαλέριος Ποτῖτος· ἐκεῖνος μὲν γὰρ καὶ τοῦτο πᾶν τὸ ἔτος, ὥσπερ καὶ τὰ δύο τὰ πρότερα, ὑπάτευσε, τὸν δὲ δὴ Σέξτον ὁ Ποτῖτος διεδέξατο. οὗτος οὖν δημοσίᾳ καὶ αὐτὸς ὑπέρ τε τοῦ δήμου καὶ ὑπὲρ τῆς βουλῆς ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ Καίσαρος ἀφίξει ἐβουθύτησεν· ὃ μήπω πρότερον ἐπὶ μηδενὸς ἄλλου ἐγεγόνει. μετὰ δὲ τοῦτο τούς τε ὑποστρατήγους καὶ ἐπῄνεσε καὶ ἐτίμησεν ὥσπερ εἴθιστο, καὶ τόν τε Ἀγρίππαν ἄλλοις τέ τισι καὶ σημείῳ κυανοειδεῖ ναυκρατητικῷ προσεπεσέμνυνε, καὶ τοῖς στρατιώταις ἔδωκέ τινα· τῷ τε δήμῳ καθʼ ἑκατὸν δραχμάς, προτέροις μὲν τοῖς ἐς ἄνδρας τελοῦσιν, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τοῖς παισὶ διὰ τὸν Μάρκελλον τὸν ἀδελφιδοῦν, διένειμε. καὶ ἐπί τε τούτοις, καὶ ὅτι παρὰ τῶν πόλεων τῶν ἐν τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ τὸ χρυσίον τὸ τοῖς στεφάνοις προσῆκον οὐκ ἐδέξατο, καὶ ὅτι καὶ πάντα ἃ τε αὐτὸς ὤφειλέ τισιν ἀπέδωκε, καὶ ἃ οἱ ἄλλοι ἐπώφειλον οὐκ ἐσέπραξεν, ὥσπερ εἴρηται, τῶν τε δυσχερῶν πάντων οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι ἐπελάθοντο, καὶ τὰ ἐπινίκια αὐτοῦ ἡδέως ὡς καὶ ἀλλοφύλων ἁπάντων τῶν ἡττηθέντων ὄντων εἶδον· τοσοῦτον γὰρ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν χρημάτων διὰ πάσης ὁμοίως τῆς πόλεως ἐχώρησεν ὥστε τὰ μὲν κτήματα ἐπιτιμηθῆναι, τὰ δὲ δανείσματα ἀγαπητῶς ἐπὶ δραχμῇ πρότερον ὄντα τότε ἐπὶ τῷ τριτημορίῳ αὐτῆς γενέσθαι. ἑώρτασε δὲ τῇ μὲν πρώτῃ ἡμέρᾳ τά τε τῶν Παννονίων καὶ τὰ τῶν Δελματῶν, τῆς τε Ἰαπυδίας καὶ τῶν προσχώρων σφίσι, Κελτῶν τε καὶ Γαλατῶν τινων. Γάιος γὰρ Καρρίνας τούς τε Μωρίνους καὶ ἄλλους τινὰς συνεπαναστάντας αὐτοῖς ἐχειρώσατο, καὶ τοὺς Σουήβους τὸν Ῥῆνον ἐπὶ πολέμῳ διαβάντας ἀπεώσατο· καὶ διὰ ταῦτα ἤγαγε μὲν καὶ ἐκεῖνος τὰ νικητήρια, καίτοι τοῦ τε πατρὸς αὐτοῦ ὑπὸ τοῦ Σύλλου θανατωθέντος, καὶ αὐτὸς ἄρξαι ποτὲ μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν ὁμοίων οἱ κωλυθείς, ἤγαγε δὲ καὶ ὁ Καῖσαρ, ἐπειδὴ ἡ ἀναφορὰ τῆς νίκης τῇ αὐτοκράτορι αὐτοῦ ἀρχῇ προσήκουσα ἦν. ἐν μὲν οὖν τῇ πρώτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ταῦτα διεωρτάσθη, ἐν δὲ τῇ δευτέρᾳ ἡ πρὸς τῷ Ἀκτίῳ ναυκρατία, κἀν τῇ τρίτῃ ἡ τῆς Αἰγύπτου καταστροφή. ἐπιφανεῖς μὲν δὴ καὶ αἱ ἄλλαι πομπαὶ διὰ τὰ ἀπʼ αὐτῆς λάφυρα ἐγένοντο (τοσαῦτα γὰρ ἠθροίσθη ὥστε πάσαις ἐπαρκέσαἰ, πολυτελεστάτη δʼ οὖν καὶ ἀξιοπρεπεστάτη αὕτη ἡ Αἰγυπτία. τά τε γὰρ ἄλλα καὶ ἡ Κλεοπάτρα ἐπὶ κλίνης ἐν τῷ τοῦ θανάτου μιμήματι παρεκομίσθη, ὥστε τρόπον τινὰ καὶ ἐκείνην μετά τε τῶν ἄλλων αἰχμαλώτων καὶ μετὰ τοῦ Ἀλεξάνδρου τοῦ καὶ Ἡλίου, τῆς τε Κλεοπάτρας τῆς καὶ Σελήνης, τῶν τέκνων, ὡς πομπεῖον ὀφθῆναι. μετὰ δὲ δὴ τοῦτο ὁ Καῖσαρ ἐφʼ ἅπασιν αὐτοῖς ἐσελάσας τὰ μὲν ἄλλα κατὰ τὸ νομιζόμενον ἔπραξε, τὸν δὲ δὴ συνύπατον τούς τε λοιποὺς ἄρχοντας περιεῖδε παρὰ τὸ καθεστηκὸς ἐπισπομένους οἱ μετὰ τῶν λοιπῶν βουλευτῶν τῶν συννενικηκότων· εἰώθεσαν γὰρ οἱ μὲν ἡγεῖσθαι οἱ δὲ ἐφέπεσθαι.
In the course of the summer Caesar crossed over to Greece and to Italy; and when he entered the city, not only all the citizens offered sacrifice, as has been mentioned, but even the consul Valerius Potitus. Caesar, to be sure, was consul all that year as for the two preceding years, but Potitus was the successor of Sextus. 2 It was he who publicly and in person offered sacrifices on behalf of the senate and of the people upon Caesar's arrival, a thing that had never been done in the case of any other person. After this Caesar bestowed eulogies and honours upon his lieutenants, as was customary, and to Agrippa he further granted, among other distinctions, a dark blue flag in honour of his naval victory, and he gave gifts to the soldiers; to the people he distributed four hundred sesterces apiece, first to the men who were adults, and afterwards to the children because of his nephew Marcellus. 4 In view of all this, and because he would not accept from the cities of Italy the gold required for the crowns they had voted him, and because, furthermore, he not only paid all the debts he himself owed to others, as has been stated, but also did not insist on the payment of others' debts to him, the Romans forgot all their unpleasant experiences and viewed his triumph with pleasure, quite as if the vanquished had all been foreigners. So vast an amount of money, in fact, circulated through all parts of the city alike, that the price of goods rose and loans for which the borrower had been glad to pay twelve per cent. could now be had for one third that rate. As for the triumph, Caesar celebrated on the first day his victories over the Pannonians and Dalmatians, the Iapydes and their neighbours, and some Germans and Gauls. 6 For Gaius Carrinas had subdued the Morini and others who had revolted with them, and had repulsed the Suebi, who had crossed the Rhine to wage war. Not only did Carrinas, therefore, celebrate the triumph, — and that notwithstanding that his father had been put to death by Sulla and that he himself along with the others in like condition had once been debarred from holding office, — but Caesar also celebrated it, since the credit of the victory properly belonged to his position as supreme commander. This was the first day's celebration. On the second day the naval victory at Actium was commemorated, and on the third the subjugation of Egypt. Now all the processions proved notable, thanks to the spoils from Egypt, — in such quantities, indeed, had spoils been gathered there that they sufficed for all the processions, — but the Egyptian celebration surpassed them all in costliness and magnificence. 8 Among other features, an effigy of the dead Cleopatra upon a couch was carried by, so that in a way she, too, together with the other captives and with her children, Alexander, also called Helios, and Cleopatra, called also Selene, was a part of the spectacle and a trophy in the procession. After this came Caesar, riding into the city behind them all. He did everything in the customary manner, except that he permitted his fellow-consul and the other magistrates, contrary to precedent, to follow him along with the senators who had participated in the victory; for it was usual for such officials to march in advance and for only the senators to follow.
§ 51.22
ἐπεὶ δὲ ταῦτα διετέλεσε, τό τε Ἀθήναιον τὸ Χαλκιδικὸν ὠνομασμένον καὶ τὸ βουλευτήριον τὸ Ἰουλίειον, τὸ ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ τιμῇ γενόμενον, καθιέρωσεν. ἐνέστησε δὲ ἐς αὐτὸ τὸ ἄγαλμα τὸ τῆς Νίκης τὸ καὶ νῦν ὄν, δηλῶν, ὡς ἔοικεν, ὅτι παρʼ αὐτῆς τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐκτήσατο· ἦν δὲ δὴ τῶν Ταραντίνων, καὶ ἐκεῖθεν ἐς τὴν Ῥώμην κομισθὲν ἔν τε τῷ συνεδρίῳ ἱδρύθη καὶ Αἰγυπτίοις λαφύροις ἐκοσμήθη. καὶ τοῦτο καὶ τῷ τοῦ Ἰουλίου ἡρῴῳ ὁσιωθέντι τότε ὑπῆρξε· συχνὰ γὰρ καὶ ἐς ἐκεῖνο ἀνετέθη, καὶ ἕτερα τῷ τε Διὶ τῷ Καπιτωλίῳ καὶ τῇ Ἥρᾳ τῇ τε Ἀθηνᾷ ἱερώθη, πάντων τῶν πρότερον ἐνταῦθα ἀνακεῖσθαι δοκούντων ἢ καὶ ἔτι κειμένων ἐκ δόγματος τότε καθαιρεθέντων ὡς καὶ μεμιασμένων. καὶ οὕτως ἡ Κλεοπάτρα καίπερ καὶ ἡττηθεῖσα καὶ ἁλοῦσα ἐδοξάσθη, ὅτι τά τε κοσμήματα αὐτῆς ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς ἡμῶν ἀνάκειται καὶ αὐτὴ ἐν τῷ Ἀφροδισίῳ χρυσῆ ὁρᾶται. ἐν δʼ οὖν τῇ τοῦ ἡρῴου ὁσιώσει ἀγῶνές τε παντοδαποὶ ἐγένοντο, καὶ τὴν Τροίαν εὐπατρίδαι παῖδες ἵππευσαν, ἄνδρες τε ἐκ τῶν ὁμείων σφίσιν ἐπί τε κελήτων καὶ ἐπὶ συνωρίδων ἐπί τε τεθρίππων ἀντηγωνίσαντο, Κύιντός τέ τις Οὐιτέλλιος βουλευτὴς ἐμονομάχησε. καὶ θηρία καὶ βοτὰ ἄλλα τε παμπληθῆ καὶ ῥινόκερως ἵππος τε ποτάμιος, πρῶτον τότε ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ ὀφθέντα, ἐσφάγη. καὶ ὁ μὲν ἵππος ὁποῖός ἐστι, πολλοῖς τε εἴρηται καὶ πολὺ πλείοσιν ἑώραται· ὁ δὲ δὴ ῥινόκερως τὰ μὲν ἄλλα ἐλέφαντί πῃ προσέοικε, κέρας δέ τι κατʼ αὐτὴν τὴν ῥῖνα προσέχει, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὕτω κέκληται. ταῦτά τε οὖν ἐσήχθη, καὶ ἀθρόοι πρὸς ἀλλήλους Δακοί τε καὶ Σουῆβοι ἐμαχέσαντο. εἰσὶ δὲ οὗτοι μὲν Κελτοί, ἐκεῖνοι δὲ δὴ Σκύθαι τρόπον τινά· καὶ οἱ μὲν πέραν τοῦ Ῥήνου ὥς γε τἀκριβὲς εἰπεῖν (πολλοὶ γὰρ καὶ ἄλλοι τοῦ τῶν Σουήβων ὀνόματος ἀντιποιοῦνταἰ, οἱ δὲ ἐπʼ ἀμφότερα τοῦ Ἴστρου νέμονται, ἀλλʼ οἱ μὲν ἐπὶ τάδε αὐτοῦ καὶ πρὸς τῇ Τριβαλλικῇ οἰκοῦντες ἔς τε τὸν τῆς Μυσίας νομὸν τελοῦσι καὶ Μυσοί, πλὴν παρὰ τοῖς πάνυ ἐπιχωρίοις, ὀνομάζονται, οἱ δὲ ἐπέκεινα Δακοὶ κέκληνται, εἴτε δὴ Γέται τινὲς εἴτε καὶ Θρᾷκες τοῦ Δακικοῦ γένους τοῦ τὴν Ῥοδόπην ποτὲ ἐνοικήσαντος ὄντες. οὗτοι οὖν οἱ Δακοὶ ἐπρεσβεύσαντο μὲν πρὸ τοῦ χρόνου τούτου πρὸς τὸν Καίσαρα, ὡς δʼ οὐδενὸς ὧν ἐδέοντο ἔτυχον, ἀπέκλιναν πρὸς τὸν Ἀντώνιον, καὶ ἐκεῖνον μὲν οὐδὲν μέγα ὠφέλησαν στασιάσαντες ἐν ἀλλήλοις, ἁλόντες δὲ ἐκ τούτου τινὲς ἔπειτα τοῖς Σουήβοις συνεβλήθησαν. ἐγένετο δὲ ἡ θεωρία ἅπασα ἐπὶ πολλάς, ὥσπερ εἰκὸς ἦν, ἡμέρας, οὐδὲ διέλιπε καίτοι τοῦ Καίσαρος ἀρρωστήσαντος, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀπόντος αὐτοῦ δι’ ἑτέρων ἐποιήθη. καὶ ἐν αὐταῖς οἱ βουλευταὶ μίαν τινὰ ὡς ἕκαστοι ἡμέραν ἐν τοῖς τῶν οἰκιῶν σφων προθύροις εἱστιάθησαν, οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅθεν ἐς τοῦτο προαχθέντες· οὐ γὰρ παραδέδοται.
After finishing this celebration Caesar dedicated the temple of Minerva, called also the Chalcidicum, and the Curia Iulia, which had been built in honour of his father. In the latter he set up the statue of Victory which is still in existence, thus signifying that it was from her that he had received the empire. 2 It had belonged to the people of Tarentum, whence it was now brought to Rome, placed in the senate-chamber, and decked with the spoils of Egypt. The same course was followed in the case of the shrine of Julius which was consecrated at this time, for many of these spoils were placed in it also; and others were dedicated to Jupiter Capitolinus and to Juno and Minerva, after all the objects in these temples which were supposed to have been placed there previously as dedications, or were actually dedications, had by decree been taken down at this time as defiled. Thus Cleopatra, though defeated and captured, was nevertheless glorified, inasmuch as her adornments repose as dedications in our temples and she herself is seen in gold in the shrine of Venus. At the consecration of the shrine to Julius there were all kinds of contests, and the boys of the patricians performed the equestrian exercise called “Troy,” and men of the same rank contended with chargers, with pairs, and with four-horse teams; furthermore, one Quintus Vitellius, a senator, fought as a gladiator. Wild beasts and tame animals were slain in vast numbers, among them a rhinoceros and a hippopotamus, beasts then seen for the first time in Rome. As regards the nature of the hippopotamus, it has been described by many and far more have seen it. The rhinoceros, on the other hand, is in general somewhat like an elephant, but it has also a horn on its very nose and has got its name because of this. 6 These beasts, accordingly, were brought in, and moreover Dacians and Suebi fought in crowds with one another. The latter are Germans, the former Scythians of a sort. The Suebi, to be exact, dwell beyond the Rhine (though many people elsewhere claim their name), and the Dacians on both sides of the Ister; those of the latter, however, who live on this side of the river near the country of the Triballi are reckoned in with the district of Moesia and are called Moesians, except by those living in the immediate neighbourhood, while those on the other side are called Dacians and are either a branch of the Getae are Thracians belonging to the Dacian race that once inhabited Rhodope. 8 Now these Dacians had before this time sent envoys to Caesar; but when they obtained none of their requests, they went over to Antony. They proved of no great assistance to him, however, owing to strife among themselves, and some who were afterwards captured were now matched against the Suebi.9 The whole spectacle lasted many days, as one would expect, and there was no interruption, even though Caesar fell ill, but it was carried on in his absence under the direction of others. On one of the days of this celebration the senators gave banquets in the vestibules of their several homes; but what the occasion was for their doing this, I do not know, since it is not recorded.
§ 51.23
τότε μὲν δὴ ταῦθʼ οὕτως ἐπράχθη, τοῦ δὲ δὴ Καίσαρος τὸ τέταρτον ἔτι ὑπατεύοντος ὁ Ταῦρος ὁ Στατίλιος θέατρόν τι ἐν τῷ Ἀρείῳ πεδίῳ κυνηγετικὸν λίθινον καὶ ἐξεποίησε τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ τέλεσι καὶ καθιέρωσεν ὁπλομαχίᾳ, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο στρατηγὸν ἕνα παρὰ τοῦ δήμου κατʼ ἔτος αἱρεῖσθαι ἐλάμβανε. κατὰ δὲ δὴ τοὺς αὐτοὺς τούτους χρόνους ἐν οἷς ταῦτʼ ἐγίγνετο, ὁ Κράσσος ὁ Μᾶρκος ἔς τε τὴν Μακεδονίαν καὶ ἐς τὴν Ἑλλάδα πεμφθεὶς τοῖς τε Δακοῖς καὶ τοῖς Βαστάρναις ἐπολέμησε. καὶ περὶ μὲν ἐκείνων, οἵτινές τέ εἰσι καὶ διὰ τί ἐπολεμώθησαν, εἴρηται· Βαστάρναι δὲ Σκύθαι τε ἀκριβῶς νενομίδαται, καὶ τότε τὸν Ἴστρον διαβάντες τήν τε Μυσίαν τὴν κατʼ ἀντιπέρας σφῶν καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο καὶ Τριβαλλοὺς ὁμόρους αὐτῇ ὄντας τούς τε Δαρδάνους ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ τῇ ἐκείνων οἰκοῦντας ἐχειρώσαντο. τέως μὲν οὖν ταῦτʼ ἐποίουν, οὐδέν σφισι πρᾶγμα πρὸς τοὺς Ῥωμαίους ἦν· ἐπεὶ δὲ τόν τε Αἷμον ὑπερέβησαν καὶ τὴν Θρᾴκην τὴν Δενθελητῶν ἔνσπονδον αὐτοῖς οὖσαν κατέδραμον, ἐνταῦθα ὁ Κράσσος τὸ μέν τι τῷ Σιτᾷ τῷ τῶν Δενθελητῶν βασιλεῖ τυφλῷ ὄντι ἀμύνων, τὸ δὲ δὴ πλεῖστον περὶ τῇ Μακεδονίᾳ φοβηθεὶς ἀντεπῆλθέ σφισι, καὶ αὐτοὺς ἐκ τῆς προσόδου μόνης καταπλήξας ἐξέωσεν ἀμαχεὶ ἐκ τῆς χώρας. κἀκ τούτου οἴκαδε ἀναχωροῦντας ἐπιδιώκων τήν τε Σεγετικὴν καλουμένην προσεποιήσατο καὶ ἐς τὴν Μυσίδα ἐνέβαλε, καὶ τήν τε χώραν σφῶν ἐκάκωσε καὶ πρὸς τεῖχός τι καρτερὸν προσελάσας τοῖς μὲν προδρόμοις ἔπταισε (μόνους γὰρ αὐτοὺς οἱ Μυσοὶ οἰηθέντες εἶναι ἐπέξοδον ἐποιήσαντὀ, προσβοηθήσας δέ σφισι παντὶ τῷ λοιπῷ στρατεύματι καὶ ἀνέκοψεν αὐτοὺς καὶ
These were the events of those days. And while Caesar was still in his fourth consulship, Statilius Taurus both constructed at his own expense and dedicated with a gladiatorial combat a hunting-theatre of stone in the Campus Martius. Because of this he was permitted by the people to choose one of the praetors each year. During the same period in which these events occurred Marcus Crassus was sent into Macedonia and Greece and carried on war with the Dacians and Bastarnae. I have already stated who the former were and why they had become hostile; 3 the Bastarnae, on the other hand, who are properly classed as Scythians, had at this time crossed the Ister and subdued the part of Moesia opposite them, and afterwards subdued the Triballi who adjoin this district and the Dardani who inhabit the Triballian country. And as long as they were thus engaged, they had no trouble with the Romans; 4 but when they crossed Haemus and overran the part of Thrace belonging to the Dentheleti, which was under treaty with the Romans, then Crassus, partly to defend Sitas, king of the Dentheleti, who was blind, but chiefly out of fear for Macedonia, went out to meet them. By his mere approach he threw them into a panic and drove them from the country without a battle.5 Next he pursued them as they were retiring homeward, gained possession of the region called Segetica, and invading Moesia, ravaged the country and made an assault upon one of the strongholds. Then, although his advance line met with a repulse when the Moesians, thinking it an isolated force, made a sortie, nevertheless, when he reinforced it with his whole remaining army, he hurled the enemy back and besieged and destroyed the place.
§ 51.24
προσεδρεύσας ἐξεῖλε. πράσσοντος δὲ αὐτοῦ ταῦτα οἱ Βαστάρναι τῆς τε φυγῆς ἐπέσχον καὶ πρὸς τῷ Κέδρῳ ποταμῷ κατέμειναν, περιορώμενοι τὰ γενησόμενα. ἐπειδή τε νικήσας τοὺς Μυσοὺς καὶ ἐπʼ ἐκείνους ὥρμησε, πρέσβεις ἔπεμψαν ἀπαγορεύοντες αὐτῷ μὴ διώκειν σφᾶς, ὡς οὐδὲν τοὺς Ῥωμαίους ἠδικηκότες. καὶ αὐτοὺς ὁ Κράσσος κατασχὼν ὡς καὶ τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ τὴν ἀπόκρισιν δώσων, τά τε ἄλλα ἐφιλοφρονήσατο καὶ κατεμέθυσεν ὥστε πάντα τὰ βουλεύματα αὐτῶν ἐκμαθεῖν· ἀπλήστως τε γὰρ ἐμφορεῖται πᾶν τὸ Σκυθικὸν φῦλον οἴνου, καὶ ὑπερκορὲς αὐτοῦ ταχὺ γίγνεται. Κράσσος δὲ ἐν τούτῳ τῆς νυκτὸς ἐς ὕλην τινὰ προχωρήσας, καὶ προσκόπους πρὸ αὐτῆς καταστήσας, ἀνέπαυσέ τε τὸ στράτευμα, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο τῶν Βασταρνῶν μόνους τε ἐκείνους εἶναι νομισάντων καὶ ἐπιδραμόντων σφίσιν, ἔς τε τὰ λάσια ἀναχωροῦσιν ἐπακολουθησάντων, πολλοὺς μὲν ἐνταῦθα πολλοὺς δὲ καὶ φυγόντας ἔφθειρεν· ὑπό τε γὰρ τῶν ἁμαξῶν κατόπιν αὐτοῖς οὐσῶν ἐνεποδίσθησαν, καὶ προσέτι καὶ τοὺς παῖδας τάς τε γυναῖκας σῶσαι ἐθελήσαντες ἔπταισαν. καὶ τόν γε βασιλέα αὐτῶν Δέλδωνα αὐτὸς ὁ Κράσσος ἀπέκτεινε· κἂν τὰ σκῦλα αὐτοῦ τῷ Φερετρίῳ Διὶ ὡς καὶ ὀπῖμα ἀνέθηκεν, εἴπερ αὐτοκράτωρ στρατηγὸς ἐγεγόνει. ἐκεῖνά τε οὖν οὕτως ἐπράχθη, καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ οἱ μὲν ἐς ἄλσος τι καταφυγόντες περιεπρήσθησαν, οἱ δὲ ἐς τεῖχός τι ἐσπηδήσαντες ἐξῃρέθησαν. ἄλλοι ἐς τὸν Ἴστρον ἐμπεσόντες, ἄλλοι κατὰ τὴν χώραν σκεδασθέντες ἐφθάρησαν. περιλειφθέντων δʼ οὖν καὶ ὥς τινων, καὶ χωρίον ἰσχυρὸν καταλαβόντων, ἡμέρας μέν τινας μάτην σφίσιν ὁ Κράσσος προσήδρευσεν, ἔπειτα Ῥώλου οἱ Γετῶν τινων βασιλέως ἐπικουρήσαντος ἐξεῖλεν αὐτούς. καὶ ὅ τε Ῥώλης πρὸς τὸν Καίσαρα ἐλθὼν φίλος τε ἐπὶ τούτῳ καὶ σύμμαχος αὐτοῦ ἐνομίσθη, καὶ οἱ αἰχμάλωτοι τοῖς στρατιώταις διεδόθησαν.
While he was accomplishing this, the Bastarnae checked their flight and halted near the Cedrus river to observe what would take place. And when, after conquering the Moesians, Crassus set out against them also, they sent envoys bidding him not to pursue them, since they had done the Romans no harm. 2 Crassus detained the envoys, on the plea that he would give them their answer the following day, treated them kindly in various ways, and made them drunk, so that he learned all their plans; for the whole Scythian race is insatiable in their use of wine and quietly becomes sodden with it.3 Meanwhile Crassus moved forward into a forest during the night, stationed scouts in front of it, and halted his army there. Then, when the Bastarnae, in the belief that the scouts were all alone, rushed to attack them and pursued them as they retreated into the thick of the forest, he destroyed many of them on the spot and many others in the rout which followed. 4 For not only were they hindered by their waggons, which were in the rear, but their desire to save their wives and their children was also instrumental in their defeat. Crassus himself slew their king Deldo and would have dedicated his armour as spolia opima to Jupiter Feretrius had he been general in supreme command. Such was the nature of this engagement. As for the remainder of the Bastarnae, some perished by taking refuge in a grove, which was then set on fire on all sides, and others by rushing into a fort, in which they were annihilated; still others were destroyed by leaping into the Ister, or as they were scattered here and there through the country. 6 But some survived even so and seized a strong position, where Crassus besieged them in vain for several days. Then with the aid of Roles, king of a tribe of the Getae, he destroyed them. Now Roles, when he visited Caesar, was treated as his friend and ally because of this service; and the captives were distributed among the soldiers.
§ 51.25
πράξας δὲ ταῦτα ὁ Κράσσος ἐπὶ τοὺς Μυσοὺς ἐτράπετο, καὶ τὰ μὲν πείθων τινὰς τὰ δὲ ἐκφοβῶν τὰ δὲ καὶ βιαζόμενος, πάντας μὲν πλὴν πάνυ ὀλίγων, ἐπιπόνως δὲ δὴ καὶ ἐπικινδύνως κατεστρέψατο. καὶ τότε μέν (χειμὼν γὰρ ἦνʼ ἐς τὴν φιλίαν ἀνεχώρησε, πολλὰ μὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ ψύχους πολλῷ δὲ ἔτι πλείω ὑπὸ τῶν Θρᾳκῶν, διʼ ὧν ὡς φίλων ἐπανῄει, παθών· ὅθενπερ γνώμην ἔσχεν ἀρκεσθῆναι τοῖς κατειργασμένοις. καὶ γὰρ καὶ θυσίαι καὶ νικητήρια οὐχ ὅτι τῷ Καίσαρι ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐκείνῳ ἐψηφίσθη· οὐ μέντοι καὶ τὸ τοῦ αὐτοκράτορος ὄνομα, ὥς γέ τινές φασιν, ἔλαβεν, ἀλλʼ ὁ Καῖσαρ μόνος αὐτὸ προσέθετο. ἐπεὶ δὲ οἱ Βαστάρναι ταῖς τε συμφοραῖς ἀχθόμενοι, καὶ μηκέτʼ αὐτὸν ἐπιστρατεύσειν σφίσι πυθόμενοι, πρός τε τοὺς Δενθελήτας καὶ πρὸς τὸν Σιτᾶν αὖθις ὡς καὶ αἰτιώτατον αὐτοῖς τῶν κακῶν γεγονότα ἐτράποντο, οὕτω καὶ ἄκων ἐξανέστη, καὶ σπουδῇ χωρήσας ἀνέλπιστός τε αὐτοῖς ἐπέπεσε, καὶ κρατήσας σπονδὰς ὁποίας ἠθέλησεν ἔδωκεν. ὡς δʼ ἅπαξ τῶν ὅπλων αὖθις ἥψατο, ἐπεθύμησεν ἀμύνασθαι τοὺς Θρᾷκας τοὺς ἐν τῇ ἀνακομιδῇ τῇ ἐκ τῆς Μυσίας λυπήσαντας αὐτόν· καὶ γὰρ τότε χωρία τε ἐντειχιζόμενοι καὶ πολεμησείοντες ἠγγέλλοντο. καί σφων Μαίδους μὲν καὶ Σερδοὺς μάχαις τε κατακρατῶν, καὶ τὰς χεῖρας τῶν ἁλισκομένων ἀποτέμνων, οὐκ ἀπόνως μέν, ἐχειρώσατο δʼ οὖν· τὰ δʼ ἄλλα πλὴν τῆς τῶν Ὀδρυσῶν γῆς κατέδραμε. τούτων γάρ, ὅτι τῷ τε Διονύσῳ πρόσκεινται καὶ τότε ἄνευ τῶν ὅπλων ἀπήντησάν οἱ, ἐφείσατο· καὶ αὐτοῖς καὶ τὴν χώραν ἐν ᾗ καὶ τὸν θεὸν ἀγάλλουσιν ἐχαρίσατο, Βησσοὺς τοὺς κατέχοντας αὐτὴν ἀφελόμενος.
After accomplishing this task Crassus turned his attention to the Moesians; and partly by persuasion in some cases, partly by terrifying them, partly also by applying force, he subdued all except a very few, though only after great hardships and dangers. 2 And for the time being, since it was winter, he retired into friendly territory, after suffering greatly from the cold and much more still at the hands of the Thracians, through whose country he was returning in the belief that it was friendly. Hence he decided to be content with what he had already accomplished. For sacrifices and a triumph had been voted, not only to Caesar, but to him also; nevertheless, he did not receive the title of imperator, as some report, but Caesar alone assumed it. The Bastarnae, now, angered at their disasters and learning that he would make no further campaigns against them, turned again upon the Dentheleti and Sitas, whom they regarded as having been the chief cause of their evils. Thus it came about that Crassus reluctantly took the field; and falling upon them unexpectedly after advancing by forced marches, he conquered them and imposed such terms of peace as he pleased. 4 And now that he had once taken up arms again, he conceived a desire to punish the Thracians who had harassed him during his return from Moesia; for it was reported at this time that they were fortifying positions and were eager for war. He succeeded in subduing some of them, namely the Maedi and the Serdi, though not without difficulty, by conquering them in battle and cutting off the hands of the captives; and he overran the rest of the country except the territory of the Odrysae. These he spared because they are attached to the service of Dionysus, and had come to meet him on this occasion without their arms; and he also granted them the land in which they magnify the god, taking it away from the Bessi who were occupying it.
§ 51.26
πράσσοντα δὲ αὐτὸν ταῦτα ὁ Ῥώλης Δάπυγι Γετῶν τινων καὶ αὐτῷ βασιλεῖ πολεμωθεὶς μετεπέμψατο. καὶ ὃς ἐπικουρήσας οἱ τήν τε ἵππον τῶν ἐναντίων ἐς τοὺς πεζοὺς ἐσήραξε, καὶ συμφοβήσας ἐκ τούτου καὶ ἐκείνους μάχην μὲν οὐδεμίαν ἔτʼ ἐποιήσατο, φόνον δὲ δὴ φευγόντων ἑκατέρων πολὺν εἰργάσατο. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο τὸν Δάπυγα πρὸς φρούριόν τι καταφυγόντα ἀπολαβὼν ἐπολιόρκει· κἀν τῇ προσεδρείᾳ ἑλληνιστί τις αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ τείχους ἀσπασάμενος ἔς τε λόγους οἱ ἦλθε καὶ προδοσίαν συνέθετο. ἁλισκόμενοι οὖν οὕτως οἱ βάρβαροι ἐπʼ ἀλλήλους ὥρμησαν, καὶ ὅ τε Δάπυξ ἀπέθανε καὶ ἄλλοι πολλοί. τὸν μέντοι ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ ζωγρήσας ὁ Κράσσος οὐχ ὅτι τι κακὸν ἔδρασεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀφῆκε. ποιήσας δὲ ταῦτα ἐπὶ τὸ σπήλαιον τὴν Κεῖριν καλουμένην ἐστρατεύσατο· τοῦτο γὰρ μέγιστόν τε ἅμα καὶ ἐχυρώτατον οὕτως ὂν ὡς καὶ τοὺς Τιτᾶνας ἐς αὐτὸ μετὰ τὴν ἧτταν τὴν ὑπὸ τῶν θεῶν δή σφισι γενομένην συγκαταφυγεῖν μυθεύεσθαι, καταλαβόντες οἱ ἐπιχώριοι πλήθει πολλῷ τά τε ἄλλα τὰ τιμιώτατα καὶ τὰς ἀγέλας ἐς αὐτὸ πάσας ἐσεκομίσαντο. ὁ οὖν Κράσσος τά τε στόμια αὐτοῦ πάντα σκολιὰ καὶ δυσδιερεύνητα ὄντα ἀναζητήσας ἀπῳκοδόμησε, κἀκ τούτου κἀκείνους λιμῷ κατεστρέψατο. ὡς δὲ ταῦτα αὐτῷ προεχώρησεν, οὐδὲ τῶν ἄλλων Γετῶν, καίπερ μηδὲν τῷ Δάπυγι προσηκόντων, ἀπέσχετο, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ Γένουκλα τὸ εὐερκέστατον τῆς Ζυράξου ἀρχῆς τεῖχος ἦλθεν, ὅτι τὰ σημεῖα, ἃ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου τοῦ Γαΐου οἱ Βαστάρναι πρὸς τῇ τῶν Ἰστριανῶν πόλει ἀφῄρηντο, ἐνταῦθα ἤκουεν ὄντα· καὶ αὐτὸ πεζῇ τε ἅμα καὶ διὰ τοῦ Ἴστρου (πρὸς γὰρ τῷ ὕδατι ἐπεπόλιστὀ προσβαλὼν οὐκ ἐν πολλῷ μὲν χρόνῳ, σὺν πολλῷ δὲ δὴ πόνῳ, καίτοι τοῦ Ζυράξου μὴ παρόντος, εἷλεν. ἐκεῖνος γὰρ ὡς τάχιστα τῆς ὁρμῆς αὐτοῦ ᾔσθετο, πρός τε τοὺς Σκύθας ἐπὶ συμμαχίαν μετὰ τῶν χρημάτων ἀπῆρε, καὶ οὐκ ἔφθη ἀνακομισθείς. ταῦτα μὲν ἐν Γέταις ἔπραξε, τῶν δὲ δὴ Μυσῶν τοὺς μὲν ἐκ τῶν κεχειρωμένων ἐπαναστάντας διʼ
While he was thus engaged, Roles, who had become embroiled with Dapyx, himself also king of a tribe of the Getae, sent for him. Crassus went to his aid, and by hurling the horse of his opponents back upon their infantry he so thoroughly terrified the latter also that what followed was no longer a battle but a great slaughter of fleeing men of both arms. 2 Next he cut off Dapyx, who had taken refuge in a fort, and besieged him. In the course of the siege someone hailed him from the walls in Greek, obtained a conference with him, and arranged to betray the place. The barbarians, thus captured, turned upon one another, and Dapyx was killed along with many others. His brother, however, Crassus took alive, and not only did him no harm but actually released him. After finishing this campaign Crassus led his troops against the cave called Ciris. For the natives in great numbers had occupied this cave, which is extremely large and so capable of defence that the tradition obtains that the Titans took refuge there after their defeat suffered at the hands of the gods; and here they had brought together all their herds and their other most cherished belongings. 4 Crassus first sought out all the entrances to the cave, which are tortuous and difficult to discover, walled them up, and in this way subdued the men by famine. After this success he did not leave in piece the rest of the Getae, either, even though they had no connexion with Dapyx, but he marched upon Genucla, the most strongly defended fortress of the kingdom of Zyraxes, because he heard that the standards which the Bastarnae had taken from Gaius Antonius near the city of the Istrians were there. His assault was made both by land and from the Ister (the city is built upon the river), and in a short time, though with much toil, despite the absence of Zyraxes, he took the place. 6 The king, it seems, as soon as he heard of the Romans' approach, had set off with money to the Scythians to seek an alliance, and had not returned in time. These were his achievements among the Getae. And when some of the Moesians who had been subdued rose in revolt, he won them back by the aid of lieutenants,
§ 51.27
ἑτέρων ἀνεκτήσατο, ἐπὶ δὲ Ἀρτακίους ἄλλους τε τινας οὔθʼ ἁλόντας ποτὲ οὔτʼ αὖ προσχωρῆσαί οἱ ἐθέλοντας, καὶ αὐτούς τε μέγιστον ἐπὶ τούτῳ φρονοῦντας καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ὀργήν τε ἅμα καὶ νεωτερισμὸν ἐμποιοῦντας, αὐτός τʼ ἐπεστράτευσε, καί σφας τὰ μὲν βίᾳ, δράσαντας οὐκ ὀλίγα, τὰ δὲ καὶ φόβῳ τῶν ἁλισκομένων προσηγάγετο. ταῦτα μὲν ἐν χρόνῳ ἐγένετο, γράφω δὲ τά τε ἄλλα ὥς που παραδέδοται, καὶ αὐτὰ τὰ ὀνόματα. τὸ μὲν γὰρ πάλαι Μυσοί τε καὶ Γέται πᾶσαν τὴν μεταξὺ τοῦ τε Αἵμου καὶ τοῦ Ἴστρου οὖσαν ἐνέμοντο, προϊόντος δὲ τοῦ χρόνου καὶ ἐς ἄλλα τινὲς αὐτῶν ὀνόματα μετέβαλον, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτʼ ἐς τὸ τῆς Μυσίας ὄνομα πάνθʼ ὅσα ὁ Σάουος ἐς τὸν Ἴστρον ἐμβάλλων, ὑπέρ τε τῆς Δελματίας καὶ ὑπὲρ τῆς Μακεδονίας τῆς τε Θρᾴκης, ἀπὸ τῆς Παννονίας ἀφορίζει, συγκεχώρηκεν. καὶ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἄλλα τε ἔθνη πολλὰ καὶ οἱ Τριβαλλοί ποτε προσαγορευθέντες, οἵ τε Δαρδάνιοι καὶ νῦν οὕτω καλούμενοι.
while he himself made a campaign against the Artacii and a few other tribes who had never been captured and would not acknowledge his authority, priding themselves greatly upon this point and at the same time inspiring in the others both anger and a disposition to rebel. He brought them to terms, partly by force, after they had made no little trouble, and partly by fear for their countrymen who were being captured. All these operations took a long time; but the facts I record, as well as the names, are in accordance with the tradition which has been handed down. In ancient times, it is true, Moesians and Getae occupied all the land between Haemus and the Ister; but as time went on some of them changed their names, 3 and since then there have been included under the name of Moesia all the tribes living above Dalmatia, Macedonia, and Thrace, and separated from Pannonia by the Savus, a tributary of the Ister. Two of the many tribes found among them are those formerly called the Triballi, and the Dardani, who still retain their old name.
— Book 52 —
§ 52.arg
τάδε ἔνεστιν ἐν τῷ πεντηκοστῷ δευτέρῳ τῶν Δίωνος Ῥωμαϊκῶν· α. ὡς Καῖσαρ ἐβουλεύσατο τὴν μοναρχίαν ἀφεῖναι. β. ὡς αὐτοκράτωρ καλεῖσθαι ἤρξατο. χρόνου πλῆθος τὰ λοιπὰ τῆς Καίσαρος τὸ ε καὶ Σέξτου Ἀπουλεΐου ὑπατείας.
—
§ 52.1
ταῦτα μὲν ἔν τε τῇ βασιλείᾳ καὶ ἐν τῇ δημοκρατίᾳ ταῖς τε δυναστείαις, πέντε τε καὶ εἴκοσι καὶ ἑπτακοσίοις ἔτεσι, καὶ ἔπραξαν οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι καὶ ἔπαθον· ἐκ δὲ τούτου μοναρχεῖσθαι αὖθις ἀκριβῶς ἤρξαντο, καίτοι τοῦ Καίσαρος βουλευσαμένου τά τε ὅπλα καταθέσθαι καὶ τὰ πράγματα τῇ τε γερουσίᾳ καὶ τῷ δήμῳ ἐπιτρέψαι. ἐποιήσατο δὲ τὴν διάγνωσιν μετά τε τοῦ Ἀγρίππου καὶ μετὰ τοῦ Μαικήνου (τούτοις γὰρ πάντα τὰ ἀπόρρητα ἀνεκοίνοὐ, καὶ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἀγρίππας πρότερος εἶπε τοιάδε·
Book LII Such were the achievements of the Romans and such their suffering under the kingship, under the republic, and under the dominion of a few, during a period of seven hundred and twenty-five years. After this they reverted to what was, strictly speaking, a monarchy, although Caesar planned to lay down his arms and to entrust the management of the state to the senate and the people. 2 He made his decision, however, in consultation with Agrippa and Maecenas, to whom he was wont to communicate all his secret plans; and Agrippa, taking the lead, spoke as follows:
§ 52.2
“μὴ θαυμάσῃς, ὦ Καῖσαρ, εἰ μέλλω σε ἀποτρέπειν ἀπὸ τῆς μοναρχίας, καίπερ πολλὰ καὶ ἀγαθὰ ἀπολαύσας ἂν ἀπʼ αὐτῆς σοῦ γε αὐτὴν ἔχοντος. εἰ μὲν γὰρ καὶ σοὶ ὠφέλιμος γενήσεσθαι ἔμελλε, καὶ πάνυ ἂν αὐτὴν ἐσπούδασα· ἐπειδὴ δʼ οὐδὲν ὅμοιον τοῖς τε αὐταρχοῦσι καὶ τοῖς φίλοις σφῶν παρέχεται, ἀλλʼ οἱ μὲν καὶ ἀνεπιφθόνως καὶ ἀκινδύνως πάνθʼ ὅσα ἐθέλουσι καρποῦνται, τοῖς δὲ καὶ φθόνοι καὶ κίνδυνοι συμβαίνουσιν, οὐ τὸ ἐμαυτοῦ ἴδιον, ὥσπερ οὐδὲ ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις, ἀλλὰ τὸ σὸν τό τε κοινὸν προϊδέσθαι ἐδικαίωσα. σκεψώμεθα δὲ καθʼ ἡσυχίαν πάντα τὰ προσόντα αὐτῇ, καὶ ὅπῃ ποτʼ ἂν ὁ λογισμὸς ἡμᾶς ἀγάγῃ τραπώμεθα· οὐ γάρ που καὶ ἐξ ἅπαντος τρόπου φήσει τις δεῖν ἡμᾶς ἑλέσθαι αὐτήν, κἂν μὴ λυσιτελοῦσα ᾖ. εἰ δὲ μή, δόξομεν ἤτοι τῆς τε εὐπραγίας ἡττῆσθαι καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν κατωρθωμένων ἐκπεφρονηκέναι, ἢ καὶ πάλαι αὐτῆς ἐφιέμενοι τόν τε πατέρα καὶ τὴν ἐς αὐτὸν εὐσέβειαν ἐσκῆφθαι καὶ τὸν δῆμον τήν τε γερουσίαν προβεβλῆσθαι, οὐχ ἵνα αὐτοὺς τῶν ἐπιβουλευσάντων σφίσιν ἀπαλλάξωμεν, ἀλλʼ ἵνα ἑαυτοῖς δουλωσώμεθα. ἑκάτερον δὲ ὑπαίτιον. τίς μὲν γὰρ οὐκ ἂν ἀγανακτήσειεν ἄλλα μὲν ὁρῶν ἡμὰς εἰρηκότας, ἄλλα δὲ αἰσθανόμενος πεφρονηκότας; πῶς δʼ οὐκ ἂν μᾶλλον νῦν μισήσειεν ἡμᾶς ἢ εἰ κατʼ ἀρχὰς εὐθὺς τήν τε ἐπιθυμίαν ἀπεγυμνώσαμεν καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν μοναρχίαν ἄντικρυς ὡρμήσαμεν; τὸ μὲν γὰρ βίαιόν τι τολμᾶν προσήκειν πως τῇ τῶν ἀνθρώπων φύσει, κἂν πλεονεκτικὸν εἶναι δοκῇ, πεπίστευται· πᾶς γὰρ ὁ προφέρων ἔν τινι πλέον ἀξιοῖ τοῦ καταδεεστέρου ἔχειν, καὶ κατορθώσας τέ τι ἐς τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς ἰσχὺν ἀναφέρεται, καὶ διαμαρτών τινος τῇ τοῦ δαιμονίου φορᾷ προστίθεται. ὁ δὲ ἐξ ἐπιβουλῆς καὶ κακουργίας τοιοῦτό τι ποιῶν πρῶτον μὲν δολερὸς καὶ σκολιὸς καὶ κακοήθης καὶ κακότροπος εἶναι νομίζεται, ἅπερ εὖ οἶδʼ ὅτι περὶ σοῦ οὐδένα ἂν ὑπομείνειας εἰπεῖν ἢ φρονῆσαι, οὐδʼ εἰ πάσης ἐκ τούτου τῆς οἰκουμένης ἄρξειας· ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ κατορθώσας ἄδικον τὴν πλεονεξίαν πεποιῆσθαι καὶ σφαλεὶς δικαίαν τὴν κακοπραγίαν
“Be not surprised, Caesar, if I shall try to turn your thoughts away from monarchy, even though I should derive many advantages from it, all if it was you who held the position. For if it were to be profitable to you also, I should advocate it most earnestly; but since the privileges of a monarchy are by no means the same for the rulers as for their friends, but, on the contrary, jealousies and dangers fall to the lot of the rulers while their friends reap, without incurring either jealousies or dangers, all the benefits they can wish for, I have thought it right, in this question as in all others, to have regard, not for my own interests, but for yours and the state's. Let us consider, now, at our leisure all the characteristics of this system of government and then shape our course in whichever direction our reasoning may lead us. 4 For surely no one will assert that we are obliged to choose monarchy in any and all circumstances, even if it be not profitable. If we choose it, people will think that we have fallen victims to our own good fortune and have been bereft of our senses by our successes, or else that we have been aiming at sovereignty all the while, making of our appeals to your father and of our devotion to his memory a mere pretext and using the people and the senate as a cloak, with the purpose, not of freeing these latter from those who plotted against them, but of making them slaves to ourselves. And either explanation involves censure for us. For who could help being indignant when he finds that we have said one thing and then discovers that we have meant another? Would he not hate us much more now than if we had at the outset laid bare our desires and set out directly for the monarchy? 6 To be sure, men have come to believe that it somehow is an attribute of human nature, however selfish that may seem, to resort to deeds of violence; for every one who excels in any respect thinks it right that he should have more than his inferior, and if he meets with any success, he ascribes his success to the force of his own intelligence, whereas if he fails, he lays the blame for his failure upon the influence of the divine will. But, on the other hand, the man who, in following such a course, resorts to plotting and villainy, is, in the first place, held to be crafty and crooked, malicious, and depraved, — an opinion which I know you would not allow anyone to express or to entertain about you, even if you might rule the whole world by such practices; and, in the second place, if he succeeds, men think that the advantage he has gained is unjust, or if he fails, that his discomfiture is merited.
§ 52.3
εἰληφέναι δοκεῖ. τούτου δὲ δὴ οὕτως ἔχοντος, οὐδὲν ἂν ἧττον ἐπικαλέσειέ τις ἡμῖν καὶ εἰ μηδὲν τοιοῦτον ἀπὸ πρώτης ἐνθυμηθέντες ἔπειτα νῦν ἐπιθυμήσαιμεν αὐτοῦ. τὸ γάρ τοι τῶν τε παρόντων νικᾶσθαι καὶ μήτε ἑαυτοὺς κατέχειν τοῖς τε παρὰ τῆς τύχης δοθεῖσι μὴ καλῶς χρῆσθαι πολὺ χεῖρόν ἐστι τοῦ ἐκ κακοπραγίας ἀδικεῖν τινα· οἱ μὲν γὰρ ὑπʼ αὐτῶν τῶν συμφορῶν πολλάκις ἀναγκάζονται πρὸς τὴν τοῦ συμφέροντός σφισι χρείαν καὶ ἄκοντες πλημμελεῖν, οἱ δʼ ἐθελονταὶ ἀκράτορες ἑαυτῶν καὶ παρὰ τὸ λυσιτελοῦν γίγνονται. τοὺς δὲ δὴ μήθʼ ἁπλότητά τινα ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ ἔχοντας μήτε τὰ δοθέντα σφίσιν ἀγαθὰ μετριάσαι δυναμένους πῶς ἂν τις προσδοκήσειεν ἤτοι τῶν ἄλλων καλῶς ἡγεμονεύσειν ἢ ταῖς συμφοραῖς ὀρθῶς χρήσεσθαι; ὡς οὖν μηδέτερον αὐτῶν πεπονθότες, μηδʼ ἀλόγως τι πρᾶξαι ἐπιθυμοῦντες, ἀλλʼ ὅ τι ποτʼ ἂν βουλευσαμένοις ἡμῖν ἄριστον φανῇ τοῦθʼ αἱρησόμενοι, τὴν διάγνωσιν αὐτοῦ ποιησώμεθα. λέξω δὲ μετὰ παρρησίας· οὔτε γὰρ αὐτὸς ἄλλως ἄν τι εἰπεῖν δυναίμην, οὔτε σοὶ σύνοιδα τὰ ψευδῆ μετὰ κολακείας ἡδέως ἀκούοντι.
This being the case, men would reproach us quite as much if we should now, after the event, begin to covet that advantage, even though we harboured no such intention at the outset. For surely it is much worse for men to let circumstances get the better of them and not only to fail to hold themselves in check but to abuse the gifts of Fortune, than to wrong others in consequence of failure. 2 For men who have failed are often compelled by their very misfortunes to commit wrongs even against their will in order to meet the demands of their own interests, whereas the others voluntarily abandon their self-control even when it is unprofitable to do so. And when men have no straightforwardness in their souls, and are incapable of moderation in dealing with the blessings bestowed upon them, how could one expect them either to rule well over others or to conduct themselves properly in adversity? In the conviction, therefore, that we are guilty of neither of these shortcomings, and that we have no desire to act irrationally, but that we shall choose whatever course shall appear to us after deliberation to be best, let us proceed to make our decision accordingly. I shall speak quite frankly, for I could not, for my part, speak otherwise, and I know you too well to think that you like to listen to falsehood mingled with flattery. ”Such being the state of the case, I do not see what motive could reasonably induce you to desire to become sole ruler. For that system, besides being difficult to apply to democracies, would be vastly more difficult still for you yourself to put into effect. Or do you not see how the city and its affairs are even now in a state of turmoil? 4 It is difficult, also, to overthrow our populace, which has lived for so many years in freedom, and difficult, when so many enemies beset us round about, to reduce again to slavery the allies and subject nations, some of which have had a democratic government from of old, while others of them have been set free by us ourselves.
§ 52.4
ἡ μὲν τοίνυν ἰσονομία τό τε πρόσρημα εὐώνυμον καὶ τὸ ἔργον δικαιότατον ἔχει. τήν τε γὰρ φύσιν τὴν αὐτήν τινας εἰληχότας καὶ ὁμοφύλους ἀλλήλοις ὄντας, ἔν τε τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἤθεσι τεθραμμένους καὶ ἐν τοῖς ὁμοίοις νόμοις πεπαιδευμένους, καὶ κοινὴν καὶ τὴν τῶν σωμάτων καὶ τὴν τῶν ψυχῶν χρῆσιν τῇ πατρίδι παρέχοντας, πῶς μὲν οὐ δίκαιον καὶ τἆλλα πάντα κοινοῦσθαι, πῶς δʼ οὐκ ἄριστον ἐν μηδενὶ πλὴν ἀπʼ ἀρετῆς προτιμᾶσθαι; ἥ τε γὰρ ἰσογονία ἰσομοιρίας ὀριγνᾶται, καὶ τυχοῦσα μὲν αὐτῆς χαίρει, διαμαρτοῦσα δὲ ἄχθεται· καὶ τὸ ἀνθρώπειον πᾶν, ἅτε ἔκ τε θεῶν γεγονὸς καὶ ἐς θεοὺς ἀφῆξον, ἄνω βλέπει, καὶ οὔτε ἐθέλει ὑπὸ τοῦ αὐτοῦ διὰ παντὸς ἄρχεσθαι, οὔθʼ ὑπομένει τῶν μὲν πόνων καὶ τῶν κινδύνων τῶν τε δαπανημάτων μετέχον, τῆς δὲ κοινωνίας τῶν κρειττόνων στερόμενον, ἀλλὰ κἂν ἀναγκασθῇ τι τοιοῦτον ὑποστῆναι, μισεῖ τὸ βεβιασμένον, κἂν καιροῦ λάβηται, τιμωρεῖται τὸ μεμισημένον. ἄρχειν τε γὰρ πάντες ἀξιοῦσι, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἄρχεσθαι ἐν τῷ μέρει ὑπομένουσι· καὶ πλεονεκτεῖσθαι οὐκ ἐθέλουσι, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐδʼ αὐτοὶ πλεονεκτεῖν ἀναγκάζονται. ταῖς τε τιμαῖς ταῖς παρὰ τῶν ὁμοτίμων χαίρουσι, καὶ τὰς τιμωρίας τὰς ἐκ τῶν νόμων ἐπαινοῦσι. κἂν οὕτω πολιτεύωνται, κοινὰ μὲν τὰ ἀγαθὰ κοινὰ δὲ καὶ τὰ ἐναντία νομίζοντες εἶναι, οὔτε τι κακὸν οὐδενὶ τῶν πολιτῶν γίγνεσθαι βούλονται, καὶ πάντα τὰ κρείττω πᾶσιν αὐτοῖς συνεύχονται. καὶ ἄν τε τις αὐτὸς ἀρετήν τινα ἔχῃ, καὶ προφαίνει αὐτὴν προχείρως καὶ ἀσκεῖ προθύμως καὶ ἐπιδείκνυσιν ἀσμενέστατα, ἄν τε καὶ ἐν ἑτέρῳ ἴδῃ, καὶ προάγει ἑτοίμως καὶ συναύξει σπουδαίως καὶ τιμᾷ λαμπρότατα. καὶ μέντοι κἂν κακύνηταί τις, πᾶς αὐτὸν μισεῖ, κἂν δυστυχῇ, πᾶς ἐλεεῖ, κοινὴν τῆς πόλεως καὶ τὴν ζημίαν καὶ τὴν αἰσχύνην τὴν ἀπʼ αὐτῶν εἶναι νομίζων.
”Equality before the law has an auspicious name and is most just in its workings. For in the case of men who are endowed with the same nature, are of the same race with one another, have been brought up under the same institutions, have been trained in laws that are alike, 2 and yield in an equal degree the service of their bodies and of their minds to their country, is it not just that they should have an equal share in all other things also, and is it not best that they should secure no distinctions except as the result of excellence? For equality of birth demands equality of privilege, and if it attains this object, it is glad, but if it fails, it is displeased. And the human race everywhere, sprung as it is from the gods and destined to return to the gods, gazes upward and is not content to be ruled forever by the same person, 4 nor will it endure to share in the toils, the dangers, and the expenditures and yet be deprived of partnership in the better things. Or, if it is forced to submit to anything of the sort, it hates the power which has applied coercion, and if it obtains an opportunity, takes vengeance upon what it hates. All men, of course, claim the right to rule, and for this reason submit to being ruled in turn; they are unwilling to have others overreach them, and therefore are not obliged, on their part, to overreach others. They are pleased with the honours bestowed upon them by their equals, and approve of the penalties inflicted upon them by the laws. 6 Now if they live under this kind of polity and regard the blessings and also the opposite as belonging to all alike, they not only wish no harm to befall any one of the citizens, but devoutly hope that nothing but prosperity will fall to the lot of each and all. And if one of them possesses any excellence himself, he readily makes it known, practises it enthusiastically, and exhibits it most joyfully; or if he sees it in another, he readily brings it to the light, eagerly takes part in increasing it, and bestows the most splendid honours upon it. 8 On the other hand, if any one shows himself base, everybody hates him, and if any one meets with misfortune, everybody pities him; for each person regards the loss and the disgrace that arise therefrom as shared in by the whole state.
§ 52.5
αὕτη μὲν ἡ τῶν δήμων κατάστασις, ἐν δὲ δὴ ταῖς τυραννίσι πάντα τἀναντία συμβαίνει. καὶ τὰ μὲν πολλὰ τί δεῖ μηκύνειν λέγοντα; τὸ δὲ δὴ κεφάλαιον, χρηστὸν μὲν οὐδεὶς οὐδὲν οὔτʼ εἰδέναι οὔτʼ ἔχειν δοκεῖν βούλεται (πολέμιον γὰρ αὐτῷ πᾶν ἐπὶ τούτῳ τὸ κρατοῦν ὡς πλήθει γίγνεταἰ, τὸν δὲ ἐκείνου τις τρόπον κανόνα τοῦ βίου ποιησάμενος, ὅ τι ποτʼ ἂν ἐλπίσῃ διʼ αὐτοῦ πλεονεκτήσας ἀκινδύνως κερδανεῖν, μετέρχεται. καὶ διὰ τοῦθʼ οἱ πλείους σφῶν τό τε καθʼ ἑαυτοὺς μόνον σπεύδουσι καὶ πάντας τοὺς ἄλλους μισοῦσι, τάς τε εὐπραγίας αὐτῶν οἰκείας ζημίας καὶ τὰς συμφορὰς ἴδια κέρδη ποιούμενοι. τοιούτων δὲ δὴ τούτων ὄντων οὐχ ὁρῶ τί ποτʼ ἂν εἰκότως ἐπάρειέ σε μοναρχῆσαι ἐπιθυμῆσαι. πρὸς γὰρ τῷ τοῖς δήμοις χαλεπὸν εἶναι τὸ πολίτευμα, πολὺ δυσχερέστερον αὐτῷ σοι γένοιτο ἄν. ἢ οὐχ ὁρᾷς ὅπως ἥ τε πόλις καὶ τὰ πράγματα αὐτῆς ἔτι καὶ νῦν ταράττεται; καὶ χαλεπὸν μέν ἐστι τὸ τὸν ὅμιλον ἡμῶν, τοσούτοις ἔτεσιν ἐν ἐλευθερίᾳ βεβιωκότα, καταλῦσαι, χαλεπὸν δὲ καὶ τὸ τοὺς συμμάχους τούς τε ὑπηκόους, τοὺς μὲν ἀπὸ παλαιοῦ δημοκρατουμένους τοὺς δʼ ὑφʼ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν ἠλευθερωμένους, ἐς δουλείαν αὖθις καταστῆσαι, τοσούτων πέριξ πολεμίων ἡμῖν προσκειμένων.
“This is the character of democracies. Under tyrannies exactly the opposite conditions are found. But why go into all the details at length? The chief thing is that no one is willing to be thought to have any superior knowledge or possession, because the dominant power generally becomes wholly hostile to him on account of such superiority; 2 on the contrary, every one makes the tyrant's character his own standard of life and pursues whatever objects he may hope to gain through him by overreaching others without personal risk. Consequently, the majority of the people are devoted only to their own interests and hate all their neighbors, regarding the others' successes as their own losses and the others' misfortunes as their own gains.
§ 52.6
καὶ ἵνα γε ἀπὸ πρώτου τοῦ βραχυτάτου ἄρξωμαι, χρήματά σοι πολλὰ καὶ πανταχόθεν ἀναγκαῖον ἔσται πορίζειν· ἀδύνατον γὰρ τὰς νῦν οὔσας προσόδους πρός τε τἆλλα καὶ πρὸς τὴν τῶν στρατιωτῶν τροφὴν ἐξαρκέσαι. τοῦτο δὲ ἔστι μὲν καὶ ἐν ταῖς δημοκρατίαις· οὐ γὰρ οἷόν τε πολιτείαν τινὰ ἄνευ δαπάνης συστῆναι. ἀλλʼ ἐν μὲν ἐκείναις μάλιστα μὲν ἑκόντες πολλοὶ πολλὰ ἐπιδιδόασιν, ἐν φιλοτιμίας μέρει τὸ πρᾶγμα ποιούμενοι καὶ τιμὰς ἀντʼ αὐτῶν ἀξίας ἀντιλαμβάνοντες· ἂν δέ που καὶ ἀναγκαῖαι παρὰ πάντων ἐσφοραὶ γένωνται, ἑαυτούς τε πείθοντες καὶ ὑπὲρ ἑαυτῶν συντελοῦντες ἀνέχονται. ἐν δὲ δὴ ταῖς δυναστείαις τό τε ἄρχον πάντες μόνον ὡς καὶ ὑπερπλουτοῦν ἀξιοῦσι δαπανᾶσθαι, τὰς μὲν προσόδους αὐτοῦ ἑτοίμως ἐξερευνώμενοι, τὰ δʼ ἀναλώματα οὐκέθʼ ὁμοίως ἐκλογιζόμενοι· καὶ οὔτʼ ἰδίᾳ ἡδέως ἢ καὶ ἑκόντες ἐπιδιδόασί τι, οὔτε τὰς κοινὰς συντελείας αὐθαιρέτους ποιοῦνται. ἐκεῖνο μὲν γὰρ οὔτʼ ἂν ἐθελήσειέ τις (οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδʼ ὁμολογήσειεν ἂν ῥᾳδίως πλουτεῖνʼ οὔτε συμφέρει τῷ κρατοῦντι γίγνεσθαι· αὐτίκα γὰρ ἂν δόξαν παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς ὡς καὶ φιλόπολις ἔχων ὀγκωθείη καὶ νεωτερίσειε. τὸ δʼ ἕτερον πάνυ τοὺς πολλοὺς βαρύνει, καὶ μάλισθʼ ὅτι τὴν μὲν ζημίαν αὐτοὶ ὑπομένουσι, τὸ δὲ δὴ κέρδος ἕτεροι λαμβάνουσιν. ἐν μὲν γὰρ ταῖς δημοκρατίαις καὶ στρατεύονται ὡς πλήθει οἱ τὰ χρήματα συνεσφέροντες, ὥστε τρόπον τινὰ αὖθις αὐτὰ ἀπολαμβάνουσιν· ἐν δὲ ταῖς μοναρχίαις ἄλλοι μὲν ὡς τὸ πολὺ καὶ γεωργοῦσι καὶ δημιουργοῦσι καὶ ναυτίλλονται καὶ πολιτεύονται, παρʼ ὧνπερ καὶ αἱ λήψεις μάλιστα γίγνονται, ἄλλοι δὲ τὰ ὅπλα ἔχουσι καὶ τὸν μισθὸν φέρουσιν.
“To begin first with the least important consideration, it will be necessary that you procure a large supply of money from all sides; for it is impossible that our present revenues should suffice for the support of the troops, not to speak of the other expenses. Now this need of funds, to be sure, exists in democracies also, since it is not possible for any government to continue without expense. 2 But in democracies many citizens make large contributions, preferably of their own free will, in addition to what is required of them, making it a matter of patriotic emulation and securing appropriate honours in return for their liberality; or, if perchance compulsory levies are also made upon the whole body of citizens, they submit to it both because it is done with their own consent and because the contributions they make are in their own interests. In monarchical governments, on the other hand, the citizens all think that the ruling power alone, to which they credit boundless wealth, should bear the expense; for they are very ready to search out the ruler's sources of income, but not reckon his expenses so carefully; and so they make no contributions from their private means gladly or of their own free will, nor are the public levies they make voted of their own free choice. 4 As for the voluntary contributions, no citizen would feel free to make one, any more than he would readily admit that he was rich, and it is not to the advantage of the ruler that he should, for immediately he would acquire a reputation for patriotism among the masses, become conceited, and incite a rebellion. On the other hand, a general levy weighs heavily upon the masses, the more so because they suffer the loss while the others reap the gain. Now in democracies those who contribute the money as a general rule also serve in the army, so that in a way they get their money back again; but in monarchies one set of people usually engages in agriculture, manufacturing, commerce, and politics, — and these are the classes from which the state's receipts are chiefly derived, — and a different set is under arms and draws pay.
§ 52.7
ἓν μὲν δὴ τοῦτο τοιοῦτον ὂν πράγματά σοι παρέξει, ἕτερον δὲ ἐκεῖνο. πάντως μέν τινα δεῖ δίκην τὸν ἀεὶ κακουργοῦντα διδόναι· οὔτε γὰρ ἐκ νουθεσίας οὔτε ἐκ παραδειγμάτων οἱ πολλοὶ σωφρονίζονται, ἀλλὰ ἀνάγκη πᾶσα αὐτοὺς καὶ ἀτιμίᾳ καὶ φυγῇ καὶ θανάτῳ ζημιοῦσθαι, οἷα ἔν τε ἀρχῇ τηλικαύτῃ καὶ ἐν πλήθει ἀνθρώπων τοσούτῳ, ἄλλως τε καὶ ἐν μεταβολῇ πολιτείας, φιλεῖ συμβαίνειν. τούτοις δʼ ἂν μὲν ἑτέρους δικαστὰς καθίζῃς, ἀπολύοιντό τε ἂν διασπευδόμενοι, καὶ μάλιστα ὅσους ἂν ἐχθραίνειν νομισθῇς· καὶ γὰρ προσποίησίν τινα ἐξουσίας οἱ δικάζοντες λαμβάνουσιν, ὅταν τι παρὰ τὸ δοκοῦν τῷ κρατοῦντι ποιήσωσι· κἂν ἄρα τινὲς ἁλίσκωνται, διὰ σὲ δόξουσιν ἐκ κατασκευάσματος κατεψηφίσθαι. ἂν δʼ αὐτὸς δικάζῃς, πολλοὺς ἀναγκασθήσῃ καὶ τῶν ὁμοτίμων κολάζειν (τοῦτο δὲ οὐκ εὐτυχέσʼ, καὶ πάντως τινὰς αὐτῶν ὀργῇ μᾶλλον ἢ δικαιώσει δόξεις εὐθύνειν· τοὺς γὰρ βιάζεσθαι δυναμένους οὐδεὶς δικάζοντας δικαιοπραγεῖν πιστεύει, ἀλλʼ οἴονται πάντες αὐτοὺς σχῆμα καὶ σκιαγραφίαν πολιτείας αἰσχύνῃ πρὸ τῆς ἀληθείας προπεταννύντας, ὀνόματι ἐννόμῳ δικαστηρίου τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἐπιθυμίαν ἀποπιμπλάναι. ἐν μὲν οὖν ταῖς μοναρχίαις ταῦθʼ οὕτω γίγνεται· ἐν δὲ δὴ ταῖς δημοκρατίαις, ἄν τʼ ἰδίᾳ τις ἀδικεῖν αἰτίαν λάβῃ, ἰδίαν δίκην παρὰ δικασταῖς ἴσοις φεύγει, ἄν τε δημοσίᾳ, καὶ ἐκείνῳ δικασταὶ καθίζουσιν ἐκ τῶν ὁμοίων οὓς ἂν ὁ κλῆρος ἀποδείξῃ, ὥστε ῥᾷον τὰ ἀποβαίνοντα ἀπʼ αὐτῶν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους φέρειν, μήτʼ ἰσχύι δικαστοῦ μήτε χάριτι ἀναγκαστῇ νομίζοντάς τι πεπονθέναι.
”This single circumstance, then, which is as I have described it, will cause you trouble. But here is another. It is by all means essential that whoever from time to time commits a crime should pay some penalty. For the majority of men are not brought to reason by admonition or by example, but it is absolutely necessary to punish them by disfranchisement, by exile, or by death; and such punishments are often administered in an empire as large as this is and in a population as great as ours, especially during a change of government. 2 Now if you appointed other men to judge these wrongdoers, they would vie with each other in acquitting the accused, and particularly all whom you might be thought to hate; for judges, you know, gain an appearance of authority when they act in any way contrary to the wish of the ruler. And if an occasional criminal is in fact convicted, it will be thought that he has been condemned deliberately, in order to please you. But if, on the other hand, you sit in judgment yourself, you will be obliged to punish many also of your peers — an unfortunate situation — and you will certainly be thought to be calling some of them to account through resentment rather than through a sense of justice. 4 For no one believes that those who have the power to use compulsion are acting honestly when they give judgment, but all men think they are led by a sense of shame to spread out before the truth a mere semblance and illusive picture of a constitutional government, and under the legal name of a court of justice are but satisfying their own desires. This, then, is what happens in monarchies. In democracies, on the other hand, when any one is accused of committing a private wrong, he is made defendant in a private suit before a jury of his equals; or, if he is accused of a public crime, in his case also a jury of his peers, men whom the lot shall designate, sits in judgment. It is therefore easier for men to bear the decisions which proceed from such juries, since they think that any penalty dealt out to them has been inflicted neither by a judge's power nor as a favour which a judge has been forced to grant.
§ 52.8
ἔτι τοίνυν πολλοὶ χωρὶς τῶν τι ἀδικούντων, οἱ μὲν γένει, οἱ δὲ πλούτῳ, οἱ δὲ ἑτέρῳ τινὶ ἐπαιρόμενοι, ἄλλως μὲν οὐ κακοὶ ἄνδρες, τῇ δὲ δὴ προαιρέσει τῇ τῆς μοναρχίας ἐναντίοι φύονται· καὶ αὐτοὺς οὔτʼ αὔξεσθαί τις ἐῶν ἀσφαλῶς δύναται ζῆν, οὔτʼ αὖ κολούειν ἐπιχειρῶν δικαίως τοῦτο ποιεῖν. τί ποτʼ οὖν τούτοις χρήσῃ; πῶς αὐτοὺς μεταχειρίσῃ; ἂν μὲν γὰρ τά τε γένη σφῶν καθέλῃς καὶ τοὺς πλούτους ἐλαττώσῃς τά τε φρονήματα ταπεινώσῃς, οὐδεμίαν ἂν εὔνοιαν παρὰ τῶν ἀρχομένων λάβοις· πῶς γάρ, εἰ μήτε γεννηθῆναί τῳ καλῶς μήτε πλουτῆσαι δικαίως, μήτʼ ἰσχυρῷ μήτʼ ἀνδρείῳ μήτε συνετῷ γενέσθαι ἐξείη; ἂν δὲ ἐάσῃς ταῦθʼ ὡς ἕκαστα αὔξειν, οὐκ ἂν ῥᾳδίως αὐτὰ διάθοιο. καὶ γὰρ εἰ αὐτὸς μόνος πρός τε τὸ τὰ πολιτικὰ καὶ πρὸς τὸ τὰ πολεμικὰ καλῶς καὶ κατὰ καιρὸν πράττειν ἐξήρκεις, καὶ μηδενὸς συνεργοῦ πρὸς μηδὲν αὐτῶν ἔχρῃζες, ἕτερος ἂν ἦν λόγος· νῦν δὲ πᾶσά σε ἀνάγκη συναγωνιστὰς πολλούς, ἅτε τοσαύτης οἰκουμένης ἄρχοντα, ἔχειν, καὶ προσήκει που πάντας αὐτοὺς καὶ ἀνδρείους καὶ φρονίμους εἶναι. οὐκοῦν ἂν μὲν τοιούτοις τισὶ τά τε στρατεύματα καὶ τὰς ἀρχὰς ἐγχειρίζῃς, κίνδυνος ἔσται καὶ σοὶ καὶ τῇ πολιτείᾳ καταλυθῆναι· οὐ γὰρ ἔστιν οὔτʼ ἄνευ φρονήματος ἀξιόλογον ἄνδρα φῦναι, οὔτʼ αὖ φρόνημα μέγα λαβεῖν ἐκ δουλοπρεποῦς ἐπιτηδεύσεως, οὐ μὴν οὐδὲ φρονηματίαν γενόμενον μὴ οὐκ ἐλευθερίας ἐπιθυμῆσαι καὶ πᾶν τὸ δεσπόζον μισῆσαι. ἂν δὲ δὴ τούτοις μὲν μηδὲν ἐπιτρέπῃς, τοῖς δὲ δὴ φαύλοις καὶ τοῖς τυχοῦσι τὰ πράγματα προστάσσῃς, τάχιστα μὲν ἂν ὀργὴν παρʼ ἐκείνων ὡς ἀπιστουμένων λάβοις, τάχιστα δʼ ἂν ἐν τοῖς μεγίστοις πταίσειας. τί μὲν γὰρ ἂν ἀγαθὸν ἀμαθὴς ἢ ἀγεννὴς ἄνθρωπος ἐργάσαιτο; τίς δʼ οὐκ ἂν καταφρονήσειεν αὐτοῦ τῶν πολεμίων; τίς δʼ ἂν πειθαρχήσειέν οἱ τῶν συμμάχων; τίς δʼ οὐκ ἂν καὶ αὐτῶν τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἀπαξιώσειεν ὑπὸ τοιούτου τινὸς ἄρχεσθαι; καὶ μὴν ὅσα ἐκ τούτου κακὰ γίγνεσθαι πέφυκε, τὰ μὲν ἄλλα οὐδὲν δέομαί σοι σαφῶς εἰδότι διηγεῖσθαι, ἐκεῖνο δὲ δὴ μόνον ἀναγκαίως ἐρῶ, ὅτι ἂν μὲν μηδὲν δέον ὁ τοιοῦτος πράττῃ, πολὺ πλείω ἄν σε τῶν πολεμίων βλάψειεν, ἂν δέ τι τῶν προσηκόντων ποιῇ, καὶ αὐτὸς ἄν σοι φοβερὸς ἐκφρονήσας ὑπʼ ἀπαιδευσίας γένοιτο.
“Then again, apart from those who are guilty of wrongdoing, there are many men who pride themselves, some on their birth, others on their wealth, and still others on something else, who, though in general not bad men, are yet by nature opposed to the principle of monarchy. If a ruler allows these men to become strong, he cannot live in safety, and if, on the other hand, he undertakes to impose a check on them, he cannot do so justly. 2 What, then, will you do with them? How will you deal with them? If you root out their families, diminish their wealth, and humble their pride, you will not have the good-will of your subjects. How could you have it, if no one is permitted to be born to noble rank, or to grow rich honestly, or to become strong or brave or intelligent? Yet if you allow these various classes to grow strong, you will not be able to deal with them easily. True, if you alone were equal to carrying on the business of the state and the business of warfare successfully and in a manner to meet the demands of each situation, and needed no assistant for any of these matters, it would be a different matter. 4 As the case stands, however, since you would be governing this vast world, it would be quite essential for you to have many helpers; and of course they ought all to be both brave and high-spirited. Now if you hand over the legions and the offices to men of such parts, there will be danger that both you and your government will be overthrown. For it is not possible either for a man of any real worth to be naturally lacking in spirit, or on the other hand for a man sprung from a servile sphere of life to acquire a proud spirit; nor again, if he proves himself a man of spirit, can he fail to desire liberty and hate all mastery. 6 If, on the other hand, you entrust nothing to these men, but put affairs in charge of common men of indifferent origin, you will very soon incur the resentment of the first class, who will think themselves distrusted, and you will very soon fail in the greatest enterprises. For what good thing could an ignorant or low-born person accomplish? Who of our enemies would not hold him in contempt? Who of our allies would obey him? Who even of the soldiers would not disdain to be ruled by such a man? And yet I need not explain to you all the evils that naturally result from such a condition, for you know them thoroughly; 8 but this one thing I shall say, as I am constrained to do — that if a minister of this kind failed in every duty, he would injure you far more than the enemy, while if he met with any success in the conduct of his office, his lack of education would cause him to lose his head and he as well would prove formidable to you.
§ 52.9
οὐ μέντοι καὶ ταῖς δημοκρατίαις τοιοῦτό τι πρόσεστιν, ἀλλʼ ὅσῳ ἂν πλείους καὶ πλουτῶσι καὶ ἀνδρίζωνται, τόσῳ μᾶλλον αὐτοί τε φιλοτιμοῦνται καὶ τὴν πόλιν αὔξουσι, καί σφισι καὶ ἐκείνη κέχρηται καὶ χαίρει, πλὴν ἄν τις τυραννίδος ἐπιθυμήσῃ· τοῦτον γὰρ ἰσχυρῶς κολάζουσι. καὶ ὅτι ταῦθʼ οὕτως ἔχει καὶ πολλῷ κρείττους αἱ δημοκρατίαι τῶν μοναρχιῶν εἰσι, δηλοῖ μὲν καὶ τὸ Ἑλληνικόν· τέως μὲν γὰρ οὕτως ἐπολιτεύοντο, οὐδὲν μέγα κατέπραξαν, ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐκείνως ζῆν ἤρξαντο, ὀνομαστότατοι ἐγένοντο· δηλοῖ δὲ καὶ τὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἀνθρώπων, ὧν οἱ μὲν ἐν τυραννίσι καὶ νῦν ἔτι διαγόμενοι ἀεί τε δουλεύουσι καὶ ἀεὶ τοῖς ἄρχουσιν ἐπιβουλεύουσιν, οἱ δὲ δὴ προστατείαις ἐπετησίοις ἢ καὶ ἐπὶ πλείω τινὰ χρόνον χρώμενοι καὶ ἐλεύθεροι καὶ αὐτόνομοι διατελοῦσιν ὄντες. ἀλλὰ τί δεῖ ἡμᾶς ἀλλοτρίοις παραδείγμασιν οἰκεῖα ἔχοντας χρῆσθαι; ἡμεῖς γὰρ αὐτοὶ οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι ἄλλως τὸ πρῶτον πολιτευόμενοι, ἔπειτα ἐπειδὴ πολλὰ καὶ δεινὰ ἐπάσχομεν, τῆς τε ἐλευθερίας ἐπεθυμήσαμεν καὶ λαβόντες αὐτὴν πρὸς τοσοῦτον ὄγκον προήλθομεν, οὐκ ἄλλοις τισὶν ἢ τοῖς ἐκ τῆς δημοκρατίας ἀγαθοῖς ἰσχύσαντες, ἐξ ὧν ἥ τε γερουσία προεβούλευε καὶ ὁ δῆμος ἐπεκύρου τό τε στρατευόμενον προεθυμεῖτο καὶ τὸ στρατηγοῦν ἐφιλοτιμεῖτο. ὧν οὐδὲν ἂν ἐν τυραννίδι πραχθείη. ἀμέλει τοσοῦτον αὐτῆς διὰ ταῦτα μῖσος οἱ πάλαι Ῥωμαῖοι ἔσχον ὥστε καὶ ἐπάρατον τὸ πολίτευμα ποιήσασθαι.
”Such a situation, however, does not arise in democracies, but the more men there are who are wealthy and brave, so much the more do they vie with each other and upbuild the state, and the state, on its part, rejoices in them, unless one of them conceives a desire for tyrannical power; for the citizens severely punish such an one. 2 That this is so, now, and that democracies are far superior to monarchies, is shown by the experience of Greece. For as long as the people had the monarchical form of government, they accomplished nothing of importance; but when they began to live under the democratic system they became most renowned. It is shown also by the experience of the other races of mankind. For those which still live under tyrannies are always in slavery and are always plotting again their rulers, whereas those which have governors chosen for a year or a longer period continue to be both free and independent. 4 But why should we resort to examples furnished by other peoples when we have examples here at home? We Romans ourselves at first had a different form of government, then later, after we had gone through many bitter experiences, conceived a desire for liberty; and when we had secured it, we advanced to our present proud eminence, strong in no advantages save those that come from democracy. It was on the strength of these that the senate deliberated, the people ratified, the soldiers in the ranks were filled with zeal and their commanders with ambition. None of these things could happen under a tyranny. At any rate the ancient Romans came to feel so great a hatred of tyranny for these reasons that they even laid that form of government under a curse.
§ 52.10
χωρὶς δὲ τούτων, εἰ δεῖ τι καὶ περὶ τῶν ἰδίᾳ σοὶ αὐτῷ συμφερόντων εἰπεῖν, πῶς μὲν ἂν ὑπομείνειας τοσαῦτα καὶ μεθʼ ἡμέραν καὶ νύκτωρ διοικῶν, πῶς δʼ ἂν μὴ ὑγιαίνων ἐξαρκέσειας; τίνος δʼ ἂν τῶν ἀγαθῶν τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων ἀπολαύσειας, πῶς δʼ ἂν στερόμενος αὐτῶν εὐδαιμονήσειας; τίνι δʼ ἂν ἀκριβῶς ἡσθείης, πότε δʼ οὐκ ἂν ἰσχυρῶς λυπηθείης; πᾶσα γὰρ ἀνάγκη τὸν τηλικαύτην ἀρχὴν ἔχοντα καὶ φροντίζειν πολλὰ καὶ δεδιέναι πολλά, καὶ τῶν μὲν ἡδίστων ἐλάχιστα ἀπολαύειν, τὰ δὲ δυσχερέστατα ἀεὶ καὶ πανταχοῦ καὶ ἀκούειν καὶ ὁρᾶν καὶ ποιεῖν καὶ πάσχειν. ὅθεν, οἶμαι, καὶ Ἕλληνες καὶ βάρβαροί τινες οὐδὲ διδομένας σφίσι βασιλείας ἐδέξαντο. Ταῦτʼ οὖν προϊδόμενος προβούλευσαι πρὶν ἐν αὐτοῖς γενέσθαι· αἰσχρὸν γάρ, μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ ἀδύνατόν ἐστι παρακύψαντά τινα ἅπαξ ἐς αὐτὰ ἀναδῦναι. μηδέ σε ἐξαπατήσῃ μήτε τὸ μέγεθος τῆς ἐξουσίας μήθʼ ἡ περιουσία τῶν κτημάτων, μὴ τὸ στῖφος τῶν σωματοφυλάκων, μὴ ὁ ὄχλος τῶν θεραπευόντων. οἵ τε γὰρ πολὺ δυνάμενοι πολλὰ πράγματα ἔχουσι, καὶ οἱ συχνὰ κεκτημένοι συχνὰ ἀναλίσκειν ἀναγκάζονται, τά τε πλήθη τῶν δορυφόρων διὰ τὰ πλήθη τῶν ἐπιβουλευόντων ἀθροίζεται, καὶ οἱ κολακεύοντες ἐπιτρίψειαν ἄν τινα μᾶλλον ἢ σώσειαν. ὥσθʼ ἕνεκα μὲν τούτων οὐδʼ ἂν εἷς εὖ φρονῶν αὐταρχῆσαι
“And apart from these considerations, if one is to speak above matters which touch your personal interests, how could you endure to administer affairs so manifold, not only by day but also by night? How could you hold out if your health should fail? What human blessings could you enjoy, and how could you be happy if deprived of them? In what could you take genuine pleasure, and when would you be free from the keenest pain? 2 For it is quite inevitable that a man who holds an office of this kind should have many anxieties, be subject to many fears, and have very little enjoyment of what is most pleasant, but should always and everywhere both see and hear, do and suffer, only that which is disagreeable. That, I imagine, is the reason why, in certain instances, among both Greeks and barbarians, men have refused to accept the office of king when it was offered to them. ”Therefore I would have you foresee all these disadvantages and take counsel before you become involved in them. For it is disgraceful, or rather it is quite impossible, for a man to withdraw when once he has entered upon the position. And do not be deceived, either, by the greatness of its authority or the abundance of its possessions, or by its array of bodyguards, or by its throng of courtiers. 4 For men who have much power have many troubles; those who have large possessions are obliged to spend largely; the multitude of bodyguards is gathered merely because of the multitude of conspirators; and as for the flatterers, they would be more likely to destroy you than to save you. Consequently, in view of these considerations, no sensible man would desire to become supreme ruler.
§ 52.11
ἐπιθυμήσειεν· εἰ δʼ ὅτι καὶ πλουτίζειν καὶ σώζειν τινὰς ἄλλα τε πολλὰ καὶ ἀγαθὰ δρᾶν οἱ τοιοῦτοι δύνανται, καὶ νὴ Δία καὶ ὑβρίζειν σφίσι καὶ κακῶς ποιεῖν ὃν ἂν ἐθελήσωσιν ἔξεστιν, ἀξίαν τις διὰ ταῦτα σπουδῆς τὴν τυραννίδα εἶναι νομίζει, τοῦ παντὸς ἁμαρτάνει. τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἀσελγαίνειν καὶ κακόν τι ποιεῖν οὔθʼ ὡς αἰσχρὰ οὔθʼ ὡς σφαλερὰ καὶ μεμισημένα καὶ πρὸς θεῶν καὶ πρὸς ἀνθρώπων ἐστί, δέομαί σοι λέγειν· οὔτε γὰρ ἄλλως τοιοῦτος εἶ, οὔτʼ ἂν διὰ ταῦτα μοναρχῆσαι ἕλοιο. προῄρημαί τε ἐγὼ νῦν οὐ πάνθʼ ὅσα ἄν τις κακῶς τὸ πρᾶγμα μεταχειριζόμενος ἐξεργάσαιτο εἰπεῖν, ἀλλʼ ὅσα καὶ οἱ πάνυ ἄριστα αὐτῷ χρώμενοι καὶ ποιεῖν καὶ πάσχειν ἀναγκάζονται. τὸ δʼ ἕτερον, τό τινα ἀφθόνως εὐεργετεῖν ἔχειν, ἀξιοσπούδαστον μέν, ἀλλʼ ἐν μὲν ἰδιώτῃ γιγνόμενον καὶ καλὸν καὶ σεμνὸν καὶ εὐκλεὲς καὶ ἀσφαλές ἐστιν, ἐν δὲ δὴ ταῖς μοναρχίαις πρῶτον μὲν οὐκ ἀνταξιον τῶν ἄλλων τῶν ἀτοπωτέρων, ὥστε τινὰ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἐκεῖνα ἑλέσθαι, ἄλλως τε καὶ μέλλοντα τὴν μὲν ἐκ τούτου ἀπόλαυσιν ἑτέροις
But if the thought that men in such a station are able to enrich others, to save their lives, and to confer many other benefits upon them — yes, by heaven, and even to insult them and to do harm to whomsoever they please — leads anyone to think that tyranny is worth striving for, he is utterly mistaken. 2 I need not, indeed, tell you that the life of wantonness and evil-doing is disgraceful or that it is fraught with peril and is hated of both gods and men; for in any event you are not inclined to such things, and you would not be led by these considerations to choose to be sole ruler. And besides, I have chosen to speak now, not of all the mischief one might work who managed the task badly, but only of what even those who make the very best use of the position are obliged both to do and to suffer. But as to the other consideration, — that thus one is in a position to bestow favours in profusion, — this is indeed a privilege worth striving for; yet however noble, august, glorious, and safe it is when enjoyed by a private citizen, in a king's position it does not, in the first place, counterbalance the other considerations of a less agreeable nature, so that a man should be induced for the sake of gaining this advantage to accept those disadvantages also, especially when the sovereign is bound to bestow upon others the benefit to be derived from this advantage and to have for himself alone the unpleasantness that results from the disadvantages.
§ 52.12
δώσειν τὴν δὲ ἐξ ἐκείνων ἀηδίαν αὐτὸν ἕξειν, ἔπειτα δʼ οὐδʼ ἁπλοῦν, ὥς τις οἴεται. οὔτε γὰρ ἂν πᾶσι τοῖς δεομένοις τινὸς ἐπαρκέσειέ τις. οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἀξιοῦντές τι παρʼ αὐτοῦ λαμβάνειν πάντες ὡς εἰπεῖν εἰσιν ἄνθρωποι, κἂν μηδεμία εὐθὺς εὐεργεσία αὐτοῖς ὀφείληται· πᾶς γάρ τις φύσει καὶ αὐτὸς ἑαυτῷ ἀρέσκει, κἀγαθόν τι ἐπαυρέσθαι παρὰ τοῦ δοῦναι δυναμένου βούλεται· ἃ δὲ ἐνδέχεται αὐτοῖς δίδοσθαι (τιμάς τε καὶ ἀρχὰς λέγω, καὶ ἔστιν ὅτε καὶ χρήματἀ πάνυ ἂν εὐαρίθμητα ὡς πρὸς τοσοῦτο πλῆθος εὑρεθείη. τούτου τε οὕτως ἔχοντος ἔχθος ἂν αὐτῷ παρὰ τῶν διαμαρτανόντων ὧν χρῄζουσι μᾶλλον ἢ φιλία παρὰ τῶν τυγχανόντων ὑπάρξειεν. οἱ μὲν γάρ, ὡς καὶ ὀφειλόμενόν τι λαμβάνοντες, οὔτʼ ἄλλως μεγάλην οἴονται δεῖν τῷ διδόντι αὐτὸ χάριν ἔχειν ἅτε μηδὲν παρὰ δόξαν εὑρισκόμενοι, καὶ προσέτι καὶ ὀκνοῦσι τοῦτο ποιεῖν, ἵνα μὴ καὶ ἀναξίους ἐν τούτῳ σφᾶς τοῦ καλῶς πάσχειν ἀποφήνωσιν· οἱ δὲ ὧν ἐλπίζουσιν ἀτυχοῦντες λυποῦνται κατʼ ἀμφότερα, τοῦτο μὲν ὡς οἰκείου τινὸς στερισκόμενοι (πάντες γὰρ ἔχειν ἤδη νομίζουσιν ὧν ἂν ἐπιθυμήσωσἰ, τοῦτο δὲ ὡς καὶ αὐτοὶ ἑαυτῶν ἀδικίαν τινὰ καταγιγνώσκοντες, ἂν ῥᾳδίως ἐπὶ τῷ μὴ τυχεῖν ὧν ἂν προσδοκήσωσι φέρωσι. καὶ γὰρ ὁ ὀρθῶς διδοὺς τὰ τοιαῦτα τό τε κατʼ ἀξίαν ἑκάστου δῆλον ὅτι πρὸ πάντων προσκοπεῖ, καὶ τοὺς μὲν τιμᾷ τοὺς δὲ παρορᾷ, ὥστε καὶ ἐκ τῆς ἐκείνου γνώμης τοῖς μὲν φρόνημα τοῖς δʼ ἀγανάκτησιν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ τοῦ συνειδότος σφῶν προσγίγνεσθαι. ὡς ἄν γέ τις τοῦτʼ εὐλαβούμενος ἀνωμάλως αὐτὰ διανέμειν ἐθελήσῃ, τὸ σύμπαν ἁμαρτήσεται· οἵ τε γὰρ πονηροὶ παρὰ τὸ προσῆκον τιμώμενοι χείρους ἄν, ἤτοι καὶ ἐπαινεῖσθαι ὡς ἀγαθοὶ ἢ πάντως γε θεραπεύεσθαι ὡς φοβεροὶ δοκοῦντες, γίγνοιντο, καὶ οἱ χρηστοὶ μηδὲν πλεῖον αὐτῶν εὑρισκόμενοι, ἀλλʼ ἐξ ἴσου σφίσιν ἀγόμενοι, μᾶλλον ἂν ἐκ τῆς πρὸς ἐκείνους ἰσομοιρίας λυποῖντο ἢ τῷ καὶ αὐτοί τινος ἀξιοῦσθαι χαίροιεν, κἀκ τούτου τήν τε ἐπιτήδευσιν τῶν κρειττόνων ἐῷεν ἂν καὶ τὴν ζήλωσιν τῶν χειρόνων μετέρχοιντο, καὶ οὕτω κἂν ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν τιμῶν οὔθʼ οἱ διδόντες αὐτὰς ἀγαθόν τι καρποῖντο καὶ οἱ λαμβάνοντες κακίους γίγνοιντο. ὥστε σοι τοῦτο, ὃ μάλιστα ἄν τισιν ἐν ταῖς μοναρχίαις ἀρέσειε, δυσμεταχειριστότατον συμβῆναι.
In the second place, this advantage is not without complications, as people think; for a ruler cannot possibly satisfy all who ask for favours. Those, namely, who think they ought to receive some gift from the sovereign are practically all mankind, even though no favour is due to them at the moment; 2 for every one naturally thinks well of himself and wishes to enjoy some benefit at the hands of him who is able to bestow it. But the benefits which can be given to them, — I mean titles and offices and sometimes money, — will be found very easy to count when compared with the vast number of the applicants. This being so, greater hostility will inevitably be felt toward the monarch by those who fail to get what they want, than friendliness by those who but their desires. For the latter take what they receive as due them and think there is no particular reason for being grateful to the giver, since they are getting no more than they expected; besides, they actually shrink from showing gratitude for fear they may thereby give evidence of their being unworthy of the kindness done them. 4 The others, when they are disappointed in their hopes, are aggrieved for two reasons: in the first place, they feel that they are being robbed of what belongs to them, for invariably men think they already possess whatever they set their hearts upon; and, in the second place, they feel that, if they are not indignant at their failure to obtain whatever they expect to get, they are actually acknowledging some shortcoming on their own part. The reason for all this is, of course, that the ruler who bestows such gifts in the right way obviously makes it his first business to weigh well the merits of each person, and thus he honours some and passes others by, with the result that, in consequence of his decision, those who are honoured have a further reason for elation, while those who are passed by feel a new resentment, each class being moved by their own consciousness of their respective merits. 6 If, however, a ruler tries to avoid this result and decides to award these honours capriciously, he will fail utterly. For the base, finding themselves honoured contrary to their deserts, would become worse, concluding that they were either being actually commended as good or at any rate were being courted as formidable; and the upright, seeing that they were securing no greater consideration than the base but were being regarded as being merely on an equality with them, would be more vexed at being reduced to the level of the others than pleased at being thought worthy of some honour themselves, and consequently would abandon their cultivation of the higher principles of conduct and become zealous in the pursuit of the baser. And thus the result even of the distribution of honours would be this: those who bestowed them would reap no benefit from them and those who received them would become demoralized. Hence this advantage, which some would find the most attractive in monarchies, proves in your case a most difficult problem to deal with.
§ 52.13
ταῦτά τε οὖν καὶ τἆλλα ἃ μικρῷ πρόσθεν εἶπον ἐνθυμηθεὶς φρόνησον ἕως ἔξεστί σοι, καὶ ἀπόδος τῷ δήμῳ καὶ τὰ ὅπλα καὶ τὰ ἔθνη καὶ τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰ χρήματα. ἂν μὲν γὰρ ἤδη τε καὶ ἑκὼν αὐτὸ ποιήσῃς, ἐνδοξότατός τε ἅμα ἀνθρώπων ἔσῃ καὶ ἀσφαλέστατος· ἂν δʼ ἀναμείνῃς βίαν τινά σοι προσαχθῆναι, τάχʼ ἄν τι δεινὸν μετὰ κακοδοξίας πάθοις. τεκμήριον δέ, Μάριος μὲν καὶ Σύλλας καὶ Μέτελλος, καὶ Πομπήιος τὸ πρῶτον, ἐν κράτει τῶν πραγμάτων γενόμενοι οὔτʼ ἠθέλησαν δυναστεῦσαι οὔτʼ ἔπαθον παρὰ τοῦτο δεινὸν οὐδέν· Κίννας δὲ δὴ καὶ Στράβων, ὅ τε Μάριος ὁ ἕτερος καὶ ὁ Σερτώριος, ὅ τε Πομπήιος αὐτὸς μετὰ ταῦτα, τῆς δυναστείας ἐπιθυμήσαντες κακῶς ἀπώλοντο. δυσχερὲς γάρ ἐστι τὴν πόλιν ταύτην, τοσούτοις τε ἔτεσι δεδημοκρατημένην καὶ τοσούτων ἀνθρώπων ἄρχουσαν, δουλεῦσαί τινι ἐθελῆσαι. καὶ ἀκούεις μὲν ὅτι τὸν Κάμιλλον ὑπερώρισαν, ἐπειδὴ λευκοῖς ἵπποις ἐς τὰ ἐπινίκια ἐχρήσατο, ἀκούεις δὲ ὅτι τὸν Σκιπίωνα κατέλυσαν, ἐπειδή τινα πλεονεξίαν αὐτοῦ κατέγνωσαν, μέμνησαι δὲ ὅπως τῷ πατρί σου προσηνέχθησαν, ὅτι τινὰ ὑποψίαν ἐς αὐτὸν μοναρχίας ἔσχον. καίτοι τούτων μὲν ἀμείνους ἄνδρες οὐδένες ἄλλοι γεγόνασιν. οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἁπλῶς οὕτω συμβουλεύω σοι τὴν ἀρχὴν ἀφεῖναι, ἀλλὰ πάντα τὰ συμφέροντα τῷ δημοσίῳ προπρᾶξαι καὶ δόγμασι καὶ νόμοις ἃ προσήκει κατακλεῖσαι, καθάπερ που καὶ ὁ Σύλλας ἐποίησε· καὶ γὰρ εἴ τινα αὐτῶν μετὰ ταῦτα ἀνετράπη, ἀλλὰ τά γε πλείω καὶ μείζω διαμένει. καὶ μὴ εἴπῃς ὅτι καὶ ὣς στασιάσουσί τινες, ἵνα μὴ καὶ ἐγὼ αὖθις εἴπω ὅτι πολλῷ μᾶλλον οὐκ ἂν ἀνάσχοιντο μοναρχούμενοι. ὡς εἴγε πάνθʼ ὅσα ἐνδέχεταί τισι συνενεχθῆναι προσκοποίμεθα, ἀλογώτατα ἂν τὰς διχοστασίας τὰς ἐκ τῆς δημοκρατίας συμβαινούσας φοβηθείημεν ἂν μᾶλλον ἢ τὰς τυραννίδας τὰς ἐκ τῆς μοναρχίας ἐκφυομένας. περὶ ὧν τῆς δεινότητος οὐδὲ ἐπεχείρησά τι εἰπεῖν· οὐ γὰρ δὴ καὶ καταδραμεῖν ἄλλως εὐκατηγόρητον οὕτω πρᾶγμα ἠθέλησα, ἀλλὰ δεῖξαί σοι τοῦθʼ ὅτι τοιοῦτόν ἐστι τῇ φύσει ὥστε μηδὲ τοὺς χρηστοὺς ἄνδρας
“Reflecting upon these considerations and the others which I mentioned a little while ago, be prudent while you may and duly place in the hands of the people the army, the provinces, the offices, and the public funds. If you do it at once and voluntarily, you will be the most famous of men and the most secure; but if you wait for some compulsion to be brought to bear upon you, you will very likely suffer some disaster and gain infamy besides. 2 Consider the testimony of history: Marius and Sulla and Metellus, and Pompey at first, when they got control of affairs, not only refused to assume sovereign power but also escaped disaster thereby; whereas Cinna and Strabo, the younger Marius and Sertorius, and Pompey himself at a later time, conceived a desire for sovereign power and perished miserably. For it is a difficult matter to induce this city, which has enjoyed a democratic government for so many years and holds empire over so many people, to consent to become a slave to any one. You have heard how the people banished Camillus just because he used white horses for his triumph; 4 you have heard how they deposed Scipio from power, first condemning him for some act of arrogance; and you remember how they proceeded against your father just because they conceived a suspicion that he desired to be sole ruler. Yet there have never been any better men than these. ”Nevertheless, I do not advise you merely to relinquish the sovereignty, but first to take all the measures which the public interest demands and by decrees and laws to settle definitively all important business, just as Sulla did, you recall; for even if some of his ordinances were subsequently overthrown, yet the majority of them and the more important still remain. 6 And do not say that even then some men will indulge in factional quarrels, and thus require me, on my part, to say once more that the Romans would be much more apt to refuse to submit to the rule of a monarch. For if we should undertake to provide against all possible contingencies, it would be utterly absurd for us to be more afraid of the dissensions which are but incidental to democracy than of the tyrannies which are the natural outgrowth of monarchy. Regarding the terrible nature of such tyrannies I have not so much as attempted to say anything; for it has not been my wish idly to inveigh against a thing that so readily admits of condemnation, but rather to show you that monarchy is so constituted by nature that not even the men of high character . . .1
§ 52.14
(οὔτε πεῖσαί τι ῥᾳδίως ὑπὸ παρρησίας τοὺς οὐχ ὁμοίους δύνανται) κἀν ταῖς πράξεσιν ἅτε μὴ ὁμογνωμονούντων σφῶν κατορθοῦσιν. ὥστε εἴ τι κήδῃ τῆς πατρίδος, ὑπὲρ ἧς τοσούτους πολέμους πεπολέμηκας, ὑπὲρ ἧς καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν ἡδέως ἂν ἐπιδοίης, μεταρρύθμισον αὐτὴν καὶ κατακόσμησον πρὸς τὸ σωφρονέστερον. τὸ γὰρ ἐξεῖναί τισι πάνθʼ ἁπλῶς ὅσα βούλονται καὶ ποιεῖν καὶ λέγειν, ἂν μὲν ἐπὶ τῶν εὖ φρονούντων ἐξετάζῃς, εὐδαιμονίας ἅπασιν αἴτιον γίγνεται, ἂν δὲ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀνοήτων, συμφορᾶς· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ὁ μὲν τοῖς τοιούτοις τὴν ἐξουσίαν διδοὺς παιδὶ δή τινι καὶ μαινομένῳ ξίφος ὀρέγει, ὁ δʼ ἐκείνοις τά τε ἄλλα καὶ αὐτοὺς τούτους καὶ μὴ βουλομένους σώζει. διόπερ καὶ σὲ ἀξιῶ μὴ πρὸς τὰς εὐπρεπείας τῶν ὀνομάτων ἀποβλέψαντα ἀπατηθῆναι, ἀλλὰ τὰ γιγνόμενα ἐξ αὐτῶν προσκοπήσαντα τήν τε θρασύτητα τοῦ ὁμίλου παῦσαι καὶ τὴν διοίκησιν τῶν κοινῶν ἑαυτῷ τε καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις τοῖς ἀρίστοις προσθεῖναι, ἵνα βουλεύωσι μὲν οἱ φρονιμώτατοι, ἄρχωσι δὲ οἱ στρατηγικώτατοι, στρατεύωνται δὲ καὶ μισθοφορῶσιν οἵ τε ἰσχυρότατοι καὶ οἱ πενέστατοι. οὕτω γὰρ τά τε ἐπιβάλλοντά σφισιν ἔκαστοι προθύμως ποιοῦντες, καὶ τὰς ὠφελίας ἀλλήλοις ἑτοίμως ἀντιδιδόντες, οὔτε τῶν ἐλαττωμάτων, ἐν οἷς καταδέουσί τινων, ἐπαισθήσονται, καὶ τὴν δημοκρατίαν τὴν ἀληθῆ τήν τε ἐλευθερίαν τὴν ἀσφαλῆ κτήσονται· ἐκείνη μὲν γὰρ ἡ τοῦ ὄχλου ἐλευθερία τοῦ τε βελτίστου δουλεία πικροτάτη γίγνεται καὶ κοινὸν ἀμφοῖν ὄλεθρον φέρει, αὕτη δὲ τό τε σῶφρον πανταχοῦ προτιμῶσα καὶ τὸ ἴσον ἅπασι κατὰ τὴν ἀξίαν ἀπονέμουσα πάντας ὁμοίως εὐδαίμονας τοὺς χρωμένους αὐτῇ ποιεῖ.
" (. . . nor can they easily convince by frank argument those who are not in a like situation) and they succeed in their enterprises, because their subjects are not in accord with one another. Hence, if you feel any concern at all for your country, for which you have fought so many wars and would so gladly give even your life, reorganize it and regulate it in the direction of greater moderation. 2 For while the privilege of doing and saying precisely what one pleases becomes, in the case of sensible persons, if you examine the matter, a cause of the highest happiness to them all, yet in the case of the foolish it becomes a cause of disaster. For this reason he who offers this privilege to the foolish is virtually putting a sword in the hands of a child or a madman; but he who offers it to the prudent is not only preserving all their other privileges but is also saving these men themselves even in spite of themselves. Therefore I ask you not to fix your gaze upon the specious terms applied to these things and thus be deceived, but to weigh carefully the results which come from the things themselves and then put an end to the insolence of the populace and place the management of public affairs in the hands of yourself and the other best citizens, to the end that the business of deliberation may be performed by the most prudent and that of ruling by those best fitted for command, while the work of serving in the army for pay is left to those who are strongest physically and most needy. 4 In this way each class of citizens will zealously discharge the duties which devolve upon them and will readily render to one another such services as are due, and will thus be unaware of their inferiority when one class is at a disadvantage as compared with another, and all will gain the true democracy and the freedom which does not fail. For the boasted freedom of the mob proves in experience to be the bitterest servitude of the best element to the other and brings upon both a common destruction; whereas this freedom of which I speak everywhere prefers for honour the men of prudence, awarding at the same time equality to all according to their deserts, and thus gives happiness impartially to all who enjoy this liberty.
§ 52.15
μὴ γάρ τοι οἰηθῇς ὅτι τυραννῆσαί σοι, τόν τε δῆμον καὶ τὴν βουλὴν δουλωσαμένῳ, παραινῶ. τοῦτο μὲν γὰρ οὔτʼ ἂν ἐγώ ποτε εἰπεῖν οὔτʼ ἂν σὺ πρᾶξαι τολμήσειας· ἐκεῖνα δὲ δὴ καὶ καλὰ καὶ χρήσιμα καὶ σοὶ καὶ τῇ πόλει γένοιτο ἄν, τό τε πάντα τὰ προσήκοντα αὐτόν σε μετὰ τῶν ἀρίστων ἀνδρῶν νομοθετεῖν, μηδενὸς τῶν πολλῶν μήτʼ ἀντιλέγοντος αὐτοῖς μήτʼ ἐναντιουμένου, καὶ τὸ τοὺς πολέμους πρὸς τὰ ὑμέτερα βουλήματα διοικεῖσθαι, πάντων αὐτίκα τῶν ἄλλων τὸ κελευόμενον ποιούντων, τό τε τὰς τῶν ἀρχόντων αἱρέσεις ἐφʼ ὑμῖν εἶναι, καὶ τὸ τὰς τιμὰς τάς τε τιμωρίας ὑμᾶς ὁρίζειν, ἵνα καὶ νόμος εὐθὺς ᾖ πᾶν ὅ τι ἂν βουλευσαμένῳ σοι μετὰ τῶν ὁμοτίμων ἀρέσῃ, καὶ οἱ πολέμιοι κρύφα καὶ κατὰ καιρὸν πολεμῶνται, οἵ τε τι ἐγχειριζόμενοι ἀπʼ ἀρετῆς ἀλλὰ μὴ κλήρῳ καὶ σπουδαρχίᾳ ἀποδεικνύωνται, καὶ οἱ μὲν ἀγαθοὶ ἄνευ φθόνου τιμῶνται, οἱ δὲ κακοὶ ἄνευ συστάσεως κολάζωνται. οὕτω γὰρ ἂν μάλιστα τά τε πραττόμενα ὀρθῶς διοικηθείη, μήτε ἐς τὸ κοινὸν ἀναφερόμενα μήτε ἐν τῷ φανερῷ βουλευόμενα μήτε τοῖς παρακελευστοῖς ἐπιτρεπόμενα μήτε ἐκ φιλοτιμίας κινδυνευόμενα, καὶ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων ἡμῖν ἀγαθῶν ἡδέως ἀπολαύσαιμεν, μήτε πολέμους ἐπικινδύνους μήτε στάσεις ἀνοσίους· ποιούμενοι. ταῦτα γὰρ πᾶσα μὲν δημοκρατία ἔχει· οἱ γὰρ δυνατώτεροι, τῶν τε πρωτείων ὀρεγόμενοι καὶ τοὺς ἀσθενεστέρους μισθούμενοι, πάντα ἄνω καὶ κάτω φύρουσι· πλεῖστα δὲ δὴ παρʼ ἡμῖν γέγονε, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως ἄλλως παύσεται. τεκμήριον δέ, πάμπολυς ἐξ οὗ χρόνος καὶ πολεμοῦμεν καὶ στασιάζομεν. αἴτιον δὲ τό τε πλῆθος τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ τὸ μέγεθος τῶν πραγμάτων· ἐκεῖνοί τε γὰρ παντοδαποὶ καὶ τὰ γένη καὶ τὰς φύσεις ὄντες καὶ ποικίλας καὶ τὰς ὀργὰς καὶ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας ἔχουσι, καὶ ταῦτα ἐς τοσοῦτον προῆκται ὥστε καὶ πάνυ δυσχερῶς ἂν διοικηθῆναι.
“For I would not have you think that I am advising you to enslave the people and the senate and then set up a tyranny. This is a thing I should never dare suggest to you nor would you bring yourself to do it. The other course, however, would be honourable and expedient both for you and for the city — that you should yourself, in consultation with the best men, enact all the appropriate laws, without the possibility of any opposition or remonstrance to these laws on the part of any one from the masses; 2 that you and your counsellors should conduct the wars according to your own wishes, all other citizens rendering instant obedience to your commands; that the choice of the officials should rest with you and your advisers; and that you and they should also determine the honours and the punishments. The advantage of all this would be that whatever pleased you in consultation with your peers would immediately become law; that our wars against our enemies would be waged with secrecy and at the opportune time; that those to whom any task was entrusted would be appointed because of their merit and not as the result of the lot or rivalry for office; that the good would be honoured without arousing jealousy and the bad punished without causing rebellion. 4 Thus whatever business was done would be most likely to be managed in the right way, instead of being referred to the popular assembly, or deliberated upon openly, or entrusted to partisan delegates, or exposed to the danger of ambitious rivalry; and we should be happy in the enjoyment of the blessings which are vouchsafed to us, instead of being embroiled in hazardous wars abroad or in unholy civil strife. For these are the evils found in every democracy, — the more powerful men, namely, in reaching out after the primacy and hiring the weaker, turn everything upside down, — but they have been most frequent in our country, and there is no other way to put a stop to them than the way I propose. 6 And the evidence is, that we have now for a long time been engaged in wars and civil strife. The cause is the multitude of our population and the magnitude of the business of our government; for the population embraces men of every kind, in respect both to race and to endowment, and both their tempers and their desires are manifold; and the business of the state has become so vast that it can be administered only with the greatest difficulty.
§ 52.16
καὶ ὅτι ταῦτα ἀληθῆ λέγω, μαρτυρεῖ τὰ γεγονότα. τέως μὲν γὰρ οὔτε πολλοὶ ἦμεν οὔτε μεγάλῳ τινὶ τῶν πλησιοχώρων διεφέρομεν, καλῶς τε ἐπολιτευόμεθα καὶ πᾶσαν ὀλίγου τὴν Ἰταλίαν κατεστρεψάμεθα· ἀφʼ οὗ δὲ ἔξω αὐτῆς ἐξήχθημεν, καὶ ἐπὶ πολλὰ καὶ τῶν ἠπείρων καὶ τῶν νήσων ἐπεραιώθημεν, καὶ πᾶσαν μὲν τὴν θάλασσαν πᾶσαν δὲ τὴν γῆν καὶ τοῦ ὀνόματος καὶ τῆς δυνάμεως ἡμῶν ἐνεπλήσαμεν, οὐδενὸς χρηστοῦ μετεσχήκαμεν, ἀλλὰ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον οἴκοι καὶ ἐντὸς τοῦ τείχους κατὰ συστάσεις ἐστασιάσαμεν, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ ἐς τὰ στρατόπεδα τὸ νόσημα τοῦτο προηγάγομεν. καὶ διὰ ταῦθʼ ἡ πόλις ἡμῶν, ὥσπερ ὁλκὰς μεγάλη καὶ πλήρης ὄχλου παντοδαποῦ χωρὶς κυβερνήτου, πολλὰς ἤδη γενεὰς ἐν κλύδωνι πολλῷ φερομένη σαλεύει τε καὶ ᾅττει δεῦρο κἀκεῖσε, καθάπερ ἀνερμάτιστος οὖσα. μήτʼ οὖν χειμαζομένην ἔτʼ αὐτὴν περιίδῃς, ὁρᾷς γὰρ ὡς ὑπέραντλός ἐστι, μήτε περὶ ἕρμα περιρραγῆναι ἐάσῃς, σαθρὰ γάρ ἐστι καὶ οὐδένα ἔτι χρόνον ἀντισχεῖν δυνήσεται· ἀλλʼ ἐπειδήπερ οἱ θεοὶ ἐλεήσαντες αὐτὴν καὶ ἐπιγνώμονά σε καὶ ἐπιστάτην αὐτῆς ἐπέστησαν, μὴ προδῷς τὴν πατρίδα, ἵνʼ ὥσπερ νῦν διὰ σὲ μικρὸν ἀναπέπνευκεν, οὕτω καὶ τὸν λοιπὸν αἰῶνα μετʼ ἀσφαλείας διαγάγῃ.
”Witness to the truth of my words is borne by our past. For while we were but few in number and differed in no important respect from our neighbours, we got along well with our government and subjugated almost all Italy; 2 but ever since we were led outside the peninsula and crossed over to many continents and many islands, filling the whole sea and the whole earth with our name and power, nothing good has been our lot. At first it was only at home and within our walls that we broke up into factions and quarrelled, but afterwards we even carried this plague out into the legions. Therefore our city, like a great merchantman manned with a crew of every race and lacking a pilot, has now for many generations been rolling and plunging as it has drifted this way and that in a heavy sea, a ship as it were without ballast. Do not, then, allow her to be longer exposed to the tempest; 4 for you see that she is waterlogged. And do not let her be pounded to pieces upon a reef; for her timbers are rotten and she will not be able to hold out much longer. But since the gods have taken pity on her and have set you over her as her arbiter and overseer, prove not false to her, to the end that, even as now she has received a little by your aid, so she may survive in safety for the ages to come.
§ 52.17
ὅτι μὲν οὖν ὀρθῶς σοι παραινῶ, μοναρχεῖσθαι τὸν δῆμον ἀξιῶν, πάλαι σε ἡγοῦμαι πεπεῖσθαι· τούτου δὲ δὴ οὕτως ἔχοντος καὶ ἑτοίμως καὶ προθύμως τὴν προστασίαν αὐτοῦ ἀνάδεξαι, μᾶλλον δὲ μὴ προῇ. οὐδὲ γὰρ οὐδʼ ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαβεῖν τι βουλευόμεθα, ἀλλʼ ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ ἀπολέσαι καὶ προσέτι καὶ κινδυνεῦσαι. τίς γάρ σου φείσεται, ἄν τε ἐς τὸν δῆμον τὰ πράγματʼ ἀνώσῃς, ἄν τε καὶ ἑτέρῳ τινὶ ἐπιτρέψῃς, παμπόλλων μὲν ὄντων τῶν ὑπὸ σοῦ λελυπημένων, πάντων δʼ ὡς εἰπεῖν τῆς μοναρχίας ἀντιποιησομένων, ὧν οὐδεὶς οὔτε μὴ ἀμύνασθαί σε ἐφʼ οἷς πεποίηκας οὔτʼ ἀντίπαλον ὑπολιπέσθαι ἐθελήσει. τεκμήριον δὲ ὅτι καὶ ὁ Πομπήιος ἐκστὰς τῆς δυναστείας καὶ κατεφρονήθη καὶ ἐπεβουλεύθη, κἀκ τούτου μηκέτʼ αὐτὴν ἀναλαβεῖν δυνηθεὶς ἐφθάρη, καὶ ὁ Καῖσαρ ὁ πατὴρ ὁ σὸς τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ποιήσας προσαπώλετο. πάντως δʼ ἂν καὶ ὁ Μάριος καὶ ὁ Σύλλας ὅμοια αὐτοῖς ἐπεπόνθεσαν, εἰ μὴ προετεθνήκεσαν. καίτοι τὸν Σύλλαν φασί τινες αὐτὸ τοῦτο φοβηθέντα φθῆναι καὶ ἑαυτὸν ἀναχρήσασθαι· συχνὰ γοῦν τῶν νομοθετηθέντων ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ζῶντος ἔτʼ αὐτοῦ λύεσθαι ἤρξατο. ὥστε καὶ σὺ πολλοὺς μὲν Λεπίδους πολλοὺς δὲ Σερτωρίους Βρούτους Κασσίους γενήσεσθαί σοι προσδόκα.
“Now I think you have long since been convinced that I am right in urging you to give the people a monarchical government; if this is the case, accept the leadership over them readily and with enthusiasm — or rather do not throw it away. For the question we are deliberating upon is not whether we shall take something, but whether we shall decide not to lose it and by so doing incur danger into the bargain. 2 Who, indeed, will spare you if you thrust the control of the state into the hands of the people, or even if you entrust it to some other man, seeing that there are great numbers whom you have injured, and that practically all these will lay claim to the sovereignty, and yet no one of them will wish either that you should go unpunished for what you have done or that you should be allowed to survive as his rival? Pompey, for example, once he had given up the supreme power, became the object of scorn and of secret plotting and consequently lost his life when he was unable to regain his power. Caesar also, your father, lost not only his position but also his life for doing precisely what you are proposing to do. And Marius and Sulla would certainly have suffered a like fate had they not died first. 4 And yet some say that Sulla, fearing this very fate, forestalled it by making away with himself; at any rate, much of his legislation began to be undone while he was yet alive. Therefore you also must expect that there will be many a man who will prove a Lepidus to you and many a man who will prove a Sertorius, a Brutus, or a Cassius.
§ 52.18
ταῦτά τε οὖν ἰδὼν καὶ τἆλλα πάντα λογισάμενος, μὴ προῇ καὶ σεαυτὸν καὶ τὴν πατρίδα, ἵνα μὴ δόξῃς τισὶν ἐθελούσιος τῆς ἀρχῆς ἐφεῖσθαι. πρῶτον μὲν γάρ, ἂν καὶ τοῦτο τις ὑποπτεύσῃ, οὔτʼ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀνθρωπείου τρόπου τὸ ἐπιθύμημά ἐστι, καὶ καλὸς ὁ κίνδυνος αὐτοῦ· ἔπειτα δὲ τίς οὐκ οἶδε τὴν ἀνάγκην ὑφʼ ἧς ἐς τὰ πράγματα ταῦτα προήχθης; ὥστε εἴπερ τι αἰτίαμα αὐτῆς ἐστι, τοῖς τοῦ πατρός σου σφαγεῦσι δικαιότατα ἄν τις αὐτὸ ἐγκαλέσειεν· εἰ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι μήτʼ ἀδίκως μήτʼ οἰκτρῶς οὕτως αὐτὸν ἀπεκτόνεσαν, οὔτʼ ἂν τὰ ὅπλα ἀντήρω, οὔτʼ ἂν τὰ στρατεύματα συνελέξω, οὔτʼ ἂν Ἀντωνίῳ καὶ Λεπίδῳ συνέθου, οὔτʼ ἂν αὐτοὺς ἐκείνους ἠμύνω. καὶ ὅτι μὲν ὀρθῶς καὶ δικαίως πάντα ταῦτʼ ἐποίησας, οὐδεὶς ἀγνοεῖ· εἰ δʼ οὖν τι καὶ πεπλημμέληται, ἀλλʼ οὔτι καὶ μεταθέσθαι ἔτʼ ἀσφαλῶς δυνάμεθα. ὥστε καὶ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν ἕνεκα καὶ τῆς πόλεως πεισθῶμεν τῇ τύχῃ τῇ τὴν μοναρχίαν σοι διδούσῃ. καὶ χάριν γε μεγάλην αὐτῇ ἔχωμεν, ὅτι μὴ μόνον τῶν κακῶν τῶν ἐμφυλίων ἀπέλυσεν ἡμᾶς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν κατάστασιν τῆς πολιτείας ἐπὶ σοὶ πεποίηται, ἵνʼ ἐπιμεληθεὶς αὐτῆς ὥσπερ προσήκει, δείξῃς ἅπασιν ἀνθρώποις ὅτι ἐκεῖνα μὲν ἄλλοι καὶ ἐτάραξαν καὶ ἐκακούργησαν, σὺ δὲ δὴ χρηστὸς εἶ. καὶ μή μοι τὸ μέγεθος τῆς ἀρχῆς φοβηθῇς. ὅσῳ τε γὰρ πλείων ὑπάρχει, τόσῳ πλείω καὶ τὰ σώζοντα ἔχει, καὶ μακρῷ τὸ φυλάξαι τι τοῦ κτήσασθαι ῥᾷόν ἐστι· πρὸς μὲν γὰρ τὸ τἀλλότρια προσποιήσασθαι καὶ πόνων καὶ κινδύνων δεῖ, πρὸς δὲ τὸ τὰ ὑπάρχοντα σῶσαι βραχεῖα φροντὶς ἀρκεῖ. μὴ μέντοι μηδὲ δείσῃς ὅτι οὐχὶ καὶ ἀσφαλέστατα ἐν αὐτῇ βιώσῃ καὶ πάντων τῶν ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἀγαθῶν ἀπολαύσεις, ἄν γε ἐθελήσῃς αὐτὴν ὡς παραινέσω σοι διοικῆσαι. καί με μὴ νομίσῃς ἀπαρτᾶν ἀπὸ τῆς παρούσης ὑποθέσεως τὸν λόγον, ἂν ἐπὶ πλεῖόν σοι περὶ αὐτῆς διαλεχθῶ· οὐ γάρ που καὶ ὑπʼ ἀδολεσχίας τινὸς ἄλλως τοῦτο ποιήσω, ἀλλʼ ἵνα ἀκριβῶς καταμάθῃς ὅτι καὶ δυνατὸν καὶ ῥᾴδιον τῷ γε ἔμφρονι τὸ καὶ καλῶς καὶ ἀκινδύνως ἄρξαι ἐστί.
”Looking, then, at these facts and reflecting upon all the other considerations involved, do not abandon yourself and your country merely in order to avoid giving the impression to some that you deliberately sought the office. For, in the first place, even if men do suspect this, the ambition is not inconsistent with human nature and the risk involved is a noble one. Again, what man is there who does not know the circumstances which constrained you to assume your present position? 2 Hence, if there be any fault to find with these compelling circumstances, one might with entire justice lay it upon your father's murderers. For if they had not slain him in so unjust and pitiable a fashion, you would not have taken up arms, would not have gathered your legions, would not have made your compact with Antony and Lepidus, and would not have had to defend yourself against these men themselves. That you were right, however, and were justified in doing all this, no one is unaware. Therefore, even if some slight error has been committed, yet we cannot at this time with safety undo anything that has been done. 4 Therefore, for our own sake and for that of the state let us obey Fortune, who offers you the sole rulership. And let us be very grateful to her that she has not only freed us from our domestic troubles, but has also placed in your hands the organisation of the state, to the end that you, by bestowing due care upon it, may prove to all mankind that those troubles were stirred up and that mischief wrought by other men, whereas you are an upright man. “And do not, I beg you, be afraid of the magnitude of the empire. For the greater its extent, the more numerous are the salutary elements it possesses; also, to guard anything is far easier than to acquire it. Toils and dangers are needed to win over what belongs to others, but a little care suffices to retain what is already yours. 6 Moreover, you need not be afraid, either, that you will not live quite safely in that office and enjoy all the blessings which men know, provided that you will consent to administer it as I shall advise you. And do not think that I am shifting the discussion from the subject in hand if I speak to you at considerable length about the office. For of course my purpose in doing this will be, not to hear myself talk, but that you may learn by a strict demonstration that it is both possible and easy, for a man of sense at least, to rule well and without danger.
§ 52.19
φημὶ τοίνυν χρῆναί σε κατὰ πρώτας εὐθὺς τὸ βουλευτικὸν πᾶν καὶ φυλοκρινῆσαι καὶ διαλέξαι, ἐπειδή τινες οὐκ ἐπιτήδειοι διὰ τὰς στάσεις βεβουλεύκασι, καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἀρετήν τινα αὐτῶν ἔχοντας κατασχεῖν, τοὺς δὲ λοιποὺς ἀπαλεῖψαι. μὴ μέντοι καὶ διὰ πενίαν τινὰ ἀγαθόν γε ἄνδρα ὄντα ἀπαλλάξῃς, ἀλλὰ καὶ χρήματα αὐτῷ τὰ ἀναγκαῖα δός. ἀντὶ δὲ δὴ τῶν ἄλλων τούς τε γενναιοτάτους καὶ τοὺς ἀρίστους τούς τε πλουσιωτάτους ἀντεσάγαγε, μὴ μόνον ἐκ τῆς Ἰταλίας ἀλλὰ καὶ παρὰ τῶν συμμάχων τῶν τε ὑπηκόων ἐπιλεξάμενος· οὕτω γὰρ σύ τε πολλοῖς συνεργοῖς χρήσῃ, καὶ τοὺς κορυφαίους ἐξ ἁπάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν ἐν ἀσφαλεῖ ποιήσῃ, καὶ οὔτε ἐκεῖνα νεοχμώσει τι μηδένα ἐλλόγιμον προστάτην ἔχοντα, καὶ οἱ πρωτεύοντες παρʼ αὐτοῖς φιλήσουσί σε ἅτε καὶ κοινωνοί σοι τῆς ἀρχῆς γεγονότες. τὰ δὲ αὐτὰ ταῦτα καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἱππέων ποίησον. τοὺς γὰρ τὰ δευτερεῖα ἑκασταχόθι καὶ γένει καὶ ἀρετῇ καὶ πλούτῳ φερομένους ἐς τὴν ἱππάδα κατάλεξον, τοσούτους ἑκατέρους ἀντεγγράψας ὅσοι ποτʼ ἂν ἀρέσωσί σε, μηδὲν περὶ τοῦ πλήθους αὐτῶν ἀκριβολογούμενος· ὅσῳ γὰρ ἂν πλείους εὐδόκιμοι ἄνδρες συνῶσί σοι, τοσούτῳ ῥᾷον αὐτός τε ἐν δέοντι πάντα διοικήσεις, καὶ τοὺς ἀρχομένους πείσεις ὅτι οὔτε ὡς δούλοις σφίσιν οὔθʼ ὡς χείροσί πῃ ἡμῶν οὖσι χρῇ, ἀλλὰ τά τε ἄλλα ἀγαθὰ πάντα τὰ ὑπάρχοντα ἡμῖν καὶ τὴν ἡγεμονίαν αὐτοῖς κοινοῖ, ὅπως ὡς οἰκείαν αὐτὴν σπουδάζωσι. καὶ τοσοῦτόν γε δέω τοῦθʼ ὡς οὐκ ὀρθῶς εἰρημένον ἀναθέσθαι, ὥστε καὶ τῆς πολιτείας πᾶσί σφισι μεταδοθῆναί φημι δεῖν, ἵνα καὶ ταύτης ἰσομοιροῦντες πιστοὶ σύμμαχοι ἡμῖν ὦσιν, ὥσπερ τινὰ μίαν τὴν ἡμετέραν πόλιν οἰκοῦντες, καὶ ταύτην μὲν ὄντως πόλιν τὰ δὲ δὴ σφέτερα ἀγροὺς καὶ κώμας νομίζοντες εἶναι. ἀλλὰ περὶ μὲν τούτου αὖθις ἀκριβέστερον σκεψόμεθα ἃ χρὴ πρᾶξαι, ἵνα μὴ καὶ πάντα
”I maintain, therefore, that you ought first and foremost to choose and select with discrimination the entire senatorial body, inasmuch as some who have not been fit have, on account of our dissensions, become senators. Such of them as possess any excellence you ought to retain, but the rest you should erase from the roll. 2 Do not, however, get rid of any good man because of his poverty, but even give him the money he requires. In the place of those who have been dropped introduce the noblest, the best, and the richest men obtainable, selecting them not only from Italy but also from the allies and the subject nations. In this way you will have many assistants for yourself and will have in safe keeping the leading men from all the provinces; thus the provinces, having no leaders of established repute, will not begin rebellions, and their prominent men will regard you with affection because they have been made sharers in your empire. 4 “Take these same measures in the case of the knights also, by enrolling in the equestrian order such men as hold second place in their several districts as regards birth, excellence and wealth. Register as many new members in both classes as you please, without being over particular on the score of their number. For the more men of repute you have as your associates, the easier you will find it, for your own part, to administer everything in time of need and, so far as your subjects are concerned, the more easily will you persuade them that you are not treating them as slaves or as in any way inferior to us, but that you are sharing with them, not only all the other advantages which we ourselves enjoy, but also the chief magistracy as well, and thus make them as devoted to that office as if it were their own. 6 And so far am I from retracting this last statement as rashly made, that I declare that the citizens ought every one actually to be given a share in the government, in order that, being on an equality with us in this respect also, they may be our faithful allies, living as it were in a single city, namely our own, and considering that this is in very truth a city, whereas their own homes are but the countryside and villages. ”But regarding this matter we shall at a later time examine more carefully the question of what measures should be taken to prevent our granting the people every privilege at once.
§ 52.20
ἀθρόα αὐτοῖς χαρισώμεθα· καταλέγεσθαι δὲ χρὴ ἐς μὲν τὴν ἱππάδα ὀκτωκαιδεκέτεις, ἐν γὰρ ταύτῃ τῇ ἡλικίᾳ μάλιστα ἥ τε τῶν σωμάτων αὐτῶν εὐεξία καὶ ἡ τῶν ψυχῶν ἐπιτηδειότης διαφαίνεται, ἐς δὲ τὸ συνέδριον πεντεκαιεικοσιέτεις· πῶς γὰρ οὐκ αἰσχρὸν καὶ σφαλερόν ἐστι τὰ μὲν οἰκεῖα μηδενὶ πρὸ ταύτης τῆς ἡλικίας ἐπιτρέπεσθαι, τὰ δὲ δημόσια καὶ νεωτέροις τισὶν ἐγχειρίζεσθαι; ταμιεύσαντές τε καὶ ἀγορανομήσαντες ἢ δημαρχήσαντες στρατηγείτωσαν, τριακοντοῦται γενόμενοι. ταύτας τε γὰρ τὰς ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰς τῶν ὑπάτων μόνας οἴκοι, τῆς τε τῶν πατρίων μνήμης ἕνεκα καὶ τοῦ μὴ παντελῶς τὴν πολιτείαν μεταλλάττειν δοκεῖν, ἀποδεικνύναι σέ φημι χρῆναι. αὐτὸς μέντοι σὺ πάντας αὐτοὺς αἱροῦ, καὶ μήτε ἐπὶ τῷ πλήθει ἢ καὶ τῷ δήμῳ ἔτι τινὰ αὐτῶν ποιήσῃ, στασιάσουσι γάρ, μήτε ἐπὶ τῷ συνεδρίῳ, διασπουδάσονται γάρ. μὴ μέντοι καὶ τὰς δυνάμεις σφῶν τὰς ἀρχαίας τηρήσῃς, ἵνα μὴ τὰ αὐτὰ αὖθις γένηται, ἀλλὰ τὴν μὲν τιμὴν φύλαξον, τῆς δʼ ἰσχύος παράλυσον τοσοῦτον ὅσον μήτε τοῦ ἀξιώματός τι αὐτῶν ἀφαιρήσει καὶ τοῖς νεωτερίσαι τι ἐθελήσουσι μὴ ἐπιτρέψει. ἔσται δὲ τοῦτο, ἂν τά τε ἄλλα καὶ ἐνδήμους αὐτοὺς ἀποφήνῃς, καὶ μήτε ἐν τῷ τῆς ἀρχῆς καιρῷ ὅπλα τινὶ αὐτῶν ἐγχειρίσῃς μήτε εὐθύς, ἀλλὰ χρόνου διελθόντος, ὅσον ἂν αὐτάρκη ἑκάστῳ σφῶν νομίσῃς εἶναι. οὕτω γὰρ οὔτε τινὲς νεοχμώσουσι, στρατοπέδων κύριοι ἐν τῷ τῶν ὀνομάτων φρονήματι γενόμενοι, καὶ χρόνον τινὰ ἰδιωτεύσαντες πεπανθήσονται. καὶ οὗτοι μὲν τάς τε πανηγύρεις, οἵ γε καὶ προσήκοντές σφισιν, ἐπιτελείτωσαν, καὶ τὰς δίκας πάντες ὡς ἕκαστοι, πλὴν τῶν φονικῶν, ἐν τῷ τῆς ἐνδήμου ἀρχῆς χρόνῳ δικαζέτωσαν· συναγέσθω μὲν γὰρ δικαστήρια καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἄλλων βουλευτῶν τῶν τε ἱππέων, τὸ δʼ ὅλον ἐς ἐκείνους ἀνακείσθω.
As for the matter of eligibility for office, now, we should put men on the roll of knights when they are eighteen years old, for at that age their physical soundness and their mental fitness can best be discerned; but we should not enrol them in the senate until they are twenty-five years old. For is it not disgraceful, and indeed hazardous, to entrust the public business to men younger than this, when we never commit our private affairs to any one before he has reached this age? 2 After they have served as quaestors and aediles or tribunes, let them be praetors when they reach the age of thirty. For it is my opinion that these offices, and that of consul, are the only ones at home which you ought to fill by election, and these merely out of regard for the institutions of our fathers and to avoid the appearance of making a complete change in the constitution. But make all the appointments yourself and do not any longer commit the filling of one or another of these offices either to the plebs or to the people, for they will quarrel over them, or to the senate, for the senators will use them to further their own private ambitions. And do not maintain the traditional powers of these offices, either, for fear history may repeat itself, but preserve the honour attaching to them, at the same time abating their influence to such an extent that, although you will be depriving the office of none of its prestige, you will still be giving no opportunity to those who may desire to stir up a rebellion. 4 Now this will be accomplished if you assign them on appointment chiefly to home affairs and do not permit any of them to have armed forces during their term of office or immediately afterward, but only after the lapse of some time, as much as you think sufficient in each instance. In this way they will never be put in command of legions while still enjoying the prestige of their official titles and thus be led to stir up rebellions, and after they have been private citizens for a time they will be of milder disposition. Let these magistrates conduct such of the festivals as naturally belong to their office, and let them severally sit as judges in all kinds of cases except homicide during their tenure of office in Rome. Courts should be established, to be sure, with the other senators and knights as members, but final authority should rest with these magistrates.
§ 52.21
Πολίαρχος δὲ δή τις ἔκ τε τῶν προηκόντων καὶ ἐκ τῶν πάντα τὰ καθήκοντα προπεπολιτευμένων ἀποδεικνύσθω, οὐχ ἵνα ἀποδημησάντων που τῶν ὑπάτων ἄρχῃ, ἀλλʼ ἵνα τά τε ἄλλα ἀεὶ τῆς πόλεως προστατῇ, καὶ τὰς δίκας τάς τε παρὰ πάντων ὧν εἶπον ἀρχόντων ἐφεσίμους τε καὶ ἀναπομπίμους καὶ τὰς τοῦ θανάτου τοῖς τε ἐν τῇ πόλει, πλὴν ὧν ἂν εἴπω, καὶ τοῖς ἔξω αὐτῆς μέχρι πεντήκοντα καὶ ἑπτακοσίων σταδίων οἰκοῦσι κρίνῃ. ἕτερός τέ τις ἐκ τῶν ὁμοίων καὶ αὐτὸς αἱρείσθω ὥστε τά τε γένη καὶ τὰς οὐσίας τούς τε τρόπους καὶ τῶν βουλευτῶν καὶ τῶν ἱππέων, ἀνδρῶν τε ὁμοίως καὶ παίδων γυναικῶν τε τῶν προσηκουσῶν αὐτοῖς, ἐξετάζειν τε καὶ ἐπισκοπεῖν, καὶ τὰ μὲν αὐτὸν ἐπανορθοῦν ὅσα μήτε τινὸς τιμωρίας ἄξιά ἐστι καὶ παρορώμενα πολλῶν καὶ μεγάλων κακῶν αἴτια γίγνεται, τὰ δὲ δὴ μείζω σοὶ ἐπικοινοῦσθαι. βουλευτῇ γάρ τινι, καὶ τῷ γε ἀρίστῳ μετὰ τὸν πολίαρχον, μᾶλλον ἤ τινι τῶν ἱππέων προστετάχθαι τοῦτο δεῖ. καὶ τό γε ὄνομα ἀπὸ τῆς σῆς τιμαρχίας (πάντως γάρ σε προεστάναι τῶν τιμήσεων προσήκει) εἰκότως ἂν λάβοι, ὥστε ὑποτιμητὴς καλεῖσθαι. ἀρχέτωσαν δὲ δὴ οἱ δύο οὗτοι διὰ βίου, ἄν γε μὴ κακυνθῇ τις αὐτῶν τρόπον τινὰ ἢ καὶ νοσώδης ἢ καὶ ὑπεργήρως γένηται. ἐκ μὲν γὰρ τῆς χρονίου ἀρχῆς οὐδὲν ἂν δεινόν, ἅτε ὁ μὲν παντελῶς ἄοπλος ὤν, ὁ δʼ ὀλίγους τε στρατιώτας ἔχων καὶ ἐν τοῖς σοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς τὸ πλεῖστον ἄρχων, ἐργάσαιντο· ἐκ δὲ δὴ τοῦ ἐτείου καὶ ὀκνήσειαν ἂν προσκροῦσαί τινι καὶ φοβηθεῖεν ἐρρωμένως τι πρᾶξαι, τήν τε ἑαυτῶν ἰδιωτείαν καὶ τὴν ἄλλων τινῶν δυναστείαν προορώμενοι. καὶ μισθόν γέ τινα φερέτωσαν καὶ τῆς ἀσχολίας ἕνεκα καὶ τῆς ἀξιώσεως. περὶ μὲν δὴ τούτων ταύτην σοι τὴν γνώμην δίδωμι, οἱ δὲ δὴ στρατηγήσαντες ἀρχέτωσάν τινα ἀρχὴν ἐν τοῖς ὑπηκόοις (πρὶν γὰρ στρατηγῆσαί σφας οὐχ ἡγοῦμαι δεῖν τοῦτο γίγνεσθαι· ἐκεῖνοι δʼ ὑποστρατηγείτωσαν οἷς ἂν εἴπω, καὶ ἅπαξ καὶ δεύτερονʼ, εἶθʼ οὕτως ὑπατευέτωσαν, ἄν γε καὶ ὀρθῶς διάρξωσι, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα τὰς μείζους
“As for the prefect of the city, men should be appointed to that office who are leading citizens and have previously passed through the appropriate offices; it should be the prefect's duty, not to govern merely when the consuls are out of town, 2 but in general to be at all times in charge of the affairs of the city, and to decide the cases which come to him from all the other magistrates I have mentioned, whether on appeal or for review, together with those which involve the death penalty; and his jurisdiction should extend, not only to those who live in the city, except such as I shall name, but also to those who dwell outside the city for a distance of one hundred miles. ”Let still another magistrate be chosen, this man also from the class described, whose duties shall be to pass upon and supervise all matters pertaining to the families, property, and morals both of the senators and of the knights, alike of the men and of their wives and children. 4 He should personally correct such behaviour as deserves no punishment, yet if neglected becomes the cause of many evils; but above the more important matters of misconduct he should confer with you. For the officer to whom these duties are assigned should be a senator, and in fact the best one after the prefect of the city, rather than one of the knights. As for the title of his office, he would naturally receive one derived from your censorial functions (for it is certainly appropriate that you should be in charge of the censuses), and be called sub-censor. Let these two, the city prefect and the sub-censor, hold office for life, unless one of them becomes demoralized in some way or is incapacitated by sickness or old age. 6 For no harm could result from their holding office for life, since the one would be entirely without armed forces and the other would have but few soldiers and would be acting for the most part under your eyes; whereas the effect of the yearly tenure would be that they would shrink from offending any one and would be afraid to act with energy, since they would be looking ahead to their own retirement to private life and to the exercise of the power of the office by others. They should also draw a salary, not only to compensate them for the loss of their leisure but also to enhance the prestige of their office. 8 “This is the opinion I have to give you in regard to these officials. As for those who have served as praetors, let them hold some office among the subject nations (before they have been praetors I do not think they should have this privilege, but they ought first to serve for one or two terms as lieutenants to the ex-praetors just mentioned); then they should next hold office as consuls, provided that they have proved satisfactory officials to the end of their terms, and after that they should receive the more important governorships.
§ 52.22
ἡγεμονίας λαμβανέτωσαν. ὧδε γὰρ συμβουλεύω σοι διατάξαι. τήν τε Ἰταλίαν πᾶσαν τὴν ὑπὲρ πεντήκοντα καὶ ἑπτακοσίους ἀπὸ τῆς πόλεως σταδίους οὖσαν, καὶ τἆλλα πάντα τά τε ἐν ταῖς νήσοις καὶ τὰ ἐν ταῖς ἠπείροις ὁμολογοῦντα ἡμῖν, κατάνειμον ἑκασταχόθι κατά τε γένη καὶ ἔθνη, τάς τε πόλεις ἁπάσας, ὅσας γε καὶ αὔταρκές ἐστιν ὑφʼ ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς αὐτοτελοῦς ἄρχεσθαι· κἀνταῦθα στρατιώτας ἐγκατάστησον, καὶ ἄρχοντας καθʼ ἑκάστους ἕνα μὲν ἐκ τῶν ὑπατευκότων ἐπὶ πᾶσι πέμπε, δύο δὲ ἐκ τῶν ἐστρατηγηκότων, τὸν μὲν ἄρτι ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ἐξιόντα, καὶ αὐτῷ τά τε ἰδιωτικὰ πράγματα καὶ ἡ τῶν ἐπιτηδείων παρασκευὴ προσκείσθω, τὸν δὲ ἐκ τῶν τοῦτο πεποιηκότων, ὃς τά τε κοινὰ τῶν πόλεων διοικήσει καὶ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἄρξει, πλὴν ὅσα ἀτιμίας ἢ θανάτου ἔχεται. ταῦτα γὰρ ἐς μόνον τὸν ὑπατευκότα ἄρχοντα ἀνηκέτω, πλὴν περί τε τῶν ἑκατοντάρχων τῶν ἐν τοῖς καταλόγοις ὄντων καὶ περὶ τῶν ἰδιωτῶν τῶν παρʼ ἑκάστοις πρώτων· τούτους γὰρ δὴ ἑκατέρους μηδενὶ ἄλλῳ κολάζειν ἐπιτρέψῃς, ἵνα μὴ οὕτω τινὰ αὐτῶν φοβῶνται ὥστε ποτὲ καὶ κατὰ σοῦ τι πρᾶξαι. ὃ δʼ εἶπον, ὅτι τὸν ἕτερον τῶν ἐστρατηγηκότων ἐπὶ τοῖς στρατιώταις ἐπιτετάχθαι δεῖ, τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν. ἂν μὲν ὀλίγοι τινὲς ἐν ξενικοῖς τείχεσιν ἢ καὶ ἐν ἑνὶ πολιτικῷ στρατεύωνται, καλῶς ἔχει τοῦτο γίγνεσθαι· ἂν δὲ δύο πολιτικὰ στρατεύματα ἐν ταὐτῷ ἔθνει χειμάζῃ (πλείω γὰρ τούτων οὐκ ἂν συμβουλεύσαιμί σοι τῷ αὐτῷ ἄρχοντι ἐπιτρέψαἰ, δεήσει που τοὺς δύο τοὺς ἐστρατηγηκότας καὶ ἐκείνων, ἰδίᾳ ἑκατέρου, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν τε πολιτικῶν καὶ τῶν ἰδιωτικῶν ὁμοίως προΐστασθαι. ὁ δʼ οὖν ὑπατευκὼς ταῦτά τε καὶ προσέτι καὶ τὰς δίκας τάς τε ἐκκλήτους καὶ τὰς ἀναπομπίμους τὰς ἀπὸ τῶν στρατηγῶν αὐτῷ φοιτώσας κρινέτω. καὶ μὴ θαυμάσῃς εἰ καὶ τὴν Ἰταλίαν τοιαῦτα μέρη νεῖμαί σοι παραινῶ· πολλή τε γὰρ καὶ πολυάνθρωπος οὖσα ἀδύνατός ἐστιν ὑπὸ τῶν ἐν τῷ ἄστει ἀρχόντων καλῶς διοικεῖσθαι. δεῖ γὰρ τοῖς τε δήμοις τὸν ἄρχοντα ἀεὶ παρεῖναι καὶ τοῖς ἄρχουσι τὰ δυνατὰ προστάσσεσθαι.
I advise you, namely, to arrange these positions as follows. Take Italy as a whole (I mean the part of it which is more than one hundred miles from the city), and all the rest of the territory which owns our sway, the islands and the continents, and divide it into districts, in each case according to races and nations, and take also all the cities that are strong and independent enough to be ruled by one governor with full powers. 2 Then station soldiers in them and send out as governor to each district or independent city one of the ex-consuls, who shall have general charge, and two of the ex-praetors. One of the latter, fresh from the city, should be put in charge of all matters pertaining to persons in private life and of the commissary; the other, a man who has had special training for this work, will administer the public business of the cities and will have command of the soldiers, except in cases that involve disfranchisement or death. Such cases, of course, should be referred to the ex-consul who is governor, and to him alone, except where the persons involved are centurions recruited from the levies or private persons of prominence in their respective communities; as for both these classes, do not allow anybody but yourself to punish them, lest they come to fear some of these officials to such an extent as to take measures, on occasion, against you as well as against them. 4 As for my suggestion that the second of the ex-praetors should be put in charge of the soldiers, it is to be understood as follows: if only a small body of troops is serving abroad in the military posts or at home in a single post, my proposal is satisfactory; but if two citizen legions are wintering in the same province (and more than this number I should not advise you to trust to one commander), it will no doubt be necessary for both the ex-praetors to hold the command over them, each having charge of one, and for each to have his share of authority similarly in matters affecting either the state or private citizens. Let the ex-consul, accordingly, have these duties, and let him also decide the cases which come to him on appeal and those which are referred to him by the praetors for review. 6 And do not be surprised that I recommend to you the dividing of Italy also into these administrative districts. It is large and populous, and so cannot possibly be well administered by the magistrates in the city; for a governor ought always to be present in the district he governs, and no duties should be laid upon our city magistrates which they cannot perform.
§ 52.23
λαμβανέτωσαν δὲ μισθὸν πάντες οὗτοι οἱ τὰς ἔξω τῆς πόλεως ἀρχὰς ἐπιτρεπόμενοι, πλείω μὲν οἱ μείζους, ἐλάττω δὲ οἱ καταδεέστεροι, μέσον δὲ οἱ μέσοι· οὔτε γὰρ ἀπὸ τῶν οἰκείων οἷόν τέ ἐστιν αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ ἀλλοτρίᾳ ἀποζῆν, οὔτʼ ἀορίστῳ καὶ ἀσταθμήτῳ ἀναλώματι ὥσπερ νῦν χρῆσθαι. καὶ ἀρχέτωσαν μήτε ἔλαττον ἐτῶν τριῶν, εἰ μή τις ἀδικήσειέ τι, μήτε πλεῖον πέντε, τὸ μὲν ὅτι αἱ ἐνιαύσιοι καὶ ὀλιγοχρόνιοι ἀρχαὶ διδάξασαί τινας τὰ ἀναγκαῖα ἀποπέμπουσι πρίν τι αὐτῶν ἀποδειχθῆναι, τὸ δὲ ὅτι αἱ μακρότεραι καὶ πολυχρονιώτεραι ἐπαίρουσί πως πολλοὺς καὶ ἐς νεωτεροποιίαν ἐξάγουσι. διόπερ οὐδὲ ἐπαλλήλας τὰς μείζους ἡγεμονίας οἶμαί τισι προσήκειν δίδοσθαι. οὔτε γὰρ διαφέρει τι ἄν τε ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ ἔθνει ἄν τε καὶ ἐν πλείοσιν ἐφεξῆς ἐπὶ μακρότερον τοῦ δέοντος ἄρχῶσι· καὶ ἀμείνονες γίγνονται, ἐπειδὰν διαλίπωσί τέ τινα χρόνον καὶ οἴκαδε ἐπανέλθωσι καὶ ἰδιωτεύσωσι. τοὺς μὲν δὴ οὖν βουλευτὰς ταῦτά τε καὶ οὕτω
”Let all these men to whom the commands outside the city are assigned receive salaries, the more important officers more, the less important less, and those between an intermediate amount. For they cannot live in a foreign land upon their own resources, nor should they indulge, as they do now, in unlimited and indefinite expenditure. 2 They should hold office not less than three years, unless they are guilty of misconduct, nor more than five. The reason is that offices held for only one year or for short periods merely teach the officials their bare duties and then dismiss them before they can put any of their acquired knowledge into use, while, on the other hand, the longer terms of many years' duration somehow have the effect, in many cases, of filling the officials with conceit and encouraging them to rebellion. Hence, again, I think that the more important posts ought in no case to be given consecutively to the same man. For it makes no difference whether a man is governor in the same province or in several in succession, if he holds office for a period longer than is advisable; besides, appointees improve when there is an interval between their incumbencies during which they return home and resume the life of ordinary citizens. “As regards the senators, therefore, I declare that they ought to discharge the duties named and in the way described.
§ 52.24
διέπειν φημὶ χρῆναι, τῶν δὲ δὴ ἱππέων δύο τοὺς ἀρίστους τῆς περὶ σὲ φρουρᾶς ἄρχειν· τό τε γὰρ ἑνὶ ἀνδρὶ αὐτὴν ἐπιτρέπεσθαι σφαλερὸν καὶ τὸ πλείοσι ταραχῶδές ἐστι. δύο τε οὖν ἔστωσαν οἱ ἔπαρχοι οὗτοι, ἵνʼ ἂν καὶ ὁ ἕτερος αὐτῶν ἐπαίσθηταί τι τῷ σώματι, μήτι γε καὶ ἐνδεὴς τοῦ φυλάξοντός σε εἴης· καὶ καθιστάσθωσαν ἐκ τῶν πολλάκις τε ἐστρατευμένων καὶ πολλὰ καὶ ἄλλα διῳκηκότων. ἀρχέτωσαν δὲ δὴ τῶν τε δορυφόρων καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν στρατιωτῶν τῶν ἐν τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ πάντων, ὥστε καὶ θανατοῦν τοὺς ἀδικοῦντας αὐτῶν πλὴν τῶν τε ἑκατοντάρχων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν τοῖς ἐκ τοῦ βουλευτικοῦ ἄρχουσι προστεταγμένων. τούτους μὲν γὰρ αὐτοὶ ἐκεῖνοι δικαιούτωσαν, ἵνα ἀπροφασίστως σφίσι χρῆσθαι, ἅτε καὶ κολάσαι καὶ τιμῆσαί σφας ἐξουσίαν ἔχοντες, δύνωνται· τῶν δʼ ἄλλων τῶν ἐν τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ στρατιωτῶν οἱ ἔπαρχοι ἐκεῖνοι προστατείτωσαν, ὑπάρχους ἔχοντες, καὶ προσέτι καὶ τῶν Καισαρείων τῶν τε ἐν τῇ θεραπείᾳ σου ὄντων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν λόγου τινὸς ἀξίων. ταῦτα γὰρ καὶ προσήκοντα καὶ αὐτάρκη αὐτοῖς διάγειν ἔσται, ἵνα μὴ καὶ πλείω πράγματα ὧν καλῶς φέρειν δυνήσονται ἐπιταχθέντες ἄσχολοι πρὸς τὰ ἀναγκαῖα ἢ καὶ ἀδύνατοι πάντων αὐτῶν προΐστασθαι γένωνται. καὶ οὗτοι μὲν διὰ βίου, ὥσπερ που καὶ ὁ πολίαρχος ὅ θʼ ὑποτιμητής, τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐχέτωσαν· νυκτοφύλαξ δὲ ἕτερος, καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ σίτου τῆς τε ἀγορᾶς τῆς λοιπῆς ἕτερος ἔκ τε τῶν ἱππέων τῶν πρώτων μετʼ ἐκείνους καὶ ἐς τακτὸν χρόνον ἀποδεικνύσθωσαν, καθάπερ οἱ ἐκ τοῦ βουλευτικοῦ
Of the knights the two best should command the bodyguard which protects you, for it is hazardous to entrust it to one man, and sure to lead to confusion to entrust it to more than two. 2 Therefore let the number of these prefects be two, in order that, if one of them feel indisposed, you may still not lack a person to guard you. And men should be appointed to this office who have served in many military campaigns and have, besides, held many administrative positions. And they should have command both of the Pretorians and of all the other soldiers in Italy, with power even to put to death any of them who do wrong, with the exception of the centurions and of those in general who have been assigned to the staffs of magistrates of senatorial rank. 4 For these soldiers should be tried by the senatorial magistrates themselves, in order that the latter, by virtue of the authority they would thus possess of dealing out punishments to them as well as honours, may be able to command their unhesitating support. Over all the other soldiers in Italy, however, the prefects I have mentioned should be in command, having lieutenants under them, and likewise over the Caesarians, both those who are in attendance upon you and such of the others as are of any account. These duties will be both fitting and sufficient for them to discharge, for if they have more responsibilities assigned to them than they are able to carry satisfactorily, there is danger that they may have no time for the essential things, or, if they have, may prove incompetent to exercise oversight over all their duties. 6 These prefects also should hold office for life, like the prefect of the city and the sub-censor. Let another official be appointed to be commander of the night-watch and still another to be commissioner of grain and of the market in general, both of them from the equestrian order and the best men after the prefects, and let them hold their posts for a definite term, like the magistrates elected from the senatorial class.
§ 52.25
προχειριζόμενοι. τάς τε διοικήσεις τῶν χρημάτων, τῶν τε τοῦ δήμου καὶ τῶν τῆς ἀρχῆς λέγω, καὶ τὰς ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ τῇ τε ἄλλῃ Ἰταλίᾳ καὶ τὰς ἔξω πάσας οἱ ἱππῆς διαχειριζέτωσαν, καὶ μισθὸν οὗτοί τε καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι πάντες οἱ ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ τέλους διοικοῦντές τι, οἱ μὲν πλείονα οἱ δὲ ἐλάττονα, πρός τε τὸ ἀξίωμα καὶ πρὸς τὸ μέγεθος τῆς πράξεως φερέτωσαν, τοῦτο μὲν ὅτι οὐχ οἷόν τέ ἐστιν αὐτούς, ἅτε καὶ πενεστέρους τῶν βουλευτῶν ὄντας, ἀπὸ τῶν οἰκείων, οὐδὲ ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ τι πράττοντας, ἀναλίσκειν, ἐκεῖνο δὲ ὅτι μήτε δυνατὸν μήτε συμφέρον ἐστί σοι τοὺς αὐτοὺς τῶν τε δυνάμεων καὶ τῶν χρημάτων κυρίους γίγνεσθαι. πρὸς δʼ ἔτι καὶ καλῶς ἔχει διὰ πλειόνων πάντα τὰ τῇ ἀρχῇ προσήκοντα διάγεσθαι, ὅπως καὶ ὠφελῶνται ἅμα συχνοὶ καὶ ἔμπειροι τῶν πραγμάτων γίγνωνται· οὕτω γὰρ οἵ τε ἀρχόμενοι μᾶλλον εὐνοήσουσί σοι, πολυειδῆ ἀπόλαυσιν τῶν κοινῶν ἀγαθῶν καρπούμενοι, καὶ σὺ ἀφθονώτατα τοῖς ἀεὶ ἀρίστοις πρὸς πάντα τὰ ἀναγκαῖα χρήσῃ. ἀπόχρη δὲ ἐν μὲν τῇ πόλει καθʼ ἕκαστον χρηματίσεως εἶδος, ἔξω δὲ καθʼ ἕκαστον ἔθνος, εἷς τις ἐκ τῶν ἱππέων, ὑπομείονας ὅσους ἂν ἡ χρεία ἀπαιτῇ ἔκ τε τῶν ἱππέων καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἐξελευθέρων σου ἔχων· δεῖ γὰρ καὶ τοιούτους τινὰς συζευγνύναι σφίσιν, ἵνα ἥ τε θεραπεία σου ἆθλόν τι ἀρετῆς ἔχῃ, καὶ σὺ μὴ ἀπορῇς παρʼ ὧν καὶ ἀκόντων τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ἄν γέ τι πλημμεληθῇ, μαθεῖν δυνήσῃ. ὅστις δʼ ἂν τῶν ἱππέων διὰ πολλῶν διεξελθὼν ἐλλόγιμος ὥστε καὶ βουλεῦσαι γένηται, μηδὲν αὐτὸν ἡ ἡλικία ἐμποδιζέτω πρὸς τὸ μὴ οὐ καὶ ἐς τὸ συνέδριον καταλεχθῆναι, ἀλλʼ ἐσγραφέσθωσαν καὶ ἐξ ἐκείνων, κἂν λελοχαγηκότες τινὲς ἐν τοῖς πολιτικοῖς στρατοπέδοις ὦσι, πλὴν τῶν ἐν τῷ τεταγμένῳ ἐστρατευμένων. τούτων μὲν γὰρ τῶν καὶ φορμοφορησάντων καὶ λαρκοφορησάντων καὶ αἰσχρὸν καὶ ἐπονείδιστόν ἐστιν ἐν τῷ βουλευτικῷ τινας ἐξετάζεσθαι· ἐκ δὲ δὴ τῶν ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς ἑκατονταρχησάντων οὐδὲν κωλύει τοὺς ἐλλογιμωτάτους αὐτοῦ μεταλαμβάνειν.
The management of the public funds, also, — I mean both those of the people and those of the empire, not only in Rome but also in the rest of Italy and outside Italy, — should be entirely in the hands of the knights, and they, 2 as well as all the other members of the equestrian order who are charged with an administrative position, should be on salary, greater or less in proportion to the dignity and importance of their duties. The reason for the second part of this suggestion is that it is not possible for the knights, since they are poorer than the senators, to meet their expenditures out of their own means, even when their duties keep them in Rome, and for the first point, that it is neither practicable nor to your interest that the same men should be given authority over both the troops and the public funds. 4 And, furthermore, it is well that the whole business of the empire should be transacted by a number of agents, in order that many may at the same time receive the benefits and gain experience in public affairs; for in this way your subjects, reaping a manifold enjoyment of the common blessings, will be more favourably disposed towards you, and you will have at your disposal in the largest measure those who are at any particular time the best men for all urgent needs. One official of the equestrian order is sufficient for each branch of the fiscal service in the city, and, outside the city, for each province, each one of them to have as many subordinates, drawn from the knights and from your own freedmen, as the needs of the case demand; for you need to associate with the officials such assistants in order that your service may offer a prize for merit, and that you may not lack those from whom you may learn the truth, even contrary to their wishes, in case any irregularity is committed. 6 ”If any of the knights, after passing through many branches of the service, distinguishes himself enough to become a senator, his age ought not to hinder him at all from being enrolled in the senate. Indeed, some knights should be received into the senate, even if they have seen service only as company commanders in the citizen legions, except such as have served in the rank and file. For it is both a shame and a reproach that men of this sort, who have carried faggots and charcoal, should be found on the roll of the senate; but in the case of knights who began their service with the rank of centurion, there is nothing to prevent the most notable of them from belonging to the senate.
§ 52.26
περὶ μὲν οὖν τῶν βουλευτῶν τῶν τε ἱππέων ταῦτά σοι συμβουλεύειν ἔχω, καὶ νὴ Δία καὶ ἐκεῖνα, ἵνα ἕως τε ἔτι παῖδές εἰσιν, ἐς τὰ διδασκαλεῖα συμφοιτῶσι, καὶ ἐπειδὰν ἐς μειράκια ἐκβάλωσιν, ἐπί τε τοὺς ἵππους καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ ὅπλα τρέπωνται, διδασκάλους ἑκατέρων δημοσιεύοντας ἐμμίσθους ἔχοντες. οὕτω γὰρ εὐθὺς ἐκ παίδων πάνθʼ ὅσα χρὴ ἄνδρας αὐτοὺς γενομένους ἐπιτελεῖν καὶ μαθόντες καὶ μελετήσαντες ἐπιτηδειότεροί σοι πρὸς πᾶν ἔργον γενήσονται. τὸν γὰρ ἄρχοντα τὸν ἄριστον, οὗ τέ τι ὄφελός ἐστι, δεῖ μὴ μόνον αὐτὸν πάνθʼ ἃ προσήκει ποιεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων, ὅπως ὡς ὅτι βέλτιστοι γίγνωνται, προνοεῖν. τοῦτο δʼ ὑπάρξειεν ἄν σοι οὐκ ἂν ἐάσας αὐτοὺς ὅσα βούλονται πράττειν, ἔπειτʼ ἐπιτιμᾷς τοῖς ἁμαρτάνουσιν, ἀλλʼ ἂν πρίν τι πλημμελεῖσθαι, προδιδάσκῃς πάνθʼ ὅσα ἀσκήσαντες χρησιμώτεροι καὶ ἑαυτοῖς καὶ σοὶ γενήσονται, καὶ μηδενί γε τὸ παράπαν πρόφασιν παρέχῃς, μήτε διὰ πλοῦτον μήτε διʼ εὐγένειαν μήτε διʼ ἄλλο τι ἀρετῆς ἐχόμενον, ῥᾳθυμίαν ἢ μαλακίαν ἢ καὶ ἐπιτήδευσίν τινα κίβδηλον προσποιεῖσθαι. πολλοὶ γὰρ φοβούμενοι μὴ καὶ διὰ τοιοῦτό τι καὶ φθονηθῶσι καὶ κινδυνεύσωσι, πολλὰ καὶ ἀνάξια ἑαυτῶν ποιοῦσιν ὡς καὶ ἀσφαλέστερον ἀπʼ αὐτῶν βιωσόμενοι· κἀκ τούτου ἐκεῖνοι μὲν ἐλεοῦνται ὡς καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἀδικούμενοι, τὸ μὴ δοκεῖν ἐξεῖναί σφισιν ὀρθῶς ζῆν, τῷ δʼ ἄρχοντι αὐτῶν καὶ ζημία ἅμα ἀγαθῶν ἀνδρῶν στερομένῳ καὶ κακοδοξία τῆς αἰτιάσεως συμβαίνει. μήτʼ οὖν περιίδῃς ποτὲ τοῦτο πραχθέν, μήτʼ αὖ δείσῃς ὅτι τραφείς τέ τις καὶ παιδευθεὶς ὡς ἐγὼ λέγω νεώτερόν τι τολμήσει. πᾶν γὰρ τοὐναντίον τούς τε ἀμαθεῖς καὶ τοὺς ἀσελγεῖς ὑποτοπεῖν δεῖ· οἱ μὲν γὰρ τοιοῦτοι πάντα ἁπλῶς καὶ τὰ αἴσχιστα καὶ τὰ δεινότατα, πρῶτον μὲν ἐς σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ ἐς τοὺς ἄλλους, ῥᾳδίως ποιεῖν προάγονται, οἱ δὲ δὴ καλῶς τραφέντες τε καὶ παιδευθέντες οὔτʼ ἄλλον τινὰ ἀδικεῖν προαιροῦνται, καὶ πάντων ἥκιστα τὸν τῆς τε τροφῆς καὶ τῆς παιδείας αὐτῶν ἐπιμεληθέντα. ἂν δʼ οὖν τις καὶ κακὸς καὶ ἀχάριστος γένηται, μηδὲν αὐτῷ τοιοῦτον ἐπιτρέψῃς ἐξ οὗ δεινόν τι δρᾶσαι δυνήσεται· κἄν γε καὶ ὣς νεοχμώσῃ τι, καὶ ἐλεγχθήτω καὶ κολασθήτω. μὴ γὰρ δὴ φοβηθῇς ὅτι σὲ αἰτιάσεταί τις ἐπὶ τούτῳ, ἄν γε πάνθʼ ὅσα εἴρηκα πράττῃς. σὺ μὲν γὰρ οὐδὲν ἁμαρτήσῃ τὸν ἀδικήσαντα τιμωρησάμενος, ὥσπερ οὐδὲ ὁ ἰατρὸς καύσας τινὰ καὶ τεμών· ἐκεῖνον δὲ δὴ πάντες δικαιώσουσιν, ὅτι καὶ τροφῆς καὶ παιδείας τῆς αὐτῆς τοῖς ἄλλοις μετασχὼν ἐπεβούλευσέ σοι. περὶ μὲν οὖν τοὺς βουλευτὰς τούς τε ἱππέας
“With regard, then, to the senators and the knights, this is the advice I have to give you, — yes, and this also, that while they are still children they should attend the schools, and when they come out of childhood into youth they should turn their minds to horses and arms, and have paid public teachers in each of these departments. 2 In this way from their very boyhood they will have had both instruction and practice in all that they will themselves be required to do on reaching manhood, and will thus prove more serviceable to you for every undertaking. For the best ruler, — the ruler who is worth anything, — should not only perform himself all the duties which devolve upon him, but should make provision for the rest also, that they may become as excellent as possible. And this title can be yours, not if you allow them to do whatever they please and then censure those who err, but if, before any mistakes are made, you give them instruction in everything the practice of which will render them more useful both to themselves and to you, and if you afford nobody any excuse whatever, 4 either wealth or nobility of birth or any other attribute of excellence, for affecting indolence or effeminacy or any other behaviour that is counterfeit. For many persons, fearing that, by reason of some such advantage, they may incur jealousy or danger, do many things that are unworthy of themselves, expecting by such behaviour to live in greater security. As a consequence, not only do they, on their part, become objects of pity as being victims of injustice in precisely this respect, that men believe that they are deprived of the opportunity of leading upright lives, but their ruler also, on his part, suffers not only a loss, in that he is robbed of men who might have been good, but also ill-repute, because he is blamed for the others' condition. Therefore never permit this thing to happen, and have no fear, on the other hand, that anyone who has been reared and educated as I propose will ever venture upon a rebellion. 6 On the contrary, it is the ignorant and licentious that you should suspect; for it is such persons who are easily influenced to do absolutely any and every thing, even the most disgraceful and outrageous, first toward themselves and then toward others, whereas those who have been well reared and educated do not deliberately do wrong to anyone else and least of all to the one who has cared for their rearing and education. If, however, one of these does show himself wicked and ungrateful, you have merely to refuse to entrust him with any position of such a kind as will enable him to do any mischief; and if even so he rebels, let him be convicted and punished. You need not, I assure you, be afraid that anyone will blame you for this, provided that you carry out all my injunctions. 8 For in taking vengeance on the wrongdoer you will be guilty of no sin, any more than the physician is who resorts to cautery and surgery; but all men will assuredly say that the offender has got his deserts, because, after partaking of the same rearing and education as the rest, he plotted against you. ”Let this be your procedure, then, in the case of the senators and the knights.
§ 52.27
ταῦτα γιγνέσθω· τοὺς δὲ δὴ στρατιώτας ἀθανάτους, ἔκ τε τῶν πολιτῶν κἀκ τῶν ὑπηκόων τῶν τε συμμάχων, τῇ μὲν πλείους τῇ δὲ ἐλάττους, καθʼ ἕκαστον ἔθνος, ὅπως ἂν ἡ χρεία τῶν πραγμάτων ἀπαιτῇ, τρέφεσθαι προσήκει, καὶ αὐτοὺς ἀεί τε ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις εἶναι καὶ τὴν ἄσκησιν τῶν πολεμικῶν διὰ παντὸς ποιεῖσθαι δεῖ, χειμάδιά τε ἐν τοῖς ἐπικαιροτάτοις χωρίοις κατεσκευασμένους καὶ χρόνον τακτὸν στρατευομένους, ὥστε τι αὐτοῖς καὶ πρὸ τοῦ γήρως τῆς ἡλικίας περιεῖναι. οὔτε γὰρ ἐπὶ τῶν καιρῶν βοηθείαις τισὶν ἔτι χρῆσθαι δυνάμεθα, αὐτοί τε τοσοῦτον ἀπὸ τῶν τῆς ἀρχῆς ἐσχατιῶν ἀπηρτημένοι καὶ πολεμίους ἑκασταχόθι προσοικοῦντας ἔχοντες· ἄν τε ἐπιτρέψωμεν πᾶσι τοῖς ἐν τῇ ἡλικίᾳ οὖσι καὶ τὰ ὅπλα κεκτῆσθαι καὶ τὰ ἐμπολέμια ἀσκεῖν, στάσεις καὶ πόλεμοι ἀπʼ αὐτῶν ἐμφύλιοι ἀεὶ γενήσονται. καὶ μέντοι κἂν κωλύσαντές σφας ταῦτα ποιεῖν ἔπειτα συμμαχίας τινὸς παρʼ αὐτῶν δεηθῶμεν, κινδυνεύσομεν ἀπείροις τε καὶ ἀγυμνάστοις στρατιώταις ἀεὶ χρώμενοι. διὰ μὲν δὴ ταῦτα γνώμην ποιοῦμαι τοὺς μὲν ἄλλους πάντας ἄνευ τε ὅπλων καὶ ἄνευ τειχῶν ζῆν, τοὺς δὲ ἐρρωμενεστάτους καὶ βίου μάλιστα δεομένους καταλέγεσθαί τε καὶ ἀσκεῖν. αὐτοί τε γὰρ ἄμεινον πολεμήσουσι τούτῳ μόνῳ τῷ ἔργῳ σχολάζοντες, καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ ῥᾷον γεωργήσουσι καὶ ναυτιλοῦνται τά τε ἄλλα τὰ τῇ εἰρήνῃ προσήκοντα πράξουσι μήτε ἐκβοηθεῖν ἀναγκαζόμενοι καὶ προφύλακάς σφων ἑτέρους ἔχοντες, τό τε ἀκμαιότατον καὶ ἰσχυρότατον καὶ ἐκ λῃστείας μάλιστα ζῆν ἀναγκαζόμενον ἀλύπως τραφήσεται, καὶ τὸ λοιπὸν πᾶν ἀκινδύνως βιώσεται.
A standing army also should be supported, drawn from the citizens, the subject nations, and the allies, its size in the several provinces being greater or less according as the necessities of the case demand; 2 and these troops ought always to be under arms and to engage in the practice of warfare continually. They should have winter-quarters constructed for them at the most advantageous points, and should serve for a stated period, so that a portion of life may still be left for them between their retirement from service and old age. The reason for such a standing army is this: far removed as we are from the frontiers of the empire, with enemies living near our borders on every side, we are no longer able at critical times to depend upon expeditionary forces; and if, on the other hand, we permit all the men of military age to have arms and to practise warfare, they will always be the source of seditions and civil wars. 4 If, however, we prevent them from all making arms their profession and afterwards need their aid in war, we shall be exposed to danger, since we shall never have anything but inexperienced and untrained soldiers to depend upon. For these reasons I give it as my opinion that, while in general the men of military age should have nothing to do with arms and walled camps during their lives, the hardiest of them and those most in need of a livelihood should be enlisted as soldiers and given a military training. For they will fight better if they devote their time to this one business, and the rest will find it easier to carry on their farming, seafaring, and the other pursuits appropriate to peace, if they are not compelled to take part in military expeditions but have others to act as their defenders. Thus the most active and vigorous element of the population, which is generally obliged to gain its livelihood by brigandage, will support itself without molesting others, while all the rest will live without incurring dangers.
§ 52.28
πόθεν οὖν χρήματα καὶ ἐς τούτους καὶ ἐς τὰ ἄλλα τὰ ἀναγκαίως ἀναλωθησόμενα ἔσται; ἐγὼ καὶ τοῦτο διδάξω, σμικρὸν ἐκεῖνο ὑπειπών, ὅτι κἂν δημοκρατηθῶμεν, πάντως που χρημάτων δεησόμεθα· οὐ γὰρ οἷόν τε οὔτʼ ἄνευ στρατιωτῶν ἡμᾶς σώζεσθαι οὔτʼ ἀμισθί τινας στρατεύεσθαι. μὴ οὖν ὡς καὶ τῇ μοναρχίᾳ μόνῃ τῆς ἀναγκαίας τῶν χρημάτων ἀθροίσεως προσηκούσης βαρυνώμεθα, μηδὲ διʼ αὐτὴν καὶ ἀπʼ ἐκείνης ἀποτρεπώμεθα, ἀλλʼ ὡς καὶ πάντως ἀναγκαῖον ὂν ἡμῖν, ὅπως ποτʼ ἂν πολιτευώμεθα, καὶ ἀργυρίζεσθαί τινα, οὕτω βουλευώμεθα. φημὶ τοίνυν χρῆναί σε πρῶτον μὲν ἁπάντων τὰ κτήματα τὰ ἐν τῷ δημοσίῳ ὄντα (πολλὰ δὲ ταῦτα ὁρῶ διὰ τοὺς πολέμους γεγονότἀ πωλῆσαι, πλὴν ὀλίγων τῶν καὶ πάνυ χρησίμων σοι καὶ ἀναγκαίων, καὶ τὸ ἀργύριον τοῦτο πᾶν ἐπὶ μετρίοις τισὶ τόκοις ἐκδανεῖσαι. οὕτω γὰρ ἥ τε γῆ ἐνεργὸς ἔσται, δεσπόταις αὐτουργοῖς δοθεῖσα, καὶ ἐκεῖνοι ἀφορμὴν λαβόντες εὐπορώτεροι γενήσονται, τό τε δημόσιον διαρκῆ καὶ ἀθάνατον πρόσοδον ἕξει. εἶτα συλλογίσασθαι ταῦτά τε καὶ τἆλλα ὅσα ἔκ τε μεταλλείας καὶ εἰ δή ποθεν ἄλλοθεν βεβαίως δύναται προσιέναι, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο ἀντιλογίσασθαι μὴ μόνον τὰ στρατιωτικὰ ἀλλὰ καὶ τἆλλα πάντα διʼ ὧν καλῶς πόλις οἰκεῖται, καὶ προσέτι καὶ ὅσα ἔς τε τὰς αἰφνιδίους στρατείας καὶ ἐς τὰ λοιπὰ ὅσα εἴωθεν ἐπὶ καιροῦ συμβαίνειν, ἀναγκαῖον ἔσται δαπανᾶσθαι· κἀκ τούτου πρὸς πᾶν τὸ λεῖπον φόρον τε ἐπιτάξαι πᾶσιν ἁπλῶς τοῖς ἐπικαρπίαν τινὰ τῷ κεκτημένῳ αὐτὰ παρέχουσι, καὶ τέλη καταστῆσαι παρὰ πᾶσιν ὧν ἄρχομεν (καὶ γὰρ καὶ δίκαιον καὶ προσῆκόν ἐστι μηδένα αὐτῶν ἀτελῆ εἶναι, μὴ ἰδιώτην, μὴ δῆμον, ἅτε καὶ τῆς ὠφελίας τῆς ἀπʼ αὐτῶν ὁμοίως τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀπολαύσοντας ʼ,ʼ καί σφων ἐκλογέας τοὺς ἐπιτροπεύσοντας ἑκασταχόθι ποιῆσαι, ὥστε αὐτοὺς πᾶν τὸ τῷ τῆς ἐπιτροπείας αὐτῶν χρόνῳ προσῆκον ἐξ ἁπασῶν τῶν προσόδων ἐσπράττειν. τοῦτο γὰρ καὶ ἐκείνοις ῥᾴω τὴν ἔσπραξιν ποιήσει καὶ τοῖς διδοῦσί τι ὠφελίαν οὐκ ἐλαχίστην παρέξει· λέγω δὲ τὸ κατʼ ὀλίγον σφας ἐν ταῖς τάξεσιν ὅσα ὀφείλουσιν ἐσφέρειν, καὶ μή, βραχὺν ῥᾳθυμήσαντας χρόνον, ἐπικεφαλαιωθέντα πάντα ἐσάπαξ ἀπαιτεῖσθαι.
“From what source, then, is the money to be provided for these soldiers and for the other expenses that will of necessity be incurred? I shall explain this point also, prefacing it with a brief reminder that even if we have a democracy we shall in any case, of course, need money. For we cannot survive without soldiers, and men will not serve as soldiers without pay. 2 Therefore let us not be oppressed by the idea that the necessity of raising money belongs only to a monarchy, and let us not be led by that consideration to turn our backs upon this form of government, but let us assume in our deliberations that, under whatever form of government we shall live, we shall certainly be constrained to secure funds. My proposal, therefore, is that you shall first of all sell the property that belongs to the state, — and I observe that this has become vast on account of the wars, — reserving only a little that is distinctly useful or necessary to you; and that you lend out all the money thus realized at a moderate rate of interest. 4 In this way not only will the land be put under cultivation, being sold to owners who will cultivate it themselves, but also the latter will acquire a capital and become more prosperous, while the treasury will gain a permanent revenue that will suffice for its needs. In the second place, I advise you to make an estimate of the revenues from this source and of all the other revenues which can with certainty be derived from the mines or any other source, and then to make and balance against this a second estimate of all the expenses, not only those of the army, but also of all those which contribute to the well-being of a state, and furthermore of those which will necessarily be incurred for unexpected campaigns and the other needs which are wont to arise in an emergency. 6 The next step is to provide for any deficiency by levying an assessment upon absolutely all property which produces any profit for its possessors, and by establishing a system of taxes among all the peoples we rule. For it is but just and proper that no individual or district be exempt from these taxes, inasmuch as they are to enjoy the benefits derived from the taxation as much as the rest. And you should appoint tax-collectors to have supervision of this business in each district, and cause them to exact the entire amount that falls due during the term of their supervision from all the sources of revenue. This plan will not only render the work of collection easier for these officials, but will in particular benefit the tax-payers, 8 inasmuch, I mean, as these will bring in what they owe in the small instalments appointed, whereas now, if they are remiss for a brief period, the entire sum is added up and demanded of them in a single payment.
§ 52.29
καὶ οὐκ ἀγνοῶ μὲν ὅτι τινὲς τῶν τε φόρων καὶ τῶν τελῶν καθισταμένων ἀχθεσθήσονται· ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐκεῖνο οἶδα ὅτι, ἂν μήτε προσεπηρεάζωνται καὶ τῷ ἔργῳ πεισθῶσιν ὅτι πάντα ταῦτα καὶ ὑπὲρ τῆς σωτηρίας σφῶν καὶ ὑπὲρ τοῦ τὰ λοιπὰ ἀδεῶς καρποῦσθαι συνεσοίσουσι, καὶ προσέτι τὰ πλείω αὐτῶν οὐχ ἕτεροί τινες ἀλλʼ αὐτοὶ ἐκεῖνοι, οἱ μὲν ἄρχοντες οἱ δὲ ἐπιτροπεύοντες οἱ δὲ στρατευόμενοι, λήψονται, καὶ πάνυ πολλὴν χάριν εἴσονταί σοι, βραχέα ἀπὸ πολλῶν ὧν ἂν μηδὲν ἐπηρεαζόμενοι καρπῶνται διδόντες, ἄλλως τε κἂν ὁρῶσί σε σωφρόνως τε διαιτώμενον καὶ μηδὲν μάτην παραναλίσκοντα. τίς γὰρ οὐκ ἂν ἰδών σε πρὸς μὲν τὰ οἰκεῖα φειδωλότατον πρὸς δὲ τὰ κοινὰ ἀφειδέστατον ὄντα, ἐθελοντὶ συντελέσειέ τι, καὶ ἀσφάλειαν καὶ εὐπορίαν ἑαυτοῦ τὸ σὲ πλουτεῖν εἶναι νομίζων;
”I am not unaware that some will object if this system of assessments and taxes is established. But I know this, too, — that if they are subjected to no further abuses and are indeed convinced that all these contributions of theirs will make for their own security and for their fearless enjoyment of the rest of their property, 2 and that, again, the larger part of their contributions will be received by none but themselves, as governors, procurators, or soldiers, they will be exceedingly grateful to you, since they will be giving but a slight portion of the abundance from which they derive the benefit without having to submit to abuses. Especially will this be true if they see that you live temperately and spend nothing foolishly. For who, if he saw that you were quite frugal in your expenditures for the commonwealth, would not willingly contribute, believing that your wealth meant his own security and prosperity?
§ 52.30
χρήματα μὲν δὴ καὶ πάνυ πολλὰ ἐκ τούτων ὑπάρξειεν ἄν· τὰ δὲ δὴ λοιπὰ τόνδε τὸν τρόπον διοικεῖν σοι παραινῶ. τὸ μὲν ἄστυ τοῦτο καὶ κατακόσμει πάσῃ πολυτελείᾳ καὶ ἐπιλάμπρυνε παντὶ εἴδει πανηγύρεων· προσήκει τε γὰρ ἡμᾶς πολλῶν ἄρχοντας ἐν πᾶσι πάντων ὑπερέχειν, καὶ φέρει πως καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα πρός τε τοὺς συμμάχους αἰδῶ καὶ πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους κατάπληξιν. τὰ δὲ δὴ τῶν ἄλλων ὧδε δίεπε. πρῶτον μὲν οἱ δῆμοι μήτε κύριοί τινος ἔστωσαν μήτε ἐς ἐκκλησίαν τὸ παράπαν φοιτάτωσαν· οὔτε γὰρ ἀγαθὸν οὐδὲν φρονήσειαν ἂν καὶ συχνὰ ἂν ἀεὶ ταράξειαν. ὅθεν οὐδὲ τὸν παρʼ ἡμῖν δῆμον οὔτε ἐς δικαστήριον οὔτε ἐς ἀρχαιρεσίας, οὔτε ἐς ἄλλον τινὰ τοιοῦτον σύλλογον ἐν ᾧ τι καὶ χρηματισθῆναι δεῖ, συνιέναι φημὶ χρῆναι. ἔπειτα δὲ μήτʼ οἰκοδομημάτων πλήθεσιν ἢ καὶ μεγέθεσιν ὑπὲρ τἀναγκαῖα χρήσθωσαν, μήτʼ ἀγώνων πολλῶν καὶ παντοδαπῶν ἀναλώμασι δαπανάσθωσαν, ἵνα μήτε σπουδαῖς ματαίαις ἐκτρύχωνται μήτε φιλοτιμίαις ἀλόγοις πολεμῶνται. ἐχέτωσαν μὲν γὰρ καὶ πανηγύρεις καὶ θεωρίας τινάς, χωρὶς τῆς ἱπποδρομίας τῆς παρʼ ἡμῖν ποιουμένης, μὴ μέντοι ὥστε καὶ τὸ δημόσιον ἢ καὶ τοὺς ἰδίους οἴκους λυμαίνεσθαι, ξένον τέ τινα ἀναγκάζεσθαι παρʼ αὐτοῖς καὶ ὁτιοῦν ἀναλίσκειν, καὶ σίτησιν ἀθάνατον πᾶσιν ἁπλῶς τοῖς ἀγῶνά τινα νικήσασι δίδοσθαι. τούς τε γὰρ εὐπόρους ἄλογόν ἐστιν ἔξω τι τῶν πατρίδων ἀναγκαστοὺς δαπανᾶν, καὶ τοῖς ἀγωνισταῖς ἀπόχρη τὰ ἆθλα τὰ παρʼ ἑκάστοις τιθέμενα, χωρὶς ἢ εἴ τις αὐτῶν Ὀλύμπια ἢ Πύθια ἤ τινα ἐνταῦθα ἀγῶνα ἀνέλοιτο· τοὺς γὰρ τοιούτους μόνους σιτεῖσθαι δεῖ, ἵνα μήτε αἱ πόλεις μάτην ἐπιτρίβωνται μήτε ἔξω τις τῶν ἀξιονίκων ἀσκῇ, δυνάμενος ἄλλο τι χρησιμώτερον καὶ ἑαυτῷ καὶ τῷ κοινῷ μετιέναι. περὶ μὲν οὖν τούτων ταῦτα γιγνώσκω, τὰς δʼ ἱπποδρομίας τὰς ἄνευ τῶν γυμνικῶν ἀγώνων ἐπιτελουμένας οὐχ ἡγοῦμαι δεῖν ἄλλῃ τινὶ πόλει ποιεῖν ἐπιτρέπειν, ὅπως μήτε χρήματα παμπληθῆ εἰκῇ παραπολλύηται μήθʼ οἱ ἄνθρωποι κακῶς ἐκμαίνωνται, καὶ τὸ μέγιστον, ἵνʼ οἱ στρατευόμενοι τοῖς ἀρίστοις ἵπποις ἀφθόνως χρῆσθαι ἔχωσι. τοῦτο μὲν δὴ διὰ ταῦτʼ ἀπαγορεύω παντάπασι μηδαμόθι ἄλλοθι πλὴν ἐνταῦθα γίγνεσθαι, τὰ δὲ δὴ λοιπὰ ἐμετρίασα, ἵνʼ εὐδαπάνους τὰς ἀπολαύσεις καὶ τῶν θεωρημάτων καὶ τῶν ἀκουσμάτων ὡς ἕκαστοι ποιούμενοι καὶ σωφρονέστερον καὶ ἀστασιαστότερον διάγωσι. μήτε δὲ νομίσματα ἢ καὶ σταθμὰ ἢ μέτρα ἰδίᾳ τις αὐτῶν ἐχέτω, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἡμετέροις καὶ ἐκεῖνοι πάντες χρήσθωσαν· μήτε πρεσβείαν τινὰ πρὸς σέ, πλὴν εἰ πρᾶγμά τι διαγνώσεως ἐχόμενον εἴη, πεμπέτωσαν, ἀλλὰ τῷ τε ἄρχοντί σφων δηλούτωσαν ὅσα βούλονται, καὶ διʼ ἐκείνου σοι τὰς ἀξιώσεις, ὅσας ἂν δοκιμάσῃ, προσφερέτωσαν. οὕτω γὰρ οὔτʼ ἀναλώσουσί τι οὔτʼ αἰσχρῶς διαπράξονται, ἀλλʼ ἀκεραίους τὰς ἀποκρίσεις ἄνευ δαπάνης ἢ καὶ πραγματείας τινὸς λήψονται.
“So far as funds are concerned, therefore, a great abundance would be supplied from these sources. And I advise you to conduct as follows the administration of such matters as have not yet been mentioned. Adorn this capital with utter disregard of expense and make it magnificent with festivals of every kind. For it is fitting that we who rule over many people should surpass all men in all things, and brilliance of this sort, also, tends in a way to inspire our allies with respect for us and our enemies with terror. 2 The affairs of the other cities you should order in this fashion: In the first place, the populace should have no authority in any matter, and should not be allowed to convene in any assembly at all; for nothing good would come out of their deliberations and they would always be stirring up a good deal of turmoil. Hence it is my opinion that our populace here in Rome, for that matter, should not come together either as a court or to hold the elections, or indeed in any meeting whose object is to transact business. In the second place, the cities should not indulge in public buildings unnecessarily numerous or large, nor waste their resources on expenditures for a large number and variety of public games, lest they exhaust themselves in futile exertions and be led by unreasonable rivalries to quarrel among themselves. 4 They ought, indeed, to have their festivals and spectacles, — to say nothing of the Circensian Games held here in Rome, — but not to such an extent that the public treasury or the estates of private citizens shall be ruined thereby, or that any stranger resident there should be compelled to contribute to their expense, or that maintenance for life should be granted to every one without exception who has won a victory in a contest. For it is unreasonable that the well-to-do should be put under compulsion to spend their money outside their own countries; and as for the competitors in the games, the prizes which are offered in each event are enough, unless a man wins in the Olympian or Pythian games or in some contest here in Rome. 6 For these are the only victors who ought to receive their maintenance, and then the cities will not be wearing themselves out to no purpose nor will any athlete go into training except those who have a chance of winning; the rest will be able to follow some occasion that will be more profitable both to themselves and to the commonwealth. This is my opinion about these matters. But as to the horse-races in connection with which there are no gymnastic contests, I think that no city but Rome should be permitted to have them, the object being to prevent the wanton dissipation of vast sums of money and to keep the populace from becoming deplorably crazed over such a sport, and, above all, to give those who are serving in the army an abundant supply of the best horses. 8 It is for these reasons, therefore, that I would altogether forbid the holding of such races anywhere else than here in Rome; as to the other games, I have proposed to keep them within bounds, in order that each community, by putting upon an inexpensive basis its entertainments for both eye and ear, may live with greater moderation and less factious strife. ”None of the cities should be allowed to have its own separate coinage or system of weights and measures; they should all be required to use ours. They should send no embassy to you, unless its business is one that involves a judicial decision; they should rather make what representations they will to their governor and through him bring to your attention such of their petitions as he shall approve. 10 In this way they will be spared expense and be prevented from resorting to crooked practices to gain their object; and the answers they receive will be uncontaminated by their agents and will involve no expense or red tape.
§ 52.31
καὶ μέντοι καὶ τἆλλα ὧδʼ ἄν μοι δοκεῖς ἄριστα διατάξαι, ἂν πρῶτον μὲν τὰς πρεσβείας τάς τε παρὰ τῶν πολεμίων καὶ τὰς παρὰ τῶν ἐνσπόνδων καὶ βασιλέων καὶ δήμων ἀφικνουμένας ἐς τὸ συνέδριον ἐσάγῃς (τά τε γὰρ ἄλλα καὶ σεμνὸν καὶ ἀξιόλογόν ἐστι τό τε τὴν βουλὴν πάντων κυρίαν δοκεῖν εἶναι, καὶ τὸ πολλοὺς τοὺς ἀντιπάλους τοῖς ἀγνωμονοῦσιν αὐτῶν φαίνεσθαἰ, ἔπειτα δὲ ἂν πάντα τὰ νομοθετούμενα διʼ αὐτῶν ποιῇ, καὶ μηδὲν τὸ παράπαν ἄλλο ἐπὶ πάντας ὁμοίως φέρῃ πλὴν τῶν ἐκείνης δογμάτων· οὕτω γὰρ τό τε ἀξίωμα τὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς μᾶλλον ἂν βεβαιοῖτο, καὶ τὰ δικαιώματα τἀκ τῶν νόμων καὶ ἀναμφίλογα καὶ διάδηλα πᾶσιν ἅμα γίγνοιτο. τρίτον, ἂν τούς τε βουλευτὰς τοὺς ἐκ τῆς γερουσίας καὶ τοὺς παῖδας τάς τε γυναῖκας αὐτῶν, ἄν ποτέ τινα αἰτίαν βαρυτέραν, ὥστε τὸν ἁλόντα σφῶν ἀτιμίαν ἢ φυγὴν ἢ καὶ θάνατον ὀφλεῖν, λάβωσιν, ὑπό τε τὸ βουλευτήριον ὑπάγῃς μηδὲν προκαταγνούς, καὶ ἐκείνῳ πᾶσαν τὴν περὶ αὐτῶν διαψήφισιν ἀκέραιον ἐπιτρέπῃς, ἵνʼ οἵ τε ἀδικοῦν τές τι ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ὁμοτίμοις ἐλεγχόμενοι κολάζωνται χωρὶς τοῦ σοῦ φθόνου, καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι ταῦθʼ ὁρῶντες βελτίους γίγνωνται φόβῳ τοῦ μὴ καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐκδημοσιευθῆναι. καὶ ταῦτα μέντοι περὶ ἐκείνων τῶν ἀδικημάτων, περὶ ὧν οἵ τε νόμοι κεῖνται καὶ αἱ κρίσεις αἱ κατʼ αὐτοὺς γίγνονται, λέγω. τὸ γὰρ ὅτι τις ἐλοιδόρησέ σε ἢ καὶ ἕτερόν τι ἀνεπιτήδειον εἶπε, μήτʼ ἀκούσῃς ποτὲ κατηγοροῦντός τινος μήτε ἐπεξέλθῃς. αἰσχρὸν μὲν γὰρ τὸ πιστεύειν ὅτι τις μήτε τι ἀδικοῦντά σε καὶ εὐεργετοῦντα πάντας προεπηλάκισε, καὶ μόνοι τοῦτο ποιοῦσιν οἱ κακῶς ἄρχοντες· ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ συνειδότος καὶ τὸ πιστὸν τῶν λεγομένων εἰρῆσθαι τεκμαίρονται· δεινὸν δὲ καὶ τὸ χαλεπαίνειν ἐπὶ τοῖς τοιούτοις, ἃ εἰ μὲν ἀληθῆ εἴη, κρεῖττόν ἐστι μὴ ποιεῖν, εἰ δὲ ψευδῆ, μὴ προσποιεῖσθαι, ὡς πολλοί γε ἤδη διὰ τούτου πολὺ πλείω καὶ χαλεπώτερα λογοποιεῖσθαι καθʼ ἑαυτῶν ἐποίησαν. περὶ μὲν οὖν τῶν λόγῳ τι προπηλακίζειν αἰτιαζομένων ταῦτʼ ἐγὼ φρονῶ· κρείττω τε γὰρ καὶ ὑψηλότερον πάσης ὕβρεως εἶναί σε χρή, καὶ μηδʼ ἐς ἔννοιάν ποτε μήτʼ αὐτὸν ἀφικνεῖσθαι μήτε τοὺς ἄλλους προάγειν ὅτι δύναταί τις ἀσελγᾶναί τι ἐς σέ, ἵνʼ ὡς περὶ τῶν θεῶν, οὕτω καὶ περὶ σοῦ φρονῶσιν ὅτι σεπτὸς εἶ. ἂν δὲ δή τις ἐπιβουλεύειν σοι αἰτίαν λάβῃ (γένοιτο γὰρ ἄν τι καὶ τοιοῦτονʼ, αὐτὸς μὲν μηδὲ περὶ ἐκείνου τι μήτε δικάσῃς μήτε προδιαγνῷς (ἄτοπον γὰρ τὸν αὐτὸν καὶ κατήγορον καὶ δικαστὴν γίγνεσθαἰ, ὑπὸ δὲ δὴ τὴν βουλὴν αὐτὸν ἀγαγὼν ἀπολογήσασθαί τε ποίησον, κἂν ἐλεγχθῇ, κόλασον μετριάσας ὡς οἷόν τέ ἐστι τὸ τιμώρημα, ἵνα καὶ πιστευθῇ τὸ ἀδίκημα. χαλεπώτατα γὰρ οἱ πολλοὶ πείθονται ὅτι τις ἄοπλος ὢν ἐπιβουλεύει τῷ ὡπλισμένῳ· καὶ μόνως ἂν οὕτως αὐτῶν τύχοις, εἰ μήτε πρὸς ὀργὴν μήτʼ ἀνηκέστως, ἐφʼ ὅσον γε καὶ ἐνδέχεται, τὴν τιμωρίαν αὐτοῦ ποιοῖο. λέγω δὲ ταῦτα χωρὶς ἢ εἴ τις στράτευμά τι ἔχων ἄντικρυς ἐπανασταίη· οὐδὲ γὰρ δικάζεσθαι τὸν τοιοῦτόν που προσῆκεν, ἀλλʼ ἐν πολεμίου μοίρᾳ κολάζεσθαι.
“Moreover (to pass to other matters), it seems to me that you would be adopting the best arrangement if you should, in the first place, introduce before the senate the embassies which come from the enemy and from those under treaty with us, whether kings or democracies; for, among other considerations, it is both awe-inspiring and calculated to arouse comment for the impression to prevail that the senate has full authority in all matters and for all men to be fully aware that those envoys who are unfair in their dealings will have many to oppose them. 2 In the second place, you would do well to have all your legislation enacted by the senate, and to enforce no measure whatever upon all the people alike except the decrees of this body. In this way the dignity of the empire would be more securely established and the judgments rendered in accordance with the laws would instantly be free from all dispute or uncertainty in the eyes of all the people. In the third place, it would be well in the case of the members of the senate, their children, and their wives, if ever they are charged with a serious offence for which the penalty on conviction would be disfranchisement, exile, or even death, that you should bring the matter before the senate without prejudgment against the accused, 4 and should commit to that body the entire decision uninfluenced by your opinion. The purpose of this is, that the guilty, thus tried by a jury consisting solely of their peers, may be punished without there being any resentment against you, and that the others, seeing this, may mend their ways through fear of being publicly pilloried themselves. ”These suggestions have to do only with those offences regarding which laws have been established and judgments are rendered in accordance with these laws. For as to a charge that some one has vilified you or in some other way has used unseemly language regarding you, I would have you neither listen to the accuser nor follow up the accusation. 6 For it is disgraceful for you to believe that any one has wantonly insulted you if you are indeed doing no wrong and are but conferring benefits upon all, and it is only those who are ruling badly who believe such things; for they draw evidence from their own conscience of the credibility of the alleged slanders. And it is, furthermore, a dangerous thing even to show anger at such imputations (for if they are true, it were better not to be angry, and if they are false, it were better to pretend not to be angry), since many a man in times past has, by adopting this course, caused to be circulated against himself scandals far more numerous and more difficult to bear. 8 This, then, is my advice concerning those who are accused of calumniating you; for you should be superior to any insult and too exalted to be reached by it, and you should never allow yourself even to imagine, or lead others to imagine, that it is possible for any one to treat you with contumely, since you desire that men shall think of you, as they do of the gods, that your sanctity is inviolable. If, however, any one is accused of plotting against you (and such a thing might also happen), refrain, in his case also, from either giving judgment yourself or prejudging the charge (for it is absurd that the same man should be both accuser and judge), but bring him before the senate and let him plead his defence there, and if he is convicted, punish him, moderating the sentence as far as possible, in order that belief in his guilt may be fostered. 10 For most men are very reluctant to believe that an unarmed man is plotting against one who is armed; and the only way you can win them to the belief is by showing, so far as possible, neither resentment nor the desire to exact the utmost when you inflict the penalty. But I make an exception to this rule in the case of a commander of an army who openly revolts; for of course it is fitting that such an one should not be tried at all, but chastised as a public enemy.
§ 52.32
ταῦτά τε οὖν οὕτω, καὶ τἆλλα τὰ πλεῖστα καὶ μέγιστα τῶν τῷ δημοσίῳ προσηκόντων, τῇ γερουσίᾳ ἀνατίθει· τά τε γὰρ κοινὰ κοινῶς διοικεῖσθαι δεῖ, καὶ ἔστι που πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις ἔμφυτον καὶ τὸ χαίρειν ἐφʼ οἷς ἂν παρὰ τοῦ κρείττονος ὡς καὶ ἰσότιμοι αὐτῷ ὄντες ἀξιωθῶσι, καὶ τὸ πάντα τὰ μετὰ σφῶν τινι γνωσθέντα καὶ ἐπαινεῖν ὡς οἰκεῖα καὶ ἀγαπᾶν ὡς αὐθαίρετα. ἐς μὲν οὖν τὸ βουλευτήριον τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐσφέρεσθαί φημι χρῆναι, καὶ περὶ μὲν τῶν ἄλλων πάντας ὁμοίως τοὺς παρόντας γνώμην διδόναι, ὅταν δὲ δὴ κατηγορῆταί τις αὐτῶν, μὴ πάντας, πλὴν ἄν τις ἢ μηδέπω βουλεύῃ ἢ καὶ ἐν τοῖς τεταμιευκοσιν ἔτι ὢν κρίνηται. ἄτοπον γὰρ τὸν μηδέπω δεδημαρχηκότα ἢ ἠγορανομηκότα ψῆφον κατά τινος τῶν τοιούτων φέρειν, ἢ νὴ Δία τούτων τινὰ κατὰ τῶν ἐστρατηγηκότων, ἢ καὶ ἐκείνων κατὰ τῶν ὑπατευκότων. ἀλλʼ οὗτοι μὲν ἐπὶ πάντας τὴν τοῦ τι ἀποφήνασθαι ἐξουσίαν ἐχέτωσαν, οἱ δʼ ἄλλοι ἐπί τε τοὺς ὁμοίους καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς ὑποδεεστέρους.
“These matters, then, should be referred by you to the senate, and also those others which are of the greatest importance to the state. For interests which are shared in common should be administered in common. Besides, it is doubtless a quality implanted by nature in all men that they take delight in any marks of esteem received from a superior which imply that they are his equals, and that they not only approve of all decisions made by another in consultation with themselves, as being their own decisions, but also submit to them as having been imposed by their own free choice. 2 Therefore I say that such business ought to be brought before the senate. Furthermore, all the senators alike, that is, all who are present, should vote on all other matters: but when one of their own number is accused, not all of them should do so, unless the one who is on trial is not yet sitting as a senator or is still in the ranks of the ex-quaestors. For it is absurd that one who has not yet been a tribune or an aedile should cast a vote against men who have held those offices, or, worse yet, that any one of the latter should vote against men who have been praetors, or one of these last against men who have been consuls. Rather, let the ex-consuls alone have authority to render decisions in the case of all senators, and let the rest of the senators vote only in the cases of senators of a rank equal or inferior to their own.
§ 52.33
δίκαζε δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς ἰδίᾳ τά τε ἐφέσιμα καὶ τὰ ἀναπόμπιμα, ὅσα ἂν παρά τε τῶν μειζόνων ἀρχόντων καὶ παρὰ τῶν ἐπιτρόπων, τοῦ τε πολιάρχου καὶ τοῦ ὑποτιμητοῦ καὶ τῶν ἐπάρχων τοῦ τε τὸν σῖτον ἐπισκοποῦντος καὶ τοῦ νυκτοφυλακοῦντος, ἀφικνῆται· μήτε γὰρ αὐτόδικος μήτʼ αὐτοτελὴς οὕτω τις τὸ παράπαν ἔστω ὥστε μὴ οὐκ ἐφέσιμον ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ δίκην γίγνεσθαι. ταῦτά τε οὖν κρῖνε, καὶ περὶ τῶν ἱππέων τῶν τε ἑκατοντάρχων τῶν ἐκ τοῦ καταλόγου καὶ τῶν ἰδιωτῶν τῶν πρώτων, ὅταν περὶ θανατώσεως ἢ καὶ ἀτιμίας τινὸς ἀγωνίζωνται. σοὶ γὰρ δὴ τὰ τοιαῦτα μόνῳ προσκείσθω, καὶ μηδεὶς ἄλλος περὶ αὐτῶν αὐτὸς καθʼ ἑαυτόν, διʼ ἅπερ εἶπον, δικαζέτω. μετὰ γὰρ δὴ σοῦ ἀεὶ μὲν οἱ ἐντιμότατοι καὶ τῶν βουλευτῶν καὶ τῶν ἱππέων, ἤδη δὲ καὶ ἕτεροί τινες ἔκ τε τῶν ὑπατευκότων καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἐστρατηγηκότων ἄλλοι ἄλλοτε διαγιγνωσκέτωσαν, ἵνα σύ τε τοὺς τρόπους αὐτῶν ἀκριβέστερον ἐν τούτῳ προκαταμανθάνων ὀρθῶς σφισιν ἔχῃς χρῆσθαι, καὶ ἐκεῖνοι προσυγγιγνόμενοι τοῖς τε ἤθεσι καὶ τοῖς βουλεύμασί σου οὕτως ἐς τὰς τῶν ἐθνῶν ἡγεμονίας ἐξίωσι. τὰς μέντοι γνώμας αὐτῶν μὴ φανερῶς, ὅσαι γε καὶ ἐπισκέψεως ἀκριβεστέρας δέονται, διαπυνθάνου, ἵνα μὴ τοῖς προήκουσί σφων ἐφεπόμενοι κατοκνῶσι παρρησιάζεσθαι, ἀλλʼ ἐς γραμματεῖα γραφομένας, οἷς αὐτὸς μόνος ἐντυχών, ὑπὲρ τοῦ μηδενὶ ἄλλῳ ἐκδήλους αὐτὰς γίγνεσθαι, εὐθέως αὐτὰς ἀπαλείφεσθαι κέλευε· οὕτω γὰρ ἂν μάλιστα τὴν ἑκάστου γνώμην διακριβώσειας, εἰ ἀνέλεγκτον αὐτὴν παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις πιστεύσειαν ἔσεσθαι. καὶ μέντοι καὶ πρὸς τὰς δίκας τάς τε ἐπιστολὰς καὶ τὰ ψηφίσματα τῶν πόλεων τάς τε τῶν ἰδιωτῶν ἀξιώσεις, καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα τῇ τῆς ἀρχῆς διοικήσει προσήκει, συνεργούς τέ τινας καὶ ὑπηρέτας ἐκ τῶν ἱππέων ἔχε· ῥᾷόν τε γὰρ οὕτως ὡς ἕκαστα διαχωρήσει, καὶ σὺ οὔτʼ αὐτογνωμονῶν σφαλήσῃ οὔτʼ αὐτουργῶν ἐκκαμῇ. τήν τε παρρησίαν παντὶ τῷ βουλομένῳ καὶ ὁτιοῦν συμβουλεῦσαί σοι μετὰ ἀδείας νέμε· ἄν τε γὰρ ἀρεσθῇς τοῖς λεχθεῖσιν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ, πολλὰ ὠφελήσῃ, ἄν τε καὶ μὴ πεισθῇς, οὐδὲν βλαβήσῃ. καὶ τοὺς μὲν τυχόντας τῆς γνώμης καὶ ἐπαίνει καὶ τίμα (τοῖς γὰρ ἐκείνων ἐξευρήμασιν αὐτὸς εὐδοκιμήσεισʼ, τοὺς δʼ ἁμαρτόντας μήτʼ ἀτιμάσῃς ποτὲ μήτʼ αἰτιάσῃ· τὴν γὰρ διάνοιαν αὐτῶν δεῖ σκοπεῖν, ἀλλʼ οὐ τὴν οὐκ ἐπιτυχίαν μέμφεσθαι. τὸ δʼ αὐτὸ τοῦτο καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν πολεμικῶν φύλαττε, καὶ μήτε ἐπὶ δυστυχίᾳ ἀκουσίῳ χαλεπήνῃς τινὶ μήτε ἐπʼ εὐτυχίᾳ φθονήσῃς, ἵνα καὶ προθύμως καὶ ἡδέως πάντες ὑπὲρ σοῦ κινδυνεύωσι, πιστεύοντες ὅτι οὔτε πταίσαντές τι κολασθήσονται οὔτε κατορθώσαντες ἐπιβουλευθήσονται. πολλοὶ γοῦν τὸν παρὰ τῶν τὸ κράτος ἐχόντων φθόνον φοβούμενοι σφαλῆναί τι μᾶλλον ἢ καταπρᾶξαι προείλοντο, κἀκ τούτου τὸ μὲν ἀσφαλὲς αὐτοὶ ἔσχον, τὸ δὲ δὴ ζημίωμα ἐκείνοις προσετρίψαντο. ὥστε αὐτὸς τὸ πλεῖον ἀπʼ ἀμφοτέρων ὁμοίως καὶ τῶν χειρόνων καὶ τῶν ἀμεινόνων ἀπολαύσων, μηδέποτʼ ἐθελήσῃς λόγῳ μὲν ἄλλοις ἔργῳ δὲ σαυτῷ φθονῆσαι.
”But do you judge by yourself alone the cases which come to you on appeal or reference from the higher officials and the procurators, from the prefect of the city, the sub-censor, and from the prefects in charge respectively of the grain-supply and the night-watch. For none of these should have such absolute jurisdiction and final authority that an appeal cannot be made from him. 2 Do you, therefore, pass upon these cases and those which involve knights and centurions recruited from the levies and the foremost private citizens, when they are defendants on a charge punishable by death or disfranchisement. For such cases should be committed to you alone, and for the reasons mentioned no one else should judge them solely upon his own responsibility. Indeed, in the rendering of decisions generally you should be brought into consultation, invariably by the senators and knights of highest rank and also, as occasion calls for one or another, by the other senators who are ex-consuls and ex-praetors, the object being twofold: that you on your part may first become more intimately acquainted with their characters and may then be able to put them to the right kind of employment, and that they, on their part, may first become familiar with our habits of mind and your plans before they go out to govern the provinces. 4 Do not, however, ask for a public expression of their opinion on any matter that requires an unusually careful consideration, lest they hesitate to speak freely, since in giving their opinions they follow their superiors in rank; make them, rather, write their opinions on tablets. These you should read in private, that they may become known to no one else, and should then order the writing to be erased forthwith. For the best way for you to get at each man's precise opinion would be to give him the certainty that his vote cannot be detected among the rest. “Moreover, for your judicial work and your correspondence, to help you attend to the decrees of the states and the petitions of private individuals, and for all other business which belongs to the administration of the empire, you must have men chosen from the knights to be your helpers and assistants. For all the details of administration will move along more easily in this way, and you will neither err through relying upon your own judgment nor become exhausted through relying upon your own efforts. 6 Grant to every one who wishes to offer you advice, on any matter whatever, the right to speak freely and without fear of the consequences; for if you are pleased with what he says you will be greatly benefited, and if you are not convinced it will do you no harm. Those who win your favourable opinion for their suggestions you should both commend and honour, since you yourself will gain credit through their discoveries; but do not treat with disrespect or criticise those who fail of your approval, since it is their intentions that you should consider, and their lack of success should not call forth your censure. 8 Guard against this same mistake in matters of warfare, also; give way neither to anger against a man for an unintentional misfortune nor to jealousy for a piece of good fortune, that all may zealously and gladly incur danger for your sake, confident that if they meet with any reverse they will not be punished for it and if they gain success they will not have snares laid for them. There have been many, at any rate, who through fear of jealousy on the part of those in power have chosen to accept defeat rather than achieve success, and as a result have gained safety for themselves while inflicting the loss upon their rulers. Therefore, since you yourself stand to reap the major part of the fruits of both outcomes, the failures as well as the successes, you should never consent to become jealous, nominally of others, but really of yourself.
§ 52.34
Πάνθʼ ὅσα τοὺς ἀρχομένους καὶ φρονεῖν καὶ πράττειν βούλει, καὶ λέγε καὶ ποίει. οὕτω γὰρ ἂν μᾶλλον παιδεύσειας αὐτοὺς ἢ ταῖς ἐκ τῶν νόμων τιμωρίαις δειματώσειας· τὸ μὲν γὰρ ζῆλον τὸ δὲ φόβον ἔχει, καὶ ῥᾷόν τις μιμεῖται τὰ κρείττω, ὁρῶν ἔργῳ γιγνόμενα, ἢ φυλάττεται τὰ χείρω, ἀκούων λόγῳ κεκωλυμένα. καὶ αὐτὸς μὲν ἀκριβῶς πάντα πρᾶττε, μηδεμίαν συγγνώμην σεαυτῷ νέμων, ὥστε καὶ εὖ εἰδὼς ὅτι παραχρῆμα πάντες καὶ ὅσα ἂν εἴπῃς καὶ ὅσα ἂν ποιήσῃς μαθήσονται. καθάπερ γὰρ ἐν ἑνί τινι τῆς ὅλης οἰκουμένης θεάτρῳ ζήσῃ, καὶ οὐχ οἷόν τέ σοι ἔσται οὐδὲ βραχύτατον ἁμαρτόντι διαλαθεῖν· οὔτε γὰρ κατὰ μόνας ποτὲ ἀλλὰ καὶ μετὰ συχνῶν ἀεί τι πράξεις, καὶ πολυπραγμονοῦσί πως τὰ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχόντων γιγνόμενα καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ πάντες ἥδιστα, ὥστʼ ἂν ἅπαξ καταμάθωσί σε ἄλλα μὲν αὐτοῖς προαγορεύοντα ἄλλα δὲ αὐτὸν ποιοῦντα, οὐ τὰς ἀπειλάς σου φοβηθήσονται ἀλλὰ τὰ ἔργα μιμήσονται. τὸν δὲ δὴ τῶν ἄλλων βίον ἐπισκόπει μέν, μὴ μέντοι καὶ χαλεπῶς ἐξέταζε, ἀλλʼ ὅσα μὲν ἂν ὑφʼ ἑτέρων τινῶν ἐσάγηται, κρῖνε, ὅσα δʼ ἂν ὑπὸ μηδενὸς αἰτιάζηται, μηδὲ προσποιοῦ εἰδέναι, ἔξω τῶν ἐς τὸ δημόσιον πλημμελουμένων. ταῦτα μὲν γὰρ τῆς προσηκούσης ἐπιστροφῆς, κἂν μηδεὶς ἐγκαλῇ, τυγχάνειν ὀφείλει· τὰ δὲ ἄλλα τὰ ἰδιωτικὰ ἴσθι μέν, ἵνα μὴ καὶ σφαλῇς ποτε ἀνεπιτηδείῳ τινὶ ὑπηρέτῃ πρός τι χρησάμενος, μὴ μέντοι καὶ ἐξέλεγχε. πολλὰ γὰρ ἡ φύσις καὶ παρὰ τὸν νόμον πολλοὺς ἁμαρτάνειν ἐξάγει, οἷς ἂν μὲν ἀκριβῶς τις ἐπεξίῃ, ἤ τινα ἢ οὐδένα ἂν αὐτῶν ἀτιμώρητον καταλίποι, ἂν δʼ ἀνθρωπίνως τὸ ἐπιεικὲς τῷ νενομισμένῳ παραμιγνύῃ, τάχʼ ἂν καὶ σωφρονίσειεν αὐτούς. ὁ μὲν γὰρ νόμος, καίτοι ἰσχυρὰ τὰ κολάσματα ἀναγκαίως ποιούμενος, οὐ δύναται τῆς φύσεως ἀεὶ κρατεῖν· τῶν δʼ ἀνθρώπων τινὲς λανθάνειν μὲν δόξαντες ἢ καὶ μετρίως πως νουθετηθέντες ἀμείνους γίγνονται, οἱ μὲν αἰσχυνόμενοι ἐλεγχθῆναι οἱ δὲ αἰδούμενοι πάλιν σφαλῆναι, φανερωθέντες δὲ καὶ ἀπερυθριάσαντες ἢ καὶ πέρα τοῦ μετρίου κολασθέντες τά τε νενομισμένα πάντα συγχέουσι καὶ καταπατοῦσι, καὶ μόναις ταῖς τῆς φύσεως ὁρμαῖς δουλεύουσι. κἀκ τούτου οὔτε τὸ πάντας αὐτοὺς κολάζειν ῥᾴδιον, οὔτε τὸ περιορᾶν φανερῶς τινας ἀσελγαίνοντας εὐπρεπὲς γίγνεται. τὰ μὲν δὴ οὖν ἁμαρτήματα τῶν ἀνθρώπων τοῦτόν σοι τὸν τρόπον, πλὴν τῶν πάνυ ἀνηκέστων, μεταχειρίζεσθαι παραινῶ, τὰ δʼ ὀρθῶς ὑπʼ αὐτῶν γιγνόμενα καὶ ὑπὲρ τὴν ἀξίαν τῶν ἔργων τιμᾶν· οὕτω γὰρ ἂν μάλιστα ποιήσειας αὐτοὺς τῶν τε χειρόνων ἀπέχεσθαι, τῇ φιλανθρωπίᾳ, καὶ τῶν βελτιόνων ἐφίεσθαι, τῇ μεγαλοδωρίᾳ. μὴ γάρ τοι καταδείσῃς μήθʼ ὅτι ἐπιλείψει σέ ποτε ἢ χρήματα ἢ τἆλλα οἷς τοὺς ἀγαθόν τι ποιοῦντας ἀμείψῃ (πολὺ γὰρ μᾶλλον ἔγωγε ἐλάττους αὐτῶν τοὺς εὖ τι παθεῖν ἀξίους οἶμαι γενήσεσθαι, τοσαύτης σοῦ καὶ γῆς καὶ θαλάττης ἄρχοντοσʼ, μήθʼ ὅτι τινὲς εὐεργετηθέντες ἀχαρίστως τι πράξουσιν· οὐδὲν γὰρ οὕτω καὶ δουλοῖ καὶ οἰκειοῦταί τινα, κἂν ἀλλότριος κἂν ἐχθρὸς ὢν τύχῃ, ὡς τὸ μήτʼ ἀδικεῖσθαι καὶ προσέτι καὶ εὖ πάσχειν.
”Whatever you wish your subjects to think and do, this you should always say and do yourself. In this way you will be educating them, rather than intimidating them through the punishments prescribed by the laws. The former policy inspires zeal, the latter fear; and one finds it easier to imitate that which is good when he sees it actually practised than to avoid that which is evil when he hears it forbidden by mere words. 2 Be scrupulous yourself in all your actions, showing no mercy to yourself, in the full assurance that all men will forthwith learn of whatever you say or do. For you will live as it were in a theatre in which the spectators are the whole world; and it will not be possible for you to escape detection if you make even the most trivial mistake. Indeed, you will never be alone, but always in the company of many when you do anything; and since the remainder of mankind somehow take the keenest delight in prying into the conduct of their rulers, if once they ascertain that you are recommending to them one course but are yourself taking another, instead of fearing your threats they will imitate your actions. “You should, of course, supervise the lives of your subjects, but do not scrutinise them with too much rigour. Sit in judgment upon all offences reported to you by others, but act as if you were not even aware of offences concerning which no one has made accusation — except in the case of trespasses against the public interest. These ought, of course, to receive proper attention, even if no one files a charge; but as to private shortcomings, while you should indeed have knowledge of them, in order that you may avoid making a mistake some day by employing an unsuitable person as your agent in some matter, yet you shouldn't go so far as to convict those who are guilty of them. 6 For human nature often tempts men to commit many a violation of the law, and if you were to prosecute such offences rigorously, you would leave unpunished few or none of the offenders; but if in a kindly spirit you mix reasonableness with the prescriptions of the law, you may succeed in bringing the offenders to their senses. The law, you know, though it of necessity makes its punishments severe, cannot always conquer nature. And so in the case of some men, if they think that their sins have not been discovered, or if they have been reproved but not unduly, they reform, either because they feel disgraced at having been found out, or because their self-respect keeps them from falling again; 8 whereas, if they have been publicly exposed and have lost all sense of shame, or have been chastised unduly, they overturn and trample under foot all the conventions of the law and become wholly slaves to the impulses of nature. Therefore it is neither easy to punish offenders invariably in all cases nor is it seemly to allow them in particular cases to flaunt their wickedness openly. ”Now this is the way I advise you to deal with men's shortcomings, with the exception of those persons who are utterly incorrigible; and you should honour their good actions even beyond the merits of the deeds themselves. For you can best induce men to refrain from evil ways by kindness, and to desire better ways by liberality. 10 You need have no fear that you will ever lack either money or the other means of rewarding those who do good deeds. On the contrary, I fancy that those who will deserve your favours will prove far too few, seeing that you hold empire over so vast an extent of land and sea. Nor need you fear that any who have received your benefactions will ever act ungratefully; for nothing so captivates and conciliates a man, be he foreigner or foe, as being not only the object of no wrongs but, in addition, the recipient of kindness.
§ 52.35
πρὸς μὲν οὖν τοὺς ἄλλους οὕτω σοι προσφέρεσθαι γνώμην δίδωμι· σαυτῷ δὲ δὴ μήτε ἔξαλλόν τι μήθʼ ὑπερήφανον μήτε παρὰ τῶν ἄλλων μήτε παρὰ τῆς βουλῆς ἢ ἔργῳ ἢ καὶ λόγῳ δοθὲν περιίδῃς. τοῖς μὲν γὰρ ἄλλοις κόσμον ἡ παρὰ σοῦ τιμὴ φέρει, σοὶ δʼ αὐτῷ μεῖζον μὲν τῶν ὑπαρχόντων οὐδὲν ἂν δοθείη, ὑποψία δʼ ἂν κιβδηλίας πολλὴ προσγένοιτο· καὶ γάρ τοι τῶν μὲν ἄλλων οὐδεὶς ἑκὼν τοιοῦτό τι τῷ κρατοῦντι ψηφίζεσθαι δοκεῖ, πάντα δὲ δή τις αὐτὰ αὐτὸς παρʼ ἑαυτοῦ λαμβάνων οὐχ ὅσον οὐκ ἔπαινον ἴσχει, ἀλλὰ καὶ γέλωτα προσοφλισκάνει. τήν τε οὖν ἄλλην λαμπρότητα σαυτῷ διὰ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἔργων παρασκεύαζε, καὶ εἰκόνας σου χρυσᾶς μὲν ἢ καὶ ἀργυρᾶς μηδέποτε ἐπιτρέψῃς γενέσθαι (οὐ γὰρ μόνον δαπανηραὶ ἀλλὰ καὶ εὐεπιβούλευτοι καὶ ὀλιγοχρόνιοί εἰσινʼ, ἄλλας δὲ ἐν αὐταῖς ταῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων ψυχαῖς καὶ ἀκηράτους καὶ ἀθανάτους ἐξ εὐεργεσιῶν δημιούργει. μὴ μέντοι μηδὲ ναόν ποτε περιίδῃς σαυτῷ γενόμενον. μάτην γὰρ παμπληθῆ χρήματα ἐς τὰ τοιαῦτα ἀναλίσκεται, ἃ κρεῖττόν ἐστιν ἐς τὰ ἀναγκαῖα δαπανᾶσθαι (πλοῦτος γὰρ ἀκριβὴς οὐχ οὕτως ἐκ τοῦ πολλὰ λαμβάνειν ὡς ἐκ τοῦ μὴ πολλὰ ἀναλίσκειν ἀθροίζεταἰ, καὶ ἐς εὔκλειαν οὐδὲν ἀπʼ αὐτῶν προσγίγνεται. ἀρετὴ μὲν γὰρ ἰσοθέους πολλοὺς ποιεῖ, χειροτονητὸς δʼ οὐδεὶς πώποτε θεὸς ἐγένετο, ὥστε σοὶ μὲν ἀγαθῷ τε ὄντι καὶ καλῶς ἄρχοντι πᾶσα μὲν γῆ τεμένισμα ἔσται, πᾶσαι δὲ πόλεις ναοί, πάντες δὲ ἄνθρωποι ἀγάλματα (ἐν γὰρ ταῖς γνώμαις αὐτῶν ἀεὶ μετʼ εὐδοξίας ἐνιδρυθήσᾐ, τοὺς δʼ ἄλλως πως τὰ κράτη διέποντας οὐ μόνον οὐ σεμνύνει τὰ τοιαῦτα, κἂν ἐν ἁπάσαις ταῖς πόλεσιν ἐξαιρεθῇ, ἀλλὰ καὶ προσδιαβάλλει, τρόπαιά τέ τινα τῆς κακίας αὐτῶν καὶ μνημεῖα τῆς ἀδικίας γιγνόμενα· ὅσῳ γὰρ ἂν ἐπὶ πλεῖον ἀνταρκέσῃ, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον καὶ ἡ κακοδοξία αὐτῶν διαμένει.
“As regards your subjects, then, you should so conduct yourself, in my opinion. So far as you yourself are concerned, permit no exceptional or prodigal distinction to be given you, through word or deed, either by the senate or by any one else. 2 For whereas the honour which you confer upon others lends glory to them, yet nothing can be given to you that is greater than what you already possess, and, besides, no little suspicion of insincerity would attach to its giving. No subject, you see, is ever supposed to vote any such distinction to his ruler of his free will, and since all such honours as a ruler receives he must receive from himself, he not only wins no commendation for the honour but becomes a laughing-stock besides. You must therefore depend upon your good deeds to provide for you any additional splendour. And you should never permit gold or silver images of yourself to be made, for they are not only costly but also invite destruction and last only a brief time; but rather by your benefactions fashion other images in the hearts of your people, images which will never tarnish or perish. 4 Neither should you ever permit the raising of a temple to you; for the expenditure of vast sums of money on such objects is sheer waste. This money would better be used for necessary objects; for wealth which is really wealth is gathered, not so much by getting largely, as by saving largely. Then, again, from temples comes no enhancement of one's glory. For it is virtue that raises many men to the level of gods, and no man ever became a god by popular vote. Hence, if you are upright as a man and honourable as a ruler, the whole earth will be your hallowed precinct, all cities your temples, and all men your statues, since within their thoughts you will ever be enshrined and glorified. 6 As for those, on the contrary, who administer their realms in any other way, such honours not only do not lend holiness to them, even though shrines are set apart for them in all their cities, but even bring a greater reproach upon them, becoming, as it were, trophies of their baseness and memorials of their injustice; for the longer these temples last, the longer abides the memory of their infamy.
§ 52.36
ὥστʼ εἴπερ ἀθάνατος ὄντως ἐπιθυμεῖς γενέσθαι, ταῦτά τε οὕτω πρᾶττε, καὶ προσέτι τὸ μὲν θεῖον πάντῃ πάντως αὐτός τε σέβου κατὰ τὰ πάτρια καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους τιμᾶν ἀνάγκαζε, τοὺς δὲ δὴ ξενίζοντάς τι περὶ αὐτὸ καὶ μίσει καὶ κόλαζε, μὴ μόνον τῶν θεῶν ἕνεκα, ὧν ὁ καταφρονήσας οὐδʼ ἄλλου ἄν τινος προτιμήσειεν, ἀλλʼ ὅτι καὶ καινά τινα δαιμόνια οἱ τοιοῦτοι ἀντεσφέροντες πολλοὺς ἀναπείθουσιν ἀλλοτριονομεῖν, κἀκ τούτου καὶ συνωμοσίαι καὶ συστάσεις ἑταιρεῖαί τε γίγνονται, ἅπερ ἥκιστα μοναρχίᾳ συμφέρει. μήτʼ οὖν ἀθέῳ τινὶ μήτε γόητι συγχωρήσῃς εἶναι. μαντικὴ μὲν γὰρ ἀναγκαία ἐστί, καὶ πάντως τινὰς καὶ ἱερόπτας καὶ οἰωνιστὰς ἀπόδειξον, οἷς οἱ βουλόμενοί τι κοινώσασθαι συνέσονται· τοὺς δὲ δὴ μαγευτὰς πάνυ οὐκ εἶναι προσήκει. πολλοὺς γὰρ πολλάκις οἱ τοιοῦτοι, τὰ μέν τινα ἀληθῆ τὰ δὲ δὴ πλείω ψευδῆ λέγοντες, νεοχμοῦν ἐπαίρουσι. τὸ δʼ αὐτὸ τοῦτο καὶ τῶν φιλοσοφεῖν προσποιουμένων οὐκ ὀλίγοι δρῶσι· διὸ καὶ ἐκείνους φυλάσσεσθαί σοι παραινῶ. μὴ γὰρ ὅτι καὶ Ἀρείου καὶ Ἀθηνοδώρου καλῶν καὶ ἀγαθῶν ἀνδρῶν πεπείρασαι, πίστευε καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους πάντας τοὺς φιλοσοφεῖν λέγοντας ὁμοίους αὐτοῖς εἶναι· μυρία γὰρ κακὰ καὶ δήμους καὶ ἰδιώτας τὸ πρόσχημά τινες τοῦτο προβαλλόμενοι δρῶσι.
Therefore, if you desire to become in very truth immortal, act as I advise; and, furthermore, do you not only yourself worship the divine Power everywhere and in every way in accordance with the traditions of our fathers, but compel all others to honour it. 2 Those who attempt to distort our religion with strange rites you should abhor and punish, not merely for the sake of the gods (since if a man despises these he will not pay honour to any other being), but because such men, by bringing in new divinities in place of the old, persuade many to adopt foreign practices, from which spring up conspiracies, factions, and cabals, which are far from profitable to a monarchy. Do not, therefore, permit anybody to be an atheist or a sorcerer. Soothsaying, to be sure, is a necessary art, and you should by all means appoint some men to be diviners and augurs, to whom those will resort who wish to consult them on any matter; that there ought to be no workers in magic at all. For such men, by speaking the truth sometimes, but generally falsehood, often encourage a great many to attempt revolutions. 4 The same thing is done also by many who pretend to be philosophers; hence I advise you to be on your guard against them, too. Do not, because you have had experience of good and honourable men like Areius and Athenodorus, believe that all the rest who claim to be philosophers are like them; for infinite harm, both to communities and to individuals, is worked by certain men who but use this profession as a screen.
§ 52.37
τῇ μὲν οὖν γνώμῃ καὶ τῷ μηδενὸς πλείονος τῶν ὑπαρχόντων ἐπιθυμεῖν εἰρηνικώτατον εἶναί σε χρή, ταῖς δὲ παρασκευαῖς πολεμικώτατον, ὅπως μάλιστα μὲν μήτε ἐθελήσῃ μήτε ἐπιχειρήσῃ τις ἀδικῆσαί σε, εἰ δὲ μή, ῥᾳδίως καὶ παραχρῆμα κολασθῇ. καὶ ἐπειδή γε ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι καὶ διὰ ταῦτα καὶ διὰ τἆλλα καὶ ὠτακουστεῖν τινας καὶ διοπτεύειν πάντα τὰ τῇ ἡγεμονίᾳ σου προσήκοντα, ἵνα μηδὲν τῶν φυλακῆς τινος καὶ ἐπανορθώσεως δεομένων ἀγνοῇς, μέμνησο ὅτι οὐ χρὴ πᾶσιν ἁπλῶς τοῖς λεγομένοις ὑπʼ αὐτῶν πιστεύειν, ἀλλʼ ἀκριβῶς αὐτὰ διασκοπεῖν. συχνοὶ γάρ, οἱ μὲν μισοῦντές τινας, οἱ δʼ ἐπιθυμοῦντες ὧν ἔχουσιν, ἄλλοι χαριζόμενοί τισιν, ἄλλοι χρήματα αἰτήσαντές τινας καὶ μὴ λαβόντες, ἐπηρεάζουσιν αὐτοὺς ὡς νεωτερίζοντας ἢ καὶ ἄλλο τι ἀνεπιτήδειον κατὰ τοῦ αὐταρχοῦντος ἢ φρονοῦντας ἢ λέγοντας. οὔκουν εὐθὺς οὐδὲ ῥᾳδίως προσέχειν αὐτοῖς δεῖ, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάνυ πάντα διελέγχειν· βραδύνας μὲν γὰρ ἐν τῷ πιστεῦσαί τινα οὐδὲν μέγα ἀδικηθήσῃ, σπεύσας δὲ τάχʼ ἄν τι καὶ ἐξαμάρτοις, ὃ μὴ δυνηθήσῃ ἀνακέσασθαι. τιμᾶν μὲν οὖν σε τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς καὶ τῶν ἀπελευθέρων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν συνόντων σοι καὶ δεῖ καὶ ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι· καὶ γὰρ κόσμον καὶ ἀσφάλειάν σοι μεγάλην τοῦτο οἴσει. μὴ μέντοι καὶ ὑπέρογκόν τι ἰσχυέτωσαν, ἀλλὰ ἀκριβῶς πάντες σωφρονείτωσαν, ὥστε σε μηδὲν ὑπʼ αὐτῶν διαβληθῆναι· πάντα γὰρ ὅσα ἂν ἢ καλῶς ἢ κακῶς πράξωσι, σοὶ προστεθήσεται, καὶ τοιοῦτος αὐτὸς ὑφʼ ἁπάντων νομισθήσῃ ὁποῖα ἂν ἐκείνοις ποιεῖν ἐπιτρέπῃς. τοὺς μὲν δὴ οὖν δυνατοὺς μὴ πλεονεκτεῖν τινα μηδὲ αὖ συκοφαντεῖσθαι ἔα· μηδὲ ἔστω τινὶ αὐτῶν αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἔγκλημα, ὅτι δύναται, κἂν μηδὲν ἁμαρτάνῃ. τοῖς δὲ δὴ πολλοῖς ἄμυνε μὲν ἰσχυρῶς ἀδικουμένοις, μὴ πρόσεχε δὲ ῥᾳδίως αἰτιωμένοις, ἀλλʼ αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα καθʼ ἑαυτὰ ἐξέταζε, μήτε ἐς τὸ προέχον πᾶν ὑποπτεύων μήτε τῷ καταδεεστέρῳ παντὶ πιστεύων. καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἐργαζομένους χρήσιμόν τέ τι τεχνωμένους τίμα, τοὺς δʼ ἀργοῦντας ἢ καὶ φλαῦρόν τι πραγματευομένους μίσει, ἵνα τῶν μὲν διὰ τὰς ὠφελίας ὀριγνώμενοι, τῶν δὲ διὰ τὰς ζημίας ἀπεχόμενοι, πρός τε τὰ οἰκεῖα ἀμείνους καὶ πρὸς τὰ κοινὰ συμφορώτεροί σοι γίγνωνται. καλὸν μὲν οὖν ἐστι καὶ τὸ τὰ τῶν ἰδιωτῶν ἀμφισβητήματα ὡς ἐλάχιστα ποιοῦντα τὰς διαλύσεις αὐτῶν ὡς τάχιστα καθιστάναι, κάλλιστον δὲ τὸ τὰς τῶν δήμων ὁρμὰς κολούειν, κἂν ἐπευχόμενοί τινα τῇ τε ἀρχῇ καὶ τῇ σωτηρίᾳ τῇ τε τύχῃ σου ἐκβιάζεσθαί τινας ἢ πρᾶξαί τι ἢ ἀναλῶσαι παρὰ δύναμιν ἐπιχειρῶσι, μὴ ἐπιτρέπειν, τάς τε ἔχθρας αὐτῶν καὶ τὰς φιλοτιμίας τὰς πρὸς ἀλλήλους παντάπασιν ἐκκόπτειν, καὶ μήτε ἐπωνυμίας τινὰς κενὰς μήτʼ ἄλλο τι ἐξ οὗ διενεχθήσονταί τισιν ἐφιέναι σφίσι ποιεῖσθαι. ῥᾳδίως δέ σοι πάντες καὶ ἐς ταῦτα καὶ ἐς τὰ ἄλλα καὶ ἰδίᾳ καὶ κοινῇ πειθαρχήσουσιν, ἂν μηδὲν παρὰ ταῦτα μηδέποτε συγχωρήσῃς τινί· ἡ γὰρ ἀνωμαλία καὶ τὰ καλῶς πεπηγότα διαλύει. καὶ διὰ τοῦτʼ οὐδʼ αἰτεῖν τι ἀρχήν, ὅ γε μὴ δώσεις, ἐπιτρέπειν σφίσιν ὀφείλεις, ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πρῶτον ἰσχυρῶς φυλάττειν σφᾶς ἀναγκάζειν, τὸ μηδὲν ἀξιοῦν τῶν κεκωλυμένων.
”Now you should be wholly inclined to peace, so far as your purpose is concerned and your desire for nothing more than you now possess, but as regards your military preparations you should be distinctly warlike, in order that, if possible, no one may either wish or attempt to wrong you, but if he should, that he may be punished easily and instantly. 2 And inasmuch as it is necessary, for these and other reasons, that there should be persons who are to keep eyes and ears open to anything which affects your imperial position, in order that you may not be unaware of any situation that requires measures of precaution or correction, you should have such agents, but remember that you should not believe absolutely everything they say, but should carefully investigate their reports. For there are many who, from various motives, — either because they hate others or covet their possessions, or because they want to do a favour to some one else, or because they have demanded money from some one and have not obtained it, — bring false charges against the persons concerned, pretending that they are engaged in sedition or are planning or saying something prejudicial to the ruler. 4 Therefore one ought not to give heed to them forthwith or readily, but rather should prove everything they say. For if you are too slow in placing your trust in one of these men, you will suffer no great harm, but if you are too hasty you may possibly make a mistake which you cannot repair. “Now it is both right and necessary for you to honour the good who are associated with you, both your freedmen and the rest; for this course will bring you credit and a large measure of security. They should not, however, acquire excessive power, but should all be rigorously kept under discipline, so that you shall never be brought into discredit by them. 6 For everything they do, whether good or ill, will be set to your account, and you will yourself be considered by the world to be of a character akin to the conduct which you do not object to in them. ”As regards the men of power and influence, then, you should not permit them to overreach the others, nor yet, on the other hand, to be blackmailed by others; neither let the mere fact that a man possesses power be imputed to him as a crime even though he commit no offence. But in the case of the masses, vindicate them vigorously when they are wronged and be not too ready to give heed to accusations against them; but make the accused persons' actions alone and by themselves the object of your scrutiny, neither harbouring suspicion against whatever is superior nor placing your trust in whatever is inferior. 8 Honour those who are diligent and those who by their skill devise something useful, but abhor those who are slothful or who busy themselves with trivial things, in order that your subjects, cleaving to the former by reason of your emoluments and holding themselves aloof from the latter by reason of your punishments, may become, as you desire, more competent in respect to their private affairs and more serviceable in respect to the interests of the state. “It is well to make the number of disputes on the part of private citizens as few as possible and to render as expeditious as possible their settlement; but it is most important to restrain the rash enterprises of communities, and if they are attempting to coerce others or to go beyond their capacity or means in any undertaking or expenditure, 10 to forbid it, even though in their petitions they invoke blessings upon the empire and pray for your welfare and good fortune. It is important also to eradicate their mutual enmities and rivalries, and not permit them to assume empty titles or to do anything else that will bring them into strife with others. And all will readily yield obedience to you, both individuals and communities, in this and in every other matter, provided that you make no exceptions whatever to this rule as a concession to anybody; for the uneven application of laws nullifies even those which are well established. Consequently you ought not to allow your subjects even to ask you, in the first place, for what you are not going to give them, but should compel them strenuously to avoid at the outset this very practice of petitioning for what is prohibited.
§ 52.38
ταῦτα μὲν περὶ ἐκείνων λέγω, καθʼ ἁπάντων δέ σοι συμβουλεύω μήτʼ ἀποχρήσασθαί ποτε τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ, μήτʼ οἰηθῆναι μείωσίν τινα αὐτῆς εἶναι ἂν μὴ πάντα ἁπαξαπλῶς ὅσα δύνασαι καὶ ποιήσῃς· ἀλλʼ ὅσῳ μᾶλλον πάνθʼ ὅσα ἂν βουληθῇς καὶ δυνήσῃ πρᾶξαι, τόσῳ μᾶλλον προθυμοῦ πάνθʼ ὅσα προσήκει βούλεσθαι. καὶ ἀεί γε αὐτὸς παρὰ σαυτῷ ἐξέταζε, εἴτε ὀρθῶς τι ποιεῖς εἴτε καὶ μή, τί τε πράττοντά σε φιλήσουσί τινες καὶ τί μή, ἵνα τὰ μὲν ποιῇς αὐτῶν τὰ δὲ ἐκκλίνῃς. μὴ γὰρ δὴ ἡγήσῃ δεόντως τι παρὰ τοῦτο πράττειν δόξειν, ἂν μηδενὸς αἰτιωμένου σε ἀκούσῃς· μηδʼ ἀναμείνῃς οὕτω τινὰ ἐκφρονῆσαί ποτε ὥστε σοι φανερῶς τι ἐξονειδίσαι. τοῦτο μὲν γὰρ οὐδεὶς ἂν ποιήσειεν, οὐδʼ εἰ σφόδρα ἀδικηθείη· πᾶν γὰρ τοὐναντίον καὶ ἐπαινεῖν πολλοὶ ἔν γε τῷ φανερῷ τοὺς ἀδικοῦντάς σφας ἀναγκάζονται, ἀνταγωνιζόμενοι μὴ δοκεῖν ὀργίζεσθαι. τὸν δʼ ἄρχοντα χρὴ μὴ ἐξ ὧν λέγουσί τινες τεκμαίρεσθαι τὴν διάνοιαν αὐτῶν, ἀλλʼ ἐξ ὧν φρονεῖν αὐτοὺς εἰκός ἐστι.
”So much for these things. And I counsel you never to make full use of your power against your subjects as a body, nor to consider it any curtailment of your power if you do not actually put into effect all the measures you are in a position to enforce; but the greater your ability to do all you desire, the more eager you should be to desire in all things only what is fitting you should desire. 2 Always question your own heart in private whether it is right or not to do a given thing, and what you should do or refrain from doing to cause men to love you, with the purpose of doing the one and avoiding the other. For do not imagine that men will think you are doing your duty if only you hear no word of censure passed upon you; neither must you expect that any man will so abandon his senses as to reproach you openly for anything you do. No one will do this, no matter how flagrantly he has been wronged; on the contrary, many are compelled even to commend their oppressors in public, though they must struggle to keep from showing their resentment. But the ruler must get at the disposition of his subjects, not by what they say, but by what they in all likelihood think.
§ 52.39
ταῦτά σε καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα βούλομαι πράττειν· πολλὰ γὰρ καὶ παραλείπω διὰ τὸ μὴ οἷόν τε εἶναι πάντα αὐτὰ καθάπαξ συλλαβόντα εἰπεῖν. ἓν δʼ οὖν ἐν κεφαλαίῳ καὶ κατὰ τῶν εἰρημένων καὶ κατὰ τῶν λοιπῶν φράσω. ἂν γὰρ ὅσα ἂν ἕτερόν τινα ἄρξαντά σου ποιεῖν ἐθελήσῃς, ταῦτα αὐτὸς αὐτεπάγγελτος πράσσῃς, οὔτε τι ἁμαρτήσῃ καὶ πάντα κατορθώσεις, κἀκ τούτου καὶ ἥδιστα καὶ ἀκινδυνότατα βιώσῃ. πῶς μὲν γὰρ οὐχ ὡς πατέρα, πῶς δʼ οὐχ ὡς σωτῆρα καὶ προσόψονταί σε ἅπαντες καὶ φιλήσουσιν, ὅταν σε ὁρῶσι κόσμιον εὐβίοτον εὐπόλεμον εἰρηναῖον ὄντα, ὅταν μήθʼ ὑβρίζῃς τι μήτε πλεονεκτῇς, ὅταν ἐκ τοῦ ὁμοίου σφίσι προσφέρῃ, καὶ μὴ αὐτὸς μὲν πλουτῇς τοὺς δʼ ἄλλους ἀργυρολογῇς, μηδʼ αὐτὸς μὲν τρυφᾷς τοὺς δʼ ἄλλους ταλαιπωρῇς, μηδʼ αὐτὸς μὲν ἀκολασταίνῃς τοὺς δʼ ἄλλους νουθετῇς, ἀλλʼ ἐς πάντα δὴ πάντως ὁμοιοτροπώτατα αὐτοῖς ζῇς; ὥστʼ αὐτὸς παρὰ σαυτῷ μέγα φυλακτήριον ἐν τῷ μηδένα ποτὲ ἀδικῆσαι ἔχων θάρσει, καὶ πίστευέ μοι λέγοντι ὅτι οὔτε μισηθήσῃ ποτὲ οὔτε ἐπιβουλευθήσῃ. τούτου δὲ δὴ οὕτως ἔχοντος πᾶσά σε ἀνάγκη καὶ ἡδέως βιῶναι· τί μὲν γὰρ ἥδιον, τί δὲ εὐδαιμονέστερόν ἐστι τοῦ πάντων τῶν ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἀγαθῶν μετʼ ἀρετῆς ἀπολαύοντα καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις αὐτὰ διδόναι δύνασθαι;
“These are the things I would have you do — these and others of like nature; for there are many which I must pass over, since it is impossible to include them all in a single discussion. There is, however, one statement which will serve as a summary with respect both to what has been said and to what has been left unsaid: 2 if you of your own accord do all that you would wish another to do if he became your ruler, you will err in nothing and succeed in everything, and in consequence you will find your life most happy and utterly free from danger. For how can men help regarding you with affection as father and saviour, when they see that you are orderly and upright in your life, successful in war though inclined to peace; when you refrain from insolence and greed; when you meet them on a footing of equality, 4 do not grow rich yourself while levying tribute on them, do not live in luxury yourself while imposing hardships upon them, are not licentious yourself while reproving licentiousness in them, — when, instead of all this, your life is in every way and manner precisely like theirs? Therefore, since you have in your own hands a mighty means of protection, — that you never do wrong to another, — be of good courage and believe me when I tell you that you will never become the object of hatred or of conspiracy. And since this is so, it follows of necessity that you will also lead a happy life; for what condition is happier, what more blissful, when, possessing virtue, to enjoy all the blessing which men can know and to be able to bestow them upon others?
§ 52.40
ταῦτά τε οὖν καὶ τἆλλα πάνθʼ ὅσα εἴρηκα ἐννοήσας πείσθητί μοι, καὶ μὴ πρόῃ τὴν τύχην, ἥτις σε ἐκ πάντων ἐπελέξατο καὶ προεστήσατο. ὡς εἴ γε τὸ μὲν πρᾶγμα τὸ τῆς μοναρχίας αἱρῇ, τὸ δʼ ὄνομα τὸ τῆς βασιλείας ὡς καὶ ἐπάρατον φοβῇ, τοῦτο μὲν μὴ προσλάβῃς, τῇ δὲ δὴ τοῦ Καίσαρος προσηγορίᾳ χρώμενος αὐτάρχει. εἰ δʼ οὖν καὶ ἄλλων τινῶν ἐπικλήσεων προσδέῃ, δώσουσι μέν σοι τὴν τοῦ αὐτοκράτορος, ὥσπερ καὶ τῷ πατρί σου ἔδωκαν, σεβιοῦσι δέ σε καὶ ἑτέρᾳ τινὶ προσρήσει, ὥστε σε πᾶν τὸ τῆς βασιλείας ἔργον ἄνευ τοῦ τῆς ἐπωνυμίας αὐτῆς ἐπιφθόνου καρποῦσθαι.”
”Think upon these things and upon all that I have told you, and be persuaded of me, and let not this fortune slip which has chosen you from all mankind and has set you up as their ruler. For, if you prefer the monarchy in fact but fear the title of 'king' as being accursed, you have but to decline this title and still be sole ruler under the appellation of 'Caesar.' 2 And if you require still other epithets, your people will give you that of 'imperator' as they gave it to your father; and they will pay reverence to your august position by still another term of address, so that you will enjoy fully the reality of the kingship without the odium which attaches to the name of 'king.' "
§ 52.41
Μαικήνας μὲν ταῦτα εἰπὼν ἐπαύσατο, ὁ δὲ δὴ Καῖσαρ ἀμφοτέρους μέν σφας καὶ ἐπὶ τῇ πολυνοίᾳ καὶ ἐπὶ τῇ πολυλογίᾳ τῇ τε παρρησίᾳ ἰσχυρῶς ἐπῄνεσε, τὰ δὲ δὴ τοῦ Μαικήνου μᾶλλον εἵλετο. οὐ μέντοι καὶ πάντα εὐθὺς ὥσπερ ὑπετέθειτο ἔπραξε, φοβηθεὶς μὴ καὶ σφαλῇ τι, ἀθρόως μεταρρυθμίσαι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἐθελήσας· ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν παραχρῆμα μετεκόσμησε τὰ δʼ ὕστερον, καί τινα καὶ τοῖς μετὰ ταῦτα ἄρξουσι ποιῆσαι κατέλιπεν ὡς καὶ κατὰ καιρὸν μᾶλλον ἐν τῷ χρόνῳ γενησόμενα. καὶ αὐτῷ καὶ ὁ Ἀγρίππας πρὸς πάντα, καίπερ τὴν ἐναντίαν σφίσι γνώμην δούς, προθυμότατα συνήρατο, ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ καὶ ἐσηγητὴς αὐτῶν ἐγεγόνει. ταῦτά τε ὁ Καῖσαρ, καὶ ὅσα ἄνω μοι τοῦ λόγου εἴρηται, ἔπραξεν ἐν τῷ ἔτει ἐκείνῳ ἐν ᾧ τὸ πέμπτον ὑπάτευσε, καὶ τὴν τοῦ αὐτοκράτορος ἐπίκλησιν ἐπέθετο. λέγω δὲ οὐ τὴν ἐπὶ ταῖς νίκαις κατὰ τὸ ἀρχαῖον διδομένην τισίν (ἐκείνην γὰρ πολλάκις μὲν καὶ πρότερον πολλάκις δὲ καὶ ὕστερον ἀπʼ αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων ἔλαβεν, ὥστε καὶ ἅπαξ καὶ εἰκοσάκις ὄνομα αὐτοκρατορος σχεῖνʼ ἀλλὰ τὴν ἑτέραν τὴν τὸ κράτος διασημαίνουσαν, ὥσπερ τῷ τε πατρὶ αὐτοῦ τῷ Καίσαρι καὶ τοῖς παισὶ τοῖς τε ἐκγόνοις ἐψήφιστο.
Maecenas thus brought his speech to an end. And Caesar heartily commended both him and Agrippa for the wealth of their ideas and of their arguments and also for their frankness in expressing them; but he preferred to adopt the advice of Maecenas. He did not, however, immediately put into effect all his suggestions, fearing to meet with failure at some point if he purposed to change the ways of all mankind at a stroke; 2 but he introduced some reforms at the moment and some at a later time, leaving still others for those to effect who should subsequently hold the principate, in the belief that as time passed a better opportunity would be found to put these last into operation. And Agrippa, also, although he had advised against these policies, coöperated with Caesar most zealously in respect to all of them, just as if he had himself proposed them. These and all the rest that I have recorded earlier in this narrative were the acts of Caesar in the year in which he was consul for the fifth time; and he assumed the title of imperator. I do not here refer to the title which had occasionally been bestowed, in accordance with the ancient custom, upon generals in recognition of their victories, — for he had received that many times before this and received it many times afterwards in honour merely of his achievements, 4 so that he won the name of imperator twenty-one times, — but rather the title in its other use, which signifies the possession of the supreme power, in which sense it had been voted to his father Caesar and to the children and descendants of Caesar.
§ 52.42
καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα τιμητεύσας σὺν τῷ Ἀγρίππᾳ ἄλλα τέ τινα διώρθωσε καὶ τὴν βουλὴν ἐξήτασε. πολλοὶ μὲν γὰρ ἱππῆς πολλοὶ δὲ καὶ πεζοὶ παρὰ τὴν ἀξίαν ἐκ τῶν ἐμφυλίων πολέμων ἐβούλευον, ὥστε καὶ ἐς χιλίους τὸ πλήρωμα τῆς γερουσίας αὐξηθῆναι. τούτους οὖν ἐκκρῖναι βουληθεὶς αὐτὸς μὲν οὐδένα αὐτῶν ἀπήλειψε, προτρεψάμενος δέ σφας ἐκ τοῦ συνειδότος τοῦ τε γένους καὶ τοῦ βίου δικαστὰς ἑαυτοῖς γενέσθαι τὸ μὲν πρῶτον πεντήκοντά που ἔπεισεν ἐθελοντὰς ἐκστῆναι τοῦ συνεδρίου, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ ἄλλους ἑκατὸν καὶ τεσσαράκοντα μιμήσασθαί σφας ἠνάγκασε. καὶ αὐτῶν ἠτίμωσε μὲν οὐδένα, τὰ δʼ ὀνόματα τῶν δευτέρων ἐξέθηκε· τοῖς γὰρ προτέροις, ὅτι μὴ ἐχρόνισαν ἀλλʼ εὐθὺς ἐπειθάρχησάν οἱ, ἀφῆκε τὸ ὀνείδισμα, ὥστʼ αὐτοὺς μὴ ἐκδημοσιευθῆναι. οὗτοι μὲν οὖν ἑκούσιοι δῆθεν ἰδιώτευσαν, Κύιντον δὲ δὴ Στατίλιον καὶ πάνυ ἄκοντα τῆς δημαρχίας, ἐς ἣν ἀπεδέδεικτο, εἶρξεν. ἑτέρους τέ τινας βουλεύειν ἐποίησε, καὶ ἔς γε τοὺς ὑπατευκότας δύο ἄνδρας ἐκ τῶν βουλευόντων, Κλούουιόν τέ τινα καὶ Φούρνιον Γαΐους, ἐγκατέλεξεν, ὅτι προαποδεδειγμένοι οὐκ ἠδυνήθησαν, ἄλλων τινῶν τὰς ἀρχὰς αὐτῶν προκαταλαβόντων, ὑπατεῦσαι. τό τε τῶν εὐπατριδῶν γένος συνεπλήθυσε, τῆς βουλῆς οἱ δῆθεν ἐπιτρεψάσης τοῦτο ποιῆσαι, ἐπειδὴ τό τε πλεῖστόν σφων ἀπωλώλει (οὐδὲν γὰρ οὕτως ὡς τὸ γενναῖον ἐν τοῖς ἐμφυλίοις πολέμοις ἀναλίσκεται) καὶ ἐς τὴν ποίησιν τῶν πατρίων ἀναγκαῖοι ἀεὶ εἶναι νομίζονται. ταῦτά τε οὖν ἔπραξε, καὶ προσαπεῖπε πᾶσι τοῖς βουλεύουσι μὴ ἐκδημεῖν ἔξω τῆς Ἰταλίας, ἂν μὴ αὐτός τινι κελεύσῃ ἢ καὶ ἐπιτρέψῃ. καὶ τοῦτο καὶ δεῦρο ἀεὶ φυλάσσεται· πλὴν γὰρ ὅτι ἔς τε τὴν Σικελίαν καὶ ἐς τὴν Γαλατίαν τὴν περὶ Νάρβωνα, οὐδαμόσε ἄλλοσε βουλευτῇ ἀποδημῆσαι ἔξεστιν. ἐκεῖσε γὰρ διά τε τὸ σύνεγγυς καὶ διὰ τὸ ἄοπλον τό τε εἰρηναῖον τῶν ἀνθρώπων δέδοται τοῖς γέ τι κεκτημένοις αὐτόθι καὶ ἄνευ παραιτήσεως, ὁσάκις ἂν ἐθελήσωσιν, ἀπιέναι. ἐπειδή τε πολλοὺς ἔτι καὶ τῶν βουλευτῶν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων τῶν τὰ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου σπουδασάντων ὑπόπτως πρὸς αὑτὸν διακειμένους ἑώρα, καὶ ἐφοβήθη μὴ νεοχμώσωσί τι, πάντα ἔφη τὰ γράμματα τὰ ἐν τοῖς κιβωτίοις αὐτοῦ εὑρεθέντα (??ʼατακεκαυκέναι. καὶ ὡς ἀληθῶς γε διεφθάρκει τινά· τὰ γὰρ δὴ πλείω καὶ πάνυ ἐτήρει, ὥστε μηδʼ ὀκνῆσαι ὕστερον αὐτοῖς χρήσασθαι.
After this he became censor with Agrippa as his colleague, and in addition to other reforms which he instituted, he purged the senate. For as a result of the civil wars a large number of knights and even of foot-soldiers were in the senate without justification in merit, so that the membership of that body had swollen to a thousand. 2 Now though it was his wish to remove these men, he did not erase any of their names himself, but urged them rather, on the strength of their own knowledge of their families and their lives, to become their own judges; he first persuaded some fifty of them to withdraw from the senate voluntarily, and then compelled one hundred and forty others to imitate their example. He disfranchised none of them, but posted the names of the second group only for he spared the members of the first group the reproach of the publication of their names, because they had not delayed but had straightway obeyed him. So all these men returned to private life of their own free will, so far as appearances were concerned; but Quintus Statilius was deposed, decidedly against his will, from the tribuneship, to which he had been appointed. 4 And Caesar caused some other men to become senators, and he enrolled among the ex-consuls two men of the senatorial class, a certain Gaius Cluvius and Gaius Furnius, because, after they had already been elected consuls, they had been unable to serve, since others had occupied their offices first. And at the same time he increased the number of patrician families, ostensibly with senate's permission, inasmuch as the greater part of the patricians had perished (indeed no class is so wasted in our civil wars as the nobility), and because the patricians are always regarded as indispensable for the perpetuation of our traditional institutions. 6 In addition to these measures he forbade all members of the senate to go outside of Italy, unless he himself should command or permit them to do so. This restriction is still observed down to the present day; for no senator is allowed to leave the country for the purpose of visiting any place except Sicily and Gallia Narbonensis. But in the case of these regions, since they are close at hand and the inhabitants are unarmed and peaceful, those who have any possessions there are conceded the right to repair to them as often as they like without asking permission. 8 And since he saw that many of the senators and others who had been partisans of Antony were still inclined to be suspicious of him, and was fearful lest they might set a revolution on foot, he announced that all the letters that had been found in Antony's strong boxes had been burned. And it is quite true that he had destroyed some of them, but he was very careful to keep the larger part, and afterwards he did not scruple to make use of them, either.
§ 52.43
τοῦτό τε οὖν οὕτως ἐποίησε καὶ τὴν Καρχηδόνα ἐπαπῴκισεν, ὅτι ὁ Λέπιδος μέρος τι αὐτῆς ἠρημώκει καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τὰ δίκαια τῆς ἀποικίας σφῶν λελυκέναι ἐδόκει. τόν τε Ἀντίοχον τὸν Κομμαγηνὸν μετεπέμψατο, ὅτι τινὰ πρεσβευτὴν ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ διαφόρου οἱ ὄντος σταλέντα ἐς τὴν Ῥώμην ἐδολοφόνησε, καὶ ἔς τε τὸ συνέδριον ἐσήγαγε καὶ καταψηφισθέντα ἀπέκτεινε. καὶ τὴν Καπρίαν παρὰ τῶν Νεοπολιτῶν, ὧνπερ τὸ ἀρχαῖον ἦν, ἀντιδόσει χώρας ἠλλάξατο. κεῖται δὲ οὐ πόρρω τῆς κατὰ Συρρεντὸν ἠπείρου, χρηστὸν μὲν οὐδέν, ὄνομα δὲ καὶ νῦν ἔτι διὰ τὴν τοῦ Τιβερίου ἐνοίκησιν ἔχουσα.
So much for these matters. Caesar also settled Carthage anew, because Lepidus had laid waste a part of it and by this act, it was held, had abrogated the rights of the earlier colonists. And he sent a summons to Antiochus of Commagene, because he had treacherously murdered an envoy who had been despatched to Rome by his brother, who was at variance with him. Caesar brought him before the senate, and when judgment had been passed against him, put him to death. 2 He also obtained Capreae from the Neapolitans, to whom it originally belonged, giving other territory in exchange. It lies not far from the mainland in the region of Surrentum and is good for nothing, but is renowned even to the present day because Tiberius had a residence there.
— Book 53 —
§ 53.arg
τάδε ἔνεστιν ἐν τῷ πεντηκοστῷ τρίτῳ τῶν Δίωνος Ῥωμαϊκῶν α. ὡς ὁ τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος ναὸς ἐν τῷ Παλατίῳ καθιερώθη. β. ὡς Καῖσαρ ἐδημηγόρησεν ἐν τῇ γερουσίᾳ ὡς τῆς μοναρχίας ἀφιστάμενος καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο τὰ ἔθνη πρὸς αὐτὴν ἐνείματο. γ. περὶ τῆς καταστάσεως τῶν ἀρχόντων τῶν ἐς τὰ ἔθνη πεμπομένων. δ. ὡς Καῖσαρ Αὔγουστος ἐπεκλήθη. ε. περὶ τῶν ὀνομάτων ὧν οἱ αὐτοκράτορες λαμβάνουσιν. ζ. ὡς τὰ σέπτα καθιερώθη. η. ὡς Καῖσαρ Ἄστυρσι καὶ Καντάβροις ἐπολέμησεν. θ. ὡς Γαλατία ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίων ἄρχεσθαι ἤρξατο. ι. ὡς ἡ στοὰ ἡ τοῦ Ποσειδῶνος καὶ τὸ βαλανεῖον τοῦ Ἀγρίππου καθιερώθη. κ. ὡς τὸ Πάνθειον καθιερώθη. λ. ὡς Αὔγουστος ἀφείθη τῆς ἀνάγκης τοῦ τοῖς νόμοις πείθεσθαι. μ. ὡς ἐπʼ Ἀραβίαν τὴν εὐδαίμονα στρατεία ἐγένετο. χρόνου πλῆθος ἔτη ἕξ, ἐν οἷς ἄρχοντες οἱ ἀριθμούμενοι οἵδε ἐγένοντο Καῖσαρ τὸ ς μ. Οὐιψάνιος Λ. υἱ. Ἀγρίππας τὸ β ὕπ. Καῖσαρ τὸ ζ μ. Οὐιψάνιος Λ. υἱ. Ἀγρίππας τὸ γ ὕπ. Καῖσαρ Αὔγουστος τὸ η τ. Στατίλιος Τ. υἱ. ταῦρος τὸ β ὕπ. Αὔγουστος τὸ θ μ. Ἰούνιος Μ. υἱ. Σιλανός ὕπ. Αὔγουστος τὸ ι γ. Νωρβανὸς Γ. υἱ. γ. ἔγγ. Φλάκκος ὕπ. Αὔγουστος τὸ ια Γν. Καλπούρνιος Γν. υἱ. Γν. ἔγγ. Πίσων ὕπ.
—
§ 53.1
τότε μὲν ταῦτʼ ἐγένετο, τῷ δὲ ἑξῆς ἔτει ἕκτον ὁ Καῖσαρ ἦρξε, καὶ τά τε ἄλλα κατὰ τὸ νομιζόμενον ἀπὸ τοῦ πάνυ ἀρχαίου ἐποίησε, καὶ τοὺς φακέλους τῶν ῥάβδων τῷ Ἀγρίππᾳ συνάρχοντί οἱ κατὰ τὸ ἐπιβάλλον παρέδωκεν, αὐτός τε ταῖς ἑτέραις ἐχρήσατο, καὶ διάρξας τὸν ὅρκον κατὰ τὰ πάτρια ἐπήγαγε. καὶ εἰ μὲν καὶ αὖθις ταῦτʼ ἐποίησεν, οὐκ οἶδα· τὸν γὰρ Ἀγρίππαν ἐς ὑπερβολὴν ἐτίμα· ἀμέλει τήν τε ἀδελφιδῆν αὐτῷ συνῴκισε, καὶ σκηνήν, ὁπότε συστρατεύοιντο, ὁμοίαν τῇ ἑαυτοῦ παρεῖχε, τό τε σύνθημα παρʼ ἀμφοτέρων σφῶν ἐδίδοτο. ἐν δʼ οὖν τῷ τότε παρόντι τά τε ἄλλα ὥσπερ εἴθιστο ἔπραξε, καὶ τὰς ἀπογραφὰς ἐξετέλεσε, καὶ ἐν αὐταῖς πρόκριτος τῆς γερουσίας ἐπεκλήθη, ὥσπερ ἐν τῇ ἀκριβεῖ δημοκρατίᾳ ἐνενόμιστο. τό τε Ἀπολλώνιον τὸ ἐν τῷ Παλατίῳ καὶ τὸ τεμένισμα τὸ περὶ αὐτό, τάς τε ἀποθήκας τῶν βιβλίων, ἐξεποίησε καὶ καθιέρωσε. καὶ τὴν πανήγυριν τὴν ἐπὶ τῇ νίκῃ τῇ πρὸς τῷ Ἀκτίῳ γενομένῃ ψηφισθεῖσαν ἤγαγε μετὰ τοῦ Ἀγρίππου, καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ τὴν ἱπποδρομίαν διά τε τῶν παίδων καὶ διὰ τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῶν εὐγενῶν ἐποίησε. καὶ αὕτη μὲν διὰ πέντε ἀεὶ ἐτῶν μέχρι του ἐγίγνετο, ταῖς τέσσαρσιν ἱερωσύναις ἐκ περιτροπῆς μέλουσα, λέγω δὲ τούς τε ποντίφικας καὶ τοὺς οἰωνιστὰς τούς τε ἑπτὰ καὶ τοὺς πεντεκαίδεκα ἄνδρας καλουμένους· τότε δὲ καὶ γυμνικὸς ἀγὼν σταδίου τινὸς ἐν τῷ Ἀρειῳ πεδίῳ ξυλίνου κατασκευασθέντος ἐποιήθη, ὁπλομαχία τε ἐκ τῶν αἰχμαλώτων ἐγένετο. καὶ ταῦτα καὶ ἐπὶ πλείους ἡμέρας ἐπράχθη, οὐδὲ διέλιπε καίτοι νοσήσαντος τοῦ Καίσαρος, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὣς ὁ Ἀγρίππας καὶ τὸ ἐκείνου μέρος ἀνεπλήρου.
These were the occurrences at that time. The following year Caesar held office for the sixth time and confirmed in all other respects to the usages handed down from the earliest times, and, in particular, he delivered to Agrippa, his colleague, the bundles of rods as it was incumbent upon him to do, while he himself used the other set, and on completing his term of office he took the oath according to ancestral custom. 2 Whether he ever did this again, I do not know, for he always paid exceptional honour to Agrippa; thus he gave him his niece in marriage, and provided him with a tent similar to his own whenever they were campaigning together, and the watchword was given out by both of them. At this particular time, now, besides attending to his other duties as usual, he completed the taking of the census, in connection with which his title was princeps senatus, as had been the practice when Rome was truly a republic. Moreover, he completed and dedicated the temple of Apollo on the Palatine, the precinct surrounding it, and the libraries. 4 He also celebrated in company with Agrippa the festival which had been voted in honour of the victory won at Actium; and during this celebration he caused the boys and men of the nobility to take part in the Circensian Games. This festival was held for a time every four years and was in charge of the four priesthoods in succession — I mean the pontifices, the augurs, and the septemviri and quindecemviri, as they were called. On the present occasion, moreover, a gymnastic contest was held, a wooden stadium having been constructed in the Campus Martius, and there was a gladiatorial combat between captives. 6 These events continued for several days and were not interrupted even when Caesar fell ill; but Agrippa went on with them even so, discharging Caesar's duties as well as his own.
§ 53.2
ὁ δʼ οὖν Καῖσαρ ἔς τε τὰς θεωρίας ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων δῆθεν ἀνήλισκε, καὶ ἐπειδὴ χρημάτων τῷ δημοσίῳ ἐδέησεν, ἐδανείσατό τινα καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ, πρός τε τὴν διοίκησίν σφων δύο κατʼ ἔτος ἐκ τῶν ἐστρατηγηκότων αἱρεῖσθαι ἐκέλευσε. καὶ τῷ πλήθει τετραπλάσιον τὸν σῖτον ἔνειμε, βουλευταῖς τέ τισι χρήματα ἐχαρίσατο· οὕτω γὰρ δὴ πολλοί σφων πένητες ἐγεγόνεσαν ὥστε μηδʼ ἀγορανομῆσαί τινα διὰ τὸ μέγεθος τῶν ἀναλωμάτων ἐθελῆσαι, ἀλλὰ τά τε ἄλλα καὶ τὰ δικαστήρια τὰ τῇ ἀγορανομίᾳ προσήκοντα τοῖς στρατηγοῖς, καθάπερ εἴθιστο, τὰ μὲν μείζω τῷ ἀστυνόμῳ τὰ δὲ ἕτερα τῷ ξενικῷ προσταχθῆναι. πρὸς δὲ δὴ τούτοις τὸν ἀστυνόμον αὐτὸς ἀπέδειξεν· ὃ καὶ αὖθις πολλάκις ἐποίησε. καὶ τὰς ἐγγύας τὰς πρὸς τὸ δημόσιον πρὸ τῆς πρὸς τῷ Ἀκτίῳ μάχης γενομένας, πλὴν τῶν περὶ τὰ οἰκοδομήματα, ἀπήλλαξε, τά τε παλαιὰ συμβόλαια τῶν τῷ κοινῷ τι ὀφειλόντων ἔκαυσε. καὶ τὰ μὲν ἱερὰ τὰ Αἰγύπτια οὐκ ἐσεδέξατο εἴσω τοῦ πωμηρίου, τῶν δὲ δὴ ναῶν πρόνοιαν ἐποιήσατο· τοὺς μὲν γὰρ ὑπʼ ἰδιωτῶν τινων γεγενημένους τοῖς τε παισὶν αὐτῶν καὶ τοῖς ἐκγόνοις, εἴγε τινὲς περιῆσαν, ἐπισκευάσαι ἐκέλευσε, τοὺς δὲ λοιποὺς αὐτὸς ἀνεκτήσατο. οὐ μέντοι καὶ τὴν δόξαν τῆς οἰκοδομήσεώς σφων ἐσφετερίσατο, ἀλλʼ ἀπέδωκεν αὐτοῖς τοῖς κατασκευάσασιν αὐτούς. ἐπειδή τε πολλὰ πάνυ κατά τε τὰς στάσεις κἀν τοῖς πολέμοις, ἄλλως τε καὶ ἐν τῇ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου τοῦ τε Λεπίδου συναρχίᾳ, καὶ ἀνόμως καὶ ἀδίκως ἐτετάχει, πάντα αὐτὰ διʼ ἑνὸς προγράμματος κατέλυσεν, ὅρον τὴν ἕκτην αὑτοῦ ὑπατείαν προθείς. εὐδοκιμῶν τε οὖν ἐπὶ τούτοις καὶ ἐπαινούμενος ἐπεθύμησε καὶ ἑτέραν τινὰ μεγαλοψυχίαν διαδείξασθαι, ὅπως καὶ ἐκ τοῦ τοιούτου μᾶλλον τιμηθείη, καὶ παρʼ ἑκόντων δὴ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὴν μοναρχίαν βεβαιώσασθαι τοῦ μὴ δοκεῖν ἄκοντας αὐτοὺς βεβιάσθαι. κἀκ τούτου τοὺς μάλιστα ἐπιτηδείους οἱ τῶν βουλευτῶν παρασκευάσας ἔς τε τὴν γερουσίαν ἐσῆλθεν ἕβδομον ὑπατεύων, καὶ ἀνέγνω τοιάδε·
Now Caesar allowed it to be understood that he was spending his private means upon these festivals, and when money was needed for the public treasury, he borrowed some and supplied the want; and for the management of the funds he ordered two annual magistrates to be chosen from among the ex-praetors. 2 To the populace he distributed a quadruple allowance of grain and to some of the senators he made presents of money. For so many of them had become impoverished that none was willing to hold even the office of aedile because of the magnitude of the expenditures involved; indeed, the functions which belonged to that office, and particularly the judicial functions, were assigned to the praetors, as had been the custom, the more important to the praetor urbanus and the rest to the praetor peregrinus. In addition to all this, Caesar himself appointed the praetor urbanus, as, indeed, he often did subsequently. He cancelled all obligations which had been given to the public treasury previous to the battle of Actium, except those secured by buildings, and he burned the old notes of those who were indebted to the state. 4 As for religious matters, he did not allow the Egyptian rites to be celebrated inside the pomerium, but made provision for the temples; those which had been built by private individuals he ordered their sons and descendants, if any survived, to repair, and the rest he restored himself. He did not, however, appropriate to himself the credit for their erection, but allowed it to go as before to the original builders. And inasmuch as he had put into effect very many illegal and unjust regulations during the factional strife and the wars, especially in the period of his joint rule with Antony and Lepidus, he abolished them all by a single decree, setting the end of his sixth consulship as the time for their expiration. 6 When, now, he obtained approbation and praise for this act, he desired to exhibit another instance of magnanimity, that by such a policy he might be honoured all the more and might have his sovereignty voluntarily confirmed by the people, so as to avoid the appearance of having forced them against their will. Therefore, having first primed his most intimate friends among the senators, he entered the senate in his seventh consulship and read the following address:
§ 53.3
“ἄπιστα μὲν εὖ οἶδʼ ὅτι δόξω τισὶν ὑμῶν, ὦ πατέρες, προῃρῆσθαι· ἃ γὰρ αὐτὸς ἕκαστος τῶν ἀκουόντων οὐκ ἂν ἐθελήσειε ποιῆσαι, ταῦτʼ οὐδὲ ἑτέρου λέγοντος πιστεύειν βούλεται, καὶ μάλισθʼ ὅτι πᾶς παντὶ τῷ ὑπερέχοντι φθονῶν ἑτοιμότερον ἀπιστεῖ τοῖς ὑπὲρ ἑαυτὸν λεγομένοις. καὶ προσέτι καὶ γιγνώσκω τοῦθʼ, ὅτι οἱ τὰ μὴ πιστὰ δοκοῦντα εἶναι λέγοντες οὐχ ὅσον οὐ πείθουσί τινας, ἀλλὰ καὶ κόβαλοι δοκοῦσιν εἶναι. οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ εἰ μέν τι τοιοῦτον ἐπηγγελλόμην ὃ μὴ παραχρῆμα ποιήσειν ἔμελλον, σφόδρα ἂν ἀπώκνησα αὐτὸ ἐκφῆναι, μὴ καὶ αἰτίαν τινὰ μοχθηρὰν ἀντὶ χάριτος λάβω· νῦν δʼ ὁπότε εὐθὺς καὶ τήμερον ἐπακολουθήσει τὸ ἔργον αὐτῷ, πάνυ θαρσούντως ἔχω μὴ μόνον μηδεμίαν αἰσχύνην ψευδολογίας ὀφλήσειν, ἀλλὰ
"I am sure that I shall seem to some of you, Conscript Fathers, to have made an incredible choice. For what each one of my hearers would not wish to do himself, he does not like to believe, either, when another claims to have done it, especially as everyone is jealous of anybody who is superior to him and so is more prone to disbelieve any utterance that is above his own standard. 2 Besides, I know this, that those who say what appears to be incredible not only fail to persuade others but also appear to be impostors. And indeed, if it were a question of my promising something that I was not intending to put into effect immediately, I should have been exceedingly loath to proclaim it, for fear of gaining, instead of gratitude, some grievous imputation. But as it is, when the performance will follow the promise this very day, I feel quite confident, not only that I shall incur no reproach of falsehood, but that I shall surpass all mankind of good repute.
§ 53.4
καὶ πάντας ἀνθρώπους εὐδοξίᾳ νικήσειν. ὅτι μὲν γὰρ πάρεστί μοι διὰ παντὸς ὑμῶν ἄρχειν, καὶ αὐτοὶ ὁρᾶτε· τό τε γὰρ στασιάσαν πᾶν ἤτοι δικαιωθὲν πέπαυται ἢ καὶ ἐλεηθὲν σεσωφρόνισται, καὶ τὸ συναράμενόν μοι τῇ τε ἀμοιβῇ τῶν εὐεργεσιῶν ᾠκείωται καὶ τῇ κοινωνίᾳ τῶν πραγμάτων ὠχύρωται, ὥστε μήτε ἐπιθυμῆσαί τινα νεωτέρων ἔργων, κἂν ἄρα τι καὶ τοιοῦτο γένηται, τὸ γοῦν βοηθῆσον ἡμῖν ἕτοιμον ἔτι καὶ μᾶλλον εἶναι. τά τε στρατιωτικὰ ἀκμάζει μοι καὶ εὐνοίᾳ καὶ ῥώμῃ, καὶ χρήματα ἔστι καὶ σύμμαχοι, καὶ τὸ μέγιστον, οὕτω καὶ ὑμεῖς καὶ ὁ δῆμος διάκεισθε πρός με ὥστε καὶ πάνυ ἂν προστατεῖσθαι ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ ἐθελῆσαι. οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἐπὶ πλεῖον ὑμᾶς ἐξηγήσομαι, οὐδὲ ἐρεῖ τις ὡς ἐγὼ τῆς αὐταρχίας ἕνεκα πάντα τὰ προκατειργασμένα ἔπραξα· ἀλλὰ ἀφίημι τὴν ἀρχὴν ἅπασαν καὶ ἀποδίδωμι ὑμῖν πάντα ἁπλῶς, τὰ ὅπλα τοὺς νόμους τὰ ἔθνη, οὐχ ὅπως ἐκεῖνα ὅσα μοι ὑμεῖς ἐπετρέψατε, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὅσα αὐτὸς μετὰ ταῦθʼ ὑμῖν προσεκτησάμην, ἵνα καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων καταμάθητε τοῦθʼ ὅτι οὐδʼ ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς δυναστείας τινὸς ἐπεθύμησα, ἀλλʼ ὄντως τῷ τε πατρὶ δεινῶς σφαγέντι τιμωρῆσαι καὶ τὴν πόλιν ἐκ μεγάλων καὶ ἐπαλλήλων κακῶν ἐξελέσθαι ἠθέλησα.
You see for yourselves, of course, that it is in my power to rule over you for life; for every factious element has either been put down through the application of justice or brought to its sense by receiving mercy, while those who were on my side have been made devoted by my reciprocating their friendly services and bound fast by having a share in the government. 2 Therefore none of them desires a revolution, and if anything of the sort should take place, at least the party which will stand by me is even more ready than it was before. My military is in the finest condition as regards both loyalty and strength; there is money and there are allies; and, most important of all, you and the people are so disposed toward me that you would distinctly wish to have me at your head. However, I shall lead you no longer, and no one will be able to say that it was to win absolute power that I did whatever has hitherto been done. Nay, I give up my office completely, and restore to you absolutely everything, — the army, the laws, and the provinces, — not only those which you committed to me, 4 but also those which I myself later acquired for you. Thus my very deeds also will prove to you that even at the outset I desired no position of power, but in very truth wished to avenge my father, cruelly murdered, and to extricate the city from great evils that came on unceasingly.
§ 53.5
ὄφελον μὲν γὰρ μηδὲ ἐπιστῆναί ποτε οὕτω τοῖς πράγμασι· τοῦτʼ ἔστιν, ὄφελον μὴ δεδεῆσθαί μου πρὸς τοιοῦτό τι τὴν πόλιν, ἀλλ ἐν εἰρήνῃ καὶ ὁμονοίᾳ, καθάπερ ποτὲ καὶ οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν, καὶ ἡμᾶς τοὺς ἐν τῇδε τῇ ἡλικίᾳ ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς βεβιωκέναι. ἐπεὶ δὲ εἱμαρμένη τις, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἐς τοῦτο προήγαγεν ὑμᾶς ὥστε καὶ ἐμοῦ, καίπερ νέου ἔτι τότε ὄντος, καὶ χρείαν σχεῖν καὶ πεῖραν λαβεῖν, μέχρι μὲν οὗ τὰ πράγματα τῆς παρʼ ἐμοῦ ἐπικουρίας ἔχρῃζε, πάντα τε προθύμως καὶ ὑπὲρ τὴν ἡλικίαν ἐποίησα καὶ πάντα εὐτυχῶς καὶ ὑπὲρ τὴν δύναμιν κατέπραξα· καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ὅ τι τῶν πάντων ἀπέτρεψέ με κινδυνεύουσιν ὑμῖν ἐπικουρῆσαι, οὐ πόνος, οὐ φόβος, οὐκ ἐχθρῶν ἀπειλαί, οὐ φίλων δεήσεις, οὐ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν συνεστηκότων, οὐχ ἡ ἀπόνοια τῶν ἀντιτεταγμένων, ἀλλʼ ἐπέδωκα ἀφειδῶς ὑμῖν ἐμαυτὸν ἐς πάντα τὰ περιεστηκότα, καὶ ἔπραξα καὶ ἔπαθον ἅπερ ἴστε. ἐξ ὧν αὐτὸς μὲν οὐδὲν κεκέρδαγκα πλὴν τοῦ τὴν πατρίδα περιπεποιῆσθαι, ὑμεῖς δὲ καὶ σώζεσθε καὶ σωφρονεῖτε. ἐπειδὴ δὲ καλῶς ποιοῦσα ἡ τύχη καὶ τὴν εἰρήνην ἄδολον καὶ τὴν ὁμόνοιαν ἀστασίαστον διʼ ἐμοῦ ὑμῖν ἀποδέδωκεν, ἀπολάβετε καὶ τὴν ἐλευθερίαν καὶ τὴν δημοκρατίαν, κομίσασθε καὶ τὰ ὅπλα καὶ τὰ ἔθνη τὰ ὑπήκοα, καὶ πολιτεύεσθε ὥσπερ εἰώθειτε.
Indeed, I would that I had not gone so far as to assume charge of affairs as I did; that is, I would that the city had not required me for any such task, but that we of this generation also might have lived from the beginning in peace and harmony, as our fathers lived of yore. 2 But since some destiny, as it appears, brought you to a position where you had need even of me, young as I still was at the time, and put me to the test, I did everything with a zeal even beyond my years and accomplished everything with a good fortune even beyond my powers, so long as the situation demanded my help. And nothing in the world could deter me from aiding you when you were in danger, — neither toil, nor fear, nor threats of foes, nor prayers of friends, nor the multitude of the conspirators, nor the desperation of our adversaries; nay, I gave myself to you unstintingly for any and all the exigencies which have arisen, and what I did and suffered, you know. 4 From all this I have derived no gain for myself except that I have kept my country from perishing; but as for you, you are enjoying both safety and tranquillity. Since, then, Fortune, by using me, has graciously restored to you peace without treachery and harmony without faction, receive back also your liberty and the republic; take over the army and the subject provinces, and govern yourselves as has been your wont.
§ 53.6
καὶ μήτε θαυμάσητε εἰ ταῦθʼ οὕτω φρονῶ, τήν τε ἄλλην ἐπιείκειάν μου καὶ πρᾳότητα καὶ ἀπραγμοσύνην ὁρῶντες, καὶ προσεκλογιζόμενοι ὅτι οὐδὲν πώποτε οὔθʼ ὑπέρογκον οὔθʼ ὑπὲρ τοὺς πολλούς, καίπερ πολλὰ πολλάκις ψηφισαμένων ὑμῶν, ἐδεξάμην· μήτʼ αὖ μωρίαν μου καταγνῶτε, ὅτι ἐξόν μοι καὶ ὑμῶν ἄρχειν καὶ τηλικαύτην ἡγεμονίαν τοσαύτης οἰκουμένης ἔχειν οὐ βούλομαι. ἐγὼ γάρ, ἄν τε τὸ δίκαιόν τις ἐξετάζῃ, δικαιότατον εἶναι νομίζω τὸ τὰ ὑμέτερα ὑμᾶς διέπειν, ἄν τε καὶ τὸ συμφέρον, συμφορώτατον ἡγοῦμαι καὶ ἐμοὶ τὸ μήτε πράγματα ἔχειν μήτε φθονεῖσθαι μήτε ἐπιβουλεύεσθαι καὶ ὑμῖν τὸ μετʼ ἐλευθερίας καὶ σωφρόνως καὶ φιλικῶς πολιτεύεσθαι· ἄν τε καὶ τὸ εὐκλεές, οὗπερ ἕνεκα πολλοὶ καὶ πολεμεῖν καὶ κινδυνεύειν πολλάκις αἱροῦνται, πῶς μὲν οὐκ εὐδοξότατόν μοι ἔσται τηλικαύτης ἀρχῆς ἀφέσθαι, πῶς δʼ οὐκ εὐκλεέστατον ἐκ τοσούτου ἡγεμονίας ὄγκου ἐθελοντὶ ἰδιωτεῦσαι; ὥστʼ εἴ τις ὑμῶν ἀπιστεῖ ταῦτʼ ὄντως τινὰ ἄλλον καὶ φρονῆσαι ἐπʼ ἀληθείας καὶ εἰπεῖν δύνασθαι, ἔμοιγε πιστευσάτω. πολλὰ γὰρ καὶ μεγάλα καταλέξαι ἔχων ὅσα καὶ ὑπʼ ἐμοῦ καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρός μου εὐηργέτησθε, ἐφʼ οἷς εἰκότως ἂν ἡμᾶς ὑπὲρ πάντας τοὺς ἄλλους καὶ φιλοίητε καὶ τιμῴητε, οὐδὲν ἂν ἄλλο τούτου μᾶλλον εἴποιμι, οὐδʼ ἂν ἐπʼ ἄλλῳ τινὶ μᾶλλον σεμνυναίμην, ὅτι τὴν μοναρχίαν μήτε ἐκεῖνος καίτοι διδόντων ὑμῶν λαβεῖν ἠθέλησε καὶ ἐγὼ ἔχων ἀφίημι.
“You should not be surprised at this purpose of mine, when you see my reasonableness in other respects, my mildness, and my love of quiet, and when you reflect, moreover, that I have never accepted any extraordinary privilege nor anything beyond what the many might gain, though you have often voted many of them to me. 2 Do not, on the other hand, condemn me as foolish because, when it is in my power to rule over you and to hold so great a sovereignty over this vast world, I do not wish it. For, if one looks into the merits of the case from the point of view of justice, I regard it as most just for you to manage your own affairs; if from the point of view of expediency, I consider it most expedient, both that I should be free from trouble and not be the object of jealousy and intrigue, and that you should have a government based upon liberty and conducted with moderation and friendly feeling; and if, finally, from the point of view of glory, to win which many men are often found ready to choose war and personal risk, will it not add most to my renown to resign so great an empire, will it not add most to my glory to leave so exalted a sovereignty and voluntarily become a private citizen? Therefore, if there is any one of you who believes that no man except me can really and sincerely hold to such ideals and give them utterance, at least let him believe it of me. 4 For, though I could recite many great benefits conferred upon you both by me and by my father, for which we beyond all other men could reasonably claim your affection and your honour, I could single out no other act in preference to this, nor could I feel a greater pride in any other thing than this, — that he refused the monarchy although you offered it to him, and that I, when I hold it, lay it aside.
§ 53.7
τί γὰρ ἄν τις καὶ παρεξετάσειεν αὐτῷ; τὴν Γαλατίας ἅλωσιν ἢ τὴν Παννονίας δούλωσιν ἢ τὴν Μυσίας χείρωσιν ἢ τὴν Αἰγύπτου καταστροφήν; ἀλλὰ τὸν Φαρνάκην τὸν Ἰούβαν τὸν Φραάτην, τὴν ἐπὶ τοὺς Βρεττανοὺς στρατείαν, τὴν τοῦ Ῥήνου διάβασιν; καίτοι τοσαῦτα καὶ τοιαῦτα ταῦτά ἐστιν ὅσα καὶ οἷα οὐδὲ σύμπαντες οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν ἐν παντὶ τῷ πρόσθεν χρόνῳ πεποιήκασιν. ἀλλʼ ὅμως οὔτε τούτων τι τῷ παρόντι ἔργῳ παραβαλεῖν ἐστιν ἄξιον, οὔθʼ ὅτι τοὺς ἐμφυλίους πολέμους καὶ μεγίστους καὶ ποικιλωτάτους διὰ πάντων γενομένους καὶ διεπολεμήσαμεν καλῶς καὶ διεθέμεθα φιλανθρώπως, τοῦ μὲν ἀντιστάντος ὡς καὶ πολεμίου παντὸς κρατήσαντες, τὸ δʼ ὑπεῖξαν ὡς καὶ φίλιον πᾶν περισώσαντες, ὥστʼ εἴπερ ποτὲ καὶ αὖθις πεπρωμένον εἴη τὴν πόλιν ἡμῶν νοσῆσαι, τοῦτον αὐτὴν τὸν τρόπον εὔξασθαί τινα στασιάσαι· τὸ γάρ τοι τοσοῦτόν τε ἰσχύσαντας ἡμᾶς καὶ οὕτω καὶ τῇ ἀρετῇ καὶ τῇ τύχῃ ἀκμάσαντας ὥστε καὶ ἑκόντων καὶ ἀκόντων ὑμῶν αὐταρχῆσαι δυνηθῆναι, μήτε ἐκφρονῆσαι μήτε τῆς μοναρχίας ἐπιθυμῆσαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐκεῖνον διδομένην αὐτὴν ἀπώσασθαι καὶ ἐμὲ δεδομένην ἀποδιδόναι, ὑπὲρ ἄνθρωπόν ἐστιν. λέγω δὲ ταῦτα οὐκ ἄλλως ἐπικομπῶν (οὐδὲ γὰρ ἂν εἶπον αὐτὰ ἀρχήν, εἰ καὶ ὁτιοῦν πλεονεκτήσειν ἀπʼ αὐτῶν ἤμελλονʼ, ἀλλʼ ἵνα εἰδῆτε ὅτι πολλῶν καὶ μεγάλων ἔς τε τὸ κοινὸν εὐεργετημάτων καὶ ἐς τὰ οἰκεῖα σεμνολογημάτων ἡμῖν ὄντων, ἐπὶ τούτῳ μάλιστα ἀγαλλόμεθα ὅτι, ὧν ἕτεροι καὶ βιαζόμενοί τινας ἐπιθυμοῦσι, ταῦθʼ
”What achievement, indeed, could one compare with these acts of ours? The conquest of Gaul, the enslavement of Pannonia, the subjugation of Moesia, the overthrow of Egypt? Or Pharnaces, or Juba, or Phraates, or the campaign against the Britons, or the crossing of the Rhine? Yet these are greater and more important deeds than even all our forefathers together performed in all previous time. 2 Nevertheless, no one of these exploits deserves a place beside my present act, to say nothing of our civil wars, of all which have ever occurred the greatest and most varied in its changing fortunes, which we fought to an honourable conclusion and brought to a humane settlement, overpowering as enemies all who resisted, but sparing as friends all who yielded; therein setting an example, so that if it should be fated that our city should ever again be afflicted, one might pray that it should conduct its quarrel in the same way. Indeed, I will go further: that we, when we possessed a strength so great, and when we so clearly stood at the summit of prowess and good fortune, that we could exercise over you, with or without your consent, our arbitrary rule, did not lose our sense or conceive the desire for sole supremacy, but that he thrust that supremacy aside when it was offered him and that I return it after it has been given to me, — that, I say, transcends the deeds of a man! 4 I say this, not by way of idle boasting, — indeed, I should not have said it at all, if I were going to derive any advantage whatever from it, — but in order that you may see that, although we can point to many benefits conferred upon the state at large and to many services rendered to individuals of which we might boast, yet we take the greatest pride in this, that what others so desire that they are even willing to do violence to gain it, this we do not accept even under compulsion.
§ 53.8
ἡμεῖς οὐδʼ ἀναγκαζόμενοι προσιέμεθα. τίς μὲν γὰρ ἂν μεγαλοψυχότερός μου, ἵνα μὴ καὶ τὸν πατέρα τὸν μετηλλαχότα αὖθις εἴπω, τίς δὲ δαιμονιώτερος εὑρεθείη; ὅστις, ὦ Ζεῦ καὶ Ἥρακλες, στρατιώτας τοσούτους καὶ τοιούτους, καὶ πολίτας καὶ συμμάχους, φιλοῦντάς με ἔχων, καὶ πάσης μὲν τῆς ἐντὸς τῶν Ἡρακλείων στηλῶν θαλάσσης πλὴν ὀλίγων κρατῶν, ἐν πάσαις δὲ ταῖς ἠπείροις καὶ πόλεις καὶ ἔθη κεκτημένος, καὶ μήτʼ ἀλλοφύλου τινὸς ἔτι προσπολεμοῦντός μοι μήτʼ οἰκείου στασιάζοντος, ἀλλὰ πάντων ὑμῶν καὶ εἰρηνούντων καὶ ὁμονοούντων καὶ εὐθενούντων καὶ τὸ μέγιστον ἐθελοντηδὸν πειθαρχούντων, ἔπειθʼ ἑκούσιος αὐτεπάγγελτος καὶ ἀρχῆς τηλικαύτης ἀφίσταμαι καὶ οὐσίας τοσαύτης ἀπαλλάττομαι. ὥστʼ εἴπερ ὁ Ὁράτιος ὁ Μούκιος ὁ Κούρτιος ὁ Ῥήγουλος οἱ Δέκιοι καὶ κινδυνεῦσαι καὶ ἀποθανεῖν ὑπὲρ τοῦ μέγα τι καὶ καλὸν πεποιηκέναι δόξαι ἠθέλησαν, πῶς οὐκ ἂν ἐγὼ μᾶλλον ἐπιθυμήσαιμι τοῦτο πρᾶξαι ἐξ οὗ κἀκείνους καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἅμα πάντας ἀνθρώπους εὐκλείᾳ ζῶν ὑπερβαλῶ; μὴ γάρ τοι νομίσῃ τις ὑμῶν τοὺς μὲν πάλαι Ῥωμαίους καὶ ἀρετῆς καὶ εὐδοξίας ἐφεῖσθαι, νῦν δὲ ἐξίτηλον ἐν τῇ πόλει πᾶν τὸ ἀνδρῶδες γεγονέναι. μὴ μέντοι μηδʼ ὑποπτεύσῃ ὅτι προέσθαι τε ὑμᾶς καὶ πονηροῖς τισιν ἀνδράσιν ἐπιτρέψαι, ἢ καὶ ὀχλοκρατίᾳ τινί, ἐξ ἧς οὐ μόνον οὐδὲν χρηστὸν ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντα τὰ δεινότατα ἀεὶ πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις γίγνεται, ἐκδοῦναι βούλομαι. ὑμῖν γάρ, ὑμῖν τοῖς ἀρίστοις καὶ φρονιμωτάτοις πάντα τὰ κοινὰ ἀνατίθημι. ἐκεῖνο μὲν γὰρ οὐδέποτʼ ἂν ἐποίησα, οὐδʼ εἰ μυριάκις ἀποθανεῖν ἢ καὶ μοναρχῆσαί με ἔδει· τοῦτο δὲ καὶ ὑπὲρ ἐμαυτοῦ καὶ ὑπὲρ τῆς πόλεως ποιῶ. αὐτός τε γὰρ καὶ πεπόνημαι καὶ τεταλαιπώρημαι, καὶ οὐκέτʼ οὔτε τῇ ψυχῇ οὔτε τῷ σώματι ἀντέχειν δύναμαι· καὶ προσέτι καὶ τὸν φθόνον καὶ τὸ μῖσος, ἃ καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἀρίστους ἄνδρας ἐγγίγνεταί τισι, τάς τε ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐπιβουλὰς προορῶμαι. καὶ διὰ ταῦτα καὶ ἰδιωτεῦσαι μᾶλλον εὐκλεῶς ἢ μοναρχῆσαι ἐπικινδύνως αἱροῦμαι. καὶ τὰ κοινὰ κοινῶς ἂν πολὺ βέλτιον ἅτε καὶ ὑπὸ πολλῶν ἅμα διαγόμενα καὶ μὴ ἐς ἕνα τινὰ ἀνηρτημένα διοικοῖτο.
Who could be found more magnanimous than I, — not to mention again my deceased father, — who more nearly divine? For I, — the gods be my witnesses! — who have so many gallant soldiers, both Romans and allies, who are devoted to me, I, who am supreme over the entire sea within the Pillars of Hercules except for a few tribes, I who possess both cities and provinces in every continent, 2 at a time when there is no longer any foreign enemy making war upon me and no one at home is engaged in sedition, but when you are all at peace, are harmonious and strong, and, greatest of all, are content to yield obedience, I, in spite of all this, voluntarily and of my own motion resign so great a dominion and give up so vast a possession. So then, if Horatius, Mucius, Curtius, Regulus, and the Decii were willing to encounter danger and to die to win the fame of having done a great and noble deed, why should not I desire even more to do this thing, whereby, without losing my life, I shall excel both them and all the rest of mankind in glory? 4 In truth no one of you should think that the ancient Romans sought to win fair fame and reputation for valour, but that in these days every manly virtue has become extinct in the state. And further, let no one suspect that I wish to betray you by delivering you into the hands of a group of wicked men, or by giving you over to government by the mob, from which nothing good ever comes, but rather in all cases and for all mankind nothing but the most terrible evils. Nay, it is to you senators, to you who are the best and wisest, that I restore the entire administration of the state. The other course I should never have followed, even had it been necessary for me to die a thousand deaths, or even to assume the sole rule; but this policy I adopt both for my own good and for that of the city. 6 For I myself have undergone both labours and hardships and am no longer able to stand the strain, either in mind or in body. Furthermore, I foresee the jealousy and hatred which are engendered in certain persons against even the best men and the plots which arise therefrom. It is for these reasons that I choose the life of a private citizen and fair fame rather than that of a sovereign and constant peril. And as for the business of the commonwealth, it would be carried on far better by all in common, inasmuch as it would be transacted by many men together instead of being dependent upon some one man.
§ 53.9
δι’ οὖν ταῦτα καὶ ἱκετεύω καὶ δέομαι πάντων ὑμῶν ὁμοίως καὶ συνεπαινέσαι καὶ συμπροθυμηθῆναί μοι, λογισαμένους πάνθʼ ὅσα καὶ πεπολέμηκα ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν καὶ πεπολίτευμαι, κἀν τούτῳ πᾶσάν μοι τὴν ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν χάριν ἀποδόντας, ἐν τῷ συγχωρῆσαί μοι ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ ἤδη ποτὲ καταβιῶναι, ἵνα καὶ ἐκεῖνο εἰδῆτε ὅτι οὐ μόνον ἄρχειν ἀλλὰ καὶ ἄρχεσθαι ἐπίσταμαι, καὶ πάνθʼ ὅσα ἄλλοις ἐπέταξα, καὶ αὐτὸς ἀντεπιταχθῆναι δύναμαι. μάλιστα μὲν γὰρ καὶ ἀσφαλῶς ζήσειν καὶ μηδὲν ὑπὸ μηδενὸς μήτε ἔργῳ μήτε λόγῳ κακὸν πείσεσθαι προσδοκῶ· τοσοῦτόν που τῇ εὐνοίᾳ ὑμῶν, ἐξ ὧν αὐτὸς ἐμαυτῷ σύνοιδα, πιστεύω. ἂν δέ τι καὶ πάθω, οἷα πολλοῖς συμβαίνει (οὐδὲ γὰρ οἷόν τέ ἐστι πᾶσί τινα, ἄλλως τε καὶ ἐν τοσούτοις πολέμοις, τοῖς μὲν ὀθνείοις τοῖς δὲ καὶ ἐμφυλίοις, γενόμενον καὶ τηλικαῦτα πράγματα ἐπιτραπέντα, ἀρέσαἰ, καὶ πάνυ ἑτοίμως καὶ πρὸ τοῦ εἱμαρμένου μοι χρόνου τελευτῆσαι μᾶλλον ἰδιωτεύσας, ἢ καὶ ἀθάνατος μοναρχήσας γενέσθαι, αἱροῦμαι. ἐμοὶ μὲν γὰρ εὔκλειαν καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο οἴσει ὅτι οὐ μόνον οὐκ ἐφόνευσά τινα ὑπὲρ τοῦ τὴν ἀρχὴν κατασχεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ προσαπέθανον ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ μοναρχῆσαι· ὁ δὲ δὴ τολμήσας ἀποκτεῖναί με πάντως που καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ δαιμονίου καὶ ὑφʼ ὑμῶν κολασθήσεται. ἅπερ που καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ πατρός μου γέγονεν· ἐκεῖνος μὲν γὰρ καὶ ἰσόθεος ἀπεδείχθη καὶ τιμῶν ἀιδίων ἔτυχεν, οἱ δʼ ἀποσφάξαντες αὐτὸν κακοὶ κακῶς ἀπώλοντο. ἀθάνατοι μὲν γὰρ οὐκ ἂν δυνηθείημεν γενέσθαι, ἐκ δὲ δὴ τοῦ καλῶς ζῆσαι καὶ ἐκ τοῦ καλῶς τελευτῆσαι καὶ τοῦτο τρόπον τινὰ κτώμεθα. ἀφʼ οὗπερ καὶ ἐγὼ τὸ μὲν ἤδη ἔχων τὸ δὲ ἕξειν ἐλπίζων, ἀποδίδωμι ὑμῖν καὶ τὰ ὅπλα καὶ τὰ ἔθνη τάς τε προσόδους καὶ τοὺς νόμους, τοσοῦτον μόνον ὑπειπών, ἵνα μήτε τὸ μέγεθος ἢ καὶ τὸ δυσμεταχείριστον τῶν πραγμάτων φοβηθέντες ἀθυμήσητε, μήτʼ αὖ καταφρονήσαντες αὐτῶν ὡς καὶ ῥᾳδίως διοικεῖσθαι δυναμένων ἀμελήσητε.
“For these reasons, then, I ask and implore you one and all both to approve my course and to coöperate heartily with me, reflecting upon all that I have done for you alike in war and in public life, and rendering me complete recompense for it all by this one favour, — by allowing me at last to be at peace as I live out my life. Thus you will come to know that I understand not only how to rule but also how to submit to rule, and that all the commands which I have laid upon others I can endure to have laid upon me. 2 I ask this because I expect to live in security, if that be possible, and to suffer no harm from anybody by either deed or word, — such is the confidence, based upon my own conscience, which I have in your good-will; but if some disaster should befall me, such as falls to the lot of many (for it is not possible for a man to please everybody, especially when he has been involved in wars of such magnitude, both foreign and civil, and has had affairs of such importance entrusted to him), with entire willingness I make my choice to die even before my appointed time as a private citizen, in preference to living forever as the occupant of a throne. 4 Indeed, this very choice will bring me renown, — that I not only did not deprive another of life in order to win that office, but went so far as even to give up my life in order to avoid being king; and the man who dares to slay me will certainly be punished, I am sure, both by Heaven and by you, as happened, methinks, in the case of my father. For he was declared to be the equal of the gods and obtained eternal honours, whereas those who slew him perished, miserable men, by a miserable death. As for immortality, we could not possibly achieve it; but by living nobly and by dying nobly we do in a sense gain even this boon. 6 Therefore, I, who already possess the first requisite and hope to possess the second, return to you the armies and the provinces, the revenues and the laws, adding only a few words of suggestion, to the end that you may not be afraid of the magnitude of the business of administration, or of the difficulty of handling it and so become discouraged, and that you may not, on the other hand, regard it with contempt, with the idea that it can easily be managed, and thus neglect it.
§ 53.10
καίτοι καὶ καθʼ ἕκαστον τῶν μειζόνων οὐκ ἂν ὀκνήσαιμι ὑμῖν ἐν κεφαλαίοις ὅσα χρὴ πράττειν ὑποθέσθαι. τίνα δὲ ταῦτά ἐστι; πρῶτον μὲν τοὺς κειμένους νόμους ἰσχυρῶς φυλάττετε, καὶ μηδένα αὐτῶν μεταβάλητε· τὰ γὰρ ἐν ταὐτῷ μένοντα, κἂν χείρω ᾖ, συμφορώτερα τῶν ἀεὶ καινοτομουμένων, κἂν βελτίω εἶναι δοκῇ, ἐστίν. ἔπειτα δέ, ὅσα προστάττουσιν ὑμῖν οὗτοι ποιεῖν καὶ ὅσων ἀπαγορεύουσιν ἀπέχεσθαι, μὴ τῷ λόγῳ μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ ἔργῳ, μηδʼ ἐν τῷ κοινῷ μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ ἰδίᾳ ἀκριβῶς παρατηρεῖσθε, ὅπως μὴ τιμωρίας ἀλλὰ τιμῶν τυγχάνητε. τάς τε ἀρχὰς καὶ τὰς εἰρηνικὰς καὶ τὰς πολεμικὰς τοῖς ἀεὶ ἀρίστοις τε καὶ ἐμφρονεστάτοις ἐπιτρέπετε, μήτε φθονοῦντές τισι, μήθʼ ὑπὲρ τοῦ τὸν δεῖνα ἢ τὸν δεῖνα πλεονεκτῆσαί τι, ἀλλʼ ὑπὲρ τοῦ τὴν πόλιν καὶ σώζεσθαι καὶ εὐπραγεῖν φιλοτιμούμενοι. καὶ τοὺς μὲν τοιούτους τιμᾶτε, τοὺς δʼ ἄλλως πως πολιτευομένους κολάζετε. καὶ τὰ μὲν ἴδια κοινὰ τῇ πόλει παρέχετε, τῶν δὲ δημοσίων ὡς ἀλλοτρίων ἀπέχεσθε. καὶ τὰ μὲν ὑπάρχονθʼ ὑμῖν ἀκριβῶς φυλάττετε, τῶν δὲ μὴ προσηκόντων μηδαμῶς ἐφίεσθε. καὶ τοὺς μὲν συμμάχους καὶ τοὺς ὑπηκόους μήθʼ ὑβρίζετε μήτε ἐκχρηματίζεσθε, τοὺς δὲ πολεμίους μήτʼ ἀδικεῖτε μήτε φοβεῖσθε. τὰ μὲν ὅπλα ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν ἀεὶ ἔχετε, μὴ μέντοι μήτε κατʼ ἀλλήλων μήτε κατὰ τῶν εἰρηνούντων αὐτοῖς χρῆσθε. τούς τε στρατιώτας τρέφετε μὲν ἀρκούντως, ὥστε μηδενὸς τῶν ἀλλοτρίων διʼ ἀπορίαν ἐπιθυμῆσαι, συνέχετε δὲ καὶ σωφρονίζετε, ὥστε μηδὲν κακὸν διὰ θρασύτητα δρᾶσαι. ἀλλὰ τί δεῖ μακρολογεῖν, πάνθʼ ἃ προσήκει ποιεῖν ὑμᾶς ἐπεξιόντα; καὶ γὰρ τὰ λοιπὰ ῥᾳδίως ἂν ἐκ τούτων ὡς χρὴ πράττεσθαι συνίδοιτε. ἓν οὖν ἔτι τοῦτο εἰπὼν παύσομαι, ὅτι ἂν μὲν οὕτω πολιτεύσησθε, αὐτοί τε εὐδαιμονήσετε καὶ ἐμοὶ χαριεῖσθε, ὅστις ὑμᾶς στασιάζοντας κακῶς λαβὼν τοιούτους ἀπέδειξα, ἂν δʼ ἀδυνατήσητε καὶ ὁτιοῦν αὐτῶν πρᾶξαι, ἐμὲ μὲν μετανοῆσαι ποιήσετε, τὴν δὲ δὴ πόλιν ἔς τε πολέμους πολλοὺς καὶ ἐς κινδύνους μεγάλους αὖθις ἐμβαλεῖτε.”
”And yet, after all, I feel no hesitancy about suggesting to you in a summary way what ought to be done in each of the leading departments of administration. And what are these suggestions? In the first place, guard vigilantly the established laws and change none of them; for what remains fixed, even though it be inferior, is more advantageous than what is always subject to innovations, even though it seems to be superior. 2 Next, pay strict heed to do whatever these laws enjoin upon you and to refrain from whatever they forbid, and do this not only in word but also in deed, not only in public but also in private, that you may obtain, not penalties, but honours. Entrust the offices both of peace and of war to those who are the most excellent and the most prudent, harbouring no jealousy of any man, and indulging in rivalry, not to advance the private interests of this or that man, but to keep the city safe and make it prosperous. 4 Honour men who show this spirit, but punish those who act otherwise in political life. Treat your private means as the common property of the state, but refrain from the public funds as belonging to others. Guard strictly what you already have, but never covet that which does not belong to you. Do not treat the allies and subject nations insolently nor exploit them for gain, and in dealing with the enemy, neither wrong him nor fear him. Have your arms always in hand, but do not use them either against one another or against those who keep the peace. 6 Maintain the soldiers adequately, so that they may not on account of want desire anything which belongs to others; keep them in hand and under discipline, that they may not become presumptuous and do harm. “But why make a long speech by going through everything in detail which it behooves you to do? For you may easily understand from these hints how all other matters should be handled. I will close with this one further remark, that if you will conduct the government in this manner, you will both enjoy prosperity yourselves and you will gratify me, who found you engaged in wretched strife and made you what you now are; 8 but if there is any part whatever of this programme that you shall prove unable to carry out, you will cause me to regret my action and you will at the same time cast the city again into many wars and grave dangers.”
§ 53.11
τοιαῦτα τοῦ Καίσαρος ἀναλέγοντος ποικίλον τι πάθος τοὺς βουλευτὰς κατελάμβανεν. ὀλίγοι μὲν γὰρ τήν τε διάνοιαν αὐτοῦ ᾔδεσαν κἀκ τούτου καὶ συνεσπούδαζον αὐτῷ· τῶν δʼ ἄλλων οἱ μὲν ὑπώπτευον τὰ λεγόμενα οἱ δὲ ἐπίστευόν σφισι, καὶ διὰ ταῦτα καὶ ἐθαύμαζον ὁμοίως ἀμφότεροι, οἱ μὲν τὴν περιτέχνησιν αὐτοῦ οἱ δὲ τὴν γνώμην, καὶ ἤχθοντο οἱ μὲν τῇ πραγματείᾳ αὐτοῦ οἱ δὲ τῇ μετανοίᾳ. τό τε γὰρ δημοκρατικὸν ἤδη τινὲς ὡς καὶ στασιῶδες ἐμίσουν, καὶ τῇ μεταστάσει τῆς πολιτείας ἠρέσκοντο, τῷ τε Καίσαρι ἔχαιρον. καὶ ἀπʼ αὐτῶν τοῖς μὲν παθήμασι διαφόροις τοῖς δὲ ἐπινοήμασιν ὁμοίοις ἐχρῶντο. οὔτε γὰρ πιστεύσαντες ἀληθῶς αὐτὰ λέγεσθαι χαίρειν ἐδύναντο, οὔθʼ οἱ βουλόμενοι τοῦτο διὰ τὸ δέος, οὔθʼ οἱ ἕτεροι διὰ τὰς ἐλπίδας· οὔτʼ ἀπιστήσαντες διαβαλεῖν τε αὐτὸν καὶ ἐλέγξαι ἐτόλμων, οἱ μὲν ὅτι ἐφοβοῦντο, οἱ δʼ ὅτι οὐκ ἐβούλοντο. ὅθενπερ καὶ πιστεύειν αὐτῷ πάντες οἱ μὲν ἠναγκάζοντο οἱ δὲ ἐπλάττοντο. καὶ ἐπαινεῖν αὐτὸν οἱ μὲν οὐκ ἐθάρσουν οἱ δʼ οὐκ ἤθελον, ἀλλὰ πολλὰ μὲν καὶ μεταξὺ ἀναγιγνώσκοντος αὐτοῦ διεβόων πολλὰ δὲ καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο, μοναρχεῖσθαί τε δεόμενοι καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐς τοῦτο φέροντα ἐπιλέγοντες, μέχρις οὗ κατηνάγκασαν δῆθεν αὐτὸν αὐταρχῆσαι. καὶ παραυτίκα γε τοῖς δορυφορήσουσιν αὐτὸν διπλάσιον τὸν μισθὸν τοῦ τοῖς ἄλλοις στρατιώταις διδομένου ψηφισθῆναι διεπράξατο, ὅπως ἀκριβῆ τὴν φρουρὰν ἔχῃ. οὕτως ὡς ἀληθῶς καταθέσθαι τὴν μοναρχίαν ἐπεθύμησε.
While Caesar was reading this address, varied feelings took possession of the senators. A few of them knew his real intention and consequently kept applauding him enthusiastically; of the rest, some were suspicious of his words, while others believed them, and therefore both classes marvelled equally, the one at his cunning and the other at his decision, and both were displeased, the former at his scheming and the latter at his change of mind. 2 For already there were some who abhorred the democratic constitution as a breeder of strife, were pleased at the change in government, and took delight in Caesar. Consequently, though they were variously affected by his announcement, their views were the same. For, on the one hand, those who believed he had spoken the truth could not show their pleasure, — those who wished to do so being restrained by their fear and the others by their hopes, — and those, on the other hand, who did not believe it did not dare accuse him and expose his insincerity, some because they were afraid and others because they did not care to do so. 4 Hence all the doubters either were compelled to believe him or else pretended that they did. As for praising him, some had not the courage and others were unwilling; on the contrary, but while he was reading and afterwards, they kept shouting out, begging for a monarchical government and urging every argument in its favour, until they forced him as it was made to appear, to assume autocratic power. His very first act was to secure a decree granting to the men who should compose his bodyguard double the pay that was given to the rest of the soldiers, so that he might be strictly guarded. When this was done, he was eager to establish the monarchy in very truth.
§ 53.12
τὴν μὲν οὖν ἡγεμονίαν τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ καὶ παρὰ τῆς γερουσίας τοῦ τε δήμου ἐβεβαιώσατο, βουληθεὶς δὲ δὴ καὶ ὣς δημοτικός τις εἶναι δόξαι, τὴν μὲν φροντίδα τήν τε προστασίαν τῶν κοινῶν πᾶσαν ὡς καὶ ἐπιμελείας τινὸς δεομένων ὑπεδέξατο, οὔτε δὲ πάντων αὐτὸς τῶν ἐθνῶν ἄρξειν, οὔθʼ ὅσων ἂν ἄρξῃ, διὰ παντὸς τοῦτο ποιήσειν ἔφη, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν ἀσθενέστερα ὡς καὶ εἰρηναῖα καὶ ἀπόλεμα ἀπέδωκε τῇ βουλῇ, τὰ δʼ ἰσχυρότερα ὡς καὶ σφαλερὰ καὶ ἐπικίνδυνα καὶ ἤτοι πολεμίους τινὰς προσοίκους ἔχοντα ἢ καὶ αὐτὰ καθʼ ἑαυτὰ μέγα τι νεωτερίσαι δυνάμενα κατέσχε, λόγῳ μὲν ὅπως ἡ μὲν γερουσία ἀδεῶς τὰ κάλλιστα τῆς ἀρχῆς καρπῷτο, αὐτὸς δὲ τούς τε πόνους καὶ τοὺς κινδύνους ἔχῃ, ἔργῳ δὲ ἵνα ἐπὶ τῇ προφάσει ταύτῃ ἐκεῖνοι μὲν καὶ ἄοπλοι καὶ ἄμαχοι ὦσιν, αὐτὸς δὲ δὴ μόνος καὶ ὅπλα ἔχῃ καὶ στρατιώτας τρέφῃ. καὶ ἐνομίσθη διὰ ταῦτα ἡ μὲν Ἀφρικὴ καὶ ἡ Νουμιδία ἥ τε Ἀσία καὶ ἡ Ἑλλὰς μετὰ τῆς Ἠπείρου, καὶ τὸ Δελματικὸν τό τε Μακεδονικὸν καὶ Σικελία, Κρήτη τε μετὰ Λιβύης τῆς περὶ Κυρήνην καὶ Βιθυνία μετὰ τοῦ προσκειμένου οἱ Πόντου, Σαρδώ τε καὶ Βαιτικὴ τοῦ τε δήμου καὶ τῆς γερουσίας εἶναι, τοῦ δὲ δὴ Καίσαρος ἥ τε λοιπὴ Ἰβηρία, ἥ τε περὶ Ταρράκωνα καὶ ἡ Λυσιτανία, καὶ Γαλάται πάντες, οἵ τε Ναρβωνήσιοι καὶ οἱ Λουγδουνήσιοι Ἀκυιτανοί τε καὶ Βελγικοί, αὐτοί τε καὶ οἱ ἔποικοί σφων· Κελτῶν γάρ τινες, οὓς δὴ Γερμανοὺς καλοῦμεν, πᾶσαν τὴν πρὸς τῷ Ῥήνῳ Βελγικὴν κατασχόντες Γερμανίαν ὀνομάζεσθαι ἐποίησαν, τὴν μὲν ἄνω τὴν μετὰ τὰς τοῦ ποταμοῦ πηγάς, τὴν δὲ κάτω τὴν μέχρι τοῦ ὠκεανοῦ τοῦ Βρεττανικοῦ οὖσαν. ταῦτά τε οὖν καὶ ἡ Συρία ἡ κοίλη καλουμένη ἥ τε Φοινίκη καὶ Κιλικία καὶ Κύπρος καὶ Αἰγύπτιοι ἐν τῇ τοῦ Καίσαρος μερίδι τότε ἐγένοντο· ὕστερον γὰρ τὴν μὲν Κύπρον καὶ τὴν Γαλατίαν τὴν περὶ Νάρβωνα τῷ δήμῳ ἀπέδωκεν, αὐτὸς δὲ τὴν Δελματίαν ἀντέλαβε. καὶ τοῦτο μὲν καὶ ἐπʼ ἄλλων ἐθνῶν μετὰ ταῦτʼ ἐπράχθη, ὥς που καὶ ἡ διέξοδος τοῦ λόγου δηλώσει· ταῦτα δὲ οὕτω κατέλεξα, ὅτι νῦν χωρὶς ἕκαστον αὐτῶν ἡγεμονεύεται, ἐπεὶ τό γε ἀρχαῖον καὶ ἐπὶ πολὺ καὶ σύνδυο καὶ σύντρια τὰ ἔθνη ἅμα ἤρχετο. τῶν δὲ δὴ λοιπῶν οὐκ ἐμνημόνευσα, ὅτι τὰ μὲν ὕστερον αὐτῶν προσεκτήθη, τὰ δέ, εἰ καὶ τότε ἤδη ἐκεχείρωτο, ἄλλʼ οὔτι γε καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἤρχετο, ἀλλʼ ἢ αὐτόνομα ἀφεῖτο ἢ καὶ βασιλείαις τισὶν ἐπετέτραπτο· καὶ αὐτῶν ὅσα μετὰ τοῦτʼ ἐς τὴν τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἀρχὴν ἀφίκετο, τῷ ἀεὶ κρατοῦντι προσετέθη.
In this way he had his supremacy ratified by the senate and by the people as well. But as he wished even so to be thought democratic, while he accepted all the care and oversight of the public business, on the ground that it required some attention on his part, 1 yet he declared he would not personally govern all the provinces, and that in the case of such provinces as he should govern he would not do so indefinitely; and he did, in fact, restore to the senate the weaker provinces, on the ground that they were peaceful and free from war, while he retained the more powerful, alleging that they were insecure and precarious and either had enemies on their borders or were able on their own account to begin a serious revolt. His professed motive in this was that the senate might fearlessly enjoy the finest portion of the empire, while he himself had the hardships and the dangers; but his real purpose was that by this arrangement the senators will be unarmed and unprepared for battle, while he alone had arms and maintained soldiers. 4 Africa, Numidia, Asia, Greece with Epirus, the Dalmatian and Macedonian districts, Sicily, Crete and the Cyrenaic portion of Libya, Bithynia with Pontus which adjoined it, Sardinia and Baetica were held to belong to the people and the senate; while to Caesar belonged the remainder of Spain, — that is, the district of Tarraco and Lusitania, — and all the Gauls, — that is, Gallia Narbonensis, Gallia Lugdunensis, Aquitania, and Belgica, both the natives themselves and the aliens among them. 6 For some of the Celts, whom we call Germans, had occupied all the Belgic territory along the Rhine and caused it to be called Germania, the upper portion extending to the sources of that river, and the lower portion reaching to the British Ocean. These provinces, then, together with Coele-Syria, as it is called, Phoenicia, Cilicia, Cyprus and Egypt, fell at that time to Caesar's share; for afterwards he gave Cyprus and Gallia Narbonensis back to the people, and for himself took Dalmatia instead. 8 This same course was followed subsequently in the case of other provinces also, as the progress of my narrative will show; but I have enumerated these provinces in this way because at the present time each one of them is governed separately, whereas in the beginning and for a long period thereafter they were administered two and three together. The others I have not mentioned because some of them were acquired later, and the rest, even if they were already subjugated, were not being governed by the Romans, but either had been left autonomous or had been attached to some kingdom or other. All of them which came into the Roman empire after this period were added to the provinces of the one who was emperor at the time.
§ 53.13
τὰ μὲν οὖν ἔθνη οὕτω διῃρέθη, βουληθεὶς δὲ δὴ καὶ ὣς ὁ Καῖσαρ πόρρω σφᾶς ἀπαγαγεῖν τοῦ τι μοναρχικὸν φρονεῖν δοκεῖν, ἐς δέκα ἔτη τὴν ἀρχὴν τῶν δοθέντων οἱ ὑπέστη· τοσούτῳ τε γὰρ χρόνῳ καταστήσειν αὐτὰ ὑπέσχετο, καὶ προσενεανιεύσατο εἰπὼν ὅτι, ἂν καὶ θᾶττον ἡμερωθῇ, θᾶττον αὐτοῖς καὶ ἐκεῖνα ἀποδώσει. κἀκ τούτου πρῶτον μὲν αὐτοὺς τοὺς βουλευτὰς ἑκατέρων τῶν ἐθνῶν, πλὴν Αἰγυπτίων, ἄρχειν κατέδειξεν (ἐκείνοις γὰρ δὴ μόνοις τὸν ὠνομασμένον ἱππέα, διʼ ἅπερ εἶπον, προσέταξενʼ· ἔπειτα δὲ τοὺς μὲν καὶ ἐπετησίους καὶ κληρωτοὺς εἶναι, πλὴν εἴ τῳ πολυπαιδίας ἢ γάμου προνομία προσείη, καὶ ἔκ τε τοῦ κοινοῦ τῆς γερουσίας συλλόγου πέμπεσθαι μήτε ξίφος παραζωννυμένους μήτε στρατιωτικῇ ἐσθῆτι χρωμένους, καὶ ἀνθυπάτους καλεῖσθαι μὴ ὅτι τοὺς δύο τοὺς ὑπατευκότας ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους τοὺς ἐκ τῶν ἐστρατηγηκότων ἢ δοκούντων γε ἐστρατηγηκέναι μόνον ὄντας, ῥαβδούχοις τέ σφας ἑκατέρους ὅσοισπερ καὶ ἐν τῷ ἄστει νενόμισται χρῆσθαι, καὶ τὰ τῆς ἀρχῆς ἐπίσημα καὶ παραχρῆμα ἅμα τῷ ἔξω τοῦ πωμηρίου γενέσθαι προστίθεσθαι καὶ διὰ παντὸς μέχρις ἂν ἀνακομισθῶσιν ἔχειν ἐκέλευσε. τοὺς δὲ ἑτέρους ὑπό τε ἑαυτοῦ αἱρεῖσθαι καὶ πρεσβευτὰς αὐτοῦ ἀντιστρατήγους τε ὀνομάζεσθαι, κἂν ἐκ τῶν ὑπατευκότων ὦσι, διέταξε. τῶν γὰρ δὴ δύο τούτων ὀνομάτων ἐπὶ πλεῖστον ἐν τῇ δημοκρατίᾳ ἀνθησάντων, τὸ μὲν τοῦ στρατηγοῦ τοῖς αἱρετοῖς ὡς καὶ τῷ πολέμῳ ἀπὸ τοῦ πάνυ ἀρχαίου προσῆκον ἔδωκεν, ἀντιστρατήγους σφᾶς προσειπών, τὸ δὲ δὴ τῶν ὑπάτων τοῖς ἑτέροις ὡς καὶ εἰρηνικωτέροις, ἀνθυπάτους αὐτοὺς ἐπικαλέσας. αὐτὰ μὲν γὰρ τὰ ὀνόματα, τό τε τοῦ στρατηγοῦ καὶ τὸ τοῦ ὑπάτου, ἐν τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ ἐτήρησε, τοὺς δὲ ἔξω πάντας ὡς καὶ ἀντʼ ἐκείνων ἄρχοντας προσηγόρευσε. τῇ τε οὖν ἐπικλήσει τῇ τῶν ἀντιστρατήγων τοὺς αἱρετοὺς χρῆσθαι, καὶ ἐπὶ πλείω καὶ ἐνιαυτοῦ χρόνον, ἐφʼ ὅσον ἂν ἑαυτῷ δόξῃ, ἄρχειν ἐποίησε, τήν τε στρατιωτικὴν σκευὴν φοροῦντας καὶ ξίφος, οἷς γε καὶ στρατιώτας δικαιῶσαι ἔξεστιν, ἔχοντας. ἄλλῳ γὰρ οὐδενὶ οὔτε ἀνθυπάτῳ οὔτε ἀντιστρατήγῳ οὔτε ἐπιτρόπῳ ξιφηφορεῖν δέδοται, ᾧ μὴ καὶ στρατιώτην τινὰ ἀποκτεῖναι ἐξεῖναι νενόμισται· οὐ γὰρ ὅτι τοῖς βουλευταῖς ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἱππεῦσιν, οἷς τοῦθʼ ὑπάρχει, καὶ ἐκεῖνο συγκεχώρηται. ταῦτα μὲν οὖν οὕτως ἔχει, ῥαβδούχοις δὲ δὴ πέντε πάντες ὁμοίως οἱ ἀντιστράτηγοι χρῶνται, καὶ ὅσοι γε οὐκ ἐκ τῶν ὑπατευκότων εἰσί, καὶ ὀνομάζονται ἐπʼ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τούτου. τά τε τῆς ἡγεμονίας κοσμήματα, ὅταν τε ἐς τὴν προστεταγμένην σφίσι χώραν ἐσέλθωσιν, ἑκάτεροι ὁμοίως ἀναλαμβάνουσι, καὶ ἐπειδὰν διάρξωσιν, εὐθὺς κατατίθενται.
Such, then, was the apportionment of the provinces. And wishing, even then, to lead the Romans a long way from the idea that he was at all monarchical in his purposes, Caesar undertook for only ten years the government of the provinces assigned him; for he promised to reduce them to order within this period, and boastfully added that, if they should be pacified sooner, he would the sooner restore them, to the senate. 2 Thereupon he first appointed the senators themselves to govern both classes of provinces, except Egypt. This province alone he assigned to a knight, the one we have already named, for the reasons mentioned there. Next he ordained that the governors of senatorial provinces should be annual magistrates, chosen by lot, except when a senator enjoyed a special privilege because of the large number of his children or because of his marriage. These governors were to be sent out by vote of the senate in public meeting; they were to carry no sword at their belt nor to wear military uniform; 4 the name of proconsul was to belong not only to the two ex-consuls but also to the others who had merely served as praetors or who held at least the rank of ex-praetors; both classes were to employ as many lictors as were usual in the capital; and they were to assume the insignia of their office immediately upon leaving the pomerium and were to wear them constantly until they returned. The other governors, on the other hand, were to be chosen by the emperor himself and were to be called his envoys and propraetors, even if the men selected were ex-consuls. Thus, of these two titles which had been in vogue so long under the republic, he gave that of praetor to the men chosen by him, on the ground that from very early times it had been associated with warfare, calling them propraetors; and he gave the name of consul to the others, on the ground that their duties were more peaceful, styling them proconsuls. 6 For he reserved the full titles of consul and praetor for Italy, and designated all the governors outside of Italy as acting in their stead. So, then, he caused the appointed governors to be known as propraetors and to hold office for as much longer than a year as should please him; he made them wear the military uniform, and a sword, with which they are permitted to execute even soldiers. For no one else, whether proconsul, propraetor, or procurator, has been given the privilege of wearing a sword without also having been accorded the right to put a soldier to death; indeed, this right has been granted, not only to the senators, but also to the knights who are entitled to wear a sword. 8 So much for this. All the propraetors alike employ five lictors, and, indeed, all of them except those who were ex-consuls at the time of appointment to governorships receive their title from this very number. Both classes alike assume the decorations of their position of authority when they enter their appointed province and lay them aside immediately upon completing their term of office.
§ 53.14
οὕτω μὲν καὶ ἐπὶ τούτοις ἔκ τε τῶν ἐστρατηγηκότων καὶ ἐκ τῶν ὑπατευκότων ἄρχοντες ἀμφοτέρωσε πέμπεσθαι ἐνομίσθησαν. καὶ αὐτῶν ὁ μὲν αὐτοκράτωρ ὅποι τέ τινα καὶ ὁπότε ἤθελεν ἔστελλε, καὶ πολλοὶ καὶ στρατηγοῦντες καὶ ὑπατεύοντες ἡγεμονίας ἐθνῶν ἔσχον, ὃ καὶ νῦν ἔστιν ὅτε γίγνεται· τῇ δὲ δὴ βουλῇ ἰδίᾳ μὲν τοῖς τε ὑπατευκόσι τήν τε Ἀφρικὴν καὶ τὴν Ἀσίαν καὶ τοῖς ἐστρατηγηκόσι τὰ λοιπὰ πάντα ἀπένειμε, κοινῇ δὲ δὴ πᾶσιν αὐτοῖς ἀπηγόρευσε μηδένα πρὸ πέντε ἐτῶν μετὰ τὸ ἐν τῇ πόλει ἄρξαι κληροῦσθαι. καὶ χρόνῳ μέν τινι πάντες οἱ τοιοῦτοι, εἰ καὶ πλείους τῶν ἐθνῶν ἦσαν, ἐλάγχανον αὐτά· ὕστερον δέ, ἐπειδή τινες αὐτῶν οὐ καλῶς ἦρχον, τῷ αὐτοκράτορι καὶ ἐκεῖνοι προσετέθησαν, καὶ οὕτω καὶ τούτοις αὐτὸς τρόπον τινὰ τὰς ἡγεμονίας δίδωσιν. ἰσαρίθμους τε γὰρ τοῖς ἔθνεσι, καὶ οὓς ἄν ἐθελήσῃ, κληροῦσθαι κελεύει. αἱρετούς τέ τινες καὶ ἐκεῖσε ἔπεμψαν, καὶ ἐπὶ πλείω ἐνιαυτοῦ χρόνον ἔστιν οἷς ἄρξαι ἐπέτρεψαν· καί τινες καὶ ἱππεῦσιν ἀντὶ τῶν βουλευτῶν ἔθνη τινὰ προσέταξαν. ταῦτα μὲν οὕτω τότε περὶ τοὺς βουλευτὰς τούς γε καὶ θανατοῦν τοὺς ἀρχομένους ἐξουσίαν ἔχοντας ἐνομίσθη. πέμπονται γὰρ καὶ οἷς οὐκ ἔξεστι τοῦτο, ἐς μὲν τὰ τοῦ δήμου τῆς τε βουλῆς λεγόμενα ἔθνη οἵ τε ταμιεύοντες, οὓς ἂν ὁ κλῆρος ἀποδείξῃ, καὶ οἱ παρεδρεύοντες τοῖς τὸ κῦρος τῆς ἀρχῆς ἔχουσιν. οὕτω γὰρ ἂν ὀρθῶς αὐτούς, οὐ πρὸς τὸ ὄνομα ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὴν πρᾶξιν, ὥσπερ εἶπον, καλέσαιμι, ἐπεὶ οἵ γε ἄλλοι πρεσβευτὰς καὶ τούτους ἑλληνίζοντες ὀνομάζουσι. καὶ περὶ μὲν τῆς ἐπικλήσεως ταύτης ἀρκούντως ἐν τοῖς ἄνω λόγοις εἴρηται, τοὺς δὲ δὴ παρέδρους αὐτὸς ἑαυτῷ ἕκαστος αἱρεῖται, ἕνα μὲν οἱ ἐστρατηγηκότες ἐκ τῶν ὁμοίων σφίσιν ἢ καὶ τῶν ὑποδεεστέρων, τρεῖς δὲ οἱ ὑπατευκότες καὶ ἐκ τῶν ὁμοτίμων, οὓς ἂν καὶ ὁ αὐτοκράτωρ δοκιμάσῃ. ἐκαινοτομήθη μὲν γάρ τι καὶ κατὰ τούτους, ἀλλʼ ἐπειδὴ ταχὺ ἐπαύσατο, ἀρκέσει τότε αὐτὸ λεχθῆναι.
It was thus and on these conditions that the custom was established of sending out ex-praetors and ex-consuls respectively as governors of the two classes of provinces. In the one case, the emperor would commission a governor to any province he wished and when he wished, and many secured provincial commands while still praetors or consuls, as sometimes happens even at the present day. 2 In the case of the senatorial provinces, he assigned Asia and Africa on his own responsibility to the ex-consuls, and all the other provinces to the ex-praetors; but by public decree, applicable to all the senatorial governors, he forbade the allotment of any senator to a governorship before the expiration of five years from the time he had held office in the city. For a time all who fulfilled these requirements, even if they exceeded the number of the provinces, were allotted to governorships; but later, inasmuch as some of them did not govern well, the appointment of these officials, too, was put in the emperor's hands. And thus it is, in a manner of speaking, the emperor who assigns these governors also to their commands; 4 for he always orders the allotment of precisely the number of governors that there are provinces, and orders to be drawn whomsoever he pleases. Some emperors have sent men of their own choosing to these provinces also, and have allowed certain of them to hold office for more than a year; and some have assigned certain provinces to knights instead of to senators. These were the principles established at that time in regard to the particular class of senators who had the right to inflict the death penalty upon their subjects in the provinces. For it should be stated that there is a class who have not this right, — those, namely, who are sent to the provinces styled the “provinces of the senate and people,” — I mean those who serve either as quaestors, being designated by lot to this office, or as assessors to those who hold the actual authority. 6 For this would be the correct way for me to style these officials, having regard not to their name, but to their duties as just described, although others in hellenizing their title call these also “envoys.” Concerning this title, however enough has been said in what precedes. As to assessors in general, each governor chooses his own, the ex-praetors selecting one from their peers or even from their inferiors, and the ex-consuls three from among those of equal rank, subject to the emperor's approval. For, although a certain change was made in regard to these men also, yet it soon lapsed and it will be sufficient to mention it at the proper time.
§ 53.15
περὶ μὲν οὖν τὰ τοῦ δήμου ἔθνη ταῦθʼ οὕτω γίγνεται· πέμπονται δὲ καὶ ἐς τὰ ἕτερα, τὰ τοῦ τε αὐτοκράτορος ὀνομαζόμενα καὶ πολιτικὰ στρατόπεδα πλείω ἑνὸς ἔχοντα, οἱ ὑπάρξοντές σφων, ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἐκείνου τὸ μὲν πλεῖστον ἐκ τῶν ἐστρατηγηκότων ἤδη δὲ καὶ ἐκ τῶν τεταμιευκότων ἢ καὶ ἄλλην τινὰ ἀρχὴν τῶν διὰ μέσου ἀρξάντων αἱρούμενοι. τῶν μὲν δὴ οὖν βουλευόντων ταῦτα ἔχεται, ἐκ δὲ δὴ τῶν ἱππέων τούς τε χιλιάρχους, καὶ τοὺς βουλεύσοντας καὶ τοὺς λοιπούς, ὧν περὶ τῆς διαφορᾶς ἄων μοι τοῦ λόγου προείρηται, αὐτὸς ὁ αὐτοκράτωρ τοὺς μὲν ἐς τὰ πολιτικὰ τείχη μόνα τοὺς δὲ καὶ ἐς τὰ ξενικὰ ἀποστέλλει, ὥσπερ τότε πρὸς τοῦ Καίσαρος ἐνομίσθη· καὶ τοὺς ἐπιτρόπους (οὕτω γὰρ τοὺς τάς τε κοινὰς προσόδους ἐκλέγοντας καὶ τὰ προστεταγμένα σφίσιν ἀναλίσκοντας ὀνομάζομενʼ ἐς πάντα ὁμοίως τὰ ἔθνη, τά τε ἑαυτοῦ δὴ καὶ τὰ τοῦ δήμου, τοὺς μὲν ἐκ τῶν ἱππέων τοὺς δὲ καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἀπελευθέρων πέμπει, πλὴν καθʼ ὅσον τοὺς φόρους οἱ ἀνθύπατοι παρʼ ὧν ἄρχουσιν ἐσπράσσουσιν. ἐντολάς τέ τινας καὶ τοῖς ἐπιτρόποις καὶ τοῖς ἀνθυπάτοις τοῖς τε ἀντιστρατήγοις δίδωσιν, ὅπως ἐπὶ ῥητοῖς ἐξίωσιν. καὶ γὰρ τοῦτο καὶ τὸ μισθοφορὰν καὶ ἐκείνοις καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις δίδοσθαι τότε ἐνομίσθη. τὸ μὲν γὰρ πάλαι ἐργολαβοῦντές τινες παρὰ τοῦ δημοσίου πάντα σφίσι τὰ πρὸς τὴν ἀρχὴν φέροντα παρεῖχον· ἐπὶ δὲ δὴ τοῦ Καίσαρος πρῶτον αὐτοὶ ἐκεῖνοι τακτόν τι λαμβάνειν ἤρξαντο. καὶ τοῦτο μὲν οὐκ ἐκ τοῦ ἴσου πᾶσί σφισιν, ἀλλʼ ὥς που καὶ ἡ χρεία ἀπῄτει, ἐτάχθη· καὶ τοῖς γε ἐπιτρόποις καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ τοῦ ἀξιώματος ὄνομα ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν διδομένων αὐτοῖς χρημάτων προσγίγνεται. ἐκεῖνα δὲ ἐπὶ πᾶσιν ὁμοίως ἐνομοθετήθη, μήτε καταλόγους σφᾶς ποιεῖσθαι, μήτʼ ἀργύριον ἔξω τοῦ τεταγμένου ἐσπράσσειν, εἰ μὴ ἤτοι ἡ βουλὴ ψηφίσαιτο ἢ ὁ αὐτοκράτωρ κελεύσειεν· ὅταν τέ τῳ ὁ διάδοχος ἔλθῃ, ἔκ τε τοῦ ἔθνονς αὐτίκα αὐτὸν ἐξορμᾶσθαι καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀνακομιδῇ μὴ ἐγχρονίζειν, ἀλλʼ ἐντὸς τριῶν μηνῶν ἐπανιέναι.
This is the system followed in the case of the provinces of the people. To the others, which are called the imperial provinces and have more than one citizen-legion, are sent officials who are to govern them as lieutenants; these are appointed by the emperor himself, generally from the ex-praetors, though also from the ex-quaestors, or men who have held an office between the praetorship and the quaestorship. 2 These positions, then, appertain to the senators. Passing now to the knights, the emperor himself selects knights to be sent out as military tribunes (both those who are prospective senators and the others; concerning their difference in rank I have already spoken), despatching some of them to take command of the garrisons of purely citizen-legions, and others of the foreign legions as well. In this matter he follows the custom then instituted by Caesar. The procurators (for this is the name we give to the men who collect the public revenues and make disbursement according to the instructions given them) he sends out to all the provinces alike, to those of the people as well as to his own, and to this office knights are sometimes appointed and sometimes even freedmen; but the proconsuls may exact the tribute from the people they govern. 4 The emperor gives instructions to the procurators, the proconsuls, and the propraetors, in order that they may be under definite orders when they go out to their provinces. For both this practice and the giving of salaries to them and to the other officials was established at this time. In former times, of course, certain persons had made a business of furnishing the officials with all they needed for the conduct of their office, drawing upon the treasury for the money; but under Caesar these officials now for the first time began to receive a fixed salary. This was not assigned to them all on the same basis, but approximately as their needs required; and the procurators, indeed, get the very title of their rank from the amount of the salaries assigned to them. The following regulations were laid down for them all alike: they were not to raise levies of soldiers or to exact money beyond the amount appointed, unless the senate should so vote or the emperor so order; and when their successors arrived, they were to leave the province at once, and not to delay on the return journey, but to get back within three months.
§ 53.16
ταῦτα μὲν οὕτω τότε ὥς γε εἰπεῖν διετάχθη· τῷ γὰρ ἔργῳ καὶ πάντων καὶ διὰ παντὸς αὐτὸς ὁ Καῖσαρ, ἅτε καὶ τῶν χρημάτων κυριεύων (λόγῳ μὲν γὰρ τὰ δημόσια ἀπὸ τῶν ἐκείνου ἀπεκέκριτο, ἔργῳ δὲ καὶ ταῦτα πρὸς τὴν γνώμην αὐτοῦ ἀνηλίσκετὀ καὶ τῶν στρατιωτῶν κρατῶν, αὐταρχήσειν ἔμελλε. τῆς γοῦν δεκαετίας ἐξελθούσης ἄλλα ἔτη πέντε, εἶτα πέντε, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο δέκα καὶ ἕτερα αὖθις δέκα καὶ ἄλλα δέκα, πεμπτάκις αὐτῷ ἐψηφίσθη, ὥστε τῇ τῶν δεκετηρίδων διαδοχῇ διὰ βίου αὐτὸν μοναρχῆσαι. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ οἱ μετὰ ταῦτα αὐτοκράτορες, καίτοι μηκέτʼ ἐς τακτὸν χρόνον ἀλλʼ ἐς πάντα καθάπαξ τὸν βίον ἀποδεικνύμενοι, ὅμως διὰ τῶν δέκα ἀεὶ ἐτῶν ἑώρτασαν ὡς καὶ τὴν ἡγεμονίαν αὖθις τότε ἀνανεούμενοι· καὶ τοῦτο καὶ νῦν γίγνεται. ὁ δʼ οὖν Καῖσαρ πολλὰ μὲν καὶ πρότερον, ὅτε τὰ περὶ τῆς ἐξωμοσίας τῆς μοναρχίας καὶ τὰ περὶ τῆς τῶν ἐθνῶν διανομῆς διελέχθη, ἔλαβε· καὶ γὰρ τό τε τὰς δάφνας πρὸ τῶν βασιλείων αὐτοῦ προτίθεσθαι, καὶ τὸ τὸν στέφανον τὸν δρύινον ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἀρτᾶσθαι, τότε οἱ ὡς καὶ ἀεὶ τούς τε πολεμίους νικῶντι καὶ τοὺς πολίτας σώζοντι ἐψηφίσθη. (καλεῖται δὲ τὰ βασίλεια παλάτιον, οὐχ ὅτι καὶ ἔδοξέ ποτε οὕτως αὐτὰ ὀνομάζεσθαι, ἀλλʼ ὅτι ἔν τε τῷ Παλατίῳ ὁ Καῖσαρ ᾤκει καὶ ἐκεῖ τὸ στρατήγιον εἶχε, καί τινα καὶ πρὸς τὴν τοῦ Ῥωμύλου προενοίκησιν φήμην ἡ οἰκία αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ παντὸς ὄρους ἔλαβε· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο κἂν ἄλλοθί που ὁ αὐτοκράτωρ καταλύῃ, τὴν τοῦ παλατίου ἐπίκλησιν ἡ καταγωγὴ αὐτοῦ ἴσχεἰ. ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ τῷ ἔργῳ αὐτὰ ἐπετέλεσεν, οὕτω δὴ καὶ τὸ τοῦ Αὐγούστου ὄνομα καὶ παρὰ τῆς βουλῆς καὶ παρὰ τοῦ δήμου ἐπέθετο. βουληθέντων γάρ σφων ἰδίως πως αὐτὸν προσειπεῖν, καὶ τῶν μὲν τὸ τῶν δὲ τὸ καὶ ἐσηγουμένων καὶ αἱρουμένων, ὁ Καῖσαρ ἐπεθύμει μὲν ἰσχυρῶς Ῥωμύλος ὀνομασθῆναι, αἰσθόμενος δὲ ὅτι ὑποπτεύεται ἐκ τούτου τῆς βασιλείας ἐπιθυμεῖν, οὐκέτʼ αὐτοῦ ἀντεποιήσατο, ἀλλὰ Αὔγουστος ὡς καὶ πλεῖόν τι ἢ κατὰ ἀνθρώπους ὢν ἐπεκλήθη· πάντα γὰρ τὰ ἐντιμότατα καὶ τὰ ἱερώτατα αὔγουστα προσαγορεύεται. ἐξ οὗπερ καὶ σεβαστὸν αὐτὸν καὶ ἑλληνίζοντές πως, ὥσπερ τινὰ σεπτόν, ἀπὸ τοῦ σεβάζεσθαι, προσεῖπον.
These regulations were established at that time, to speak generally; for in reality Caesar himself was destined to have absolute control of all matters for all time, because he was not only master of the funds (nominally, to be sure, he had separated the public funds from his own, but as a matter of fact, he always spent the former also as he saw fit), but also commanded the soldiers. 2 At all events, when his ten-year period came to an end, there was voted to him another five years, then five more, after that ten, and again another ten, and then ten for the fifth time, so that by the succession of ten-year periods he continued to be sole ruler for life. And it is for this reason that the subsequent emperors, though no longer appointed for a specified period, but for their whole life once for all, nevertheless always held a celebration every ten years, as if then renewing their sovereignty once more; and this is done even at the present day. 4 Now Caesar had received many privileges and honours even previously, when the question of declining the sovereignty and that of apportioning the provinces were under discussion. For the right to place the laurel trees in front of the royal residence and to hang the crown of oak above them was then voted him to symbolise that he was always victor over his enemies and the saviour of the citizens. The royal residence is called Palatium, not because it was ever decreed that this should be its name, but because Caesar dwelt on the Palatine and had his military headquarters there, though his residence gained a certain degree of fame from the mount as a whole also, because Romulus had once lived there. 6 Hence, even if the emperor resides somewhere else, his dwelling retains the name of Palatium. And when Caesar had actually carried out his promises, the name Augustus was at length bestowed upon him by the senate and by the people. For when they wished to call him by some distinctive title, and men were proposing one title and another and urging its selection, Caesar was exceedingly desirous of being called Romulus, but when he perceived that this caused him to be suspected of desiring the kingship, 8 he desisted from his efforts to obtain it, and took the title of “Augustus,” signifying that he was more than human; for all the most precious and sacred objects are termed augusta. Therefore they addressed him also in Greek as Sebastos, meaning an august personage, from the passive of the verb sebazo, “to revere.”
§ 53.17
οὕτω μὲν δὴ τό τε τοῦ δήμου καὶ τὸ τῆς γερουσίας κράτος πᾶν ἐς τὸν Αὔγουστον μετέστη, καὶ ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀκριβὴς μοναρχία κατέστη· μοναρχία γάρ, εἰ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα καὶ δύο καὶ τρεῖς ἅμα τὸ κῦρός ποτε ἔσχον, ἀληθέστατα ἂν νομίζοιτο. τὸ μὲν γὰρ ὄνομα αὐτὸ τὸ μοναρχικὸν οὕτω δή τι οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι ἐμίσησαν ὥστε μήτε δικτάτορας μήτε βασιλέας μήτʼ ἄλλο τι τοιουτότροπον τοὺς αὐτοκράτοράς σφων ὀνομάζειν· τοῦ δὲ δὴ τῆς πολιτείας τέλους ἐς αὐτοὺς ἀνακειμένου οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως οὐ βασιλεύονται. αἱ μὲν γὰρ ἀρχαὶ αἱ ἐκ τῶν νόμων ὡς πλήθει γενόμεναι καὶ νῦν πλὴν τῆς τῶν τιμητῶν καθίστανται, διάγεται δὲ καὶ διοικεῖται πάντα ἁπλῶς ὅπως ἂν ὁ ἀεὶ κρατῶν ἐθελήσῃ. καὶ ἵνα γε μὴ ἐκ δυναστείας ἀλλʼ ἐκ τῶν νόμων τοῦτʼ ἔχειν δοκῶσι, πάνθʼ ὅσα ἐν τῇ δημοκρατίᾳ μέγα παρʼ ἑκοῦσί σφισιν ἴσχυσεν, αὐτοῖς τοῖς ὀνόμασι χωρὶς τοῦ τῆς δικτατορίας προσεποιήσαντο. ὕπατοί τε γὰρ πλειστάκις γίγνονται, καὶ ἀνθύπατοι ἀεί, ὁσάκις ἂν ἔξω τοῦ πωμηρίου ὦσιν, ὀνομάζονται· τήν τε τοῦ αὐτοκράτορος πρόσρησιν διὰ παντὸς οὐ μόνον οἱ νικήσαντές τινας ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι πάντες, πρὸς δήλωσιν τῆς αὐτοτελοῦς σφων ἐξουσίας, ἀντὶ τῆς τοῦ βασιλέως τοῦ τε δικτάτορος ἐπικλήσεως ἔχουσιν. αὐτὰς μὲν γὰρ ἐκείνας οὐ τίθενται, ἐπειδήπερ ἅπαξ ἐκ τῆς πολιτείας ἐξέπεσον, τὸ δὲ δὴ ἔργον αὐτῶν τῇ τοῦ αὐτοκράτορος προσηγορίᾳ βεβαιοῦνται. καὶ ἐκ μὲν τούτων τῶν ὀνομάτων καταλόγους τε ποιεῖσθαι καὶ χρήματα ἀθροίζειν πολέμους τε ἀναιρεῖσθαι καὶ εἰρήνην σπένδεσθαι, τοῦ τε ξενικοῦ καὶ τοῦ πολιτικοῦ ἀεὶ καὶ πανταχοῦ ὁμοίως ἄρχειν, ὥστε καὶ ἐντὸς τοῦ πωμηρίου καὶ τοὺς ἱππέας καὶ τοὺς βουλευτὰς θανατοῦν δύνασθαι, τά τε ἄλλα ὅσα τοῖς τε ὑπάτοις καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις τοῖς αὐταρχήσασί ποτε ποιεῖν ἐξῆν, λαμβάνουσιν· ἐκ δὲ δὴ τοῦ τιμητεύειν τούς τε βίους καὶ τοὺς τρόπους ἡμῶν ἐξετάζουσι, καὶ ἀπογραφὰς ποιοῦνται καὶ τοὺς μὲν καταλέγουσι καὶ ἐς τὴν ἱππάδα καὶ ἐς τὸ βουλευτικόν, τοὺς δὲ καὶ ἀπαλείφουσιν, ὅπως ἂν αὐτοῖς δόξῃ. ἔκ τε τοῦ ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἱερωσύναις ἱερῶσθαι καὶ προσέτι καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις τὰς πλείους σφῶν διδόναι, ἀρχιέρεών τέ τινα αὐτῶν, κἂν δύο κἂν τρεῖς ἅμα ἄρχωσιν, εἶναι, πάντων αὐτοὶ καὶ τῶν ὁσίων καὶ τῶν ἱερῶν κυριεύουσιν. ἥ τε ἐξουσία ἡ δημαρχικὴ καλουμένη, ἣν οἱ πάνυ ποτὲ ἀνθήσαντες ἔσχον, δίδωσί σφισι τά τε ἐπιγιγνόμενα ὑφʼ ἑτέρου τινός, ἂν μὴ συνεπαινῶσι, παύειν, καὶ μήθʼ ὑβρίζεσθαι, κἂν ἄρα τι καὶ τὸ βραχύτατον μὴ ὅτι ἔργῳ ἀλλὰ καὶ λόγῳ ἀδικεῖσθαι δόξωσι, καὶ ἄκριτον τὸν ποιήσαντα αὐτὸ ὡς καὶ ἐναγῆ ἀπολλύναι. δημαρχεῖν μὲν γάρ, ἅτε καὶ ἐς τοὺς εὐπατρίδας πάντως τελοῦντες, οὐχ ὅσιον νομίζουσιν εἶναι· τὴν δὲ δὴ δύναμιν τὴν τῶν δημάρχων πᾶσαν, ὅσηπερ τὰ μάλιστα ἐγένετο, προστίθενται, καὶ διʼ αὐτῆς καὶ ἡ ἐξαρίθμησις τῶν ἐτῶν τῆς ἀρχῆς αὐτῶν, ὡς καὶ κατʼ ἔτος αὐτὴν μετὰ τῶν ἀεὶ δημαρχούντων λαμβανόντων, προβαίνει. ταῦτα μὲν ἐκ τῆς δημοκρατίας, ὥς που καὶ ἕκαστα ἐνομίσθη, οὕτω τε καὶ διὰ τούτων τῶν ὀνομάτων εἰλήφασιν, ὅπως
In this way the power of both people and senate passed entirely into the hands of Augustus, and from his time there was, strictly speaking, a monarch; for monarchy would be the truest name for it, no matter if two or three men did later hold the power at the same time. 2 The name of monarchy, to be sure, the Romans so detested that they called their emperors neither dictators nor kings nor anything of the sort; yet since the final authority for the government devolves upon them, they must needs be kings. The offices established by the laws, it is true, are maintained even now, except that of censor; but the entire direction and administration is absolutely in accordance with the wishes of the one in power at the time. And yet, in order to preserve the appearance of having this power by virtue of the laws and not because of their own domination, the emperors have taken to themselves all the functions, including the titles, of the offices which under the republic and by the free gift of the people were powerful, with the single exception of the dictatorship. 4 Thus, they very often became consuls, and they are always styled proconsuls whenever they are outside the pomerium. The name of “imperator” is held by them all for life, not only by those who have won victories in battle, but also by those who have not, in token of their independent authority, and this has displaced the titles of “king” and “dictator.” These last titles they have never assumed since the time they first fell out of use in the conduct of the government, but the functions of these offices are secured to them under the appellation of “imperator.” By virtue of the titles named they secure the right to make levies, to collect funds, declare war, make peace, 6 rule foreigners and citizens alike everywhere and always, — even to the extent of being able to put to death both knights and senators inside the pomerium, — and all the other privileges once granted to the consuls and other officials possessing independent authority; and by virtue of holding the censorship they investigate our lives and morals as well as take the census, enrolling some in the equestrian and senatorial classes and erasing the names of others from these classes, according to their will. 8 By virtue of being consecrated in all the priesthoods and of their right to bestow most of these positions upon others, as well as from the fact that, even if two or three persons hold the imperial office at the same time, one of them is high priest, they hold in their own hands supreme authority over all matters both profane and sacred. The tribunician power, as it is called, which used to be conferred only upon men of the greatest influence, gives them the right to nullify the effects of measures taken by any other official, in case they do not approve it, and makes them immune from scurrilous abuse; and, if they appear to be wronged in even the slightest degree, not merely by deed, but even by word, they may destroy the guilty party, as one accursed, without a trial. 10 The emperors, it should be explained, do not think it right to be tribunes, inasmuch as they belong altogether to the patrician class, but they assume the power of the tribunes to its full extent, as it was when it was greatest; and in numbering the years they have held the imperial office they use the tribunician power to mark the stages, the theory being that they receive it year by year along with those who are regularly made tribunes. These are the institutions which they have taken over from the republic, essentially in the form in which they severally existed then, and also making use of these same names, their purpose being to create the impression that they possess no power that has not been granted them.
§ 53.18
μηδὲν ἄνευ δόσεώς τινος ἔχειν δοκῶσιν· ἤδη δὲ καὶ ἕτερόν τι, ὃ μηδενὶ τῶν πάλαι Ῥωμαίων ἐς πάντα ἄντικρυς ἐδόθη, προσεκτήσαντο, ὑφʼ οὗπερ καὶ μόνου καὶ ἐκεῖνα ἂν καὶ τἆλλα αὐτοῖς πράττειν ἐξῆν. λέλυνται γὰρ δὴ τῶν νόμων, ὡς αὐτὰ τὰ Λατῖνα ῥήματα λέγει· τοῦτʼ ἔστιν ἐλεύθεροι ἀπὸ πάσης ἀναγκαίας νομίσεώς εἰσι καὶ οὐδενὶ τῶν γεγραμμένων ἐνέχονται. καὶ οὕτως ἐκ τούτων τῶν δημοκρατικῶν ὀνομάτων πᾶσαν τὴν τῆς πολιτείας ἰσχὺν περιβέβληνται ὥστε καὶ τὰ τῶν βασιλέων, πλὴν τοῦ φορτικοῦ τῆς προσηγορίας αὐτῶν, ἔχειν. ἡ γὰρ δὴ τοῦ Καίσαρος ἥ τε τοῦ Αὐγούστου πρόσρησις δύναμιν μὲν οὐδεμίαν αὐτοῖς οἰκείαν προστίθησι, δηλοῖ δʼ ἄλλως τὸ μὲν τὴν τοῦ γένους σφῶν διαδοχήν, τὸ δὲ τὴν τοῦ ἀξιώματος λαμπρότητα. καὶ ἥ γε τοῦ πατρὸς ἐπωνυμία τάχα μὲν καὶ ἐξουσίαν τινὰ αὐτοῖς, ἥν ποτε οἱ πατέρες ἐπὶ τοὺς παῖδας ἔσχον, κατὰ πάντων ἡμῶν δίδωσιν, οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦτο ἀρχὴν ἐγένετο ἀλλʼ ἔς τε τιμὴν καὶ ἐς παραίνεσιν, ἵνʼ αὐτοί τε τοὺς ἀρχομένους ὡς καὶ παῖδας ἀγαπῷεν καὶ ἐκεῖνοί σφας ὡς καὶ πατέρας αἰδῶνται. τοσαῦταί τε καὶ τοιαῦται αἱ προσηγορίαι εἰσὶν αἷς οἱ τὸ κράτος ἔχοντες κατά τε τοὺς νόμους καὶ κατὰ τὸ ἤδη πάτριον νομίζουσι. καὶ νῦν μὲν πᾶσαι ἅμα αὐτοῖς ὡς τὸ πολύ, πλὴν τῆς τῶν τιμητῶν, δίδονται, τοῖς δὲ δὴ πάλαι κατὰ χρόνους ὡς ἕκασται ἐψηφίζοντο. τὴν γὰρ δὴ τιμητείαν ἔλαβον μέν τινες καὶ τῶν αὐτοκρατόρων κατὰ τὸ ἀρχαῖον, ἔλαβε δὲ καὶ Δομιτιανὸς διὰ βίου· οὐ μέντοι καὶ νῦν ἔτι τοῦτο γίγνεται· τὸ γὰρ ἔργον αὐτῆς ἔχοντες οὔτε αἱροῦνται ἐπʼ αὐτήν, οὔτε τῇ προσκλήσει αὐτῆς πλὴν ἐν ταῖς ἀπογραφαῖς χρῶνται.
And further, they have acquired also another prerogative which was given to none of the ancient Romans outright and unreservedly, and the possession of this alone would enable them to exercise the powers above named and the others besides. For they have been released from the laws, as the very words in Latin declare; that is, they are free from all compulsion of the laws and are bound by none of the written ordinances. 2 Thus by virtue of these democratic names they have clothed themselves with all the powers of the government, to such an extent that they actually possess all the prerogatives of kings except their paltry title. For the appellation “Caesar” or “Augustus” confers upon them no peculiar power, but merely shows in the one case that they are heirs of the family to which they belong, and in the other the splendour of their official position. The term “Father” perhaps gives them a certain authority over us all — the authority which fathers once had over their children; yet it did not signify this at first, but betokened honour, and served as an admonition both to them, that they should love their subjects as they would their children, and to their subjects, that they should revere them as they would their fathers. 4 Such is the number and nature of the appellations which those who possess the imperial power employ in accordance with the laws and with what has now become tradition. At present all of them are, as a rule, bestowed upon the emperors at one and the same time, with the exception of the title of censor; but to the earlier emperors they were voted separately the different times. As regards the censorship, some of them took it in accordance with the ancient practice, and Domitian, in fact, took it for life, but this is no longer done at the present day; for, inasmuch as they possess its powers, they are not elected to the office and do not use the title except in connexion with the census.
§ 53.19
ἡ μὲν οὖν πολιτεία οὕτω τότε πρός τε τὸ βέλτιον καὶ πρὸς τὸ σωτηριωδέστερον μετεκοσμήθη· καὶ γάρ που καὶ παντάπασιν ἀδύνατον ἦν δημοκρατουμένους αὐτοὺς σωθῆναι. οὐ μέντοι καὶ ὁμοίως τοῖς πρόσθεν τὰ μετὰ ταῦτα πραχθέντα λεχθῆναι δύναται. πρότερον μὲν γὰρ ἔς τε τὴν βουλὴν καὶ ἐς τὸν δῆμον πάντα, καὶ εἰ πόρρω που συμβαίη, ἐσεφέρετο· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο πάντες τε αὐτὰ ἐμάνθανον καὶ πολλοὶ συνέγραφον, κἀκ τούτου καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια αὐτῶν, εἰ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα καὶ φόβῳ τινὰ καὶ χάριτι φιλίᾳ τε καὶ ἔχθρᾳ τισὶν ἐρρήθη, παρὰ γοῦν τοῖς ἄλλοις τοῖς τὰ αὐτὰ γράψασι τοῖς τε ὑπομνήμασι τοῖς δημοσίοις τρόπον τινὰ εὑρίσκετο. ἐκ δὲ δὴ τοῦ χρόνου ἐκείνου τὰ μὲν πλείω κρύφα καὶ διʼ ἀπορρήτων γίγνεσθαι ἤρξατο, εἰ δέ πού τινα καὶ δημοσιευθείη, ἀλλὰ ἀνεξέλεγκτά γε ὄντα ἀπιστεῖται· καὶ γὰρ λέγεσθαι καὶ πράττεσθαι πάντα πρὸς τὰ τῶν ἀεὶ κρατούντων τῶν τε παραδυναστευόντων σφίσι βουλήματα ὑποπτεύεται. καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο πολλὰ μὲν οὐ γιγνόμενα θρυλεῖται, πολλὰ δὲ καὶ πάνυ συμβαίνοντα ἀγνοεῖται, πάντα δὲ ὡς εἰπεῖν ἄλλως πως ἢ ὡς πράττεται διαθροεῖται. καὶ μέντοι καὶ τὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς μέγεθος τό τε τῶν πραγμάτων πλῆθος δυσχερεστάτην τὴν ἀκρίβειαν αὐτῶν παρέχεται. ἔν τε γὰρ τῇ Ῥώμῃ συχνὰ καὶ παρὰ τῷ ὑπηκόῳ αὐτῆς πολλά, πρός τε τὸ πολέμιον ἀεὶ καὶ καθʼ ἡμέραν ὡς εἰπεῖν γίγνεταί τι, περὶ ὧν τὸ μὲν σαφὲς οὐδεὶς ῥᾳδίως ἔξω τῶν πραττόντων αὐτὰ γιγνώσκει, πλεῖστοι δʼ ὅσοι οὐδʼ ἀκούουσι τὴν ἀρχὴν ὅτι γέγονεν. ὅθενπερ καὶ ἐγὼ πάντα τὰ ἑξῆς, ὅσα γε καὶ ἀναγκαῖον ἔσται εἰπεῖν, ὥς που καὶ δεδήμωται φράσω, εἴτʼ ὄντως οὕτως εἴτε καὶ ἑτέρως πως ἔχει. προσέσται μέντοι τι αὐτοῖς καὶ τῆς ἐμῆς δοξασίας, ἐς ὅσον ἐνδέχεται, ἐν οἷς ἄλλο τι μᾶλλον ἢ τὸ θρυλούμενον ἠδυνήθην ἐκ πολλῶν ὧν ἀνέγνων ἢ καὶ ἤκουσα ἢ καὶ εἶδον τεκμήρασθαι.
In this way the government was changed at that time for the better and in the interest of greater security; for it was no doubt quite impossible for the people to be saved under a republic. Nevertheless, the events occurring after this time can not be recorded in the same manner as those of previous times. 2 Formerly, as we know, all matters were reported to the senate and to the people, even if they happened at a distance; hence all learned of them and many recorded them, and consequently the truth regarding them, no matter to what extent fear or favour, friendship or enmity, coloured the reports of certain writers, was always to a certain extent to be found in the works of the other writers who wrote of the same events and in the public records. But after this time most things that happened began to be kept secret and concealed, and even though some things are perchance made public, they are distrusted just because they can not be verified; for it is suspected that everything is said and done with reference to the wishes of the men in power at the time and of their associates. 4 As a result, much that never occurs is noised abroad, and much that happens beyond a doubt is unknown, and in the case of nearly every event a version gains currency that is different from the way it really happened. Furthermore, the very magnitude of the empire and the multitude of things that occur render accuracy in regard to them most difficult. In Rome, for example, much is going on, and much in the subject territory, while, as regards our enemies, there is something happening all the time, in fact, every day, and concerning these things no one except the participants can easily have correct information, and most people do not even hear of them at all. 6 Hence in my own narrative of later events, so far as they need to be mentioned, everything that I shall say will be in accordance with reports that have been given out, whether it be really the truth or otherwise. In addition to these reports, however, my own opinion will be given, as far as possible, whenever I have been able, from the abundant evidence which I have gathered from my reading, from hearsay, and from what I have seen, to form a judgment that differs from the common report.
§ 53.20
Αὔγουστος μὲν δὴ ὁ Καῖσαρ, ὥσπερ εἶπον, ἐπωνομάσθη, καὶ αὐτῷ σημεῖον οὐ σμικρὸν εὐθὺς τότε τῆς νυκτὸς ἐπεγένετο· ὁ γὰρ Τίβερις πελαγίσας πᾶσαν τὴν ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις Ῥώμην κατέλαβεν ὥστε πλεῖσθαι, καὶ ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ οἱ μάντεις ὅτι τε ἐπὶ μέγα αὐξήσοι καὶ ὅτι πᾶσαν τὴν πόλιν ὑποχειρίαν ἕξοι προέγνωσαν. χαριζομένων δʼ αὐτῷ καθʼ ὑπερβολὴν ἄλλων ἄλλα, Σέξτος τις Πακούουιος, ὡς δʼ ἕτεροι λέγουσιν Ἀπούδιος, πάντας ἐξενίκησεν· ἐν γὰρ τῷ συνεδρίῳ ἑαυτόν τέ οἱ τὸν τῶν Ἰβήρων τρόπον καθωσίωσε καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις συνεβούλευε τοῦτο ποιῆσαι. ἐπειδή τε ὁ Αὔγουστος ἐμποδών οἱ ἐγένετο, πρός τε τὸ πλῆθος τὸ προσεστὸς ἐξεπήδησεν (ἐδημάρχει γάρʼ καὶ ἐκείνους τε καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα καὶ τοὺς λοιπούς, κατά τε τὰς ὁδοὺς καὶ κατὰ τοὺς στενωποὺς περινοστήσας, καθιερῶσαί σφας τῷ Αὐγούστῳ κατηνάγκασεν· ἀφʼ οὗπερ καὶ νῦν προστρεπόμενοι τὸν κρατοῦντα λέγειν εἰώθαμεν ὅτι “σοι καθωσιώμεθα.” Καὶ ὁ μὲν καὶ θῦσαι ἐπὶ τούτῳ παντας ἐποίει. ἔν τε τῷ ὁμίλῳ ποτὲ κληρονόμον ἔφη τὸν Αὔγουστον ἐξ ἴσου τῷ υἱεῖ καταλείψειν, οὐχ ὅτι τι εἶχεν, ἀλλʼ ὅτι καὶ προσλαβεῖν ἠθέλησεν, ὃ καὶ
Caesar, as I have said, received the name of Augustus, and a sign of no little moment to him occurred that very night; for the Tiber overflowed and covered all of Rome that was on low ground, so that it was navigable for boats. From this sign the soothsayers prophesied that he would rise to great heights and hold the whole city under his sway. 2 And while various persons were trying to outbid one another in different kinds of flattery toward him, one Sextus Pacuvius, or, as others say, Apudius, surpassed them all. In the open senate, namely, he dedicated himself to him after the fashion of the Spaniards and advised the others to do the same. And when Augustus hindered him, he rushed out to the crowd that was standing near, and, as he was tribune, compelled them first and then the rest, as he went up and down the streets and lanes, to dedicate themselves to Augustus. 4 From this episode we are wont even now to say, in appealing to the sovereign, “We have dedicated ourselves to you.” Pacuvius ordered all to offer sacrifice in view of this occurrence, and before the multitude he once declared that he was going to make Augustus his heir on equal terms with his own son, — not that he had much of anything, but because he hoped to receive still more; and so it actually turned out.
§ 53.21
ἐγένετο· Αὔγουστος δὲ τά τε ἄλλα τὰ τῇ ἀρχῇ προσήκοντα προθυμότερον, ὡς καὶ ἐθελοντὶ δὴ παρὰ πάντων αὐτὴν εἰληφώς, ἔπραττε, καὶ ἐνομοθέτει πολλά. οὐδὲν δὲ δέομαι καθʼ ἕκαστον ἀκριβῶς ἐπεξιέναι, χωρὶς ἢ ὅσα τῇ συγγραφῇ πρόσφορά ἐστι. τὸ δʼ αὐτὸ τοῦτο καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἔπειτα πραχθεῖσι ποιήσω, ἵνα μὴ καὶ διʼ ὄχλου γένωμαι πάντα τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐπεσφέρων ἃ μηδʼ αὐτοὶ οἱ πάνυ αὐτὰ μελετῶντες ἀκριβοῦσιν. οὐ μέντοι καὶ πάντα ἰδιογνωμονῶν ἐνομοθέτει, ἀλλʼ ἔστι μὲν ἃ καὶ ἐς τὸ δημόσιον προεξετίθει, ὅπως, ἄν τι μὴ ἀρέσῃ τινά, προμαθὼν ἐπανορθώσῃ· προετρέπετό τε γὰρ πάνθʼ ὁντινοῦν συμβουλεύειν οἱ, εἴ τίς τι ἄμεινον αὐτῶν ἐπινοήσειεν, καὶ παρρησίαν σφίσι πολλὴν ἔνεμε, καί τινα καὶ μετέγραφε. τὸ δὲ δὴ πλεῖστον τούς τε ὑπάτους ἢ τὸν ὕπατον, ὁπότε καὶ αὐτὸς ὑπατεύοι, κἀκ τῶν ἄλλων ἀρχόντων ἕνα παρʼ ἑκάστων, ἔκ τε τοῦ λοιποῦ τῶν βουλευτῶν πλήθους πεντεκαίδεκα τοὺς κλήρῳ λαχόντας, συμβούλους ἐς ἑξάμηνον παρελάμβανεν, ὥστε διʼ αὐτῶν καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις πᾶσι κοινοῦσθαι τρόπον τινὰ τὰ νομοθετούμενα νομίζεσθαι. ἐσέφερε μὲν γάρ τινα καὶ ἐς πᾶσαν τὴν γερουσίαν, βέλτιον μέντοι νομίζων εἶναι τὸ μετʼ ὀλίγων καθʼ ἡσυχίαν τά τε πλείω καὶ τὰ μείζω προσκοπεῖσθαι, τοῦτό τε ἐποίει καὶ ἔστιν ὅτε καὶ ἐδίκαζε μετʼ αὐτῶν. ἔκρινε μὲν γὰρ καὶ καθʼ ἑαυτὴν ἡ βουλὴ πᾶσα ὡς καὶ πρότερον, καί τισι καὶ πρεσβείαις καὶ κηρυκείαις καὶ δήμων καὶ βασιλέων ἐχρημάτιζεν, ὅ τε δῆμος ἐς τὰς ἀρχαιρεσίας καὶ τὸ πλῆθος αὖ συνελέγετο· οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἐπράττετό τι ὃ μὴ καὶ ἐκεῖνον ἤρεσκε. τοὺς γοῦν ἄρξοντας τοὺς μὲν αὐτὸς ἐκλεγόμενος προεβάλλετο, τοὺς δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ δήμῳ τῷ τε ὁμίλῳ κατὰ τὸ ἀρχαῖον ποιούμενος ἐπεμελεῖτο ὅπως μήτʼ ἀνεπιτήδειοι μήτʼ ἐκ παρακελεύσεως ἢ καὶ δεκασμοῦ ἀποδεικνύωνται.
Augustus attended to all the business of the empire with more zeal than before, as if he had received it as a free gift from all the Romans, and in particular he enacted many laws. I need not enumerate them all accurately one by one, but only those which have a bearing upon my history; 2 and I shall follow this same course also in the case of later events, in order not to become wearisome by introducing all that kind of detail that even the men who devote themselves to such studies do not know to a nicety. He did not, however, enact all these laws on his sole responsibility, but some of them he brought before the public assembly in advance, in order that, if any features caused displeasure, he might learn it in time and correct them; for he encouraged everybody whatsoever to give him advice, in case any one thought of any possible improvement in them, and he accorded them complete liberty of speech, and actually changed some provisions of the proposed laws. 4 Most important of all, he took as advisers for periods of six months the consuls (or the other consul, when he himself also held the office), one of each of the other kinds of officials, and fifteen men chosen by lot from the remainder of the senatorial body, with the result that all legislation proposed by the emperors is usually communicated after a fashion through this body to all the other senators; for although he brought certain matters before the whole senate, yet he generally followed this plan, considering it better to take under preliminary advisement most matters and the most important ones in consultation with a few; and sometimes he even sat with these men in the trial of cases. 6 The senate as a body, it is true, continued to sit in judgment as before, and in certain cases transacted business with embassies and heralds, from both peoples and kings; and the people and the plebs, moreover, continued to meet for the elections; but nothing was done that did not please Caesar. It was he, at any rate, who selected and placed in nomination some of the men who were to hold office, and though in the case of others he adhered to the ancient custom and left them under the control of the people and the plebs, yet he took care that none should be appointed who were unfit or as the result of partisan cliques or bribery.
§ 53.22
τὸ μὲν οὖν σύμπαν οὕτω τὴν ἀρχὴν διῴκησε, λέξω δὲ καὶ καθʼ ἕκαστον ὅσα ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι μετὰ τῶν ὑπάτων, ἐφʼ ὧν ἐγένετο, μνημονεύεσθαι. ἐν μὲν γὰρ τῷ προειρημένῳ ἔτει τὰς ὁδοὺς τὰς ἔξω τοῦ τείχους δυσπορεύτους ὑπʼ ἀμελείας ὁρῶν οὔσας τὰς μὲν ἄλλας ἄλλοις τισὶ τῶν βουλευτῶν ἐπισκευάσαι τοῖς οἰκείοις τέλεσι προσέταξε, τῆς δὲ δὴ Φλαμινίας αὐτός, ἐπειδήπερ ἐκστρατεύσειν διʼ αὐτῆς ἤμελλεν, ἐπεμελήθη. καὶ ἡ μὲν εὐθὺς τότε ἐγένετο, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ εἰκόνες αὐτῷ ἐφʼ ἁψίδων ἔν τε τῇ τοῦ Τιβέριδος γεφύρᾳ καὶ ἐν Ἀριμίνῳ ἐποιήθησαν· αἱ δʼ ἄλλαι ὕστερον, εἴτʼ οὖν πρὸς τοῦ δημοσίου, ἐπειδὴ μηδεὶς τῶν βουλευτῶν ἡδέως ἀνήλισκεν, εἴτε καὶ πρὸς τοῦ Αὐγούστου τις εἰπεῖν ἐθέλει, ἐπεσκευάσθησαν. οὐ γὰρ δύναμαι διακρῖναι τοὺς θησαυροὺς αὐτῶν, οὐδʼ εἰ τὰ μάλιστα ὁ Αὔγουστος καὶ ἀνδριάντας τινὰς ἑαυτοῦ ἀργυροῦς, πρός τε τῶν φίλων καὶ πρὸς δήμων τινῶν γεγονότας, ἐς νόμισμα κατέκοψε τοῦ δὴ καὶ οἴκοθεν πάνθʼ ὅσα γε καὶ ἔλεγε δαπανᾶν δοκεῖν· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὔτʼ εἴ ποτε ἐκ τῶν δημοσίων τι χρημάτων ὁ ἀεὶ κρατῶν ἔλαβεν, οὔτʼ εἴ ποτε αὐτὸς ἔδωκε, γνώμην ἔχω συγγράψαι. πολλάκις τε γὰρ ἑκάτερον αὐτῶν ἐγένετο, καὶ τί ἄν τις ἐς δανείσματα ἢ καὶ δωρεὰς τὰ τοιαῦτα καταλέγοι, ὁπότε καὶ τούτοις καὶ ἐκείνοις καὶ ὁ δῆμος καὶ ὁ αὐτοκράτωρ ἐπίκοινον ἀεὶ χρῶνται; τότε μὲν δὴ ταῦτα ὁ Αὔγουστος ἔπραξε, καὶ ἐξώρμησε μὲν ὡς καὶ ἐς τὴν Βρεττανίαν στρατεύσων, ἐς δὲ δὴ τὰς Γαλατίας ἐλθὼν ἐνταῦθα ἐνδιέτριψεν· ἐκεῖνοί τε γὰρ ἐπικηρυκεύσεσθαί οἱ ἐδόκουν, καὶ τὰ τούτων ἀκατάστατα ἔτι, ἅτε τῶν ἐμφυλίων πολέμων εὐθὺς ἐπὶ τῇ ἁλώσει σφῶν ἐπιγενομένων, ἦν. καὶ αὐτῶν καὶ ἀπογραφὰς ἐποιήσατο καὶ τὸν βίον τήν τε πολιτείαν διεκόσμησε. κἀντεῦθεν ἔς τε τὴν Ἰβηρίαν ἀφίκετο, καὶ κατεστήσατο καὶ ἐκείνην.
It was in this way, broadly speaking, that he administered the empire. I shall now relate in detail also such of his acts as call for mention, together with the names of the consuls under which they were performed. In the year already named, perceiving that the roads outside the walls had become difficult to travel as the result of neglect, he ordered various senators to repair the others at their own expense, and he himself looked after the Flaminian Way, since he was going to lead an army out by that route. 2 This road was finished promptly at that time, and statues of Augustus were accordingly erected on arches on the bridge over the Tiber and at Ariminum; but the other roads were repaired later, at the expense either of the public (for none of the senators liked to spend money upon them) or of Augustus, as one chooses to put it. For I am unable to distinguish between the two funds, no matter how extensively Augustus coined into money silver statues of himself which had been set up by certain of his friends and by certain of the subject peoples, purposing thereby to make it appear that all the expenditures which he claimed to be making were from his own means. 4 Therefore I have no opinion to record as to whether a particular emperor on a particular occasion got the money from the public funds or gave it himself. For both courses were frequently followed; and why should one enter such expenditures as loans or as gifts respectively, when both the people and the emperor are constantly resorting to both the one and the other indiscriminately? These were the acts of Augustus at that time. He also set out to make an expedition into Britain, but on coming to the provinces of Gaul lingered there. For the Britons seemed likely to make terms with him, and the affairs of the Gauls were still unsettled, as the civil wars had begun immediately after their subjugation. He took a census of the inhabitants and regulated their life and government. From Gaul he proceeded into Spain, and established order there also.
§ 53.23
μετὰ δὲ δὴ τοῦτο αὐτός τε τὸ ὄγδοον σὺν τῷ Ταύρῳ τῷ Στατιλίῳ ὑπάτευσε, καὶ ὁ Ἀγρίππας τὰ Σέπτα ὠνομασμένα καθιέρωσεν· ὁδὸν μὲν γὰρ οὐδεμίαν ἐπισκευάσειν ὑπέσχετο, ταῦτα δὲ ἐν τῷ Ἀρείῳ πεδίῳ στοαῖς πέριξ ὑπὸ τοῦ Λεπίδου πρὸς τὰς φυλετικὰς ἀρχαιρεσίας συνῳκοδομημένα καὶ πλαξὶ λιθίναις καὶ ζωγραφήμασιν ἐπεκόσμησεν, Ἰούλια αὐτὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ Αὐγούστου προσαγορεύσας. καὶ ὁ μὲν οὐχ ὅπως φθόνον τινὰ ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς ὠφλίσκανεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάνυ καὶ πρὸς αὐτοῦ ἐκείνου καὶ πρὸς τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων ἐτιμᾶτο (αἴτιον δὲ ὅτι τὰ φιλανθρωπότατα καὶ τὰ εὐκλεέστατα τά τε συμφορώτατα καὶ συμβουλεύων οἱ καὶ συμπράττων οὐδʼ ἐπὶ βραχὺ τῆς δόξης αὐτῶν ἀντεποιεῖτο, ταῖς τε παρʼ αὐτοῦ τιμαῖς οὔτε ἐς πλεονεξίαν οὔτε ἐς ἀπόλαυσιν ἰδίαν ἐχρῆτο, ἀλλʼ ἔς τε τὸ αὐτῷ ἐκείνῳ καὶ ἐς τὸ τῷ δημοσίῳ συμφέρονʼ, ὁ δὲ δὴ Γάλλος Κορνήλιος καὶ ἐξύβρισεν ὑπὸ τῆς τιμῆς. πολλὰ μὲν γὰρ καὶ μάταια ἐς τὸν Αὔγουστον ἀπελήρει, πολλὰ δὲ καὶ ἐπαίτια παρέπραττε· καὶ γὰρ καὶ εἰκόνας ἑαυτοῦ ἐν ὅλῃ ὡς εἰπεῖν τῇ Αἰγύπτῳ ἔστησε, καὶ τὰ ἔργα ὅσα ἐπεποιήκει ἐς τὰς πυραμίδας ἐσέγραψε. κατηγορήθη τε οὖν ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς ὑπὸ Οὐαλερίου Λάργου, ἑταίρου τέ οἱ καὶ συμβιωτοῦ ὄντος, καὶ ἠτιμώθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Αὐγούστου, ὥστε καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν αὐτοῦ κωλυθῆναι διαιτᾶσθαι. γενομένου δὲ τούτου καὶ ἄλλοι αὐτῷ συχνοὶ ἐπέθεντο καὶ γραφὰς κατʼ αὐτοῦ πολλὰς ἀπήνεγκαν, καὶ ἡ γερουσία ἅπασα ἁλῶναί τε αὐτὸν ἐν τοῖς δικαστηρίοις καὶ φυγεῖν τῆς οὐσίας στερηθέντα, καὶ ταύτην τε τῷ Αὐγούστῳ δοθῆναι καὶ ἑαυτοὺς βουθυτῆσαι ἐψηφίσατο. καὶ ὁ μὲν περιαλγήσας ἐπὶ τούτοις ἑαυτὸν προκατεχρήσατο,
After this he became consul for the eighth time, together with Statilius Taurus, and Agrippa dedicated the structure called the Saepta; 2 for instead of undertaking to repair a road, Agrippa had adorned with marble tablets and paintings this edifice in the Campus Martius, which had been constructed by Lepidus with porticos all around it for the meetings of the comitia tributa, and he named it the Saepta Iulia in honour of Augustus. And Agrippa not only incurred no jealousy on this account, but was greatly honoured both by Augustus himself and by all the rest of the people. 4 The reason was that he consulted and coöperated with Augustus in the most humane, the most celebrated, and the most beneficial projects, and yet did not claim in the slightest degree a share in the glory of them, but used the honours which the emperor bestowed, not for personal gain or enjoyment, but for the benefit of the donor himself and of the public. On the other hand, Cornelius Gallus was encouraged to insolence by the honour shown him. Thus, he indulged in a great deal of disrespectful gossip about Augustus and was guilty of many reprehensible actions besides; for he not only set up images of himself practically everywhere in Egypt, but also inscribed upon the pyramids a list of his achievements. 6 For this act he was accused by Valerius Largus, his comrade and intimate, and was disfranchised by Augustus, so that he was prevented from living in the emperor's provinces. After this had happened, many others attacked him and brought numerous indictments against him. The senate unanimously voted that he should be convicted in the courts, exiled, and deprived of his estate, that his estate should be given to Augustus, and that the senate itself should offer sacrifices. Overwhelmed by grief at this, Gallus committed suicide before the decrees took effect;
§ 53.24
τὸ δὲ δὴ τῶν πολλῶν κίβδηλον καὶ ἐκ τούτου διηλέγχθη ὅτι ἐκεῖνόν τε, ὃν τέως ἐκολάκευον, οὕτω τότε διέθηκαν ὥστε καὶ αὐτοχειρίᾳ ἀποθανεῖν ἀναγκάσαι, καὶ πρὸς τὸν Λάργον ἀπέκλιναν, ἐπειδήπερ αὔξειν ἤρχετο, μέλλοντές που καὶ κατὰ τούτου τὰ αὐτά, ἄν γέ τι τοιοῦτόν οἱ συμβῇ, ψηφιεῖσθαι. ὁ μέντοι Προκουλέιος οὕτω πρὸς αὐτὸν ἔσχεν ὥστʼ ἀπαντήσας ποτὲ αὐτῷ τήν τε ῥῖνα καὶ τὸ στόμα τὸ ἑαυτοῦ τῇ χειρὶ ἐπισχεῖν, ἐνδεικνύμενος τοῖς συνοῦσιν ὅτι μηδʼ ἀναπνεῦσαί τινι παρόντος αὐτοῦ ἀσφάλεια εἴη. ἄλλος τέ τις προσῆλθέ τε αὐτῷ, καίπερ ἀγνὼς ὤν, μετὰ μαρτύρων, καὶ ἐπήρετο εἰ γνωρίζοι ἑαυτόν, ἐπειδή τε ἐξηρνήσατο, ἐς γραμματεῖον τὴν ἄρνησιν αὐτοῦ ἐσέγραψεν, ὥσπερ οὐκ ἐξὸν τῷ κακῷ καὶ ὃν οὐκ ᾔδει πρότερον συκοφαντῆσαι. οὕτω δʼ οὖν οἱ πολλοὶ τὰ ἔργα τινῶν, κἂν πονηρὰ ᾖ, μᾶλλον ζηλοῦσιν ἢ τὰ παθήματα φυλάσσονται, ὥστε καὶ τότε Μᾶρκος Ἐγνάτιος Ῥοῦφος ἀγορανομήσας, καὶ ἄλλα τε πολλὰ καλῶς πράξας καὶ ταῖς οἰκίαις ταῖς ἐν τῷ ἔτει ἐκείνῳ ἐμπρησθείσαις ἐπικουρίαν μετὰ τῶν ἑαυτοῦ δούλων καὶ μεθʼ ἑτέρων τινῶν μισθωτῶν ποιησάμενος, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τά τε ἀναλώματα τὰ τῇ ἀρχῇ αὐτοῦ προσήκοντα παρὰ τοῦ δήμου λαβὼν καὶ στρατηγὸς παρανόμως ἀποδειχθείς, ἐπήρθη τε ὑπʼ αὐτῶν τούτων καὶ τὸν Αὔγουστον ὑπερεφρόνησεν, ὥστε καὶ προγράψαι ὅτι ἄθραυστον καὶ ὁλόκληρον τῷ διαδόχῳ τὴν πόλιν παρέδωκεν. ἐπʼ οὖν τούτῳ οἵ τε ἄλλοι πάντες οἱ πρῶτοι καὶ αὐτὸς ὅτι μάλιστα ὁ Αὔγουστος ὀργὴν ἔσχε, καὶ ἐκεῖνον μὲν ἐκδιδάξειν οὐκ ἐς μακρὰν ἔμελλε τὸ μὴ ὑπὲρ τοὺς πολλοὺς φρονεῖν, τοῖς δʼ ἀγορανόμοις παραχρῆμα ἐπιμελεῖσθαί τε ὅπως μηδὲν ἐμπίμπρηται, κἂν ἄρα τι τοιοῦτο συμβῇ, κατασβεννύναι τὸ πῦρ προσέταξε.
and the insincerity of the majority of people was again proved by his case, in that they now treated the man whom formerly they had been wont to flatter in such a way that they forced him to die by his own hand, and then went over to Largus because he was beginning to grow powerful — though they were certain to vote the same measures against him all, if a similar situation should arise in his case. 2 Proculeius, however, conceived such contempt for Largus that once, on meeting him, he clapped his hand over his nose and mouth, thereby hinting to the bystanders that it was not safe even to breathe in the man's presence. Another man, although unknown to him, approached him with witnesses and asked Largus if he knew him; then, when the other replied that he did not, he recorded his denial on a tablet, as though the rascal could not blackmail even a man whom he had not previously known. 4 But we see how most men rather emulate the deeds of others, even though they be evil deeds, than guard against their fate, by what Marcus Egnatius Rufus did at this very time. He had been an aedile, and in addition to having performed his duties well in many other ways, had with his own slaves and other persons whom he hired helped to save the houses that took fire during his year of office, and in return for all this he had received from the people the amount of the expenditures incurred in the discharge of his office and had been elected praetor contrary to law. But he became so elated over these very honours and so contemptuous of Augustus, that he issued a bulletin that he had handed the city over unimpaired and intact to his successor. 6 All the most prominent men became indignant at this, Augustus himself most of all; and he was not long afterward to teach the fellow a lesson, not to exalt his mind above the mass of mankind. For the time being, however, he ordered the aediles to take care that no building took fire, and if anything of the sort did happen, to put the fire out.
§ 53.25
κἀν τῷ αὐτῷ ἔτει τούτῳ ὅ τε Πολέμων ὁ ἐν τῷ Πόντῳ βασιλεύων ἔς τε τοὺς φίλους καὶ ἐς τοὺς συμμάχους τοῦ δήμου ἀνεγράφη, καὶ προεδρία τοῖς βουλευταῖς ἐν πάσῃ τῇ ἀρχῇ αὐτοῦ ἐς πάντα τὰ θέατρα ἐδόθη· τόν τε Αὔγουστον ἐς τὴν Βρεττανίαν, ἐπειδὴ μὴ ἠθέλησαν ὁμολογῆσαι, στρατευσείοντα κατέσχον οἵ τε Σάλασσοι ἐπαναστάντες αὐτῷ καὶ οἱ Κάνταβροι οἵ τε Ἄστυρες πολεμωθέντες. οἰκοῦσι δὲ ἐκεῖνοι μὲν ὑπὸ τὰς Ἄλπεις, ὥσπερ εἴρηταί μοι, οὗτοι δὲ ἑκάτεροι τοῦ τε Πυρηναίου τοῦ πρὸς τῇ Ἰβηρίᾳ τὸ καρτερώτατον καὶ τὴν πεδιάδα τὴν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ οὖσαν. διʼ οὖν ταῦτα ὁ Αὔγουστος (ἤδη δὲ ἔνατον μετὰ Μάρκου Σιλανοῦ ὑπάτευενʼ ἐπὶ μὲν τοὺς Σαλάσσους Τερέντιον Οὐάρρωνα ἔπεμψε. καὶ ὃς πολλαχῇ ἅμα, ὅπως μὴ συστραφέντες δυσχειρωτότεροι γένωνται, ἐμβαλὼν ῥᾷστά τε αὐτούς, ἅτε καὶ κατʼ ὀλίγους προσπίπτοντάς σφισιν, ἐνίκησε, καὶ συμβῆναι καταναγκάσας ἀργύριόν τέ τι ῥητόν, ὡς καὶ μηδὲν δεινὸν ἄλλο δράσων, ᾔτησε, κἀκ τούτου πανταχῇ πρὸς τὴν ἔσπραξιν δῆθεν αὐτοῦ στρατιώτας διαπέμψας συνέλαβέ τε τοὺς ἐν τῇ ἡλικίᾳ καὶ ἀπέδοτο, ἐφʼ ᾧ μηδείς σφων ἐντὸς εἴκοσιν ἐτῶν ἐλευθερωθείη. καὶ αὐτῶν ἡ ἀρίστη τῆς γῆς τῶν τε δορυφόρων τισὶν ἐδόθη, καὶ πόλιν τὴν Αὔγουσταν πραιτωριανῶν ὠνομασμένην ἔσχεν. αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ Αὔγουστος πρός τε τοὺς Αστυρας καὶ πρὸς τοὺς Καντάβρους ἅμα ἐπολέμησε, καὶ ἐπειδὴ μήτε προσεχώρουν οἱ ἅτε ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐρυμνοῖς ἐπαιρόμενοι, μήτε ἐς χεῖρας διά τε τὸ τῷ πλήθει ἐλαττοῦσθαι καὶ διὰ τὸ ἀκοντιστὰς τὸ πλεῖστον εἶναι ᾖσαν, καὶ προσέτι καὶ πράγματα αὐτῷ πολλά, εἴ που κινηθείη, τά τε ὑπερδέξια ἀεὶ προκαταλαμβάνοντες καὶ ἐν τοῖς κοίλοις τοῖς τε ὑλώδεσιν ἐνεδρεύοντες παρεῖχον, ἐν ἀπόρῳ παντάπασιν ἐγένετο. καὶ ὁ μὲν ἔκ τε τοῦ καμάτου καὶ ἐκ τῶν φροντίδων νοσήσας ἐς Ταρράκωνα ἀνεχώρησε καὶ ἐκεῖ ἠρρώστει· Γάιος δὲ Ἀντίστιος προσεπολέμησέ τε αὐτοῖς ἐν τούτῳ καὶ συχνὰ κατειργάσατο, οὐχ ὅτι καὶ ἀμείνων τοῦ Αὐγούστου στρατηγὸς ἦν, ἀλλʼ ὅτι καταφρονήσαντες αὐτοῦ οἱ βάρβαροι ὁμόσε τε τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις ἐχώρησαν καὶ ἐνικήθησαν. καὶ οὕτως ἐκεῖνός τέ τινα ἔλαβε, καὶ Τίτος μετὰ ταῦτα Καρίσιος τήν τε Λαγκίαν τὸ μέγιστον τῶν Ἀστύρων πόλισμα ἐκλειφθὲν εἷλε καὶ ἄλλα πολλὰ παρεστήσατο.
In this same year Polemon, the king of Pontus, was enrolled among the friends and allies of the Roman people; and the privilege was granted the senators of occupying the front seats in all the theatres of his realm. 2 Augustus was planning an expedition into Britain, since the people there would not come to terms, but he was detained by the revolt of the Salassi and by the hostility of the Cantabri and Astures. The former dwell at the foot of the Alps, as I have stated, whereas both the other tribes occupy the strongest part of the Pyrenees on the side of Spain, together with the plain which lies below. For these reasons Augustus, who was now consul for the ninth time, with Marcus Silanus as colleague, sent Terentius Varro against the Salassi. Varro invaded their country at many points at the same time, in order that they might not join forces and so be more difficult to subdue; and he conquered them very easily, inasmuch as they attacked his divisions only in small groups. 4 After forcing them to come to terms he demanded a stated sum of money, as if he were going to impose no other punishment; then, sending soldiers everywhere ostensibly to collect the money, he arrested those who were of military age and sold them, on the understanding that none of them should be liberated within twenty years. The best of their land was given to some of the Pretorians, and later on received the city called Augusta Praetoria. Augustus himself waged war upon the Astures and upon the Cantabri at one and the same time. But these peoples would neither yield to him, because they were confident on account of their strongholds, 6 nor would they come to close quarters, owing to their inferior numbers and the circumstance that most of them were javelin-throwers, and, besides, they kept causing him a great deal of annoyance, always forestalling him by seizing the higher ground whenever a manoeuvre was attempted, and lying in ambush for him in the valleys and woods. Accordingly Augustus found himself in very great embarrassment, and having fallen ill from over-exertion and anxiety, he retired to Tarraco and there remained in poor health. Meanwhile Gaius Antistius fought against them and accomplished a good deal, not because he was a better general than Augustus, 8 but because the barbarians felt contempt for him and so joined battle with the Romans and were defeated. In this way he captured a few places, and afterwards Titus Carisius took Lancia, the principal fortress of the Astures, after it had been abandoned, and also won over many other places.
§ 53.26
παυσαμένου δὲ τοῦ πολέμου τούτου ὁ Αὔγουστος τοὺς μὲν ἀφηλικεστέρους τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἀφῆκε, καὶ πόλιν αὐτοῖς ἐν Λυσιτανίᾳ τὴν Αὔγουσταν Ἠμέριταν καλουμένην κτίσαι ἔδωκε, τοῖς δὲ τὴν στρατεύσιμον ἡλικίαν ἔτʼ ἔχουσι θέας τινὰ διά τε τοῦ Μαρκέλλου καὶ διὰ τοῦ Τιβερίου ὡς καὶ ἀγορανομούντων ἐν αὐτοῖς τοῖς στρατοπέδοις ἐποίησε. καὶ τῷ μὲν Ἰούβᾳ τῆς τε Γαιτουλίας τινὰ ἀντὶ τῆς πατρῴας ἀρχῆς, ἐπείπερ ἐς τὸν τῶν Ῥωμαίων κόσμον οἱ πλείους αὐτῶν ἐσεγεγράφατο, καὶ τὰ τοῦ Βόκχου τοῦ τε Βογούου ἔδωκε· τοῦ δʼ Ἀμύντου τελευτήσαντος οὐ τοῖς παισὶν αὐτοῦ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐπέτρεψεν, ἀλλʼ ἐς τὴν ὑπήκοον ἐσήγαγε, καὶ οὕτω καὶ ἡ Γαλατία μετὰ τῆς Λυκαονίας Ῥωμαῖον ἄρχοντα ἔσχε, τά τε χωρία τὰ ἐκ τῆς Παμφυλίας πρότερον τῷ Ἀμύντᾳ προσνεμηθέντα τῷ ἰδίῳ νομῷ ἀπεδόθη. ὑπὸ δὲ τὸν αὐτὸν τοῦτον χρόνον Μᾶρκος Οὐινίκιος Κελτῶν τινας μετελθών, ὅτι Ῥωμαίους ἄνδρας ἐς τὴν χώραν σφῶν κατὰ τὴν ἐπιμιξίαν ἐσελθόντας συλλαβόντες ἔφθειραν, τὸ ὄνομα καὶ αὐτὸς τὸ τοῦ αὐτοκράτορος τῷ Αὐγούστῳ ἔδωκε. καὶ ἐψηφίσθη μέν που καὶ τὰ ἐπινίκια αὐτῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τούτοις καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις τοῖς τότε γενομένοις· ἐπεὶ δʼ οὐκ ἠθέλησεν αὐτὰ πέμψαι, ἁψίς τε ἐν ταῖς Ἄλπεσι τροπαιοφόρος οἱ ᾠκοδομήθη, καὶ ἐξουσία ἐδόθη τοῦ τῇ πρώτῃ τοῦ ἔτους ἡμέρᾳ καὶ τῷ στεφάνῳ καὶ τῇ ἐσθῆτι τῇ νικητηρίᾳ ἀεὶ χρῆσθαι. Αὔγουστος μὲν ταῦτά τε ἐν τοῖς πολέμοις ἔπραξε, καὶ τὸ τοῦ Ἰανοῦ τεμένισμα ἀνοιχθὲν διʼ
Upon the conclusion of this war Augustus discharged the more aged of his soldiers and allowed them to found a city in Lusitania, called Augusta Emerita. For those who were still of military age he arranged some exhibitions in the very camps, under the direction of Tiberius and Marcellus, since they were aediles. 2 To Juba he gave portions of Gaetulia in return for the prince's hereditary domain, the most of whose inhabitants had been enrolled in the Roman state, and also the possessions of Bocchus and Bogud. On the death of Amyntas he did not entrust his kingdom to the sons of the deceased, but made it a part of the subject territory. Thus Galatia together with Lycaonia obtained a Roman governor, and the portions of Pamphylia formerly assigned to Amyntas were restored to their own district. 4 About this same time Marcus Vinicius took vengeance upon some of the Germans because they had arrested and slain Romans who entered their country to trade with them; and thus he, too, caused the title of imperator to be bestowed upon Augustus. For this and his other exploits of this period a triumph, as well as the title, was voted to Augustus; but as he did not care to celebrate it, a triumphal arch was erected in the Alps in his honour and he was granted the right always to wear both the crown and the triumphal garb on the first day of the year. After these achievements in the wars Augustus closed the precinct of Janus, which had been opened because of these wars.
§ 53.27
αὐτοὺς ἔκλεισεν, Ἀγρίππας δὲ ἐν τούτῳ τὸ ἄστυ τοῖς ἰδίοις τέλεσιν ἐπεκόσμησε. τοῦτο μὲν γὰρ τὴν στοὰν τὴν τοῦ Ποσειδῶνος ὠνομασμένην καὶ ἐξῳκοδόμησεν ἐπὶ ταῖς ναυκρατίαις καὶ τῇ τῶν Ἀργοναυτῶν γραφῇ ἐπελάμπρυνε, τοῦτο δὲ τὸ πυριατήριον τὸ Λακωνικὸν κατεσκεύασε· Λακωνικὸν γὰρ τὸ γυμνάσιον, ἐπειδήπερ οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι γυμνοῦσθαί τε ἐν τῷ τότε χρόνῳ καὶ λίπα ἀσκεῖν μάλιστα ἐδόκουν, ἐπεκάλεσε. τό τε Πάνθειον ὠνομασμένον ἐξετέλεσε· προσαγορεύεται δὲ οὕτω τάχα μὲν ὅτι πολλῶν θεῶν εἰκόνας ἐν τοῖς ἀγάλμασι, τῷ τε τοῦ Ἄρεως καὶ τῷ τῆς Ἀφροδίτης, ἔλαβεν, ὡς δὲ ἐγὼ νομίζω, ὅτι θολοειδὲς ὂν τῷ οὐρανῷ προσέοικεν. ἠβουλήθη μὲν οὖν ὁ Ἀγρίππας καὶ τὸν Αὔγουστον ἐνταῦθα ἱδρῦσαι, τήν τε τοῦ ἔργου ἐπίκλησιν αὐτῷ δοῦναι· μὴ δεξαμένου δὲ αὐτοῦ μηδέτερον ἐκεῖ μὲν τοῦ προτέρου Καίσαρος, ἐν δὲ τῷ προνάῳ τοῦ τε Αὐγούστου καὶ ἑαυτοῦ ἀνδριάντας ἔστησε. καὶ ἐγίγνετο γὰρ ταῦτα οὐκ ἐξ ἀντιπάλου τῷ Ἀγρίππᾳ πρὸς τὸν Αὔγουστον φιλοτιμίας, ἀλλʼ ἔκ τε τῆς πρὸς ἐκεῖνον λιπαροῦς εὐνοίας καὶ ἐκ τῆς πρὸς τὸ δημόσιον ἐνδελεχοῦς σπουδῆς, οὐ μόνον οὐδὲν αὐτὸν ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς ὁ Αὔγουστος ᾐτιάσατο, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ πλεῖον ἐτίμησε. τούς τε γὰρ γάμους τῆς τε θυγατρὸς τῆς Ἰουλίας καὶ τοῦ ἀδελφιδοῦ τοῦ Μαρκέλλου μὴ δυνηθεὶς ὑπὸ τῆς νόσου ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ τότε ποιῆσαι δι’ ἐκείνου καὶ ἀπὼν ἑώρτασε· καὶ ἐπειδὴ ἡ οἰκία ἡ ἐν τῷ Παλατίῳ ὄρει, ἡ πρότερον μὲν τοῦ Ἀντωνίου γενομένη ὕστερον δὲ τῷ τε Ἀγρίππᾳ καὶ τῷ Μεσσάλᾳ δοθεῖσα, κατεφλέχθη, τῷ μὲν Μεσσάλᾳ ἀργύριον ἐχαρίσατο, τὸν δὲ Ἀγρίππαν σύνοικον ἐποιήσατο. οὗτός τε οὖν ἐκ τούτων οὐκ ἀπεικότως ἐγαυροῦτο, καί τις Γάιος Θοράνιος αἰτίαν ἀγαθὴν ἔσχεν, ὅτι δημαρχῶν τὸν πατέρα, καίπερ ἐξελεύθερόν τινος ὄντα, ἔς τε τὸ θέατρον ἐσήγαγε καὶ ἐν τῷ δημαρχικῷ βάθρῳ παρεκαθίσατο. Πούπλιός τε Σερουίλιος ὄνομα καὶ αὐτὸς ἔλαβεν, ὅτι στρατηγῶν ἄρκτους τε τριακοσίας καὶ Λιβυκὰ ἕτερα θηρία ἴσα ἐν πανηγύρει τινὶ ἀπέκτεινεν.
Meanwhile Agrippa beautified the city at his own expense. First, in honour of the naval victories he completed the building called the Basilica of Neptune and lent it added brilliance by the painting representing the Argonauts. Next he constructed the Laconian sudatorium. He gave the name “Laconian” to the gymnasium because the Lacedaemonians had a greater reputation at that time than anybody else for stripping and exercising after anointing themselves with oil. 2 Also he completed the building called the Pantheon. It has this name, perhaps because it received among the images which decorated it the statues of many gods, including Mars and Venus; but my own opinion of the name is that, because of its vaulted roof, it resembles the heavens. Agrippa, for his part, wished to place a statue of Augustus there also and to bestow upon him the honour of having the structure named after him; but when the emperor wouldn't accept either honour, he placed in the temple itself a statue of the former Caesar and in the ante-room statues of Augustus and himself. 4 This was done, not out of any rivalry or ambition on Agrippa's part to make himself equal to Augustus, but from his hearty loyalty to him and his constant zeal for the public good; hence Augustus, so far from censuring him for it, honoured them the more. For example, when he himself was prevented by illness from being in Rome at that time and celebrating there the marriage of his daughter Julia and his nephew Marcellus, he commissioned Agrippa to hold the festival in his absence; and when the house on the Palatine Mount which had formerly belonged to Antony but had later been given to Agrippa and Messalla was burned down, he presented money to Messalla, but made Agrippa share his own house. 6 Agrippa not unnaturally took great pride in these honours. And one Gaius Toranius also acquired a good reputation because while tribune he brought his father, although a freedman of somebody or other, into the theatre and made him sit beside him upon the tribunes' bench. Publius Servilius, too, made a name for himself because while praetor he caused to be slain at a festival three hundred bears and other African wild beasts equal in number.
§ 53.28
ἐκ δὲ τούτου δέκατον ὁ Αὔγουστος μετὰ Γαΐου Νωρβανοῦ ἦρξε, καὶ ἔν τε τῇ νουμηνίᾳ ὅρκους ἡ βουλὴ βεβαιοῦσα τὰς πράξεις αὐτοῦ ἐποιήσατο, καὶ ἐπειδὴ πλησιάζειν τε ἤδη τῇ πόλει ἠγγέλθη (ὑπὸ γὰρ τῆς ἀρρωστίας ἐχρόνισἐ καὶ τῷ δήμῳ καθʼ ἑκατὸν δραχμὰς δώσειν ὑπέσχετο, τό τε γράμμα τὸ περὶ αὐτῶν ἀπηγόρευσε μὴ πρότερον ἐκτεθῆναι πρὶν ἂν καὶ ἐκείνῃ συνδόξῃ, πάσης αὐτὸν τῆς τῶν νόμων ἀνάγκης ἀπήλλαξαν, ἵνʼ, ὥσπερ εἴρηταί μοι, καὶ αὐτοτελὴς ὄντως καὶ αὐτοκράτωρ καὶ ἑαυτοῦ καὶ τῶν νόμων πάντα τε ὅσα βούλοιτο ποιοίη καὶ πάνθʼ ὅσα ἀβουλοίη μὴ πράττῃ. ταῦτα μὲν ἀποδημοῦντι ἔτʼ αὐτῷ ἐψηφίσθη, ἀφικομένῳ δὲ ἐς τὴν Ῥώμην ἄλλα τινὰ ἐπί τε τῇ σωτηρίᾳ καὶ ἐπὶ τῇ ἀνακομιδῇ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο. τῷ τε Μαρκέλλῳ βουλεύειν τε ἐν τοῖς ἐστρατηγηκόσι καὶ τὴν ὑπατείαν δέκα θᾶττον ἔτεσιν ἤπερ ἐνενόμιστο αἰτῆσαι, καὶ τῷ Τιβερίῳ πέντε πρὸ ἑκάστης ἀρχῆς ἔτεσι τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ποιῆσαι ἐδόθη· καὶ παραχρῆμά γε οὗτος μὲν ταμίας ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἀγορανόμος ἀπεδείχθησαν. τῶν τε ταμιευσόντων ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἐπιλειπόντων ἐκληρώθησαν ἐς αὐτὰ πάντες οἱ μέχρι δέκα ἄνω ἐτῶν ἄνευ τοῦ ἔργου τούτου τεταμιευκότες.
Augustus now became consul for the tenth time, with Gaius Norbanus as colleague, and on the first day of the year the senate confirmed his acts by taking oaths. And when the word was brought that he was already drawing near the city (for his illness had delayed his return), and he promised to give the people four hundred sesterces each, 2 though he forbade the posting of the edict concerning the donatives until the senate should give its approval, they freed him from all compulsion of the laws, in order, as I have stated, that he might be in reality independent supreme both over himself and the laws and so might do everything he wished and refrain from doing anything he did not wish. This right was voted to him while he was yet absent; and upon his arrival in Rome various other privileges were accorded him in honour of his recovery and return. Marcellus was given the right to be a senator among the ex-praetors and to stand for the consulship ten years earlier than was customary, while Tiberius was permitted to stand for each office five years before the regular age; and he was at once elected quaestor and Marcellus aedile. 4 And when there were not enough men to serve as quaestors in the provinces, all drew lots for the places who during the ten years previous had held the quaestorship without being assigned to any province.
§ 53.29
ἐν μὲν οὖν τῇ πόλει ταῦτα τότε ἄξια μνήμης ἐγένετο· οἱ δὲ δὴ Κάνταβροι οἵ τε Ἄστυρες, ὡς τάχιστα ὁ Αὔγουστος ἐκ τῆς Ἰβηρίας, Λούκιον Αἰμίλιον ἄρχοντα αὐτῆς καταλιπών, ἀπηλλάγη, ἐπανέστησαν, καὶ πέμψαντες πρὸς τὸν Αἰμίλιον, πρὶν καὶ ὁτιοῦν ἐκφῆναί οἱ, σῖτόν τε καὶ ἄλλα τινὰ χαρίσασθαι τῷ στρατεύματι βούλεσθαι ἔφασαν, κἀκ τούτου στρατιώτας συχνοὺς ὡς καὶ κομιοῦντας αὐτὰ λαβόντες ἔς τε χωρία αὐτοὺς ἐπιτήδειά σφισιν ἐσήγαγον καὶ κατεφόνευσαν. οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἐπὶ πολὺ ἥσθησαν· τῆς τε γὰρ χώρας αὐτῶν δῃωθείσης καὶ τειχῶν τινων καυθέντων, τό τε μέγιστον τῶν χειρῶν τοῖς ἀεὶ ἁλισκομένοις ἀποκοπτομένων, ταχέως ἐχειρώθησαν. ἐν ᾧ δὲ ταῦτʼ ἐγίγνετο, καὶ ἄλλη τις στρατεία καινὴ ἀρχήν τε ἅμα καὶ τέλος ἔσχεν· ἐπὶ γὰρ Ἀραβίαν τὴν εὐδαίμονα καλουμένην, ἧς Σαβὼς ἐβασίλευεν, Αἴλιος Γάλλος ὁ τῆς Αἰγύπτου ἄρχων ἐπεστράτευσε. καὶ ἐς μὲν ὄψιν οὐδεὶς αὐτῷ τήν γε πρώτην ἦλθεν, οὐ μὴν καὶ ἀπόνως προεχώρει· ἥ τε γὰρ ἐρημία καὶ ὁ ἥλιος τά τε ὕδατα φύσιν τινὰ ἄτοπον ἔχοντα πάνυ αὐτοὺς ἐταλαιπώρησεν, ὥστε τὸ πλεῖον τοῦ στρατοῦ φθαρῆναι. τὸ δὲ δὴ νόσημα οὐδενὶ τῶν συνήθων ὅμοιον ἐγίγνετο, ἀλλʼ ἐς τὴν κεφαλὴν ἐνσκῆψαν ἐξήραινεν αὐτήν, καὶ τοὺς μὲν πολλοὺς αὐτίκα ἀπώλλυε, τῶν δὲ δὴ περιγιγνομένων ἔς τε τὰ σκέλη κατῄει, πᾶν τὸ μεταξὺ τοῦ σώματος ὑπερβάν, καὶ ἐκεῖνα ἐλυμαίνετο, ἴαμά τε αὐτοῦ οὐδὲν ἦν χωρὶς ἢ εἴ τις ἔλαιον οἴνῳ μεμιγμένον καὶ ἔπιε καὶ ἠλείψατο. ὅπερ που πάνυ ὀλίγοις σφῶν ὑπῆρξε ποιῆσαι· οὔτε γὰρ ἡ χώρα οὐδέτερον αὐτῶν φέρει οὔτε ἐκεῖνοι ἄφθονα αὐτὰ προπαρεσκευάδατο. κἀν τῷ πόνῳ τούτῳ καὶ οἱ βάρβαροί σφισι προσεπέθεντο. τέως μὲν γὰρ ἥττους, ὁπότε γε καὶ προσμίξειαν αὐτοῖς, ἐγίγνοντο, καί τινα καὶ χωρία ἀπέβαλλον· τότε δὲ συμμάχῳ τῇ νόσῳ αὐτῶν χρησάμενοι τά τε σφέτερα ἐκομίσαντο καὶ ἐκείνων τοὺς περιλειφθέντας ἐξήλασαν ἐκ τῆς χώρας. πρῶτοι μὲν δὴ Ῥωμαίων οὗτοι, νομίζω δʼ ὅτι καὶ μόνοι, τοσοῦτον ἐπὶ πολέμῳ τῆς Ἀραβίας ταύτης ἐπῆλθον· μέχρι γὰρ τῶν Ἀθλούλων καλουμένων, χωρίου τινὸς ἐπιφανοῦς, ἐχώρησαν.
These, then, were the noteworthy occurrences that took place in the city at that time. As soon as Augustus had departed from Spain, leaving behind Lucius Aemilius as its governor, the Cantabri and the Astures revolted; and sending word to Aemilius, before revealing to him the least sign whatever of their purpose, they said that they wished to make a present to his army of grain and other things. 2 Then, after securing a considerable number of soldiers, ostensibly to take back the presents, they conducted them to places for their purpose and murdered them. Their satisfaction, however, was short-lived; for their country was devastated, some of their forts burned, and, worst of all, the hands of all who were caught were cut off, and so they were quietly subdued. While this was going on, another and a new campaign had at once its beginning and its end. It was conducted by Aelius Gallus, the governor of Egypt, against the country called Arabia Felix, of which Sabos was king. 4 At first Aelius encountered no one, yet he did not proceed without difficulty; for the desert, the sun, and the water (which had some peculiar nature) all caused his men great distress, so that the larger part of the army perished. The malady proved to be unlike any of the common complaints, but attacked the head and caused it to become parched, killing forthwith most of those who were attacked, but in the case of those who survived this stage it descended to the legs, skipping all the intervening parts of the body, and caused dire injury to them. There was no remedy for it except a mixture of olive-oil and wine, both taken as a drink and used as an ointment; 6 and this remedy naturally lay within reach of only a few of them, since the country produces neither of these articles and the men had not prepared an abundant supply of them beforehand. In the midst of this trouble the barbarians also fell upon them. For hitherto they had been defeated whenever they joined battle, and had even been losing some places; but now, with the disease as their ally, they not only won back their own possessions, but also drove the survivors of the expedition out of the country. 8 These were the first of the Romans, and, I believe, the only ones, to traverse so much of this part of Arabia for the purpose of making war; for they advanced as far as the place called Athlula, a famous locality.
§ 53.30
ὁ δʼ Αὔγουστος ἑνδέκατον μετὰ Καλπουρνίου Πίσωνος ἄρξας ἠρρώστησεν αὖθις, ὥστε μηδεμίαν ἐλπίδα σωτηρίας σχεῖν· πάντα γοῦν ὡς καὶ τελευτήσων διέθετο, καὶ τάς τε ἀρχὰς τούς τε ἄλλους τοὺς πρώτους καὶ τῶν βουλευτῶν καὶ τῶν ἱππέων ἀθροίσας διάδοχον μὲν οὐδένα ἀπέδειξε, καίτοι τὸν Μάρκελλον πάντων προκριθήσεσθαι ἐς τοῦτο προσδοκώντων, διαλεχθεὶς δέ τινα αὐτοῖς περὶ τῶν δημοσίων πραγμάτων τῷ μὲν Πίσωνι τάς τε δυνάμεις καὶ τὰς προσόδους τὰς κοινὰς ἐς βιβλίον ἐσγράψας ἔδωκε, τῷ δʼ Ἀγρίππᾳ τὸν δακτύλιον ἐνεχείρισε. καὶ αὐτὸν μηδὲν ἔτι μηδὲ τῶν πάνυ ἀναγκαίων ποιεῖν δυνάμενον Ἀντώνιός τις Μούσας καὶ ψυχρολουσίαις καὶ ψυχροποσίαις ἀνέσωσε· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ χρήματα παρά τε τοῦ Αὐγούστου καὶ παρὰ τῆς βουλῆς πολλὰ καὶ τὸ χρυσοῖς δακτυλίοις (ἀπελεύθερος γὰρ ἦνʼ χρῆσθαι τήν τε ἀτέλειαν καὶ ἑαυτῷ καὶ τοῖς ὁμοτέχνοις, οὐχ ὅτι τοῖς τότε οὖσιν ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἔπειτα ἐσομένοις, ἔλαβεν. ἀλλʼ ἔδει γὰρ αὐτὸν τά τε τῆς τύχης καὶ τὰ τῆς πεπρωμένης ἔργα προσποιούμενον παρὰ πόδας ἁλῶναι, ὁ μὲν Αὔγουστος οὕτως ἐσώθη, ὁ δὲ δὴ Μάρκελλος νοσήσας οὐ πολλῷ ὕστερον καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν ἐκεῖνον ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ τοῦ Μούσα τρόπον θεραπευόμενος ἀπέθανε. καὶ αὐτὸν ὁ Αὔγουστος δημοσίᾳ τε ἔθαψεν, ἐπαινέσας ὥσπερ εἴθιστο, καὶ ἐς τὸ μνημεῖον ὃ ᾠκοδομεῖτο κατέθετο, τῇ τε μνήμῃ τοῦ θεάτρου τοῦ προκαταβληθέντος μὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ Καίσαρος, Μαρκέλλου δὲ ὠνομασμένου ἐτίμησεν, καὶ οἱ καὶ εἰκόνα χρυσῆν καὶ στέφανον χρυσοῦν δίφρον τε ἀρχικὸν ἔς τε τὸ θέατρον ἐν τῇ τῶν Ῥωμαίων πανηγύρει ἐσφέρεσθαι καὶ ἐς τὸ μέσον τῶν ἀρχόντων τῶν τελούντων αὐτὰ τίθεσθαι ἐκέλευσε.
When Augustus was consul for the eleventh time, with Calpurnius Piso, he fell so ill once more as to have no hope of recovery; at any rate, he arranged everything as if he were about to die, and gathered about him the magistrates and the foremost senators and knights. He did not, to be sure, appoint a successor, 2 although all were expecting that Marcellus would be preferred for this position, but after talking with them awhile about the public affairs, he gave Piso the list of the forces and of the public revenues written in a book, and handed his ring to Agrippa. And although he lost the power of attending even to the most urgent matters, yet a certain Antonius Musa restored him to health by means of cold baths and cold potions. For this, Musa received a great deal of money from both Augustus and the senate, as well as the right to wear gold rings (for he was a freedman), and he was granted exemption from taxes, both for himself and for the members of his profession, not only those living at the time but also those of future generations. 4 But it was fated that he who had taken to himself the functions of Fortune or Destiny should speedily be caught in her coils; for though Augustus had been saved in this manner, yet when Marcellus fell ill not long afterward and was treated in the same way by Musa, he died. Augustus gave him a public burial after the customary eulogies, placing him in the tomb he was building, and as a memorial to him finished the theatre whose foundations had already been laid by the former Caesar 6 and which was now called the Theatre of Marcellus. And he ordered also that a golden image of the deceased, a golden crown, and a curule chair should be carried into the theatre at the Ludi Romani and should be placed in the midst of the officials having charge of the games.
§ 53.31
ταῦτα μὲν ὕστερον ἔπραξε, τότε δὲ σωθεὶς τὰς διαθήκας ἐσήνεγκε μὲν ἐς τὸ συνέδριον καὶ ἀναλέξασθαι ἠθέλησεν, ἐνδεικνύμενος τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ὅτι οὐδένα τῆς ἀρχῆς διάδοχον καταλελοιπὼς ἦν, οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἀνέγνω· οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἐπέτρεψεν. ἐθαύμαζον μέντοι καὶ πάνυ πάντες αὐτοῦ ὅτι τὸν Μάρκελλον καὶ ὡς γαμβρὸν καὶ ὡς ἀδελφιδοῦν ἀγαπῶν, καὶ ἄλλας τε αὐτῷ τιμὰς διδοὺς καὶ τὴν ἑορτὴν ἣν ἐκ τῆς ἀγορανομίας ἐπετέλει συνδιαθεὶς λαμπρῶς, ὥστε τήν τε ἀγορὰν ἐν παντὶ τῷ θέρει παραπετάσμασι κατὰ κορυφὴν διαλαβεῖν καὶ ὀρχηστήν τινα ἱππέα γυναῖκά τε ἐπιφανῆ ἐς τὴν ὀρχήστραν ἐσαγαγεῖν, ὅμως τὴν μοναρχίαν οὐκ ἐπίστευσεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν Ἀγρίππαν αὐτοῦ προετίμησεν. οὕτως, ὡς ἔοικεν, οὐδέπω τῇ τοῦ μειρακίου γνώμῃ ἐθάρσει, ἀλλʼ ἤτοι τὸν δῆμον τὴν ἐλευθερίαν κομίσασθαι ἢ καὶ τὸν Ἀγρίππαν τὴν ἡγεμονίαν παρʼ ἐκείνου λαβεῖν ἠθέλησεν· εὖ τε γὰρ ἠπίστατο προσφιλῆ σφισιν ἐς τὰ μάλιστα αὐτὸν ὄντα, καὶ οὐκ ἐβούλετο παρʼ ἑαυτοῦ δὴ δοκεῖν αὐτὴν ἐπιτρέπεσθαι.
This he did later; at the time, after being restored to health, he brought his will into the senate and desired to read it, by way of showing people that he had left no successor to his realm; but he did not read it, for none would permit it. 2 Absolutely everybody, however, was astonished at him because, although he loved Marcellus both as son-in-law and nephew, and in addition to other honours shown him had to such an extent helped him make a brilliant success of the festival which he gave as aedile that he had sheltered the Forum during the whole summer by means of curtains stretched overhead and had exhibited on the stage a dancer who was a knight, and also a woman of high birth, nevertheless he had not entrusted to him the monarchy, but actually had preferred Agrippa before him. 4 Thus it would appear that he was not yet confident of the youth's judgment, and that he either wished the people to regain their liberty or for Agrippa to receive the leadership from them. For he well understood that Agrippa was exceedingly beloved by them and he preferred not to seem to be committing the supreme power to him on his own responsibility.
§ 53.32
ῥαΐσας δʼ οὖν, καὶ μαθὼν τὸν Μάρκελλον οὐκ ἐπιτηδείως τῷ Ἀγρίππᾳ διὰ τοῦτʼ ἔχοντα, ἐς τὴν Συρίαν εὐθὺς τὸν Ἀγρίππαν, μὴ καὶ διατριβή τις καὶ ἁψιμαχία αὐτοῖς ἐν ταὐτῷ οὖσι συμβῇ, ἔστειλε. καὶ ὃς ἐκ μὲν τῆς πόλεως εὐθὺς ἐξώρμησεν, οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἐς τὴν Συρίαν ἀφίκετο, ἀλλʼ ἔτι καὶ μᾶλλον μετριάζων ἐκεῖσε μὲν τοὺς ὑποστρατήγους ἔπεμψεν, αὐτὸς δὲ ἐν Λέσβῳ διέτριψε. ταῦτά τε οὕτως ὁ Αὔγουστος ἐποίησε, καὶ στρατηγοὺς δέκα, ὡς οὐδὲν ἔτι πλειόνων δεόμενος, ἀπέδειξε· καὶ τοῦτο καὶ ἐπὶ πλείω ἔτη ἐγένετο. ἔμελλον δὲ αὐτῶν οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι τὰ αὐτὰ ἅπερ καὶ πρόσθεν ποιήσειν, δύο δὲ ἐπὶ τῇ διοικήσει ὅσα ἔτη γενήσεσθαι. διατάξας δὲ ταῦτα ὡς ἕκαστα, ἀπεῖπε τὴν ὑπατείαν ἐς τὸ Ἀλβανὸν ἐλθών· ἐπεὶ γὰρ αὐτός, ἐξ οὗπερ τὰ πράγματα κατέστη, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων οἱ πλείους διʼ ἔτους ἦρξαν, ἐπισχεῖν τε τοῦτο αὖθις, ὅπως ὅτι πλεῖστοι ὑπατεύωσιν, ἠθέλησε, καὶ ἔξω τοῦ ἄστεως αὐτὸ ἐποίησεν, ἵνα μὴ κωλυθῇ. καὶ ἐπὶ τε τούτῳ ἔπαινον ἔσχε, καὶ ὅτι Λούκιον ἀνθʼ ἑαυτοῦ Σήστιον ἀνθείλετο, ἀεί τε τῷ Βρούτῳ συσπουδάσαντα καὶ ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς πολέμοις συστρατεύσαντα καὶ ἔτι καὶ τότε καὶ μνημονεύοντα αὐτοῦ καὶ εἰκόνας ἔχοντα καὶ ἐπαίνους ποιούμενον· τό τε γὰρ φιλικὸν καὶ τὸ πιστὸν τοῦ ἀνδρὸς οὐ μόνον οὐκ ἐμίσησεν ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐτίμησε. καὶ διὰ ταῦθʼ ἡ γερουσία δήμαρχόν τε αὐτὸν διὰ βίου εἶναι ἐψηφίσατο, καὶ χρηματίζειν αὐτῷ περὶ ἑνός τινος ὅπου ἂν ἐθελήσῃ καθʼ ἑκάστην βουλήν, κἂν μὴ ὑπατεύῃ, ἔδωκε, τήν τε ἀρχὴν τὴν ἀνθύπατον ἐσαεὶ καθάπαξ ἔχειν ὥστε μήτε ἐν τῇ ἐσόδῳ τῇ εἴσω τοῦ πωμηρίου κατατίθεσθαι αὐτὴν μήτʼ αὖθις ἀνανεοῦσθαι, καὶ ἐν τῷ ὑπηκόῳ τὸ πλεῖον τῶν ἑκασταχόθι ἀρχόντων ἰσχύειν ἐπέτρεψεν. ἀφʼ οὗ δὴ καὶ ἐκεῖνος καὶ οἱ μετʼ αὐτὸν αὐτοκράτορες ἐν νόμῳ δή τινι τοῖς τε ἄλλοις καὶ τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ τῇ δημαρχικῇ ἐχρήσαντο· τὸ γάρ τοι ὄνομα αὐτὸ τὸ τῶν δημάρχων οὔθʼ ὁ Αὔγουστος οὔτʼ ἄλλος οὐδεὶς αὐτοκράτωρ ἔσχε.
When he recovered, for, and learned that Marcellus because of this was not friendly toward Agrippa, he immediately sent the latter to Syria, so that no occasion for scoffing or for skirmishing might arise between them by their being together. And Agrippa straightway set out from the city, but did not reach Syria; instead, acting with even more than his usual moderation, he sent his lieutenants thither, and tarried himself in Lesbos. 2 Besides doing all these things in the manner related, Augustus appointed ten praetors, feeling that he no longer required a larger number; and this happened for several years. Most of them were to perform the same duties as formerly, but two were to be in charge of the financial administration each year. Having arranged these matters in detail, he went to the Alban Mount and resigned the consulship. For ever since conditions had become settled, both he himself and most of his colleagues had held the office for the whole year, and he now wished to end this practice, in order that as many as possible might become consuls; and he resigned outside the city, to prevent being hindered from his purpose. 4 For this act he received praise, as also because he chose in his stead Lucius Sestius, who had always been an enthusiastic follower of Brutus, had fought with him in all his wars, and even at this time kept alive his memory, had images of him, and delivered eulogies upon him. Augustus, it would appear, so far from disliking the man's devotion and loyalty, actually honoured these qualities in him. And because of this the senate voted that Augustus should be tribune for life and gave him the privilege of bringing before the senate at each meeting any one matter at whatever time he liked, even if he were not consul at the time; they also permitted him to hold once and for all and for life the office of proconsul, so that he had neither to lay it down upon entering the pomerium nor to have it renewed again, and they gave him in the subject territory authority superior to that of the governor in each instance. 6 As a result both he and the emperors after him gained a certain legal right to use the tribunician power as well as their other powers; for the title of tribune itself was taken neither by Augustus nor by any other emperor.
§ 53.33
καί μοι δοκεῖ ταῦθʼ οὕτω τότε οὐκ ἐκ κολακείας ἀλλʼ ἐπʼ ἀληθείας τιμηθεὶς λαβεῖν. τά τε γὰρ ἄλλα ὡς ἐλευθέροις σφίσι προσεφέρετο, καὶ ἐπειδὴ ὁ μὲν Τιριδάτης αὐτός, παρὰ δὲ δὴ τοῦ Φραάτου πρέσβεις, ἐφʼ οἷς ἀντενεκάλουν ἀλλήλοις ἀφίκοντο, ἐς τὴν βουλὴν αὐτοὺς ἐσήγαγε, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτʼ ἐπιτραπεὶς παρʼ αὐτῆς τὴν διάγνωσιν τὸν μὲν Τιριδάτην τῷ Φραάτῃ οὐκ ἐξέδωκεν, τὸν δʼ υἱὸν αὐτῷ, ὃν πρότερον παρʼ ἐκείνου λαβὼν εἶχεν, ἀπέπεμψεν ἐπὶ τῷ τούς τε αἰχμαλώτους καὶ τὰ σημεῖα τὰ στρατιωτικὰ τὰ ἔν τε τῇ τοῦ Κράσσου καὶ ἐν τῇ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου συμφορᾷ ἁλόντα κομίσασθαι. κἀν τῷ αὐτῷ τούτῳ ἔτει ἀγορανόμον τέ τινα τῶν καταδεεστέρων ἀποθανόντα Γάιος Καλπούρνιος, καίτοι προηγορανομηκὼς ἐν τοῖς ἀμείνοσι, διεδέξατο, ὅπερ ἐπʼ οὐδενὸς ἄλλου μνημονεύεται γενόμενον· κἀν ταῖς ἀνοχαῖς δύο καθʼ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἐπολιάρχησαν, καὶ εἷς γέ τις αὐτῶν οὐδʼ ἐς μειράκιά πω τελῶν ὅμως ἦρξεν. αἰτίαν μὲν οὖν ἡ Λιουία τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ Μαρκέλλου ἔσχεν, ὅτι τῶν υἱέων αὐτῆς προετετίμητο· ἐς ἀμφίβολον δʼ οὖν ἡ ὑποψία αὕτη καὶ ὑπʼ ἐκείνου τοῦ ἔτους καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἔπειτα, οὕτω νοσωδῶν γενομένων ὥστε πάνυ πολλοὺς ἐν αὐτοῖς ἀπολέσθαι, κατέστη. καὶ φιλεῖ γάρ πως ἀεί τι πρὸ τῶν τοιούτων προσημαίνεσθαι, τότε μὲν λύκος τε ἐν τῷ ἄστει συνελήφθη, καὶ πῦρ χειμών τε πολλοῖς οἰκοδομήμασιν ἐλυμήνατο, ὅ τε Τίβερις αὐξηθεὶς τήν τε γέφυραν τὴν ξυλίνην κατέσυρε καὶ τὴν πόλιν πλωτὴν ἐπὶ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἐποίησε.
And it seems to me that he then acquired these privileges as related, not by way of flattery, but because he was truly honoured; for in most ways he comported himself toward the Romans as if they were free citizens. Thus, when Tiridates in person and envoys from Phraates came to settle their mutual recriminations, he brought them before the senate; 2 and afterwards, when the decision of the question had been referred to him by that body, he did not surrender Tiridates to Phraates, but sent back to the latter his son whom he had once received from him and was keeping, on condition that the captives and the military standards taken in the disasters of Crassus and of Antony should be returned. During this same year one of the minor aediles died and Gaius Calpurnius succeeded him, in spite of having served previously as one of the major aediles. This is not recorded as having occurred in the case of any other man. During the Feriae there were two prefects of the city for each day; and one of them held the office in spite of the fact that he had not yet the standing even of a youth. 4 Livia, now, was accused of having caused the death of Marcellus, because he had been preferred before her sons; but the justice of this suspicion became a matter of controversy by reason of the character both of that year and of the year following, which proved so unhealthful that great numbers perished during them. And, just as it usually happens that some sign occurs before such events, so on this occasion a wolf was caught in the city, fire and storm damaged many buildings, and the Tiber, rising, carried away the wooden bridge and made the city navigable for boats during three days.
— Book 54 —
§ 54.arg
τάδε ἔνεστιν ἐν τῷ πεντηκοστῷ τετάρτῳ τῶν Δίωνος Ῥωμαϊκῶν α. ὡς ἐπιμεληταὶ τῶν ὁδῶν ἐκ τῶν ἐστρατηγηκότων κατέστησαν. β. ὡς ἐπιμεληταὶ τοῦ σιτηρεσίου ἐκ τῶν ἐστρατηγηκότων κατέστησαν. γ. ὡς Νώρικον ἑάλω. δ. ὡς Ῥαιτία ἑάλω. ε. ὡς αἱ Ἄλπεις αἱ παραθαλάσσιοι Ῥωμαίων ἀκούειν ἤρξαντο. ζ. ὡς τὸ τοῦ Βάλβου θέατρον καθιερώθη. η. ὡς τὸ τοῦ Μαρκέλλου θέατρον καθιερώθη. θ. ὡς Ἀγρίππας ἀπέθανε καὶ τὴν Χερρόνησον Αὔγουστος ἐκτήσατο. ι. ὡς τὰ Αὐγουστάλια κατέστη. χρόνου πλῆθος ἔτη τρία καὶ δέκα, ἐν οἷς ἄρχοντες οἱ ἀριθμούμενοι οἵδε ἐγένοντο μ. Κλαύδιος μ. υἱ. Μάρκελλος Αἰσερνῖνος λ. Ἀρρούντιος Λ. υἱ. ὕπ. μ. Λόλλιος μ. υἱ. κ. Αἰμίλιος μ. υἱ. Λέπιδος ὕπ. μ. Ἀπουλέιος Σεξτου υἱ. π. Σίλιος π. υἱ. Νέρουας ὕπ. γ. Σέντιος Γ. υἱ. Σατουρνῖνος κ. Λουκρήτιος Κ. υἱ. Οὐισπίλλων ὕπ. Γν. Κορνήλιος Λ. υἱ. Λεντοῦλος π. Κορνήλιος Π. υἱ. Λεντοῦλος Μαρκελλῖνος ὕπ. γ. Φούρνιος Γ. υἱ. γ. Ἰούνιος γ. υἱ. Σιλανὸς ὕπ. λ. Δομίτιος Γν. υἱ. Γν. ἔγγ. Ἀηνόβαρβος π. Κορνήλιος Π. υἱ. π. ἔγγ. Σκιπίων ὕπ. μ. Λίουιος λ. υἱ. Δροῦσος Λίβων λ. Καλπούρνιος Λ. υἱ. Πίσων Φροῦγι ὕπ. μ. Λικίννιος Μ. υἱ. Κράσσος Γν. Κορνήλιος Γν. υἱ. Λεντοῦλος ὕπ. Τιβ. Κλαύδιος Τιβ. υἱ. Νέρων π. Κυιντίλιος Σέξτου υἱ. Οὐᾶρος ὕπ. μ. Οὐαλέριος μ. υἱ. Μεσσάλας Βάρβατος π. Σουλπίκιος Π. υἱ. Κυρίνιος ὕπ. Παῦλος Φάβιος κ. υἱ. Μάξιμος κ. Αἴλιος κ. υἱ. Τουβέρων Ἰοῦλλος Ἀντώνιος μ. υἱ. Αφρικανὸς Κ. Φάβιος Κ. υἱ. ὕπ.
—
§ 54.1
τῷ δʼ ἐπιγιγνομένῳ ἔτει, ἐν ᾧ Μᾶρκος τε Μάρκελλος καὶ Λούκιος Ἀρρούντιος ὑπάτευσαν, ἥ τε πόλις πελαγίσαντος αὖθις τοῦ ποταμοῦ ἐπλεύσθη, καὶ κεραυνοῖς ἄλλα τε πολλὰ ἐβλήθη καὶ οἱ ἀνδριάντες οἱ ἐν τῷ Πανθείῳ, ὥστε καὶ τὸ δόρυ ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Αὐγούστου χειρὸς ἐκπεσεῖν. πονούμενοι οὖν ὑπό τε τῆς νόσου καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ λιμοῦ (ἔν τε γὰρ τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ πάσῃ ὁ λοιμὸς ἐγένετο καὶ τὴν χώραν οὐδεὶς εἰργάσατο· δοκῶ δʼ ὅτι καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἔξω χωρίοις τὸ αὐτὸ τοῦτο συνηνέχθἠ νομίσαντες οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι οὐκ ἄλλως σφίσι ταῦτα συμβεβηκέναι, ἀλλʼ ὅτι μὴ καὶ τότε ὑπατεύοντα τὸν Αὔγουστον ἔσχον, δικτάτορα αὐτὸν ἠθέλησαν προχειρίσασθαι, καὶ τήν τε βουλὴν κατακλείσαντες ἐς τὸ συνέδριον ἐπηνάγκασαν τοῦτο ψηφίσασθαι, ἀπειλοῦντές σφας καταπρήσειν, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα τὰς ῥάβδους τὰς τέσσαρας καὶ εἴκοσι λαβόντες προσῆλθον αὐτῷ, δικτάτορά τε ἅμα δεόμενοι λεχθῆναι καὶ ἐπιμελητὴν τοῦ σίτου, καθάπερ ποτὲ τὸν Πομπήιον, γενέσθαι. καὶ ὃς τοῦτο μὲν ἀναγκαίως ἐδέξατο, καὶ ἐκέλευσε δύο ἄνδρας τῶν πρὸ πέντε που ἀεὶ ἐτῶν ἐστρατηγηκότων πρὸς τὴν τοῦ σίτου διανομὴν κατʼ ἔτος αἱρεῖσθαι, τὴν δὲ δικτατορίαν οὐ προσήκατο, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ἐσθῆτα προσκατερρήξατο, ἐπειδὴ μηδένα τρόπον ἄλλως σφᾶς ἐπισχεῖν, μήτε διαλεγόμενος μήτε δεόμενος, ἠδυνήθη· τήν τε γὰρ ἐξουσίαν καὶ τὴν τιμὴν καὶ ὑπὲρ τοὺς δικτάτορας ἔχων, ὀρθῶς τό τε ἐπίφθονον καὶ τὸ μισητὸν
Book 54 22-10 BC The following year, in which Marcus Marcellus and Lucius Arruntius were consuls, the city was again submerged by the overflowing of the river, and many objects were struck by thunderbolts, especially the statues in the Pantheon, so that the spear even fell from the hand of Augustus. 2 The pestilence raged throughout all Italy so that no one tilled the land, and I suppose that the same was the case in foreign parts. The Romans, therefore, reduced to dire straits by the disease and by the consequent famine, believed that these woes had come upon them for no other reason than that they did not have Augustus for consul at this time also. They accordingly wished to elect him dictator, and shutting the senators up in their meeting-place, they forced them to vote this measure by threatening to burn down the building over their heads. Next they took the twenty-four rods and approached Augustus, begging him to consent both to being named dictator and to becoming commissioner of the grain supply, as Pompey had once done. 4 He accepted the latter duty under compulsion, and ordered that two men should be chosen annually, from among those who had served as praetors not less than five years previously in every case, to attend to the distribution of the grain. As for the dictatorship, however, he did not accept the office, but went so far as to rend his garments when he found himself unable to restrain the people in any other way, either by argument or by entreaty; for, since he was superior to the dictators in the power and honour he already possessed, he properly guarded against the jealousy and hatred which the title would arouse.
§ 54.2
τῆς ἐπικλήσεως αὐτῶν ἐφυλάξατο. τὸ δʼ αὐτὸ τοῦτο καὶ τιμητὴν αὐτὸν διὰ βίου χειροτονῆσαι βουλομένων ἐποίησεν· οὔτε γὰρ τὴν ἀρχὴν ὑπέστη, καὶ εὐθὺς ἑτέρους τιμητάς, Παῦλόν τε Αἰμίλιον Λέπιδον καὶ Λούκιον Μουνάτιον Πλάγκον, τοῦτον μὲν ἀδελφὸν τοῦ Πλάγκου ἐκείνου τοῦ ἐπικηρυχθέντος ὄντα, τὸν δὲ δὴ Λέπιδον αὐτὸν τότε θανατωθέντα, ἀπέδειξεν. ἔσχατοι δὴ οὗτοι τὴν τιμητείαν ἰδιῶται ἅμα ἔσχον, ὥσπερ που καὶ παραχρῆμα αὐτοῖς ἐδηλώθη· τὸ γὰρ βῆμα ἀφʼ οὗ τι πράξειν τῶν προσηκόντων σφίσιν ἤμελλον, συνέπεσεν ἀναβάντων αὐτῶν ἐν τῇ πρώτῃ τῆς ἀρχῆς ἡμέρᾳ καὶ συνετρίβη, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτʼ οὐδένες ἄλλοι τιμηταὶ ὅμοιοι αὐτοῖς ἅμα ἐγένοντο. καὶ τότε δὲ ὁ Αὔγουστος, καίπερ ἐκείνων αἱρεθέντων, πολλὰ τῶν ἐς αὐτοὺς ἀνηκόντων ἔπραξε. τῶν τε συσσιτίων τὰ μὲν παντελῶς κατέλυσε, τὰ δὲ πρὸς τὸ σωφρονέστερον συνέστειλε. καὶ τοῖς μὲν στρατηγοῖς τὰς πανηγύρεις πάσας προσέταξεν, ἔκ τε τοῦ δημοσίου δίδοσθαί τι αὐτοῖς κελεύσας, καὶ προσαπειπὼν μήτε ἐς ἐκείνας οἴκοθέν τινα πλεῖον τοῦ ἑτέρου ἀναλίσκειν μήθʼ ὁπλομαχίαν μήτʼ ἄλλως εἰ μὴ ἡ βουλὴ ψηφίσαιτο, μήτʼ αὖ πλεονάκις ἢ δὶς ἐν ἑκάστῳ ἔτει, μήτε πλειόνων εἴκοσι καὶ ἑκατὸν ἀνδρῶν ποιεῖν· τοῖς δʼ ἀγορανόμοις τοῖς κουρουλίοις τὴν τῶν ἐμπιμπραμένων κατάσβεσιν ἐνεχείρισεν, ἑξακοσίους σφίσι βοηθοὺς δούλους δούς. ἐπειδή τε καὶ ἱππῆς καὶ γυναῖκες ἐπιφανεῖς ἐν τῇ ὀρχήστρᾳ καὶ τότε γε ἐπεδείξαντο, ἀπηγόρευσεν οὐχ ὅτι τοῖς παισὶ τῶν βουλευτῶν, ὅπερ που καὶ πρὶν ἐκεκώλυτο, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἐγγόνοις, τοῖς γε ἐν τῇ ἱππάδι δῆλον ὅτι ἐξεταζομένοις, μηδὲν ἔτι τοιοῦτο δρᾶν.
He took the same course also when they wished to elect him censor for life; for, declining to take the office himself, he immediately appointed others to be censors, namely Paulus Aemilius Lepidus and Lucius Munatius Plancus, the latter a brother of that Plancus who had been proscribed, and the former a man who had himself been condemned to die at that same time. 2 These were the last two private citizens to hold the censorship together, which was no doubt the meaning of the sign given to them; for the platform, on which they were to perform one of the functions devolving upon them, collapsed as they ascended it on the first day of their holding the office, and was shattered in pieces, and after that no others of the same rank as these became censors together. Even at this time, in spite of their having been chosen to the position, Augustus performed many of the duties belonging to their office. Of the public banquets, he abolished some altogether and limited the extravagance of others. He committed the charge of all the festivals to the praetors, commanding that an appropriation should be given them from the public treasury, 4 and also forbidding any one of them to spend more than another from his own means on these festivals, or to give a gladiatorial combat unless the senate decreed it, or, in fact, oftener than twice in each year or with more than one hundred and twenty men. To the curule aediles he entrusted the putting out of fires, for which purpose he granted them six hundred slaves as assistants. And since knights and women of rank had given exhibitions on the stage even then, he forbade not only the sons of senators, who had even before this been excluded, but also their grandsons, so far, at least, as these belonged to the equestrian order, to do anything of the sort again.
§ 54.3
καὶ ἐν μὲν τούτοις τό τε τοῦ νομοθέτου καὶ τὸ τοῦ αὐτοκράτορος καὶ σχῆμα καὶ ὄνομα ἐπεδείκνυτο, ἐν δὲ δὴ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐμετρίαζεν, ὥστε καὶ φίλοις τισὶν εὐθυνομένοις παραγίγνεσθαι. Μάρκου τέ τινος Πρίμου αἰτίαν ἔχοντος ὅτι τῆς Μακεδονίας ἄρχων Ὀδρύσαις ἐπολέμησε, καὶ λέγοντος τοτὲ μὲν τῇ τοῦ Αὐγούστου τοτὲ δὲ τῇ Μαρκέλλου γνώμῃ τοῦτο πεποιηκέναι, ἔς τε τὸ δικαστήριον αὐτεπάγγελτος ἦλθε, καὶ ἐπερωτηθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ στρατηγοῦ εἰ προστάξειέν οἱ πολεμῆσαι, ἔξαρνος ἐγένετο. τοῦ τε συναγορεύοντος τῷ Πρίμῳ Λικινίου Μουρήνου ἄλλα τε ἐς αὐτὸν οὐκ ἐπιτήδεια ἀπορρίψαντος, καὶ πυθομένου “τί δὴ ἐνταῦθα ποιεῖς, καὶ τίς σε ἐκάλεσεν;” τοσοῦτον μόνον ἀπεκρίνατο ὅτι “τὸ δημόσιον.” ἐπὶ οὖν τούτοις ὑπὸ μὲν τῶν εὖ φρονούντων ἐπῃνεῖτο, ὥστε καὶ τὸ τὴν βουλὴν ἀθροίζειν ὁσάκις ἂν ἐθελήσῃ λαβεῖν, τῶν δʼ ἄλλων τινὲς κατεφρόνησαν αὐτοῦ. ἀμέλει καὶ τοῦ Πρίμου οὐκ ὀλίγοι ἀπεψηφίσαντο, καὶ ἐπιβουλὴν ἕτεροι ἐπʼ αὐτῷ συνέστησαν. Φάννιος μὲν γὰρ Καιπίων ἀρχηγὸς αὐτῆς ἐγένετο, συνεπελάβοντο δὲ καὶ ἄλλοι· καί σφισι καὶ ὁ Μουρήνας συνομωμοκέναι, εἴτʼ οὖν ἀληθῶς εἴτε καὶ ἐκ διαβολῆς, ἐλέχθη, ἐπειδὴ καὶ ἀκράτῳ καὶ κατακορεῖ τῇ παρρησίᾳ πρὸς πάντας ὁμοίως ἐχρῆτο. καὶ οὐ γὰρ ὑπέμειναν τὸ δικαστήριον, ἐρημην μὲν ὡς καὶ φευξόμενοι ἥλωσαν, ἀπεσφάγησαν δὲ οὐ πολλῷ ὕστερον, οὐδὲ ἐπήρκεσαν τῷ Μουρήνᾳ οὔτε ὁ Προκουλέιος ἀδελφὸς ὢν οὔτε ὁ Μαικήνας τῇ ἀδελφῇ αὐτοῦ συνοικῶν, καίπερ ἐς τὰ πρῶτα ὑπὸ τοῦ Αὐγούστου τιμώμενοι. ὡς δʼ οὖν καὶ τούτους τῶν δικαζόντων τινὲς ἀπέλυσαν, ἐνομοθέτησε μήτε κρύφα τὰς ψήφους ἐν ταῖς ἐρήμοις δίκαις φέρεσθαι, καὶ πάσαις αὐταῖς τὸν εὐθυνόμενον ἁλίσκεσθαι. καὶ ὅτι γε ταῦτʼ οὐχ ὑπʼ ὀργῆς ἀλλʼ ὡς καὶ συμφέροντα τῷ δημοσίῳ διέταξεν, ἰσχυρῶς διέδειξε· τοῦ γοῦν πατρὸς τοῦ Καιπίωνος τὸν μὲν ἕτερον τῶν δούλων τῶν συμφυγόντων τῷ υἱεῖ ἐλευθερώσαντος, ὅτι ἀμῦναί οἱ θνήσκοντι ἠθέλησε, τὸν δὲ ἕτερον τὸν προδόντα αὐτὸν διά τε τῆς ἀγορᾶς μέσης μετὰ γραμμάτων τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς θανατώσεως αὐτοῦ δηλούντων διαγαγόντος καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἀνασταυρώσαντος, οὐκ ἠγανάκτησε. κἂν ἐξηκέσατο πᾶσαν τὴν τῶν οὐκ ἀρεσκομένων τοῖς πραχθεῖσι μέμψιν, εἰ μὴ καὶ θυσίας ὡς καὶ ἐπὶ νίκῃ τινὶ καὶ ψηφισθείσας περιεῖδε καὶ γενομένας.
Although in these measures he showed himself, in form as well as in name, both law-giver and arbitrary ruler, in his behaviour generally he was moderate, to such a degree, in fact, that he even stood by some of his friends when their official conduct was under investigation. 2 And when a certain Marcus Primus was accused of having made war upon the Odrysae while he was governor of Macedonia, and declared at one moment that he had done it with the approval of Augustus and at another with that of Marcellus, Augustus came of his own accord to the court-room; and upon being asked by the praetor whether he had instructed the man to make war, he denied it. And when the advocate of Primus, Licinius Murena, in the course of some rather disrespectful remarks that he made to him, enquired: “What are you doing here, and who summoned you?” Augustus merely replied: “The public weal.” For this he received praise from the people of good sense and was even given the right to convene the senate as often as he pleased; but some of the others despised him. 4 At all events, not a few voted for the acquittal of Primus, and others formed a plot against Augustus. Fannius Caepio was the instigator of it, but others also joined with him. Even Murena was reported to be in the conspiracy, whether truly or by way of calumny, since he was immoderate and unrestrained in his outspokenness toward all alike. These men did not stand trial, and so were convicted by default, on the supposition that they intended to flee; and a little later they were slain. Murena found neither Proculeius, his brother, nor Maecenas, his sister's husband, of any avail to save him, though these men were most highly honoured by Augustus. 6 And inasmuch as some of the jurymen voted to acquit even these conspirators, the emperor made a law that in trials at which the defendant was not present the vote should not be taken secretly and the defendant should be convicted only by a unanimous vote. Now that he took these measures, not in anger, but as really conducive to the public good, he gave very strong proof; at any rate, when Caepio's father freed one of the two slaves who had accompanied his son in his flight because this slave had wished to defend his young master when he met with death, but in the case of the second slave, who had deserted his son, led him through the midst of the Forum with an inscription making known the reason why he was to be put to death, and afterwards crucified him, the emperor was not vexed. 8 Indeed, he would have allayed all the criticism of those who were not pleased with what had been done, had he not gone further and permitted sacrifices to be both voted and offered as for a victory.
§ 54.4
τότε δʼ οὖν καὶ τὴν Κύπρον καὶ τὴν Γαλατίαν τὴν Ναρβωνησίαν ἀπέδωκε τῷ δήμῳ ὡς μηδὲν τῶν ὅπλων αὐτοῦ δεομένας· καὶ οὕτως ἀνθύπατοι καὶ ἐς ἐκεῖνα τὰ ἔθνη πέμπεσθαι ἤρξαντο. καὶ τὸν τοῦ Διὸς τοῦ Βροντῶντος ἐπικαλουμένου ναὸν καθιέρωσε· περὶ οὗ δύο ταῦτα παραδέδοται, ὅτι τότε τε ἐν τῇ ἱερουργίᾳ βρονταὶ ἐγένοντο, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ὄναρ τῷ Αὐγούστῳ τοιόνδε ἐπέστη. τῶν γὰρ ἀνθρώπων, τὸ μέν τι πρὸς τὸ ξένον καὶ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ καὶ τοῦ εἴδους, τὸ δὲ καὶ ὅτι ὑπὸ τοῦ Αὐγούστου ἵδρυτο, μέγιστον δὲ ὅτι πρώτῳ οἱ ἀνιόντες ἐς τὸ Καπιτώλιον ἐνετύγχανον, προσερχομένων τε αὐτῷ καὶ σεβόντων, ἔδοξε τὸν Δία τὸν ἐν τῷ μεγάλῳ ναῷ ὄντα ὀργὴν ὡς καὶ τὰ δεύτερα αὐτοῦ φερόμενον ποιεῖσθαι, καὶ ἐκ τούτου ἐκείνῳ τε εἰπεῖν ἔλεγεν ὅτι προφύλακα τὸν Βροντῶντα ἔχοι, καὶ ἐπειδὴ ἡμέρα ἐγένετο, κώδωνα αὐτῷ περιῆψε, βεβαιῶν τὴν ὀνείρωξιν· οἱ γὰρ τὰς συνοικίας νύκτωρ φυλάσσοντες κωδωνοφοροῦσιν, ὅπως σημαίνειν σφίσιν ὁπόταν δεηθῶσι δύνωνται.
It was at this time that he restored to the people both Cyprus and Gallia Narbonensis as districts no longer needing the presence of his armies; and thus proconsuls began to be sent to those provinces also. 2 He also dedicated the temple of Jupiter Tonans. Concerning this temple two stories have been handed down, first, that at that time claps of thunder occurred when the ritual was being performed, and, second, that at a later time Augustus had a dream as follows. The people, he thought, approached Jupiter who is called Tonans and did reverence to him, partly because of the novelty of his name and of the form of his statue, and partly because the statue had been set up by Augustus, but chiefly because it was the first they encountered as they ascended the Capitol; and thereupon the Jupiter in the great temple was angry because he was now reduced to second place as compared with the other. At this, Augustus related, he said to Jupiter Capitolinus, “You have Tonans as your sentinel”; 4 and when it was day, he attached a bell to the statue as confirmation of the vision. For those who guard communities at night carry a bell, in order to be able to signal to the inhabitants whenever they need to do so.
§ 54.5
ἐν μὲν δὴ τῇ Ῥώμῃ ταῦτʼ ἐγίγνετο, ὑπὸ δὲ δὴ τοὺς αὐτοὺς τούτους χρόνους καὶ οἱ Κάνταβροι οἵ τε Ἄστυρες ἐπολέμησαν αὖθις, οὗτοι μὲν διά τε τρυφὴν καὶ διʼ ὠμότητα τοῦ Καρισίου, οἱ δὲ δὴ Κάνταβροι, ἐπειδὴ ἐκείνους τε νεωτερίζοντας ᾔσθοντο καὶ τοῦ ἄρχοντός σφων Γαΐου Φουρνίου κατεφρόνησαν, ὅτι τε νεωστὶ ἀφῖκτο καὶ ὅτι ἄπειρον αὐτὸν τῶν παρʼ ἑαυτοῖς πραγμάτων εἶναι ἔδοξαν. οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἐν τῷ ἔργῳ τοιοῦτός σφισιν ἐφάνη, ἀλλʼ ἡττηθέντες ἀμφότεροι ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ (καὶ γὰρ τῷ Καρισίῳ προσήμυνενʼ ἐδουλώθησαν. καὶ τῶν μὲν Καντάβρων οὐ πολλοὶ ἑάλωσαν· ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἀνέλπιστον τὴν ἐλευθερίαν ἔσχον, οὐδὲ ζῆν ἠθέλησαν, ἀλλʼ οἱ μὲν τὰ ἐρύματα προεμπρήσαντες ἑαυτοὺς ἀπέσφαξαν, οἱ δὲ καὶ ἐκείνοις ἐθελονταὶ συγκατεκαύθησαν, ἄλλοι δημοσίᾳ φαρμάκων ἐνεπλήσθησαν, ὥστε τό τε πλεῖστον καὶ τὸ ἀγριώτατον αὐτῶν φθαρῆναι· οἱ δʼ Ἄστυρες ὡς τάχιστα χωρίον τέ τι πολιορκοῦντες ἀπηλάθησαν καὶ μάχῃ μετὰ τοῦτʼ ἐνικήθησαν, οὐκέτʼ ἀντῆραν ἀλλʼ εὐθὺς ἐχειρώθησαν. ὑπὸ δὲ τὸν αὐτὸν τοῦτον χρόνον οἱ Αἰθίοπες οἱ ὑπὲρ Αἰγύπτου οἰκοῦντες προεχώρησαν μὲν μέχρι τῆς πόλεως τῆς Ἐλεφαντίνης ὠνομασμένης, πάντα τὰ ἐν ποσὶ πορθοῦντες, ἡγουμένης σφίσιν Κανδάκης· πυθόμενοι δὲ ἐνταῦθά που Γάιον Πετρώνιον τὸν τῆς Αἰγύπτου ἄρχοντα προσιέναι, προαπῆλθον μὲν ὡς καὶ διαφευξόμενοι, καταληφθέντες δὲ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ ἡττήθησαν, κἀκ τούτου καὶ ἐς τὴν οἰκείαν αὐτὸν ἐπεσπάσαντο. καὶ καλῶς καὶ ἐκεῖ ἀγωνισάμενος πόλεις ἄλλας τε καὶ τὴν Ναπάτην τὸ βασίλειον αὐτῶν ἔλαβεν. καὶ ἐκείνη μὲν κατεσκάφη, ἐν ἑτέρῳ δέ τινι χωρίῳ φρουρὰ κατελείφθη· ὁ γὰρ Πετρώνιος μήτε περαιτέρω διά τε τὴν ἄμμον καὶ διὰ τὸ καῦμα προελθεῖν μήτε κατὰ χώραν μετὰ παντὸς τοῦ στρατοῦ μεῖναι καλῶς δυνηθεὶς ἀνεχώρησε, τὸ πλεῖον αὐτοῦ ἐπαγόμενος. κἀν τούτῳ τῶν Αἰθιόπων τοῖς φρουροῖς ἐπιθεμένων αὖθίς τε ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς ἐστράτευσε, καὶ τοὺς σφετέρους ἐρρύσατο, καὶ τὴν Κανδάκην συμβῆναί οἱ ἠνάγκασεν.
These were the events that occurred in Rome; and at about this same period the Cantabri and the Astures broke out into war again, the Astures on account of the luxurious ways and cruelty of Carisius, and the Cantabri because they perceived that the others were in revolt and because they despised their own governor, Gaius Furnius, since he had but lately arrived and they supposed that he was unacquainted with conditions among them. 2 Nevertheless, he did not appear to them that sort of man when it came to action; for they were defeated and reduced to slavery by him, and the Astures likewise, since he also aided Carisius. Not many of the Cantabri were captured; for when they had no hope of freedom, they did not choose to live, either, but some set their forts on fire and cut their own throats, and others of their own choice remained with them and were consumed in the flames, while yet others took poison in the sight of all. Thus the most of them and the fiercest element perished. As for the Astures, as soon as they had been repulsed while besieging a certain stronghold and had later been defeated in battle, they offered no further resistance, but were promptly subdued. About this time the Ethiopians, who dwell beyond Egypt, advanced as far as the city called Elephantine, with Candace as their leader, ravaging everything they encountered. At Elephantine, however, learning that Gaius Petronius, the governor of Egypt, was approaching, they hastily retreated before he arrived, hoping to make good their escape. But being overtaken on the road, they were defeated and thus drew him after them into their own country. There, too, he fought successfully with them, and took Napata, their capital, among other cities. This place was razed to the ground, and a garrison left at another point; for Petronius, finding himself unable either to advance farther, on account of the sand and the heat, or advantageously to remain where he was with his entire army, withdrew, taking the greater part of it with him. 6 Thereupon the Ethiopians attacked the garrisons, but he again proceeded against them, rescued his own men, and compelled Candace to make terms with him.
§ 54.6
ἐν ᾧ δὲ ταῦτα ἐγίγνετο, ὁ Αὔγουστος ἐς Σικελίαν ἦλθεν, ὅπως καὶ ἐκείνην καὶ τἆλλα τὰ μέχρι τῆς Συρίας καταστήσηται. καὶ αὐτοῦ ἐνταῦθα ἔτʼ ὄντος ὁ δῆμος τῶν Ῥωμαίων τοὺς ὑπάτους χειροτονῶν ἐστασίασεν, ὥστε καὶ ἐκ τούτου διαδειχθῆναι ὅτι ἀδύνατον ἦν δημοκρατουμένους σφᾶς σωθῆναι. μικροῦ γοῦν τινος ἔν τε ταῖς ἀρχαιρεσίαις καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἀρχαῖς αὐταῖς κυριεύοντες ἐθορύβησαν. ἐτηρεῖτο μὲν γὰρ ἡ ἑτέρα χώρα τῷ Αὐγούστῳ, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο Μᾶρκος Λόλλιος κατʼ ἀρχὰς τοῦ ἔτους μόνος ἦρξεν· ἐκείνου δὲ μὴ δεξαμένου αὐτὴν Κύιντός τε Λέπιδος καὶ Λούκιος Σιλουανὸς ἐσπουδαρχίασαν, καὶ οὕτω τε πάντα συνετάραξαν ὥστε καὶ τὸν Αὔγουστον ὑπὸ τῶν ἐμφρόνων ἀνακληθῆναι. ἐπειδὴ δὲ οὐχ ὑπέστρεψε μέν, ἐλθόντας δὲ αὐτοὺς πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀπέπεμψεν ἐπιτιμήσας σφίσι καὶ κελεύσας ἀμφοτέρων αὐτῶν ἀπόντων τὴν ψῆφον δοθῆναι, οὐδὲν μᾶλλον ἡσύχασαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάνυ αὖθις διηνέχθησαν, ὥστε τὸν Λέπιδον ὀψέ ποτε αἱρεθῆναι. ἀγανακτήσας οὖν ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὁ Αὔγουστος, καὶ μήτε μόνῃ τῇ Ῥώμῃ σχολάζειν δυνάμενος μήτʼ αὖ ἄναρχον αὐτὴν καταλιπεῖν τολμῶν, ἐζήτει τινὰ αὐτῇ ἐπιστῆσαι, καὶ ἔκρινε μὲν τὸν Ἀγρίππαν ἐπιτηδειότατον ἐς τοῦτο εἶναι, βουληθεὶς δὲ δὴ καὶ ἀξίωμα αὐτῷ μεῖζον περιθεῖναι, ἵνα καὶ ἐκ τούτου ῥᾷον αὐτῶν ἄρχῃ, μετεπέμψατο αὐτόν, καὶ καταναγκάσας τὴν γυναῖκα, καίπερ ἀδελφιδῆν αὐτοῦ οὖσαν, ἀπαλλάξαντα τῇ Ἰουλίᾳ συνοικῆσαι, ἐς τὴν Ῥώμην παραχρῆμα καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ γάμῳ καὶ ἐπὶ τῇ τῆς πόλεως διαχειρίσει ἔπεμψε, διά τε τἆλλα καὶ ὅτι ὁ Μαικήνας συμβουλευομένῳ οἱ περὶ αὐτῶν τούτων εἰπεῖν λέγεται ὅτι “τηλικοῦτον αὐτὸν πεποίηκας ὥστʼ ἢ γαμβρόν σου γενέσθαι ἢ φονευθῆναι.” καὶ ὃς τὰ μὲν ἄλλα οἰδοῦντα ἔτι εὑρὼν κατεστήσατο, τά τε ἱερὰ τὰ Αἰγύπτια ἐπεσιόντα αὖθις ἐς τὸ ἄστυ ἀνέστειλεν, ἀπειπὼν μηδένα μηδὲ ἐν τῷ προαστείῳ αὐτὰ ἐντὸς ὀγδόου ἡμισταδίου ποιεῖν· ταραχῆς δέ τινος περὶ τὴν τοῦ πολιάρχου τοῦ διὰ τὰς ἀνοχὰς αἱρουμένου χειροτονίαν συμβάσης οὐκ ἐπεκράτησεν αὐτῆς, ἀλλὰ ἄνευ τῆς ἀρχῆς ταύτης τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν ἐκεῖνον διεγένοντο.
While this was going on, Augustus went to Sicily in order to settle affairs in that island and elsewhere as far as Syria. While he was still there, the Roman populace fell to quarreling over the election of the consuls. This incident showed clearly that it was impossible for a democratic government to be maintained among them; 2 at any rate, although they had but little authority either in the matter of the elections or of the offices themselves, they fell to rioting. One of the consulships, it seems, was being kept for Augustus, and accordingly at the beginning of the year Marcus Lollius alone entered upon office; but when the emperor would not accept the position, Quintus Lepidus and Lucius Silvanus became rival candidates and threw everything into such turmoil that Augustus was summoned home by those who retained their senses. He would not return, however, and when the two candidates themselves came to him, he rebuked them and sent them away, giving orders that the vote should be taken during the absence of them both; thereupon the people were no more quiet than before, but fell into great strife again, until at last Lepidus was chosen.4 Augustus was displeased at the incident, for he could not devote all his time to Rome alone and did not dare leave the city in a state of anarchy; accordingly, he sought for some one to set over it, and judged Agrippa to be most suitable for the purpose. And as he wished to invest him with a dignity above the ordinary, in order that he might govern the people more easily, he summoned him, compelled him to divorce his wife, although she was the emperor's own niece, and to marry Julia; and he sent him to Rome at once to attend both to the wedding and to the administration of the city. This step is said to have been taken partly on the advice of Maecenas, who in counselling him upon these very matters said: “You have made him so great that he must either become your son-in-law or be slain.” 6 Agrippa, then, checked whatever other ailments he found still festering, and curtailed the Egyptian rites which were again invading the city, forbidding anyone to perform them even in the suburbs within one mile of the city. And when a disturbance arose over the election of the prefect of the city, the official chosen on account of the Feriae, he did not succeed in quelling it, but they went through that year without this official.
§ 54.7
καὶ ὁ μὲν ταῦτʼ ἔπραττεν, ὁ δὲ Αὔγουστος τά τε ἄλλα τὰ ἐν τῇ Σικελίᾳ διοικήσας, καὶ τὰς Συρακούσας ἑτέρας τέ τινας πόλεις ἀποίκους Ῥωμαίων ἀποδείξας ἐς τὴν Ἑλλάδα ἐπεραιώθη. καὶ Λακεδαιμονίους μὲν τοῖς τε Κυθήροις καὶ τῇ συσσιτίᾳ ἐτίμησεν, ὅτι ἡ Λιουία, ὅτε ἐκ τῆς Ἰταλίας σύν τε τῷ ἀνδρὶ καὶ σὺν τῷ υἱεῖ ἔφυγεν, ἐκεῖ διέτριψεν· Ἀθηναίων δὲ τήν τε Αἴγιναν καὶ τὴν Ἐρέτριαν (ἐκαρποῦντο γὰρ αὐτάσʼ, ὥς τινές φασιν, ἀφείλετο, ὅτι τὸν Ἀντώνιον ἐσπούδασαν, καὶ προσέτι καὶ ἀπηγόρευσέ σφισι μηδένα πολίτην ἀργυρίου ποιεῖσθαι. καὶ αὐτοῖς ἐς ταῦτα ἔδοξε τὸ τῷ τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς ἀγάλματι συμβὰν ἀποσκῆψαι· ἐν γὰρ τῇ ἀκροπόλει πρὸς ἀνατολῶν ἱδρυμένον πρός τε τὰς δυσμὰς μετεστράφη καὶ αἷμα ἀπέπτυσεν. ὁ δʼ οὖν Αὔγουστος τό τε Ἑλληνικὸν διήγαγε καὶ ἐς Σάμον ἔπλευσεν, ἐνταῦθά τε ἐχείμασε, καὶ ἐς τὴν Ἀσίαν ἐν τῷ ἦρι ἐν ᾧ Μᾶρκος τε Ἀπουλέιος καὶ Πούπλιος Σίλιος ὑπάτευσαν κομισθεὶς πάντα τά τε ἐκεῖ καὶ τὰ ἐν τῇ Βιθυνίᾳ διέταξεν, οὐχ ὅτι τοῦ δήμου καὶ ταῦτα τὰ ἔθνη καὶ τὰ πρότερα ἐδόκει εἶναι ἐν ὀλιγωρίᾳ αὐτὰ ποιησάμενος, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάνυ πάντων σφῶν ὡς καὶ ἑαυτοῦ ὄντων ἐπιμεληθείς· τά τε γὰρ ἄλλα ὅσαπερ καὶ προσῆκον ἦν ἐπηνώρθωσε, καὶ χρήματα τοῖς μὲν ἐπέδωκε τοῖς δὲ καὶ ὑπὲρ τὸν φόρον ἐσενεγκεῖν προσέταξε. τούς τε Κυζικηνούς, ὅτι Ῥωμαίους τινὰς ἐν στάσει μαστιγώσαντες ἀπέκτειναν, ἐδουλώσατο. καὶ τοῦτο καὶ τοὺς Τυρίους τούς τε Σιδωνίους διὰ τὰς στάσεις ἐποίσεν, ἐν τῇ Συρίᾳ γενόμενος.
While Agrippa was thus occupied, Augustus, after arranging various matters in Sicily and making Roman colonies of Syracuse and certain other cities, crossed over into Greece. 2 He honoured the Lacedemonians by giving them Cythera and attending their public mess, because Livia, when she fled from Italy with her husband and son, had spent some time there. But from the Athenians he took away Aegina and Eretria, from which they received tribute, because, as some say, they had espoused the cause of Antony; and he furthermore forbade them to make anyone a citizen for money. And it seemed to them that the thing which had happened to the statue of Athena was responsible for this misfortune: for this statue on the Acropolis, which was placed to face the east, had turned around to the west and spat blood. 4 Augustus, now, after transacting what business he had in Greece, sailed to Samos, where he passed the winter; and in the spring of the year when Marcus Apuleius and Publius Silius were consuls, he went on into Asia, and settled everything there and in Bithynia. For although these provinces as well as those previously mentioned were regarded as belonging to the people, he did not for that reason neglect them, but gave most careful attention to them all, as if they were his own. Thus he instituted various reforms, so far as seemed desirable, and made donations of money to some, at the same time commanding others to contribute an amount in excess of the tribute. 6 He reduced the people of Cyzicus to slavery because during a factious quarrel they had flogged and put to death some Romans. And when he reached Syria, he took the same action in the case of the people of Tyre and Sidon on account of their factious quarrelling.
§ 54.8
κἀν τούτῳ ὁ Φραάτης φοβηθεὶς μὴ καὶ ἐπιστρατεύσῃ οἱ, ὅτι μηδέπω τῶν συγκειμένων ἐπεποιήκει τι, τά τε σημεῖα αὐτῷ καὶ τοὺς αἰχμαλώτους, πλὴν ὀλίγων οἳ ὑπʼ αἰσχύνης σφᾶς ἔφθειραν ἢ καὶ κατὰ χώραν λαθόντες ἔμειναν, ἀπέπεμψε. καὶ αὐτοὺς ἐκεῖνος ὡς καὶ πολέμῳ τινὶ τὸν Πάρθον νενικηκὼς ἔλαβε· καὶ γὰρ ἐπὶ τούτοις ἐφρόνει μέγα, λέγων ὅτι τὰ πρότερόν ποτε ἐν ταῖς μάχαις ἀπολόμενα ἀκονιτὶ ἐκεκόμιστο. ἀμέλει καὶ θυσίας ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς καὶ νεὼν Ἄρεως Τιμωροῦ ἐν τῷ Καπιτωλίῳ, κατὰ τὸ τοῦ Διὸς τοῦ Φερετρίου ζήλωμα, πρὸς τὴν τῶν σημείων ἀνάθεσιν καὶ ψηφισθῆναι ἐκέλευσε καὶ ἐποίησε, καὶ προσέτι καὶ ἐπὶ κέλητος ἐς τὴν πόλιν ἐσήλασε καὶ ἁψῖδι τροπαιοφόρῳ ἐτιμήθη. ταῦτα μὲν ἐπʼ ἐκείνοις ὕστερον ἐπράχθη· τότε δὲ αὐτός τε προστάτης τῶν περὶ τὴν Ῥώμην ὁδῶν αἱρεθεὶς καὶ τὸ χρυσοῦν μίλιον κεκλημένον ἔστησε, καὶ ὁδοποιοὺς αὐταῖς ἐκ τῶν ἐστρατηγηκότων, ῥαβδούχοις δύο χρωμένους, προσέταξε. καὶ ἡ Ἰουλία τὸν Γάιον ὀνομασθέντα ἔτεκε, βουθυσία τέ τις τοῖς γενεθλίοις αὐτοῦ ἀίδιος ἐδόθη· καὶ τοῦτο μὲν ἐκ ψηφίσματος, ὥσπερ που καὶ τἆλλα, ἐγένετο· ἰδίᾳ δὲ δὴ οἱ ἀγορανόμοι ἱπποδρομίαν τε ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Αὐγούστου γενεθλίοις καὶ θηρίων σφαγὰς ἐποίησαν.
Meanwhile Phraates, fearing that Augustus would lead an expedition against him because he had not yet performed any of his engagements, sent back to him the standards and all the captives, with the exception of a few who in shame had destroyed themselves or, eluding detection, remained in the country. 2 Augustus received them as if he had conquered the Parthian in a war; for he took great pride in the achievement, declaring that he had recovered without a struggle what had formerly been lost in battle. Indeed, in honour of this success he commanded that sacrifices be decreed and likewise a temple to Mars Ultor on the Capitol, in imitation of that of Jupiter Feretrius, in which to dedicate the standards; and he himself carried out both decrees. Moreover he rode into the city on horseback and was honoured with a triumphal arch. 4 Now all this was done later in commemoration of the event; but at the time of which we are speaking he was chosen commissioner of all the highways in the neighbourhood of Rome, and in this capacity set up the golden mile-stone, as it was called, and appointed men from the number of the ex-praetors, each with two lictors, to attend to the actual construction of the roads. And Julia gave birth to a boy, who received the name Gaius; and a permanent annual sacrifice on his birthday was granted. Now this, like all the other acts mentioned, was done in pursuance of a decree; on their own initiative, however, the aediles gave games in the Circus and a slaughter of wild beasts on Augustus's birthday.
§ 54.9
ἐν μὲν οὖν τῇ πόλει ταῦτʼ ἐπράττετο, ὁ δὲ Αὔγουστος τὸ μὲν ὑπήκοον κατὰ τὰ τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἔθη διῴκει, τὸ δὲ ἔνσπονδον τῷ πατρίῳ σφίσι τρόπῳ εἴα ἄρχεσθαι· οὐδʼ ἠξίωσεν οὔτε ἐκείνῳ τι προσθέσθαι οὔτε ἕτερόν τι προσκτήσασθαι, ἀλλʼ ἀκριβῶς ἀρκεῖσθαι τοῖς ὑπάρχουσιν ἐδικαίου, καὶ τοῦτο καὶ τῇ βουλῇ ἐπέστειλεν. ὥστε πολέμου μὲν οὐδὲν τότε γʼ ἐφήψατο, δυναστείας δὲ δὴ Ἰαμβλίχῳ τε τῷ Ἰαμβλίχου τὴν τῶν Ἀραβίων τὴν πατρῴαν καὶ Ταρκονδιμότῳ τῷ Ταρκονδιμότου τὴν τῆς Κιλικίας, ἣν ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ ἔσχε, πλὴν παραθαλασσιδίων τινῶν ἔδωκεν· ἐκεῖνα γὰρ τῷ Ἀρχελάῳ μετὰ τῆς σμικροτέρας Ἀρμενίας ἐχαρίσατο, ὅτι ὁ Μῆδος ὁ πρὶν αὐτῆς βασιλεύων ἐτεθνήκει. τῷ τε Ἡρώδῃ Ζηνοδώρου τινὸς τετραρχίαν, καὶ Μιθριδάτῃ τινὶ τὴν Κομμαγηνήν, ἐπειδὴ τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ ὁ βασιλεὺς αὐτῆς ἀπεκτόνει, καίτοι παιδίσκῳ ἔτʼ ὄντι ἐπέτρεψε. τῶν τε Ἀρμενίων τῶν ἑτέρων τοῦ τε Ἀρτάξου κατηγορησάντων καὶ τὸν Τιγράνην τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ ὄντα μεταπεμψαμένων, ἔστειλε τὸν Τιβέριον, ὅπως τὸν μὲν ἐκβάλῃ τῆς βασιλείας, τὸν δὲ ἐς αὐτὴν ἀποκαταστήσῃ. καὶ ἐπράχθη μὲν οὐδὲν τῆς παρασκευῆς αὐτοῦ ἄξιον· οἱ γὰρ Ἀρμένιοι τὸν Ἀρτάξην προαπέκτειναν· ὁ δʼ οὖν Τιβέριος, ἄλλως τε καὶ ἐπειδὴ θυσίαι ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἐψηφίσθησαν, ἐσεμνύνετο ὡς καὶ κατʼ ἀρετήν τι ποιήσας. καὶ ἤδη γε καὶ περὶ τῆς μοναρχίας ἐνενόει, ἐπειδὴ πρὸς τοὺς Φιλίππους αὐτοῦ προσελαύνοντος θόρυβός τέ τις ἐκ τοῦ τῆς μάχης χωρίου ὡς καὶ ἐκ στρατοπέδου ἠκούσθη, καὶ πῦρ ἐκ τῶν βωμῶν τῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου ἐν τῷ ταφρεύματι ἱδρυθέντων αὐτόματον ἀνέλαμψε. Τιβέριος μὲν δὴ ἐκ τούτων ἐγαυροῦτο, ὁ δὲ Αὔγουστος ἔς τε τὴν Σάμον ἐπανῆλθε κἀνταῦθα αὖθις ἐχείμασε, καὶ ἐκείνοις τε ἐλευθερίαν μισθὸν τῆς διατριβῆς ἀντέδωκε, καὶ ἄλλα οὐκ ὀλίγα προσδιῴκησε. πάμπολλαι γὰρ δὴ πρεσβεῖαι πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀφίκοντο, καὶ οἱ Ἰνδοὶ προκηρυκευσάμενοι πρότερον φιλίαν τότε ἐσπείσαντο, δῶρα πέμψαντες ἄλλα τε καὶ τίγρεις, πρῶτον τότε τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις, νομίζω δʼ ὅτι καὶ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν, ὀφθείσας. καί τι καὶ μειράκιόν οἱ ἄνευ ὤμων, οἵους τοὺς Ἑρμᾶς ὁρῶμεν, ἔδωκαν. καὶ μέντοι τοιοῦτον ὂν ἐκεῖνο ἐς πάντα τοῖς ποσὶν ἅτε καὶ χερσὶν ἐχρῆτο, τόξον τε αὐτοῖς ἐπέτεινε καὶ βέλη ἠφίει καὶ ἐσάλπιζεν, οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως· γράφω γὰρ τὰ λεγόμενα. εἷς δʼ οὖν τῶν Ἰνδῶν Ζάρμαρος, εἴτε δὴ τοῦ τῶν σοφιστῶν γένους ὤν, καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο ὑπὸ φιλοτιμίας, εἴτε καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ γήρως κατὰ τὸν πάτριον νόμον, εἴτε καὶ ἐς ἐπίδειξιν τοῦ τε Αὐγούστου καὶ τῶν Ἀθηναίων (καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖσε ἦλθενʼ ἀποθανεῖν ἐθελήσας ἐμυήθη τε τὰ τοῖν θεοῖν, τῶν μυστηρίων καίπερ οὐκ ἐν τῷ καθήκοντι καιρῷ, ὥς φασι, διὰ τὸν Αὔγουστον καὶ αὐτὸν μεμυημένον γενομένων, καὶ πυρὶ ἑαυτὸν ζῶντα ἐξέδωκεν.
This is what was going on in the city. Augustus administered the subject territory according to the customs of the Romans, but permitted the allied nations to be governed in their own traditional manner; and he did not regard it as desirable either to make any additions to the former or to extend the latter by any new acquisitions, but thought it best to be satisfied with precisely what they already possessed, and he communicated this opinion to the senate. 2 Therefore he undertook no war, at any rate for the time being, but actually gave away certain principalities — to Iamblichus, the son of Iamblichus, his ancestral dominion over the Arabians, and to Tarcondimotus, the son of Tarcondimotus, the kingdom of Cilicia, which his father had held, except for a few places on the coast. These latter together with Lesser Armenia he granted to Archelaus, because the Mede, who previously had ruled them, was dead. To Herod he entrusted the tetrarchy of a certain Zenodorus, and to one Mithridates, though still a mere boy, he gave Commagene, inasmuch as its king had put the boy's father to death. 4 And since the other Armenians had preferred charges against Artaxes and had summoned his brother Tigranes, who was in Rome, the emperor sent Tiberius to drive Artaxes out of the kingdom and to reinstate Tigranes. And although nothing was accomplished by Tiberius commensurate with his preparations, since before his arrival the Armenians slew Artaxes, yet he assumed a lofty bearing, especially after sacrifices had been voted to commemorate what he had done, as though he had accomplished something by valour. 6 And his thoughts were already on the monarchy, inasmuch as, when he was approaching Philippi, a tumult was heard coming from the field of battle, as if from an army, and fire blazed up spontaneously from the altars which Antony had built in the fortified camp. Tiberius, accordingly, was feeling elated over these occurrences. But Augustus, for his part, returned to Samos and once more passed the winter there. In recognition of his stay he gave the islanders their freedom, and he also attended to many matters of business. 8 For a great many embassies came to him, and the people of India, who had already made overtures, now made a treaty of friendship, sending among other gifts tigers, which were then for the first time seen by the Romans, as also, I think by the Greeks. They also gave him a boy who had no shoulders or arms, like our statues of Hermes. And yet, defective as he was, he could use his feet for everything, as if they were hands: with them he would stretch a bow, shoot missiles, and put a trumpet to his lips. How he did this I do not know; I merely state what is recorded. 10 One of the Indians, Zarmaros, for some reason wished to die, — either because, being of the caste of sages, he was on this account moved by ambition, or, in accordance with the traditional custom of the Indians, because of old age, or because he wished to make a display for the benefit of Augustus and the Athenians (for Augustus had reached Athens); — he was therefore initiated into the Mysteries of the two goddesses, which were held out of season on account, they say, of Augustus, who also was an initiate, and he then threw himself alive into the fire.
§ 54.10
ὑπάτευε μὲν δὴ ἐν τῷ ἔτει ἐκείνῳ Γάιος Σέντιος· ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ τὸν συνάρξοντα αὐτῷ προσαποδειχθῆναι ἔδει (ὁ γὰρ Αὔγουστος οὐδὲ τότε τηρηθεῖσάν οἱ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐδέξατὀ, στάσις τε αὖθις ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ συνηνέχθη καὶ σφαγαὶ συνέβησαν, ὥστε τοὺς βουλευτὰς φρουρὰν τῷ Σεντίῳ ψηφίσασθαι. ἐπειδή τε μὴ ἠθέλησεν αὐτῇ χρήσασθαι, πρέσβεις πρὸς τὸν Αὔγουστον, μετὰ δύο ῥαβδούχων ἕκαστον, ἔπεμψαν. μαθὼν οὖν ταῦτʼ ἐκεῖνος, καὶ συνιδὼν ὅτι οὐδὲν πέρας τοῦ κακοῦ γενήσοιτο, οὐκέτʼ αὐτοῖς ὁμοίως ὥσπερ καὶ πρὶν προσηνέχθη, ἀλλʼ ἔκ τε τῶν πρεσβευτῶν αὐτῶν Κύιντον Λουκρήτιον, καίπερ ἐν τοῖς ἐπικηρυχθεῖσιν ἀναγραφέντα, ὕπατον ἀπέδειξε, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐς τὴν Ῥώμην ἠπείχθη. καὶ αὐτῷ ἐπί τε τούτοις καὶ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις τοῖς ἐν τῇ ἀποδημίᾳ πραχθεῖσι πολλὰ καὶ παντοῖα ἐψηφίσθη· ὧν οὐδὲν προσήκατο, πλὴν Τύχῃ τε Ἐπαναγώγῳ (οὕτω γάρ πως αὐτὴν ἐκάλεσανʼ βωμὸν ἱδρυθῆναι καὶ τὴν ἡμέραν ἣν ἀφίξοιτο ἔν τε ταῖς ἱερομηνίαις ἀριθμεῖσθαι καὶ Αὐγουστάλια ὀνομάζεσθαι. ἐπεὶ δὲ καὶ ὣς αἵ τε ἀρχαὶ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι προαπαντῆσαί οἱ προπαρεσκευάσαντο, νύκτωρ ἐς τὴν πόλιν ἐσεκομίσθη, καὶ τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ τῷ τε Τιβερίῳ τὰς τῶν ἐστρατηγηκότων τιμὰς ἔδωκε, καὶ τῷ Δρούσῳ πέντε ἔτεσι θᾶσσον παρὰ τὰ νομιζόμενα τὰς ἀρχὰς αἰτῆσαι ἐπέτρεψεν. ἐπειδή τε μηδὲν ὡμολόγει ὅσα τε ἀπόντος αὐτοῦ στασιάζοντες καὶ ὅσα παρόντος φοβούμενοι ἔπρασσον, ἐπιμελητής τε τῶν τρόπων ἐς πέντε ἔτη παρακληθεὶς δὴ ἐχειροτονήθη, καὶ τὴν ἐξουσίαν τὴν μὲν τῶν τιμητῶν ἐς τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον τὴν δὲ τῶν ὑπάτων διὰ βίου ἔλαβεν, ὥστε καὶ ταῖς δώδεκα ῥάβδοις ἀεὶ καὶ πανταχοῦ χρῆσθαι, καὶ ἐν μέσῳ τῶν ἀεὶ ὑπατευόντων ἐπὶ τοῦ ἀρχικοῦ δίφρου καθίζεσθαι. ψηφισάμενοι δὲ ταῦτα διορθοῦν τε πάντα αὐτὸν καὶ νομοθετεῖν ὅσα βούλοιτο ἠξίουν, καὶ τούς τε νόμους τοὺς γραφησομένους ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ Αὐγούστους ἐκεῖθεν ἤδη προσηγόρευον, καὶ ἐμμενεῖν σφισιν ὀμόσαι ἤθελον. ὁ δὲ τὰ μὲν ἄλλα ὡς καὶ ἀναγκαῖα ἐδέξατο, τοὺς δʼ ὅρκους ἀφῆκεν αὐτοῖς· καὶ γὰρ εὖ ᾔδει ὅτι, εἰ μὲν ἀπὸ γνώμης τι ψηφίσαιντο, τηρήσουσιν αὐτὸ κἂν μὴ ὀμόσωσιν, εἰ δὲ μή, οὐδὲν αὐτοῦ, κἂν μυρίας πίστεις ἐπαγάγωσι, προτιμήσουσιν.
The consul that year was Gaius Sentius; and when it became necessary for a colleague to be elected (for Augustus on this occasion, also, did not accept the position after it had been kept open for him), factious quarrelling again took place and murders occurred, so that the senators voted a guard for Sentius; 2 and when he was unwilling to use it, they sent envoys to Augustus, each with two lictors. Now when the emperor learned of these things, realizing that there would be no end to the evil, he did not this time deal with the matter as he had before, but appointed one of the envoys themselves, Quintus Lucretius, to the consulship, though this man's name had been posted in the list of the proscribed and he hastened to Rome himself. For this and other things he had done while absent from the city many honours of all sorts were voted him, none of which he would accept, save the founding of an altar to Fortuna Redux (for this was the name they gave to her), and the provision that the day on which he arrived should be numbered among the holidays and be called Augustalia. 4 Since even then magistrates and the rest made preparations beforehand to go out to meet him, he entered the city by night; and on the following day he gave Tiberius the rank of an ex-praetor and allowed Drusus to stand for various offices five years earlier than was the practice. And inasmuch as there was no similarity between the conduct of the people during his absence, when they quarrelled, and while he was present, when they were afraid, he accepted an election, on their invitation, to the position of supervisor of morals for five years, and took the authority of censor for the same period and that of consul for life, and in consequence had the right to use the twelve rods always and everywhere and to sit in the curule chair between the two men who were at the time consuls. 6 After voting these measures they begged him to set everything to rights and to enact whatever laws he liked; and the laws which should be proposed by him they called “leges Augustae” from that very moment, and desired to take an oath that they would abide by them. He accepted all the other measures, believing them to be necessary, but did not require the oaths from them; for he well knew that, if any measure they decreed should represent their judgment, they would observe it even without taking an oath, but if it should not, they would pay no heed to it, even if they should offer ten thousand guarantees.
§ 54.11
Αὔγουστος μὲν δὴ ταῦτʼ ἐποίει, καί τις τῶν ἀγορανόμων ἐθελοντὴς ὑπὸ πενίας ἀπεῖπε τὴν ἀρχήν· Ἀγρίππας δὲ ὡς τότε ἐς τὴν Ῥώμην ἐκ τῆς Σικελίας πεμφθεὶς διῴκησε τὰ κατεπείγοντα, ταῖς Γαλατίαις προσετάχθη· ἔν τε γὰρ ἀλλήλοις ἐστασίαζον καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν Κελτῶν ἐκακοῦντο. καταστήσας δὲ καὶ ἐκεῖνα ἐς Ἰβηρίαν μετέστη· οἱ γὰρ Κάνταβροι οἱ ζωργηθέντες τε ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ καὶ πραθέντες τούς τε δεσπότας σφῶν ὡς ἕκαστοι ἀπέκτειναν, καὶ πρὸς τὴν οἰκείαν ἐπανελθόντες πολλοὺς συναπέστησαν, καὶ μετʼ αὐτῶν χωρία καταλαβόντες καὶ ἐντειχισάμενοι τοῖς τῶν Ῥωμαίων φρουροῖς ἐπεβούλευον. ἐπʼ οὖν τούτους ὁ Ἀγρίππας ἐπιστρατεύσας ἔσχε μέν τι καὶ πρὸς τοὺς στρατιώτας ἔργον· πρεσβύτεροι γὰρ οὐκ ὀλίγοι αὐτῶν ὄντες καὶ τῇ συνεχείᾳ τῶν πολέμων τετρυχωμένοι, τούς τε Καντάβρους ὡς καὶ δυσπολεμήτους δεδιότες, οὐκ ἐπείθοντο αὐτῷ. ἀλλʼ ἐκείνους μέν, τὰ μὲν νουθετήσας τὰ δὲ παραμυθησάμενος τὰ δὲ καὶ ἐπελπίσας, διὰ ταχέων πειθαρχῆσαι ἐποίησε, πρὸς δὲ δὴ τοὺς Καντάβρους πολλὰ προσέπταισεν· καὶ γὰρ ἐμπειρίᾳ πραγμάτων, ἅτε τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις δεδουλευκότες, καὶ ἀπογνώσει τοῦ μὴ ἂν ἔτι σωθῆναι ἁλόντες ἐχρῶντο. τέλος δέ ποτε συχνοὺς μὲν ἀποβαλὼν τῶν στρατιωτῶν, συχνοὺς δὲ καὶ ἀτιμώσας ὅτι ἡττῶντο (τά τε γὰρ ἄλλα καὶ στρατόπεδον ὅλον Αὔγουστον ἐπωνομασμένον ἐκώλυσεν οὕτως ἔτι καλεῖσθαἰ, τούς τε ἐν τῇ ἡλικίᾳ πολεμίους πάντας ὀλίγου διέφθειρε καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς τά τε ὅπλα ἀφείλετο καὶ ἐς τὰ πεδία ἐκ τῶν ἐρυμνῶν κατεβίβασεν. οὐ μὴν οὔτε ἐπέστειλέ τι τῇ βουλῇ περὶ αὐτῶν, οὔτε τὰ ἐπινίκια καίτοι ἐκ τῆς τοῦ Αὐγούστου προστάξεως ψηφισθέντα προσήκατο, ἀλλʼ ἔν τε τούτοις ἐμετρίαζεν ὥσπερ εἰώθει, καὶ γνώμην ποτὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ ὑπάτου ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτοῦ ἐρωτηθεὶς οὐκ ἔδωκε. τό τε ὕδωρ τὸ Παρθένιον καλούμενον τοῖς ἰδίοις τέλεσιν ἐσαγαγὼν Αὔγουστον προσηγόρευσε. καὶ οὕτω γε ἐκεῖνος ἐπʼ αὐτῷ ἔχαιρεν ὥστε σπάνεώς ποτε οἴνου γενομένης, καὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων δεινὰ διαβοώντων, ἱκανώτατα ἔφη τὸν Ἀγρίππαν προνενοηκέναι ὥστε μὴ δίψῃ ποτὲ αὐτοὺς ἀπολέσθαι.
Augustus, then, was engaged with these matters; and one of the aediles voluntarily resigned his office by reason of poverty. As for Agrippa, as soon as he had settled whatever business was urgent in Rome, whither he had been sent from Sicily on the occasion mentioned, he was then assigned to the provinces of Gaul; 2 for the people there not only were quarrelling among themselves, but also were being harassed by the Germans. After putting a stop to those troubles, too, he went over to Spain. It seems that the Cantabri who had been captured alive in the war and sold, had killed their masters in every case, and returning home, had induced many to join in their rebellion; and with the aid of these they had seized some positions, walled them in, and were plotting against the Roman garrisons. It was against these people, then, that Agrippa led an expedition. But he had some trouble also with his soldiers; for not a few of them were too old and were exhausted by the continual wars; and fearing the Cantabri as men hard to subdue, they would not obey him. 4 Nevertheless, partly by admonishing and exhorting them, and partly by inspiring them with hopes, he soon made them yield obedience. In fighting against the Cantabri, however, he met with many reverses; for they not only had gained practical experience, as a result of having been slaves to the Romans, but also despaired of having their lives granted to them again if they were taken captive. But finally Agrippa was successful; after losing many of his soldiers, and degrading many others because they kept being defeated (for example, he gave orders that the entire Augustan legion, as it had been called, should no longer bear that name), he at length destroyed nearly all of the enemy who were of military age, deprived the rest of their arms, and forced them come down from their fortresses and live in the plains. 6 Yet he sent no communication concerning them to the senate, and did not accept a triumph, although one was voted at the behest of Augustus, but showed moderation in these matters as was his wont; and once, when asked by the consul for his opinion about his brother, he would not give it. At his own expense he brought into the city the water-supply known as the Aqua Virgo, and named it the Augusta. The emperor took such great delight in this that once, when there was a great scarcity of wine and people were loudly complaining, he declared that Agrippa had in a most competent manner seen to it that they should never perish of thirst.
§ 54.12
τοιοῦτος μὲν δὴ οὗτος ὁ ἀνὴρ ἦν· τῶν δὲ δὴ ἄλλων τινὲς οὐχ ὅτι τὰ αὐτὰ αὐτῷ πράσσοντες, ἀλλʼ οἱ μὲν λῃστὰς συλλαμβάνοντες οἱ δὲ πόλεις στασιαζούσας καταλλάσσοντες, καὶ ἐπωρέγοντο τῶν νικητηρίων καὶ ἔπεμπον αὐτά. ὁ γὰρ Αὔγουστος καὶ ταῦτα ἀφθόνως τισὶ τήν γε πρώτην ἐχαρίζετο, καὶ δημοσίαις ταφαῖς πλείστους ὅσους ἐτίμα. τοιγαροῦν ἐκεῖνοι μὲν ἐν τούτοις ἐλαμπρύνοντο, ὁ δὲ Ἀγρίππας ἐς τὴν αὐταρχίαν τρόπον τινὰ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ προήχθη. ὁ γὰρ Αὔγουστος, ὡς τά τε κοινὰ θεραπείας ἀκριβοῦς ἐδεῖτο, καὶ ἐδεδίει μή, οἷα ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις φιλεῖ συμβαίνειν, ἐπιβουλευθῇ (βραχὺ γάρ τι καὶ σμικρὸν τὸν θώρακα, ὃν ὑπὸ τῇ στολῇ πολλάκις καὶ ἐς αὐτὸ τὸ συνέδριον ἐσιὼν εἶχεν, ἐπικουρήσειν οἱ ἐνόμιζἐ, πρῶτον μὲν αὐτὸς πέντε τῆς προστασίας ἔτη, ἐπειδήπερ ὁ δεκέτης χρόνος ἐξήκων ἦν, προσέθετο (ταῦτα γὰρ Πουπλίου τε καὶ Γναίου Λεντούλων ὑπατευόντων ἐγένετὀ, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τῷ Ἀγρίππᾳ ἄλλα τε ἐξ ἴσου πῃ ἑαυτῷ καὶ τὴν ἐξουσίαν τὴν δημαρχικὴν ἐς τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον ἔδωκε. τοσαῦτα γάρ σφισιν ἔτη τότε ἐπαρκέσειν ἔφη· ὕστερον γὰρ οὐ πολλῷ καὶ τὰ ἄλλα πέντε τῆς αὐτοκράτορος ἡγεμονίας προσέλαβεν, ὥστε αὐτὰ δέκα αὖθις γενέσθαι.
Such was the character of this man; but others both strove for triumphs and celebrated them, not only for no exploits comparable to this, but merely for arresting robbers or for restoring harmony to cities that were torn by factious strife. 2 For Augustus, at least in the beginning, bestowed these rewards lavishly upon certain men, and those whom he honoured by public funerals were very many. Accordingly, while these men gained lustre through such distinctions, Agrippa was promoted to the supreme power, one might say, by him. For Augustus saw that the public business required strict attention, and feared that he himself might, as often happens to men of his position, fall victim to a plot. (As for the breastplate which he often wore beneath his dress, even when he entered the senate, he believed that it would be of but scanty and slight assistance to him.) 4 He therefore first added five years to his own terms as princeps, since his ten-year period was about to expire (this was in the consulship of Publius and Gnaeus Lentulus), and then he granted to Agrippa many privileges almost equal to his own, especially the tribunician power for the same length of time. For that number of years, he said at the time, would be enough for them; though not long afterward he obtained the other five years of his imperial power in addition, so that the total number became ten again.
§ 54.13
πράξας δὲ ταῦτα τὸ βουλευτικὸν ἐξήτασε· πολλοί τε γὰρ καὶ ὣς ἐδόκουν αὐτῷ εἶναι (πλήθει δὲ οὐδὲν ὑγιὲς ἐνεώρα ʼ,ʼ καὶ διὰ μίσους οὐχ ὅτι τοὺς κακίᾳ τινὶ ἐπιρρήτους, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς κολακείᾳ ἐκφανεῖς ἐποιεῖτο. καὶ ἐπειδὴ μήτε τις ἑκὼν ὥσπερ πρότερον ἀπηλλάττετο, μήτʼ αὖ μόνος ἐν αἰτίᾳ τινὶ γενέσθαι ἐβούλετο, αὐτός τε τριάκοντα ἄνδρας τοὺς ἀρίστους, ὅπερ που καὶ ὅρκῳ ἐπιστώσατο, ἐξελέξατο, καὶ ἐκείνους ἐκέλευσε προομόσαντας τὸν αὐτὸν ὅρκον κατὰ πέντε, πλὴν τῶν συγγενῶν, ἐς πινάκια γράψαντας ἑλέσθαι. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο τὰς πεμπάδας ἐκλήρωσεν, ὥσθʼ ἕνα καθʼ ἑκάστην τὸν λαχόντα αὐτόν τε βουλεῦσαι καὶ ἑτέρους πέντε ἐπὶ τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἐγγράψαι. ἔδει που καὶ τοὺς τριάκοντα ἔν τε τοῖς αἱρουμένοις ὑπὸ τῶν ἑτέρων καὶ ἐν τοῖς κληρουμένοις γενέσθαι. ἐπειδή τέ τινες αὐτῶν ἀπεδήμουν, ἄλλοι ἀντʼ ἐκείνων λαχόντες τὰ ἐπιβάλλοντά σφισιν ἔπραξαν. τὸ μὲν οὖν πρῶτον ταῦθʼ οὕτως ἐπὶ πλείους ἡμέρας ἐγένετο· ἐπεὶ δὲ ἐκακουργήθη τινά, οὔτε ἐπὶ τοῖς ταμίαις τὰ γραμματεῖα ἔτʼ ἐποιήσατο οὔτε ἔτι τῷ κλήρῳ τὰς πεμπάδας ἐπέτρεψεν, ἀλλʼ αὐτός τε τὰ λοιπὰ ἀνελέξατο καὶ αὐτὸς τοὺς ἐνδέοντας προσείλετο, ὥστε ἐς ἑξακοσίους τοὺς
When he had done this, he purged the senatorial body. For the members seemed to him to be too numerous even now, and he saw nothing good in a large throng; moreover, he hated not only those who were notorious for some baseness, but also those who were conspicuous for their flattery. 2 And when, as on the previous occasion, no one would resign of his own free will, and Augustus, in his turn, did not wish to incur blame alone, he himself selected the thirty best men (a point which he afterwards confirmed by oath) and bade them, after first taking the same oath, choose five at a time, relatives not to be included, by writing the names on tablets. After this he made the groups of five cast lots, with the arrangement that the one man in each group who drew the lot should be a senator himself and should write down five other names according to the same plan. The original thirty, of course, were to be included among those who were available for selection by the second thirty and for the drawing of lots. And since some who were chosen were out of town, others were drawn in their place and discharged the duties that belonged to them. 4 At first all this went on for several days in the way described; but when various abuses crept in, Augustus no longer trusted the lists to the quaestors and no longer submitted the groups of five to the lot, but he himself thenceforth made the selection and himself chose the senators who were still required in order to make the number of men appointed six hundred in all.
§ 54.14
πάντας ἀποδειχθῆναι. ἐβουλεύσατο μὲν γὰρ τριακοσίους αὐτοὺς κατὰ τὸ ἀρχαῖον ποιῆσαι, καὶ πάνυ ἀγαπητὸν νομίζων εἶναι τοσούτους ἀξίους τοῦ συνεδρίου σφῶν εὑρεθῆναι· δυσχερανάντων δὲ πάντων ὁμοίως (τῷ γὰρ πολὺ πλείους τῶν ἐμμενούντων ἐν αὐτῷ τοὺς διαγραφησομένους ἔσεσθαι, φοβεῖσθαι μᾶλλον αὐτοὺς μὴ ἰδιωτεύσωσιν ἢ προσδοκᾶν ὅτι καὶ βουλεύσουσιν συνέβαινἐ τοὺς ἑξακοσίους κατελέξατο. καὶ οὐδὲ ἐνταῦθα ἔστη, ἀλλὰ καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο, ἐπειδή τινες οὐκ ἐπιτήδειοι καὶ τότε ἐγγεγραμμένοι ἦσαν, καὶ Λικίνιός τέ τις Ῥήγουλος, ἀγανακτήσας ὅτι τοῦ τε υἱέος καὶ ἄλλων πολλῶν, ὧν κρείσσων εἶναι ἠξίου, διειλεγμένων ἀπαλήλιπτο, τήν τε ἐσθῆτα ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ βουλευτηρίῳ κατερρήξατο, καὶ τὸ σῶμα γυμνώσας τάς τε στρατείας κατηριθμήσατο καὶ τὰς οὐλὰς προσεπέδειξέ σφισι, καὶ Ἀρτικυλέιος Παῖτος ἐν μὲν τοῖς βουλεύσουσιν ὢν τῷ δὲ δὴ πατρὶ ἐκπεπτωκότι παραχωρῆσαι τῆς βουλείας ἀξιῶν ἱκέτευεν, ἐξετασμὸν αὖθίς σφων ἐποιήσατο, καί τινας ἀπαλλάξας ἄλλους ἀντικατέλεξεν. ἐπειδή τε πολλοὶ καὶ ὣς διεγεγράφατο, καί τινες αὐτὸν δι’ αἰτίας, οἷα ἐν τῷ τοιούτῳ φιλεῖ συμβαίνειν, ὡς καὶ ἀδίκως ἀπεληλαμένοι εἶχον, τότε τε αὐτοῖς καὶ συνθεάσασθαι καὶ συνεστιάσασθαι τοῖς βουλεύουσι, τῇ αὐτῇ σκευῇ χρωμένοις, συνεχώρησε, καὶ ἐς τὸ ἔπειτα τὰς ἀρχὰς αἰτεῖν ἐπέτρεψε. καὶ αὐτῶν οἱ μὲν πλείους ἐπανῆλθον χρόνῳ ἐς τὸ συνέδριον, ὀλίγοι δέ τινες ἐν τῷ μέσῳ, μήτε τῆς γερουσίας μήτε τοῦ δήμου νομιζόμενοι, κατελείφθησαν.
It had, indeed, been his plan to limit the senators to three hundred, as in the early times, and he thought he ought to be well content if that number of men were found who were worthy of the senate. But the number he actually enrolled was six hundred, since all alike were displeased with the other arrangement; for it turned out that those whose names would be stricken off the roll would be much more numerous than those who kept their places, so that the present senators were more afraid of being reduced to the ranks than hopeful of being in the new senate. 2 Indeed, he did not stop even when this was done, but subsequently took other measures. It seems that certain unsuitable persons were even then found on the lists; and one Licinius Regulus, indignant because his name had been erased, whereas his son and several others to whom he thought himself superior had been selected by the lot, rent his clothing in the very senate, laid bare his body, enumerated his campaigns, and showed them his scars; and Articuleius Paetus, one of those who were to remain senators, earnestly begged that he might retire from his seat in the senate in favour of his father, who had been rejected. Consequently Augustus purged the senate again, removing some and choosing others in their places. 4 And since, even so, the names of many had been stricken out, and some of them, as usually happens in such a case, found fault with him on the ground that they had been unjustly expelled, he at that time accorded them the right to attend spectacles and celebrate festivals along with the senators, wearing the same garb as they, and for the future he allowed them to stand for the various offices. The majority of them came back in the course of time into the senate; but some few were left in an intermediate position, being regarded as belonging neither to the senate nor to the people.
§ 54.15
τούτων οὖν οὕτω γενομένων συχνοὶ μὲν εὐθὺς συχνοὶ δὲ καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἐκείνῳ καὶ τῷ Ἀγρίππᾳ ἐπιβουλεῦσαι, εἴτʼ οὖν ἀληθῶς εἴτε καὶ ψευδῶς, αἰτίαν ἔσχον. οὐ γὰρ ἔστιν ἀκριβῶς τὰ τοιαῦτα τοῖς ἔξω αὐτῶν οὖσιν εἰδέναι· πολλὰ γὰρ ὧν ἂν ὁ κρατῶν πρὸς τιμωρίαν, ὡς καὶ ἐπιβεβουλευμένος, ἤτοι διʼ ἑαυτοῦ ἢ καὶ διὰ τῆς γερουσίας πράξῃ, ὑποπτεύεται κατʼ ἐπήρειαν, κἂν ὅτι μάλιστα δικαιότατα συμβῇ, γεγονέναι. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἐγὼ γνώμην ἔχω περὶ πάντων τῶν τοιουτοτρόπων αὐτὰ τὰ λεγόμενα συγγράψαι, μηδὲν ὑπὲρ τὰ δεδημοσιευμένα, πλὴν τῶν πάνυ φανερῶν, μήτε πολυπραγμονῶν μήθʼ ὑπολέγων, μήτʼ εἰ δικαίως μήτʼ εἰ ἀδίκως τι γέγονε, μήτʼ εἰ ψευδῶς μήτε εἰ ἀληθῶς εἴρηται. καὶ τοῦτο μέν μοι καὶ κατὰ τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα γραφησομένων εἰρήσθω· ἐν δὲ δὴ τῷ τότε παρόντι ὁ Αὔγουστος ἄλλους μέν τινας ἐδικαίωσε, τὸν δὲ δὴ Λέπιδον ἐμίσει μὲν διά τε τἆλλα καὶ ὅτι ὁ υἱὸς αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐπεφώρατο ἐπιβουλεύων αὐτῷ καὶ ἐκεκόλαστο, οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἀποκτεῖναι ἠθέλησεν, ἀλλʼ ἐν τρόπῳ τινὶ ἄλλοτε ἄλλῳ προεπηλάκιζεν. ἔς τε γὰρ τὴν πόλιν καὶ ἄκοντα αὐτὸν ἐκ τῶν ἀγρῶν κατιέναι ἐκέλευε, καὶ ἐς τὰς συνόδους ἀεὶ ἐσῆγεν, ὅπως ὅτι πλείστην καὶ χλευασίαν καὶ ὕβριν πρός τε τὴν τῆς ἰσχύος καὶ πρὸς τὴν τῆς ἀξιώσεως μεταβολὴν ὀφλισκάνῃ· καὶ οὔτε ἐς ἄλλο τι ὡς καὶ ἀξίῳ οἱ λόγου ἐχρῆτο, τότε δὲ καὶ τὴν ψῆφον ὑστάτῳ τῶν ὑπατευκότων ἐπῆγε. τοὺς μὲν γὰρ ἄλλους ἐν τῇ καθηκούσῃ τάξει ἐπεψήφιζε, τῶν δʼ ὑπατευκότων πρῶτόν τέ τινα καὶ δεύτερον τρίτον τε ἕτερον καὶ τέταρτον, τούς τε λοιποὺς ὁμοίως, ὥς που καὶ ἐβούλετο· καὶ τοῦτο καὶ οἱ ὕπατοι ἐποίουν. οὕτω μὲν δὴ τὸν Λέπιδον μετεχειρίζετο, καὶ ἐπειδή γε Ἀντίστιος Λαβεὼν ἐς τοὺς βουλεύσοντας αὐτόν, ὅτε ἡ διαγνώμη ἐκείνη ἐγίγνετο, ἐσεγράψατο, πρῶτον μὲν ἐπιωρκηκέναι τε αὐτὸν ἔφη καὶ τιμωρήσεσθαι ἠπείλησεν, ἔπειτα δὲ εἰπόντος αὐτοῦ “καὶ τί δεινὸν πεποίηκα κατασχὼν ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ ἄνδρα ὃν σὺ ἀρχιέρεων ἔτι καὶ νῦν περιορᾷς ὄντα;” οὐκέτʼ οὐδεμίαν ὀργὴν ἐποιήσατο· πολλάκις γὰρ καὶ ἰδίᾳ καὶ κοινῇ τῆς ἱερωσύνης ταύτης ἀξιούμενος οὐκ ἐδικαίωσε ζῶντος τοῦ Λεπίδου λαβεῖν αὐτήν. Ἀντίστιος μὲν οὖν τοῦτό τε οὐκ ἀπὸ καιροῦ εἰπεῖν ἔδοξε, καί ποτε λόγων ἐν τῇ βουλῇ γιγνομένων ὡς χρεὼν εἴη τὸν Αὔγουστον ἐκ διαδοχῆς σφας φρουρεῖν, ἔφη, μήτʼ ἀντειπεῖν τολμῶν μήτε συγκαταθέσθαι ὑπομένων, ὅτι “ῥέγκω καὶ οὐ δύναμαι αὐτοῦ προκοιτῆσαι.”
After these events, many immediately and many later were accused, whether truly or falsely, of plotting against both the emperor and Agrippa. 2 It is not possible, of course, for those on the outside to have certain knowledge of such matters; for whatever measures a ruler takes, either personally or through the senate, for the punishment of men for alleged plots against himself, are generally looked upon with suspicion as having been done out of spite, no matter how just such measures may be. For this reason it is my purpose to report in all such cases simply the recorded version of the affair, without busying myself with anything beyond the published account, except in perfectly patent cases, or giving a hint as to the justice or injustice of the act or as to the truth or falsity of the report. 4 Let this explanation apply also to everything that I shall write hereafter. As for the time of which we are speaking, Augustus executed a few men; in the case of Lepidus, however, although he hated the man, among other reasons, because his son had been detected in a plot against him and had been punished, yet he did not wish to put him to death, but kept subjecting him to insult from time to time in various ways. Thus he would order him to come back to the city from his estate in the country, whether he wished to do so or not, and would always take him to the meetings of the senate, in order that he might be subjected to the utmost to jeering and insults, so that he might realize his loss of power and dignity. In general he did not treat him as worthy of any consideration on his part, and on the occasions referred to called on him for his vote the last of all the ex-consuls. 6 For while he was wont to put the vote to the other senators in the regular order, in the case of the ex-consuls he used to call on one first, another second, and others third and fourth, and so on, just as he pleased; and the consuls also did the same. Thus it was that he used to treat Lepidus. And when Antistius Labeo wrote down the name of Lepidus among those who might be senators, at the time when the process of selection which we have described was being followed, the emperor first declared that he had perjured himself, and he threatened to punish him. Thereupon Labeo replied: “Why, what harm have I done by keeping in the senate one whom you even now permit to be high priest?” 8 At this Augustus desisted from his anger; for though he had often been asked, both privately and publicly, to take this priesthood, he did not feel that it was right to do so while Lepidus lived. This reply of Antistius was regarded as a happy one, as was also another remark of his: when it was said in the senate, on one occasion, that the senators ought to take turns in guarding Augustus, Antistius, not daring to speak in opposition nor yet willing to assent, remarked, “As for me, I snore, and so cannot sleep at the door of his chamber.”
§ 54.16
ὁ δʼ οὖν Αὔγουστος ἄλλα τε ἐνομοθέτησε, καὶ τοὺς δεκάσαντας τινας ἐπὶ ταῖς ἀρχαῖς ἐς πέντε ἔτη αὐτῶν εἶρξε. τοῖς τε ἀγάμοις καὶ ταῖς ἀνάνδροις βαρύτερα τὰ ἐπιτίμια ἐπέταξε, καὶ ἔμπαλιν τοῦ τε γάμου καὶ τῆς παιδοποιίας ἆθλα ἔθηκεν. ἐπειδή τε πολὺ πλεῖον τὸ ἄρρεν τοῦ θήλεος τοῦ εὐγενοῦς ἦν, ἐπέτρεψε καὶ ἐξελευθέρας τοῖς ἐθέλουσι, πλὴν τῶν βουλευόντων, ἄγεσθαι, ἔννομον τὴν τεκνοποιίαν αὐτῶν εἶναι κελεύσας. κἀν τούτῳ καταβοήσεως ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ περί τε τῆς τῶν γυναικῶν καὶ περὶ τῆς τῶν νεανίσκων ἀκοσμίας, πρὸς ἀπολογίαν δή τινα τοῦ μὴ ῥᾳδίως δι’ αὐτὴν τὰς τῶν γάμων συναλλαγὰς ποιεῖσθαι, γενομένης, καὶ ἐναγόντων αὐτὸν καὶ ἐκείνην ἐπανορθῶσαι χλευασμῷ ὅτι πολλαῖς γυναιξὶν ἐχρῆτο, τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἀπεκρίνατο αὐτοῖς ὅτι τὰ μὲν ἀναγκαιότατα διώρισται, τὰ δὲ λοιπὰ ἀδύνατόν ἐστιν ὁμοίως παραδοθῆναι, ἔπειτα δὲ ἐκβιασθεὶς εἶπεν ὅτι “αὐτοὶ ὀφείλετε ταῖς γαμεταῖς καὶ παραινεῖν καὶ κελεύειν ὅσα βούλεσθε· ὅπερ που καὶ ἐγὼ ποιῶ.” ἀκούσαντες οὖν ταῦτʼ ἐκεῖνοι πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἐνέκειντο αὐτῷ, βουλόμενοι τὰς παραινέσεις ἃς τῇ Λιουίᾳ παραινεῖν ἔφη μαθεῖν. καὶ ὃς ἄκων μέν, εἶπε δʼ οὖν τινα καὶ περὶ τῆς ἐσθῆτος καὶ περὶ τοῦ λοιποῦ κόσμου τῶν τε ἐξόδων καὶ τῆς σωφροσύνης αὐτῶν, μηδʼ ὁτιοῦν φροντίσας ὅτι μὴ καὶ τῷ ἔργῳ αὐτὰ ἐπιστοῦτο. καὶ ἕτερον δέ τι τοιόνδε τιμητεύων ἐπεποιήκει· ἐπειδὴ γὰρ προσήγαγέ τις αὐτῷ νεανίσκον γυναῖκα ἐκ μοιχείας γεγαμηκότα, καὶ πλεῖστα ὅσα κατηγόρησεν αὐτοῦ, διηπορήθη μήτε παριδεῖν τὸ πρᾶγμα μήτʼ ἐπιτιμῆσαί τι τολμήσας, καὶ μόλις ποτὲ ὀψὲ ἀνενεγκὼν “πολλά,” ἔφη, “καὶ δεινὰ αἱ στάσεις ἤνεγκαν, ὥστε ἐκείνων μὲν ἀμνημονῶμεν, τοῦ δὲ δὴ λοιποῦ προνοῶμεν ὅπως μηδὲν τοιοῦτο γίγνηται.” ὡς δʼ οὖν βρέφη τινὲς ἐγγυώμενοι τὰς μὲν τιμὰς τῶν γεγαμηκότων ἐκαρποῦντο, τὸ δὲ ἔργον αὐτῶν οὐ παρείχοντο, προσέταξε μηδεμίαν ἐγγύην ἰσχύειν μεθʼ ἣν οὐδὲ δυοῖν ἐτοῖν διελθόντων γαμήσει τις, τοῦτʼ ἔστι δεκέτιν πάντως ἐγγυᾶσθαι τόν γέ τι ἀπʼ αὐτῆς ἀπολαύσοντα· δώδεκα γὰρ ταῖς κόραις ἐς τὴν τοῦ γάμου ὥραν ἔτη πλήρη, καθάπερ εἶπον, νομίζεται.
Among the laws that Augustus enacted was one which provided that those who had bribed anyone in order to gain office should be debarred from office for five years. He laid heavier assessment upon the unmarried men and upon the women without husbands, and on the other hand offered prizes for marriage and the begetting of children. 2 And since among the nobility there were far more males than females, he allowed all who wished, except the senators, to marry freedwomen, and ordered that their offspring should be held legitimate. Meanwhile a clamor arose in the senate over the disorderly conduct of the women and of the young men, this being alleged as a reason for their reluctance to enter into the marriage relation; and when they urged him to remedy this abuse also, with ironical allusions to his own intimacy with many women, 4 he at first replied that the most necessary restrictions had been laid down and that anything further could not possibly be regulated by decree in similar fashion. Then, when he was driven into a corner, he said: “You yourselves ought to admonish and command your wives as you wish; that is what I do.” When they heard that, they plied him with questions all the more, wishing to learn what the admonitions were which he professed to give Livia. He accordingly, though with reluctance, made a few remarks about women's dress and their other adornment, about their going out and their modest behaviour, not in the least concerned that his actions did not lend credence to his words. 6 Another instance of such inconsistency had occurred while he was censor. Some one brought before him a young man who had taken as his wife a married woman with whom he had previously committed adultery, and made ever so many accusations against the man, and Augustus was at a loss what to do, not daring to overlook the affair nor yet to administer any rebuke. At length, though with difficulty, he recovered himself and said: “Our factious quarrels have borne many terrible fruits; let us, then, forget them and give our attention to the future, that nothing of the sort may occur again.” Inasmuch, too, as certain men were betrothing themselves to infant girls and thus enjoying the privileges granted to married men, but without rendering the service expected of them, he ordered that no betrothal should be valid if the man did not marry within two years of such betrothal, — that is, that the girl must in every case be at least ten years old at her betrothal if the man was to derive any advantages from it, since, as I have stated, girls are held to have reached the marriageable age on the completion of twelve full years.
§ 54.17
ταῦτά τε οὖν ὡς ἕκαστα διενομοθέτει, καὶ ἵνα ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ σίτου διαδόσει προβάλλωνται οἱ ἐν ταῖς ἀρχαῖς ἀεὶ ὄντες ἕνα ἕκαστος ἐκ τῶν πρὸ τριῶν ἐτῶν ἐστρατηγηκότων, καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν τέσσαρες οἱ λαχόντες σιτοδοτῶσιν ἐκ διαδοχῆς. τόν τε πολίαρχον τὸν ἐς τὰς ἀνοχὰς καθιστάμενον ἕνα ἀεὶ αἱρεῖσθαι, καὶ τὰ ἔπη τὰ Σιβύλλεια ἐξίτηλα ὑπὸ τοῦ χρόνου γεγονότα τοὺς ἱερέας αὐτοχειρίᾳ ἐκγράψασθαι ἐκέλευσεν, ἵνα μηδεὶς ἕτερος αὐτὰ ἀναλέξηται. τάς τε ἀρχὰς ἅπασι τοῖς δέκα μυριάδων οὐσίαν ἔχουσι καὶ ἄρχειν ἐκ τῶν νόμων δυναμένοις ἐπαγγέλλειν ἐπέτρεψε. τοσοῦτον γὰρ τὸ βουλευτικὸν τίμημα τὴν πρώτην εἶναι ἔταξεν, ἔπειτα καὶ ἐς πέντε καὶ εἴκοσι μυριάδας αὐτὸ προήγαγε. καί τισι τῶν εὖ βιούντων ἐλάττω, τότε μὲν τῶν δέκα, αὖθις δὲ τῶν πέντε καὶ εἴκοσι, κεκτημένοις ἐχαρίσατο ὅσον ἐνέδει. καὶ διὰ ταῦτα τοῖς βουλομένοις τῶν στρατηγῶν τριπλάσιον τοῦ παρὰ τοῦ δημοσίου σφίσιν ἐς τὰς πανηγύρεις διδομένου προσαναλίσκειν ἐφῆκεν. ὥστε εἰ καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἀκρίβειαν τῶν ἄλλων αὐτοῦ νομοθετημάτων ἤχθοντό τινες, ἀλλʼ ὑπό τε τούτου, καὶ ὅτι Πυλάδην τινὰ ὀρχηστὴν διὰ στάσιν ἐξεληλαμένον κατήγαγεν, οὐκέτʼ ἐκείνων ἐμέμνηντο. ὅθενπερ πάνυ σοφῶς ὁ Πυλάδης, ἐπιτιμώμενος ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἐπειδὴ Βαθύλλῳ ὁμοτέχνῳ τέ οἱ ὄντι καὶ τῷ Μαικήνᾳ προσήκοντι διεστασίαζεν, εἰπεῖν λέγεται ὅτι “συμφέρει σοι, Καῖσαρ, περὶ ἡμᾶς τὸν δῆμον ἀποδιατρίβεσθαι.”
Besides these several enactments, Augustus further provided that, for the distribution of grain, one candidate, who must have served as praetor three years previously, should be nominated each year by each of the officials then serving, and that, from these nominees, four men should be chosen by lot to serve in succession as distributors of grain. 2 And he commanded that the office of prefect of the city, who was chosen for the Feriae, should always be filled by the election of one man, and that the Sibylline verses, which had become indistinct through lapse of time, should be copied off by the priests with their own hands, in order that no one else might read them. He permitted all to stand for office who possessed property worth four hundred thousand sesterces and were eligible by the laws to hold office. This was the senatorial rating which he at first established; but later he raised it to one million sesterces. Upon some of those who lived upright lives but possessed less than the four hundred thousand sesterces in the first instance, or the million in the second, he bestowed the amount lacking. 4 And because of this he allowed the praetors who so desired to spend on the public festivals three times the amount granted them from the treasury. Thus, even if some were vexed at the strictness of his other regulations, yet by reason of this action and also because he restored one Pylades, a dancer, who had been exiled on account of sedition, they remembered them no longer. Hence Pylades is said to have rejoined very cleverly, when the emperor rebuked him for having quarrelled with Bathyllus, a fellow-artist, and a favourite of Maecenas: “It is to your advantage, Caesar, that the people should devote their spare time to us.”
§ 54.18
ταῦτα μὲν ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ ἔτει ἐγένετο· ἐπὶ δὲ δὴ Γαΐου τε Φουρνίου καὶ Γαΐου Σιλανοῦ ὑπάτων υἱὸν αὖθις ὁ Ἀγρίππας ἀνείλετο τὸν Λούκιον ὀνομασθέντα, καὶ αὐτὸν εὐθὺς ὁ Αὔγουστος μετὰ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ τοῦ Γαΐου ἐποιήσατο, μὴ ἀναμείνας σφᾶς ἀνδρωθῆναι, ἀλλʼ αὐτόθεν διαδόχους τῆς ἀρχῆς ἀποδείξας, ἵνʼ ἧττον ἐπιβουλεύηται. τήν τε τῆς Τιμῆς καὶ τῆς Ἀρετῆς πανήγυριν ἐς τὰς νῦν ἡμέρας μετέστησε, καὶ τοῖς τὰ ἐπινίκια πέμπουσιν ἔργον ἐκ τῶν λαφύρων ἐς τὴν τῶν πράξεων μνήμην ποιεῖν προσέταξε, τά τε σαικουλάρια τὰ πέμπτα ἐπετέλεσε. καὶ τοὺς ῥήτορας ἀμισθὶ συναγορεύειν, ἢ τετραπλάσιον ὅσον ἂν λάβωσιν ἐκτίνειν, ἐκέλευσε. τοῖς δὲ δικάζειν ἀεὶ λαγχάνουσιν ἀπεῖπεν ἐς μηδενὸς οἴκαδε τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν ἐκεῖνον ἐσιέναι. ἐπειδή τε ἀσπουδεὶ οἱ βουλευταὶ ἐς τὸ συνέδριον συνεφοίτων, ἐπηύξησε τὰς ζημίας τοῖς οὐκ ἐξ εὐλόγου τινὸς αἰτίας ὑστερίζουσι.
These were the occurrences of that year. In the consulship of Gaius Furnius and Gaius Silanus, Agrippa again acknowledged the birth of a son, who was named Lucius; and Augustus immediately adopted him together with his brother Gaius, not waiting for them to become men, but appointing them then and there successors to his office, in order that fewer plots might be formed against him. 2 He transferred the festival of Honor and Virtus to the days which are at present theirs, commanded those who celebrated triumphs to erect out of their spoils some monument to commemorate their deeds, and held the fifth celebration of the Ludi Saeculares. He ordered the orators to give their services as advocates without pay, on pain of a fine of four times the amount they received; and he forbade those who were drawn as jurymen from time to time to enter any person's house during their year of service. And since the members of the senate showed a lack of interest in attending its sessions, he increased the fines for those who were late without a good excuse.
§ 54.19
καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐς τὴν Γαλατίαν, Λουκίου τε Δομιτίου καὶ Πουπλίου Σκιπίωνος ὑπατευόντων, ὥρμησε, πρόφασιν τοὺς πολέμους τοὺς κατʼ ἐκεῖνο κινηθέντας λαβών. ἐπειδὴ γὰρ ἐπαχθὴς πολλοῖς ἐκ τῆς ἐν τῇ πόλει χρονίου διατριβῆς ἐγεγόνει, καὶ συχνοὺς μὲν ἔξω τι τῶν τεταγμένων πράττοντας δικαιῶν ἐλύπει, συχνῶν δὲ καὶ φειδόμενος τὰ νενομοθετημένα ὑφʼ ἑαυτοῦ παραβαίνειν ἠναγκάζετο, ἐκδημῆσαι τρόπον τινὰ κατὰ τὸν Σόλωνα ἔγνω. καί τινες καὶ διὰ τὴν Τερεντίαν τὴν τοῦ Μαικήνου γυναῖκα ἀποδημῆσαι αὐτὸν ὑπετόπησαν, ἵνʼ ἐπειδὴ πολλὰ περὶ αὐτῶν ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ ἐλογοποιεῖτο, ἄνευ θροῦ τινὸς ἐν τῇ ἀλλοδημίᾳ αὐτῇ συνῇ· οὕτω γὰρ οὖν πάνυ αὐτῆς ἤρα ὥστε καὶ ἀγωνίσασθαί ποτε αὐτὴν περὶ τοῦ κάλλους πρὸς τὴν Λιουίαν ποιῆσαι. πρὶν δὲ ἢ ἀφορμᾶσθαι, τὸν τοῦ Κυρίνου ναὸν καθιέρωσεν ἐκ καινῆς οἰκοδομήσας. εἶπον δὲ τοῦτο ὅτι ἓξ καὶ ἑβδομήκοντα κίοσιν αὐτὸν ἐκόσμησεν, ὅσαπερ τὰ πάντα ἔτη διεβίω, κἀκ τούτου λόγον τισὶ παρέσχεν ὡς καὶ ἐξεπίτηδες αὐτὸ ἀλλʼ οὐ κατὰ τύχην ἄλλως πράξας. ἐκεῖνόν τε οὖν τότε ἐθείωσε, καὶ μονομαχίας ἀγῶνας διά τε τοῦ Τιβερίου καὶ διὰ τοῦ Δρούσου, συγχωρηθὲν δή σφισιν ὑπὸ τῆς βουλῆς, ἔθηκε. καὶ οὕτω τὸ μὲν ἄστυ τῷ Ταύρῳ μετὰ τῆς ἄλλης Ἰταλίας διοικεῖν ἐπιτρέψας (τόν τε γὰρ Ἀγρίππαν ἐς τὴν Συρίαν αὖθις ἐστάλκει, καὶ τῷ Μαικήνᾳ διὰ τὴν γυναῖκα οὐκέθʼ ὁμοίως ἔχαιρἐ, τὸν δὲ δὴ Τιβέριον καίτοι στρατηγοῦντα παραλαβὼν ἐξώρμησεν. ἐστρατήγησε γὰρ καίπερ τὰς στρατηγικὰς τιμὰς ἔχων· καὶ τήν γε ἀρχὴν αὐτοῦ πᾶσαν ὁ Δροῦσος ἐκ δόγματος διήγαγεν. ἐξελθόντων δʼ οὖν αὐτῶν τὸ τῆς Νεότητος μέγαρον ὑπὸ τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν νύκτα κατεκαύθη, καὶ διά τε τοῦτο καὶ διὰ τἆλλα τὰ προγενόμενα (λύκος τε γὰρ διὰ τῆς ἱερᾶς ὁδοῦ ἐς τὴν ἀγορὰν ἐσπεσὼν ἀνθρώπους ἔφθειρε, καὶ μύρμηκες οὐ πόρρω τῆς ἀγορᾶς ἐκφανέστατα συνεστράφησαν, λαμπάς τέ τις ἀπὸ μεσημβρίας ἐπὶ τὴν ἄρκτον διὰ πάσης τῆς νυκτὸς ἠνέχθἠ εὐχὰς ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐπανόδου τοῦ Αὐγούστου ἐποιήσαντο. κἀν τούτῳ καὶ τὴν πενταετηρίδα τῆς ἀρχῆς αὐτοῦ διεώρτασαν, τοῦ Ἀγρίππου (ἐν γὰρ τοῖς πεντεκαίδεκα ἀνδράσιν, οἷς ἐκ τῆς περιτροπῆς ἡ διοίκησις αὐτῆς ἐπέβαλλεν, ἱέρωτὀ διὰ τῶν συνιερέων ἀναλώσαντος.
Next he set out for Gaul, during the consulship of Lucius Domitius and Publius Scipio, making the wars that had arisen in that region his excuse. 2 For since he had become disliked by many as a result of his long stay in the capital, and now was offending many who committed some act contrary to his decrees by the punishments he was inflicting, and at the same time, by sparing many others, was being compelled to transgress his own enactments, he decided to leave the country, somewhat after the manner of Solon. Some even suspected that he had gone away on account of Terentia, the wife of Maecenas, and intended, inasmuch as there was much talk about them in Rome, to live with her abroad free from all gossip. So great, indeed, was his passion for her that he once made her enter a contest of beauty against Livia. 4 Before setting out he dedicated the temple of Quirinus, which he had rebuilt. I mention this for the reason that he adorned it with seventy-six columns, which was the exact number of the years he lived, and thus caused some to declare that he had chosen this number deliberately and not by mere chance. So he dedicated this temple at this time, and also exhibited gladiatorial combats, Tiberius and Drusus representing him in the matter after the senate had granted them permission. 6 Then he committed to Taurus the management of the city together with the rest of Italy (for he had sent Agrippa again to Syria and no longer looked with equal favour upon Maecenas because of the latter's wife), and taking Tiberius, though praetor at the time, along with him, he set out on his journey. Tiberius, it appears, had become praetor in spite of his already holding the rank of a praetor; and Drusus now performed all the duties of his office in pursuance of a decree. The night following their departure the temple of Iuventus was burned to the ground. Other portents also had occurred: a wolf had rushed into the Forum by the Sacred Way and had killed people, and not far from the Forum ants were conspicuously swarming together; moreover, a flame like a torch had shot from the south towards the north all night long. Because of all these signs prayers were offered for the return of Augustus.8 Meanwhile they held the quadrennial celebration of his sovereignty, Agrippa, represented by his fellow-priests, bearing the expense; for he had been consecrated as one of the quindecemviri, upon whom the management of the festival devolved in regular succession.
§ 54.20
πολλὰ μὲν οὖν καὶ ἄλλα κατὰ τοὺς χρόνους ἐκείνους ἐταράχθη. καὶ γὰρ Καμμούνιοι καὶ Οὐέννιοι, Ἀλπικὰ γένη, ὅπλα τε ἀντήραντο καὶ νικηθέντες ὑπὸ Πουπλίου Σιλίου ἐχειρώθησαν· καὶ οἱ Παννόνιοι τήν τε Ἰστρίαν μετὰ Νωρίκων κατέδραμον, καὶ αὐτοί τε πρός τε τοῦ Σιλίου καὶ τῶν ὑποστρατήγων αὐτοῦ κακωθέντες αὖθις ὡμολόγησαν, καὶ τοῖς Νωρίκοις αἴτιοι τῆς αὐτῆς δουλείας ἐγένοντο. τά τε ἐν τῇ Δελματίᾳ καὶ τὰ ἐν τῇ Ἰβηρίᾳ νεοχμώσαντα διʼ ὀλίγου κατέστη, καὶ ἡ Μακεδονία ὑπό τε τῶν Δενθελητῶν καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν Σκορδίσκων ἐπορθήθη. ἔν τε τῇ Θρᾴκῃ πρότερον μὲν Μᾶρκος Λόλλιος Ῥυμητάλκῃ θείῳ τε τῶν τοῦ Κότυος παίδων καὶ ἐπιτρόπῳ ὄντι βοηθῶν Βησσοὺς κατεστρέψατο, ἔπειτα δὲ Λούκιος Γάιος Σαυρομάτας ἐκ τῆς αὐτῆς αἰτίας κρατήσας ὑπὲρ τὸν Ἴστρον ἀπεώσατο. ὁ δὲ δὴ μέγιστος τῶν τότε συμβάντων τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις πολέμων, ὅσπερ που καὶ τὸν Αὔγουστον ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ἐξήγαγε, πρὸς τοὺς Κελτοὺς ἐγένετο. Σύγαμβροί τε γὰρ καὶ Οὐσιπέται καὶ Τέγκτηροι τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἐν τῇ σφετέρᾳ τινὰς αὐτῶν συλλαβόντες ἀνεσταύρωσαν, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τὸν Ῥῆνον διαβάντες τήν τε Γερμανίαν καὶ τὴν Γαλατίαν ἐλεηλάτησαν, τό τε ἱππικὸν τὸ τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἐπελθόν σφισιν ἐνήδρευσαν, καὶ φεύγουσιν αὐτοῖς ἐπισπόμενοι τῷ τε Λολλίῳ ἄρχοντι αὐτῆς ἐνέτυχον ἀνέλπιστοι καὶ ἐνίκησαν καὶ ἐκεῖνον. μαθὼν οὖν ταῦτα ὁ Αὔγουστος ὥρμησε μὲν ἐπʼ αὐτούς οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἔργον τι πολέμου ἔσχεν· οἱ γὰρ βάρβαροι τόν τε Λόλλιον παρασκευαζόμενον καὶ ἐκεῖνον στρατεύοντα πυθόμενοι ἔς τε τὴν ἑαυτῶν ἀνεχώρησαν καὶ σπονδὰς ἐποιήσαντο, ὁμήρους δόντες.
There were many other disturbances, too, during that period. The Camunni and Vennii, Alpine tribes, took up arms against the Romans, but were conquered and subdued by Publius Silius. 2 The Pannonians in company with the Norici overran Istria; but the former, upon being discomfited by Silius and his lieutenants, both came to terms again themselves and caused the Norici to be subjected to the same slavery.3 The uprisings in Dalmatia and in Spain were quelled in a short time. Macedonia was ravaged by the Dentheleti and the Scordisci. In Thrace somewhat earlier Marcus Lollius, while aiding Rhoemetalces, the uncle and guardian of the sons of Cotys, had subjugated the Bessi. Later Lucius Gallus conquered the Sarmatians for the same reason and drove them back across the Ister. 4 The greatest, however, of the wars which at that time fell to the lot of the Romans, and the one presumably which drew Augustus away from the city, was that against the Germans. It seems that the Sugambri, Usipetes, and Tencteri had first seized in their own territory some of the Romans and had crucified them, after which they had crossed the Rhine and plundered Germania and Gaul. When the Roman cavalry approached, they surprised them from ambush; then, pursuing them as they fled, they fell in unexpectedly with Lollius, the governor of the province, and conquered him also. 6 On learning of all this, Augustus hastened against them, but found no warfare to carry on; for the barbarians, learning that Lollius was making preparations and that the emperor was also taking the field, retired into their own territory and made peace, giving hostages.
§ 54.21
τῶν μὲν οὖν ὅπλων οὐδὲν διὰ ταῦθʼ ὁ Αὔγουστος ἐδεήθη, τὰ δὲ δὴ ἄλλα καθιστάμενος τοῦτόν τε τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν κατανάλωσε καὶ τὸν ὕστερον, ἐν ᾧ Μᾶρκος τε Λίβων καὶ Καλπούρνιος Πίσων ὑπάτευσαν. πολλὰ μὲν γὰρ καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν Κελτῶν, πολλὰ δὲ καὶ ὑπὸ Λικινίου τινὸς ἐπεπόνηντο. καί μοι δοκεῖ τοῦθʼ ὅτι μάλιστα τὸ κῆτός σφισι προσημῆναι· πλάτος μὲν γὰρ ποδῶν εἴκοσι μῆκος δὲ τριπλάσιον ἔχον, καὶ γυναικὶ πλὴν τῆς κεφαλῆς ἐοικός, ἐς τὴν γῆν ἑαυτὸ ἐκ τοῦ ὠκεανοῦ ἐξώκειλεν. ὁ δὲ δὴ Λικίνιος τὸ μὲν ἀρχαῖον Γαλάτης ἦν, ἁλοὺς δὲ ἐς τοὺς Ῥωμαίους καὶ δουλεύσας τῷ Καίσαρι ὑπὸ μὲν ἐκείνου ἠλευθερώθη, ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦ Αὐγούστου ἐπίτροπος τῆς Γαλατίας κατέστη. οὗτος οὖν πλεονεξίᾳ μὲν βαρβαρικῇ ἀξιώσει δὲ Ῥωμαϊκῇ χρώμενος, πᾶν μὲν τὸ κρεῖττόν ποτε αὐτοῦ νομισθὲν καθῄρει, πᾶν δὲ τὸ ἐν τῷ παρόντι ἰσχυρὸν ἠφάνιζε, καὶ συχνὰ μὲν καὶ πρὸς τὰ ἀναγκαῖα τῆς προστεταγμένης οἱ διακονίας ἐξεπόριζε, συχνὰ δὲ καὶ ἑαυτῷ τοῖς τε οἰκείοις παρεξέλεγε. καὶ ἐς τοσοῦτόν γε κακοτροπίας ἐχώρησεν ὥστε, ἐπειδή τινες ἐσφοραὶ κατὰ μῆνα παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἐγίγνοντο, τεσσαρεσκαίδεκα αὐτοὺς ποιῆσαι, λέγων τὸν μῆνα τοῦτον τὸν Δεκέμβριον καλούμενον δέκατον ὄντως εἶναι, καὶ δεῖν διὰ τοῦτο αὐτοὺς καὶ τοὺς δύο τοὺς ὑστάτους, ὧν τὸν μὲν ἑνδέκατον τὸν δὲ δωδέκατον ὠνόμαζε, νομίζειν, καὶ τὰ χρήματα τὰ ἐπιβάλλοντα αὐτοῖς ἐσφέρειν. διὰ μὲν οὖν ταῦτα τὰ σοφίσματα ἐκινδύνευσεν· οἱ γὰρ Γαλάται τοῦ Αὐγούστου λαβόμενοι δεινὰ ἐποίησαν, ὥστε καὶ ἐκεῖνον τὰ μὲν συνάχθεσθαί σφισι τὰ δὲ καὶ παραιτεῖσθαι· ἀγνοεῖν τέ τινα ἔλεγε, καὶ προσεποιεῖτο ἕτερα μὴ πιστεύειν, καὶ ἔστιν ἃ καὶ συνέκρυπτεν, αἰσχυνόμενος ὅτι τοιούτῳ ἐπιτρόπῳ ἐκέχρητο· ἄλλο δὲ τοιόνδε τι τεχνασάμενος καὶ πάνυ πάντων αὐτῶν κατεγέλασεν. ἐπειδὴ γὰρ χαλεπῶς οἱ τὸν Αὔγουστον ἔχοντα ᾔσθετο καὶ κολασθήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν, ἔς τε τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτὸν ἐσήγαγε, καὶ πολλοὺς μὲν καὶ ἀργυρίου καὶ χρυσίου θησαυροὺς πολλὰ δὲ καὶ τἆλλα σωρηδὸν συννενημένα αὐτῷ δείξας, “ἐξεπίτηδες,” ἔφη, “ταῦτα, ὦ δέσποτα, καὶ ὑπὲρ σοῦ καὶ ὑπὲρ τῶν ἄλλων Ῥωμαίων ἤθροισα, ἵνα μὴ τοσούτων χρημάτων ἐγκρατεῖς οἱ ἐπιχώριοι ὄντες ἀποστῶσιν. ἀμέλει καὶ ἐτήρησά σοι πάντα αὐτὰ καὶ δίδωμι.” Καὶ ὁ μὲν οὕτως, ὡς καὶ ὑπὲρ τοῦ Αὐγούστου τὴν τῶν βαρβάρων ἰσχὺν ἐκνενευρικώς, ἐσώθη,
For this reason Augustus had no need of arms, but in arranging other matters he consumed the whole of this year, as well as the next, in which Marcus Libo and Calpurnius Piso were consuls. 2 For not only had the Gauls suffered much at the hands of the Germans, but much also at the hands of a certain Licinus. And of this, I think, the sea-monster had given them full warning beforehand; twenty feet broad and three times as long, and resembling a woman except for its head, it had come in from the ocean and become stranded on the shore. Now Licinus was originally a Gaul, but after being captured by the Romans and becoming a slave of Caesar's, he had been set free by him, and by Augustus had been made procurator of Gaul. 4 This man, then, with his combination of barbarian avarice and Roman dignity, tried to overthrow every one who was ever counted superior to him and to destroy every one who was strong for the time being. He not only supplied himself with plenty of funds for the requirements of the office to which he had been assigned, but also incidentally collected plenty for himself and for his friends. His knavery went so far that in some cases where the people paid their tribute by the month he made the months fourteen in number, declaring that the month called December was really the tenth, and for that reason they must reckon two more (which he called the eleventh and the twelfth respectively) as the last, and contribute the money that was due for these months. 6 It was these quibbles that brought him into danger; for the Gauls secured the ear of Augustus and protested indignantly, so that the emperor in some matters shared their vexation and in others tried to excuse Licinus. He claimed to be unaware of some of his extortions and affected not to believe others, while some matters he actually concealed, feeling ashamed to have employed such a procurator. Licinus, however, devised another scheme as follows, and laughed them all to scorn. When he perceived that Augustus was displeased with him and that he was likely to be punished, he brought the emperor into his house, and showing him many treasures of silver and gold and many other valuables piled up in heaps, 8 he said: “I have gathered all this purposely, master, for you and for the rest of the Romans, lest the natives, by having control of so much money, should revolt. At any rate, I have kept it all for you and now give it to you.” Thus Licinus was saved, by pretending that he had sapped the strength of the barbarians in order to serve Augustus.
§ 54.22
Δροῦσος δὲ ἐν τούτῳ καὶ Τιβέριος τάδε ἔπραξαν. Ῥαιτοὶ οἰκοῦντες μεταξὺ τοῦ τε Νωρίκου καὶ τῆς Γαλατίας, πρὸς ταῖς Ἄλπεσι ταῖς πρὸς τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ ταῖς Τριδεντίναις, τῆς τε Γαλατίας τῆς προσόρου σφίσι πολλὰ κατέτρεχον καὶ ἐκ τῆς Ἰταλίας ἁρπαγὰς ἐποιοῦντο, τούς τε ὁδῷ τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἢ καὶ τῶν συμμάχων αὐτῶν διὰ τῆς σφετέρας γῆς χρωμένους ἐλυμαίνοντο. καὶ ταῦτα μὲν καὶ συνήθη πως τοῖς οὐκ ἐνσπόνδοις ποιεῖν ἐδόκουν, πᾶν δὲ δὴ τὸ ἄρρεν τῶν ἁλισκομένων, οὐχ ὅτι τὸ φαινόμενον ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ ἐν ταῖς γαστράσιν ἔτι τῶν γυναικῶν ὂν μαντειαις τισιν ἀνευρίσκοντες, ἔφθειρον. διʼ οὖν ταῦτα ὁ Αὔγουστος πρῶτον μὲν τὸν Δροῦσον ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς ἔπεμψε· καὶ ὃς τοὺς προαπαντήσαντάς οἱ αὐτῶν περὶ τὰ Τριδεντῖνα ὄρη διὰ ταχέων ἐτρέψατο, ὥστε καὶ τιμὰς στρατηγικὰς ἐπὶ τούτῳ λαβεῖν. ἔπειτα δὲ ἐπειδὴ τῆς μὲν Ἰταλίας ἀπεκρούσθησαν, τῇ δὲ δὴ Γαλατίᾳ καὶ ὣς ἐνέκειντο, τὸν Τιβέριον προσαπέστειλεν. ἐσβαλόντες οὖν ἐς τὴν χώραν πολλαχόθεν ἅμα ἀμφότεροι, αὐτοί τε καὶ διὰ τῶν ὑποστρατήγων, καὶ ὅ γε Τιβέριος καὶ διὰ τῆς λίμνης πλοίοις κομισθείς, ἀπό τε τούτου κατέπληξαν αὐτοὺς ὡς ἑκάστοις σφίσι συμμιγνύντες, τούς τε ἀεὶ ἐς χεῖρας ἀφικνουμένους οὐ χαλεπῶς, ἅτε διεσπασμέναις ταῖς δυνάμεσι χρωμένους, κατειργάσαντο, καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς ἀσθενεστέρους τε ἐκ τούτου καὶ ἀθυμοτέρους γενομένους εἷλον. ἐπειδή τε ἐπολυάνδρουν καὶ ἐδόκουν τι νεωτεριεῖν, τό τε κράτιστον καὶ τὸ πλεῖστον τῆς ἡλικίας αὐτῶν ἐξήγαγον, καταλιπόντες τοσούτους ὅσοι τὴν μὲν χώραν οἰκεῖν ἱκανοὶ νεοχμῶσαι δέ τι ἀδύνατοι ἦσαν.
Drusus and Tiberius in the meantime were engaged in the following exploits. The Rhaetians, who dwell between Noricum and Gaul, near the Tridentine Alps which adjoin Italy, were overrunning a large part of the neighbouring territory of Gaul and carrying off plunder even from Italy; and they were harassing such of the Romans or their allies as travelled through their country. 2 Now these acts of theirs seemed to be about what was to be expected of nations which had not accepted terms of peace; but they went further and destroyed all the males among their captives, not only those who had already come into the world, but also those who were still in the women's wombs, the sex of whom they discovered by some means of divination. For these reasons, then, Augustus first sent against them Drusus, who speedily routed a detachment of them which came to meet him near the Tridentine mountains, and in consequence received the rank of praetor. Later, when the Rhaetians had been repulsed from Italy, but were still harassing Gaul, Augustus sent out Tiberius also. 4 Both leaders then invaded Rhaetia at many points at the same time, either in person or through their lieutenants, and Tiberius even crossed the lake with ships. In this way, by encountering them separately, they terrified them and not only easily overwhelmed those with whom they came into close quarters at any time, inasmuch as the barbarians had their forces scattered, but also captured the remainder, who in consequence had become weaker and less spirited. And because the land had a large population of males and seemed likely to revolt, they deported most of the strongest men of military age, leaving behind only enough to give the country a population, but too few to begin a revolution.
§ 54.23
κἀν τῷ αὐτῷ τούτῳ ἔτει Οὐήδιος Πωλίων ἀπέθανεν, ἀνὴρ ἄλλως μὲν οὐδὲν μνήμης ἄξιον παρασχόμενος (καὶ γὰρ ἐξ ἀπελευθέρων ἐγεγόνει καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἱππεῦσιν ἐξητάζετο καὶ λαμπρὸν οὐδὲν εἰργάσατὀ, ἐπὶ δὲ δὴ τῷ πλούτῳ τῇ τε ὠμότητι ὀνομαστότατος γενόμενος, ὥστε καὶ ἐς ἱστορίας λόγον ἐσελθεῖν. οὗτος γὰρ τὰ μὲν ἄλλα ὅσα ἔπραττε, διʼ ὄχλου ἂν λεγόμενα γένοιτο, μυραίνας δὲ δεδιδαγμένας ἀνθρώπους ἐσθίειν ἐν δεξαμεναῖς τρέφων τοὺς δούλους αὐταῖς οὓς ἐθανάτου παρέβαλλε. καί ποτε τὸν Αὔγουστον ἑστιῶν, εἶτʼ ἐπειδὴ ὁ οἰνοχόος κύλικα κρυσταλλίνην κατέαξεν, ἐς τὰς μυραίνας αὐτόν, μηδὲ τὸν δαιτυμόνα αἰδεσθείς, ἐμβληθῆναι προσέταξεν. ὁ οὖν Αὔγουστος, προσπεσόντος οἱ τοῦ παιδὸς καὶ ἱκετεύσαντος αὐτόν, τὰ μὲν πρῶτα πείθειν τὸν Πωλίωνα ἐπειρᾶτο μηδὲν τοιοῦτον δρᾶσαι, ὡς δʼ οὐχ ὑπήκουσεν αὐτῷ, “φέρε,” ἔφη, “πάντα τἆλλα ἐκπώματα, ὅσα ποτὲ τοιουτότροπα ἢ καὶ ἕτερά τινα ἔντιμα κέκτησαι, ἵνα αὐτοῖς χρήσωμαι.” καὶ αὐτὰ κομισθέντα συντριβῆναι ἐκέλευσεν. ἰδὼν δὲ τοῦτʼ ἐκεῖνος ἄλλως μὲν ἤσχαλλεν, οὔτε δὲ τοῦ ἑνὸς ἔτι ποτηρίου πρὸς τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἄλλων τῶν ἀπολωλότων ὀργὴν ἔχων, οὔτʼ αὖ τὸν διάκονον ὧν γε καὶ ὁ Αὔγουστος ἐπεποιήκει τιμωρήσασθαι δυνάμενος, ἡσυχίαν καὶ ἄκων ἤγαγε. τοιοῦτος οὖν δή τις ὁ Πωλίων ὢν ἐτελεύτησεν ἄλλοις τε πολλοῖς πολλὰ καὶ τῷ Αὐγούστῳ τοῦ τε κλήρου συχνὸν μέρος καὶ τὸν παυσίλυπον, τὸ χωρίον τὸ μεταξὺ τῆς τε Νέας πόλεως καὶ τῶν Πουτεόλων ὄν, καταλιπών, τῷ τε δήμῳ περικαλλὲς ἔργον οἰκοδομηθῆναι κελεύσας. ὁ οὖν Αὔγουστος τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ ἐς ἔδαφος προφάσει τῆς ἐκείνου κατασκευῆς, ὅπως μηδὲν μνημόσυνον ἐν τῇ πόλει ἔχῃ, καταβαλὼν περίστῳον ᾠκοδομήσατο, καὶ οὐ τὸ ὄνομα τὸ τοῦ Πωλίωνος ἀλλὰ τὸ τῆς Λιουίας ἐπέγραψεν. Τσῦτο μὲν οὖν ὕστερον ἐποίησε, τότε δὲ πόλεις ἔν τε τῇ Γαλατίᾳ καὶ ἐν τῇ Ἰβηρίᾳ συχνὰς ἀπῴκισε, καὶ Κυζικηνοῖς τὴν ἐλευθερίαν ἀπέδωκε, Παφίοις τε σεισμῷ πονήσασι καὶ χρήματα ἐχαρίσατο καὶ τὴν πόλιν Αὔγουσταν καλεῖν κατὰ δόγμα ἐπέτρεψε. ταῦτα δὲ ἔγραψα οὐχ ὅτι οὐ καὶ ἄλλαις πόλεσι πολλαῖς καὶ πρότερον καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ Αὔγουστος ἐφʼ ὁμοίαις συμφοραῖς καὶ οἱ βουλευταὶ ἐπεκούρησαν, ὧν εἴ τις ἁπάντων μνημονεύοι, ἀπέραντον ἂν τὸ ἔργον τῆς συγγραφῆς γένοιτο· ἀλλʼ ὅτι καὶ τὰς ἐπωνυμίας ταῖς πόλεσιν ἡ γερουσία ἐν μέρει τιμῆς ἔνεμε, καὶ οὐχ ὥσπερ νῦν αὐτοὶ ἑαυτοῖς ἕκαστοι καταλόγους ὀνομάτων οὓς ἂν ἐθελήσωσιν ὡς πλήθει ποιοῦνται.
This same year Vedius Pollio died, a man who in general had done nothing deserving of remembrance, as he was sprung from freedmen, belonged to the knights, and had performed no brilliant deeds; but he had become very famous for his wealth and for his cruelty, so that he has even gained a place in history. 2 Most of the things he did it would be wearisome to relate, but I may mention that he kept in reservoirs huge lampreys that had been trained to eat men, and he was accustomed to throw to them such of his slaves as he desired to put to death. Once, when he was entertaining Augustus, his cup-bearer broke a crystal goblet, and without regard for his guest, Pollio ordered the fellow to be thrown to the lampreys. Hereupon the slave fell on his knees before Augustus and supplicated him, and Augustus at first tried to persuade Pollio not to commit so monstrous a deed. Then, when Pollio paid no heed to him, the emperor said, “Bring all the rest of the drinking vessels which are of like sort or any others of value that you possess, in order that I may use them,” 4 and when they were brought, he ordered them to be broken. When Pollio saw this, he was vexed, of course; but since he was no longer angry over the one goblet, considering the great number of the others that were ruined, and, on the other hand, could not punish his servant for what Augustus also had done, he held his peace, though much against his will. This is the sort of person Pollio was, who died at this time. Among his many bequests to many persons he left to Augustus a good share of his estate together with Pausilypon, the place between Neapolis and Puteoli, with instructions that some public work of great beauty should be erected there. 6 Augustus razed Pollio's house to the ground, on the pretext of preparing for the erection of the other structure, but really with the purpose that Pollio should have no monument in the city; and he built a colonnade, inscribing on it the name, not of Pollio, but of Livia. However, he did this later. At the time we are considering he colonized numerous cities in Gaul and in Spain, restored to the people of Cyzicus their freedom, and gave money to the Paphians, who had suffered from an earthquake, besides allowing them, by a decree, to call their city Augusta. 8 I record this, not that Augustus and the senators, too, did not aid many other cities both before and after this occasion, in case of similar misfortunes, — indeed, if one should mention them all, the work involved in making the record would be endless, — but my purpose is to show that the senate even assigned names to cities as a mark of honour and that the inhabitants did not, as is usually done now, make out for themselves in each instance lists of names according to their own pleasure.
§ 54.24
τῷ δʼ ἐπιγιγνομένῳ ἔτει Μᾶρκος μὲν Κράσσος καὶ Γναῖος Κορνήλιος ὑπάτευσαν, οἱ δʼ ἀγορανόμοι οἱ κουρούλιοι, ἀπειπόντες τὴν ἀρχὴν ὅτι ἐξαισίων σφίσι τῶν ὀρνίθων γενομένων ᾕρηντο, αὖθις αὐτὴν ἔξω τῶν πατρίων ἐν ἑτέρᾳ ἐκκλησίᾳ ἀνέλαβον. ἥ τε στοὰ ἡ Παύλειος ἐκαύθη, καὶ τὸ πῦρ ἀπʼ αὐτῆς πρὸς τὸ Ἑστιαῖον ἀφίκετο, ὥστε καὶ τὰ ἱερὰ ἔς τε τὸ Παλάτιον ὑπὸ τῶν ἄλλων ἀειπαρθένων (ἡ γὰρ πρεσβεύουσα αὐτῶν ἐτετύφλωτὀ ἀνακομισθῆναι καὶ ἐς τὴν τοῦ ἱερέως τοῦ Διὸς οἰκίαν τεθῆναι. ἡ μὲν οὖν στοὰ μετὰ τοῦτο ὀνόματι μὲν ὑπʼ Αἰμιλίου, ἐς ὃν τὸ τοῦ ποιήσαντός ποτε αὐτὴν γένος ἐληλύθει, τῷ δὲ ἔργῳ ὑπό τε τοῦ Αὐγούστου καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν τοῦ Παύλου φίλων ἀνῳκοδομήθη· τότε δὲ οἵ τε Παννόνιοι νεωτερίσαντες αὖθις ἐχειρώθησαν, καὶ αἱ Ἄλπεις αἱ παραθαλασσίδιοι ὑπὸ Λιγύων τῶν κομητῶν καλουμένων ἐλευθέρως ἔτι καὶ τότε νεμόμεναι ἐδουλώθησαν. τά τε ἐν τῷ Βοσπόρῳ τῷ Κιμμερίῳ νεοχμώσαντα κατέστη. Σκριβώνιος γάρ τις τοῦ τε Μιθριδάτου ἔγγονος εἶναι καὶ παρὰ τοῦ Αὐγούστου τὴν βασιλείαν, ἐπειδήπερ ὁ Ἄσανδρος ἐτεθνήκει, εἰληφέναι λέγων, τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ Δύναμίν τε καλουμένην καὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν παρὰ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς ἐπιτετραμμένην, ἣ τοῦ τε Φαρνάκου θυγάτηρ καὶ τοῦ Μιθριδάτου ἔγγονος ἀληθῶς ἦν, ἠγάγετο, καὶ τὸν Βόσπορον διὰ χειρὸς ἐποιεῖτο. πυθόμενος οὖν ταῦτα ὁ Ἀγρίππας τὸν Πολέμωνα ἐπʼ αὐτόν, τὸν τοῦ Πόντου τοῦ πρὸς τῇ Καππαδοκίᾳ ὄντος βασιλεύοντα, ἔπεμψε· καὶ ὃς Σκριβώνιον μὲν οὐκέτι περιόντα κατέλαβε (μαθόντες γὰρ οἱ Βοσπόριοι τὴν ἐπιβολὴν αὐτοῦ προαπέκτειναν αὐτόνʼ, ἀντιστάντων δέ οἱ ἐκείνων δέει τοῦ μὴ βασιλεύεσθαι αὐτῷ δοθῆναι, ἐς χεῖράς σφισιν ἦλθε. καὶ ἐνίκησε μέν, οὐ μὴν καὶ παρεστήσατό σφας πρὶν τὸν Ἀγρίππαν ἐς Σινώπην ἐλθεῖν ὡς καὶ ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς στρατεύσοντα. οὕτω δὲ τά τε ὅπλα κατέθεντο καὶ τῷ Πολέμωνι παρεδόθησαν· ἥ τε γυνὴ ἡ Δύναμις συνῴκησεν αὐτῷ τοῦ Αὐγούστου δῆλον ὅτι ταῦτα δικαιώσαντος. καὶ ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς θυσίαι μὲν τῷ τοῦ Ἀγρίππου ὀνόματι ἐγένοντο, οὐ μέντοι καὶ τὰ ἐπινίκια καίτοι ψηφισθέντα αὐτῷ ἐπέμφθη· οὔτε γὰρ ἔγραψεν ἀρχὴν ἐς τὸ συνέδριον ὑπὲρ τῶν πραχθέντων οὐδέν, ἀφʼ οὗ δὴ καὶ οἱ μετὰ ταῦτα, νόμῳ τινὶ τῷ ἐκείνου τρόπῳ χρώμενοι, οὐδʼ αὐτοί τι τῷ κοινῷ ἔτʼ ἐπέστελλον, οὔτε τὴν πέμψιν τῶν νικητηρίων ἐδέξατο· καὶ διὰ τοῦτο οὐδʼ ἄλλῳ τινὶ ἔτι τῶν ὁμοίων αὐτῷ, ὥς γε καὶ ἐγὼ κρίνω, ποιῆσαι τοῦτο ἐδόθη, ἀλλὰ μόναις ταῖς ἐπινικίοις τιμαῖς ἐγαυροῦντο.
The next year Marcus Crassus and Gnaeus Cornelius were consuls; and the curule aediles, after resigning their office because they had been elected under unfavourable auspices, received it again, contrary to precedent, at another meeting of the assembly. 2 The Basilica of Paulus was burned and the flames spread from it to the temple of Vesta, so that the sacred objects there were carried up to the Palatine by the Vestal Virgins, — except the eldest, who had become blind, — and were placed in the house of the priest of Jupiter.3 The basilica was afterwards rebuilt, nominally by Aemilius, who was the descendant of the family of the man who had formerly erected it, but really by Augustus and the friends of Paulus. At this time the Pannonians revolted again and were subdued, and the Maritime Alps, inhabited by the Ligurians who were called Cometi, and were still free even then, were reduced to slavery. 4 And the revolt among the tribes of the Cimmerian Bosporus was quelled. It seems that one Scribonius, who claimed to be a grandson of Mithridates and to have received the kingdom from Augustus after the death of Asander, married Asander's wife, named Dynamis, who was really the daughter of Pharnaces and the granddaughter of Mithridates and had been entrusted with the regency by her husband, and thus he was holding Bosporus under his control. 5 Agrippa, upon learning of this, sent against him Polemon, the king of that part of Pontus bordering on Cappadocia. Polemon found Scribonius no longer alive, for the people of Bosporus, learning of his advance against them, had already put him to death; but when they resisted Polemon through fear that he might be allowed to reign over them, he engaged them in battle. 6 But although he conquered them, he was unable to reduce them to submission until Agrippa came to Sinope with the purpose of conducting a campaign against them. Then they laid down their arms and were delivered up to Polemon; and the woman Dynamis became his wife, naturally not without the sanction of Augustus. For these successes sacrifices were offered in the name of Agrippa, but the triumph which was voted him was not celebrated. Indeed, he did not so much as notify the senate of what had been accomplished, and in consequence subsequent conquerors, treating his course as a precedent, also gave up the practice of sending reports to the public; and he would not accept the celebration of the triumph. 8 For this reason, — at least, such is my opinion, — no one else of his peers was permitted to do so any longer, either, but they enjoyed merely the distinction of triumphal honours.
§ 54.25
ὁ δʼ οὖν Αὔγουστος ἐπειδὴ πάντα τά τε ἐν ταῖς Γαλατίαις καὶ τὰ ἐν ταῖς Γερμανίαις ταῖς τʼ Ἰβηρίαις, πολλὰ μὲν ἀναλώσας ὡς ἑκάστοις πολλὰ δὲ καὶ παρʼ ἑτέρων λαβών, τήν τε ἐλευθερίαν καὶ τὴν πολιτείαν τοῖς μὲν δοὺς τοὺς δʼ ἀφελόμενος, διῳκήσατο, τὸν μὲν Δροῦσον ἐν τῇ Γερμανίᾳ κατέλιπεν, αὐτὸς δὲ ἐς τὴν Ῥώμην ἐπί τε τοῦ Τιβερίου καὶ ἐπὶ Κυιντιλίου Οὐάρου ὑπάτων ἀνεκομίσθη. καὶ ἔτυχε γὰρ ἡ ἀγγελία τῆς ἀφίξεως αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐκείναις ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐς τὸ ἄστυ ἐλθοῦσα ἐν αἷς Κορνήλιος Βάλβος τὸ θέατρον τὸ καὶ νῦν ἐπʼ αὐτοῦ καλούμενον καθιερώσας θέας ἐπετέλει, ἐπί τε τούτῳ ὡς καὶ αὐτὸς τὸν Αὔγουστον ἐπανάξων ἐσεμνύνετο, καίτοι ὑπὸ τοῦ πλήθους τοῦ ὕδατος, ὅπερ ὁ Τίβερις πλεονάσας ἐπεποιήκει, μηδὲ ἐσελθεῖν ἐς τὸ θέατρον εἰ μὴ πλοίῳ δυνηθείς, καὶ ὁ Τιβέριος πρῶτον αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ θεάτρου τιμῇ ἐπεψήφισεν. ἥ τε γὰρ βουλὴ ἠθροίσθη, καὶ ἔδοξέ σφισιν ἄλλα τε καὶ βωμὸν ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ βουλευτηρίῳ ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ Αὐγούστου ἐπανόδου ποιήσασθαι, τοῖς τε ἱκετεύσασιν αὐτὸν ἐντὸς τοῦ πωμηρίου ὄντα ἄδειαν εἶναι. οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἐδέξατο οὐδέτερον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ἀπάντησιν τοῦ δήμου καὶ τότε ἐξέστη· νυκτὸς γὰρ ἐς τὴν πόλιν ἐσεκομίσθη, ὅπερ που καὶ ἀεὶ ὡς εἰπεῖν, εἴτε ἐς τὰ προάστεια εἴτε καὶ ἄλλοσέ ποι ἐκδημοίη, καὶ ἀφορμώμενος καὶ ἐπανιὼν ὁμοίως ἐποίει, ἵνα μηδενὶ αὐτῶν ὀχληρὸς εἴη. τῇ δʼ ὑστεραίᾳ ἔν τε τῷ παλατίῳ τὸν δῆμον ἠσπάσατο, καὶ ἐς τὸ Καπιτώλιον ἀνελθὼν τήν τε δάφνην ἀπὸ τῶν ῥάβδων περιεῖλε καὶ ἐς τὰ τοῦ Διὸς γόνατα κατέθετο, τῷ τε δήμῳ προῖκα τά τε λουτρὰ καὶ τοὺς κουρέας τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην παρέσχε. συναγαγὼν δὲ ἐκ τούτου τὸ βουλευτήριον αὐτὸς μὲν οὐδὲν εἶπεν ὑπὸ βράγχου, τὸ δὲ δὴ βιβλίον τῷ ταμίᾳ ἀναγνῶναι δοὺς τά τε πεπραγμένα οἱ κατηριθμήσατο, καὶ διέταξε τά τε ἔτη ὅσα οἱ πολῖται στρατεύσοιντο, καὶ τὰ χρήματα ὅσα παυσάμενοι τῆς στρατείας, ἀντὶ τῆς χώρας ἣν ἀεί ποτε ᾔτουν, λήψοιντο, ὅπως ἐπὶ ῥητοῖς ἐκεῖθεν ἤδη καταλεγόμενοι μηδὲν τούτων γε ἕνεκα νεωτερίζωσιν. ἦν δὲ ὅ τε ἀριθμὸς τῶν ἐτῶν τοῖς μὲν δορυφόροις δώδεκα τοῖς δʼ ἄλλοις ἑκκαίδεκα, καὶ τὸ ἀργύριον τοῖς μὲν ἔλαττον τοῖς δὲ πλεῖον. ταῦτα δὲ ἐκείνοις μὲν οὔθʼ ἡδονὴν οὔτʼ ὀργὴν ἔν γε τῷ τότε παρόντι ἐνεποίησε διὰ τὸ μήτε πάντων ὧν ἐπεθύμουν τυχεῖν μήτε πάντων διαμαρτεῖν, τοῖς δὲ δὴ ἄλλοις ἀγαθὰς ἐλπίδας τοῦ μηκέτι τῶν κτημάτων ἀφαιρεθήσεσθαι.
Now when Augustus had finished all the business which occupied him in the several provinces of Gaul, of Germania and of Spain, having spent large sums from others, having bestowed freedom and citizenship upon some and taken them away from others, he left Drusus in Germania and returned to Rome himself in the consulship of Tiberius and Quintilius Varus. 2 Now it chanced that the news of his coming reached the city during those days when Cornelius Balbus was celebrating with spectacles the dedication of the theatre which is even today called by his name; and Balbus accordingly began to put on airs, as if it were he himself that was going to bring Augustus back, — although he was unable even to enter his theatre, except by boat, on account of the flood of water caused by the Tiber, which had overflowed its banks, — and Tiberius put the vote to him first, in honour of his building the theatre. For the senate convened, and among its other decrees voted to place an altar in the senate-chamber itself, to commemorate the return of Augustus, and also voted that those who approached him as suppliants while he was inside the pomerium should not be punished. Nevertheless, he accepted neither of these honours, and even avoided encountering the people on this occasion also; 4 for he entered the city at night. This he did nearly always when he went out to the suburbs or anywhere else, both on his way out and on his return, so that he might trouble none of the citizens. The next day he welcomed the people in the palace, and then, ascending the Capitol, took the laurel from around his fasces and placed it upon the knees of Jupiter; and he also placed baths and barbers at the service of the people free of charge on that day. After this he convened the senate, and though he made no address himself by reason of hoarseness, he gave his manuscript to the quaestor to read and thus enumerated his achievements and promulgated rules as to the number of years the citizens should serve in the army and as to the amount of money they should receive when discharged from service, in lieu of the land which they were always demanding. 6 His object was that the soldiers, by being enlisted henceforth on certain definite terms, should find no excuse for revolt on this score. The number of years was twelve for the Pretorians and sixteen for the rest; and the money to be distributed was less in some cases and more in others. These measures caused the soldiers neither pleasure nor anger for the time being, because they neither obtained all they desired nor yet failed of all; but in the rest of the population the measures aroused confident hopes that they would not in future be robbed of their possessions.
§ 54.26
μετὰ δὲ δὴ ταῦτα τό τε θέατρον τὸ τοῦ Μαρκέλλου καλούμενον καθιέρωσε, κὰν τῇ πανηγύρει τῇ διὰ τοῦτο γενομένῃ τήν τε Τροίαν οἱ παῖδες οἱ εὐπατρίδαι οἵ τε ἄλλοι καὶ ὁ ἔγγονος αὐτοῦ ὁ Γάιος ἵππευσαν, καὶ θηρία Λιβυκὰ ἑξακόσια ἀπεσφάγη· τά τε γενέθλια τοῦ Αὐγούστου ὁ Ἴουλλος ὁ τοῦ Ἀντωνίου παῖς στρατηγῶν καὶ ἱπποδρομίᾳ καὶ σφαγαῖς θηρίων ἑώρτασε, καὶ ἐν τῷ Καπιτωλίῳ καὶ ἐκεῖνον καὶ τὴν βουλὴν κατὰ δόγμα αὐτῆς εἱστίασεν. ἐκ δὲ τούτου ἐξέτασις αὖθις τῶν βουλευτῶν ἐγένετο. ἐπειδὴ γὰρ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον δέκα μυριάδων τὸ τίμημα αὐτοῖς ὥριστο διὰ τὸ συχνοὺς τῶν πατρῴων ὑπὸ τῶν πολέμων ἐστερῆσθαι, προϊόντος δὲ τοῦ χρόνου καὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων περιουσίας κτωμένων ἐς πέντε καὶ εἴκοσι προήχθη, οὐκέτʼ οὐδεὶς ἐθελοντὶ βουλεύσων εὑρίσκετο, ἀλλὰ καὶ παῖδες εἰσὶν οἳ καὶ ἔγγονοι βουλευτῶν, οἱ μὲν ὡς ἀληθῶς πενόμενοι οἱ δὲ καὶ ἐκ συμφορῶν προγονικῶν τεταπεινωμένοι, οὐχ ὅσον οὐκ ἀντεποιοῦντο τοῦ βουλευτικοῦ ἀξιώματος, ἀλλὰ καὶ προσκατειλεγμένοι ἤδη ἐξώμνυντο. καὶ διὰ τοῦτο πρότερον μέν, ἀποδημοῦντος ἔτι τοῦ Αὐγούστου, δόγμα ἐγένετο τοὺς εἴκοσι καλουμένους ἄνδρας ἐκ τῶν ἱππέων ἀποδείκνυσθαι· ὅθεν οὐκέτʼ οὐδεὶς αὐτῶν ἐς τὸ βουλευτήριον ἐσεγράφη, μὴ καὶ ἑτέραν τινὰ ἀρχὴν τῶν ἐς αὐτὸ ἐσάγειν δυναμένων λαβών. οἱ δὲ δὴ εἴκοσιν οὗτοι ἄνδρες ἐκ τῶν ἓξ καὶ εἴκοσίν εἰσιν, οἵ τε τρεῖς οἱ τὰς τοῦ θανάτου δίκας προστεταγμένοι, καὶ οἱ ἕτεροι τρεῖς οἱ τὸ τοῦ νομίσματος κόμμα μεταχειριζόμενοι, οἵ τε τέσσαρες οἱ τῶν ἐν τῷ ἄστει ὁδῶν ἐπιμελούμενοι, καὶ οἱ δέκα οἱ ἐπὶ τῶν δικαστηρίων τῶν ἐς τοὺς ἑκατὸν ἄνδρας κληρουμένων ἀποδεικνύμενοι· οἱ γὰρ δὴ δύο οἱ τὰς ἔξω τοῦ τείχους ὁδοὺς ἐγχειριζόμενοι, οἵ τε τέσσαρες οἱ ἐς τὴν Καμπανίαν πεμπόμενοι, κατελέλυντο. τοῦτό τε οὖν ἐν τῇ τοῦ Αὐγούστου ἐκδημίᾳ ἐψηφίσθη, καὶ ἵνʼ, ἐπειδὴ μηδεὶς ἔτι ῥᾳδίως τὴν δημαρχίαν ᾔτει, κλήρῳ τινὲς ἐκ τῶν τεταμιευκότων καὶ μήπω τεσσαράκοντα ἔτη γεγονότων καθιστῶνται. τότε δὲ αὐτὸς πάντας αὐτοὺς ἐξήτασε, καὶ τὰ μὲν τῶν ὑπὲρ πέντε καὶ τριάκοντα ἔτη γεγονότων οὐκ ἐπολυπραγμόνησε, τοὺς δὲ ἐντός τε τῆς ἡλικίας ταύτης ὄντας καὶ τὸ τίμημα ἔχοντας βουλεῦσαι κατηνάγκασε, χωρὶς ἢ εἴ τις ἀνάπηρος ἦν. καὶ τὰ μὲν σώματα καὶ αὐτός που αὐτῶν ἑώρα, περὶ δὲ δὴ τῶν οὐσιῶν ὅρκοις ἐπιστοῦτο αὐτῶν τε ἐκείνων καὶ ἑτέρων συνομνύντων σφίσι καὶ λογισμὸν τῆς τε ἀπορίας ἅμα καὶ τοῦ βίου διδόντων.
He next dedicated the Theatre named after Marcellus. In the course of the festival held for this purpose the patrician boys, including his grandson Gaius, performed the equestrian exercise called “Troy,” and six hundred wild beasts from Africa were slain. 2 And to celebrate the birthday of Augustus, Iullus, the son of Antony, who was praetor, gave games in the Circus and a slaughter of wild beasts, and entertained both the emperor and the senate, in pursuance of a decree of that body, upon the Capitol. After this there was another purging of the lists of the senate. At first, as we have seen, the rating of senators had been fixed at four hundred thousand sesterces, because many of them had been stripped of their ancestral estates by the wars, and then, as time went on and men acquired wealth, it had been raised to one million sesterces. Consequently no one was any longer found who would of his own choice become a senator; 4 on the contrary, sons and grandsons of senators, some of them really poor and others reduced to humble station by the misfortunes of their ancestors, not only would not lay claim to the senatorial dignity, but also, when already entered on the lists, swore that they were ineligible. Therefore, previous to that time, while Augustus was still absent from the city, a decree had been passed that the Vigintiviri, as they were called, should be appointed from the knights; and thus none of these men eligible to be senators was any longer enrolled in the senate without having also held one of the other offices that led to it. 6 These Vigintiviri are what is left of the Vigintisexviri, of whom three are in charge of criminal trials, another three attend to the coinage of the money, four look after the streets in the city, and ten are assigned to the courts which are allotted to the Centumviri; for the two who were once entrusted with the roads outside the walls and the four who used to be sent to Campania had been abolished. This was one decree that was passed during the absence of Augustus; there was also another providing that, since no one was any longer ready to seek the tribuneship, some of the ex-quaestors who were not yet forty years old should be appointed to the office by lot. 8 But on the present occasion Augustus himself made an investigation of the whole senatorial class. With those who were over thirty-five years of age he did not concern himself, but in the case of those who were under that age and possessed the requisite rating he compelled them to become senators, unless one of them was physically disabled. He examined their persons himself, but in regard to their property he accepted sworn statements, the men themselves and others as witnesses taking an oath and rendering an account of their poverty as well as of their manner of life.
§ 54.27
καὶ οὐκ ἐν μὲν τοῖς κοινοῖς τοιοῦτος ἦν, τῶν δʼ ἰδίων παρημέλει, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ Τιβερίῳ ἐπετίμησεν ὅτι τὸν Γάιον ἐν τῇ πανηγύρει τῇ εὐκταίᾳ, ἣν ἐπὶ τῇ ἐπανόδῳ αὐτοῦ διετίθει, παρεκαθίσατο, καὶ τῷ δήμῳ ὅτι καὶ κρότοις καὶ ἐπαίνοις αὐτὸν ἐτίμησαν. ἐπειδή τε τοῦ Λεπίδου μεταλλάξαντος ἀρχιέρεως ἀπεδείχθη καὶ διὰ τοῦθʼ ἡ βουλὴ ψηφίσασθαι αὐτῷ ἠθέλησεν, οὔτε τι αὐτῶν προσήσεσθαι ἔφη, καὶ ἐγκειμένων οἱ ἐξανέστη τε καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τοῦ συνεδρίου. καὶ οὔτε ἐκεῖνα ἔτʼ ἐκυρώθη οὔτʼ οἰκίαν τινὰ δημοσίαν ἔλαβεν, ἀλλὰ μέρος τι τῆς ἑαυτοῦ, ὅτι τὸν ἀρχιέρεων ἐν κοινῷ πάντως οἰκεῖν ἐχρῆν, ἐδημοσίωσεν. τὴν μέντοι τοῦ βασιλέως τῶν ἱερῶν ταῖς ἀειπαρθένοις ἔδωκεν, ἐπειδὴ ὁμότοιχος ταῖς οἰκήσεσιν αὐτῶν ἦν. Κορνηλίου τε Σισέννου αἰτίαν ἐπὶ τῷ τῆς γυναικὸς βίῳ σχόντος, καὶ ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ εἰπόντος ὅτι καὶ εἰδότος καὶ συμβουλεύσαντός οἱ αὐτοῦ ἠγάγετο αὐτήν, περιοργής τε ἐγένετο καὶ εἶπε μὲν οὐδὲν οὐδὲ ἔπραξε δεινόν, ἐκπηδήσας δὲ ἐκ τοῦ βουλευτηρίου ἔπειτα μετʼ ὀλίγον ἐπανῆλθεν, ἑλόμενος, ὥς γε καὶ τοῖς φίλοις μετὰ ταῦτα ἔφη, τοῦτο μᾶλλον καίπερ οὐκ ὀρθῶς ἔχον ποιῆσαι ἢ κατὰ χώραν μείνας ἀναγκασθῆναί τι κακὸν δρᾶσαι.
Nor did he, while showing such strictness in the public business, neglect his private affairs; indeed, he rebuked both Tiberius, because at the festival, given under Tiberius' management, in fulfilment of a vow for the emperor's return, he had seated Gaius at the emperor's side, and the people for honouring Gaius with applause and eulogies. 2 On the death of Lepidus he was appointed high priest and the senate accordingly wished to vote him other honours (?); but he declared that he would not accept any of them, and when the senators urged him, he rose and left the meeting. That measure, therefore, now failed of passage, and he also received no official residence; but, inasmuch as it was absolutely necessary that the high priest should live in a public residence, he made a part of his own house public property. The house of the rex sacrificulus, however, he gave to the Vestal Virgins, because it was separated merely by a wall from their apartments. When Cornelius Sisenna was censured for the conduct of his wife, and stated in the senate that he had married her with the knowledge and on the advice of the emperor, Augustus became exceedingly angry. He did not, to be sure, say or do anything violent, but rushed out of the senate-house, and then returned a little later, choosing to take this course, though it was not the correct thing to do, as he said to his friends afterward, rather than to remain where he was and be compelled to do something harsh.
§ 54.28
κἀν τούτῳ τὸν Ἀγρίππαν ἐκ τῆς Συρίας ἐλθόντα τῇ τε δημαρχικῇ ἐξουσίᾳ αὖθις ἐς ἄλλα ἔτη πέντε ἐμεγάλυνε καὶ ἐς τὴν Παννονίαν πολεμησείουσαν ἐξέπεμψε, μεῖζον αὐτῷ τῶν ἑκασταχόθι ἔξω τῆς Ἰταλίας ἀρχόντων ἰσχῦσαι ἐπιτρέψας. καὶ ὃς τὴν μὲν στρατείαν καίτοι τοῦ χειμῶνος, ἐν ᾧ Μᾶρκος τε Οὐαλέριος καὶ Πούπλιος Σουλπίκιος ὑπάτευον, ἐνεστηκότος ἐποιήσατο, ἐκπλαγέντων δὲ τῶν Παννονίων πρὸς τὴν ἔφοδον αὐτοῦ καὶ μηδὲν ἔτι νεωτερισάντων ἐπανῆλθε, καὶ ἐν Καμπανίᾳ γενόμενος ἐνόσησε. πυθόμενος δὲ τοῦτο ὁ Αὔγουστος (ἔτυχε δὲ ἐν τοῖς Παναθηναίοις ὁπλομαχίας ἀγῶνας τῷ τῶν παίδων ὀνόματι τιθείσʼ ἐξωρμήθη, καὶ καταλαβὼν αὐτὸν τεθνηκότα ἔς τε τὸ ἄστυ τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ ἐσεκόμισε καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ προέθηκε, τόν τε λόγον τὸν ἐπʼ αὐτοῦ εἶπε, παραπέτασμά τι πρὸ τοῦ νεκροῦ παρατείνας. ὅπερ ἐγὼ μὲν οὐκ οἶδα διὰ τί ἐποίησεν, εἴρηται δὲ ὅμως τοῖς μὲν ὅτι ἀρχιέρεως ἦν, τοῖς δὲ ὅτι τὰ τῶν τιμητῶν ἔπραττεν, οὐκ ὀρθῶς φρονοῦσιν· οὔτε γὰρ τῷ ἀρχιέρεῳ ἀπείρηται νεκρὸν ὁρᾶν οὔτε τῷ τιμητῇ, πλὴν ἂν τὸ τέλος ταῖς ἀπογραφαῖς μέλλῃ ἐπάξειν· ἂν γάρ τινα πρὸ τοῦ καθαρσίου ἴδῃ, ἀνάδαστα τὰ πραχθέντα αὐτῷ πάντα γίγνεται. τοῦτό τε οὖν οὕτως ἔδρασε, καὶ τὴν ἐκφορὰν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ τρόπῳ ἐν ᾧ καὶ αὐτὸς μετὰ ταῦτα ἐξηνέχθη ἐποιήσατο, καὶ αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν τῷ ἑαυτοῦ μνημείῳ ἔθαψε, καίτοι ἴδιον ἐν τῷ Ἀρείῳ πεδίῳ λαβόντα.
Meanwhile he increased the power of Agrippa, who had returned from Syria, by giving him the tribunician power again for another five years, and he sent him out to Pannonia, which was eager for war, entrusting him with greater authority than the officials outside Italy ordinarily possessed. 2 And Agrippa set out on the campaign in spite of the fact that the winter had already begun (this was the year in which Marcus Valerius and Publius Sulpicius were the consuls); but when the Pannonians became terrified at his approach and gave up their plans for rebellion, he returned, and upon reaching Campania, fell ill.3 Augustus happened to be exhibiting, in the name of his sons, contests of armed warriors at the Panathenaic festival, and when he learned of Agrippa's illness, he set out for Italy; and finding him dead, he conveyed his body to the capital and caused it to lie in state in the Forum. He also delivered the eulogy over the dead, after first hanging a curtain in front of the corpse. 4 Why he did this, I do not know. Some, however, have stated that it was because he was high priest, others that it was because he was performing the duties of censor. But both are mistaken, since neither the high priest is forbidden to look at a corpse, nor the censor, either, except when he is about to complete the census; but if he looks upon a corpse then, before his purification, all his work has to be done over again. Now Augustus not only did what I have recorded, but also had the funeral procession of Agrippa conducted in the manner in which his own was afterward conducted, and he buried him in his own sepulchre, though Agrippa had taken one for himself in the Campus Martius.
§ 54.29
Ἀγρίππας μὲν οὖν οὕτω μετήλλαξε, τά τε ἄλλα ἄριστος τῶν καθʼ ἑαυτὸν ἀνθρώπων διαφανῶς γενόμενος, καὶ τῇ τοῦ Αὐγούστου φιλίᾳ πρός τε τὸ αὐτῷ ἐκείνῳ καὶ πρὸς τὸ τῷ κοινῷ συμφορώτατον χρησάμενος. ὅσον τε γὰρ τοὺς ἄλλους ἀρετῇ κατεκράτει, τοσοῦτον ἐκείνου ἐθελοντὴς ἡττᾶτο, καὶ πᾶσαν αὐτῷ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ καὶ σοφίαν καὶ ἀνδρείαν ἐς τὰ λυσιτελέστατα παρέχων πᾶσαν τὴν παρʼ ἐκείνου καὶ τιμὴν καὶ δύναμιν ἐς τὸ τοὺς ἄλλους εὐεργετεῖν ἀνήλισκεν. ἀφʼ οὗ δὴ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα οὔτʼ αὐτῷ ποτε τῷ Αὐγούστῳ ἐπαχθὴς οὔτε τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐπίφθονος ἐγένετο, ἀλλʼ ἐκείνῳ τε τὴν μοναρχίαν ὡς καὶ δυναστείας ὄντως ἐπιθυμητὴς συνέστησε, καὶ τὸν δῆμον εὐεργεσίαις ὡς καὶ δημοτικώτατος προσεποιήσατο. καὶ τότε γοῦν κήπους τέ σφισι καὶ τὸ βαλανεῖον τὸ ἐπώνυμον αὐτοῦ κατέλιπεν, ὥστε προῖκα αὐτοὺς λοῦσθαι, χωρία τινὰ ἐς τοῦτο τῷ Αὐγούστῳ δούς. καὶ ὃς οὐ μόνον ταῦτʼ ἐδημοσίευσεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ καθʼ ἑκατὸν δραχμὰς τῷ δήμῳ ὡς καὶ ἐκείνου κελεύσαντος διένειμε. τῶν τε γὰρ πλείστων αὐτοῦ ἐκληρονόμησεν, ἐν οἷς ἄλλα τε καὶ ἡ Χερρόνησος ἦν ἡ πρὸς τῷ Ἑλλησπόντῳ, οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως ἐς τὸν Ἀγρίππαν ἐλθοῦσα· καὶ πάνυ ἐπὶ πολὺ αὐτὸν ἐπόθησεν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἔντιμον παρὰ τῷ δήμῳ ἐποίησε, τόν τε υἱὸν τὸν τελευτήσαντί οἱ γεννηθέντα Ἀγρίππαν προσηγόρευσεν. οὐ μέντοι οὔτε τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐκλιπεῖν τι τῶν πατρίων, καίπερ μηδενὸς τῶν πρώτων ἐς τὰς πανηγύρεις ἀπαντῆσαι ἐθέλοντος, ἐπέτρεψε, καὶ αὐτὸς τὰς μονομαχίας διετέλεσε· πολλάκις τε καὶ ἀπόντος αὐτοῦ ἐποιοῦντο. οὕτω γοῦν οὐκ ἴδιον τοῦτο τὸ πάθος τῇ τοῦ Ἀγρίππου οἰκίᾳ ἀλλὰ καὶ κοινὸν πᾶσι τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις ἐγένετο, ὥστε καὶ σημεῖα ὅσα πρὸ τῶν μεγίστων συμφορῶν συμβαίνειν σφίσιν εἴωθε, καὶ τότε συνενεχθῆναι. βύαι τε γὰρ τῇ πόλει διεφοίτησαν, καὶ κεραυνὸς ἐς τὴν ἐν τῷ Ἀλβανῷ οἰκίαν, ἐς ἣν οἱ ὕπατοι ἐν ταῖς ἱερουργίαις καταλύουσιν, ἐνέσκηψε. τό τε ἄστρον ὁ κομήτης ὠνομασμένος ἐπὶ πολλὰς ἡμέρας ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἄστεως αἰωρηθεὶς ἐς λαμπάδας διελύθη. καὶ πυρὶ ἄλλα τε τῆς πόλεως συχνὰ καὶ ἡ τοῦ Ῥωμύλου σκηνὴ ἐκαύθη, κοράκων κρέα ἐς αὐτὴν ἐκ βωμοῦ τινος ἔμπυρα ἐμβαλόντων.
Such was the end of Agrippa, who had in every way clearly shown himself the noblest of the men of his day and had used the friendship of Augustus with a view to the greatest advantage both of the emperor himself and of the commonwealth. 2 For the more he surpassed others in excellence, the more inferior he kept himself of his own free will to the emperor; and while he devoted all the wisdom and valour he himself possessed to the highest interests of Augustus, he lavished all the honour and influence he received from him upon benefactions to others. It was because of this in particular that he never became obnoxious to Augustus himself nor invidious to his fellow-citizens; on the contrary, he helped Augustus to establish the monarchy, as if he were really a devoted adherent of the principle of autocratic rule, and he won over the people by his benefactions, as if he were in the highest degree a friend of popular government. 4 At any rate, even at his death he left them gardens and the baths named after him, so that they might bathe free of cost, and for this purpose gave Augustus certain estates. And the emperor not only turned these over to the state, but also distributed to the people four hundred sesterces apiece, giving it to be understood that Agrippa had so ordered. And, indeed, he had inherited most of Agrippa's property, including the Chersonese on the Hellespont, which had come in some way or other into Agrippa's hands. Augustus felt his loss for a long time and hence caused him to be honoured in the eyes of the people; and he named the posthumous son born to him Agrippa. 6 Nevertheless, he did not allow the citizens at large, although none of the prominent men wished to attend the festivals, to omit any of the time-honoured observances, and he in person superintended the gladiatorial combats, though they were often held without his presence. The death of Agrippa, far from being merely a private loss to his own household, was at any rate such a public loss to all the Romans that portents occurred on this occasion in such numbers as are wont to happen to them before the greatest calamities. Owls kept flitting about the city, and lightning struck the house on the Alban Mount where the consuls lodge during the sacred rites. 8 The star called the comet hung for several days over the city and was finally dissolved into flashes resembling torches. Many buildings in the city were destroyed by fire, among them the hut of Romulus, which was set ablaze by crows which dropped upon it burning meat from some altar.
§ 54.30
οὕτω μὲν τὰ κατὰ Ἀγρίππαν ἐγένετο· μετὰ δὲ δὴ τοῦτο ὁ Αὔγουστος ἐπιμελητής τε καὶ ἐπανορθωτὴς τῶν τρόπων ἐς ἕτερα ἔτη πέντε αἱρεθείς (καὶ γὰρ τοῦτο κατὰ προθεσμίας, ὥσπερ που καὶ τὴν μοναρχίαν, ἐλάμβανἐ θυμιᾶν τε τοὺς βουλευτὰς ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ, ὁσάκις ἂν ἕδρα αὐτῶν ᾖ, καὶ τὴν ἄφιξιν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν μὴ ποιεῖσθαι, τὸ μὲν ἵνα θεοσεβῶσι, τὸ δὲ ἵνʼ ἀπονητὶ συνίωσιν, ἐκέλευσε. τὴν δὲ δημαρχίαν ὀλίγων σφόδρα διὰ τὸ τὴν ἰσχύν σφων καταλελύσθαι αἰτούντων, ἐνομοθέτησεν ἐκ τῶν ἱππέων τῶν μὴ ἔλαττον πέντε καὶ εἴκοσι μυριάδας κεκτημένων προβάλλεσθαι τοὺς ἐν ταῖς ἀρχαῖς ἕνα ἕκαστον, κἀκ τούτων τὸ πλῆθος τοὺς ἐνδέοντας αἱρεῖσθαι ἐφʼ ᾧ τε, εἰ μὲν καὶ βουλεύειν μετὰ τοῦτʼ ἐθέλοιεν, εἰ δὲ μή, ἐς τὴν ἱππάδα αὖθις ἐπανιέναι ἐξεῖναι. ἐπειδή τε ἡ Ἀσία τὸ ἔθνος ἐπικουρίας τινὸς διὰ σεισμοὺς μάλιστα ἐδεῖτο, τόν τε φόρον αὐτῆς τὸν ἔτειον ἐκ τῶν ἑαυτοῦ χρημάτων τῷ κοινῷ ἐσήνεγκε, καὶ ἄρχοντά οἱ ἐκ τοῦ κλήρου, ἀλλʼ οὐχ αἱρετόν, ἐπὶ δύο ἔτη προσέταξε. κακῶς τέ ποτε τοῦ Ἀπουλεΐου καὶ τοῦ Μαικήνου ἐν δικαστηρίῳ τινὶ μοιχείας, οὐχ ὅτι τι καὶ αὐτοὶ ὑβρίκεσαν ἀλλʼ ὅτι τῷ κρινομένῳ σπουδῇ συνῄροντο, ἀκουόντων ἦλθέ τε ἐς τὸ δικαστήριον, καὶ ἐν τῇ τοῦ στρατηγοῦ ἕδρᾳ καθιζήσας δεινὸν μὲν οὐδὲν ἔπραξεν, ἀπειπὼν δὲ τῷ κατηγόρῳ μήτε τοὺς συγγενεῖς μήτε τοὺς φίλους αὐτοῦ προπηλακίζειν ἀνέστη. καὶ αὐτὸν διά τε ταῦτα καὶ διὰ τὰ ἄλλα ἀνδριᾶσί τε ἐκ συντελείας ἐτίμησαν, καὶ τῷ τοῖς τε ἀγύνοις καὶ ταῖς ἀνάνδροις καὶ συνθεᾶσθαι τοῖς ἄλλοις καὶ συνδειπνεῖν ἐν τοῖς γενεθλίοις αὐτοῦ δοῦναι οὐ γὰρ ἐξῆν οὐδέτερον.
These were the events connected with Agrippa's death. After this Augustus was chosen supervisor and corrector of morals for another five years; for he received this office also for limited periods, as he did the monarchy. He ordered the senators to burn incense in their assembly hall whenever they held a session, and not to pay their usual visit to him, his purpose being, in the first instance, that they should show reverence to the gods, and, in the second, that they should not be hindered in convening. 2 And inasmuch as extremely few candidates sought the tribuneship, because its power had been abolished, he made a law that the magistrates in office should each nominate one of the knights who possessed not less than one million sesterces, and that the plebs should then fill the vacancies in the tribuneship from this list, with the understanding that, if the men desired to be senators later, they might do so, or otherwise they should return again to the equestrian order. When the province of Asia was in dire need of assistance on account of earthquakes, he paid into the public treasury from his private funds the amount of its annual tribute and assigned to it for two years a governor chosen by lot and not appointed. On one occasion, when Apuleius and Maecenas were subjected to abuse in court when a case of adultery was being tried, not because they had behaved wantonly themselves, but because they were actively aiding the man on trial, Augustus entered the court-room and sat in the praetor's chair; he took no harsh measures, but simply forbade the accuser to insult either his relatives or his friends, and then rose and left the room.5 For this action and others the senators honoured him with statues, paid for by private subscription, and also by giving bachelors and spinsters the right to behold spectacles and to attend banquets along with other people on his birthday; for neither of these things had been permitted previously.
§ 54.31
ὡς δʼ οὖν ὁ Ἀγρίππας, ὅνπερ που διʼ ἀρετὴν ἀλλʼ οὐ διʼ ἀνάγκην τινὰ ἠγάπα, ἐτεθνήκει, καὶ συνεργοῦ πρὸς τὰ πράγματα πολὺ τῶν ἄλλων καὶ τῇ τιμῇ καὶ τῇ δυνάμει προφέροντος, ὥστε καὶ ἐν καιρῷ καὶ ἄνευ φθόνου καὶ ἐπιβουλῆς πάντα διάγεσθαι, ἐδεῖτο, τὸν Τιβέριον καὶ ἄκων προσείλετο· οἱ γὰρ ἔγγονοι αὐτοῦ ἐν παισὶν ἔτι καὶ τότε ἦσαν. καὶ προαποσπάσας καὶ ἐκείνου τὴν γυναῖκα, καίτοι τοῦ τε Ἀγρίππου θυγατέρα ἐξ ἄλλης τινὸς γαμετῆς οὖσαν, καὶ τέκνον τὸ μὲν ἤδη τρέφουσαν τὸ δὲ ἐν γαστρὶ ἔχουσαν, τήν τε Ἰουλίαν οἱ ἠγγύησε καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς Παννονίους αὐτὸν ἐξέπεμψε· τέως μὲν γὰρ τὸν Ἀγρίππαν φοβηθέντες ἡσύχασαν, τότε δὲ τελευτήσαντος αὐτοῦ ἐπανέστησαν. καί σφας ὁ Τιβέριος, πολλὰ μὲν τῆς χώρας πορθήσας πολλὰ δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους κακώσας, ἐχειρώσατο, τοῖς Σκορδίσκοις, ὁμόροις τε αὐτῶν καὶ ὁμοσκεύοις οὖσι, συμμάχοις ὅτι μάλιστα χρησάμενος. καὶ τά τε ὅπλα σφῶν ἀφείλετο, καὶ τῆς ἡλικίας τὸ πλεῖον ἐπʼ ἐξαγωγῇ ἀπέδοτο. καὶ αὐτῷ διὰ ταῦτα ἡ μὲν βουλὴ τά γε ἐπινίκια ἐψηφίσατο, ὁ δʼ Αὔγουστος ταῦτα μὲν οὐκ ἐπέτρεψεν ἑορτάσαι, τὰς δὲ τιμὰς τὰς ἐπινικίους ἀντέδωκε.
When now Agrippa, whom he loved because of his excellence and not because of any kinship, was dead, Augustus felt the need of an assistant in the public business, one who would far surpass all the others in both rank and influence, so that he might transact all business promptly and without being the object of envy and intrigue. Therefore he reluctantly chose Tiberius; for his own grandsons were still boys at this time.2 He first made him, as he had made Agrippa, divorce his wife, though she was the daughter of Agrippa by a former marriage and was bringing up one child and was about to give birth to another; and having betrothed Julia to him, he sent him out against the Pannonians. This people had for a time been quiet through fear of Agrippa, but now after his death they had revolted. Tiberius subdued them after ravaging much of their country and doing much injury to the inhabitants, making as much use as possible of his allies the Scordisci, who were neighbours of the Pannonians and were similarly equipped. He took away the enemy's arms and sold most of the men of military age into slavery, to be deported from the country. 4 For these achievements the senate voted him a triumph, but Augustus did not permit him to celebrate it, though he granted him the triumphal honours instead.
§ 54.32
τὸ δʼ αὐτὸ τοῦτο καὶ τῷ Δρούσῳ συνέβη. τῶν τε γὰρ Συγάμβρων καὶ τῶν συμμάχων αὐτῶν διά τε τὴν τοῦ Αὐγούστου ἀπουσίαν καὶ διὰ τὸ τοὺς Γαλάτας μὴ ἐθελοδουλεῖν πολεμωθέντων σφίσι, τό τε ὑπήκοον προκατέλαβε, τοὺς πρώτους αὐτοῦ, προφάσει τῆς ἑορτῆς ἣν καὶ νῦν περὶ τὸν τοῦ Αὐγούστου βωμὸν ἐν Λουγδούνῳ τελοῦσι, μεταπεμψάμενος, καὶ τοὺς Κελτοὺς τηρήσας τὸν Ῥῆνον διαβαίνοντας ἀνέκοψε. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο ἔς τε τὴν τῶν Οὐσιπετῶν κατʼ αὐτὴν τὴν τῶν Βατάουων νῆσον διέβη, καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν Συγαμβρίδα ἐκεῖθεν ἐπιπαρελθὼν συχνὰ ἐπόρθησεν. ἔς τε τὸν ὠκεανὸν διὰ τοῦ Ῥήνου καταπλεύσας τούς τε Φρισίους ᾠκειώσατο, καὶ ἐς τὴν Χαυκίδα διὰ τῆς λίμνης ἐμβαλὼν ἐκινδύνευσε, τῶν πλοίων ὑπὸ τῆς τοῦ ὠκεανοῦ παλιρροίας ἐπὶ τοῦ ξηροῦ γενομένων. καὶ τότε μὲν ὑπὸ τῶν Φρισίων πεζῇ συνεστρατευκότων αὐτῷ σωθεὶς ἀνεχώρησε (χειμὼν γὰρ ἦνʼ, καὶ ἐς τὴν Ῥώμην ἐλθὼν ἀστυνόμος ἐπί τε Κυίντου Αἰλίου καὶ ἐπὶ Παύλου Φαβίου ὑπάτων, καίπερ τὰς στρατηγικὰς τιμὰς
Drusus had this same experience. The Sugambri and their allies had resorted to war, owing to the absence of Augustus and the fact that Gauls were restive under their slavery, and Drusus therefore seized the subject territory ahead of them, sending for the foremost men in it on the pretext of the festival which they celebrate even now around the altar of Augustus at Lugdunum. He also waited for the Germans to cross the Rhine, and then repulsed them. 2 Next he crossed over to the country of the Usipetes, passing along the very island of the Batavians, and from there marched along the river to the Sugambrian territory, where he devastated much country. He sailed down the Rhine to the ocean, won over the Frisians, and crossing the lake, invaded the country of the Chauci, where he ran into danger, as his ships were left high and dry by the ebb of the ocean. He was saved on this occasion by the Frisians, who had joined his expedition with their infantry, and withdrew, since it was now winter. Upon arriving in Rome he was appointed praetor urbanus, in the consulship of Quintus Aelius and Paulus Fabius, although he already had the rank of praetor.
§ 54.33
ἔχων, ἀπεδείχθη· ἅμα δὲ τῷ ἦρι πρὸς τὸν πόλεμον αὖθις ὥρμησε, καὶ τόν τε Ῥῆνον ἐπεραιώθη καὶ τοὺς Οὐσιπέτας κατεστρέψατο, τόν τε Λουπίαν ἔζευξε καὶ ἐς τὴν τῶν Συγάμβρων ἐνέβαλε, καὶ διʼ αὐτῆς καὶ ἐς τὴν Χερουσκίδα προεχώρησε μέχρι τοῦ Οὐισούργου. ἠδυνήθη δὲ τοῦτο ποιῆσαι, ὅτι οἱ Σύγαμβροι τοὺς Χάττους, μόνους τῶν προσοίκων μὴ ἐθελήσαντάς σφισι συμμαχῆσαι, ἐν ὀργῇ σχόντες πανδημεὶ ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς ἐξεστράτευσαν, κἀν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ ἔλαθε τὴν χώραν αὐτῶν διεξελθών. καὶ διέβη ἂν καὶ τὸν Οὐίσουργον, εἰ μὴ τῶν τε ἐπιτηδείων ἐσπάνισε καὶ ὁ χειμὼν ἐνέστη καί τι καὶ σμῆνος ἐν τῷ στρατοπέδῳ αὐτοῦ ὤφθη. οὔτʼ οὖν περαιτέρω διὰ ταῦτα προεχώρησε, καὶ ἐς τὴν φιλίαν ἀνακομιζόμενος δεινῶς ἐκινδύνευσεν· οἱ γὰρ πολέμιοι ἄλλως τε ἐνέδραις αὐτὸν ἐκάκωσαν, καί ποτε ἐς στενὸν καὶ κοῖλον χωρίον κατακλείσαντες ὀλίγου διέφθειραν, κἂν πασσυδὶ ἂν ἀπώλεσαν, εἰ μὴ καταφρονήσαντές σφων ὡς καὶ ἑαλωκότων καὶ μιᾶς ἐπικοπῆς ὄντων ὁμόσε αὐτοῖς ἀσύντακτοι ἐχώρησαν. νικηθέντες γὰρ ἐκ τούτου οὐκεθʼ ὁμοίως ἐθρασύνοντο, ἀλλὰ πόρρωθεν μέν σφας παρελύπουν, ἐγγὺς δὲ οὐ προσῄεσαν, ὥστε τὸν Δροῦσον ἀντικαταφρονήσαντα αὐτῶν ἐκεῖ τε ᾗ ὅ τε Λουπίας καὶ ὁ Ἐλίσων συμμίγνυνται φρούριόν τί σφισιν ἐπιτειχίσαι, καὶ ἕτερον ἐν Χάττοις παρʼ αὐτῷ τῷ Ῥήνῳ. διὰ μὲν οὖν ταῦτα τάς τε ἐπινικίους τιμὰς καὶ τὸ ἐπὶ κέλητος ἐς τὸ ἄστυ ἐσελάσαι, τῇ τε τοῦ ἀνθυπάτου ἐξουσίᾳ, ἐπειδὰν διαστρατηγήσῃ, χρήσασθαι ἔλαβε. τὸ γὰρ ὄνομα τὸ τοῦ αὐτοκράτορος ἐπεφημίσθη μὲν ὑπὸ τῶν στρατιωτῶν καὶ ἐκείνῳ τότε καὶ τῷ Τιβερίῳ πρότερον, οὐ μέντοι παρὰ τοῦ Αὐγούστου ἐδόθη, καίπερ αὐτοῦ ἀπʼ ἀμφοτέρων τῶν ἔργων τὸν ἀριθμὸν τῆς ἐπικλήσεως αὐξήσαντος.
At the beginning of spring he sent out again for the war, crossed the Rhine, and subjugated the Usipetes. He bridged the Lupia, invaded the country of the Sugambri, and advanced through it into the country of the Cherusci, as far as the Visurgis. 2 He was able to do this because the Sugambri, in anger at the Chatti, the only tribe among their neighbours that had refused to join their alliance, had made a campaign against them with all their population; and seizing this opportunity, he traversed their country unnoticed. He would have crossed the Visurgis also, had he not run short of provisions, and had not the winter set in and, besides, a swarm of bees been seen in his camp. Consequently he proceeded no farther, but retired to friendly territory, encountering great dangers on the way. For the enemy harassed him everywhere by ambuscades, and once they shut him up in a narrow pass and all but destroyed his army; indeed, they would have annihilated them, had they not conceived a contempt for them, as if they were already captured and needed only the finishing stroke, and so come to close quarters with them in disorder. 4 This led to their being worsted, after which they were no longer so bold, but kept up a petty annoyance of his troops from a distance, while refusing to come nearer. Drusus accordingly conceived a scorn of them in his turn and fortified a stronghold against them at the point where the Lupia and the Eliso unite, and also another among the Chatti on the bank of the Rhine. For these successes he received the triumphal honours, the right to ride into the city on horseback, and to exercise the powers of a proconsul when he should finish his term as praetor. Indeed, the title of imperator was given him by the soldiers by acclamation as it had been given to Tiberius earlier; but it was not granted to him by Augustus, although the number of times the emperor himself gained this appellation was increased as the result of the exploits of these two men.
§ 54.34
ἐν ᾧ δʼ οὖν ὁ Δροῦσος ταῦτʼ ἔπραττεν, ἥ τε πανήγυρις ἡ τῇ στρατηγίᾳ αὐτοῦ προσήκουσα πολυτελεστάτη ἐποιήθη, καὶ τὰ γενέθλια τὰ τοῦ Αὐγούστου καὶ ἐν τῷ ἱπποδρόμῳ καὶ ἐν τῇ ἄλλῃ πόλει πολλαχόθι θηρίων σφαγαῖς ἐτιμήθη. καὶ τοῦτο μέν, καίτοι μὴ ψηφισθέν, ἐν πᾶσιν ὡς εἰπεῖν τοῖς ἔτεσι πρός τινος τῶν ἀεὶ στρατηγούντων ἐγίγνετο· τὰ δὲ δὴ Αὐγουστάλια, ἃ καὶ νῦν (??ʼγεται, τότε πρῶτον ἐκ δόγματος ἐτελέσθη. ὅ τε Τιβέριος τούς τε Δελμάτας νεοχμώσαντας καὶ τοὺς Παννονίους μετὰ τοῦτο πρός τε τὴν ἐκείνου καὶ πρὸς τὴν τοῦ πλείονος στρατοῦ ἀπουσίαν νεωτερίσαντας ἐχειρώσατο, πολεμῶν τε ἅμα ἀμφοτέροις, καὶ τοτὲ μὲν τῇ τοτὲ δὲ τῇ μεθιστάμενος, ὥστε καὶ τῶν ἄθλων τῶν αὐτῶν τῷ Δρούσῳ τυχεῖν. κἀκ τούτου καὶ ἡ Δελματία τῇ τοῦ Αὐγούστου φρουρᾷ, ὡς καὶ ὅπλων τινῶν ἀεὶ καὶ δι’ ἑαυτὴν καὶ διὰ τὴν τῶν Παννονίων γειτονίαν δεομένη, παρεδόθη. οὗτοι μὲν δὴ ταῦτʼ ἔπρασσον· ἐν δὲ δὴ τοῖς αὐτοῖς τούτοις χρόνοις Οὐολογαίσης Θρᾷξ Βησσός, ἱερεὺς τοῦ παρʼ αὐτοῖς Διονύσου, προσεποιήσατό τινας πολλὰ θειάσας, καὶ μετʼ αὐτῶν ἀποστὰς τόν τε Ῥασκύποριν τὸν τοῦ Κότυος υἱὸν νικήσας ἀπέκτεινε, καὶ τὸν θεῖον αὐτοῦ τὸν Ῥυμητάλκην μετὰ ταῦτα ἀμαχεὶ γυμνώσας τῶν δυνάμεων τῇ παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ δόξῃ φυγεῖν ἐποίησε, καὶ αὐτὸν ἐπιδιώκων ἔς τε τὴν Χερρόνησον ἐνέβαλε καὶ δεινῶς αὐτὴν ἐλυμήνατο. ὡς οὖν οὗτός τε ταῦτʼ ἐποίει καὶ οἱ Σιαλέται τὴν Μακεδονίαν ἐκακούργουν, Λούκιος Πίσων ἐκ Παμφυλίας, ἧς ἦρχε, προσετάχθη σφίσι· καὶ προαναχωρησάντων οἴκαδε τῶν Βησσῶν ἐπειδὴ ἐπυνθάνοντο αὐτὸν προσιόντα, ἔς τε τὴν γῆν αὐτῶν ἀφίκετο, καὶ ἡττηθεὶς τὸ πρῶτον ἀντεπεκράτησε, καὶ ἐκείνην τε καὶ τὴν τῶν προσχώρων τῶν συνεπαναστάντων σφίσιν ἐπόρθησε. καὶ τότε τοὺς μὲν ἐθελοντὰς προσθέμενος τοὺς δʼ ἄκοντας ἐκπλήξας, τοῖς δὲ καὶ ἐκ παρατάξεως συνενεχθείς, πάντας αὐτοὺς ὑπηγάγετο, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο νεοχμώσαντάς τινας αὐτῶν αὖθις κατεδουλώσατο. καὶ αὐτῷ διὰ ταῦτα καὶ ἱερομηνίαι καὶ τιμαὶ ἐπινίκιοι ἐδόθησαν.
While Drusus was thus occupied, the festival belonging to his praetorship was celebrated in the most costly manner; and the birthday of Augustus was honoured by the slaughter of wild beasts both in the Circus and in many other parts of the city. 2 This was done almost every year by one of the praetors then in office, even if not authorised by a decree; but the Augustalia, which are still observed, were then for the first time celebrated in pursuance of a decree. Tiberius subdued the Dalmatians, who began a rebellion, and later the Pannonians, who likewise revolted, taking advantage of the absence of himself and the larger part of his army. He made war upon both of them at once, shifting now to one front and now to the other. 4 As a result of this Dalmatia was given over into the keeping of Augustus, because of the feeling that it would always require armed forces both on its own account and because of the neighbouring Pannonians. These men, then, were thus engaged. At this same period Vologaesus, a Bessian from Thrace and a priest of the Dionysus worshipped by that people, gained a following by practising many divinations, and with these adherents revolted. He conquered and killed Rhascyporis, the son of Cotys, and afterwards, thanks to his reputation for supernatural power, he stripped Rhoemetalces, the victim's uncle, of his forces without a battle and compelled him to take flight. In pursuit of him he invaded the Chersonese, where he wrought great havoc. 6 Because of these deeds of his and because of the injuries the Sialetae were causing to Macedonia, Lucius Piso was ordered to proceed against them from Pamphylia, where he was governor. The Bessi, now, when they heard that he was drawing near, retired homeward ahead of him. So he came into their country, and though defeated at first, vanquished them in turn and ravaged both their land and that of the neighbouring tribes which had taken part in the uprising. At this time he reduced all of them to submission, winning over some with their consent, terrifying others into reluctant surrender, and coming to terms with others as the result of battles; and later, when some of them rebelled, he again enslaved them. For these successes thanksgivings and triumphal honours were granted him.
§ 54.35
ἐν ᾧ δʼ οὖν ἐκεῖνα ἐγίγνετο, ὁ Αὔγουστος ἀπογραφάς τε ἐποιήσατο, πάντα τὰ ὑπάρχοντά οἱ καθάπερ τις ἰδιώτης ἀπογραψάμενος, καὶ τὴν βουλὴν κατελέξατο. ὁρῶν δὲ ὅτι οὐκ ἀεὶ συχνοὶ συνελέγοντο, ἐκέλευσε τὰ δόγματα αὐτῆς καὶ ἐν ἐλάττοσιν ἢ τετρακοσίοις γίγνεσθαι· οὐ γὰρ ἐξῆν τινα ἐκ τοῦ πρὶν ἄλλως κυροῦσθαι. ἐπειδή τε ἀργύριον αὖθις ἐς εἰκόνας αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐκείνη καὶ ὁ δῆμος συνεσήνεγκαν, ἑαυτοῦ μὲν οὐδεμίαν, Ὑγιείας δὲ δημοσίας καὶ προσέτι καὶ Ὁμονοίας Εἰρήνης τε ἔστησεν. ἀεί τε γὰρ ὡς εἰπεῖν καὶ ἐπὶ πάσῃ προφάσει τοῦτʼ ἐποίουν, καὶ τέλος καὶ ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ πρώτῃ τοῦ ἔτους ἡμέρᾳ οὐκέτι ἰδίᾳ που κατέβαλλον αὐτό, ἀλλʼ αὐτῷ ἐκείνῳ προσιόντες οἱ μὲν πλεῖον ἔλαττον ἐδίδοσαν. καὶ ὃς προσθεὶς ἂν ἕτερον τοσοῦτον ἢ καὶ πλέον ἀντεδίδου, οὐχ ὅπως τοῖς βουλευταῖς ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις. ἤδη δὲ καὶ ἐκεῖνο ἤκουσα, ὅτι καὶ ἄλλο τι ἀργύριον ἐκ λογίου τινὸς ἢ καὶ ὀνείρατος παρὰ τῶν προστυχόντων οἱ, ὡς καὶ προσαιτῶν, ἐν μιᾷ τοῦ ἔτους ἡμέρᾳ ἐλάμβανε. καὶ τοῦτο μέν, εἴ γέ τῳ πιστόν, οὕτω παραδέδοται· ἐν δὲ τῷ ἔτει ἐκείνῳ τήν τε Ἰουλίαν τῷ Τιβερίῳ συνῴκισε, καὶ τὴν Ὀκταουίαν τὴν ἀδελφὴν ἀποθανοῦσαν προέθετο ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἰουλιείου ἡρῴου, παραπετάσματι καὶ τότε ἐπὶ τοῦ νεκροῦ χρησάμενος. καὶ αὐτός τε ἐκεῖ τὸν ἐπιτάφιον εἶπε, καὶ ὁ Δροῦσος ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος· δημόσιον γὰρ τὸ πένθος ἀλλαξαμένων τὴν ἐσθῆτα τῶν βουλευτῶν ἐγένετο. καὶ τὸ μὲν σῶμα αὐτῆς οἱ γαμβροὶ ἐξήνεγκαν, τὰ δὲ δὴ ψηφισθέντα αὐτῇ οὐ πάντα ὁ Αὔγουστος ἐδέξατο.
While these events were occurring, Augustus took a census, making a list of all his own property like any private citizen; and he also made a roster of the senate. As he saw that sometimes there were not many present at the meetings of that body, he ordered that its decrees should be passed even when less than four hundred were present; for hitherto no decree could have validity if passed by a smaller number. 2 When the senate and the people once more contributed money for statues of Augustus, he would set up no statue of himself, but instead set up statues of Salus Publica, Concordia, and Pax. The citizens, it seems, were nearly always and on every pretext collecting money for this same object, and at last they ceased paying it privately, as one might call it, but would come to him on the very first day of the year and give, some more, some less, into his own hands; and he, after adding as much or more again, would return it, not only to the senators but to all the rest. I have also heard the story that on one day of the year, following some oracle or dream, he would assume the guise of a beggar and would accept money from those who came up to him. This is the tradition, whether credible to any one or not. That year he gave Julia in marriage to Tiberius, and when his sister died, he caused her body to lie in state in the shrine of Julius; and on this occasion also he had a curtain over the corpse. He himself delivered the funeral oration there, and Drusus delivered one from the Rostra; for the mourning was publicly observed and the senators had changed their dress. Her body was carried in the procession by her sons-in-law; but not all the honours voted for her were accepted by Augustus.
§ 54.36
κἀν τῷ αὐτῷ τούτῳ χρόνῳ ὅ τε ἱερεὺς τοῦ Διὸς πρῶτον μετὰ τὸν Μερούλαν ἀπεδείχθη, καὶ τοῖς ταμίαις τὰ δόγματα τὰ ἑκάστοτε γιγνόμενα διὰ φυλακῆς ποιεῖσθαι ἐκελεύσθη, ἐπειδὴ οἵ τε δήμαρχοι καὶ οἱ ἀγορανόμοι οἱ πρότερον αὐτὰ ἐπιτετραμμένοι διὰ τῶν ὑπηρετῶν τοῦτʼ ἔπραττον, καί τις ἐκ τούτου καὶ διαμαρτία καὶ ταραχὴ ἐγένετο. ἐψηφίσθη μὲν οὖν τὸν Ἰανὸν τὸν Γέμινον ὡς καὶ πεπαυμένων τῶν πολέμων (ἀνέῳκτο γάρʼ κλεισθῆναι, οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἐκλείσθη· οἵ τε γὰρ Δακοὶ τὸν Ἴστρον πεπηγότα διαβάντες λείαν ἐκ τῆς Παννονίας ἀπετέμοντο, καὶ οἱ Δελμάται πρὸς τὰς ἐσπράξεις τῶν χρημάτων ἐπανέστησαν. καὶ τούτους μὲν ὁ Τιβέριος ἐκ τῆς Γαλατίας, ἐς ἣν μετὰ τοῦ Αὐγούστου ἐσεληλύθει, καταπεμφθεὶς ἀνεκτήσατο, τὰ δὲ δὴ τῶν Κελτῶν τῶν τε ἄλλων καὶ τῶν Χάττων (πρὸς γὰρ τοὺς Συγάμβρους μετέστησαν, καὶ τῆς χώρας αὐτῶν, ἣν οἰκεῖν παρὰ τῶν Ῥωμαίων εἰλήφεσαν, ἐξανέστησανʼ ὁ Δροῦσος τὰ μὲν ἐκάκωσε τὰ δὲ ἐχειρώσατο. καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο ἔς τε τὴν Ῥώμην σὺν τῷ Αὐγούστῳ ἀνεκομίσθησαν (ἐν γὰρ τῇ Λουγδουνίδι τὰ πολλὰ οὗτος ἐγγύθεν τοῖς Κελτοῖς ἐφεδρεύων διέτριβἐ, καὶ ὅσα ἐπὶ ταῖς νίκαις ἐψήφιστο ἢ καὶ ἄλλως καθήκοντα ἦν γενέσθαι, ἐπετέλεσαν.
At this same period the priest of Jupiter was appointed for the first time since Merula, and the quaestors were ordered to preserve the decrees passed at various times, inasmuch as the tribunes and aediles, who had previously been entrusted with this duty, were performing it through their assistants, and in consequence some mistakes and confusion occurred. It was voted that the temple of Janus Geminus, which had been opened, should be closed, on the ground that the wars had ceased. It was not closed, however, for the Dacians, crossing the Ister on the ice, carried off booty from Pannonia, and the Dalmatians rebelled against the exactions of tribute. 3 Against these people Tiberius was sent from Gaul, whither he had gone in company with Augustus; and he reduced them again to submission. The Germans, particularly the Chatti, were either harassed or subjugated by Drusus. The Chatti, it seems, had gone to join the Sugambri, having abandoned their own country, which the Romans had given them to dwell in. 4 Afterwards Tiberius and Drusus returned to Rome with Augustus, who had been tarrying in Lugdunensis much of the time, keeping watch on the Germans from near at hand; and they carried out whatever decrees had been passed in honour of their victories or did whatever else devolved upon them.
— Book 55 —
§ 55.arg
τάδε ἔνεστιν ἐν τῷ πεντηκοστῷ πέμπτῳ τῶν Δίωνος Ῥωμαϊκῶν α. ὡς Δροῦσος ἀπέθανεν. β. ὡς τὸ Λιονίας τέμενος καθιερώθη. γ. ὡς τὸ Ἀγρίππου πεδίον καθιερώθη. δ. ὡς τὸ διριβιτώριον καθιερώθη. ε. ὡς Τιβέριος ἐς Ῥόδον ἀνεχώρησεν. ζ. ὡς ἡ Αὐγούστου ἀγορὰ καθιερώθη. η. ὡς ὁ τοῦ Ἄρεως ναὸς ὁ ἐν αὐτῇ ὢν καθιερώθη. θ. ὡς Λούκιος Καῖσαρ καὶ Γάιος Καῖσαρ ἀπέθανον. ι. ὡς Αὔγουστος Τιβέριον ἐποιήσατο. κ. ὡς Λιουία παρῄνεσεν Αὐγούστῳ φιλανθρωπότερον ἄρχειν. λ. περὶ τῶν στρατοπέδων καὶ ὡς οἱ τὰ στρατιωτικὰ χρήματα διοικήσοντες κατέστησαν. μ. ὡς οἱ νυκτοφύλακες κατέστησαν. ν. ὡς Δελμάταις καὶ Παννονίοις Τιβέριος ἐπολέμησεν. Χοόνου πλῆθος ἔτη ἑπτακαίδεκα, ἐν οἷς ἄρχοντες οἱ ἀριθμούμενοι οἵδε ἐγένοντο Νέρων Κλαύδιος Τιβ. υἱ. Δροῦσος τ. Κυίνκτιος Τ. υἱ. Κρισπῖνος ὕπ. γ. Μάρκιος Λ. υἱ. Κηνσωρῖνος γ. Ἀσίννιος γ. υἱ. Γάλλος ὕπ. Τιβ. Κλαύδιος Τιβ. υἱ. Νέρων τὸ β Γν. Καλπούρνιος Γν. υἱ. Πίσων ὕπ. Δέκιμος Λαίλιος Δεκίμου υἱ. Βάλβος γ. Ἀντίστιος Γ. υἱ. Οὐέτερ ὕπ. Αὔγουστος τὸ ιβ λ. Κορνήλιος Π. υἱ. Σύλλας ὕπ. γ. Καλουίσιος Γ. υἱ. Σαβῖνος λ. Πασσιῆνος υἱ. Ῥοῦφος ὕπ. λ. Κορνήλιος Λ. υἱ. Λεντοῦλος μ. Οὐαλέριος Μ. υἱ. Μεσσάλας Μεσσαλῖνος ὕπ. Αὔγουστος τὸ ιγ μ. Πλαύτιος Μ. υἱ. Σιλουανός ὕπ. Κόσσος Κορνήλιος Γν. υἱ Λεντοῦλος λ. Καλπούρνιος Γν. υἱ. Πίσων ὕπ. γ. Καῖσαρ Αὐγούστου υἱ. λ. Αἰμίλιος Λ. υἱ. Παῦλος ὕπ. π. Οὐινίκιος μ. υἱ. π. Ἀλφῆνος π. υἱ. Οὐᾶρος ὕπ. λ. Αἴλιος λ. υἱ. Λαμίας μ. Σερουίλιος μ. υἱ. ὕπ. Σέξτος Αἴλιος κ. υἱ. Κάτος γ. Σέντιος Γ. υἱ. Σατουρνῖνος ὕπ. λ. Οὐαλέριος Ποτίτου υἱ. Μεσσάλας Οὐόλαισος Γν. Κορνήλιος Λ. υἱ. Κίννας Μάγνος ὕπ. μ. Αἰμίλιος Λ. υἱ. Λέπιδος λ. Ἀρρούντιος Λ. υἱ. ὕπ. Αὖλ. Λικίνιος Αὔλ. υἱ. Νέρουας Σιλιανός κ. Καικίλιος κ. υἱ. Μέτελλος Κρητικός ὕπ. μ. Φούριος μ. υἱ. Κάμιλλος Σέξ. Νώνιος γ. υἱ. Κυϊντιλιανός ὕπ.
—
§ 55.1
ταῦτα μὲν ἐπί τε τοῦ Ἰούλλου Ἀντωνίου καὶ ἐπὶ Φαβίου Μαξίμου ὑπάτων ἐγένετο, τῷ δὲ ἐχομένῳ ἔτει ὁ Δροῦσος μετὰ Τίτου Κρισπίνου ὑπάτευσε, καὶ αὐτῷ σημεῖα οὐκ ἀγαθὰ συνηνέχθη· πολλὰ μὲν γὰρ καὶ ἄλλα καὶ χειμῶνι καὶ κεραυνοῖς, πολλοὶ δὲ καὶ ναοὶ ἐφθάρησαν, ὥστε καὶ τὸν τοῦ Διὸς τοῦ Καπιτωλίου τῶν τε συννάων αὐτοῦ κακωθῆναι. οὐ μέντοι καὶ ἐφρόντισέ τι αὐτῶν, ἀλλʼ ἔς τε τὴν τῶν Χάττων ἐσέβαλε καὶ προῆλθε μέχρι τῆς Σουηβίας, τήν τε ἐν ποσὶν οὐκ ἀταλαιπώρως χειρούμενος καὶ τοὺς προσμιγνύντας οἱ οὐκ ἀναιμωτὶ κρατῶν. κἀντεῦθεν πρός τε τὴν Χερουσκίδα μετέστη, καὶ τὸν Οὐίσουργον διαβὰς ἤλασε μέχρι τοῦ Ἀλβίου, πάντα πορθῶν. ἐκεῖνον γάρ (ῥεῖ δὲ ἐκ τῶν Οὐανδαλικῶν ὀρῶν, καὶ ἐς τὸν ὠκεανὸν τὸν προσάρκτιον πολλῷ μεγέθει ἐκδίδωσινʼ ἐπεχείρησε μὲν περαιωθῆναι, οὐκ ἠδυνήθη δέ, ἀλλὰ τρόπαια στήσας ἀνεχώρησε· γυνὴ γάρ τις μείζων ἢ κατὰ ἀνθρώπου φύσιν ἀπαντήσασα αὐτῷ ἔφη “ποῖ δῆτα ἐπείγῃ, Δροῦσε ἀκόρεστε; οὐ πάντα σοι ταῦτα ἰδεῖν πέπρωται. ἀλλʼ ἄπιθι· καὶ γάρ σοι καὶ τῶν ἔργων καὶ τοῦ βίου τελευτὴ ἤδη πάρεστι.” θαυμαστὸν μὲν οὖν τό τινα φωνὴν παρὰ (??ʼοῦ δαιμονίου τοιαύτην τῳ γενέσθαι, οὐ μέντοι και ἀπιστεῖν ἔχω· παραχρῆμα γὰρ ἀπέβη, σπουδῇ τε ὑποστρέψαντος αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ νόσῳ τινί, πρὶν ἐπὶ τὸν Ῥῆνον ἐλθεῖν, τελευτήσαντος. καί μοι τεκμηριοῖ τὸ λεχθὲν ὅτι καὶ λύκοι περὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον ὑπὸ τὸν θάνατον αὐτοῦ περινοστοῦντες ὠρύοντο, καὶ νεανίσκοι δύο διὰ μέσου τοῦ ταφρεύματος διιππεύοντες ὤφθησαν, θρῆνός τέ τις γυναικεῖος ἠκούσθη, καὶ ἀστέρων διαδρομαὶ ἐγένοντο.
Book 55 9 BC — 8 AD The events related happened in the consulship of Iullus Antonius and Fabius Maximus. In the following year Drusus became consul with Titus Crispinus, and omens occurred that were anything but favourable to him. Many buildings were destroyed by storm and by thunderbolts, among them many temples; even that of Jupiter Capitolinus and the gods worshipped with him was injured. 2 Drusus, however, paid no heed to any of these things, but invaded the country of the Chatti and advanced as far as that of the Suebi, conquering with difficulty the territory traversed and defeating the forces that attacked him only after considerable bloodshed. From there he proceeded to the country of the Cherusci, and crossing the Visurgis, advanced as far as the Albis, pillaging everything on his way. The Albis rises in the Vandalic Mountains, and empties, a mighty river, into the northern ocean. Drusus undertook to cross this river, but failing in the attempt, set up trophies and withdrew. For a woman of superhuman size met him and said: “Whither, pray, art thou hastening, insatiable Drusus? It is not fated that thou shalt look upon all these lands. But depart; for the end alike of thy labours and of thy life is already at hand.” 4 It is indeed marvellous that such a voice should have come to any man from the Deity, yet I cannot discredit the tale; for Drusus immediately departed, and as he was returning in haste, died on the way of some disease before reaching the Rhine.5 And I find confirmation of the story in these incidents: wolves were prowling about the camp and howling just before his death; two youths were seen riding through the midst of the camp; a sound as of women lamenting was heard; and there were shooting stars in the sky. So much for these events.
§ 55.2
ταῦτα μὲν οὕτως ἔσχε, προπυθόμενος δʼ ὁ Αὔγουστος ὅτι νοσεῖ (οὐ γὰρ ἦν πόρρὠ, τὸν Τιβέριον κατὰ τάχος ἔπεμψε· καὶ ὃς ἔμπνουν τε αὐτὸν κατέλαβε καὶ ἀποθανόντα ἐς τὴν Ῥώμην ἐκόμισε, τὰ μὲν πρῶτα μέχρι τοῦ χειμαδίου τοῦ στρατοῦ διά τε τῶν ἑκατοντάρχων καὶ διὰ τῶν χιλιάρχων, ἐκεῖθεν δὲ διὰ τῶν καθʼ ἑκάστην πόλιν πρώτων βαστάσας. καὶ αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ προτεθέντος διπλοῦς ὁ ἐπιτάφιος ἐλέχθη· ὅ τε γὰρ Τιβέριος ἐνταῦθα αὐτὸν ἐπῄνεσε, καὶ ὁ Αὔγουστος ἐν τῷ Φλαμινίῳ ἱπποδρόμῳ· ἐξεστράτευτο γάρ, καὶ οὐκ ἦν οἱ ὅσιον μὴ οὐ τὰ καθήκοντα ἐπὶ τοῖς κατειργασμένοις παρʼ αὐτὴν τὴν εἴσω τοῦ πωμηρίου ἔσοδον ἐπιτελέσαι. καὶ ὁ μὲν ἔς τε τὸ Ἄρειον πεδίον ὑπὸ τῶν ἱππέων, τῶν τε ἐς τὴν ἱππάδα ἀκριβῶς τελούντων καὶ τῶν ἐκ τοῦ βουλευτικοῦ γένους ὄντων, ἠνέχθη, κἀνταῦθα πυρὶ δοθεὶς ἐς τὸ τοῦ Αὐγούστου μνημεῖον κατετέθη, Γερμανικός τε μετὰ τῶν παίδων ἐπονομασθείς, καὶ τιμὰς καὶ εἰκόνων καὶ ἁψῖδος κενοταφίου τε πρὸς αὐτῷ τῷ Ῥήνῳ λαβών. ὁ δὲ δὴ Τιβέριος τῶν τε Δελματῶν καὶ τῶν Παννονίων ὑποκινησάντων τι αὖθις ζῶντος ἔτι αὐτοῦ κρατήσας, τά τε ἐπὶ τοῦ κέλητος ἐπινίκια ἔπεμψε, καὶ τοῦ δήμου τοὺς μὲν ἐν τῷ Καπιτωλίῳ τοὺς δʼ ἄλλοθι πολλαχόθι ἐδείπνισε. κἀν τούτῳ καὶ ἡ Λιουία μετὰ τῆς Ἰουλίας τὰς γυναῖκας εἱστίασε. τὰ δʼ αὐτὰ ταῦτα καὶ τῷ Δρούσῳ ἡτοιμάζετο· καί γε αἱ ἀνοχαὶ δεύτερον τὴν χάριν αὐτοῦ, πρὸς τὸ τὰ νικητήρια ἐν ἐκείναις αὐτὸν ἑορτάσαι, γενήσεσθαι ἔμελλον. ἀλλʼ ὁ μὲν προαπώλετο, ἡ δὲ δὴ Λιουία εἰκόνων τε ἐπὶ παραμυθίᾳ ἔτυχε, καὶ ἐς τὰς μητέρας τὰς τρὶς τεκούσας ἐσεγράφη. οἷς γὰρ ἂν τὸ δαιμόνιον, εἴτʼ οὖν ἀνδρῶν εἴτε γυναικῶν, μὴ δῷ τοσαυτάκις τεκνῶσαι, τούτων τισὶν ὁ νόμος, πρότερον μὲν διὰ τῆς βουλῆς νῦν δὲ διὰ τοῦ αὐτοκράτορος, τὰ τῶν τρὶς γεγεννηκότων δικαιώματα χαρίζεται, ὥστε σφᾶς μήτε τοῖς τῆς ἀπαιδίας ἐπιτιμίοις ἐνέχεσθαι καὶ τὰ τῆς πολυπαιδίας ἆθλα πλὴν ὀλίγων τινῶν καρποῦσθαι. καὶ αὐτὰ οὐκ ἄνθρωποι μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ θεοὶ εὑρίσκονται, ἵνʼ ἄν τίς τι αὐτοῖς τελευτῶν καταλίπῃ λαμβάνωσι.
Augustus, upon learning of Drusus' illness before it was far advanced (for he was not far off), had sent Tiberius to him in haste. Tiberius found him still breathing, and on his death carried the body to Rome, causing the centurions and military tribunes to carry it over the first stage of the journey, — as far as the winter quarters of the army, — and after that the foremost men of each city. 2 When the body had been laid in state in the Forum, two funeral orations were delivered: Tiberius pronounced another eulogy there in the Forum, and Augustus pronounced one in the Circus Flaminius. The emperor, of course, had been away on a campaign, and it was not lawful for him to omit the customary rites in honour of his exploits at the time of his entrance inside the pomerium. The body was borne to the Campus Martius by the knights, both those who belonged strictly to the equestrian order and those who were of senatorial family; then it was given to the flames and the ashes were deposited in the sepulchre of Augustus. Drusus, together with his sons, received the title of Germanicus, and he was given the further honours of statues, an arch, and a cenotaph on the bank of the Rhine itself. Tiberius, while Drusus was yet alive, had overcome the Dalmatians and Pannonians, who had once more begun a rebellion, and he had celebrated the equestrian triumph, and had feasted the people, some on the Capitol and the rest in many other places. At the same time Livia, also, with Julia, had given a dinner to the women. And the same festivities were being prepared for Drusus; even the Feriae were to be held a second time on his account, so that he might celebrate his triumph on that occasion. But his untimely death upset these plans. To Livia statues were voted by way of consoling her and she was enrolled among the mothers of three children. 6 For in certain cases, formerly by act of the senate, but now by the emperor's, the law bestows the privileges which belong to the parents of three children upon men or women to whom Heaven has not granted that number of children. In this way they are not subject to the penalties imposed for childlessness and may receive all but a few of the rewards offered for large families; and not only men but gods also may enjoy these rewards, the object being that, if any one leaves them a bequest at his death, they may receive it.
§ 55.3
τοῦτο μὲν δὴ τοιοῦτόν ἐστιν, ὁ δʼ Αὔγουστος τάς τε τῆς γερουσίας ἕδρας ἐν ῥηταῖς ἡμέραις γίγνεσθαι ἐκέλευσεν (ἐπειδὴ γὰρ οὐδὲν πρότερον ἀκριβῶς περὶ αὐτῶν ἐτέτακτο καί τινες διὰ τοῦτο πολλάκις ὑστέριζον, δύο βουλὰς κατὰ μῆνα κυρίας ἀπέδειξεν, ὥστε ἐς αὐτὰς ἐπάναγκες, οὕς γε καὶ ὁ νόμος ἐκάλει, συμφοιτᾶν· καὶ ὅπως γε μηδʼ ἄλλη μηδεμία σκῆψις τῆς ἀπουσίας αὐτοῖς ὑπάρχῃ, προσέταξε μήτε δικαστήριον μήτʼ ἄλλο μηδὲν τῶν προσηκόντων σφίσιν ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ γίγνεσθαἰ, τόν τε ἀριθμὸν τὸν ἐς τὴν κύρωσιν τῶν δογμάτων ἀναγκαῖον καθʼ ἕκαστον εἶδος αὐτῶν, ὥς γε ἐν κεφαλαίοις εἰπεῖν, διενομοθέτησε, καὶ τὰ ζημιώματα τοῖς μὴ διʼ εὔλογόν τινα αἰτίαν τῆς συνεδρείας ἀπολειπομένοις ἐπηύξησεν. ἐπειδή τε πολλὰ τῶν τοιούτων ὑπὸ τοῦ πλήθους τῶν ὑπευθύνων ἀτιμώρητα εἴωθε γίγνεσθαι, κληροῦσθαί τε αὐτοὺς εἰ συχνοὶ τοῦτο ποιήσειαν, καὶ τὸν ἀεὶ πέμπτον λαχόντα ὀφλισκάνειν αὐτὰ ἐκέλευσε. τά τε ὀνόματα συμπάντων τῶν βουλευόντων ἐς λεύκωμα ἀναγράψας ἐξέθηκε· καὶ ἐξ ἐκείνου καὶ νῦν κατʼ ἔτος τοῦτο ποιεῖται. ταῦτα μὲν ἐπὶ τῇ τῆς συμφοιτήσεως αὐτῶν ἀνάγκῃ ἔπραξεν· εἰ δʼ οὖν ποτε ἐκ συντυχίας τινὸς μὴ συλλεχθεῖεν ὅσους ἡ χρεία ἑκάστοτε ἐκάλει (πλὴν γὰρ ὅτι ὁσάκις ἂν αὐτὸς ὁ αὐτοκράτωρ παρῇ, ἔν γε ταῖς ἄλλαις ἡμέραις ἐς πάντα ὀλίγου τὸ τῶν ἀθροιζομένων πλῆθος καὶ τότε καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἀκριβῶς ἐξητάζετὀ, ἐβουλεύοντο μὲν καὶ ἥ γε γνώμη συνεγράφετο, οὐ μέντοι καὶ τέλος τι ὡς κεκυρωμένη ἐλάμβανεν, ἀλλὰ αὐκτώριτας ἐγίγνετο, ὅπως φανερὸν τὸ βούλημα αὐτῶν ᾖ. τοιοῦτον γάρ τι ἡ δύναμις τοῦ ὀνόματος τούτου δηλοῖ· ἑλληνίσαι γὰρ αὐτὸ καθάπαξ ἀδύνατόν ἐστι. τὸ δʼ αὐτὸ τοῦτο καὶ εἴ ποτε ἐν τόπῳ τινὶ μὴ νενομισμένῳ ἢ ἡμέρᾳ μὴ καθηκούσῃ, ἢ καὶ ἔξω νομίμου παραγγέλματος, ὑπὸ σπουδῆς ἠθροίσθησαν, ἢ καὶ ἐναντιωθέντων τινῶν δημάρχων τὸ μὲν δόγμα οὐκ ἠδυνήθη γενέσθαι, τὴν δὲ δὴ γνώμην σφῶν οὐχ ὑπέμενον ἀποκρυφθῆναι, ἐνομίζετο· καὶ αὐτῇ μετὰ ταῦτα καὶ ἡ κύρωσις κατὰ τὰ πάτρια ἐπήγετο καὶ ἡ ἐπίκλησις ἡ τοῦ δόγματος ἐπεφέρετο. τοῦτό τε οὖν ἰσχυρῶς ἐπὶ πλεῖστον τοῖς πάλαι τηρηθὲν ἐξίτηλον τρόπον τινὰ ἤδη γέγονε, καὶ τὸ τῶν στρατηγῶν· καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι ἀγανακτήσαντες ὅτι μηδεμίαν γνώμην, καίτοι τῶν δημάρχων προτετιμημένοι, ἐς τὴν βουλὴν ἐσέφερον, παρὰ μὲν τοῦ Αὐγούστου ἔλαβον αὐτὸ ποιεῖν, ὑπὸ δὲ δὴ τοῦ χρόνου ἀφῃρέθησαν.
So much for this matter. As to Augustus, he ordered that the sittings of the senate should be held on fixed days. Previously, it appears, there had been no precise regulation concerning them and it often happened that members failed to attend; he accordingly appointed two regular meetings for each month, so that they were under compulsion to attend, — at least those of them whom the law summoned, — 2 and in order that they might have no other excuse for being absent, he commanded that no court or other meeting which required their attendance should be held at that time. He also fixed by law the number of senators necessary for passing decrees, according to the several kinds of decrees, — to state only the chief points of the matter; and he increased the fines of those who without good excuse stayed away from the sessions. And since many such offences had regularly gone unpunished owing to the large number of those who were liable to punishment, he commanded that if many were guilty, they should draw lots and one out of every five, according as the lot should fall, should incur the fine. He had the names of all the senators entered on a tablet and posted; and this practice, originating with him, is still observed each year. 4 Such were the measures he took to compel the attendance of the senators; but if on any occasion, as the result of some accident, fewer assembled than the occasion demanded, — and it should be explained that at every session, except when the emperor himself was present, the number of those in attendance was accurately counted, both at that time and later, for practically every matter of business, — the senators would proceed with their deliberations and their decision would be recorded, though it would not go into effect as if regularly passed, but instead, their action was what was termed auctoritas, the purpose of which was to make known their will. For such is the general force of this word; to translate it into Greek by a term that will always be applicable is impossible. This same custom prevailed in case they ever assembled in haste at any but the usual place, or on any but the appointed day, or without a legal summons, or if by reason of the opposition of some of the tribunes a decree could not be passed and yet they were unwilling that their opinion should remain unknown; afterwards the resolution would be ratified according to established precedent and would receive the name of a decree. 6 This method, strictly followed for a long period by the men of old time, has in a way already become null and void, as has also the special privilege of the praetors. For they, becoming indignant that they could bring no proposal before the senate, though they outranked the tribunes, received from Augustus the right to do so, but in the course of time were deprived of it.
§ 55.4
ταῦτά τε οὖν καὶ τἆλλα ἃ τότε ἐνομοθέτησεν, ἔς τε τὸ συνέδριον ἐν λευκώμασι γεγραμμένα προέθηκε πρὶν χρηματίσαι τι περὶ αὐτῶν, καὶ τοῖς βουλευταῖς μεθʼ ἑνὸς ἑτέρου ἐσελθοῦσιν ἀναγνῶναι ἐπέτρεψεν, ὅπως ἄν τι μὴ ἀρέσῃ αὐτοὺς ἢ καὶ ἕτερόν τι βέλτιον συμβουλεῦσαι δυνηθῶσιν εἴπωσιν. οὕτω γάρ που δημοκρατικὸς ἠξίου εἶναι ὥστε τινὸς τῶν συστρατευσαμένων ποτὲ αὐτῷ συνηγορήματος παρʼ αὐτοῦ δεηθέντος τὸ μὲν πρῶτον τῶν φίλων τινά, ὡς καὶ ἐν ἀσχολίᾳ ὤν, συνειπεῖν αὐτῷ κελεῦσαι, ἔπειτʼ ἐπειδὴ ἐκεῖνος ὀργισθεὶς ἔφη “ἐγὼ μέντοι, ὁσάκις ἐπικουρίας χρείαν ἔσχες, οὐκ ἄλλον τινὰ ἀντʼ ἐμαυτοῦ σοι ἔπεμψα, ἀλλʼ αὐτὸς πανταχοῦ προεκινδύνευσά σου,” ἔς τε τὸ δικαστήριον ἐσελθεῖν καὶ συνηγορῆσαί οἱ. φίλῳ τέ τινι δίκην φεύγοντι συνεξητάσθη, προεπικοινώσας αὐτὸ τοῦτο τῇ γερουσίᾳ· καὶ ἐκεῖνόν τε ἔσωσε, καὶ τὸν κατήγορον αὐτοῦ οὐχ ὅπως δι’ ὀργῆς ἔσχε καίπερ πάνυ πολλῇ παρρησίᾳ χρησάμενον, ἀλλὰ καὶ εὐθυνόμενον ἐπὶ τοῖς τρόποις ἀφῆκεν, εἰπὼν ἄντικρυς ὅτι ἀναγκαία σφίσιν ἡ παρρησία αὐτοῦ διὰ τὴν τῶν πολλῶν πονηρίαν εἴη. ἄλλους γε μὴν ἐπιβουλεύειν οἱ μηνυθέντας ἐκόλασε. καὶ ταμίας ἔν τε τῇ παραλίᾳ τῇ πρὸς τῇ πόλει καὶ ἐν ἑτέροις τισὶ τῆς Ἰταλίας χωρίοις ἄρχειν ἐποίησε· καὶ τοῦτο καὶ ἐπὶ πλείω ἔτη ἐγένετο. τότε μὲν οὖν οὐκ ἠθέλησεν ἐς τὴν πόλιν διὰ τὸν
These and the other laws which Augustus enacted at this time he had inscribed on tablets and posted in the senate before bringing them up for consideration, and he allowed the senators to enter the chamber in groups of two and read them, so that if any provision did not please them, or if they could advise anything better, they might speak. 2 He was very desirous indeed of being democratic, as one or two incidents will illustrate. Once, when one of those who had campaigned with him asked him for his assistance as advocate, though he at first pretended to be busy and bade one of his friends speak in the man's behalf, yet when the petitioner became angry and said, “But I, whenever you had need of my assistance, did not send some one else to you in place of myself, but personally encountered dangers everywhere in your behalf,” the emperor then entered the court-room and pleaded his friend's cause. He also stood by a friend who was defendant in a suit, after first having communicated his purpose to the senate; and he saved his friend, but was so far from being angry with the friend's accuser, though this man had indulged in the utmost frankness in his speech, that later on, when the same man appeared before him, as censor, for a scrutiny of his morals, the emperor acquitted him, saying openly that the other's frankness was necessary for the Romans on account of the baseness of the majority of them. 4 However, he punished others who were reported to be conspiring against him. He also caused quaestors to serve along the coast near the city and in certain other parts of Italy; and this practice was followed for many years. At the time in question he was unwilling, as I have stated, to enter the city because of Drusus' death;
§ 55.5
τοῦ Δρούσου θάνατον, ὥσπερ εἶπον, ἐσελθεῖν, τῷ δὲ ἑξῆς ἔτει, ἐν ᾧ Ἀσίνιός τε Γάλλος καὶ Γάιος Μάρκιος ὑπάτευσαν, τήν τε ἄφιξιν ἐποιήσατο καὶ τὴν δάφνην ἐς τοῦ Διὸς τοῦ Φερετρίου παρὰ τὸ νομιζόμενον ἐσήνεγκε. καὶ αὐτὸς μὲν οὐδεμίαν ἐπὶ τούτοις ἑορτὴν ἤγαγε, πολὺ πλεῖον ἐν τῷ τοῦ Δρούσου ὀλέθρῳ ἐζημιῶσθαι ἢ ἐν ταῖς νίκαις ὠφελῆσθαι νομίζων· οἱ δὲ δὴ ὕπατοι τά τε ἄλλα ὅσα ἐπὶ τοῖς τοιούτοις γίγνεται ἐποίησαν, καὶ ἐκ τῶν αἰχμαλώτων τινὰς ἀλλήλοις συνέβαλον. καὶ μετὰ τοῦθʼ ὁ Αὔγουστος, αἰτιαθέντων καὶ ἐκείνων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἀρχόντων ὡς ἐκ δεκασμοῦ τινος ἀποδεδειγμένων, τοῦτο μὲν οὔτε ἐξήλεγξεν οὔτʼ ἀρχὴν προσεποιήσατο εἰδέναι· οὔτε γὰρ κολάσαι τινὰς οὔτʼ αὖ συγγνῶναι ἐλεγχθεῖσιν ἠθέλησε· τοὺς δὲ δὴ σπουδαρχιῶντας χρήματα πρὸ τῶν ἀρχαιρεσιῶν ὥσπερ τι ἐνέχυρον προῄτησεν, ἐπὶ τῷ μηδὲν τοιοῦτο αὐτοὺς ποιῆσαι ἢ στερηθῆναι τῶν δεδομένων. καὶ τοῦτο μὲν πάντες ἐπῄνεσαν· ὅτι δʼ οὐκ ἐξὸν ὂν δοῦλον κατὰ δεσπότου βασανισθῆναι ἐκέλευσεν, ὁσάκις ἂν χρεία τοιούτου τινὸς γένηται, τῷ δημοσίῳ αὐτὸν ἢ καὶ ἑαυτῷ πιπράσκεσθαι, ὅπως ὡς ἀλλότριος τοῦ κρινομένου ὢν ἐξετάζηται, οἱ μὲν ᾐτιῶντο, ὅτι ὁ νόμος τῇ τοῦ δεσπότου μεταλλαγῇ καταλύεσθαι ἔμελλεν, οἱ δʼ ἀναγκαῖον αὐτὸ ἔφασκον εἶναι, ὅτι πολλοὶ διὰ τοῦτο καὶ ἐπʼ αὐτῷ ἐκείνῳ καὶ ἐπὶ ταῖς ἀρχαῖς συνίσταντο.
but the next year, when Asinius Gallus and Gaius Marcius were consuls, he made his formal return and carried the laurel, contrary to custom, into the temple of Jupiter Feretrius. 2 He himself did not celebrate any festival in honour of the achievements mentioned, feeling that he had lost far more in the death of Drusus than he had gained in his victories; but the consuls performed the ceremonies usual on such occasions, among other things exhibiting combats between some of the captives. And later, when both they and the rest of the officials were accused of having secured their election by bribery, Augustus failed to investigate the matter, and furthermore pretended not even to know of it at all; for he was unwilling either to punish any of them or yet to pardon them if they were convicted. In the case of candidates for office, however, he demanded of them in advance of the elections a deposit of money on the understanding that they should forfeit this money in case they resorted to any illegal methods. 4 This action of his was approved by all; but it was otherwise with another of his laws. As it was not permitted that a slave should be tortured for evidence against his master, he ordered that, as often as the necessity for such a course should arise, the slave should be sold either to the state or to him, in order that, being now no longer the property of the defendant, he might be examined. Some found fault with this, on the ground that the change of masters would in effect nullify the law; but others declared it to be necessary, because many were taking advantage of the old arrangement and conspiring against both the emperor himself and the magistrates.
§ 55.6
μετὰ δὲ δὴ ταῦτα τήν τε ἡγεμονίαν, καίπερ ἀφιείς, ὡς ἔλεγεν, ἐπειδὴ τὰ δέκα ἔτη τὰ δεύτερα ἐξεληλύθει, ἄκων δῆθεν αὖθις ὑπέστη, καὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς Κελτοὺς ἐστράτευσε. καὶ αὐτὸς μὲν ἐν τῇ οἰκείᾳ ὑπέμεινεν, ὁ δὲ δὴ Τιβέριος τὸν Ῥῆνον διέβη. φοβηθέντες οὖν αὐτοὺς οἱ βάρβαροι πλὴν τῶν Συγάμβρων ἐπεκηρυκεύσαντο, καὶ οὔτε τότε ἔτυχόν τινος (ὁ γὰρ Αὔγουστος οὐκ ἔφη σφίσιν ἄνευ ἐκείνων σπείσεσθαι) οὔθʼ ὕστερον. ἔπεμψαν μὲν γὰρ καὶ οἱ Σύγαμβροι πρέσβεις, τοσούτου δὲ ἐδέησαν διαπράξασθαί τι ὥστε καὶ ἐκείνους πάντας, καὶ πολλοὺς καὶ ἐλλογίμους ὄντας, προσαπολέσθαι· ὅ τε γὰρ Αὔγουστος συλλαβὼν αὐτοὺς ἐς πόλεις τινὰς κατέθετο, καὶ ἐκεῖνοι δυσανασχετήσαντες ἑαυτοὺς κατεχρήσαντο. κἀκ τούτου χρόνον μέν τινα ἡσύχασαν, ἔπειτʼ ἐπὶ πολλῷ τὸ πάθημά σφων τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις ἀνταπέδοσαν. ο δʼ οὖν Αὔγουστος τοῦτό τε οὕτως ἐποίησε, καὶ τοῖς στρατιώταις ἀργύριον, οὐχ ὡς καὶ κεκρατηκόσι, καίτοι τὸ τοῦ αὐτοκράτορος ὄνομα καὶ αὐτὸς λαβὼν καὶ τῷ Τιβερίῳ δούς, ἀλλʼ ὅτι τὸν Γάιον ἐν ταῖς γυμνασίαις τότε πρῶτον συνεξεταζόμενόν σφισιν ἔσχον, ἐχαρίσατο. τὸν δʼ οὖν Τιβέριον ἐς τὴν τοῦ αὐτοκράτορος ἀρχὴν ἀντὶ τοῦ Δρούσου προαγαγὼν τῇ τε ἐπικλήσει ἐκείνῃ ἐγαύρωσε καὶ ὕπατον αὖθις ἀπέδειξε, γράμματά τε κατὰ τὸ ἀρχαῖον ἔθος, καὶ πρὶν ἐς τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐσελθεῖν, ἐκθεῖναι πρὸς τὸ κοινὸν ἐποίησε, καὶ προσέτι καὶ τοῖς ἐπινικίοις ἐσέμνυνεν· αὐτὸς γὰρ ἐκεῖνα μὲν οὐκ ἠθέλησε πέμψαι, ἐς δὲ δὴ τὰ γενέθλια ἱπποδρομίαν ἀίδιον ἔλαβε. τά τε τοῦ πωμηρίου ὅρια ἐπηύξησε, καὶ τὸν μῆνα τὸν Σεξτίλιον ἐπικαλούμενον Αὔγουστον ἀντωνόμασε· τῶν γὰρ ἄλλων τὸν Σεπτέμβριον οὕτως, ἐπειδήπερ ἐν αὐτῷ ἐγεγέννητο, προσαγορεῦσαι ἐθελησάντων ἐκεῖνον αὐτοῦ προετίμησεν, ὅτι καὶ ὕπατος ἐν αὐτῷ τὸ πρῶτον ἀπεδέδεικτο καὶ μάχας πολλὰς καὶ μεγάλας ἐνενικήκει.
After this, now that his second period of ten years had expired, Augustus once more accepted the supreme power, — though with a show of reluctance, — in spite of his oft-expressed desire to lay it down; and he made a campaign against the Germans. He himself remained behind in Roman territory, while Tiberius crossed the Rhine. 2 Accordingly all the barbarians except the Sugambri, through fear of them, made overtures of peace; but they gained nothing either at this time, — for Augustus refused to conclude a truce with them without the Sugambri, — or, indeed, later. To be sure, the Sugambri also sent envoys, but so far were they from accomplishing anything that all of these envoys, who were both many and distinguished, perished into the bargain. For Augustus arrested them and placed them in various cities; and they, being greatly distressed at this, took their own lives. The Sugambri were thereupon quiet for a time, but later they amply requited the Romans for their calamity. 4 Besides doing this, Augustus granted money to the soldiers, not as to victors, though he himself had taken the title of imperator and had also conferred it upon Tiberius, but because then for the first time they had Gaius taking part with them in their exercises. So he advanced Tiberius to the position of commander in place of Drusus, and besides distinguishing him with the title ofimperator, appointed him consul once more, and in accordance with the ancient practice caused him to post up a proclamation before entering upon the office. He also accorded him the distinction of a triumph; 6 for he did not wish to celebrate one himself, though he accepted the privilege of having his birthday permanently commemorated by Circensian Games. He enlarged the pomerium and changed the name of the month called Sextilis to August. The people generally wanted September to be so named, because he had been born in that month; but he preferred the other month in which he had first been elected consul and had won many great battles.
§ 55.7
ἐπὶ μὲν οὖν τούτοις ἐγαυροῦτο, τοῦ δὲ δὴ Μαικήνου τελευτήσαντος ἤλγησε. πολλὰ μὲν γὰρ καὶ ἄλλα ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ ἀπώνητο, ὅθεν καίπερ ἱππεῖ αὐτῷ ὄντι καὶ τὸ ἄστυ ἐπὶ πολὺν χρόνον ἐπέτρεψε, μάλιστα δὲ ὁσάκις ἀκρατοτέρῳ τῷ θυμῷ ἐχρῆτο· τῆς τε γὰρ ὀργῆς αὐτὸν ἀεὶ παρέλυε καὶ ἐς τὸ ἠπιώτερον μεθίστη. τεκμήριον δέ, δικάζοντί ποτε αὐτῷ προσστάς, καὶ ἰδὼν ὅτι πολλοὺς θανατώσειν μέλλοι, ἐπεχείρησε μὲν διώσασθαι τοὺς περιεστηκότας καὶ ἐγγύς οἱ προσελθεῖν, μὴ δυνηθεὶς δὲ ἔγραψεν ἐς γραμματεῖον “ἀνάστηθι ἤδη ποτέ, δήμιε,” καὶ αὐτὸ ὡς καὶ ἕτερόν τι ἔχον ἐς τὸν κόλπον αὐτοῦ ἔρριψεν, ὥστʼ ἐκεῖνον μήτʼ ἀποκτεῖναί τινα καὶ εὐθὺς ἐξαναστῆναι. οὐ γὰρ ὅπως ἠγανάκτει τοῖς τοιούτοις, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἔχαιρεν ὅτι ὅσα αὐτὸς ὑπό τε τῆς ἑαυτοῦ φύσεως καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν πραγμάτων ἀνάγκης καὶ παρὰ τὸ προσῆκον ἐθυμοῦτο, ταῦτα τῇ τῶν φίλων παρρησίᾳ διωρθοῦτο. μέγιστον δʼ οὖν καὶ ἐκεῖνο τῆς τοῦ Μαικήνου ἀρετῆς δεῖγμα ἦν, ὅτι τῷ τε Αὐγούστῳ, καίτοι πρὸς τὰς ὁρμὰς αὐτοῦ ἀνθιστάμενος, ᾠκείωτο καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις πᾶσιν ἠρέσκετο, πλεῖστόν τε παρʼ αὐτῷ δυνηθείς, ὥστε πολλοῖς καὶ τιμὰς καὶ ἀρχὰς δοῦναι, οὐκ ἐξεφρόνησεν ἀλλὰ ἐν τῷ τῶν ἱππέων τέλει κατεβίω. τούτων τε οὖν ἕνεκα ἰσχυρῶς αὐτὸν ὁ Αὔγουστος ἐπόθησε, καὶ ὅτι καὶ κληρονόμον αὐτόν, καίπερ ἐπὶ τῇ γυναικὶ δυσκολαίνων, κατέλιπε, καὶ ἐπʼ αὐτῷ πλὴν ἐλαχίστων ἐποιήσατο ἄν τέ τινι τῶν φίλων αὐτοῦ δοῦναί τι ἐθελήσῃ ἄν τε καὶ μή. τοιοῦτος μὲν ὁ Μαικήνας ἐγένετο, καὶ οὕτω τῷ Αὐγούστῳ ἐχρῆτο· πρῶτός τε κολυμβήθραν θερμοῦ ὕδατος ἐν τῇ πόλει κατεσκεύασε, καὶ πρῶτος σημεῖά τινα γραμμάτων πρὸς τάχος ἐξεῦρε, καὶ αὐτὰ διὰ Ἀκύλου ἀπελευθέρου συχνοὺς ἐξεδίδαξε.
All these things filled him with pride; but he was grieved at the death of Maecenas. He had received many benefits at his hands, for which reason he had entrusted him, though but a knight, with the oversight of the city for a long period; but he had found him of especial service on occasions when his own temper was more or less uncontrollable. For Maecenas would always banish his anger and bring him to a gentler frame of mind. 2 Here is an instance. Maecenas once came upon him as he was holding court, and seeing that he was on the point of condemning many people to death, he attempted to push his way through the bystanders and get near him. When he was unable to do this, he wrote on a tablet, “Pray rise at last, executioner!” Then he threw the tablet into the lap of Augustus, as if it contained some indifferent matter, and the emperor imposed no death sentences, but arose and departed. Indeed, he not only was not displeased at such liberties, but was actually glad of them, because whenever he was led into unseemly outbursts of passion by his natural disposition or by the stress of his affairs, these were corresponded by the frank speech of his friends. 4 This also was a supreme proof of Maecenas' excellence, that he not only made himself liked by Augustus, in spite of resisting his impulsiveness, but also pleased everybody else, and though he had the greatest influence with the emperor, so that he bestowed offices and honours upon many men, yet he did not lose his poise, but was content to remain in the equestrian order to the end of his life. Not only for these reasons, then, did Augustus regret his loss exceedingly, but also because Maecenas, although vexed at the emperor's relations with his wife, had left him as his heir and had empowered him to dispose of all his property, with very few reservations, in case he wished to make gifts to any of his friends or others. Such was the character of Maecenas and such was his treatment of Augustus. 6 He was the first to construct a swimming-pool of warm water in the city, and also the first to devise a system of symbols to give speed in writing, and he used Aquila, a freedman, to train a considerable number in the system.
§ 55.8
Τιβέριος δὲ ἐν τῇ νουμηνίᾳ ἐν ᾗ ὑπατεύειν μετὰ Γναίου Πίσωνος ἤρξατο ἔς τε τὸ Ὀκταουίειον τὴν βουλὴν ἤθροισε διὰ τὸ ἔξω τοῦ πωμηρίου αὐτὸ εἶναι, καὶ τὸ Ὁμονόειον αὐτὸς ἑαυτῷ ἐπισκευάσαι προστάξας, ὅπως τό τε ἴδιον καὶ τὸ τοῦ Δρούσου ὄνομα αὐτῷ ἐπιγράψῃ, τά τε νικητήρια ἤγαγε καὶ τὸ τεμένισμα τὸ Λίουιον ὠνομασμένον καθιέρωσε μετὰ τῆς μητρός· καὶ αὐτὸς μὲν τὴν γερουσίαν ἐν τῷ Καπιτωλίῳ, ἐκείνη δὲ τὰς γυναῖκας ἰδίᾳ που εἱστίασε. καὶ οὐ πολλῷ ὕστερον κινηθέντων τινῶν ἐν τῇ Γερμανίᾳ ἐξωρμήθη· τὴν δὲ δὴ πανήγυριν τὴν ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐπανόδου τοῦ Αὐγούστου γενομένην ὁ Γάιος ἀντʼ αὐτοῦ σὺν τῷ Πίσωνι διέθηκε. τό τε πεδίον τὸ Ἀγρίππειον, πλὴν τῆς στοᾶς, καὶ τὸ διριβιτώριον αὐτὸς ὁ Αὔγουστος ἐδημοσίευσε. τοῦτο μὲν γάρ (ἦν δὲ οἶκος μέγιστος τῶν πώποτε μίαν ὀροφὴν σχόντων· νῦν γὰρ δὴ πάσης τῆς στέγης αὐτοῦ καθαιρεθείσης, ὅτι οὐκ ἠδυνήθη αὖθις συστῆναι, ἀχανής ἐστινʼ ὅ τε Ἀγρίππας οἰκοδομούμενον κατέλιπε, καὶ τότε συνετελέσθη· ἡ δὲ ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ στοά, ἣν ἡ Πῶλλα ἡ ἀδελφὴ αὐτοῦ ἡ καὶ τοὺς δρόμους διακοσμήσασα ἐποίει, οὐδέπω ἐξείργαστο. κἀν τούτῳ καὶ αἱ ἐπιτάφιοι ἐπὶ τῷ Ἀγρίππᾳ ὁπλομαχίαι, φαιὰν ἐσθῆτα τῶν τε ἄλλων πλὴν τοῦ Αὐγούστου καὶ αὐτῶν τῶν υἱέων αὐτοῦ λαβόντων, καὶ ἑνὸς πρὸς ἕνα καὶ πλειόνων πρὸς ἴσους, ἐν τοῖς σέπτοις διά τε τὴν ἐς τὸν Ἀγρίππαν τιμὴν καὶ διὰ το πολλὰ τῶν περὶ τὴν ἀγορὰν οἰκοδομημάτων κεκαῦσθαι, ἐγένοντο. καὶ τὸ μὲν τοῦ πυρὸς αἴτιον ἐς τοὺς χρεωφείλας ἀνεφέρετο, ὡς καὶ ἐπίτηδες αὐτὸ παρασκευάσαντας ἵνʼ ἀποκόψωσί τι τῶν χρεῶν, συχνὰ δόξαντες ἐζημιῶσθαι· ἔτυχον δὲ ἐκεῖνοι μὲν οὐδενός, οἱ δὲ δὴ στενωποὶ ἐπιμελητῶν τινων ἐκ τοῦ δήμου, οὓς καὶ στενωπάρχους καλοῦμεν· καί σφισι καὶ τῇ ἐσθῆτι τῇ ἀρχικῇ καὶ ῥαβδούχοις δύο, ἐν αὐτοῖς τοῖς χωρίοις ὧν ἂν ἄρχωσιν, ἡμέραις τισὶ χρῆσθαι ἐδόθη, ἥ τε δουλεία ἡ τοῖς ἀγορανόμοις τῶν ἐμπιμπραμένων ἕνεκα συνοῦσα ἐπετράπη, καίτοι καὶ ἐκείνων καὶ τῶν δημάρχων τῶν τε στρατηγῶν πᾶσαν τὴν πόλιν, δεκατέσσαρα μέρη νεμηθεῖσαν, κλήρῳ προσταχθέντων· ὃ καὶ νῦν γίγνεται.
Tiberius on the first day of the year in which he was consul with Gnaeus Piso convened the senate in the Curia Octaviae, because it was outside the pomerium. 2 After assigning to himself the duty of repairing the temple of Concord, in order that he might inscribe upon it his own name and that of Drusus, he celebrated his triumph, and in company with his mother dedicated the precinct called the precinct of Livia. He gave a banquet to the senate on the Capitol, and she gave one on her own account to the women somewhere or other. A little later, when there was some disturbance in the province of Germania, he took the field. The festival held in honour of the return of Augustus was directed by Gaius, in place of Tiberius, with the assistance of Piso. The Campus Agrippae and the Diribitorium were made public property by Augustus himself. 4 The Diribitorium was the largest building under a single roof ever constructed; indeed, now that the whole covering has been destroyed, the edifice is wide open to the sky, since it could not be put together again. Agrippa had left it still in process of construction, and it was completed at this time. The portico in the Campus, however, which was being built by Polla, Agrippa's sister, who also adorned the race-courses, was not yet finished. Meanwhile the funeral combats in honour of Agrippa were given, all except Augustus putting on black clothing and even Agrippa's sons doing the same. There were not only combats between single champions but also between groups of equal numbers on either side; and they were held in the Saepta both as an honour to Agrippa and because many of the structures around the Forum had been burned. 6 The blame for the fire was laid upon the debtor class, who were suspected of having contrived it on purpose, in order that they might have some of their debts remitted when they appeared to have lost heavily. They, for their part, however, gained nothing from the fire; but the streets were put in charge of supervisors, chosen from the people, whom we call street commissioners. These men were allowed to use the official dress and two lictors, but only in the regions under their administration and on certain days, and they were given control over the force of slaves which had previously been associated with aediles to save buildings that caught fire. The aediles, however, together with the tribunes and praetors, were still assigned by lot to have charge of the whole city, which was divided into fourteen wards. This is also the present arrangement.
§ 55.9
τοσαῦτα μὲν ἐν τῷ ἔτει τούτῳ ἐπράχθη· ἐν γὰρ δὴ τῇ Γερμανίᾳ οὐδὲν ἄξιον μνήμης συνέβη· τῷ δὲ ὑστέρῳ, ἐν ᾧ Γάιός τε Ἀντίστιος καὶ Λαίλιος Βάλβος ὑπάτευσαν, ἰδὼν ὁ Αὔγουστος τόν τε Γάιον καὶ τὸν Λούκιον αὐτούς τε μὴ πάνυ, οἶα ἐν ἡγεμονίᾳ τρεφομένους, τὰ ἑαυτοῦ ἤθη ζηλοῦντας (οὐ γὰρ ὅτι ἁβρότερον διῆγον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐθρασύνοντο· ἐς γοῦν τὸ θέατρόν ποτε καθʼ ἑαυτὸν ὁ Λούκιος ἐσῆλθἐ καὶ πρὸς πάντων τῶν ἐν τῇ πολει, τὰ μὲν γνώμῃ τὰ δὲ θεραπείᾳ, κολακευομένους κἀκ τούτου ἔτι καὶ μᾶλλον θρυπτομένους (τά τε γὰρ ἄλλα καὶ ὕπατον τὸν Γάιον μηδὲ ἐς ἐφήβους πω τελοῦντα προεχειρίσαντο ), ἠγανάκτησε, καὶ προσεπηύξατο μηδεμίαν τοιαύτην καιρῶν ἀνάγκην ὁποία ποτὲ αὐτὸν κατέλαβε γενέσθαι, ὥστε τινὰ νεώτερον εἰκοσιετοῦς ὑπατεῦσαι. ἐπειδή τε καὶ ὣς ἐνέκειντό οἱ, τότε ἔφη χρῆναί τινα τὴν ἀρχὴν ταύτην λαμβάνειν, ὅταν μήτε τι αὐτὸς ἁμαρτάνειν καὶ ταῖς τοῦ δήμου σπουδαῖς ἀνθίστασθαι δύνηται. καὶ μετὰ τοῦθʼ ἱερωσύνην μέν τινα αὐτῷ καὶ τὴν ἐς τὸ συνέδριον συμφοίτησιν τό τε συνθεᾶσθαι καὶ τὸ συνεστιᾶσθαι τῇ βουλῇ ἔδωκε· βουληθεὶς δὲ δὴ τρόπον
These were all events of that year, for nothing worthy of mention happened in Germania. The next year, in which Gaius Antistius and Laelius Balbus were consuls, Augustus was vexed when he saw that Gaius and Lucius were by no means inclined of their own choice to emulate his own conduct, as became young men who were being reared as members of the imperial house. They not only indulged in too great luxury in their lives, but were also inclined to insolence; for example, Lucius on one occasion entered the theatre unattended. 2 They were being flattered by everybody in the city, sometimes sincerely and sometimes to curry favour, and consequently were being spoiled more and more. Among other things of this sort, the people had elected Gaius consul before he was as yet of military age. All this, as I have said, vexed Augustus, and he even prayed that no compelling circumstances might arise, as had once occurred in his own case, such as to requisite that a man less than twenty years old should become consul. When even so the people insisted, he then said that one ought not to receive the office until one was able not only to avoid error oneself but also to resist the ardent impulses of the populace. 4 After that he gave Gaius a priesthood and also the right to attend the meetings of the senate and to behold spectacles and be present at banquets with that body. And wishing in some way to bring Gaius and Lucius to their senses still more sharply, he bestowed upon Tiberius the tribunician power for five years, and assigned to him Armenia, which was becoming estranged since the death of Tigranes. The result was that he needlessly offended not only his grandsons but Tiberius as well; for the former felt they had been slighted, and Tiberius feared their anger. At any rate he was sent to Rhodes on the pretext that he needed incidentally a bit of instruction; and he did not even take his entire retinue, to say nothing of friends, the object being that Gaius and Lucius should be relieved both of the sight of him and of his doings. 6 He made the journey as a private citizen, though he exercised his authority by compelling the Parians to sell him the statue of Vesta, in order that it might be placed in the temple of Concord; and when he reached Rhodes, he refrained from haughty conduct in both word and deed. This is the truest explanation of his journey abroad, though there is also a story that he took this course on account of his wife Julia, because he could no longer endure her; at any rate, she was left behind in Rome. Others said that he was angry at not having been designated as Caesar, and yet others that he was expelled by Augustus himself, on the ground that he was plotting against Augustus' sons. 8 But that his departure was not for the sake of instruction nor because he was displeased at the decrees passed, became plain from many of his subsequent actions, and particularly by his opening his will immediately at that time and reading it to his mother and Augustus. But all possible conjectures were made. The following year Augustus in the course of his twelfth consulship placed Gaius among the youths of military age, and at the same time introduced him into the senate, declared him princeps iuventutis, and permitted him to become commander of a division of cavalry.
© 2026 Wu Ching-Yuan 吴靖远 · magalia.wiki (籬廬). Generated full-text transcript 2026-06-14 from cassius-dio-historiae.html. Greek text & public-domain translations from their stated editions; metadata CC BY 4.0.